@A318/A319/A320/A321

AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAPTER 27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
REFERENCE
CHAPTER 27
27-00-00
27-00-00 PB 001
27-00-00-11700-D
27-00-00-13600-B
27-00-00-13800-B
27-00-00-14300-A
27-00-00-15700-A
27-00-00-16300-B
27-00-00-17500-A
27-00-00 PB 201
27-00-00-480-001-A
27-00-00-991-00100-A

SUBJECT

FLIGHT CONTROLS - GENERAL

FLIGHT CONTROLS - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Flight Control Surfaces (A320)
Electrical Flight Control System Architecture
Control Law Implementation
Slats and Flaps Architecture
Flight Control Electrical Power Supply
Flight Control Hydraulic Power Supply
Cockpit Control and Indicating
FLIGHT CONTROLS - GENERAL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
Installation of the Pitch-Trim Control Locking Tool (98D27403500000)
Locking Tool - Pitch-Trim Control

27-00-00-080-001-A

Removal of the Pitch-Trim Control Locking Tool (98D27403500000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool

(98D27803000000)

27-00-00-991-00200-A
27-00-00-080-002-A

Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-10-00
27-10-00 PB 001
27-10-00-11200-B

AILERON
AILERON - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Aileron Block Diagram

27-14-00
27-14-00 PB 001

AILERON AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION

AILERON AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION
Location of Aileron Servocontrols
Aileron Servocontrol
AILERON AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

27-14-00-12400-A
27-14-00-16300-B
27-14-00 PB 401
27-14-00-040-001-A
27-14-00-991-00200-A
27-14-00-440-001-A
27-14-00 PB 501
27-14-00-710-001-A
27-14-00-820-001-A
27-14-00-991-00100-A
27-14-00-991-00500-A

AES

Deactivation of the Aileron Servo Control

Deactivation/Reactivation of the Aileron Servocontrol
Reactivation of the Aileron Servo Control
AILERON AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Operational Test of the Aileron and Hydraulic Actuation
Adjustment of the Aileron
Position of the Aileron Servocontrol
Aileron Adjustment

T.O.C.

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-14-00-760-001-A
27-14-00 PB 601
27-14-00-220-001-A
27-14-00-991-00400-A
27-14-00-991-00600-A
27-14-00-220-002-A
27-14-00-991-00300-A
27-14-00-200-001-A
27-14-41
27-14-41 PB 401
27-14-41-000-001-A
27-14-41-991-00100-A
27-14-41-991-00200-D
27-14-41-400-001-A
27-14-41-991-00400-A
27-14-41 PB 601
27-14-41-200-001-A

SUBJECT
Electrical Test of the Aileron Servo Controls
AILERON AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - INSPECTION/CHECK
Check Aileron Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for Excessive Play and
Condition
Location of the Tools
CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) 98D27303022000 (Auto-recording Function)
Check of the Aileron Servo Controls Fluid Reserve Piston Position with the
Hydraulic Reservoirs Depressurized
Aileron Servo Control
Check of the Aileron Servo Control Oscillations
AILERON
AILERON - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Aileron
Aileron - Location and Detail
Aileron Attachment - Hinges and Actuators
Installation of the Aileron
Aileron - Upper and Lower Seals
AILERON - INSPECTION/CHECK
Inspection/Check of the Aileron

27-14-41-991-00300-C
27-14-42
27-14-42 PB 401

Aileron Fits and Clearances

CHECK VALVE
CHECK VALVE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-14-42-000-001-A
27-14-42-991-00100-A
27-14-42-991-00200-A
27-14-42-400-001-A
27-14-51
27-14-51 PB 401

Removal of the Check Valve

Check Valve 1626GM
Check Valve 1627GM
Installation of the Check Valve
SERVO CONTROL - AILERON
SERVO CONTROL - AILERON - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-14-51-000-001-A
27-14-51-991-00100-B
27-14-51-991-00200-C
27-14-51-400-001-A
27-14-51-000-002-A
27-14-51-991-00400-A
27-14-51-400-002-A
27-14-51-000-003-A
27-14-51-991-00500-A
27-14-51-400-003-A
27-14-51-000-004-A
27-14-51-991-00600-A
27-14-51-400-004-A
27-14-51-000-005-A
27-14-51-991-00700-B

AES

Removal of the Aileron Servo Control

Aileron Servocontrols 33CE1(33CE2) - Green Hydraulic System
Aileron Servocontrols 33CE3(33CE4) - Blue Hydraulic System
Installation of the Aileron Servo Control
Removal of the Hydraulic Filter for the Aileron Servo-Control
Aileron Servo-Control - Hydraulic Filter
Installation of the Hydraulic Filter for the Aileron Servo-Control
Removal of the Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve
Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve
Installation of the Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve
Removal of the Aileron Servo-Control Solenoid Valve
Aileron Servo-Control Solenoid Valve
Installation of the Aileron Servo-Control Solenoid Valve
Removal of the Linear Variable-Differential Transformer (LVDT) of the
Aileron- Servo Control
Aileron Servo-Control LVDT

T.O.C.

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-14-51-400-005-A
27-14-51-000-006-A
27-14-51-991-00800-A
27-14-51-400-006-A
27-14-51 PB 601
27-14-51-200-001-A
27-14-51-991-00300-B

SUBJECT
Installation of the Linear Variable-Differential Transformer (LVDT) of the
Aileron Servo-Control
Removal of the Actuator Eye-End of the Aileron Servo-Control
Actuator Eye End - Location and Details
Installation of the Actuator Eye-End of the Aileron Servo-Control
SERVO CONTROL - AILERON - INSPECTION/CHECK
Check of the Aileron Servo Control
Aileron Servo Control

27-20-00
27-20-00 PB 001
27-20-00-11200-A

RUDDER
RUDDER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Rudder Block Diagram

27-21-00
27-21-00 PB 001
27-21-00-11200-B
27-21-00-12500-B
27-21-00-13900-A
27-21-00-15000-A
27-21-00 PB 201
27-21-00-840-001-A

RUDDER MECHANICAL CONTROL

RUDDER MECHANICAL CONTROL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Rudder Mechanical Control
Location of Rudder Mechanical Control
Cable Tension Regulator
Connecting Rods and Cable Pressure Seals
RUDDER MECHANICAL CONTROL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
Removal/Installation of the control rod on the rudder mechanical control

27-21-00-991-01600-A
27-21-00 PB 501
27-21-00-710-001-A
27-21-00-991-00100-A
27-21-00-820-003-A
27-21-00-991-00400-B
27-21-00-991-00400-C
27-21-00-991-00500-A
27-21-00-991-01200-A
27-21-00-991-00300-A
27-21-00-720-002-A
27-21-00-991-00600-A
27-21-00-991-02700-A

Operational Test of the Centering Spring Rod

Disconnection of the Rod at the Differential Output Bellcrank
Adjustment of the Rudder Mechanical Control
Rudder Mechanical Control
Rudder Mechanical Control
Rudder Mechanical Control
Rudder Mechanical Control
Rudder Mechanical Control
Functional Test of the Rudder Mechanical Control
Position of the Servocontrol
Measurement of the Rudder Travel (Distance X)

27-21-00-720-003-A

Functional Test of the Rudder Mechanical Control after Replacement of

the Rudder Hinge-Arm Fittings
Adjustment of the Rudder Control-Cables Length
Component Location
Adjustment Graph
Shortening of the Rudder Control Cable
Rudder Cable Turnbuckles
Cable Travel Y
Cutting of the Rear Control Cable of the Rudder
Rear Rudder Control Cables Length Adjustment

27-21-00-820-002-A
27-21-00-991-00800-B
27-21-00-991-00900-A
27-21-00-820-004-A
27-21-00-991-01900-A
27-21-00-991-02000-A
27-21-00-820-005-A
27-21-00-991-01800-A

AES

Rudder Mechanical Control - Control Rod

RUDDER MECHANICAL CONTROL - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

T.O.C.

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-21-00 PB 601
27-21-00-210-001-A
27-21-00-991-00200-A
27-21-00-210-002-A
27-21-00-991-00700-J
27-21-00-991-01500-A
27-21-00-220-001-A

SUBJECT
RUDDER MECHANICAL CONTROL - INSPECTION/CHECK

27-21-00-991-02800-A
27-21-00-991-02900-A
27-21-41
27-21-41 PB 401

Visual Inspection of the Universal Joint

Component Location
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Rudder Mechanical Control Cables
Access Location
Rudder Mechanical Control Cables
Check of the Tension of the Rudder Mechanical-Control Cables with a
Tensiometer
Check of the Rudder Cable Tension-Regulator (Pointer in the Limits)
Tension Regulator
Adjustment Graph
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Rudder Mechanical Control-Linkage in
the Vertical Stabilizer
Component Location
Detailed Inspection of the Rudder Servocontrol Actuating Spring-Rod and
Rudder Servocontrol Feedback-Rod Attachments
Location of the Rigging Pin
Spring rod - Servocontrol feedback rod
RUDDER
RUDDER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-21-41-000-001-A
27-21-41-991-00100-A
27-21-41-991-00200-A
27-21-41-991-00400-E
27-21-41-991-00300-A
27-21-41-991-00500-A
27-21-41-991-00600-A
27-21-41-991-01000-B
27-21-41-991-00400-B
27-21-41-400-001-A
27-21-41 PB 601

Removal of the Rudder

Panel and Rigging Pin Locations
Sling Attachment
Servo Actuator Connections
Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections
Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections
Hinges Nos. 2,3,4 and 5 - Connections
Servo Actuator Connection at the Rudder with Bolt PN D55370020800
Servo Actuator Connections
Installation of the Rudder
RUDDER - INSPECTION/CHECK

27-21-00-220-002-A
27-21-00-991-01000-A
27-21-00-991-01100-A
27-21-00-210-003-A
27-21-00-991-01300-A
27-21-00-220-004-A

27-21-41-200-001-A
27-21-41-991-00700-A
27-21-41-991-00900-A
27-21-41-991-00800-A
27-21-42
27-21-42 PB 401
27-21-42-000-001-A
27-21-42-991-00100-A
27-21-42-991-00200-A
27-21-42-400-001-A
27-21-42-000-002-A
27-21-42-991-00300-A

AES

Inspection/Check of the Rudder

Fits and Clearances of the Rudder Hinge Fittings
Fits and Clearances of the Actuator Attach Fittings and the Fork Assy
Fits and Clearances of the Bearings of the Rudder Hinge Arm Attach
Fittings
PEDALS
PEDALS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the CAPT Pedals
CAPT Pedals
CAPT Pedals
Installation of the CAPT Pedals
Removal of the F/O Pedals
F/O Pedals

T.O.C.

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-21-42-991-00400-A

F/O Pedals

27-21-42-991-00500-A

F/O Pedals

27-21-42-400-002-A
27-21-43
27-21-43 PB 301
27-21-43-600-001-A
27-21-43-991-00600-A
27-21-43 PB 401 CONF 01
27-21-43-000-002-A
27-21-43-991-00300-B
27-21-43-991-00400-B
27-21-43-991-00500-B
27-21-43-400-002-A
27-21-44
27-21-44 PB 401
27-21-44-000-001-A

Installation of the F/O Pedals

ADJUSTER ASSY - PEDAL POSITION
ADJUSTER ASSY - PEDAL POSITION - SERVICING
Lubrication of the Rack/Slider Linkage of the Pedal Position Adjuster
Rack/Slider Linkage of the Pedal Position Adjuster
ADJUSTER ASSY - PEDAL POSITION - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Pedal Position Adjuster Assembly
Rigging Pin Location
Component Location
Rack Assembly
Installation of the Pedal Position Adjuster Assembly
BELLCRANK - YAW/BRAKE
BELLCRANK - YAW/BRAKE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

27-21-44-991-00100-B

Location of the Rigging Points

27-21-44-991-00200-A

CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

27-21-44-991-00300-A

CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

27-21-44-991-00100-C

Location of the Rigging Points

27-21-44-991-00200-B

CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

27-21-44-400-001-A

Installation of the CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

27-21-44-000-002-A

Removal of the F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

27-21-44-991-00400-A

F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

27-21-44-991-00500-A

F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

27-21-44-400-002-A
27-21-45
27-21-45 PB 401
27-21-45-000-001-A
27-21-45-991-00100-A
27-21-45-991-00100-B
27-21-45-991-00200-A
27-21-45-991-00300-B
27-21-45-991-00200-B
27-21-45-991-00300-C
27-21-45-400-001-A
27-21-45-000-003-A
27-21-45-991-00500-B
27-21-45-400-003-A
27-21-46
27-21-46 PB 401

AES

SUBJECT

Installation of the F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

REGULATOR - CABLE TENSION
REGULATOR - CABLE TENSION - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator Assy
Component Location
Component Location
Cable Tension Regulator Assy
Cable Tension regulator Assy
Cable Tension Regulator Assy
Cable Tension regulator Assy
Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator Assy
Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator
Cable Tension Regulator (103CM)
Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator
QUADRANT - CABLE
QUADRANT - CABLE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

T.O.C.

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-21-46-000-001-A
27-21-46-991-00100-A
27-21-46-991-00200-A
27-21-46-991-00300-A
27-21-46-400-001-A
27-21-47
27-21-47 PB 401

SUBJECT
Removal of the Cable Quadrant
Cable Quadrant
Location of the Rudder Control Rigging Pin
Location of the Rigging Pins
Installation of the Cable Quadrant
FRAME - RUDDER CONTROL
FRAME - RUDDER CONTROL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-21-47-000-001-A
27-21-47-991-00100-A
27-21-47-991-00200-A
27-21-47-400-001-A
27-21-48
27-21-48 PB 401

Removal of the Rudder Control Frame

Location of the Rigging Pins and the Attached Components
Rudder Control Frame
Installation of the Rudder Control Frame
CENTERING ROD - RUDDER CONTROL
CENTERING ROD - RUDDER CONTROL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-21-48-000-001-A
27-21-48-991-00100-A
27-21-48-400-001-A
27-21-49
27-21-49 PB 401

Removal of the Centering Rod of the Rudder Control

Centering Rod - Rudder Control
Installation of the Centering Rod of the Rudder Control
SPRING ROD
SPRING ROD - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-21-49-000-001-A
27-21-49-991-00100-A
27-21-49-400-001-A
27-21-49-991-00200-A
27-21-49 PB 601

Removal of the Spring Rod

Spring Rod
Installation of the Spring Rod
Rigging Pin Locations
SPRING ROD - INSPECTION/CHECK

27-21-49-200-001-A
27-21-49-991-00300-A
27-21-52
27-21-52 PB 401

Check of the Actuating Spring Rod

Spring Rod
LINKAGE - RUDDER CONTROL
LINKAGE - RUDDER CONTROL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-21-52-000-001-A
27-21-52-991-00100-A
27-21-52-400-001-A
27-21-61
27-21-61 PB 401

Removal of the Rudder Control Rods

Rudder Control Rods
Installation of the Rudder Control Rods
CABLES - RUDDER CONTROL
CABLES - RUDDER CONTROL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-21-61-000-001-A
27-21-61-991-00100-A
27-21-61-991-00200-A
27-21-61-991-00300-B
27-21-61-991-00600-A
27-21-61-991-00400-A
27-21-61-991-00500-B
27-21-61-400-001-A
27-22-00
27-22-00 PB 001

AES

Removal of the Rudder Control Cables

Access - Location
Cable Mechanism
Tension Regulator
Cable Quadrant
Frame Feed-Through Fittings
Pulley
Installation of the Rudder Control Cables
RUDDER TRIM ACTUATION
RUDDER TRIM ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

T.O.C.

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-22-00-11200-A

SUBJECT
Trim (Rudder)

27-22-00-12500-A
27-22-00 PB 401

Location of Rudder Trim Actuation

RUDDER TRIM ACTUATION - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

27-22-00-040-001-A
27-22-00-440-001-A
27-22-00 PB 501

Deactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Trim Actuator

Reactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Trim Actuator
RUDDER TRIM ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

27-22-00-820-001-A
27-22-00-991-00100-A
27-22-00-991-00200-A
27-22-00-710-001-A
27-22-00-710-002-A
27-22-00-730-001-A
27-22-51
27-22-51 PB 401
27-22-51-000-001-A
27-22-51-991-00100-A
27-22-51-991-00400-B

Removal of the Rudder Trim Actuator

Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC - Part Number 6137-3
Rigging Pin Locations for the Replacement of a Rudder Trim Actuator Part Number 6137-3 and 6137-4/6137-5

27-22-51-991-00500-A

Rudder Trim Actuator - PN 6137-4/6137-5

27-22-51-991-00300-A
27-22-51-991-00700-A

Position Indicator of the Rudder Trim Actuator - Part Number 6137-3

Position Indicator of the Rudder Trim Actuator - PN 6137-4/6137-5

27-22-51-400-001-A
27-22-51-000-002-A
27-22-51-991-00200-A
27-22-51-400-002-A
27-23-00
27-23-00 PB 001
27-23-00-11400-A
27-23-00-11800-A
27-23-00-13300-A
27-23-00-13800-A
27-23-00-15900-A
27-23-00 PB 401
27-23-00-040-001-A
27-23-00-440-001-A
27-23-00 PB 501
27-23-00-710-001-A
27-23-00-991-00100-A

AES

Adjustment of the Rudder Trim Actuation

Position of the Rigging Pins
Rudder Trim Actuator
Operational Test of the Reset Function
Operational Test of the Rudder Trim Actuation
System Test of the Rudder Trim
ACTUATOR - RUDDER TRIM
ACTUATOR - RUDDER TRIM - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Installation of the Rudder Trim Actuator

Removal of the Electronic Assembly of the Rudder Trim Actuator
Electronic Assembly of the Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC - Part Number
6137-3
Installation of the Electronic Assembly of the Rudder Trim Actuator
ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND RUDDER TRAVEL LIMITING - ACTUATION
ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND RUDDER TRAVEL LIMITING - ACTUATION DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Artificial Feel and Trim Unit
Rudder-Travel Limiting System
Location of the Artificial Feel and Trim Unit
Travel Limitation Unit - Location
Electronic Assembly
ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND RUDDER TRAVEL LIMITING - ACTUATION DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
Deactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
Reactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND RUDDER TRAVEL LIMITING - ACTUATION ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Operational Test of the Rudder Artificial-Feel Loads with Tool
(355M03200001)
Artificial Feel and Trim Unit

T.O.C.

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-23-00-710-001-A-01
27-23-00-710-002-A
27-23-17
27-23-17 PB 401

SUBJECT
Operational Test of the Rudder Artificial-Feel Loads without Tool
Operational Test of the Rudder-Travel Limitation Unit
SOLENOID - ARTIFICIAL FEEL UNLOCKING
SOLENOID - ARTIFICIAL FEEL UNLOCKING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-23-17-000-001-A
27-23-17-991-00200-A
27-23-17-991-00100-A
27-23-17-400-001-A
27-23-41
27-23-41 PB 401

Removal of the Artificial Feel Unlocking Solenoid

Location of Rigging Pins
Artificial Feel Unlocking Solenoid 16CA
Installation of the Artificial Feel Unlocking Solenoid
ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND TRIM UNIT
ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND TRIM UNIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-23-41-000-001-A
27-23-41-991-00100-A
27-23-41-991-00200-A
27-23-41-400-001-A
27-23-51
27-23-51 PB 401

Removal of the Artificial Feel and Trim Unit

Artificial Feel and Trim Unit - Sheet 1
Artificial Feel and Trim Unit - Sheet 2
Installation of the Artificial Feel and Trim Unit
LIMITATION UNIT - RUDDER TRAVEL
LIMITATION UNIT - RUDDER TRAVEL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-23-51-000-001-A
27-23-51-991-00100-A
27-23-51-991-00100-B
27-23-51-400-001-A
27-23-51-000-002-A
27-23-51-991-00200-A
27-23-51-400-002-A
27-24-00
27-24-00 PB 001
27-24-00-12400-A
27-24-00-16800-A
27-24-00 PB 501
27-24-00-710-001-A
27-24-00-710-002-A
27-24-00-820-001-A
27-24-00-991-00300-A
27-24-00-991-00400-A
27-24-00-991-00500-A
27-24-00 PB 601
27-24-00-200-001-A
27-24-00-200-002-A
27-24-00-991-00100-B
27-24-00-991-01000-A
27-24-00-991-01200-A

AES

Removal of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit

Rudder Travel Limitation Unit 4CC
Rudder Travel Limitation Unit 4CC
Installation of the Rudder Travel-Limitation Unit
Removal of the Electronic Module of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
Electronic Module
Installation of the Electronic Module of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
RUDDER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION
RUDDER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Location of Rudder Servocontrols
Rudder Servocontrol
RUDDER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation
Operational Test of the Rudder Servocontrols with Individual Hydraulic
System
Adjustment of the Rudder Neutral Position
Rudder Control
Reference Triangle for the Rudder Neutral Position
Installation of the Tool
RUDDER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - INSPECTION/CHECK
Check of the Rudder Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for too much
Play and Condition
Check of the Rudder Trailing Edge Play
Servocontrol - Location of Rigging Point
Installation of the Check Tool
CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) 98D27303022000 (Auto-recording Function)

T.O.C.

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-24-00-991-01400-A
27-24-00-991-01500-A
27-24-00-210-001-A
27-24-00-991-00200-A
27-24-51
27-24-51 PB 401
27-24-51-000-001-A
27-24-51-991-00100-A
27-24-51-991-00200-A
27-24-51-991-00300-D
27-24-51-991-00400-D
27-24-51-991-00200-B
27-24-51-991-00300-E
27-24-51-991-00400-E
27-24-51-991-00700-B
27-24-51-991-00800-B
27-24-51-400-001-A
27-24-51-000-002-A
27-24-51-400-002-A
27-24-51-000-003-A
27-24-51-991-00600-A
27-24-51-400-003-A
27-24-51-960-001-A
27-24-51 PB 601
27-24-51-200-001-A
27-24-51-991-00500-A
27-25-00
27-25-00 PB 001
27-25-00-11200-A
27-25-00 PB 501
27-25-00-820-001-A
27-25-00-991-00200-A
27-25-00-991-00100-A
27-25-17
27-25-17 PB 401
27-25-17-000-001-A
27-25-17-991-00100-A
27-25-17-400-001-A
27-26-00
27-26-00 PB 001

AES

SUBJECT
Rudder Trailing Edge Play - Check List
Rudder Trailing Edge Play - Measurement
Visual Inspection of the Rudder Servo Controls for Hydraulic Leakage
Servocontrol - Location of the Vent Hole
SERVO CONTROL - RUDDER
SERVO CONTROL - RUDDER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Rudder Servo Control
Rudder Access Panel and Rigging Pin Locations
Rudder Servo Controls
Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer
Servo Control Connection at the Rudder
Rudder Servo Controls
Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer
Servo Control Connection at the Rudder
Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer with Bolt PN
D5537002020800
Servo Control Connection at the Rudder with Bolt PN D5537002020800
Installation of the Rudder Servo Control
Removal of the Filter from the Rudder Servo Control
Installation of the Filter in the Rudder Servo Control
Removal of the Rudder Servo Control Eye End
Rudder Servo Control Eye End
Installation of the Rudder Servo Control Eye End
Replacement of the Rudder Servo-Control Bearings
SERVO CONTROL - RUDDER - INSPECTION/CHECK
Check of the Rudder Servo Control Attachments
Rudder Servo Control
RUDDER POSITION INDICATING
RUDDER POSITION INDICATING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Special Reference Mark
RUDDER POSITION INDICATING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Adjustment of the Rudder Position Indicating
Tolerance Range for the Rudder Surface at the Zero Position
Rigging - Location
TRANSDUCER UNIT - RUDDER POSITION
TRANSDUCER UNIT - RUDDER POSITION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Rudder Position Transducer Unit
Rudder Position Transducer Unit 42WV
Installation of the Rudder Position Transducer Unit
YAW DAMPER ACTUATION
YAW DAMPER ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

T.O.C.

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-26-00-11200-A
27-26-00-12500-A
27-26-00-16400-A
27-26-00 PB 401
27-26-00-040-001-A
27-26-00-991-00200-A
27-26-00-440-001-A
27-26-00 PB 501

SUBJECT
Yaw Damper Servo-Actuators - General
Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator - Location
Yaw Damper Servo Actuator
YAW DAMPER ACTUATION - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
Deactivation of the Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator
Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator 3CC1 (3CC2)
Reactivation of the Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator
YAW DAMPER ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

27-26-00-710-001-A
27-26-00-820-001-A
27-26-00-991-00100-A
27-26-17
27-26-17 PB 401

Operational Test of the Yaw Damper Actuation

Adjustment of the Yaw Damper Actuation
Position of the Rigging Pins
TRANSDUCER UNIT - YAW DAMPER POSITION
TRANSDUCER UNIT - YAW DAMPER POSITION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-26-17-000-001-A
27-26-17-991-00100-A
27-26-17-400-001-A
27-26-41
27-26-41 PB 401

Removal of the Yaw Damper Position Transducer Unit

Position Transducer Unit 2CC
Installation of the Yaw Damper Position Transducer Unit
CENTERING SPRING ROD - YAW DAMPER SERVO ACTUATOR
CENTERING SPRING ROD - YAW DAMPER SERVO ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-26-41-000-001-A
27-26-41-991-00100-A
27-26-41-400-001-A
27-26-41 PB 601
27-26-41-280-001-A
27-26-51
27-26-51 PB 401
27-26-51-000-001-A
27-26-51-991-00100-A
27-26-51-400-001-A
27-26-51-000-002-A
27-26-51-991-00200-A
27-26-51-400-002-A
27-26-51-000-003-A
27-26-51-400-003-A
27-26-51-000-004-A
27-26-51-991-00300-A
27-26-51-400-004-A
27-26-51 PB 601
27-26-51-200-001-A

AES

Removal of the Centering Spring Rod for the Actuator of the Yaw Damper
Servo
Centering Spring Rod
Installation of the Centering Spring Rod for the Actuator of the Yaw
Damper Servo
CENTERING SPRING ROD - YAW DAMPER SERVO ACTUATOR INSPECTION/CHECK
Removal of the Centering Spring Rod of the Yaw Damper for Workshop
Test
SERVO ACTUATOR - YAW DAMPER
SERVO ACTUATOR - YAW DAMPER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator
Yaw Damper - Servo Actuator 3CC1, 3CC2
Installation of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator
Removal of the Servovalve
Servovalve and Solenoid Valve
Installation of the Servovalve
Removal of the Solenoid Valve
Installation of the Solenoid Valve
Removal of the Pressure Switch
Pressure Switch
Installation of the Pressure Switch
SERVO ACTUATOR - YAW DAMPER - INSPECTION/CHECK
Visual Inspection of the Yaw Damper Servo-Actuators

T.O.C.

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-26-51-991-00400-A

SUBJECT
Servo Actuator - Yaw Damper (3CC1,3CC2)

27-30-00
27-30-00 PB 001
27-30-00-11200-B

ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Elevator

27-34-00
27-34-00 PB 001

ELEVATOR AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION

ELEVATOR AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION
Location of Elevator Servocontrol
Elevator Servocontrol
Elevator Servocontrols - Damping and Active controls
ELEVATOR AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

27-34-00-12400-B
27-34-00-17300-B
27-34-00-17400-A
27-34-00 PB 401
27-34-00-040-001-A
27-34-00-991-00400-B
27-34-00-440-001-A
27-34-00 PB 501
27-34-00-710-001-A
27-34-00-710-002-A

Operational Test of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation

Operational Test of the Centering Function

27-34-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation (with the reference

triangle on the tail cone)

27-34-00-991-02300-A
27-34-00-991-00100-B
27-34-00-991-00900-B
27-34-00-820-002-A

Pointer and Triangle Reference Positioning

Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol
Elevator Position Transducer Unit
Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation after
Removal/Installation of one Servocontrol

27-34-00-820-003-B

Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation to 0.5 Degrees NoseUp with the Gauge-Elevator Neutral Setting (98D27309006000)

27-34-00-991-01100-B
27-34-00-991-01300-B
27-34-00-991-02000-B
27-34-00-991-02000-C
27-34-00-991-02100-D
27-34-00-820-003-B-01

Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge

Installation of the yoke
Elevator servocontrol attachment
Elevator servocontrol attachment
Illustration of the THS servocontrol attachment
Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation to 0.5 Degrees NoseUp with the Gauge-Elevator Neutral Setting (98D27309002000)

27-34-00-991-01000-A
27-34-00-991-00800-A
27-34-00-760-001-A
27-34-00 PB 601
27-34-00-200-001-A
27-34-00-991-01400-A

AES

Elevator Servocontrol Position-Transducer - Connection of the Spare

Transducer
Elevator Servocontrols Position-Transducers
Reactivation of Elevator Servocontrol Position-Transducer
ELEVATOR AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

Adjustment of the Elevator to 0.5 Degrees nose-up

Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge
Electrical Test of the Elevator Servo Controls
ELEVATOR AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - INSPECTION/CHECK
Check of the Elevator Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for too much
Play and Condition
CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) 98D27303022000 (Auto-recording Function)

T.O.C.

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-34-00-991-00200-A
27-34-00-991-02400-A
27-34-00-991-02500-A
27-34-00-220-001-A
27-34-00-991-00500-B
27-34-00-220-002-A
27-34-00-991-00600-A
27-34-00-991-00700-A
27-34-00-200-002-A
27-34-00-220-003-A
27-34-00-991-01200-B
27-34-00-280-001-A
27-34-00-200-003-A
27-34-00-991-01500-A
27-34-00-991-01600-A
27-34-00-991-01700-A
27-34-00-991-01800-A
27-34-00-991-01900-A
27-34-41
27-34-41 PB 401
27-34-41-000-001-A
27-34-41-991-00400-B

Removal of the Elevator

Hoist Points Plugs

27-34-41-991-00100-B

Elevator-Removal/Installation.

27-34-41-991-00300-A

Elevator-Removal/Installation

27-34-41-400-001-A
27-34-41 PB 601
27-34-41-200-001-A
27-34-41-991-00500-A
27-34-42
27-34-42 PB 301
27-34-42-600-001-A
27-34-42-991-00100-A
27-34-51
27-34-51 PB 401

AES

SUBJECT
Adjustment of the Elevators
Elevator Trailing Edge Play - Check List
Elevator Trailing Edge Play - Measurement
Check of the Position of the Fluid-Reserve Piston of the Elevator Servo
Control with the Hydraulic Reservoirs Depressurized
Elevator Servo Control
Check of the Differential-Pressure Indicator and of the Position of the
Fluid- Reserve Piston of the Elevator Servo Controls
Elevator Servo Control
Differential Pressure Sensor and Drain System
Check of the Elevator Servo Control Oscillations.
Check of the Position of the Reference Triangle on the Tail Cone
Triangle Reference on the Tail Cone
Removal of the Elevator Servo Controls for Functional check of the return
relief valve in workshop
Check of Elevator Neutral Position and Servo Control Installation
Elevator Eye-end Correct Installation
Installation of the Pin-rigging
Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge
Installation of the Yoke
Elevator Position Transducer Unit
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Installation of the Elevator

ELEVATOR - INSPECTION/CHECK
In Service Wear Limits of the Elevator Hinge Fittings
In Service Wear Limits - Elevator Hinge Fittings
FILTER - HYDRAULIC
FILTER - HYDRAULIC - SERVICING
Servicing of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Filter
Elevator Servo-control Actuator Filter
SERVO CONTROL - ELEVATOR
SERVO CONTROL - ELEVATOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-34-51-000-001-A
27-34-51-991-00100-A
27-34-51-991-01000-B
27-34-51-991-01000-C

Removal of the Elevator Servo Control

Elevator Servo-Control Unit
Elevator Servocontrol Unit - Elevator Attachment
Elevator Servocontrol Unit _ Elevator Attachment

27-34-51-991-01300-D
27-34-51-400-001-A
27-34-51-000-008-A

Elevator Servo Control Unit - THS Attachment

Installation of the Elevator Servo Control
Removal of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Servo Valve

T.O.C.

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-34-51-991-01200-A
27-34-51-991-00300-A
27-34-51-400-003-A
27-34-51-000-005-A
27-34-51-991-00400-A

SUBJECT
Servo Control Elevator - Installation of the Tool-Elevator Neutral Setting
Elevator Servo-Control Actuator Servo-Valve
Installation of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Servo Valve
Removal of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Solenoid Valve
Electrovalves Removal/Installation

27-34-51-400-004-A
27-34-51-000-006-A

Installation of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Solenoid Valve

Removal of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Mode Selector Valve
Transducer MSVT
Elevator Servo-Control Actuator Mode Selector Valve Transducer
Installation of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Mode Selector Valve
Transducer MSVT
Removal of the Servo Control Actuator Eye-End
Servo-Control Actuator Eye-End
Installation of the Servo Control Actuator Eye-End

27-34-51-991-00500-A
27-34-51-400-005-A
27-34-51-000-009-A
27-34-51-991-00600-A
27-34-51-400-006-A
27-34-51 PB 601
27-34-51-200-001-A
27-34-51-991-00700-A
27-40-00
27-40-00 PB 001
27-40-00-11200-A
27-40-00 PB 401
27-40-00-040-001-A
27-41-00
27-41-00 PB 001
27-41-00-11200-A
27-41-00-12400-A
27-41-00-13800-A
27-41-00 PB 501
27-41-00-820-001-A
27-41-00-991-00100-A
27-41-00-991-00200-A
27-41-00-991-00300-A
27-41-00-991-00400-A
27-41-00-720-001-A
27-41-00-730-001-A
27-41-00-820-002-A
27-41-00-991-00600-A
27-41-00-991-00800-A

AES

SERVO CONTROL - ELEVATOR - INSPECTION/CHECK

In Service Wear Limits of the Elevator Servo-Control Attach-Fittings
In Service Wear Limits - Elevator Servo-Control Attach-Fittings
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION
Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
Check of the synchronization between pitch trim handwheel and stabilizer
THS MECHANICAL CONTROL
THS MECHANICAL CONTROL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
THS Mechanical Control - Location
THS Mechanical Control
Cable Tension Compensator
THS MECHANICAL CONTROL - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Adjustment of the THS Zero Position
Component Location
Removal/Installation of the Protective Covers
Chain Adjustment Dimension
Component Location.
Functional Test of the THS-Actuator Overtravel Related to the
Mechanical Indicator
System Test of the THS Actuator Electrical Control
Adjustment of the THS Control-Cables Length
Adjustment of the Cables
Adjustment Graph

T.O.C.

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-41-00-820-003-A
27-41-00-991-01200-A
27-41-00-991-01300-A
27-41-00-820-004-A
27-41-00-991-01100-A
27-41-00 PB 601

SUBJECT
Shortening of the THS Control Cable
THS Cable Turnbuckles
Cable Travel Y
Cutting of the Rear Control Cable of the THS
Rear THS Control Cables Length Adjustment
THS MECHANICAL CONTROL - INSPECTION/CHECK

27-41-00-210-001-A

Detailed Visual Inspection of the THS Mechanical Control

27-41-00-991-01000-A
27-41-00-210-002-A
27-41-00-220-001-A

Removal/Installation of the Protective Covers.

DELETED
Check of the Cable Tension Regulator of the THS Trim Control (Pointer
in the Limits)

27-41-00-991-00700-A
27-41-00-991-00900-A
27-41-00-220-002-A
27-41-00-220-003-A

THS Actuator - Rigging

Adjustment Graph
Check of the Correct Tension of the THS Mechanical Control Cables
Check of the Zero Adjustment of the THS

27-41-00-210-003-A

Visual Inspection and Lubrication of the Rear THS control cable (between
FR71 and the THS actuator)

27-41-41
27-41-41 PB 401
27-41-41-000-001-A
27-41-41-991-00200-A
27-41-41-991-00100-A
27-41-41-991-00300-A
27-41-41-400-001-A
27-41-41-991-00400-A

CONTROL MECHANISM - PITCH TRIM

CONTROL MECHANISM - PITCH TRIM - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Control Mechanism-Pitch Trim
Pitch Trim Control Mechanism
Panels 111VU and 112VU
Pitch Trim Control Mechanism
Installation of the Control Mechanism-Pitch Trim
Position of the Green Band / CG (Center of Gravity) Scale

27-41-42
27-41-42 PB 401

REGULATOR - CABLE TENSION

REGULATOR - CABLE TENSION - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-41-42-000-001-A
27-41-42-991-00200-A
27-41-42-991-00100-A
27-41-42-400-001-A
27-41-42-000-002-A
27-41-42-991-00300-A
27-41-42-400-002-A
27-41-43
27-41-43 PB 401

Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator

Location of the Turnbuckles
Cable Tension Regulator
Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator
Removal of the Springs of the Cable Tension Regulator
Springs of the Cable Tension Regulator
Installation of the Springs of the Cable Tension Regulator
STOP AND GEARSET UNIT - PITCH TRIM CONTROL
STOP AND GEARSET UNIT - PITCH TRIM CONTROL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-41-43-000-001-A
27-41-43-991-00200-A
27-41-43-400-001-A
27-41-44
27-41-44 PB 401

Removal of the Pitch Trim Control Stop and Gearset Unit

Pitch Trim Control Stop and Gearset Unit
Installation of the Pitch Trim Control Stop and Gearset Unit
CABLES - THS CONTROL
CABLES - THS CONTROL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-41-44-000-001-A
27-41-44-991-00100-A

AES

Removal of the THS Control Cables

Location of Access

T.O.C.

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-41-44-991-00200-A
27-41-44-991-00800-A
27-41-44-991-00300-A
27-41-44-991-00400-A
27-41-44-991-00500-A
27-41-44-991-00600-A
27-41-44-991-00700-A
27-41-44-400-001-A
27-41-44-991-00900-A
27-41-45
27-41-45 PB 401
27-41-45-000-001-A
27-41-45-991-00100-A
27-41-45-991-00200-A
27-41-45-991-00300-A
27-41-45-400-001-A
27-44-00
27-44-00 PB 001
27-44-00-12300-A
27-44-00-12400-B
27-44-00-13600-A
27-44-00-13700-A
27-44-00-13800-B
27-44-00-13900-B
27-44-00 PB 501
27-44-00-710-001-A
27-44-00-991-00100-A
27-44-00-991-00300-A
27-44-00-991-00400-B
27-44-00-710-002-A
27-44-00-710-003-A
27-44-51
27-44-51 PB 401
27-44-51-000-001-A
27-44-51-991-00100-A
27-44-51-991-02100-A
27-44-51-991-00200-A
27-44-51-991-00300-A

AES

SUBJECT
Cable Linkage
THS Actuator
Pitch Trim Control Unit
Frame Feed-throughs
Chain Guard
Cable Tension Regulator
Cable Tension Regulator
Installation of the THS Control Cables
THS CABLE TERMINAL STUD
DRIVE SHAFT - MECHANICAL INPUT
DRIVE SHAFT - MECHANICAL INPUT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Mechanical Input Drive Shaft Assy
Location of Rigging Pins
THS Drive Shaft Assembly
Chain Cover Assembly
Installation of the Mechanical Input Drive Shaft Assy
THS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION
THS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Component Location
Component Location
THS Actuator Schematic
THS Actuator
Schematic of the Control Valve Block - Normal Operation
Schematic of the Control Valve Block - Jamming Detection Operation
(Blocked Control Valve)
THS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Operational Test of the Jamming Protection Device of the Trimmable
Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator
Operational Test of the Jamming Protection Device
Test Procedure of the Jamming Simulation Tool
Reference Marks of the Control Valve Detent
Operational Test of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator with the
Individual Hydraulic Systems
Operational Test of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator with
both (Green and Yellow) and Individual Hydraulic Systems
ACTUATOR - THS
ACTUATOR - THS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator
Job Set-Up
Manual Cranking Stop Tool Installation
THS Actuator - Bonding Leads, Mechanical Input and Hydraulic
Connections
Electrical Connections

T.O.C.

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-44-51-991-00400-A
27-44-51-991-00500-A
27-44-51-991-01400-A
27-44-51-400-001-A
27-44-51-991-02200-A
27-44-51-991-02300-A
27-44-51-000-002-A
27-44-51-991-00600-A
27-44-51-400-002-A
27-44-51-000-003-A
27-44-51-991-01600-A
27-44-51-400-003-A
27-44-51-960-001-A
27-44-51-991-02000-A
27-44-51 PB 501
27-44-51-710-001-A
27-44-51-991-01100-A
27-44-51 PB 601
27-44-51-210-001-A
27-44-51-991-00700-A
27-44-51-220-001-A
27-44-51-991-00800-A
27-44-51-210-002-A
27-44-51-210-003-A
27-44-51-991-00900-A
27-44-51-280-001-A

Installation of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator

Inspection of the Lower THSA Attachment
Inspection of the Upper THSA Attachment
Removal of the Oil Filler Plug and/or the Oil Drain Plug from the THS
Actuator
Oil Filler Plug and Oil Drain Plug
Installation of the Oil Filler Plug and/or the Oil Drain Plug in the THS
Actuator
Removal of the Lower Claw Stop
Lower Claw Stop
Installation of the Lower Claw Stop
Replacement of the Filter Assy in Valve Block of the THS Actuator
Replacement of the Filter
ACTUATOR - THS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Operational Test of the No-Back Device (No-Back Pawls)
Location of the Manual Drive Input and the Installation of the Release
Tool of the Pressure-Off Brake
ACTUATOR - THS - INSPECTION/CHECK
Visual Inspection of the THS-Actuator
THS Actuator 9CE
Detailed Visual Inspection of the the Ball-Screw Nut Body, the Screw and
the Claw Stops of the THS-Actuator
Claw Stops, Ball Screw Nut and Screw
Visual Check of the Threaded (Fail-Safe) Nut
Check the Indicator of the No-Back Wear Detection-Device of the THSActuator
Detection Device - Actuator No-Back Wear
Check the Integrity of the Ball Screw Shaft (Primary and Secondary Load
Paths) of the THS-Actuator

27-44-51-991-01000-A
27-44-51-220-002-A

Ball Screw Shaft - Integrity Check

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Upper and the Lower Attachments
(Primary and Secondary) of the THS-Actuator

27-44-51-210-004-A
27-44-51-991-01200-A
27-44-51-200-001-A

Check the Oil Level of the Gearbox of the THS-Actuator

THS Actuator 9CE - Gearbox Oil-Sight-Level
Check the Backlash between the Ball Screw Nut and Screw of the THSActuator
THS Actuator Backlash Check
Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Detector and Boroscope Inspection of the
Power Gear of the THS-Actuator
Inspection of the Magnetic Detector and Boroscope Inspection of the
THS-Actuator
Drain and Refill the Trimable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator Gearbox

27-44-51-991-01300-A
27-44-51-200-002-A
27-44-51-991-01500-A
27-44-51-610-001-A

AES

SUBJECT
Removal and Installation Device 98D27408624000
Primary Lower Attachments
Primary Upper Attachment

T.O.C.

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-44-51-991-01700-A

27-44-51-991-01900-A
27-44-53
27-44-53 PB 401

SUBJECT
Drainage and Refilling of the Trimable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator
Gearbox
Detailed Inspection of THSA Lower Attachments for Secondary Load Path
Loading
THSA Lower Attachments
Detailed Inspection of THSA Upper Attachments for Secondary Load Path
Loading
THSA Upper Attachments
MOTOR - THS ACTUATOR
MOTOR - THS ACTUATOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-44-53-000-001-A
27-44-53-991-00100-A
27-44-53-400-001-A
27-44-54
27-44-54 PB 501

Removal of the THS Actuator Motor

THS Actuator Motor
Installation of the THS Actuator Motor
BRAKE - PRESSURE OFF, THS ACTUATOR
BRAKE - PRESSURE OFF, THS ACTUATOR - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

27-44-54-720-001-A
27-44-54-991-00200-A
27-44-56
27-44-56 PB 401

Functional Test of the Pressure-Off Brakes

Functional Test of the Pressure-Off Brakes
TRANSDUCER - THS ACTUATOR POSITION
TRANSDUCER - THS ACTUATOR POSITION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-44-56-000-001-A
27-44-56-991-00100-A
27-44-56-400-001-A
27-44-57
27-44-57 PB 401

Removal of the Position Transducer from the THS Actuator

Position Transducer
Installation of the Position Transducer to the THS Actuator
ACTUATOR - PITCH TRIM, THS
ACTUATOR - PITCH TRIM, THS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-44-57-000-001-A
27-44-57-991-00100-A
27-44-57-400-001-A
27-44-57-000-002-A
27-44-57-991-00200-A
27-44-57-400-002-A

Removal of the Pitch Trim Actuator from the THS Actuator

Pitch Trim Actuator
Installation of the Pitch Trim Actuator to the THS Actuator
Removal of the Electronic Modules of the Pitch Trim Actuator
Electronic Module
Installation of the Electronic Modules of the Pitch Trim Actuator

27-44-51-220-003-A
27-44-51-991-01800-A
27-44-51-220-004-A

27-45-00
27-45-00 PB 001
27-45-00-11100-A

THS POSITION INDICATING

THS POSITION INDICATING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Center Pedestal - THS Position Indicating

27-50-00
27-50-00 PB 001
27-50-00-12800-A
27-50-00-14000-A
27-50-00-15800-A

FLAPS
FLAPS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Flap System - Component Location
Flaps Electrical Control and Monitoring - Schematic
Hydraulic System - Schematic

27-50-00-17000-A

Slat/Flap Interface

27-50-00-21900-A

MCDU System Displays - SFCC Test

27-50-00-22000-A

MCDU System Displays - WTB/POB Test

27-50-00 PB 201

AES

FLAPS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

T.O.C.

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

SUBJECT
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-011-A

Manual Extension of the Flaps

27-50-00-991-00500-A
27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-012-A
27-50-00-991-00600-A
27-50-00-991-00600-B
27-50-00-866-010-A
27-50-00-991-00300-A
27-50-00-400-002-A
27-50-00-991-00100-C
27-50-00-000-002-A

Manual Retraction of the Flaps

Installation of the Flap Rigging Pin at Track 1
Installation of the Flap Rigging Pin at Track 1
Reset of the Torque Limiters of the Flap System on the Ground
Torque Limiters - Detail and Location
Installation of the Inboard and Outboard Flap Hoisting-Sling
Hoisting Sling Details
Removal of the Inboard and Outboard Flap Hoisting-Sling

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-991-00400-A

Lock-Torque Shaft (Flaps and Slats)

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-869-006-A

Reset of the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) of the Flap System on the Ground

27-51-00
27-51-00 PB 001
27-51-00-12400-A
27-51-00-12500-A
27-51-00-12600-A
27-51-00-14600-A

AES

Flaps - Manual Extension/Retraction

FLAPS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING

FLAPS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING - DESCRIPTION
AND OPERATION
Component Location
Component Location
Flap System Electrical Equipment - Component Location
Flaps Electrical Control - Schematic

27-51-00-15000-A

Wing Tip Brake (WTB) Control - Schematic

27-51-00-15400-A
27-51-00-17100-A
27-51-00-18400-A
27-51-00-18500-D
27-51-00-18600-A

Flap Transmission Monitoring - Schematic

Power Supply Distribution - Schematic
Flap System Components - Interfaces
Flap System Interfaces - Data to other Systems
Flap System Interfaces - Data from other Systems

27-51-00-20200-A

Flap/Slat Control Lever

27-51-00-20700-A
27-51-00-20800-A
27-51-00-21400-A
27-51-00-21500-A
27-51-00-22000-B
27-51-00-22500-A

Command Sensor Unit

Command Sensor Unit - Schematic
Slat and Flap Control Computer
Slat and Flat Control Computer - Schematic
Valve Block
Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit (FPPU)

27-51-00-22900-A
27-51-00-23400-B
27-51-00-23900-A

Asymmetry Position Pick-Off Unit (APPU)

Wing Tip Brake
Flap Interconnecting Strut

T.O.C.

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-51-00-25400-A
27-51-00-26100-A
27-51-00 PB 401
27-51-00-040-001-A
27-51-00-440-001-A
27-51-00-040-005-A
27-51-00-440-005-A
27-51-00-040-004-A
27-51-00-440-004-A
27-51-00 PB 501

Deactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Flap
Channel
Reactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Flap
Channel
Deactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Slat
Channel
Reactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Slat
Channel
Flap WTB Solenoid - WTB Test Procedure
DELETED
FLAPS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING ADJUSTMENT/TEST

27-51-00-740-001-A

Read-out of Class 3 Faults in the Flap System

27-51-00-740-002-A

BITE Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computers (Flap System)

27-51-00-710-001-A
27-51-00-710-003-A
27-51-00-710-004-A
27-51-00-820-001-A
27-51-00-991-00300-A
27-51-00-710-002-A
27-51-00-991-00400-A
27-51-00-750-001-A

Operational Test of the Wing Tip Brake and the Pressure Off Brake
DELETED
DELETED
Manual Adjustment of the Position Pick-Off Units
Position Pick-off Unit
Operational Test of the Flap Interconnecting Strut and the FlapAttachment Failure-Detection Sensors
Flap Interconnecting Strut
Automatic Integrity Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computers

27-51-00-820-003-A

To do a Check of the Flap Rigged Position (with the Sharks Fin)

27-51-00-991-05600-C
27-51-00-991-10300-A
27-51-00-991-05700-A
27-51-00-991-05800-C
27-51-00-991-06000-B
27-51-00-991-06500-B
27-51-00-820-004-A
27-51-00-991-01500-C
27-51-00-820-008-A

Installation of the Flap Rigging Kit

Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4
Inboard Flap Rigging Dimensions
Outboard Flap Rigging Dimensions
Label Position - Flap Track Beam
Label Positions - Flap Track Beams
Adjustment of the Forward Eccentrics to the Datum Position
Forward Eccentrics - Location and Detail
Adjustment of the Flap Rigged Position with the Sharks Fin Tool
(A318/319/320)

27-51-00-991-06700-C
27-51-00-991-09500-A
27-51-00-991-06800-A
27-51-00-991-06900-B
27-51-00-991-07000-B
27-51-00-991-07000-D

AES

SUBJECT
Flaps - Normal Operation
Wing Tip Brake Logic
FLAPS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

Flap Rigging - General

Eccentric Bearings - General
Rigging Pin Installation
Rigging Kit Installation - Outboard Flap
Label Positions - Flap Track 3 and 4
Label Position - Flap Track 3

T.O.C.

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-51-00-991-07100-C
27-51-00-991-07200-D
27-51-00-991-07300-B
27-51-00-991-07300-C
27-51-00-991-07400-A
27-51-00-991-07400-C
27-51-00-991-07500-D
27-51-00-991-07600-A
27-51-00-820-010-A
27-51-00-991-04600-A
27-51-00-991-04900-A
27-51-15
27-51-15 PB 401
27-51-15-000-002-A
27-51-15-400-002-A
27-51-17
27-51-17 PB 401
27-51-17-000-001-A
27-51-17-991-00100-A
27-51-17-400-001-A
27-51-17 PB 601
27-51-17-280-001-A
27-51-18
27-51-18 PB 401
27-51-18-000-001-A
27-51-18-991-00100-A
27-51-18-991-00200-A
27-51-18-400-001-A
27-51-19
27-51-19 PB 401
27-51-19-000-001-A
27-51-19-991-00100-A
27-51-19-400-001-A
27-51-34
27-51-34 PB 401

AES

SUBJECT
Main Eccentric Bearing - Adjustment, Track 2, 3 and 4
Rigging Dimensions - Outboard Flap
Rigging Kit Installation - Inboard Flap
Rigging Kit Installation - Inboard Flap
Main Eccentric Bearing Adjustment - Track 1
Main Eccentric Bearing Adjustment - Track 1
Rigging Dimension - Inboard Flap
Forward Eccentric Bearing - Track 1
Adjustment of the Flap Rollers
Adjustment of the Cruise Rollers
Adjustment of the Outer Roller (at the Outer Fixed Shroud)
SENSOR FLAP ATTACHMENT FAILURE DETECTION
SENSOR FLAP ATTACHMENT FAILURE DETECTION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Proximity-Sensors of the Interconnecting Strut
Installation of the Proximity-Sensors of the Interconnecting Strut
COMMAND SENSOR UNIT (CSU)
COMMAND SENSOR UNIT (CSU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Command Sensor Unit
Command Sensor Unit (CSU)
Installation of the Command Sensor Unit
COMMAND SENSOR UNIT (CSU) - INSPECTION/CHECK
Removal and Workshop Check of the Friction Brake of the Flap/Slat
Command Sensor Unit (CSU)
POSITION PICK OFF UNIT - ASYMMETRY (APPU)
POSITION PICK OFF UNIT - ASYMMETRY (APPU) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit
Flap APPU - Detail and Location
Flap APPU - Zero Datum Settings and Locations
Installation of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit
POSITION PICK - OFF UNIT - FEED BACK (FPPU)
POSITION PICK - OFF UNIT - FEED BACK (FPPU) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit
Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit
Installation of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit
COMPUTER - SLAT AND FLAP CONTROL (SFCC)
COMPUTER - SLAT AND FLAP CONTROL (SFCC) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-51-34-000-001-A
27-51-34-991-00100-A

Removal of the SFCC

Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC)

27-51-34-400-001-A

Installation of the SFCC

T.O.C.

Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-51-43
27-51-43 PB 401

SUBJECT
LEVER - FLAP AND SLAT CONTROL
LEVER - FLAP AND SLAT CONTROL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-51-43-000-001-A
27-51-43-991-00100-A
27-51-43-400-001-A
27-51-43-000-002-A
27-51-43-991-00200-A
27-51-43-400-002-A
27-51-44
27-51-44 PB 401

Removal of the Flap and Slat Control Lever

Flap and Slat Control - Lever
Installation of the Flap and Slat Control Lever
Removal of the Lighted Plate
Lighted Plate of the Flaps and Slats Control Lever
Installation of the Lighted Plate
STRUT - INTERCONNECTING
STRUT - INTERCONNECTING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-51-44-000-001-A
27-51-44-991-00100-A
27-51-44-400-001-A
27-51-44-991-00400-A
27-51-44-000-002-A

Removal of the Interconnecting Strut

Interconnecting Strut - Location and Detail
Installation of the Interconnecting Strut
Interconnecting Strut - Electrical Connections
Removal of the Proximity-Sensor of the Interconnecting Strut

27-51-44-991-00300-A
27-51-44-400-002-A
27-51-44 PB 501
27-51-44-820-001-A
27-51-44-991-00500-A
27-51-44 PB 601
27-51-44-200-001-A
27-51-44-991-00200-A
27-51-44-991-00700-A
27-51-44-960-001-A
27-51-51
27-51-51 PB 401
27-51-51-000-001-A
27-51-51-991-00100-B

Installation of the Proximity-Sensor of the Interconnecting Strut

STRUT - INTERCONNECTING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut
Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut
STRUT - INTERCONNECTING - INSPECTION/CHECK
Detailed Inspection of Interconnecting Strut and Attachments
Flap Interconnecting Strut - Inspection/Check
Flap Interconnecting Strut - Radial Play
Replacement of the Flap Interconnecting Strut Rod-End and Locking
Device
BRAKE - WING TIP (WTB)
BRAKE - WING TIP (WTB) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Flap Wing-Tip Brake
Flap Wing-Tip Brake 33CV(34CV)

27-51-51-400-001-A

Installation of the Flap Wing-Tip Brake

27-51-51-000-002-A

Removal of the Solenoid Valves of the Flap Wing-Tip Brake (WTB)

27-51-51-991-00200-B
27-51-51-400-002-A
27-54-00
27-54-00 PB 001
27-54-00-12300-A
27-54-00-12400-A
27-54-00-13700-A
27-54-00-14400-A

AES

Details of the Proximity-Sensors 37CV (38CV), 39CV (40CV)

Solenoid valve - Flap WTB

Installation of the Solenoid Valves of the Flap Wing-Tip Brake (WTB)
FLAPS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER TRANSMISSION
FLAPS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Flap System - Component Location
Steady Bearings and Torque Shafts - Component Location
PCU Hydraulic System - Schematic
Actuator - Typical Installation

T.O.C.

Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-54-00-14400-C
27-54-00-14500-A
27-54-00-18200-B
27-54-00-18300-A
27-54-00-18400-B
27-54-00-18500-B
27-54-00-18900-B
27-54-00-19100-B
27-54-00-19200-B
27-54-00-19300-B
27-54-00-19700-A
27-54-00-20200-A
27-54-00-20700-A
27-54-00-21200-A
27-54-00-21200-C
27-54-00-21300-A
27-54-00-21800-A
27-54-00-21800-B
27-54-00-22000-A
27-54-00-22000-C
27-54-00-22200-A
27-54-00-22400-A
27-54-00-22400-C
27-54-00-22900-A
27-54-00-22900-B
27-54-00-23000-A
27-54-00-23000-C
27-54-00-23600-A
27-54-00-23600-B
27-54-00-23700-A
27-54-00-23700-C
27-54-00-24300-A
27-54-00-24300-C
27-54-00-24900-C
27-54-00-24900-D
27-54-00 PB 501

SUBJECT
Actuator - Typical Installation
Flap and Flap Track Fairing - Operation
Power Control Unit
Power Control Unit - Schematic
Hydraulic Motor
Pressure-Off Brake
Valve Block
PCU Operation - Static Mode
PCU Operation - Normal Startup Sequence
PCU Operation - Normal Shutdown Sequence
Right Angle Gearbox
Line Gearbox
Bevel Gearbox
Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings
Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings
Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings - Details
Actuator - Track 1
Actuator - Track 1
Offset Gearbox
Offset Gearbox
Torque Limiter
Rotary Actuator - Tracks 1 and 4
Rotary Actuator - Typical
Actuator - Track 2
Actuator - Track 2
Offset Gearbox - Track 2
Offset Gearbox - Track 2
Actuator - Track 3
Actuator - Track 3
Offset Gearbox - Track 3
Offset Gearbox - Track 3
Offset Gearbox - Track 4
Offset Gearbox - Track 4
Flap Carriages
Flap Carriages
FLAPS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER TRANSMISSION ADJUSTMENT/TEST

27-54-00-710-001-A
27-54-00-710-002-A
27-54-00-820-001-A
27-54-00-991-03800-A
27-54-00-991-03900-A
27-54-00-991-04000-A
27-54-00 PB 601

Operational Test of the Flap System

Operational Test of the Flap and Slat Systems
Adjustment of the Flap Drive System
Flap Transmission - Access Panels
Installation of the Flap Rigging Pins
Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission
FLAPS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER TRANSMISSION INSPECTION/CHECK

AES

T.O.C.

Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-54-00-200-001-A
27-54-00-991-00600-A
27-54-00-991-00100-A
27-54-00-991-00200-A
27-54-00-210-002-A
27-54-00-991-00400-A
27-54-00-991-00500-B
27-54-00-200-003-A
27-54-00-991-02700-D

SUBJECT
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Transmission Assembly (Including Part of
the Transmission in Zone 140)
Flap Transmission - Access Panels
Flap System - Component Location
Steady Bearings and Torque Shaft - Component Location
Check of the Integrity of the Flap Transmission System and Inspection of
the Seal Witness Drains of the Wing Tip Brakes
Torque Shaft - Steady Bearing Typical Installation
Seal Witness Drains - Wing Tip Brake
Detailed Dimensional Check - Free Movement at the Trailing Edge of the
Flaps
Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive Lever - To Disconnect the Inboard Flap

27-54-00-991-02800-B

Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure The Free Play (Track 1)

27-54-00-991-03000-B

Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure the Free Play (Track 2)

27-54-00-991-01000-A
27-54-00-991-02700-E
27-54-00-991-02900-C

Flaps Trailing Edge Free Movement - Location and Details of

Measurement Positions
Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive Lever - To Disconnect the Inboard Flap
Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive Lever - To Disconnect the Outboard Flap

27-54-00-991-03100-B

Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure the Free Play (Track 3)

27-54-00-991-03200-C

Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure the Free Play (Track 4)

27-54-00-991-02600-A
27-54-00-220-006-B
27-54-00-220-007-A
27-54-00-991-04300-A
27-54-00-991-04400-A
27-54-00-612-001-A
27-54-00-991-04500-A
27-54-00-991-04600-A
27-54-00-991-04700-A
27-54-41
27-54-41 PB 401

Flaps Trailing Edge - Flow Chart to do the Free Movement Checks

DELETED
Check of the Flap Drive System
Check Pin - Access Panels
Installation of the Check Pins
Quantity Check of the Semi-Fluid remaining in a Flap Rotary Actuator
(After Leakage)
Flap Actuator - Track 1
Flap Actuators - Tracks 2 thru 4
Flap Actuator - Semi-fluid Measuring Equipment
GEARBOX - RIGHT ANGLE
GEARBOX - RIGHT ANGLE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-54-41-000-001-A
27-54-41-991-00200-A
27-54-41-991-00100-A
27-54-41-400-001-A
27-54-44
27-54-44 PB 401

Removal of the Right Angle Gearbox

Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4
Right Angle Gearbox
Installation of the Right Angle Gearbox
STEADY BEARING ASSY
STEADY BEARING ASSY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-54-44-000-001-A
27-54-44-991-00100-A
27-54-44-400-001-A
27-54-44-000-002-A
27-54-44-400-002-A

AES

Removal of the Steady Bearings

Steady Bearings - Flap Power Transmission
Installation of the Steady Bearings
Removal of the Steady Bearings
Installation of the Steady Bearings

T.O.C.

Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-54-45
27-54-45 PB 401

SUBJECT
TORQUE SHAFT ASSY - TRANSMISSION
TORQUE SHAFT ASSY - TRANSMISSION - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-54-45-000-001-A
27-54-45-991-00100-A
27-54-45-991-00100-B
27-54-45-991-00200-A
27-54-45-991-00500-A
27-54-45-400-001-A
27-54-45-000-002-A
27-54-45-400-002-A
27-54-45-000-003-A
27-54-45-400-003-A
27-54-45-000-004-A
27-54-45-991-00300-A
27-54-45-991-00300-B
27-54-45-400-004-A
27-54-45-000-005-A
27-54-45-400-005-A
27-54-45-000-006-A
27-54-45-400-006-A
27-54-45-000-007-A
27-54-45-400-007-A
27-54-45-000-008-A
27-54-45-400-008-A
27-54-45-000-009-A
27-54-45-991-00400-A
27-54-45-400-009-A
27-54-45-000-010-A
27-54-45-400-010-A
27-54-45-000-011-A
27-54-45-400-011-A
27-54-45-000-012-A
27-54-45-400-012-A
27-54-45-000-013-A
27-54-45-400-013-A
27-54-46
27-54-46 PB 401

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission
Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission
Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission
Torque Shaft - Flap Power Transmission
Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shaft
Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shaft
Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shaft
Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission
Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission
Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shaft
Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shaft
Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shafts
Installation of the Torque Shafts
Removal of the Torque Shafts
Installation of the Torque Shafts
Removal of Torque Shaft
Torque Shafts- Flap Power Transmission
Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shaft
Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shafts
Installation of the Torque Shafts
Removal of the Torque Shaft
Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shaft
Installation of the Torque Shaft
CARRIAGE
CARRIAGE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-54-46-000-002-A
27-54-46-991-00300-A
27-54-46-991-00300-C
27-54-46-400-002-A
27-54-46-000-001-A

AES

Removal of the No.1 Flap Carriage

No. 1 Flap Carriage
No. 1 Flap Carriage
Installation of the No.1 Flap Carriage
Removal of the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages

T.O.C.

Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-54-46-991-00100-C
27-54-46-400-001-A
27-54-46-000-005-A

SUBJECT
Nos. 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages
Installation of the Nos 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages
Removal of the Pendulum of the No. 1 Flap Track Carriage

27-54-46-991-00400-A

Flap Carriage and Pendulum (Access Hole in Pocket 5)

27-54-46-991-00600-A

Flap Carriage and Pendulum (Access Hole in Pocket 4)

27-54-46-991-00700-A
27-54-46-400-003-A
27-54-46 PB 601
27-54-46-200-001-A

Flap Carriage and Pendulum

Installation of the Pendulum of the No. 1 Flap Track Carriage
CARRIAGE - INSPECTION/CHECK
Detailed Inspection of Tracks, Rollers and Spherical Bearings (as far as
visible)

27-54-46-991-00200-C
27-54-46-991-00200-G
27-54-46-200-002-A
27-54-46-991-00500-C
27-54-46-991-00500-D
27-54-47
27-54-47 PB 401

Flap Tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4

Flap Tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4
Detailed Inspection of the Flap Carriage Rollers for In-Service Wear
Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages
Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages
LINE GEARBOX
LINE GEARBOX - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-54-47-000-001-A
27-54-47-991-00100-A
27-54-47-400-001-A
27-54-48
27-54-48 PB 401

Removal of the Line Gearbox

Line Gearbox
Installation of the Line Gearbox
BEVEL GEAR BOX
BEVEL GEAR BOX - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-54-48-000-001-A
27-54-48-991-00100-A
27-54-48-400-001-A
27-54-49
27-54-49 PB 401
27-54-49-000-008-A
27-54-49-400-005-A
27-54-49-991-00800-B
27-54-49-000-001-A
27-54-49-991-00100-C
27-54-49-991-00500-A
27-54-49-991-00100-G
27-54-49-991-00500-B
27-54-49-400-001-A
27-54-49-000-002-A
27-54-49-991-00200-A
27-54-49-991-00200-C
27-54-49-400-002-A
27-54-49-000-003-A
27-54-49-991-00300-A

AES

Removal of the Bevel Gear Box

Bevel Gearbox 6217CM(6267CM)
Installation of the Bevel Gear Box
ACTUATOR ASSY
ACTUATOR ASSY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Flap Track 1 to 4 Actuators
Installation of the Flap Track 1 to 4 Actuators
Flap Actuator Lever to Stop Face Dimensions
Removal of the Flap Track 1 Actuator
Flap Track 1 Actuator
Flap Rigging Pin Locations
Flap Track 1 Actuator
Flap Rigging Pin Locations
Installation of the Flap Track 1 Actuator
Removal of the Flap Track 2 Actuator
Flap Track 2 Actuator
Flap Track 2 Actuator
Installation of the Flap Track 2 Actuator
Removal of the Flap Track 3 Actuator
Flap Track 3 Actuator

T.O.C.

Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-54-49-991-00300-C
27-54-49-400-003-A
27-54-49-000-004-A
27-54-49-991-00400-A
27-54-49-991-00400-C
27-54-49-400-004-A
27-54-51
27-54-51 PB 401
27-54-51-000-001-A
27-54-51-991-00300-A
27-54-51-991-00100-B
27-54-51-991-00200-B

SUBJECT
Flap Track 3 Actuator
Installation of the Flap Track 3 Actuator
Removal of the Flap Track 4 Actuator
Flap Track 4 Actuator
Flap Track 4 Actuator
Installation of the Flap Track 4 Actuator
CONTROL UNIT - POWER (PCU) (FLAPS)
CONTROL UNIT - POWER (PCU) (FLAPS) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-54-51-400-001-A
27-54-52
27-54-52 PB 401

Removal of the Power Control Unit of the Flap System

Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4
Power Control Unit of the Flap System
Power Control Unit of the Flap System - Electrical and Hydraulic
Connections
Installation of the Power Control Unit of the Flap System
BRAKE - PRESSURE OFF, FLAPS PCU
BRAKE - PRESSURE OFF, FLAPS PCU - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-54-52-000-001-A
27-54-52-991-00300-A
27-54-52-991-00100-B
27-54-52-400-001-A
27-54-52-991-00200-A
27-54-53
27-54-53 PB 401

Removal of the Pressure-Off Brake of the Flap Power Control Unit

Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4
Pressure-Off Brake
Installation of the Pressure-Off Brake of the Flap Power Control Unit
Pressure-Off Brake - Removal of Storage Parts
VALVE BLOCK - FLAP PCU
VALVE BLOCK - FLAP PCU - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-54-53-000-001-A

Removal of the Valve Blocks of the Power Control Unit (Flap)

27-54-53-991-00400-A
27-54-53-991-00100-B
27-54-53-400-001-A

Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4

Valve Block
Installation of the Valve Blocks of the Power Control Unit (Flap)

27-54-53-000-002-A

Removal of the Solenoid Valves of the Power Control Unit (Flap)

27-54-53-991-00200-B
27-54-53-400-002-A

Solenoid Valve
Installation of the Solenoid Valves of the Power Control Unit (Flap)

27-54-53-000-003-A
27-54-53-991-00300-B
27-54-53-400-003-A
27-54-54
27-54-54 PB 401

Removal of the Filters of the Valve Blocks

Filter
Installation of the Filters of the Valve Blocks
MOTOR - HYDRAULIC, FLAPS PCU
MOTOR - HYDRAULIC, FLAPS PCU - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-54-54-000-001-A
27-54-54-991-00300-A
27-54-54-991-00100-B
27-54-54-400-001-A
27-54-54-000-002-A

AES

Removal of the Hydraulic Motor of the Flap Power Control-Unit with the
Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve Block Assembly
Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4
Hydraulic Motor
Installation of the Hydraulic Motor of the Flap Power Control-Unit with
the Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve Block Assembly
Removal of the Hydraulic Motor of the Flap Power Control-Unit without
the Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve Block Assembly

T.O.C.

Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-54-54-991-00200-B
27-54-54-400-002-A

SUBJECT
Removal of the Hydraulic Motor of the Flap Power Control-Unit
(6201CM)

27-54-55
27-54-55 PB 401

Installation of the Hydraulic Motor of the Flap Power Control-Unit

without the Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve Block Assembly
LEVER ASSY - FLAP ACTUATOR
LEVER ASSY - FLAP ACTUATOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-54-55-000-001-A
27-54-55-991-00100-B
27-54-55-991-00400-D
27-54-55-991-00100-D
27-54-55-991-00100-E
27-54-55-400-001-A
27-54-55-000-002-A
27-54-55-991-00200-C
27-54-55-400-002-A
27-54-55-000-003-A
27-54-55-991-00300-C
27-54-55-400-003-A
27-54-61
27-54-61 PB 401

Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Tracks 1 and 2

Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1
Flap Actuator Lever - Track 2
Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1
Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1
Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Tracks 1 and 2
Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 3
Flap Actuator Lever - Track 3
Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 3
Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 4
Flap Actuator Lever - Track 4
Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 4
INBOARD FLAP
INBOARD FLAP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-54-61-000-001-A
27-54-61-991-00100-D
27-54-61-991-01200-A
27-54-61-991-00500-C
27-54-61-991-00500-F
27-54-61-991-00600-C
27-54-61-991-01300-D

Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 2)

Flap Installation Tool

27-54-61-991-00700-C

Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1)

27-54-61-991-04900-C

Flap Drive Trunnion - Detail

27-54-61-991-00700-D
27-54-61-991-04900-D
27-54-61-400-001-A
27-54-61-991-00800-B
27-54-61-000-002-A

Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1)

Flap Drive Trunnion - Detail
Installation of the Inboard Flap
Alignment of the Outboard Cruise-Roller of the Inboard Flap.
Removal of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

27-54-61-991-00300-C

Details of the Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals (Outboard Flap)

27-54-61-991-00200-B

Details of the Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals (Inboard Flap)

27-54-61-400-006-A
27-54-61-991-01100-A
27-54-61-000-005-A
27-54-61-991-05000-B
27-54-61-400-007-A
27-54-61 PB 601

AES

Removal of the Inboard Flap

Details of the Wing to Fuselage Panels
Interconnecting Strut - Location and Detail
Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection
Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection

Installation of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

Kink Upper-Seal Installation Tool.
Removal of the Inboard Flap Seals
Inboard Flap Seals - Location and Detail
Installation of the Inboard Flap Seals
INBOARD FLAP - INSPECTION/CHECK

T.O.C.

Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-54-61-220-001-A
27-54-61-991-04800-C
27-54-62
27-54-62 PB 401
27-54-62-000-001-A
27-54-62-991-00700-A
27-54-62-991-00900-C
27-54-62-991-01000-D
27-54-62-991-01400-D
27-54-62-400-001-A
27-54-62-991-01600-A
27-54-62-991-01300-B
27-54-62-991-00300-B
27-54-62-991-01700-C
27-54-62-000-003-A
27-54-62-991-03100-A
27-54-62-991-03100-B
27-54-62-400-003-A
27-54-62 PB 601
27-54-62-220-001-A
27-54-62-991-04600-B
27-54-63
27-54-63 PB 401
27-54-63-000-001-A
27-54-63-991-00100-C
27-54-63-400-001-A

SUBJECT
Dimensional Check of the Joints that Connect the Flap Actuator Levers to
the Flap Drive Struts (Tracks 1 and 2)
Inboard Flap - Fits and Clearances (Tracks 1 and 2)
OUTBOARD FLAP
OUTBOARD FLAP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Outboard Flap
Interconnecting Strut - Location and Detail
Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever
Flap to Flap Carriage Connection
Flap Installation Tools
Installation of the Outboard Flap
Blade Seal Details
Inboard Cruise Roller Alignment
Flap Forward Eccentrics - Location and Detail
Center Cruise Roller Alignment
Removal of the Leading Edge Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap
Leading Edge Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap - Location and
Detail
Leading Edge Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap - Location and
Detail
Installation of the Leading Edge Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap
OUTBOARD FLAP - INSPECTION/CHECK
Dimensional Check of the Joints that connect the Flap Actuator Levers to
the Flap Drive Struts (Tracks 3 and 4)
Outboard Flap - Fits and Clearances (Tracks 3 and 4)
ROLLER ASSY - FLAP GUIDE
ROLLER ASSY - FLAP GUIDE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Flap Guide-Roller Assembly
Flap Guide - Roller Assembly
Installation of the Flap Guide-Roller Assembly

27-55-00
27-55-00 PB 001
27-55-00-12300-B
27-55-00-13600-A
27-55-00-15000-A

FLAPS POSITION INDICATING

FLAPS POSITION INDICATING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Equipment on Flap Power Control-Unit - Component Location
Indication of the Flap Positions
Flap Position Indicating - Schematic

27-55-11

POSITION PICK-OFF UNIT - INSTRUMENTATION (IPPU)

27-55-11 PB 401
27-55-11-000-001-A
27-55-11-991-00100-A
27-55-11-400-001-A

AES

POSITION PICK-OFF UNIT - INSTRUMENTATION (IPPU) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Removal of the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit
Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit
Installation of the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit

T.O.C.

Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-60-00
27-60-00 PB 001
27-60-00-13500-A
27-60-00-13600-B
27-60-00 PB 201
27-60-00-866-002-A
27-60-00-991-00300-B

SUBJECT
SPOILER
SPOILER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Speedbrake Function - Block Diagram
Ground Spoilers - Block Diagram
SPOILER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
Spoilers servocontrol

27-64-00
27-64-00 PB 001
27-64-00-12400-D
27-64-00-17800-A

SPOILER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION

SPOILER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Location of Spoiler Servocontrol
Spoiler 1 thru 5 Servocontrol

27-64-00 PB 401

SPOILER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

27-64-00-040-001-A
27-64-00-991-00700-C
27-64-00-440-001-A
27-64-00 PB 501

Deactivation of the Spoiler Servo Control

De-activation and Re-activation of the Servocontrol
Reactivation of the Spoiler Servo Control
SPOILER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

27-64-00-710-001-A
27-64-00-820-001-C
27-64-00-991-00100-A
27-64-00-991-00200-A
27-64-00-991-00600-A
27-64-00-760-001-A
27-64-00 PB 601
27-64-00-200-001-A
27-64-00-991-00500-A
27-64-41
27-64-41 PB 401
27-64-41-000-001-A
27-64-41-991-00100-F
27-64-41-991-00200-C
27-64-41-400-001-A
27-64-41 PB 601
27-64-41-200-001-A
27-64-41-991-00300-D
27-64-42
27-64-42 PB 401
27-64-42-000-001-A
27-64-42-991-00100-F
27-64-42-991-00200-C
27-64-42-400-001-A

AES

Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

Adjustment of the Spoilers
Adjustment of the Spoilers
Adjustment of the Spoilers
Measurement of Negative Clearance Between Spoiler and Flap
Electrical Test of the spoiler Servo Controls
SPOILER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - INSPECTION/CHECK
Check of the Spoilers Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for Excessive
Play and Condition
Location of the Tools
SPOILER 1
SPOILER 1 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Spoiler 1
Spoiler 1 - Actuator Detail and Clearances
Spoiler 1 - Hinge Detail
Installation of the Spoiler 1
SPOILER 1 - INSPECTION/CHECK
Inspection/Check of the Spoiler 1
Spoiler 1
SPOILER 2
SPOILER 2 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Spoiler 2
Spoiler 2 - Actuator Detail and Clearances
Spoiler 2 - Hinge Detail
Installation of the Spoiler 2

T.O.C.

Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-64-42-000-002-A
27-64-42-991-00400-B
27-64-42-400-002-A
27-64-42 PB 601
27-64-42-200-001-A
27-64-42-991-00300-D
27-64-43
27-64-43 PB 401
27-64-43-000-001-A
27-64-43-991-00100-D
27-64-43-991-00200-B
27-64-43-400-001-A
27-64-43-000-002-A
27-64-43-991-00500-B
27-64-43-400-002-A
27-64-43 PB 601
27-64-43-200-001-A
27-64-43-991-00300-C
27-64-44
27-64-44 PB 401
27-64-44-000-001-A
27-64-44-991-00100-E
27-64-44-991-00200-C
27-64-44-400-001-A
27-64-44-000-002-A
27-64-44-991-00400-B
27-64-44-400-002-A
27-64-44 PB 601
27-64-44-200-001-A
27-64-44-991-00300-C
27-64-45
27-64-45 PB 401
27-64-45-000-001-A
27-64-45-991-00100-E
27-64-45-991-00200-C
27-64-45-400-001-A
27-64-45-000-002-A
27-64-45-991-00400-B
27-64-45-400-002-A
27-64-45 PB 601
27-64-45-200-001-A

AES

SUBJECT
Removal of the Link-Spoiler 2
Link-Spoiler 2
Installation of the Link-Spoiler 2
SPOILER 2 - INSPECTION/CHECK
Inspection/Check of the Spoiler 2
Spoiler 2
SPOILER 3
SPOILER 3 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Spoiler 3
Spoiler 3 - Actuator Detail and Clearances
Spoiler 3 - Hinge Details
Installation of the Spoiler 3
Removal of the Link-Spoiler 3
Link-Spoiler 3
Installation of the Link-Spoiler 3
SPOILER 3 - INSPECTION/CHECK
Inspection/check of the Spoiler 3
Spoiler 3
SPOILER 4
SPOILER 4 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Spoiler 4
Spoiler 4 - Actuator Detail and Clearances
Spoiler 4 - Hinge Detail
Installation of the Spoiler 4
Removal of the Link-Spoiler 4
Link-Spoiler 4
Installation of the Link-Spoiler 4
SPOILER 4 - INSPECTION/CHECK
Inspection/Check of the Spoiler 4
Spoiler 4
SPOILER 5
SPOILER 5 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Spoiler 5
Spoiler 5 - Actuator Detail and Clearances
Spoiler 5 - Hinge Detail
Installation of the Spoiler 5
Removal of the Link-Spoiler 5
Link-Spoiler 5
Installation of the Link-Spoiler 5
SPOILER 5 - INSPECTION/CHECK
Inspection/Check of the Spoiler 5

T.O.C.

Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-64-45-991-00300-C
27-64-48
27-64-48 PB 401

SUBJECT
Spoiler 5
CHECK VALVE
CHECK VALVE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-64-48-000-001-A
27-64-48-991-00100-A
27-64-48-400-001-A
27-64-51
27-64-51 PB 401

Removal of the Check Valve

Check Valves
Installation of the Check Valve
SERVO CONTROL - SPOILER
SERVO CONTROL - SPOILER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-64-51-000-004-A
27-64-51-991-00600-A
27-64-51-991-00700-D
27-64-51-400-004-A
27-64-51-000-002-A
27-64-51-991-00400-B
27-64-51-400-002-A
27-64-51-000-003-A
27-64-51-991-00500-B
27-64-51-400-003-A
27-80-00
27-80-00 PB 001
27-80-00-12700-A
27-80-00-13900-A
27-80-00-15700-A
27-80-00-21700-A
27-80-00-21800-A
27-80-00 PB 201
27-80-00-866-004-A
27-80-00-866-007-A
27-80-00-991-00400-A

LIFT AUGMENTING
LIFT AUGMENTING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Slats - Component Location
Slat Control - Schematic
Hydraulic System - Schematic
MCDU System Displays - SFCC Test
MCDU System Displays - WTB/POB Test
LIFT AUGMENTING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
Extending the Slats on the Ground
Manual Extension of the Slats
Slats - Manual Extension/Retraction

27-80-00-866-005-A
27-80-00-866-008-A
27-80-00-866-006-A
27-80-00-991-00200-A
27-80-00-991-00200-B
27-80-00-400-001-A
27-80-00-991-00100-B
27-80-00-000-001-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

Manual Retraction of the Slats
Reset of the Torque Limiters of the Slat System on the Ground
Torque Limiters - Detail and Location
Torque Limiters - Detail and Location
Installation of the Hoisting Sling
Hoisting Sling
Removal of the Hoisting Sling

27-80-00-869-004-A

Reset of the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) of the Slat System on the Ground

27-81-00
27-81-00 PB 001

AES

Removal of the Spoiler Servo-Control

Spoilers 1 thru 5 Servo-Control - Hydraulic Line Details
Spoilers 1 thru 5 Servo-Control - Location and Detail
Installation of the Spoiler Servo-Control
Removal of the Servo-Valve from the Spoiler Servo-Control
Servo-Valve - Location and Detail
Installation of the Servo-Valve on the Spoiler Servo-Control
Removal of the Filter
Filter Assembly - Location and Detail
Installation of the Filter

SLATS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING

SLATS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING - DESCRIPTION
AND OPERATION

T.O.C.

Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-81-00-12500-B
27-81-00-12600-A
27-81-00-12700-A
27-81-00-14700-A
27-81-00-15300-A

SUBJECT
Component Location
Component Location
Slat System Electrical Equipment - Component Location
Slats Electrical Control - Schematic
Wing Tip Brake (WTB) Control - Schematic

27-81-00-15800-B
27-81-00-17500-A
27-81-00-18800-A
27-81-00-18900-A
27-81-00-19000-B
27-81-00-20700-A
27-81-00-21200-B
27-81-00-21700-A
27-81-00-22200-A
27-81-00-22700-B
27-81-00-24000-A
27-81-00-26000-A
27-81-00 PB 401

Slat Transmission Monitoring - Schematic

Power Supply Distribution - Schematic
Slat System Components - Interfaces
Slat System Interfaces - Data to Other Systems
Slat System Interfaces - Data from Other Systems
Valve Block
Feedback Position Pick-off Unit
Asymmetry Position Pick-Off Unit
Adapter Plate
Wing Tip Brake
Slats - Normal Operation
Wing Tip Brake Logic
SLATS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

27-81-00-040-001-A
27-81-00-440-001-A
27-81-00 PB 501

Slat WTB Solenoid - WTB Test Procedure

DELETED
SLATS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING ADJUSTMENT/TEST

27-81-00-740-001-A

Read-out for Class 3 Faults in the Slat System

27-81-00-740-002-A

BITE Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computers (Slat System)

27-81-00-710-001-A
27-81-00-710-002-A
27-81-00-710-003-A
27-81-00-820-001-A

Operational Test of the Wing-Tip Brake and the Pressure-Off Brake

DELETED
DELETED
Manual Adjustment of the Position Pick-Off Units

27-81-18
27-81-18 PB 401
27-81-18-000-001-A
27-81-18-991-00100-A
27-81-18-400-001-A
27-81-19
27-81-19 PB 401
27-81-19-000-001-A
27-81-19-991-00100-A
27-81-19-400-001-A
27-81-42
27-81-42 PB 401

AES

POSITION PICK OFF UNIT - ASYMMETRY (APPU)

POSITION PICK OFF UNIT - ASYMMETRY (APPU) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit
Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit 31CV (32CV)
Installation of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit
POSITION PICK - OFF UNIT - FEED BACK (FPPU)
POSITION PICK - OFF UNIT - FEED BACK (FPPU) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit
Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit
Installation of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit
ADAPTOR PLATE - PPU
ADAPTOR PLATE - PPU - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

T.O.C.

Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-81-42-000-001-A
27-81-42-991-00100-A
27-81-42-400-001-A
27-81-51
27-81-51 PB 401

Position Pick-Off Unit Adaptor-Plate 6048CM(6098CM)

Installation of the PPU Adaptor Plate
BRAKE - WING TIP (WTB)
BRAKE - WING TIP (WTB) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-81-51-000-001-A
27-81-51-991-00100-B
27-81-51-400-001-A

Removal of the Slat Wing-Tip Brake

Slat Wing-Tip Brake
Installation of the Slat Wing-Tip Brake

27-81-51-000-004-A

Removal of the Solenoid Valve from the Slat Wing-Tip Brake (WTB)

27-81-51-991-00200-B
27-81-51-400-002-A

Solenoid Valve - Slat WTB

Installation of the Solenoid Valve to the Slat Wing-Tip Brake (WTB)

27-84-00
27-84-00 PB 001
27-84-00-12300-A
27-84-00-12400-A
27-84-00-13700-A
27-84-00-14400-A
27-84-00-14400-B
27-84-00-14500-B
27-84-00-18000-B
27-84-00-18100-B
27-84-00-18200-B
27-84-00-18300-B
27-84-00-18800-B
27-84-00-18900-B
27-84-00-19000-B
27-84-00-19400-A
27-84-00-19900-A
27-84-00-20400-A
27-84-00-20900-A
27-84-00-20900-B
27-84-00-21400-A
27-84-00-21400-B
27-84-00-21500-A
27-84-00-21500-B
27-84-00 PB 501
27-84-00-710-001-A
27-84-00 PB 601
27-84-00-200-001-A

AES

SUBJECT
Removal of the PPU Adaptor Plate

SLATS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER TRANSMISSION

SLATS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Slat System - Component Location
Steady Bearings and Torque Shafts - Component Location
PCU Hydraulic System - Schematic
Actuator - Typical Installation
Actuator - Typical Installation
Slat and Track Fairing-Operation
Power Control Unit
Hydraulic Motor
Pressure-Off Brake
Valve Block
PCU Operation - Static Mode
PCU Operation - Normal Startup Sequence
PCU Operation - Normal Shutdown Sequence
Bevel Gearbox, 19 degree
T-Gearbox
Bevel Gearbox, 63.5 degree
Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings - Details
Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings - Details
Actuators - Sectional View
Actuators - Sectional View
Torque Limiter
Torque Limiter
SLATS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER TRANSMISSION ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Operational Test of the Slat System
SLATS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER TRANSMISSION INSPECTION/CHECK
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Slat Transmission System

T.O.C.

Page 33
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-84-00-991-00700-A
27-84-00-991-00100-A
27-84-00-991-00200-A
27-84-00-210-001-A

SUBJECT
Slat Transmission - Access Panels
Slat System - Component Location
Steady Bearings and Torque Shafts - Component Location
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Slat Track Rollers, the Pinions and the
Curved Rack Gears (As Far As Visible)

27-84-00-991-00800-A
27-84-00-991-00300-A
27-84-00-991-00300-B
27-84-00-210-002-A

Slat Tracks - Component Access

Slat Gear - Racks and Pinions
Slat Gear - Racks and Pinions
Check of Slat Transmission Shaft Integrity Including Inspection of Seal
Witness Drains
Slat Transmission - Access Panels
Torque Shaft - Steady Bearing Typical Installation
Wing Tip Brakes - Seal Witness Drains

27-84-00-991-00400-A
27-84-00-991-00500-A
27-84-00-991-00600-B
27-84-00-210-003-A

27-84-41
27-84-41 PB 401

Operational Test of Wingtip Brakes/Pressure-Off Brakes, Followed by

Check of Transmission Shafting Integrity and Inspection of Seal Witness
Drains
GEARBOX - BEVEL 19 DEG
GEARBOX - BEVEL 19 DEG - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-84-41-000-001-A
27-84-41-991-00100-A
27-84-41-400-001-A
27-84-42
27-84-42 PB 401

Removal of the Bevel Gearbox

19 Degree Bevel Gearbox
Installation of the Bevel Gearbox
GEARBOX - TEE
GEARBOX - TEE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-84-42-000-001-A
27-84-42-991-00100-A
27-84-42-991-00200-A

Removal of the Tee Gearbox

Tee Gearbox (Sheet 1)
Tee Gearbox (Sheet 2)

27-84-42-400-001-A
27-84-43
27-84-43 PB 401

Installation of the Tee Gearbox

GEARBOX - BEVEL 63.5 DEG
GEARBOX - BEVEL 63.5 DEG - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-84-43-000-001-A
27-84-43-991-00100-A
27-84-43-400-001-A
27-84-44
27-84-44 PB 401

Removal of the Bevel Gearbox 63.5 Deg

63.5 Degree Bevel Gearbox
Installation of the Bevel Gearbox 63.5 Deg
STEADY BEARING ASSY - TRANSMISSION
STEADY BEARING ASSY - TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-84-44-000-001-A
27-84-44-991-00100-A
27-84-44-400-001-A
27-84-44-000-002-A
27-84-44-991-00200-A
27-84-44-400-002-A
27-84-44-000-003-A
27-84-44-400-003-A
27-84-44-000-004-A

AES

Removal of the Steady Bearing

Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission
Installation of the Steady Bearing
Removal of the Steady Bearings
Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission
Installation of the Steady Bearings
Removal of the Steady Bearing
Installation of the Steady Bearing
Removal of the Steady Bearing

T.O.C.

Page 34
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-84-44-400-004-A
27-84-44-000-005-A
27-84-44-400-005-A
27-84-44-000-006-A
27-84-44-400-006-A
27-84-45
27-84-45 PB 401

SUBJECT
Installation of the Steady Bearing
Removal of the Steady Bearing
Installation of the Steady Bearing
Removal of the Steady Bearing
Installation of the Steady Bearing
TORQUE SHAFT ASSY - TRANSMISSION
TORQUE SHAFT ASSY - TRANSMISSION - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-84-45-000-001-A
27-84-45-991-00100-B
27-84-45-991-00200-A
27-84-45-400-002-A
27-84-45-000-002-A
27-84-45-400-003-A
27-84-45-000-003-A
27-84-45-400-004-A
27-84-45-000-004-A
27-84-45-400-005-A
27-84-45-000-005-A
27-84-45-991-00300-A
27-84-45-400-006-A
27-84-45-000-006-A
27-84-45-400-007-A
27-84-45-000-007-A
27-84-45-400-008-A
27-84-45-000-008-A
27-84-45-400-009-A
27-84-45-000-009-A
27-84-45-400-010-A
27-84-45-000-010-A
27-84-45-400-011-A
27-84-45-000-011-A
27-84-45-400-012-A
27-84-45-000-012-A
27-84-45-400-013-A
27-84-45-000-013-A
27-84-45-400-014-A
27-84-48
27-84-48 PB 401

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission
Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission
Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shaft
Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shaft
Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shaft
Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shaft
Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission
Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shafts
Installation of the Torque Shafts
Removal of the Torque Shafts
Installation of the Torque Shafts
Removal of the Torque Shaft
Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shaft
Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shaft
Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shaft
Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shaft
Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shaft
Installation of the Torque Shaft
ACTUATOR ASSY - TYPE A
ACTUATOR ASSY - TYPE A - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-84-48-000-001-A
27-84-48-991-00100-A
27-84-48-991-00100-B
27-84-48-400-001-A

AES

Removal of the Type A Actuators

Type A Actuators - Slat Power Transmission
Type A Actuators - Slat Power Transmission
Installation of the Type A Actuators

T.O.C.

Page 35
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-84-49
27-84-49 PB 401
27-84-49-000-001-A
27-84-49-991-00100-A
27-84-49-991-00100-B
27-84-49-400-001-A
27-84-49-000-002-A
27-84-49-400-002-A
27-84-51
27-84-51 PB 401

SUBJECT
ACTUATOR ASSY - TYPE B
ACTUATOR ASSY - TYPE B - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Type B Actuators
Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission
Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission
Installation of the Type B Actuators
Removal of the Type B Actuators
Installation of the Type B Actuators
CONTROL UNIT - POWER (PCU) (SLATS)
CONTROL UNIT - POWER (PCU) (SLATS) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-84-51-000-001-A
27-84-51-991-00100-B
27-84-51-991-00200-B
27-84-51-400-001-A
27-84-52
27-84-52 PB 401

Removal of the Power Control Unit of the Slat System

Power Control Unit
PCU-Slats Electrical and Hydraulic Connections
Installation of the Power Control Unit of the Slat System
BRAKE - PRESSURE OFF, SLATS PCU
BRAKE - PRESSURE OFF, SLATS PCU - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-84-52-000-001-A
27-84-52-991-00100-B
27-84-52-400-001-A
27-84-52-991-00200-A
27-84-53
27-84-53 PB 401

Removal of the Pressure-Off Brake of the Slat Power Control Unit

Pressure-Off Brake
Installation of the Pressure-Off Brake of the Slat Power Control Unit
Pressure-Off Brake - Removal of Storage Parts
VALVE BLOCK - SLAT PCU
VALVE BLOCK - SLAT PCU - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-84-53-000-001-A
27-84-53-991-00100-B
27-84-53-400-001-A

Removal of the Valve Blocks of the Power Control Unit (Slat)

Valve Block
Installation of the Valve Blocks of the Power Control Unit (Slat)

27-84-53-000-002-A

Removal of the Solenoid Valves of the Power Control Unit (Slat)

27-84-53-991-00200-B
27-84-53-400-002-A

Solenoid Valve
Installation of the Solenoid Valves of the Power Control Unit (Slat)

27-84-53-000-003-A
27-84-53-991-00300-B
27-84-53-400-003-A
27-84-54
27-84-54 PB 401
27-84-54-000-001-A
27-84-54-991-00100-B
27-84-54-400-001-A
27-84-54-000-002-A
27-84-54-991-00200-B

AES

Removal of the Filters of the Valve Blocks

Filter
Installation of the Filters of the Valve Blocks
MOTOR - HYDRAULIC, SLAT PCU
MOTOR - HYDRAULIC, SLAT PCU - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Hydraulic Motor of the Slat Power Control Unit with the
Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve Block Assembly
Hydraulic Motor
Installation of the Hydraulic Motor of the Slat Power Control Unit with
the Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve Block Assembly
Removal of the Hydraulic Motor of the Slat Power Control Unit without
the Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve Block Assembly
Hydraulic Motor

T.O.C.

Page 36
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-84-54-400-002-A
27-84-61
27-84-61 PB 401
27-84-61-000-001-A
27-84-61-991-00100-A
27-84-61-400-004-A
27-84-61-991-00300-D
27-84-61-991-00400-A
27-84-61-991-00200-A
27-84-61-991-00200-B
27-84-61-000-002-A
27-84-61-400-003-A
27-84-61-991-00500-A
27-84-61 PB 601
27-84-61-200-001-A
27-84-61-991-00700-A
27-84-61-991-00700-B
27-84-61-991-00800-A
27-84-61-200-002-A
27-84-61-991-00900-A
27-84-61-991-00900-B
27-84-62
27-84-62 PB 401
27-84-62-000-001-A
27-84-62-991-00100-A
27-84-62-400-001-A
27-84-62-991-00200-D
27-84-62-991-00300-A
27-84-62-991-00700-A
27-84-62-991-00700-B
27-84-62-991-01700-A
27-84-62-000-002-A
27-84-62-400-002-A
27-84-62-991-00400-A
27-84-62 PB 601
27-84-62-200-001-A
27-84-62-991-00800-A
27-84-62-991-00800-B
27-84-62-991-00900-A
27-84-62-991-01000-A
27-84-62-991-01100-A
27-84-62-991-01200-A

AES

SUBJECT
Installation of the Hydraulic Motor of the Slat Power Control Unit without
the Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve Block Assembly
TRACK - SLAT 1
TRACK - SLAT 1 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Slat Tracks 1 thru 4
No. 1 Slat - Location and Detail
Installation of the Slat Tracks 1 thru 4
Side Roller and Vertical Roller - Location and Detail
Slat-Track Clearances
Slat-Track End-Stop - Location and Detail
Slat-Track End-Stop - Location and Detail
Removal of the Side-Rollers - Slat Tracks 1 thru 4
Installation of the Side-Rollers - Slat Tracks 1 thru 4
Slat-Track Rigging Tools
TRACK - SLAT 1 - INSPECTION/CHECK
Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Tracks 1
Thru 4
Slat No. 1, Tracks 1 and 2 - Attachment Details
Slat No. 1, Tracks 1 and 2 - Attachment Details
Slat No. 1, Tracks 3 and 4 - Attachment Details
Check of Slat 1 Trailing Edge Backlash
Slat 1 - Trailing Edge Backlash
Slat 1 - Trailing Edge Backlash
TRACK - SLAT 2, 3, 4, 5
TRACK - SLAT 2, 3, 4, 5 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Slat Tracks 5 thru 12
Slat Tracks 5 thru 12 - Location and Detail
Installation of the Slat Tracks 5 thru 12
Side Rollers and Vertical Rollers - Detail and Location
Slat-Track Rigging-Dimensions
Slat-Track End-Stop - Location and Detail
Slat-Track End-Stop - Location and Detail
Slat Tracks 5 and 9 - Clearance Dimensions
Removal of the Side Rollers - Slat Tracks 5 thru 12
Installation of the Side Rollers - Slat Tracks 5 thru 12
Slat Track 5 thru 12 - Zero Datum Tool
TRACK - SLAT 2, 3, 4, 5 - INSPECTION/CHECK
Dimensional Check of the Slat-To-Track Attachment Fittings, Tracks 5
Thru 12
Slat 2, Track 5 - Attachment Details
Slat 2, Track 5 - Attachment Details
Slat 2, Track 6 - Attachment Details
Slat 3, Track 7 - Attachment Details
Slat 3, Track 8 - Attachment Details
Slat 4, Track 9 - Attachment Details

T.O.C.

Page 37
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-84-62-991-01300-A
27-84-62-991-01400-A
27-84-62-991-01400-B
27-84-62-991-01500-A
27-84-62-200-002-A
27-84-62-991-01600-A
27-84-62-991-01600-B
27-84-63
27-84-63 PB 401

SUBJECT
Slat 4, Track 10 - Attachment Details
Slat 5, Track 11 - Attachment Details
Slat 5, Track 11 - Attachment Details
Slat 5, Track 12 - Attachment Details
Check of Slat 2, 3, 4 and 5 Trailing Edge Backlash
Slat 2, 3, 4 and 5 - Trailing Edge Backlash
Slat 2, 3, 4 and 5 - Trailing Edge Backlash
SLAT 1
SLAT 1 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-84-63-000-001-A
27-84-63-991-00200-A
27-84-63-991-00100-B
27-84-63-991-00300-A
27-84-63-991-00200-B
27-84-63-991-00800-A
27-84-63-400-002-A
27-84-63-991-00500-B
27-84-63-991-00400-A
27-84-64
27-84-64 PB 401

Removal of the No. 1 Slat

Slat Attachment at the No. 1 and 2 Slat Tracks
Slat No. 1 - Location and General Configuration
Slat Attachment at the Nos 3 and 4 Slat Tracks
Slat Attachment at the No. 1 and 2 Slat Tracks
Slat Attachment at the No. 3 and 4 Slat Tracks - Detail
Installation of the No. 1 Slat
Slat Rigging - Detail
Slat Rigging - Detail
SLAT 2
SLAT 2 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-84-64-000-001-A
27-84-64-991-00200-A
27-84-64-991-00300-A
27-84-64-991-00200-B
27-84-64-991-00100-B
27-84-64-991-00700-A
27-84-64-400-002-A
27-84-64-991-00400-A
27-84-64-991-00500-B
27-84-65
27-84-65 PB 401

Removal of the No. 2 Slat

Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track
Slat Attachment at the No. 6 Slat Track
Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track
Slat No. 2 - Location and General Configuration
Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track - Detail
Installation of the No. 2 Slat
Slat Rigging Detail
Slat Rigging Detail
SLAT 3
SLAT 3 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-84-65-000-001-A
27-84-65-991-00100-B
27-84-65-991-00200-A
27-84-65-991-00300-A
27-84-65-991-00700-A
27-84-65-400-002-A
27-84-65-991-00400-A
27-84-66
27-84-66 PB 401

Removal of the No. 3 Slat

Slat-to-Slat Interface - Location
Slat Attachment at the No. 7 Slat Track
Slat Attachment at the No. 8 Slat Track
Slat Attachment at the No. 7 Slat Track - Detail
Installation of the No. 3 Slat
Slat Rigging - Detail
SLAT 4
SLAT 4 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-84-66-000-001-A
27-84-66-991-00200-A
27-84-66-991-00300-A
27-84-66-991-00100-B
27-84-66-991-00700-A

Removal of the No. 4 Slat

Slat Attachment at the No. 9 Slat Track
Slat Attachment at the N0. 10 Slat Track
Slat No. 4 - Location and General Configuration
Slat Attachment at the No. 9 Slat Track - Detail

AES

T.O.C.

Page 38
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-84-66-400-002-A
27-84-66-991-00400-A
27-84-67
27-84-67 PB 401

SUBJECT
Installation of the No. 4 Slat
Slat Rigging - Detail.
SLAT 5
SLAT 5 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-84-67-000-001-A
27-84-67-991-00100-B
27-84-67-991-00200-A
27-84-67-991-00300-A
27-84-67-991-00200-C
27-84-67-991-00700-A
27-84-67-400-002-A
27-84-67-991-00400-A
27-84-67-991-00500-A
27-84-68
27-84-68 PB 401

Removal of the No. 5 Slat

Slat-to-Slat Interface - Location
Slat Attachment at the No. 11 Slat Track
Slat Attachment at the No. 12 Slat Track
Slat Attachment at the No. 11 Slat Track
Slat Attachment at the No. 11 Slat Track - Detail
Installation of the No. 5 Slat
Slat Rigging - Detail
Slat Rigging - Detail
PINION ASSEMBLY - SLAT TRACKS
PINION ASSEMBLY - SLAT TRACKS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-84-68-000-001-A
27-84-68-991-00100-B
27-84-68-400-001-A
27-84-68 PB 801
27-84-68-350-003-A
27-84-68-991-00700-A
27-84-69
27-84-69 PB 401
27-84-69-000-001-A
27-84-69-991-00300-A
27-84-69-991-00100-B
27-84-69-991-00100-C
27-84-69-400-001-A
27-84-69-991-00200-B
27-84-69-991-00200-C

Removal of the Slat-Track Pinion Assembly

Slat-Track Pinion Assembly - Location and Detail
Installation of the Slat-Track Pinion Assembly
PINION ASSEMBLY - SLAT TRACKS - REPAIRS
Repair of Damaged Flanks of the Teeth of the Slat Track Pinions and
Gear Racks
Classification of Damage and Repair Chart
CLOSING PLATES - SLAT TRACKS
CLOSING PLATES - SLAT TRACKS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12
Installation of the Drive Adaptor - Slat Drive Mechanism.
Closing Plates for Tracks 1 thru 12 - Detail and Location
Closing Plates for Tracks 1 thru 12 - Detail and Location
Installation of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12
Closing Plates - Tolerances
Closing Plates - Tolerances

27-85-00
27-85-00 PB 001
27-85-00-12300-B
27-85-00-13600-A
27-85-00-15000-A

SLATS POSITION INDICATING

SLATS POSITION INDICATING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Component Location
Indication of the Slat Positions
Slat Position Indicating - Schematic

27-85-11

POSITION PICK-OFF UNIT - INSTRUMENTATION (IPPU)

27-85-11 PB 401
27-85-11-000-001-A
27-85-11-991-00100-A
27-85-11-400-001-A

AES

POSITION PICK-OFF UNIT - INSTRUMENTATION (IPPU) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Removal of the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit
Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit
Installation of the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit

T.O.C.

Page 39
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-90-00
27-90-00 PB 001
27-90-00-11200-D

ELECTRICAL FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM (EFCS) - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
EFCS General (A320)

27-90-00-13800-B
27-90-00-15200-B

EFCS Architecture
Flight Control Hydraulic Power Supply

27-90-00-15600-A

Electrical Power Supply (EFCS)

27-90-00-15600-C

Electrical Power Supply (EFCS)

27-90-00-15700-A

Electrical Power Supply (General)

27-90-00-15900-A
27-90-00-16000-B
27-90-00-17500-A
27-90-00-17600-A
27-90-00-17800-A
27-90-00-19100-A
27-90-00-19900-E
27-90-00-20400-A

ELAC 1 and SEC 1 Power Supplies - Principle

ELAC 2 Power Supply - Principle
Flight Normal Law
Flight Control Laws
Flare Normal Law
Speedbrake Order Generation
Ground Spoiler Activation
Logic Conditions for Spoiler 1 Extension on the ground

27-90-00-29000-A

Flight/Ground Logic ELAC

27-92-00
27-92-00 PB 001
27-92-00-12300-A
27-92-00-12400-A
27-92-00-12500-A
27-92-00-12600-A
27-92-00-12700-A
27-92-00-12800-A
27-92-00-12900-A
27-92-00-14600-C
27-92-00-14700-B

AES

SUBJECT
ELECTRICAL FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM (EFCS)

CONTROL INPUTS INTERFACE AND POWER SUPPLY

CONTROL INPUTS INTERFACE AND POWER SUPPLY - DESCRIPTION
AND OPERATION
Component Location
Component Location
Component Location
Component Location
Component Location
Component Location
Component Location
Side Stick Controller
Side Stick Transducer Unit Internal Wiring

27-92-00-14800-A

Side Stick Immobilized In A/P Mode (Principle)

27-92-00-14900-A
27-92-00-15000-A
27-92-00-15400-A
27-92-00-15500-A
27-92-00-15900-B
27-92-00-16000-A
27-92-00-16400-A
27-92-00-16500-A
27-92-00-17200-A
27-92-00-18000-A
27-92-00-18100-A

Side Stick Assembly

Side Stick Transducer Unit
Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit
Transducer Unit Internal Wiring
Rudder Mechanical Control
Transducer Unit
Accelerometer
FTU
Hydraulic Pressure Switch
Throttle Control Unit
Throttle Control Levers

T.O.C.

Page 40
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-92-00-18200-A
27-92-00 PB 401

SUBJECT
R Throttle Control Unit - Wiring Diagram
CONTROL INPUTS INTERFACE AND POWER SUPPLY DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

27-92-00-040-003-A
27-92-13
27-92-13 PB 401

Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System

TRANSDUCER UNIT - ELEVATOR POSITION
TRANSDUCER UNIT - ELEVATOR POSITION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-92-13-000-001-A
27-92-13-991-00100-A
27-92-13-400-001-A
27-92-14
27-92-14 PB 401

Removal of the Elevator Position Transducer-Unit

Elevator-Servocontrol Position Transducer Unit
Installation of the Elevator Position Transducer-Unit
LEVER - SPEED BRAKE CONTROL ASSEMBLY
LEVER - SPEED BRAKE CONTROL ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-92-14-000-001-A
27-92-14-991-00100-A
27-92-14-400-001-A
27-92-14-000-002-A
27-92-14-991-00200-A
27-92-14-400-002-A
27-92-15
27-92-15 PB 401

Removal of the Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit

Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit
Installation of the Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit
Removal of the Lighted Plate
Lighted Plate of the Speed Brake Control Lever
Installation of the Lighted Plate
TRANSDUCER UNIT - PEDAL POSITION
TRANSDUCER UNIT - PEDAL POSITION - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-92-15-000-001-A
27-92-15-991-00100-A
27-92-15-400-001-A
27-92-16
27-92-16 PB 401

Removal of the Pedal Position Transducer Unit

Pedal Position Transducer Unit
Installation of the Pedal Position Transducer Unit
ACCELEROMETER - FLIGHT CONTROL
ACCELEROMETER - FLIGHT CONTROL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-92-16-000-001-A
27-92-16-991-00100-A
27-92-16-400-001-A
27-92-17
27-92-17 PB 401

Removal of the Flight Control Accelerometer

Flight Control Accelerometer
Installation of the Flight Control Accelerometer
PRESSURE SWITCH - HYDRAULIC, FLIGHT CONTROL
PRESSURE SWITCH - HYDRAULIC, FLIGHT CONTROL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-92-17-000-001-A
27-92-17-991-00100-D
27-92-17-400-001-A
27-92-17-000-002-A
27-92-17-400-002-A
27-92-17-000-003-A
27-92-17-991-00200-B
27-92-17-400-003-A
27-92-27
27-92-27 PB 401

AES

Removal of the Flight Control Pressure Switch

Flight Control Pressure Switches of the Green and Yellow Hydraulic
Systems
Installation of the Flight Control Pressure Switch
Removal of the Flight Control Pressure Switch
Installation of the Flight Control Pressure Switch
Removal of the Flight Control Pressure Switch
Flight Control Pressure Switch of the Blue Hydraulic System
Installation of the Flight Control Pressure Switch
FTU (FORCE TRANSDUCER UNIT) - RUDDER PEDAL
FTU (FORCE TRANSDUCER UNIT) - RUDDER PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

T.O.C.

Page 41
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-92-27-000-001-A
27-92-27-991-00100-A
27-92-27-400-001-A
27-92-41
27-92-41 PB 401
27-92-41-000-001-A
27-92-41-991-00100-A
27-92-41-991-00100-B
27-92-41-991-00200-A
27-92-41-400-001-A
27-92-41-991-01300-A
27-92-41-000-002-A
27-92-41-991-00300-B
27-92-41-400-002-A
27-92-41-000-003-A
27-92-41-991-00400-A
27-92-41-400-003-A
27-92-41-000-004-A
27-92-41-991-00500-A
27-92-41-400-004-A
27-92-41-000-006-A
27-92-41-991-00700-A
27-92-41-400-006-A
27-92-41-000-010-A
27-92-41-991-00800-A
27-92-41-991-00900-A
27-92-41-991-01000-A
27-92-41-400-010-A
27-92-41-000-011-A
27-92-41-991-01100-A
27-92-41-400-011-A
27-92-41-000-009-A
27-92-41-991-01200-A
27-92-41-400-009-A
27-92-41-000-012-A
27-92-41-991-01400-A
27-92-41-400-012-A
27-92-41 PB 501
27-92-41-710-001-A
27-93-00
27-93-00 PB 001
27-93-00-12400-A

AES

SUBJECT
Removal of the Rudder Pedal Force Transducer
Rudder Pedal Force Transducer Unit (FTU)
Installation of the Rudder Pedal Force Transducer
SIDE STICK ASSEMBLY
SIDE STICK ASSEMBLY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Side Stick Assembly
Cover Panel
Cover Panel
Side Stick Assembly
Installation of the Side Stick Assembly
Side Stick Clips Location.
Removal of the Transducer Units
Transducer Units
Installation of the Transducer Units
Removal of the Dampers
Dampers
Installation of the Dampers
Removal of the Solenoid
Solenoid
Installation of the Solenoid
Removal of the Control Handle
Control Handle
Installation of the Control Handle
Removal of the Radio PTT Switch
Radio PTT Switch
Electrical Wiring of the Handle of the Captain Side Stick
Electrical Wiring of the Handle of the First Officer Side Stick
Installation of the Radio PTT Switch
Removal of the Pushbutton Switch-Takeover and Priority
Pushbutton Switch
Installation of the Pushbutton Switch-Takeover and Priority
Removal of the Side Stick Bellows
Bellows
Installation of the Side Stick Bellows
Removal of the Side Stick Spring Rods
Spring Rods
Installation of the Side Stick Spring Rods
SIDE STICK ASSEMBLY - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Operational Test of the Side Stick Assembly
ELEVATOR AILERON COMPUTER SYSTEM (ELAC)
ELEVATOR AILERON COMPUTER SYSTEM (ELAC) - DESCRIPTION
AND OPERATION
ELAC Location

T.O.C.

Page 42
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-93-00-13600-A

SUBJECT
ELAC 1 Power Supply (Principle)

27-93-00-13700-B

ELAC 2 Power Supply (Principle)

27-93-00-15100-A
27-93-00-15700-A
27-93-00-16100-A
27-93-00-16200-A
27-93-00-16400-A
27-93-00-16500-A
27-93-00-16600-A
27-93-00-16700-A
27-93-00-16800-A
27-93-00-16900-A
27-93-00-17000-A
27-93-00-17100-A
27-93-00-18600-B
27-93-00-19000-A
27-93-00-19200-A
27-93-00-19500-A
27-93-00-19700-A
27-93-00-19900-A
27-93-00-20200-A
27-93-00-20400-A
27-93-00-20700-A
27-93-00-21500-B
27-93-00-21700-A
27-93-00-21900-B
27-93-00-23300-A
27-93-00-23700-A

ELAC - Location of Boards

ELAC Architecture
COM Unit Architecture
MON Unit Architecture
ANI 1 Input Interface
ANI 2 Input Interface
Encoder
ANI 3 Input Interface
ANI 4 Input Interface
Analog Output
ANI 5 Input Interface
ANI 7 Input Interface
ELAC - Functional Diagram
Accelerometer Architecture
ADIRS Architecture
Side Stick Order Transducer
Rudder Pedal Transducer Unit - Architecture
Hydraulic Pressure Transducers - Architecture
SFCC
Servocontrol Position Transducer - Architecture
Position Transducers of the Solenoid Valve Servovalves Architecture
Elevator Servocontrol Slaving in the ELAC
THS Slaving in the ELACs
Aileron Servocontrol Slaving
ELAC Behavior Upon Power Supply Rise
ELAC Behavior Upon Pushbutton Reset

27-93-00 PB 401

ELEVATOR AILERON COMPUTER SYSTEM (ELAC) DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

27-93-00-040-001-A
27-93-00-440-001-A
27-93-00-040-002-A
27-93-00-440-002-A
27-93-00 PB 501

Deactivation of the Elevator Aileron Computer

Reactivation of the Elevator Aileron Computer
Deactivation of the Stabilizer Actuator Electrical Motor n2
Reactivation of the Stabilizer Actuator Electrical Motor n2
ELEVATOR AILERON COMPUTER SYSTEM (ELAC) ADJUSTMENT/TEST

27-93-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Elevator and Aileron Computers (ELACs)

27-93-00-710-002-A

Operational Test of the ELAC 2 STBY PWR SPLY Availability in case of

loss of Blue Hydraulic Pressure (To be done before revenue flight landing
gear down)

27-93-34
27-93-34 PB 401
27-93-34-000-001-A

AES

COMPUTER - ELEVATOR AILERON (ELAC)

COMPUTER - ELEVATOR AILERON (ELAC) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the ELAC

T.O.C.

Page 43
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-93-34-991-00100-A
27-93-34-400-001-A
27-94-00
27-94-00 PB 001
27-94-00-11200-B
27-94-00-12500-A
27-94-00-13700-A
27-94-00-13800-A
27-94-00-13900-A

AES

SUBJECT
Elevator Aileron Computer (ELAC)
Installation of the ELAC
SPOILER AND ELEVATOR COMPUTER (SEC)
SPOILER AND ELEVATOR COMPUTER (SEC) - DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION
SEC Architecture
SECs Location
SEC Electrical Power Supply
SEC 1 Power Supply
SEC 2 and SEC 3 Power Supply

27-94-00-15100-A

SEC Links (General)

27-94-00-16200-A
27-94-00-16300-A
27-94-00-16400-A
27-94-00-16500-A
27-94-00-16600-A
27-94-00-16700-A
27-94-00-16800-A

Side Stick Transducer Unit

Throttle Control Units
Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit
Accelerometers
Tachometers
Pressure Switches
SFCC/ELAC-SEC (Discrete)

27-94-00-16900-A
27-94-00-17000-A
27-94-00-17100-A

SEC Discrete Output: GND SPLR ON

ELAC Discrete Output: DGO 1 Validation
ELAC 2/ELAC 1-SEC : Pitch Axis Failure (Discrete)

27-94-00-17200-A

ELAC 1/SEC : Pitch Axis Failure (Discrete)

27-94-00-17300-A

SEC 2/SEC 1 : Pitch Axis Failure (Discrete)

27-94-00-17400-A

SEC 1/SEC 2 : Pitch Axis Failure (Discrete)

27-94-00-17500-A

LGCIU/SEC (ARINC 429)

27-94-00-17600-A

SFCC/ELAC-SEC (ARINC 429)

27-94-00-17700-A

IR/ELAC-SEC (ARINC 429)

27-94-00-17800-A

ADR/ELAC-SEC (ARINC 429)

27-94-00-17900-A

FCDC/ELAC-SEC (ARINC 429)

27-94-00-18000-A

ELAC DIGITAL OUTPUT 1 (ARINC 429)

27-94-00-19500-B
27-94-00-21700-A
27-94-00-22200-A
27-94-00-22300-B
27-94-00-22400-A
27-94-00-22500-A
27-94-00-22600-A
27-94-00-22700-A
27-94-00-22900-A
27-94-00-23100-B
27-94-00-23200-A

SEC Layout
SEC - Internal General Architecture
Potentiometer Signal Acquisition
ANI 2 Input
Tachometer Generator Acquisition
ARINC Acquisition
Discrete Inputs
Control Current Monitoring
Control Law Computation
Control Surface Servo Loop
Spoiler Y - Slaving and Monitoring

T.O.C.

Page 44
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-94-00-23300-A
27-94-00-23400-B
27-94-00-23500-A
27-94-00-23700-A
27-94-00-23900-A
27-94-00-24000-A
27-94-00-24100-A
27-94-00-24200-A

SUBJECT
Spoiler X - Slaving and Monitoring
Elevator Servocontrol Slaving in the SEC
Slaving of THS by the SECs
ENGAGE Logic
ARINC Output
Spoiler Servovalve control
Elevator Servovalve Control
THS Control (Motor 2)

27-94-00-24300-B

THS Control (Motor 3)

27-94-00-24400-A
27-94-00 PB 401
27-94-00-040-002-A

Deactivation of the Spoiler Elevator Computer (SEC)

27-94-00-440-002-A

Reactivation of the Spoiler Elevator Computer (SEC)

27-94-00-040-802-A

Deactivation of the Spoiler Elevator Computer 3 (SEC)

27-94-00-440-802-A

Reactivation of the Spoiler Elevator Computer 3 (SEC)

27-94-00 PB 501

SPOILER AND ELEVATOR COMPUTER (SEC) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

27-94-00-710-002-A

Operational Test of the Spoiler Elevator Computer 1 (SEC 1)

27-94-00-710-003-A

Operational Test of the Spoiler Elevator Computer 2 (SEC 2)

27-94-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Spoiler Elevator Computer 3 (SEC 3)

27-94-34
27-94-34 PB 401

COMPUTER - SPOILER ELEVATOR (SEC)

COMPUTER - SPOILER ELEVATOR (SEC) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-94-34-000-001-A
27-94-34-991-00100-A

Removal of the SEC

Spoiler Elevator Computer (SEC)

27-94-34-400-001-A

Installation of the SEC

27-95-00
27-95-00 PB 001
27-95-00-12300-A
27-95-00-13900-B

AES

SEC Discrete Outputs

SPOILER AND ELEVATOR COMPUTER (SEC) DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

FLIGHT CONTROL DATA CONCENTRATOR (FCDC)

FLIGHT CONTROL DATA CONCENTRATOR (FCDC) - DESCRIPTION
AND OPERATION
FCDC - Location
Block Diagram of Power Supply for FCDC

27-95-00-14000-B

I/O Supply Arrangement

27-95-00-16900-A
27-95-00-17000-B
27-95-00-18000-B
27-95-00-18700-B
27-95-00-18900-B

FCDC Functional Blocks

Configuration of Modules within the FCDC
Block Diagram - Processor Board
Software Selection - Flow Chart
Block Diagram of I/O (INPUT/OUTPUT) - Section 1 to 4

27-95-00-19000-A

ARINC 429 Interface (I/O 1-3 or I/O 2/4)

27-95-00-19100-A
27-95-00-19200-A
27-95-00-19400-B

Block Diagram of Discrete Inputs

Basic Discrete Output Circuit
Block Diagram of I/O - Section 5

T.O.C.

Page 45
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-95-00-19500-A
27-95-00-23900-B
27-95-00-25800-E
27-95-34
27-95-34 PB 401

CONCENTRATOR - FLIGHT CONTROL DATA (FCDC) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

27-95-34-000-001-A
27-95-34-991-00100-A

Removal of the FCDC

Flight Control Data Concentrator (FCDC)

27-95-34-400-001-A

Installation of the FCDC

27-96-00
27-96-00 PB 001
27-96-00-11700-A
27-96-00-14900-A
27-96-00-15000-A
27-96-00-15100-A

MAINTENANCE AND SAFETY TESTS/BITE

MAINTENANCE AND SAFETY TESTS/BITE - DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION
EFCS Maintenance System
CFDS Menu
Last Leg Report
Previous Leg Report

27-96-00-15200-B

System Report/Test (Access Page to F/CTL)

27-96-00-15600-B

EFCS 1 (2) Menu

27-96-00-15900-B
27-96-00-16000-B
27-96-00-16100-C
27-96-00-16200-A
27-96-00-16300-A
27-96-00-16400-C
27-96-00-17900-B
27-96-00-19500-B
27-96-00-19800-B
27-96-00-19900-B

TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA from LAST LEG REPORT

TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA from PREVIOUS LEG REPORT
TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA : EFCS STATUS
Last Leg Report and Previous Leg Report
LRU Identification
Ground Scan
Elevator Servocontrol Damping Test
Aileron Servocontrol Damping Test
Elevator Test not possible
Ail Test not possible

27-96-00 PB 501

AES

SUBJECT
Block Diagram of Analog Input Interface
FCDC-BITE Access
FCDC General Interface
CONCENTRATOR - FLIGHT CONTROL DATA (FCDC)

MAINTENANCE AND SAFETY TESTS/BITE - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

27-96-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the FCDC

27-96-00-710-002-A

Operational Test of the Computers Engagement/Disengagement

27-96-00-710-003-A
27-96-00-710-006-A

Operational Test of the Side Stick Priority

Operational Test of the THS Actuator with Electrical Motor N3

27-96-00-710-007-A

Operational Test of the Damping Measurement (Aileron)

27-96-00-710-008-A

Operational Test of the Damping Measurement (Elevator)

27-96-00-710-011-A

Operational Test after Removal/Installation of the Pressure Switches

27-96-00-710-018-A

Operational Test of Logics Activating ELAC 1&2, & SEC 1 STBY PWR
SPLY & Ability of SEC 1&2 to Achieve Pitch CTL & Ability of Sidestick
Priority Function

27-96-00-710-020-A

Operational Test of the Side Stick Assembly (Activation for the BITE
Test)

T.O.C.

Page 46
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

REFERENCE
27-96-00-710-022-A

SUBJECT
Operational Test of the THS Actuator Electrical Control (Activation for
BITE Test)

27-96-00-710-023-A

Integrity Test of the Flight Control System

27-96-00-740-001-A

BITE Test of the EFCS (Ground Scanning)

27-96-00-710-024-A

Operational Test of the Ground Spoiler Extension

T.O.C.

Page 47
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FLIGHT CONTROLS - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.

Description of Primary Flight Controls

A. Glossary
----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
GLOSSARY
!
!---------------------------------------------------------------------------!
! ABBREVIATION !
SIGNIFICATION
!
!---------------------------------------------------------------------------!
! ADC
! Air Data Computer
!
! ADIRS
! Air Data/Inertial Reference System
!
! CFDIU
! Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit
!
! DMU
! Data Management Unit
!
! ECAM
! Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring
!
! EFCC
! Electronic Flight Control Computer
!
! EFCS
! Electrical Flight Control System
!
! ELAC
! Elevator Aileron Computer
!
! FAC
! Flight Agmentation Computer
!
! FCDC
! Flight Control Data Concentrator
!
! FMGC
! Flight Management and Guidance Computer
!
! IRS
! Inertial Reference System
!
! LVDT
! Linear Variable Differential Transducer
!
! RVDT
! Rotary Variable Differential Transducer
!
! SEC
! Spoiler Elevator Computer
!
! SFCC
! Slat Flap Control Computer
!
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

AES

B.

General Principles
The control is achieved through conventional surfaces.
(Ref. Fig. 27-00-00-11700-D - Flight Control Surfaces (A320))
The roll and pitch controls of the aircraft are electrical. They are based on two different types of digital
computers (ELAC and SEC), each of them being able to control the aircraft in both axes. Monitoring and
redundancy within the flight control system, aircraft sensors, power and hydraulic generation ensure a high
degree of availability of the electrical control. The basic yaw control is hydromechanical as well as the alternate
horizontal stabilizer control, thus providing the ability to keep the aircraft in flight during a temporary complete
loss of electrical power. However, in normal conditions, some rudder control functions (trim, travel limitation)
are achieved by the FAC.
The normal pitch control law is basically the closed loop control of the load factor, and includes flight envelope
protections. The normal lateral control law combines the roll rate control, turn coordination and Dutch roll
damping functions.

C.

Ailerons
The roll control of the aircraft is achieved by one wing tip aileron augmented by four spoilers on each wing. The
ailerons are manually controlled from the side stick controllers or automatically in autopilot function.

27-00-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Each aileron can be powered by two servocontrols signalled by two Elevator and Aileron Computers (ELAC) and
supplied from different hydraulic systems. In normal operation, the roll function of the ailerons is achieved
through the ELAC 1 and the associated servocontrols in active mode, the ELAC 2 being in standby and its
associated servocontrols in damping mode. In the event of a failure, the ailerons become automatically controlled
by the ELAC 2 (roll) and the associated servocontrols switched to the active mode, the others being now
damped. If a multiple failure condition causes the loss of the control of the two servocontrols of an aileron, the
servocontrols automatically switch to the damping mode. This operating mode is also automatically engaged in
the event of loss of pressure.
Two independent side stick controllers are installed in the cockpit. They include the roll and pitch position
transducers and feel mechanisms, and a solenoid-operated detent that locks the control lever in neutral position
when the autopilot is engaged.
D. Rudder
The rudder mainly permits to achieve the yaw control.
The rudder is actuated by three servo controls.
The servo controls can be driven:
- in manual mode:
either mechanically from the pedals ,
or electrically from the side stick and/or the rudder pedals
- in autopilot control mode:
from the FMGECs.
The rudder is powered by three servo controls mechanically signalled from the pedals through a single load path
linkage fitted with a centering spring device that holds the servocontrol input in the neutral position if a
disconnection occurs.
Each set of pedals is fitted with a position transducer.
Feel is provided by a spring rod, the zero force position of which is controlled by an electrical trim actuator.
A solenoid-operated mechanism increases the feel force threshold when the autopilot is engaged.
Two yaw-damper electrohydraulic servoactuators connected to a common output lever drive the linkage through
a differential lever arrangement.
One servoactuator is normally operating, the other being by-passed. A spring rod is provided to center the
actuators when both of them are depressurized.
The maximum control stroke is restricted by the Travel Limitation Unit as a function of the airspeed.
The trim actuator, the yaw damper servoactuators and the travel limitation unit are normally controlled by the
Flight Augmentation Computer (FAC) 1, the FAC 2 being in standby.
In addition to their basic function, the trim actuator and the yaw damper servoactuators are used to introduce
the autopilot signals.
Rudder immobilization or runaway in the event of a servocontrol valve jamming is prevented by a spring rod and
pressure relief valve arrangement.
E.

AES

Elevators (Ref. 27-30 and 27-90)

The pitch control of the aircraft is achieved by two mechanically independent elevators controlled manually from
the side stick controllers or automatically in autopilot function.
Each elevator can be driven by two electrohydraulic servocontrols signalled by the ELACs or SEC 1 or 2, and
supplied from different hydraulic systems.
In normal operation the elevators are controlled by the ELAC 2 and the associated servocontrols in active mode,
the other computers being in standby and the servocontrols in damping mode. In the event of a high load-factor
demand that would cause one servocontrol to stall, the second servocontrol is operated. In the event of failure,
the elevators are controled by ELAC1, then by SEC2 or SEC1. In the event of the loss of control of the two
servocontrols of the elevator, the servocontrols are automatically switched to a centering mode and hold the
surface in the neutral position (Electrical control loss). In the event of the loss of the two hydraulic systems
supplying the servocontrols of one elevator, the damping mode becomes automatically engaged.
The side stick controller operation for the pitch control is similar to the roll control as described in para. 1.B.

27-00-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F.

Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (Ref. 27-40 and 27-90)

The pitch trim function is achieved by the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) either automatically in normal
in-flight manual mode or autopilot function or manually from the handwheels in normal ground operation or inflight failure condition.
The THS is moved and held by a THS actuator that includes a double load-path ball screw powered by two
differentially coupled hydraulic motors mechanically servocontrolled. The ball screw is fitted with a no-back
brake, the motors are fitted with pressure-off brakes. The control loops include a device that applies both
pressure-off brakes in the event of either control valve jamming.
The input shaft of the THS actuator is normally driven by an electrical motor servocontrolled by the ELAC 2,
two other motors controlled respectively by ELAC 1 or SEC 1 and SEC 2.
The input shaft of the THS actuator can also be manually driven by the pilots through a mechanical linkage
normally moved by the handwheels.
An overriding mechanism gives the priority to the mechanical control over the electrical control.

G.

Spoilers
Five spoiler surfaces are provided on each wing to achieve the functions below :
. roll spoiler (surfaces 2 to 5)
. speedbrake (surfaces 2 to 4)
. ground spoilers (all surfaces).
These surfaces are manually controlled from the side stick controllers (roll spoilers), speedbrake control lever
(speedbrake) or automatically in autopilot and ground spoiler function.
Each surface is controlled by one servocontrol supplied from the Green, Yellow or Blue system and signalled
from the SEC 1, 2 or 3.
The combination of the different functions is achieved in the computers.
In the event of an electrical failure, the associated surface is hydraulically held down. In the event of a hydraulic
failure, the servocontrol is hydraulically locked in one direction to prevent the surface from raising. In both cases
the control of the symmetrical surface is automatically inhibited.

H. Electrical Flight Control System

(1) General
(Ref. Fig. 27-00-00-13600-B - Electrical Flight Control System Architecture)
The Electrical Flight Control System includes the ELACs, the SECs, the Flight Control Data Concentrators
(FCDCs) and vertical accelerometers.
The EFCS is built according to the principles below :
(a) Redundancy and dissimilarity
The EFCS includes two ELACs, three SECs, two FCDCs and four accelerometers. The ELACs and
SECs are both able to achieve the roll and pitch control of the aircraft. These two types of computer
differ by their internal architecture, hardware, type of microprocessor, software. For each computer
type, the control and monitoring software are different.
(b) Monitoring
The monitoring of each computer (ELAC, SEC) is achieved as follows:
. Monitoring channel: Each computer consists of two physically and electrically-separated channels,
one being dedicated to the control functions, the other to the monitoring of these. These two
channels perform the actuator command signal computation using different digital processes. The
monitoring channel permanently compares the results of these computations and inhibits the signal
to the actuator, should a discrepancy occur.
. Self-monitoring capacity : Each channel is able to detect the failure of the critical signals it receives
or emits and to detect internal failures by test of the processor and monitoring of its internal
power supply.
. Cross-talk : Each control and associated monitoring channel permanently exchanges information
via digital buses, therefore consolidating and validating information received from different sensors.
. Automatic power-on and pressure-on safety tests performed without movement of the surfaces.

AES

27-00-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c) Installation
The installation takes into account the principles below :
. Wiring installation : specific connectors are used for the EFCS.
Electrical routes 1 are used for items powered from the emergency electrical supply, routes 2 are
used for items powered from the normal electrical supply.
Control signals are routed in routes S, monitoring signals are routed in routes M. In the sections
exposed to the engine burst the EFCS cables are shared between the normal and deviated routes.
. Protection against lightning strikes : in the exposed areas the wires are installed in metal shields for each signal the wires are twisted. The grounding of signals is not achieved in the exposed areas.
Aileron-related wires are routed in the leading edge whereas spoiler-related wires are in the trailing
edge. The inputs of the computers include low-pass filters and overvoltage protections if the
associated wires are routed in exposed areas.
(2) Control laws
The different control laws and associated protections, as listed below may be used, depending on the
integrity of the flight control and flight augmentation systems and their peripherals. They are implemented
in the computer.
(Ref. Fig. 27-00-00-13800-B - Control Law Implementation)
(3) Roll and yaw controls :
(a) Roll normal law
This is the combined control of the ailerons, spoiler surfaces 2 to 5 and rudder from the side stick
controllers coupled according to the priority logic. In flight, it achieves the control and the limitation of
the roll rate, providing a neutral spiral stability up to 33 degrees of bank angle, the turn coordination
and the dutch roll damping. It requires gains depending on the ground/flight condition, airspeed and
configuration. On the ground it provides a fixed relationship between the side stick controller angle and
the aileron and spoiler deflections. The rudder can also be directly controlled either mechanically from
the pedals or from the trim switches. The rudder deflection is limited as a function of the airspeed.
(b) Roll direct law
This is the control of the aileron and spoiler surfaces 2 to 5 from the side stick controllers coupled
according to the priority logic.
It achieves the control of the above surface angles using gains depending on the configuration.
(c) Alternate yaw control
This is the direct control of the rudder from the pedals or the trim switches complemented by a
limited-authority dutch-roll damping function using gains depending on the configuration. The rudder
deflection is limited as a function of the airspeed.
(4) Pitch control
(a) Pitch normal law
This is the combined control of the elevators and THS from the side stick controllers coupled
according to the priority logic to achieve the load factor control. It requires load factor and pitch
attitude rate feedbacks, variable gains depending on ground/flight condition, radio altimeters, airspeed
and configuration. It includes a high angle-of-attack protection and a load factor limitation that cannot
be overriden by the crew, and an overspeed protection.
On the ground, it provides a fixed relationship between the side stick controller angle and the elevator
deflections.
(b) Pitch alternate law
This is the control of the elevators and the THS, if operative, from the side stick controllers coupled
according to the priority logic to achieve the load factor control.
It uses limited authority load factor and pitch rate feedbacks and gains depending on the configuration.
It includes a load factor limitation that cannot be overriden by the crew and alternate protections.

AES

27-00-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c) Pitch direct law
This is the control of the elevator angle from the side stick controllers coupled according to the priority
logic with a gain depending on the configuration. Pitch trim can be achieved via the mechanical
control of the THS.
(5) Speedbrake control
This is the control of the position of the spoiler surfaces 2 to 4 from the speedbrake control lever.
(6) Ground spoiler control
This is the automatic full deployment of all the spoiler surfaces at touch down.
(7) Description of Flap and Slat Control
(a) Flap Control
Achieved on each wing by one inboard flap and one outboard flap.
(Ref. Fig. 27-00-00-14300-A - Slats and Flaps Architecture)
(b) Slat Control Lift Augmenting
Achieved on each wing by five slats.
(Ref. Fig. 27-00-00-14300-A - Slats and Flaps Architecture)

AES

27-00-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Flight Controls Power Supply

A.

Electrical Power Supply

(Ref. Fig. 27-00-00-15700-A - Flight Control Electrical Power Supply)
The ELAC 1 and SEC 1 are each supplied from a DC essential busbar (4PP for the ELAC 1 and SEC 1), the
battery 1 taking over instantaneously through a dedicated diode device (Power Supply Uncoupling Unit) when
the voltage level drops below the battery output voltage. A relay ensures the battery supply line breaking on the
ground 30s after the second engine shut down.
The ELAC 2, and the THS motor 1 are normally supplied from the DC normal busbar 2PP.
In case of loss of this busbar (particularly after the loss of both main generation channels, or after a double main
TRU failure), these supplies are automatically switched over to the battery 2 by means of two relays, for a fixed
period of 30s.
The SEC 2, the SEC 3, the THS electrical motor 3 , and FCDC 2 are supplied from the DC normal busbar 2PP.
The THS electrical motor 2 is supplied from the DC essential busbar 4PP.
The FCDC 1 is supplied from the DC essential busbar 8PP.

B.

Hydraulic Power Supply

(Ref. Fig. 27-00-00-16300-B - Flight Control Hydraulic Power Supply)
The flight controls are powered by the three independent hydraulic systems ; redundancy is such that with two
hydraulic systems failed, the remaining system can operate the aircraft within an acceptable range of the flight
envelope.
Hydraulic characteristics of flight control components are given in the component description paragraphs.
(1) Priority Valves
Priority valves are installed upstream of the components below :
. Blue system : slat power control unit (PCU) motor
. Green system : flap and slat PCU motors
. Yellow system : flap PCU motor
in order to avoid supply pressure of the main flight control components dropping below approximately
130 bars (1885 psi) when various hydraulic user systems are operated simultaneously.
(2) Leakage Measurement Valves
Ground maintenance isolation valve blocks are installed in the flight controls hydraulic supply lines to allow
measurement of internal leakage of the components installed downstream of these valves and valve jamming
detection tests.
(3) Safety Valve
To preserve the Green system in case of engine burst, a safety valve is installed.

AES

27-00-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

Cockpit Flight Control And Indicating

These figures represent all the controls and indicators for the flight controls located in the cockpit.
(Ref. Fig. 27-00-00-17500-A - Cockpit Control and Indicating)

AES

27-00-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

AES
SLATS

AILERON

FLY BY WIRE
ELEVATORS
AILERONS
ROLL SPOILERS
THS
SLATS AND FLAPS
SPEED BRAKES/GROUND SPOILERS
TRIM (YAW AND ROLL)

FLAPS

GROUND SPOILERS

SPEEDBRAKES

HYDRAULIC ACTUATION OF ALL SURFACES

FIGURE 27-00-00-11700-D SHEET 1

Flight Control Surfaces (A320)

ROLL SPOILERS

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL
STABILIZER

ELEVATOR

RUDDER

MECHANICAL CONTROL
RUDDER
THS
(TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL
STABILIZER)

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C ALL

N_MM_270000_0_ABM1_01_00

27-00-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

AES
2
SEC]

FIGURE 27-00-00-13600-B SHEET 1

Electrical Flight Control System Architecture
2

4
Y

COMPUTERS EFCS

2
2

LELEVATOR

MECHANICAL
TRIM

2
Y

27-00-00 PB001
SEC1

1
1

THS ACTUATOR

NORM
CONTROL
3

2
2

1
[SEC

RUDDER
PEDALS

RUDDER
SURFACE

2 [ELAC

RAILERON

2 FLIGHT AUGMENTATION COMPUTERS

FAC1

FAC 2

5
G

4
Y

FAC 1

1 [ELAC
1 [SEC

SPOILER
3

RELEVATOR

2
Y

3 SPOILER ELEVATOR COMPUTERS

SPEED BRAKE

ROLL

ELAC] 1
SEC] 1

SPOILER
3

SPEED BRAKE

GNDSPLR

2 ELEVATOR AILERON COMPUTERS

ELAC1

B:BLUE SYSTEM
G:GREEN SYSTEM
Y:YELLOW SYSTEM

HYDRAULIC

ELAC] 1

LAILERON

5
G

ROLL

GNDSPLR

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C ALL

N_MM_270000_0_ACM1_01_00

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

FIGURE 27-00-00-13800-B SHEET 1

Control Law Implementation
ELEVATORS
THS MOT.1

ELEVATORS
THS MOT.1

(ELEV.)
(THS MOT.2)

(AILERONS)

AILERONS

ELEVATORS
THS MOT.2

(AILERONS)
(RUDDER)

AILERONS
RUDDER

SPOILERS
3 AND 4
SPOILERS
3 AND 4

(ELEVATORS)

ELEVATORS
THS MOT.2

SPOILERS
3 AND 4

SPOILERS
3 AND 4

SEC 1

SPOILER 5

(ELEVATORS)

SPOILERS
1 AND 2

SPOILER 2

SPOILERS
1 AND 2

SPOILER
5

SPOILERS
1 AND 2

SPOILER
5

ELEVATORS
THS MOT.3

SEC 3

SEC 2

FAC 2

YAW DAMPER
ACTUATOR 1

TLU MOTOR 1

)
YAW DAMPER
ACTUATOR 2

(TLU MOTOR 2)

YAW DAMPER (YAW DAMPER)

ACTUATOR 1
ACTUATOR 2)
TRIM MOTOR 1 (TRIM MOTOR 2)

FAC 1

(THE BRACKETS INDICATES THAT THE ASSOCIATED COMPUTER IS NORMALLY IN STANDBY.)

8 GROUND SPOILER CONTROL

7 SPEEDBRAKE CONTROL

6 PITCH DIRECT LAW

5 PITCH ALTERNATE LAW

4 PITCH NORMAL LAW

3 ALTERNATE YAW CONTROL

2 ROLL DIRECT LAW

TRAVEL LIMITATION

RUDDER TRIM

1 ROLL NORMAL LAW

ELAC 2

ELAC 1

AES

DESCRIPTION

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C ALL

N_MM_270000_0_AEM1_01_00

27-00-00 PB001

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

114VU
0

FULL

FLAPS

FULL

LGCIU2

LGCIU1

FLAP ASYM
SLAT ASYM

FLAP ASYM
SLAT ASYM
SFCC1

LH SLATS
4

SFCC2

FEEDBACK
PPU
(SFCC)

DIF
POB G/B POB

VALVE BLOCK

WTB
(B/G)

FAC
ECAM

FEEDBACK
(SFCC)

PPU

POB

VALVE BLOCK
GREEN
SUPPLY

5
WTB
(B/G)

FAC
ECAM

DIF
G/B
M

GREEN
SUPPLY

INNER
LH FLAPS

RH SLATS
2

VALVE BLOCK

BLUE
SUPPLY

WTB
(B/Y)

WTB
(B/G)
INNER

POB

RH FLAPS

VALVE BLOCK
YELLOW
SUPPLY

N_MM_270000_0_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-00-00-14300-A SHEET 1

Slats and Flaps Architecture

27-00-00 PB001

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

401PP
28VDC
ESS BUS

15CE1 C/B
FLT CTL/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

19CE2C/B
FLT CTL/THS ACTR/MOT2

THS MOT2

2CE1
ELAC1

3CE1
FCDC1

1CE1
SEC1

21CE1 C/B
FLT CTL/SEC1/NORM/SPLY
801PP
28VDC
SHED
ESS BUS
703PP
28VDC
HOT
BUS

202PP
28VDC
BUS2

20CE1 C/B
FLT CTL/FCDC1/SPLY

22CE C/B
FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY/SPLY

FLIGHT

GROUND

16CE1 C/B
FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY/SPLY

FLIGHT

GROUND

15CE2 C/B
FLT CTL/NORM/SPLY

NORM

STBY
2CE2
ELAC2

19CE1 C/B
FLT CTL/THS ACTR/MOT1

NORM

STBY

THS MOT1
704PP
28VDC
HOT
BUS

204PP
28VDC
BUS2

16CE2 C/B
FLT CTL/ELAC2 THS/STBY/SPLY

1CE2
SEC2

21CE2 C/B
FLT CTL/SEC2/SPLY

1CE3
SEC3

21CE3 C/B
FLT CTL/SEC3/SPLY
20CE2 C/B
FLT CTL/FCDC2/SPLY
19CE3 C/B
FLT CTL/THS ACTR/MOT3

AES

FIGURE 27-00-00-15700-A SHEET 1

Flight Control Electrical Power Supply

3CE2
FCDC2

THS MOT3
N_MM_270000_0_APM0_01_00

27-00-00 PB001

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

AES

FIGURE 27-00-00-16300-B SHEET 1

Flight Control Hydraulic Power Supply
PRESSURE SWITCH

PRESSURE TRANSMITTER

CSM/G

L. SLATS

FLAPS L & R WTB

SLATS L & R WTB

L & R ELEVATOR

RUDDER

L & R SPOILER 3

L & R AILERON

LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVE
S

RAT
70L/mn
PUMP 1
140 L/mn

L & R AILERON

27-00-00 PB001
NOSE WHEEL
STEERING

LANDING GEAR

R.SLATS

L. FLAPS

WHEELS BRAKES

REVERSE ENG 1

FLAPS R WTB

SLATS L & R WTB

YAW DAMPER

THS

L. ELEVATOR

MAIN
ACC.

SAFETY
VALVE

PRIORITY
VALVE
P

GREEN
RESERVOIR

LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVE
S

25 L/mn

MAIN
ACC.

L & R SPOILER 5
PRIORITY
VALVE
L & R SPOILERS 1
P
RUDDER

BLUE
RESERVOIR

PTU

PRIORITY
VALVE
P

MAIN
ACC.

PUMP 2
140L/mn

25 L/mn

WHEELS BRAKES

CARGO DOORS

REVERSE ENG 2

FLAPS L WTB

YAW DAMPER

THS

R ELEVATOR

RUDDER

L & R SPOILER 4

L & R SPOILER 2

LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVE

R.FLAPS

YELLOW
RESERVOIR
HAND
PUMP

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C ALL

N_MM_270000_0_ANM1_01_00

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SEC 1

FAC 1

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

FLT

23VU

FLT CTL
ELAC 1

OFF

OFF

24VU

CTL

ELAC 2

SEC 2

SEC 3

FAC 2

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

B
L K

A M
F/O

CAPT

UP

UP

UPPER
DISPLAY
UNIT

CG
15

CG
20

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

DN

DN

CG
20

CG
25

CG
25

CG
30

CG
30

CG
35

LOWER
DISPLAY
UNIT

ECAM

T.O
CONFIG

CG
35
CG
DN 41

CG
41 DN

CG
15

DN

DN

CANC

UPPER DISPLAY

OFF

BLEED

PRESS

ELEC

HYD

APU

COND

DOOR

WHEEL

F/CTL

FUEL

BRT

RET

SPEED
BRAKE

RCL

OFF

1/2

CLR

SYS

CLR

1/2

8VU

SWITCHING
ATT HDG
NORM
CAPT
3

FULL

FULL

FLAPS

RUD TRIM

BRT

RET

ALL

LOWER DISPLAY

114VU

110VU

GND SPLRSARMED
ENG

AIR DATA
NORM
F/O
3

CAPT
3

EIS DMC
NORM
F/O
3

CAPT
3

F/O
3

NOSE
L

25

FULL

ECAM / ND XFR
NORM
CAPT
F/O

FULL

NOSE
R

RESET

C
N_MM_270000_0_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-00-00-17500-A SHEET 1

Cockpit Control and Indicating

27-00-00 PB001

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FLIGHT CONTROLS - GENERAL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-00-00-480-001-A
Installation of the Pitch-Trim Control Locking Tool (98D27403500000)
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
98D27403500000
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

210

CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-00-00-991-00100-A - Locking Tool - Pitch-Trim Control)
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-00-00-869-053-A
A.

4.

On the center pedestal, make sure that the trim control wheels are in the 0 position.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-00-00-991-00100-A - Locking Tool - Pitch-Trim Control)
Subtask 27-00-00-480-050-A
A.

Installation of the Pitch-Trim Control Locking Tool

(1)

Lift the cover (1).

(2)

Fully loosen the two nuts (3).

(3)

Install the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) (7) on the center pedestal.
NOTE :

AES

The wheel (5) must be between the grooves of the two side plates (4).

(4)

Tighten the two nuts (3) until the two side plates (4) lock the wheel (5).

(5)

With the two screws (2), put the two stops (6) against the center pedestal so that the assembly cannot
move.

(6)

Lower the cover (1).

27-00-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

4
2

5
7
6

N_MM_270000_2_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-00-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Locking Tool - Pitch-Trim Control

27-00-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-00-00-080-001-A
Removal of the Pitch-Trim Control Locking Tool (98D27403500000)
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-00-00-991-00100-A - Locking Tool - Pitch-Trim Control)
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-00-00-991-00100-A - Locking Tool - Pitch-Trim Control)
Subtask 27-00-00-860-050-A
A.

4.

Not applicable

Procedure
Subtask 27-00-00-080-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Pitch-Trim Control Locking Tool

(1)

Lift the cover (1).

(2)

Loosen the two screws (2).

(3)

Fully loosen the two nuts (3).

(4)

Remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) (7).

27-00-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-00-00-480-002-A
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
98D27803000000
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-00-00-991-00200-A - Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-00-00-991-00200-A - Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool)
Subtask 27-00-00-860-052-A
A.

4.

Not applicable

Procedure
Subtask 27-00-00-480-051-A
A.

AES

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool

(1)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (2) on the
flap/slat control lever (1).

(2)

Lock the locking tool with the pin (3).

(Ref. Fig. 27-00-00-991-00200-A - Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool)

27-00-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
1

N_MM_270000_2_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-00-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool

27-00-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-00-00-080-002-A
Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
98D27803000000
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-00-00-991-00200-A - Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-00-00-860-051-A
A.

4.

Not applicable

Procedure
Subtask 27-00-00-080-051-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool

(Ref. Fig. 27-00-00-991-00200-A - Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool)
(1)

Remove the pin (3) from the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
(98D27803000000) (2).

(2)

Remove the locking tool (2) from the flap/slat control lever (1).

27-00-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AILERON - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.

General
(Ref. Fig. 27-10-00-11200-B - Aileron Block Diagram)
One aileron (operational at all speeds) and four spoilers ensure roll control on each wing.
The Elevator and Aileron Computers (ELAC Ref. 27-93) electrically control the ailerons.
The Spoilers and Elevator Computers (SEC Ref. 27-94) electrically control the spoilers.
The two side stick controllers deliver electrical signals which are used for the computation of the control orders.
The operation of the artificial feel system (Ref. 27-92) is independent of the flight conditions. There is no roll trim
control.
Two electrohydraulic servocontrols (Ref. 27-14) hydraulically actuate each aileron.
One electrohydraulic servocontrol (Ref. 27-64) hydraulically actuates each spoiler.
The position of the surfaces is indicated on the lower ECAM display unit through the Flight Control Data
Concentrator (FCDC) (Ref. 27-95).
On ground, with hydraulic systems not pressurized, the ailerons may or may not droop down to the servocontrol stop
depending on the scatter of bearing and seal friction.

AES

27-10-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

System Description
A.

AES

Interface with the Autopilot System (Ref. 22-60)

In AP mode, the FMGC orders are received by the ELACs which transfer to the SECs the order which
correspond to roll spoiler control.
The position of the side stick control is not slaved to the AP control orders.
The pilots can cancel the automatic mode, through the override of a disengaging system (which includes a
spring device and a solenoid) installed in each side stick unit.

27-10-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SEC 1

FAC 1

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

OFF

24VU

FLT CTL

23VU

FLT CTL
ELAC 1

SIDE STICK PRIORITY

SIDE STICK PRIORITY

OFF

ELAC 2

SEC 2

SEC 3

FAC 2

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

F/O

CAPT
UPPER
DISPLAY
UNIT

FMGC (Chap. 22)

LOWER
DISPLAY
UNIT

FMGC (Chap. 22)

CFDIU

FMGC (Chap. 22)

DMU
FCDC 1

FCDC 2
FAC

FMGC (Chap. 22)

FAC (Chap. 22)

SFCC

SFCC
ADC
ACCELEROMETER

SEC 1

SEC 2

IRS

SEC 3

ACCELEROMETER

LO PR G
B
Y

ADC

ELAC 2

ADIRS
IRS
B PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS
G
Y

LO PR G
B
Y

PRESSURE
SWITCHES

PRESSURE
SWITCHES

G
B

ELAC 1

G
G

AILERON

ROLL SPOILER SURFACES

ROLL SPOILER SURFACES

5
AILERON
N_MM_271000_0_AAM1_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-10-00-11200-B SHEET 1

Aileron Block Diagram

27-10-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AILERON AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.

General
The hydraulic actuation is achieved by two electrohydraulic servocontrols for each aileron.

AES

27-14-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-00-12400-A - Location of Aileron Servocontrols)
FIN

33CE1
33CE2
33CE3
33CE4

AES

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
SERVO
SERVO
SERVO
SERVO

CTL-L AILERON, INBD G

CTL-R AILERON, INBD G
CTL-L AILERON, OUTBD B
CTL-R AILERON, OUTBD B

PANEL

ZONE ACCESS
DOOR
575
575AT
675
675AT
575
575KB
675
675KB

27-14-00 PB001

ATA REF.
27-14-51
27-14-51
27-14-51
27-14-51

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

Component Description
A.

Aileron Servocontrol 33CE1 33CE2 33CE3 33CE4

(1) General
The four fixed-body servocontrols (two per aileron) are interchangeable.

AES

27-14-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Operation
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-00-16300-B - Aileron Servocontrol)
A.

Normal operation with the servocontrol pressurized

The pressurization of the servocontrol involves the opening of the pressure-line closing valve (2) and of the
return-line closing valve (3). Thus, the servovalve (4) is supplied from the HP system and the return system of
the servocontrol is connected to the LP system.
(1) Servocontrol in the active mode.
In this case, the solenoid valve (1) is energized and lets in the HP flow which puts the mode selector valve
(5) in the active mode.
The two chambers of the actuator are thus connected to the servovalve control lines. The servocontrol is
then in the active mode. The Linear Variable-Differential Transducer (LVDT) (11) supplies an electrical
signal which identifies this change of state.
The feedback transducer (LVDT) (10) gives the servoloop feedback.
(2) Servocontrol in the damping mode.
In this configuration, the solenoid valve is de-energized and the mode selector-valve moves under the action
of its spring. This causes the two chambers of the actuator to be interconnected through the damping
orifice (6).
The linear variable-differential transformer identifies this change of state.
The check valve (7) and the fluid reserve (9) hold the volume of fluid in the actuator chambers :
. if the temperature of the hydraulic fluid changes
. if there is a leakage.
The reserve of fluid is permanently connected to the return line of the servovalve. The return relief valve (8)
increases the pressure in the return line and permits to fill the reserve of fluid.

B.

Operation after an electrical failure

In this case the solenoid valve is de-energized and the operation is identical to the one of paragraph A. (2).

C.

Operation after a hydraulic failure

The closing valves (2) and (3) close and isolate the servocontrol from the hydraulic system of the aircraft.
If there is a rupture of the aircraft return line, the return relief valve holds the volume of fluid in the fluid
reserve.
The mode selector valve moves under the action of its spring. Then the servocontrol operates in the damping
mode.

D. Special Case
After hydraulic depressurization, a difference in droop speed and travel between the two ailerons is possible.
This is because of the variations of friction in the attachments and the servo control.
This difference is correct.
E.

AES

Maintenance and rigging facilities

The maintenance is on condition.
The items given below are Line Replaceable Units :
. filter
. servovalve
. solenoid valve
. linear variable-differential transducer.

27-14-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
33CE3
33CE1

A
A

33CE4

33CE2

A
A

N_MM_271400_0_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-00-12400-A SHEET 1

Location of Aileron Servocontrols

27-14-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
1 . SOLENOID VALVE
2 . PRESSURE LINE CLOSING VALVE
3 . RETURN LINE CLOSING VALVE
4 . SERVOVALVE
5 . MODE SELECTOR VALVE
6 . DAMPING ORIFICE
7 . CHECK VALVE
8 . RETURN RELIEF VALVE
9 . FLUID RESERVE
10 . FEEDBACK TRANSDUCER
11 . LINEAR VARIABLE DIFFERENTIAL TRANSFORMER

P
9
R
4
U1

11

U2
1

6
7

10
N_MM_271400_0_BBM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-00-16300-B SHEET 1

Aileron Servocontrol

27-14-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AILERON AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Aileron Servo Control
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT DO THIS DEACTIVATION PROCEDURE IF THERE IS EXTERNAL LEAKAGE ON THE
UNSERVICEABLE SERVOCONTROL.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
FIN 33CE1, 33CE2, 33CE3, 33CE4
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
MMEL
MMEL
MMEL
MMEL
1.

ACCESS

TEST

SPECIFIC
TOOLS

MHR

E/T

NB MEN

27-14-01A
27-14-02A
27-14-03A
27-14-04A

Reason for the Job

MMEL 27-14-01A
Left Aileron Blue Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 1)
MMEL 27-14-02A
Left Aileron Green Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 2)
MMEL 27-14-03A
Right Aileron Green Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 1)
MMEL 27-14-04A
Right Aileron Blue Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 2)
(Old MMEL ref: 27-14-01-A))

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific
No specific

AR
AR
AR

CAP - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER
TIE WRAP

AES

27-14-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
AR WARNING NOTICE(S)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575
675
575KB, 675KB, 822
C.

DESIGNATION

AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT

AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-14-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Aileron and Hydraulic Actuation

27-96-00-740-001-A

BITE Test of the EFCS (Ground Scanning)

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-14-00-991-00200-A - Deactivation/Reactivation of the Aileron Servocontrol)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-00-860-057-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Do a ground scanning (Ref. TASK 27-96-00-740-001-A).

NOTE :

(3)

If there is only the maintenance messages on:

. PEDALS XDCR UNIT 25CE1 (25CE2) and/or
. ELAC 1(2) AIL ORDER DISAGREE.
the deactivation of the aileron servocontrol is not necessary. You can dispatch the aircraft
without further maintenance action.

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-003-A).

Subtask 27-14-00-010-052-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

AES

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position:

(a)

at the zone 575 for the left aileron,

(b)

at the zone 675 for the right aileron.

27-14-00 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Open the access door:

(a)

575KB for the left aileron,

(b)

675KB for the right aileron.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.

(4)

Open the access door 822.

(5)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 27-14-00-865-057-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-00-991-00200-A - Deactivation/Reactivation of the Aileron Servocontrol)
Subtask 27-14-00-040-050-A
A.

Deactivation of the Aileron Servo Control

(1)

Make sure that there are no external leaks from the servo control you deactivate.

(2)

Make sure that the pressure and return lines are correctly connected to the parts of the servo control.

(3)

Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the receptacle (2).

(4)

Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected connector (1) and receptacle (2).

(5)

Attach the connector (1) to a pipe with a TIE WRAP.

Subtask 27-14-00-865-058-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-14-00-710-053-A
C.

Do the operational test of the ailerons (Ref. TASK 27-14-00-710-001-A).

NOTE :

AES

Make sure that:

. The servocontrol you deactivated does not operate.
. The related servocontrol symbol (box) is amber.
. The amber F/CTL AILERON ACTUATOR FAULT message is shown on the EWD.

27-14-00 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-14-00-860-058-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell the crew that the left or right aileron servo control
is deactivated.

(2)

Make an entry in the log-book.

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-14-00-410-052-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

AES

Close the access door:

(a)

575KB for the left aileron.

(b)

675KB for the right aileron.

(2)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(3)

Tighten the two screws.

(4)

Close the access door 822.

(5)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-14-00 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
Z675

ACCESS DOOR
675KB

A
Z575

LEFT WING

A
ACCESS DOOR
575KB

RIGHT WING
33CE2

33CE1

33CE4

33CE3

AILERON SERVOCONTROL
33CE1 (GREEN)
33CE2 (GREEN)
33CE3 (BLUE)
33CE4 (BLUE)

ASSOCIATED
COMPUTER
ELAC 2
ELAC 1
ELAC 1
ELAC 2

2
N_MM_271400_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Deactivation/Reactivation of the Aileron Servocontrol

27-14-00 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of the Aileron Servo Control
FIN 33CE1, 33CE2, 33CE3, 33CE4
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
MMEL
MMEL
MMEL
MMEL
1.

ACCESS

TEST

SPECIFIC
TOOLS

MHR

E/T

NB MEN

27-14-01A
27-14-02A
27-14-03A
27-14-04A

Reason for the Job

MMEL 27-14-01A
Left Aileron Blue Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 1)
MMEL 27-14-02A
Left Aileron Green Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 2)
MMEL 27-14-03A
Right Aileron Green Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 1)
MMEL 27-14-04A
Right Aileron Blue Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 2)
(Old MMEL ref: 27-14-01-A))

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

575
675
575KB, 675KB, 822
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT
AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-14-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Aileron and Hydraulic Actuation

AES

27-14-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-10-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-14-00-991-00200-A - Deactivation/Reactivation of the Aileron Servocontrol)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-00-860-059-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-14-00-010-053-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position:

(a)

at the zone 575 for the left aileron,

(b)

at the zone 675 for the right aileron.

Open the access door:

(a)

575KB for the left aileron,

(b)

675KB for the right aileron.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.

(4)

Open the access door 822.

(5)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 27-14-00-865-059-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-00-991-00200-A - Deactivation/Reactivation of the Aileron Servocontrol)
Subtask 27-14-00-440-050-A
A.

AES

Reactivation of the Aileron Servo-Control

(1)

Remove the tie-wraps.

(2)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector (1) and the receptacle (2).

(3)

Connect the connector (1) to the receptacle (2).

27-14-00 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-14-00-865-060-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-14-00-710-054-A
C.

Do the operational test of the ailerons (Ref. TASK 27-14-00-710-001-A).

Subtask 27-14-00-810-050-A
D.
5.

Do the trouble shooting for the servocontrol you deactivated:

. If there is a message, do the trouble shooting procedure related to the maintenance message.

Close-up
Subtask 27-14-00-860-060-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-14-00-410-053-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

AES

Close the access door:

(a)

575KB for the left aileron,

(b)

675KB for the right aileron.

(2)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(3)

Tighten the two screws.

(4)

Close the access door 822.

(5)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-14-00 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AILERON AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Aileron and Hydraulic Actuation
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
EIS Start Procedure
EIS Stop Procedure

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-00-861-051-A
A.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

Subtask 27-14-00-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-14-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-14-00-860-062-A
C.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the flap and slat control lever is in the O position.

(2)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the speedbrake control lever is in the RET position.

(3)

Make sure that the two side sticks are in the neutral position and that there is no priority on the side
stick used.

(4)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(5)

Pressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A).

(6)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that:

. the FLT CTL/ELAC1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this pushbutton switch, the FAULT anf OFF
legends are off).

(7)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that:

. the FLT CTL/ELAC2 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this pushbutton switch, the FAULT and
OFF legends are off).

(8)

On the overhead panel 50VU, make sure that:

. the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B and G pushbutton switches are pushed (on these
pushbutton switches the OFF legends are OFF).

Procedure
Subtask 27-14-00-710-050-A
A.

Do this test:

ACTION
1.On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel:
. push the F/CTL key.

RESULT
On the center instrument panel, on the lower ECAM DU:
. the F/CTL page comes into view
. the L/AIL and R/AIL position indicator indexes are
opposite the middle mark on the scale.

2.Move one of the two side sticks to the left until it

touches the stop.

On the L/AIL position indicator:

. the index moves to the upper mark on the scale.

On
.
3.Move the side stick to the right until it touches the stop. On
.
On
.
4.Put the side stick in the neutral position.

the R/AIL position indicator:

the index moves to the lower mark on the scale.
the L/AIL position indicator:
the index moves to the lower mark on the scale.
the R/AIL position indicator:
the index moves to the upper mark on the scale.

On the L/AIL and R/AIL position indicators:

. the indexes move to the middle mark on the scale.

5.Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK

29-23-00-864-001-A).
6.Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003A-01).
7.Move one of the two side sticks to the left until it
touches the stop.

On the L/AIL position indicator:

. the index moves to the upper mark on the scale.
On the R/AIL position indicator:
. the index moves to the lower mark on the scale.

AES

27-14-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
8.Move the side stick to the right until it touches the stop. On
.
On
.
9.Put the side stick in the neutral position.
5.

RESULT
the L/AIL position indicator:
the index moves to the lower mark on the scale.
the R/AIL position indicator:
the index moves to the upper mark on the scale.

On the L/AIL and R/AIL position indicators:

. the indexes move to the middle mark on the scale.

Close-up
Subtask 27-14-00-860-061-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-14-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-00-820-001-A
Adjustment of the Aileron
1.

Reason for the Job

NOTE :

2.

This task can contribute to fuel savings.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

RULE

No specific

RULER - GRADUATED

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27903500000

PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 19-010
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210
575
675
575KB, 675KB, 822
D.

DESIGNATION
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT
AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-14-00-200-001-A
29-10-00-863-001-A

Check of the Aileron Servo Control Oscillations

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

AES

27-14-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-23-00-864-001-A
31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
EIS Start Procedure
EIS Stop Procedure

(Ref. Fig. 27-14-00-991-00100-A - Position of the Aileron Servocontrol)

(Ref. Fig. 27-14-00-991-00500-A - Aileron Adjustment)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-00-861-053-A
A.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-14-00-865-053-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

PTR/SPLY

6TW

J21

121VU

CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY

2TW

J18

121VU

CFDS/CFDIU/BACK/UP

8TW

J17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-14-00-860-064-A
C.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

On the panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this
pushbutton switch, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).

(2)

On the panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC2 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this
pushbutton switch, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).

(3)

Make sure that all the hydraulic systems are depressurized.

(4)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the flap and slat control lever is in the O position.

(5)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the speed brake control lever is in the RET position.

(6)

Pressurize the Green and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(7)

Operate the aileron ten times with the side stick to bleed the system.

27-14-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8)

On the panel 23 VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the
OFF legend comes on).

(9)

Operate the aileron ten times with the side stick to bleed the system.

(10) Put the side stick in the neutral position.

(11) Install the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) on the side sticks.
(12) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the CAPT and F/O side sticks to tell persons not to operate the
side sticks.
(13) On the panel 23 VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the
OFF legend goes off).
(14) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A)
Subtask 27-14-00-010-051-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at the access door 822.

(2)

Open the access door 822.

(3)

Open the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

(4)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone:

(5)

(a)

575 for the left aileron,

(b)

675 for the right aileron.

Open the access door:

(a)

575KB for the left aileron,

(b)

675KB for the right aileron.

NOTE :

4.

For an easier access for adjustment of the aileron servocontrol, remove the rubbing strip
seal, if necessary.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-00-991-00100-A - Position of the Aileron Servocontrol)
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-00-991-00500-A - Aileron Adjustment)
Subtask 27-14-00-820-052-A
A.

Adjustment of the Aileron when the Blue Outboard Servocontrol is Pressurized.

NOTE :

If you see oscillations when the servocontrol is in the active mode, do a check of these oscillations (Ref.
TASK 27-14-00-200-001-A).

NOTE :

To adjust an aileron, you must adjust the surface with one servocontrol active and then the other.

NOTE :

At this time, the Blue servocontrol (33CE3, 33CE4) is in the active mode.

(1)

Put a RULE in position on the trailing edge of the wing (inboard end of the wing) (see detail E).

(2)

Use a RULER - GRADUATED to measure the position of the aileron in relation to the RULE .
NOTE :

AES

To optimize the theoretical loft line, the ailerons position must be as close as possible to the
nominal values.
If the position of the aileron is not satisfactory, adjust the Blue servocontrol as follows:

27-14-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the bolts (3).

(b)

Remove the bolts (3) and the lock plate (1).

(c)

Set the control surface to zero with the adjusting nut (2).
NOTE :

Always turn the adjusting nut (2) in the same direction to adjust the clearances and the
hysteresis.

(d)

Install the lock plate (1) and the bolts (3).

(e)

Safety the bolts (3) with the LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .

(3)

Pressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A).

(4)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Subtask 27-14-00-820-053-A
B.

Adjustment of the Aileron when the Green Inboard Servocontrol is Pressurized.

NOTE :

If you see oscillations when the servocontrol is in the active mode, do a check of these oscillations (Ref.
TASK 27-14-00-200-001-A).

NOTE :

To adjust an aileron, you must adjust the surface with one servocontrol active and then the other.

NOTE :

At this time, the Green servocontrol (33CE1, 33CE2) is in the active mode.

(1)

Use a RULER - GRADUATED to measure the position of the aileron in relation to the RULE .
NOTE :

To optimize the theoretical loft line, the ailerons position must be as close as possible to the
nominal values.
If the position of the aileron is not satisfactory, adjust the Green servocontrol as follows:

(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the bolts (3).

(b)

Remove the bolts (3) and the lock plate (1).

(c)

Set the control surface to zero with the adjusting nut (2).
NOTE :

Always turn the adjusting nut (2) in the same direction to adjust the clearances and the
hysteresis.

(d)

Install the lock plate (1) and the bolts (3).

(e)

Safety the bolts (3) with the lockwire.

(2)

Remove the RULE from the trailing edge of the wing.

(3)

Make sure that the legends of the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch are off.

Subtask 27-14-00-860-063-A
C.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Remove the rigging pins and the warning notices from the side sticks.

(2)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(3)

On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL key (on the lower ECAM D.U, the
F/CTL page comes into into view).

(4)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

27-14-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

On the panel 23 VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the
OFF legend comes on).

Subtask 27-14-00-710-052-A
D.

Do this test:

ACTION
1.In the CAPT or F/O seat:
. move the side stick until it touches the left stop and
hold it in this position.

RESULT
The left aileron moves up smoothly.
The right aileron moves down smoothly.
On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM DU:
. the index of the L/AIL indicator moves smoothly to the
upper stop.
. the index of the R/AIL indicator moves smoothly to the
lower stop.

2.In the CAPT or F/O seat:

. move the side stick from the left stop until it touches
the right stop and hold it in this position.

The left aileron moves down smoothly.

The right aileron moves up smoothly.
On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM DU:
. the index of the L/AIL indicator moves smoothly from
the upper stop until it touches the lower stop.
. the index of the R/AIL indicator moves smoothly from
the lower stop until it touches the upper stop.

3.In the CAPT or F/O seat:

. put the side stick in the neutral position.

The left aileron moves smoothly to the neutral position.

The right aileron moves smoothly to the neutral position.
On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM DU:
. the index of the L/AIL indicator moves smoothly to the
neutral mark.
. the index of the R/AIL indicator moves smoothly to the
neutral mark.
Make sure that no fault indication come into view.

4.On the panel 23VU:

. push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch.

On the panel 23VU:

. the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pusbutton
switch goes off.

5.On the panel 24VU:

. release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch.

On the panel 24VU:

. the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton
switch comes on.
The left aileron moves up smoothly.
The right aileron moves down smoothly.
On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM DU:
. the index of the L/AIL indicator moves smoothly to the
upper stop.
. the index of the R/AIL indicator moves smoothly to the
lower stop.

6.In the CAPT or F/O seat:

. move the side stick until it touches the left stop and
hold it in this position.

7.In the CAPT or F/O seat:

. move the side stick from the left stop until it touches
the right stop and hold it in this position.

AES

The left aileron moves down smoothly.

The right aileron moves up smoothly.
On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM DU:
. the index of the L/AIL indicator moves smoothly from
the upper stop until it touches the lower stop.
. the index of the R/AIL indicator moves smoothly from
the lower stop until it touches the upper stop.

27-14-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
8.In the CAPT or F/O seat:
. put the side stick in the neutral position.

5.

RESULT
The left aileron moves smoothly to the neutral position.
The right aileron moves smoothly to the neutral position.
On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM DU:
. the index of the L/AIL indicator moves smoothly to the
neutral mark.
. the index of the R/AIL indicator moves smoothly to the
neutral mark.
Make sure that no fault indication comes into view.

Close-up
Subtask 27-14-00-860-065-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(2)

On the panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF
legend goes off).

(3)

Depressurize the Green and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-003-A).

(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(5)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-14-00-410-051-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

AES

Close the access door :

(a)

575KB for the left aileron.

(b)

675KB for the right aileron.

(2)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(3)

Tighten the two screws.

(4)

Close the access door 822.

(5)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-14-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
A

Z 675
675 KB

B
R .WING
Z 575

B
D

OUTBOARD
FLAP

575 KB

L .WING

RULE

AILERON

OUTBOARD
FLAP

AILERON

RULE

C
3

2
N_MM_271400_5_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Position of the Aileron Servocontrol

27-14-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

E
L. WING

GRADUATED RULE

02mm
00.0787in.

100mm mini
3.9370in.

INBD
AREA OF
MEASUREMENT

40mm
1.5748in.
WING
INBOARD END OF
THE AILERON

R. WING

RULE
02mm
00.0787in.

100mm mini
3.9370in.

INBD
AREA OF
MEASUREMENT

40mm
1.5748in.
WING
INBOARD END OF
THE AILERON

N_MM_271400_5_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-00-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Aileron Adjustment

27-14-00 PB501

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-00-760-001-A
Electrical Test of the Aileron Servo Controls
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
FIN 33CE1, 33CE2, 33CE3, 33CE4
1.

Reason for the Job

To confirm the cause of an aileron servocontrol fault (flight control computer, aircraft wiring or servocontrol).
In this procedure, you will interchange the wiring between two servocontrols (the one that you think is unserviceable
and one that you know is serviceable).

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

99D27103500000

SWITCH SERVO CTL AIL

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575
AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT
675
AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT
575AT, 675AT
FOR FIN 33CE1(SERVO CTL-L AILERON, INBD G)
FOR FIN 33CE3(SERVO CTL-L AILERON, OUTBD B)
575AT
FOR FIN 33CE2(SERVO CTL-R AILERON, INBD G)
FOR FIN 33CE4(SERVO CTL-R AILERON, OUTBD B)
675AT
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-96-00-710-020-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Side Stick Assembly (Activation for the BITE Test)

27-96-00-740-001-A

BITE Test of the EFCS (Ground Scanning)

AES

27-14-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-10-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

57-51-37-000-007-A
57-51-37-400-007-A

Removal of the Access Panel

Installation of the Access Panel

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-00-860-066-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Subtask 27-14-00-865-061-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-14-00-941-058-A
C.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use these controls:
. The CAPT and F/O side sticks.

(2)

Put WARNING NOTICES in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-14-00-010-056-A
D.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the applicable zone:
. For the fault on the servocontrol 33CE1 or 33CE3, at zone 575.
. For the fault on the servocontrol 33CE2 or 33CE4, at zone 675.

(2)

Open the applicable trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-007-A):
(a)

FOR 33CE1 (SERVO CTL-L AILERON, INBD G), 33CE3 (SERVO CTL-L AILERON, OUTBD B)
. The access panel 575AT.

(b)

FOR 33CE2 (SERVO CTL-R AILERON, INBD G), 33CE4 (SERVO CTL-R AILERON, OUTBD
B)
. The access panel 675AT.

27-14-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-14-00-480-052-A
E.

Installation of the Tool

(1)

(2)

If the fault is on the servocontrol:

(a)

For 33CE1 or 33CE3:

. Disconnect the electrical connectors 33CE1-A and 33CE3-A.

(b)

For 33CE2 or 33CE4:

. Disconnect the electrical connectors 33CE2-A and 33CE4-A.

Connect the SWITCH SERVO CTL AIL (99D27103500000) to the disconnected electrical connectors.

Subtask 27-14-00-865-062-A
F.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-14-00-760-050-A
A.

5.

Electrical Test of the Aileron Servo Controls

(1)

Do the operational test of the side stick assembly (Activation for the BITE test) (Ref. TASK
27-96-00-710-020-A).

(2)

Do a BITE Test of the EFCS (Ground Scanning) (Ref. TASK 27-96-00-740-001-A):

(a)

If the fault is the same, do a check of the aircraft wiring and of the flight control computer (Ref.
TSM).

(b)

If the fault is on the other side, replace the defective servocontrol.

Close-up
Subtask 27-14-00-865-063-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-14-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

105VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

FIN
A01

LOCATION

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-14-00-080-052-A
B.

Removal of the Tool

(1)

Disconnect the SWITCH SERVO CTL AIL (99D27103500000).

(2)

Connect the electrical connectors:

(a)

For the servocontrol 33CE1 or 33CE3:

. 33CE1-A and 33CE3-A.

(b)

For the servocontrol 33CE2 or 33CE4:

. 33CE2-A and 33CE4-A.

Subtask 27-14-00-865-064-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-14-00-410-056-A
D.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the trailing edge access-panels 575AT or 675AT (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-007-A).

Subtask 27-14-00-942-063-A
E.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-14-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AILERON AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-00-220-001-A
Check Aileron Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for Excessive Play and Condition
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 33CE1, 33CE2, 33CE3, 33CE4
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-14-00-02-)
CHECK AILERON SERVO CONTROL AND HINGE BEARINGS FOR EXCESSIVE PLAY AND CONDITION

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

97A27003000007
98D27303000001
98D27303003001

1
1
1

GAGE,ASSY-PUSH-PULL
LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER
CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER

98D27303022000
98D27903500000

1
2

TOOL CHECK - DIGITAL, AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER

PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

575
675
575KB, 575MB, 590AB, 590BB,
675KB, 675MB, 690AB, 690BB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT
AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

AES

27-14-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

DESIGNATION
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-14-00-200-001-A
27-14-41-200-001-A

Check of the Aileron Servo Control Oscillations

Inspection/Check of the Aileron

27-14-51-000-001-A
27-14-51-200-001-A
27-14-51-400-001-A
29-10-00-863-003-A

Removal of the Aileron Servo Control

Check of the Aileron Servo Control
Installation of the Aileron Servo Control
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-00-991-00400-A - Location of the Tools)
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-00-991-00600-A - CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) 98D27303022000 (Auto-recording Function))
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-00-865-050-A
A.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-14-00-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the flap and slat control lever is in the O position.

(3)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the speedbrake control lever is in the RET position.

(4)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on
this pushbutton switch, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

Subtask 27-14-00-010-055-A
C.

Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-00-991-00400-A - Location of the Tools)
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 575 for the left aileron.

(2)

Open the access doors 575KB, 575MB, 590AB, 590BB.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 675 for the right aileron.

(4)

Open the access doors 675KB, 675MB, 690AB, 690BB.

Subtask 27-14-00-480-050-A
D.

Installation of the tools.

(1)

AES

Lock the 2 side stick controllers with the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000).

27-14-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the CAPT and F/O side sticks to tell persons not to touch the side
sticks.

(3)

Install the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001) as

follow:
. at the trailing edge of the aileron
. between the two servo controls.

(4)

Install the CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER (98D27303003001) or TOOL

CHECK - DIGITAL, AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER (98D27303022000) on the trailing edge of the
aileron.
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-00-991-00400-A - Location of the Tools)
Adjust the spindle of the dial indicator to its mid travel.

NOTE :

With the TOOL CHECK - DIGITAL, AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER (98D27303022000), you
can use the auto-record function. For more information about the auto-record function, refer to
the manufacturers instruction manual.

(Ref. Fig. 27-14-00-991-00600-A - CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) 98D27303022000 (Auto-recording

Function))
Subtask 27-14-00-863-062-A
E.
4.

Pressurize the Green and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

Procedure
Subtask 27-14-00-210-052-A
A.

Check for General Condition

(1)

Do a visual check of the servo control bearings.

(2)

Do a visual check of the aileron hinge bearings.

(3)

Make sure that the that the liners are not damaged.
NOTE :

The liner is a coat of teflon between the bearing case and the ball. It lets the ball turn with a
minimum of friction (self lubricating).

If you can see the liner, replace the related servo control (Ref. TASK 27-14-51-000-001-A) and (Ref.
TASK 27-14-51-400-001-A).
Subtask 27-14-00-220-050-A
B.

Check of the Aileron Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for too much Play and Condition
(1)

On the panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (the OFF legend comes on).
NOTE :

(2)

On the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001), connect a

GAGE ASSY - PUSH-PULL TOOL GAGE,ASSY-PUSH-PULL (97A27003000007) (or equivalent).

(3)

Apply 30 daN (67.4427 lbf) in the up direction on the trailing edge.

NOTE :

AES

The check is only given for one surface. Do the same operations for the other surface.

If you see oscillations when the servo control is in active mode, do a check of these oscillations
(Ref. TASK 27-14-00-200-001-A)

27-14-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Continue to apply this force and set the dial indicator to zero.

(5)

Release the force.

(6)

At the same position, apply 30 daN (67.4427 lbf) in the down direction on the trailing edge.

(7)

Continue to apply this force and read the value on the dial indicator.

(8)

Release the force on the trailing edge.

(9)

For each measurement, if the distance is more than 10 mm (0.3937 in.) between the two positions:
. repair the structure/aileron, structure/servo control or servo control/aileron bearings (Ref. TASK
27-14-41-200-001-A), (Ref. TASK 27-14-51-200-001-A).
NOTE :

This 10 mm (0.3937 in.) value includes 4 mm (0.1575 in.) of surface bending as the result of 30
daN (67.4427 lbf) applied force.

(10) Change the aileron control from ELAC 2 to ELAC 1:

(a)

On the panel 24VU, push the FLT CLT/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (the OFF legend goes off).

(b)

On the panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch (the OFF legend comes
on).

(11) At the same position, apply 30 daN (67.4427 lbf) in the up direction on the trailing edge.
(12) Continue to apply this force and set the dial indicator to zero.
(13) Release the force.
(14) At the same position, apply 30 daN (67.4427 lbf) in the down direction on the trailing edge.
(15) Continue to apply this force and read the value on the dial indicator.
(16) Release the force on the trailing edge.
(17) For each measurement, if the distance is more than 10 mm (0.3937 in.) between the two positions:
. repair the structure/aileron, structure/servo control or servo control/aileron bearings (Ref. TASK
27-14-41-200-001-A), (Ref. TASK 27-14-51-200-001-A).
NOTE :
5.

This 10 mm (0.3937 in.) value includes 4 mm (0.1575 in.) of surface bending as the result of 30
daN (67.4427 lbf) applied force.

Close-up
Subtask 27-14-00-080-050-A
A.

Removal of the Tools.

(Ref. Fig. 27-14-00-991-00400-A - Location of the Tools)
(1)

Remove the CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER (98D27303003001) or TOOL

CHECK - DIGITAL, AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER (98D27303022000) , the GAGE ASSY - PUSHPULL TOOL GAGE,ASSY-PUSH-PULL (97A27003000007) and the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOLELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001).

(2)

Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from the two side stick controllers.

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-14-00-410-055-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the access doors 575KB, 575MB, 590AB and 590BB for the left aileron.

(2)

Close the access doors 675KB, 675MB, 690AB and 690BB for the right aileron.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-14-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-14-00-860-051-A
C.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

On the panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch (the OFF legend goes off).

(4)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(5)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-14-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z575

575KB
ACCESS DOOR
Z675

675KB
ACCESS DOOR

L. WING

AILERON

OUTER
FLAP

AILERON
TRAILING
EDGE
N_MM_271400_6_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-00-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Location of the Tools

27-14-00 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SELECT THE T.I.R FUNCTION BEFORE

THE INSTALLATION OF THE TOOL,
THEN SET THE DIAL INDICATOR TO ZERO.

ON/
OFF

MIN/MAX
T.I.R

LIMITS
in/mm

SET
SHIFT

+/

PRESET
ZERO/ABS

CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) P/N 98D27303022000 WITH AUTORECORDING FUNCTION

N_MM_271400_6_DAA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-00-991-00600-A SHEET 1

CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) 98D27303022000 (Autorecording Function)

27-14-00 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-00-220-002-A
Check of the Aileron Servo Controls Fluid Reserve Piston Position with the Hydraulic Reservoirs Depressurized
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 33CE1, 33CE2, 33CE3, 33CE4
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-14-00-03-)
CHECK FLUID RESERVE PISTON POSITION WITH HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR DEPRESSURIZED

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

RULE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

575
675
575KB, 675KB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT
AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

AES

27-14-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-14-00-991-00300-A - Aileron Servo Control)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-00-010-054-A
A.

Get access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access doors 575KB 675KB.

Subtask 27-14-00-860-052-A
B.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the speedbrake control lever is in the RET position.

(3)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(4)

On each servo control (1), make sure that the indicator of the fluid-reserve (2) piston is in the
maximum extended position.
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-00-991-00300-A - Aileron Servo Control)

(5)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(6)

Depressurize the hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(7)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems:
. on the ground service panels,
. in the cockpit, on the HYD section of the overhead panel 40VU.

(8)

Put a warning notice on the access door 195BB to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic reservoirs.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-00-991-00300-A - Aileron Servo Control)
Subtask 27-14-00-220-053-A
A.

Check of the Position of the Fluid Reserve Piston of the Aileron Servo Controls
(1)

5.

After three hours, on the fluid reserve (2), with a RULE make sure that the indicator does not retract
more than 32 mm (1,2598 in.).
. If the indicator retracts more than 32 mm (1.2598 in.), the pressure and return line closing valves
are not sealed. You must remove the servo control (1) for repair.

Close-up
Subtask 27-14-00-410-054-A
A.

Close access
(1)

AES

Close the access doors 575KB 675KB.

27-14-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-14-00-860-053-A
B.

AES

Put the Aircraft Back to its Initial Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Pressurize the hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-14-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

ACCESS DOOR
575 KB

ZONE 575

A
A

ACCESS DOOR
675 KB

ZONE 675

A
1

N_MM_271400_6_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-00-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Aileron Servo Control

27-14-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-00-200-001-A
Check of the Aileron Servo Control Oscillations
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 33CE1, 33CE2, 33CE3, 33CE4
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27303003001

CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER

98D27303022000
98D27903500000

1
2

TOOL CHECK - DIGITAL, AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER

PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

575
590
675
690

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT
AILERON
AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT
AILERON

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-14-51-000-003-A
27-14-51-400-003-A
29-10-00-863-003-A

Removal of the Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve

Installation of the Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

AES

27-14-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-23-00-863-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-00-860-054-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Put the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) on the CAPT and F/O side sticks.

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the CAPT and F/O side sticks to tell persons not to touch the side
sticks.

(4)

Make sure that the flap and slat control lever is in the fully retracted position.

(5)

On the overhead panel 23VU:

. release the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch the OFF legend comes
on).

(6)

On the overhead panel 24VU:

. release the FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch the OFF legend comes
on)
. release the FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch the OFF legend comes
on).

(7)

On the panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this
pushbutton switch, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).

(8)

On the panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this
pushbutton switch, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).

Subtask 27-14-00-480-051-A
B.

4.

Installation of the Tools

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE at zone 590 (690).

(2)

Install the CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER (98D27303003001) or TOOL

CHECK - DIGITAL, AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER (98D27303022000) on the wing structure, near
the aileron.

(3)

Put the pointer of the CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER (98D27303003001)

or TOOL CHECK - DIGITAL, AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER (98D27303022000) at the trailing edge
of the aileron.

Procedure
Subtask 27-14-00-220-054-A
A.

Check of the Oscillation of the Servo Control of Each Aileron

(1)

AES

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

27-14-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5.

(2)

On the dial indicator, measure the amplitude of the oscillations.

If the amplitude is more than 1 mm (0.0394 in.), replace the servovalve of the servo control (33CE3,
33CE4).

(3)

Pressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A).

(4)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(5)

On the dial indicator, measure the amplitude of the oscillations.

If the amplitude is more than 1 mm (0.0394 in.), replace the servovalve of the servo control (33CE1,
33CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-14-51-000-003-A) (Ref. TASK 27-14-51-400-003-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-14-00-080-051-A
A.

Removal of the Tools

(1)

Remove the CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER (98D27303003001) or TOOL

CHECK - DIGITAL, AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER (98D27303022000).

(2)

Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000).

Subtask 27-14-00-860-055-A
B.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).

(2)

On the panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF
legend goes off).

(3)

On the panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switches (on these
pushbutton switches the OFF legend goes off).

(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-14-00-942-062-A
C.

AES

Remove the maintenance equipement.

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-14-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AILERON - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Aileron
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

CRANE 100KG (220 LB)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

TRESTLE - PADDED

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27104001000
98D27104002001

1
1

FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON
SUPPORT-AILERON ACTUATOR

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

575
675
575AT, 575KB, 575LB, 575MB,
590AB, 590BB, 675AT, 675KB,
675LB, 675MB, 690AB, 690BB

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT
AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT

27-14-41 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-61-41-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Static Discharger

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

57-51-37-000-005-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-000-007-A
Removal of the Access Panel
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-41-991-00100-A - Aileron - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-41-991-00200-D - Aileron Attachment - Hinges and Actuators)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-41-991-00100-A - Aileron - Location and Detail)
Subtask 27-14-41-941-052-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-14-41-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever.

(3)

Depressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A), (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-003-A).

(4)

Depressurize the applicable hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

Subtask 27-14-41-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-14-41-010-050-B
D.

Get Access
(1)

AES

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position below the applicable zone 575 or 675.

27-14-41 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Remove the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-007-A), (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-005A):
. for the left wing, remove 575AT 575MB 575KB 575LB 590AB 590BB
. for the right wing, remove 675AT 675MB 675KB 675LB 690AB 690BB.

(3)

Remove the static dischargers so that you do not cause damage to them (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-000-001A).

(4)

Loosen the screws (1), (3) and (5) to let the upper and lower aileron seals (2), (4) and (6) move.

(5)

Manually move the aileron to get access to the actuators and the hinges.
NOTE :

(6)
4.

The internal flutter dampening system of the actuators will keep the aileron in position.

To prevent damage to the hydraulic pipes install the SUPPORT-AILERON ACTUATOR

(98D27104002001) and attach it with the screw fasteners.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-41-991-00100-A - Aileron - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-41-991-00200-D - Aileron Attachment - Hinges and Actuators)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-14-41-020-053-B
A.

Removal of the Aileron

(1)

Remove the nuts (61), the washers (60), the bolts (69) and the locking plates (68).

(2)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (65) from the locking caps (64).

(3)

Remove the locking caps (64), the nuts (63) and the washers (62).

(4)

Hold the aileron and remove the pins (67).

(5)

Manually retract the actuators No. 1 and No. 2 and remove the flanged bush (66) from each actuator
attachment bracket.

(6)

Manually move the aileron to the highest position.

(7)

Install the FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON (98D27104001000):

(8)

(a)

Make sure that the side plates on the FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON

(98D27104001000) are correctly installed.

(b)

Make sure that the adjuster assemblies on the FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON

(98D27104001000) are as far apart as possible.

Lift the FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON (98D27104001000) with the CRANE 100KG (220
LB). Put the FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON (98D27104001000) around the aileron, at the
same distance from each end.
NOTE :

(9)

To lock the lifting frame assembly:

CAUTION :

AES

The weight of the aileron and the brackets is 50 kg (110.2311 lb).

DO NOT TIGHTEN THE ADJUSTER ASSEMBLIES ON THE LIFTING FRAME TOO

MUCH OR YOU WILL DAMAGE THE AILERON.

27-14-41 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a)

Tighten the adjuster assemblies to lock the FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON

(98D27104001000) in position.

(10) For hinge No.s 1, 2 and 3:

(a)

Remove the nut (75), the bolt (84), the washers (76) and (83), and the bonding strap (77).

(b)

Remove the nut (74), the bolt (73) and the locking plate (72).

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (82) from the locking cap (81).

(d)

Remove the locking cap (81), the nut (80) and the washer (79).

(11) For hinge No. 5, remove the nut (106), the bolt (97), the washers (98) and (105), and the bonding
strap (99).
(12) For hinge No.s 4 and 5, do the steps that follow:
(a)

Remove the nut (107), the bolt (95), the washers (96) and (108), and the bonding strap (90).

(b)

Remove the bolt (94) and the locking plate (93).

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (104) from the locking cap (103).

(d)

Remove the locking cap (103), the nut (102) and the washer (101).

(13) Make sure that the aileron is supported by the crane and remove the hinge pins (61) and (92). Move
the aileron aft and away from the wing and put it on the TRESTLE - PADDED.
(14) If the aileron is to be replaced, loosen the adjuster assemblies and remove the FRAME-LIFTING
ASSEMBLY,AILERON (98D27104001000) from the aileron.
Subtask 27-14-41-020-052-C
B.

AES

Removal of the Bushes from the Hinges

(1)

For the hinge No. 1, remove the bush (78).

(2)

For the hinge No.s 2 and 3, remove the bushes (70) and (78).

(3)

For the hinge No.s 4 and 5, remove the bushes (91) and (100).

27-14-41 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
BOTTOM SURFACE

TOP SURFACE

(690BB)
590BB
(690AB)
590AB

(675AT)
575AT

HINGE No.2
ACTUATOR No.1

575MB
(675MB)
ACTUATOR No.2

575LB
(675LB)

HINGE No.1
HINGE No.3

575KB
(675KB)

HINGE No.4
HINGE No.5

B
D

A
A

B
F

SECTION

AILERON

AA
TYPICAL FOR TOP AND BOTTOM SKINS
DIM W

STATIC
DISCHARGERS

SECTION

CC
TYPICAL FOR TOP AND BOTTOM SKINS
SECTION
DIM Z

BB
TYPICAL FOR TOP AND BOTTOM SKINS

5
3

AILERON

DIM X
DIM Y

N_MM_271441_4_AAM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-14-41-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Aileron - Location and Detail

27-14-41 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
ACTUATOR
ATTACHMENT
BRACKET

60
61

D
62

69

63
64

OUTBOARD

65
67

68

66

REAR SPAR

ACTUATOR
72
OUTBOARD

HINGES
No.s 2 AND 3
ONLY

AILERON HINGE
SUPPORT

73

71

E
70

83 84

TYPICAL
AILERON HINGE
No.s 1,2 AND 3

82
81

80

78

77

79

76

74

75
N_MM_271441_4_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-41-991-00200-D SHEET 1

Aileron Attachment - Hinges and Actuators

27-14-41 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

F
AILERON HINGE
SUPPORT
93

90

94

92
91

HINGE No.5
ONLY
107
108
106
105
96
TYPICAL
AILERON HINGE
No.s 4 AND 5

95

99

104
103

102

100

98

101
97

OUTBOARD

N_MM_271441_4_ALM0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-41-991-00200-D SHEET 2

Aileron Attachment - Hinges and Actuators

27-14-41 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Aileron
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

CRANE 100KG (220 LB)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.00 and 1.20 M.DAN (0.00 and 9.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27104000001
98D27104001000
B.

GUIDE CONE - AILERON

FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-022
Material No: 05-002

AES

1
1

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE

27-14-41 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

575
675
575AT, 575KB, 575LB, 575MB,
590AB, 590BB, 675AT, 675KB,
675LB, 675MB, 690AB, 690BB
D.

AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT

AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
65
104
82
E.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-14-05-20-080
27-14-05-31-110
27-14-05-31-110

cotter pins
cotter pin
cotter pin

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

23-61-41-400-001-A

Installation of the Static Discharger

27-14-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Aileron and Hydraulic Actuation

27-14-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Aileron

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

29-10-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

57-51-37-000-005-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-000-007-A
Removal of the Access Panel
57-51-37-400-005-A
Installation of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-007-A
Installation of the Access Panel
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-41-991-00100-A - Aileron - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-41-991-00200-D - Aileron Attachment - Hinges and Actuators)
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-41-991-00400-A - Aileron - Upper and Lower Seals)

AES

27-14-41 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-41-991-00100-A - Aileron - Location and Detail)
Subtask 27-14-41-941-053-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to operate the flight controls is in
position.

Subtask 27-14-41-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Make sure that the flaps are retracted fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue Hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(4)

Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoir is depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) is in position below the applicable zone
575(675).

(6)

Make sure that the applicable access panels are removed (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-007-A), (Ref. TASK
57-51-37-000-005-A):
. for the left wing, panels 575AT 575MB 575KB 575LB 590AB 590BB
. for the right wing, panels 675AT 675MB 675KB 675LB 690AB 690BB.

Subtask 27-14-41-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-41-991-00100-A - Aileron - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-41-991-00200-D - Aileron Attachment - Hinges and Actuators)
CAUTION :

AES

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

27-14-41 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-14-41-420-053-C
A.

Preparation for Installation

(Ref. Fig. 27-14-41-991-00200-D - Aileron Attachment - Hinges and Actuators)
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

Use a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-026) to clean:
. the heads of the bolts (84), (95) and (97)
. the nuts (75), (106) and (107)
. the ends of the bonding straps (77), (90) and (99).

(2)

Clean the component interfaces and/or the adjacent areas with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Lubricate these parts with SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) :

. for hinge No.s 2 and 3, the bushes (70)
. the bushes (78), (91) and (100)
. the hinge pins (71) and (92)
. the flanged bushes (66)
. the pins (67)
. the installed bushes in the attachment brackets.

Subtask 27-14-41-420-051-C
B.

Install the Bushes in the Hinges

(1)

For the hinge No. 1, install the bush (78).

(2)

For the hinge No.s 2 and 3, install the bushes (70) and (78).

(3)

For the hinge No.s 4 and 5, install the bushes (91) and (100).

Subtask 27-14-41-560-050-A
C.

Preparation of a Replacement Component

(1)

(2)

If the aileron is to be replaced, install the FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON (98D27104001000):

(a)

Make sure that the side plates on the FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON

(98D27104001000) are correctly installed.

(b)

Make sure that the adjuster assemblies on the FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON

(98D27104001000) are as far apart as possible.

Lift the FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON (98D27104001000) with the CRANE 100KG (220 LB)
and put the FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON (98D27104001000) around the aileron, at the
same distance from each end.
NOTE :

(3)

To lock the lifting frame assembly:

CAUTION :

AES

The weight of the aileron and the brackets is 50 kg (110.2311 lb).

DO NOT TIGHTEN THE ADJUSTER ASSEMBLIES ON THE LIFTING FRAME TOO

MUCH OR YOU WILL DAMAGE THE AILERON.

27-14-41 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a)

Tighten the adjuster assemblies on the FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON

(98D27104001000) to lock the aileron in position.

Subtask 27-14-41-420-052-L
D.

Installation of the Aileron

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

Use the crane to put the aileron in position.

(2)

For hinge No.s 1, 2 and 3, do the steps that follow:

(3)

(a)

Install the GUIDE CONE - AILERON (98D27104000001) on the hinge pin (71). Install the hinge
pin (71) with the head outboard. Remove the GUIDE CONE - AILERON (98D27104000001).

(b)

Make sure that the hinge pin (71) is correctly aligned, so that the locking plate (72) can be
installed.

(c)

Install the washer (79) and the nut (80) on the hinge pin (71).

(d)

TORQUE the nut (80) to between 4.7 and 5.2 M.DAN (34.66 and 38.35 LBF.FT).

(e)

Install the locking cap (81) on the nut (80).

(f)

Safety the locking cap (81) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-14-05-31) cotter pin (82) .

(g)

Install the locking plate (72), the bolt (73) and the nut (74).

(h)

Install the bonding strap (77), the washers (76) and (83), the bolt (84) and the nut (75) (Ref.
TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

For hinge No.s 4 and 5, do the steps that follow:

(a)

Install the GUIDE CONE - AILERON (98D27104000001) on the hinge pin (92). Install the hinge
pin (92) with the head outboard. Remove the GUIDE CONE - AILERON (98D27104000001).

(b)

Make sure that the head of the hinge pin (92) is correctly aligned, so that the locking plate (93)
can be installed.

(c)

Install the washer (101) and the nut (102) on the hinge pin (92).

(d)

TORQUE the nut (102) to between 4.7 and 5.2 M.DAN (34.66 and 38.35 LBF.FT).

(e)

Install the locking cap (103) on the nut (102).

(f)

Safety the locking cap (103) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-14-05-31) cotter pin (104) .

(g)

Install the locking plate (93) and the bolt (94).

(h)

Install the bonding strap (90), the washers (96) and (108), the bolt (95) and the nut (107) (Ref.
TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(4)

For hinge No. 5, install the bonding strap (99), the washers (98) and (105), the bolt (97) and the nut
(106) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(5)

Hold the aileron, loosen the adjuster assemblies and remove the FRAME-LIFTING
ASSEMBLY,AILERON (98D27104001000) from the aileron.

(6)

Install the flanged bush (66) in each actuator attachment bracket.

(7)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the threads of the pins (67).
NOTE :

AES

In the step that follows, make sure that you do not get Material No. 15-007 on the servocontrol
spherical bearings.

27-14-41 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8)

Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the eye-ends of the piston rods on the
rounded side only.

(9)

Align the eye-ends of the actuators No. 1 and No. 2 with the holes in the actuator attachment brackets.
Install the pins (67) with the heads outboard.

(10) Make sure that the heads of the pins (67) are correctly aligned, so that the locking plates (68) can be
installed.
(11) Install the washers (62) and the nuts (63) on the pins (67).
(12) TORQUE the nuts (63) to between to between 7.5 and 8.0 M.DAN (55.31 and 59.00 LBF.FT).
(13) Install the locking caps (64) on the nuts (63).
(14) Safety the locking caps (64) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-14-05-20) cotter pins (65) .
(15) Install the locking plates (68), the washers (60), the bolts (69) and the nuts (61).
NOTE :

In the steps that follow, make sure that you do not get Material No. 15-007 on the servocontrol
spherical bearings.

(16) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the bolts (69)
. the washers (60) and (62)
. the nuts (61) and (63)
. the locking caps (64)
. the cotter pins (65)
. the pins (67).
(17) For hinge No.s 1, 2 and 3, apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:
. the hinge pin (71)
. the bolt (73)
. the nuts (74) and (80)
. the washer (79)
. the locking cap (81)
. the cotter pin (82).
(18) For hinge No.s 4 and 5, apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:
. the hinge pin (92)
. the bolt (94)
. the washer (101)
. the nut (102)
. the locking cap (103)
. the cotter pin (104).
(19) Remove the SUPPORT-AILERON ACTUATOR (98D27104002000).
(20) Move the aileron through its travel range and examine for:
. free movement
. the correct installation of the applicable bonding straps (77), (90) and (99).
(21) For hinge No.s 1, 2 and 3, seal the bonded items that follow (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):
. the bolt (84)
. the nut (75)
. the washers (76) and (83)
. the bonding strap (77).
(22) For hinge No.s 4 and 5, seal the bonded items that follow (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):
. the bolt (95)
. the nut (107)

AES

27-14-41 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.

the washers (96) and (108)

the bonding strap (90).

(23) For hinge No. 5, seal the bonded items that follow (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):
. the bolt (97)
. the nut (106)
. the washers (98) and (105)
. the bonding strap (99).
(24) Install the static dischargers (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-400-001-A).
Subtask 27-14-41-410-050-A
E.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-007-A), (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-005-A):
.
.

for the left wing, install 575AT 575MB 575KB 575LB 590AB 590BB
for the right wing, install 675AT 675MB 675KB 675LB 690AB 690BB.

Subtask 27-14-41-820-051-A
F.

Adjustment of the Aileron Upper and Lower Seals

(Ref. Fig. 27-14-41-991-00100-A - Aileron - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-41-991-00400-A - Aileron - Upper and Lower Seals)
(1)

Manually align the aileron with the trailing edge structure (to its neutral position).

(2)

Make sure that the dimensions W and Z are between 0.0 mm (0.0000 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0197 in.). If
necessary, adjust the seals (2), (4) and (6) then tighten the screws (1) and (5).

(3)

Loosen the screws (3) on the applicable panels 575AT(675AT), 575KB(675KB), 575LB(675LB) or
575MB(675MB) to let you move the seals (4).

(4)

Position the seals (4) so that the dimension Y is 18 mm (0.7087 in.) + 0 mm (0.0000 in.) - 2 mm
(0.0787 in.). Make sure that the dimension X is between 0.0 mm (0.0000 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0197 in.).
If necessary, adjust the seals (4) to get the two dimensions, then TORQUE tighten the screws (3) to
between 0.11 and 0.13 M.DAN (9.73 and 11.50 LBF.IN).
NOTE :

Make sure that the seals are not above a level between the upper surface of the access panels
and the aileron.

(5)

Manually push the aileron up as far as possible. Make sure that the lower panel seals do not go below
the leading edge of the aileron hinge/actuator points.

(6)

Slowly move the aileron to its neutral position and monitor the seals. Make sure that they do not catch
the leading edge of the aileron hinge/actuator points.

(7)

Manually push the aileron down as far as possible. Make sure that the upper panel seal 575AT(675AT)
and the fixed panel seal do not catch the aileron upper surface.

(8)

Move the aileron to its neutral position and monitor the upper seals. Make sure that they do not catch
the aileron hinge/actuator points.

(9)

If the seals catch the aileron, loosen the applicable screws (3). Adjust the seal(s) at the point where they
catch and TORQUE tighten the screws (3) to between 0.11 and 0.13 M.DAN (9.73 and 11.50 LBF.IN).

(10) Do the steps (3) thru (8) again.

AES

27-14-41 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-14-41-863-050-A
G.

Pressurize the Hydraulic Systems

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT
OF HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Pressurize the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A).

(2)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

Subtask 27-14-41-865-052-A
H.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-14-41-710-050-A
J.

Test
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

5.

(1)

Do the adjustment of the ailerons (Ref. TASK 27-14-00-820-001-A).

(2)

Do an operational test on the ailerons (Ref. TASK 27-14-00-710-001-A). During the operational test,
make sure that the ailerons move correctly.

Close-up
Subtask 27-14-41-942-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the SAFETY BARRIER(S).

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-14-41 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
575 AT
(675 AT)

TYPICAL TOP SURFACE

TOP SURFACE

SEAL
590BB(690BB)
590AB(690AB)

HINGE No.1
BOTTOM SURFACE

575MB
(675MB)

575KB
(675KB)

575LB
(675LB)

SEAL
HINGE No.5

TOP SURFACE

A A
B

TYPICAL BOTTOM
SURFACE

AILERON

SEAL

B
BOTTOM SURFACE

B
B

N_MM_271441_4_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-41-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Aileron - Upper and Lower Seals

27-14-41 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AILERON - INSPECTION/CHECK
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-41-200-001-A
Inspection/Check of the Aileron
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Because the free movement is more than the limits.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

DESIGNATION

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
flanged bush

IPC-CSN
27-14-05-21-150

flanged bush

27-14-05-21-150

8
11
2

flanged bush
bush
bush

27-14-05-21-150
27-14-05-31-170
27-14-05-31-170

C.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-14-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Aileron
27-14-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Aileron
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-41-991-00300-C - Aileron Fits and Clearances)

AES

DESIGNATION

27-14-41 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-41-941-054-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-14-41-010-051-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

4.

Remove the applicable aileron (Ref. TASK 27-14-41-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-41-991-00300-C - Aileron Fits and Clearances)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-14-41-220-051-A
A.

Dimensions of the Aileron

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.841

MAX
15.859

MIN
15.807

OD 5

0.6237

0.6244

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6223
0.0160

0.0520

0.1200

0.0006

0.0020

0.0047

15.875

15.893

15.927

ID 2

0.6250

0.6257

0.6270

Subtask 27-14-41-220-052-A
B.

Dimensions of the Aileron

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.03

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.006

OD 2

0.7492

0.7497

AES

19.05

19.071

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7483
0.0070

0.0410

0.0890

0.0003

0.0016

0.0035
19.095

27-14-41 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ID 3

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)
MIN
0.7500

MAX
0.7508

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
0.7518

Subtask 27-14-41-220-053-A
C.

Dimensions of the Aileron

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.841

MAX
15.859

MIN
15.806

OD 5

0.6237

0.6244

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6223
0.0160

0.0540

0.1240

0.0006

0.0021

0.0049

15.875

15.895

15.930

ID 4

0.6250

0.6258

0.6272

Subtask 27-14-41-220-054-A
D.

Dimensions of the Aileron

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.841

MAX
15.859

MIN
15.822

OD 5

0.6237

0.6244

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6229
0.0030

0.0340

0.0720

0.0001

0.0013

0.0028

15.862

15.875

15.894

ID 1

0.6245

0.6250

0.6257

Subtask 27-14-41-220-055-A
E.

Dimensions of the Aileron

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.184

MAX
22.205

MIN
22.143

OD 7

0.8734

0.8742

MIN

MAX

0.8718
0.0200

AES

MAX

0.0620

27-14-41 PB601

0.1440

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)
MIN

MAX

MIN
0.0008

MAX
0.0024

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
0.0057

22.225

22.246

22.287

ID 8

0.8750

0.8758

0.8774

Subtask 27-14-41-220-056-A
F.

Dimensions of the Aileron

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.184

MAX
22.205

MIN
22.160

OD 7

0.8734

0.8742

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8724
0.0070

0.0410

0.0890

0.0003

0.0016

0.0035

22.212

22.225

22.249

ID 9

0.8745

0.8750

0.8759

Subtask 27-14-41-220-057-A
G.

Dimensions of the Aileron

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.184

MAX
22.205

MIN
22.143

OD 7

0.8734

0.8742

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8718
0.0200

0.0620

0.1440

0.0008

0.0024

0.0057

22.225

22.246

22.287

ID 6

0.8750

0.8758

0.8774

Subtask 27-14-41-220-058-A
H.

Dimensions of the Aileron

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
26.968

MIN
26.944

MAX
26.981

MIN

MAX

MAX

27-14-41 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

OD 6

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
1.0617

MIN
1.0608

MAX
1.0622

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.0070

0.0400

0.0880

0.0003

0.0016

0.0035

26.988

27.008

27.032

ID 10

1.0625

1.0633

1.0643

Subtask 27-14-41-220-059-A
J.

Dimensions of the Aileron

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.841

MAX
15.859

MIN
15.807

OD 14

0.6237

0.6244

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6223
0.0160

0.0520

0.1200

0.0006

0.0020

0.0047

15.875

15.893

15.927

ID 11

0.6250

0.6257

0.6270

Subtask 27-14-41-220-060-A
K.

Dimensions of the Aileron

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.006

OD 11

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7483
0.0070

0.0410

0.0890

0.0003

0.0016

0.0035

19.050

19.071

19.095

ID 13

0.7500

0.7508

0.7518

27-14-41 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-14-41-220-061-A
L.

Dimensions of the Aileron

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.841

MAX
15.859

MIN
15.822

OD 14

0.6237

0.6244

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6229
0.0030

0.0340

0.0720

0.0001

0.0013

0.0028

15.862

15.875

15.894

ID 12

0.6245

0.6250

0.6257

Subtask 27-14-41-020-056-A
M.

Replacement of Unserviceable Items

(1)

5.

If you find unserviceable items, replace the applicable item(s) as follows:

(a)

For View B:
. install a new (IPC-CSN 27-14-05-31) bush (2)
. install a new (IPC-CSN 27-14-05-21) flanged bush (4) .

(b)

For View C:
. install a new (IPC-CSN 27-14-05-21) flanged bush (6)
. install a new (IPC-CSN 27-14-05-21) flanged bush (8) .

(c)

For View D:
. install a new (IPC-CSN 27-14-05-31) bush (11) .

Close-up
Subtask 27-14-41-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable aileron (Ref. TASK 27-14-41-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-14-41-942-051-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-14-41 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
D

D
A
Z590
(Z690)

B
D
1
12

11

11
5

14

13

13

C
6
10

8
N_MM_271441_6_ACN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-41-991-00300-C SHEET 1

Aileron Fits and Clearances

27-14-41 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHECK VALVE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-42-000-001-A
Removal of the Check Valve
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27604000000
98D27803000000

1
1

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 1626GM

575FB
FOR FIN 1627GM
675BB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-60-00-866-002-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

AES

27-14-42 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-10-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-23-00-860-001-A

Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-42-991-00100-A - Check Valve 1626GM)
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-42-991-00200-A - Check Valve 1627GM)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-42-991-00100-A - Check Valve 1626GM)
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-42-991-00200-A - Check Valve 1627GM)
Subtask 27-14-42-941-054-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the ground service connection of the Green hydraulic system to tell
persons not to pressurize it.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight control system.

Subtask 27-14-42-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever.

(3)

Disconnect the isolation coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001-A).

(4)

Depressurize the applicable hydraulic system.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(a)

Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A).

(b)

Depressurize the Green hydraulic system reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

Subtask 27-14-42-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

49VU

HYD/FIRE VALVE/G/ENG1

1703GK

C13

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL

1701GK

R35

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG

1702GK

R34

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-14-42 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-14-42-010-050-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

(2)

Put the access platform in position:

(a)

FOR 1626GM
below zone 580

(b)

FOR 1627GM
below zone 680.

If necessary, remove the access panel(s) (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A):

(a)

FOR 1626GM
remove 575FB

(b)

FOR 1627GM
remove 675BB.

(3)

Extend the applicable spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Put the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) on the piston rod of the servo-control.
NOTE :

4.

When you install the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000), make sure that the two
pins are positioned aft of the actuator, away from the spoiler structure.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-42-991-00100-A - Check Valve 1626GM)
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-42-991-00200-A - Check Valve 1627GM)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-14-42-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Check Valve

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

AES

(1)

Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) for hydraulic fluid below the check valve (3).

(2)

Disconnect the coupling nuts (1) and (3) and remove the check valve (2). If necessary, remove the
clamp block adjacent to the check valve (2).

(3)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected line ends.

27-14-42 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z575

RIB19 DATUM

3
2
1

575FB

N_MM_271442_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-42-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Check Valve 1626GM

27-14-42 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
Z675

A
REAR SPAR

2
3

CENTER LINE OF SPOILER 2

ACTUATOR

RIB12 DATUM
675BB
N_MM_271442_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-42-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Check Valve 1627GM

27-14-42 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-42-400-001-A
Installation of the Check Valve
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27604000000
98D27803000000

1
1

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575FB, 675FB
FOR FIN 1626GM
575FB
FOR FIN 1627GM
675BB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

AES

27-14-42 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A-01

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-60-00-866-002-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

27-64-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

29-23-00-860-001-A

Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

29-23-00-860-002-A

Connection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-42-991-00100-A - Check Valve 1626GM)
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-42-991-00200-A - Check Valve 1627GM)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-42-991-00100-A - Check Valve 1626GM)
Subtask 27-14-42-941-055-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green
hydraulic system.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight control
system.

Subtask 27-14-42-860-053-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the isolation coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the Green hydraulic system reservoir is depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the access platform is in position:

(7)

AES

(a)

FOR 1626GM
below zone 580

(b)

FOR 1627GM
below zone 680.

Make sure that the access panel(s) are removed (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A):
. for the left wing, panel 575FB

27-14-42 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.

for the right wing, panel 675FB.

(8)

Make sure that the applicable spoilers are extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(9)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

Subtask 27-14-42-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

49VU

HYD/FIRE VALVE/G/ENG1

1703GK

C13

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL

1701GK

R35

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG

1702GK

R34

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-42-991-00100-A - Check Valve 1626GM)
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-42-991-00200-A - Check Valve 1627GM)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-14-42-420-051-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 27-14-42-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Check Valve

(1)

AES

Remove the blanking caps from the line ends.

27-14-42 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the threads on the check valve (2) and the
coupling nuts (1) and (3).

(3)

Install the check valve (2) and tighten the coupling nuts (1) and (3). If removed, install the clamp block
adjacent to the check valve (2).

(4)

Remove the container for the hydraulic fluid from below the check valve (2).

Subtask 27-14-42-860-052-A
C.

Aircraft Configuration
(1)

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) on the piston rod of the servo-control.

(2)

Retract the spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(3)

On the servo-control, make sure that the pointer on the hex-head is opposite the letter O (Operation)
on the housing.

Subtask 27-14-42-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
HYD/FIRE VALVE/G/ENG1

1703GK

FIN
C13

LOCATION

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL

1701GK

R35

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG

1702GK

R34

Subtask 27-14-42-611-050-A
E.

Fill the Hydraulic Reservoir

(1)

Fill the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

Subtask 27-14-42-860-054-A
F.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Pressurize the Green hydraulic system reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

(2)

Connect the isolation coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002-A).

Subtask 27-14-42-865-053-A
G.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

FIN
B08

LOCATION

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-14-42-710-050-A
H.

Test
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

27-14-42 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Extend and retract the spoilers five times (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A) to bleed the Green hydraulic
system.

(2)

Do an operational test of the spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that there are no leaks from the check valve (2) or the coupling nuts (1) and (3).

Subtask 27-14-42-865-054-A
J.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

5.

FIN

LOCATION

Close-up
Subtask 27-14-42-410-050-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

If removed, install the access panel(s) (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A):

(a)

FOR 1626GM
install 575FB

(b)

FOR 1627GM
install 675BB.

Subtask 27-14-42-865-055-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-14-42-860-055-A
C.

Aircraft Configuration
(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

Subtask 27-14-42-942-054-A
D.

Removal of Equipment
(1)

AES

Remove the safety barriers.

27-14-42 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-14-42 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SERVO CONTROL - AILERON - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Aileron Servo Control
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 33CE1, 33CE2, 33CE3, 33CE4

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

CAP - BLANKING
PLUG - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 33CE1(SERVO CTL-L AILERON, INBD G)

FOR FIN 33CE3(SERVO CTL-L AILERON, OUTBD B)
575AT, 575KB, 590AB
FOR FIN 33CE2(SERVO CTL-R AILERON, INBD G)
FOR FIN 33CE4(SERVO CTL-R AILERON, OUTBD B)
675AT, 675KB, 690AB

AES

27-14-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-00-00-910-002-A

DESIGNATION
Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-23-00-860-001-A

Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

57-51-37-000-005-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-000-007-A
Removal of the Access Panel
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00100-B - Aileron Servocontrols 33CE1(33CE2) - Green Hydraulic System)
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00200-C - Aileron Servocontrols 33CE3(33CE4) - Blue Hydraulic System)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00100-B - Aileron Servocontrols 33CE1(33CE2) - Green Hydraulic System)
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00200-C - Aileron Servocontrols 33CE3(33CE4) - Blue Hydraulic System)
Subtask 27-14-51-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize the Green and Blue
hydraulic systems.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

(4)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A)

Subtask 27-14-51-860-054-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Disconnect the isolation coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the Blue and the Green Hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-003-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Depressurize the applicable reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

Subtask 27-14-51-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-14-51-010-050-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

AES

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position below the applicable zone 575(675).

27-14-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

4.

Remove the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-007-A) (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-005A):
(a)

FOR 33CE1 (SERVO CTL-L AILERON, INBD G), 33CE3 (SERVO CTL-L AILERON, OUTBD B)
remove 575AT 575KB 590AB

(b)

FOR 33CE2 (SERVO CTL-R AILERON, INBD G), 33CE4 (SERVO CTL-R AILERON, OUTBD
B)
remove 675AT 675KB 690AB.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00100-B - Aileron Servocontrols 33CE1(33CE2) - Green Hydraulic System)
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00200-C - Aileron Servocontrols 33CE3(33CE4) - Blue Hydraulic System)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-14-51-020-062-C
A.

Removal of the Aileron Servo Control (ASC)

(1)

Manually put and hold the aileron in the fully-up position.

(2)

Disconnect the electrical connector (13).

(3)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(4)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (12).

(5)

Remove the bolts (12), the washers (11) and the clamp blocks (9).

(6)

For 33CE1(33CE2), do the steps that follow:

(a)

Remove the nuts (32), the bolts (28) and the washers (29).

Disassemble and remove the tubes (30) and the clamp blocks (31).

(b)

Disconnect and remove the return pipe (14) and the pressure pipe (24).

(c)

Put a PLUG - BLANKING or a CAP - BLANKING on the ASC hydraulic connections and the
disconnected line ends.

(d)

At the aileron jack-bracket:

(e)

AES

At the pipe brackets near to the inboard and outboard sides of the ASC:

Remove the nut (3), the washer (2) and the bolt (1).

Remove the locking plate (26).

At the rear-spar jack-bracket:

1

Remove the nut (19), the washer (20) and the bolt (21).

Remove the locking plate (22).

27-14-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

For 33CE3(33CE4), do the steps that follow:

(a)

At the pipe brackets near to the inboard and outboard sides of the ASC:
1

Remove the nuts (30), the bolts (27) and the washers (28).

Disassemble and remove the clamp blocks (29).

(b)

Disconnect and remove the return pipe (14) and the pressure pipe (23).

(c)

Put a PLUG - BLANKING or a CAP - BLANKING on the ASC hydraulic connections and the
disconnected line ends.

(d)

At the aileron jack-bracket:

(e)

Remove the nut (3), the washer (2) and the bolt (1).

Remove the locking plate (25).

At the rear-spar jack-bracket:

1

Remove the nut (20).

Remove the locking plate (21) from the stud (19).

(8)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (4) and (15) from the locking caps (5) and (16).

(9)

Remove the locking caps (5) and (16), the nuts (6) and (17) and the washers (7) and (18).

Subtask 27-14-51-020-050-B
B.

Complete the Removal of the Aileron Servo-Control (ASC)

(1)

To decrease the length of the piston rod:

(a)

For 33CE1(33CE2), manually move the aileron to the down position.

(b)

Hold the ASC (25) ( 7.4 kg (16.3142 lb)) and remove the pin (27).

(c)

Manually move the aileron to the fully up position.

(d)

Safety the aileron in this position if the other ASC is not installed, and remove the pin (23).

(e)

Remove the ASC (25) from the aircraft.

(f)

For 33CE3(33CE4), manually move the aileron to the down position.

(g)

Hold the ASC (24) ( 7.4 kg (16.3142 lb)) and remove the pin (26).

(h)

Manually move the aileron to the fully up position.

(i)

Safety the aileron in this position if the other ASC is not installed, and remove the pin (22).

(j)

Remove the ASC (24) from the aircraft.

(2)

Remove the flanged bush (8) from each aileron jack-bracket.

(3)

Remove the flanged bush (10) from each rear-spar jack-bracket.

(4)

Install these parts on the removed ASC:

. the clamp blocks (9)
. the washers (11)
. the bolts (12).
NOTE :

AES

The clamp blocks (9), the washers (11) and the bolts (12) must stay with the removed ASC.

27-14-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

2
S T A 1 2 2 7 7 /R I B 2 3

AILERON JACK
BRACKET
(REF ONLY)

Z575
(Z675)

28
26
27

29
30

25

31

32

5
4

24
9

22
23

11
10

14

21

12
13

B
B

20
19

18 17
16

15

REAR SPAR
JACK BRACKET
(REF ONLY)
N_MM_271451_4_AAN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-51-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Aileron Servocontrols 33CE1(33CE2) - Green Hydraulic
System

27-14-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

2
S T A 1 2 8 7 0 /R I B 2 4

AILERON JACK
BRACKET
(REF ONLY)

Z575
(Z675)

A
25

26
24

30

29
28

7
27

5
4

23
9

21
22

11
20

10

12
13

14

B
19
18 17
16

15

REAR SPAR
JACK BRACKET
(REF ONLY)
N_MM_271451_4_ARM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-51-991-00200-C SHEET 1

Aileron Servocontrols 33CE3(33CE4) - Blue Hydraulic
System

27-14-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Aileron Servo Control
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 33CE1, 33CE2, 33CE3, 33CE4

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.00 and 1.20 M.DAN (0.00 and 9.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003D

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)

Material No: 04-022

COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE

Material No: 05-002

AES

27-14-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 15-008
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
C.

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 33CE1(SERVO CTL-L AILERON, INBD G)

FOR FIN 33CE3(SERVO CTL-L AILERON, OUTBD B)
575AT, 575KB, 590AB
FOR FIN 33CE2(SERVO CTL-R AILERON, INBD G)
FOR FIN 33CE4(SERVO CTL-R AILERON, OUTBD B)
675AT, 675KB, 690AB
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
15
4
15
4

DESIGNATION
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter

E.

IPC-CSN
27-14-05-20-080
27-14-05-20-080
27-14-05-21-090
27-14-05-21-090

pin
pin
pin
pin

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

27-14-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Aileron and Hydraulic Actuation

27-14-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Aileron

29-10-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-23-00-860-001-A

Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

29-23-00-860-002-A

Connection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

57-51-37-000-005-A
57-51-37-000-007-A
57-51-37-400-005-A

Removal of the Access Panels

Removal of the Access Panel
Installation of the Access Panels

AES

27-14-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
57-51-37-400-007-A
Installation of the Access Panel
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00100-B - Aileron Servocontrols 33CE1(33CE2) - Green Hydraulic System)
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00200-C - Aileron Servocontrols 33CE3(33CE4) - Blue Hydraulic System)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00100-B - Aileron Servocontrols 33CE1(33CE2) - Green Hydraulic System)
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00200-C - Aileron Servocontrols 33CE3(33CE4) - Blue Hydraulic System)
Subtask 27-14-51-941-067-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S)S are in position.

(2)

Make sure that there is a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize the
Green and Blue Hydraulic systems.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

Subtask 27-14-51-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the isolation coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the Blue and the Green Hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-003-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the applicable reservoirs are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) is in position below the applicable zone
575(675).

(5)

Make sure that the applicable access panels are removed (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-007-A) (Ref. TASK
57-51-37-000-005-A):
(a)

FOR 33CE1 (SERVO CTL-L AILERON, INBD G), 33CE3 (SERVO CTL-L AILERON, OUTBD B)
panels 575AT 575KB 590AB

(b)

FOR 33CE2 (SERVO CTL-R AILERON, INBD G), 33CE4 (SERVO CTL-R AILERON, OUTBD
B)
panels 675AT 675KB 690AB.

Subtask 27-14-51-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00100-B - Aileron Servocontrols 33CE1(33CE2) - Green Hydraulic System)
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00200-C - Aileron Servocontrols 33CE3(33CE4) - Blue Hydraulic System)

AES

27-14-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-14-51-420-059-B
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) :
. for 33CE1(33CE2), the pins (23) and (27)
. for 33CE3(33CE4), the pins (22) and (26)
. the flanged bushes (8) and (10)
. the interfaces of the aileron and rear-spar jack-brackets.

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(5)

Lubricate these parts with SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) :

. for 33CE1(33CE2), the pins (23) and (27)
. for 33CE3(33CE4), the pins (22) and (26)
. the flanged bushes (8) and (10)
. the installed bushes in the outboard-flanges of the aileron and rear-spar jack-brackets.

Subtask 27-14-51-420-050-C
B.

Installation of the Aileron Servo Control (ASC)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
(1)

Install the flanged bush (8) into the inboard-flange of each aileron jack-bracket.

(2)

Install the flanged bush (10) into the inboard-flange of each rear-spar jack-bracket.

(3)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the eye-ends of the piston rods
on the rounded sides only.
NOTE :

(4)

AES

Do not get Material 15-007 on the Servocontrol Spherical Bearings.

For 33CE1(33CE2), install the ASC (25):

(a)

Hold the ASC ( 7.4 kg (16.3142 lb)) in a horizontal position.

(b)

Align the body eye-end with the bushes in the flanges of the rear-spar jack-bracket.

(c)

Install the pin (23).

27-14-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(5)

(d)

Manually move the aileron to the down position. Do this until the piston-rod eye-end and the
bushes of the aileron jack-bracket are aligned.

(e)

Install the pin (27).

For 33CE3(33CE4), install the ASC (24):

(a)

Hold the ASC ( 7.4 kg (16.3142 lb)) in a horizontal position.

(b)

Align the body eye-end with the bushes in the flanges of the rear-spar jack-bracket.

(c)

Install the pin (22).

(d)

Manually move the aileron to the down position. Do this until the piston-rod eye-end and the
bushes of the aileron jack-bracket are aligned.

(e)

Install the pin (26).

(6)

For easier access to the installed ASC manually, put and hold the aileron in the fully-up position.

(7)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the threads of the pins:
. for 33CE1(33CE2), the pins (23) and (27)
. for 33CE3(33CE4), the pins (22) and (26).

Subtask 27-14-51-420-058-F
C.

Complete the Installation of the Aileron Servo Control (ASC)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
(1)

For 33CE1(33CE2), do the steps that follow:

(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00100-B - Aileron Servocontrols 33CE1(33CE2) - Green Hydraulic System)
(a)

Install the washers (7) and (18) and the nuts (6) and (17).

(b)

TORQUE the nuts (6) and (17) to between 7.5 and 8.0 M.DAN (55.31 and 59.00 LBF.FT).

(c)

Install the locking caps (5) and (16) on the pins (27) and (23).

(d)

Safety the items that follow:

. the locking cap (5) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-14-05-20) cotter pin (4)
. the locking cap (16) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-14-05-20) cotter pin (15)

(e)

At the rear-spar jack-bracket:

(f)

Put the locking plate (22) on the pin (23).

Align the bolt hole in the locking plate (22) with the holes in the flanges of the rear-spar
jack-bracket.

Install the bolt (21), the washer (20) and the nut (19).

At the aileron jack-bracket:

1

Put the locking plate (26) on the pin (27).

Align the bolt hole in the locking plate (26) with the hole in the flange of the aileron jackbracket.

Install the bolt (1), the washer (2) and the nut (3).

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

AES

27-14-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(g)

Remove the PLUG - BLANKING from the disconnected hydraulic connections.

(h)

Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003D) to the joints of the pipes (14) and (24),
then install the pressure pipe (24) and the return pipe (14).

(i)

At the pipe brackets near to the inboard and outboard sides of the ASC (25):
1

Assemble the clamp blocks (31) and the tubes (30).

Install the washers (29), the bolts (28) and the nuts (32).

(j)

Attach the clamp blocks (9) to the ASC (25) with the bolts (12) and the washers (11).

(k)

TORQUE the bolts (12) to between 0.16 and 0.20 M.DAN (14.16 and 17.70 LBF.IN).

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE
AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT
OR BLIND YOU.
(l)

Safety the bolts (12) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .

(m) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connections and connect the electrical
connector (13) to the ASC (25).
(n)

Clean the electrical connector (13) with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003)
made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(o)

Apply a continuous layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-008) to the electrical
connector (13).
NOTE :

(p)

(2)

AES

In the step that follows, make sure that you do not get Material No. 15-007 on the
servocontrol spherical bearings.

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the bolt (1), the washer (2) and the nut (3)
. the cotter pin (4), the locking cap (5), the nut (6) and the washer (7)
. the washers (11) and the bolts (12)
. the cotter pin (15), the locking cap (16), the nut (17) and the washer (18)
. the nut (19), the washer (20) and the bolt (21)
. the head of the pins (23) and (27)
. the bolts (28), the washers (29) and the nuts (32).

For 33CE3(33CE4), do the steps that follow:

(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00200-C - Aileron Servocontrols 33CE3(33CE4) - Blue Hydraulic System)
(a)

Install the washers (7) and (18) and the nuts (6) and (17).

(b)

TORQUE the nuts (6) and (17) to to between 7.5 and 8.0 M.DAN (55.31 and 59.00 LBF.FT).

(c)

Install the locking caps (5) and (16) on the pins (26) and (22).

(d)

Safety the items that follow:

. the locking cap (5) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-14-05-21) cotter pin (4)
. the locking cap (16) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-14-05-21) cotter pin (15) .

(e)

At the rear-spar jack-bracket:

1

Put the locking plate (21) on the pin (22).

Align and attach the locking plate (21) to the stud (19).

Install the nut (20).

27-14-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(f)

At the aileron jack-bracket:

1

Put the locking plate (25) on the pin (26).

Align the bolt hole in the locking plate (25) with the hole in the flange of the aileron jackbracket.

Install the bolt (1), the washer (2) and the nut (3).

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

(g)

Remove the PLUG - BLANKING from the disconnected hydraulic connections.

(h)

Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003D) to the joints of the pipes (14) and (23),
then install the pressure pipe (23) and the return pipe (14).

(i)

At the pipe brackets near to the inboard and outboard sides of the ASC (24):

(j)

Assemble the clamp blocks (29).

Install the washers (28), the bolts (27) and the nuts (30).

Make sure that the clearance between the pipe and the structure is equal or more than 6 mm
(0.2362 in.).
NOTE :

To measure the clearance between the pipe and the structure, you must measure the
distance in the condition where the movement decreases the distance to its smallest value.

(k)

Attach the clamp blocks (9) to the ASC (24) with the bolts (12) and the washers (11).

(l)

TORQUE the bolts (12) to between 0.16 and 0.20 M.DAN (14.16 and 17.70 LBF.IN).

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE
AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT
OR BLIND YOU.
(m) Safety the bolts (12) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .
(n)

Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connections and connect the electrical
connector (13) to the ASC (24).

(o)

Clean the electrical connector (13) with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003)
made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(p)

Apply a continuous layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-008) to the electrical
connector (13).
NOTE :

(q)

AES

In the step that follows, make sure that you do not get Material No. 15-007 on the
servocontrol spherical bearings.

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the bolt (1), the washer (2) and the nut (3)
. the cotter pin (4), the locking cap (5), the nut (6) and the washer (7)
. the washers (11) and the bolts (12)
. the cotter pin (15), the locking cap (16), the nut (17) and the washer (18)
. the stud (19) and the nut (20)
. the heads of the pins (22) and (26)
. the bolts (27), the washers (28) and the nuts (30).

27-14-51 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-14-51-860-059-A
D.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT
OF HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Remove the warning notice that prevents the pressurization of the Green and Blue Hydraulic systems.

(2)

For 33CE1(33CE2):
. pressurize the Green Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A).

(3)

For 33CE3(33CE4):
. pressurize the Blue Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(4)

On the center pedestal, make sure that:

. the slat and flap control-lever is in the 0-degree position
. the speed-brake control-lever is in the RET position.

(5)

Connect the isolation coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002-A).

Subtask 27-14-51-865-052-A
E.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-14-51-710-050-B
F.

Test
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Operate the ailerons.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE.

(3)

(a)

Operate the ailerons over the full travel range ten times to bleed the ASC(s).

(b)

Make sure that the ailerons are correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 27-14-00-820-001-A).

(c)

Do the operational test of the aileron and hydraulic actuation (Ref. TASK 27-14-00-710-001-A).

Examine and make sure that there are no hydraulic leaks from:
(a)

AES

For 33CE1(33CE2):
. the ASC (25)
. the pressure pipe (24)

27-14-51 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
(b)

5.

the return pipe (14).

For 33CE3(33CE4):
. the ASC (24)
. the pressure pipe (23)
. the return pipe (14).

Close-up
Subtask 27-14-51-410-050-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-007-A) (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-005-A):
(a)

FOR 33CE1 (SERVO CTL-L AILERON, INBD G), 33CE3 (SERVO CTL-L AILERON, OUTBD B)
install 575AT 575KB 590AB

(b)

FOR 33CE2 (SERVO CTL-R AILERON, INBD G), 33CE4 (SERVO CTL-R AILERON, OUTBD
B)
install 675AT 675KB 690AB.

Subtask 27-14-51-942-051-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the SAFETY BARRIER(S)S.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-14-51 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-51-000-002-A
Removal of the Hydraulic Filter for the Aileron Servo-Control
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)

No specific

AR

PLUG - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575KB, 675KB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-00-00-910-002-A

DESIGNATION
Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-23-00-860-001-A

Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00400-A - Aileron Servo-Control - Hydraulic Filter)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00400-A - Aileron Servo-Control - Hydraulic Filter)

AES

27-14-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-14-51-941-052-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize the Green or the Blue
hydraulic systems.

(3)

Obey the hydraulic system safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A).

Subtask 27-14-51-860-055-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Disconnect the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Depressurize the Green and the Blue system hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

Subtask 27-14-51-865-053-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-14-51-010-051-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position below the applicable zone 575(675).

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel:

. for the left wing, panel 575KB
. for the right wing, panel 675KB.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00400-A - Aileron Servo-Control - Hydraulic Filter)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-14-51-020-051-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Hydraulic Filter

(1)

Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) under the applicable filter (2).

(2)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the filter (2).

(3)

Remove the filter (2).

27-14-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(4)

Remove and discard the packing (1) from the filter (2).

(5)

Install the PLUG - BLANKING in the opening in the aileron servo-control.

27-14-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

STA12277/RIB23

AILERON JACK
BRACKET
(REF ONLY)

Z575
(Z675)

AILERON SERVOCONTROL
(REF ONLY)

REAR SPAR
JACK BRACKET
(REF ONLY)
N_MM_271451_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-51-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Aileron Servo-Control - Hydraulic Filter

27-14-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-51-400-002-A
Installation of the Hydraulic Filter for the Aileron Servo-Control
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-015
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
No specific
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GREASE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
lockwire, corrosion resistant steel 0,6mm (0.027in) dia

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575KB, 675KB
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
1

AES

DESIGNATION
packing

IPC-CSN
27-14-51-01-020

27-14-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-14-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Aileron and Hydraulic Actuation

29-00-00-910-002-A

Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-23-00-860-001-A

Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

29-23-00-860-002-A

Connection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00400-A - Aileron Servo-Control - Hydraulic Filter)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00400-A - Aileron Servo-Control - Hydraulic Filter)
Subtask 27-14-51-941-068-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that there is a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize the
Green or the Blue hydraulic systems.

(3)

Obey the hydraulic system safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A).

Subtask 27-14-51-860-060-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Make sure that the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue system hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that there is a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) under the applicable filter (2).

(5)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) is in position below the applicable zone
575(675).

(6)

Make sure that the applicable access panel is removed:

. for the left wing, panel 575KB
. for the right wing, panel 675KB.

Subtask 27-14-51-865-054-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-14-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

121VU
4.

FIN
15CE2

LOCATION
R20

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00400-A - Aileron Servo-Control - Hydraulic Filter)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-14-51-420-060-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Clean the component interface and or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Remove the blanking plug from the opening in the aileron servo-control.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Lubricate the new (IPC-CSN 27-14-51-01) packing (1) with COMMON GREASES (Material No:
04-015) .

Subtask 27-14-51-420-051-A
B.

Installation of the Hydraulic Filter

(1)

Install the new packing (1) on the filter (2).

(2)

Install the filter (2) complete with the packing (1) in the aileron servo- control.

(3)

TORQUE the filter (2) to between 2.1 and 2.3 M.DAN (15.49 and 16.96 LBF.FT).

(4)

Safety the filter (2) with lockwire, corrosion resistant steel 0,6mm (0.027in) dia.

Subtask 27-14-51-860-061-A
C.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Connect the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002-A).

(2)

Remove the container from below the filter (2).

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-14-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-14-51-865-055-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-14-51-710-051-A
E.

5.

Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the aileron (Ref. TASK 27-14-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Examine the filter (2) for leaks.

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00400-A - Aileron Servo-Control - Hydraulic Filter)
Subtask 27-14-51-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panel:

. for the left wing, panel 575KB
. for the right wing, panel 675KB.

Subtask 27-14-51-942-054-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-14-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-51-000-003-A
Removal of the Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)

No specific

AR

COVER - PROTECTION

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575KB, 675KB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-00-00-910-002-A

DESIGNATION
Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-23-00-860-001-A

Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00500-A - Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00500-A - Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve)

AES

27-14-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-14-51-941-055-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize the Green or the Blue
hydraulic systems.

(3)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A).

Subtask 27-14-51-860-056-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Disconnect the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Depressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic system reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

Subtask 27-14-51-865-056-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-14-51-010-052-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position below the applicable zone 575(675).

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel:

. for the left wing, panel 575KB
. for the right wing, panel 675KB.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00500-A - Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-14-51-020-052-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve

(1)

Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) under the applicable servovalve (3).

(2)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the screws (1).

(3)

Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2).

27-14-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(4)

Carefully disengage and remove the servovalve (3) from the electrical connector (6) and the aileron
servo control.

(5)

Remove and discard the packings (4) and (5).

(6)

Put the COVER - PROTECTION on the aileron servo-control servovalve interface.

27-14-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
AILERON JACK
BRACKET
(REF ONLY)
STA12277/RIB23

Z575
(Z675)

5
4
3

AILERON
SERVO CONTROL
(REF ONLY)

REAR SPAR
JACK BRACKET
(REF ONLY)
N_MM_271451_4_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-51-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve

27-14-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-51-400-003-A
Installation of the Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-015
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GREASE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
575KB, 675KB
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
5
4

DESIGNATION
packing
packing

E.

IPC-CSN
27-14-51-01-120
27-14-51-01-170

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-14-00-710-001-A

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Aileron and Hydraulic Actuation

27-14-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-00-00-910-002-A

DESIGNATION
Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-23-00-860-001-A

Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

29-23-00-860-002-A

Connection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00500-A - Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00500-A - Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve)
Subtask 27-14-51-941-069-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize the Green
or the Blue hydraulic systems.

(3)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A).

Subtask 27-14-51-860-062-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic system reservoirs are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) is in position below the applicable zone
575(675).

(5)

Make sure that the applicable access panel is removed:

. for the left wing, panel 575KB
. for the right wing, panel 675KB.

Subtask 27-14-51-865-057-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00500-A - Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve)

AES

27-14-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-14-51-420-061-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Remove the protective cover from the aileron servo-control servovalve interface.

(2)

Clean the component interface and or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Lubricate the new (IPC-CSN 27-14-51-01) packing (4) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-14-51-01) packing (5)
with COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-015) .

Subtask 27-14-51-420-052-A
B.

Installation of the Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve

(1)

Install the new packing (5) on the electrical connector (6) of the aileron servo- control.

(2)

Install the new packings (4) on the aileron servo-control interface.

(3)

Put the servovalve (3) in position on the aileron servo-control and install the washers (2) and the bolts
(1).

(4)

TORQUE the bolts (1) to between 0.33 and 0.41 M.DAN (29.20 and 36.28 LBF.IN).

(5)

Safety the bolts (1) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

Subtask 27-14-51-860-063-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Connect the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002-A).

(2)

Remove the container from under the servovalve (3).

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-14-51-865-058-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-14-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

121VU

FIN
15CE2

LOCATION
R20

Subtask 27-14-51-710-052-A
E.

5.

Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the aileron (Ref. TASK 27-14-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Examine the servovalve (3) for leaks.

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00500-A - Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve)
Subtask 27-14-51-410-052-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panel:

. for the left wing, panel 575KB
. for the right wing, panel 675KB.

Subtask 27-14-51-942-056-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-14-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-51-000-004-A
Removal of the Aileron Servo-Control Solenoid Valve
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)

No specific

AR

COVER - PROTECTION

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575KB, 675KB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-00-00-910-002-A

DESIGNATION
Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-23-00-860-001-A

Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00600-A - Aileron Servo-Control Solenoid Valve)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00600-A - Aileron Servo-Control Solenoid Valve)

AES

27-14-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-14-51-941-058-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize the Green or the Blue
hydraulic systems.

(3)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A).

Subtask 27-14-51-860-057-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Disconnect the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Depressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic system reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

Subtask 27-14-51-865-059-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-14-51-010-053-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position below the applicable zone 575(675).

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel:

. for the left wing, panel 575KB
. for the right wing, panel 675KB.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00600-A - Aileron Servo-Control Solenoid Valve)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-14-51-020-053-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Aileron Servo-Control Solenoid Valve

(1)

Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) under the applicable solenoid valve (6).

(2)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (5).

(3)

Remove the bolts (5).

27-14-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(4)

Carefully disengage the electrical connector (4) from the aileron servo-control and remove the solenoid
valve (6).

(5)

Discard the packings (1), (2) and (3).

(6)

Put the COVER - PROTECTION on the aileron servo-control solenoid valve interface

27-14-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

AILERON JACK
BRACKET
(REF ONLY)

STA12277/RIB23

Z575
(Z675)

AILERON SERVOCONTROL
(REF ONLY)

1
2

3
1
4

6
REAR SPAR
JACK BRACKET
(REF ONLY)
N_MM_271451_4_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-51-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Aileron Servo-Control Solenoid Valve

27-14-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-51-400-004-A
Installation of the Aileron Servo-Control Solenoid Valve
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-015
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GREASE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575KB, 675KB
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
1
2
3

AES

DESIGNATION
packings
packing
packing

IPC-CSN
27-14-51-01-060
27-14-51-01-070
27-14-51-01-120

27-14-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-14-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Aileron and Hydraulic Actuation

29-00-00-910-002-A

Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-23-00-860-001-A

Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

29-23-00-860-002-A

Connection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00600-A - Aileron Servo-Control Solenoid Valve)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00600-A - Aileron Servo-Control Solenoid Valve)
Subtask 27-14-51-941-070-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that there is a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize the
Green or the Blue hydraulic systems.

(3)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A)

Subtask 27-14-51-860-064-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Make sure that the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic system reservoirs are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that there is a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) below the applicable aileron servo-control.

(5)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) is in position below the applicable zone
575(675).

(6)

Make sure that the applicable access panel is removed:

. for the left wing, panel 575KB
. for the right wing, panel 675KB.

Subtask 27-14-51-865-060-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-14-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

121VU
4.

FIN
15CE2

LOCATION
R20

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00600-A - Aileron Servo-Control Solenoid Valve)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-14-51-420-062-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Remove the protective cover from the aileron servo-control interface.

(2)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Lubricate the new (IPC-CSN 27-14-51-01) packings (1) , the new (IPC-CSN 27-14-51-01) packing (2)
and the new (IPC-CSN 27-14-51-01) packing (3) with COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-015) .

Subtask 27-14-51-420-053-A
B.

Installation of the Aileron Servo-Control Solenoid Valve

(1)

Install the new packing (3) on the electrical connector (4).

(2)

Install the new packings (1) and the new packing (2) in the applicable openings in the solenoid valve
(6).

(3)

Put the solenoid valve (6), complete with the packings (1) and (2), in position on the aileron servocontrol and install the bolts (5).

(4)

TORQUE the bolts (5) to between 0.21 and 0.26 M.DAN (18.58 and 23.01 LBF.IN).

(5)

Safety the bolts (5) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

Subtask 27-14-51-860-065-A
C.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Connect the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002-A).

(2)

Remove the container from under the solenoid valve (6).

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-14-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-14-51-865-061-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-14-51-710-053-A
E.

5.

Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the aileron (Ref. TASK 27-14-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Examine the solenoid valve (6) for leaks.

Close-up
Subtask 27-14-51-410-053-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panel:

. for the left wing, panel 575KB
. for the right wing, panel 675KB.

Subtask 27-14-51-942-057-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-14-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-51-000-005-A
Removal of the Linear Variable-Differential Transformer (LVDT) of the Aileron- Servo Control
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)

No specific

AR

COVER - PROTECTION

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575AT, 675AT
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-10-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-23-00-860-001-A

Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00700-B - Aileron Servo-Control LVDT)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00700-B - Aileron Servo-Control LVDT)

AES

27-14-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-14-51-941-062-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize the Green or the Blue
hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-14-51-860-058-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Disconnect the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Depressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic system reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

Subtask 27-14-51-865-062-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-14-51-010-054-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position under the applicable zone 575(675).

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel:

. for the left wing, panel 575AT
. for the right wing, panel 675AT.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00700-B - Aileron Servo-Control LVDT)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-14-51-020-054-A
A.

AES

Removal of the LVDT of the Aileron Servo Control

(1)

Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) under the applicable LVDT (6).

(2)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (3).

(3)

Remove the bolts (3), the washers (2), the lockwasher (4) and the bonding leads (5).

27-14-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Carefully disengage the LVDT (6) from the electrical connector (1) and remove the LVDT (6).
NOTE :

AES

A spring in the aileron servo-control will push the LVDT (6) away from the aileron servo control.

(5)

Discard the packings (8) and (9).

(6)

Put the COVER - PROTECTION on the aileron servo-control LVDT interface.

27-14-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

S T A 1 2 2 7 7 /R I B 2 3

Z575
(Z675)

AILERON JACK
BRACKET
(REF ONLY)

9
AILERON SERVOCONTROL
(REF ONLY)

7
6
1
5
4
3
2

REAR SPAR
AND JACK BRACKET
(REF ONLY)
N_MM_271451_4_ALN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-51-991-00700-B SHEET 1

Aileron Servo-Control LVDT

27-14-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-51-400-005-A
Installation of the Linear Variable-Differential Transformer (LVDT) of the Aileron Servo-Control
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-015
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GREASE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575AT, 675AT
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
9
8

AES

DESIGNATION
packing
packing

IPC-CSN
27-14-51-01-120
27-14-51-01-130

27-14-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-14-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Aileron and Hydraulic Actuation

27-14-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Aileron

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-23-00-860-001-A

Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

29-23-00-860-002-A

Connection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00700-B - Aileron Servo-Control LVDT)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00700-B - Aileron Servo-Control LVDT)
Subtask 27-14-51-941-071-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that there is a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize the
Green or the Blue hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-14-51-860-066-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Make sure that the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic system reservoirs are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that there is a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) below the applicable aileron servo-control.

(5)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) is in position below the applicable zone
575(675).

(6)

Make sure that the applicable access panel is removed:

. for the left wing, panel 575AT
. for the right wing, panel 675AT.

Subtask 27-14-51-865-063-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN
15CE1

LOCATION
B11

27-14-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

105VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00700-B - Aileron Servo-Control LVDT)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-14-51-420-063-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Remove the protective cover from the aileron servo-control interface.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Lubricate the new (IPC-CSN 27-14-51-01) packing (8) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-14-51-01) packing (9)
with COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-015) .

Subtask 27-14-51-420-054-A
B.

Installation of the LVDT of the Aileron Servo-Control

(1)

Install the new packing (8) on the LVDT (6).

(2)

Install the new packing (9) on the electrical connector (7).

(3)

Put the LVDT (6) in position on the aileron servo-control.

NOTE :

AES

You must compress the spring in the aileron servo-control to do this.

(4)

Install the bonding leads (5), the lockwasher (4), the washers (2) and the bolts (3).

(5)

TORQUE the bolts (3) to between 0.46 and 0.54 M.DAN (40.71 and 47.79 LBF.IN).

(6)

Do a bonding check on the LVDT (6) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(7)

Safety the bolts (3) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

27-14-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-14-51-860-067-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Connect the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002-A).

(2)

Remove the container from under the LVDT (6).

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-14-51-865-064-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-14-51-710-054-A
E.

5.

Test
(1)

Do a check of the aileron adjustment (Ref. TASK 27-14-00-820-001-A).

(2)

Do a operational test of the aileron (Ref. TASK 27-14-00-710-001-A).

(3)

Examine the LVDT (6) for leaks.

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00700-B - Aileron Servo-Control LVDT)
Subtask 27-14-51-410-054-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panel:

. for the left wing, panel 575AT
. for the right wing, panel 675AT.

Subtask 27-14-51-942-060-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-14-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-51-000-006-A
Removal of the Actuator Eye-End of the Aileron Servo-Control
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

0U144765
0U144768

1
1

WRENCH - AILERON SERVOCONTROL ADJUSTMENT

HOLDING WRENCH - AILERON SERVOCONTROL ADJUSTMENT

B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
27-14-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Aileron Servo Control
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00800-A - Actuator Eye End - Location and Details)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-51-941-073-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-14-51-020-055-A
B.

4.

Removal of the Aileron Servo-Control Block

(1)

Remove the aileron servo-control block (Ref. TASK 27-14-51-000-001-A).

(2)

Take the servo-control block to a workshop bench and clamp it so that you can do work on the eye-end.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00800-A - Actuator Eye End - Location and Details)

AES

27-14-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-14-51-020-056-A
A.

Removal of the Actuator Eye-End of the Aileron Servo-Control

(1)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the two screws (1).

(2)

Remove the screws (1), the washers (2) and the lockplate (8).

(3)

Use the WRENCH - AILERON SERVOCONTROL ADJUSTMENT (0U144765) and HOLDING

WRENCH - AILERON SERVOCONTROL ADJUSTMENT (0U144768) to release the eye-end (13) from
the actuator body.

(4)

NOTE :

A torque force of between 6 m.daN (44.2 lbf.ft) and 7 m.daN (51.6 lbf.ft) will be necessary to
release the eye-end.

NOTE :

There is a Linear Variable Displacement Transducer (LVDT) in the servo-control block. The core
of the LVDT is attached to the eye-end. When you remove the eye-end, the LVDT core is also
removed. The coil of the LVDT stays in the actuator body.

Remove the eye-end (13):

CAUTION :

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE LVDT CORE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE
ACTUATOR EYE-END. THE CORE AND THE COIL ARE A PAIR. IT WILL BE
NECESSARY TO USE THEM AGAIN.

(a)

Remove the eye-end (13) from the actuator body, together with the LVDT core (7).

(b)

Remove the lockwasher (9) from the end of the actuator body.

Subtask 27-14-51-220-054-A
B.

Dimensional Checks
(1)

Measure and write down dimension X (the length from the end of the LVDT core to the rear face of
the eye-end flange).

Subtask 27-14-51-020-057-A
C.

AES

Remove the LVDT core (7).

(1)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the two screws (16).

(2)

Remove the screws (16), the washers (15) and the lockplate (14).

(3)

Compress the spring (6) and remove the slotted-cup (10). Remove the spring (6) and the blocking-cup
(11).

(4)

Remove the pin (12).

(5)

Remove the LVDT core (7) from the adjusting nut (4) to release:
. the LVDT core (7)
. the adjusting nut (4)
. the washers (3) and (5).

27-14-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SERVO CONTROL
BLOCK
(REF)

16
15

14

1
2

13
12
11
6
3
7

4
5

10

DIMENSION X

N_MM_271451_4_APM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-51-991-00800-A SHEET 1

Actuator Eye End - Location and Details

27-14-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-51-400-006-A
Installation of the Actuator Eye-End of the Aileron Servo-Control
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

0U144765
0U144768
B.

1
1
Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-010
Material No: 04-021
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
C.

WRENCH - AILERON SERVOCONTROL ADJUSTMENT

HOLDING WRENCH - AILERON SERVOCONTROL ADJUSTMENT

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GREASE SYNTHETIC, BALL+ROLLER BEARING
COMMON GREASES
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
27-14-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Aileron Servo Control
27-14-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Aileron Servo Control
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00800-A - Actuator Eye End - Location and Details)

AES

27-14-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-51-941-074-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-14-51-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the aileron servo-control block is removed (Ref. TASK 27-14-51-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-14-51-865-066-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00800-A - Actuator Eye End - Location and Details)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-14-51-210-056-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Make sure that the servo-control block is clamped securely to the workshop bench and that you have
access to the actuator.

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are in the correct condition.

Subtask 27-14-51-110-051-A
B.

Clean these Parts

(1)

Clean the eye-end with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Clean all the parts kept from the removed component with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026)
and a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT.

Subtask 27-14-51-420-055-A
C.

AES

Installation of the Actuator Eye-End

(1)

Lubricate the washers (3) and (5) and the blocking-cup (11) with COMMON GREASES (Material No:
04-010) .

(2)

Lubricate the lockwasher (9) with COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-021) .

(3)

Install the washer (3) on the adjusting nut (4).

27-14-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Install the washer (3), the adjusting nut (4) and the washer (5) on the eye-end (13).

(5)

Install the LVDT core (7):

CAUTION :

DO NOT MIX THE CORES/COILS FROM DIFFERENT LDVT UNITS.

THEY ARE IN PAIRS.

(a)

Install the LVDT core (7) into the adjusting nut (4).

(b)

Set the flat on the LVDT core (7) so that you can install the pin (12).

(c)

Assemble the blocking-cup (11), the spring (6) and the slotted-cup (10) to the LVDT core (7).

Subtask 27-14-51-820-052-A
D.

Adjustment
(1)

Use the adjusting nut (4) to set the core length (dimension X) to the value that you wrote down.

(2)

When the dimension X is correct, install the lockplate (14) on the eye-end flange, located against the
adjusting nut.

(3)

Install the lockplate (14) with the two screws (16) and the washers (15).

(4)

Safety the screws (16) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .

Subtask 27-14-51-420-056-A
E.

Complete the Installation of the Actuator Eye-End

(1)

Align the four dogs on the lockwasher (9) with the slots on the end of the actuator body and install the
lockwasher (9).

(2)

Lubricate the thread of the eye-end with COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-021) .

(3)

TORQUE the eye-end into the actuator with the WRENCH - AILERON SERVOCONTROL
ADJUSTMENT (0U144765) and HOLDING WRENCH - AILERON SERVOCONTROL ADJUSTMENT
(0U144768) to between 6.0 and 6.5 M.DAN (44.25 and 47.94 LBF.FT).

(4)

Align the lockplate (8) with the lockwasher (9) and with the screw holes in the eye-end flange.

(5)

Install the lockplate (8) on the flange with two screws (1) and washers (2).
NOTE :

5.

If the screw holes in the flange and the lockplate (8) are not aligned, increase the torque by
small increments. Continue to tighten the eye-end until the screw holes are aligned. Do not
exceed 7 m.daN (51.6 lbf.ft).

(6)

TORQUE the screws (1) to between 0.21 and 0.26 M.DAN (18.58 and 23.01 LBF.IN).

(7)

Safety the screws (1) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010)
.

Close-up
Subtask 27-14-51-420-057-A
A.

Installation of the Aileron Servo-Control Block

(1)

Install the Aileron Servo-Control Block (Ref. TASK 27-14-51-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-14-51-942-065-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

27-14-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-14-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SERVO CONTROL - AILERON - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-14-51-200-001-A
Check of the Aileron Servo Control
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

DESIGNATION

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
3
4

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-14-05-21-150
27-14-05-21-150

bush
flanged bush
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
27-14-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Aileron Servo Control
27-14-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Aileron Servo Control
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00300-B - Aileron Servo Control)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-51-941-072-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

27-14-51 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-14-51-010-055-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

4.

Remove the aileron servo control (Ref. TASK 27-14-51-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-14-51-991-00300-B - Aileron Servo Control)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-14-51-220-050-A
A.

Fits and Clearances

(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.184

MAX
22.205

MIN
22.143

OD 4

0.8734

0.8742

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8718
0.0200

0.0620

0.1440

0.0008

0.0024

0.0057

22.225

22.246

22.287

ID 5

0.8750

0.8758

0.8774

Subtask 27-14-51-220-051-A
B.

Fits and Clearances

(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.184

MAX
22.205

MIN
22.160

OD 4

0.8734

0.8742

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8724
0.0070

0.0410

0.0890

0.0003

0.0016

0.0035

22.212

22.225

22.249

ID 2

0.8745

0.8750

0.8759

27-14-51 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-14-51-220-052-A
C.

Fits and Clearances

(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.184

MAX
22.205

MIN
22.143

OD 4

0.8734

0.8742

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8718
0.0200

0.0620

0.1440

0.0008

0.0024

0.0057

22.225

22.246

22.287

ID 3

0.8750

0.8758

0.8774

Subtask 27-14-51-220-053-A
D.

Fits and Clearances

(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
26.968

MAX
26.981

MIN
26.946

OD 5

1.0617

1.0622

MIN

MAX

MAX

1.0609
0.0060

0.0410

0.0870

0.0002

0.0016

0.0034

26.987

27.009

27.033

ID 1

1.0625

1.0633

1.0643

Subtask 27-14-51-020-063-A
E.

Replacement of Unserviceable Items

(1)

If you find unserviceable items, replace the applicable item(s) as follows:

(a)

5.

For View B:
. install a new (IPC-CSN 27-14-05-21) bush (3)
. install a new (IPC-CSN 27-14-05-21) flanged bush (4) .

Close-up
Subtask 27-14-51-410-055-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Install the aileron servo control (Ref. TASK 27-14-51-400-001-A).

(2)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-14-51 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-14-51-942-064-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-14-51 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

EXAMPLE

A
A

B
1

EXAMPLE
2

3
N_MM_271451_6_AAN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-14-51-991-00300-B SHEET 1

Aileron Servo Control

27-14-51 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RUDDER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.

General
(Ref. Fig. 27-20-00-11200-A - Rudder Block Diagram)
One rudder surface provides the yaw control.
The main control is mechanical (Ref. 27-21).
The trim control is electrically signalled (Ref. 27-22).
The artificial feel (Ref. 27-23) is ensured by:
. a spring rod, the stiffness of which is independent from the flight conditions,
. a centering spring (Ref. 27-21).
At high speeds, a travel limitation unit limits the rudder travel in relation to the airspeed (Ref. 27-23 and 22-61 for
computation).
This is to prevent the transmission of excessive loads to the structure by the rudder.
Three fixed-body servocontrols with mechanical input provide the hydraulic actuation (Ref. 27-24).
The position of the rudder is shown on the lower display unit of the ECAM system (Ref. 27-25).

AES

A.

Interface with the Autoflight System

Interface with the Autoflight System (Ref. 22-60-00-00).
An electric trim actuator is connected to the artificial feel and trim unit upstream of the travel limitation unit.
In all the modes, it drives the complete control via a spring device that the pilots can override.
Two yaw damper servo-actuators are installed between the artificial feel and trim unit and the travel limitation
unit.
They drive the aft control via a differential linkage.
The signals of the yaw damper servo-actuators are added to those of the pilots up to the maximum travel
allowed by the travel limitation unit.
Two transducer units near the pedals send data to the FACs via the ELACs.

B.

Interface with the Braking System

Interface with the Braking System (Ref. 32-42).
Levers attached to each pedal provide braking inputs when the pedals turn about their axis.

C.

Interface with the Nosewheel Steering System

Interface with the Nosewheel Steering System (Ref. 32-51).
The pedal transducer units send data to the BSCU via the ELACs for the nosewheel steering system.

27-20-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

23VU

FLT CTL

24VU

FLT CTL

ELAC 1

SEC 1

FAC 1

ELAC 2

SEC 2

SEC 3

FAC 2

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

CENTERING SPRING DEVICE

UPPER
DISPLAY
UNIT
SERVOCONTROL

TRAVEL LIMITATION UNIT

LOWER
DISPLAY
UNIT
ELAC 1

ELAC 2

FAC 1

FMGC 1

FAC 2

FMGC 2

RUDDER SURFACE

RUD TRIM
+

NOSE
L

25

NOSE
R

DFDR
TRANSDUCER
UNIT
YAW DAMPER
SERVO ACTUATORS

RESET

SOLENOID
FAC

PEDAL ADJUSTMENT DEVICE

TO BRAKE CONTROL

ARTIFICIAL
FEEL
TRIM SCREW JACK
TRANSDUCER UNIT
TRIM ACTUATOR

TRANSDUCER UNIT

T.R.
TENSION REGULATOR
N_MM_272000_0_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-20-00-11200-A SHEET 1

Rudder Block Diagram

27-20-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RUDDER MECHANICAL CONTROL - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.

General
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-11200-B - Rudder Mechanical Control)
Three mechanically-controlled fixed-body servocontrols operate the rudder.
Two interconnected pairs of pedals drive a mechanical linkage. This linkage is single up to the artificial feel and trim
unit and up to the actuating lever of the middle servocontrol.
An adjuster which consists of a lever-controlled rack assembly is used to adjust the position of the pedal assembly.
Downstream of the actuating lever of the middle servocontrol, the linkage is duplicated up to the travel limitation
unit (which is fail safe).
Thus, any single disconnection does not involve a loss of travel limitation without a loss of rudder control. This is to
avoid a hidden failure of the travel limitation due to single failure.
The yaw damper signals are introduced through a differential mechanism, located downstream of the aft cable run.

AES

27-21-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Locatio
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-12500-B - Location of Rudder Mechanical Control)
FIN

101CM
102CM
103CM

AES

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
DRIVE SHAFT-FLEXIBLE, CAPT PEDAL
ADJUSTER
DRIVE SHAFT-FLEXIBLE, F/O PEDAL
ADJUSTER
TENSION REG-RUDDER CONTROL CABLE

PANEL

ZONE ACCESS ATA REF.

DOOR
210
22-10-00
210

22-10-00

121

27-21-45

27-21-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

Component Description
A.

Cable Tension Regulator 103CM

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-13900-A - Cable Tension Regulator)
One cable tension regulator maintains a constant tension on the cable (22 daN plus or minus 3 daN (49.5 lbf
plus or minus 7 lbf)).
It has a provision for the installation of a special tool used to install the regulator on the aircraft.

B.

Servocontrol Actuating Spring Rod

The actuating spring rod of the rudder servocontrol prevents the runaway of the control system if an input lever
jams on its servocontrol body.
It permits the control of the other two servocontrols if a spool valve jams.

C.

Centering Spring Rod of the Upper and Middle Servocontrols

This centering spring-rod is used in the event of a rupture or disconnection of the linkage between the artificial
feel and the middle-servocontrol actuating lever.
It avoids a rudder deflection greater than 2 deg. with vertical acceleration Mz = 1g and greater than 15 deg.
with vertical acceleration Mz = 2.5g .

D. Rods, Cables
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-15000-A - Connecting Rods and Cable Pressure Seals)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-15000-A - Connecting Rods and Cable Pressure Seals)
** On A/C 003-004
(1) Rods
The push-pull rods are adjustable or non-adjustable length rods. They have replaceable ends.
(2) Cables
The flexible cables (3.2 mm/0.126 in. dia.) are made of zinc-coated carbon steel.
The cable end-fittings are foolproofed and turnbuckles are clip-locked.
The fairleads are of the static type.
Their supports permit the passage of the cable end-fittings.
At bulkheads, the cables are fed through pressure seals.
** On A/C 005-099
(3) Rods
The push-pull rods are adjustable or non-adjustable length rods. They have replaceable ends. In order to
eliminate the influence of extreme temperature differences between outside and inside the rudder, the
control rods on the rudder mechanical linkages are made of carbon fiber.
(4) Cables
The flexible cables (3.2 mm/0.126 in. dia.) are made of zinc-coated carbon steel.
The cable end-fittings are foolproofed and turnbuckles are clip-locked.
The fairleads are of the static type.
Their supports permit the passage of the cable end-fittings.
At bulkheads, the cables are fed through pressure seals.

AES

27-21-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
E.

Stops and Rigging Facilities

(1) Pedal stops.
Pedal maximum travel is limited in both directions by non adjustable stops.
(2) Rudder operational stops.
Maximum input to the servocontrols is limited by the travel limitation unit.
(3) Rudder travel stops.
These are the stroke end stops (non adjustable) of the servocontrols, never reached in normal operation.
(4) Rudder structural stops when the servocontrols are not installed.
There are no specially designed stops between the rudder and the structure of the vertical stabilizer.
(5) Adjustable lever.
The length of one of the levers between the pedals and the tension regulator is adjustable in order to
maintain maximum travel of the rudder within the design limits.
(6) Rigging pins.
Rigging pin holes are provided.
(7) Pedals position adjustment.
The rudder pedals adjustment range is approximately 0 to 12 graduations.

AES

27-21-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
SERVO CONTROL

CENTERING SPRING ROD

PIN HOLE

RACK ASSEMBLY

TRAVEL LIMITATION UNIT

PIN HOLE

STOPS
RVDT BOX

PIN HOLE

ADJUSTABLE BELLCRANK
PIN HOLE
SOLENOID

TENSION REGULATOR

PIN
HOLES

ARTIFICIAL FEEL SPRING ROD

TRIM SCREWJACK

YAW DAMPER TRANSDUCER UNIT

TRIM ACTUATOR
PIN HOLE
YAW DAMPER ACTUATOR (CHAP.22)

YAW DAMPER
RETURN SPRING ROD

TRANSDUCER UNIT

PIN HOLE
N_MM_272100_0_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-11200-B SHEET 1

Rudder Mechanical Control

27-21-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FR24A

FR11

FR8
FR1

103CM
TENSION REG.
RUDDER CONTROL CABLE

N_MM_272100_0_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-12500-B SHEET 1

Location of Rudder Mechanical Control

27-21-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
COLD POSITION
T: TIGHTEN

HOT POSITION

R: RELEASE

T
O
R
0
T

FWD
LOCKING TOOL

O
T
GRADUATION OF THE FIXED SCALE
OF TEMPERATURE FACING THE FIXED INDEX

6
5
4
3
2
1

20

15

10

5
1
2

E.G:
STABLE AMBIENT TEMP.:7
INDEX POS:1T.

10

15

20

25

30

35 40 C
AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE
STABILIZED

3
4

NOTE:THIS CURVE CAN BE EXTENDED

5
R
N_MM_272100_0_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-13900-A SHEET 1

Cable Tension Regulator

27-21-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
ADJUSTABLE ROD

WITNESS HOLE

LH AND RH THREADS

NON ADJUSTABLE ROD

HEAT SHRINKABLE SLEEVE

LOCK CLIP

SLEEVE

THREADED END
STATIC FAIRLEAD
TIE
CABLE PRESSURE SEAL
CABLE

FRONT

REAR

CABIN PRESSURE

ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE

N_MM_272100_0_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-15000-A SHEET 1

Connecting Rods and Cable Pressure Seals

27-21-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RUDDER MECHANICAL CONTROL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-00-840-001-A
Removal/Installation of the control rod on the rudder mechanical control
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
1.

Reason for the Job

This task permits to do some work on the rudder mechanical control during gusts or to avoid injury to persons.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

98D27207516000
98D27207547000
98D27207548000

1
1
1

B.

Consumable Materials
REFERENCE

No specific
C.

PIN-RIGGING,SET
PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

DESIGNATION
lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

312
325
312AR
D.

AFT FUSLG TAIL SECTION

VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE
Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
6

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-21-04-21-120

cotter pins
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

AES

27-21-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-24-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation

29-10-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-01600-A - Rudder Mechanical Control - Control Rod)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-010-063-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 312AR.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

(3)

Put access platform in position at zone 325.

(4)

Open the access panels 325AL and 325BL at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer.

Subtask 27-21-00-860-065-A
B.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

(2)

Pressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A).

(3)

On the overhead panel 23VU, 24VU, make sure that the ELAC1, ELAC2 pushbutton switches are
pushed (the OFF and FAULT legends of these pushbutton switches are off).

(4)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(5)

Put the warning notices on CAPT and F/O pedals to tell persons not to use the rudder.

(6)

Put the warning notice on panel 110VU to tell persons not to use the rudder trim.

(7)

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) (1) on the mixer

(2) of the artificial feel unit.
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-01600-A - Rudder Mechanical Control - Control Rod)
Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) (3) on the cable
quadrant (4).

Procedure
Subtask 27-21-00-840-050-A
A.

Removal/Installation of the Control Rod on the Rudder Mechanical Control

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-01600-A - Rudder Mechanical Control - Control Rod)
(1)

AES

Removal of the control rod (5).

(a)

Cut and discard the cotter pins (6).

(b)

Remove the nuts (7) and the washers (8).

(c)

Remove bolts (10) and the control rod (5).

(d)

Temporarily safety the sliding bushes (9) in the flanged bushes of the control rod (5) with
lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(e)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) (1) from

the mixer (2) and the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000)
(3) from the cable quadrant (4).

27-21-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(2)

(f)

Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A)

(g)

Refer to the initial procedure.

Installation of the control rod (5).

(a)

Pressurize the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A)

(b)

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) (1) on the

mixer (2) and the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) (3)
on the cable quadrant (4).

(c)

Cut and remove the lockwire which temporarily safeties the sliding bushes (9) in the flanged
bushes of the control rod (5).

(d)

Connect the control rod (5) to the mixer (2) of the artificial feel unit with the bolt (10).

(e)

Connect the control rod (5) to the cable quadrant (4) with the bolt (10).

(f)

Install the washers (8), the nuts (7) and tighten them.

(g)

Install new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-21) cotter pins (6) .

(h)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) (1) and

the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (3) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000).

(i)

Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A).

Subtask 27-21-00-710-055-A
B.
5.

Do the operational test of the rudder hydraulic actuation (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-00-410-060-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the access panels 325AL, 325BL.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-21-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
325BL(325BR)
325AL(325AR)

Z312

312AR

10
9

8
7
6

C
C

10
5

N_MM_272100_2_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-01600-A SHEET 1

Rudder Mechanical Control - Control Rod

27-21-00 PB201

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RUDDER MECHANICAL CONTROL - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Centering Spring Rod
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-21-00-05-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF CENTERING SPRING ROD

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210
325
325BL, 325BR
C.

CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
6

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-21-04-22-100

cotter pin
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
22-61-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Rudder Travel Limiting Function

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

AES

27-21-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-10-00-863-003-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00100-A - Disconnection of the Rod at the Differential Output Bellcrank)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-710-056-A
A.

Do the operational test of the rudder travel limiting function (Ref. TASK 22-61-00-710-001-A).

Subtask 27-21-00-010-050-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access doors 325BL 325BR.

Subtask 27-21-00-860-061-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

AES

Disconnect the input rod (1) from the differential output bellcrank
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00100-A - Disconnection of the Rod at the Differential Output Bellcrank)
(Ref. Detail D).
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (6).

(b)

Remove the nut (5) and the washer (4).

(c)

Remove the screw (2) and disconnect the rod (1).

(2)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(3)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this
pushbutton switch, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(4)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC2 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this
pushbutton switch, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(5)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(6)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(7)

On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL key (on the lower ECAM display
unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).

(8)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

27-21-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9)

On the upper ECAM display unit, make sure that there is no warning related to the AUTO FLT RUD
TRV LIM systems.

Subtask 27-21-00-865-050-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-21-00-710-050-A
A.

Do this test:

ACTION
RESULT
1.Pull hard on the input rod down until you come to the
The rudder moves to the right.
mechanical stop. Hold it in this position (so that it cannot On the lower ECAM DU, on the F/CTL page:
suddenly move back to its initial position).
. The RUD pointer moves to the right mark.
2.Slowly release the rod to allow for the force set up in the The rudder slowly returns to zero.
centering rod.
On the lower ECAM DU, on the F/CTL page:
. The RUD pointer slowly returns to zero.
3.Push on the input rod up until you come to the
The rudder moves to the left.
mechanical stop. Hold it in this position (so that it cannot
suddenly move back to its initial position).
On the lower ECAM DU, on the F/CTL page:
. The RUD pointer moves to the left mark.
4.Slowly release the rod to allow for the force set up in the The rudder slowly returns to zero.
centering rod.
On the lower ECAM DU, on the F/CTL page:
. The RUD pointer slowly returns to zero.
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-00-860-062-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(4)

Connect the input rod (1) to the differential output bellcrank

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00100-A - Disconnection of the Rod at the Differential Output Bellcrank)
(Ref. Detail D).
(a)

AES

Connect the rod (1) at the bellcrank (3) and install the screw (2).

27-21-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)
(5)

Install the washer (4), the nut (5) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter pin (6) .

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-21-00-410-050-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the access doors 325BR 325BL.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-21-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
A
A
ZONE 325

325 CL
325 BL

B
325 CR
325 BR

C
1

D
4
3
5
6

N_MM_272100_5_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Disconnection of the Rod at the Differential Output
Bellcrank

27-21-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-00-820-003-A
Adjustment of the Rudder Mechanical Control
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

** On A/C 006-099
98A27103500000
98A27103500001
98A27901002000
98D27207516000
98D27207545000
98D27207546000
98D27207547000
98D27207548000
B.

PROTECTION TOOL-FTU
PROTECTION TOOL-FTU
PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL
PIN-RIGGING,SET
PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 19-010
No specific
C.

1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1

DESIGNATION
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
210
312
325
211GF, 312AR, 325BL, 325BR,
325CL, 325CR, 325DL, 325DR,
325EL, 325ER, 811, 822
D.

AES

AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
AFT FUSLG TAIL SECTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
38

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
cotter pins

IPC-CSN
27-21-04-22-470

27-21-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-21-00-820-002-A

Adjustment of the Rudder Control-Cables Length

27-21-00-840-001-A

Removal/Installation of the control rod on the rudder mechanical control

27-22-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Rudder Trim Actuation

27-24-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation

27-24-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Rudder Neutral Position

27-26-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Yaw Damper Actuation

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

53-12-11-000-001-A

Removal of the Cockpit Floor Panels from FR1 Thru FR12

53-12-11-400-001-A

Installation of the Cockpit Floor Panels from FR1 thru FR12

27-21-61-000-001-A

Removal of the Rudder Control Cables (for corrective action)

27-21-61-400-001-A

Installation of the Rudder Control Cables (for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00400-B - Rudder Mechanical Control)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00400-C - Rudder Mechanical Control)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00500-A - Rudder Mechanical Control)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-01200-A - Rudder Mechanical Control)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00300-A - Rudder Mechanical Control)
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-00-860-052-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that:

. the FLT CTL/FAC1 and FLT CTL/ELAC1 pushbutton switches are pushed (on these pushbutton
switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

27-21-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that:

. the FLT CTL/FAC2 and FLT CTL/ELAC2 pushbutton switches are pushed (on these pushbutton
switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(4)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(5)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator is at 0.

(6)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(7)

Put warning notices on the CAPT and F/O pedals to tell persons not to use the rudder.

(8)

Put a warning notice on the panel 110VU to tell persons not to use the rudder trim.

Subtask 27-21-00-010-062-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position in zone 121.

(2)

Open the access door 811.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position in zone 312.

(4)

Open the access door 312AR.

(5)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position in zone 325.

(6)

Open the access doors 325BL 325BR 325CL 325CR 325DL 325DR 325EL 325ER.

(7)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE at the access door 822.

(8)

Open the access door 822.

(9)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

(10) In the cockpit, remove the access panel 211GF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-000-001-A).
Subtask 27-21-00-865-054-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-21-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-21-00-860-066-A
D.
4.

Remove the control rod (25) between the mixer (41) and the cable quadrant (24) (Ref. TASK
27-21-00-840-001-A).

Procedure
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 27-21-00-820-056-B
CAUTION :

A.

BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE RIGGING PIN ON THE TRANSDUCER UNIT.
DO NOT USE FORCE TO ENGAGE THE RIGGING PIN IN THE TRANSDUCER UNIT. IF YOU USE
FORCE, THE RIGGING PIN WILL NOT DISENGAGE FREELY AND DAMAGE TO THE TRANSDUCER
UNIT CAN OCCUR.

Adjustment of the Forward Mechanical Control

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00400-B - Rudder Mechanical Control)
(1)

Install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (1) on the connection relay of the
CAPT rudder pedals (10).

(2)

Push the pin of the transducer unit (8).

NOTE :

The pin is part of the transducer unit (8).

You must push the pin freely. If this is not the case, adjust the length of the rod (9) as follows :

(3)

AES

(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts.

(b)

Loosen the nuts.

(c)

Release the lockwashers.

(d)

Adjust the length of the rod (9) until you can push the pin freely.

(e)

Engage the lockwashers.

(f)

Tighten the nuts.

(g)

Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened the nuts.

(h)

Safety the nuts with lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

Install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (1) on the connection relay of the
F/O pedals (2). You must install and remove the rigging pin easily.
If not, do these operations :
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts of the rod (5).

(b)

Loosen the nuts.

(c)

Release the lockwashers.

(d)

Adjust the length of the rod (5) until you can install and remove the rigging pin (1) freely.

(e)

Engage the lockwashers.

(f)

TORQUE the nuts to 1.374 M.DAN (10.13 LBF.FT).

(g)

Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened the nuts.

(h)

Safety the nuts with lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03in.).

27-21-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Push the pin of the transducer unit (3).

NOTE :

The pin is part of the transducer unit (3).

You must push the pin freely. If this is not the case, adjust the length of the rod (4) as follows :
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts.

(b)

Loosen the nuts.

(c)

Release the lockwashers.

(d)

Adjust the length of the rod (4) until you can push the pin freely.

(e)

Engage the lockwashers.

(f)

Tighten the nuts.

(g)

Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened the nuts.

(h)

Safety the nuts with lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(5)

Remove the rigging pin (1) from the connection relay of the F/O rudder pedals.

(6)

Install the rigging pin (1) on the input lever of the tension regulator (7).
You must install and remove the rigging pin easily.
If not, do these operations :
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts of the rod (6).

(b)

Loosen the nuts.

(c)

Release the lockwashers.

(d)

Adjust the length of the rod (6) until you can install and remove the rigging pin (1) freely.

(e)

Engage the lockwashers.

(f)

TORQUE the nuts to 1.374 M.DAN (10.13 LBF.FT).

(g)

Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened the nuts.

(h)

Safety the nuts with lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(i)

Remove the rigging pin (1) from the connection relay of the CAPT rudder pedals (10).

** On A/C 006-099
Subtask 27-21-00-820-056-C
CAUTION :

A.

BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE RIGGING PIN ON THE TRANSDUCER UNIT.
DO NOT USE FORCE TO ENGAGE THE RIGGING PIN IN THE TRANSDUCER UNIT. IF YOU USE
FORCE, THE RIGGING PIN WILL NOT DISENGAGE FREELY AND DAMAGE TO THE TRANSDUCER
UNIT CAN OCCUR.

Adjustment of the Forward Mechanical Control

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00400-C - Rudder Mechanical Control)
(1)

Install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (51) on the connection relay of the
CAPT rudder pedals (60).

(2)

Push the pin of the transducer unit (58).

NOTE :

The pin is part of the transducer unit (58).

You must push the pin freely. If this is not the case, adjust the length of the rod (59) as follows :

AES

27-21-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(3)

(4)

(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts.

(b)

Loosen the nuts.

(c)

Release the lockwashers.

(d)

Adjust the length of the rod (59) until you can push the pin freely.

(e)

Engage the lockwashers.

(f)

Tighten the nuts.

(g)

Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened the nuts.

(h)

Safety the nuts with lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

Install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (51) on the connection relay of the
F/O pedals (52). You must install and remove the rigging pin easily.
If not, do these operations :
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts of the rod (55).

(b)

Loosen the nuts.

(c)

Release the lockwashers.

(d)

Adjust the length of the rod (55) until you can install and remove the rigging pin (51) freely.

(e)

Engage the lockwashers.

(f)

TORQUE the nuts to 1.374 M.DAN (10.13 LBF.FT).

(g)

Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened the nuts.

(h)

Safety the nuts with lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03in.).

Push the pin of the transducer unit (53).

NOTE :

The pin is part of the transducer unit (53).

You must push the pin freely. If this is not the case, adjust the length of the rod (54) as follows :

AES

(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts.

(b)

Loosen the nuts.

(c)

Release the lockwashers.

(d)

Adjust the length of the rod (54) until you can push the pin freely.

(e)

Engage the lockwashers.

(f)

Tighten the nuts.

(g)

Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened the nuts.

(h)

Safety the nuts with lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(5)

Remove the rigging pin (51) from the connection relay of the F/O rudder pedals.

(6)

Adjustment of the Force Transducer Unit (FTU) (56).

(a)

Install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (51) on the input lever of the
cable tension regulator (57).
If you cannot engage the rigging pin (51) freely, adjust the lenght of the FTU (56), as follows:

(b)

Install the PROTECTION TOOL-FTU (98A27103500000):

1

Engage the upper and lower web (64) between the FTU (56) and the tension regulator (57).

Install the bolt (63) and tighten.

27-21-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

(d)

Install the PROTECTION TOOL-FTU (98A27103500001):

1

Engage the upper and lower web (62) between the FTU (56) and the bellcranck (61).

Install the bolt (63) and tighten.

Adjust the FTU (56):

1

Cut and discard the lockwires.

Loosen the nuts (72) and (75) and disengage the lockwashers (71) and (74).

Turn the rod body (73) until you can engage the rigging pin.

Engage the lockwashers (71) and (74) and TORQUE the nut (72) to 1.2 M.DAN (106.19
LBF.IN) and the nut (75) to 0.5 M.DAN (44.25 LBF.IN). Do not safety at this time.

(e)

Remove the PROTECTION TOOL-FTU (98A27103500000).

(f)

Remove the PROTECTION TOOL-FTU (98A27103500001).

(g)

Safety the nuts with lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(h)

Remove the rigging pin (51) from the input lever of the cable tension regulator (57).

(i)

Remove the rigging pin (51) from the connection relay of the F/O rudder pedals.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-00-820-057-A
B.

Adjustment of the Cable Tension

(1)

Adjust the tension of the cables (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-820-002-A).

NOTE :

After the adjustment, remove the rigging pins.

NOTE :

If you cannot adjust the control cables, do a visual inspection on the pulleys and the tension
regulator. If they are in good condition, replace the control cables (Ref. TASK
27-21-61-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK 27-21-61-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-21-00-820-058-A
C.

AES

Adjustment of the Rear Mechanical Control

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00500-A - Rudder Mechanical Control)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-01200-A - Rudder Mechanical Control)
(1)

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) (42) on the

cable quadrant (24).

(2)

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) (40) on the

mixer (41) of the artificial feel unit.

(3)

Install the control rod (25) (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-840-001-A).

You must be able to install the bolts of the rod (25) easily.
If not, do these operations :
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts of the rod (25).

(b)

Loosen the nuts.

(c)

Release the lockwashers.

(d)

Adjust the length of the rod (25) until you can push the bolts in freely.

(e)

Engage the lockwashers.

(f)

Tighten the nuts.

27-21-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(g)

Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened the nuts.

(h)

Safety the nuts with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010)
.

(4)

Adjust the rudder trim (Ref. TASK 27-22-00-820-001-A).

(5)

Adjust the yaw damper (Ref. TASK 27-26-00-820-001-A).

(6)

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) (39) on the

output bellcrank of the lower servocontrol (21).
You must install and remove the rigging pin (39) easily.
If not, do these operations :

(7)

(8)

(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts of the rod (23).

(b)

Loosen the nuts.

(c)

Release the lockwashers.

(d)

Adjust the length of the rod (23) until you can install and remove the rigging pin (39) freely.

(e)

Engage the lockwashers.

(f)

Tighten the nuts.

(g)

Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened the nuts.

(h)

Safety the nuts with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010)
.

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) (35) on the left

input lever of the travel limitation unit (27).
You must install and remove the rigging pin (35) easily.
If not, do these operations :
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (38).

(b)

Loosen the nuts (37).

(c)

Remove the retainers (36).

(d)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts of the rod (26).

(e)

Loosen the nuts.

(f)

Release the lockwashers.

(g)

Adjust the length of the rod (26) until you can install and remove the rigging pin (35) freely.

(h)

Engage the lockwashers.

(i)

Tighten the nuts.

(j)

Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened the nuts.

(k)

Safety the nuts with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010)
.

(l)

Put the rod retainers (36) in position. Tighten the nuts (37). Install the new (IPC-CSN
27-21-04-22) cotter pins (38) .

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) (29) on the

output bellcrank of the centering spring rod (15).
You must install and remove the rigging pin (29) easily.
If not, do these operations :
(a)

AES

Remove and discard the cotter pins (38).

27-21-00 PB501

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(9)

(b)

Loosen the nuts (37).

(c)

Remove the retainers (36).

(d)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts of the rod (28).

(e)

Loosen the nuts.

(f)

Release the lockwashers.

(g)

Adjust the length of the rod (28) until you can install and remove the rigging pin (29) freely.

(h)

Engage the lockwashers.

(i)

Tighten the nuts.

(j)

Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened the nuts.

(k)

Safety the nuts with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010)
.

(l)

Put the rod retainers (36) in position. Tighten the nuts (37). Install the new (IPC-CSN
27-21-04-22) cotter pins (38) .

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) (34) on the right

input lever of the travel limitation unit (27).
You must install and remove the rigging pin (34) easily.
If not, do these operations :
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts of the rod (16).

(b)

Loosen the nuts.

(c)

Release the lockwashers.

(d)

Adjust the length of the rod (16) until you can install and remove the rigging pin (34) freely.

(e)

Engage the lockwashers.

(f)

Tighten the nuts.

(g)

Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened the nuts.

(h)

Safety the nuts with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010)
.

(10) Disconnect the centering spring rod (15) as follows:

(a)

Remove the cotter pin (30) and discard it.

(b)

Remove the nut (31) and the washer (32).

(c)

Remove the bolt (33) and disconnect the centering spring rod (15).

Subtask 27-21-00-820-059-A
D.

Adjustment of the Rudder Neutral Position

(1)

Adjust the rudder neutral position (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-820-001-A).

** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 27-21-00-710-054-A
E.

Test
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00300-A - Rudder Mechanical Control)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00400-B - Rudder Mechanical Control)

AES

27-21-00 PB501

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00500-A - Rudder Mechanical Control)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-01200-A - Rudder Mechanical Control)
(1)

Preparation for the Test.

(a)

(2)

Remove the rigging pins (1):

1

From the connection relay of the CAPT rudder pedals (10).

From the connection relay of the F/O rudder pedals (2).

From the tension regulator (7).

(b)

Remove the rigging pin (42) from the cable quadrant (24).

(c)

Remove the rigging pin (39) from the output bellcrank of the servocontrol (21).

(d)

Remove the rigging pins (34) and (35) from the input levers of the travel limitation unit (27).

(e)

Remove the rigging pin (40) from the mixer (41) of the artificial feel unit.

(f)

Remove the rigging pin (29) from the output bellcrank of the centering spring-rod (15).

Do the operational test of the rudder mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001-A).

** On A/C 006-099
Subtask 27-21-00-710-054-B
E.

Test
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00300-A - Rudder Mechanical Control)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00400-C - Rudder Mechanical Control)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00500-A - Rudder Mechanical Control)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-01200-A - Rudder Mechanical Control)
(1)

Preparation for the Test.

(a)

(2)

AES

Remove the rigging pins (51):

1

From the connection relay of the CAPT rudder pedals (60).

From the connection relay of the F/O rudder pedals (52).

From the tension regulator (57).

(b)

Remove the rigging pin (42) from the cable quadrant (24).

(c)

Remove the rigging pin (39) from the output bellcrank of the servocontrol (21).

(d)

Remove the rigging pins (34) and (35) from the input levers of the travel limitation unit (27).

(e)

Remove the rigging pin (40) from the mixer (41) of the artificial feel unit.

(f)

Remove the rigging pin (29) from the output bellcrank of the centering spring-rod (15).

Do the operational test of the rudder mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001-A).

27-21-00 PB501

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-00-942-068-A
A.

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-21-00-410-059-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Close the access doors 811 312AR 325BL 325BR 325CR 325CL 325DL 325DR 325ER 325EL.

(2)

Install the access panel 211GF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-400-001-A).

(3)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(4)

Tighten the two screws.

(5)

Close the access door 822.

(6)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-21-00-860-053-A
C.

AES

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-21-00 PB501

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
1

2
3

10

E
9

N_MM_272100_5_BEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-00400-B SHEET 1

Rudder Mechanical Control

27-21-00 PB501

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 006-099
51

60

51

52
53

62

61

54 55
62

F
56
57

E
59

58

63

62

61

62
64

64
56

63

51

75 74

73

72

71

56
56

N_MM_272100_5_CEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-00400-C SHEET 1

Rudder Mechanical Control

27-21-00 PB501

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

15

G
28

16

27

18

H
17

26

20
19

22

21

K
23

25

M
24
N_MM_272100_5_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Rudder Mechanical Control

27-21-00 PB501

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
25

M
G
15
42

24

29

32
28

31

30

16
33

23

34

25

41

16

39

27

40
21
35
26

38

J
23

22

37

36
N_MM_272100_5_ARM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-01200-A SHEET 1

Rudder Mechanical Control

27-21-00 PB501

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

ZONE 211

A
ACCESS
PANEL GF
ZONE325

ZONE 125

ZONE 121
811

FR8
FR11

325 ER

325 EL
325 DR
325 CR

325 DL
ZONE 312
325 CL

325 BR
325 BL

312 AR

N_MM_272100_5_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Rudder Mechanical Control

27-21-00 PB501

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-00-720-002-A
Functional Test of the Rudder Mechanical Control
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific
98A27308005000
TR31-101
TR60-1

AR
1
1
1

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210
325
325DL, 325DR, 325EL, 325ER
C.

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

PROTRACTOR-CONTROL SURFACE DEFLECTION
PROTRACTOR - CONTROL SURFACE
RIGMASTER SYSTEM-FLIGHT CONTROLS

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

AES

27-21-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-32-00-860-001-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST Menu Page

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A
34-10-00-860-004-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure
IR Alignment Procedure

34-10-00-860-005-A

ADIRS Stop Procedure

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00600-A - Position of the Servocontrol)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-02700-A - Measurement of the Rudder Travel (Distance X))
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-010-053-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone 325.

(2)

Open the access doors 325ER 325EL 325DR 325DL.

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00600-A - Position of the Servocontrol)

Subtask 27-21-00-480-051-A
B.

Installation of the tool.

(1)

Install the PROTRACTOR-CONTROL SURFACE DEFLECTION (98A27308005000), or RIGMASTER

SYSTEM-FLIGHT CONTROLS (TR60-1), or PROTRACTOR - CONTROL SURFACE (TR31-101) on
the rudder and on the vertical surface opposite the center servocontrol.
NOTE :

If these tools are not available, you can measure the distance X to find the rudder travel.
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-02700-A - Measurement of the Rudder Travel (Distance X))

Subtask 27-21-00-860-063-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(3)

Do the IR alignment procedure for the ADIRU 3 only (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004-A).
NOTE :

AES

ADIRU 1 and 2 must be OFF. If ADIRU 1 and 2 are ON, the test will not be successfull.

(4)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that:

. the FLT CTL/FAC1, FLT CTL ELAC1, and FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton switches are pushed (on
these pushbutton switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off.

(5)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that:

. the FLT CTL/FAC2, FLT CTL ELAC2, FLT CTL/SEC2 and FLT CTL/SEC3 pushbutton switches
are pushed (on these pushbutton switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off.

(6)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

27-21-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows O.

(8)

On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL key (on the lower ECAM display
unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).

Subtask 27-21-00-865-052-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-00-865-055-A
E.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

105VU
4.

DESIGNATION
ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY

FIN
7XE

LOCATION
C01

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00600-A - Position of the Servocontrol)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-02700-A - Measurement of the Rudder Travel (Distance X))
Subtask 27-21-00-720-050-C
A.

Functional Test of the Rudder Mechanical Control

ACTION
1.In the CAPT or F/O seat:
. push the right pedal until it touches the mechanical
stop (the adjustable stop).

RESULT
The rudder moves smoothly to the right.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the RUD/G, B, Y symbols are green,
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly to the
right mark,
. the protractor that measures the rudder travel shows
25 plus or minus 1 (or X is included between 643.5
mm (25.3347 in.) and 696 mm (27.4016 in.)).

2.Slowly release the right pedal.

The rudder moves to the neutral position.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the RUD/G, B, Y symbols are green,
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves to the neutral
position,
. the protractor that measures the rudder travel shows
0. The maximum no-return value is 0.25 (X = 6.75
mm (0.2657 in.)).
NOTE :

AES

The no-return value is the sum of the two noreturn values of the travel of the rudder for a right
turn and a left turn.

27-21-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
3.Push the left pedal until it touches the mechanical stop.

RESULT
The rudder moves smoothly to the left.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the RUD/G, B, Y symbols are green,
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly to the
left mark.
. the protractor that measures the rudder travel shows
25 plus or minus 1 (or X is included between 643.5
mm (25.3347 in.) and 696 mm (27.4016 in.)).

4.Slowly release the left pedal.

The rudder moves to the neutral position.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the RUD/G, B, Y symbols are green,
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves to the neutral
position,
. the protractor that measures the rudder travel shows
0. The maximum no-return value is 0.25 (X = 6.75
mm (0.2657 in.)).

5.On the center pedestal, on the MCDU:

On the MCDU:

Get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page (Ref. TASK

31-32-00-860-001-A).

The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page comes into view.

Push the line key adjacent to the NAV indication.

Push the line key adjacent to the ADR3 indication.

The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV page comes into

view.
The ADR3 page comes into view.

Push the line key adjacent to the OUTPUT TEST

indication.
Push the line key adjacent to the INTERFACE TEST
indication.
Follow the initial condition (set AIR DATA selector
switch to CAPT 3).

The ADR3 OUTPUT TEST page comes into view.

The ADR3 INTERFACE TEST 1/2 page comes into

view.

Push the NEXT PAGE KEY.

Push the line key adjacent to the START TEST

indication.

The ADR3 INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page comes into

view.
On the Captains PFD, the speed scale moves up and
stops at 367.7 KTS.

.
.

NOTE :

Ignore the RETARD warning. To stop it, push

the FADEC pushbutton switch on the
MAINTENANCE panel 50VU.
Wait 25 sec. approximately before you move the
pedals.

6.In the CAPT or F/O seat:

.

push the right pedal until it touches the mechanical

stop (adjustable stop).

7.Slowly release the right pedal.

AES

The rudder moves smoothly to the right.

The protractor that measures the rudder travel shows 3.5
plus or minus 0.3 (or X is included between 86.4 mm
(3.4016 in.) and 102.6 mm (4.0394 in.)).
The rudder moves to the neutral position.
The protractor that measures the rudder travel shows 0.
The maximum no-return value is 0.25 (X = 6.75 mm
(0.2657 in.)).

27-21-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
8.Push the left pedal until it touches the mechanical stop.

RESULT
The rudder moves smoothly to the left.
The protractor that measures the rudder travel shows 3.5
plus or minus 0.3 (or X is included between 86.4 mm
(3.4016 in.) and 102.6 mm (4.0394 in.)).

9.Slowly release the left pedal.

The rudder moves to the neutral position.

The protractor that measures the rudder travel shows 0.
The maximum no-return value is 0.25 (X = 6.75 mm
(0.2657 in.)).

10.On the center pedestal, on the MCDU:

. Push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication.
.

Push the MCDU MENU mode key.

On the MCDU:
.

5.

The MCDU MENU page comes into view.

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-00-080-051-A
A.

Remove the PROTRACTOR-CONTROL SURFACE DEFLECTION (98A27308005000), or RIGMASTER

SYSTEM-FLIGHT CONTROLS (TR60-1), or PROTRACTOR - CONTROL SURFACE (TR31-101).

Subtask 27-21-00-942-056-A
B.

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-21-00-865-056-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY

105VU

FIN
7XE

LOCATION
C01

Subtask 27-21-00-410-053-A
D.

Close Access
(1)

Close the access doors 325ER 325DR 325EL 325DL.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-21-00-860-064-A
E.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005-A).

(3)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-21-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
A

A
325 EL
325 DL

ZONE325

B
325 ER
325 DR

N_MM_272100_5_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Position of the Servocontrol

27-21-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

RUDDER 0 POSITION
MARKED ON THE TAIL CONE
(REF. TRIANGLE)

N_MM_272100_5_DXA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-02700-A SHEET 1

Measurement of the Rudder Travel (Distance X)

27-21-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-00-720-003-A
Functional Test of the Rudder Mechanical Control after Replacement of the Rudder Hinge-Arm Fittings
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

This test is only applicable after replacement of the rudder hinge-arm fittings

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific
98A27308005000
TR31-101
TR60-1

AR
1
1
1

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210
325
325DL, 325DR, 325EL, 325ER
C.

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

PROTRACTOR-CONTROL SURFACE DEFLECTION
PROTRACTOR - CONTROL SURFACE
RIGMASTER SYSTEM-FLIGHT CONTROLS

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

AES

27-21-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A
34-10-00-860-004-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure
IR Alignment Procedure

34-10-00-860-005-A

ADIRS Stop Procedure

55-33-13-000-001-A

Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DL, 325DR,

325CL, 325CR, 325BL and 325BR
55-33-13-400-001-A
Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DL, 325DR,
325CL, 325CR, 325BL and 325BR
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00600-A - Position of the Servocontrol)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-02700-A - Measurement of the Rudder Travel (Distance X))
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-010-067-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone 325.

(2)

Open the trailing edge access-panels 325ER 325EL 325DR 325DL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-000-001-A).
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00600-A - Position of the Servocontrol)

Subtask 27-21-00-480-053-A
B.

Installation of the Tool

(1)

Install the PROTRACTOR-CONTROL SURFACE DEFLECTION (98A27308005000), or RIGMASTER

SYSTEM-FLIGHT CONTROLS (TR60-1), or PROTRACTOR - CONTROL SURFACE (TR31-101) on
the rudder and on the vertical surface opposite the center servocontrol.
NOTE :

If these tools are not available, you can measure the distance X to find the rudder travel.
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-02700-A - Measurement of the Rudder Travel (Distance X))

Subtask 27-21-00-860-072-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(3)

Do the IR alignment procedure for the ADIRU 3 only (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004-A).
NOTE :

(4)

AES

The ADIRUs 1 and 2 must be OFF. If the ADIRU 1 and 2 are ON, the test will not give
satisfactory results.

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that:

. the FAC1, ELAC1 and SEC1 pushbutton switches are pushed (the FAULT and OFF legends are
off).

27-21-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that:

. the FAC2, ELAC2, SEC2 and SEC3 pushbutton switches are pushed (the FAULT and OFF legends
are off).

(6)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A)
or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(7)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows O.

(8)

On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL key (on the lower ECAM display
unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).

Subtask 27-21-00-865-057-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

FIN
B04

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-00-865-058-A
E.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

105VU
4.

DESIGNATION
ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY

FIN
7XE

LOCATION
C01

Procedure
Subtask 27-21-00-720-051-A
A.

Functional Test of the Rudder Mechanical Control

ACTION
1.In the CAPT or F/O seat:
. push the right pedal until it touches the mechanical
(adjustable) stop.

AES

RESULT
The rudder moves smoothly to the right.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the RUD/G, B, Y symbols are green,
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly to the
right mark,
. the protractor that measures the rudder travel shows 25
deg. plus or minus 1 deg. (or X is between 643.5 mm
(25.3347 in.) and 696 mm (27.4016 in.)).

27-21-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
2.Slowly release the right pedal.

RESULT
The rudder moves to the neutral position.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the RUD/G, B, Y symbols are green,
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves to the neutral
position,
. the protractor that measures the rudder travel shows 0
deg.. The maximum no-return value is 0.25 deg. (X =
6.75 mm (0.2657 in.)).
NOTE :

3.Push the left pedal until it touches the mechanical stop.

4.Slowly release the left pedal.

5.

The no-return value is the sum of the two noreturn values of the travel of the rudder for a right
turn and a left turn.
The rudder moves smoothly to the left.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the RUD/G, B, Y symbols are green,
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly to the
left mark.
. the protractor that measures the rudder travel shows 25
deg. plus or minus 1 deg. (or X is between 643.5 mm
(25.3347 in.) and 696 mm (27.4016 in.)).
The rudder moves to the neutral position.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the RUD/G, B, Y symbols are green,
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves to the neutral
position,
. the protractor that measures the rudder travel shows 0
deg.. The maximum no-return value is 0.25 deg. (X =
6.75 mm (0.2657 in.)).

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-00-080-053-A
A.

Remove the PROTRACTOR-CONTROL SURFACE DEFLECTION (98A27308005000), or RIGMASTER

SYSTEM-FLIGHT CONTROLS (TR60-1), or PROTRACTOR - CONTROL SURFACE (TR31-101).

Subtask 27-21-00-942-070-A
B.

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-21-00-865-059-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY

105VU

FIN
7XE

LOCATION
C01

Subtask 27-21-00-410-062-A
D.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the trailing edge access-panels 325ER 325DR 325EL 325DL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-400-001-A).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-21-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-21-00-860-073-A
E.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005-A).

(3)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-21-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-00-820-002-A
Adjustment of the Rudder Control-Cables Length
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
CAUTION :

1.

MAKE SURE THAT THE AIRCRAFT IS IN THE TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS (STABLE AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE) SPECIFIED IN THE AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE CONFIGURATION PARAGRAPH.
CHANGES IN THE TEMPERATURE CAN CAUSE INCORRECT MEASUREMENTS.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CABLE TENSIOMETER

No specific
No specific

AR
1

MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE

THERMOMETER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98A27901002000
98D27203500000
98D27207516000
98D27207547000

1
1
1
1

PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL
BRACKET,TENSION REGULATOR-RUDDER CONTROL
PIN-RIGGING,SET
PIN-RIGGING

B.

Consumable Materials
REFERENCE

No specific
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
130
150
210
240
310

AES

DESIGNATION
Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.6 mm (0.02 in.)

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
FWD CAR COMPT AFT BULKHEAD OF AVNCS COMP
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FWD PRESS BULKHEAD
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
MID PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

27-21-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

211GF, 211KF, 241BF, 241FF,

312AR, 811, 812, 824, 825, 826
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
8

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-21-01-11-010

locking clips
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-33-21-618-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection

12-33-21-618-001-A-01
12-33-21-618-001-A-02

Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection

Pre-conditioning with the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-21-00-820-004-A

Shortening of the Rudder Control Cable

27-21-00-840-001-A

Removal/Installation of the control rod on the rudder mechanical control

27-24-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

52-41-00-410-002-A

Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

53-12-11-000-001-A
53-12-11-400-001-A
53-32-12-000-002-A
53-32-12-400-002-A
27-21-45-000-001-A

Removal of the Cockpit Floor Panels from FR1 Thru FR12

Installation of the Cockpit Floor Panels from FR1 thru FR12
Removal of the Cabin Floor Panels
Installation of the Cabin Floor Panels
Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator Assy (for corrective action)

27-21-45-400-001-A

Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator Assy (for corrective action)

27-21-61-000-001-A

Removal of the Rudder Control Cables (for corrective action)

27-21-61-400-001-A

Installation of the Rudder Control Cables (for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00800-B - Component Location)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00900-A - Adjustment Graph)
3.

Job Set-up
CAUTION :

AES

DO THIS PROCEDURE IN A HANGAR IF THERE ARE WIND GUSTS. WIND GUSTS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE LINKAGE WHEN THE RIGGING PINS ARE IN POSITION ON THE RUDDER
CONTROL.

27-21-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-21-00-010-055-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 312AR.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

(3)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 811.

(4)

Open the access door 811.

(5)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 812.

(6)

Open the access door 812.

(7)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 824.

(8)

Open the access door 824.

(9)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the cargo compartment door 825.

(10) Open the cargo compartment door 825.

(11) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the cargo compartment door 826.
(12) Open the cargo compartment door 826.
(13) Remove the floor panels 211GF 211KF 241BF 241FF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK
53-32-12-000-002-A).
Subtask 27-21-00-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(2)

Make sure that the air conditionning does not operate (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A) or (Ref. TASK
12-33-21-618-001-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A-02).

(3)

Make sure that there is no neon light on, near the cable, in the cable routing area.

(4)

Let the temperature in the aircraft become stable for a period of three hours before you start the
adjustment.
NOTE :

You can do other maintenance actions during the three hour period if they do not change the
ambient temperature (No source of heat or cold, aircraft not energized, no air conditioning, no
neon light sources in the cable routing area).

(5)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(6)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(7)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(8)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC1 pushbutton switch is pushed (the
OFF legend is off).

(9)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC2 pushbutton switch is pushed (the
OFF legend is off).

(10) Operate the rudder pedals fully more than ten times and put them in the zero position.
(11) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the rudder pedals (CAPT and F/0) to tell persons not to
operate them.

AES

27-21-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(12) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) (6) on the cable
quadrant (5).
(13) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).
(14) De-energize the aircraft electrical cicuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
(15) Remove the control rod (7) between the mixer and the cable quadrant (5) (Ref. TASK
27-21-00-840-001-A).
(16) Do a check of the dimension 25 +2 mm or -2 mm (0.9843 +0.0787 in. or -0.0787 in.) on the cable
quadrant (5).
If the dimension is not correct, adjust it as follows:

4.

(a)

Remove the lockwire from the nuts (3) and discard it.

(b)

Loosen the nuts (3).

(c)

Turn the bolts (4) until you get the correct dimension.

(d)

Tighten the nuts (3). Do not safety the nuts (3) at this time.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00800-B - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00900-A - Adjustment Graph)
Subtask 27-21-00-820-053-A
A.

Adjustment of the Cable Linkage Assy

(1)

Measure the ambient temperature with a THERMOMETER.

(2)

Use the adjustment graph to find the position of the index of the cable tension regulator (1), in relation
to the ambient temperature.

(3)

Install the BRACKET,TENSION REGULATOR-RUDDER CONTROL (98D27203500000) (10) on the

mark of the flange of the cable tension regulator (1) (access door 811).
NOTE :

(4)

Bend the two cables to the same value and release them quickly. When you release the cables, make
sure that the two quadrants of the tension regulator move easily (it must not be caught).

(5)

Remove the locking clips (8) from the turnbuckles (9).

(6)

Turn the 2 turnbuckles (9) by the same value to adjust the length of the cable loop so that:

(7)

AES

This tool is used to align the mark on the cable tension regulator with the related graduation on
the fixed scale.

(a)

Read the value on the fixed scale with a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE and check that the
position of the index of the tension regulator (1) agrees with the values found on the graph.

(b)

You can install the locking clips (8) on the turnbuckles (9).

(c)

You can easily install and remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (2)
on the input lever of the cable tension regulator (1).

If you cannot install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) easily, adjust the bolt
(4):
(a)

If necessary, remove the lockwire from the nuts (3) and discard it.

(b)

Loosen the nuts (3) from the cable quadrant (5).

27-21-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(8)

(c)

Turn the bolts (4) on the cable quadrant (5) so that:

. The position of the index of the tension regulator (1) agrees with the values found on the
graph.
. You can easily install and remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000)
(2) on the input lever of the cable tension regulator (1).

(d)

Do a check of the dimensions 25 +2 mm or -2 mm (0.9843 +0.0787 in. or -0.0787 in.).

(e)

Tighten the nuts (3) on the cable quadrant (5). Do not safety the nuts (3) at this time.

If you cannot adjust the control cables, do a visual inspection of the pulleys and the tension regulator.
(a)

(9)

If they are in good condition:

1

Make a mark on each front cable.

Pull the cables to the rear until the position of the index agrees with the value found on the
graph.

Keep the cables pulled and make a new mark on each front cable then release the cables.

Measure the length between two marks of each cable

. if the length is more than 45 mm (1.7717 in.), shorten the control cables (Ref. TASK
27-21-00-820-004-A).
. if the length is less than 45 mm (1.7717 in.), replace the rear control cables (Ref. TASK
27-21-61-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK 27-21-61-400-001-A).

Install the (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-11) locking clips (8) on the turnbuckles (9).
Connect the control rod (7) between the cable quadrant and the mixer (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-840-001A). Make sure that bolts can be installed easily.
If not, do these operations:
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts of the rod (7).

(b)

Loosen the nuts.

(c)

Release the lockwashers.

(d)

Adjust the length of the rod until you can push the bolts freely.

(e)

Engage the lockwashers.

(f)

Tighten the nuts.

(g)

Make sure that the adjustment is correct.

(h)

Safety the nuts with lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

(10) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) (6) from the
cable quadrant (5).
(11) Remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (2) from the tension regulator (1).
(12) With a CABLE TENSIOMETER, measure the tension of each cable, in each cargo compartment,
between two static fairleads.
NOTE :

AES

The tension value of the two cables must be 22 +4 daN or -4 daN (49.4580 +8.9924 lbf or
-8.9924 lbf). If the tension value is not correct, replace the cable tension regulator (1) (Ref.
TASK 27-21-45-000-001-A), (Ref. TASK 27-21-45-400-001-A).

27-21-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-21-00-710-053-A
B.

Test
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(3)

Operate the rudder pedals fully more than ten times and put them in the zero position.

(4)

Do an operational test of the rudder hydraulic actuation (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001-A).

(5)

Install the rigging pin (2) on the input lever of the tension regulator (1).

(6)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(7)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(8)

Make sure that:

. The calibration value you found on the scale during the adjustment is still aligned with the index of
the tension regulator (1) with a tolerance of + or - 1/2 graduation.

(9)

Make sure that you can easily install the rigging pin (6) on the cable quadrant (5).

(10) With a CABLE TENSIOMETER, measure the tension of the two cables, in each cargo compartment
between two static fairleads.
Repeat this operation twice to valid the measurement.
(11) Make sure that the tension value is 22 +4 daN or -4 daN (49.4580 +8.9924 lbf or -8.9924 lbf).
(12) Safety the nuts (3) with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.6 mm (0.02 in.).
(13) Remove the rigging pins (6) and (2).
(14) Remove the BRACKET,TENSION REGULATOR-RUDDER CONTROL (98D27203500000) (10) from
the flange of the cable tension regulator (1).
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-00-942-060-A
A.

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.

Subtask 27-21-00-410-055-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Install the floor panels 211GF 211KF 241BF 241FF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-400-001-A), (Ref. TASK
53-32-12-400-002-A).

(2)

Close the access doors 312AR 811 812 824 825 826 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-21-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
FR11
FR35
FR42

FR8
FLOOR PANELS
211GF211KF

FR72

FLOORS PANELS
241FF241BF
312AR

C
9

B
8

N_MM_272100_5_BNM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-00800-B SHEET 1

Component Location

27-21-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

D
7

6
4

E
E

25 2mm
(0.9842 0.0787in.)

N_MM_272100_5_BNM0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-00800-B SHEET 2

Component Location

27-21-00 PB501

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
T
GRADUATION OF THE FIXED SCALE
OF TEMPERATURE FACING THE FIXED INDEX

3
2

20
4

15
5

10
14

5
23

5
41

10
50

15
59

20
68

25
77

30
86

35
95

40
104

C
F

AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE
STABILIZED

2
E.G :
STABLE AMBIENT TEMP.: 7C 3
INDEX POS : 1T
4

NOTE : THIS CURVE CAN BE EXTENDED

R

SECTION

GG
FIXED SCALE

EG: INDEX
POSITION: 1T

FIXED SCALE

MARK
10

10

IN THIS POSITION, MARK ON THE TENSION REGULATOR FACING 1T ON THE FIXED SCALE
N_MM_272100_5_APM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-00900-A SHEET 1

Adjustment Graph

27-21-00 PB501

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-00-820-004-A
Shortening of the Rudder Control Cable
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
CAUTION :

1.

MAKE SURE THAT THE AIRCRAFT IS IN THE TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS (STABLE AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE) SPECIFIED IN THE AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE CONFIGURATION PARAGRAPH.
CHANGES IN THE TEMPERATURE CAN CAUSE INCORRECT MEASUREMENTS.

Reason for the Job

Do this procedure when it is no longer possible to adjust the length of the rudder control cables (turnbuckles on the
stops).

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

THERMOMETER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98A27901002000
98D27207547000

1
1

PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL
PIN-RIGGING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
130
150
210
240
310
131PW, 241BF, 241FF, 825, 826
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
FWD CAR COMPT AFT BULKHEAD OF AVNCS COMP
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FWD PRESS BULKHEAD
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
MID PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-33-21-618-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection

12-33-21-618-001-A-01
12-33-21-618-001-A-02

Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection

Pre-conditioning with the APU

27-21-00-820-002-A

Adjustment of the Rudder Control-Cables Length

AES

27-21-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00800-B - Component Location)

DESIGNATION

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00900-A - Adjustment Graph)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-01900-A - Rudder Cable Turnbuckles)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-02000-A - Cable Travel Y)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-010-064-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE are in position at the cargo
compartment doors 825 and 826.

(2)

Make sure that the cargo compartment doors 825 and 826 are open.

(3)

In the zone 241, make sure that the floor panels 241FF and 241BF are removed.

(4)

In the zone 131, make sure that the partition panel 131PW is removed.

Subtask 27-21-00-860-067-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the air conditioning system does not operate (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A) or (Ref.
TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A-02).

(2)

Make sure that there is no neon light on, near the cable, in the cable routing zone.

(3)

Let the temperature in the aircraft become stable for a period of three hours before you start the
adjustment.
NOTE :

4.

You can do other maintenance actions during the three hour period if they do not change the
ambient temperature (No source of heat or cold, aircraft not energized, no air conditioning, no
neon light sources in the cable routing area).

(4)

Make sure that the rudder trim and the rudder pedals are in the 0 position.

(5)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the rudder pedals
and the rudder trim.

(6)

Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (6) is in position on the cable quadrant (5).

(7)

Make sure that the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (2) is in position on the
tension regulator (1).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00800-B - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00900-A - Adjustment Graph)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-01900-A - Rudder Cable Turnbuckles)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-02000-A - Cable Travel Y)
Subtask 27-21-00-220-052-A
A.

Measurement
(1)

AES

Measure the cable zone temperature and the external temperature with a THERMOMETER. Make sure
that the temperature is the same at plus or minus 2 DEG.C (plus or minus 3.60 DEG.F).

27-21-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-21-00-820-061-A
B.

Shortening of the Rudder Control Cables

(1)

Adjust the two turnbuckles to the dimension C = 30 mm (1.18 in.).

(2)

Find the correct value to cut the cables.

NOTE :

Cut the two rear cables by the same value.

(a)

Use the adjustment graph to find the position of the index of the tension regulator (1) in relation
to the ambient temperature.

(b)

Put marks on the two cables where the cable routing is straight and near the structure.

(c)

In the fuselage between two static fairleads, pull the two cables at the same time until the index
of the tension regulator is at the position found on the graph.
NOTE :

Pull the cables down to get the necessary force, and measure the cable travel Y along
the aircraft axis.

(d)

Measure with the marks (on the cables and on the structure) the cable travel Y on each cable to
get the necessary cable length.

(e)

For each cable side, subtract 45 mm (1.7717 in.) from the value measured before.
NOTE :

45 mm (1.7717 in.) is the cable penetration into the terminal stud of one turnbuckle.

(f) The value X (to cut the cable) = Y (cable travel) - 45 mm (1.7717 in.).
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! Example:
!
!
Measured cable travel Y for each cable
= 110 mm (4.33 in.)
!
!
Cable penetration into the terminal stud
= 45 mm (1.77 in.)
!
!
Value X to cut the cable
= 110 mm - 45 mm = 65 mm
!
!
(4.33 in. - 1.77 in. = 2.55 in.) !
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
Cut the two rear cables by 65 mm (2.55 in.)
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------(3)

Use the measured clearance between the turnbuckles and the static fairleads to cut the rear cable
junction by the calculated value.
NOTE :

5.

Cut the two rear cables by the same value.

(4)

Install the new turnbuckles on the cable (Ref. CFM Cable Fabrication Man).

(5)

Do the adjustment of the rudder control-cables length (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-820-002-A).

(6)

Make sure that the clearances A between the ends of the terminal studs (cable side) and the fairleads
is minimum 25.4 mm (1.00 in.) along the full travel range of the rudder control.

(7)

Make sure that the distance B between the ends of the terminal studs (cable side) in each rudder
control cable is minimum 90 mm (3.54 in.) along the full travel range of the rudder control.

(8)

Make sure that the turnbuckles are in the adjustment range of 38.2 mm (1.50 in.).

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-00-860-068-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

AES

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-21-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

AES

Remove the special and standard tools and all other items.

27-21-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

TURNBUCKLES
A

STATIC FAIRLEADS

N_MM_272100_5_ATM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-01900-A SHEET 1

Rudder Cable Turnbuckles

27-21-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FWD
MEASUREMENT OF CABLE TRAVEL "Y"
REFERENCE
STRUCTURE

REFERENCE
MARK

CABLE

CABLE IN ZERO
POSITION

REFERENCE
STRUCTURE

CABLE
CABLE
TRAVEL
"Y"
PULL UNTIL INDEX
OF CABLE TENSION
REGULATOR IS AT THE
POSITION FOUND ON THE GRAPH

REFERENCE
MARK

TURNBUCKLE ADJUSTMENT RANGE

43.2mm
(1.70in.)
MAX. PROTRUSION
3 THREADS
TERMINAL STUD
RANGE = 38.2mm (1.50in.)
5mm
(0.20in.)
POSITION ON STOP

N_MM_272100_5_ASM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-02000-A SHEET 1

Cable Travel Y

27-21-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-00-820-005-A
Cutting of the Rear Control Cable of the Rudder
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
CAUTION :

1.

MAKE SURE THAT THE AIRCRAFT IS IN THE TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS (STABLE AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE) SPECIFIED IN THE AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE CONFIGURATION PARAGRAPH.
CHANGES IN THE TEMPERATURE CAN CAUSE INCORRECT MEASUREMENTS.

Reason for the Job

Do this procedure when you install a new rear control cable on the rudder.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

THERMOMETER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98A27901002000
98D27207547000
98D27408650000

1
1
1

PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL
PIN-RIGGING
DEVICE-PRE RIGGING,CONTROL CABLE

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

130
150
240
310
131PW, 241BF, 241FF, 825, 826
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FWD CAR COMPT AFT BULKHEAD OF AVNCS COMP
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FWD PRESS BULKHEAD
MID PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-33-21-618-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection

12-33-21-618-001-A-01
12-33-21-618-001-A-02

Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection

Pre-conditioning with the APU

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00800-B - Component Location)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-01800-A - Rear Rudder Control Cables Length Adjustment)

AES

27-21-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-010-065-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE are in position at the cargo
compartment doors 825 and 826.

(2)

Make sure that the cargo compartment doors 825 and 826 are open.

(3)

In the zone 241, make sure that the floor panels 241FF and 241BF are removed.

(4)

In the zone 131, make sure that the partition panel 131PW is removed.

Subtask 27-21-00-860-069-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the air conditioning system does not operate (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A) or (Ref.
TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A-02).

(2)

Make sure that there is no neon light on, near the cable, in the cable routing zone.

(3)

Let the temperature in the aircraft become stable for a period of three hours before you start the
adjustment.
NOTE :

4.

You can do other maintenance actions during the three hour period if they do not change the
ambient temperature (No source of heat or cold, aircraft not energized, no air conditioning, no
neon light sources in the cable routing area).

(4)

Make sure that the rudder trim and the rudder pedals are in the 0 position.

(5)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the rudder pedals
and the rudder trim.

(6)

Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (6) is in position on the cable quadrant (5).

(7)

Make sure that the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (2) is in position on the
tension regulator (1).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00800-B - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-01800-A - Rear Rudder Control Cables Length Adjustment)
Subtask 27-21-00-820-062-A
A.

Tension of the Cables

(1)

Install the DEVICE-PRE RIGGING,CONTROL CABLE (98D27408650000).

(2)

Apply a tension of 32 daN (71.9388 lbf) to the cable linkage.

Subtask 27-21-00-220-053-A
B.

Measurement
(1)

Measure the cable zone temperature and the external temperature with a THERMOMETER. Make sure
that the temperature is the same at plus or minus 2 DEG.C (plus or minus 3.60 DEG.F).

Subtask 27-21-00-820-063-A
C.

Cutting of the Rear Control Cable of the Rudder

(1)

AES

Measure the distance between FR35 and the rear control cable of the rudder.
Make a mark on each cable:
. for the right cable: at 933.7 mm (36.7599 in.) plus or minus 2 mm (0.0787 in.)

27-21-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.

AES

for the left cable: at 383.7 mm (15.1063 in.) plus or minus 2 mm (0.0787 in.)

(2)

Release the tension on the cables.

(3)

Remove the DEVICE-PRE RIGGING,CONTROL CABLE (98D27408650000).

(4)

Use an applicable tool (Ref. CFM Cable Fabrication Man) to cut the cables at the marks you did before.

(5)

Install the turnbuckles on the cable ends (Ref. CFM Cable Fabrication Man).

27-21-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FR47

A
FR42

Z140

FR35

D
241FF
FR35

B
C
241BF

MEASUREMENT
REFERENCE

CROSS BEAM

FR35

B
D
933.7 + 2mm
(36.76 + 0.08in.)

C
D
383.7 + 2mm
(15.11+ 0.08in.)

N_MM_272100_5_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-01800-A SHEET 1

Rear Rudder Control Cables Length Adjustment

27-21-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RUDDER MECHANICAL CONTROL - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-00-210-001-A
Visual Inspection of the Universal Joint
1.

Reason for the Job

To make sure that the universal joint connected to the rudder trim actuator is in the correct condition.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

B.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00200-A - Component Location)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-010-060-B
A.

Get Access
Not applicable.

Subtask 27-21-00-860-054-B
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the maintenance panel 50VU:

(a)

Release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch. The OFF legend
comes on.

(b)

Release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch. The OFF legend
comes on.

27-21-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)
(3)

Release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch. The OFF legend
comes on.

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the HYD section of the panel 50VU to tell persons not to operate the
LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES pushbutton switches.

Subtask 27-21-00-010-051-A
C.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Open the access door 325BL.

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at zone 325.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00200-A - Component Location)
Subtask 27-21-00-210-050-A
A.

5.

Visual Inspection of the Universal Joint

(1)

Do the visual check of the universal joint (1) to make sure that there is no corrosion or cracks on the
yokes.

(2)

Move the universal joint (1) by hand to make sure that there is no play on the cross piece and on the
yoke bushes.

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-00-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Close the access door 325BL.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-21-00-860-055-A
B.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

AES

On the maintenance panel 50VU:

(a)

Push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch. The OFF legend goes
off.

(b)

Push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch. The OFF legend goes
off.

(c)

Push the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch. The OFF legend goes off.

(2)

At zone 147, remove the connector from the leak-measurement solenoid valve (1150GP).

(3)

Connect the connector to the dummy connector attached to the aircraft structure.

(4)

Install the blanking cap to the leak-measurement solenoid valve (1150GP).

(5)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(6)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-21-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

ZONE 325

A
325BL

325BL

N_MM_272100_6_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Component Location

27-21-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-00-210-002-A
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Rudder Mechanical Control Cables
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-21-00-02-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF RUDDER MECHANICAL CONTROL CABLES -INCLUDING ZONE 311-

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

130
150
160
210
220
230
240
310
131AC, 131BC, 131CC, 131PW,
151AC, 151BC, 151CC, 151DC,
161AC, 161BC, 161DW, 162DW,
211GF, 211KF, 221EF, 231CF,
231WF, 241BF, 241FF, 241KF,
312AR, 825, 826
C.

ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FWD CAR COMPT AFT BULKHEAD OF AVNCS COMP
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FWD PRESS BULKHEAD
BULK CARGO COMPARTEMENT AFT BULKHEAD
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
FWD CAB UTILITY AREAS
FWD PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
MID PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-24-12-200-001-A
24-42-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Check of the Control Cables
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

25-54-12-000-001-A

Removal of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34

25-54-12-000-002-A

Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment

25-54-12-400-001-A

Installation of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34

25-54-12-400-002-A

Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment

AES

27-21-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
25-55-11-000-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment - FR47/FR59

25-55-11-400-002-A

Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment -FR47/FR59

25-55-12-000-001-A

Removal of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65

25-55-12-000-002-A

Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment - FR59/FR65

25-55-12-400-001-A

Installation of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

53-12-11-000-001-A
Removal of the Cockpit Floor Panels from FR1 Thru FR12
53-12-11-400-001-A
Installation of the Cockpit Floor Panels from FR1 thru FR12
53-12-12-000-001-A
Removal of the Cabin Floor Panels from FR12 thru FR24
53-12-12-400-001-A
Installation of the Cabin Floor Panels from FR12 thru FR24
53-22-12-000-001-A
Removal of the Cabin Floor Panels
53-22-12-400-001-A
Installation of the Cabin Floor Panels
53-32-12-000-002-A
Removal of the Cabin Floor Panels
53-32-12-400-002-A
Installation of the Cabin Floor Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00700-J - Access Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-01500-A - Rudder Mechanical Control Cables)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 53-1143 FOR A/C 003-003
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00700-J - Access Location)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-00-860-056-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that hydraulic systems are depressurized

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Put a warning notice on the CAPT and F/O rudder pedals to tell persons not to operate them.

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 53-1143 FOR A/C 003-003
Subtask 27-21-00-010-054-B
B.

AES

Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00700-J - Access Location)
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position in the zone 132.

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position in the zone 154.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position in the zone 312.

(4)

Open the access doors 312AR 825 826.

27-21-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

In the zones 211 and 221, remove the floor panels 211GF 211KF 221EF 221LF
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 53-12-11-000-001-A), (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-000-001-A).

(6)

In the zones 231 and 241, remove the floor panels 231CF 231WF 241BF 241FF 241KF (Ref. TASK
53-12-12-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK 53-22-12-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002-A).

(7)

In the zone 131, remove the ceiling panels 131AC 131BC 131CC (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002-A).

(8)

In the zone 131, remove the partition panel 131PW (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-001-A).

(9)

In the zone 151 and 161, remove the ceiling panels 151AC 151BC 151CC 151DC 161AC 161BC (Ref.
TASK 25-55-11-000-002-A) (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-002-A).

(10) In the zone 161, remove the partition panels 161DW 162DW (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-001-A).
4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-21-00-210-051-A
A.

5.

Visual Inspection
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-01500-A - Rudder Mechanical Control Cables)
(1)

Make sure that the fairleads are in the correct condition.

(2)

At the FR70, make sure that the pressure seals (3) are correctly installed and in the correct condition.

(3)

Make sure that the turnbuckles (1) are safetied with the lock clips (2).

(4)

Make sure that the cables are not damaged with no corrosion (Ref. TASK 20-24-12-200-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the linkage can move freely and does not touch or rub against:
. the tubing,
. the structures,
. the electrical routing,
. the adjacent controls.

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-00-942-058-A
A.

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 53-1143 FOR A/C 003-003
Subtask 27-21-00-410-054-B
B.

Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-00700-J - Access Location)
(1)

In the zones 211 and 221, install the floor panels 211GF 211KF 221EF 221LF 231CF
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 53-12-11-400-001-A), (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-400-001-A).

AES

(2)

In the zones 231 and 241, install the floor panels 231WF 241BF 241FF 241KF (Ref. TASK
53-22-12-400-001-A) (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-002-A).

(3)

In the zone 131, install the ceiling panels 131AC 131BC 131CC (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002-A).

(4)

In the zone 131, install the partition panel 131PW (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-001-A).

(5)

In the zone 151 and 161, install the ceiling panels 151AC 151BC 151CC 151DC 161AC 161BC (Ref.
TASK 25-55-11-400-002-A) (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-002-A).

27-21-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

In the zone 161, install the partition panels 161DW 162DW (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-001-A).

(7)

Close the access doors 312AR 825 826.

(8)

Remove the access platform(s).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-00-860-057-A
C.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).

27-21-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 53-1143 FOR A/C 003-003
Z132
Z154

Z312

A
PARTITION FR65 (REAR VIEW)

825

B
A

FR34

FR30

FR27

FR24A

826
162DW 161DW
FR65

312AR

FR8

131MW

FLOOR PANELS
Z211221

F131HW

FR24

131GW

FR32

CEILING
PANELS
Z131

C
PARTITION FR34
FLOOR PANELS
Z241

211GF

221LF
211KF

FR47

231CF
221EF

CEILING PANELS
Z151161

131BC
131AC 131CC

131PW

132PW
131NW
FR64

241BF
231WF
241FF

151AC
241KF
151BC
151CC
151DC
161AC
161BC

N_MM_272100_6_ACM1_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-00700-J SHEET 1

Access Location

27-21-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FR23
FR28
FR33
FR35

A
A

FR42
FR48
FR53
FR58
FR63

FR67
FR70

N_MM_272100_6_FCM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-01500-A SHEET 1

Rudder Mechanical Control Cables

27-21-00 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

1
2

1
2

SECTION

CC
B
C
3

C
C

N_MM_272100_6_FCM0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-01500-A SHEET 2

Rudder Mechanical Control Cables

27-21-00 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-00-220-001-A
Check of the Tension of the Rudder Mechanical-Control Cables with a Tensiometer
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY OPERATE
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF HYDRAULICALLY
OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-21-00-03-)
CHECK TENSION OF RUDDER MECHANICAL CONTROL CABLES USING TENSIOMETER

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CABLE TENSIOMETER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

130
150
131BC, 151BC
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FWD CAR COMPT AFT BULKHEAD OF AVNCS COMP
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FWD PRESS BULKHEAD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

25-54-12-000-002-A

Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment

25-54-12-400-002-A

Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment

AES

27-21-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
25-55-11-000-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment - FR47/FR59

25-55-11-400-002-A

Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment -FR47/FR59

27-21-00-820-002-A

Adjustment of the Rudder Control-Cables Length

27-21-45-000-001-A

Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator Assy

27-21-45-400-001-A

Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator Assy

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

52-30-00-860-001-A

Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the Yellow Electric
Pump
Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the Yellow Electric
Pump

52-30-00-860-002-A

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-860-058-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system

with the electric pump (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(3)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(4)

On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend comes
on.

(5)

On the overhead panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend comes
on.

(6)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the rudder pedals, on the pitch-trim control wheels and on
the sidestick controllers (CAPT and F/O) to tell persons not to operate them.

Subtask 27-21-00-010-056-A
B.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Open the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(3)

Remove the ceiling panel 131BC in the FWD cargo compartment (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002-A).

(4)

Remove the ceiling panel 151BC in the AFT cargo compartment (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-002-A).

Procedure
Subtask 27-21-00-220-050-A
A.

AES

Check of the Correct Tension of the Rudder Mechanical-Control Cables

(1)

Operate the rudder mechanical control five times and put it in the zero position.

(2)

In the cargo compartment, you can see four cables:

. the two cables at right are the THS control cables
. the two cables at left are the rudder control cables.

27-21-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Make sure that the tension regulator device is not seized and not on a stop.
. Bend the two cables at left by the same value and release them quickly. When you release the
cables, make sure that the tension regulator quadrants move easily (no seizing).

(4)

With a CABLE TENSIOMETER, measure the tension of each cable, in each cargo compartment,
between two static fairleads.
Repeat this operation twice to valid the measurement.
NOTE :

5.

The tension value of each cable is 49.45 +9 -9 lbf (22 +4 -4 daN).

(5)

If the result of the check is not correct, adjust the cables (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-820-002-A), then replace
the tension regulator (Ref. TASK 27-21-45-000-001-A), (Ref. TASK 27-21-45-400-001-A) if necessary.

(6)

Check the tension of the cables.

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-00-410-056-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the ceiling panel 131BC in the FWD cargo compartment (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002-A).

(3)

Install the ceiling panel 151BC in the AFT cargo compartment (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-002-A).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Close cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002-A).

Subtask 27-21-00-860-059-A
B.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend goes off.

(3)

On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend goes off.

(4)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(5)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-21-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-00-220-002-A
Check of the Rudder Cable Tension-Regulator (Pointer in the Limits)
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT THE AIRCRAFT IS IN THE TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS (STABLE AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE) SPECIFIED IN THE AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE CONFIGURATION PARAGRAPH.
CHANGES IN THE TEMPERATURE CAN CAUSE INCORRECT MEASUREMENTS.

FIN 103CM
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-21-45-01-)
CHECK TENSION REGULATOR POINTER IS WITHIN THE LIMITS

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE

THERMOMETER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98A27901002000
98D27203500000

1
1

PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL
BRACKET,TENSION REGULATOR-RUDDER CONTROL

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

125
312AR, 811, 812, 824, 825, 826
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
LATERAL AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-33-21-618-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection

12-33-21-618-001-A-01
12-33-21-618-001-A-02

Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection

Pre-conditioning with the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

AES

27-21-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

DESIGNATION
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

52-41-00-410-002-A

Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

27-21-00-820-002-A

Adjustment of the Rudder Control-Cables Length (for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-01000-A - Tension Regulator)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-01100-A - Adjustment Graph)
3.

Job Set-up
CAUTION :

DO THIS PROCEDURE IN A HANGAR IF THERE ARE WIND GUSTS. WIND GUSTS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE LINKAGE WHEN THE RIGGING PINS ARE IN POSITION ON THE RUDDER
CONTROL.

Subtask 27-21-00-010-057-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 312AR.

(2)

Open the access doors 312AR.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 811.

(4)

Open the access door 811 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).

(5)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)in position at the access door 812.

(6)

Open the access door 812.

(7)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 824.

(8)

Open the access door 824.

(9)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 825.

(10) Open the access door 825.

(11) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 826.
(12) Open the access door 826.
Subtask 27-21-00-862-057-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(2)

Make sure that the air conditionning is de-energized (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A) or (Ref. TASK
12-33-21-618-001-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A-02).

(3)

The cable routing area must not be lighten by neon located close the cable itself.

(4)

Let the temperature in the aircraft become stable for a period of three hours before you start the
adjustment.
NOTE :

AES

You can do other maintenance actions during the three hour period if they do not change the
ambient temperature (No source of heat or cold, aircraft not energized, no air conditioning, no
neon light sources in the cable routing area).

27-21-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)
4.

The ambiant temperature must be within the range of 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F), 40 deg.C (104.00 deg.F).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-01000-A - Tension Regulator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-01100-A - Adjustment Graph)
Subtask 27-21-00-220-051-A
A.

Check of the Rudder Cable Tension-Regulator (Pointer in the Limits)

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system

with the electric pump (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(3)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(4)

Operate the pedals more than ten times

(5)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the rudder pedals (CAPT and F/O) to tell persons not to
operate them.

(6)

Install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (3) on the input lever of the tension
regulator (1).

(7)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(8)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(9)

Bend the two cables by the same value and release them quickly. When you release the cables, make
sure that the two quadrants of the tension regulator (1) move easily (it must not be caught).

(10) Measure the ambient temperature with a THERMOMETER.

(11) Use the adjustment graph to find the position of the index in relation to the measured ambient
temperature.
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-01100-A - Adjustment Graph)
(12) Install the BRACKET,TENSION REGULATOR-RUDDER CONTROL (98D27203500000) (4) on the
mark of the flange of the cable tension regulator (1), through the access door 811.
(13) With a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE, make sure that the value found in the graph agrees with
the position of the index with a tolerance of + or - 1/2 graduation.
(14) If the result of the check is not correct, adjust the cable length (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-820-002-A).
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-00-860-060-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Remove the BRACKET,TENSION REGULATOR-RUDDER CONTROL (98D27203500000) (4).

(2)

Remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (3) from the input lever of the
tension regulator (1).

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(4)

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-21-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-21-00-410-057-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the access doors 312AR 811 812 824 825 826 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-21-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
B

A
2
FR13
FR1

811

B
ALTERNATIVE SOLUTION

N_MM_272100_6_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-01000-A SHEET 1

Tension Regulator

27-21-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
T
GRADUATION OF THE FIXED SCALE
OF TEMPERATURE FACING THE FIXED INDEX

3
2

20
4

15
5

10
14

5
23

5
41

10
50

15
59

20
68

25
77

30
86

35
95

40
104

C
F

AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE
STABILIZED

2
E.G :
STABLE AMBIENT TEMP.: 7C 3
INDEX POS : 1T
4

NOTE : THIS CURVE CAN BE EXTENDED

R

SECTION

DD
FIXED SCALE

EG: INDEX
POSITION: 1T

FIXED SCALE

MARK
4

1
1

IN THIS POSITION, MARK ON THE TENSION REGULATOR FACING 1T ON THE FIXED SCALE
N_MM_272100_6_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-01100-A SHEET 1

Adjustment Graph

27-21-00 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-00-210-003-A
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Rudder Mechanical Control-Linkage in the Vertical Stabilizer
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-21-00-07-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF MECHANICAL CONTROL LINKAGE IN FIN

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

B.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325CL, 325DL, 325EL
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-01300-A - Component Location)
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-941-059-A
A.

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-21-00-010-058-A
B.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 325.

(2)

Open the access doors 325BL 325CL 325DL 325EL.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-01300-A - Component Location)
Subtask 27-21-00-210-054-A
A.

AES

Visual inspection
(1)

Make sure that the rods below are not bent or disconnected:
. the rod (6) which connects the upper bellcrank (3) to the centering spring rod (1),
. the rod (2) which connects the centering spring rod (1) to the travel limitation unit (5),
. the rod (4) which connects the upper bellcrank (3) to the travel limitation unit (5),
. the centering spring rod (1).

(2)

Make sure that their attachment bolts have locknuts and that the safety pins are correctly installed.

(3)

Make sure that there is no corrosion on the control linkage components.

27-21-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-00-410-058-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Close the access doors 325BL 325CL 325DL 325EL.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-21-00-942-066-A
B.

AES

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-21-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

325EL
325DL

325CL
325BL
6

ZONE 325

4
3

N_MM_272100_6_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-01300-A SHEET 1

Component Location

27-21-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-00-220-004-A
Detailed Inspection of the Rudder Servocontrol Actuating Spring-Rod and Rudder Servocontrol Feedback-Rod
Attachments
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
FIN 1025GM, 2025GM, 3025GM
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-21-00-11-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF RUDDER SERVOCONTROL ACTUATING SPRING RODS AND RUDDER
SERVOCONTROL FEEDBACK ROD ATTACHMENTS

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27207547000

PIN-RIGGING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
312AR, 325CR, 325DR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-00-00-864-001-A
55-33-13-010-002-A

DESIGNATION
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-02800-A - Location of the Rigging Pin)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-02900-A - Spring rod - Servocontrol feedback rod)

AES

27-21-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-860-074-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(2)

Make sure that the rudder trim control is set to zero .

(3)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-21-00-865-060-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-00-860-075-A
C.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

Subtask 27-21-00-010-068-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 310.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

Subtask 27-21-00-480-054-A
E.

Installation of the Rigging Pin

(1)

Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (1) in the rudder cable quadrant.

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-02800-A - Location of the Rigging Pin)

Subtask 27-21-00-010-069-C
F.

Get Access
(1)

4.

Open the access panels 325DR 325CR at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-010-002-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-02900-A - Spring rod - Servocontrol feedback rod)
Subtask 27-21-00-220-060-A
A.

Inspection of the Rudder Servocontrol Actuating Spring-Rod and Rudder Servocontrol Feedback-Rod
Attachments
NOTE :

AES

It is not necessary to remove the protective material during the detailed inspection.

27-21-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5.

(1)

Make sure that the spring rods, related bellcrank (1) and input lever attachments (2) are in the correct
condition (no cracks, no damage that you can see (also on the bearings)).

(2)

Make sure that the related bolts and nuts (3) and (4) are correctly tightened and safetied.

(3)

Make sure that the feedback rod attachments (5) and (6) of the servocontrol are in the correct
condition (no cracks, no damage that you can see (also on the bearings)).

(4)

Make sure that the related bolts and nuts (7) and (8) are correctly tightened and safetied.

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-00-860-076-C
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access panels 325DR 325CR at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-410-002-A).

Subtask 27-21-00-480-055-A
B.

Removal of the Rigging Pin

(1)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (1) from the rudder cable quadrant.
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-00-991-02800-A - Location of the Rigging Pin)

Subtask 27-21-00-865-061-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-00-410-063-A
D.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the warning notices.

27-21-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z325

RIB 3

A
RIB 2

FR72
FR70

312AR

N_MM_272100_6_CAA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-02800-A SHEET 1

Location of the Rigging Pin

27-21-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z320

325DR
325CR

A
B

2025GM
3

3025GM
2

1025GM
1

5
7
8 6

1
3

2
4
N_MM_272100_6_DAB0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-00-991-02900-A SHEET 1

Spring rod - Servocontrol feedback rod

27-21-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RUDDER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Rudder
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 42WV
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CRANE 100KG (220 LB)

No specific

AR

MAT - RUBBER

No specific
No specific
No specific

AR
AR
1

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

SUPPORT STRUCTURE - RUDDER
TIE WRAP

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98A55308440000
98A55308741001
98D27207545000
98D27207547000
98D27207548000
SL90-314-3750
SL90-314-5625
** On A/C 003-003

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

SLING-UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE
SLING,R I RUDDER
PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING
TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454
TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454

SL90-314-7500
SL90-315-3750
SL90-315-7500
SL90-322-5625
SL90-350-7500

1
1
1
1
1

TOOL - EXTRACTION,
WRENCH - NOTCHED,
WRENCH - NOTCHED,
WRENCH - NOTCHED,
TOOL - EXTRACTION,

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

320

AES

TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454

TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454
TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454
TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454
TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA 5454

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER AND RUDDER

27-21-41 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

312AR, 325BL, 325BR, 325CL,

325CR, 325DL, 325DR, 325EL, 325ER
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-22-00-000-001-A
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of STA-LOK Nuts and Lockwashers
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-10-00-863-003-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

53-55-12-000-001-A

Removal of the Rudder Fairings

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

** On A/C 006-099
55-42-13-000-001-A

Removal of the Access Panel 326CT at the Rudder Attach Fitting No. 7

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00100-A - Panel and Rigging Pin Locations)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00200-A - Sling Attachment)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00400-E - Servo Actuator Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00300-A - Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00600-A - Hinges Nos. 2,3,4 and 5 - Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-01000-B - Servo Actuator Connection at the Rudder with Bolt PN D55370020800)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00400-B - Servo Actuator Connections)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00100-A - Panel and Rigging Pin Locations)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00200-A - Sling Attachment)
Subtask 27-21-41-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

AES

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

27-21-41 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-21-41-865-053-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-41-860-052-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(1)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the electric pump. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01)

(2)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(3)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows zero.

(4)

On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch and the OFF legend
comes on.

(5)

On the overhead panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch and the OFF legend
comes on.

(6)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

(7)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Subtask 27-21-41-865-050-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-41-860-051-A
E.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A)

(2)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02)

27-21-41 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 27-21-41-010-050-B
F.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access panels 325BL 325BR 325CL 325CR 325DL and remove the access panels 325EL 325ER
325DR at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (1) (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(3)

Open the access door 312AR.

** On A/C 006-099
Subtask 27-21-41-010-050-C
F.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access panels 325BL 325BR 325CL 325CR 325DL and remove the access panels 325EL 325ER
325DR at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (1) (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(3)

Remove the access panel 326CT at the rudder attach fitting No. 7 (Ref. TASK 55-42-13-000-001-A).

(4)

Open the access door 312AR.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-41-480-050-A
G.

Installation of the Rigging Pins and the Lift Sling

CAUTION :

BEFORE YOU ATTACH THE RUDDER SLING TO THE HOISTING POINTS, VISUALLY
EXAMINE IT FOR DAMAGE. IF THE RUDDER SLING IS DAMAGED, DO NOT USE IT. IF YOU
LIFT THE RUDDER WITH A DAMAGED RUDDER SLING, DAMAGE TO THE RUDDER CAN
OCCUR.

CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT THE HOISTING SLING MOVES SMOOTHLY. IF THE SLING MOVES
SUDDENLY IN THE LONGITUDINAL DIRECTION, TENSION AT THE ATTACHMENT BOLTS
AND LUG CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RUDDER.

(1)

(2)

AES

Install the rigging pins as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00100-A - Panel and Rigging Pin Locations)
(a)

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (7) in the differential lever (4) at RIB4.

(b)

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (6) in the travel limitation unit (3) at RIB7.

(c)

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (8) in the rudder cable quadrant (5).

Connect the lift sling as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00200-A - Sling Attachment)
(a)

Remove and discard the self-adhesive discs from the rudder lift points.

(b)

Remove the lift lugs from the rudder (2).

(c)

Turn the lift lugs and install them in the opposite direction in the rudder (2).

(d)

Put the CRANE 100KG (220 LB) in position at the rudder (2).

(e)

Attach the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the SLING-UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE

(98A55308440000) to the CRANE 100KG (220 LB).

27-21-41 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(f)

Attach the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the SLING-UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE

(98A55308440000) to the rudder (2).

(g)

Apply sufficient tension to the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the SLINGUNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE (98A55308440000) to tighten its cables with no vertical movement of
the rudder (2).

Subtask 27-21-41-010-051-A
H.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Remove the rudder fairings (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-000-001-A).

(2)

Install a MAT - RUBBER between the rudder (2) and the fuselage.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-003
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00400-E - Servo Actuator Connections)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00300-A - Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00600-A - Hinges Nos. 2,3,4 and 5 - Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-01000-B - Servo Actuator Connection at the Rudder with Bolt PN D55370020800)
** On A/C 004-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00400-B - Servo Actuator Connections)
Subtask 27-21-41-020-050-B
A.

Removal of the Rudder

(1)

Make sure you identify all the components you remove during the subsequent procedure with their
correct position and location.

(2)

Disconnect the push-rod (10) of the transducer 42WV from the bracket (11) of the rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00300-A - Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (22).

(b)

Remove the nut (21), the washer (20) and the bolt (16).

(c)

Disconnect the eye-end of the push-rod (10) from the attachment bracket (14).

(d)

Safety the push-rod (10) and the transducer 42WV (13):

1

(e)
(3)

AES

Use the TIE WRAP to temporarily attach the push-rod (10) to the hinge arm (12). Do this
at a position where the push-rod (10) and the transducer 42WV (13) are not damaged
during the subsequent procedures.

Remove the sliding bush (17) and the flanged bushes (18) and (19) from the attachment bracket
(14).

Disconnect the hinge No. 1 at RIB2 from the bracket (11) of the rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00300-A - Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections)
(a)

Remove the bolt (30) and disconnect the bonding lead (31) from the attachment bracket (32).

(b)

Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-314-5625) and
remove the tab washer (28) and the spring ring (29) from the slotted nut (27) (Ref. TASK
20-22-00-000-001-A).

27-21-41 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

(4)

Disconnect the servo actuators 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM (35) from the brackets (36) of the rudder
(2):
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00400-B - Servo Actuator Connections)
(a)

(5)

(6)

AES

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-322-5625) and

remove the slotted nut (27) from the bolt (23) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001-A). Do not remove
the bolt (23) at this time.

Disconnect the servo actuator 1025GM (35) at RIB3 as follows:

1

Remove and discard the cotter pin (113).

Remove the locking cap (112), the nut (111) and the washer (110).

Remove the bolt (38).

Remove the locking plate (39) and the washer (120) from the bracket (36).

(b)

Do the steps in Para 4.A.(4)(a) again and disconnect the servo actuator 3025GM (35) at RIB4
and 2025GM (35) at RIB5.

(c)

Move the piston arms of the servo actuators 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM (35) away from the
brackets (36).

(d)

Remove the sealing rings (49) from the piston arm bearings of the servo actuators
1025GM/2025GM/3025GM (35).

Disconnect the hinge No. 7 at RIB11 from the brackets (51) of the rudder (2) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)
(a)

Remove the bolts (59) and disconnect the bonding leads (60) from the attachment brackets (61).

(b)

Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-314-5625) and
remove the tab washer (57) and the spring ring (58) from the slotted nut (56) (Ref. TASK
20-22-00-000-001-A).

(c)

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-322-5625) and

remove the slotted nut (56) from the bolt (52) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001-A). Do not remove
the bolt (52) at this time.

Disconnect the hinge No. 6 at RIB9 from the bracket (64) of the rudder (2) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (65) from the bolt (66).

(b)

Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-314-3750) and
remove the tab washer (67) and the spring ring (111) from the slotted nut (68) (Ref. TASK
20-22-00-000-001-A).

(c)

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-315-3750) and

remove the slotted nut (68) from the bolt (66) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001-A).

(d)

Remove the washer (115) from the bolt (66).

(e)

Remove the bolt (66) from the connection of the support strut (69) and the bolt (70).

(f)

Disconnect the support strut (69) from the bolt (70).

(g)

Remove the bolt (78) and disconnect the bonding lead (79) from the attachment bracket (80).

(h)

Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA 5454 (SL90-350-7500) and
remove the tab washer (76) and the spring ring (77) from the slotted nut (75) (Ref. TASK
20-22-00-000-001-A).

(i)

Remove the slotted nut (75) from the bolt (70).

27-21-41 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(7)

(j)

Remove the bolt (70) and the washer (110) from the connection of the hinge arm (63) and the
bracket (64).

(k)

Remove the locking plate (72) from the hinge arm (63).

Disconnect the hinges Nos. 2 thru 5 from the brackets (91) of the rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00600-A - Hinges Nos. 2,3,4 and 5 - Connections)
(a)

(b)

Disconnect the hinge No. 2 at RIB4 of the vertical stabilizer (1) as follows:
1

Remove the bolt (100) and disconnect the bonding lead (99) from the attachment bracket
(101).

Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-314-5625)

and remove the tab washer (97) and the spring ring (98) from the slotted nut (96) (Ref.
TASK 20-22-00-000-001-A).

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-322-5625) and

remove the slotted nut (96) from the bolt (92) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001-A).

Remove the bolt (92) and the washer (15) from the connection of the brackets (91) and the
hinge arm (90).

Remove the locking plate (93) from the bracket (91).

Do the steps in Para 4.A.(7)(a) again and disconnect these hinges at their related rib positions of
the vertical stabilizer (1):
. The hinge No. 3 at RIB5
. The hinge No. 4 at RIB6
. The hinge No. 5 at RIB7.

(8)

Apply a tension to the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the SLING-UNIVERSAL,TAIL

PLANE (98A55308440000) and remove the load from the hinges of the rudder (2):

(9)

Remove the bolt (52) from the hinge No. 7 at RIB11:

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)
(a)

Remove the bolt (52), the washer (15) and the locking plate (53) from the connection of the
bracket (51) and the hinge arm (50).

(10) Remove the bolt (23) from the hinge No. 1 at RIB2:
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00300-A - Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections)
(a)

Remove the bolt (23), the washer (15) and the locking plate (24) from the connection of the
bracket (11) and the hinge arm (12).

(11) Remove the rudder (2) from the vertical stabilizer (1):
(a)

Move the rudder (2) aft and down in the 90 degree direction from the rudder axis until it touches
the MAT - RUBBER.

(b)

Move the rudder (2) to the left of the aircraft center line.

(c)

Move the rudder (2) aft, away from the vertical stabilizer (1) and lower it onto a SUPPORT
STRUCTURE - RUDDER.

(12) Disconnect the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the SLING-UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE

(98A55308440000) from the rudder (2).
(13) Remove the bushes from the hinge locations:
(a)

AES

Remove the bushes (25) and (26) from the bracket (11) of the rudder (2) at the location of the
hinge No. 1.
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00300-A - Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections)

27-21-41 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

Remove the bushes (94) and (95) from the brackets (91) of the rudder (2) at the locations of the
hinges 2 thru 5.
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00600-A - Hinges Nos. 2,3,4 and 5 - Connections)

(c)

Remove the bushes (54) and (55) from the brackets (51) of the rudder (2) at the location of the
hinge No. 7.
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)

(d)

Remove the bushes (73) and (74) from the hinge arm (63). Do this at the location of the hinge
No. 6 at rib 9 of the vertical stabilizer (1).
NOTE :

The longer bush (74) is installed in the bottom of the hinge arm (63).

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)

(14) Remove the bushes (47) and (48) from the attachment brackets (36) on the rudder (2).
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00400-B - Servo Actuator Connections)
** On A/C 003-003
Subtask 27-21-41-020-050-E
A.

Removal of the Rudder

(1)

Make sure that you identify all the components you remove during the subsequent procedure with their
correct position and location.

(2)

Disconnect the push-rod (10) of the transducer 42WV from the bracket (11) of the rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00300-A - Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (22).

(b)

Remove the nut (21), the washer (20) and the bolt (16).

(c)

Disconnect the eye-end of the push-rod (10) from the attachment bracket (14).

(d)

Safety the push-rod (10) and the transducer 42WV (13):

1

(e)
(3)

(4)

Remove the sliding bush (17) and the flanged bushes (18) and (19) from the attachment bracket
(14).

Disconnect the hinge No. 1 at RIB2 from the bracket (11) of the rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00300-A - Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections)
(a)

Remove the bolt (30) and disconnect the bonding lead (31) from the attachment bracket (32).

(b)

Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-314-5625) and
remove the tab washer (28) and the spring ring (29) from the slotted nut (27) (Ref. TASK
20-22-00-000-001-A).

(c)

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-322-5625) and

remove the slotted nut (27) from the bolt (23) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001-A). Do not remove
the bolt (23) at this time.

Disconnect the servo actuators 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM (35) from the brackets (36) of the rudder
(2):
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00400-E - Servo Actuator Connections)
(a)

Disconnect the servo actuator 1025GM (35) at RIB3 as follows:

1

AES

Use the TIE WRAP to temporarily attach the push-rod (10) to the hinge arm (12). Do this
at a position where the push-rod (10) and the transducer 42WV (13) are not damaged
during the subsequent procedures.

Remove and discard the cotter pin (46).

27-21-41 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(5)

(6)

AES

Remove the nut (45), the washer (44) and the bolt (37).

Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-314-7500)

and remove the tab washer (42) and the spring ring (43) from the slotted nut (41) (Ref.
TASK 20-22-00-000-001-A).

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-315-7500) and

remove the slotted nut (41) from the bolt (38) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001-A).

Remove the cupwasher (40) from the bolt (38).

Remove the bolt (38).

Remove the locking plate (39) and the washer (120) from the bracket (36).

(b)

Do the steps in Para 4.A.(4)(a) again and disconnect the servo actuator 3025GM (35) at RIB4
and 2025GM (35) at RIB5.

(c)

Move the piston arms of the servo actuators 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM (35) away from the
brackets (36).

(d)

Remove the sealing rings (49) from the piston arm bearings of the servo actuators
1025GM/2025GM/3025GM (35).

Disconnect the hinge No. 7 at RIB11 from the brackets (51) of the rudder (2) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)
(a)

Remove the bolts (59) and disconnect the bonding leads (60) from the attachment brackets (61).

(b)

Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-314-5625) and
remove the tab washer (57) and the spring ring (58) from the slotted nut (56) (Ref. TASK
20-22-00-000-001-A).

(c)

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-322-5625) and

remove the slotted nut (56) from the bolt (52) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001-A). Do not remove
the bolt (52) at this time.

Disconnect the hinge No. 6 at RIB9 from the bracket (64) of the rudder (2) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (65) from the bolt (66).

(b)

Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-314-3750) and
remove the tab washer (67) and the spring ring (111) from the slotted nut (68) (Ref. TASK
20-22-00-000-001-A).

(c)

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-315-3750) and

remove the slotted nut (68) from the bolt (66) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001-A).

(d)

Remove the washer (115) from the bolt (66).

(e)

Remove the bolt (66) from the connection of the support strut (69) and the bolt (70).

(f)

Disconnect the support strut (69) from the bolt (70).

(g)

Remove the bolt (78) and disconnect the bonding lead (79) from the attachment bracket (80).

(h)

Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA 5454 (SL90-350-7500) and
remove the tab washer (76) and the spring ring (77) from the slotted nut (75) (Ref. TASK
20-22-00-000-001-A).

(i)

Remove the slotted nut (75) from the bolt (70).

(j)

Remove the bolt (70) and the washer (110) from the connection of the hinge arm (63) and the
bracket (64).

(k)

Remove the locking plate (72) from the hinge arm (63).

27-21-41 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

Disconnect the hinges Nos. 2 thru 5 from the brackets (91) of the rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00600-A - Hinges Nos. 2,3,4 and 5 - Connections)
(a)

(b)

Disconnect the hinge No. 2 at RIB4 of the vertical stabilizer (1) as follows:
1

Remove the bolt (100) and disconnect the bonding lead (99) from the attachment bracket
(101).

Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-314-5625)

and remove the tab washer (97) and the spring ring (98) from the slotted nut (96) (Ref.
TASK 20-22-00-000-001-A).

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-322-5625) and

remove the slotted nut (96) from the bolt (92) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001-A).

Remove the bolt (92) and the washer (15) from the connection of the brackets (91) and the
hinge arm (90).

Remove the locking plate (93) from the bracket (91).

Do the steps in Para 4.A.(7)(a) again and disconnect these hinges at their related rib positions of
the vertical stabilizer (1):
. The hinge No. 3 at RIB5
. The hinge No. 4 at RIB6
. The hinge No. 5 at RIB7.

(8)

Apply a tension to the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the SLING-UNIVERSAL,TAIL

PLANE (98A55308440000) and remove the load from the hinges of the rudder (2).

(9)

Remove the bolt (52) from the hinge No. 7 at RIB11:

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)
(a)

Remove the bolt (52), the washer (15) and the locking plate (53) from the connection of the
bracket (51) and the hinge arm (50).

(10) Remove the bolt (23) from the hinge No. 1 at RIB2:
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00300-A - Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections)
(a)

Remove the bolt (23), the washer (15) and the locking plate (24) from the connection of the
bracket (11) and the hinge arm (12).

(11) Remove the rudder (2) from the vertical stabilizer (1):
(a)

Move the rudder (2) aft and down in the 90 degree direction from the rudder axis until it touches
the MAT - RUBBER.

(b)

Move the rudder (2) to the left of the aircraft center line.

(c)

Move the rudder (2) aft, away from the vertical stabilizer (1) and lower it onto a SUPPORT
STRUCTURE - RUDDER.

(12) Disconnect the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the SLING-UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE

(98A55308440000) from the rudder (2).
(13) Remove the bushes from the hinge locations:

AES

(a)

Remove the bushes (25) and (26) from the bracket (11) of the rudder (2) at the location of the
hinge No. 1.
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00300-A - Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections)

(b)

Remove the bushes (94) and (95) from the brackets (91) of the rudder (2) at the locations of the
hinges 2 thru 5.
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00600-A - Hinges Nos. 2,3,4 and 5 - Connections)

27-21-41 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

Remove the bushes (54) and (55) from the brackets (51) of the rudder (2) at the location of the
hinge No. 7.
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)

(d)

Remove the bushes (73) and (74) from the hinge arm (63). Do this at the location of the hinge
No. 6 at rib 9 of the vertical stabilizer (1).
NOTE :

The longer bush (74) is installed in the bottom of the hinge arm (63).

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)

(14) Remove the bushes (47) and (48) from the attachment brackets (36) on the rudder (2).
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00400-E - Servo Actuator Connections)

AES

27-21-41 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
325EL (325ER)
Z320

RIB8

325DL (325DR)

325CL (325CR)

RIB7

325BL (325BR)

RIB6

RIB5

RIB4

325AL (325AR)

RIB3

312AR

RIB2

C
D
5

C
4

N_MM_272141_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-41-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Panel and Rigging Pin Locations

27-21-41 PB401

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
STATIC DISCHARGERS

1
Z320

STATIC
DISCHARGERS
2
Z326
HOISTING POINTS

SLING, VERTICAL STABILIZER

AND RUDDER

SELFADHESIVE DISCS
(MATERIAL No 05052)

SELFADHESIVE DISCS
(MATERIAL No 05052)

N_MM_272141_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-41-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Sling Attachment

27-21-41 PB401

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-003
Z320
RIB7

1
2

36
2

RIB6

35 2025GM
36

1
RIB5

35 3025GM
36

RIB4

35 1025GM

37

38

39

120

48
36
49
35

40
41
49

47

42
43
44
45
46
N_MM_272141_4_AGU0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-41-991-00400-E SHEET 1

Servo Actuator Connections

27-21-41 PB401

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
1
Z320

HINGE No 1
STA780/RIB2

42WV
13

C
11

16

12
10

17
14
11

18
23

10
11

20
19

15

21

24

22

42WV
13

25

32
33
31
30
26
27
28
29

12
10

N_MM_272141_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-41-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections

27-21-41 PB401

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

HINGE No 7 STA5605/RIB11
HINGE No 6 STA4132/RIB9

52

15

53

Z320

54
51

61
62
60

59

50

61
62
55

59
60

69

56

57
58

65

70
66

81
71
110
115
68

72
80

67
111

73
79
78

82
64
74

63

75
76
77

N_MM_272141_4_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-41-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections

27-21-41 PB401

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z320
2
STA2985/RIB7

STA2632/RIB6

HINGE No 5
HINGE No 4
HINGE No 3
HINGE No 2

STA2279/RIB5
STA1926/RIB4

A
92
15

93
2
94
91

95

90

96

99

97
98

91

90
2

101
99

102
100

N_MM_272141_4_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-41-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Hinges Nos. 2,3,4 and 5 - Connections

27-21-41 PB401

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z320

RIB7

1
2

36
2

RIB6

35 2025GM
36

1
RIB5

35 3025GM
36

RIB4

B
B

35 1025GM

37

38
PN D5537002020800

39

120

48
PN D5537001600200
36
49
35

40
41
49

47

42
43
44
45
46
N_MM_272141_4_AMP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-41-991-01000-B SHEET 1

Servo Actuator Connection at the Rudder with Bolt PN
D55370020800

27-21-41 PB401

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 004-099
RIB7

1
36
2

2
RIB6

3 5 2025GM
36

1
RIB5

3 5 3025GM
36

RIB4

3 5 1025GM

38

B
39

120

48
36
49
110
35

111
49
47

112
113

N_MM_272141_4_AGP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-41-991-00400-B SHEET 1

Servo Actuator Connections

27-21-41 PB401

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Rudder
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
FIN 42WV
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CRANE 100KG (220 LB)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

MAT - RUBBER
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

TIE WRAP

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98A55308440000
98A55308741001
98D27207545000
98D27207547000
98D27207548000
SL90-313-3750
SL90-313-5625
** On A/C 003-003

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

SLING-UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE
SLING,R I RUDDER
PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING
TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454
TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454

SL90-313-7500
SL90-315-3750
SL90-315-7500
SL90-322-5625
SL90-349-7500

1
1
1
1
1

TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454

WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454
WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454
WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454
TOOL-INSTALLATION,TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454

AES

27-21-41 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 05-005
Material No: 05-052
Material No: 11-026
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
CORROSION PREVENTIVE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
SELF-ADHES. PVC DISKS
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

320
VERTICAL STABILIZER AND RUDDER
312AR, 325BL, 325BR, 325CL,
325CR, 325DL, 325DR, 325EL, 325ER
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
65
46
22

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-21-04-15-240
27-24-04-20-050
27-25-04-01-090

cotter pin
cotter pin
cotter pin
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-22-55-640-001-A

DESIGNATION
Lubrication of Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6 with Grease Mat. No. 04-004

20-22-00-400-001-A
20-28-00-912-004-A

Installation of STA-LOK Nuts and Lockwashers

Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

23-61-41-000-001-A

Removal of the Static Discharger

23-61-41-400-001-A

Installation of the Static Discharger

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-21-00-720-002-A
27-25-00-820-001-A

Functional Test of the Rudder Mechanical Control

Adjustment of the Rudder Position Indicating

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Repair to a layer of Corrosion Preventive Compound

51-75-13-916-002-A

AES

27-21-41 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
53-55-12-000-001-A

Removal of the Rudder Fairings

DESIGNATION

53-55-12-400-001-A

Installation of the Rudder Fairings

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-36-48-400-001-A

Installation of the Rudder Support Strut

** On A/C 006-099
55-42-13-400-001-A

Installation of the Access Panel 326CT at the Rudder Attach Fitting No. 7

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00100-A - Panel and Rigging Pin Locations)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00400-E - Servo Actuator Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00200-A - Sling Attachment)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00300-A - Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00600-A - Hinges Nos. 2,3,4 and 5 - Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00400-B - Servo Actuator Connections)
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-41-861-051-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

Subtask 27-21-41-865-054-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-41-860-053-A
C.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(2)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the panel 110VU of the center pedestal shows zero.

(4)

Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 23VU is released and the
OFF legend is on.

(5)

Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 24VU is released and the
OFF legend is on.

27-21-41 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position.

(7)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position.

(8)

Make sure the access door 312AR is open.

Subtask 27-21-41-862-051-A
D.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02)

Subtask 27-21-41-865-052-A
E.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-41-860-056-B
F.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the access panels 325BL 325BR 325CL 325CR 325DL at the trailing edge of the vertical
stabilizer (1) are opened (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that the access panels 325EL 325ER 325DR at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (1)
are removed (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(3)

Make sure that the rudder fairings are removed (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-000-001-A)

(4)

Make sure that the MAT - RUBBER is in position on the fuselage, below the rudder location.

(5)

Make sure that the rigging pins are installed at their correct locations:
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00100-A - Panel and Rigging Pin Locations)
. the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (7) in the differential lever (4) at RIB4
. the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (6) in the travel limitation unit (3) at RIB7
. the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (8) in the rudder cable quadrant (5).

Procedure

** On A/C 003-003
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00400-E - Servo Actuator Connections)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00200-A - Sling Attachment)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00300-A - Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00600-A - Hinges Nos. 2,3,4 and 5 - Connections)
** On A/C 004-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00400-B - Servo Actuator Connections)

AES

27-21-41 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-41-560-050-A
A.

Preparation of a Replacement Component

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00200-A - Sling Attachment)
(1)

(2)

Replacement of the static dischargers

(a)

Remove the static dischargers from the removed rudder (2) (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-000-001-A).

(b)

Make sure the static dischargers are clean and in the correct condition.

(c)

Install the static dischargers on the replacement rudder (2) (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-400-001-A).

Preparation of the hoisting lugs

(a)

Remove the hoisting lugs from the replacement rudder (2).

(b)

Turn the hoisting lugs and install them in the opposite direction in the rudder (2).

Subtask 27-21-41-480-051-A
CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT THE HOISTING SLING MOVES SMOOTHLY. IF THE SLING MOVES SUDDENLY
IN THE LONGITUDINAL DIRECTION, TENSION AT THE ATTACHMENT BOLTS AND LUG CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RUDDER.

CAUTION :

BEFORE YOU ATTACH THE RUDDER SLING TO THE HOISTING POINTS, VISUALLY EXAMINE IT
FOR DAMAGE. IF THE RUDDER SLING IS DAMAGED, DO NOT USE IT. IF YOU LIFT THE
RUDDER WITH A DAMAGED RUDDER SLING, DAMAGE TO THE RUDDER CAN OCCUR.

B.

Installation of the lift Sling

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00200-A - Sling Attachment)
(1)

Put the CRANE 100KG (220 LB) in position at the rudder (2).

(2)

Attach the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the SLING-UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE

(98A55308440000) to the CRANE 100KG (220 LB).

(3)

Attach the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the SLING-UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE

(98A55308440000) to the rudder (2).

(4)

Apply sufficient tension to the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the SLING-UNIVERSAL,TAIL

PLANE (98A55308440000) to tighten the cables with no movement of the rudder (2).

Subtask 27-21-41-910-050-A
C.

AES

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the items that follow with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) , and let them dry:
. The attachment hinges
. The bolts
. The sleeves
. The bushes.

(2)

Make sure that the items that follow are clean and in the correct condition:
. The structure
. The paintwork
. The rudder control surface
. The hinge arms
. The bonding straps
. The servo actuators 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM
. The transducer 42WV.

27-21-41 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Make sure that the items that follow are in the correct condition:
. The bolts
. The nuts
. The washers
. The sleeves
. The bushes
. The bearings
. The locking components.

(4)

Apply the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the bolts, the sleeves and the bushes. Do not
apply the material to the bolt (30).

** On A/C 004-099
Subtask 27-21-41-420-051-B
D.

Installation of the Rudder

(1)

Make sure that during the subsequent procedure, the correctly identified components are installed at
each connection.

(2)

Install the bushes (73) and (74) in the hinge arm (63) at the location of the hinge No. 6 (RIB9 of the
vertical stabilizer (1)).
NOTE :

The longer bush (74) is installed in the bottom of the hinge arm (63).

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)

(3)

Use the CRANE 100KG (220 LB) to lift the rudder (2) into position aft of the vertical stabilizer (1).
NOTE :

AES

There must be a mechanic at each of the hinges to align:

. The axis of the hinge arms
. The servo actuators 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM, with the hinge fittings on the rudder (2).

(4)

Move the rudder (2) to the left of the aircraft center line and then forward.

(5)

Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.

(a)

Make sure that there is sufficient clearance between:

. The push-rod (10) of the transducer 42W
. The piston arms of the servo actuators 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM (35)
. The vertical stabilizer (1)
. The rudder (2).

(b)

Make sure that the edges of the support brackets are not damaged during the installation of the
hinge arms.

(6)

Put the hinge arms (12), (50), (63) and (90) in position at the brackets (11), (51), (64) and (91) of the
rudder (2).

(7)

Align the bolt holes in the hinge arms (12), (50), (63) and (90) with their related bolt holes in the
brackets (11), (51),(64) and (91).

(8)

Connect the hinge No. 1 at RIB2 to the bracket (11) of the rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00300-A - Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections)
(a)

Install the bush (25) in the bracket (11).

(b)

Install the locking plate (24) at the bracket (11).

(c)

Put the washer (15) on the bolt (23).

(d)

Install the bolt (23) through the connection of the bracket (11) and the hinge arm (12).

27-21-41 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(9)

(e)

Install the bush (26) on the bolt (23) until the bush (26) goes into the bracket (11).

(f)

Install the slotted nut (27) on the bolt (23). Do not tighten the slotted nut (27) at this time.

(g)

Put the bonding lead (31) in position and install the bolt (30) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

Connect the hinge No. 7 at RIB11 to the bracket (51) of the rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)
(a)

Install the bush (54) in the bracket (51).

(b)

Install the locking plate (53) at the bracket (51).

(c)

Put the washer (15) on the bolt (52).

(d)

Install the bolt (52) through the connection of the bracket (51) and the hinge arm (50).

(e)

Install the bush (55) on the bolt (52) until the bush (55) goes into the bracket (51).

(f)

Install the slotted nut (56) on the bolt (52). Do not tighten the slotted nut (56) at this time.

(g)

Put the bonding leads (60) in position and install the bolts (59) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(10) Connect the hinge No. 6 at RIB9, to the bracket (64) of the rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)
(a)

Install the locking plate (72) at the hinge arm (63).

(b)

Make sure that the grease nipple (71) is clean and correctly installed in the end of the bolt (70).

(c)

Put the washer (110) on the bolt (70).

(d)

Install the bolt (70) through the connection of the hinge arm (63) and the bracket (64).

(e)

Make sure that the attachment lug of the bolt (70) (for the connection of the support strut (69)),
aligns with the axis of the hinge arm (63).

(f)

Install the slotted nut (75) on the bolt (70). Do not tighten the slotted nut (75) at this time.

(g)

Measure the dimension between the top surface of the hinge bearing (82) and the inner surface of
the hinge arm (63). The dimension between the hinge bearing (82) and the hinge arm (63) must
be 2.75 +0.5 mm or -0.5 mm (0.1083 +0.0197 in. or -0.0197 in.).

(h)

If the dimension is not in the limits:

1

Adjust the Rudder Support Strut (69) to lift or lower the rudder (2) (Ref. TASK
55-36-48-400-001-A). Do this until the dimension is in the limits.

(i)

Put the support strut (69) in position on the attachment lug of the bolt (70).

(j)

Install the bolt (66) through the connection of the support strut (69) and the bolt (70).

(k)

Install the washer (115) and the slotted nut (68) on the bolt (66). Do not tighten the slotted nut
(68) at this time.

(l)

Put the bonding lead (79) in position and install the bolt (78) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(11) Connect the hinges Nos. 2 thru 5 at the brackets (91) of the rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00600-A - Hinges Nos. 2,3,4 and 5 - Connections)
(a)

AES

Connect the hinge No. 5 at RIB7 of the vertical stabilizer (1):

1

Install the bush (94) in the bracket (91).

Install the locking plate (93) at the bracket (91).

Put the washer (15) on the bolt (92).

Install the bolt (92) through the connection of the bracket (91) and the hinge arm (90).

Install the bush (95) on the bolt (92) until the bush (95) goes into the bracket (91).

27-21-41 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(b)

Install the slotted nut (96) on the bolt (92). Do not tighten the slotted nut (96) at this
time.

Put the bonding lead (99) in position and install the bolt (100) (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004-A).

Do the steps in Para 4.D.(11)(a) again for these hinges at their related rib positions of the vertical
stabilizer (1):
. The hinge No. 4 at RIB6
. The hinge No. 3 at RIB5
. The hinge No. 2 at RIB4.

(12) TORQUE and safety the slotted nut (56) at the hinge No. 7 (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-001-A) as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)
(a)

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-322-5625) and

TORQUE the slotted nut (56) to 3.0 M.DAN (22.12 LBF.FT).

(b)

Use the TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-313-5625) and
install the tab washer (57) and the spring ring (58) at the slotted nut (56).

(13) TORQUE and safety the slotted nut (27) at the hinge No. 1 (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-001-A) as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00300-A - Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections)
(a)

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-322-5625) and

TORQUE the slotted nut (27) to 3.0 M.DAN (22.12 LBF.FT).

(b)

Use the TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-313-5625) and
install the tab washer (28) and the spring ring (29) at the slotted nut (27).

(14) TORQUE and safety the slotted nuts (96) at the hinges, Nos. 2 thru 5 (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-001A) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00600-A - Hinges Nos. 2,3,4 and 5 - Connections)
(a)

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-322-5625) and

TORQUE the slotted nuts (96) to 3.0 M.DAN (22.12 LBF.FT).

(b)

Use the TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-313-5625) and
install the tab washers (97) and the spring rings (98) at the slotted nuts (96).

(15) TORQUE and safety the slotted nut (75) at the hinge No. 6 (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-001-A) as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)
(a)

TORQUE the slotted nut (75) to 12.0 M.DAN (88.50 LBF.FT).

(b)

Use the TOOL-INSTALLATION,TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-349-7500) and

install the tab washer (76) and the spring ring (77) at the slotted nut (75).

(16) Tighten and safety the slotted nut (68) at the hinge No. 6 (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-001-A) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)

AES

(a)

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-315-3750) and

tighten the slotted nut (68) until it touches the washer (115) on the bolt (66).

(b)

Use the TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-313-3750) and
install the tab washer (67) and the spring ring (111).

(c)

Install a new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-15) cotter pin (65) through the bolt (66) and safety it.

27-21-41 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(17) Connect the servo actuators 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM (35) to the brackets (36) of the rudder (2) as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00400-B - Servo Actuator Connections)
(a)

Apply the corrosion preventive material SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the bolt
(38).

(b)

Connect the servo actuator 2025GM (35) at RIB5.

(c)

Install the bushes (47) and (48) in the bracket (36).

Put the sealing rings (49) in position on the piston arm bearing of the servo actuator (35).

Put the piston arm of the servo actuator (35) in position in the bracket (36).

Align the piston arm bearing of the servo actuator (35) with the bolt hole in the bracket
(36).

Install the locking plate (39) and the washer (120) at the bracket (36).

Install the bolt (38) through the connection of the bracket (36) and the piston arm of the
servo actuator (35).

Install the washer (110) and the nut (111).

TORQUE the nut (111) to 8.15 M.DAN (60.10 LBF.FT).

Install the locking cap (112) and the cotter pin (113).

Do the steps in Para 4.D.(17)(b) again and connect the servo actuators 3025GM (35) at RIB4
and 1025GM (35) at RIB3.

(18) Apply a thin layer of the corrosion preventive material SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005)
(Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002-A) to all the cadmium-plated steel parts of the rudder hinges which you
can see.
(19) Connect the push-rod (10) from the transducer 42WV (13) to the bracket (11) of the rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00300-A - Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections)
(a)

Install the flanged bushes (18) and (19) in the attachment bracket (14).

(b)

Cut and remove the temporary TIE WRAP, and release the push-rod (10) from the hinge arm
(12).

(c)

Put the eye-end of the push-rod (10) in position at the attachment bracket (14).

(d)

Install the sliding bush (17) in the attachment bracket (14).

(e)

Install the bolt (16), the washer (20) and the nut (21) at the connection of the attachment
bracket (14) and the push-rod (10).

(f)

Safety the nut (21) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-25-04-01) cotter pin (22) .

** On A/C 003-003
Subtask 27-21-41-420-051-E
D.

Installation of the Rudder

(1)

Make sure that during the subsequent procedure, the correctly identified components are installed at
each connection.

(2)

Install the bushes (73) and (74) in the hinge arm (63) at the location of the hinge No. 6 (RIB9 of the
vertical stabilizer (1)).
NOTE :

AES

The longer bush (74) is installed in the bottom of the hinge arm (63).

27-21-41 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)
(3)

Use the CRANE 100KG (220 LB) to lift the rudder (2) into position aft of the vertical stabilizer (1).
NOTE :

There must be a mechanic at each of the hinges to align:

. The axis of the hinge arms
. The servo actuators 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM, with the hinge fittings on the rudder (2).

(4)

Move the rudder (2) to the left of the aircraft center line and then forward.

(5)

Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.

(a)

Make sure that there is sufficient clearance between:

. The push-rod (10) of the transducer 42WV
. The piston arms of the servo actuators 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM (35)
. The vertical stabilizer (1)
. The rudder (2).

(b)

Make sure that the edges of the support brackets are not damaged during the installation of the
hinge arms.

(6)

Put the hinge arms (12), (50), (63) and (90) in position at the brackets (11), (51), (64) and (91) of the
rudder (2).

(7)

Align the bolt holes in the hinge arms (12), (50), (63) and (90) with their related bolt holes in the
brackets (11), (51), (64) and (91).

(8)

Connect the hinge No. 1 at RIB2 to the bracket (11) of the rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00300-A - Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections)

(9)

(a)

Install the bush (25) in the bracket (11).

(b)

Install the locking plate (24) at the bracket (11).

(c)

Put the washer (15) on the bolt (23).

(d)

Install the bolt (23) through the connection of the bracket (11) and the hinge arm (12).

(e)

Install the bush (26) on the bolt (23) until the bush (26) goes into the bracket (11).

(f)

Install the slotted nut (27) on the bolt (23). Do not tighten the slotted nut (27) at this time.

(g)

Put the bonding lead (31) in position and install the bolt (30) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

Connect the hinge No. 7 at RIB11 to the bracket (51) of the rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)
(a)

Install the bush (54) in the bracket (51).

(b)

Install the locking plate (53) at the bracket (51).

(c)

Put the washer (15) on the bolt (52).

(d)

Install the bolt (52) through the connection of the bracket (51) and the hinge arm (50).

(e)

Install the bush (55) on the bolt (52) until the bush (55) goes into the bracket (51).

(f)

Install the slotted nut (56) on the bolt (52). Do not tighten the slotted nut (56) at this time.

(g)

Put the bonding leads (60) in position and install the bolts (59) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(10) Connect the hinge No. 6 at RIB9, to the bracket (64) of the rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)

AES

(a)

Install the locking plate (72) at the hinge arm (63).

(b)

Make sure that the grease nipple (71) is clean and correctly installed in the end of the bolt (70).

27-21-41 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

Put the washer (110) on the bolt (70).

(d)

Install the bolt (70) through the connection of the hinge arm (63) and the bracket (64).

(e)

Make sure that the attachment lug of the bolt (70) (for the connection of the support strut (69)),
aligns with the axis of the hinge arm (63).

(f)

Install the slotted nut (75) on the bolt (70). Do not tighten the slotted nut (75) at this time.

(g)

Measure the dimension between the top surface of the hinge bearing (82) and the inner surface of
the hinge arm (63). The dimension between the hinge bearing (82) and the hinge arm (63) must
be 2.75 +0.5 mm or -0.5 mm (0.1083 +0.0197 in. or -0.0197 in.).

(h)

If the dimension is not in the limits:

1

Adjust the Rudder Support Strut (69) to lift or lower the rudder (2) (Ref. TASK
55-36-48-400-001-A). Do this until the dimension is in the limits.

(i)

Put the support strut (69) in position on the attachment lug of the bolt (70).

(j)

Install the bolt (66) through the connection of the support strut (69) and the bolt (70).

(k)

Install the washer (115) and the slotted nut (68) on the bolt (66). Do not tighten the slotted nut
(68) at this time.

(l)

Put the bonding lead (79) in position and install the bolt (78) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(11) Connect the hinges Nos. 2 thru 5 at the brackets (91) of the rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00600-A - Hinges Nos. 2,3,4 and 5 - Connections)
(a)

(b)

Connect the hinge No. 5 at RIB7 of the vertical stabilizer (1):

1

Install the bush (94) in the bracket (91).

Install the locking plate (93) at the bracket (91).

Put the washer (15) on the bolt (92).

Install the bolt (92) through the connection of the bracket (91) and the hinge arm (90).

Install the bush (95) on the bolt (92) until the bush (95) goes into the bracket (91).

Install the slotted nut (96) on the bolt (92). Do not tighten the slotted nut (96) at this
time.

Put the bonding lead (99) in position and install the bolt (100) (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004-A).

Do the steps in Para 4.D.(11)(a) again for these hinges at their related rib positions of the vertical
stabilizer (1):
. The hinge No. 4 at RIB6
. The hinge No. 3 at RIB5
. The hinge No. 2 at RIB4.

(12) TORQUE and safety the slotted nut (56) at the hinge No. 7 (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-001-A) as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)
(a)

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-322-5625) and

TORQUE the slotted nut (56) to 3.0 M.DAN (22.12 LBF.FT).

(b)

Use the TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-313-5625) and
install the tab washer (57) and the spring ring (58) at the slotted nut (56).

(13) TORQUE and safety the slotted nut (27) at the hinge No. 1 (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-001-A) as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00300-A - Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections)
AES

27-21-41 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a)

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-322-5625) and

TORQUE the slotted nut (27) to 3.0 M.DAN (22.12 LBF.FT).

(b)

Use the TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-313-5625) and
install the tab washer (28) and the spring ring (29) at the slotted nut (27).

(14) TORQUE and safety the slotted nuts (96) at the hinges, Nos. 2 thru 5 (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-001A) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00600-A - Hinges Nos. 2,3,4 and 5 - Connections)
(a)

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-322-5625) and

TORQUE the slotted nuts (96) to 3.0 M.DAN (22.12 LBF.FT).

(b)

Use the TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-313-5625) and
install the tab washers (97) and the spring rings (98) at the slotted nuts (96).

(15) TORQUE and safety the slotted nut (75) at the hinge No. 6 (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-001-A) as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)
(a)

TORQUE the slotted nut (75) to 12.0 M.DAN (88.50 LBF.FT).

(b)

Use the TOOL-INSTALLATION,TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-349-7500) and

install the tab washer (76) and the spring ring (77) at the slotted nut (75).

(16) Tighten and safety the slotted nut (68) at the hinge No. 6 (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-001-A) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)
(a)

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-315-3750) and

tighten the slotted nut (68) until it touches the washer (115) on the bolt (66).

(b)

Use the TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-313-3750) and
install the tab washer (67) and the spring ring (111).

(c)

Install a new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-15) cotter pin (65) through the bolt (66) and safety it.

(17) Connect the servo actuators 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM (35) to the brackets (36) of the rudder (2) as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00400-E - Servo Actuator Connections)

AES

(a)

Apply the corrosion preventive material SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the bolts
(37) and (38).

(b)

Connect the servo actuator 2025GM (35) at RIB5.

1

Install the bushes (47) and (48) in the bracket (36).

Put the sealing rings (49) in position on the piston arm bearing of the servo actuator (35).

Put the piston arm of the servo actuator (35) in position in the bracket (36).

Align the piston arm bearing of the servo actuator (35) with the bolt hole in the bracket
(36).

Install the locking plate (39) and the washer (120) at the bracket (36).

Install the bolt (38) through the connection of the bracket (36) and the piston arm of the
servo actuator (35).

Install the cupwasher (40) and the slotted nut (41) on the bolt (38).

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-315-7500) and

TORQUE the slotted nut (41) to between 7.0 and 8.0 M.DAN (51.62 and 59.00 LBF.FT)
(Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-001-A).

27-21-41 PB401

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(c)

Use the TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-313-7500)

and install the tab washer (42) and the spring ring (43) at the slotted nut (41) (Ref. TASK
20-22-00-400-001-A).

10

Install the bolt (37) through the bolt (38).

11

Install the washer (44) and the nut (45) on the bolt (37).

12

TORQUE the bolt (37) to 1.0 M.DAN (88.50 LBF.IN) and then loosen it, if necessary, to
the next cotter pin hole.

13

Safety the nut (45) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-24-04-20) cotter pin (46) .

Do the steps in Para 4.D.(17)(b) again and connect the servo actuators 3025GM (35) at RIB4
and 1025GM (35) at RIB3.

(18) Apply a thin layer of the corrosion preventive material SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005)
(Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002-A) to all the cadmium-plated steel parts of the rudder hinges which you
can see.
(19) Connect the push-rod (10) from the transducer 42WV (13) to the bracket (11) of the rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00300-A - Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections)
(a)

Install the flanged bushes (18) and (19) in the attachment bracket (14).

(b)

Cut and remove the temporary TIE WRAP, and release the push-rod (10) from the hinge arm
(12).

(c)

Put the eye-end of the push-rod (10) in position at the attachment bracket (14).

(d)

Install the sliding bush (17) in the attachment bracket (14).

(e)

Install the bolt (16), the washer (20) and the nut (21) at the connection of the attachment
bracket (14) and the push-rod (10).

(f)

Safety the nut (21) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-25-04-01) cotter pin (22) .

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-41-080-050-A
E.

Removal of the Lift Sling and the Rigging Pins

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

AES

Remove the lift sling from the rudder as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00200-A - Sling Attachment)
(a)

Release the tension from the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the SLINGUNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE (98A55308440000).

(b)

Disconnect the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the SLING-UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE

(98A55308440000) from the rudder (2).

(c)

Disconnect the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the SLING-UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE

(98A55308440000) from the CRANE 100KG (220 LB).

27-21-41 PB401

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(2)

(d)

Move the CRANE 100KG (220 LB) away from the rudder (2).

(e)

Remove the lift lugs from the rudder (2).

(f)

Apply the zinc chromate putty SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the lift lugs.

(g)

Turn the lift lugs and install them in the opposite direction in the rudder (2).

(h)

Make sure that the lift lugs are flush with the skin of the rudder (2).

(i)

Install the self-adhesive PVC disks SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-052) on the lift lugs.

Remove the rigging pins as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00100-A - Panel and Rigging Pin Locations)
(a)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (8) from the rudder cable quadrant (5).

(b)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (6) from the travel limitation unit (3) at RIB7.

(c)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (7) from the differential lever (4) at RIB4.

Subtask 27-21-41-865-051-A
F.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-41-860-054-A
G.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Remove the MAT - RUBBER from between the fuselage and the rudder (2).

(2)

Lubricate the hinge bearing (82) of the hinge No. 6

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00500-A - Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections)
(Ref. TASK 12-22-55-640-001-A).

(3)

Install the rudder fairings (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-400-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the travel ranges of:

. the rudder (2)
. the push-rod (10) of the transducer 42WV
. the servo-actuators 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM (35)
are clear of tools and other items.

(5)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

(6)

On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend goes off.

(7)

On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend goes off.

Subtask 27-21-41-820-050-A
H.

Do an adjustment of the rudder position indicating system (Ref. TASK 27-25-00-820-001-A).

Subtask 27-21-41-710-050-A
J.

AES

Do the functional test of the rudder mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-720-002-A).

27-21-41 PB401

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 27-21-41-410-051-B
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access panels 325BL 325BR 325CL 325CR 325DL and install the access panels 325EL 325ER
325DR on the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer, (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002-A).

(3)

Close the access door 312AR.

(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(5)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(6)

Remove the access platform(s).

(7)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

** On A/C 006-099
Subtask 27-21-41-410-051-C
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access panels 325BL 325BR 325CL 325CR 325DL and install the access panels 325EL 325ER
325DR on the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer, (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002-A).

(3)

Install the access panel 326CT at the rudder attach fitting No. 7 (Ref. TASK 55-42-13-400-001-A).

(4)

Close the access door 312AR.

(5)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(6)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(7)

Remove the access platform(s).

(8)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-21-41 PB401

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RUDDER - INSPECTION/CHECK
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-41-200-001-A
Inspection/Check of the Rudder
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Because the free movement is more than the limits.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
AR WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

320

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER AND RUDDER

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-21-41-000-001-A
27-21-41-400-001-A
55-36-41-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Rudder
Installation of the Rudder
Removal of the Hinge Arm Fittings No. 1 thru No. 7

55-36-41-400-001-A

Installation of the Hinge Arm Fittings No. 1 thru No. 7

55-46-11-000-001-A

Removal of Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6

55-46-11-400-001-A

Installation of Rudder Hinge Bearing No.6

CMM 55-41-13

(for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00700-A - Fits and Clearances of the Rudder Hinge Fittings)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00900-A - Fits and Clearances of the Actuator Attach Fittings and the Fork Assy)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00800-A - Fits and Clearances of the Bearings of the Rudder Hinge Arm Attach Fittings)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-41-941-055-A
A.

AES

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

27-21-41 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-21-41-010-053-A
B.

Remove the rudder (Ref. TASK 27-21-41-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-21-41-860-055-A
C.

Replacement Information
(1)

4.

Do a check of the rudder attachment parts for wear, damage and corrosion.
(a)

If it is necessary to replace the bushes of the rudder hinge fittings, the actuator attach fittings, or
the fork assy:
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00700-A - Fits and Clearances of the Rudder Hinge Fittings)
and
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00900-A - Fits and Clearances of the Actuator Attach Fittings and the
Fork Assy)
. Refer to the Component Maintenance Manual (Ref. CMM 55-41-13) for the correct
procedure.

(b)

If it is necessary to replace the rudder hinge bearing No. 6:

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00700-A - Fits and Clearances of the Rudder Hinge Fittings)
. (Ref. TASK 55-46-11-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 55-46-11-400-001-A).

(c)

If it is necessary to replace rudder hinge arm attach fittings:

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00800-A - Fits and Clearances of the Bearings of the Rudder Hinge Arm
Attach Fittings)
. (Ref. TASK 55-36-41-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 55-36-41-400-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00700-A - Fits and Clearances of the Rudder Hinge Fittings)
Subtask 27-21-41-220-050-A
A.

Measurement of the Fits and Clearances of the Rudder Hinge Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00700-A - Fits and Clearances of the Rudder Hinge Fittings)

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
17.987

MAX
18.000

MIN
17.977

OD 1

0.7081

0.7087

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7078
0.0000

0.0310

0.0660

0.0000

0.0012

0.0026

18.000

18.018

18.043

ID 2

0.7087

0.7094

0.7104

Subtask 27-21-41-220-051-A
B.

AES

Measurement of the Fits and Clearances of the Rudder Hinge Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00700-A - Fits and Clearances of the Rudder Hinge Fittings)

27-21-41 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
14.262

MAX
14.275

MIN
14.200

OD 3

0.5615

0.5620

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.5591
0.0000

0.0310

0.1580

0.0000

0.0012

0.0062

14.275

14.293

14.358

ID 1

0.5620

0.5627

0.5653

Subtask 27-21-41-220-054-A
C.

Measurement of the Fits and Clearances of the Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00700-A - Fits and Clearances of the Rudder Hinge Fittings)

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.024

MAX
19.037

MIN
19.024

OD 4

0.7490

0.7495

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7490
0.0010

0.0260

0.0260

0.0000

0.0010

0.0010

19.038

19.050

19.050

ID 5

0.7495

0.7500

0.7500

NOTE :

No in-service wear limit is permitted between the bolt (4) and the bearing (5).

Subtask 27-21-41-220-052-A
D.

Measurement of the Fits and Clearances of the Actuator Attach Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00900-A - Fits and Clearances of the Actuator Attach Fittings and the Fork Assy)

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.984

MAX
23.000

MIN
22.984

OD 1

0.9049

0.9055

AES

23.000

23.021

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.9049
0.0000

0.0370

0.0370

0.0000

0.0015

0.0015
23.021

27-21-41 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ID 2
NOTE :

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)
MIN
0.9055

MAX
0.9063

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
0.9063

No in-service wear limit is permitted between the bush (1) and the bush (2).

Subtask 27-21-41-220-053-A
E.

Measurement of the Fits and Clearances of the Actuator Attach Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00900-A - Fits and Clearances of the Actuator Attach Fittings and the Fork Assy)

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.024

MAX
19.037

MIN
19.024

OD 3

0.7490

0.7495

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7490
0.0000

0.0340

0.0340

0.0000

0.0013

0.0013

19.037

19.058

19.058

ID 1

0.7495

0.7503

0.7503

NOTE :

No in-service wear limit is permitted between the bolt (3) and the bush (1).

Subtask 27-21-41-220-055-A
F.

Measurement of the Fits and Clearances of the Fork Assy

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00900-A - Fits and Clearances of the Actuator Attach Fittings and the Fork Assy)

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
7.986

MAX
7.995

OD 8

0.3144

0.3148

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
7.980

MAX

0.3142
0.0050

0.0290

0.0400

0.0002

0.0011

0.0016

8.000

8.015

8.020

ID 9

0.3150

0.3156

0.3157

Subtask 27-21-41-220-056-A
G.

AES

Measurement of the Fits and Clearances of the Fork Assy

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00900-A - Fits and Clearances of the Actuator Attach Fittings and the Fork Assy)

27-21-41 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
6.325

MAX
6.337

OD 7

0.2490

0.2495

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
6.320

MAX

0.2488
0.0130

0.0610

0.0700

0.0005

0.0024

0.0028

6.350

6.386

6.390

ID 8

0.2500

0.2514

0.2516

Subtask 27-21-41-220-057-A
H.

Measurement of the Fits and Clearances of the Fork Assy

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00900-A - Fits and Clearances of the Actuator Attach Fittings and the Fork Assy)

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
6.325

MAX
6.337

OD 7

0.2490

0.2495

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
6.320

MAX

0.2488
0.0130

0.0610

0.0700

0.0005

0.0024

0.0028

6.350

6.386

6.390

ID 6

0.2500

0.2514

0.2516

Subtask 27-21-41-220-062-A
J.

Measurement of the Inner Dimensions of the Bearings and Bushes of the Rudder Hinge-Arm Attach-Fittings
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00800-A - Fits and Clearances of the Bearings of the Rudder Hinge Arm Attach
Fittings)
(1)

Make sure that the inner dimension of the bearings (15), (16) and (19) is between 14.2748 mm (0.5620
in.) and 14.2875 mm (0.5625 in.).

(2)

If the dimension is not correct, replace the rudder hinge-arm attach-fitting(s) (Ref. TASK
55-36-41-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 55-36-41-400-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the inner dimension of the bushes (17) is between 19.037 mm (0.7495 in.) and 19.058
mm (0.7503 in.). If the dimension is not correct, replace the bushes (17).
NOTE :

(4)

AES

No wear is permitted.

Make sure that the inner dimension of the bushes (18) is between 29.000 mm (1.1417 in.) and 29.033
mm (1.1430 in.).

27-21-41 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

If the dimension is not correct, replace the rudder hinge-arm attach-fitting(s) (Ref. TASK
55-36-41-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 55-36-41-400-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that there is no play between the bushes (17) and the bushes (18) in the hinge-arm.
NOTE :

No play is permitted.

Subtask 27-21-41-220-063-A
K.

Measurement of the Dimensions of the Attachment Bolts and Bushes

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-41-991-00700-A - Fits and Clearances of the Rudder Hinge Fittings)
(1)

Measurement of the actuator attachment bolts

(a)

Measure the axial play between each of the bushes (1) and their related bolts (3), at each of the
actuator attach fittings.

(b)

Make sure that the axial play is a maximum of 0.034 mm (0.0013 in.).

(c)

Make sure that the bolts (3) have a minimum dimension of 19.024 mm (0.7490 in.).
NOTE :

(2)

Measurement of the rudder hinge fittings

(a)

Measure the axial play between the bushes (1) and their related bolt (3) at each of the rudder
fittings.

(b)

Make sure that the axial play is a maximum of 0.158 mm (0.0062 in.).

(c)

Make sure that the bolt (3) has a minimum diameter of 14.20 mm (0.5591 in.).
NOTE :

5.

If the axial play is less than the given limit, the bolts (3) can be less than the minimum
dimension of 19.024 mm (0.7490 in.).

If the axial play is less than the given limit, the bolt (3) can have a minimum diameter of
less than 14.20 mm (0.5591 in.).

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-41-410-052-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the rudder (Ref. TASK 27-21-41-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-21-41-942-055-A
B.

AES

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-21-41 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z326

B
SECTION

EE

B
B
B

D
5
4

SECTION

DD
1

C
2
3
2
1

E
1

MIN 14.20mm
(0.5595 in.)

NOTE:
1

THIS DIMENSION CAN BE LESS THAN 14.20mm (0.5595 in.)

IF THE AXIAL PLAY OF THE ASSEMBLIES ARE IN THE GIVEN LIMITS.
N_MM_272141_6_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-41-991-00700-A SHEET 1

Fits and Clearances of the Rudder Hinge Fittings

27-21-41 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z326

B
B
SECTION

EE

9
8
7
6

C
D

D
SECTION

DD
C
1

2
3
2

E
1

N_MM_272141_6_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-41-991-00900-A SHEET 1

Fits and Clearances of the Actuator Attach Fittings and the
Fork Assy

27-21-41 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

D
A
Z325

HINGE ARM 1

C
15

B
B
B
B
B
A

HINGE ARM 2 THRU 5

16

HINGE ARM 7

HINGE ARM 6

17

19
18
17

18

N_MM_272141_6_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-41-991-00800-A SHEET 1

Fits and Clearances of the Bearings of the Rudder Hinge
Arm Attach Fittings

27-21-41 PB601

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PEDALS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-42-000-001-A
Removal of the CAPT Pedals
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
AR WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-21-43-000-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Pedal Position Adjuster Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-42-991-00100-A - CAPT Pedals)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-42-991-00200-A - CAPT Pedals)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-42-860-050-B
A.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Remove the pedal position adjuster assembly (Ref. TASK 27-21-43-000-002-A).

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the pedals (CAPT and F/O) to tell persons not to operate them.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-42-991-00100-A - CAPT Pedals)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-42-991-00200-A - CAPT Pedals)
Subtask 27-21-42-020-052-A
A.

Removal of the Pedal Assembly

(1)

AES

Remove the cotter pin (2) and discard it. Remove the nut (5), the bonding strip (4), the washer (3) and
the bolt (1) (ref. Detail B).

27-21-42 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Remove the cotter pin (25) and discard it. Remove the nut (26), the washer (27) and the bolt (40).
Disengage the rod (28) from the bellcrank (41) (Ref. Detail E).
NOTE :

AES

Apply a force on the left or right pedal (29) to simulate a brake application. This gives a free
passage to the bolts (39) and (40) (Movement of the bellcranks (35) and (41)).

(3)

Remove the cotter pin (38) and discard it. Remove the nut (37), the washer (36) and the bolt (39).
Disengage the rod (34) from the bellcrank (35) (Ref. Detail E).

(4)

Remove the cotter pin (16) and discard it. Remove the nut (15), the washer (14) and the bolt (17).
Disengage the rod (12) from the bellcrank (13) (Ref. Detail D).

(5)

Remove the cotter pin (6) and discard it. Remove the nut (7), the washer (8) and the bolt (11).
Disengage the rod (9) from the bellcrank (10) (Ref. Detail C).

(6)

Remove the nuts (33) and discard them. Remove the bolts (31) (Ref. Detail F).

(7)

Remove the bushes (30) and remove the pedal assembly (29) from the structure (32).

27-21-42 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
F
PEDALS

FR13

C
811

FR1

E
D
1

D
2
17

16

C
15

14

13

12

7
8

11

10

N_MM_272142_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-42-991-00100-A SHEET 1

CAPT Pedals

27-21-42 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

E
25
26
38

27
41
28

F
37

36

35

29
39

40

34

30

31

32

30
31
32

33

N_MM_272142_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-42-991-00200-A SHEET 1

CAPT Pedals

27-21-42 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-42-400-001-A
Installation of the CAPT Pedals
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
AR WARNING NOTICE(S)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
210
811

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
16
6
2
33
25
38

DESIGNATION
cotter
cotter
cotter
nuts
cotter
cotter

E.

IPC-CSN
27-21-01-01-010
27-21-01-01-010
27-21-01-03-161
27-21-01-05-010
32-42-01-04-010
32-42-01-04-010

pin
pin
pin
pin
pin

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-21-43-000-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Pedal Position Adjuster Assembly

27-21-43-400-002-A

Installation of the Pedal Position Adjuster Assembly

27-24-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-42-991-00100-A - CAPT Pedals)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-42-991-00200-A - CAPT Pedals)

AES

27-21-42 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-42-860-052-B
A.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the pedal position adjuster assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 27-21-43-000-002-A).

(2)

On the pedals (CAPT and F/O) make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell
persons not to operate them.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-42-991-00100-A - CAPT Pedals)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-42-991-00200-A - CAPT Pedals)
Subtask 27-21-42-420-052-B
A.

Installation of the CAPT pedals

(1)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) on the attachment hardware.

(2)

Install the pedal assembly (29) between the structure (32) through the cockpit.
NOTE :

Make sure that the rods (9), (12), (28) and (34) are correctly installed in their bellcranks (10),
(13), (41) and (35).

(3)

Install the bushes (30), the bolts (31) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-05) nuts (33) (Ref. Detail F).

(4)

Install the bolt (40), the washer (27), the nut (26) and tighten it. Secure with the new (IPC-CSN
32-42-01-04) cotter pin (25) (Ref. Detail E).

(5)

Install the bolt (39), the washer (36), the nut (37) and tighten it. Secure with the new (IPC-CSN
32-42-01-04) cotter pin (38) (Ref. Detail E).

(6)

Install the bolt (17), the washer (14), the nut (15) and tighten it. Secure with the new (IPC-CSN
27-21-01-01) cotter pin (16) (Ref. Detail D).

(7)

Install the bolt (11), the washer (8), the nut (7) and tighten it. Secure with the new (IPC-CSN
27-21-01-01) cotter pin (6) (Ref. Detail C).

(8)

Install the bolt (1), the washer (3), the bonding strip (4), the nut (5) and tighten it. Secure with the
new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-03) cotter pin (2) (Ref. Detail B).

(9)

Install the pedal position adjuster assembly (Ref. TASK 27-21-43-400-002-A).

Subtask 27-21-42-710-050-A
B.

Test
(1)

5.

Do the operational test of the CAPT pedals (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-42-860-053-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 27-21-42-410-051-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the access door 811.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-21-42 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-42-000-002-A
Removal of the F/O Pedals
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
AR WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-21-43-000-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Pedal Position Adjuster Assembly

32-42-47-000-001-A
32-43-12-000-001-A

Removal of the Transmitter Unit - Brake Pedal

Removal of the Brake Control Master Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-42-991-00300-A - F/O Pedals)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-42-991-00400-A - F/O Pedals)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-42-991-00500-A - F/O Pedals)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-42-860-051-B
A.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Remove the pedal position adjuster assembly (Ref. TASK 27-21-43-000-002-A).

(2)

Remove the brake control master cylinders (2625GM, 2626GM) (Ref. TASK 32-43-12-000-001-A).

(3)

Remove the brake pedal transmitter unit (9GG) (Ref. TASK 32-42-47-000-001-A).

(4)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the pedals (CAPT and F/O) to tell persons not to operate them.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-42-991-00300-A - F/O Pedals)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-42-991-00400-A - F/O Pedals)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-42-991-00500-A - F/O Pedals)

AES

27-21-42 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-21-42-020-053-A
A.

Removal of the F/O pedals

(1)

Remove the cotter pin (77) and discard it. Remove the nut (76), the washer (75) (Ref. Detail F).

(2)

Remove the bolt (79) and disconnect the rod (78).

(3)

Remove the cotter pin (82) and discard it. Remove the nut (83) and the washer (84) (Ref. Detail G).

(4)

Remove the bolt (81) and disconnect the rod (80).

(5)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts (100) and (109) (Ref. Detail J).

(6)

Remove the nut (100) and the washer (101).

(7)

Remove the pedal (74), the bush (103) and the bolt (104).

(8)

Remove the nut (109) and the washer (110).

(9)

Remove the pedal (85), the bush (112) and the bolt (113).

(10) Remove the cotter pin (51) and discard it. Remove the nut (52), the bonding strip (53), the washer (54)
and the bolt (55) (Ref. Detail B).
(11) Remove the cotter pin (61) and discard it. Remove the nut (62), the washer (63) and the bolt (64)
(Ref. Detail D).
NOTE :

Apply a force on the bellcrank (60) or (88). This gives a free passage to the bolts (64) and (65).

(12) Remove the cotter pin (89) and discard it. Remove the nut (86), the washer (87) and the bolt (65)
(Ref. Detail D).
(13) Remove the cotter pin (94) and discard it. Remove the nut (93), the washer (92) and the bolt (95).
(Ref. Detail C).
(14) Remove the cotter pin (68) and discard it. Remove the nut (69), the washer (70) and the bolt (73)
(Ref. Detail E).
(15) Remove the nuts (108) and discard them. Remove the bolts (106).
(16) Remove the bushes (105) and the pedal assembly by gravity.
NOTE :

AES

Before you remove the pedal assembly, you must move it forward to keep the rods (66), (67),
(71) and (90) free.

27-21-42 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

H
A

F
PEDALS

FR13

FR1

811

B
E

B
55

51

54

53

52
N_MM_272142_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-42-991-00300-A SHEET 1

F/O Pedals

27-21-42 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

C
D
94

95

61
62
89

63
60
66

90

93 92 91

86

87

88

G
65

85

64

67

83 84

E
82
68
69
81
70
71
80
73

72

74
79
75
76
78

77

N_MM_272142_4_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-42-991-00400-A SHEET 1

F/O Pedals

27-21-42 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

74

H
101

103

100

112

G
104
113

72
81
105

106

85

108 110
107
60
88
105
106
107

108

N_MM_272142_4_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-42-991-00500-A SHEET 1

F/O Pedals

27-21-42 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-42-400-002-A
Installation of the F/O Pedals
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
AR WARNING NOTICE(S)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
No specific
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
68
94
51
108
61
77
82
89
E.

DESIGNATION
cotter
cotter
cotter
nuts
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter

IPC-CSN
27-21-01-01-010
27-21-01-01-010
27-21-01-03-161
27-21-01-06-010
32-42-01-04-010
32-42-01-04-010
32-42-01-04-010
32-42-01-04-010

pin
pin
pin
pin
pin
pin
pin

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-21-43-000-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Pedal Position Adjuster Assembly

27-21-43-400-002-A

Installation of the Pedal Position Adjuster Assembly

27-24-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation

AES

27-21-42 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
32-42-47-000-001-A
32-42-47-400-001-A
32-43-12-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Transmitter Unit - Brake Pedal
Installation of the Transmitter Unit - Brake Pedal
Removal of the Brake Control Master Cylinder

32-43-12-400-001-A

Installation of the Brake Control Master Cylinder

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-42-860-054-A
A.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the pedal position adjuster assembly is removed (Ref. AMM 27-21-43-000-001) or (Ref.
TASK 27-21-43-000-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that the brake control master cylinders (2625GM, 2626GM) are removed (Ref. TASK
32-43-12-000-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the brake pedal transmitter unit (9GG) is removed (Ref. TASK 32-42-47-000-001-A).

(4)

On the pedals (CAPT and F/O) make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell
persons not to operate them.

Procedure
Subtask 27-21-42-420-051-B
A.

Installation of the F/O pedals

(1)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) on the attachment hardware.

(2)

Install the pedal assembly between the structure (107) through the avionics compartment.
NOTE :

Make sure that the rods (66), (67), (71) and (90) are correctly installed in their bellcranks (60),
(88), (72) and (91).

(3)

Install the bushes (105), the bolts (106) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-06) nuts (108) .

(4)

Install the bolt (95), the washer (92), the nut (93) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-01) cotter pin (94)
(Ref. Detail C).

(5)

Install the bolt (64), the washer (63), the nut (62) and the new (IPC-CSN 32-42-01-04) cotter pin (61)
(Ref. Detail D).

(6)

Install the bolt (65), the washer (87), the nut (86) and the new (IPC-CSN 32-42-01-04) cotter pin (89)
(Ref. Detail D).

(7)

Install the bolt (73), the washer (70), the nut (69) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-01) cotter pin (68)
(Ref. Detail E).

(8)

Install the bolt (55), the washer (54), the bonding strip (53), the nut (52) and the new (IPC-CSN
27-21-01-03) cotter pin (51) (Ref. Detail B).

(9)

Install the bolt (104) on the post (72) with the bush (103) and the pedal (74).

(10) Install the washer (101) and the nut (100).

(11) Install the bolt (113) on the post (91) with the bush (112) and the pedal (85).
(12) Install the washer (110) and the nut (109).
(13) Safety the nuts (100) and (109) with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(14) Connect the rod (78) to the pedal (74) with the bolt (79) (Ref. Detail G).
(15) Install the washer (75), the nut (76) and the new (IPC-CSN 32-42-01-04) cotter pin (77) .

AES

27-21-42 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(16) Connect the rod (80) to the pedal (85) with the bolt (81) (Ref. Detail H).
(17) Install the washer (84), the nut (83) and the new (IPC-CSN 32-42-01-04) cotter pin (82) .
Subtask 27-21-42-710-052-B
B.

Test
(1)

(2)
5.

Preparation for the Test

(a)

Install the pedal position adjuster assembly (Ref. TASK 27-21-43-400-002-A).

(b)

Install the brake pedal transmitter unit (9GG) (Ref. TASK 32-42-47-400-001-A).

(c)

Install the brake control master cylinders (2625GM and 2626GM) (Ref. TASK 32-43-12-400-001A).

Do the operational test of the F/O pedals (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-42-860-055-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-21-42 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ADJUSTER ASSY - PEDAL POSITION - SERVICING

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-43-600-001-A
Lubrication of the Rack/Slider Linkage of the Pedal Position Adjuster
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-21-00-08-)
LUBRICATION OF RUDDER PEDAL ADJUSTMENT MECHANISM

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 11-026D
C.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
CLEANING AGENTS
GENERAL CLEANING AGENT - MULTI PURPOSE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210
811

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-10-00-864-003-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-43-991-00600-A - Rack/Slider Linkage of the Pedal Position Adjuster)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-43-860-057-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the CAPT and F/O pedals to tell persons not to use the rudder.

27-21-43 PB301

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-21-43-010-054-A
B.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 811.

(2)

Open the access door 811.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-43-991-00600-A - Rack/Slider Linkage of the Pedal Position Adjuster)
Subtask 27-21-43-640-052-A
A.

Lubrication
NOTE :

5.

Do these steps on the CAPT and F/O pedals.

(1)

Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026D) to the junction (3) of the rack (2) and slider (1).

(2)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the junction (3) of the rack (2) and slider (1).

(3)

In the cockpit, operate the pedal position adjuster fully many times so that the grease goes into the
mechanism.

(4)

Apply a second coat of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the junction (3) of the rack (2)
and slider (1).

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-43-860-056-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-21-43-410-054-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the access door 811.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-21-43 PB301

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

PEDALS

FR13

A
FR1

B
1

811

B
3

SECTION

B B
GREASE

1
2
3

GREASE
N_MM_272143_3_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-43-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Rack/Slider Linkage of the Pedal Position Adjuster

27-21-43 PB301

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ADJUSTER ASSY - PEDAL POSITION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-43-000-002-A
Removal of the Pedal Position Adjuster Assembly
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

98A27901002000

B.

PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
210
811

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-43-991-00300-B - Rigging Pin Location)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-43-991-00400-B - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-43-991-00500-B - Rack Assembly)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-43-861-051-A
A.

AES

Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)

27-21-43 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-21-43-010-052-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 811.

Subtask 27-21-43-860-053-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(2)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(3)

Install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (1) on the yaw/brake bellcrank (2)
(see detail B).
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1131 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-43-991-00300-B - Rigging Pin Location)

(4)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

4.

Procedure

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1131 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-43-991-00300-B - Rigging Pin Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-43-991-00400-B - Component Location)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-43-991-00500-B - Rack Assembly)
Subtask 27-21-43-020-055-B
A.

Removal of the Pedal Position Adjuster Assembly

(1)

Remove the cotter pin (30) and discard it.

(2)

Remove the nut (31), the washer (32) and the bolt (38).

(3)

In the cockpit, remove the screws (10) and the washers (11).

(4)

Remove the screws (6) and the washers (7).

(5)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nut (43).

(6)

Fully loosen the nut (43).

(7)

Fully tighten the screw (44).

(8)

Remove the clip (45).

(9)

Lightly pull the handle (15) so that you can remove the pin (16).

(10) Remove the pin (16).

NOTE :

AES

The pin (16) has a slot so that you can disengage it from the cable (17) when you remove it.

27-21-43 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Pull the cable (17) lightly down and remove the cover (5) with the rod (39).
(12) Remove the locking-pin (46).
(13) Remove the pin (40).
NOTE :

The pin (40) has a slot so that you can disengage it from the cable (17) when you remove it.

(14) Remove the cable (17).

(15) Remove the screw (44) and the nut (43).
(16) Remove the cotter pin (22) and discard it.
(17) Remove the nut (21), the washer (20) and the bolt (18).
(18) Remove the cotter pin (23) and discard it.
(19) Remove the nut (24), the bolt (27) and the washers (25).
(20) Lift the lower part of the rack assembly (26) to compress the springs (41) and (42). Remove the spacer
(28).
(21) Remove the rack assembly (26) and the springs (41) and (42).
(22) Remove the cotter pins (33) and discard them.
(23) Remove the washers (34) and the pins (36).
(24) Remove the actuator (37).

AES

27-21-43 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1131 FOR A/C 003-004

A
A

PEDALS

FR13

811
FR1

N_MM_272143_4_BEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-43-991-00300-B SHEET 1

Rigging Pin Location

27-21-43 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1131 FOR A/C 003-004

C
5
6

6
7
11
10

N_MM_272143_4_BGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-43-991-00400-B SHEET 1

Component Location

27-21-43 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
POSITION 0 CLEARANCE
POSITION 12 CLEARANCE

0.8 mm (0.0314 in.)

2 mm (0.0786 in.)

45
15
16

SECTION
17

CC

18
19
20

27

44

21
22

25
43

D
26

42

41
25
28

40

24
23

46
36
34
29
39
38
34
33
36
34

37
35

34
33

32
31
30
N_MM_272143_4_AKM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-43-991-00500-B SHEET 1

Rack Assembly

27-21-43 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-43-400-002-A
Installation of the Pedal Position Adjuster Assembly
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

98A27901002000

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
No specific
C.

PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
210
811

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
45
22
23
30
33

DESIGNATION
clip
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter

E.

pin
pin
pin
pins

IPC-CSN
27-21-01-02-010
27-21-01-02-040
27-21-01-02-040
27-21-01-02-040
27-21-01-02-095

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

AES

27-21-43 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-43-991-00300-B - Rigging Pin Location)

DESIGNATION

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-43-991-00400-B - Component Location)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-43-991-00500-B - Rack Assembly)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-43-860-054-A
A.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position.

(3)

Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

(4)

Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(5)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(6)

Make sure that the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (1) is installed on the
yaw/brake bellcrank (see detail B)

Procedure

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1131 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-43-991-00300-B - Rigging Pin Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-43-991-00400-B - Component Location)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-43-991-00500-B - Rack Assembly)
Subtask 27-21-43-420-055-B
A.

Installation of the Pedal Position Adjuster Assembly

(1)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the attachment hardware.

(2)

Install the springs (41) and (42) on the rack assembly (26).

(3)

Lift the lower part of the rack assembly (26) to compress the springs (41) and (42).

(4)

Install the rack assembly (26) on the yoke (29) with the spacer (28) and on the structure (19) with the
bolt (18).

(5)

Install the washer (20), the nut (21) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-02) cotter pin (22) .

(6)

Install the washers (25), the bolt (27), the nut (24) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-02) cotter pin (23)
.

(7)

Install the nut (43) and the screw (44).

NOTE :

AES

Engage all the threads of the screw (44) but do not fully tighten it.

(8)

Install the actuator (37) with the pins (36) on the structure (35) and the yoke (29).

(9)

Install the washers (34) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-02) cotter pins (33) .

27-21-43 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Install the cable (17) through the screw (44) and to the lower part of the rack assembly (26) with the
pin (40).
NOTE :

The pin (40) has a slot and a recess for the head of the cable (17).

(11) Install the locking pin (46).

(12) Install the cover (5) on the structure (8) and (9).
(13) Put the cable (17) through the cover (5) and install the pin (16) on the handle (15).
NOTE :

The pin (16) has a slot and a recess for the head of the cable (17).

(14) Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-02) clip (45) .

(15) Install the washers (11) and the screws (10).
(16) Install the washers (7) and the screws (6).
(17) Connect the rod (39) to the yoke (29) with the screw (38).
(18) Install the washer (32), the nut (31) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-02) cotter pin (30) .
Subtask 27-21-43-820-050-A
B.

Adjustment
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-43-991-00500-B - Rack Assembly)
NOTE :
(1)

During the adjustment of the cable length, make sure that the terminal heads of the cables (17) are in
position in their housings.

Adjust the length of each rack unlocking control-cable so that the adjustment position limits, the noncontrol clearance (measured at the handle) is between 0.8 mm (0.0315 in.) and 2 mm (0.0787 in.).
(a)

Slowly loosen the screw (44) until you get a non-control clearance at the handle (15) (Ref.
Section CC).
. Position 0: non-control clearance more than or equal to 0.8 mm (0.0315 in.).
. Position 12: non-control clearance less than or equal to 2 mm (0.0787 in.).

(2)

Tighten the nut (43).

(3)

Safety the nut (43) with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

Subtask 27-21-43-710-051-A
C.

Operational Test
(1)

Remove the pin (1) (Ref. Detail B).

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1131 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-43-991-00300-B - Rigging Pin Location)

(2)

AES

Do two or three operations from one stop to the other stop.

To do this:
(a)

Pull the handle (15).

(b)

Apply a force to move the pedals to the stop.

(c)

Release the force applied on the pedals.

(d)

The pedals go back freely to the opposite stop because the actuator (37) operated.

(e)

Release the handle (15).

27-21-43 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

5.

When the pedal is against the stop, make sure that the non-control clearance is correct. This shows that
the rack assembly (26) is locked.
Do the adjustment again if it is not correct.

Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-43-860-055-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)

Subtask 27-21-43-410-053-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the access door 811.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-21-43 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

BELLCRANK - YAW/BRAKE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-44-000-001-A
Removal of the CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98A27901002000

PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
811

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00100-B - Location of the Rigging Points)

DESIGNATION

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00200-A - CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00300-A - CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00100-C - Location of the Rigging Points)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00200-B - CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-44-941-050-A
A.

Put the Warning Notice

(1)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic
systems.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to operate the pedals.

Subtask 27-21-44-010-050-A
B.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 811.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-005

AES

27-21-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00100-B - Location of the Rigging Points)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00200-A - CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00300-A - CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank)
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00100-C - Location of the Rigging Points)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00200-B - CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-44-480-050-A
A.

Install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (36) on the tension regulator.

Subtask 27-21-44-020-050-A
B.

Removal of the CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

(1)

Remove the cotter pin (24) and discard it. Remove the nut (23) and the washer (22).

(2)

Remove the bolt (21) and disconnect the rod (17).

(3)

Remove the cotter pin (11) and discard it. Remove the nut (12) and the washer (10).

(4)

Remove the bolt (3) and disconnect the rod (4).

(5)

Remove the cotter pin (19) and discard it. Remove the nut (20) and the washer(18).

(6)

Remove the bolt (1) and disconnect the rod (9).

(7)

Remove the cotter pin (32) and discard it. Remove the nut (31) and the washer (30).

(8)

Remove the bolt (34) and disconnect the rods (29) and (33).

(9)

Remove the cotter pin (63) and discard it. Remove the nut (64) and the washer (65).

(10) Remove the bolt (67) and disconnect the rod (68).
(11) Remove the cotter pin (58) and discard it. Remove the nut (57) and the washer (56).
(12) Remove the bolt (52) and disconnect the rod (69).
(13) Remove the cotter pin (60) and discard it. Remove the nut (59) and the washer (61).
(14) Remove the bolt (70) and disconnect the rod (66).
(15) Remove the cotter pin (55) and discard it. Remove the nut (54) and the washer (53).
(16) Remove the bolt (51) and disconnect the rod (62).
(17) Remove the cotter pin (48) and discard it. Remove the nut (47) and the washer (46).
(18) Remove the bolt (43) and disconnect the rod (42).
(19) Remove the nuts (41) and discard them. Remove the bolts (49) and the bolts (50).
(20) Turn the yaw bellcrank (2) 90 deg. to make the removal of the yaw/brake bellcrank possible.
(21) Remove the sleeves (45) and (73) and the yaw/brake bellcrank.

AES

27-21-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005

A
36

FR13
FR1
ACCESS
DOOR 811

35

35

C
25CE2

C
25CE1

B
RIGGING PIN

N_MM_272144_4_BAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-44-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Location of the Rigging Points

27-21-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005

FR13
ACCESS
DOOR 811
FR1
3

4
5
2

34

6
7

8
10
12

11

18

19
20
21
13
14
17
15

33
32

28

30

22

16

23

31

27
26

29

24

25

N_MM_272144_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-44-991-00200-A SHEET 1

CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

27-21-44 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

41
73 40
41

B
40

41
45

41
43

2
49
46

42

47
48
50

49

70
67
69

68
66
51

61
64
62
65
63

59

50

52

60

55

56

53

57

54

58

N_MM_272144_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-44-991-00300-A SHEET 1

CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

27-21-44 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 006-099

36
FR13
FR1
ACCESS
DOOR 811

35

35

C
25CE2

C
25CE1

B
RIGGING PIN

N_MM_272144_4_CAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-44-991-00100-C SHEET 1

Location of the Rigging Points

27-21-44 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 006-099

A
FR13
FR1
ACCESS
DOOR 811

A
3
5

34

8
4

10
12

37
11
9

18
19
20
21
13
14

30
33
32

28

22

15
16

23

27
25
26

31

17

24

29

N_MM_272144_4_BCM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-44-991-00200-B SHEET 1

CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

27-21-44 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-44-400-001-A
Installation of the CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98A27901002000
B.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
No specific

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

** On A/C 006-099
No specific
C.

lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
811

AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
11
19
24
32
48
41
55
58
60
63

DESIGNATION
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter
nuts
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter

E.

IPC-CSN
27-21-01-01-010
27-21-01-01-010
27-21-01-01-010
27-21-01-01-010
27-21-01-07-010
27-21-01-07-120
32-42-01-04-010
32-42-01-04-010
32-42-01-04-010
32-42-01-04-010

pin
pin
pin
pin
pin
pin
pin
pin
pin

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-24-00-710-001-A

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation

27-21-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
32-42-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Check of the Normal Braking System

32-43-00-710-001-A

Operational Check of Alternate Braking System

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00100-B - Location of the Rigging Points)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00200-A - CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00300-A - CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00100-C - Location of the Rigging Points)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00200-B - CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank)
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-44-010-052-A
A.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position.

(2)

Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to operate the Green and the Yellow
hydraulic systems is in position.

(4)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to operate the pedals is in position.

(5)

Make sure that the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (36) is in position on the
tension regulator.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00100-B - Location of the Rigging Points)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00200-A - CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00300-A - CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank)
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00100-C - Location of the Rigging Points)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00200-B - CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank)
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 27-21-44-420-050-A
A.

AES

Installation of the CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

(1)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the attachment hardware.

(2)

Turn the yaw bellcrank (2) 90 deg. and install the yaw/brake bellcrank on the beam (40).

(3)

Install the sleeves (45) and (73).

(4)

Install the bolts (50), (49); install and tighten the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-07) nuts (41) .

(5)

Install the rod (42) on the sleeve (45) and install the bolt (43).

27-21-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Install the washer (46) and install and tighten the nut (47). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN
27-21-01-07) cotter pin (48) .

(7)

Install the rod (62) and install the bolt (51).

(8)

Install the washer (53), install and tighten the nut (54). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN 32-42-01-04)
cotter pin (55) .

(9)

Install the rod (66), install the bolt (70).

(10) Install the washer (61) and install and tighten the nut (59). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN
32-42-01-04) cotter pin (60) .
(11) Install the rod (69), install the bolt (52).
(12) Install the washer (56) and install and tighten the nut (57). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN
32-42-01-04) cotter pin (58) .
(13) Install the rod (68), install the bolt (67).
(14) Install the washer (65) and install and tighten the nut (64). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN
32-42-01-04) cotter pin (63) .
(15) Install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (35) on the yaw/brake bellcranks of
the CAPT and F/O.
(16) Push and hold the pin on the transducer unit 25CE1 to lock the input lever in the zero position.
NOTE :

The pin is a part of the transducer unit 25CE1.

(17) Install the rods (33) and (29) and install the bolt (34). If necessary, adjust the length of the rod (29) as
follows:
(a)

Cut and discard the lockwire.

(b)

Loosen the nuts (25) and (28) and disengage the lockwashers (26) and (27).

(c)

Adjust the length of the rod (29) until you can install the bolt (34).

(d)

Engage the lockwashers (26) and (27) and tighten the nuts (25) and (28). Safety them with
Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(18) Disengage the pin to release the input lever of the transducer unit 25CE1.
(19) Install the washer (30), install and tighten the nut (31). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-01)
cotter pin (32) .
(20) Install the rod (9) and the bolt (1).
(21) Install the washer (18), install and tighten the nut (20). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-01)
cotter pin (19) .
(22) Install the rod (4) and install the bolt (3). If necessary, adjust the length of the rod (4) as follows:
(a)

Cut and discard the lockwire.

(b)

Loosen the nuts (5) and (8) and disengage the lockwashers (6) and (7).

(c)

Adjust the length of the rod (4) until you can install the bolt (3).

(d)

Engage the lockwashers (6) and (7) and TORQUE the nuts (5) and (8) to 1.374 M.DAN (10.13
LBF.FT). Safety them with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(23) Install the washer (10), install and tighten the nut (12). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-01)
cotter pin (11) .
(24) Install the rod (17) and the bolt (21). If necessary, adjust the length of the rod (17) as follows:
(a)
AES

Cut and discard the lockwire.

27-21-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

Loosen the nuts (13) and (16) and disengage the lockwashers (14) and (15).

(c)

Adjust the length of the rod (17) until you can install the bolt (21).

(d)

Engage the lockwashers (14) and (15) and TORQUE the nuts (13) and (16) to 1.374 M.DAN
(10.13 LBF.FT). Safety them with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(25) Install the washer (22), install and tighten the nut (23). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-01)
cotter pin (24) .
(26) Remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (35) from the yaw/brake bellcranks
of the CAPT and F/O.
** On A/C 006-099
Subtask 27-21-44-420-050-B
A.

Installation of the CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

(1)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the attachment hardware.

(2)

Turn the yaw bellcrank (2) 90 deg. and install the yaw/brake bellcrank on the beam (40).

(3)

Install the sleeves (45) and (73).

(4)

Install the bolts (50), (49); install and tighten the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-07) nuts (41) .

(5)

Install the rod (42) on the sleeve (45) and install the bolt (43).

(6)

Install the washer (46) and install and tighten the nut (47). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN
27-21-01-07) cotter pin (48) .

(7)

Install the rod (62) and install the bolt (51).

(8)

Install the washer (53), install and tighten the nut (54). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN 32-42-01-04)
cotter pin (55) .

(9)

Install the rod (66), install the bolt (70).

(10) Install the washer (61) and install and tighten the nut (59). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN
32-42-01-04) cotter pin (60) .
(11) Install the rod (69), install the bolt (52).
(12) Install the washer (56) and install and tighten the nut (57). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN
32-42-01-04) cotter pin (58) .
(13) Install the rod (68), install the bolt (67).
(14) Install the washer (65) and install and tighten the nut (64). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN
32-42-01-04) cotter pin (63) .
(15) Install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (35) on the yaw/brake bellcranks of
the CAPT and F/O.
(16) Push and hold the pin on the transducer unit 25CE1 to lock the input lever in the zero position.
NOTE :

The pin is a part of the transducer unit 25CE1.

(17) Install the rods (33) and (29) and install the bolt (34). If necessary, adjust the length of the rod (29) as
follows:

AES

(a)

Cut and discard the lockwire.

(b)

Loosen the nuts (25) and (28) and disengage the lockwashers (26) and (27).

(c)

Adjust the length of the rod (29) until you can install the bolt (34).

27-21-44 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d)

Engage the lockwashers (26) and (27) and tighten the nuts (25) and (28). Safety them with
Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(18) Disengage the pin to release the input lever of the transducer unit 25CE1.
(19) Install the washer (30), install and tighten the nut (31). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-01)
cotter pin (32) .
(20) Install the rod (9) and the bolt (1).
(21) Install the washer (18), install and tighten the nut (20). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-01)
cotter pin (19) .
(22) Install the rod (4) and install the bolt (3). If necessary, adjust the length of the rod (4) as follows:
(a)

Cut and discard the lockwire from the nuts of the rod (4).

(b)

Loosen the nuts (5) and (7) and disengage the lockwashers (6) and (8).

(c)

Turn the rod body (37) until you can install and remove the rigging pins (35) and (36) freely.

(d)

Engage the lockwashers (6) and (8).

(e)

Torque the nut (7) to 1.2 M.DAN (106.19 LBF.IN) and the nut (5) to 0.5 M.DAN (44.25
LBF.IN).

(f)

Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened the nuts.

(g)

Safety the nuts with lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

(23) Install the washer (10), install and tighten the nut (12). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-01)
cotter pin (11) .
(24) Install the rod (17) and the bolt (21). If necessary, adjust the length of the rod (17) as follows:
(a)

Cut and discard the lockwire.

(b)

Loosen the nuts (13) and (16) and disengage the lockwashers (14) and (15).

(c)

Adjust the length of the rod (17) until you can install the bolt (21).

(d)

Engage the lockwashers (14) and (15) and TORQUE the nuts (13) and (16) to 1.374 M.DAN
(10.13 LBF.FT). Safety them with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(25) Install the washer (22), install and tighten the nut (23). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-01)
cotter pin (24) .
(26) Remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (35) from the yaw/brake bellcranks
of the CAPT and F/O.
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-44-080-050-A
B.

Remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (36) from the tension regulator.

Subtask 27-21-44-710-050-A
C.

AES

Test of the CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

(1)

Do the operational test of the rudder mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Do the operational test of the normal braking system (operational check of the pedals) (Ref. TASK
32-42-00-710-001-A).

(3)

Do the operational test of the alternate braking system (operational check of the pedals) (Ref. TASK
32-43-00-710-001-A).

27-21-44 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-44-942-050-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 27-21-44-410-050-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the access door 811.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-21-44 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-44-000-002-A
Removal of the F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98A27901002000

PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
811

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00100-B - Location of the Rigging Points)

DESIGNATION

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00400-A - F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00500-A - F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00100-C - Location of the Rigging Points)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-44-941-053-A
A.

Put the warning notice

(1)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic
systems.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to operate the pedals.

Subtask 27-21-44-010-051-A
B.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 811.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00100-B - Location of the Rigging Points)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00400-A - F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank)

AES

27-21-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00500-A - F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank)
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00100-C - Location of the Rigging Points)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-44-480-051-A
A.

Install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (36) on the tension regulator.

Subtask 27-21-44-020-051-A
B.

Removal of the F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

(1)

Remove the cotter pin (88) and discard it. Remove the nut (87) and the washer (86).

(2)

Remove the bolt (85) and disconnect the rod (89).

(3)

Remove the cotter pin (99) and discard it. Remove the nut (100) and the washer (101).

(4)

Remove the bolt (103) and disconnect the rods (98) and (102).

(5)

Remove the cotter pin (83) and discard it. Remove the nut (84) and the washer (82).

(6)

Remove the bolt (80) and disconnect the rod (81).

(7)

Remove the cotter pin (125) and discard it. Remove the nut (124) and the washer (123).

(8)

Remove the bolt (117) and disconnect the rod (118).

(9)

Remove the cotter pin (129) and discard it. Remove the nut (130) and the washer (131).

(10) Remove the bolt (134) and disconnect the rod (119).
(11) Remove the cotter pin (121) and discard it. Remove the nut (122) and the washer (120).
(12) Remove the bolt (116) and disconnect the rod (132).
(13) Remove the cotter pin (127) and discard it. Remove the nut (126) and the washer (128).
(14) Remove the bolt (135) and disconnect the rod (133).
(15) Remove the cotter pin (139) and discard it. Remove the nut (140) and the washer (141).
(16) Remove the bolt (144) and disconnect the rod (143).
(17) Remove the nuts (111) and discard them. Remove the bolts (114) and the bolts (115).
(18) Remove the sleeves (138) and (113) and the yaw/brake bellcrank.

AES

27-21-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FR13

FR1

ACCESS
DOOR 811

103

80

81

82
83
84
85

102
99

97

101

86

87

100

96

88

98

95
94

89
90
91
93

92
N_MM_272144_4_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-44-991-00400-A SHEET 1

F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

27-21-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
111

144

143

138 110

141
111

140
139

110

111
111

113
114

115
116

114

135

117

134

119
115
128
133

132
131
130
129

118

126
127

121

123

120

124

122

125
N_MM_272144_4_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-44-991-00500-A SHEET 1

F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

27-21-44 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-44-400-002-A
Installation of the F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98A27901002000
B.

PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
No specific
C.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
811

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT

D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
83
88
99
139
111
121
125
127
129
E.

DESIGNATION
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter
nuts
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter

IPC-CSN
27-21-01-01-010
27-21-01-01-010
27-21-01-01-010
27-21-01-08-010
27-21-01-08-120
32-42-01-04-010
32-42-01-04-010
32-42-01-04-010
32-42-01-04-010

pin
pin
pin
pin
pin
pin
pin
pin

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-24-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation

32-42-00-710-001-A

Operational Check of the Normal Braking System

32-43-00-710-001-A

Operational Check of Alternate Braking System

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00100-B - Location of the Rigging Points)

AES

27-21-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00400-A - F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank)

DESIGNATION

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00500-A - F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00100-C - Location of the Rigging Points)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-44-010-053-A
A.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position.

(2)

Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to operate the Green and the Yellow
hydraulic systems is in position.

(4)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to operate the pedals is in position.

(5)

Make sure that the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (36) is in position on the
tension regulator.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00100-B - Location of the Rigging Points)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00400-A - F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00500-A - F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank)
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-44-991-00100-C - Location of the Rigging Points)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-44-420-051-A
A.

AES

Installation of the F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

(1)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the attachment hardware.

(2)

Install the yaw/brake bellcrank on the beam (110).

(3)

Install the sleeves (138) and (113).

(4)

Install the bolts (114), the bolts (115), install and tighten the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-08) nuts (111) .

(5)

Install the rod (143) on the sleeve (138) and install the bolt (144).

(6)

Install the washer (141), install and tighten the nut (140). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN
27-21-01-08) cotter pin (139) .

(7)

Put the rod (133) in position and install the bolt (135).

(8)

Install the washer (128), install and tighten the nut (126). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN
32-42-01-04) cotter pin (127) .

(9)

Install the rod (132) and the bolt (116).

27-21-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Install the washer (120), install and tighten the nut (122). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN
32-42-01-04) cotter pin (121) .
(11) Put the rod (119) in position and install the bolt (134).
(12) Install the washer (131), install and tighten the nut (130). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN
32-42-01-04) cotter pin (129) .
(13) Install the rod (118) and the bolt (117).
(14) Install the washer (123) and install and tighten the nut (124). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN
32-42-01-04) cotter pin (125) .
(15) Install the rod (81) and the bolt (80).
(16) Install the washer (82), install and tighten the nut (84). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-01)
cotter pin (83) .
(17) Install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (35) on the yaw/brake bellcranks of
the CAPT and F/O.
(18) Push and hold the pin on the transducer unit 25CE2 to lock the input lever in the zero position.
NOTE :

The pin is a part of the transducer unit 25CE2.

(19) Install the rods (98) and (102) and install the bolt (103). If necessary, adjust the length of the rod (98)
as follows:
(a)

Cut and discard the lockwire.

(b)

Loosen the nuts (94) and (97) and disengage the lockwashers (95) and (96).

(c)

Adjust the length of the rod (98) until you can install the bolt (103).

(d)

Engage the lockwashers (95) and (96) and tighten the nuts (94) and (97). Safety them with
Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(20) Disengage the pin to release the input lever of the transducer unit 25CE2.
(21) Install the washer (101) and install and tighten the nut (100). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN
27-21-01-01) cotter pin (99) .
(22) Install the rod (89) and the bolt (85). If necessary, adjust the length of the rod (89) as follows:
(a)

Cut and discard the lockwire.

(b)

Loosen the nuts (90) and (93) and disengage the lockwashers (91) and (92).

(c)

Adjust the length of the rod (89) until you can install the bolt (85).

(d)

Engage the lockwashers (91) and (92) and TORQUE the nuts (90) and (93) to 1.374 M.DAN
(10.13 LBF.FT). Safety them with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(23) Install the washer (86), install and tighten the nut (87). Safety it with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-01)
cotter pin (88) .
(24) Remove PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (35) from the yaw/brake bellcranks of
the CAPT and F/O.
Subtask 27-21-44-080-051-A
B.

Remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (36) from the tension regulator.

Subtask 27-21-44-710-051-A
C.

Test of the F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank

(1)

AES

Do the operational test of the rudder mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001-A).

27-21-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5.

(2)

Do the operational test of the normal braking system (operational check of the pedals) (Ref. TASK
32-42-00-710-001-A).

(3)

Do the operational test of the alternate braking system (operational check of the pedals) (Ref. TASK
32-43-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-44-942-053-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 27-21-44-410-051-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the access door 811.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-21-44 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

REGULATOR - CABLE TENSION - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-45-000-001-A
Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator Assy
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
CAUTION :

DO THIS PROCEDURE IN A HANGAR IF THERE ARE WIND GUSTS. WIND GUSTS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE LINKAGE WHEN THE RIGGING PINS ARE IN POSITION ON THE RUDDER
CONTROL.

FIN 103CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

98A27901002000
98D27207516000
98D27207547000
FE171901

1
1
1
1

PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL
PIN-RIGGING,SET
PIN-RIGGING
TOOL - LOCKING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

125
210
310
211GF, 312AR, 811
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
LATERAL AVIONIC COMPARTMENT
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

AES

27-21-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

DESIGNATION
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00100-A - Component Location)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00100-B - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00200-A - Cable Tension Regulator Assy)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00300-B - Cable Tension regulator Assy)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00200-B - Cable Tension Regulator Assy)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00300-C - Cable Tension regulator Assy)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-45-010-052-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Remove the panel 211GF at zone 211.

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00100-A - Component Location)
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00100-B - Component Location)

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 121.

(3)

Open the access doors 811.

(4)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 312.

(5)

Open the access doors 312AR.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-45-860-050-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

(2)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(3)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC1 pushbutton switch is pushed.

(4)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC2 pushbutton switch is pushed (on
these pushbuttons switches, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).

(5)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(6)

In zone 121, install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (6) on the CAPT
yaw/brake bellcrank (5) (Ref. Detail C).

27-21-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00100-A - Component Location)
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00100-B - Component Location)
(7)

In zone 311, install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (8) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000)

pin (98D27207516160) on the cable quadrant (1) (Ref. Details B and D).

(8)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00100-A - Component Location)
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00100-B - Component Location)

(9)

Make sure that the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems are depressurized.
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A)

(10) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00100-A - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00200-A - Cable Tension Regulator Assy)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00300-B - Cable Tension regulator Assy)
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00100-B - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00200-B - Cable Tension Regulator Assy)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00300-C - Cable Tension regulator Assy)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-45-020-052-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Cable Tension-Regulator Assy

(1)

Remove the cotter pins (35) from the cable housings of the regulator (15) (Ref. Details F and G).

(2)

Remove the cotter pins (50), the nuts (49), the washers (48), the screws (46) and the spacers (47)
(Ref. Detail K).

(3)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts (3) of the cable quadrant (1) turnbuckles (Ref. Details B
and D).

(4)

Loosen the nuts (3) and the screws (2) until it is possible to install the TOOL - LOCKING (FE171901)
(45) on the regulator (15) (Ref. Details D and L).

(5)

Install the locking equipment (45) on the regulator (15) with the rigging pins (44) (Ref. Detail L).

(6)

Fully loosen the nuts (3) and the screws (2).

27-21-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

Remove the cables (7) and (9) from the regulator (15) (Ref. Details F and G) and hang them on the
structure.

(8)

Remove the cotter pin (40), the nut (41) and the washer (43) (Ref. Detail J).

(9)

Remove the screw (42) and disconnect the rod (4) from the regulator (15).

(10) Remove the cotter pin (38), the nut (37) and the washer (36) (Ref. Detail H).
(11) Remove the screw (39) and disconnect the rod (23) from the regulator (15).
(12) Remove the cotter pin (17), the nut (18) and the washer (19).
(13) Remove the cotter pin (29), the nut (28) and the washer (27).
(14) Remove the screws (22) (24), the spacers (21), (25) and remove the regulator (15).

AES

27-21-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005

FR11
FR8

A
ZONE 121

C
FR71

811

FR72

ZONE 125

B
312AR

ZONE311
FR74

ZONE 211

103CM

D
9

211GF
1
8

FR8
FR11

3
7

B
C
4
6

D
5
N_MM_272145_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-45-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Component Location

27-21-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 006-099
FR11
FR8

A
C

811
FR71
FR72

ZONE 121

ZONE 125

312AR
FR74

ZONE 311

103CM

D
ZONE 211

211GF
1
8
2

FR8
FR11

7
3

B
C

4
5

D
N_MM_272145_4_BAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-45-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Component Location

27-21-45 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005

29

28
26
27
4
15

J
25
24

16

K
K

17

18
19

23

G
K
H
K

22

21

20

N_MM_272145_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-45-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Cable Tension Regulator Assy

27-21-45 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005

F
9

35
35

H
L

OR

23

44

44
36
45

45

37
38
15

39

50

J
K
40
43
49

41

48
15
47
15

42

46
4
6

15

N_MM_272145_4_BEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-45-991-00300-B SHEET 1

Cable Tension regulator Assy

27-21-45 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 006-099

E
27

26

28

29

4
15

J
25
24
17

K
K
F

16

19

18

23

L
G
K
H

21

20

22

65 64 63

62

61

N_MM_272145_4_BCM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-45-991-00200-B SHEET 1

Cable Tension Regulator Assy

27-21-45 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 006-099

35

35

OR

L
23

44

37

44

45

45

38
36

50

15

39

J
43

40
41

49
48
15
47
15

42

46

15
4

N_MM_272145_4_CEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-45-991-00300-C SHEET 1

Cable Tension regulator Assy

27-21-45 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-45-400-001-A
Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator Assy
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 103CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98A27901002000
98D27207516000
98D27207547000
B.

ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

2
1
1

PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL
PIN-RIGGING,SET
PIN-RIGGING

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
No specific

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.6 mm (0.02 in.)

No specific

Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

125
210
310
211GF, 312AR, 811
D.

LATERAL AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
40
35
38
17

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter

pin
pins
pin
pin

IPC-CSN
27-21-01-01-010
27-21-01-12-010
27-21-01-12-010
27-21-01-12-070

27-21-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG.ITEM
29
50

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-21-01-12-070
27-21-01-12-170

cotter pin
cotter pins
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

27-21-00-820-002-A

Adjustment of the Rudder Control-Cables Length

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00100-A - Component Location)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00100-B - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00200-A - Cable Tension Regulator Assy)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00300-B - Cable Tension regulator Assy)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00200-B - Cable Tension Regulator Assy)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00300-C - Cable Tension regulator Assy)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-45-860-051-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the panel 211GF at zone 211 is removed.

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00100-A - Component Location)
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00100-B - Component Location)

(2)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 121.

(3)

Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

(4)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 312.

(5)

Make sure that the access door 312AR is open.

(6)

Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

AES

(7)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC1 pushbutton switch is pushed.

(8)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC2 pushbutton switch is pushed (on
these pushbuttons switches, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).

(9)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

27-21-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) In zone 121, on the CAPT yaw/brake bellcrank (5) make sure that the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER
CONTROL (98A27901002000) (6) (Ref. Detail C) is installed.
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00100-A - Component Location)
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00100-B - Component Location)
(11) In zone 311, on the cable quadrant (1) (Ref. Details B and D), make sure that the PIN-RIGGING
(98D27207547000) (8) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) pin (98D27207516160) is installed.
(12) Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A) is depressurized.
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00100-A - Component Location)
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00100-B - Component Location)
(13) Make sure that the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems are depressurized.
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A)
(14) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized.
4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00100-A - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00200-A - Cable Tension Regulator Assy)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00300-B - Cable Tension regulator Assy)
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00100-B - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00200-B - Cable Tension Regulator Assy)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00300-C - Cable Tension regulator Assy)
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 27-21-45-420-052-A
A.

Installation of the Cable Tension-Regulator Assy

(1)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) on all attaching parts.

(2)

Install the regulator (15) on the support (26) with the spacer (25) and the screw (24).

(3)

Install the regulator (15) on the support (20) with the spacer (21) and the screw (22).

(4)

Install the washer (19), the nut (18) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-12) cotter pin (17) .

(5)

Install the washer (27), the nut (28) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-12) cotter pin (29) .
NOTE :

AES

Align the shackle (16) of the regulator (15) in the center. Make sure that the shackle does not
touch the support (20).

27-21-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Connect the rod (23) to the regulator (15) with the screw (39) (Ref. Detail H). If an adjustment is
necessary, do as follows:
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts of the rod (23).

(b)

Loosen the nuts of the rod (23).

(c)

Disengage the washers from the nuts of the rod (23).

(d)

Adjust the rod (23) to the necessary length and without tension.

(e)

TORQUE the nuts of the rod (23) to 0.59 M.DAN (52.21 LBF.IN). Do not safety at this time.

(7)

Install the washer (36) and the nut (37). Do not safety the nut (37) at this time.

(8)

Install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (6) on the input lever of the
regulator (15) (Ref. Detail J).

(9)

Connect the rod (4) to the regulator (15) with the screws (42) (Ref. Detail J). If an adjustment is
necessary, do as follows:
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts of the rod (4).

(b)

Loosen the nuts of the rod (4).

(c)

Disengage the washers from the nuts of the rod (4).

(d)

Adjust the rod (4) to the necessary length.

(e)

TORQUE the nuts of the rod (4) to 1.374 M.DAN (10.13 LBF.FT). Do not safety at this time.

(10) Install the washer (43) and the nut (41). Do not safety the nut (41) at this time.
(11) Install the cables (7) and (9) on the regulator (15) (Ref. Details F and G).
(12) Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-12) cotter pins (35) on the cable end housings of the regulator (15).
(13) Install the spacers (47), the screws (46), the washers (48), the nuts (49) and the new (IPC-CSN
27-21-01-12) cotter pins (50) (Ref. Detail K).
(14) Tighten the screws (2) of the cable quadrant (1) turnbuckles until it is possible to remove the locking
equipment (45) from the regulator (15).
(15) Remove this TOOL - LOCKING (FE171901) (45) with the rigging pins (44).
(16) Remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (6) from the CAPT yaw/brake
bellcrank (5) (Ref. Detail C).
** On A/C 006-099
Subtask 27-21-45-420-052-B
A.

Installation of the Cable Tension-Regulator Assy

(1)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) on all attaching parts.

(2)

Install the regulator (15) on the support (26) with the spacer (25) and the screw (24).

(3)

Install the regulator (15) on the support (20) with the spacer (21) and the screw (22).

(4)

Install the washer (19), the nut (18) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-12) cotter pin (17) .

(5)

Install the washer (27), the nut (28) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-12) cotter pin (29) .
NOTE :

AES

Align the shackle (16) of the regulator (15) in the center. Make sure that the shackle does not
touch the support (20).

27-21-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Connect the rod (23) to the regulator (15) with the screw (39) (Ref. Detail H). If an adjustment is
necessary, do as follows:
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts of the rod (23).

(b)

Loosen the nuts of the rod (23).

(c)

Disengage the washers from the nuts of the rod (23).

(d)

Adjust the rod (23) to the necessary length and without tension.

(e)

TORQUE the nuts of the rod (23) to 0.59 M.DAN (52.21 LBF.IN). Do not safety at this time.

(7)

Install the washer (36) and the nut (37). Do not safety the nut (37) at this time.

(8)

Install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (6) on the input lever of the
regulator (15) (Ref. Detail J).

(9)

Connect the rod (4) to the regulator (15) with the screws (42) (Ref. Detail J). If an adjustment is
necessary, do as follows:
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts of the rod (4).

(b)

Loosen the nuts (65) and (62), and disengage the lockwashers (64) and (61).

(c)

Turn the rod body (63) until you can install and remove the rigging pins (6) freely.

(d)

Engage the lockwashers (64) and (61).

(e)

TORQUE the nut (62) to 1.2 M.DAN (106.19 LBF.IN) and the nut (65) to 0.5 M.DAN (44.25
LBF.IN) . Do not safety at this time.

(f)

Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened the nuts.

(10) Install the washer (43) and the nut (41). Do not safety the nut (41) at this time.
(11) Install the cables (7) and (9) on the regulator (15) (Ref. Details F and G).
(12) Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-12) cotter pins (35) on the cable end housings of the regulator (15).
(13) Install the spacers (47), the screws (46), the washers (48), the nuts (49) and the new (IPC-CSN
27-21-01-12) cotter pins (50) (Ref. Detail K).
(14) Tighten the screws (2) of the cable quadrant (1) turnbuckles until it is possible to remove the locking
equipment (45) from the regulator (15).
(15) Remove this TOOL - LOCKING (FE171901) (45) with the rigging pins (44).
(16) Remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (6) from the CAPT yaw/brake
bellcrank (5) (Ref. Detail C).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-45-820-050-A
B.

Adjust the tension of the cables (7 and 9) (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-820-002-A).

NOTE :

5.

If you cannot adjust the control cables, do a visual inspection on the pulleys and the tension regulator.
If they are in good condition, replace the control cables.

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-45-420-051-A
A.

AES

Safety the nuts and install the new cotter pin

(1)

Safety the nuts (3) with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.6 mm (0.02 in.).

(2)

Safety the nuts of the rod (4) with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

27-21-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-01) cotter pin (40) on the nut (41).

(4)

Safety the nuts of the rod (23) with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(5)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-12) cotter pin (38) on the nut (37).

Subtask 27-21-45-080-050-A
B.

Removal of the tools

(1)

Remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (6) from the input lever of the
regulator (15) (Ref. Detail J).

(2)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (8) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) pin

(98D27207516160) from the cable quadrant (1) (Ref. Details B and D).

Subtask 27-21-45-410-050-A
C.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the panel 211GF at zone 211.

(3)

Close the access doors 811 312AR.

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-21-45 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-45-000-003-A
Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator
FIN 103CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

125

LATERAL AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-21-45-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator Assy

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00500-B - Cable Tension Regulator (103CM))

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-45-020-053-A
A.

4.

Remove the cable tension regulator assy (Ref. TASK 27-21-45-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-45-991-00500-B - Cable Tension Regulator (103CM))
Subtask 27-21-45-020-054-A
A.

Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator

(1)

Remove the six screws (21).

(2)

Remove the plate (22).

(3)

Cut and discard the cotter pin (17) from the nut (18).

(4)

Remove the nut (18) and the washer (16).

(5)

Cut and discard the cotter pin (15) and unlock the nut (14).

(6)

Remove the pin (8), the bellcrank assy (19) and the sleeve (13).

(7)

Remove the six nuts (10) and the six bolts (12).

(8)

Cut and discard the cotter pin (2) from the nut (1).

(9)

Remove the nut (1) and the washer (3).

(10) Remove the bolt (7) with the washer (6).

(11) Remove the side fittings (9) and (23) from the cable tension regulator (11).
(12) Remove the cable tension regulator (11).
NOTE :

AES

Do not remove the spacer (20), the link (4) and the spacer (5) from the side fitting (9).

27-21-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FR12

140
1
3

A
2

Z125
FR1

22
4
21
5

19
10

7
18
17

20

23

16
15
13
14
10

12
12

11
8
9
N_MM_272145_4_BMM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-45-991-00500-B SHEET 1

Cable Tension Regulator (103CM)

27-21-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-45-400-003-A
Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator
FIN 103CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 08-003

DESIGNATION
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
THREADLOCKER/SEALANT ANAEROBIC

Material No: 08-007

BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS

THREADLOCKER/SEALANT

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

125

ZONE DESCRIPTION
LATERAL AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
15
2
17

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-21-01-12-170
27-21-01-12-170
27-21-01-12-280

cotter pin
cotter pin
cotter pin
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-21-45-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator

27-21-45-400-001-A

Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator Assy

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-45-860-052-A
A.

4.

Make sure that the cable tension regulator is removed (Ref. TASK 27-21-45-000-003-A).

Procedure
Subtask 27-21-45-910-050-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 27-21-45-420-053-A
B.

AES

Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator

(1)

Make sure that the spacer (4), the link (5) and the spacer (20) are still installed on the side fitting (9).

(2)

Install the side fittings (9) and (23) on the cable tension regulator (11).

27-21-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Install the bolt (7), the washers (6) and (3), the nut (1) and tighten.

(4)

Install a new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-12) cotter pin (2) .

(5)

Install the six bolts (12), the six nuts (10) and tighten.

(6)

Install the pin (8), the sleeve (13) and the belcrank assy (19).

(7)

Lock the nut (14).

(8)

Install a new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-12) cotter pin (15) .

(9)

Install the washer (16), the nut (18) and tighten.

(10) Install a new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-12) cotter pin (17) .

(11) Install the plate (22).
(12) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-003) or BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-007) on the six screws (21).
(13) Install the six screws (21) and tighten them.
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-45-420-054-A
A.

AES

Install the cable tension regulator assy (Ref. TASK 27-21-45-400-001-A).

27-21-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

QUADRANT - CABLE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-46-000-001-A
Removal of the Cable Quadrant
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98A27901002000
98D27207547000
98D27207548000

1
1
1

PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL
PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

B.

Consumable Materials
REFERENCE

No specific
C.

lockwire 0.6 mm (0.024 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

140
310
325
241BF, 241FF, 312AR, 325AL,
325BL, 811
D.

DESIGNATION

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CENTER WING
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

AES

27-21-46 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-862-002-A-01

DESIGNATION
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-10-00-863-003-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

52-41-00-010-002-A
Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
53-32-12-000-002-A
Removal of the Cabin Floor Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-46-991-00100-A - Cable Quadrant)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-46-991-00200-A - Location of the Rudder Control Rigging Pin)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-46-991-00300-A - Location of the Rigging Pins)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-46-991-00100-A - Cable Quadrant)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-46-991-00200-A - Location of the Rudder Control Rigging Pin)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-46-991-00300-A - Location of the Rigging Pins)
Subtask 27-21-46-865-053-A
A.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

FIN
B04

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-46-010-050-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 325.

(2)

Open the access panels 325AL 325BL at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer.

(3)

Open the access door 312AR.

(4)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) under the access door 811.

(5)

Open the access door 811 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002-A).

(6)

Remove the floor panels 241BF 241FF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002-A).

Subtask 27-21-46-860-050-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

AES

27-21-46 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

(2)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the electric pump. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01)

(3)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(4)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(5)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system and put it in the maintenance configu ration (Ref. TASK
29-00-00-864-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(7)

On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend comes
on.

(8)

On the overhead panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend comes
on.

(9)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

(10) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
(11) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green, the Yellow and
the Blue hydraulic systems.
(12) Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (20) in the bellcrank of the rudder control unit.
(13) Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (21) in the cable quadrant (1).
(14) Put the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (22) in the interconnecting lever for the
rudder pedals and keep the tension regulator blocked in the neutral position.
Subtask 27-21-46-865-050-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-46-991-00100-A - Cable Quadrant)
Subtask 27-21-46-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Cable Quadrant

(1)

Disconnect the cables (10) from the cable quadrant (1).

WARNING : WEAR GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH THE CABLES.

AES

27-21-46 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(2)

(3)

(a)

Open the locking clips (30) and turn the turnbuckles (31) until you can remove the ends of the
cables (10) from the levers (3).

(b)

Remove the cables (10) from the cable quadrant (1).

(c)

Keep the cables (10) clear of the cable quadrant (1).

Disconnect the control rod (2) from the cable quadrant (1).
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (15).

(b)

Remove the nut (16) and the washer (17) from the screw (19).

(c)

Remove the screw (19).

(d)

Move the control rod (2) clear of the lever arm (4).

(e)

Safety the bush (18) in the lever arm (4) with lockwire 0.6 mm (0.024 in.)

Disconnect the cable quadrant (1) from the aircraft structure.

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (5).

(b)

Remove the nuts (6) and the washers (7) from the screws (8),(9).

(c)

Hold the cable quadrant (1) in position.

(d)

Remove the screws (8) from the top connection positions.

(e)

Remove the screws (9) from the bottom connection positions.

(f)

Remove the cable quadrant (1).

NOTE :

AES

Identify the screws (8) and the screws (9) for installation in the same positions.

27-21-46 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z325

Z310

Z140

2
FR47
1

FR42

FR35

241FF
7

4 10

241BF
3

11

D
11
3
21

8
7

10

E
2

31

9
19

10

4
18

30
30
17
16
15
N_MM_272146_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-46-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Cable Quadrant

27-21-46 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A
PEDALS

FR13
FR1

ACCESS DOOR 811

B
B
22

N_MM_272146_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-46-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Location of the Rudder Control Rigging Pin

27-21-46 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z325

RIB 3

B
325BL/325BR

RIB 2

FR72
FR70
312AR

B
C

20

21

N_MM_272146_4_ADM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-46-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Location of the Rigging Pins

27-21-46 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-46-400-001-A
Installation of the Cable Quadrant
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific
98A27901002000
98D27207547000
98D27207548000
B.

1
1
1

PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL
PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 05-005
Material No: 11-002

AES

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
CORROSION PREVENTIVE
CLEANING AGENTS
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHT SPIRIT)

27-21-46 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

140
310
325
241BF, 241FF, 312AR, 325AL,
325BL, 811
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CENTER WING
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
5
15

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-21-04-07-060
27-21-04-21-120

cotter pins
cotter pin
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-862-002-A

DESIGNATION
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-21-00-820-002-A

Adjustment of the Rudder Control-Cables Length

27-24-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Repair to a layer of Corrosion Preventive Compound

51-75-13-916-002-A

52-41-00-010-002-A
Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
52-41-00-410-002-A
Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
53-32-12-400-002-A
Installation of the Cabin Floor Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-46-991-00100-A - Cable Quadrant)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-46-991-00300-A - Location of the Rigging Pins)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-46-991-00100-A - Cable Quadrant)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-46-991-00300-A - Location of the Rigging Pins)
Subtask 27-21-46-860-051-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 325.

(2)

Make sure that the access panels 325AL and 325BL at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer are
open.

(3)

Make sure that the access door 312AR is open.

(4)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position under the access door 811.

(5)

Make sure that the access door 811 is open (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002-A).

(6)

Make sure that the floor panels 241BF and 241FF are removed.

(7)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(8)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU shows 0.

27-21-46 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9)

Make sure that the warning notices are in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

(10) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).
(11) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
(12) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green,
the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.
(13) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (98D27207548000) (20) is in position in the bellcrank of the rudder
control unit.
(14) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (98D27207547000) (21) is in position in the cable quadrant (1)
(15) Make sure that PIN - RIGGING, RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (22) is in position in the
interconnecting lever for the rudder pedals.
Subtask 27-21-46-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-46-991-00100-A - Cable Quadrant)
Subtask 27-21-46-210-050-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the interface of the aircraft structure at the cable quadrant position with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-002) and let it dry.

(2)

Examine the work area.

(a)

(3)

Examine the attachment components.

(a)

AES

Make sure that:

. the structure,
. the paint work,
. the control rod (2),
. the cables (10),
are clean and show no damage.

Make sure that:

. the screws (8),(9),(19),
. the nuts (6),(16),
. the bush (18),
. the eye-end bearing of the control rod (2)
are clean and show no damage.

27-21-46 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the threads of the screws (8),(9),(19).

(5)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the bush (18).

(6)

Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002-A) to
the interface of the structure at the cable quadrant position.

(7)

Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002-A) to
the interface of the replacement cable quadrant (1).

(8)

Make sure that the rigging pin (21) is installed in the replacement cable quadrant (1).

Subtask 27-21-46-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Cable Quadrant

(1)

(2)

(3)

Connect the cable quadrant (1) to the aircraft structure.

(a)

Put the cable quadrant (1) in position at the aircraft structure.

(b)

Hold the cable quadrant (1) in position.

(c)

Install the screws (8) at the top connection positions.

(d)

Install the screws (9) at the bottom connection positions.

(e)

Install the washers (7) and the nuts (6) on the screws (8),(9).

(f)

Tighten the nuts (6).

(g)

Safety the nuts (6) with the (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-07) cotter pins (5) .

Connect the control rod (2) to the cable quadrant (1).

(a)

Install the bush (18) in the lever arm (4).

(b)

Put the control rod (2) in position in the lever arm (4).

(c)

Align the hole in the eye-end bearing of the control rod (2) with the hole in the lever arm (4).

(d)

Install the screw (19).

(e)

Install the washer (17) and the nut (16) to the screw (19).

(f)

TORQUE the nut (16) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN) and then loosen it, if necessary, to the next
cotter pin hole.

(g)

Safety the nut (16) with the (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-21) cotter pin (15) .

Connect the cables (10) to the cable quadrant (1).

(a)

Release the cables (10).

(b)

Put the cables (10) in position on the cable quadrant (1).

(c)

Put the ends of the cables (10) in position in the levers (3).

(d)

Make sure that the adjustment of the screws (11) is correct (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-820-002-A).

(e)

Turn the turnbuckles (31) to apply some tension to the cables (10).

Subtask 27-21-46-865-052-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-21-46 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

FIN
M19

LOCATION

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-46-080-050-A
D.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (21) from the cable quadrant.

(2)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (20) from the bellcrank of the rudder control unit.

(3)

Remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (22) from the interconnecting lever
for the rudder pedals.

(4)

On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend goes off.

(5)

On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend goes off.

(6)

Do the adjustment of the rudder cable tension (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-820-002-A).

NOTE :

Make sure that the locking clips (30) are correctly installed in the turnbuckles (31) after the
adjustment of the cable tension.

Subtask 27-21-46-710-050-A
E.
5.

Do an operational test of the rudder mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-46-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access panels 325AL 325BL.

(3)

Close the access door 312AR.

(4)

Close the access door 811 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).

(5)

Install the floor panels 241BF 241FF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-002-A).

(6)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(7)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-21-46 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FRAME - RUDDER CONTROL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-47-000-001-A
Removal of the Rudder Control Frame
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27207546000
98D27207547000

1
1

PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

B.

Consumable Materials
REFERENCE

No specific
C.

DESIGNATION
lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.032 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

325
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE
312AR, 325AL, 325BL, 325BR, 325CL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-22-51-000-001-A
27-23-41-000-001-A

Removal of the Rudder Trim Actuator

Removal of the Artificial Feel and Trim Unit

AES

27-21-47 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-26-41-000-001-A
27-26-51-000-001-A
29-00-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Centering Spring Rod for the Actuator of the Yaw Damper
Servo
Removal of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator

29-10-00-863-003-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

53-55-12-000-001-A

Removal of the Rudder Fairings

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-47-991-00100-A - Location of the Rigging Pins and the Attached Components)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-47-991-00200-A - Rudder Control Frame)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-47-991-00100-A - Location of the Rigging Pins and the Attached Components)
Subtask 27-21-47-010-050-B
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

(3)

Open the access panels 325BL 325BR 325CL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(4)

Remove the rudder fairing 325AL (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-21-47-865-053-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

FIN
B04

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-47-860-050-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

AES

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

(2)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the electric pump. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01)

(3)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(4)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

27-21-47 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system and put it in the maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK
29-00-00-864-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(7)

On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend comes
on.

(8)

On the overhead panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend comes
on.

(9)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

(10) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
(11) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.
(12) Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) (71) in the bellcrank of the servo actuator 1025GM.
(13) Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (70) in the rudder cable quadrant.
Subtask 27-21-47-865-050-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-47-991-00200-A - Rudder Control Frame)
Subtask 27-21-47-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Rudder Control Frame

(1)

Remove the centering spring rod (6) for the yaw-damper servo actuators 3CC1, 3CC2 (4) (Ref. TASK
27-26-41-000-001-A).

(2)

Remove the yaw-damper servo actuators 3CC1 and 3CC2 (4) (Ref. TASK 27-26-51-000-001-A).

(3)

Disconnect the electrical connections to:

. the artificial feel and trim unit (8) (Ref. TASK 27-23-41-000-001-A),
. the rudder trim actuator 10CC (5) (Ref. TASK 27-22-51-000-001-A).

(4)

Disconnect the support beams (52),(53) for the hydraulic pipelines from the rudder control frame (1).
(a)

Remove the nuts (56), the washers (55) and the bolts (54) connecting the support beam (52) at
each side of the rudder control frame (1).
NOTE :

(b)

AES

Identify nuts (56), the washers (55) and the bolts (54) removed from the bonding points
for installation in the same positions.

Move the support beam (52) away from the top connection to the rudder control frame (1).

27-21-47 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

Remove the nuts (57), the washers (58) and the bolts (59) connecting the support beam (53) at
each side of the rudder control frame (1).

(d)

Move the support beam (53) away from the bottom connection to the rudder control frame (1).

(e)

Safety the support beams (52),(53) clear of the rudder control frame (1).
NOTE :

Do not disconnect the hydraulic pipelines from the support beams (52),(53) unless a repair
or a new installation is necessary.

(5)

Disconnect all the brackets and the P-clips which connect:

. the hydraulic pipelines,
. the electrical cables,
to the rudder control frame (1).

(6)

Safety the hydraulic pipelines and the electrical cables clear of the rudder control frame (1).

(7)

Disconnect the control rod (2) from the rudder control frame (1).

(8)

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (31).

(b)

Remove the nut (30), the washer (29) and the bolt (26).

(c)

Move the eye-end of the control rod (2) clear of the bellcrank (28) of the rudder control frame
(1).

(d)

Temporarily safety the sliding bush (27) in the bellcrank (28) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant
steel dia 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).

Disconnect the control rod (3) from the rudder control frame (1).
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (40).

(b)

Remove the nut (39), the washer (38) and the bolt (35).

(c)

Move the eye-end of the control rod (3) clear of the lever arm (37) of the rudder control frame
(1).

(d)

Temporarily safety the sliding bush (36) in the lever arm (37) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant
steel dia 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).
NOTE :

(9)

Do not disconnect the control rods (50),(51) from the rudder control frame (1) unless a
repair or a new installation is necessary.

Remove the rudder control frame (1).

(a)

Disconnect the rudder control frame (1) from the top connection positions to the structure.
1

Remove the screws (32) and the washers (33) from the connection of the bonding straps
(34) to the rudder control frame (1).

Move the bonding straps (34) clear of the rudder control frame (1).
NOTE :

(b)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (20).

Remove the nuts (21), the washers (22) and the bolts (24).

Disconnect the rudder control frame (1) from the bottom connection positions to the structure.
1

AES

Do not disconnect the bonding straps (34) from the structure unless a repair or a
new installation is necessary.

Remove the screws (41) and the washers (42) from the connection of the bonding straps
(43) to the rudder control frame (1).

27-21-47 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2

Move the bonding straps (43) clear of the rudder control frame (1).
NOTE :

Do not disconnect the bonding straps (43) from the structure unless a repair or a
new installation is necessary.

Remove and discard the cotter pins (44).

Hold the rudder control frame (1) in position.

Remove the nuts (45), the washers (46) and the bolts (49).

(c)

Move the rudder control frame (1) away from the support brackets (25) at the top connection
positions.

(d)

Move the rudder control frame (1) away from the links (47) at the bottom connection positions.

(e)

Remove the rudder control frame (1).

NOTE :

Make sure that the control rods (2),(3) and the support beams (52),(53) are clear of the
rudder control frame (1).

(f)

Temporarily safety the sliding bushes (23) in the rudder control frame (1) at the top connection
positions with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).

(g)

Temporarily safety the sliding bushes (48) in the links with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel dia
0.8 mm (0.032 in.).
NOTE :

Do not disconnect the links (47) from the support brackets unless a repair or a new
installation is necessary.

(10) Remove the artificial feel and trim unit (8) complete with the solenoid 16CA (7) from the rudder control
frame (1) (Ref. TASK 27-23-41-000-001-A).
(11) Remove the rudder trim actuator 10CC (5) from the rudder control frame (1) (Ref. TASK
27-22-51-000-001-A).

AES

27-21-47 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
RIB 3
Z325

A
RIB 2

325CL

D
2

325BL/325BR
325AL

B
1

FR72
FR70
312AR
RIB 1
71

C
C

8
3

7
(16CA)
1
6
4

(3CC1)
(3CC2)

5
(10CC)

70

N_MM_272147_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-47-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Location of the Rigging Pins and the Attached Components

27-21-47 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

7
(16CA)

8
3

21

22

20
1

23
23

6
4
(3CC1)
(3CC2)

24
23
24

26

25

27

5
(10CC)
33
32
28

34
32

33

22 21 29
34

35

56

37
38
55

31
30
20

39
40

36
50
51
52
3
54
1
41

42

43
25

45

46

44

59

43

53
49
47

48

48

43

42
41

49

58
57

1
44
47

46 45

43
N_MM_272147_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-47-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Rudder Control Frame

27-21-47 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-47-400-001-A
Installation of the Rudder Control Frame
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR THE TASK.
ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE
AIRCRAFT.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

No specific
98D27207546000
98D27207547000
B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)
1
1

PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 05-027

AES

WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
-

27-21-47 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-029
Material No: 11-002

C.

DESIGNATION
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
RETAINING ADHESIVE
CLEANING AGENTS
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHT SPIRIT)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
312AR, 325BL, 325BR, 325CL
D.

VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
20
44
40
31

DESIGNATION
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter

E.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

IPC-CSN
27-21-04-12-100
27-21-04-12-100
27-21-04-21-120
27-21-04-22-100

pins
pins
pin
pin

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-22-51-400-001-A
27-23-41-400-001-A
27-24-00-710-001-A

Installation of the Rudder Trim Actuator

Installation of the Artificial Feel and Trim Unit
Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation

27-26-41-400-001-A

53-55-12-000-001-A

Installation of the Centering Spring Rod for the Actuator of the Yaw Damper
Servo
Installation of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Removal of the Rudder Fairings

53-55-12-400-001-A

Installation of the Rudder Fairings

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

27-26-51-400-001-A
29-00-00-864-001-A

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-47-991-00100-A - Location of the Rigging Pins and the Attached Components)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-47-991-00200-A - Rudder Control Frame)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-47-991-00100-A - Location of the Rigging Pins and the Attached Components)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-47-991-00200-A - Rudder Control Frame)

AES

27-21-47 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-21-47-860-053-B
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 325.

(2)

Make sure that the access panels 325BL, 325BR and 325CL are open (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(3)

Make sure that the rudder fairing 325AL is removed (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-000-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the access door 312AR is open.

(5)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(6)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU shows 0.

(7)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the flight controls.

(8)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(9)

Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(10) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green, the
Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.
(11) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (98D27207546000) (71) is in position in the bellcrank of the servo
actuator 1025GM.
(12) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (98D27207547000) (70) is in position in the rudder cable quadrant.
Subtask 27-21-47-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-47-210-050-A
C.

Examination of the Work Area, the Attachment Components and the Replacement Rudder Control Frame
(1)

Clean the interface of the support brackets (25) and the links (47) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No: 11-002) and let them dry.

(2)

Examine the work area.

(a)

AES

Make sure that:

. the structure,
. the paintwork,
. the hydraulic pipelines,
. the electrical cables,
. the control rods (2),(3),
. the bonding straps (34),(43),

27-21-47 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
. the links (47),
. the support beams (52),(53)
are clean and show no damage.
(3)

Examine the attachment components.

(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire which temorarily safetied the sliding bushes (48) in the links (47).

(b)

Remove the sliding bushes (48).

(c)

Make sure that:

. the nuts (21),(39),(45),(56),(57),
. the bolts (24),(35),(49),(54),(59),
. the screws (32),(41),
. the bushes (48),
are clean and show no damage.

(d)

Make sure that the flanged bushes are tight in the links (47).
NOTE :

(4)

Examine the replacement rudder control frame (1).

(a)

Make sure that the rudder control frame (1) is serviceable.

(b)

Cut and remove the lockwire which temporarily safetied the sliding bushes (23) at the top
connection positions.
NOTE :

The left connection position has one sliding bush (23), the right connection position has
two sliding bushes (23).

(c)

Cut and remove the lockwire which temporarily safetied the sliding bush (27) in the bellcrank
(28).

(d)

Cut and remove the lockwire which temporarily safetied the sliding bush (36) in the lever arm
(37).

(e)

Remove the bushes (23),(27),(36).

(f)

Make sure that the bushes (23),(27),(36) are clean and show no damage.

(g)

Make sure that the flanged bushes are tight in the attachment positions, the bellcrank (28) and
the lever arm (37).
NOTE :

4.

Safety the flanged bushes in the links (47), if necessary, with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-029) .

Safety the flanged bushes, if necessary, with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No: 08-029) .

(h)

Make sure that the control rods (50),(51) are correctly connected to the rudder control frame (1).

(i)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the bearings of the rudder control frame
(1), if necessary.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-47-991-00200-A - Rudder Control Frame)
Subtask 27-21-47-640-050-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

AES

27-21-47 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the threads of the bolts (24),(35),(49),(54),(59)
and the screws (32),(41).

(2)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the bushes (23),(27),(36),(48).

(3)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the shafts of the bolts (24),(35),(49),(54),(59).

(4)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the interfaces of the lever arms (25), the links
(47) and the support beams (52),(53).

Subtask 27-21-47-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Rudder Control Frame

(1)

Install the rudder trim actuator 10CC (5) in the rudder control frame (1) (Ref. TASK 27-22-51-400-001A).

(2)

Install the artificial feel and trim unit (8) complete with the solenoid 16CA (7) in the rudder control
frame (1) (Ref. TASK 27-23-41-400-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that:

. the control rods (2),(3),
. the bonding straps (34),(43),
. the support beams (52),(53),
. the hydraulic pipelines,
. the electrical cables,
are clear of the installation position for the rudder control frame (1).

(4)

Put the bushes (23) in the top connection positions.

NOTE :

Put one bush (23) in the left connection position and two bushes (23) in the right connection
position.

(5)

Put the sliding bushes (48) in the links (47).

(6)

Put the rudder control frame (1) in positon.

(7)

Hold the rudder control frame (1) in position with the top connection positions on the support brackets
(25).

(8)

Install the bolts (24) at the connections of the rudder control frame (1) and the support brackets (25).

(9)

Put the bottom connection positions in the links (47).

(10) Install the bolts (49) at the connections of the links (47) and the rudder control frame (1).
(11) Connect the rudder control frame (1) at the top connection positions to the structure.

AES

(a)

Install the washers (22) and the nuts (21) on the bolts (24).

(b)

TORQUE the bolts (24) to 1.5 M.DAN (11.06 LBF.FT) and then loosen the nuts (21), if
necessary, to the next cotter pin hole.

(c)

Safety the nuts (21) with the (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-12) cotter pins (20) .

(d)

Put the bonding straps (34) in position at the rudder control frame (1).

27-21-47 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(e)

Install the washers (33) and the screws (32) at the connection of the bonding straps (34) and the
rudder control frame (1) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(12) Connect the rudder control frame (1) at the bottom connection positions to the structure.
(a)

Install the washers (46) and the nuts (45) on the bolts (49).

(b)

TORQUE the bolts (49) to 1.5 M.DAN (11.06 LBF.FT) and then loosen the nuts (45), if
necessary, to the next cotter pin hole.

(c)

Safety the nuts (45) with the (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-12) cotter pins (44) .

(d)

Put the bonding straps (43) in position at the rudder control frame (1).

(e)

Install the washers (42) and the screws (41) at the connection of the bonding straps (43) and the
rudder control frame (1) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(13) Connect the control rod (3) to the rudder control frame (1).
(a)

Put the eye-end of the control rod (3) in position at the lever arm (37).

(b)

Put the bush (36) in the lever arm (37).

(c)

Install the bolt (35) at the connection of the lever arm (37) and the control rod (3).

(d)

Install the washer (38) and the nut (39) on the bolt (35).

(e)

TORQUE the nut (39) to 0.8 M.DAN (70.80 LBF.IN) and then loosen it, if necessary, to the next
cotter pin hole.

(f)

Safety the nut (39) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-21) cotter pin (40) .

(14) Connect the control rod (2) to the rudder control frame (1).
(a)

Put the eye-end of the control rod (2) in position at the bellcrank (28).

(b)

Put the bush (27) in the bellcrank (28).

(c)

Install the bolt (26) at the connection of the bellcrank (28) and the control rod (2).

(d)

Install the washer (29) and the nut (30) on the bolt (26).

(e)

TORQUE the nut (30) to 0.8 M.DAN (70.80 LBF.IN) and then loosen it, if necessary, to the next
cotter pin hole.

(f)

Safety the nut (30) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter pin (31) .

(15) Install the yaw-damper servo actuators 3CC1 and 3CC2 (4) (Ref. TASK 27-26-51-400-001-A).
(16) Install the centering spring rod (6) for the yaw-damper servo actuator (Ref. TASK 27-26-41-400-001-A).
(17) Remove the material which safeties the hydraulic pipelines and the electrical cables clear of the rudder
control frame (1).
(18) Connect the support beams (52),(53) for the hydraulic pipelines to the rudder control frame (1).
NOTE :

AES

Make sure that the hydraulic pipelines are correctly installed at the support beams (52),(53).

(a)

Remove the material which safeties the support beams (52),(53) clear of the rudder control frame
(1).

(b)

Put the brackets of the support beam (53) at the bottom connection positions at each side of the
rudder control frame (1).

(c)

Install the bolts (59), the washers (58) and the nuts (57) at the connections of the support beam
(53) and the rudder control frame (1).

(d)

Put the brackets of the support beam (52) at the top connection positions at each side of the
rudder control frame (1).

27-21-47 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(e)

Install the bolts (54), the washers (55) and the nuts (56) at the connections of the support beam
(52) and the rudder control frame (1).
NOTE :

Make sure that the bolts (54), the washers (55) and the nuts (56) which were identified,
are installed at the bonding points.

NOTE :

Make sure that:

. the hydraulic pipelines are not twisted,
. the hydraulic pipelines do not touch any of the components which move.

(19) Connect the electrical connections to:

. the rudder trim actuator 10CC (5) (Ref. TASK 27-22-51-400-001-A),
. the artificial feel and trim unit (8) (Ref. TASK 27-23-41-400-001-A).
(20) Connect the P-clips and the brackets of:
. the hydraulic pipelines,
. the electrical cables,
to the rudder control frame (1).
Subtask 27-21-47-865-052-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-47-860-051-A
D.

Preparation for Test

(1)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (70) from the rudder cable quadrant.

(2)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) (71) from the bellcrank of the servo actuator 1025GM.

(3)

On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend goes off.

(4)

On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend goes off.

Subtask 27-21-47-710-050-A
E.
5.

Do an operational test of the rudder mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-47-860-052-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-027) to the adjacent structure .

(2)

Make sure that the drain holes in the adjacent structure are not blocked.

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-21-47-410-051-B
B.

Close Access
(1)

AES

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-21-47 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Close the access panels 325BL 325BR 325CL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002-A).

(4)

Install the rudder fairing 325AL (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-400-001-A).

(5)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(6)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-21-47 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CENTERING ROD - RUDDER CONTROL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-48-000-001-A
Removal of the Centering Rod of the Rudder Control
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27207545000

PIN-RIGGING

B.

Consumable Materials
REFERENCE

No specific
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325DL, 325DR
D.

DESIGNATION
lockwire corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032 in.)

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action

AES

27-21-48 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-10-00-863-003-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-48-991-00100-A - Centering Rod - Rudder Control)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-48-991-00100-A - Centering Rod - Rudder Control)
Subtask 27-21-48-010-050-B
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access panel 325DL and remove the access panel 325DR (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

Subtask 27-21-48-865-053-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

FIN
B04

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-48-860-050-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

AES

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

(2)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the electric pump. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01)

(3)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(4)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(5)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system and put it in the maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK
29-00-00-864-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(7)

On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend comes
on.

(8)

On the overhead panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend comes
on.

(9)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

27-21-48 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
(11) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.
(12) Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (20) in the bellcrank assembly (2) of the travel limitation
unit (3).
Subtask 27-21-48-865-050-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-48-991-00100-A - Centering Rod - Rudder Control)
Subtask 27-21-48-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Centering Rod

(1)

(2)

(3)

Disconnect the centering rod (1) from the attachment bracket.

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (4).

(b)

Remove the nut (5), the washer (6) and the bolt (10).

Disconnect the centering rod (1) from the bellcrank assembly (2).
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (11).

(b)

Hold the centering rod (1) in position.

(c)

Remove the nut (12), the washer (13) and the bolt (17).

Remove the centering rod (1).

(a)

Move the fork-end of the centering rod (1) clear of the attachment bracket.

(b)

Move the eye-end of the centering rod (1) clear of the lever arm at the bellcrank assembly (2).

(4)

Temporarily safety the sliding bush (7) in the flanged bush (8) at the fork-end of the centering rod (1)
with lockwire corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).

(5)

Temporarily safety the sliding bush (14) in the flanged bush (15) at the lever arm of the bellcrank
assembly (2) with lockwire corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).
NOTE :

AES

The flanged bushes (8),(9),(15),(16) are safetied in the lever arm and the fork-end with loctite.

27-21-48 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z325

325DL (325DR)

2025GM

3025GM

C
1025GM
20

C
1

1
2

D
D
SECTION

CC
4
5
6
SECTION
9

DD
16

15

3
(4CC)

1
18
19

12

11

13

10

14

17
N_MM_272148_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-48-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Centering Rod - Rudder Control

27-21-48 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-48-400-001-A
Installation of the Centering Rod of the Rudder Control
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR THE TASK.
ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE
AIRCRAFT.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27207545000
B.

PIN-RIGGING

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 08-029
No specific
C.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
RETAINING ADHESIVE
lockwire corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325DL, 325DR
D.

VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
11

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
cotter pin

IPC-CSN
27-21-04-11-050

27-21-48 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG.ITEM
4

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-21-04-11-050

cotter pin
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-862-002-A

DESIGNATION
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-24-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation

29-00-00-864-001-A
55-33-13-010-002-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-48-991-00100-A - Centering Rod - Rudder Control)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-48-991-00100-A - Centering Rod - Rudder Control)
Subtask 27-21-48-860-052-B
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 325.

(2)

Make sure that the access panel 325DL is open and the access panel 325DR is removed (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-010-002-A).

(3)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(4)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU shows 0.

(5)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the flight controls.

(6)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(7)

Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(8)

Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green, the
Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.

(9)

Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (98D27207545000) (20) is in position in the bellcrank assembly (2)
of the travel limitation unit (3).

Subtask 27-21-48-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-21-48 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

FIN
M19

LOCATION

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-48-210-050-A
C.

Examination of the Work Area, the Attachment Components and the Replacement Centering Rod
(1)

(2)

Examine the work area.

(a)

Make sure that:

. the structure,
. the paintwork,
. the bellcrank assembly (2),
. the travel limitation unit (3)
are clean and show no damage.

(b)

Make sure that the control rods are correctly installed at the bellcrank assembly (2) and the travel
limitation unit (3).

(c)

Make sure that the bellcrank assembly (2) and the travel limitation unit (3) are correctly installed
on the support bracket.

Examine the attachment components.

(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire which temporarily safeties the sliding bushes (7),(14) in the flanged
bushes (8),(15).

(b)

Remove the sliding bushes (7),(14).

(c)

Make sure that:

. the nuts (5),(12),
. the bushes (7),(8),(9),(14),(15),(16),
. the bolts (10),(17)
are clean and show no damage.

(d)

Make sure that the bushes (15),(16) are tight in the lever arm of the bellcrank assembly (2).
NOTE :

(3)

Examine the replacement centering rod (1).

(a)

4.

Safety the bushes (15),(16) in the lever arm of the bellcrank assembly (2) if necessary,
with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-029) .

Make sure that:

. the centering rod (1) is serviceable,
. the bushes (8),(9) are correctly installed in the fork-end,
. the bushes (8),(9) and the eye-end bearing are clean and show no damage,
. the drain and vent holes are clean,
. the lock-nut (19) is not safetied to the safety washer (18).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-48-991-00100-A - Centering Rod - Rudder Control)
Subtask 27-21-48-640-050-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

AES

27-21-48 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the threads of the bolts (10),(17).

(2)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the sliding bushes (7),(14).

(3)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the shafts of the bolts (10),(17).

Subtask 27-21-48-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Centering Rod

(1)

Put the sliding bush (7) in the flanged bush (8) at the fork-end of the centering rod (1).

(2)

Put the fork-end of the centering rod (1) in position on the attachment bracket.

(3)

Install the bolt (10).

(4)

Put the sliding bush (14) in the flanged bush (15) at the lever arm of the bellcrank assembly (2).

(5)

Put the eye-end of the centering rod (1) in position in the lever arm of the bellcrank assembly (2).

(6)

Align the hole in the eye-end bearing with the hole in the lever arm of the bellcrank assembly (2).
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the lock-nut (19) and the safety washer (18).

(b)

Release the lock-nut (19).

(c)

Turn the eye-end and adjust the length of the centering rod (1) as necessary.
NOTE :

(7)

(8)

AES

Make sure that the centering rod (1) is in safety (the threads can be seen at the
inspection hole).

(d)

Put the eye-end of the centering rod (1) in position in the lever arm.

(e)

Make sure that you can install the bolt (17) smoothly.

(f)

Do the steps (c),(d) and (e) again if necessary.

(g)

Tighten the lock-nut (19).

(h)

Install the bolt (17).

(i)

Safety the lock-nut (19) to the safety washer (18) with lockwire corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm
(0.032 in.).

Connect the centering rod (1) to the attachment bracket.

(a)

Install the washer (6) and the nut (5) on the bolt (10).

(b)

TORQUE the nut (5) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN) and then loosen it, if necessary, to the next
cotter pin hole.

(c)

Safety the nut (5) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-11) cotter pin (4) .

Connect the centering rod (1) to the bellcrank assembly (2).

(a)

Install the washer (13) and the nut (12) on the bolt (17).

(b)

TORQUE the nut (12) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN) and then loosen it, if necessary, to the next
cotter pin hole.

(c)

Safety the nut (12) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-11) cotter pin (11) .

27-21-48 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-21-48-860-051-A
C.

Preparation for Test

(1)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (20) from the bellcrank assembly.

(2)

On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend goes off.

(3)

On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend goes off.

Subtask 27-21-48-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

FIN
B04

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-48-710-050-A
E.
5.

Do an operational test of the rudder mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-48-410-050-B
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access panel 325DL and install the access panel 325DR (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-21-48 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPRING ROD - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-49-000-001-A
Removal of the Spring Rod
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27207545000
98D27207546000

1
1

PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325CR, 325DR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-10-00-863-003-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

AES

27-21-49 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-49-991-00100-A - Spring Rod)
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-49-865-053-A
A.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

FIN
B04

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-49-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

(2)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the electric pump. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01)

(3)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(4)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows zero.

(5)

On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch and the OFF legend
comes on.

(6)

On the overhead panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch and the OFF legend
comes on.

(7)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A)

Subtask 27-21-49-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-21-49 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-21-49-860-051-A
D.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02)

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate

. the flight controls.
. the Green, the Yellow or the Blue hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-21-49-010-050-B
E.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the right side of the vertical
stabilizer.

(2)

Open the access panel 325CR and remove the access panel 325DR (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

Subtask 27-21-49-480-050-A
F.

4.

Installation of the Rigging Pins

(1)

Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) (22) in the bellcrank assembly of the servo control 1025GM
(1).

(2)

Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (21) in the bellcrank assembly of the travel limitation unit
4CC.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-49-991-00100-A - Spring Rod)
Subtask 27-21-49-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Spring Rod

NOTE :
(1)

(2)

AES

Identify the position of the spring rod (3) so that it will be installed in the same direction.

Remove the spring rod (3) from the input lever (2) as follows:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (11).

(b)

Remove the nut (10), the washer (9), the bush (6) and the bolt (5).

(c)

Move the end of the spring rod (3) clear of the input lever (2).

Disconnect the spring rod (3) from the lever shaft (4) as follows:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (18).

(b)

Remove the nut (17) and the washer (16) from the bolt (12).

(c)

Hold the spring rod (3) and remove the bolt (12) with the bush (13) from the lever shaft (4).

(d)

Move the spring rod (3) clear of the lever shaft (4).

27-21-49 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z320

325DR

325CR

RIB 5

A
4
RIB 4

1
(2025GM)
3

4
RIB 3

1
(3025GM)

B
3

4
RIB 2

B
TYPICAL

1
(2025GM)
(3025GM)
(1025GM)

1
(1025GM)

B
3

11
10

9
8
7
6

18

17

16
15
14

13
20

12

19 20

3
19

THREAD INSPECTION
HOLES

19

20 19

20
38mm
(1.5in.)

232mm
(9.13in.)

30mm
(1.18in.)

N_MM_272149_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-49-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Spring Rod

27-21-49 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-49-400-001-A
Installation of the Spring Rod
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27207545000
98D27207546000
B.

1
1

PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 05-027
Material No: 08-029
No specific
C.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
RETAINING ADHESIVE
lockwire corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325CR, 325DR
D.

VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
11
18

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
cotter pin
cotter pin

IPC-CSN
27-21-04-08-050
27-21-04-08-050

27-21-49 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-24-00-710-002-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Rudder Servocontrols with Individual Hydraulic System

27-24-51-400-001-A
29-00-00-864-001-A
55-33-13-010-002-A

Installation of the Rudder Servo Control

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-49-991-00100-A - Spring Rod)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-49-991-00200-A - Rigging Pin Locations)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-49-860-053-B
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position.

(3)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(4)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the panel 110VU of the center pedestal shows zero.

(5)

Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 23VU is released and the
OFF legend is on.

(6)

Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 24VU is released and the
OFF legend is on.

(7)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(8)

Make sure that the access panel 325CR is open (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(9)

Make sure that the access panel 325DR is removed (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(10) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) (22) is in the bellcrank assembly of the servo
control 1025GM (1).
(11) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (21) is in the bellcrank assembly of the travel
limitation unit 4CC.
Subtask 27-21-49-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-49-991-00100-A - Spring Rod)

AES

27-21-49 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-21-49-910-050-A
A.

Preparation for the Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Make sure that the structure, the paintwork, the servo controls (1) and the lever shafts (4) are clean
and show no damage.

(2)

Make sure that the bolts (5),(12), the bushes (6),(13) and the nuts (10),(17) are clean and show no
damage.

(3)

Make sure that the bushes (7),(8),(14),(15) are not damaged and are tight in the input lever (2) and in
the lever shaft (4).
NOTE :

Safety the bushes (7),(8),(14),(15) in the input lever (2) and the lever shaft (4) with BONDING
AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-029) , if necessary.

(4)

Do a check of the replacement spring rod (3) to make sure that the specified length of 232.0 mm
(9.1339 in.) and the break-out load of 15.0 +2.0 daN or -2.0 daN (33.7213 +4.4962 lbf or -4.4962 lbf)
is correct.

(5)

Examine the replacement spring rod (3) to make sure that the drainage holes and the thread inspection
holes are clean.

(6)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the threads of the bolts (5),(12) and to the
bushes (6),(13).

(7)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the shafts of the bolts (5),(12).

Subtask 27-21-49-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Spring Rod

(1)

Attach the spring rod (3) on the lever shaft (4) as follows:
(a)

Move the bush (13) in the bush (14) of the lever shaft (4).

(b)

Put the rod end of the spring rod (3) in the arm of the lever shaft (4).
NOTE :

(c)
(2)

(3)

AES

Make sure that the spring rod (3) is installed in the direction identified during the removal.

Attach the spring rod (3) to the lever shaft (4) with the bolt (12) the washer (16) and the nut
(17).

Install the spring rod (3) to the input lever (2) as follows:
(a)

Move the bush (6) in the bush (7) of the input lever (2).

(b)

Put the rod end of the spring rod (3) in the input lever (2) and install the bolt (5).

If you can not install the bolt (5) adjust the length of the spring rod (3) as follows:
(a)

Release the locknut (19) of the spring rod (3).

(b)

Turn the body of the spring rod (3) until you can install the bolt (5).

27-21-49 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

Make sure that the inspection holes are blocked by the threads of the rod end.

(d)

Tighten the locknuts (19) and safety them to the safety washers (20) with lockwire corrosionresistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).

(4)

Install the washer (9) and the nut (10) on the bolt (5).

(5)

TORQUE the nuts (10) and (17) to 0.8 M.DAN (70.80 LBF.IN) and then loosen them, if necessary, to
the next cotter pin hole.

(6)

Safety the nut (10) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-08) cotter pin (11) .

(7)

Safety the nut (17) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-08) cotter pin (18) .

Subtask 27-21-49-080-050-A
C.

Removal of the Rigging Pins

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-49-991-00200-A - Rigging Pin Locations)
(1)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (21) from the bellcrank assembly of the travel limitation
unit 4CC.

(2)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) (22) from the bellcrank assembly of the servo control
1025GM.

Subtask 27-21-49-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-49-860-054-A
E.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Push the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 23VU and the OFF legend goes
off.

(2)

Push the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 24VU and the OFF legend goes
off.

Subtask 27-21-49-710-050-A
F.

Do an operational test of the rudder servo controls (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-002-A).

Subtask 27-21-49-820-050-A
G.
5.

Adjust the spring rod (3) if necessary: (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-400-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-49-860-055-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-027) to the adjacent structure.

(3)

Make sure that the drain holes in the adjacent structure are not blocked.

27-21-49 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-21-49-410-050-B
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access panel 325CR and install the access panel 325DR (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-21-49 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z320

B
A

325DR

RIB 5

325CR

A
RIB 4

RIB 3

RIB 2

C
21

C
22

N_MM_272149_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-49-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Rigging Pin Locations

27-21-49 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPRING ROD - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-49-200-001-A
Check of the Actuating Spring Rod
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-21-00-10-)
FUNCTIONAL CHECK OF RUDDER SERVOCONTROL ACTUATING SPRING RODS

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT)

No specific
No specific
No specific

1
AR
1

CALIPER
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER
TIE WRAP

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BR, 325CR
C.

VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
9
13

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-21-04-08-050
27-21-04-22-100

cotter pin
cotter pin
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-21-49-000-001-A

Removal of the Spring Rod

27-21-49-400-001-A

Installation of the Spring Rod

AES

27-21-49 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-24-00-710-002-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Rudder Servocontrols with Individual Hydraulic System

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-10-00-863-003-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-49-991-00300-A - Spring Rod)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-49-865-054-A
A.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-49-860-056-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

AES

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(3)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(4)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows zero.

(5)

On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch. Make sure that the OFF
legend comes on.

(6)

On the overhead panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch. Make sure that the OFF
legend comes on.

(7)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

27-21-49 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-21-49-865-055-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-49-860-057-A
D.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate:

. The flight controls
. The Green, the Yellow or the Blue hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-21-49-010-051-B
E.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) in position at the right side of the vertical stabilizer.

(2)

Open the access panel 325CR and remove the access panel 325BR (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

Procedure
Subtask 27-21-49-280-050-A
A.

Measurement of the Control Rods

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-49-991-00300-A - Spring Rod)
(1)

Disconnect the control rod (4):

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (13).

(b)

Remove the nut (14), the washer (15), the bolt (11) and the bush (12).

CAUTION :

(2)

WHEN YOU DISCONNECT THE SPRING RODS, MAKE SURE THAT THE BEND ANGLE OF
THE BEARING OF THE EYE-ENDS IS NOT MORE THAN 8 DEG.
IF THE BEND ANGLE IS MORE THAN 8 DEG., DAMAGE CAN OCCUR TO THE PROTECTION
FLANGE OF THE BEARING OR TO THE BEARING ITSELF.

Check of the spring rod (3):

NOTE :
(a)

AES

The spring rod which is checked must remain connected. The other two spring rods must be
disconnected during the check.

Disconnect the spring rods (1) and (2):

1

Remove and discard the cotter pins (9).

Remove the nuts (8), the washers (7), the bolts (5) and the distance bushes (6).

Temporarily attach the spring rods (1) and (2) to the adjacent structure with a TIE WRAP.

27-21-49 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

Do a check of the spring rod (3):

NOTE :

(c)

Measure the dimension X of the spring rod (3). Record this value as the value X1.

Push the control rod (4) until the spring rod (3) moves to its inner stop.

Release the control rod (4).

Measure the dimension X of the spring rod (3) again. Record this value as the value
X2.

Pull the control rod (4) until the spring rod (3) moves to its inner stop.

Release the control rod (4).

Measure the dimension X of the spring rod (3) again. Record this value as the value
X3.

Add the values X1, X2 and X3 and divide by 3. Record the result as value X4.

If one or more of the measured values X1, X2 or X3 is outside the calculated value of
X4, plus a tolerance of 0 -0.2 MM or +0.2 MM (0.0000 -0.0079 IN. or +0.0079 IN.):
. Replace the spring rod (3) (Ref. TASK 27-21-49-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
27-21-49-400-001-A).

Connect the spring rods (1) and (2):

1

Remove the TIE WRAP from the structure and the spring rods (1) and (2).

Put the rod ends of the spring rods (1) and (2) into the lever of the drive shaft (10).

Install the distance bushes (6), the bolts (5), the washers (7) and the nuts (8).

TORQUE the nuts (8) to between 0.7 and 0.8 M.DAN (61.95 and 70.80 LBF.IN).

Safety the nuts (8) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-08) cotter pin (9) .

CAUTION :

(3)

WHEN YOU DISCONNECT THE SPRING RODS, MAKE SURE THAT THE BEND ANGLE OF
THE BEARING OF THE EYE-ENDS IS NOT MORE THAN 8 DEG.
IF THE BEND ANGLE IS MORE THAN 8 DEG., DAMAGE CAN OCCUR TO THE PROTECTION
FLANGE OF THE BEARING OR TO THE BEARING ITSELF.

Check of the spring rod (2):

NOTE :
(a)

(b)

The spring rod which is checked must remain connected. The other two spring rods must be
disconnected during the check.

Disconnect the spring rods (1) and (3):

1

Remove and discard the cotter pins (9).

Remove the nuts (8), the washers (7), the bolts (5) and the distance bushes (6).

Temporarily attach the spring rods (1) and (3) to the adjacent structure with a TIE WRAP.

Do a check of the spring rod (2):

NOTE :

AES

It is recommended that you use a CALIPER to measure the dimension X.

It is recommended that you use a CALIPER to measure the dimension X.

Measure the dimension X of the spring rod (2). Record this value as the value X1.

Push the control rod (4) until the spring rod (2) moves to its inner stop.

Release the control rod (4).

27-21-49 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(c)

Measure the dimension X of the spring rod (2) again. Record this value as the value
X2.

Pull the control rod (4) until the spring rod (2) moves to its inner stop.

Release the control rod (4).

Measure the dimension X of the spring rod (2) again. Record this value as the value
X3.

Add the values X1, X2 and X3 and divide by 3. Record the result as value X4.

If one or more of the measured values X1, X2 or X3 is outside the calculated value of
X4, plus a tolerance of 0 -0.2 MM or +0.2 MM (0.0000 -0.0079 IN. or +0.0079 IN.):
. Replace the spring rod (2) (Ref. TASK 27-21-49-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
27-21-49-400-001-A).

Connect the spring rods (1) and (3):

1

Remove the TIE WRAP from the structure and the spring rods (1) and (3).

Put the rod ends of the spring rods (1) and (3) into the lever of the drive shaft (10).

Install the distance bushes (6), the bolts (5), the washers (7) and the nuts (8).

TORQUE the nuts (8) to between 0.7 and 0.8 M.DAN (61.95 and 70.80 LBF.IN).

Safety the nuts (8) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-08) cotter pin (9) .

CAUTION :

(4)

WHEN YOU DISCONNECT THE SPRING RODS, MAKE SURE THAT THE BEND ANGLE OF
THE BEARING OF THE EYE-ENDS IS NOT MORE THAN 8 DEG.
IF THE BEND ANGLE IS MORE THAN 8 DEG., DAMAGE CAN OCCUR TO THE PROTECTION
FLANGE OF THE BEARING OR TO THE BEARING ITSELF.

Check of the spring rod (1):

NOTE :
(a)

(b)

The spring rod which is checked must remain connected. The other two spring rods must be
disconnected during the check.

Disconnect the spring rods (2) and (3):

1

Remove and discard the cotter pins (9).

Remove the nuts (8), the washers (7), the bolts (5) and the distance bushes (6).

Temporarily attach the spring rods (2) and (3) to the adjacent structure with a TIE WRAP.

Do a check of the spring rod (1):

NOTE :

AES

It is recommended that you use a CALIPER to measure the dimension X.

Measure the dimension X of the spring rod (1). Record this value as the value X1.

Push the control rod (4) until the spring rod (1) moves to its inner stop.

Release the control rod (4).

Measure the dimension X of the spring rod (1) again. Record this value as the value
X2.

Pull the control rod (4) until the spring rod (1) moves to its inner stop.

Release the control rod (4).

Measure the dimension X of the spring rod (1) again. Record this value as the value
X3.

27-21-49 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(c)

(5)

5.

Add the values X1, X2 and X3 and divide by 3. Record the result as value X4.

If one or more of the measured values X1, X2 or X3 is outside the calculated value of
X4, plus a tolerance of 0 -0.2 MM or +0.2 MM (0.0000 -0.0079 IN. or +0.0079 IN.):
. Replace the spring rod (1) (Ref. TASK 27-21-49-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
27-21-49-400-001-A).

Connect the spring rods (2) and (3):

1

Remove the TIE WRAP from the structure and the spring rods (2) and (3).

Put the rod ends of the spring rods (2) and (3) into the lever of the drive shaft (10).

Install the distance bushes (6), the bolts (5), the washers (7) and the nuts (8).

TORQUE the nuts (8) to between 0.7 and 0.8 M.DAN (61.95 and 70.80 LBF.IN).

Safety the nuts (8) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-08) cotter pin (9) .

Installation of the control rod (4):

(a)

Put the rod (4) into the differential lever (16) of the rudder control unit.

(b)

Install the distance bush (12), the bolt (11), the washer (15), and the nut (14).

(c)

TORQUE the nut (14) to between 0.7 and 0.8 M.DAN (61.95 and 70.80 LBF.IN).

(d)

Safety the nut (14) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter pin (13) .

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-49-865-056-A
A.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-49-710-051-A
B.

Do the operational test of the rudder servo controls (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-002-A).

Subtask 27-21-49-410-051-B
C.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access panel 325CR and install the access panel 325BR (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-21-49 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z320

325CR
325BR

4CC

RIB 5

B
RIB 4

2025GM
1

B
RIB 3

3025GM
2

RIB 2

B
1025GM
3

N_MM_272149_6_AAMA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-49-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Spring Rod

27-21-49 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
EXAMPLE

10

7
6
5

C
EXAMPLE
1
2
3

11

12
4

13

16
15

14

"X"

N_MM_272149_6_AAMA_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-49-991-00300-A SHEET 2

Spring Rod

27-21-49 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LINKAGE - RUDDER CONTROL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-52-000-001-A
Removal of the Rudder Control Rods
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

TAPE - ADHESIVE

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27207545000
98D27207547000
98D27207548000

1
1
1

PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
312AR, 325AL, 325BL, 325BR,
325CL, 325DL
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action

AES

27-21-52 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-10-00-863-003-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

53-55-12-000-001-A

Removal of the Rudder Fairings

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-52-991-00100-A - Rudder Control Rods)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-52-010-050-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the rudder fairing 325AL (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-000-001-A).

(4)

Open the access panels 325BL 325BR 325CL 325DL (Ref. AMM 55-33-13-010-001) or (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-010-002-A).

Subtask 27-21-52-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the electric pump (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(3)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(4)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(5)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system and put it in the maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK
29-00-00-864-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(7)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel
. on the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.

(8)

On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend comes
on.

(9)

On the overhead panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend comes
on.

(10) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.
(11) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
(12) Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (11) in the bellcrank assembly of the travel limitation unit
(12).

AES

27-21-52 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(13) Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (1) in the bellcrank of the rudder control unit (2).
(14) Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (3) in the bellcrank of the rudder cable quadrant (4).
Subtask 27-21-52-865-050-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-52-991-00100-A - Rudder Control Rods)
Subtask 27-21-52-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Rudder Control Rod (5)

(1)

(2)

(3)

Removal of the half-clamps (32):

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter-pin (35).

(b)

Hold the half-clamps (32) and the spacer-tube (33).

(c)

Remove the nut (34), the bolt (30) and the washers (31).

(d)

Remove the spacer-tube (33) and the half-clamps (32).

Disconnect the rudder control rod (7):

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter-pin (25).

(b)

Remove the nut (26) and the washer (27).

(c)

Hold the rudder control rod (7) and remove the bolt (29).

(d)

Disconnect the rudder control rod (7) from the rudder control rod (5) and safety the rod (7) with
the TAPE - ADHESIVE.

Removal of the rudder control rod (5):

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter-pin (19).

(b)

Remove the nut (20) and the washer (21).

(c)

Remove the bolt (24).

(d)

Remove and discard the cotter-pin (13).

(e)

Remove the nut (14) and the washer (15).

(f)

Hold the rudder control rod (5) and remove the bolt (17).

(g)

Remove the rudder control rod (5) from the bellcranks (23) and (16).

Subtask 27-21-52-020-051-A
B.

Removal of the Rudder Control Rod (6)

(1)

Removal of the half-clamps (32):

(a)

AES

Remove and discard the cotter-pin (35).

27-21-52 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(2)

(3)

(b)

Hold the half-clamps (32) and the spacer-tube (33).

(c)

Remove the nut (34), the bolt (30) and the washers (31).

(d)

Remove the spacer-tube (33) and the half-clamps (32).

Disconnect the rudder control rod (8):

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter-pin (45).

(b)

Remove the nut (46) and the washer (47).

(c)

Hold the rudder control rod (8) and remove the bolt (49).

(d)

Disconnect the rudder control rod (8) from the rudder control rod (6) and safety the rudder
control rod (8) with the TAPE - ADHESIVE.

Removal of the rudder control rod (6):

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter-pin (41).

(b)

Remove the nut (42) and the washer (43).

(c)

Remove the bolt (50).

(d)

Remove and discard the cotter-pin (36).

(e)

Remove the nut (37) and the washer (38).

(f)

Hold the rudder control rod (6) and remove the bolt (52).

(g)

Remove the rudder control rod (6) from the bellcranks (39) and (51).

Subtask 27-21-52-020-052-A
C.

Removal of the Rudder Control Rod (7)

(1)

(2)

Removal of the half-clamps (32):

(a)

Remove and discard the cotte- pin (35).

(b)

Hold the half-clamps (32) and the spacer-tube (33).

(c)

Remove the nut (34), the bolt (30) and the washers (31).

(d)

Remove the spacer-tube (33) and the half-clamps (32).

Removal of the rudder control rod (7):

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter-pin (62).

(b)

Remove the nut (61) and the washer (60).

(c)

Remove the bolt (58).

(d)

Remove and discard the cotter-pin (53).

(e)

Remove the nut (54) and the washer (55).

(f)

Hold the rudder control rod (7) and remove the bolt (63).

(g)

Remove the rudder control rod (7) from the bellcrank (59) and the rudder control rod (5).

Subtask 27-21-52-020-053-A
D.

Removal of the Rudder Control Rod (8)

(1)

AES

Removal of the half-clamps (32):

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter-pin (35).

(b)

Hold the half-clamps (32) and the spacer-tube (33).

27-21-52 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(2)

(3)

(c)

Remove the nut (34), the bolt (30) and the washers (31).

(d)

Remove the spacer-tube (33) and the half-clamps (32).

Disconnect the rudder control rod (9):

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter-pin (78).

(b)

Remove the nut (79) and the washer (80).

(c)

Hold the control rod (9) and remove the bolt (81).

(d)

Disconnect the rudder control rod (9) from the rudder control rod (8) and safety the rudder
control rod (9) with the TAPE - ADHESIVE.

Removal of the control rod (8):

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter-pin (74).

(b)

Remove the nut (75) and the washer (76).

(c)

Remove the bolt (82).

(d)

Remove and discard the cotter-pin (70).

(e)

Remove the nut (71) and the washer (72).

(f)

Hold the rudder control rod (8) and remove the bolt (84).

(g)

Remove the rudder control rod (8) from the bellcrank (83) and the rudder control rod (6).

Subtask 27-21-52-020-054-A
E.

Removal of the Rudder Control Rod (9)

(1)

Remove the rudder control rod (9) as follows:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter-pin (99).

(b)

Remove the nut (98) and the washer (97).

(c)

Remove the bolt (95).

(d)

Remove and discard the cotter-pin (90).

(e)

Remove the nut (91) and the washer (92).

(f)

Hold the rudder control rod (9) and remove the bolt (100).

(g)

Remove the rudder control rod (9) from the bellcrank (96) and the rudder control rod (8).

Subtask 27-21-52-020-055-A
F.

Removal of the Rudder Control Rod (10)

(1)

AES

Remove the rudder control rod (10) as follows:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter-pin (120).

(b)

Remove the nut (119) and the washer (118).

(c)

Remove the bolt (116).

(d)

Remove and discard the cotter-pin (110).

(e)

Remove the nut (111) and the washer (112).

(f)

Hold the rudder control rod (10) and remove the bolt (121).

(g)

Remove the rudder control rod (10) from the bellcranks (113) and (117).

27-21-52 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z325

A
B

325DL

RIB 3
325CL
325BL (325BR)

RIB 2

325AL

FR72
FR70
312AR

RIB 5
5

G
6

H
C

RIB 4

RIB 3

9
3

RIB 2

M
10
4

N_MM_272152_4_AAMA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-52-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Rudder Control Rods

27-21-52 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

14
16

13

15

11

17

18

12

23
20

19

21
22

26

30
31

EXAMPLE

25

27

24

35
28

33
32
31
34

29

7
32

N_MM_272152_4_AAMA_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-52-991-00100-A SHEET 2

Rudder Control Rods

27-21-52 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
37

H
39

36

38

52

40

51
42

41

43
44

46

45

47

50

48
49

N_MM_272152_4_AAMA_03_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-52-991-00100-A SHEET 3

Rudder Control Rods

27-21-52 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

J
5

54

53

55

56
63

61
59

62

60

57

58

N_MM_272152_4_AAMA_04_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-52-991-00100-A SHEET 4

Rudder Control Rods

27-21-52 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

71

70

72

73
84
83
75

74

76
77

79

78

80

82

81

N_MM_272152_4_AAMA_05_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-52-991-00100-A SHEET 5

Rudder Control Rods

27-21-52 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

L
8

91

90

92

93
100

98
96

99

97

94

95

N_MM_272152_4_AAMA_06_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-52-991-00100-A SHEET 6

Rudder Control Rods

27-21-52 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

M
111
113

121

110

112

114

10

119
117

120

118

115

116

N_MM_272152_4_AAMA_07_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-52-991-00100-A SHEET 7

Rudder Control Rods

27-21-52 PB401

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-52-400-001-A
Installation of the Rudder Control Rods
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27207545000
98D27207547000
98D27207548000
B.

1
1
1

PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 19-010
C.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
312AR, 325AL
D.

VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
110
120
13
19
25
36
41
45

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
cotter-pin
cotter-pin
cotter-pin
cotter-pin
cotter-pin
cotter-pin
cotter-pin
cotter-pin

IPC-CSN
27-21-04-22-100
27-21-04-22-100
27-21-04-22-100
27-21-04-22-100
27-21-04-22-100
27-21-04-22-100
27-21-04-22-100
27-21-04-22-100

27-21-52 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG.ITEM
53
62
70
74
90
99
35
78

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-21-04-22-100
27-21-04-22-100
27-21-04-22-100
27-21-04-22-100
27-21-04-22-100
27-21-04-22-100
27-21-04-22-280
27-21-04-22-280

cotter-pin
cotter-pin
cotter-pin
cotter-pin
cotter-pin
cotter-pin
cotter-pin
cotter-pin
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-862-002-A

DESIGNATION
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

27-24-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation

29-00-00-864-001-A
53-55-12-000-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Removal of the Rudder Fairings

53-55-12-400-001-A

Installation of the Rudder Fairings

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-52-991-00100-A - Rudder Control Rods)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-52-860-051-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 325.

(2)

Make sure that the rudder fairing 325AL is removed (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-000-001-A)

(3)

Make sure that the access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL and 325DL are open (Ref. AMM
55-33-13-010-001) or (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the access door 312AR is open.

(5)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(6)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, shows 0.

(7)

Make sure that the warning notices are in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

(8)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A)

(9)

Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-21-52 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green,
the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic system:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel
. on the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.
(11) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (98D27207545000) (11) is in position in the bellcrank assembly of
the travel limitation unit (12).
(12) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (98D27207548000) (1) is in position in the bellcrank assembly of
the rudder control unit (2).
(13) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (98D27207547000) (3) is in position in the bellcrank assembly of
the rudder cable quadrant (4).
Subtask 27-21-52-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-52-991-00100-A - Rudder Control Rods)
Subtask 27-21-52-420-050-A
A.

Installation of the Rudder Control Rod (5)

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(1)

(2)

AES

If, during the installation of the rudder control rod (5), you cannot install the bolts (17) and (24) easily,
do the steps that follow:
(a)

Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (18) and (22) and from the rudder control rod
(5).

(b)

Loosen the nuts (18) and (22) from the rudder control rod ends.

(c)

Hold the disconnected eye-ends and turn only the rudder control rod (5) until you can install the
bolts (17) and (24).

(d)

TORQUE the nuts (18) and (22) to between 0.7 and 1.0 M.DAN (61.95 and 88.50 LBF.IN).

(e)

Safety the nuts (18) and (22) with the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM
DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

Installation of the rudder control rod (5):

(a)

Put the rudder control rod (5) in the installation position.

(b)

Install the bolt (17), the washer (15) and the nut (14).

(c)

TORQUE the nut (14) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN).

(d)

Safety the nut (14) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter-pin (13) .

27-21-52 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(3)

(4)

(e)

Install the bolt (24) with the washer (21) and the nut (20).

(f)

TORQUE the nut (20) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN).

(g)

Safety the nut (20) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter-pin (19) .

Connect the rudder control rod (7):

(a)

Remove the adhesive tape from the rudder control rod (7).

(b)

Put the rudder control rod (7) in the installation position.

(c)

Install the bolt (29), the washer (27) and the nut (26).

(d)

TORQUE the nut (26) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN).

(e)

Safety the nut (26) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter-pin (25) .

Installation of the half-clamps (32):

(a)

Put the half-clamps (32) and the spacer-tube (33) in position.

(b)

Install the bolt (30), the washers (31) and the nut (34).

(c)

TORQUE the nut (34) to 0.43 M.DAN (38.05 LBF.IN).

(d)

Safety the nut (34) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter-pin (35) .

Subtask 27-21-52-420-051-A
B.

Installation of the Rudder Control Rod (6)

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(1)

(2)

AES

If, during the installation of the rudder control rod (6), you cannot install the bolts (50) and (52) easily,
do the steps that follow:
(a)

Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (40) and (44) and from the rudder control rod
(6).

(b)

Loosen the nuts (40) and (44) from the rudder control rod ends.

(c)

Hold the disconnected eye-ends and turn only the rudder control rod (6) until you can install the
bolts (50) and (52).

(d)

TORQUE the nuts (40) and (44) to between 0.7 and 1.0 M.DAN (61.95 and 88.50 LBF.IN).

(e)

Safety the nuts (40) and (44) with the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM
DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

Installation of the rudder control rod (6):

(a)

Put the rudder control rod (6) in the installation position on the bellcranks (39) and (51).

(b)

Install the bolt (52), the washer (38) and the nut (37).

(c)

TORQUE the nut (37) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN).

(d)

Safety the nut (37) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter-pin (36) .

(e)

Install the bolt (50), the washer (43) and the nut (42).

(f)

TORQUE the nut (42) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN).

(g)

Safety the nut (42) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter-pin (41) .

27-21-52 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

(4)

Connect the control rod (8):

(a)

Remove the adhesive tape from the rudder control rod (8).

(b)

Put the control rod (8) in the installation position on the rudder control rod (6).

(c)

Install the bolt (49), the washer (47) and the nut (46).

(d)

TORQUE the nut (46) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN).

(e)

Safety the nut (46) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter-pin (45) .

Installation of the half-clamps (32):

(a)

Put the half-clamps (32) and the spacer-tube (33) in position.

(b)

Install the bolt (30), the washers (31) and the nut (34).

(c)

TORQUE the nut (34) to 0.43 M.DAN (38.05 LBF.IN).

(d)

Safety the nut (34) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter-pin (35) .

Subtask 27-21-52-420-052-A
C.

Installation of the Rudder Control Rod (7)

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(1)

(2)

AES

If, during the installation of the rudder control rod (7), you cannot install the bolts (58) and (63) easily,
do the steps that follow:
(a)

Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (56) and (57) and from the rudder control rod
(7).

(b)

Loosen the nuts (56) and (57) from the rudder control rod ends.

(c)

Hold the disconnected eye-ends and turn only the rudder control rod (7) until you can install the
bolts (58) and (63).

(d)

TORQUE the nuts (56) and (57) to between 0.7 and 1.0 M.DAN (61.95 and 88.50 LBF.IN).

(e)

Safety the nuts (56) and (57) with the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM
DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

Installation of the rudder control rod (7):

(a)

Put the control rod (7) in the installation position on the rudder control rod (5) and the bellcrank
(59).

(b)

Install the bolt (63), the washer (55) and the nut (54).

(c)

TORQUE the nut (54) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN).

(d)

Safety the nut (54) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter-pin (53) .

(e)

Install the bolt (58), the washer (60) and the nut (61).

(f)

TORQUE the nut (61) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN).

(g)

Safety the nut (61) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter-pin (62) .

27-21-52 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-21-52-420-053-A
D.

Installation of the Rudder Control Rod (8)

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

AES

If, during the installation of the rudder control rod (8), you cannot install the bolts (82) and (84) easily,
do the steps that follow:
(a)

Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (73) and (77) and from the rudder control rod
(8).

(b)

Loosen the nuts (73) and (77) from the rudder control rod ends.

(c)

Hold the disconnected eye-ends and turn only the rod (8) until you can install the bolts (82) and
(84).

(d)

TORQUE the nuts (73) and (77) to between 0.7 and 1.0 M.DAN (61.95 and 88.50 LBF.IN).

(e)

Safety the nuts (73) and (77) with the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM
DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

Installation of the rudder control rod (8):

(a)

Put the rudder control rod (8) in the installation position on the rudder control rod (6) and the
bellcrank (39).

(b)

Install the bolt (84), the washer (72) and the nut (71).

(c)

TORQUE the nut (71) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN).

(d)

Safety the nut (71) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter-pin (70) .

(e)

Install the bolt (82), the washer (76) and the nut (75).

(f)

TORQUE the nut (75) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN).

(g)

Safety the nut (75) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter-pin (74) .

Connect the rudder control rod (9):

(a)

Remove the adhesive tape from the control rod (9).

(b)

Put the rudder control rod (9) in the installation position on the rudder control rod (8).

(c)

Install the bolt (81), the washer (80) and the nut (79).

(d)

TORQUE the nut (79) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN).

(e)

Safety the nut (79) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter-pin (78) .

Installation of the half-clamps (32):

(a)

Put the half-clamps (32) and the spacer-tube (33) in position.

(b)

Install the bolt (30), the washers (31) and the nut (34).

(c)

TORQUE the nut (34) to 0.43 M.DAN (38.05 LBF.IN).

(d)

Safety the nut (34) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter-pin (35) .

27-21-52 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-21-52-420-054-A
E.

Installation of the Rudder Control Rod (9)

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(1)

(2)

If, during the installation of the rudder control rod (9), you cannot install the bolts (95) and (100)
easily, do the steps that follow:
(a)

Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (93) and (94) and from the rudder control rod
(9).

(b)

Loosen the nuts (93) and (94) from the rudder control rod ends.

(c)

Hold the disconnected eye-ends and turn only the rudder control rod (9) until you can install the
bolts (95) and (100).

(d)

TORQUE the nuts (93) and (94) to between 0.7 and 1.0 M.DAN (61.95 and 88.50 LBF.IN).

(e)

Safety the nuts (93) and (94) with the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM
DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

Installation of the rudder control rod (9):

(a)

Put the rudder control rod (9) in the installation position on the rudder control rod (8) and the
bellcrank (96).

(b)

Install the bolt (100), the washer (92) and the nut (91).

(c)

TORQUE the nut (91) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN).

(d)

Safety the nut (91) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter-pin (90) .

(e)

Install the bolt (95), the washer (97) and the nut (98).

(f)

TORQUE the nut (98) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN).

(g)

Safety the nut (98) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter-pin (99) .

Subtask 27-21-52-420-055-A
F.

Installation of the Rudder Control Rod (10)

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(1)

AES

If, during the installation of the rudder control rod (10), you cannot install the bolts (116) and (121)
easily, do the steps that follow:
(a)

Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (114) and (115) and from the rudder control
rod (10).

(b)

Loosen the nuts (114) and (115) from the rudder control rod ends.

(c)

Hold the disconnected eye-ends and turn only the rudder control rod (10) until you can install the
bolts (116) and (121).

(d)

TORQUE the nuts (114) and (115) to between 0.7 and 1.0 M.DAN (61.95 and 88.50 LBF.IN).

(e)

Safety the nuts (114) and (115) with the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED
0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

27-21-52 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Installation of the rudder control rod (10):

(a)

Put the rudder control rod (10) in the installation position on the bellcranks (113) and (117).

(b)

Install the bolt (121), the washer (112) and the nut (111).

(c)

TORQUE the nut (111) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN).

(d)

Safety the nut (111) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter-pin (110) .

(e)

Install the bolt (116), the washer (118) and the nut (119).

(f)

TORQUE the nut (119) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN).

(g)

Safety the nut (119) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-22) cotter-pin (120) .

Subtask 27-21-52-080-050-A
G.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (3) from the cable quadrant (4).

(2)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (1) from the bellcrank of the rudder control unit (2).

(3)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (11) from the bellcrank assembly of the rudder travel
limitation unit (12).

Subtask 27-21-52-865-052-A
H.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-21-52-710-050-A
J.
5.

Do an operational test of the rudder mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-21-52-410-050-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the rudder fairing 325AL (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-400-001-A).

(3)

Close the access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325DL (Ref. AMM 55-33-13-410-001) or (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-410-002-A) .

(4)

Close the access door 312AR.

Subtask 27-21-52-862-050-A
B.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Remove the access platform(s).

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).

27-21-52 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CABLES - RUDDER CONTROL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-61-000-001-A
Removal of the Rudder Control Cables
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98A27901002000
98D27207516000
98D27207547000
FE171901

1
1
1
1

PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL
PIN-RIGGING,SET
PIN-RIGGING
TOOL - LOCKING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

130
150
160
210
220
230
240
310
131AC, 131BC, 131CC, 131PW,
151AC, 151BC, 151CC, 151DC,
161AC, 161BC, 161DW, 162DW,
211GF, 211KF, 221EF, 231CF,
231WF, 241BF, 241FF, 241KF,
312AR, 825, 826

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FWD CAR COMPT AFT BULKHEAD OF AVNCS COMP
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FWD PRESS BULKHEAD
BULK CARGO COMPARTEMENT AFT BULKHEAD
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
FWD CAB UTILITY AREAS
FWD PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
MID PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

27-21-61 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

25-54-12-000-001-A

Removal of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34

25-54-12-000-002-A

Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment

25-55-11-000-002-A

Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment - FR47/FR59

25-55-12-000-001-A

Removal of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65

25-55-12-000-002-A

Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment - FR59/FR65

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

53-12-11-000-001-A
Removal of the
53-12-12-000-001-A
Removal of the
53-22-12-000-001-A
Removal of the
53-32-12-000-002-A
Removal of the
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00100-A - Access - Location)

Cockpit Floor Panels from FR1 Thru FR12

Cabin Floor Panels from FR12 thru FR24
Cabin Floor Panels
Cabin Floor Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00200-A - Cable Mechanism)

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00300-B - Tension Regulator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00600-A - Cable Quadrant)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00400-A - Frame Feed-Through Fittings)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00500-B - Pulley)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00100-A - Access - Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00200-A - Cable Mechanism)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00300-B - Tension Regulator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00600-A - Cable Quadrant)
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 53-1143 FOR A/C 003-003
Subtask 27-21-61-010-050-B
A.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at zone 132.

(2)

Open the access door 825.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at zone 154.

(4)

Open the access door 826.

(5)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE at zone 312.

27-21-61 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Open the access door 312AR.

(7)

In the zones 211 and 221, remove the floor panels 211GF 211KF 221EF 231CF 221LF
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 53-12-11-000-001-A), (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-000-001-A).

(8)

In the zone 241, remove the floor panels 231WF 241BF 241FF 241KF (Ref. TASK 53-22-12-000-001A), (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002-A).

(9)

In the zone 131, remove the ceiling panels 131AC 131BC 131CC (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002-A).

(10) In the zone 131, remove the partition panel 131PW (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-001-A).
(11) In the zones 151 and 161, remove the ceiling panels 151AC 151BC 151CC 151DC 161AC 161BC (Ref.
TASK 25-55-11-000-002-A) (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-002-A).
(12) In the zone 161, remove the partition panels 161DW 162DW (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-001-A).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-61-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this
pushbutton switch, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).

(3)

On the panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC2 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this
pushbutton switch, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).

(4)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(5)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(6)

On the panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the
OFF legend comes on).

(7)

On the panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the
OFF legend comes on).

(8)

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (48) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) pin

(98D27207516160) on the cable quadrant (45). (Refer to Detail Q).

(9)

Put the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (2) on the input lever of the tension
regulator (1).
(Refer to Details G and A).

(10) Install the TOOL - LOCKING (FE171901) (18):

(a)

Remove the locking clips (33) from the turnbuckles (34) (Refer to Detail L).

(b)

Turn the turnbuckles (34) until you can install the TOOL - LOCKING (FE171901) (18) on the
tension regulator (1).

(c)

Install the TOOL - LOCKING (FE171901) (18) on the tension regulator (1) with the pins (17).

(11) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(12) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

AES

27-21-61 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(13) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) on the CAPT and F/O rudder pedals.
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00100-A - Access - Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00200-A - Cable Mechanism)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00300-B - Tension Regulator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00400-A - Frame Feed-Through Fittings)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00500-B - Pulley)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00600-A - Cable Quadrant)
Subtask 27-21-61-020-053-A
A.

Removal of the Rudder Control Cables (Forward Part)

(1)

(2)

(3)

Removal of the turnbuckles.

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter-pins (6) from the cable-end holders of the tension regulator (1)
(Refer to Details C and D).

(b)

Remove the turnbuckles (34).

Removal of the cable guides on frames 35, 33, 28, 23 and 14 (refer to detail K).
(a)

Cut and discard the cable ties (32).

(b)

Remove the locking devices (31).

(c)

Remove the half shells (30).

Removal of the cables from the tension regulator.

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter-pin (11), remove the nut (10) and the washer (9) (Refer to Detail
E).

(b)

Remove the bolt (7) and the spacer (8) from the pulley casing (3).

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter-pins (16), remove the nuts (15) and the washers (14) (Refer to
Detail F).

(d)

Remove the bolts (12) and the spacers (13).

CAUTION :
(e)

MONITOR THE END OF THE CABLE WHEN YOU PULL IT.

Remove the cables (4) and (5) from the tension regulator (1) and pull them. (Refer to Details C
and D).

Subtask 27-21-61-020-054-C
B.

Removal of the Rudder Control Cables (Rear Part)

(1)

Make sure that the turnbuckles (34) are removed.

(2)

Removal of the cable guides on frames 42, 48, 53, 58, 63 and 67 and on the pulley (42) (Refer to
Details K and N).

(3)

AES

(a)

Cut and discard the cable ties (32).

(b)

Remove the locking devices (31).

(c)

Remove the half shells (30).

Removal of the cable guides on frame 70 (Refer to Detail H, section JJ).

(a)

Remove the clamp (26) and release the sleeve (27) from the cable guide.

(b)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the bolts (28).

27-21-61 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)
(4)

(5)

Remove the bolts (28) and the washers (29). Release the flange (24) and remove the half shells
(25).

Removal of the pulley cover (Refer to Detail M).

(a)

Remove the bolts (35), the washers (36) and the plate (37).

(b)

Remove the bolts (38) and the washers (39).

(c)

Remove the cover (42).

Removal of the cables from the cable quadrant.

(a)

Remove the two pins (40).

(b)

Remove the four pins (49) from the pulleys (50) and (51) (Refer to Detail R).

CAUTION :

AES

MONITOR THE END OF THE CABLE WHEN YOU PULL IT.

(c)

Release the cables (21) and (22) from the cable quadrant (45). Pull them until they touch the
frame 70.

(d)

On the frame 70, remove the sleeve (27) and the flanges (23) and (24) (Refer to Section JJ).

(e)

In zone 310, pull and remove the cables (21) and (22).

27-21-61 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z132
Z154

Z312

825

826

312AR
FR8
FLOOR PANELS
Z211221FR24

FR32

CEILING
PANELS
Z131

211GF

FLOOR PANELS
Z241
FR47

221AF
211KF
231CF

CEILING PANELS
Z151161

221EF
131BC
131CC
131AC

FR64
FLOOR PANELS
Z261
FR70

241BF
231WF
241FF

151AC
241KF
151BC
151CC
151DC
161AC
161BC
261AF
261DF
262GF

N_MM_272161_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-61-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Access - Location

27-21-61 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
FR14

FR23

FR28

K
K

FR33

FR35

L
L

FR42

FR48

FR53

FR58

FR63

K
K

FR67

H
M

FR70

N_MM_272161_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-61-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Cable Mechanism

27-21-61 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
1

G
1

F
C
5

17
18

17
3

F
F

16

F
1

5
19

20

15
14
13

12

6
1

E
3

4
7

11

10

8
9

6
N_MM_272161_4_BEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-61-991-00300-B SHEET 1

Tension Regulator

27-21-61 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

P
22

R
45
51

21

R
48

50

P
49

49

N_MM_272161_4_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-61-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Cable Quadrant

27-21-61 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4

L
34
33

34
21
33

H
J

22

K
31
32

32

J
30

22

21

23
31

30
24

25

SECTION

JJ

26

27 28

29

N_MM_272161_4_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-61-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Frame Feed-Through Fittings

27-21-61 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

42

43

N
35
36
41
21
22
39

37

39

38

38

40
38

39

32

31

30
30

N_MM_272161_4_BJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-21-61-991-00500-B SHEET 1

Pulley

27-21-61 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-21-61-400-001-A
Installation of the Rudder Control Cables
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CABLE TENSIOMETER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98A27901002000
98D27207516000
98D27207547000
98F27003500000
FE171901

1
1
1
1
1

PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL
PIN-RIGGING,SET
PIN-RIGGING
LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE
TOOL - LOCKING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
No specific
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

130
150
160
210
220
230
240
310

AES

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FWD CAR COMPT AFT BULKHEAD OF AVNCS COMP
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FWD PRESS BULKHEAD
BULK CARGO COMPARTEMENT AFT BULKHEAD
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
FWD CAB UTILITY AREAS
FWD PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
MID PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

27-21-61 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

131AC, 131BC, 131CC, 131PW,

151AC, 151BC, 151CC, 151DC,
161AC, 161BC, 161DW, 162DW,
211GF, 211KF, 221EF, 231CF,
231WF, 241BF, 241FF, 241KF,
312AR, 825, 826
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
6
16
11
32
32

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-21-01-12-010
27-21-01-12-170
27-21-01-13-045
27-21-04-04-070
27-21-04-05-070

cotter-pins
cotter-pins
cotter-pin
cable ties
cable ties
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-862-002-A

DESIGNATION
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

25-54-12-400-001-A

Installation of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34

25-54-12-400-002-A

Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment

25-55-11-400-002-A

Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment -FR47/FR59

25-55-12-400-001-A

Installation of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65

25-55-12-400-002-A

Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment - FR59/FR65

27-21-00-820-002-A

Adjustment of the Rudder Control-Cables Length

27-21-00-820-005-A

Cutting of the Rear Control Cable of the Rudder

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

53-12-11-400-001-A

Installation of the Cockpit Floor Panels from FR1 thru FR12

53-12-12-400-001-A
Installation of the Cabin Floor Panels from FR12 thru FR24
53-22-12-400-001-A
Installation of the Cabin Floor Panels
53-32-12-400-002-A
Installation of the Cabin Floor Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00100-A - Access - Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00200-A - Cable Mechanism)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00300-B - Tension Regulator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00400-A - Frame Feed-Through Fittings)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00500-B - Pulley)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00600-A - Cable Quadrant)

AES

27-21-61 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 53-1143 FOR A/C 003-003
Subtask 27-21-61-010-055-B
A.

Get Access
(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 132.

(2)

Make sure that the access door 825 is open.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 154.

(4)

Make sure that the access door 826 is open.

(5)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 312.

(6)

Make sure that the access door 312AR is open.

(7)

In the zones 211 and 221, make sure that the floor panels 211GF 211KF 221EF 231CF 221LF are
removed.

(8)

In the zone 241, make sure that the floor panels 231WF 241BF 241FF 241KF are removed.

(9)

In the zone 131, make sure that the ceiling panels 131AC 131BC 131CC are removed.

(10) In the zone 131, make sure that the partition panel 131PW is removed.
(11) In the zones 151 and 161, make sure that the ceiling panels 151AC 151BC 151CC 151DC 161AC 161BC
are removed.
(12) In the zone 161, make sure that the partition panels 161DW 162DW are removed.
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-61-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (48) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000)

pin (98D27207516160) is installed on the cable quadrant (45). (Refer to Detail Q).

(2)

Make sure that the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (2) is installed on the input
lever of the tension regulator (1).
(Refer to Details G and A).

(3)

Make sure that the TOOL - LOCKING (FE171901) (18) with th pins (17) is installed on the tension
regulator (1).

(4)

Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A) is depressurized.

(5)

Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02)

(6)

On the CAPT and F/O rudder pedals, make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position.

Subtask 27-21-61-640-050-A
C.
4.

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to all the nuts and bolts.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00100-A - Access - Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00200-A - Cable Mechanism)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00300-B - Tension Regulator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00400-A - Frame Feed-Through Fittings)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00500-B - Pulley)

AES

27-21-61 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00600-A - Cable Quadrant)
Subtask 27-21-61-420-050-A
A.

Installation of the Rudder Control Cables (Forward Part)

(1)

Install the cables through the frames and on the tension regulator.
(a)

Put the cables (4) and (5) through the frames 35, 33, 28, 23 and 14 as follows:
. put the cable (4), with the cylindrical fool-proof device (Ref. Detail D), on the right (inboard
side)
. put the cable (5), with the spherical fool-proof device (Ref. Detail C), on the left (outboard
side).
NOTE :

(2)

The fool-proof device is to avoid error when you install the cables.

(b)

Put the cable (4) through the pulley (20) (Refer to Detail B).

(c)

Put the cable (5) through the pulley (19).

(d)

Install the cables (4) and (5) on the tension regulator (1) (Refer to Details G, D, C).

(e)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-01-12) cotter-pins (6) on the cable-end holders of the tension
regulator (1) (Refer to Details C and D).

(f)

Install the spacers (13), the bolts (12), the washers (14) and the nuts (15). Install the new (IPCCSN 27-21-01-12) cotter-pins (16) (Refer to Detail F).

(g)

Install the spacer (8), the bolt (7), the washer (9) and the nut (10). Install the new (IPC-CSN
27-21-01-13) cotter-pin (11) (Refer to Detail E).

Install the cable guides on the frames 14, 23, 28, 33 and 35 (Refer to Detail K).
(a)

Install the half shells (30).

(b)

Install the locking devices (31).

(c)

Install new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-04) cable ties (32) .

Subtask 27-21-61-420-051-B
B.

Installation of the Cables (Rear Part)

(1)

Install the cables on the cable quadrant and through the frames.
(a)

Install the cables (21) and (22) on the cable quadrant (45) (Refer to Detail Q).
NOTE :

(b)

Put the cable (21) on the pulley (50) (Refer to Detail P).

(c)

Put the cable (22) on the pulley (51).

(d)

Put the cable (21) on the pulley (43) (Refer to Detail M).

(e)

Put the cable (22) on the pulley (41).

(f)

Put the cables (21) and (22) through the frame 70 (Refer to Detail H).

(g)

Install the flanges (23), (24) and the sleeve (27) on the cables (21) and (22).

(h)

Put the cables (21) and (22) through the frames 67, 63, 58, 53, 48 and 42.
NOTE :

AES

The cable (22) is longer than the cable (21). Install it on the top part of the cable
quadrant (45) and put it on the left side.

If you install a new rear control cable, do the procedure of cutting of the rear control
cable of the rudder (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-820-005-A).

27-21-61 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

(3)

Install the turnbuckles and the cable guides.

(a)

Install the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000) to connect the cable (21) and the cable
(4) with the turnbuckle (34). Lightly tighten the turnbuckle (34) (Refer to Detail L).

(b)

Remove the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000).

(c)

Install the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000) to connect the cable (22) and the cable
(5) with the turnbuckle (34). Lightly tighten the turnbuckle (34) (Refer to Detail L).

(d)

Remove the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000).

(e)

Install the cable guides on the frames 42, 48, 53, 58, 63 and 67 (Refer to Detail K).
For this, do these steps:
1

Install the half shells (30).

Install the locking devices (31).

Install new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-04) cable ties (32) .

(f)

Install the half shells (25) on the cables (21) and (22) between the edges of the flanges (23) and
(24) (Refer to Section JJ).

(g)

Install the flanges (23) and (24) on the frame 70 with the washers (29) and the bolts (28). Do
not tighten the bolts at this time.

(h)

Install the sleeve (27) and the clamp (26).

Install the pulley cover and its cable guides.

(a)

Install the two pins (49) on the pulley (50) (Refer to Detail R).

(b)

Install the two pins (49) on the pulley (51) (Refer to Detail R).

(c)

Install the two pins (40) on the support of the pulleys (41) and (43) (Refer to Detail M).

(d)

Install the cover (42).

(e)

Install the washers (39) and the bolts (38).

(f)

Install the plate (37), the washers (36) and the bolts (35). Do not tighten the bolts at this time.

(g)

Install the cable guides on the plate (37) (Refer to Detail N).
For this, do these steps:
1

Install the half shells (30).

Install the locking devices (31).

Install new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-05) cable ties (32) .

Subtask 27-21-61-820-051-A
C.

Preparation for the Adjustment

(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00200-A
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00300-B
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00400-A
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00500-B
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00600-A
(1)

AES

Cable Mechanism)
Tension Regulator)
Frame Feed-Through Fittings)
Pulley)
Cable Quadrant)

If you install a new cable, you must apply a pre-tension to the cable before you adjust it.
. In theory, the pre-tension time is 48 hours without movement of the aircraft. After this pre-tension
time the adjustment of the cable will stay correct.
. A minimum pre-tension time of 4 hours without movement of the aircraft is permitted. The
adjustment of the cable will not stay correct for a long time. You must do the full pre-tension
procedure when the aicraft stops for maintenance for a sufficiently long time.

27-21-61 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.

For a pre-tension time of between 4 and 48 hours, the stability of the adjustment is in proportion to
the pre-tension time.

(a)

Turn the turnbuckles (33) to put a tension of 45 +5 daN or +0 daN (101.1640 +11.2404 lbf or
+0.0000 lbf) on the cable mechanism. Measure this value with a CABLE TENSIOMETER.

(b)

Make sure that you can easily remove and install the pin (2) on the tension regulator (1). If not,
adjust the tension again.
(Refer to Detail A).

(c)

Install the pin (2) on the input lever of the tension regulator (1).

(d)

You must keep the mechanism in this configuration for 48 hours.

Subtask 27-21-61-820-052-A
D.

Adjustment
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00200-A
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00300-B
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00400-A
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00600-A

Cable Mechanism)
Tension Regulator)
Frame Feed-Through Fittings)
Cable Quadrant)

(1)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(2)

Turn the turnbuckles (34) to release the tension on the mechanism. Do this until you can remove the
locking tool (18) from the tension regulator (1) (Refer to Details L and G).

(3)

Remove the TOOL - LOCKING (FE171901) (18) with the pins (17).

(4)

Make sure that the flanges (23) and (24) are in the correct position related to the cables (21) and (22).
Tighten the bolts (28) (Refer to Section JJ).
NOTE :

Make sure that you can turn the half shells (25) easily.

(5)

Safety the bolts (28) with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(6)

Turn the turnbuckles until you cannot see the threads of the aft and rear wire rope terminal control
cables of the rudder.

(7)

Safety the turnbuckles with the locking clips.

(8)

Make sure that the cables (21) and (22) are aligned correctly on the output of the pulley (42). Tighten
the bolts (35) (Refer to Detail M).

(9)

Adjust the control cables length (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-820-002-A).

NOTE :

During the test make sure that:

. The deflections of all control components are free
. There is no interference or friction with adjacent ducts, structures, electrical routing or
controls.

NOTE :

If you can not adjust the control cables, do a visual inspection on the pulleys and the tension
regulator. If they are in good condition, replace the control cables.

(10) Make sure that the distance (A) between the ends of the terminal studs (cable side) and the fairleads is
minimum 25.4 mm (1.0000 in.) along the full travel range of the rudder control.
(11) Make sure that the distance (B) between the ends of the terminal studs (cable side) in each rudder
control cable is minimum 90 mm (3.5433 in.) along the full travel range of the rudder control.
5.

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00100-A - Access - Location)

AES

27-21-61 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00200-A - Cable Mechanism)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00300-B - Tension Regulator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-21-61-991-00600-A - Cable Quadrant)
Subtask 27-21-61-860-051-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (48) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) pin

(98D27207516160) from the cable quadrant (45) (Refer to Detail Q).

(3)

Remove the pin PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (2) from the tension regulator
(1) (Refer to Detail A).

(4)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(5)

Remove the warning notice(s).

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 53-1143 FOR A/C 003-003
Subtask 27-21-61-410-054-B
B.

Close Access
(1)

In the zones 211 and 221, install the floor panels 211GF 211KF 221EF 231CF 221LF
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 53-12-11-400-001-A) (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-400-001-A).

AES

(2)

In the zone 241, install the floor panels 231WF 241BF 241FF 241KF (Ref. TASK 53-22-12-400-001-A)
(Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-002-A).

(3)

In the zone 131, install the ceiling panels 131AC 131BC 131CC (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002-A).

(4)

In the zone 131, install the partition panel 131PW (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-001-A).

(5)

In the zones 151 and 161, install the ceiling panels 151AC 151BC 151CC 151DC 161AC 161BC (Ref.
TASK 25-55-11-400-002-A) (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-002-A).

(6)

In the zone 161, install the partition panels 161DW 162DW (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-001-A).

(7)

Close the access doors 312AR 825 826.

(8)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-21-61 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RUDDER TRIM ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.

General
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-00-11200-A - Trim (Rudder))
The rudder trim control is electrically signalled. An electric actuator installed in the tail area drives a trim screwjack
via a rotary shaft and universal joints.
The actuator is manually controlled via the FACs (Ref. ATA 22) from the control panel located on the center
pedestal, at a constant speed.
A reset function initiated when you press a RESET pushbutton switch on the control panel permits to null the rudder
trim position through the FACs.
The rudder trim position is shown on the control panel.
The FACs also control the trim actuator in AP mode.
NOTE :

AES

The maximum admissible rudder trim limits indicated on the control panel when the aircraft is stabilized in
heading with the AP engaged are RH 1 DEG and LH 2.3 DEG.

27-22-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-00-12500-A - Location of Rudder Trim Actuation)
FIN

10CC
9CC

AES

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
ACTUATOR-RUDDER TRIM
CTL SW-RUDDER TRIM

PANEL

110VU

ZONE ACCESS ATA REF.

DOOR
325
325AL 27-22-51
210
22-62-11

27-22-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

Component Description
A.

Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC

(Ref. Fig. 27-22-00-11200-A - Trim (Rudder))
(1) The actuator has two 3-phase asynchronous motors installed on the same shaft (but they are electrically
independent and controlled by independent plug-in electronic assemblies).
The motors are permanently coupled to a reduction gear which drives the output shafts via a torque limiter.
(2) Non-locking rotary stops limit the actuator stroke.
(3) The main output shaft is internally duplicated by a second shaft which permits a duplicate recopy (this
duplication prevents the loss of the four transducers if there is a single rupture).
(4) The output shaft drives four inductive transducer units :
. the main output shaft drives the feedback transducer unit of one channel and the monitoring transducer
unit of the other channel through a reduction gear
. the internal output shaft drives the other two transducer units in the same manner.
(5) An externally-visible index on the last actuating gear of one of the transducer units shows the zero position
of the output shaft.
(6) A tapered rigging pin is used to set the output shaft at mid angular travel (zero trim position and zero
reference for setting of transducers).
There is no damage if a motor is energized with the pin in position.
(7) The actuator is sealed and has a desiccant patch, the color of which is externally visible.
(8) Electronic assembly :
. a monitoring output makes the test of the electronic circuitry possible
. a monitoring power supply permits the automatic test of the electronic assembly at each FAC.

B.

AES

Maintenance
The component below is a line-replaceable unit (LRU) :
. electronic assembly

27-22-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Control and Indicating

A.

Control Panel
The RUD TRIM control panel includes :
. a RUD TRIM control switch
. a RESET pushbutton switch
. a RUD TRIM indicator
(1) RUD TRIM control switch
This is a 3-position rotary switch spring-loaded to the neutral (center) position.
The direction of rudder trim travel depends on the direction of the switch rotation.
(2) RESET pushbutton switch
This pushbutton switch permits to automatically reset the rudder trim to zero.
After a RESET selection through push action on the pushbutton switch, this switch returns to its initial
position.
(3) RUD TRIM indicator
A digital indicator (1/10 resolution) shows the rudder trim travel together with the direction (L or R).

AES

27-22-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
23VU

FLT CTL

24VU

FLT CTL

ELAC 1

SEC 1

FAC 1

ELAC 2

SEC 2

SEC 3

FAC 2

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

RUD TRIM
+

NOSE
L

25

NOSE
R

RESET

RUDDER SURFACE

Y
FAC 1
(Chap. 22)

FAC 2
(Chap. 22)
G

RVDTS
MOTOR
2

MOTOR
1

2
SOLENOID
STOP

ELECTRONIC
MODULE
1

ELECTRONIC
MODULE
2

T.R.

RVDTS
RUDDER TRIM
ACTUATOR

REDUCTION GEARING

AES

FIGURE 27-22-00-11200-A SHEET 1

Trim (Rudder)

ARTIFICIAL FEEL &

TRIM UNIT

TORQUE LIMITER

27-22-00 PB001

N_MM_272200_0_AAM0_01_00

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z325

B
10CC
RUDDER TRIM
ACTUATOR

110VU

RUD TRIM
+
25

NOSE
L

NOSE
R

9CC
ROTARY SWITCH

RESET

PARKING BRK

OFF

ON

C
N_MM_272200_0_ABM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-22-00-12500-A SHEET 1

Location of Rudder Trim Actuation

27-22-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RUDDER TRIM ACTUATION - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-22-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Trim Actuator
FIN 10CC
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE

ACCESS

TEST

SPECIFIC
TOOLS

MHR

E/T

NB MEN

MMEL 22-60-01A
1.

Reason for the Job

MMEL 22-60-01A
FAC 1
(Old MMEL ref: 22-66-01-A))

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

B.

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

27-22-00-710-002-A

Operational Test of the Rudder Trim Actuation

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-22-00-860-059-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

Subtask 27-22-00-010-052-A
B.

AES

Get access to the Avionics Compartment

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the access door 824.

(2)

Open the access door 824.

27-22-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-22-00-865-055-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

49VU
4.

FIN
5CC1

LOCATION
B04

Procedure
Subtask 27-22-00-040-050-A
A.

Deactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Trim Actuator

(1)

On the panel 187VU, remove the relay 7CC1.

(2)

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
5CC1.

Subtask 27-22-00-710-053-A
B.
5.

Do the operational test of the rudder trim actuation (Ref. TASK 27-22-00-710-002-A) .

Close-up
Subtask 27-22-00-941-053-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell the crew that the channel 1 of the rudder trim actuator is
deactivated.

(2)

Make an entry in the logbook.

Subtask 27-22-00-410-053-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Close the access door 824.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-22-00-862-054-A
C.

AES

De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)

27-22-00 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-22-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Trim Actuator
FIN 10CC
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE

ACCESS

TEST

SPECIFIC
TOOLS

MHR

E/T

NB MEN

MMEL 22-60-01A
1.

Reason for the Job

MMEL 22-60-01A
FAC 1
(Old MMEL ref: 22-66-01-A))

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

B.

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-22-00-860-060-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

Subtask 27-22-00-010-053-A
B.

Get access to the Avionics Compartment

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the access door 824.

(2)

Open the access door 824.

Subtask 27-22-00-865-056-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

AES

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN
5CC1

LOCATION
B04

27-22-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-22-00-440-050-A
A.

Reactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Trim Actuator

(1)

On the panel 187VU, install the relay 7CC1

(2)

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
5CC1.

Subtask 27-22-00-810-050-A
B.
5.

Do the trouble shooting of the rudder trim actuator you deactivated.

Close-up
Subtask 27-22-00-410-054-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Close the access door 824.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-22-00-862-055-A
B.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).

27-22-00 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RUDDER TRIM ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-22-00-820-001-A
Adjustment of the Rudder Trim Actuation
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
CAUTION :

1.

DO THIS PROCEDURE IN A HANGAR IF THERE ARE WIND GUSTS. WIND GUSTS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE LINKAGE WHEN THE RIGGING PINS ARE IN POSITION ON THE RUDDER
CONTROL.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

** On A/C 003-005
PRE SB 27-1141 FOR A/C 003-005
6137-013
1
PIN-LOCKING
** On A/C 006-099
POST SB 27-1141 FOR A/C 003-005
6137-060
98D27207516000
98D27207548000
98D27207549000
B.

1
1
1
1

PIN - LOCKING
PIN-RIGGING,SET
PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR
C.

VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
8

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
cotter pin

IPC-CSN
27-23-04-02-080

27-22-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-22-00-710-002-A

Operational Test of the Rudder Trim Actuation

27-22-51-000-001-A
27-22-51-400-001-A
29-10-00-863-003-A

Removal of the Rudder Trim Actuator

Installation of the Rudder Trim Actuator
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-22-00-991-00100-A - Position of the Rigging Pins)

(Ref. Fig. 27-22-00-991-00200-A - Rudder Trim Actuator)
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-22-00-010-050-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone 325.

(2)

Open the access doors 325BL 325BR.

Subtask 27-22-00-861-053-A
B.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-02).

Subtask 27-22-00-865-050-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-22-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
PRE SB 27-1141 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 27-22-00-860-058-A
D.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this
pushbutton switch, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(2)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC2 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this
pushbutton switch, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(3)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A)
or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(4)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the CAPT and F/O pedals to tell persons not to use the
rudder mechanical control.

(5)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(6)

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) (5) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) pin

(98D27207516330) on the output bellcrank (6) of the yaw damper.
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-00-991-00100-A - Position of the Rigging Pins)

(7)

Make sure that the trim actuator (2) is set to zero (look through the window and make sure that the
mark on the rear face is in the correct position).
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-00-991-00100-A - Position of the Rigging Pins)

(8)

Remove the blanking plug (12) from the trim actuator (2) and install it in the storage hole.
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-00-991-00200-A - Rudder Trim Actuator)

(9)

Install the PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) (7) on the trim actuator (2).

(Ref. Fig. 27-22-00-991-00200-A - Rudder Trim Actuator)

(10) Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).
** On A/C 006-099
POST SB 27-1141 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 27-22-00-860-058-B
D.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this
pushbutton switch, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(2)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC2 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this
pushbutton switch, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(3)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A)
or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

AES

(4)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the CAPT and F/O pedals to tell persons not to use the
rudder mechanical control.

(5)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

27-22-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) (5) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) pin

(98D27207516330) on the output bellcrank (6) of the yaw damper.
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-00-991-00100-A - Position of the Rigging Pins)

(7)

Make sure that the trim actuator (2) is set to zero (look through the window and make sure that the
mark on the rear face is in the correct position).
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-00-991-00100-A - Position of the Rigging Pins)

(8)

Remove the blanking plug (12) from the trim actuator (2) and install it in the storage hole.
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-00-991-00200-A - Rudder Trim Actuator)

(9)

Install the PIN - LOCKING (6137-060) (7) on the trim actuator (2).
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-00-991-00200-A - Rudder Trim Actuator)

(10) Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-00-991-00100-A - Position of the Rigging Pins)
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-00-991-00200-A - Rudder Trim Actuator)
Subtask 27-22-00-820-051-A
A.

Adjustment of the Rudder Trim Activation

(1)

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (4) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) pin

(98D27207516330) on the mixer (3) of the artificial feel unit. You must be able to install and remove
the rigging pin easily.

(2)

For all the rigging results, disconnect the artificial feel spring rod (1) at the top to make sure that it is
in the zero position. To do this:

(3)

(a)

Remove the cotter pin (8) and discard it.

(b)

Remove the nut (9) and the washer (10).

(c)

Remove the bolt (11).

Connect the artificial feel spring rod (1) to the mixer (3). To do this:
(a)

(b)

Install the bolt (11).

If you cannot install the bolt (11) easily or if you cannot install the rigging pin (4) during the
operation before, do these steps:
1

Remove the trim actuator (2) (Ref. TASK 27-22-51-000-001-A).

Turn the gimbal joint of the artificial-feel spring rod (1) until you can install and remove the
rigging pin (4) and the bolt (11) easily.

Install the trim actuator (2) (Ref. TASK 27-22-51-400-001-A).

Install the washer (10), the nut (9) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-23-04-02) cotter pin (8) .

(4)

Remove the rigging pins (4), (5) and (7).

(Ref. Fig. 27-22-00-991-00100-A - Position of the Rigging Pins)
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-00-991-00200-A - Rudder Trim Actuator)

(5)

Install the blanking plug (12) on the rigging hole of the trim actuator (2).
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-00-991-00200-A - Rudder Trim Actuator)

Subtask 27-22-00-720-051-A
B.

AES

Do the operational test of the rudder trim (Ref. TASK 27-22-00-710-002-A).

27-22-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-22-00-860-057-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-22-00-410-050-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the access doors 325BL 325BR.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-22-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

325BR

325BL

A
ZONE 325

ZONE 325

C
D

N_MM_272200_5_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-22-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Position of the Rigging Pins

27-22-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

C
STORAGE HOLE

RIGGING HOLE

7
12
2

E
3

11

10

8
9

N_MM_272200_5_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-22-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Rudder Trim Actuator

27-22-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-22-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Reset Function
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-21-00-01-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF RESET FUNCTION

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure

AES

27-22-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-22-00-860-053-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on
this pushbutton switch, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(3)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch is pushed (on
this pushbutton switch, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(4)

On the panel 110VU, make sure that the rudder trim is in the zero position.

(5)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(6)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A)
or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(7)

On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL key (on the lower ECAM display
unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).

Subtask 27-22-00-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-22-00-710-050-A
A.

Operational Test of the Reset Function

NOTE :

This test is for the system 1. For the system 2, use the indications between the parentheses.
You must do this test for the system 1 and the system 2.

ACTION
1.On the FLT CTL panel 24VU (23VU):
.

release the FAC2 (FAC1) pushbutton switch.

RESULT
On the FAC2 (FAC1) pushbutton switch:
. the OFF legend comes on and the FAULT legend stays
off.

2.On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU:

AES

27-22-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACTION
turn the RUD TRIM selector switch to the NOSE/L
position and hold it in this position.

RESULT
The rudder moves to the left.
On the panel 110VU, on the RUD TRIM position indicator:
. the numbers change until the value L 20 deg plus or
minus 1 comes into view.
On the lower ECAM display unit:
. the pointer of the RUD indicator and the index that
show the trim value move to the left.
NOTE :

3.Release the RUD TRIM selector switch.

4.Push and release the RUD TRIM/RESET pushbutton
switch.

5.Turn the RUD TRIM selector switch in the NOSE/R

position and hold it in this position.

In some cases, the pointer of the RUD indicator is

not in line with the trim index.
There is no change.
The rudder moves to the zero position.
On the panel 110VU, on the RUD TRIM indicator:
. the numbers change until the value L 0 deg plus or
minus 0.3 comes into view.
On the lower ECAM display unit:
. the pointer of the RUD indicator and the index that
show the trim value move to the center mark.
The rudder moves to the right.
On the panel 110VU, on the RUD TRIM indicator:
. the numbers change until the value R 20 deg plus or
minus 1 comes into view.
On the lower ECAM display unit:
. the pointer of the RUD indicator and the index that
show the trim value move to the right.
NOTE :

6.Push the RUD TRIM/RESET pushbutton switch and

hold the RUD TRIM selector switch in the NOSE/R
position.

7.Release the RUD TRIM selector switch and the RUD

TRIM/RESET pushbutton switch.

In some cases, the pointer of the RUD indicator is

not in line with the trim index.
The rudder moves to the zero position and stays in this
position.
On the panel 110VU, on the RUD TRIM position indicator:
. the numbers change until the value R 0 deg plus or
minus 0.3 comes into view.
On the lower ECAM display unit:
. the pointer of the RUD indicator and the index that
show the trim value move to the center mark.
There is no change.

8.On the FLT CTL panel 24VU (23VU):

.

AES

Push the FAC2 (FAC1) pushbutton switch.

On this pushbutton switch:

. the OFF legend goes off and the FAULT legend stays
off.

27-22-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-22-00-860-054-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-22-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-22-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the Rudder Trim Actuation
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-22-00-860-051-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this
pushbutton switch, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(3)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC2 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this
pushbutton switch, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(4)

On the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(5)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

27-22-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A)
or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(7)

On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL key (on the lower ECAM display
unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).

Subtask 27-22-00-865-054-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-22-00-710-051-A
A.

Operational Test of the Rudder Trim Actuation

ACTION
1.On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU:
.

turn the RUD TRIM selector switch in the NOSE/R

position and hold it in this position.

RESULT
The rudder moves to the right.
On the panel 110VU, on the RUD TRIM position indicator:
. the numbers change until the value R 20 deg plus or
minus 1 comes into view.
On the center instrument panel, on the lower ECAM
display unit:
. the pointer of the RUD indicator and the index that
show the trim value move to the right.
NOTE :

2.Release the RUD TRIM selector switch.

3.Push and release the RUD TRIM/RESET pushbutton
switch.

In some cases, the pointer of the RUD indicator is

not in line with the trim index.
There is no change.
The rudder moves to the zero position.
On the panel 110VU, on the RUD TRIM indicator:
. the numbers change until the value R 0 deg plus or
minus 0.3 comes into view.
On the lower ECAM display unit:
. the pointer of the RUD indicator and the index that
show the trim value move to the center mark.

AES

27-22-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
4.Turn the RUD TRIM selector switch in the NOSE/L
position and hold it in this position.

RESULT
The rudder moves to the left.
On the panel 110VU, on the RUD TRIM position indicator:
. the numbers change until the value L 20 deg plus or
minus 1 comes into view.
On the center instrument panel, on the lower ECAM
display unit:
. the pointer of the RUD indicator and the index that
show the trim value move to the left.
NOTE :

5.Release the RUD TRIM selector switch.

6.Push and release the RUD TRIM/RESET pushbutton
switch.

In some cases, the pointer of the RUD indicator is

not in line with the trim index.
There is no change.
The rudder moves to the zero position.
On the panel 110VU, on the RUD TRIM indicator:
. the numbers change until the value L 0 deg plus or
minus 0.3 comes into view.
On the lower ECAM display unit:
. the pointer of the RUD indicator and the index that
show the trim value move to the center mark.

5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-22-00-860-052-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-22-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-22-00-730-001-A
System Test of the Rudder Trim
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

98A27308005000
TR31-101
TR60-1

1
1
1

B.

PROTRACTOR-CONTROL SURFACE DEFLECTION

PROTRACTOR - CONTROL SURFACE
RIGMASTER SYSTEM-FLIGHT CONTROLS

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210
325

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure

AES

27-22-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-22-00-860-056-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this
pushbutton switch, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(3)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC2 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this
pushbutton switch, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(4)

On the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(5)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(6)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A)
or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(7)

On the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL key (on the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page
comes into view).

(8)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone 325.

(9)

Install the PROTRACTOR-CONTROL SURFACE DEFLECTION (98A27308005000), or RIGMASTER

SYSTEM-FLIGHT CONTROLS (TR60-1), or PROTRACTOR - CONTROL SURFACE (TR31-101) on
the rudder surface.

Subtask 27-22-00-865-053-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-22-00-730-050-A
A.

System Test of the Rudder Trim

ACTION
1.On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU:

AES

RESULT

27-22-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACTION
turn the RUD TRIM selector switch in the NOSE/R
position and hold it in this position.

RESULT
The rudder moves to the right.
The protractor shows a value higher than 20 deg.
On the panel 110VU, on the RUD TRIM position indicator:
. the numbers change until the value R 20 deg. plus or
minus 1 comes into view.
On the center instrument panel, on the lower ECAM
display unit:
. the pointer of the RUD indicator and the index that
show the trim value move to the right.
NOTE :

2.Release the RUD TRIM selector switch.

3.Turn the RUD TRIM selector switch in the NOSE/L
position and hold it in this position.

In some cases, the pointer of the RUD indicator is

not in line with the trim index.
There is no change.
The rudder moves to the left.
The protractor shows a value higher than 20 deg.
On the panel 110VU, on the RUD TRIM position indicator:
. the numbers change until the value L 20 deg. plus or
minus 1 comes into view.
On the center instrument panel, on the lower ECAM
display unit:
. the pointer of the RUD indicator and the index that
show the trim value move to the left.
NOTE :

4.Turn the RUD TRIM selector switch to the NOSE/R

position until the rudder moves to the zero position.

In some cases, the pointer of the RUD indicator is

not in line with the trim index.
The rudder moves to the zero position.
The protractor shows the value 0 plus or minus 0.3 deg.
On the panel 110VU, on the RUD TRIM position indicator:
. the numbers change until the value L or R 0 deg. plus
or minus 0.3 comes into view.
On the center instrument panel, on the lower ECAM
display unit:
. the pointer of the RUD indicator and the index that
show the trim value move to the center mark.

5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-22-00-860-055-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Remove the PROTRACTOR-CONTROL SURFACE DEFLECTION (98A27308005000), or RIGMASTER

SYSTEM-FLIGHT CONTROLS (TR60-1), or PROTRACTOR - CONTROL SURFACE (TR31-101).

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-22-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(4)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(5)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(6)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-22-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACTUATOR - RUDDER TRIM - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-22-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Rudder Trim Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 10CC
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

CAP - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

6137-013
6137-060
98D27207548000

1
1
1

PIN-LOCKING
PIN - LOCKING
PIN-RIGGING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 19-010
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR
D.

DESIGNATION
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

AES

27-22-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-00-00-864-001-A
29-10-00-863-003-A

DESIGNATION
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

55-33-13-000-001-A

Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DL, 325DR,

325CL, 325CR, 325BL and 325BR
Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-010-002-A

(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00100-A - Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC - Part Number 6137-3)
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00400-B - Rigging Pin Locations for the Replacement of a Rudder Trim Actuator - Part
Number 6137-3 and 6137-4/6137-5)
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00500-A - Rudder Trim Actuator - PN 6137-4/6137-5)
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00300-A - Position Indicator of the Rudder Trim Actuator - Part Number 6137-3)
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00700-A - Position Indicator of the Rudder Trim Actuator - PN 6137-4/6137-5)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00100-A - Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC - Part Number 6137-3)
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00400-B - Rigging Pin Locations for the Replacement of a Rudder Trim Actuator - Part
Number 6137-3 and 6137-4/6137-5)
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00500-A - Rudder Trim Actuator - PN 6137-4/6137-5)
Subtask 27-22-51-010-050-B
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

At the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (1):

(a)

Open the access panel 325BL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(b)

Remove the access panel 325BR (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-22-51-865-056-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-22-51-860-051-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

AES

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

27-22-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(a)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the electric pump. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01)

(3)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(4)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(5)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system and put it in the maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK
29-00-00-864-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(7)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the Green, the Blue and the
Yellow hydraulic systems:
. In the flight compartment on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel
. On the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.

(8)

On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend comes
on.

(9)

On the overhead panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend comes
on.

(10) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.
(11) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00400-B - Rigging Pin Locations for the Replacement of a Rudder Trim
Actuator - Part Number 6137-3 and 6137-4/6137-5)
(12) Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (18) in the bellcrank of the rudder control unit.
Subtask 27-22-51-865-050-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00100-A - Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC - Part Number 6137-3)
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00500-A - Rudder Trim Actuator - PN 6137-4/6137-5)

AES

27-22-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-22-51-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC (for part number 6137-3)
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(1)

Disconnect the hydraulic bracket (45) from the rudder control frame (32):
(a)

Remove the nuts (44) and the washers (43).

(b)

Remove the bolts (42).

NOTE :

(2)

(3)

(4)

AES

Do not disconnect the hydraulic-line end-fittings from the hydraulic bracket (45).

Remove the bonding straps (41) from the rudder control frame (32):
(a)

Remove the bolts (39) and the washers (40).

(b)

Move the bonding straps (41) away from the rudder control frame (32).

(c)

Do not disconnect the bonding straps (41) from the structure unless a repair or a new installation
is necessary.

Disconnect the rudder control frame (32) from the links (36):
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (33).

(b)

Remove the nuts (34), the washers (35) and the bolts (37).

(c)

Disengage the rudder control frame (32) from the links (36).

(d)

Temporarily safety the bushes (38) in the links (36) with the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS
STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

(e)

Do not disconnect the links (36) from the support brackets of the structure unless a repair or a
new installation is necessary.

Remove the rudder trim actuator (3):

(a)

Before you disconnect the electrical connectors, make sure that there is identification on them.
This is important for the subsequent installation procedure.

(b)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (14) from the plugs (13) on the rudder trim actuator (3).

(c)

Put CAP - BLANKING on the plugs (13) of the rudder trim actuator (3) and the electrical
connectors (14).

(d)

Do not disconnect the bonding strap (15) from the electrical connector (14) unless a repair or a
new installation is necessary.

(e)

If you must install a rudder trim actuator with the part number 6137-4 or 6137-5:
1

Remove the bonding strap (15) from the electrical connector A (14) and the structure.

Install the new bonding strap (15) for the rudder trim actuator (3) (part number 6137-4 or
6137-5) at the electrical connector A (14) and the structure.

(f)

Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (11) and (12).

(g)

Remove the bolt (11), the washer (10) and the bonding strap (9) from the rudder trim actuator
(3).

(h)

Do not disconnect the bonding strap (9) from the bracket (4) unless a repair or a new installation
is necessary.

27-22-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(5)

(i)

Remove the bolts (12) and the washers (10) from the rudder trim actuator (3).

(j)

Move the rudder trim actuator (3) down and disengage the splined shaft (7) from the universal
joint (6).

(k)

Carefully move the lower part of the rudder control frame (32) rearward.

(l)

Remove the rudder trim actuator (3) to the right side.

If you install the same rudder trim actuator (3) again, do these steps:
(a)

Make sure that the mobile red index is in the zero position on the position indicator of the rudder
trim actuator.
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00300-A - Position Indicator of the Rudder Trim Actuator - Part Number
6137-3)

(b)

Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the blanking plug (16).

(c)

Remove the blanking plug (16) from the rigging hole of the rudder trim actuator (3).

(d)

Install the PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) (19) in the rigging hole of the rudder trim actuator (3).

(e)

Install the blanking plug (16) in the storage hole of the rudder trim actuator (3).

Subtask 27-22-51-020-052-A
B.

Removal of the Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC (for part numbers 6137-4 or 6137-5)
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(1)

Disconnect the hydraulic bracket (45) from the rudder control frame (32):
(a)

Remove the nuts (44) and the washers (43).

(b)

Remove the bolts (42).

NOTE :

(2)

(3)

(4)

Remove the bonding straps (41) from the rudder control frame (32):
(a)

Remove the bolts (39) and the washers (40).

(b)

Move the bonding straps (41) away from the rudder control frame (32).

(c)

Do not disconnect the bonding straps (41) from the structure unless a repair or a new installation
is necessary.

Disconnect the rudder control frame (32) from the links (36):
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (33).

(b)

Remove the nuts (34), the washers (35) and the bolts (37).

(c)

Disengage the rudder control frame (32) from the links (36).

(d)

Temporarily safety the bushes (38) in the links (36) with the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS
STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

(e)

Do not disconnect the links (36) from the support brackets of the structure unless a repair or a
new installation is necessary.

Remove the rudder trim actuator (3):

(a)

AES

Do not disconnect the hydraulic-line end-fittings from the hydraulic bracket (45).

Before you disconnect the electrical connectors, make sure that there is identification on them.
This is important for the subsequent installation procedure.

27-22-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(5)

AES

(b)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (14) from the plugs on the rudder trim actuator (3).

(c)

Put CAP - BLANKING on the plugs (13) of the rudder trim actuator (3) and the electrical
connectors (14).

(d)

Do not disconnect the bonding strap (15) from the electrical connector (14) unless a repair or a
new installation is necessary.

(e)

Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (11) and (12).

(f)

Remove the bolt (11), the washer (10) and the bonding strap (9) from the rudder trim actuator
(3).

(g)

Do not disconnect the bonding strap (9) from the bracket (4) unless a repair or a new installation
is necessary.

(h)

Remove the bolts (12) and the washers (10) from the rudder trim actuator (3).

(i)

Move the rudder trim actuator (3) down and disengage the splined shaft (7) from the universal
joint (6).

(j)

Carefully move the lower part of the rudder control frame (32) rearward.

(k)

Remove the rudder trim actuator (3) to the right side.

If you will install the same rudder trim actuator (3), do the subsequent steps:
(a)

Make sure that the mobile red index is in the zero position on the position indicator of the rudder
trim actuator.
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00700-A - Position Indicator of the Rudder Trim Actuator - PN
6137-4/6137-5)

(b)

Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the plug in the rigging hole of the rudder trim actuator
(3).

(c)

Remove the plug from the rigging hole of the rudder trim actuator (3).

(d)

Install the PIN - LOCKING (6137-060) (19) in the rigging hole of the rudder trim actuator (3).

27-22-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z325

LH SHOWN
RH SIMILAR

39
40

41

325CL
325BL (325BR)
325AL

37
38

32
33
35 34

36

C
6
4

10

11
10
12
3
42

10CC

19
13
16

D
43
44
42

14
CONNECTOR A
15

45
14
CONNECTOR B
43
44

15
N_MM_272251_4_AAM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-22-51-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC - Part Number 6137-3

27-22-51 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z325

A
RIB 2
325CL

325BL (325BR)
325AL

B
RIB 1

B
C

1
2
5
18
4
10CC

N_MM_272251_4_AAP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-22-51-991-00400-B SHEET 1

Rigging Pin Locations for the Replacement of a Rudder
Trim Actuator - Part Number 6137-3 and 6137-4/6137-5

27-22-51 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z325
LH SIDE SHOWN
RH SIDE SIMILAR

B
325CL

39

325BL (325BR)
325AL

40

41

37
38

32
33
36

35 34

C
5

4
7
8

9
10
11
19

42

10
12

10CC

43
44

42

14
45
15
43
44
N_MM_272251_4_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-22-51-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Rudder Trim Actuator - PN 6137-4/6137-5

27-22-51 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SHAFT

MOBILE RED INDEX

MOBILE RED INDEX

(SHAFT TURNED BY
360 DEGREES)

ZERO POSITION

N_MM_272251_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-22-51-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Position Indicator of the Rudder Trim Actuator - Part
Number 6137-3

27-22-51 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

19

SHAFT

MOBILE RED INDEX

MOBILE RED INDEX

(SHAFT TURNED BY
360 DEGREES)

ZERO POSITION

N_MM_272251_4_AEP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-22-51-991-00700-A SHEET 1

Position Indicator of the Rudder Trim Actuator - PN
6137-4/6137-5

27-22-51 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-22-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Rudder Trim Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR THE TASK.
ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE
AIRCRAFT.
FIN 10CC
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
2
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.00 and 1.20 M.DAN (0.00 and 9.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

6137-013
6137-060
98D27207548000
B.

Material No: 05-002

Material No: 19-010

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR

AES

PIN-LOCKING
PIN - LOCKING
PIN-RIGGING

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004

C.

2
2
1

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

27-22-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

22-96-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the AFS

22-97-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-22-00-710-002-A
27-24-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Rudder Trim Actuation

Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DL, 325DR,
325CL, 325CR, 325BL and 325BR
Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-000-001-A
55-33-13-010-002-A
55-33-13-400-001-A
55-33-13-410-002-A

Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DL, 325DR,

325CL, 325CR, 325BL and 325BR
Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00100-A - Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC - Part Number 6137-3)
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00400-B - Rigging Pin Locations for the Replacement of a Rudder Trim Actuator - Part
Number 6137-3 and 6137-4/6137-5)
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00500-A - Rudder Trim Actuator - PN 6137-4/6137-5)
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00700-A - Position Indicator of the Rudder Trim Actuator - PN 6137-4/6137-5)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00100-A - Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC - Part Number 6137-3)
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00400-B - Rigging Pin Locations for the Replacement of a Rudder Trim Actuator - Part
Number 6137-3 and 6137-4/6137-5)
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00500-A - Rudder Trim Actuator - PN 6137-4/6137-5)
Subtask 27-22-51-860-055-B
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration (for part number 6137-3)

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 325.

(2)

Make sure that the access panel 325BL is open (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(3)

Make sure that the access panel 325BR is removed (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-000-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(5)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the flight controls.

(6)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(7)

Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-22-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green,
the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems:
. In the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel
. On the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.

(9)

Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (18) is in position in the bellcrank of the rudder
control unit.

(10) Make sure that the PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) (19) is installed in the rigging hole of the replacement
rudder trim actuator (3).
Subtask 27-22-51-860-056-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration (for part numbers 6137-4 or 6137-5)

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the zone 325.

(2)

Make sure that the access panel 325BL is open (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A) or (Ref. AMM
55-33-13-010-001) .

(3)

Make sure that the access panel 325BR is removed (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-000-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(5)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the flight controls.

(6)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(7)

Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(8)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green,
the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems:
. In the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel
. On the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.

(9)

Make sure that the rigging pins are in their correct positions:
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00400-B - Rigging Pin Locations for the Replacement of a Rudder Trim
Actuator - Part Number 6137-3 and 6137-4/6137-5)
(a)

Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (18) is in position in the bellcrank of the
rudder control unit.

(10) Make sure that the PIN - LOCKING (6137-060) (19) is installed in the rigging hole of the replacement
rudder trim actuator (3).
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00700-A - Position Indicator of the Rudder Trim Actuator - PN 6137-4/6137-5)
Subtask 27-22-51-865-052-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-22-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00100-A - Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC - Part Number 6137-3)
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00400-B - Rigging Pin Locations for the Replacement of a Rudder Trim Actuator - Part
Number 6137-3 and 6137-4/6137-5)
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00500-A - Rudder Trim Actuator - PN 6137-4/6137-5)
Subtask 27-22-51-210-050-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Do a visual inspection of the work area.

(a)

(2)

Do a visual inspection of the bolts (11), (12) and make sure that they are clean and show no damage.

(3)

Do a visual check of the replacement rudder trim actuator (10CC) (3).

(4)

(a)

Make sure that the rudder trim actuator (10CC) (3) is serviceable.

(b)

Make sure that the locking pin (19) is installed:

. For part number 6137-3: PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) .
. For part number 6137-4 or 6137-5: PIN - LOCKING (6137-060) .

(c)

Make sure that the interface of the flange (8) is clean.

Make sure that the mobile red index is in the zero position on the position indicator of the new rudder
trim actuator.
(a)

AES

Make sure that:

. the structure of the vertical stabilizer (1)
. the structure of the rudder (2)
. the paintwork
. the bracket (4)
. the rudder trim screwjack (5)
. the universal joint (6)
. the bonding straps (9),(15)
. the electrical connectors (14)
are clean, show no corrosion and are not damaged.

If the mobile red index is not in the zero position:

1

Remove the locking pin (19) from the rudder trim actuator.

Turn the shaft of the rudder trim actuator in one direction until it touches its internal
mechanical stop.

Turn the shaft back 6 full turns.

Make sure that the mobile red index moves to the zero position.

Install the locking pin (19) in the rudder trim actuator:

. For part number 6137-03 use PIN-LOCKING (6137-013).

27-22-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.

For part number 6137-04 or 6137-05 use PIN - LOCKING (6137-060).

(5)

Apply the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the threads of the bolts (11),(12).

(6)

Apply the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the splined shaft (7).

(7)

Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the shaft of the bolts (11),(12).

(8)

Apply a thin layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the:
. interface of the flange (8)
. interface of the bracket (4).

(9)

Make sure that the bonding area on the interface of the flange (8) and the interface of the bracket (4)
are clean.

Subtask 27-22-51-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC (for part number 6137-3)
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(1)

Install the rudder trim actuator (3):

(a)

Carefully move the lower part of the rudder control frame (32) rearward.

(b)

Install the rudder trim actuator (3) from the right side.

(c)

Put the rudder trim actuator (3) in position at the bracket (4).

(d)

Make sure that the mobile red index moves to the zero position.
NOTE :

This workstep is important for the correct rigging of the rudder (Refer to Para.4.A.(4)).

(e)

Engage the splined shaft (7) with the universal joint (6).

(f)

Attach the bonding strap (9) to the flange (8):

1

Put the bonding strap (9) in its correct installation position.

Install the bolt (11) and the washer (10) through the bonding strap (9), the flange (8) into
the bracket (4) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(g)

Install the bolts (12) and the washers (10) through the flange (8) into the bracket (4).

(h)

Tighten the bolts (11) and (12).

(i)

Safety the bolts (11) and (12) with the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED
0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

(j)

Remove the blanking caps from the plugs (13) and the electrical connectors (14).

(k)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(l)

Before you connect the electrical connectors, refer to the identification marks.

(m) Connect the electrical connectors (14) to the plugs (13) on the rudder trim actuator (3).
(n)
(2)

Install the rudder control frame (32) at the links (36):

(a)

AES

Make sure that the bonding strap (15) is installed at the electrical connector A (14) and the
structure.
Cut, remove and discard the lockwire which temporarily safetied the sliding bushes (38) in the
links (36).

27-22-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(3)

(4)

(b)

Put the links (36), the sliding bushes (38) and the rudder control frame (32) in the installation
position.

(c)

Install the bolts (37) with the washers (35) and the nuts (34).

(d)

TORQUE the nuts (34) to 1.5 M.DAN (11.06 LBF.FT) and then loosen the nuts (34), if
necessary, to the subsequent cotter pin hole.

(e)

Safety the nuts (34) with the new cotter pins (33).

Install the bonding straps (41):

(a)

Put the bonding straps (41) in position at the rudder control frame (32).

(b)

Install the bolts (39) with the washers (40) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

Connect the hydraulic bracket (45) to the rudder control frame (32):
(a)

Put the hydraulic bracket (45) in the installation position.

(b)

Install the bolts (42) with the washers (43) and the nuts (44).

(c)

TORQUE the nuts (44) to between 0.37 and 0.48 M.DAN (32.74 and 42.48 LBF.IN).

Subtask 27-22-51-420-054-A
C.

Installation of the Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC (for part number 6137-4 or 6137-5)
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(1)

Preparation for installation:

(a)

(2)

Make sure that the new bonding strap (15) (for the rudder trim actuator part number 6137-4 or
6137-5) is installed at the electrical connector A (14) and the structure.

Install the rudder trim actuator (3):

(a)

Carefully move the lower part of the rudder control frame (32) rearward.

(b)

Install the rudder trim actuator (3) from the right side.

(c)

Put the rudder trim actuator (3) in position at the bracket (4).

(d)

Make sure that the mobile red index moves to the zero position.
NOTE :

AES

This workstep is important for the correct rigging of the rudder (Refer to Para.4.A.(4)).

(e)

Engage the splined shaft (7) with the universal joint (6).

(f)

Attach the bonding strap (9) to the flange (8):

1

Put the bonding strap (9) in its correct installation position.

Install the bolt (11) and the washer (10) through the bonding strap (9), the flange (8) into
the bracket (4) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(g)

Install the bolts (12) and the washers (10) through the flange (8) into the bracket (4).

(h)

Tighten the bolts (11) and (12).

(i)

Safety the bolts (11) and (12) with the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED
0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

(j)

Remove the blanking caps from the plugs of the rudder trim actuator (3) and the electrical
connectors (14).

(k)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

27-22-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(l)

Before you connect the electrical connectors, refer to the identification marks.

(m) Connect the electrical connectors (14) to the plugs on the rudder trim actuator (3).
(n)
(3)

(4)

(5)

Make sure that the bonding strap (15) is installed at the electrical connector A (14) and the
structure.

Install the rudder frame (32) at the links (36):

(a)

Cut, remove and discard the lockwire which temporarily safetied the sliding bushes (38) in the
links (36).

(b)

Put the links (36), the sliding bushes (38) and the rudder control frame (32) in the installation
position.

(c)

Install the bolts (37) with the washers (35) and the nuts (34).

(d)

TORQUE the nuts (34) to 1.5 M.DAN (11.06 LBF.FT) and then loosen the nuts (34), if
necessary, until you see a cotter pin hole.

(e)

Safety the nuts (34) with the new cotter pins (33).

Install the bonding straps (41):

(a)

Put the bonding straps (41) in position at the rudder control frame (32).

(b)

Install the bolts (39) with the washers (40) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

Install the hydraulic bracket (45) to the rudder control frame (32):
(a)

Put the hydraulic bracket (45) in the installation position.

(b)

Install the bolts (42) with the washers (43) and the nuts (44).

(c)

TORQUE the nuts (44) to between 0.37 and 0.48 M.DAN (32.74 and 42.48 LBF.IN).

Subtask 27-22-51-865-051-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

FIN
B04

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-22-51-860-053-A
E.

Preparation for the Test (for part number 6137-03)

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.

AES

(1)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (18) from the bellcrank of the rudder control unit.

(2)

Remove the PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) (19) from the rudder trim actuator (3).

(3)

Remove the blanking plug (16) from the storage hole of the rudder trim actuator (3).

(4)

Make sure that the O-ring on the blanking plug (16) is installed and in good condition.

(5)

Install the blanking plug (16) in the rigging hole of the rudder trim actuator (3).

27-22-51 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

TORQUE the blanking plug (16) to 0.10 M.DAN (8.85 LBF.IN).

(7)

Safety the blanking plug (16) with the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Material No: 19-010) .

(8)

On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend goes off.

(9)

On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend goes off.

Subtask 27-22-51-860-057-A
F.

Preparation for the Test (for part number 6137-4 or 6137-5)

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(1)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (18) from the bellcrank of the rudder control unit.

(2)

Remove the PIN - LOCKING (6137-060) (19) from the rudder trim actuator (3).

(3)

Make sure that the O-ring on the plug is installed and in good condition.

(4)

Install the plug in the rigging hole of the rudder trim actuator (3).

(5)

Safety the plug (16) with the lockwire, LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material
No: 19-010) .

(6)

On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend goes off.

(7)

On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend goes off.

Subtask 27-22-51-720-052-A
G.

5.

Test
(1)

Do the operational test of the rudder trim actuation (Ref. TASK 27-22-00-710-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that the pin locking (19) is removed before you do the operational test of the rudder trim
actuation.

(3)

If you operate the aircraft in actual CAT 3 conditions, do these tests:

. AFS-Test (Ref. TASK 22-96-00-710-001-A) and Land Test (Ref. TASK 22-97-00-710-001-A).

(4)

Do the operational test of the rudder hydraulic actuation (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that there are no hydraulic leaks in the area of the rudder control frame (32).

Close-up
Subtask 27-22-51-410-050-B
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the access panel 325BR at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-400-001-A).

(3)

Close the access panel 325BL at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-410-002-A).

(4)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(5)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-22-51 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-22-51-000-002-A
Removal of the Electronic Assembly of the Rudder Trim Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
NOTE :

This procedure is only applicable to rudder trim actuator partnumber 6137-3. For other partnumbers refer to the
rudder trim actuator removal/installation.

FIN 10CC
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

CAP - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

6137-013

PIN-LOCKING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
312AR, 325BL
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-10-00-863-003-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

55-33-13-000-001-A

Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DL, 325DR,

325CL, 325CR, 325BL and 325BR

AES

27-22-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
55-33-13-010-002-A

DESIGNATION
Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00200-A - Electronic Assembly of the Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC - Part Number 6137-3)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00200-A - Electronic Assembly of the Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC - Part Number 6137-3)
Subtask 27-22-51-010-051-B
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

(3)

Open the access panel 325BL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A) at the trailing edge of the vertical
stabilizer.

(4)

Remove the access panel 325BR (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-22-51-865-057-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

FIN
B04

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-22-51-860-052-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

NOTE :

The worksteps that follow are necessary if you remove the electronic assembly of a rudder trim
actuator with the part number 6137-3.

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

(2)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(a)

AES

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the electric pump (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(3)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(4)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(5)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system and put it in the maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK
29-00-00-864-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

27-22-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend comes
on.

(8)

On the overhead panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend comes
on.

(9)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

(10) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
(11) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the Green, the Blue and the
Yellow hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.
(12) Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (1) in the rudder cable quadrant.
(13) Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (2) in the bellcrank of the rudder control unit.
(14) Remove and discard the lockwire from the blanking plug (4).
(15) Remove the blanking plug (4) from the rigging hole of the rudder trim actuator (10).
(16) Install the PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) (3) in the rigging hole of the rudder trim actuator (10).
(17) Install the blanking plug (4) in the storage hole of the rudder trim actuator (10).
Subtask 27-22-51-865-053-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00200-A - Electronic Assembly of the Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC - Part Number 6137-3)
Subtask 27-22-51-020-051-A
A.

Removal of the Electronic Assembly

NOTE :

AES

The worksteps that follow are necessary if you remove the electronic assembly of a rudder trim
actuator with the part number 6137-3.

(1)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (7) from the plugs (8) on the rudder trim actuator 10CC (10).

(2)

Put CAP - BLANKING on the plugs (8) and the electrical connectors (7).

(3)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the screws (9).

(4)

Hold the electronic assembly (6) and remove the screws (9).

(5)

Remove the electronic assembly (6) from the rudder trim actuator (10).

(6)

Remove and discard the packing (5).

27-22-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
RIB 3

Z325

325BR

RIB 2

325AR

D
D
E

C
1

10
9

8
4
5

N_MM_272251_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-22-51-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Electronic Assembly of the Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC Part Number 6137-3

27-22-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-22-51-400-002-A
Installation of the Electronic Assembly of the Rudder Trim Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR THE TASK.
ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE
AIRCRAFT.
NOTE :

This procedure is only applicable to rudder trim actuator partnumber 6137-3. For other partnumbers refer to the
rudder trim actuator removal/installation.

FIN 10CC
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.00 and 1.20 M.DAN (0.00 and 9.00
LBF.FT)

6137-013
B.

PIN-LOCKING

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 19-010
C.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
312AR, 325BL, 325BR
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
22-96-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the AFS

22-97-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability

27-22-00-710-002-A

Operational Test of the Rudder Trim Actuation

AES

DESIGNATION

27-22-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-00-00-864-001-A
55-33-13-000-001-A
55-33-13-010-002-A
55-33-13-400-001-A

DESIGNATION
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DL, 325DR,
325CL, 325CR, 325BL and 325BR
Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer
Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DL, 325DR,
325CL, 325CR, 325BL and 325BR
Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00200-A - Electronic Assembly of the Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC - Part Number 6137-3)
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00400-B - Rigging Pin Locations for the Replacement of a Rudder Trim Actuator - Part
Number 6137-3 and 6137-4/6137-5)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00200-A - Electronic Assembly of the Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC - Part Number 6137-3)
(Ref. Fig. 27-22-51-991-00400-B - Rigging Pin Locations for the Replacement of a Rudder Trim Actuator - Part
Number 6137-3 and 6137-4/6137-5)
Subtask 27-22-51-860-050-B
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

NOTE :

The worksteps that follow are necessary if you install the electronic assembly of a rudder trim actuator
with the part number 6137-3.

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 325.

(2)

Make sure that the access door 312AR is open.

(3)

Make sure that the access panel 325BL is open (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the access panel 325BR is removed (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-000-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(6)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate
the flight controls.

(7)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(8)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.

(9)

Make sure that the red painted marks on the tail cone and the trailing edge of the rudder are aligned.

(10) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (1) is put in the rudder cable quadrant.
(11) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (2) is put in the bellcrank of the rudder control
unit.
(12) Make sure that the PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) (7) is put in the rudder trim actuator 10CC (8).

AES

27-22-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-22-51-865-054-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-22-51-420-051-A
A.

Installation of the Electronic Assembly of the Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC

NOTE :

The worksteps that follow are necessary if you install the electronic assembly of a rudder trim actuator
with the part number 6137-3.

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the electrical connections of the electronic assembly (6) and of the rudder trim actuator
(10) are clean, show no corrosion and are not damaged.

(4)

Put the new packing (5) in position on the electronic assembly (6).

(5)

Put the electronic assembly (6) in position on the rudder trim actuator 10CC (10) and install the screws
(9).

(6)

Make sure that the packing (5) is in the correct position.

(7)

Safety the screws (9) with the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material
No: 19-010) .

(8)

Remove the blanking caps from the plugs (8) and the electrical connectors (7).

(9)

Connect the electrical connectors (7) to the plugs (8) on the rudder trim actuator 10CC (10).

Subtask 27-22-51-865-055-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-22-51-860-054-A
C.

Preparation for the Test

NOTE :
(1)

AES

The worksteps that follow are necessary if the installed electronic assembly is related to a rudder trim
actuator with the part number 6137-3.

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (2) from the bellcrank of the rudder control unit.

27-22-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (1) from the rudder cable quadrant.

(3)

Remove the PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) (3) from the rudder trim actuator (10).

(4)

Remove the blanking plug (4) from the storage hole of the rudder trim actuator (10).

(5)

Make sure that the O-ring on the blanking plug (4) is installed and in good condition.

(6)

Install the blanking plug (4) in the rigging hole of the rudder trim actuator (10).

(7)

TORQUE the blanking plug (4) to to 0.10 M.DAN (8.85 LBF.IN).

(8)

Safety the blanking plug (4) with the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Material No: 19-010) .

(9)

On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend goes off.

(10) On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend goes off.
Subtask 27-22-51-720-051-A
D.

Do the operational test of the rudder trim actuation (Ref. TASK 27-22-00-710-002-A).
NOTE :

5.

If you operate the aircraft in actual CAT 3 conditions, do these tests:

. AFS-Test (Ref. TASK 22-96-00-710-001-A) and Land Test (Ref. TASK 22-97-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-22-51-410-051-B
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Install the access panel 325BR (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-400-001-A).

(4)

Close the access panel 325BL at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-410-002-A).

(5)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(6)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-22-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND RUDDER TRAVEL LIMITING ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.

General
A.

Rudder Artificial Feel

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-00-11400-A - Artificial Feel and Trim Unit)
An artificial feel and trim unit is installed downstream of the cable quadrant.
It consists of a trim screwjack (Ref. 27-22) and a constant-resisting load spring-rod that the trim screwjack
holds in the neutral position.
The artificial feel and trim unit also comprises a system which overrides the autopilot.
This system is engaged when the AP mode is selected.
The function of the spring rod is:
. to provide an artificial feel load proportional to the rudder deflection,
. to provide an accurate centering of the surface to neutral in the absence of a control input,
. to hold the upstream control at neutral when the yaw damper servoactuator supplies signals to the
servocontrol.
NOTE :

B.

AES

The centering spring force is added to the artificial feel force that the artificial feel and trim unit supplies
(Ref. 27-21).

Rudder Travel Limiting

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-00-11800-A - Rudder-Travel Limiting System)
The rudder-travel limiting system limits the control inputs to the servocontrols to change the rudder travel in
relation to the airspeed (Vc).
The limitation is such that the maximum deflection of the rudder remains lower than the deflection which would
induce limit loads on the structure, throughout the flight envelope.
The system is made of a travel limitation unit which is under the control of the Flight Augmentation Computers
(FACs) (Ref. ch. 22).
A simplified emergency control system (open loop) brings back automatically the stops to the low-speed
position when the two FACs are failed and slats are extended.

27-23-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location
A.

Rudder Artificial Feel

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-00-13300-A - Location of the Artificial Feel and Trim Unit)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
|
FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
| PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS |
ATA
|
|
|
| DOOR |
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND TRIM UNIT
325
27-23-41
FIN
16CA
B.

C.

AES

PANEL

ZONE ACCESS ATA REF.

DOOR
325
325AL 27-23-17

PANEL

ZONE ACCESS ATA REF.

DOOR
325
325DL 27-23-51

SOLENOID-RUDDER ARTF FEEL

Rudder Travel Limiting
(Ref. Fig. 27-23-00-13800-A - Travel Limitation Unit - Location)
FIN

4CC

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
LIMITATION UNIT-RUDDER TRAVEL

Maintenance and Rigging Facilities.

The item given below is a Line Replaceable Unit (LRU):
. Electronic assembly
The levers and the casing have rigging holes which materialize the neutral position of the levers, for
adjustment of the rods connected to them.

27-23-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

Component Description
A.

Rudder-Travel Limitation Unit (TLU) 4CC

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-00-13800-A - Travel Limitation Unit - Location)
(1) General
The mechanical design of the TLU is such that a single mechanical failure (rupture or disconnection)
cannot cause the loss of the travel limitation function.
The TLU has two brushless electric motors separately controlled by an electronic assembly.
Each motor drives two screws via a reduction gear and permits the symmetrical linear displacement of two
nuts used as adjustable stops. (The two nuts have opposite pitches).
A non-locking rotary stop limits the stroke of one of the screw/nut assemblies which are irreversible.
There are two levers on each connection shaft; one is connected to the input rod and the other is used as a
punctual stop.
The movement of each screw is transmitted to a transducer unit (RVDT) via a reduction gear which
permits to indicate the position of the variable stop.
Two rigging pins are used to set the two levers to the zero position (mid stroke).
To prevent icing, there is a heating system which includes two coils and their regulating thermostats.

AES

B.

Normal control circuit

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-00-15900-A - Electronic Assembly)
The motor itself is a 3-phase asynchronous motor with no brushes:
. the associated electronic set supplies the motor windings with variable voltage and variable frequency which
are function of the input signal (representative of the position error),
. the system permits to get torque/speed characteristics for the motor equivalent to those obtained with a DC
motor,
. a relay isolates the motor windings from the electronic set output when its coil is not energized by the
enable signal.
Moreover, in this situation, the output signals are sent back to the monitoring circuits for comparison with
fixed thresholds
. the command signal that the computer dedicated to each electronic set sends is a DC current which varies
between plus or minus 8 mA into a 500-ohm resistor (for the computer, the motor is equivalent to a
standard servovalve),
. another relay upstream of the actuator and controlled by the computer supplies the 28VDC power.

C.

Emergency control circuit

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-00-15900-A - Electronic Assembly)
When the two FACs can no longer achieve normal control (for example if the two electronic power sets of the
TLU are failed), an emergency control brings back the stops to the low speed configuration (maximum possible
deflection of the rudder) when slats are extended.
For this, the motor is used as a 2-phase asynchronous motor energized by 26 V 400 Hz power.
This control mode is achieved when the coil of a specific relay is energized for a period of 30 s approx (this time
is greatly sufficient to bring back the stops to the low speed configuration).
The motor is then able to sustain the energization of the windings during a long period, without any rotation,
because the stops are reached.

27-23-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Test
(Ref. Fig. 27-23-00-15900-A - Electronic Assembly)
At FAC energization a test is initiated to do the check of at lest 95% of the electronic circuitry without the need of
motor rotation.
For this, the test circuitry which receives the output signals when the isolation relay is de-energized compares these
signals to two thresholds.
It also energizes a specific relay when the signals correspond to a particular value of the input signal.
One pole of this relay sends a logic information (fault signal) to the upstream computer.
. first phase:
the enable signal is equal to zero,
the command signal is equal to zero.
The computer must verify a logic zero on the fault output (open line).
This test proves that the logic output is not permanently set to 1 and that the isolation relay is not closed.
. second phase:
the enable signal is equal to zero,
the command signal is equal to the value which corresponds to the threshold setting.
Then, the computer must verify a logic 1 (ground).
This proves that:
the isolation relay is really open,
the electronic circuitry operates as designed.
. third phase:
the isolation relay is energized,
the input signal is equal to zero.
The computer must then verify a logic 1 (the test logic takes into account the position of a pole of the isolation
relay).
The purpose of this third phase is to prove that the isolation relay is able to close when energized.
NOTE :

AES

When the motor is in service there is a monitoring of the current in the windings. If an overcurrent is detected
it is indicated by the fault signal (open circuit whereas in normal conditions it should be a ground).

27-23-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FROM RUDDER
TRIM ACTUATOR

N_MM_272300_0_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-23-00-11400-A SHEET 1

Artificial Feel and Trim Unit

27-23-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
23VU

FLT CTL

24VU

FLT CTL

ELAC 1

SEC 1

FAC 1

ELAC 2

SEC 2

SEC 3

FAC 2

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

FAC 1
(Chap. 22)

FAC 2
(Chap. 22)

INPUT LEVER

TRAVEL LIMITATION UNIT

FROM PEDALS
& CENTERING SPRING

FROM PEDALS
ELECTRONIC
1

POSITION
TRANSDUCER

MOTOR
1

MOTOR
2

ELECTRIC
MOTOR

ELECTRONIC
2

STROKE END STOP

ADJUSTABLE STOP

SCREW
N_MM_272300_0_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-23-00-11800-A SHEET 1

Rudder-Travel Limiting System

27-23-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
Z325
RIB3

325BL/325BR

RIB2

ARTIFICIAL FEEL
AND TRIM UNIT
16CA
SOLENOID

N_MM_272300_0_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-23-00-13300-A SHEET 1

Location of the Artificial Feel and Trim Unit

27-23-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A
B

B
4CC
TRAVEL LIMITATION UNIT

N_MM_272300_0_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-23-00-13800-A SHEET 1

Travel Limitation Unit - Location

27-23-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

+ 28V
26V400Hz

REGULATION
COMMAND
500 ohms

POWER

SIGNAL
PROCESSING

SIGNAL
FAULT
SIGNAL
MONITORING
CIRCUITS

ENABLE
SIGNAL

EMERGENCY
RELAY CONTROL

N_MM_272300_0_AKM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-23-00-15900-A SHEET 1

Electronic Assembly

27-23-00 PB001

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND RUDDER TRAVEL LIMITING ACTUATION - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-23-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
FIN 4CC
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE

ACCESS

TEST

SPECIFIC
TOOLS

MHR

E/T

NB MEN

MMEL 22-60-01A
1.

Reason for the Job

MMEL 22-60-01A
FAC 1
(Old MMEL ref: 22-66-01-A))

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

B.

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

27-23-00-710-002-A

Operational Test of the Rudder-Travel Limitation Unit

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-00-860-055-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

Subtask 27-23-00-010-052-A
B.

AES

Get access to the Avionics Compartment

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the access door 824.

(2)

Open the access door 824.

27-23-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-23-00-865-052-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

49VU
4.

FIN
5CC1

LOCATION
B04

Procedure
Subtask 27-23-00-040-050-A
A.

Deactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit

(1)

On the panel 187VU, remove the relay 13CC1.

(2)

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
5CC1.

Subtask 27-23-00-710-055-A
B.
5.

Do the operational test of the rudder travel limitation unit (Ref. TASK 27-23-00-710-002-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-23-00-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell the crew that the channel 1 of the rudder travel limitation
unit is deactivated.

(2)

Make an entry in the logbook.

Subtask 27-23-00-410-052-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Close the access door 824.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-23-00-862-052-A
C.

AES

De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)

27-23-00 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-23-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
FIN 4CC
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE

ACCESS

TEST

SPECIFIC
TOOLS

MHR

E/T

NB MEN

MMEL 22-60-01A
1.

Reason for the Job

MMEL 22-60-01A
FAC 1
(Old MMEL ref: 22-66-01-A))

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

B.

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-00-860-056-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

Subtask 27-23-00-010-053-A
B.

Get access to the Avionics Compartment

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the access door 824.

(2)

Open the access door 824.

Subtask 27-23-00-865-053-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

AES

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN
5CC1

LOCATION
B04

27-23-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-23-00-440-050-A
A.

Reactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit

(1)

On the panel 187VU, install the relay 13CC1.

(2)

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
5CC1.

Subtask 27-23-00-810-050-A
B.
5.

Do the trouble shooting of the rudder travel limitation unit you deactivated.

Close-up
Subtask 27-23-00-410-053-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Close the access door 824.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-23-00-862-053-A
B.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).

27-23-00 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND RUDDER TRAVEL LIMITING ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-23-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Rudder Artificial-Feel Loads with Tool (355M03200001)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY OPERATE
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF HYDRAULICALLY
OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

To make sure that the operation of the artificial feel unit of the rudder is correct in manual mode and when the
autopilot operates.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific
355M03200001

AR
1

CAP - BLANKING
TOOL-28 VDC POWER SUPPLY

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210
312
325
312AR, 325BL
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
22-10-00-710-002-A

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
AFT FUSLG TAIL SECTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of Autopilot Disengagement and Locking Devices of the Side
Stick Controller and Rudder Pedals

27-23-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

TSM 27-20-00-810-805

Results of the Operational Test of the Rudder Artificial - Feel Loads not
Satisfactory (for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-00-991-00100-A - Artificial Feel and Trim Unit)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-00-010-051-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at the zone 325.

(2)

Open the access panel 325BL (Ref. AMM 55-33-13-010-001) or (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE at the zone 312.

(4)

Open the access door 312AR to get access to the +28VDC supply

Subtask 27-23-00-480-051-A
B.

AES

Installation of the Test Tool

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-00-991-00100-A - Artificial Feel and Trim Unit)
(1)

Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the rudder artificial_feel solenoid 16CA.

(2)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(3)

Connect the TOOL-28 VDC POWER SUPPLY (355M03200001) to the solenoid 16CA.

(4)

Connect the connector of the TOOL-28 VDC POWER SUPPLY (355M03200001) to the +28VDC
connector of the aircraft.

(5)

Make sure that the solenoid 16CA is not energized.

(6)

Make sure that the travel ranges of the flight control surfaces are clear.

27-23-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-23-00-860-050-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(3)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC1 pushbutton switch is pushed (the
FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(4)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC2 pushbutton switch is pushed (the
FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(5)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(6)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(7)

On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL key (on the lower ECAM display
unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).

Subtask 27-23-00-865-050-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-23-00-710-050-A
A.

Do this test :

ACTION
1.At the CAPT or F/O seat:
. push the right pedal until it touches the mechanical
stop (variable stop).

RESULT
The rudder moves smoothly to the right.
The force you must apply increases slowly and continuously
until the pedal touches the mechanical stop.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page :
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly to the
right.

2.Slowly release the right pedal and push the left pedal
until it touches the mechanical stop (variable stop).

The rudder moves smoothly to the left. The force you must
apply to the right pedal decreases slowly and continuously,
then becomes zero.
The force you must apply to the left pedal increases slowly
and continuously until the pedal touches the mechanical
stop.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page :
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly from
the right to the left.

AES

27-23-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
3.Slowly release the left pedal.

RESULT
The rudder moves to the neutral position.
The force you must apply to the left pedal decreases slowly
and continuously, then becomes zero.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page :
. the pointer of the RUD indicator goes back to neutral.

4.Energize the solenoid 16CA with the TOOL-28 VDC

POWER SUPPLY (355M03200001).

5.At the CAPT or F/O seat :

. push the right pedal until it touches the mechanical
stop (variable stop).

NOTE :

The solenoid of the artificial feel unit is energized.

The second spring of the artificial feel unit is
engaged.

The rudder moves smoothly to the right.

The force you must apply to the pedals is much larger :
. it is multiplied by three at the threshold.
. it is multiplied by two at the limit of the travel.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page :
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly to the
right.

6.Slowly release the right pedal and push the left pedal
until it touches the mechanical stop (variable stop).

The rudder moves smoothly to the left.

The force you must apply to the right pedal decreases
slowly and continuously then becomes zero.
The force you must apply to the left pedal is much larger:
. it is multiplied by three at the threshold.
. it is multiplied by two at the limit of the travel.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly from
the right to the left.

7.Slowly release the left pedal.

The rudder moves to the neutral position. The force you

must apply to the left pedal decreases slowly and
continuously, then becomes zero.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the pointer of the RUD indicator goes back to neutral.

8.De-energize the solenoid 16CA with the TOOL-28 VDC

POWER SUPPLY (355M03200001).

9.At the CAPT or F/O seat:

. push the right pedal until it touches the mechanical
stop (variable stop).

NOTE :

The solenoid of the artificial feel unit is deenergized.

The second spring of the artificial feel unit is
disengaged.

The rudder moves smoothly to the right.

The force you must apply increases slowly and continuously
until the pedal touches the mechanical stop.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page :
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly to the
right.

AES

27-23-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
10.Slowly release the right pedal and push the left pedal
until it touches the mechanical stop (variable stop).

RESULT
The rudder moves smoothly to the left.
The force you must apply to the right pedal decreases
slowly and continuously, then becomes zero.
The force you must apply to the left pedal increases slowly
and continuously until the pedal touches the mechanical
stop.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly from
the right to the left.

11.Slowly release the left pedal.

The rudder moves to the neutral position.

The force you must apply to the left pedal decreases slowly
and continuously, then becomes zero.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the pointer of the RUD indicator goes back to neutral.

NOTE :
5.

If the feel loads are not satisfactory:

(Ref. TSM 27-20-00-810-805).

Close-up
Subtask 27-23-00-860-051-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-23-00-080-051-A
B.

Removal of the Test Tool

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-00-991-00100-A - Artificial Feel and Trim Unit)
(1)

Remove the TOOL-28 VDC POWER SUPPLY (355M03200001).

(2)

Make sure that the electrical connector is serviceable.

(3)

Connect the electrical connector (1) to the solenoid 16CA.

(4)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-23-00-410-051-A
C.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the access panel 325BL (Ref. AMM 55-33-13-410-001) or (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002-A).

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-23-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-23-00-710-053-A
D.

Test of the Autopilot Disengagement

(1)

Do the test of the autopilot disengagement (Ref. TASK 22-10-00-710-002-A)

NOTE :

AES

Do the test of the autopilot disengagement only for the pedals.

27-23-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z325

325BL

312AR

16CA
SOLENOID

ARTIFICIAL FEEL
AND TRIM UNIT

16CA
1

N_MM_272300_5_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-23-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Artificial Feel and Trim Unit

27-23-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-23-00-710-001-A-01
Operational Test of the Rudder Artificial-Feel Loads without Tool
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY OPERATE
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF HYDRAULICALLY
OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

To make sure that the operation of the artificial feel unit of the rudder is correct in manual mode and when the
autopilot operates.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
3
WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU

AES

27-23-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-24-00-863-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A
34-10-00-860-004-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure
IR Alignment Procedure

34-10-00-860-005-A

ADIRS Stop Procedure

TSM 27-20-00-810-805

Results of the Operational Test of the Rudder Artificial - Feel Loads not
Satisfactory (for corrective action)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-00-860-057-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the overhead panel 23VU:

. Make sure that the ELAC 1, SEC 1 and FAC 1 pushbutton switches are pushed (the FAULT and
OFF legends are off).

(3)

On the overhead panel 24VU:

. Make sure that the ELAC 2, SEC 2, SEC 3 and FAC 2 pushbutton switches are pushed (the FAULT
and OFF legends are off).

(4)

On the overhead panel 20VU, on the ADIRS CDU:

. Set the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to NAV (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004-A).

(5)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(6)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU:

. Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(7)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(8)

On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel:

. Push the F/CTL key (on the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).

(9)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use these controls:
. The CAPT and F/O side sticks
. The RUD TRIM control switch on the panel 110VU.

Subtask 27-23-00-865-054-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FCU/1

9CA1

B05

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

49VU

AUTO FLT/MCDU/1

11CA1

B01

49VU

L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM

1GA

C09

121VU

AUTO FLT/FCU/2

9CA2

M21

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-23-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

121VU
121VU

DUMMY CB
AUTO FLT/MCDU/2

11CA3
11CA2

N21
N20

121VU

HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY

52GA

Q34

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-23-00-710-056-A
A.

Do this test :

ACTION
1.At the CAPT or F/O seat:
. Push the right pedal until it touches the mechanical
stop (variable stop).

RESULT
The rudder moves smoothly to the right.
The force you must apply increases slowly and continuously
until the pedal touches the mechanical stop.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly to the
right.

2.Slowly release the right pedal and push the left pedal
until it touches the mechanical stop (variable stop).

The rudder moves smoothly to the left. The force you must
apply to the right pedal decreases slowly and continuously,
then becomes zero.
The force you must apply to the left pedal increases slowly
and continuously until the pedal touches the mechanical
stop.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly from
the right to the left.

3.Slowly release the left pedal.

The rudder moves to the neutral position.

The force you must apply to the left pedal decreases slowly
and continuously, then becomes zero.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the pointer of the RUD indicator goes back to neutral.

4.Engage the autopilot, on the FCU:

. Push the AP1 (AP 2) pushbutton switch.

The green lines of this pushbutton switch come on.

NOTE :

5.At the CAPT or F/O seat:

. Push the right pedal.

.
.
.

The solenoid of the artificial feel unit is energized.

The second spring of the artificial feel unit is
engaged.

the force you must apply to the pedals is multiplied by

three at the threshold.
at mid travel of the rudder, the AP disengage.
the force you must apply decreases suddenly and the
pedal goes to the mechanical stop.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:

. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves to the right.
.

AES

Release the right pedal.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:

. the pointer of the RUD indicator goes back to neutral.

27-23-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
6.Engage the autopilot, on the FCU:
. Push the AP1 (AP 2) pushbutton switch.

RESULT
The green lines of this pushbutton switch come on.

7.At the same seat:

. Push the left pedal.

.
.
.

the force you must apply to the pedals is multiplied by

three at the threshold.
at mid travel of the rudder, the AP disengage.
the force you must apply decreases suddenly and the
pedal goes to the mechanical stop.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:

. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves to the left.
.

Release the right pedal.

8.At the CAPT or F/O seat:

. Push the right pedal until it touches the mechanical
stop (variable stop).

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:

. the pointer of the RUD indicator goes back to neutral.
The rudder moves smoothly to the right.
The force you must apply increases slowly and continuously
until the pedal touches the mechanical stop.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly to the
right.

9.Slowly release the right pedal and push the left pedal
until it touches the mechanical stop (variable stop).

The rudder moves smoothly to the left.

The force you must apply to the right pedal decreases
slowly and continuously, then becomes zero.
The force you must apply to the left pedal increases slowly
and continuously until the pedal touches the mechanical
stop.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly from
the right to the left.

10.Slowly release the left pedal.

The rudder moves to the neutral position.

The force you must apply to the left pedal decreases slowly
and continuously, then becomes zero.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page :
. the pointer of the RUD indicator goes back to neutral.

NOTE :
5.

If the feel loads are not satisfactory:

(Ref. TSM 27-20-00-810-805).

Close-up
Subtask 27-23-00-860-058-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

On the overhead panel 20VU, on the ADIRS CDU:

. Set the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005-A).

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(5)

Remove all the fixtures, tools, test and support equipment used during this procedure.

27-23-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

AES

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-23-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-23-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the Rudder-Travel Limitation Unit
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
22-61-00-710-001-A
3.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Rudder Travel Limiting Function

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-00-860-054-A
A.

4.

Not applicable

Procedure
Subtask 27-23-00-710-051-A
A.

AES

Do the operational test of the variable stop of the rudder travel limitation unit (Ref. TASK 22-61-00-710-001A).

27-23-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SOLENOID - ARTIFICIAL FEEL UNLOCKING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-23-17-000-001-A
Removal of the Artificial Feel Unlocking Solenoid
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 16CA
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

CAP - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27207547000
98D27207548000

1
1

PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
312AR, 325AL, 325BL
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A

AES

27-23-17 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-10-00-863-003-A-01

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

53-55-12-000-001-A

Removal of the Rudder Fairings

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-17-991-00200-A - Location of Rigging Pins)

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-17-991-00100-A - Artificial Feel Unlocking Solenoid 16CA)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-17-861-050-A
A.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

Subtask 27-23-17-865-053-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

FIN
B04

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-23-17-860-051-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(1)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the electric pump. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01)

(2)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(3)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(4)

On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend comes
on.

(5)

On the overhead panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend comes
on.

(6)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

(7)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A) .

Subtask 27-23-17-865-050-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-23-17 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

FIN
M20

LOCATION

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-23-17-860-050-A
E.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A)

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02)

(3)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the Green, the Yellow and the
Blue hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-23-17-010-050-B
F.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

(3)

Open the access panel 325BL at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (1) (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-010-002-A).

(4)

Remove the rudder fairing 325AL (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-23-17-480-050-A
G.

4.

Installation of the Rigging Pins

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-17-991-00200-A - Location of Rigging Pins)
(1)

Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (51) in the rudder cable quadrant.

(2)

Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (50) in the bellcrank of the rudder control unit.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-23-17-991-00100-A - Artificial Feel Unlocking Solenoid 16CA)
Subtask 27-23-17-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Artificial-Feel Unlocking-Solenoid 16CA

(1)

Disconnect the electrical connector (26) from the receptacle (25) of the solenoid 16CA (3).
NOTE :

Do not disconnect the bonding strap (27) from the electrical connector (26) unless a repair or a
new installation is necessary.

(2)

Put the CAP - BLANKING on the electrical connector (26) and the receptacle (25).

(3)

Disconnect the lever arm (11) from the artificial feel unit (4).
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (14).

(b)

Remove the nut (13), the washers (12), (33), the bush (32) and the bolt (9).

(c)

Move the shaft (31) of the artificial feel unit (4) away from the lever arm (11).
NOTE :

AES

Let the artificial feel unit (4) move at the universal joint (5) until:
. The cover (6) is away from the lever arm (11).

27-23-17 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(4)

(5)

(6)

(d)

Support the artificial feel unit (4).

(e)

Remove the bush (10) from the lever arm (11).

Disconnect the forked lever (17) of the artificial feel unit (4) from the solenoid 16CA (3).
(a)

Remove the screws (7) and the washers (8) from the cover (6).

(b)

Remove the cover (6) from the artificial feel unit (4).

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (30).

(d)

Remove the nut (29), the washer (28) and the bolt (15).

Remove the solenoid 16CA (3) from the artificial feel unit (4).
(a)

Support the solenoid (3).

(b)

Remove the screws (22) and the washers (23).

(c)

Move the eye-end (18) of the solenoid (3) away from the forked lever (17) of the artificial feel
unit (4).

(d)

Remove the bush (16) from the forked lever (17).

(e)

Remove the solenoid (3).

Remove the eye-end (18) of the solenoid (3) from the screw spindle (21).
CAUTION :

AES

BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PARTS THAT FOLLOW:

THE EYE END
THE SHIM WASHER
THE SECURING PLATE
THE SCREW SPINDLE.
IF YOU TURN THE SHAFT DURING THE REMOVAL OF THESE PARTS, DAMAGE TO
THE SOLENOID CAN OCCUR.

(a)

Straighten the tab of the securing plate (20) to release the eye-end (18).

(b)

Hold the screw spindle (21) and turn the eye-end (18) in the counter-clockwise direction to release
it.

(c)

Remove and retain the eye-end (18).

(d)

Remove and discard the shim washer (19) and the securing plate (20).

27-23-17 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z325

RIB 3

B
325BL/325BR

RIB 2

FR72
FR70
312AR

50

51

N_MM_272317_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-23-17-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Location of Rigging Pins

27-23-17 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
9
1

10

11

2
Z325

325BL
12

RIB 3
13

14

325AL

RIB 2
32

33
2

7
8

31
15

28

17

16

29
18
19
20

30

21
4

40
25

24
3
16CA

23

22
26
27

N_MM_272317_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-23-17-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Artificial Feel Unlocking Solenoid 16CA

27-23-17 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-23-17-400-001-A
Installation of the Artificial Feel Unlocking Solenoid
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
FIN 16CA
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT)

No specific

AR

No specific
98D27207547000
98D27207548000
B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)
1
1

PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007

AES

WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY

27-23-17 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
312AR, 325AL, 325BL
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
14
30
20
19

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-23-04-02-080
27-23-41-01-080
27-23-41-01-150
27-23-41-01-160

cotter pin
cotter pin
securing plate
shim washer
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-23-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Rudder Artificial-Feel Loads with Tool (355M03200001)

27-23-00-710-001-A-01

Operational Test of the Rudder Artificial-Feel Loads without Tool

29-00-00-864-001-A
53-55-12-000-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Removal of the Rudder Fairings

53-55-12-400-001-A

Installation of the Rudder Fairings

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-17-991-00100-A - Artificial Feel Unlocking Solenoid 16CA)

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-17-991-00200-A - Location of Rigging Pins)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-17-860-052-B
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position.

(3)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(4)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the panel 110VU of the center pedestal shows zero.

(5)

Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 23VU is released and the
OFF legend is on.

(6)

Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 24VU is released and the
OFF legend is on.

(7)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) is in position.

(8)

Make sure that the access door 312AR is open.

(9)

Make sure that the access panel 325BL at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (1) is open (Ref.
TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(10) Make sure that the rudder fairing 325AL is removed (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-000-001-A).

AES

27-23-17 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (51) is in the rudder cable quadrant and the PINRIGGING (98D27207548000) (50) in the bellcrank of the rudder control unit.
Subtask 27-23-17-865-052-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-23-17-991-00100-A - Artificial Feel Unlocking Solenoid 16CA)
Subtask 27-23-17-910-050-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the interface of the artificial feel unit (4) and the cover (6) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No: 11-026) and let it dry.

(2)

Make sure that the structure of the vertical stabilizer (1), the structure of the rudder (2) and the
paintwork are clean and not damaged.

(3)

Make sure that the artificial feel unit (4), the universal joint (5) and the lever arm (11) are clean and in
a good condition.

(4)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(5)

Make sure that the screws (7),(22), the bolts (9),(15), the bushes (10),(16),(32) and the nuts (13),(29)
are clean and in a good condition.

(6)

Clean the cover (6) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) and let it dry.

(7)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the thread of the screws (7),(22) and the bolts
(9),(15).

(8)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the bushes (10),(16).

(9)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the shaft of the bolts (9),(15).

(10) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the interface of the Artificial Feel
Unit (4).
(11) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the interface of the bracket (24)
on the replacement solenoid 16CA (3).
Subtask 27-23-17-280-050-A
B.

AES

Do a test of the forked lever (17) of the artificial feel unit (4) for free movement
(1)

Put the artificial feel unit (4) in its installation position.

(2)

Temporarily install the bolt (9), the bushes (10),(32), the washers (12),(33) and the nut (13).

(3)

Push down the forked lever (17) with your hand and hold it in its lowest position.

(4)

Release the forked lever (17):

. the forked lever (17) must come fully up with free movement.

27-23-17 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE :
(5)

If the forked lever (17) does not come fully up with free movement, then you must do the
applicable Airbus Service Bulletin (Ref. SB No. A320-27-1130).

Remove the nut (13), the washers (12),(33), the bushes (10),(32) and the bolt (9).

Subtask 27-23-17-420-050-A
C.

Installation of the Artificial-Feel Unlocking-Solenoid 16CA

(1)

Install the eye-end (18) on the screw spindle (21) of the solenoid 16CA (3) as follows:
CAUTION :

(2)

(a)

Put a new (IPC-CSN 27-23-41-01) securing plate (20) on the screw spindle (21).

(b)

Put a new (IPC-CSN 27-23-41-01) shim washer (19) on the screw spindle (21).

(c)

Install the eye-end (18) on the screw spindle (21). Do not tighten the eye-end (18).

(d)

Turn the eye-end (18) in the clockwise direction until it touches the shim washer (19).

Install the solenoid 16CA (3) on the artificial feel unit (4).
(a)

Put the interface of the bracket (24) in position at the artificial feel unit (4).

(b)

Support the solenoid (3) and install the screws (22) and the washers (23).

(c)

Do not fully tighten the screws (22) at this time.

(d)

Align the bolt hole in the eye-end (18) with the bolt hole in the forked lever (17).

(e)

If the bolt holes do not align, you must decrease the shim washer (19) or replace it as necessary.

(f)

Adjust the eye-end (18) on the screw spindle (21) as necessary.

NOTE :

(3)

AES

BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSTALL THE PARTS THAT FOLLOW:

THE EYE END
THE SHIM WASHER
THE SECURING PLATE
THE SCREW SPINDLE.
IF YOU TURN THE SHAFT DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THESE PARTS, DAMAGE
TO THE SOLENOID CAN OCCUR.

Do not let the screw spindle (21) turn during the installation of the solenoid (3).

(g)

Do a check and make sure that the eye-end (18) is parallel to the forked lever (17) and not
twisted.

(h)

Install the bush (16) in the forked lever (17) of the artificial feel unit (4).

(i)

Put the bolt (15) through the connection of the forked lever (17) and the eye-end (18). Do not
install the washer (28) and the nut (29) at this time.

(j)

Safety the eye-end (18) with the securing plate (20).

(k)

Fully tighten the screws (22).

(l)

Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) at the heads of the screws (22).

Connect the forked lever (17) of the artificial feel unit (4) to the solenoid 16CA (3) as follows:
(a)

Install the washer (28) and the nut (29) on the bolt (15).

(b)

Safety the nut (29) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-23-41-01) cotter pin (30) .

(c)

Apply a thin layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the interface of the
artificial feel unit (4) at the shaft (31).

27-23-17 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

(5)

Install the cover (6) on the artificial feel unit (4) as follows:
(a)

Put the cover (6) over the shaft (31) in its correct position it on the artificial feel unit (4).

(b)

Install the screws (7) and the washers (8) in the cover (6).

(c)

Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the heads of the screws (7).

Connect the lever arm (11) to the artificial feel unit (4) as follows:
(a)

Install the bush (10) in the lever arm (11).

(b)

Move the artificial feel unit (4) at the universal joint (5). Put the shaft (31) in position at the
lever arm (11).

(c)

Support the artificial feel unit (4).

(d)

Align the bolt hole in the lever arm (11) with the bolt hole in the shaft (31).

(e)

Install the bolt (9), the washers (12),(33), the bush (32) and the nut (13).

(f)

TORQUE the nut (13) to 0.8 M.DAN (70.80 LBF.IN).

(g)

Safety the nut (13) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-23-04-02) cotter pin (14) .

(6)

Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connector (26) to the receptacle (25) of the
solenoid 16CA (3).

(7)

Make sure that the cable of the electrical connector (26) does not rub on the spar box of the vertical
stabilizer (1).

Subtask 27-23-17-080-050-A
D.

Removal of the Rigging Pins

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-17-991-00200-A - Location of Rigging Pins)
(1)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (51) from the rudder cable quadrant.

(2)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (50) from the bellcrank of the rudder control unit.

Subtask 27-23-17-865-051-A
E.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-23-17-860-053-A
F.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch and the OFF legend goes
off.

(2)

On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch and the OFF legend goes
off.

Subtask 27-23-17-710-050-A
G.

AES

Do an operational test of the artificial feel loads of the rudder (Ref. TASK 27-23-00-710-001-A) or (Ref.
TASK 27-23-00-710-001-A-01).

27-23-17 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-23-17-410-050-B
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access panel 325BL at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-410-002-A).

(3)

Install the rudder fairing 325AL (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-400-001-A).

(4)

Close the access door 312AR.

(5)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(6)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-23-17 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND TRIM UNIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-23-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Artificial Feel and Trim Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

CAP - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

6137-013
6137-060
98D27207547000
98D27207548000

1
1
1
1

PIN-LOCKING
PIN - LOCKING
PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
312AR, 325BL, 325BR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-23-17-000-001-A

Removal of the Artificial Feel Unlocking Solenoid

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A

AES

27-23-41 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-10-00-863-003-A-01

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-41-991-00100-A - Artificial Feel and Trim Unit - Sheet 1)

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-41-991-00200-A - Artificial Feel and Trim Unit - Sheet 2)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-41-861-050-A
A.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-23-41-865-053-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-23-41-869-050-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(1)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the electric pump. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01)

(2)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(3)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the panel 110VU of the center pedestal shows zero.

(4)

Release the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 23VU and the OFF legend
comes on.

(5)

Release the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 24VU and the OFF legend
comes on.

(6)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

(7)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Subtask 27-23-41-865-050-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-23-41 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

FIN
M19

LOCATION

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-23-41-860-050-A
E.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02)

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-23-41-010-050-B
F.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

(3)

Open the access panels 325BR 325BL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

Subtask 27-23-41-480-050-A
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
G.

4.

Installation of the Rigging Pins

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-41-991-00100-A - Artificial Feel and Trim Unit - Sheet 1)
(Ref. Fig. 27-23-41-991-00200-A - Artificial Feel and Trim Unit - Sheet 2)
(1)

Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (24) in the rudder cable quadrant.

(2)

Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (25) in the bellcrank of the rudder control unit.

(3)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the blanking plug (31).

(4)

Remove the blanking plug (31) from the rigging hole of the rudder trim actuator (4).

(5)

For the rudder trim actuators with the part numbers 6137-4 or 6137-5:
. Install the PIN - LOCKING (6137-060) (30) in the rigging hole of the rudder trim actuator (4).

(6)

For the rudder trim actuators with the part number 6137-3:
. Install the PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) (30) in the rigging hole of the rudder trim actuator (4).

(7)

Install the blanking plug (31) in the storage hole of the rudder trim actuator (4).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-23-41-991-00100-A - Artificial Feel and Trim Unit - Sheet 1)
(Ref. Fig. 27-23-41-991-00200-A - Artificial Feel and Trim Unit - Sheet 2)
Subtask 27-23-41-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Artificial Feel and Trim Unit (1)

(1)

Disconnect the electrical connector (13) from the solenoid 16CA (3).

(2)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

27-23-41 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

(4)

AES

Disconnect the artificial feel and trim unit (1) from the lever arm (2) as follows:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (12).

(b)

Remove the nut (11), the washers (10) and (33), the bushes (7) and (32) and the

(c)

bolt (6). Move the eye-end (23) clear of the lever arm (2).

Disconnect the artificial feel and trim unit (1) from the support bracket (5) as follows:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (20).

(b)

Remove the nuts (19), the washers (18), the bushes (15) and the bolts (14).

(5)

Move the fork-end (22) clear of the lugs of the support bracket (5).

(6)

Disconnect the universal joint (21) from the splined shaft (26) of the rudder trim actuator (4).

(7)

Remove the artificial feel and trim unit (1), between the frame and the structure at the right side of the
aircraft.
NOTE :

Do not disconnect the universal joint (21) from the splined shaft (35) of the artificial feel and
trim unit (1) unless a repair or a new installation is necessary.

NOTE :

It may be necessary to:

. shorten the artificial feel and trim unit (1), and/or,
. remove two lower attachment bolts from the frame (one at each side), to increase the
clearance available.

(8)

Disconnect the solenoid (3) from the artificial feel and trim unit (1), if necessary (Ref. TASK
27-23-17-000-001-A).

(9)

If necessary, disconnect the universal joint (21) from the splined shaft (35) of the artificial feel and trim
unit (1) as follows:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (40).

(b)

Remove the nut (39), the washer (38), the bolt (36) and the saddle washer (37).

(c)

Remove the universal joint (21) from the splined shaft (35).

27-23-41 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z325

RIB 3

RIB 2

325BL/325BR

FR72
FR70

312AR

B
C

2
1

25

3
(16CA)

D
5

4
10CC

24

N_MM_272341_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-23-41-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Artificial Feel and Trim Unit - Sheet 1

27-23-41 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

8
40
39

35

38

7
9

37

10
11

36

12
23

21
32

33

18
19

20

1
3

20

16CA

19
18
13

14
15
22
16
17

17
16

21

26

15
14

30
31
N_MM_272341_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-23-41-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Artificial Feel and Trim Unit - Sheet 2

27-23-41 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-23-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Artificial Feel and Trim Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.00 and 1.20 M.DAN (0.00 and 9.00
LBF.FT)

6137-013
6137-060
98D27207547000
98D27207548000
B.

Material No: 05-002

Material No: 05-027
Material No: 08-029
Material No: 19-010

PIN-LOCKING
PIN - LOCKING
PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
RETAINING ADHESIVE
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
312AR, 325BL, 325BR

AES

1
1
1
1

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004

C.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

27-23-41 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
12
20
40

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-23-04-02-080
27-23-04-02-080
27-23-04-02-220

cotter pin
cotter pin
cotter pin
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-22-00-710-002-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Rudder Trim Actuation

27-23-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Rudder Artificial-Feel Loads with Tool (355M03200001)

27-23-00-710-001-A-01
29-00-00-864-001-A
55-33-13-010-002-A

Operational Test of the Rudder Artificial-Feel Loads without Tool

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-41-991-00100-A - Artificial Feel and Trim Unit - Sheet 1)

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-41-991-00200-A - Artificial Feel and Trim Unit - Sheet 2)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-41-860-051-B
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position.

(3)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(4)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the panel 110VU of the center pedestal shows zero.

(5)

Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 1 P/BSW on the overhead panel 23VU is released and the OFF
legend is on.

(6)

Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 2 P/BSW on the overhead panel 24VU is released and the OFF
legend is on.

(7)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position.

(8)

Make sure that the access door 312AR is open.

(9)

Make sure that the access panels 325BR 325BL are open (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(10) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (24) is installed in the rudder cable quadrant.
(11) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (25) is installed in the bellcrank of the rudder
control unit.
(12) For the actuators with the part numbers 6137-4 or 6137-5, make sure that:
. The PIN - LOCKING (6137-060) (30) is installed in the rudder trim actuator.
(13) For the actuators with the part number 6137-3, make sure that:
. The PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) (30) is installed in the rudder trim actuator.

AES

27-23-41 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-23-41-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-23-41-991-00100-A - Artificial Feel and Trim Unit - Sheet 1)
Subtask 27-23-41-910-050-A
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH
A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
A.

Preparation for the Installation

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-41-991-00200-A - Artificial Feel and Trim Unit - Sheet 2)
(1)

Make sure that the lever arm (2), the rudder trim actuator (4) and the support bracket (5) are clean
and show no damage.

(2)

Make sure that the bolts (6),(14), the bushes (7),(8),(9),(15),(16),(17),(32) and the nuts (11),(19), are
clean and show no damage.

(3)

Make sure that the bushes (8),(9) are tight in the lever arm (2).

(4)

Make sure that the bushes (16),(17) are tight in the lugs of the support bracket (5).
NOTE :

(5)

AES

Safety the bushes (8),(9),(16),(17), if necessary, with BONDING AND ADHESIVE

COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-029) .

If removed, install the universal joint (21) as follows:

(a)

Install the universal joint (21) on the splined shaft (35) of the artificial feel and trim unit (1).

(b)

Make sure that the holes in the universal joint (21) are aligned with the holes in the splined shaft
(35).

(c)

Install the bolt (36), the saddle washer (37), the washer (38) and the nut (39).

(d)

Safety the nut (39) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-23-04-02) cotter pin (40) .

(6)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the threads of the bolts (6),(14).

(7)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the sliding bushes (7),(15).

(8)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the shafts of the bolts (6),(14).

27-23-41 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-23-41-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Artificial Feel and Trim Unit

(1)

Put the sliding bushes (15) in position in the flanged bushes (16) at the support bracket (5).

(2)

Put the artificial feel and trim unit (1) in position so that its universal joint (21) engages in the splined
shaft (26) of the rudder trim actuator (4).

(3)

Put the fork-end (22) in position on the lugs of the support bracket (5).

(4)

Hold the artificial feel and trim unit (1) in position.

(5)

Connect the artificial feel and trim unit (1) to the support bracket (5).
(a)

Install the bolts (14) at the connections of the support bracket (5) and the artificial feel and trim
unit (1).

(b)

Install the washers (18) and the nuts (19) on the bolts (14).
NOTE :

(6)

Make sure that the bushes (15), (16) and (17) are correctly installed.

Connect the artificial feel and trim unit (1) to the lever arm (2).
(a)

Put the sliding bush (7) in the flanged bush (8) at the lever arm (2).

(b)

Move the artificial feel and trim unit (1) so that the eye-end (23) goes in the lever arm (2).

(c)

Install the bolt (6) at the connection of the lever arm (2) and the artificial feel and trim unit (1).

(d)

If the bolt (6) does not align:

1

Remove the bolts (6), (14), the washers (18) and the nuts (19).

Lift the artificial feel and trim unit (1) from the splined shaft (26).

Turn the universal joint (21) until you can install the bolt (6) freely at the connection of the
artificial feel and trim unit (1) and the lever arm (2), (when the artificial feel and trim unit
(1) is in the installation position).

Put the artificial feel and trim unit (1) back in the installation position, so that the universal
joint (21) engages in the splined shaft (26) of the rudder trim actuator (4).

Install the bolts (14) at the connections of the support bracket (5) and the artificial feel and
trim unit (1).

Install the washers (18) and the nuts (19) on the bolts (14).
NOTE :

7
(e)

Install the bolt (6) at the connection of the lever arm (2) and the artificial feel and trim unit
(1).

Install the washers (10), (33) and the nut (11) on the bolt (6).
NOTE :

Make sure that the bushes (7), (8), (9) and (32) are correctly installed.

(f)

TORQUE the nuts (11) and (19) to 0.8 M.DAN (70.80 LBF.IN) and then loosen the nuts, if
necessary, to the subsequent cotter pin hole.

(g)

Safety the nuts (11) and (19) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-23-04-02) cotter pin (12) and the (IPCCSN 27-23-04-02) cotter pin (20) .
NOTE :

AES

Make sure that the bushes (15), (16) and (17) are correctly installed.

Install the two lower attachment bolts in the frame, if removed.

(7)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(8)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

27-23-41 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9)

Connect the electrical connector (13) to the solenoid (3).

NOTE :

Make sure that the cable of the electrical connector (13) does not rub on the spar box of the
vertical stabilizer.

Subtask 27-23-41-080-050-A
C.

Removal of the Rigging Pins

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(1)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (24) from the rudder cable quadrant.

(2)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (25) from the bellcrank of the rudder control unit.

(3)

For the actuators with the part numbers 6137-4 or 6137-5:

. Remove the PIN - LOCKING (6137-060) (30) from the rudder trim actuator (4).

(4)

For the actuators with the part number 6137-3:

. Remove the PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) (30) from the rudder trim actuator (4).

(5)

Remove the blanking plug (31) from the storage hole of the rudder trim actuator (4).

(6)

Make sure that the O-ring on the blanking plug (31) is installed and in good condition.

(7)

Install the blanking plug (31) in the rigging hole of the rudder trim actuator (4).

(8)

TORQUE the blanking plug (31) to 0.10 M.DAN (8.85 LBF.IN).

(9)

Safety the blanking plug (31) with the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Material No: 19-010) .

Subtask 27-23-41-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-23-41-860-052-A
E.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch and the OFF legend goes
off.

(2)

On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch and the OFF legend goes
off.

Subtask 27-23-41-710-050-A
F.

Test
(1)

AES

Do an operational test of the artificial feel and trim unit (Ref. TASK 27-23-00-710-001-A) or (Ref.
TASK 27-23-00-710-001-A-01).

27-23-41 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)
5.

Do an operational test of the rudder trim actuation (Ref. TASK 27-22-00-710-002-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-23-41-860-053-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-027) to the adjacent structure.

(3)

Make sure that the drain holes in the adjacent structure are not blocked.

(4)

Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 27-23-41-410-050-B
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Close the access panels 325BR 325BL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002-A).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-23-41 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LIMITATION UNIT - RUDDER TRAVEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-23-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 4CC
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 8M (26 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

CAP - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27207545000
98D27207546000

3
1

PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325DL, 325DR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A

AES

27-23-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-10-00-863-003-A-01

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-51-991-00100-A - Rudder Travel Limitation Unit 4CC)

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-51-991-00100-B - Rudder Travel Limitation Unit 4CC)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-51-861-050-A
A.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-23-51-865-055-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-23-51-860-051-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(1)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the electric pump. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01)

(2)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(3)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the panel 110VU of the center pedestal shows zero.

(4)

Release the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 23VU and the OFF legend
comes on.

(5)

Release the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 24VU and the OFF legend
comes on.

(6)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Subtask 27-23-51-865-050-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-23-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-23-51-860-050-A
E.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A)

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02)

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

Subtask 27-23-51-010-050-A
F.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 8M (26 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access panels 325DL 325DR at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (1).

Subtask 27-23-51-480-050-A
G.

Installation of the Rigging Pins

** On A/C 003-003
(Ref. Fig. 27-23-51-991-00100-A - Rudder Travel Limitation Unit 4CC)
** On A/C 004-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-23-51-991-00100-B - Rudder Travel Limitation Unit 4CC)

4.

(1)

Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (32) in the bellcrank assembly (4) for the travel limitation
unit 4CC (5).

(2)

Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) and the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (32) through the
levers (6),(16) of the travel limitation unit 4CC (5).

(3)

Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) (33) in the bellcrank assembly for the servo actuator
1025GM.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-003
(Ref. Fig. 27-23-51-991-00100-A - Rudder Travel Limitation Unit 4CC)
** On A/C 004-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-23-51-991-00100-B - Rudder Travel Limitation Unit 4CC)
** On A/C 003-003
Subtask 27-23-51-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit 4CC

(1)

AES

Remove the electrical connectors (17) as follows:

(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire that safeties the electrical connectors (17).

(b)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (17) from the plugs on the bottom of the travel limitation
unit 4CC (5).

(c)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

27-23-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

(3)

Disconnect the centering rod (3) and the control rod (23) from the bellcrank assembly (4) as follows:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (13).

(b)

Remove the nuts (12), the washers (11) and the bolts (7).

(c)

Move the centering rod (3) and the control rod (23) clear of the bellcrank assembly (4).

(d)

Remove the bushes (10) from the arms of the bellcrank assembly (4).
NOTE :

Do not remove the bushes (8),(9) from the arms of the bellcrank assembly (4). The
bushes (8),(9) are safetied in the arms with loctite.

NOTE :

Do not disconnect the control rod (14) from the bellcrank assembly (4) unless repair or
renewal of the control rod (14) is necessary.

Disconnect the control rods (14) and (15) from the rudder travel limitation unit (5) as follows:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (13).

(b)

Remove the nuts (12), the washers (11) and the bolts (7).

(c)

Move the control rods (14),(15) clear of the levers (6),(16).

(d)

Remove the bush (10) from the levers (6),(16).

NOTE :

(4)

Disconnect the support bracket (19) from the structure as follows:

(a)

Remove the screw (30) and the nut (31) at the connection of the bonding jumper (18) to the
structure.

(b)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (27).

NOTE :

(c)

(d)

Identify the bolts (24),(28),(29), so that they can be installed in the same positions.

Remove the support bracket (19) from the structure.

Remove the rudder travel limitation unit (5) from the support bracket (19) as follows:
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire which safeties the screws (21),(22) at the rear of the support
bracket (19).

(b)

Remove the screw (21) and the washer (20) at the lower right position at the rear of the support
bracket (19).

(c)

Remove the bonding strap (18) from the support bracket (19).

(d)

Hold the travel limitation unit 4CC (5) in position.

(e)

Remove the screws (22) and the washers (20) from the rear of the support bracket (19).

(f)

Remove the rudder travel limitation unit (5).

NOTE :

AES

For better access you can remove the foil from the opening behind the rudder travel
limitation unit (5).

Hold the support bracket (19) in position and remove the nuts (26), the washers (25) and the
bolts (24),(28),(29).
NOTE :

(5)

Do not remove the bushes (8),(9) from the levers (6),(16). The bushes (8),(9) are safetied
in the levers (6),(16) with loctite.

Do not disconnect the bellcrank assy (4) from the support bracket (19) unless a repair or
a new installation is necessary.

27-23-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(g)

Make sure that the levers (6) and (16) of the travel limitation unit (5) are safetied with the pins
(32), to protect the component during the storage.

** On A/C 004-099
Subtask 27-23-51-020-050-B
A.

Removal of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit 4CC

(1)

(2)

Remove the electrical connectors (17) as follows:

(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire that safeties the electrical connectors (17).

(b)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (17) from the plugs on the bottom of the travel limitation
unit 4CC (5).

(c)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

Disconnect the control rods (14) and (15) from the rudder travel limitation unit (5) as follows:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (13).

(b)

Remove the nuts (12), the washers (11) and the bolts (7).

(c)

Move the control rods (14),(15) clear of the levers (6),(16).

(d)

Remove the bush (10) from the levers (6),(16).

NOTE :

(3)

Remove the bolt (30), the nut (31) and the bonding strap (18).

(4)

Remove the rudder travel limitation unit (5) from the support bracket (19) as follows:

(5)

AES

Do not remove the bushes (8),(9) from the levers (6),(16). The bushes (8),(9) are safetied
in the levers (6),(16) with Loctite.

(a)

Release the tabwashers (22).

(b)

Hold the rudder travel limitation unit (5) and remove the bolts (21) with the tabwashers (22).

(c)

Remove the rudder travel limitation unit (5) from the support bracket (19).

(d)

Discard the tabwashers (22).

Remove the rudder travel limitation unit (5) from the bracket (20) as follows:
(a)

Remove the bolts (24) and the washers (23).

(b)

Hold the rudder travel limitation unit (5) and remove the bracket (20).

(c)

Make sure that the levers (6) and (16) of the travel limitation unit (5) are safetied with the pins
(32), to protect the component during the storage.

27-23-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-003

33

Z325
1
325DL (325DR)
325CL (325CR)
2

A
B
C
25

26 27

19

13
12

11

24
25

10

32

24
25

4CC

RIB 5

22
20

14
9

21

20

12
11

30

28

13

23

25

10

31

32
8

18

14

7
10

29

25
25

26
27
25
26
27

32
13

11
13 12
17
16
9
35

12
8

11

15

34
36

10
N_MM_272351_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-23-51-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Rudder Travel Limitation Unit 4CC

27-23-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 004-099
Z325

33

325DL (325DR)
325CL (325CR)
2

19
4
5

4CC

32

BR5

4
31
18
30
14

20

22
21
5
6

32
8

14

24

10
23

32
13

11
13 12
17
16
8
35

12
9

11

15

34
36

10
N_MM_272351_4_AAP0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-23-51-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Rudder Travel Limitation Unit 4CC

27-23-51 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-23-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Rudder Travel-Limitation Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
FIN 4CC
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 8M (26 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

No specific
98D27207545000
98D27207546000
B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)
3
1

PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
** On A/C 003-003
Material No: 05-005
Material No: 07-001
Material No: 08-029
Material No: 08-052

AES

WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
CORROSION PREVENTIVE
LACQUERS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE (RPLD BY 07001B/D/F)
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
RETAINING ADHESIVE
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
SELF ADHESIVE ALUMINIUM TAPE

27-23-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
** On A/C 004-099
Material No: 09-005

DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
INTERFAY SEALANT

** On A/C 003-003
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 16-021
Material No: 19-010
Material No: 19-018
C.

SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STRUCTURE PAINTS
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL OR NICKEL ALLOY

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325DL, 325DR
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
13
27

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-21-47-01-210
27-23-04-01-050

cotter pins
cotter pins

** On A/C 004-099
22

tabwashers
E.

27-23-04-01-500

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

22-61-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Rudder Travel Limiting Function

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
(Ref. Fig. 27-23-51-991-00100-A - Rudder Travel Limitation Unit 4CC)
(Ref. Fig. 27-23-51-991-00100-B - Rudder Travel Limitation Unit 4CC)

AES

27-23-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-23-51-860-054-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position.

(4)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(5)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the panel 110VU of the center pedestal shows zero.

(6)

Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 23VU is released.

(7)

Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 24VU is released.

(8)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 8M (26 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position.

(9)

Make sure that the access panels 325DL 325DR at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (1) are
open.

(10) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (32) is installed in the bellcrank assembly (4) for
the travel limitation unit 4CC.
(11) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) (33) is installed in the bellcrank assembly for the
servo actuator 1025GM.
Subtask 27-23-51-865-052-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure

** On A/C 003-003
(Ref. Fig. 27-23-51-991-00100-A - Rudder Travel Limitation Unit 4CC)
** On A/C 004-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-23-51-991-00100-B - Rudder Travel Limitation Unit 4CC)

AES

27-23-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-003
Subtask 27-23-51-910-050-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the interface of the support bracket (19) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) and let
it dry.

(2)

Make sure that the centering rod (3), the bellcrank assy (4), the control rods (14),(15),(23) and the
support bracket (19) are in the correct condition.

(3)

Make sure that the bonding strap (18) is in the correct condition.

(4)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(5)

Make sure that the bolts (7),(24), the bushes (8),(9),(10), the nuts (12),(26),(29) and the screws
(21),(22),(28) are clean and in a good condition.

Subtask 27-23-51-560-050-A
B.

Preparation of the Replacement Component

(1)

Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) and the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (32)
are installed in the levers (6) and (16) of the replacement travel limitation unit (5).

(2)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the component interface of the rudder travel
limitation unit (5) and the support bracket (19).
NOTE :

(3)

Make sure that the bonding areas of the rudder travel limitation unit (5) and the support bracket
(19) stay clean.

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) to the component interface of the rudder travel limitation unit
(5) and the support bracket (19).

Subtask 27-23-51-420-050-A
C.

Installation of the Rudder Travel-Limitation Unit 4CC

(1)

(2)

Install the rudder travel-limitation unit (5) on the support bracket (19) as follows:
(a)

Put the rudder travel limitation unit (5) in position at the support bracket (19). Attach it with the
screws (22) and the washers (20).

(b)

TORQUE the screws (22) to 0.5 M.DAN (44.25 LBF.IN) and safety them with the lockwire
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

(c)

Install the bonding strap (18), the screw (21) and the washer (20). Do this at the lower right
position at the rear of the support bracket (19).

(d)

Make sure that the bonding strap (18) is correctly installed (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(e)

TORQUE the screw (21) to 0.5 M.DAN (44.25 LBF.IN) and safety it with the lockwire
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

(f)

Remove the unwanted SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) from the joint between the:
. travel-limitation unit (5) and
. the support bracket (19).

(g)

Apply a bead of the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) to the joint between the travellimitation unit (5) and the support bracket (19).

Install the support bracket (19) on the structure as follows:

(a)

AES

Hold the support bracket (19) in position at the structure.

27-23-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(3)

(4)

(5)

AES

(b)

Install the bolts (24), the washers (25) and the nuts (26) at the top attachment points on the
structure.

(c)

Install the bolts (28),(29), the washers (25) and the nuts (26) at the bottom attachment points
on the structure.

(d)

TORQUE the nuts (26) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN). Then loosen the nuts (26), if necessary,
until you can see a cotter pin hole.

(e)

Safety the nuts (26) with the (IPC-CSN 27-23-04-01) cotter pins (27) .

(f)

Put the bonding strap (18) in position at the structure and attach it with the screw (30) and the
nut (31) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(g)

Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) to the attachments of the bonding strap
(18) to the support bracket (19) and the structure.

(h)

Remove the unwanted SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) from the joint between the support
bracket (19) and the structure.

(i)

Apply a bead of the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) to the attachment of the
support bracket (19) to the structure.

Connect the centering rod (3) and the control rod (23) to the bellcrank assembly (4) as follows:
(a)

Make sure that the bushes (8) and (9) are tight in the arms of the bellcrank assembly (4).

(b)

Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-029) and safety them in
the arms of the bellcrank assembly (4) if necessary.

(c)

Put the bushes (10) into the bushes (9) in the arms of the bellcrank assembly (4).

(d)

Put the centering rod (3) and the control rod (23) in position in the arms of the bellcrank
assembly (4).

(e)

Install the bolts (7), the washers (11) and the nuts (12).

(f)

Make sure that the bushes (8), (9) and (10) are correctly installed in the arms of the bellcrank
assembly (4).

(g)

TORQUE the nuts (12) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN). Then loosen the nuts (12), if necessary,
until you can see a cotter pin hole.

(h)

Safety the nuts (12) with the (IPC-CSN 27-21-47-01) cotter pins (13) .

Connect the control rods (14) and (15) to the travel-limitation unit (5) as follows:
(a)

Make sure that the bushes (8) and (9) are tight in the levers (6) and (16).

(b)

Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-029) to the bushes (8)
and (9) and safety them in the levers (6) and (16) if necessary.

(c)

Put the bush (10) into the bush (9) at the levers (6) and (16).

(d)

Put the control rods (14) and (15) in position at the levers (6) and (16).

(e)

Install the bolts (7), the washers (11) and the nuts (12).

(f)

Make sure that the bushes (8), (9) and (10) are correctly installed in the levers (6) and (16).

(g)

TORQUE the nuts (12) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN). Then loosen the nuts (12), if necessary,
until you can see a cotter pin hole.

(h)

Safety the nuts (12) with the (IPC-CSN 27-21-47-01) cotter pins (13) .

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

27-23-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connectors (17). Do this on the bottom of the
rudder travel limitation unit (5).

(7)

Install the bonding leads (36) with the bolt (35) and the nut (34) if removed (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004-A). Do this on the electrical connectors (17).

(8)

Safety the electrical connectors (17) to the bonding leads (36) with the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS
STL OR NICKEL ALLOY (Material No: 19-018) .

(9)

Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) to the joints between the bonding leads (36)
and the electrical connectors (17).

(10) If you removed the cover foil from the opening behind the rudder travel- limitation unit (5), do the
subsequent steps:
(a)

Cut out a new foil from the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-052) .

(b)

Clean the area around the opening.

(c)

Make sure that the area behind the opening is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(d)

Attach the new foil to the opening.

(e)

Apply the LACQUERS (Material No: 07-001) to the edges of the new foil and approximately 20
mm (0.7874 in.) to the adjacent structure.

** On A/C 004-099
Subtask 27-23-51-910-050-B
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the interface of the support bracket (19) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) and let
it dry.

(2)

Make sure that the bellcrank assy (4), the control rods (14),(15) and the support bracket (19) are in the
correct condition.

(3)

Make sure that the bonding strap (18) is in the correct condition.

(4)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(5)

Make sure that the bolts (7),(21),(24),the bushes (8),(9),(10) and the nuts (12) are clean and in a good
condition.

Subtask 27-23-51-560-050-B
B.

Preparation of the Replacement Component

(1)

Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) and the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (32)
are installed in the levers (6) and (16) of the replacement travel limitation unit (5).

(2)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-005) to the component interface of the rudder travel limitation unit
(5), the bracket (20) and the support bracket (19).
NOTE :

Make sure that the bonding area of the bracket (20) stays clean.

Subtask 27-23-51-420-050-B
C.

Installation of the Rudder Travel-Limitation Unit 4CC

(1)

AES

Install the rudder travel-limitation unit (5) on the bracket (20) as follows:
(a)

Put the rudder travel-limitation unit (5) in position at the bracket (20). Attach it with the bolts
(24) and the washers (23).

(b)

TORQUE the bolts (24) to 0.5 M.DAN (44.25 LBF.IN).

27-23-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)
(2)

(3)

Remove the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-005) that has come out at the connection of the travel
limitation unit (5) and the bracket (20).

Install the rudder travel-limitation unit (5) on the support bracket (19) as follows:
(a)

Put the rudder travel-limitation unit (5) with the bracket (20) in position at the support bracket
(19). Attach it with the bolts (21) and the new tabwashers (22).

(b)

TORQUE the bolts (21) to 0.5 M.DAN (44.25 LBF.IN).

(c)

Safety the bolts (21) with the (IPC-CSN 27-23-04-01) tabwashers (22) .

(d)

Remove the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-005) that has come out at the connection of the
bracket (20) and the support bracket (19).

(e)

Install the bonding strap (18) with the bolt (30) and the nut (31).

(f)

Make sure that the bonding strap (18) is correctly installed (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

Connect the control rods (14) and (15) to the travel-limitation unit (5) as follows:
(a)

Make sure that the bushes (8) and (9) are tight in the levers (6) and (16).

(b)

Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-029) to the bushes (8)
and (9) and safety them in the levers (6) and (16) if necessary.

(c)

Put the bush (10) into the bush (9) at the levers (6) and (16).

(d)

Put the control rods (14) and (15) in position at the levers (6) and (16).

(e)

Install the bolts (7), the washers (11) and the nuts (12).

(f)

Make sure that the bushes (8), (9) and (10) are correctly installed in the levers (6) and (16).

(g)

TORQUE the nuts (12) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN) and then loosen the nuts (12), if
necessary, to the next cotter pin hole.

(h)

Safety the nuts (12) with the (IPC-CSN 27-21-47-01) cotter pins (13) .

(4)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(5)

Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connectors (17). Do this on the bottom of the
rudder travel limitation unit (5).

(6)

Install the bonding leads (36) with the bolt (35) and the nut (34) if removed (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004-A). Do this on the electrical connectors (17).

(7)

Safety the electrical connectors (17) to the bonding leads (36) with the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS
STL OR NICKEL ALLOY (Material No: 19-018)

(8)

Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) to the connections of the bonding leads (36)
and the electical connectors (17).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-23-51-080-050-A
D.

AES

Removal of the Rigging Pins

(1)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (32) from the bellcrank assy (4).

(2)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (32) from the levers (6),(16) of the travel limitation unit
4CC (5).

(3)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) (33) from the bellcrank assembly of the servo actuator
1025GM.

27-23-51 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-23-51-865-051-A
E.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-23-51-860-055-A
F.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Make sure that the travel range of the rudder (2), the rudder travel limitation unit (5) is clear of tools
and other items.

(2)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(3)

On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch and the OFF legend goes
off.

(4)

On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch and the OFF legend goes
off.

Subtask 27-23-51-710-050-A
G.
5.

Do the operational test of the rudder travel limiting function (Ref. TASK 22-61-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-23-51-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Close the access panels 325DL 325DR.

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-23-51 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-23-51-000-002-A
Removal of the Electronic Module of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 8M (26 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27207545000

PIN-RIGGING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325CL, 325CR, 325DL, 325DR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-10-00-863-003-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-51-991-00200-A - Electronic Module)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-51-861-051-A
A.

AES

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

27-23-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-23-51-865-056-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-23-51-860-053-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(1)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the electric pump. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01)

(2)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(3)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the panel 110VU of the center pedestal shows zero.

(4)

Release the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 23VU and the OFF legend
comes on.

(5)

Release the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 24VU and the OFF legend
comes on.

(6)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Subtask 27-23-51-865-054-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

FIN
B04

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-23-51-860-052-A
E.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A)

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02)

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

27-23-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-23-51-010-051-A
F.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 8M (26 FT) in position below zone 325.

(2)

Open the access panels 325DL and 325CL or 325DR and 325CR at the trailing edge of the vertical
stabilizer.

Subtask 27-23-51-480-051-A
G.

4.

Installation of the Rigging Pins

(Ref. Fig. 27-23-51-991-00200-A - Electronic Module)
(1)

Put a PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (4) in the bellcrank assembly for the travel limitation unit (1).

(2)

Put a PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) and a PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (4) in each lever of

the travel limitation unit (1).

Procedure
Subtask 27-23-51-020-051-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Electronic Module

(1)

Cut and remove the lockwire which safeties the captive bolts (3).

(2)

Loosen the captive bolts (3).

(3)

Remove the electronic module (2) from the travel limitation unit (1).

27-23-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z325

325DL(325DR)

325CL(325CR)
1
(4CC)

C
TYPICAL IN
4 POSITIONS
3

2
4

N_MM_272351_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-23-51-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Electronic Module

27-23-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-23-51-400-002-A
Installation of the Electronic Module of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 8M (26 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27207545000

PIN-RIGGING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
No specific
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325CL, 325CR, 325DL, 325DR
D.

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.)

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
22-61-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Rudder Travel Limiting Function

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action

AES

27-23-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-51-860-056-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position.

(4)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(5)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the panel 110VU of the center pedestal shows zero.

(6)

Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 23VU is released.

(7)

Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 24VU is released.

(8)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 8M (26 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position.

(9)

Make sure that the access panels 325DL 325DR 325CL 325CR at the trailing edge of the vertical
stabilizer (1) are open.

(10) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (4) is installed in the bellcrank assembly (4) for
the travel limitation unit (1).
(11) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (4) is installed in each lever of the travel
limitation unit (1).
Subtask 27-23-51-865-053-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-23-51-420-051-A
A.

Installation of the Electronic Module

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

27-23-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

To install the same electronic module use a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and
clean the contact surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Put the electronic module (2) in position on the travel limitation unit (1).

(3)

Tighten the captive bolts (3).

(4)

Safety the captive bolts (3) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).

Subtask 27-23-51-080-051-A
B.

Removal of the Rigging Pins

(1)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (4) from the levers of the rudder travel limitation unit
(1).

(2)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (4) from the bellcrank assembly of the rudder travel
limitation unit (1).

Subtask 27-23-51-865-057-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

FIN
B04

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-23-51-860-057-A
D.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Make sure that the travel range of the rudder (2), the rudder travel limitation unit (5) is clear of tools
and other items.

(2)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(3)

On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch and make sure that the
OFF legend goes off.

(4)

On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch and make sure that the
OFF legend goes off.

Subtask 27-23-51-710-051-A
E.
5.

Do an operational test of the travel limitation unit (Ref. TASK 22-61-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-23-51-010-052-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access panels 325DL and 325CL or 325DR and 325CR which you opened before.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-23-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RUDDER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.

General
Three fixed-body servocontrols with mechanical input are used to hydraulically actuate the rudder.
Each servocontrol is powered by a different hydraulic system.

AES

27-24-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-12400-A - Location of Rudder Servocontrols)
FIN

1025GM
2025GM
3025GM

AES

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
SERVO CTL-RUDDER, G
SERVO CTL-RUDDER, B
SERVO CTL-RUDDER, Y

PANEL

ZONE ACCESS
DOOR
325
325BL
325
325DL
325
325CL

27-24-00 PB001

ATA REF.
27-24-51
27-24-51
27-24-51

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

Component Description
A.

Rudder Servocontrol 1025GM 2025GM 3025GM

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-16800-A - Rudder Servocontrol)
(1) General
The three servocontrols are interchangeable.

AES

27-24-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

AES

Operation
A.

Normal operation with the servocontrol pressurized

The moving piston rod of the servocontrol is slaved to the mechanical input signal via the input lever (10). This
lever is hinged in the middle on the rotary input lever (11). It is connected at one end to the input rod and at
the other end to the feedback rod (12).
The rotary lever (11) actuates the control valve (8) and the stops (1) limit its travel.
In the event of overpressure in one of the chambers, the chamber overpressure is applied against one of the two
pistons (2) and/or (3).
It sets the damping and pressure-relief valve (5) to the bypass position.
Then the chambers are isolated from the control valve and connected via the damping hole (6).
The high pressure is connected to the return via the heating orifice (9).
This ensures permanent heating leakage.
The vent hole (13) serves to vent over or under pressure of air occurring in the internal chamber of the cylinder
assy.

B.

Operation on the ground with the servocontrol depressurized

When the servocontrol is depressurized, the spring (4) sets the damping and pressure-relief valve to the bypass
position.
If the rudder is subjected to external forces, the pressure increases in one of the two chambers. This causes the
movement of the servocontrol piston.
The fluid goes from one chamber to the other via the damping orifice and provides a ground gust-damping
function for gust speeds up to 80 Kts.
Two anti-cavitation valves permit the suction of the necessary volume of hydraulic fluid to compensate for the
thermal retraction on ground, in the damping mode.

C.

Maintenance, rigging facilities, periodic tests

The maintenance is On condition.
The items given below are Line-Replaceable Unit :
. Filter
. Actuator eye-end.
To replace the servocontrol, it is necessary to have simultaneously the surface and the servocontrol in the
neutral position.
To this end, the adjustment of the servocontrol is obtained through the adjustment of the spring rod length.

27-24-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
5.

Test
A.

AES

A single operational periodic test is performed on the three hydraulic systems (through the use of leakage
measurement valves).
Its purpose is to make sure that there is no valve jamming and no mechanical disconnection.

27-24-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
B
A
2025GM

D
C

3025GM

1025GM

N_MM_272400_0_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-24-00-12400-A SHEET 1

Location of Rudder Servocontrols

27-24-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

13
9

2
3
6
4

1 FIXED STOP
2 PISTON
3 PISTON
4 SPRING
5 DAMPING AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
6 DAMPING HOLE
7 ANTI CAVITATION VALVE
8 CONTROL VALVE
9 HEATING ORIFICE
10 INPUT LEVER
11 ROTARY INPUT LEVER

12

A
1

12 FEEDBACK ROD
13 VENT HOLE

11

10

N_MM_272400_0_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-24-00-16800-A SHEET 1

Rudder Servocontrol

27-24-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RUDDER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-24-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY OPERATE
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF HYDRAULICALLY
OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-863-001-A

AES

27-24-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-24-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-00-860-055-A
A.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(3)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows O.

(4)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(5)

On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL key (on the lower ECAM display
unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).

Procedure
Subtask 27-24-00-710-050-A
A.

Do this test:

ACTION
1.On the CAPT or F/O side:
. push the right rudder pedal until it touches the
mechanical stop.

RESULT
The rudder moves to the right.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the RUD/G, B, Y symbols are green,
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly to the
right mark.

2.Slowly release the right rudder pedal and then push the
left rudder pedal until it touches the mechanical stop.

The rudder moves from the right to the left.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the RUD/G, B, Y symbols are green,
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly from
the right mark to the left mark smoothly.

3.Slowly release the left rudder pedal.

The rudder moves to the neutral position.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the RUD/G, B, Y symbols are green,
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves to the neutral
position.

5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-24-00-860-056-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-24-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

AES

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-24-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-24-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the Rudder Servocontrols with Individual Hydraulic System
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-24-00-01-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF RUDDER SERVOCONTROLS WITH INDIVIDUAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A
TSM 27-20-00-810-807

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure
Results of the Operational Test of the Rudder Servocontrols with Individual
Hydraulic System not Satisfactory (for corrective action)

AES

27-24-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-00-860-057-A
A.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(3)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows O.

(4)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(5)

On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL key (on the lower ECAM display
unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).

(6)

On the HYD section of the maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that:
. the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B, HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G,
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switches are pushed (the OFF legends of
these pushbutton switches are off).

(7)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this
pushbutton switch, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(8)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC2 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this
pushbutton switch, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

Procedure
Subtask 27-24-00-710-051-A
A.

Do this test:
NOTE :

During this test, if a result of the actions that follow is not correct, do the trouble shooting procedure
(Ref. TSM 27-20-00-810-807).

ACTION
RESULT
1.On the maintenance panel 50VU:
On the maintenance panel 50VU:
. release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G . the OFF legends of the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT
and HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y
VALVES/G and HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT
pushbutton switches.
VALVES/Y pushbutton switches come on.
2.On the CAPT or F/O side:
. slowly push the right rudder pedal until it touches the
mechanical stop.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:

. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly to the
right mark.
The rudder moves smoothly to the right.

3.Slowly release the right rudder pedal and then push the
left rudder pedal until it touches the mechanical stop.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:

. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly from
the right mark to the left mark.
The rudder moves smoothly from the right to the left.

4.Slowly release the left rudder pedal.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:

. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly to the
neutral position.
The rudder moves smoothly to the neutral position.

AES

27-24-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
RESULT
5.On the maintenance panel 50VU:
On the maintenance panel 50VU:
. push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G
. the OFF legend of the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT
pushbutton switch.
VALVES/G pushbutton switch goes off,
. release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B . the OFF legend of the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT
pushbutton switch.
VALVES/B pushbutton switch comes on.
6.On the CAPT or F/O side:
. slowly push the right rudder pedal until it touches the
mechanical stop.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:

. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly to the
right mark.
The rudder moves smoothly to the right.

7.Slowly release the right rudder pedal and push the left
pedal until it touches the mechanical stop.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:

. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly from
the right mark to the left mark.
The rudder moves smoothly from the right to the left.

8.Slowly release the left rudder pedal.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:

. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly to the
neutral position.
The rudder moves smoothly to the neutral position.

9.On the maintenance panel 50VU:

On the maintenance panel 50VU:
. push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y
. the OFF legend of the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT
pushbutton switch.
VALVES/Y pushbutton switch goes off,
. release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G . the OFF legend of the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT
pushbutton switch.
VALVES/G pushbutton switch comes on.
10.On the CAPT or F/O side:
. slowly push the right rudder pedal until it touches the
mechanical stop.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:

. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly to the
right mark.
The rudder moves smoothly to the right.

11.Slowly release the right rudder pedal and then push the On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
left rudder pedal until it touches the mechanical stop.
. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly from
the right mark to the left mark.
The rudder moves smoothly from the right to the left.
12.Slowly release the left rudder pedal.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page :

. the pointer of the RUD indicator moves smoothly to the
neutral position.
The rudder moves smoothly to the neutral position.

5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-24-00-860-058-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

On the maintenance panel 50VU:

. push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G and HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/B pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends go off).

(2)

Depressurize the hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A)
(Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

27-24-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

AES

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-24-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-24-00-820-001-A
Adjustment of the Rudder Neutral Position
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
CAUTION :

1.

DO THIS PROCEDURE IN A HANGAR IF THERE ARE WIND GUSTS. WIND GUSTS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE LINKAGE WHEN THE RIGGING PINS ARE IN POSITION ON THE RUDDER
CONTROL.

Reason for the Job

NOTE :

2.

This task can contribute to fuel savings.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27203001000
98D27207516000
98D27207546000
98D27303000001

1
1
1
1

TOOL-RUDDER NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT

PIN-RIGGING,SET
PIN-RIGGING
LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER

B.

Consumable Materials
REFERENCE

No specific
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
197CB, 197EB, 198CB, 325CL,
325CR, 325DL, 822
D.

DESIGNATION
lockwire - corrosion resistant steel dia. 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
11-00-00-960-001-A

DESIGNATION
Replacement of the Tail Cone Reference Triangle

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

AES

27-24-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A-02

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-24-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-00300-A - Rudder Control)

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-00400-A - Reference Triangle for the Rudder Neutral Position)
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-00500-A - Installation of the Tool)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-00-861-054-A
A.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-24-00-010-055-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.

(2)

Open the access door 822.

(3)

At the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 27-24-00-865-050-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-24-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

FIN
M19

LOCATION

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-24-00-860-059-A
D.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(2)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that:

. the FLT CTL/FAC1, FLT CTL/ELAC1 and FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton switches are pushed (on
these pushbutton switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(3)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that:

. the FLT CTL/FAC2, FLT CTL/ELAC2, FLT CTL/SEC2 and FLT CTL/SEC3 pushbutton switches
are pushed (on these pushbutton switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(4)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(5)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

(6)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A).

Subtask 27-24-00-010-054-A
E.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 325.

(2)

Open the access panels 325CL 325CR 325DL (Ref. AMM 55-33-13-010-001) or (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-010-002-A).

Subtask 27-24-00-860-053-A
F.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) (7) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) on the

output bellcrank of the lower servocontrol (4).

(2)

Install the pointer of the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER

(98D27303000001) on the trailing edge of the rudder.

(3)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-00300-A - Rudder Control)
Subtask 27-24-00-420-050-A
A.

Installation of the Reference Triangle for the Rudder Neutral Position

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-00400-A - Reference Triangle for the Rudder Neutral Position)
NOTE :

AES

Do this installation only if the reference triangle on the tail cone is not in position.

27-24-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE :

(1)

If the initial adjustment of two servocontrols at least is not changed, you can find the rudder neutral
position without a tool.
If two or three servocontrols are not adjusted correctly, you must use the TOOL-RUDDER NEUTRAL
ADJUSTMENT (98D27203001000) to find the rudder neutral position.

Find the rudder neutral position with two servocontrols adjusted correctly.
(a)

Pressurize one of the two servocontrols adjusted correctly.

1

On the maintenance panel 50VU:

Make sure that the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/ applicable pushbutton switch
is pushed (on this pushbutton switch the OFF legend is off):
. for the lower servocontrol (4): G pushbutton switch
. for the middle servocontrol (3): Y pushbutton switch
. for the upper servocontrol (2): B pushbutton switch.

Release the two other HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVE pushbutton switches (on
these pushbutton switches the OFF legends come on).

(b)

Make a mark on the tail cone structure to show the position of the rudder lower trailing edge.

(c)

Pressurize the other servocontrol adjusted correctly and depressurize the first one:

(d)

On the maintenance panel 50VU:

Push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/ applicable pushbutton switch (on this
pushbutton switch the OFF legend goes off):
. for the lower servocontrol (4): G pushbutton switch
. for the middle servocontrol (3): Y pushbutton switch
. for the upper servocontrol (2): B pushbutton switch.

Release the other HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVE pushbutton switch (on this
pushbutton switch the OFF legend comes on).

Make sure that the rudder neutral position for this servocontrol is the same as the rudder neutral
position for the other servocontrol. The rudder lower trailing-edge must be in line with the mark
on the tail cone.
NOTE :

(2)

AES

If the rudder neutral position is the same for the two servocontrols, it is not necessary to
use the TOOL-RUDDER NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT (98D27203001000).
If the rudder neutral position is not the same for the two servocontrols, you must use the
TOOL-RUDDER NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT (98D27203001000).

Find the rudder neutral position with the TOOL-RUDDER NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT
(98D27203001000):
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-00500-A - Installation of the Tool)
(a)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A) (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A).

(b)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems:
. on the overhead panel 40VU
. on the ground service panels 197CB 198CB 197EB.

(c)

On the LH side of the rudder, put the TOOL-RUDDER NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT

(98D27203001000) in position.

(d)

Use the tool to make the reference mark on the tail cone. If necessary, remove all the other marks
on the tail cone.

27-24-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Install the new reference triangle (8) on the tail cone, put its center on the mark (Ref. TASK
11-00-00-960-001-A).
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-00400-A - Reference Triangle for the Rudder Neutral Position)

(4)

Remove the TOOL-RUDDER NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT (98D27203001000) (if applicable).

(5)

If necessary, remove the warning notices which tell persons not to pressurize the aircraft hydraulic
systems.

(6)

If necessary, pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-863-001-A).

Subtask 27-24-00-820-050-A
B.

Adjustment of the Rudder Neutral Position with the reference triangle (8).
(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

AES

On the maintenance panel 50VU:

(a)

Release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B and HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT

VALVES/Y pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton swithes, the OFF legends come on).

(b)

Make sure that the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch is pushed (on
this pushbutton switch the OFF legend is off).

On the tail cone structure, make sure that the rudder lower trailing-edge is in line with the center of
gravity of the reference triangle (8) or in the limits.
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-00400-A - Reference Triangle for the Rudder Neutral Position)
If not, do these operations:
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts of the spring rod (5).

(b)

Loosen the nuts.

(c)

Release the lockwashers.

(d)

Adjust the length of the spring rod (5).

(e)

Engage the lockwashers.

(f)

Tighten the nuts.

(g)

Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened the nuts.

(h)

Safety the nuts with lockwire - corrosion resistant steel dia. 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

On the maintenance panel 50VU:

(a)

Push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton
switch the OFF legend goes off).

(b)

Release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton
switch the OFF legend comes on).

On the tail cone structure make sure that the rudder lower trailing-edge is in line with the center of
gravity of the reference triangle (8) or in the limits.
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-00400-A - Reference Triangle for the Rudder Neutral Position)
If not, do these operations:
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts of the spring rod (6).

(b)

Loosen the nuts.

(c)

Release the lockwashers.

27-24-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d)

Adjust the length of the spring rod (6).

NOTE :

(5)

(6)

(e)

Engage the lockwashers.

(f)

Tighten the nuts.

(g)

Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightenend the nuts.

(h)

Safety the nuts with lockwire - corrosion resistant steel dia. 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

On the maintenance panel 50VU:

(a)

Push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton
switch the OFF legend goes off).

(b)

Release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton
switch the OFF legend comes on).

On the tail cone structure make sure that the rudder lower trailing-edge is in line with the center of
gravity of the reference triangle (8) or in the limits.
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-00400-A - Reference Triangle for the Rudder Neutral Position)
If not, do these operations:
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts of the spring rod (1).

(b)

Loosen the nuts.

(c)

Release the lockwashers.

(d)

Adjust the length of the spring rod (1).

NOTE :

5.

To adjust the clearance, turn the spring rod (6) in the same direction as the spring rod
(5).

To adjust the clearance, turn the spring rod (1) in the same direction as the spring rod
(6).

(e)

Engage the lockwashers.

(f)

Tighten the nuts.

(g)

Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened the nuts.

(h)

Safety the nuts with lockwire - corrosion resistant steel dia. 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(7)

On the maintenance panel 50VU:

. push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y and HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/G pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends go off).

(8)

On the tail cone structure make sure that the rudder lower trailing-edge is in line with the center of
gravity of the reference triangle (8) or in the limits.
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-00400-A - Reference Triangle for the Rudder Neutral Position)
If not, do the adjustment of the spring rods (1), (6) and (5) of the three servocontrols (2), (3) and (4).

Close-up
Subtask 27-24-00-860-054-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A) (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Remove the pointer of the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER

(98D27303000001) from the trailing edge of the rudder.

27-24-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) (7) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) from the

output bellcrank of the lower servocontrol (4).
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-00300-A - Rudder Control)

Subtask 27-24-00-410-053-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access panels 325CL 325CR 325DL (Ref. AMM 55-33-13-410-001) or (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-410-002-A)

(3)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(4)

Tighten the two screws.

(5)

Close the access door 822.

(6)

Remove the access platform(s).

(7)

Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 27-24-00-710-052-A
C.

Do the operational test of the rudder mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001-A).

Subtask 27-24-00-862-053-A
D.

AES

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-24-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z147

A
325 CL

325 DR

Z325

325 CR

Z325

1
7

3
6

POINTER
8

N_MM_272400_5_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-24-00-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Rudder Control

27-24-00 PB501

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

RUDDER

RUDDER TRAILING EDGE

AXIS

TRIANGLE AXIS

RED STRIP
WHITE TRIANGLE

CENTER OF GRAVITY

A = MAXIMUM ACCEPTABLE
SURFACE NEUTRAL RIGGING
POSITION TOLERANCE = 3mm (0,1181in)

N_MM_272400_5_BAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-24-00-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Reference Triangle for the Rudder Neutral Position

27-24-00 PB501

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

RUDDER PROFILE
HOISTING POINTS

A
VERTICAL
STABILIZER PROFILE

N_MM_272400_5_CAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-24-00-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Installation of the Tool

27-24-00 PB501

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RUDDER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-24-00-200-001-A
Check of the Rudder Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for too much Play and Condition
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 1025GM, 2025GM, 3025GM
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-24-00-02-)
CHECK RUDDER SERVOCONTROL AND HINGE BEARINGS FOR EXCESSIVE PLAY AND CONDITION

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR,
325DL, 325DR, 325EL, 325ER
C.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-24-00-200-002-A

Check of the Rudder Trailing Edge Play

27-24-51-000-001-A
27-24-51-200-001-A
27-24-51-400-001-A
27-24-51-960-001-A

Removal of the Rudder Servo Control

Check of the Rudder Servo Control Attachments
Installation of the Rudder Servo Control
Replacement of the Rudder Servo-Control Bearings

AES

27-24-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-10-00-863-003-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

55-36-41-000-001-A

Removal of the Hinge Arm Fittings No. 1 thru No. 7

55-36-41-400-001-A

Installation of the Hinge Arm Fittings No. 1 thru No. 7

55-46-00-200-001-A

Inspection of the Rudder Hinge Bearings 1 thru 7 for Axial or Radial Movement

55-46-11-000-001-A

Removal of Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6

55-46-11-400-001-A

Installation of Rudder Hinge Bearing No.6

TSM 27-20-00-810-802

Airframe Vibration due to the Rudder

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-00-861-053-A
A.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-24-00-010-052-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at zone 325.

(2)

Open the access doors 325BL 325BR 325CL 325CR 325DL 325DR 325EL 325ER.

Subtask 27-24-00-860-050-A
C.

Aircraft maintenance configuration

(1)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(2)

On the HYD section of the maintenance panel 50VU :

. release the LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B and LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y
pushbutton switches (the OFF legends of these pushbutton switches come on).

(3)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

Subtask 27-24-00-941-050-A
D.

4.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) on the pedals (CAPT and F/O) to tell persons not to operate them.

(2)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) on the panel 110VU to tell persons not to use the rudder trim.

Procedure
Subtask 27-24-00-210-050-A
A.

Check of the Rudder Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for General Condition
(1)

AES

Make sure that the rods and bellcranks are in the correct condition.

27-24-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Make sure that the liner is in the correct position between the attachment hardware of the bearings (no
migration of the liner).
NOTE :

The liner is a coat of teflon between the bearing case and the ball. It lets the ball turn with a
minimum of friction (self lubricating).

If you can see the liner, replace the related servo control (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK
27-24-51-400-001-A) or hinge arm end fitting (1 to 5 or 7) (Ref. TASK 55-36-41-000-001-A) (Ref.
TASK 55-36-41-400-001-A) or hinge bearing No. 6 (Ref. TASK 55-46-11-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK
55-46-11-400-001-A).
Subtask 27-24-00-220-050-A
B.

Check of the Rudder Trailing Edge Play

NOTE :

For monitoring and follow up of the play at the rudder trailing edge, it is recommended that the
operator record in its own documentation the values measured.

NOTE :

The maximum play of 16 mm (0.6299 in.) prevents metal-to-metal contact in the self-lubrification
bearing but does not always prevent rudder vibration.
If there is rudder vibration when the play is less than 16 mm (0.6299 in.), refer to the procedure for
Airframe Vibration (Ref. TSM 27-20-00-810-802).

(1)

Do a check of the rudder trailing edge play (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-200-002-A).

(2)

For each servo control (Green, Yellow or Blue hydraulic system pressurized), if the distance is more than
16 mm (0.6299 in.):
(a)

Replace the related rudder servo control (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK
27-24-51-400-001-A) or replace both rudder servo-control bearings (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-960-001A).

(b)

Do a check of the rudder trailing edge play (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-200-002-A).

(c)

For each servo control (Green, Yellow or Blue hydraulic system pressurized), if the distance stays
more than 16 mm (0.6299 in.), do a check of the related servo control fitting (Ref. TASK
27-24-51-200-001-A).

(d)

Do a check of the rudder trailing edge play (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-200-002-A).

(e)

For each servo control (Green, Yellow or Blue hydraulic system pressurized), if the distance stays
more than 16 mm (0.6299 in.), do a check of the related rudder fitting (Ref. TASK
55-46-00-200-001-A).
NOTE :

5.

This 16 mm (0.6299 in.) value includes 8 mm (0.3150 in.) of surface bending as the result
of the 30 daN (67.4427 lbf) force.

Close-up
Subtask 27-24-00-942-052-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration

(1)

On the HYD section of the maintenance panel 50VU :

. push the LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B and LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton
switches (the OFF legends of these pushbutton switches go off).

(2)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-24-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-24-00-410-050-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Close the access doors 325BL 325BR 325CL 325CR 325DL 325DR 325EL 325ER.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-24-00-862-052-A
C.

AES

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-24-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-24-00-200-002-A
Check of the Rudder Trailing Edge Play
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

97A27003000007
98D27207516000
98D27207546000
98D27303000001
98D27303003001

1
1
1
1
1

GAGE,ASSY-PUSH-PULL
PIN-RIGGING,SET
PIN-RIGGING
LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER
CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER

98D27303022000

TOOL CHECK - DIGITAL, AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR,
325DL, 325DR, 325EL, 325ER
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

AES

27-24-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-23-00-863-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-00100-B - Servocontrol - Location of Rigging Point)

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-01000-A - Installation of the Check Tool)
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-01200-A - CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) 98D27303022000 (Auto-recording Function))
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-01400-A - Rudder Trailing Edge Play - Check List)
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-01500-A - Rudder Trailing Edge Play - Measurement)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-00-861-056-A
A.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-24-00-010-059-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at zone 325.

(2)

Open the access doors 325BL 325BR 325CL 325CR 325DL 325DR 325EL 325ER.

Subtask 27-24-00-860-065-A
C.

Aircraft maintenance configuration

(1)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(2)

On the HYD section of the maintenance panel 50VU :

. release the LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B and LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y
pushbutton switches (the OFF legends of these pushbutton switches come on).

(3)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

Subtask 27-24-00-941-054-A
D.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) on the pedals (CAPT and F/O) to tell persons not to operate them.

(2)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) on the panel 110VU to tell persons not to use the rudder trim.

Subtask 27-24-00-480-054-A
E.

AES

Installation of the Tools

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-00100-B - Servocontrol - Location of Rigging Point)
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-01000-A - Installation of the Check Tool)
(1)

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) (2) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) pin

(98D27207516090) on the input lever of the lower servocontrol (1).

(2)

Install the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001) as

follows:
. on the trailing edge of the rudder

27-24-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
(3)

in line with the middle servo control.

Install the CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER (98D27303003001) or TOOL

CHECK - DIGITAL, AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER (98D27303022000) on the trailing edge of the
rudder.
NOTE :

Clean and make the tail-cone upper surface moist before you attach the tool.

NOTE :

With the TOOL CHECK - DIGITAL, AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER (98D27303022000), you
can use the auto-record function. For more information about the auto-record function, refer to
the manufacturers instruction manual.

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-01200-A - CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) 98D27303022000 (Auto-recording

Function))
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-01400-A - Rudder Trailing Edge Play - Check List)
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-01500-A - Rudder Trailing Edge Play - Measurement)
Subtask 27-24-00-220-054-A
A.

Check for too much Play (Green servo control pressurized)

NOTE :

For monitoring and follow up of the play at the rudder trailing edge, it is recommended that the
operator record in its own documentation the values measured.

(1)

On the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001), connect

the GAGE ASSY - PUSH-PULL TOLL GAGE,ASSY-PUSH-PULL (97A27003000007) (or equivalent).

(2)

Apply a stable load of 30 daN (67.4427 lbf) in the right direction on the trailing edge.

(3)

Keep this load applied and set the dial gage to zero.

(4)

Release the load.

(5)

At the same position, apply a stable load of 30 daN (67.4427 lbf) in the left direction on the trailing
edge.

(6)

Keep this load applied and record the value shown on the dial gage.
NOTE :

(7)

This value includes 8 mm (0.3150 in.) of surface bending with 30 daN (67.4427 lbf) load applied.

Release the load.

Subtask 27-24-00-869-059-A
B.

On the HYD section of the maintenance panel 50VU:

(1)

Release the LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch (the OFF legend comes on).

(2)

Push the LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch (the OFF legend goes off).

Subtask 27-24-00-220-055-A
C.

Check for too much Play (Yellow servo control pressurized)

NOTE :

AES

For monitoring and follow up of the play at the rudder trailing edge, it is recommended that the
operator record in its own documentation the values measured.

(1)

At the same position, apply a stable load of 30 daN (67.4427 lbf) in the right direction on the trailing
edge.

(2)

Keep this load applied and set the dial gage to zero.

27-24-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Release the load.

(4)

At the same position, apply a stable load of 30 daN (67.4427 lbf) in the left direction on the trailing
edge.

(5)

Keep this load applied and record the value shown on the dial gage.
NOTE :

(6)

This value includes 8 mm (0.3150 in.) of surface bending with 30 daN (67.4427 lbf) load applied.

Release the load.

Subtask 27-24-00-869-060-A
D.

On the HYD section of the maintenance panel 50VU:

(1)

Release the LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch

(the OFF legend comes on).

(2)

Push the LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch (the OFF legend goes off).

Subtask 27-24-00-220-056-A
E.

Check for too much Play (Blue servo control pressurized)

NOTE :

For monitoring and follow up of the play at the rudder trailing edge, it is recommended that the
operator record in its own documentation the values measured.

(1)

At the same position, apply a stable load of 30 daN (67.4427 lbf) in the right direction on the trailing
edge.

(2)

Keep this load applied and set the dial gage to zero.

(3)

Release the load.

(4)

At the same position, apply a stable load of 30 daN (67.4427 lbf) in the left direction on the trailing
edge.

(5)

Keep this load applied and record the value shown on the dial gage.
NOTE :

(6)
5.

This value includes 8 mm (0.3150 in.) of surface bending with 30 daN (67.4427 lbf) load applied.

Release the load.

Close-up
Subtask 27-24-00-080-054-A
A.

Removal of the Tools

(1)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) (2) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) pin

(98D27207516090) from the input lever of the lower servocontrol (1).

(2)

Remove the CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER (98D27303003001) or TOOL

CHECK - DIGITAL, AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER (98D27303022000), the GAGE ASSY - PUSHPULL TOOL GAGE,ASSY-PUSH-PULL (97A27003000007), and the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOLELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001) from the rudder.

Subtask 27-24-00-942-054-A
B.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration

(1)

AES

On the HYD section of the maintenance panel 50VU :

. push the LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G and LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton
switches (the OFF legends of these pushbutton switches go off).

27-24-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-24-00-410-056-A
C.

Close Access
(1)

Close the access doors 325BL 325BR 325CL 325CR 325DL 325DR 325EL 325ER.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-24-00-862-055-A
D.

AES

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-24-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
325 EL
ZONE 147
325 DL
325 CL
325 BL

ZONE 325
325 ER
325 DR
325 CR

B
325 BR
ZONE 325

B
2

N_MM_272400_6_BAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-24-00-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Servocontrol - Location of Rigging Point

27-24-00 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
RUDDER

APPROX 1219mm (48in.)

FROM THE BOTTOM OF
THE TRAILING EDGE
PROFILE

TAIL CONE

RUDDER

N_MM_272400_6_ADM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-24-00-991-01000-A SHEET 1

Installation of the Check Tool

27-24-00 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SELECT THE T.I.R FUNCTION BEFORE

THE INSTALLATION OF THE TOOL,
THEN SET THE DIAL INDICATOR TO ZERO.

ON/
OFF

MIN/MAX
T.I.R

LIMITS
in/mm

SET
SHIFT

+/

PRESET
ZERO/ABS

CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) P/N 98D27303022000 WITH AUTORECORDING FUNCTION

N_MM_272400_6_DAA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-24-00-991-01200-A SHEET 1

CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) 98D27303022000 (Autorecording Function)

27-24-00 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

JOB SETUP
Make sure that all the conditions below are satisfied,
If not, do the related correction(s).
The load application tool is installed at a distance of
approximately 1219 mm from the bottom of the rudder
trailing edge profile.

OK

NOT OK

Each tool subassembly is correctly tightened (to prevent

dial gage movement during measurement).

OK

NOT OK

The dial gage spindle is perpendicular to the surface and

touches the outer end of the surface.

OK

NOT OK

OK

NOT OK

OK

NOT OK

OK

NOT OK

OK

NOT OK

OK

NOT OK

OK

NOT OK

OK

NOT OK

OK

NOT OK

The dial gage is set to the middle of the stroke (so that the
spindle always stouches the surface and does not go to the
mechanical stop position).
Only the hydraulic system related to the servocontrol on
which you do the measurement is pressurized.

MEASUREMENT
From the rudder neutral position, apply a stable load of
30daN in one direction.
Keep this load applied and set the dial gage to zero.

Release the load.

From the rudder neutral position, apply a stable load of

30daN in opposite direction.
NOTE: If the tool is not of the pushpull type, it is necessary
to change the position of the tool before you apply the load.
Keep this load applied and record the value shown on the
dial gage.
Release the load.

N_MM_272400_6_ADNA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-24-00-991-01400-A SHEET 1

Rudder Trailing Edge Play - Check List

27-24-00 PB601

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
1/ From the rudder neutral position, apply the load in one direction
Rudder Neutral position
Rudder with 30 DaN load
applied

Set the dial gage to

zero

2/ Release the load, the rudder goes back to the neutral position
Rudder Neutral position

1/ From the rudder neutral position, apply the load in opposite direction

Rudder neutral position

Rudder with 30 DaN load
applied

Record the value

shown on the dial gage

Note: The value read at B must be:

more than 8 mm (surface bending with 30 DaN load applied)
less than 16 mm (Maximum permitted value, 8 mm surface bending included)

N_MM_272400_6_ADNB_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-24-00-991-01500-A SHEET 1

Rudder Trailing Edge Play - Measurement

27-24-00 PB601

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-24-00-210-001-A
Visual Inspection of the Rudder Servo Controls for Hydraulic Leakage
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 1025GM, 2025GM, 3025GM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325CL, 325CR, 325DL, 325DR
C.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-00200-A - Servocontrol - Location of the Vent Hole)

AES

27-24-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-00-010-053-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at zone 325

(2)

Open the access doors 325CL 325DL 325CR 325DR

Subtask 27-24-00-860-051-A
B.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

(2)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A)
or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01)

Procedure
Subtask 27-24-00-210-051-A
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE SERVO CONTROLS DURING OPERATION OF THE PEDALS. MOVEMENT
OF THE SERVO CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY.
A.

Visual Inspection of the Rudder Servocontrol for Hydraulic Leakage

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT PERSONS DO NOT OPERATE THE PEDALS WHEN YOU CLEAN THE
VENT HOLE. OPERATION OF THE SERVO CONTROL WHEN YOU CLEAN THE VENT HOLE
CAN BE DANGEROUS.

5.

(1)

Do several cycles of the rudder with the CAPT or F/O pedals.

(2)

Clean the vent hole (1) and the area around the vent hole of each servocontrol
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-00-991-00200-A - Servocontrol - Location of the Vent Hole)

(3)

Do again several cycles of the rudder with the CAPT or F/O pedals.

(4)

Do a visual check of the vent hole and the area around the vent hole.
Make sure that you can see no leak.

Close-up
Subtask 27-24-00-860-052-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A)

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02)

Subtask 27-24-00-410-052-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

AES

Close the access doors 325CL 325DL 325CR 325DR

27-24-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

AES

Remove the access platform(s).

27-24-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

325 DL
325 CL

ZONE 325

325 DR
325 CR

B
ZONE 325

N_MM_272400_6_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-24-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Servocontrol - Location of the Vent Hole

27-24-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SERVO CONTROL - RUDDER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-24-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Rudder Servo Control
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT ONE SERVO CONTROL IS INSTALLED AT ALL TIMES. IF YOU MUST REMOVE ALL
THREE SERVO CONTROLS, FIRST DO THE INSTALLATION, ADJUSTMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
FOR ONLY ONE OF THE SERVO CONTROLS. IF YOU REMOVE ALL THREE SERVO CONTROLS AT
THE SAME TIME, DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT CAN OCCUR.

FIN 1025GM, 2025GM, 3025GM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27207545000
98D27207546000
98D27207548000
** On A/C 003-003

1
1
1

PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

SL90-314-7500
SL90-374-7500

2
2

TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454

WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325CL, 325CR, 325DL

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

27-24-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-22-00-000-001-A
29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of STA-LOK Nuts and Lockwashers
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00100-A - Rudder Access Panel and Rigging Pin Locations)
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00200-A - Rudder Servo Controls)
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00300-D - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer)
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00400-D - Servo Control Connection at the Rudder)
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00200-B - Rudder Servo Controls)
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00300-E - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer)
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00400-E - Servo Control Connection at the Rudder)
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00700-B - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer with Bolt PN D5537002020800)
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00800-B - Servo Control Connection at the Rudder with Bolt PN D5537002020800)
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-24-51-860-051-B
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(2)

Make sure that the rudder trim control is set at the zero position.
NOTE :

(3)

Make sure that the trailing edge of the rudder is in line with the red triangle on the tail cone.

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

Subtask 27-24-51-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

FIN
B04

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-24-51-860-050-A
C.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(3)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

27-24-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-24-51-010-050-B
D.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access panels 325BL 325CL 325CR 325DL at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer. (Ref.
TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

Subtask 27-24-51-480-050-A
E.

4.

Installation of the Rigging Pins

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00100-A - Rudder Access Panel and Rigging Pin Locations)
(1)

Install the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) in the differential lever (4).

(2)

Install the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) in the bellcrank assy (6) at the servo control
1025GM (5).

(3)

Install the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) in the travel limitation unit (3).

Procedure
CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT ONE SERVO CONTROL IS INSTALLED AT ALL TIMES. IF YOU MUST
REMOVE ALL THREE SERVO CONTROLS, FIRST DO THE INSTALLATION, ADJUSTMENT AND
TEST PROCEDURES FOR ONLY ONE OF THE SERVO CONTROLS. IF YOU REMOVE ALL THREE
SERVO CONTROLS AT THE SAME TIME, DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT CAN OCCUR.

** On A/C 003-003
Subtask 27-24-51-020-052-D
CAUTION :

A.

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE SECOND
WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.

Removal of the Rudder Servo Control 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM

NOTE :
(1)

The removal of the upper servo control only is described. The removal of the center servo control and
the lower servo control is almost the same.

Remove the cable assembly and the clamp (only at upper servo control 2025GM) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00200-A - Rudder Servo Controls)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (13).

(b)

Remove the nut (12).

(c)

Remove the screw (9) and the washer (8) from the clamp (10) and the eye-end (11).
NOTE :

(2)

AES

Do not disconnect the cable from the structure unless a new installation is necessary.

Disconnect the hydraulic system as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00300-D - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer)
(a)

Put the CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) below the hydraulic connections (30) ,(37) to collect the
unwanted fluid.

(b)

Disconnect the union nut (38) of the pipe (37) from the union (39) at the pressure port of the
servo control (5).

(c)

Disconnect the union nut (29) of the pipe (30) from the union (28) at the return port of the servo
control (5).

27-24-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d)

Drain the remaining hydraulic fluid into the container.

(e)

Put the CAP - BLANKING on the pipes (30), (37).

(f)

Put the CAP - BLANKING on the unions (28), (39) of the servo control (5).

(g)

Remove the screw (31) and the washer (32) and disconnect the bonding jumper (33) from the
servo control (5).
NOTE :

(3)

(4)

Disconnect the spring rod (21) from the input lever (17) of the servo control (5) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00300-D - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (27).

(b)

Remove the nut (26), the washer (25) and the screw (18).

(c)

Move the end of the spring rod (21) away from the input lever (17).

(d)

Temporarily safety the flanged bushes (19), (24) and the sliding bush (20) in the input lever (17).

Disconnect the servo control (5) from the bracket (65) of the rudder (2) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00400-D - Servo Control Connection at the Rudder)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (72).

(b)

Remove the nut (71), the washer (70) and the bolt (61).

(c)

Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-314-7500) and
remove the tab washer (68) with the spring ring (69) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001-A).

(d)

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-374-7500) and

remove the slotted nut (67) from the bolt (62).

(e)

Remove the cupwasher (66) from the bolt (62).

NOTE :

(5)

Do not disconnect the bonding jumper (33) from the structure unless a repair or a new
installation is necessary.

Do not remove the bolt (62) at this time.

Disconnect the servo control (5) from the bracket (52) of the vertical stabilizer (1) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00300-D - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (45).

(b)

Remove the nut (46), the washer (47) and the bolt (56).

(c)

Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-314-7500) and
remove the tab washer (49) with the spring ring (48) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001-A).

(d)

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-374-7500) and

remove the slotted nut (50) from the bolt (55).

(e)

Remove the cupwasher (51) from the bolt (55).

NOTE :

The servo control weighs approx. 5.5 kg (12.1254 lb).

(6)

Remove the bolt (62) from the bracket (65) of the rudder (2).

(7)

Remove the bolt (55) from the bracket (52) of the vertical stabilizer (1).

(8)

Remove the servo control (5) together with the the clamp (10) from the brackets (65), (52).

(9)

Remove the sealing rings (74), (35) from the eye-end bearings of the servo control (5).

(10) Remove the locking plate (64), the washer (77) and the bushes (73),(75) from the bracket (65) of the
rudder (2).

AES

27-24-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Remove the locking plate (53), the washer (58) and the bushes (34),(36) from the bracket (52) of the
vertical stabilizer (1).
(12) Remove the clamp (10) from the servo control (5).
Subtask 27-24-51-020-056-B
CAUTION :

B.

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE SECOND
WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.

Removal of the Rudder Servo Control 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM

NOTE :
(1)

The removal of the upper servo control only is described. The removal of the center servo control and
the lower servo control is almost the same.

Remove the cable assembly and the clamp (only at upper servo control 2025GM) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00200-A - Rudder Servo Controls)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (13).

(b)

Remove the nut (12).

(c)

Remove the screw (9) and the washer (8) from the clamp (10) and the eye-end (11).
NOTE :

(2)

Disconnect the hydraulic system as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00700-B - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer with Bolt PN
D5537002020800)
(a)

Put the CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) below the hydraulic connections (30),(37) to collect the
unwanted fluid.

(b)

Disconnect the union nut (38) of the pipe (37) from the union (39) at the pressure port of the
servo control (5).

(c)

Disconnect the union nut (29) of the pipe (30) from the union (28) at the return port of the servo
control (5).

(d)

Drain the remaining hydraulic fluid into the container.

(e)

Put the CAP - BLANKING on the pipes (30),(37).

(f)

Put the CAP - BLANKING on the unions (28),(39) of the servo control (5).

(g)

Remove the screw (31) and the washer (32) and disconnect the bonding jumper (33) from the
servo control (5).
NOTE :

(3)

AES

Do not disconnect the cable from the structure unless a new installation is necessary.

Do not disconnect the bonding jumper (33) from the structure unless a repair or a new
installation is necessary.

Disconnect the spring rod (21) from the input lever (17) of the servo control (5) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00700-B - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer with Bolt PN
D5537002020800)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (27).

(b)

Remove the nut (26), the washer (25) and the screw (18).

(c)

Move the end of the spring rod (21) away from the input lever (17).

(d)

Temporarily safety the flanged bushes (19),(24) and the sliding bush (20) in the input lever (17).

27-24-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Disconnect the servo control (5) from the bracket (65) of the rudder (2) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00800-B - Servo Control Connection at the Rudder with Bolt PN
D5537002020800)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (72).

(b)

Remove the nut (71), the washer (70) and the bolt (61).

(c)

Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-314-7500) and
remove the tab washer (68) with the spring ring (69) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001-A).

(d)

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-374-7500) and

remove the slotted nut (67) from the bolt (62).

(e)

Remove the cupwasher (66) from the bolt (62).

NOTE :

(5)

Do not remove the bolt (62) at this time.

Disconnect the servo control (5) from the bracket (52) of the vertical stabilizer (1) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00700-B - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer with Bolt PN
D5537002020800)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (45).

(b)

Remove the nut (46), the washer (47) and the bolt (56).

(c)

Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-314-7500) and
remove the tab washer (49) with the spring ring (48) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001-A).

(d)

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-374-7500) and

remove the slotted nut (50) from the bolt (55).

(e)

Remove the cupwasher (51) from the bolt (55).

NOTE :

The servo control weighs approx. 5.5 kg (12.1254 lb).

(6)

Remove the bolt (62) from the bracket (65) of the rudder (2).

(7)

Remove the bolt (55) from the bracket (52) of the vertical stabilizer (1).

(8)

Remove the servo control (5) together with the the clamp (10) from the brackets (65),(52).

(9)

Remove the sealing rings (74),(35) from the eye-end bearings of the servo control (5).

(10) Remove the locking plate (64) with the washer (77) and the bushes (73),(75) from the bracket (65) of
the rudder (2).
(11) Remove the locking plate (53), the washer (58) and the bushes (34),(36) from the bracket (52) of the
vertical stabilizer (1).
(12) Remove the clamp (10) from the servo control (5).
** On A/C 004-099
Subtask 27-24-51-020-052-E
CAUTION :

A.

Removal of the Rudder Servo Control 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM

NOTE :

AES

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE SECOND
WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.

The removal of the upper servo control only is described. The removal of the center servo control and
the lower servo control is almost the same.

27-24-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Remove the cable assembly and the clamp (only at upper servo control 2025GM) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00200-B - Rudder Servo Controls)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (13).

(b)

Remove the nut (12).

(c)

Remove the screw (9) and the washer (8) from the clamp (10) and the eye-end (11).
NOTE :

(2)

Disconnect the hydraulic system as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00300-E - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer)
(a)

Put the CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) below the hydraulic connections (30), (37) to collect the
unwanted fluid.

(b)

Disconnect the union nut (38) of the pipe (37) from the union (39) at the pressure port of the
servo control (5).

(c)

Disconnect the union nut (29) of the pipe (30) from the union (28) at the return port of the servo
control (5).

(d)

Drain the remaining hydraulic fluid into the container.

(e)

Put the CAP - BLANKING on the pipes (30), (37).

(f)

Put the CAP - BLANKING on the unions (28), (39) of the servo control (5).

(g)

Remove the screw (31) and the washer (32) and disconnect the bonding jumper (33) from the
servo control (5).
NOTE :

(3)

(4)

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (27).

(b)

Remove the nut (26), the washer (25) and the screw (18).

(c)

Move the end of the spring rod (21) away from the input lever (17).

(d)

Temporarily safety the flanged bushes (19), (24) and the sliding bush (20) in the input lever (17).

Disconnect the servo control (5) from the bracket (65) of the rudder (2) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00400-E - Servo Control Connection at the Rudder)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (98).

(b)

Remove the locking cap (97), the nut (96), the washers (90) and the washer (95).
Do not remove the bolt (62) at this time.

Disconnect the servo control (5) from the bracket (52) of the vertical stabilizer (1) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00300-E - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (88).

(b)

Remove the locking cap (87), the nut (86), the washers (89) and the washer (85).
NOTE :

AES

Do not disconnect the bonding jumper (33) from the structure unless a repair or a new
installation is necessary.

Disconnect the spring rod (21) from the input lever (17) of the servo control (5) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00300-E - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer)

NOTE :
(5)

Do not disconnect the cable from the structure unless a new installation is necessary.

The servo control weighs approx. 5.5 kg (12.1254 lb).

(6)

Remove the bolt (62) from the bracket (65) of the rudder (2).

(7)

Remove the bolt (55) from the bracket (52) of the vertical stabilizer (1).

27-24-51 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8)

Remove the servo control (5) together with the the clamp (10) from the brackets (65),(52).

(9)

Remove the sealing rings (74), (35) from the eye-end bearings of the servo control (5).

(10) Remove the locking plate (64), the washer (77) and the bushes (73), (75) from the bracket (65) of the
rudder (2).
(11) Remove the locking plate (53), the washer (58) and the bushes (34), (36) from the bracket (52) of the
vertical stabilizer (1).
(12) Remove the clamp (10) from the servo control (5).

AES

27-24-51 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z320

325EL(325ER)

325DL(325DR)
322BL
325CL(325CR)
325BL(325BR)

A
325AL(325AR)

RIGGING PIN
PN98D27207516040 OR
PN98D27207545000
RIB 8

1
RIB 7

A
RIB 6
3
RIB 5
5

2025GM

RIB 4
5
3025GM
RIB 3

5
1025GM

RIGGING PIN
PN98D27207516090 OR
PN98D27207546000

RIB 2

RIGGING PIN
PN98D27207516330 OR
PN98D27207548000

N_MM_272451_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-24-51-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Rudder Access Panel and Rigging Pin Locations

27-24-51 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-003
RIB 7
Z320

1
2

RIB 6

325CL(325CR)

B
RIB 5

2025GM

3025GM

B
RIB 4

B
1025GM

B
13

11
12
8

10

NOTE: THE CABLE ASSEMBLY AND

THE CLAMP ARE INSTALLED
ON THE SERVO CONTROL
2025GM ONLY
8
9

C
14

C
15

16

N_MM_272451_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-24-51-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Rudder Servo Controls

27-24-51 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-003
RIB7

A
2

RIB6

2025GM

RIB5

3025GM

RIB4

1025GM

39
38
37

56
36

55

35

29

53
58

35

27
28 26

17
18

25

30
24

34
33 32
31
23

22

20
19

21

51
52

22

23

50
49
48
47
46
45
N_MM_272451_4_AEV0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-24-51-991-00300-D SHEET 1

Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer

27-24-51 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-003
RIB7

A
2

RIB6

2025GM

1
RIB5

3025GM

RIB4

61

1025GM

62

64

77

75
65
74
5
66
67
74
73

68
69
70
71
72
N_MM_272451_4_AGV0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-24-51-991-00400-D SHEET 1

Servo Control Connection at the Rudder

27-24-51 PB401

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 004-099
RIB7
Z320

1
2

RIB6

325CL (325CR)

2025GM

RIB5

3025GM

RIB4

1025GM

B
11
12
13

10

NOTE: THE CABLE ASSEMBLY AND

THE CLAMP ARE INSTALLED
ON THE SERVO CONTROL
2025GM ONLY

8
9
5

C
14

C
15
16

N_MM_272451_4_ACP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-24-51-991-00200-B SHEET 1

Rudder Servo Controls

27-24-51 PB401

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 004-099
RIB7

A
2

RIB6

2025GM

RIB5

3025GM

RIB4

D
5

1025GM

39
38
37

36
35
55

29
53
58

35

27
28 26

17
18

25

30
24

34
33 32
31
23

22

20
19

21
85
22

23

89
52

86
87
88

N_MM_272451_4_AEW0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-24-51-991-00300-E SHEET 1

Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer

27-24-51 PB401

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 004-099
RIB7

A
2

RIB6

2025GM

1
RIB5

3025GM

RIB4

1025GM
62

E
64

77

75
65
74
95

90
74
73

96
97
98

N_MM_272451_4_AGW0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-24-51-991-00400-E SHEET 1

Servo Control Connection at the Rudder

27-24-51 PB401

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-003
RIB7

RIB6

2025GM

RIB5

3025GM

5
RIB4

39

1025GM

38
37

56

36
PN D5537001600200
35

55
PN D5537002020800

29

53
58

35

27
28 26

17
18

25

30
24

34
33 32
31
23

22

20
19

21
22

23

51
52

50
49
48
47
46
45
N_MM_272451_4_AJP0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-24-51-991-00700-B SHEET 1

Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer with
Bolt PN D5537002020800

27-24-51 PB401

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-003
RIB7

RIB6
2025GM

1
RIB5

A
3025GM
61

RIB4

1025GM

62
PN D5537002020800

64

77

75
PN D5537001600200

65

74
5

66
67
74
73

68
69
70
71
72

N_MM_272451_4_AKP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-24-51-991-00800-B SHEET 1

Servo Control Connection at the Rudder with Bolt PN
D5537002020800

27-24-51 PB401

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-24-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Rudder Servo Control
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR THE TASK.
ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE
AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT ONE SERVO CONTROL IS INSTALLED AT ALL TIMES. IF YOU MUST REMOVE ALL
THREE SERVO CONTROLS, FIRST DO THE INSTALLATION, ADJUSTMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
FOR ONLY ONE OF THE SERVO CONTROLS. IF YOU REMOVE ALL THREE SERVO CONTROLS AT
THE SAME TIME, DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT CAN OCCUR.

FIN 1025GM, 2025GM, 3025GM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

GAGE - FEELER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27207545000
98D27207546000
98D27207548000
** On A/C 003-003

1
1
1

PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

SL90-313-7500
SL90-374-7500

2
2

TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454

WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003

AES

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE

27-24-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 05-005
Material No: 11-026
No specific
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
CORROSION PREVENTIVE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia 0.8 mm (0.032 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325CL, 325CR, 325DL
D.

VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
27
45
72
13

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
pin
pin
pin
pin

IPC-CSN
27-21-04-08-050
27-24-04-20-050
27-24-04-20-050
27-24-04-20-220

cotter pin

27-24-04-21-220

cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter

** On A/C 004-099
13
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
** On A/C 003-003

DESIGNATION

20-22-00-400-001-A
20-28-00-912-004-A

Installation of STA-LOK Nuts and Lockwashers

Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-24-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation

27-24-00-710-002-A

Operational Test of the Rudder Servocontrols with Individual Hydraulic System

27-24-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Rudder Neutral Position

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-10-00-863-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

AES

27-24-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-14-00-614-002-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

51-75-13-916-002-A

Repair to a layer of Corrosion Preventive Compound

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00300-D - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer)

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00400-D - Servo Control Connection at the Rudder)
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00200-A - Rudder Servo Controls)
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00300-E - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer)
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00400-E - Servo Control Connection at the Rudder)
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00200-B - Rudder Servo Controls)
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00700-B - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer with Bolt PN D5537002020800)
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00800-B - Servo Control Connection at the Rudder with Bolt PN D5537002020800)
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00100-A - Rudder Access Panel and Rigging Pin Locations)
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-24-51-865-051-A
A.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

FIN
B04

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-24-51-860-053-B
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position.

(2)

Make sure that the access panels 325CL 325CR, 325BL 325DL at the trailing edge of the vertical
stabilizer are opened (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(3)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(4)

Make sure that the rudder trim control is set at the zero position.

(5)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate
the flight controls.

(6)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(7)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green, Blue and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(8)

Make sure that the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) is installed in the differential lever (4).

(9)

Make sure that the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) is installed in the bellcrank assy (6) at
the servo control 1025GM (5).

27-24-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Make sure that the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) is installed in the travel limitation unit
(3).
4.

Procedure
CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT ONE SERVO CONTROL IS INSTALLED AT ALL TIMES. IF YOU MUST
REMOVE ALL THREE SERVO CONTROLS, FIRST DO THE INSTALLATION, ADJUSTMENT AND
TEST PROCEDURES FOR ONLY ONE OF THE SERVO CONTROLS. IF YOU REMOVE ALL THREE
SERVO CONTROLS AT THE SAME TIME, DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT CAN OCCUR.

Subtask 27-24-51-910-051-A
A.

Preparation for the Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Do a visual check of the identification placard on the servo control:

. 1025GM.
for the lower servo control connected to the Green hydraulic system,
. 3025GM
for the center servo control connected to the Yellow hydraulic system,
. 2025GM
for the upper servo control connected to the Blue hydraulic system.

(2)

Make sure that the structure, the paintwork, the rudder control surface and the bonding jumpers are
clean and in the correct condition.

(3)

Clean the attachment brackets, the bushes and the locking plates with the CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-026) and let them dry.

(4)

Make sure that the bolts, the screws, the nuts, the bushes and the locking plates show no corrosion and
are not damaged.

(5)

Apply the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to all the bolts and the bushes.

** On A/C 003-003
Subtask 27-24-51-420-051-D
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH
A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

AES

YOU MUST INSTALL HYDRAULIC TUBES WITH HYDRAULIC FLUID AS LUBRICANT.

27-24-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION :

B.

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE SECOND
WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.

Installation of the Rudder Servo Control 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM

NOTE :

The installation of the upper servo control only is described. The installation of the center servo control
and the lower servo control is almost the same.

(1)

Install the bushes (34) and (36) in the bracket (52) of the vertical stabilizer (1).

(2)

Install the washer (58), the locking plate (53) in the bracket (52) of the vertical stabilizer (1).

(3)

Install the bushes (73) and (75) in the bracket (65) of the rudder (2).

(4)

Install the washer (77) and the locking plate (64) in the bracket (65) of the rudder (2).

(5)

Put the clamp (10) on the servo control (5).

(6)

Put the servo control (5) in position at the brackets (52) and (65).

(7)

Make sure that the items that follow are correctly installed in the brackets (52) and (65):
. The locking plates (53) and (64)
. The washers (58) and (77)
. The bushes (34), (36), (73) and (75).

(8)

Connect the servo control (5) to the bracket (52) of the vertical stabilizer (1) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00300-D - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer)
NOTE :

AES

In this procedure it is necessary for two persons to install the items that follow in the bracket
(52):
. The servo control (5)
. The sealing rings (35).

(a)

Apply a thin layer of the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the sealing rings (35).

(b)

Attach the sealing rings (35) in position at the eye-end bearing of the servo control (5).

(c)

Use the two GAGE - FEELER 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) thick to carefully move the servo control (5)
into the bracket (52).

(d)

Align the eye-end bearing of the servo control (5) and the sealing rings (35). Do this with the bolt
hole in the bracket (52).

(e)

Install the bolt (55) through the connection of the bracket (52) and the servo control.

(f)

Connect the servo control (5) with the STA-LOK nuts (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-001-A):
1

Install the cupwasher (51) and the slotted nut (50) on the bolt (55).

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-374-7500) and

TORQUE the slotted nut (50) to between 7.0 and 8.0 M.DAN (51.62 and 59.00 LBF.FT).

If the spring ring (48) was removed, install it on the tab washer (49).

Use the TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-313-7500)

and install the tab washer (49) with the spring ring (48). Do this on the slotted nut (50).

Install the bolt (56) through the bolt (55).

Install the washer (47) and the nut (46) on the bolt (56).

TORQUE the nut (46) to 1.0 M.DAN (88.50 LBF.IN) and then loosen it to the next cotter
pin hole.

Safety the nut (46) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-24-04-20) cotter pin (45) .

27-24-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9)

Connect the servo control (5) to the bracket (65) of the rudder (2) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00400-D - Servo Control Connection at the Rudder)
NOTE :

In this procedure it is necessary for two persons to install the items that follow in the bracket
(65):
. The servo control (5)
. The sealing rings (74).

(a)

Apply a thin layer of the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the sealing rings (74).

(b)

Attach the sealing rings (74) in position at the eye-end bearing of the servo control (5).

(c)

Apply the corrosion preventive SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the bolts (61)
and (62).

(d)

Use the two GAGE - FEELER 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) thick to carefully move the servo control (5)
into the bracket (65).

(e)

Align the eye-end bearing of the servo control (5) and the sealing rings (74). Do this with the bolt
hole in the bracket (65).

(f)

Install the bolt (62) through the connection of the bracket (65) and the servo control (5).

(g)

Connect the servo control (5) with the STA-LOK nuts (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-001-A):
1

Install the cupwasher (66) and the slotted nut (67) on the bolt (62).

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-374-7500) and

TORQUE the slotted nut (67) to between 7.0 and 8.0 M.DAN (51.62 and 59.00 LBF.FT).

If the spring ring (69) was removed, install it on the tab washer (68).

Use the TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-313-7500)

and install the tab washer (68) with the spring ring (69). Do this on the slotted nut (67).

Install the bolt (61) through the bolt (62).

Install the washer (70) and the nut (71) on the bolt (61).

TORQUE the nut (71) to 1.0 M.DAN (88.50 LBF.IN) and then loosen it to the next cotter
pin hole.

Safety the nut (71) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-24-04-20) cotter pin (72) .

(10) Apply a thin layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002A) to all attachment parts made of steel which you can see. Do not apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS
(Material No: 05-005) to the spherical bearings of the servo control (5).
(11) Connect the spring rod (21) to the input lever (17) of the servo control (5) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00300-D - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer)

AES

(a)

Make sure that the items that follow are clean and correctly installed in the input lever (17):
. The flanged bushes (19) and (24).
. The sliding bush (20)

(b)

Put the spring rod (21) in position in the input lever (17).

(c)

Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the screw (18).

(d)

Put the screw (18) into the connection of the input lever (17), and the eye-end of the spring rod
(21).

(e)

Install the washer (25) and the nut (26) on the screw (18).

(f)

TORQUE the nut (26) to 0.8 M.DAN (70.80 LBF.IN) and then loosen it to the next cotter pin
hole.

27-24-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(g)

Safety the nut (26) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-08) cotter pin (27) .

(12) Connect the hydraulic system as follows:

(a)

Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the unions (28) and (39) of the servo control (5).

(b)

Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the pipes (30) and (37).

(c)

Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.

(d)

Apply the HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the threads of the line end-fittings.

(e)

Connect the union nut (38) of the pipe (37) to the union (39). Do this at the pressure port of the
servo control (5).

(f)

TORQUE the union nut (38) to between 1.5 and 1.7 M.DAN (11.06 and 12.54 LBF.FT).

(g)

Connect the union nut (29) of the pipe (30) to the union (28). Do this at the return port of the
servo control (5).

(h)

TORQUE the union nut (29) to between 2.0 and 2.3 M.DAN (14.75 and 16.96 LBF.FT).

(i)

Make sure that the pipes (30) and (37) have no deformation when you tighten the union nuts
(29) and (38). Make sure that the pipes (30) and (37) do not touch the rear spar of the vertical
stabilizer (1).

(13) Put the bonding jumper (33) in position at the servo control (5). Attach it with the screw (31) and the
washer (32) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
(14) Install the cable assembly and the clamp as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00200-A - Rudder Servo Controls)
(a)

Put the washer (8) on the screw (9).

(b)

Put the screw (9) into the clamp (10) and the eye-end (11).

(c)

Install the nut (12) on the screw (9) and safety the nut with a new (IPC-CSN 27-24-04-20) cotter
pin (13) .

Subtask 27-24-51-420-055-B
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH
A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

YOU MUST INSTALL HYDRAULIC TUBES WITH HYDRAULIC FLUID AS LUBRICANT.

CAUTION :

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE SECOND
WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.

C.

AES

Installation of the Rudder Servo Control 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00700-B - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer with Bolt PN
D5537002020800)
and
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00800-B - Servo Control Connection at the Rudder with Bolt PN D5537002020800)

27-24-51 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE :

The installation of the upper servo control only is described. The installation of the center servo control
and the lower servo control is almost the same.

(1)

Install the bushes (34) and (36) in the bracket (52) of the vertical stabilizer (1). Make sure that you
install the correct bush (36) with the PN D5537001600200.

(2)

Install the washer (58), the locking plate (53) in the bracket (52) of the vertical stabilizer (1).

(3)

Install the bushes (73) and (75) in the bracket (65) of the rudder (2). Make sure that you install the
correct bush (75) with the PN D5537001600200.

(4)

Install the locking plate (64) with the washer (77) in the bracket (65) of the rudder (2).

(5)

Put the clamp (10) on the servo control (5).

(6)

Put the servo control (5) in position at the bracket (52) and (65).

(7)

Make sure that the items that follow are correctly installed in the brackets (52) and (65):
. The locking plates (53) and (64)
. The washers (58) and (77)
. The bushes (34), (36), (73) and (74).

(8)

Connect the servo control (5) to the bracket (52) of the vertical stabilizer (1) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00700-B - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer with Bolt PN
D5537002020800)
NOTE :

(9)

AES

In this procedure it is necessary for two persons to install the items that follow in the brackets
(52):
. The servo control (5)
. The sealing rings (35).

(a)

Apply a thin layer of the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the sealing rings (35).

(b)

Attach the sealing rings (35) in position at the eye-end bearing of the servo control (5).

(c)

Use the two GAGE - FEELER 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) thick to carefully move the servo control (5)
into the bracket (52).

(d)

Align the eye-end bearing of the servo control (5) and the sealing rings (35). Do this with the bolt
hole in the bracket (52).

(e)

Install the bolt (55) through the connection of the bracket (52) and the servo control.

(f)

Connect the servo control (5) with the STA-LOK nuts (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-001-A):
1

Install the cupwasher (51) and the slotted nut (50) on the bolt (55).

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-374-7500) and

TORQUE the slotted nut (50) to between 7.0 and 8.0 M.DAN (51.62 and 59.00 LBF.FT).

If the spring ring (48) was removed, install it on the tab washer (49).

Use the TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-313-7500)

and install the tab washer (49) with the spring ring (48). Do this on the slotted nut (50).

Install the bolt (56) through the bolt (55).

Install the washer (47) and the nut (46) on the bolt (56).

TORQUE the nut (46) to 1.0 M.DAN (88.50 LBF.IN) and then loosen it to the next cotter
pin hole.

Safety the nut (46) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-24-04-20) cotter pin (45) .

Connect the servo control (5) to the bracket (65) of the rudder (2) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00800-B - Servo Control Connection at the Rudder with Bolt PN

27-24-51 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5537002020800)
NOTE :

In this procedure it is necessary for two persons to install the items that follow in the bracket
(65):
. The servo control (5)
. The sealing rings (74).

(a)

Apply a thin layer of the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the sealing rings (74).

(b)

Attach the sealing rings (74) in position at the eye-end bearing of the servo control (5).

(c)

Apply the corrosion preventive SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the bolts (61)
and (62).

(d)

Use the two GAGE - FEELER 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) thick to carefully move the servo control (5)
into the bracket (65).

(e)

Align the eye-end bearing of the servo control (5) and the sealing rings (74). Do this with the bolt
hole in the bracket (65).

(f)

Install the bolt (62) through the connection of the bracket (65) and the servo control (5).

(g)

Connect the servo control (5) with the STA-LOK nuts (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-001-A):
1

Install the cupwasher (66) and the slotted nut (67) on the bolt (62).

Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-374-7500) and

TORQUE the slotted nut (67) to between 7.0 and 8.0 M.DAN (51.62 and 59.00 LBF.FT).

If the spring ring (69) was removed, install it on the tab washer (68).

Use the TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-313-7500)

and install the tab washer (68) with the spring ring (69). Do this on the slotted nut (67).

Install the bolt (61) through the bolt (62).

Install the washer (70) and the nut (71) on the bolt (61).

TORQUE the nut (71) to 1.0 M.DAN (88.50 LBF.IN) and then loosen it to the next cotter
pin hole.

Safety the nut (71) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-24-04-20) cotter pin (72) .

(10) Apply a thin layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002A) to all attachment parts made of steel which you can see. Do not apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS
(Material No: 05-005) to the spherical bearings of the servo control (5).
(11) Connect the spring rod (21) to the input lever (17) of the servo control (5) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00700-B - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer with Bolt PN
D5537002020800)

AES

(a)

Make sure that the items that follow are clean and are correctly installed in the input lever (17):
. The flanged bushes (19) and (24)
. The sliding bush (20).

(b)

Put the spring rod (21) in position in the input lever (17).

(c)

Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the screw (18).

(d)

Put the screw (18), into the connection of the input lever (17) and the eye-end of the spring rod
(21).

(e)

Install the washer (25) and the nut (26) on the screw (18).

(f)

TORQUE the nut (26) to 0.8 M.DAN (70.80 LBF.IN) and then loosen it to the next cotter pin
hole.

27-24-51 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(g)

Safety the nut (26) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-08) cotter pin (27) .

(12) Connect the hydraulic system as follows:

(a)

Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the unions (28) and (39) of the servo control (5).

(b)

Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the pipes (30) and (37).

(c)

Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.

(d)

Apply the HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the threads of the line end-fittings.

(e)

Connect the union nut (38) of the pipe (37) to the union (39). Do this at the pressure port of the
servo control (5).

(f)

TORQUE the union nut (38) to between 1.5 and 1.7 M.DAN (11.06 and 12.54 LBF.FT).

(g)

Connect the union nut (29) of the pipe (30) to the union (28). Do this at the return port of the
servo control (5).

(h)

TORQUE the union nut (29) to between 2.0 and 2.3 M.DAN (14.75 and 16.96 LBF.FT).

(i)

Make sure that the pipes (30) and (37) have no deformation when you tighten the union nuts
(29) and (38). Make sure that the pipes (30) and (37) do not touch the rear spar of the vertical
stabilizer (1).

(13) Put the bonding jumper (33) in position at the servo control (5). Attach it with the screw (31) and the
washer (32) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
(14) Install the cable assembly and the clamp as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00200-A - Rudder Servo Controls)
(a)

Put the washer (8) on the screw (9).

(b)

Put the screw (9) into the clamp (10) and the eye-end (11).

(c)

Install the nut (12) on the screw (9) and safety the nut with a new (IPC-CSN 27-24-04-20) cotter
pin (13) .

** On A/C 004-099
Subtask 27-24-51-420-051-E
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH
A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

YOU MUST INSTALL HYDRAULIC TUBES WITH HYDRAULIC FLUID AS LUBRICANT.

CAUTION :

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE SECOND
WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.

B.

Installation of the Rudder Servo Control 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM

NOTE :

AES

The installation of the upper servo control only is described. The installation of the center servo control
and the lower servo control is almost the same.

27-24-51 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Install the bushes (34) and (36) in the bracket (52) of the vertical stabilizer (1).

(2)

Install the washer (58), the locking plate (53) in the bracket (52) of the vertical stabilizer (1).

(3)

Install the bushes (73) and (75) in the bracket (65) of the rudder (2).

(4)

Install the washer (77) and the locking plate (64) in the bracket (65) of the rudder (2).

(5)

Put the clamp (10) on the servo control (5).

(6)

Put the servo control (5) in position at the bracket (52), (65).

(7)

Make sure that the items that follow are correctly installed in the brackets (52) and (65):
. The locking plates (53) and (64)
. The washers (58) and (77)
. The bushes (34), (36), (73) and (75).

(8)

Connect the servo control (5) to the bracket (52) of the vertical stabilizer (1) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00300-E - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer)
NOTE :

(9)

(a)

Apply a thin layer of the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the sealing rings (35).

(b)

Attach the sealing rings (35) in position at the eye-end bearing of the servo control (5).

(c)

Use the two GAGE - FEELER 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) thick to carefully move the servo control (5)
into the bracket (52).

(d)

Align the eye-end bearing of the servo control (5) and the sealing rings (35). Do this with the bolt
hole in the bracket (52).

(e)

Install the bolt (55) through the connection of the bracket (52) and the servo control.

(f)

Install the washer (85), the washers (89) and the nut (86) on the bolt (55).

(g)

TORQUE the nut (86) to between 7.0 and 8.0 M.DAN (51.62 and 59.00 LBF.FT).

(h)

Install the locking cap (87) and the cotter pin (88).

Connect the servo control (5) to the bracket (65) of the rudder (2) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00400-E - Servo Control Connection at the Rudder)
NOTE :

AES

In this procedure it is necessary for two persons to install the items that follow in the bracket
(52):
. The servo control (5)
. The sealing rings (35).

In this procedure it is necessary for two persons to install the items that follow in the bracket
(65):
. The servo control (5)
. The sealing rings (74).

(a)

Apply a thin layer of the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the sealing rings (74).

(b)

Attach the sealing rings (74) in position at the eye-end bearing of the servo control (5).

(c)

Use the two GAGE - FEELER 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) thick to carefully move the servo control (5)
into the bracket (65).

(d)

Align the eye-end bearing of the servo control (5) and the sealing rings (74). Do this with the bolt
hole in the bracket (65).

(e)

Install the bolt (62) through the connection of the bracket (65) and the servo control (5).

(f)

Install the washer (95), the washers (90) and the nut (96) on the bolt (62).

(g)

TORQUE the nut (96) to between 7.0 and 8.0 M.DAN (51.62 and 59.00 LBF.FT).

27-24-51 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(h)

Install the locking cap (97) and the cotter pin (98).

(10) Apply a thin layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002A) to all attachment parts made of steel which you can see. Do not apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS
(Material No: 05-005) to the spherical bearings of the servo control (5).
(11) Connect the spring rod (21) to the input lever (17) of the servo control (5) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00300-E - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer)
(a)

Make sure that the items that follow are clean and correctly installed in the input lever (17):
. The flanged bushes (19) and (24).
. The sliding bush (20)

(b)

Put the spring rod (21) in position in the input lever (17).

(c)

Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the screw (18).

(d)

Put the screw (18) into the connection of the input lever (17), and the eye-end of the spring rod
(21).

(e)

Install the washer (25) and the nut (26) on the screw (18).

(f)

TORQUE the nut (26) to 0.8 M.DAN (70.80 LBF.IN) and then loosen it to the next cotter pin
hole.

(g)

Safety the nut (26) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-21-04-08) cotter pin (27) .

(12) Connect the hydraulic system as follows:

(a)

Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the unions (28) and (39) of the servo control (5).

(b)

Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the pipes (30) and (37).

(c)

Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.

(d)

Apply the HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the threads of the line end-fittings.

(e)

Connect the union nut (38) of the pipe (37) to the union (39). Do this at the pressure port of the
servo control (5).

(f)

TORQUE the union nut (38) to between 1.5 and 1.7 M.DAN (11.06 and 12.54 LBF.FT).

(g)

Connect the union nut (29) of the pipe (30) to the union (28). Do this at the return port of the
servo control (5).

(h)

TORQUE the union nut (29) to between 2.0 and 2.3 M.DAN (14.75 and 16.96 LBF.FT).

(i)

Make sure that the pipes (30) and (37) have no deformation when you tighten the union nuts
(29) and (38). Make sure that the pipes (30) and (37) do not touch the rear spar of the vertical
stabilizer (1).

(13) Put the bonding jumper (33) in position at the servo control (5). Attach it with the screw (31) and the
washer (32) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
(14) Install the cable assembly and the clamp as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00200-B - Rudder Servo Controls)

AES

(a)

Put the washer (8) on the screw (9).

(b)

Put the screw (9) into the clamp (10) and the eye-end (11).

(c)

Install the nut (12) on the screw (9) and safety the nut with a new (IPC-CSN 27-24-04-21) cotter
pin (13) .

27-24-51 PB401

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-24-51-080-050-A
D.

Removal of the Rigging Pins

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00100-A - Rudder Access Panel and Rigging Pin Locations)
(1)

Remove the rigging pin 98D27207516330, or 98D27207548000 from the differential lever (4).

(2)

Remove the rigging pin 98D27207516090, or 98D27207546000 from the bellcrank assy (6) at the servo
control 1025GM (5).

(3)

Remove the rigging pin 98D27207516040, or 98D27207545000 from the travel limitation unit (3).

Subtask 27-24-51-865-052-A
E.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-24-51-870-050-A
F.

Bleeding Procedure of the Rudder Servo Control

NOTE :

The test after replacement of the lower servo control 1025GM (Green hydraulic system) only is
described. The tests after replacement of the center servo control 3025GM (Yellow hydraulic system)
and the upper servo control 2025GM (Blue hydraulic system) are almost the same.

(1)

Put the switch, A/SKID & N/W STRG, on the center panel 402VU to the OFF position.

(2)

Pressurize the reservoirs of the hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

(3)

Pressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the travel range of the servo controls and the rudder are clear of tools and other items.

(5)

Operate the left and the right rudder pedals to move the rudder surface.
NOTE :

Make sure that there is full and free movement of the rudder pedals.

(6)

Operate the rudder pedals ten times and then put them in the neutral position.

(7)

Make sure that there are no leaks at the hydraulic connections to the servo control.

Subtask 27-24-51-869-053-B
G.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Install the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) in the differential lever.

(2)

Remove the CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL).

(3)

Remove all the signs of hydraulic fluid from the components in the work area.

(4)

Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the center pedestal panel 110VU, shows zero.

(6)

Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002-A) or the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01)).

27-24-51 PB401

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

Make sure that the trailing edge of the rudder aligns with the red reference triangle on the tail cone.
(a)

If there is no red reference triangle on the tail cone, do the adjustment of the rudder neutral
position (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-820-001-A).

(b)

If the trailing edge of the rudder and the red reference triangle do not align, refer to the procedure
given in para. H.

(8)

Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) or the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(9)

Pressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A).

(10) Make sure that the rudder is in the neutral position.

NOTE :

The trailing edge of the rudder aligns with the red reference triangle on the tailcone.

Subtask 27-24-51-820-050-B
H.

If the rudder is not in the neutral position, do this step.

(1)

Adjust the spring rod

** On A/C 003-003
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00300-D - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer)
** On A/C 004-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00300-E - Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer)
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts (22) of the spring rod (21).

(b)

Loosen the nuts (22) and the serrated locking device (23).

(c)

Turn the body of the spring rod (21) until the rudder (2) is in the neutral position.
NOTE :

The trailing edge of the rudder is in line with the red triangle on the tail cone.

(d)

Engage the serrated locking device (23).

(e)

Tighten the nuts (22) against the serrated locking device (23).
NOTE :

(f)

Make sure that the threads of the rod end, block the inspection holes in the body of the
spring rod (21).

Safety the nuts (22) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia 0.8 mm (0.032 in.) to the serrated
locking device (23).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-24-51-860-054-A
J.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Remove the rigging pin 98D27207516330, or 98D27207548000 from the differential lever.

Subtask 27-24-51-710-050-A
K.

AES

Test Procedure
(1)

Do an operational test of the rudder system (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Do an operational test of the rudder servo controls (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-002-A), if all three servo
controls are replaced.

27-24-51 PB401

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-24-51-860-055-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Put the switch A/SKID & N/W STRG on the center panel 402VU to the ON position.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 27-24-51-410-050-B
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access panels 325BL 325CL 325CR 325DL at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer. (Ref.
TASK 55-33-13-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-24-51 PB401

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-24-51-000-002-A
Removal of the Filter from the Rudder Servo Control
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 1025GM, 2025GM, 3025GM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325CL, 325CR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

DESIGNATION
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00200-A - Rudder Servo Controls)

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00200-B - Rudder Servo Controls)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-51-860-052-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A)

(2)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(4)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

27-24-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-24-51-010-051-B
B.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access panels 325CL 325CR at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer, (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-010-002-A).

(3)

Put the CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) below the servo control.

Procedure
Subtask 27-24-51-020-053-A
A.

Removal of the Filter

** On A/C 003-003
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00200-A - Rudder Servo Controls)
** On A/C 004-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00200-B - Rudder Servo Controls)
NOTE :

AES

The removal of the filter (16) from the upper servo control 2025GM (5) only is described. The removal
of the filter (16) from the center 3025GM and the lower 1025GM servo controls (5) is similar.

(1)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the connection of the filter (16) to the valve block (14) of the servo
control (5).

(2)

Remove the sealing compound from the connection of the filter (16) to the valve block (14).

(3)

Remove the filter (16) from the valve block (14).

(4)

Remove and discard the packing (15) and the filter (16).

27-24-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-24-51-400-002-A
Installation of the Filter in the Rudder Servo Control
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR THE TASK.
ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE
AIRCRAFT.
FIN 1025GM, 2025GM, 3025GM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 09-004
Material No: 11-026
No specific
C.

DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia 0.8 mm (0.032 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325CL, 325CR
D.

VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
16
15

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
filter
packing

IPC-CSN
27-24-51-01-010
27-24-51-01-020

27-24-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-00-00-864-001-A
29-10-00-863-001-A

DESIGNATION
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-51-860-056-B
A.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position.

(2)

Make sure that the access panels 325CL 325CR at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer are opened
(Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(3)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green, Blue and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate
the flight controls.

(6)

Make sure that the container is in position below the servo control.

Procedure
Subtask 27-24-51-910-053-A
A.

Preparation for the Installation

(1)

Make sure that the servo controls are in the correct condition and have no dammage.

(2)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 27-24-51-420-052-A
B.

Installation of the Filter

NOTE :

AES

The installation of the filter (16) in the upper servo control 2025GM (5) only is described. The
installation of the filter (16) in the center 3025GM and lower 1025GM servo controls (5) is similar.

(1)

Put a new (IPC-CSN 27-24-51-01) packing (15) on the new (IPC-CSN 27-24-51-01) filter (16) .

(2)

Install the filter (16) in the valve block (14).

27-24-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

TORQUE the filter (16) to between 2.0 and 2.2 M.DAN (14.75 and 16.22 LBF.FT).

(4)

Safety the filter (16) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia 0.8 mm (0.032 in.) to the valve block
(14).

(5)

Clean the seal area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to remove all signs of hydraulic
fluid.

(6)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-004) to the connection of the filter (16) and the valve block (14).

Subtask 27-24-51-870-051-A
C.

5.

Bleeding Procedure of the Servo Controls.

(1)

Pressurize the Green, Blue and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-002-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(2)

Pressurize the reservoirs of the hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

(3)

Operate the left and the right rudder pedals to move the rudder surface.

(4)

Do this ten times and then put the rudder pedals back to the neutral position.

(5)

Make sure that there are no leaks at the filter connection to the valve block of the servo controls.

(6)

Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-24-51-410-051-B
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Remove the CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL).

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(3)

Close the access panels 325CL 325CR at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer, (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-410-002-A).

(4)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(5)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-24-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-24-51-000-003-A
Removal of the Rudder Servo Control Eye End
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR WARNING NOTICE(S)

56724S0000

B.

DESIGNATION

Spanner Set

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
27-24-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Rudder Servo Control
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00600-A - Rudder Servo Control Eye End)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-51-860-058-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(2)

Make sure that the rudder trim control is set at the zero position.

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

27-24-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-24-51-020-054-A
B.

4.

Removal of the Rudder Servo Control

(1)

Remove the rudder servo control (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-000-001-A).

(2)

Take the rudder servo control to a workshop bench and clamp it so that you can do work on the eye
end.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00600-A - Rudder Servo Control Eye End)
Subtask 27-24-51-020-055-A
A.

Removal of the Rudder Servo Control Eye End

(1)

(2)

Disconnect the lever (13) as follows:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (10).

(b)

Remove the nut (8) and the washer (9).

(c)

Remove the bolt (5) and the bush (6).

(d)

Release the lever (13) from the lever (11).

(e)

Remove the bushes (12) and (14).

Attach the spanner to the eye end (1).

NOTE :

(3)

Hold the piston rod (4) at the key faces and remove the eye end (1).
NOTE :

AES

The spanner is part of the Spanner Set (56724S0000).

A torque force of between 10.5 m.daN (77.43 lbf.ft) and 14.5 m.daN (106.93 lbf.ft) will be
necessary to release the eye end (1).

(4)

Remove the spanner from the eye end (1).

(5)

Remove the lever (2) with the lever (13) from the eye end (1).

(6)

Remove the locking washer (3) from the piston rod (4).

27-24-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

13

12
11

14

10

1
2
8

9
4

6
7

N_MM_272451_4_AHM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-24-51-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Rudder Servo Control Eye End

27-24-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-24-51-400-003-A
Installation of the Rudder Servo Control Eye End
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT

No specific

AR

DESIGNATION

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.00 and 1.20 M.DAN (0.00 and 9.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 2.00 and 20.00 M.DAN (15.00 and 150.00
LBF.FT)

56724S0000
B.

Material No: 09-016

Material No: 11-026
No specific

AES

DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
SEALANTS
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
Molykote DX

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325

Spanner Set

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 09-008E

C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

27-24-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
27-24-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Rudder Servo Control
27-24-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Rudder Servo Control
CMM 27-21-01
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00600-A - Rudder Servo Control Eye End)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-51-860-057-A
A.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(2)

Make sure that the rudder trim control is set at the zero position.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not operate the flight controls.

(4)

Make sure that the rudder servo control is removed (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00600-A - Rudder Servo Control Eye End)
Subtask 27-24-51-210-054-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Make sure that the rudder servo control is clamped securely to the workshop bench and that you have
access to the piston rod (4).

(2)

Clean all the parts retained from the removed component with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-026) and a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply Molykote DX to the thread, the shaft and the flange of the eye end (1) and to the contact
surfaces of the locking washer (3).

Subtask 27-24-51-420-053-A
B.

Installation of the Rudder Servo-Control Eye-End

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.

AES

27-24-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Assemble the levers (2) and (13) and the locking washer (3) on the eye-end (1).

(2)

Apply the sealants.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.
(a)

Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-008E) to the threads of the end of the piston rod (4).

(3)

Install the eye-end (1) with the levers (2) and (13) and the locking washer (3) in the piston rod (4).

(4)

Install the special tools:

NOTE :

The spanner and the clamping jaws are part of the Spanner Set (56724S0000) (Ref. CMM
27-21-01).

(a)

Attach the spanner to the eye-end (1).

(b)

Attach the clamping jaws to the piston rod (4). Make sure that the tabs of the locking washer (3)
engage with the clamping jaws.

(5)

Hold the piston rod (4) with the clamping jaws and TORQUE the eye-end (1) to between 10.5 and 14.5
M.DAN (77.43 and 106.93 LBF.FT).

(6)

Remove the spanner and the clamping jaws from the eye-end (1) and the piston rod (4).

(7)

Make sure that the space between the end of the piston rod (4) and the thread of the eye-end (1) is
fully sealed.

(8)

Put the lever (13) with the bushes (12) and (14) in the lever (11).

(9)

Install the bolt (5) with the bush (6), the washer (9) and the nut (8).

(10) TORQUE the nut (8) to between 0.05 and 0.15 M.DAN (4.42 and 13.27 LBF.IN).
(11) Safety the nut (8) with a new cotter pin (10).
(12) Apply the sealants.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.
(a)
5.

Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) to the cotter pin (10), the nut (8), the washer (9)
and the head of the bolt (5).

Close-up
Subtask 27-24-51-420-054-A
A.

Install the rudder servo control (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-24-51-942-059-A
B.

AES

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-24-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

AES

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-24-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-24-51-960-001-A
Replacement of the Rudder Servo-Control Bearings
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
1
WARNING NOTICE(S)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-24-51-000-001-A
27-24-51-400-001-A
CMM 27-21-01
3.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Rudder Servo Control
Installation of the Rudder Servo Control

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-51-860-059-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(2)

Make sure that the rudder trim control is set at the zero position.

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

Subtask 27-24-51-020-057-A
B.

Removal of the rudder servo-control

(1)

4.

Remove the rudder servo control (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-000-001-A).

Procedure
Subtask 27-24-51-960-050-A
A.

Replacement of the rudder servo-control bearings

(1)

5.

Replace the rudder servo-control bearings (Ref. CMM 27-21-01).

Close-up
Subtask 27-24-51-420-056-A
A.

Install the rudder servo control (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-24-51-942-060-A
B.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

AES

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-24-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-24-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SERVO CONTROL - RUDDER - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-24-51-200-001-A
Check of the Rudder Servo Control Attachments
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

B.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
3
2
4

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-24-04-20-060
27-24-04-20-100
27-24-04-20-110

bolt
bush
bush
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-24-51-000-001-A
27-24-51-400-001-A
27-24-51-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Rudder Servo Control
Installation of the Rudder Servo Control
Removal of the Rudder Servo Control (for corrective action)

27-24-51-000-003-A

Removal of the Rudder Servo Control Eye End (for corrective action)

27-24-51-400-001-A

Installation of the Rudder Servo Control (for corrective action)

27-24-51-400-003-A

Installation of the Rudder Servo Control Eye End (for corrective action)

CMM 55-41-13

(for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00500-A - Rudder Servo Control)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-51-010-053-A
A.

4.

Remove the rudder servo control (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-24-51-991-00500-A - Rudder Servo Control)
Subtask 27-24-51-220-050-A
A.

Measure of the Fits and Clearances

(1)

AES

Do an inspection of the two ends of the servo-control bearings.

(a)

Make sure that the inner dimensions of the two servo-control bearings (6) are between 19.037 mm
(0.7495 in.) and 19.050 mm (0.7500 in.).

(b)

Replace the servo-control bearing(s) (6) if the dimensions are not correct (Ref. TASK
27-24-51-000-003-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-400-003-A).

27-24-51 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)
(2)

Replace the servo-control if you find wear (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
27-24-51-400-001-A).

Continue with the check of the fits and clearances in the subsequent tables (for section C-C and section
D-D).

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

C,D

MIN
22.984

MAX
23.000

MIN
22.984

OD 2

0.9049

0.9055

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.9049
0.0000

0.0370

0.0370

0.0000

0.0015

0.0015

C,D

23.000

23.021

23.021

ID 1

0.9055

0.9063

0.9063

NOTE :
(3)

No wear is permitted between the bush (1) and the bush (2).

If necessary, replace the bush (1) (Ref. CMM 55-41-13) and/or the (IPC-CSN 27-24-04-20) bush (2) .

Subtask 27-24-51-220-051-A
B.

Measurement of the Fits and Clearances

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

C,D

MIN
19.024

MAX
19.037

MIN
19.024

OD 3

0.7490

0.7495

MAX

MAX

0.7490
0.0000

0.0340

0.0340

0.0000

0.0013

0.0013

C,D

19.037

19.058

19.058

ID 2

0.7495

0.7503

0.7503

NOTE :
(1)

AES

MIN

No wear is permitted between the bolt (3) and the bush (2).

If necessary, replace the bolt (3) and/or the bush (2).

27-24-51 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-24-51-220-052-A
C.

Measurement of the Fits and Clearances

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

C,D

MIN
19.024

MAX
19.037

MIN
19.024

OD 3

0.7490

0.7495

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7490
0.0000

0.0340

0.0340

0.0000

0.0013

0.0013

C,D

19.037

19.058

19.058

ID 4

0.7495

0.7503

0.7503

NOTE :
(1)

No wear is permitted between the bolt (3) and the bush (4).

If necessary, replace the (IPC-CSN 27-24-04-20) bolt (3) and/or the (IPC-CSN 27-24-04-20) bush (4) .

Subtask 27-24-51-220-053-A
D.

Measurement of the Fits and Clearances

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

C,D

MIN
22.984

MAX
23.000

MIN
22.984

OD 4

0.9049

0.9055

MAX

MAX

0.9049
0.0000

0.0370

0.0370

0.0000

0.0015

0.0015

C,D

23.000

23.021

23.021

ID 5

0.9055

0.9063

0.9063

NOTE :
(1)
5.

MIN

No wear is permitted between the bush (4) and the bush (5).

If necessary, replace the bush (4) and/or the bush (5) (Ref. CMM 55-41-13).

Close-up
Subtask 27-24-51-410-055-A
A.

AES

Install the rudder servo control (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-400-001-A).

27-24-51 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z320

A
RIB 7

2025GM

325CL
(325CR)
RIB 6

B
3025GM
RIB 5

B
1025GM
SECTION

RIB 4

DD

B
C
1
2
6

3
4
5

B
C
SECTION

CC
D
1
2
6

3
4
5

D
N_MM_272451_6_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-24-51-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Rudder Servo Control

27-24-51 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RUDDER POSITION INDICATING - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.

General
(Ref. Fig. 27-25-00-11200-A - Special Reference Mark)
The position of the rudder is shown on the lower display unit of the ECAM system.
This position is transmitted to the SDAC through a position transducer.
A triangle NSA950200 is sticked on the tail cone structure. At the zero position, the center of gravity of this triangle
is in line with the rudder lower trailing edge

NOTE :

AES

The rudder trim travel is shown on the rudder trim indicator in the form of a digital value. This information is
supplied by the FAC through a position transducer installed on trim actuator (Ref.27-22).

27-25-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

F/CTL

GBY

SPD PRK
L
AIL
GB

ELAC

SEC 1 2

R
AIL
GB

PITCH TRINGY
6.2UP
L
ELEV
BG

TAT +19 C
SAC +18 C

RUD
GBY

23H56

R
ELEV
VG

G.W 60300 KG
C.G 281 %

RUDDER

A
TRIANGLE P/N NSA 950200
BONDED ON TAIL CONE
TO INDICATE NEUTRAL POINT OF
RUDDER LOWER TRAILING EDGE

RED COLOR

N_MM_272500_0_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-25-00-11200-A SHEET 1

Special Reference Mark

27-25-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RUDDER POSITION INDICATING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-25-00-820-001-A
Adjustment of the Rudder Position Indicating
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

98D27207516000
98D27207546000

1
1

B.

Consumable Materials
REFERENCE

No specific
C.

DESIGNATION
Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR
D.

PIN-RIGGING,SET
PIN-RIGGING

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-24-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation

AES

27-25-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-24-00-820-001-A

DESIGNATION
Adjustment of the Rudder Neutral Position

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-25-00-991-00200-A - Tolerance Range for the Rudder Surface at the Zero Position)
(Ref. Fig. 27-25-00-991-00100-A - Rigging - Location)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-25-00-010-050-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone 325.

(2)

Open the access doors 325BL 325BR 325CL 325CR.

Subtask 27-25-00-865-050-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

FIN
B04

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-25-00-860-051-A
C.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this
pushbutton switch, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).

(3)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC2 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this
pushbutton switch, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).

(4)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows O.

(5)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

27-25-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

4.

(6)

On the tail cone, make sure that the lower part of the rudder trailing edge is aligned at 0 +3 mm or -3
mm (0.0000 +0.1181 in. or -0.1181 in.) with the center of gravity of the reference triangle. If it is not
the case, do the adjustment of the rudder neutral position with the reference triangle (Ref. TASK
27-24-00-820-001-A).
(Ref. Fig. 27-25-00-991-00200-A - Tolerance Range for the Rudder Surface at the Zero Position)

(7)

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) (1) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) pin

(98D27207516090) on the input lever of the lower servocontrol (2).
(Ref. Fig. 27-25-00-991-00100-A - Rigging - Location)

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-25-00-991-00100-A - Rigging - Location)
Subtask 27-25-00-820-050-A
A.

Adjustment of the Rudder Position Indication

CAUTION :

(1)

BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE RIGGING PIN ON THE TRANSDUCER UNIT.
DO NOT USE FORCE TO ENGAGE THE RIGGING PIN IN THE TRANSDUCER UNIT. IF YOU
USE FORCE, THE RIGGING PIN WILL NOT DISENGAGE FREELY AND DAMAGE TO THE
TRANSDUCER UNIT CAN OCCUR.

Push the pin (4) of the transducer unit (5).

NOTE :

The pin (4) is part of the transducer unit (5).

You must push the pin (4) freely. If this is not the case, adjust the length of the rod (3) as follows :
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts.

(b)

Loosen the nuts.

(c)

Release the lockwashers.

(d)

Adjust the length of the rod (3) until you can push the pin (4) freely.

(e)

Engage the lockwashers.

(f)

Tighten the nuts.

(g)

Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened the nuts.

(h)

Safety the nuts with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(i)

Remove the rigging pin (1) from the input lever of the lower servocontrol (2).
(Ref. Fig. 27-25-00-991-00100-A - Rigging - Location)

(j)

Make sure that the pin (4) is disengaged from the input lever of the transducer unit (5).

Subtask 27-25-00-710-050-A
B.

Operational Test
(1)

5.

Do the operational test of the rudder control mechanism (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-25-00-860-050-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-25-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-25-00-410-050-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the access doors 325BL 325BR 325CR 325CL.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-25-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

RUDDER

RUDDER TRAILING EDGE

AXIS

TRIANGLE AXIS

RED STRIP
WHITE TRIANGLE

CENTER OF GRAVITY

A =MAXIMUM ACCEPTABLE
SURFACE NEUTRAL RIGGING
POSITION TOLERANCE= 3mm (0,1181in)

N_MM_272500_5_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-25-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Tolerance Range for the Rudder Surface at the Zero
Position

27-25-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

325 CL
325 BL

325 CR
325 BR

ZONE 325

ZONE 325

C
C

B
1

4
2

3
N_MM_272500_5_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-25-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Rigging - Location

27-25-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TRANSDUCER UNIT - RUDDER POSITION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-25-17-000-001-A
Removal of the Rudder Position Transducer Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 42WV
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

CAP - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27207516000

PIN-RIGGING,SET

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-10-00-863-003-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

AES

27-25-17 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-10-00-864-003-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-25-17-991-00100-A - Rudder Position Transducer Unit 42WV)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-25-17-865-053-A
A.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

FIN
B04

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-25-17-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

(2)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the electric pump. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01)

(3)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(4)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the panel 110VU of the center pedestal shows zero.

(5)

Release the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 23VU and the OFF legend
comes on.

(6)

Release the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 24VU and the OFF legend
comes on.

(7)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

(8)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Subtask 27-25-17-865-051-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-25-17 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-25-17-010-050-B
D.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access panels 325BL 325BR 325CL 325CR at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (Ref.
TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

Subtask 27-25-17-860-053-A
E.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02)

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems.

(4)

Put the rigging pin 98D27207516090, part of PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) in the input lever
of the servo control.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-25-17-991-00100-A - Rudder Position Transducer Unit 42WV)
Subtask 27-25-17-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Rudder Position Transducer Unit 42WV

(1)

Disconnect the electrical connector (24) from the plug (23).

(2)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(3)

Disconnect the push-rod (4) from the transducer unit (3) as follows:

(4)

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (14).

(b)

Remove the nut (13), the washer (12) and the screw (5) from the lever (15).

(c)

Move the push-rod (4) clear of the lever (15).

(d)

Remove the bush (11) from the lever (15).

Remove the transducer unit (3) from the support bracket (6) as follows:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (18).

(b)

Remove the nut (17), the washer (16) and the screw (8) and disconnect the bonding jumpers (9)
and (22).
NOTE :

(c)

Support the transducer unit (3) and remove the nuts (17), the washers (16) and the screws (7).

(d)

Remove the transducer unit (3) from the support bracket (6).
NOTE :

AES

Do not disconnect the bonding jumper (22) from the bonding clamp (26) unless a repair
or a new installation is necessary.

Do not disconnect the bonding jumper (9) from the hinge arm (10) unless a repair or a
new installation is necessary.

27-25-17 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z320

A
325CL(325CR)

RIGGING PIN
98D27207516090

325BL(325BR)

B
8
7
6
3
42WV

23
22

24

26
10
22
5

15

25
12
13

11
11

14
16

27

17
18

N_MM_272517_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-25-17-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Rudder Position Transducer Unit 42WV

27-25-17 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-25-17-400-001-A
Installation of the Rudder Position Transducer Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 42WV
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27207516000
98D27207548000

1
1

PIN-RIGGING,SET
PIN-RIGGING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 05-005
Material No: 11-026
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
CORROSION PREVENTIVE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR
D.

VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
18

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-25-04-01-090

cotter pins
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-24-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation

AES

27-25-17 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-25-00-820-001-A

DESIGNATION
Adjustment of the Rudder Position Indicating

29-00-00-864-001-A
51-75-13-916-002-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Repair to a layer of Corrosion Preventive Compound

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-25-17-991-00100-A - Rudder Position Transducer Unit 42WV)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-25-17-991-00100-A - Rudder Position Transducer Unit 42WV)
Subtask 27-25-17-860-052-B
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position.

(3)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(4)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the panel 110VU of the center pedestal shows zero.

(5)

Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 23VU is released and the
OFF legend is on.

(6)

Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 24VU is released and the
OFF legend is on.

(7)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position.

(8)

Make sure that the access panels 325BL 325BR 325CL 325CR are open (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002A).

(9)

Make sure that the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) or PIN-RIGGING

(98D27207548000) is installed in the input lever of the lower servo control.

Subtask 27-25-17-865-052-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-25-17-991-00100-A - Rudder Position Transducer Unit 42WV)

AES

27-25-17 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-25-17-910-050-A
A.

Preparation for the Installation

(1)

Clean the interface of the support bracket (6) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) and let
it dry.

(2)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(5)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the bush (11) and the screws (5) and (7).

(6)

Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002-A) to
the component interface of the transducer 42WV (3) and the support bracket (6).
NOTE :

Make sure that the bonding areas on the transducer 42WV (3) and the support bracket (6) stay
clean.

Subtask 27-25-17-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Rudder Position Transducer Unit 42WV

(1)

Install the transducer unit (3) to the support bracket (6) as follows:
(a)

Put the transducer unit (3) in position at the support bracket (6) and attach it with the screws
(7), the washers (16) and the nuts (17).

(b)

Put the bonding jumpers (9) and (22) in position and attach them with the screw (8), the washer
(16) and the nut (17) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(c)

Tighten the nuts (17) and safety them with the new (IPC-CSN 27-25-04-01) cotter pins (18) .

Subtask 27-25-17-865-050-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-25-17-820-050-A
D.

Adjustment Procedure
(1)

Remove the rigging pin (27) from the housing of the transducer unit (3).

(2)

Move the rigging pin (27) into the lever (15) so that it engages with the housing of the transducer unit
(3).

(3)

If you can not install the rigging pin (27) easily, do an adjustment of the rudder position indicating (Ref.
TASK 27-25-00-820-001-A).

(4)

Put the rigging pin (27) back into related the housing of the trancuder unit (3).
NOTE :

AES

The rigging pin (27) is a part of the transducer (3).

27-25-17 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-25-17-710-050-A
E.

5.

Test Procedure
(1)

Remove the rigging pin 98D27207516090 from the input lever of the lower servo control.

(2)

Do an operational test of the rudder-position indicating system (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-25-17-410-050-B
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access panels 325BL 325CL 325BR 325CR (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-25-17 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

YAW DAMPER ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.

General
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-00-11200-A - Yaw Damper Servo-Actuators - General)
Two electrohydraulic yaw damper servo-actuators under the control of the FACs (Ref. 22-61) are installed between
the artificial feel and trim unit and the travel limitation unit (TLU). They drive the aft control via a differential
linkage.
The yaw damper servo-actuator orders are added to those of the pilots up to the maximum travel that the TLU
permits.
One of the two servo-actuators is active, the other remains in standby (bypass mode).
In the event of a double hydraulic failure, a centering spring rod sets the two yaw damper servo-actuators to the
neutral position.

AES

27-26-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-00-12500-A - Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator - Location)
FIN

3CC1
3CC2

AES

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
SERVO ACTR-YAW DAMPER, 1
SERVO ACTR-YAW DAMPER, 2

PANEL

ZONE ACCESS ATA REF.

DOOR
325
325BL 27-26-51
325
325BR 27-26-51

27-26-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

Component Description
A.

Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator 3CC1 3CC2

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-00-16400-A - Yaw Damper Servo Actuator)
(1) General
The two electrohydraulic servo-actuators are interchangeable.
Each servo-actuator includes :
. one piston with a transducer unit (LVDT) isolated from the hydraulic fluid
. one valve group which includes mainly :
one servovalve (2)
two solenoid valves (1)
two mode selector valves (3)
one pressure switch (5)
The design is such that a single failure cannot prevent the selection of the bypass mode.

AES

27-26-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Operation
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-00-16400-A - Yaw Damper Servo Actuator)
A.

Normal operation with the actuator pressurized

The servo-actuator pressurization directly involves the supply of the servovalve (2) by the HP system.
(1) Yaw damper in the active mode
The two solenoid valves (1) must be energized to set the two selector valves (3) to the active mode ; i.e to
connect the two piston chambers to the servovalve outputs.
Then, the servo-actuator is put in the active mode and the pressure switch (5) is not activated.
The feedback transducer (LVDT) (4) provides the servoloop feedback.
(2) Yaw damper in the bypass mode (standby configuration)
The two solenoid valves (1) are de-energized and the associated selector valves (3) are set to the bypass
mode under the action of their spring.
This permits the interconnection of the two piston chambers. In this case, the pressure switch (5) is not
activated.

B.

Operation in case of a simple electrical failure

One solenoid valve is de-energized and the operation is identical to that of para. 2 (b).
But the pressure switch is activated because the two selector valves are not in the same position.

C.

Operation after a hydraulic failure

With no hydraulic pressure, the two selector valves (3) are set to the bypass mode under the action of their
springs, thus the two chambers of the piston are interconnected.
In this case, the pressure switch (5) is not activated.

D. Maintenance and rigging facilities

The maintenance is on condition.
The items below are Line Replaceable Units :
. filter
. servovalve
. solenoid valves
. pressure switch
No rigging operation is necessary to replace the yaw damper.

AES

27-26-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

23VU

FLT CTL

24VU

FLT CTL

ELAC 1

SEC 1

FAC 1

ELAC 2

SEC 2

SEC 3

FAC 2

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

CENTERING SPRING DEVICE

UPPER
DISPLAY
UNIT
TRAVEL LIMITATION UNIT

SERVOCONTROL

LOWER
DISPLAY
UNIT

RUDDER SURFACE

G
ELAC 1

ELAC 2

FAC 1
(CHAP 22)

FAC 2
(CHAP 22)

FMGC 1
(CHAP 22)

FMGC 2
(CHAP 22)

DFDR

Y
G

TRANSDUCER
UNIT
YAW DAMPER
SERVO ACTUATORS

YAW DAMPER
CENTERING SPRING

SOLENOID
ARTIFICIAL
FEEL
TRIM SCREW JACK
TRANSDUCER
UNIT

TRIM ACTUATOR

N_MM_272600_0_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-26-00-11200-A SHEET 1

Yaw Damper Servo-Actuators - General

27-26-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

3CC2

B
B

B
3CC1

3CC1,3CC2
YAW DAMPER
SERVO ACTUATOR

N_MM_272600_0_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-26-00-12500-A SHEET 1

Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator - Location

27-26-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

U2

U1

4
1

SOLENOID VALVE

SERVO VALVE

SELECTOR

FEEDBACK TRANSDUCER

PRESSURE SWITCH

VALVE

N_MM_272600_0_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-26-00-16400-A SHEET 1

Yaw Damper Servo Actuator

27-26-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

YAW DAMPER ACTUATION - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-26-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 3CC1, 3CC2
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE

ACCESS

MMEL 22-60-04A
1.

YES

TEST
YES

SPECIFIC
MHR
TOOLS
NO
00:7

E/T
00:7

NB MEN
1

Reason for the Job

MMEL 22-60-04A
Yaw Damper System (FAA only)

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

AR

PLUG - BLANKING

No specific

PLUG-BLANKING(AS21913 TYPE)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

TIE WRAP

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
22-63-00-710-001-A
24-42-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Yaw Damper Function
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

AES

27-26-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-10-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-00-991-00200-A - Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator 3CC1 (3CC2))

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-00-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that hydraulic systems are depressurized

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-26-00-865-054-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
FOR FIN 3CC1
49VU

DESIGNATION

49VU
FOR FIN 3CC2
121VU
121VU

FIN

LOCATION

AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-26-00-010-054-A
C.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the access door 325BL (
325BR).

(2)

Open the access door 325BL ( 325BR).

Procedure
Subtask 27-26-00-040-050-A
A.

Deactivation of the Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator 3CC1 (3CC2).

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-00-991-00200-A - Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator 3CC1 (3CC2))
(1)

AES

Make sure that there is no hydraulic leakage from the yaw damper servo-actuator (1).
If there are leaks:
(a)

Depressurize the Green (Yellow) hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(b)

Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) below the hydraulic connections of the yaw damper servoactuator (1).

(c)

Remove the hydraulic pipes (3) and (4).

27-26-00 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d)

Drain the remaining hydraulic fluid into the container.

(e)

Remove the container.

(f)

Put PLUG - BLANKING on the disconnected line ends.

NOTE :

(g)

For the HP lines, you can use PLUG-BLANKING(AS21913 TYPE).

Pressurize the Green (Yellow) hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

(2)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (2) and (5) from the yaw damper servo-actuator (1).

(3)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(4)

Attach the electrical connectors (2) and (5) with a TIE WRAP.

Subtask 27-26-00-865-055-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
FOR FIN 3CC1
49VU

DESIGNATION

49VU
FOR FIN 3CC2
121VU
121VU

FIN

LOCATION

AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-26-00-710-053-A
C.

Tests
(1)

Do the operational test of the yaw damper function (Ref. TASK 22-63-00-710-001-A).
NOTE :

5.

The yaw damper servo-actuator 3CC1 (3CC2) you deactivated does not operate.

Close-up
Subtask 27-26-00-941-053-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell the crew that the yaw damper servo-actuator 3CC1
(3CC2) is deactivated.

(3)

Make an entry in the logbook.

Subtask 27-26-00-860-051-A
B.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).

Subtask 27-26-00-410-053-A
C.

Close Access
(1)

AES

Close the access doors 325BL ( 325BR).

27-26-00 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

AES

Remove the access platform(s).

27-26-00 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z325

325BL(325BR)

B
B
3CC2
3CC1

2
3

5
4

N_MM_272600_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-26-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator 3CC1 (3CC2)

27-26-00 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-26-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of the Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 3CC1, 3CC2
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE

ACCESS

TEST

SPECIFIC
TOOLS

MHR

E/T

NB MEN

MMEL 22-60-04A
1.

Reason for the Job

MMEL 22-60-04A
Yaw Damper System (FAA only)

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

27-26-51-000-001-A
27-26-51-400-001-A

Removal of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator

Installation of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

TSM 27-26-00-810-801

Failure of the Yaw Damper System (for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-00-991-00200-A - Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator 3CC1 (3CC2))

AES

27-26-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-00-860-052-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)

(2)

Make sure that hydraulic systems are depressurized

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-26-00-865-056-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
FOR FIN 3CC1
49VU

DESIGNATION

49VU
FOR FIN 3CC2
121VU
121VU

FIN

LOCATION

AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-26-00-010-055-A
C.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the access door 325BL (
325BR).

(2)

Open the access door 325BL ( 325BR).

Procedure
Subtask 27-26-00-440-050-A
A.

Reactivation of the Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator 3CC1 (3CC2).

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-00-991-00200-A - Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator 3CC1 (3CC2))
(1)

If the hydraulic pipes (3) and (4) are removed:

. Replace the Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator 3CC1 (3CC2) (Ref. TASK 27-26-51-000-001-A) (Ref.
TASK 27-26-51-400-001-A).

(2)

If the hydraulic pipes are connected:

(a)

Cut and discard the tie-wrap from the electrical connectors (2) and (5).

(b)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2) and (5) and from the yaw damper
servo-actuator (1).

(c)

Connect the electrical connectors (2) and (5) to the yaw damper servo-actuator (1).

Subtask 27-26-00-865-057-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
FOR FIN 3CC1
49VU

AES

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN
5CC1

LOCATION
B04

27-26-00 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
49VU
FOR FIN 3CC2
121VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

FIN
B03

LOCATION

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-26-00-942-055-A
C.

Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 27-26-00-810-050-A
D.
5.

Do the trouble shooting of the yaw damper servo-actuator 3CC1 (3CC2) you deactivated (Ref. TSM
27-26-00-810-801).

Close-up
Subtask 27-26-00-860-053-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)

Subtask 27-26-00-410-054-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the access doors 325BL ( 325BR).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-26-00 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

YAW DAMPER ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-26-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Yaw Damper Actuation
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
22-63-00-710-001-A
3.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Yaw Damper Function

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-00-860-058-A
A.

4.

Not applicable

Procedure
Subtask 27-26-00-710-050-A
A.

AES

Do the operational test of the yaw damper actuation (Ref. TASK 22-63-00-710-001-A).

27-26-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-26-00-820-001-A
Adjustment of the Yaw Damper Actuation
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

98D27207516000
98D27207548000
98D27207549000

2
1
1

PIN-RIGGING,SET
PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

B.

Consumable Materials
REFERENCE

No specific
C.

DESIGNATION
Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR
D.

VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
7

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-21-47-01-210

cotter pin
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
22-63-00-710-001-A
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Yaw Damper Function
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

AES

27-26-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-862-002-A

DESIGNATION
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-00-991-00100-A - Position of the Rigging Pins)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-00-861-051-A
A.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-26-00-010-056-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.

(2)

Open the access door 822.

(3)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

(4)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone 325.

(5)

Open the access doors 325BL 325BR.

Subtask 27-26-00-480-052-B
C.

Not Applicable

Subtask 27-26-00-865-051-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-26-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

FIN
M19

LOCATION

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-26-00-860-057-A
E.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that:

. The FLT CTL/ELAC1, FLT CTL/FAC1 and FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton switches are pushed (on
these pushbutton switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(2)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that:

. The FLT CTL/ELAC2, FLT CTL/FAC2, FLT CTL/SEC2 and FLT CTL/SEC3 pushbutton switches
are pushed (on these pushbutton switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(3)

On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU:

. Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch related to IR3 to NAV.
. Make sure that the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches related to IR1 and IR2 are in the OFF
position.

(4)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(5)

On the maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that:

. The HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B, HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G and
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switches are pushed (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends are off).

(6)

On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

(7)

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (5) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) pin

(98D27207516330) on the mixer (4) of the artificial feel unit.
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-00-991-00100-A - Position of the Rigging Pins)

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-00-991-00100-A - Position of the Rigging Pins)
Subtask 27-26-00-820-052-A
A.

Adjustment of the Yaw Damper Actuation

(1)

Adjustment of the left yaw damper actuator

(a)

Remove the cotter pin (7) and discard it.

(b)

Remove the nut (8) and the washer (9).

(c)

Remove the bolt (6) and disconnect the rod (11).

(d)

On the maintenance panel 50VU, release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y

pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend comes on).

(e)

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) (12) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) pin

(98D27207516330) on the output bellcrank (10) of the yaw damper. You must install and remove
the rigging pin easily. If not, do the adjustment of the left yaw damper actuator (2):
1

AES

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts.

27-26-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(f)
(2)

Release the lockwashers.

Adjust the length of the actuator until you can install and remove the rigging pin (12)
freely.

Engage the lockwashers.

Tighten the nuts.

Safety the nuts with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

Remove the rigging pin (12).

On the maintenance panel 50VU :
1

Release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch (on this

pushbutton switch, the OFF legend comes on).

Push the HYD/LEAK MESUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton
switch, the OFF legend goes off).

(b)

On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton
switch, the OFF legend comes on).

(c)

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) (12) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) pin

(98D27207516330) on the output bellcrank (10) of the yaw damper. You must install and remove
the rigging pin easily. If not, do the adjustment of the right yaw damper actuator(1):

(d)

AES

Loosen the nuts.

Adjustment of the right yaw damper actuator.

(a)

(3)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts.

Loosen the nuts.

Release the lockwashers.

Adjust the length of the actuator until you can install and remove the rigging pin (12)
freely.

Engage the lockwashers.

Tighten the nuts.

Safety the nuts with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

Remove the rigging pin (12).

Adjustment of the centering spring-rod

(a)

On the maintenance panel 50VU, release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y

pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend comes on).

(b)

Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) (12) or PIN-RIGGING,SET (98D27207516000) pin

(98D27207516330) on the output bellcrank (10) of the yaw damper. You must install and remove
the rigging pin easily. If not, do the adjustment of the centering spring-rod (3):
1

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts.

Loosen the nuts.

Release the lockwashers.

Adjust the length of the centering spring-rod (3) until you can install and remove the
rigging pin (12) freely.

Engage the lockwashers.

Tighten the nuts.

27-26-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
7
(4)

Safety the nuts with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

Adjustment of the length of the rod

CAUTION :

(a)

BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE RIGGING PIN ON THE TRANSDUCER UNIT.
DO NOT USE FORCE TO ENGAGE THE RIGGING PIN IN THE TRANSDUCER UNIT. IF
YOU USE FORCE, THE RIGGING PIN WILL NOT DISENGAGE FREELY AND DAMAGE
TO THE TRANSDUCER UNIT CAN OCCUR.

Push the pin (14) of the transducer unit (15).

NOTE :

The pin (14) is part of the transducer unit (15).

You must push the pin (14) in freely. If this is not the case, adjust the length of the rod (13) as
follows:
1

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts.

Loosen the nuts.

Release the lockwashers.

Adjust the length of the rod (13) until you can push the pin (14) in freely.

Engage the lockwashers.

Tighten the nuts.

Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened the nuts.

Safety the nuts with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(b)

Connect the rod (11) to the output bellcrank (10) of the yaw damper with the bolt (6).

(c)

Install the washer (9), the nut (8) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-21-47-01) cotter pin (7) .

Subtask 27-26-00-710-052-A
B.

5.

Operational Test
(1)

Remove the rigging pin (12) of the output bellcrank (10) of the yaw damper.

(2)

Remove the rigging pin (5) from the mixer (4) of the artificial feel unit.

(3)

Make sure that the pin (14) is disengaged from the input lever of the transducer unit (15).

(4)

On the maintenance panel 50VU:

. Push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G and HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/Y pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends go off).

(5)

On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch,
the OFF legend goes off and the FAULT legend comes on then goes off).

(6)

Do the operational test of the yaw damper (Ref. TASK 22-63-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-26-00-480-053-B
A.

Not Applicable

Subtask 27-26-00-410-055-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the access doors 325BL 325BR.

(2)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

27-26-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Tighten the two screws.

(4)

Close the access door 822.

(5)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-26-00-860-056-A
C.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch related to IR3 to
OFF.

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(4)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-26-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
ZONE 325

325 BL

A
ZONE 325

325 BR

D
C

13

14

15
3

10

B
12

11
10

9
8

7
4

N_MM_272600_5_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-26-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Position of the Rigging Pins

27-26-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TRANSDUCER UNIT - YAW DAMPER POSITION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-26-17-000-001-A
Removal of the Yaw Damper Position Transducer Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 2CC
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

CAP - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27207548000
98D27207549000

1
1

PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-862-002-A

DESIGNATION
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-10-00-863-003-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

AES

27-26-17 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-17-991-00100-A - Position Transducer Unit 2CC)
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-17-860-051-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(1)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the electric pump. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01)

(2)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(3)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the panel 110VU of the center pedestal shows zero.

(4)

Release the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 23VU and the OFF legend
comes on.

(5)

Release the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 24VU and the OFF legend
comes on.

(6)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

(7)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Subtask 27-26-17-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

FIN
B04

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-26-17-860-050-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A)

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02)

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-26-17-010-050-B
D.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access panels 325BL 325BR at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (1) (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-010-002-A).

27-26-17 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-26-17-480-050-A
E.

4.

Installation of the Rigging Pins

(1)

Put the rigging pin (5) PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) in the bellcrank of the yaw damper.

(2)

Put the rigging pin (4) PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) in the bellcrank of the rudder control unit.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-17-991-00100-A - Position Transducer Unit 2CC)
Subtask 27-26-17-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Yaw Damper Position Transducer Unit 2CC

(1)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (18) from the plugs (19) on the transducer unit 2CC (3).
NOTE :

Do not disconnect the bonding jumpers (17) from the electrical connectors (18) unless a repair
or a new installation is necessary.

(2)

Put the CAP - BLANKING on the electrical connectors (18) and the plugs (19).

(3)

Disconnect the push-rod (13) from the transducer unit 2CC (3) as follows:

(4)

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

(b)

Remove the nut (10), the washer (11) and the bolt (22) from the connection of the transducer
lever (12) and the push-rod (13).

(c)

Move the push-rod (13) clear of the transducer lever (12).

(d)

Remove the bush (21) from the transducer lever (12).

Remove the transducer unit (3) from the support bracket (8) as follows:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (14).

(b)

Support the transducer unit (3) and remove the nuts (15), the washers (16) and the bolts (6) and
(7).
NOTE :

(c)

AES

Identify the bolt (6) to make sure that it is installed in the same position in the support
bracket (8).

Move the transducer unit 2CC (3) down and away from the support bracket (8).

27-26-17 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

4
RIGGING PIN
98D27207516330 OR
3 98D27207548000

Z325

2CC

325BL
(325BR)

B
5
RIGGING PIN
98D27207516330 OR
98D27207549000

B
6
7
22
21

20

3
2CC

11
10

12

23

19
24

18
16

13

17
15
14

N_MM_272617_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-26-17-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Position Transducer Unit 2CC

27-26-17 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-26-17-400-001-A
Installation of the Yaw Damper Position Transducer Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
FIN 2CC
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27207548000
98D27207549000
B.

1
1

PIN-RIGGING
PIN-RIGGING

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 05-005
Material No: 11-004
No specific
C.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
CORROSION PREVENTIVE
CLEANING AGENTS
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
lockwire corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR
D.

VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
14
9

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
cotter pins
cotter pin

IPC-CSN
27-26-04-01-100
27-26-04-01-100

27-26-17 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
22-63-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Yaw Damper Function

29-00-00-864-001-A
51-75-13-916-002-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Repair to a layer of Corrosion Preventive Compound

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-17-991-00100-A - Position Transducer Unit 2CC)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-17-991-00100-A - Position Transducer Unit 2CC)
Subtask 27-26-17-860-052-B
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position.

(3)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(4)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the panel 110VU of the center pedestal shows zero.

(5)

Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 23VU is released and the
OFF legend is on.

(6)

Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 24VU is released and the
OFF legend is on.

(7)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position.

(8)

Make sure that the access panels 325BR 325BL are open (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(9)

Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (5) PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) is in the bellcrank of the yaw
damper

(10) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (4) PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) is in the bellcrank of the
rudder control unit.
Subtask 27-26-17-865-052-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-17-991-00100-A - Position Transducer Unit 2CC)

AES

27-26-17 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-26-17-910-050-A
A.

Preparation for the Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Make sure that the paintwork and the structure of the vertical stabilizer (1) and the rudder (2) are in
the correct condition.

(2)

Clean the interface of the support bracket (8) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-004) and let
it dry.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Make sure that the bonding jumpers (17) are in the correct condition.

(5)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(6)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the bush (21) and the threads of the bolts (6),(7)
and (22).

(7)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the shafts of the bolts (6),(7) and (22).

(8)

Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the interface of the support
bracket (8) and the the replacement transducer unit (3) (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002-A).

Subtask 27-26-17-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Yaw Damper Position Transducer Unit 2CC

(1)

(2)

Install the transducer unit (3) at the support bracket (8) as follows:
(a)

Put the flange (20) in position at the support bracket (8) and attach it with the bolts (6) and (7),
the washers (16) and the bolt (15).

(b)

Tighten the nuts (15) and safety them with the new (IPC-CSN 27-26-04-01) cotter pins (14) .

Connect the push-rod (13) to the transducer unit (3) as follows:

(a)

Install the bush (21) in the transducer lever (12).

(b)

Put the push-rod (13) in position in the transducer lever (12) and attach it wit the bolt (22), the
washer (11) and the nut (10).

(c)

TORQUE the nut (10) to 0.8 M.DAN (70.80 LBF.IN) and safety it with a new (IPC-CSN
27-26-04-01) cotter pin (9) .

(3)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(4)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(5)

Connect the electrical connectors (18) to the plugs (19).

NOTE :

AES

Make sure that the cables of the electrical connectors (18) do not rub on the spar box of the
vertical stabilizer (1).

27-26-17 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-26-17-820-050-A
C.

Adjustment Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-17-991-00100-A - Position Transducer Unit 2CC)
(1)

Make sure that the rigging pin (23) of the transducer (3) can be installed and removed easily.
NOTE :

(2)

The rigging pin (23) is part of the transducer.

If you can not install the rigging pin (23) easily, adjust the length of the push rod (13) as follows:
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts (24).

(b)

Loosen the nuts (24).

(c)

Turn the rod body as required until you can install and remove the rigging pin (23) easily.

(d)

Tighten the nuts (24) and safety them with lockwire corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).

(e)

Make sure that the rigging pin (23) can be installed and removed easily.

(f)

Make sure that the rigging pin (23) is clear of the housing.

Subtask 27-26-17-080-050-A
D.

Removal of the Rigging Pins

(1)

Remove the rigging pin (4) PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) from the bellcrank of the rudder control
unit.

(2)

Remove the rigging pin (5) PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) from the bellcrank of the yaw damper.

Subtask 27-26-17-865-051-A
E.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-26-17-710-050-A
F.
5.

Do an operational test of the yaw damper (Ref. TASK 22-63-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-26-17-410-050-B
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access panels 325BL 325BR at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-26-17 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CENTERING SPRING ROD - YAW DAMPER SERVO ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-26-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Centering Spring Rod for the Actuator of the Yaw Damper Servo
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27207549000

PIN-RIGGING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-10-00-863-003-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

AES

27-26-41 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-10-00-864-003-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-41-991-00100-A - Centering Spring Rod)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-41-860-051-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the electric pump. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01)

(3)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position

(4)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the panel 110VU of the center pedestal shows zero.

(5)

Release the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 23VU and the OFF legend
comes on.

(6)

Release the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 24VU and the OFF legend
comes on.

(7)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

(8)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Subtask 27-26-41-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-26-41-010-050-B
C.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access panel 325BL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

Subtask 27-26-41-860-050-A
D.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A)

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems.

27-26-41 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)
4.

Put the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) in the yaw damper bellcrank.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-41-991-00100-A - Centering Spring Rod)
Subtask 27-26-41-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Centering Spring Rod

(1)

(2)

(3)

AES

Disconnect the spring rod (2) from the lever (3) as follows:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (21).

(b)

Remove the nut (20), the washer (19), the bush (5) and the bolt (15).

Disconnect the spring rod (2) from the lever arm (1) as follows:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (10).

(b)

Hold the spring rod (2) in position and remove the nut (9), the washer (8), the bush (16) and the
bolt (4).

Move the spring rod (2) clear of the lever arm (1) and the lever (3).

27-26-41 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z325
325BL

RIGGING PIN
98D27207516330
OR
98D27207549000

1
7

10
9

1
8

6
11
5

12

13
14
21
20
19
18

16
15

3
17

N_MM_272641_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-26-41-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Centering Spring Rod

27-26-41 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-26-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Centering Spring Rod for the Actuator of the Yaw Damper Servo
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR THE TASK.
ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE
AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

No specific
98D27207549000
B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)
1

PIN-RIGGING

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 05-027
No specific

AES

WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032 in.)

27-26-41 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
10
21

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-26-04-01-050
27-26-04-01-050

cotter pin
cotter pin
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-24-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation

29-00-00-864-001-A
55-33-13-010-002-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-41-991-00100-A - Centering Spring Rod)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-41-865-051-A
A.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-26-41-860-052-B
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position.

(3)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(4)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the panel 110VU of the center pedestal shows zero.

(5)

Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 23VU is released and the
OFF legend is on.

(6)

Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 24VU is released and the
OFF legend is on.

(7)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position below the access
panel 325BL

(8)

Make sure that the access panel 325BL is open (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

27-26-41 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9)
4.

Make sure that the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) is installed in the bellcrank of the yaw
damper.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-41-991-00100-A - Centering Spring Rod)
Subtask 27-26-41-910-050-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(2)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the threads of the bolts (4),(15).

(5)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the bushes (5),(16).

(6)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the shafts of the bolts (4) and (15).

Subtask 27-26-41-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Centering Spring Rod

CAUTION :

(1)

(2)

YOU MUST INSTALL THE CENTERING SPRING ROD WITH THE LARGER SECTION UP.
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE CENTERING SPRING ROD AND THE ARTIFICIAL
FEEL SUPPORT.

Connect the spring rod (2) to the lever arm (1) as follows:
(a)

Put the bush (5) in the flanged bush (6) of the lever arm (1).

(b)

Put the spring rod (2) in position in the lever (1) and attach it with the bolt (4), the washer (8)
and the nut (9).

(c)

TORQUE the nut (9) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN) and safety it with the (IPC-CSN
27-26-04-01) cotter pin (10) .

Adjust the length of the spring rod (2) as follows:

(a)

If necessary, cut the lockwire and release the locknut (14).

(b)

Turn the rod end until you can install the bolt (15) smoothly.
NOTE :

(c)
(3)

(4)

AES

Use lockwire and make sure that the inspection holes are blocked by the threads of the
rod end.

Tighten the locknut (14) and safety it with the lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032
in.) on the safety washers (13).

Connect the spring rod (2) to the lever (3) as follows:

(a)

Put the bush (16) in the flanged bush (17) of the lever (3).

(b)

Put the spring rod (2) in position in the lever (3) and attach it with the bolt (15), the washer
(19) and the nut (20).

(c)

TORQUE the nut (20) to 0.7 M.DAN (61.95 LBF.IN) and safety it with the new (IPC-CSN
27-26-04-01) cotter pin (21) .

Make sure that the locknut (12) is tight and safety with the lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm
(0.032 in.) on the safety washers (11).

27-26-41 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-26-41-865-052-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-26-41-710-050-A
D.

5.

Test
(1)

Remove the rigging pin 98D27207549000 from the yaw damper bellcrank.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Do the operational test of the rudder hydraulic actuation (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-26-41-860-053-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-027) to the adjacent structure.

(3)

Make sure that the drain holes in the adjacent structure are not blocked.

Subtask 27-26-41-410-050-B
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access panel 325BL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-26-41 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CENTERING SPRING ROD - YAW DAMPER SERVO ACTUATOR INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-26-41-280-001-A
Removal of the Centering Spring Rod of the Yaw Damper for Workshop Test
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-21-00-04-)
REMOVE YAW DAMPER SPRING ROD FOR WORKSHOP CHECK

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-26-41-000-001-A
27-26-41-400-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Centering Spring Rod for the Actuator of the Yaw Damper
Servo
Installation of the Centering Spring Rod for the Actuator of the Yaw Damper
Servo

CMM 27-26-41
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-41-020-051-A
A.

4.

Remove the centering spring rod of the yaw damper (Ref. TASK 27-26-41-000-001-A).

Procedure
Subtask 27-26-41-280-050-A
A.

5.

Do a check of the centering spring rod of the yaw damper in the workshop (Ref. CMM 27-26-41).

Close-up
Subtask 27-26-41-420-051-A
A.

AES

Install the centering spring rod of the yaw damper (Ref. TASK 27-26-41-400-001-A).

27-26-41 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SERVO ACTUATOR - YAW DAMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-26-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 3CC1, 3CC2
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

1
1

CAP - BLANKING
CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27207549000

PIN-RIGGING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-00-00-864-001-A
29-00-00-910-002-A

DESIGNATION
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00100-A - Yaw Damper - Servo Actuator 3CC1, 3CC2)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00100-A - Yaw Damper - Servo Actuator 3CC1, 3CC2)

AES

27-26-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-26-51-010-050-B
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access panel 325BL (for 3CC1) and/or 325BR (for 3CC2) at the trailing edge of the vertical
stabilizer (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

Subtask 27-26-51-860-050-B
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A).

(2)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(3)

Make sure that the rudder trim control is set at the zero position.
NOTE :

Make sure that the trailing edge of the rudder is in line with the red triangle on the tail cone.

(4)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

(5)

Depressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems and put them in the maintenance
configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(7)

Depressurize the reservoir of the Green and the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001A).

(8)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the Green, the Yellow and the
Blue hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.

(9)

Put the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) in the yaw damper bellcrank.

Subtask 27-26-51-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00100-A - Yaw Damper - Servo Actuator 3CC1, 3CC2)

AES

27-26-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-26-51-020-050-A
CAUTION :

A.

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE SECOND
WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.

Removal of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator 3CC1 and 3CC2

NOTE :
(1)

The procedure for the removal of the servo actuators 3CC1 (1) and 3CC2 (2) is the same.

Disconnect the electrical connectors (12),(14) from the plugs on the actuator (1),(2).
NOTE :

Do not disconnect the bonding straps (13) from the electrical connectors (12),(14) unless a
repair or a new installation is necessary.

(2)

Put the CAP - BLANKING on the electrical connectors (12).(14) and the plugs on the actuator (1),(2).

(3)

Disconnect the hydraulic system from the actuator (1),(2).

(4)

Put a CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT in position below the connections of the
hydraulic pipes (16),(19) to the actuator (1),(2).

(5)

Disconnect the union nut (18) of the pipe (19) from the union (20) at the pressure port of the actuator
(1),(2).

(6)

Disconnect the union nut (15) of the pipe (16) from the union (17) at the return port of the actuator
(1),(2).

(7)

Drain the remaining hydraulic fluid into the CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT.

(8)

Put the CAP - BLANKING on the unions (17),(20) of the actuator (1),(2).

(9)

Put the CAP - BLANKING on the ends of the pipes (16),(19).

(10) Disconnect the actuator (1),(2) from the lever (11).

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (10).

(b)

Remove the nut (9), the washer (8) and the bolt (3).

(c)

Move the connection of the actuator (1),(2) away from the lever (11).

(d)

Remove the sliding bush (4) from the flanged bush (6) in the lever (11).

(11) Disconnect the actuator (1),(2) from the lever (5).

(a)

Support the actuator (1),(2).

(b)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (10).

(c)

Remove the nut (9), the washer (8) and the bolt (3).

(d)

Move the connection of the actuator (1),(2) away from the lever (5).

(e)

Remove the actuator (1),(2).

(f)

Remove the sliding bush (4) from the flanged bush (6) in the lever (5).
NOTE :

AES

Do not remove the flanged bushes (6),(7) from the levers (5),(11). The bushes (6),(7) are
safetied in the levers (5),(11) with loctite.

27-26-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z325

B C
10

3
2

4
5

1
3

2
8
9

C
2
3CC2

10

RIGGING PIN
98D27207516330
OR
98D27207549000

1 (3CC1)
2 (3CC2)

B
1
3CC1

14

17
18
20

15
2

12
13

3 16
4

13

19

8
1
10

ITEM 1 (3CC1)

ITEM 2 (3CC2)

11
2

8
9

11

10
2
4
1

N_MM_272651_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-26-51-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Yaw Damper - Servo Actuator 3CC1, 3CC2

27-26-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-26-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR THE TASK.
ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE
AIRCRAFT.
FIN 3CC1, 3CC2
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

AR
1

CAP - BLANKING
CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27207549000
B.

Material No: 04-004

Material No: 05-005
Material No: 08-029
Material No: 09-013
Material No: 16-021

AES

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
CORROSION PREVENTIVE
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
RETAINING ADHESIVE
SEALANTS
SEALANT-BRUSH CONSISTENCY (OBSOLETE)
STRUCTURE PAINTS
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325

PIN-RIGGING

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003

C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

27-26-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

325BL, 325BR
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
10

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-26-04-03-050

cotter pins
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
22-63-00-710-001-A
22-96-00-710-001-A
22-97-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Yaw Damper Function
Operational Test of the AFS
Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-00-00-910-002-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00100-A - Yaw Damper - Servo Actuator 3CC1, 3CC2)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00100-A - Yaw Damper - Servo Actuator 3CC1, 3CC2)
Subtask 27-26-51-860-054-B
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

AES

(1)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 325.

(3)

Make sure that the access panel 325BL (for 3CC1) or 325BR (for 3CC2) is open (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-010-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(5)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU shows 0.

(6)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the flight controls.

(7)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(8)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

27-26-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9)

Make sure that the CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT is in position below the hydraulic
pipes of the actuator.

(10) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
(11) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green, the
Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.
(12) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) is in position in the yaw damper
bellcrank.
Subtask 27-26-51-865-052-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

FIN
B04

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-26-51-210-050-A
C.

Visual inspection of the work area and the attachment components

(1)

Inspection of the work area.

(a)

(2)

4.

Make sure that these areas and items are clean, show no corrosion and are not damaged:
. The structure
. The paintwork
. The levers (5) and (11)
. The electrical connectors (12) and (14)
. The bonding straps (13)
. The union nuts (15) and (18)
. The hydraulic pipes (16) and (19).

Inspection of the attachment components.

(a)

Make sure that these items are clean and in good condition:
. The bolts (3)
. The bushes (4),(6) and (7)
. The nuts (9).

(b)

Make sure that the bushes (6) and (7) are tight in the levers (5) and (11).

(c)

If the bushes (6) and (7) are not tight in the levers (5) and (11):
1

Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-029) to the bushes (6)
and (7) to safety them in the levers (5) and (11).

Seal the bushes (6) and (7) in the levers (5) and (11) with SEALANTS (Material No:
09-013) .

Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) over the bushes (6) and (7) to protect
them.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00100-A - Yaw Damper - Servo Actuator 3CC1, 3CC2)

AES

27-26-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-26-51-910-051-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the thread of the bolts (3) and to the interfaces
of the bushes (4),(6),(7).

(2)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the shafts of the bolts (3).

Subtask 27-26-51-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator 3CC1 and 3CC2

CAUTION :

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE
SECOND WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION
TOO MUCH.

CAUTION :

YOU MUST INSTALL HYDRAULIC TUBES WITH HYDRAULIC FLUID AS LUBRICANT.

(1)

(2)

Connect the actuator (1),(2) to the lever (5).

(a)

Support the actuator (1),(2).

(b)

Put the sliding bush (4) into the flanged bush (6) of the lever (5).

(c)

Put the connection of the actuator (1),(2) in position in the lever (5).

(d)

Install the bolt (3), the washer (8) and the nut (9) at the connection of the lever (5) and the
actuator (1),(2).

Connect the actuator (1),(2) to the lever (11).

(a)

Put the sliding bush (4) into the flanged bush (6) in the lever (11).

(b)

Put the connection of the actuator (1),(2) in position in the lever (11).

(c)

Install the bolt (3), the washer (8) and the nut (9) at the connection of the lever (11) and the
actuator (1),(2).

(3)

TORQUE the nuts (9) to 1.5 M.DAN (11.06 LBF.FT) and then loosen the nuts (9) to the next cotter
pin hole.

(4)

Safety the nuts (9) with new (IPC-CSN 27-26-04-03) cotter pins (10) .

(5)

Remove the blanking caps from the unions (17),(20) of the actuator (1),(2).

(6)

Remove the blanking caps from the ends of the pipes (16),(19).

(7)

Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the threads of the line end-fittings.

(8)

Connect the union nut (18) of the pipe (19) to the union (20) at the pressure port of the actuator
(1),(2).

(9)

Connect the union nut (15) of the pipe (16) to the union (17) at the return port of the actuator (1),(2).
NOTE :

Make sure that the pipes (16),(19) do not rub on the structure.

(10) TORQUE the union nut (18) to between 1.5 and 1.7 M.DAN (11.06 and 12.54 LBF.FT).
(11) TORQUE the union nut (15) to between 2.0 and 2.3 M.DAN (14.75 and 16.96 LBF.FT).
(12) Remove the drainage container.
(13) Remove all signs of hydraulic fluid from the components and the work area.

AES

27-26-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(14) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connector (12),(14) and the plugs on the actuator
(1),(2).
(15) Connect the electrical connectors (12),(14) to the actuator (1),(2).
Subtask 27-26-51-865-051-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-26-51-080-050-A
D.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Pressurize the reservoir of the Green and the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

(2)

Remove the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) from the yaw damper bellcrank.

Subtask 27-26-51-710-050-A
E.

Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the yaw damper (Ref. TASK 22-63-00-710-001-A).

NOTE :

(2)
5.

If you operate the aircraft in actual CAT 3 conditions, do these tests:

. AFS-Test (Ref. TASK 22-96-00-710-001-A) and Land-Test (Ref. TASK 22-97-00-710-001A).

Do a visual check and make sure that there are no hydraulic leaks at the yaw damper.

Close-up
Subtask 27-26-51-410-050-B
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access panel 325BL (for 3CC1) and/or 325BR (for 3CC2) at the trailing edge of the vertical
stabilizer (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-26-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-26-51-000-002-A
Removal of the Servovalve
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27207549000

PIN-RIGGING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-00-00-864-001-A
29-00-00-910-002-A

DESIGNATION
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00100-A - Yaw Damper - Servo Actuator 3CC1, 3CC2)

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00200-A - Servovalve and Solenoid Valve)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-51-860-058-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

AES

27-26-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A).

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

(3)

Depressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems and put them in the maintenance
configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(5)

Depressurize the reservoir of the Green and the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001A).

(6)

Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to operate the Green, the Yellow and the Blue
hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.

(7)

Put a CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL) below the yaw damper.

(8)

Put the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) in the yaw damper bellcrank.
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00100-A - Yaw Damper - Servo Actuator 3CC1, 3CC2)

Subtask 27-26-51-010-051-B
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access panels 325BL (for the servovalve on 3CC1) and/or 325BR (for the servovalve on 3CC2)
at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

Subtask 27-26-51-865-053-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00200-A - Servovalve and Solenoid Valve)
Subtask 27-26-51-020-051-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Servovalve

(1)

Cut and remove the lockwire which safeties the screws (12).

(2)

Remove the screws (12) and the washers (11).

(3)

Pull the servovalve (13) away from the yaw damper (7).

(4)

Remove and discard the base plate (10).

(5)

Remove and discard and the O-ring (14).

27-26-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
3

9
8

4
5
6

11
12
10
14
13
N_MM_272651_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-26-51-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Servovalve and Solenoid Valve

27-26-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-26-51-400-002-A
Installation of the Servovalve
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR THE TASK.
ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE
AIRCRAFT.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27207549000
B.

PIN-RIGGING

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003
Material No: 05-002
No specific
C.

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR
D.

VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
14
10

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
O-ring
base plate

IPC-CSN
27-26-51-01-040
27-26-51-01-060

27-26-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
22-63-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Yaw Damper Function

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-00-00-910-002-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00100-A - Yaw Damper - Servo Actuator 3CC1, 3CC2)

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00200-A - Servovalve and Solenoid Valve)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-51-860-055-B
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 325.

(3)

Make sure that the access panel 325BL (for the servovalve on 3CC1) or 325BR (for the servovalve on
3CC2) is open (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green,
the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.

(7)

Make sure that the CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT is in position below the yaw
damper.

(8)

Make sure that the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) is in position in the yaw damper
bellcrank.
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00100-A - Yaw Damper - Servo Actuator 3CC1, 3CC2)

Subtask 27-26-51-865-054-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-26-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-26-51-420-051-A
A.

Installation of the Servovalve

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00200-A - Servovalve and Solenoid Valve)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(2)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Apply the anti-corrosion compound SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the
screws (12).

(5)

Lubricate the new (IPC-CSN 27-26-51-01) O-ring (14) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No:
02-003) .

(6)

Install the O-ring (14) in the port of the servovalve (13).

(7)

Put the new (IPC-CSN 27-26-51-01) base plate (10) in its installation position on the yaw damper (7).
NOTE :

Do not lubricate the base plate. It must be clean and dry.

(8)

Put the servovalve (13) on the base plate (10) and align the holes.

(9)

Install the screws (12) with the washers (11) on the servovalve (13) and the yaw damper (7).

(10) TORQUE the screws (12) to 0.6 M.DAN (53.10 LBF.IN).

(11) Safety the screws (12) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).
Subtask 27-26-51-865-055-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

FIN
B04

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-26-51-080-051-A
C.

AES

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Remove the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) from the yaw damper bellcrank.

(2)

Remove the container.

(3)

Pressurize the reservoir of the Green and the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

27-26-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-26-51-710-051-A
D.

5.

Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the yaw damper (Ref. TASK 22-63-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Do a visual check and make sure that there are no hydraulic leaks at the yaw damper.

Close-up
Subtask 27-26-51-410-051-B
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access panels 325BL (for the servovalve on 3CC1) and/or 325BR (for the servovalve on 3CC2)
at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-26-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-26-51-000-003-A
Removal of the Solenoid Valve
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27207549000

PIN-RIGGING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-00-00-864-001-A
29-00-00-910-002-A

DESIGNATION
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00200-A - Servovalve and Solenoid Valve)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-51-010-053-B
A.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access panels 325BL (for the solenoid valve on 3CC1) and/or 325BR (for the solenoid valve
on 3CC2) at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

27-26-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-26-51-860-052-B
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A).

(2)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(3)

Make sure that the rudder trim control is set at the zero position.
NOTE :

Make sure that the trailing edge of the rudder is in line with the red triangle on the tail cone.

(4)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

(5)

Depressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems and put them in the maintenance
configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(7)

Depressurize the reservoir of the Green and the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001A).

(8)

Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to operate the Green, the Yellow and the Blue
hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.

(9)

Put a CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL) below the yaw damper to collect the unwanted fluid.

(10) Put the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) in the yaw damper bellcrank.
Subtask 27-26-51-865-056-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00200-A - Servovalve and Solenoid Valve)
Subtask 27-26-51-020-052-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Solenoid Valve

(1)

Cut and remove the lockwire which safeties the screws (1).

(2)

Remove the screws (1) with the washers (2).

(3)

Remove the solenoid valve (3) from the yaw damper (7).

(4)

Remove and discard the O-rings (4),(5),(6).

27-26-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

AES

Remove and discard the lock washer (8) and the O-ring (9).

27-26-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-26-51-400-003-A
Installation of the Solenoid Valve
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR THE TASK.
ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE
AIRCRAFT.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27207549000
B.

PIN-RIGGING

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003
Material No: 05-002
No specific
C.

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
O-ring

IPC-CSN
27-26-51-01-100

O-ring

27-26-51-01-110

AES

DESIGNATION

27-26-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FIG.ITEM
O-ring

IPC-CSN
27-26-51-01-120

O-ring

27-26-51-01-130

E.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
22-63-00-710-001-A
24-41-00-862-002-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Yaw Damper Function
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-00-00-910-002-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00200-A - Servovalve and Solenoid Valve)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-51-860-056-B
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 325.

(3)

Make sure that the access panel 325BL (for the solenoid valve on 3CC1) or 325BR (for the solenoid
valve on 3CC2) is open (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(5)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU shows 0.

(6)

Make sure that the warning notices are in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

(7)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(8)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

(9)

Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(10) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green,
the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.

AES

27-26-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) is in position in the yaw damper
bellcrank.
(12) Make sure that the CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT is in position below the yaw
damper to collect unwanted fluid.
Subtask 27-26-51-865-057-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00200-A - Servovalve and Solenoid Valve)
Subtask 27-26-51-420-052-A
A.

Installation of the Solenoid Valve

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(2)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the screws (1).

(5)

Lubricate the new (IPC-CSN 27-26-51-01) O-ring (4) , (IPC-CSN 27-26-51-01) O-ring (5) , (IPC-CSN
27-26-51-01) O-ring (6) and (IPC-CSN 27-26-51-01) O-ring (9) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material
No: 02-003) .

(6)

Put the O-rings (4),(5),(6) on the applicable port of the solenoid valve (3).

(7)

Put the O-ring (9) and the lock washer (8) on the applicable port of the solenoid valve (3).

(8)

Put the solenoid valve (3) into its installation position on the yaw damper (7).

(9)

Install the screws (1) with the washers (2) to the solenoid valve (3) and the yaw damper (7).

(10) TORQUE the screws (1) to 0.2 M.DAN (17.70 LBF.IN).

(11) Safety the screws (1) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).

AES

27-26-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-26-51-865-058-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-26-51-080-052-A
C.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Remove the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) from the yaw damper bellcrank.

(2)

Remove the container.

(3)

Pressurize the reservoir of the Green and the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

Subtask 27-26-51-710-052-A
D.

5.

Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the yaw damper (Ref. TASK 22-63-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Do a visual check and make sure that there are no hydraulic leaks at the yaw damper.

Close-up
Subtask 27-26-51-410-052-B
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access panels 325BL (for the solenoid valve on 3CC1) and/or 325BR (for the solenoid valve
on 3CC2) at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-26-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-26-51-000-004-A
Removal of the Pressure Switch
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27207549000

PIN-RIGGING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-00-00-864-001-A
29-00-00-910-002-A

DESIGNATION
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00300-A - Pressure Switch)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-51-010-055-B
A.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access panels 325BL (for the pressure switch on 3CC1) and/or 325BR (for the pressure switch
on 3CC2) at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

27-26-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-26-51-860-053-B
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A).

(2)

Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.

(3)

Make sure that the rudder trim control is set at the zero position.
NOTE :

Make sure that the trailing edge of the rudder is in line with the red triangle on the tail cone.

(4)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

(5)

Depressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems and put them in the maintenance
configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(7)

Depressurize the reservoir of the Green and the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001A).

(8)

Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to operate the Green, the Yellow and the Blue
hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU on the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green, the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems.

(9)

Put a CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL) below the yaw damper to collect the unwanted fluid.

(10) Put the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) in the yaw damper bellcrank.
Subtask 27-26-51-865-059-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00300-A - Pressure Switch)
Subtask 27-26-51-020-053-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Pressure Switch

(1)

Cut and remove the lockwire which safeties the screws (7).

(2)

Remove the screws (7) and the washers (6).

(3)

Pull the pressure switch (5) off the yaw damper (8).

(4)

Remove and discard the O-ring (1) from the port.

27-26-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

AES

Remove and discard the extrusion rings (2),(4) and the O-ring (3) from the port.

27-26-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

1
2
8

3
4

6
7

N_MM_272651_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-26-51-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Pressure Switch

27-26-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-26-51-400-004-A
Installation of the Pressure Switch
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR THE TASK.
ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE
AIRCRAFT.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27207549000

PIN-RIGGING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003
Material No: 05-002
No specific
C.

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Expendable Parts

2
4

FIG.ITEM
extrusion ring
extrusion ring

IPC-CSN
27-26-51-01-170
27-26-51-01-170

O-ring

27-26-51-01-180

O-ring

27-26-51-01-190

AES

DESIGNATION

27-26-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
22-63-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Yaw Damper Function

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-00-00-910-002-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

55-33-13-010-002-A

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00300-A - Pressure Switch)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-51-860-057-B
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 325.

(3)

Make sure that the access panel 325BL (for the pressure switch on 3CC1) or 325BR (for the pressure
switch on 3CC2) is open (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.

(5)

Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU shows 0.

(6)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the flight controls.

(7)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(8)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

(9)

Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(10) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green, the
Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.
(11) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) is in position in the yaw damper
bellcrank.
(12) Make sure that the CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT is in position below the yaw
damper to collect unwanted fluid.

AES

27-26-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-26-51-865-060-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00300-A - Pressure Switch)
Subtask 27-26-51-420-053-A
A.

Installation of the Pressure Switch

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(2)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the screws (7).

(5)

Lubricate the new (IPC-CSN 27-26-51-01) O-ring (1) and (IPC-CSN 27-26-51-01) O-ring (3) with
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) .

(6)

Put the O-ring (1) on the applicable port of the pressure switch (5).

(7)

Put the new (IPC-CSN 27-26-51-01) extrusion ring (2) , (IPC-CSN 27-26-51-01) extrusion ring (4) and
the O-ring (3) on the applicable port of the pressure switch (5).

(8)

Put the pressure switch (5) into its installation position on the yaw damper (8).

(9)

Install the screws (7) with the washers (6) in the pressure switch (5) and tighten the screws.

(10) Safety the screws (7) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).
Subtask 27-26-51-865-061-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-26-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-26-51-080-053-A
C.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Remove the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) from the yaw damper bellcrank.

(2)

Remove the container.

(3)

Pressurize the reservoir of the Green and the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

Subtask 27-26-51-710-053-A
D.

5.

Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the yaw damper (Ref. TASK 22-63-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Do a visual check and make sure that there are no hydraulic leaks at the yaw damper.

Close-up
Subtask 27-26-51-410-053-B
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access panels 325BL (for the pressure switch on 3CC1) and/or 325BR (for the pressure switch
on 3CC2) at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-26-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SERVO ACTUATOR - YAW DAMPER - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-26-51-200-001-A
Visual Inspection of the Yaw Damper Servo-Actuators
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-26-51-01-)
INSPECTION OF RUDDER YAW DAMPER SERVO-ACTUATOR FOR LEAKAGE
NOTE :

2.

The inspection procedure that follows is only applicable if a yaw damper servo-actuator with the part number
SC4700-3 is installed.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27207548000

PIN-RIGGING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

325
325BL, 325BR
D.

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

ZONE DESCRIPTION
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

AES

27-26-51 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-26-51-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator

27-26-51-400-001-A
29-10-00-863-003-A

Installation of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
31-32-00-860-010-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV Page

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure

34-14-00-740-001-A
55-33-13-010-002-A

Interface Test of the IR

Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

55-33-13-410-002-A

Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical Stabilizer

(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00400-A - Servo Actuator - Yaw Damper (3CC1,3CC2))

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-51-010-057-B
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access panel 325BL and 325BR at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-010-002-A).

Subtask 27-26-51-860-060-A
B.

Cleaning and Visual Inspection

(1)

Clean the yaw damper servo actuators and the adjacent area with a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE
COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Examine the yaw damper servo actuators and the adjacent area for:
. damage
. corrosion
. satisfactory surface protection.

Subtask 27-26-51-860-059-A
C.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Do the EIS start procedure (ECAM system only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(3)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(4)

On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel:

. Get the F/CTL page.

(5)

On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU:

. Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch related to IR3 to NAV.

27-26-51 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.

Make sure that the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches related to IR1 and IR2 are in the OFF
position.

(6)

On the overhead panel, on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU:
. Make sure that the FAC1 and the FAC2 pushbutton switches are pushed (the FAULT and OFF
legends are off).

(7)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

(8)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the Green, the Yellow and the
Blue hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-26-51-865-062-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-26-51-991-00400-A - Servo Actuator - Yaw Damper (3CC1,3CC2))
Subtask 27-26-51-710-054-A
A.

Check for the External Leakage of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator
NOTE :

This procedure is for the Green hydraulic system. For the Yellow hydraulic system, use the indications
between the parentheses.

ACTION
1.On the FLT CTL panel 24VU(23VU):
.

Release the FAC2(FAC1) pushbutton switch.

RESULT
.

On this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend comes on.

2.On the center pedestal, on the MCDU2 (or on the L side

console, on the MCDU3):
. Get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV page (Ref.
TASK 31-32-00-860-010-A).
.

Push the line key adjacent to the IR3 indication.

Get acess to the INTERFACE TEST of the IR3 (Ref.

TASK 34-14-00-740-001-A).

For the test below, ignore the warnings and the

attitude changes.
3.Push the line key adjacent to the START TEST
indication.
4.Push the line key adjacent to the RETURN (TEST
STOP) indication.

The IR3 page comes into view.

NOTE :

AES

.
.

The rudder moves to the left, then slowly moves back

to zero.
The rudder moves to the right, then slowly moves back
to zero.

27-26-51 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
RESULT
5.On the MCDU2 (or 3):
On the MCDU2 (or 3):
. Push the the line key adjacent to the RETURN
. The CFDS MENU page comes into view.
indication until the CFDS menu page comes into view.
6.On the FLT CTL panel 24VU(23VU):
.

Push the FAC2(FAC1) pushbutton switch.

On this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend goes off.

(1)

Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (1) in the bellcrank of the rudder control unit.

(2)

Do a visual check of the yaw damper servo actuators for external leakages.

Subtask 27-26-51-210-058-A
B.

5.

Leakage Rates
(1)

If the leakage rate is less than 4 drops per minute, no further action is necessary.

(2)

If the leakage rate is between 4 and 14 drops drops per minute, replace the yaw damper servo
actuator(s) before the next 750 flight hours (Ref. TASK 27-26-51-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
27-26-51-400-001-A).

(3)

If the leakage rate is between 15 and 30 drops drops per minute, replace the yawdamper servo
actuator(s) before the next 100 flight hours (Ref. TASK 27-26-51-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
27-26-51-400-001-A).

(4)

If the leakage rate is more than 30 drops per minute, replace the yaw damper servo actuator(s)
immediately (Ref. TASK 27-26-51-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-26-51-400-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-26-51-410-054-B
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU:

. Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch related to IR3 to OFF.

(2)

Do the EIS stop procedure (ECAM system only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(4)

Remove the rigging pin (1) from the bellcrank of the rudder control unit.

(5)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-003-A).

(6)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(7)

Close the access panel 325BL and 325BR at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-410-002-A).

(8)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(9)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-26-51 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z325

A
325BL (325BR)

C
C

3CC2

3CC1

N_MM_272651_6_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-26-51-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Servo Actuator - Yaw Damper (3CC1,3CC2)

27-26-51 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ELEVATOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.

General
(Ref. Fig. 27-30-00-11200-B - Elevator)
two elevators hinged on the trimmable horizontal stabilizer (THS) ensure the pitch control (Ref. 27-40).
The elevators are controlled by :
. the Elevator and Aileron Computers (ELAC : Ref. 27-93) in the normal mode
. the Spoiler and Elevator Computers (SEC : Ref. 27-94) in case of ELAC failure.
The control orders are computed from signals that the two electrically-coupled side stick controllers send.
The artificial feel system (Ref. 27-92) operates independently of the flight conditions.
Two electrohydraulic servocontrols (Ref. 27-34) hydraulically actuate each elevator.
The position of the elevators is shown on the lower display unit of the ECAM system via the Flight Control Data
Concentrator (FCDC : Ref. 27-95).
On ground, with hydraulic systems not pressurized, the elevators may or may not droop down to the servocontrol
stop depending on the scatter of bearing and seal friction.

AES

27-30-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Interface with the Autopilot System

In the AP mode, the ELACs receive the FMGC orders and transfer them to the servocontrols.
The pilots can cancel the automatic mode through the override of a disengagement system, installed on each side
stick controller.
The disengagement system includes a spring device and a solenoid energized by the FMGCs.

AES

27-30-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FLT CTL
ELAC 1
SEC 1

FAC 1

23VU

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

OFF

OFF

SIDE STICK PRIORITY

SIDE STICK PRIORITY

CAPT

F/O

ELAC 2

FLT CTL
SEC 2
SEC 3

FAC 2

24VU

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

UPPER
DISPLAY
UNIT

FMGC

LOWER
DISPLAY
UNIT

FMGC

FMGC (Chap. 22)

CFDIU
FCDC 1

FCDC 2

DMU
FAC

FMGC (chap. 22)

FAC (chap. 22)

SFCC

SFCC
ADC

ACCELEROMETER

SEC 1

SEC 2

SEC 3

IRS

ACCELEROMETER

LO PR G
B
Y

ELAC 1

ELAC 2

LO PR G
B
Y

PRESSURE
SWITCHES

ADC

ADIRS
IRS
B PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS
G
Y

PRESSURE
SWITCHES

Y
XDCR UNIT
POS ELEV L

XDCR UNIT
POS ELEV R

ELEVATOR

ELEVATOR

N_MM_273000_0_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-30-00-11200-B SHEET 1

Elevator

27-30-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ELEVATOR AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.

General
Two electrohydraulic servocontrols hydraulically actuate each elevator.

AES

27-34-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-12400-B - Location of Elevator Servocontrol)
FIN

34CE1
34CE2
34CE3
34CE4

AES

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
SERVO
SERVO
SERVO
SERVO

CTL-L ELEVATOR, INBD G

CTL-R ELEVATOR, INBD Y
CTL-L ELEVATOR, OUTBD B
CTL-R ELEVATOR, OUTBD B

PANEL

ZONE ACCESS
DOOR
335
345
335
345

27-34-00 PB001

ATA REF.
27-34-51
27-34-51
27-34-51
27-34-51

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

Component Description
A.

Elevator Servocontrol 34CE1 34CE2 34CE3 34CE4

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-17300-B - Elevator Servocontrol)
(1) General
Each elevator is equipped with two interchangeable fixed-body electrically-controlled servo controls.
Each servo control is connected to two ELACs and to two SECs.
NOTE: vibrations could occur in the following configuration:
. vibrations along the cabin and in the cockpit and
. elevator control with SECs active and ELACs not active,
No trouble shooting is necesary (elevator oscillations are wider in SEC mode than ELAC mode).
Each elevator is actuated by a servo control in the active mode, while the other is in the damping
mode.
the active computer achieves the closed loop control of one servo control and commands the damping
mode on the adjacent servo control.
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-17400-A - Elevator Servocontrols - Damping and Active controls)
In the normal configuration, the inboard servo control is in the active mode.

AES

27-34-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Operation
A.

General
Each servo control has three operating modes:
. the active mode which permits the actuation of the elevator depending on electrical orders,
. the damping mode which prevents the appearance of flutter in the event of multiple failures (mainly dual
hydraulic or electrical failures, disconnection of one servocontrol associated to the hydraulic or electrical
failure of the other servo control),
. the centering mode which permits to bring back and hold the elevator in the 0 position in the event of a loss
of the electrical control of the two servo controls of a surface.

B.

Normal operation with the servocontrol pressurized.

The pressurization of the servocontrol involves the opening of the pressure-line closing valve (2) and of the
return-line closing valve (3).
Thus, the servovalve (4) is supplied from the HP system and the return system of the servocontrol is connected
to the LP system.
(1) Servocontrol in the active mode.
In this case, the two solenoid valves (1) are de-energized and let out the HP flow which sets the mode
selector valve (5) in the active mode.
Thus, the two actuator chambers are connected to the servovalve control line and the servovalve passes in
the active mode.
The mode selector-valve transducer (11) supplies an electrical signal which identifies this change of state.
One of the two feedback transducers (10) gives the servoloop feedback. The other is in standby and used in
case of failure.
NOTE :

If three feedback transducers are installed, the third is not used.

The elevator position transducer-unit is used for the monitoring.
The servovalve transducer (12) is also used for the monitoring.

(2) Servocontrol in the damping mode.

One solenoid valve at least is energized and the mode selector is displaced in the damping mode under the
action of its spring.
This causes the interconnection of the two actuator chambers through the damping orifice (6).
The mode selector-valve transducer identifies this change of state.
The check valve (7) and the fluid reserve (9) hold the volume of fluid in the actuator chambers :
. if the temperature of the hydraulic fluid changes,
. if there is a leakage.
The return relief valve (8) increases the pressure in the return line and permits to fill the reserve of fluid.
(3) Servocontrol in the centering mode.
With the solenoid valves and servovalve de-energized the servovalve control valve is centered to the neutral
position by its mechanical input.
The mechanical input is always positioned by the linkage (13) so as to give a control order opposed to the
preceding electrical control order.
Thus the servocontrol goes back and stays in the zero position.
(4) Differential pressure indicator
The purpose of differential pressure indicator (16) is to check the return relief valve (8). It controls:
.

AES

that the return relief valve provides a differential pressure greater or equal to 4 +0.5 bar or -0.5 bar
(58.0151 +7.2519 psi or -7.2519 psi).

27-34-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

C.

that the return relief valve does not stick in the open position.

that the return relief valve closes properly.

Operation after a simple electrical failure.

In this case, the solenoid valve is energized and the servocontrol operates in the damping mode (Ref. para. (2)
(b)).

D. Operation after a total electrical failure.

In this case, the solenoid valves and the servovalves are de-energized and the servocontrol operates in the
centering mode (Ref. para. (2) (c)).
E.

Operation after a hydraulic failure.

The closing valves (2) and (3) close and isolate the servocontrol from the aircraft hydraulic system.
If there is a rupture of the aircraft return line, the return relief- valve holds the fluid volume in the fluid reserve.
The mode selector- valve is set to the damping mode under the action of its spring.
Thus, the servocontrol operates in the damping mode.

F.

Special case
After hydraulic depressurization, a difference in droop speed and travel between the two elevators is possible.
This is because of the variations of friction in the attachments and the servo control.
This difference is correct.

G.

Maintenance and rigging facilities.

The maintenance is on condition.
The items given below are Line Replaceable Units:
. Filter
. Mode selector-valve transducer
. Solenoid valves
. Servovalve
. Actuator eye-end.
To replace the servocontrol, it is necessary to have simultaneously the surface and the servocontrol in the
neutral position.
This is done through the adjustment of the rod eye-end length.

H. Particular points.
During flight, vibrations may occur with the current elevator neutral setting combined with backlash at the
elevator servo control attachments. To avoid this situation, the elevator zero position is shifted 0.5 deg nose-up,
trailing edge upwards.

AES

27-34-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A
A
A

ALTERNATIVE SOLUTION

34CE 4

34CE 2

34CE 1

34CE 3

N_MM_273400_0_BAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-12400-B SHEET 1

Location of Elevator Servocontrol

27-34-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

AES

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

FIGURE 27-34-00-17300-B SHEET 1

Elevator Servocontrol
10

13
10

14

12

ALTERNATIVE
SOLUTION

PRESSURE LINE CLOSING VALVE

RETURN LINE CLOSING VALVE
SERVOVALVE
MODE SELECTOR VALVE
DAMPING ORIFICE
CHECK VALVE
RETURN RELIEF VALVE
FLUID RESERVE
FEEDBACK TRANSDUCER
MODE SELECTOR VALVE TRANSDUCER
SERVOVALVE TRANSDUCER
CENTERING DEVICE
SERVOVALVE MECHANICAL INPUT
DRAINAGE CONNECTED FOR FLUID RESERVE
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE INDICATOR

NM5 27 34 00 0 BCM0 03

U2 U1 P

15
3

ACTIVE OR CENTERING MODE

11

16

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C ALL

N_MM_273400_0_BCM0_01_00

27-34-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
1

NORMAL OPERATION

WHEN ELAC 2 CONTROL IS LOST

SV

SV
ELAC 2

EV1
EV2

ELAC 1

EV1
EV2

SEC 2

EV1
EV2

SEC 1

EV1
EV2

L. ELEVATOR
SERVO CTL
OUTBD BLUE

ELAC 2

L. ELEVATOR
SERVO CTL
INBD GREEN

ELAC 1

EV1
EV2

EV1
EV2

SV

SV

SV

R. ELEVATOR
SERVO CTL
INBD YELLOW

SEC 2

R. ELEVATOR
SERVO CTL
OUTBD BLUE

SEC 1

EV1
EV2

EV1
EV2

WHEN ELAC 2, ELAC 1 CONTROLS

ARE LOST

EV1
EV2

ELAC 1

EV1
EV2

SEC 2

EV1
EV2

SEC 1

EV1
EV2

R. ELEVATOR
SERVO CTL
OUTBD BLUE

WHEN ELAC 2, ELAC 1, SEC 2

CONTROLS ARE LOST
SV

L. ELEVATOR
SERVO CTL
OUTBD BLUE

ELAC 2

L. ELEVATOR
SERVO CTL
INBD GREEN

ELAC 1

EV1
EV2

EV1
EV2

L. ELEVATOR
SERVO CTL
OUTBD BLUE

L. ELEVATOR
SERVO CTL
INBD GREEN

SV

SV

SV

SV

R. ELEVATOR
SERVO CTL
INBD YELLOW

SEC 2

R. ELEVATOR
SERVO CTL
OUTBD BLUE

SEC 1

SV
ACTIVE CONTROL
DAMPING COMMAND

AES

R. ELEVATOR
SERVO CTL
INBD YELLOW

SV

SV
ELAC 2

L. ELEVATOR
SERVO CTL
INBD GREEN

SV

SV
3

L. ELEVATOR
SERVO CTL
OUTBD BLUE

FIGURE 27-34-00-17400-A SHEET 1

Elevator Servocontrols - Damping and Active controls

EV1
EV2

EV1
EV2

R. ELEVATOR
SERVO CTL
INBD YELLOW

R. ELEVATOR
SERVO CTL
OUTBD BLUE
SV

SV: SERVOVALVES (ACTIVE CONTROL)

EV1,EV2: SOLENOID VALVES (DAMPING COMMAND)
N_MM_273400_0_DCM0_01_00

27-34-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ELEVATOR AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-00-040-001-A
Elevator Servocontrol Position-Transducer - Connection of the Spare Transducer
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE

ACCESS

MMEL 27-34-02A
1.

YES

TEST
YES

SPECIFIC
MHR
TOOLS
NO
00:5

E/T
01:5

NB MEN
1

Reason for the Job

MMEL 27-34-02A
Elevator Servo-Control Position Transducer
(Old MMEL ref: 27-34-02)

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

334
344
334DB, 344DB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
THS TRAILING EDGE
THS TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

AES

27-34-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-34-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

55-13-11-400-001-A

Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00400-B - Elevator Servocontrols Position-Transducers)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-068-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches
(on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends come on).

(3)

On the overhead panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2, FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3
pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends come on).

(4)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems:

(a)

For the left elevator:

. Depressurize the Green and Blue systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-003-A).

(b)

For the right elevator:

. Depressurize the Yellow and Blue systems (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-003-A).

Subtask 27-34-00-010-055-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

(2)

4.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position:

(a)

In the zone 334 for the left elevator.

(b)

In the zone 344 for the right elevator.

Open the THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A):
(a)

334DB for the left elevator.

(b)

344DB for the right elevator.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00400-B - Elevator Servocontrols Position-Transducers)
Subtask 27-34-00-040-050-B
A.

Connection of the Spare Transducer:

(1)

If the servocontrol has two transducers:

(a)

AES

Swap the connection of the electrical connectors on the transducers.

27-34-00 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

If the servocontrol has three transducers:

(a)

Remove the electrical connector (1) from the defective transducer.

(b)

Remove the blanking cap from the new transducer and put it on the defective transducer.

(c)

Connect the electrical connector (1) to the new transducer.

Subtask 27-34-00-710-052-A
B.

5.

Test
(1)

On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches
(on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends go off).

(2)

On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2, FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3
pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends go off).

(3)

Do the operational test of the elevators (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-00-410-055-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001-A):

(3)

(a)

334DB for the left elevator.

(b)

344DB for the right elevator.

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-34-00-860-069-A
B.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Make an entry in the log-book.

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-34-00 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A
Z344

334DB

Z344
344DB

ALTERNATIVE SOLUTION

BLANKING
CAP

A
TRANSDUCERS
1

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS

N_MM_273400_4_BJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-00400-B SHEET 1

Elevator Servocontrols Position-Transducers

27-34-00 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of Elevator Servocontrol Position-Transducer
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE

ACCESS

TEST

SPECIFIC
TOOLS

MHR

E/T

NB MEN

MMEL 27-34-02A
1.

Reason for the Job

MMEL 27-34-02A
Elevator Servo-Control Position Transducer
(Old MMEL ref: 27-34-02)

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

334
344
334DB, 344DB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
THS TRAILING EDGE
THS TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

AES

27-34-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
55-13-11-400-001-A

DESIGNATION
Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00400-B - Elevator Servocontrols Position-Transducers)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-070-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches
(on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends come on).

(3)

On the overhead panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2, FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3
pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends come on).

(4)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems:

(a)

For the left elevator:

. Depressurize the Green and Blue systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-003-A).

(b)

For the right elevator:

. Depressurize the Yellow and Blue systems (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-003-A).

Subtask 27-34-00-010-056-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

(2)

4.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position:

(a)

In the zone 334 for the left elevator.

(b)

In the zone 344 for the right elevator.

Open the THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A):
(a)

334DB for the left elevator.

(b)

344DB for the right elevator.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00400-B - Elevator Servocontrols Position-Transducers)
Subtask 27-34-00-440-050-B
A.

Reactivation of the Defective Transducer

(1)

If the servocontrol has two transducers:

(a)

(2)

AES

Swap the connection of the electrical connectors on the transducers.

If the servocontrol has three transducers:

(a)

Remove the electrical connector (1) of the replacement transducer.

(b)

Remove the blanking cap from the defective transducer and install it on the replacement
transducer.

(c)

Connect the electrical connector (1) to the defective transducer.

27-34-00 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-34-00-710-053-C
B.

Test
(1)

On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches
(on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends go off).

(2)

On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2, FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3
pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends go off).

(3)

Do this test:
Make sure that the transducer you reactivated is defective.

ACTION
1.On the center pedestal, on the MCDU 1 (2), push the
MCDU MENU mode key.

RESULT
The MCDU shows the MCDU MENU page.

2.Push the line key adjacent to the CFDS indication.

The MCDU shows the CFDS page.

3.Push the line key adjacent to the SYSTEM

REPORT/TEST indication.

The MCDU shows the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page.

4.Push the line key adjacent to the F/CTL indication.

The MCDU shows the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/F/CTL

page.

5.Push the line key adjacent to the EFCS 1(2) indication.

The MCDU shows the EFCS1(2) page.

6.Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND SCAN

indication.
7.Push the line key adjacent to the START GROUND
SCAN indication and wait two minutes.
8.Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND SCAN
STOP indication.
9.Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND REPORT
indication.
10.On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the
RETURN indication until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.

The MCDU shows the EFCS1(2)/GROUND SCAN page.

(4)
5.

Make sure that the display unit shows the fault indication
related to the defective transducer.
The MCDU shows the MCDU MENU page.

Do the trouble shooting of the defective transducer.

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-00-410-056-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001-A):

(3)

(a)

334DB for the left elevator.

(b)

344DB for the right elevator.

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-34-00-862-056-A
B.

AES

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-34-00 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ELEVATOR AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210
822

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU

AES

27-34-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-24-00-863-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-054-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

(2)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(3)

On the panel 23VU:

. Release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends come on).

(4)

On the panel 24VU:

. Release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends come on).

(5)

On the overhead panel 20VU, on the ADIRS CDU:

. Set the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to NAV.

(6)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(7)

On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL key (on the lower ECAM display
unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).

Subtask 27-34-00-010-064-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.

(2)

Open the access door 822

(3)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover

Subtask 27-34-00-865-058-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-34-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
121VU
4.

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

FIN
15CE2

LOCATION
R20

Procedure
Subtask 27-34-00-710-050-A
A.

Operational Test of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation.

ACTION
1.On the panel 23VU and 24VU :
. Push the FLT CTL/ ELAC 1,FLT CTL/SEC 1,FLT
CTL/ELAC 2,FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches.

RESULT
On the panel 23VU and 24VU:
. On these pushbutton switches the OFF legends go
off,the FAULT legends come on then go off.

2.Move one of the two sidestick controllers in the nose up

and nose down directions.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:

. The indexes of the L/ELEV and R/ELEV indicators
move in relation to the order.
On the panel 24VU:
. The OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC2 pushbutton
switch comes on.

3.On the panel 24VU:

. Release the FLT CTL/ELAC2 pushbutton switch.

4.Move one of the two sidestick controllers in the nose up

and nose down direction .
5.On the panel 23VU:
. Release the FLT CTL/ELAC1 pushbutton switch.

6.Move one of the two sidestick controllers in the nose up

and nose down directions.
7.On the panel 24VU:
Release the FLT CTL/SEC2 pushbutton switch

8.Move one of the two sidestick controllers in the nose up

and nose down directions.
9.On the panel 23VU:
. Release the FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton switch.

AES

On
.
On
.

the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:

The ELAC 2 indication becomes amber.
the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
the indexes of the L/ELEV and R/ELEV indicators
move in relation to the order.
On the panel 23VU:
. The OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC1 pushbutton
switch comes on.
On
.
On
.

the lower ECAM display unit,on the F/CTL page:

The ELAC1 indication becomes amber.
the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
The indexes of the L/ELEV and R/ELEV indicators
move in relation to the order.
On the panel 24VU:
. The OFF legend of the FLT CTL/SEC2 pushbutton
switch comes on
On
.
On
.

the lower ECAM display unit,on the F/CTL page:

The SEC2 indication becomes amber.
the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
The indexes of the L/ELEV and R/ELEV indicators
move in relation to the order.
On the panel 23VU:
. The OFF legend of the FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton
switch comes on.

27-34-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION

10.On the panel 23VU:

. Push the FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton switch.

RESULT
On the lower ECAM display unit,on the F/CTL page:
. The SEC1 indication becomes amber.
. The indication of the elevator position is in amber
crosses.
On the ground, visually make sure that the elevators are in
the neutral position.
On the panel 23VU:
. The OFF legend of the FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton
switch goes off.
. The FAULT legend comes on then goes off.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. The SEC1 indication becomes green.

11.On the panel 24VU:

. Push the FLT CTL/SEC2 pushbutton switch.

On the panel 24VU:

. The OFF legend of the FLT CTL/SEC2 pushbutton
switch goes off.
. The FAULT legend comes on then goes off.
On the lower ECAM display unit on the F/CTL page:
. The SEC2 indication becomes green.

12.On the panel 23VU:

. Push the FLT CTL/ELAC1 pushbutton switch.

On the panel 23VU:

. The OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC1 pushbutton
switch goes off.
. The FAULT legend comes on then goes off.
On the lower ECAM display unit on the F/CTL page:
. The ELAC1 indication becomes green.

13.On the panel 24VU:

. Push the FLT CTL/ELAC2 pushbutton switch.

On the panel 24VU:

. The OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC2 pushbutton
switch goes off.
. The FAULT legend comes on then goes off.
On the lower ECAM display unit on the F/CTL page:
. The ELAC2 indication becomes green.

5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-055-A
A.

AES

Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

On the overhead panel 20VU, on the ADIRS CDU:

. Set the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.

(3)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-34-00-410-062-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2)

Thigthen the two screws.

(3)

Close the access door 822.

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the Centering Function
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210
822

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure

AES

27-34-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-010-061-B
A.

Get Access.
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.

(2)

Open the access door 822

(3)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover

Subtask 27-34-00-860-056-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration.

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the overhead panel 23VU:

. release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends come on).

(3)

On the overhead panel 24VU:

(a)

Make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switches are pushed (on
these pushbutton switches, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).

(b)

Release the FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend
comes on).

(4)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(5)

On the maintenance panel 50VU:

(a)

Make sure that the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G and HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/Y pushbutton switches are pushed (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF and FAULT
legends are off).

(b)

Release the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton
switch, the OFF legend comes on).

(6)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(7)

On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL pushbuttton switch (on the lower
ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).
NOTE :

On the F/CTL page, Make sure that the indexes of the L/ELEV and R/ELEV indicators are in
the neutral position on the vertical scale.

Subtask 27-34-00-865-056-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-34-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

105VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-34-00-710-054-A
A.

Operational Test of the Centering Function.

ACTION
1.On the CAPT (F/O) lateral console:
. pull the side stick controller rearward until it touches
the stop. Hold it in this position.
2.On the overhead panel 24VU:
. release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch.

3.On the CAPT (F/O) lateral console:

. move and keep the side stick controller in the neutral
position.
4.On the overhead panel 24VU:
. push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch.

5.On the CAPT (F/O) lateral console:

. push the side stick controller forward until it touches
the stop. Hold it in this position.
6.On the overhead panel 24VU:
. release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch.

RESULT
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the indexes of the L/ELEV and R/ELEV indicators
move up.
On the overhead panel 24VU:
. the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton
switch comes on.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the ELAC 2 indication becomes amber.
. the indication of the elevators position is in amber
crosses.
On the ground, visually make sure that the elevators are in
the neutral position.

On the overhead panel 24VU:

. the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton
switch goes off.
. the FAULT legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 2
pushbutton switch comes on then goes off.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the indexes of the L/ELEV and R/ELEV indicators
move down.
On the overhead panel 24VU:
. the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton
switch comes on.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the ELAC 2 indication becomes amber.
. the indication of the elevators position is in amber
crosses.
On the ground, visually make sure that the elevators are in
neutral position.

7.On the CAPT (F/O) lateral console:

. move and keep the side stick controller in the neutral
position.

AES

27-34-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
8.On the overhead panel 23VU:
. push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch.

RESULT
On the overhead panel 23VU:
. the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton
switch goes OFF.
. the FAULT legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 1
pushbutton switch comes on then goes off.

9.On the maintenance panel 50VU:

On the maintenance panel 50VU:
. push the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B
. the OFF legend of the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT
pushbutton switch.
VALVES/B pushbutton switch goes off.
. release the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G . the OFF legends of the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT
and HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y
VALVES/G and HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT
pushbutton switches.
VALVES/Y pushbutton switches come on.
10.On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. make sure that the indexes of the L/ELEV and
R/ELEV indicators are in the neutral position.
11.On the CAPT (F/O) lateral console:
. pull the side stick controller rearward until it touches
the stop. Hold it in this position.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:

. the indexes of the L/ELEV and R/ELEV indicators
move up.

12.On the overhead panel 23VU:

. release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch.

On the overhead panel 23VU:

. the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton
switch comes on.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the ELAC 1 indication becomes amber.
. the indication of the elevators position is in amber
crosses.
On the ground, visually make sure that the elevators are in
the neutral position.

13.On the CAPT (F/O) lateral console:

. move and keep the side stick controller in the neutral
position.
14.On the overhead panel 23VU:
. push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch.

15.On the CAPT (F/O) lateral console:

. push the side stick controller forward until it touches
the stop. Hold it in this position.
16.On the overhead panel 23VU:
. release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch.

On the overhead panel 23VU:

. the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton
switch goes off.
. the FAULT legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 1
pushbutton switch comes on then goes off.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the indexes of the L/ELEV and R/ELEV indicators
move down.
On the overhead panel 23VU:
. the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton
switch comes on.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the ELAC 1 indication becomes amber.
. the indication of the elevators position is in amber
crosses.
On the ground, visually make sure that the elevators are in
the neutral position.

17.On the CAPT (F/O) lateral console:

. move the side stick controller to the neutral position.

AES

27-34-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-057-A
A.

Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration.

(1)

On the maintenance panel 50VU:

. Push the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G and HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y
pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches the OFF legends go off).

(2)

On the overhead panel 23VU:

. Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends go off).

(3)

On the overhead panel 24VU:

. Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends go off).

(4)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(5)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(6)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-34-00-410-061-B
B.

AES

Close Access.
(1)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2)

Tighten the two screws.

(3)

Close the access door 822

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-00-820-001-A
Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation (with the reference triangle on the tail cone)
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
1.

2.

Reason for the Job

NOTE :

This task can contribute to fuel savings.

NOTE :

You can do this task together with AMM task 27-34-00-200-001 to prevent elevator vibration.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

0U190360
98D27303000001
98D27903500000
B.

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER
PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

Consumable Materials
REFERENCE

No specific
C.

1
1
2

DESIGNATION
Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

312
334
344
312AR, 334DB, 344DB, 822
D.

AFT FUSLG TAIL SECTION

THS TRAILING EDGE
THS TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

27-34-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A-01

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-34-00-200-002-A
27-34-00-220-003-A

Check of the Elevator Servo Control Oscillations.

Check of the Position of the Reference Triangle on the Tail Cone

27-34-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

55-13-11-400-001-A

Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02300-A - Pointer and Triangle Reference Positioning)

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00100-B - Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00900-B - Elevator Position Transducer Unit)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-861-051-B
A.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-34-00-010-051-B
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position in the zone 312.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position in these zones :

(4)

AES

(a)

334 for the left elevator.

(b)

344 for the right elevator.

Open the THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A):
(a)

334DB for the left elevator.

(b)

344DB for the right elevator.

(5)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.

(6)

Open the access door 822.

27-34-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover

Subtask 27-34-00-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

49VU

L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM

1GA

C09

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2

2GA

Q35

121VU

HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY

52GA

Q34

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-00-860-065-B
D.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

On the overhead panel 20VU, make sure that:

. the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are in OFF position.

(2)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that:

. the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches are pushed (on these pushbutton
switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(3)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that:

. the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches are pushed (on these pushbutton
switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(4)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(5)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the pitch-trim control wheels are set to 0.

(6)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the pitch-trim control wheels to tell persons not to move the THS.

(7)

Safety the CAPT and F/O side stick controllers with the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING
(98D27903500000).

(8)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the CAPT and F/O side sticks to tell persons not to touch the side
sticks.

(9)

Install the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (5) on the

screwjack of the THS actuator (6).

(10) Make sure that there is no warning related to the LGCIUs on the upper ECAM display unit.
(11) Install the pointer of the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER
(98D27303000001) on the trailing edge of the elevator near the tail cone.
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02300-A - Pointer and Triangle Reference Positioning)

AES

27-34-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00100-B - Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol)
Subtask 27-34-00-220-059-B
A.

Check of the Position of the Reference Triangle.

(1)

Before adjustment of the elevators, check the position of the reference triangle (Ref. TASK
27-34-00-220-003-A).

Subtask 27-34-00-820-051-D
B.

Adjustement of the Elevator and the Hydraulic Actuation

NOTE :

The inboard servocontrols (Green and Yellow) are in the active mode.
The outboard servocontrols (Blue) are in the damping mode.

NOTE :

If you see oscillations when the servo control is in the active mode, do a check of these oscillations
(Ref. TASK 27-34-00-200-002-A).

(1)

With the pointer make sure that:

. the trailing edges of the elevators are aligned with the reference triangle on the two sides of the tail
cone. If not, adjust the inboard servocontrol:
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the lock nut (2).

(b)

Loosen the lock nut (2).

(c)

Move the lock washers (3) apart.

(d)

Turn the rod (4) (in the correct direction) until the trailing edges of the elevators are aligned with
the reference triangle on the two sides of the tail cone.

(e)

TORQUE the lock nut (2) to between 3 and 3.5 M.DAN (22.12 and 25.81 LBF.FT).

(f)

Make sure that the adjustment does not change when you TORQUE the lock nut.

(g)

Safety the lock nut (2) with Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

CAUTION :

(h)

BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE RIGGING PIN ON THE TRANSDUCER UNIT.
DO NOT USE FORCE TO ENGAGE THE RIGGING PIN IN THE TRANSDUCER UNIT. IF
YOU USE FORCE, THE RIGGING PIN WILL NOT DISENGAGE FREELY AND DAMAGE
TO THE TRANSDUCER UNIT CAN OCCUR.

Make sure that you can engage easily the rigging pin into the elevator position transducer-unit (1)
on the two sides.
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00900-B - Elevator Position Transducer Unit)
NOTE :

The rigging pin is part of the transducer unit.

If you cannot, adjust the length of the control rod (4) as follows:

AES

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A) (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A).

Cut and discard the lockwire from the nuts (2).

Loosen the nuts (2).

Remove the bonding lead from the lock washer (3).

Disengage the lock washers (3).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
6

Turn the control rod body (4) until you can engage freely the rigging pin in the transducer
unit (1).

Engage the lock washers (3) and tighten the nuts (2) on the rod (4).

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A-01) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001A).

Do again these steps (from para.6_) until you can engage freely the rigging pin in the
transducer unit (1).

10

When you can engage the rigging pin:

. On the upper ECAM display unit, make sure that the ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT warning
is not shown.
. Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A) (Ref.
TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A).

11

Tighten the lock nut

12

Safety the nuts (2) with lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

13

Install the bonding lead on the washer (3).

14

Safety the lock nut with Lockwire corrosion-resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

15

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A-01) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001A).

(2)

On the overhead panel 24VU:

. release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend comes
on).

(3)

Make sure that the elevator trailing edge position has not changed.
NOTE :

(4)

AES

Now, the inboard servocontrols are in the damping mode.

The outboard servocontrols are in the active mode.

If the elevator moves, do this adjustment :

(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the lock nut (2).

(b)

Loosen the lock nut (2).

(c)

Move the lock washers (3) apart.

(d)

Turn the rod (4) (in the correct direction) until:

1

The trailing edges of the elevators are aligned with the reference triangle on the two sides of
the tail cone.

You can easily engage and disengage the rigging pin into the elevator position transducerunit.

On the upper ECAM display unit, make sure that the ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT warning is
not shown.

(e)

TORQUE the lock nut (2) to between 3 and 3.5 M.DAN (22.12 and 25.81 LBF.FT).

(f)

Make sure that the adjustment does not change when you TORQUE the lock nut.

(g)

Safety the lock nut (2) with Locwire corrosion-resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

On the overhead panel 24VU:

. push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend goes off
and the FAULT legend comes).
. when the FAULT legend goes off, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on this
pushbutton switch, the OFF legend comes on).

(6)

Make sure that the elevator trailing edge position has not changed. If you see a position variation, do
the adjustment of the servocontrol again.

(7)

On the overhead panel 24VU:

. push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend goes
off).

(8)

Remove the pointer of LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER

(98D27303000001).

(9)

Remove the rigging pin from the CAPT and F/O sidestick controllers.

(10) Remove the rigging pin (5) from the screwjack of the THS actuator (6).
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00100-B - Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol)
Subtask 27-34-00-710-051-B
C.

Test
(1)

5.

Do the operational test of the elevators (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-064-B
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-34-00-410-051-C
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the access door 312AR.

(2)

Close the THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001-A):
(a)

334DB for the left elevator

(b)

344DB for the right elevator

(3)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(4)

Tighten the two screws.

(5)

Close the access door 822

(6)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
REFERENCE TRIANGLE

POINTER

N_MM_273400_5_CBM2_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-02300-A SHEET 1

Pointer and Triangle Reference Positioning

27-34-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
312AR

A
A

ZONE 344
344DB
ALTERNATIVE
SOLUTION

334DB

ZONE 334

N_MM_273400_5_BAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol

27-34-00 PB501

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

334DB

A
A

344DB

RIGGING PIN
3

2
N_MM_273400_5_BBM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-00900-B SHEET 1

Elevator Position Transducer Unit

27-34-00 PB501

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-00-820-002-A
Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation after Removal/Installation of one Servocontrol
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
FIN 34CE1, 34CE2, 34CE3, 34CE4
1.

2.

Reason for the Job

NOTE :

This task can contribute to fuel savings.

NOTE :

You can do this task together with AMM task 27-34-00-200-001 to prevent elevator vibration.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

0U190360
98D27303000001
98D27903500000
B.

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER
PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

Consumable Materials
REFERENCE

No specific
C.

1
1
2

DESIGNATION
Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

312
334
344
312AR, 334CB, 334DB, 344CB,
344DB, 822

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AFT FUSLG TAIL SECTION
THS TRAILING EDGE
THS TRAILING EDGE

27-34-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-34-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation

27-34-00-820-003-B

Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation to 0.5 Degrees Nose-Up

with the Gauge-Elevator Neutral Setting (98D27309006000)

27-34-00-820-003-B-01

Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation to 0.5 Degrees Nose-Up

with the Gauge-Elevator Neutral Setting (98D27309002000)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

55-13-11-400-001-A

Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00100-B - Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol)

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02300-A - Pointer and Triangle Reference Positioning)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00900-B - Elevator Position Transducer Unit)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-861-060-A
A.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-34-00-010-059-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 312.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at zones:

(4)

(a)

334 for the left elevator.

(b)

344 for the right elevator.

Open the THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A):
(a)

AES

334DB for the left elevator.

27-34-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

344DB for the right elevator.

(5)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door822.

(6)

Open the access door 822

(7)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover

Subtask 27-34-00-865-057-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

49VU

L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM

1GA

C09

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2

2GA

Q35

121VU

HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY

52GA

Q34

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-00-860-067-C
D.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

On the overhead panel 20VU:

. Make sure that the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are in OFF position.

(2)

On the overhead panel 23VU:

. Make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches are pushed (on
these pushbutton switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(3)

On the overhead panel 24VU:

. Make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches are pushed (on
these pushbutton switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(4)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(5)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the pitch-trim control wheels are set to O.

(6)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the pitch-trim control wheels to tell persons not to move the THS.

(7)

Install the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) on the CAPT and F/O side stick controllers.

(8)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the CAPT and F/O side sticks to tell persons not to touch the side
sticks.

(9)

Install the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (5) on the

screwjack of the THS actuator (6).
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00100-B - Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol)

27-34-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Put the servocontrol you adjust (new installed) in the damping mode, as follows:
(a)

FOR 34CE1 (SERVO CTL-L ELEVATOR, INBD G), 34CE2 (SERVO CTL-R ELEVATOR, INBD
Y)
. Release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend
comes on).
. The FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF and
FAULT legends are OFF).

(b)

FOR 34CE3 (SERVO CTL-L ELEVATOR, OUTBD B), 34CE4 (SERVO CTL-R ELEVATOR,
OUTBD B)
. The FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF and
FAULT legends are off).

(11) Make sure that there is no warning related to the LGCIUs on the upper ECAM display unit.
(12) Install the pointer of the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER
(98D27303000001) on the trailing edge of the elevator near the tail cone.
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02300-A - Pointer and Triangle Reference Positioning)
(13) With the pointer, make sure that the trailing edge of the elevator is aligned with the reference triangle.
(14) Remove the access panels 334CB 344CB.
CAUTION :

BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE RIGGING PIN ON THE TRANSDUCER UNIT.
DO NOT USE FORCE TO ENGAGE THE RIGGING PIN IN THE TRANSDUCER UNIT. IF YOU
USE FORCE, THE RIGGING PIN WILL NOT DISENGAGE FREELY AND DAMAGE TO THE
TRANSDUCER UNIT CAN OCCUR.

(15) Make sure that you can easily engage and disengage the rigging pin into the elevator position transducer
unit (1).
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00900-B - Elevator Position Transducer Unit)
NOTE :
4.

The rigging pin is part of the transducer unit.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00100-B - Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol)
Subtask 27-34-00-820-056-C
A.

Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation

NOTE :

(1)

Put the servocontrol you adjust (new installed) in the active mode, as follows:
(a)

AES

If the two servocontrols on the same elevator must be adjusted, do the adjustment of the elevator and
hydraulic actuation with the gauge elevator neutral setting (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-003-B) or (Ref.
TASK 27-34-00-820-003-B-01).

FOR 34CE1 (SERVO CTL-L ELEVATOR, INBD G), 34CE2 (SERVO CTL-R ELEVATOR, INBD
Y)
. Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend
goes off).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

(2)

If the position of the elevator has changed, do as follows:

(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the lock nut (2).

(b)

Loosen the lock nut (2).

(c)

Move the lock washers (3) apart.

(d)

Turn the rod (4) until the trailing edge of the elevator is aligned with the reference triangle.

(e)

TORQUE the lock nut (2) to between 3 and 3.5 M.DAN (22.12 and 25.81 LBF.FT). Do not
safety the lock nut (2) at this time.

(f)

Make sure that the adjustment does not change when you TORQUE the lock nut.

CAUTION :

BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE RIGGING PIN ON THE TRANSDUCER UNIT.
DO NOT USE FORCE TO ENGAGE THE RIGGING PIN IN THE TRANSDUCER UNIT. IF YOU
USE FORCE, THE RIGGING PIN WILL NOT DISENGAGE FREELY AND DAMAGE TO THE
TRANSDUCER UNIT CAN OCCUR.

(3)

Make sure that you can easily engage and disengage the rigging pin into the elevator position transducer
unit (1).
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00900-B - Elevator Position Transducer Unit)

(4)

Set the servocontrol to the damping mode.

(a)

FOR 34CE1 (SERVO CTL-L ELEVATOR, INBD G), 34CE2 (SERVO CTL-R ELEVATOR, INBD
Y)
. Release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend
comes on).
. The FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF and
FAULT legends are off).

(b)

FOR 34CE3 (SERVO CTL-L ELEVATOR, OUTBD B), 34CE4 (SERVO CTL-R ELEVATOR,
OUTBD B)
. Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend
goes off).

(5)

Make sure that the elevator trailing edge position has not changed. If you see a position variation, do
the adjustment of the servocontrol again.

(6)

Safety the lock nut (2) with Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(7)

Preparation for the Test

(a)

AES

FOR 34CE3 (SERVO CTL-L ELEVATOR, OUTBD B), 34CE4 (SERVO CTL-R ELEVATOR,
OUTBD B)
. Release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend
comes on).
. The FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF and
FAULT legend are off).

FOR 34CE1 (SERVO CTL-L ELEVATOR, INBD G), 34CE2 (SERVO CTL-R ELEVATOR, INBD
Y)
. Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend
goes off).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

FOR 34CE3 (SERVO CTL-L ELEVATOR, OUTBD B), 34CE4 (SERVO CTL-R ELEVATOR,
OUTBD B)
. Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend
goes off).

(c)

Remove the rigging pin from the CAPT and F/O side stick controllers.

(d)

Remove the rigging pin (5) from the screw jack of the THS actuator (6).

Subtask 27-34-00-710-055-A
B.

Test
(1)

5.

Do the operational test of the elevators (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-066-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-34-00-410-059-B
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the access door 312AR.

(2)

Close the THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001-A):
(a)

334CB 334DB for the left elevator.

(b)

344CB 344DB for the right elevator.

(3)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(4)

Tighten the two screws.

(5)

Close the access door 822

(6)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-00-820-003-B
Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation to 0.5 Degrees Nose-Up with the Gauge-Elevator Neutral Setting
(98D27309006000)
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
1.

Reason for the Job

NOTE :

2.

You can do this task together with AMM task 27-34-00-200-001 to prevent elevator vibration.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

PIN - THREADED

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

0U190360
98D27303000001
98D27309006000
98D27903500000
B.

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER
GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING
PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

Consumable Materials
REFERENCE

No specific
C.

1
1
1
2

DESIGNATION
Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

312
334
344
312AR, 334DB, 344DB, 822

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AFT FUSLG TAIL SECTION
THS TRAILING EDGE
THS TRAILING EDGE

27-34-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
8
17
10
20
20

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
11-21-27-02-010
27-34-07-11-020
27-34-07-11-030
27-34-07-11-030
27-34-07-12-020

reference triangle
cotter pin
cotter pin
cotter pin
cotter pin
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
11-00-00-960-001-A

DESIGNATION
Replacement of the Tail Cone Reference Triangle

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-34-00-200-001-A
27-34-00-710-001-A

Check of the Elevator Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for too much Play and
Condition
Operational Test of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

52-41-00-010-002-A
52-41-00-410-002-A

Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access

Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

55-13-11-400-001-A

Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00100-B - Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol)

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01100-B - Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01300-B - Installation of the yoke)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02000-B - Elevator servocontrol attachment)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02000-C - Elevator servocontrol attachment)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02100-D - Illustration of the THS servocontrol attachment)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00900-B - Elevator Position Transducer Unit)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02300-A - Pointer and Triangle Reference Positioning)

AES

27-34-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-010-065-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position in zone 312.

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position in these zones:
(a)

334 for the left elevator.

(b)

344 for the right elevator.

(3)

Open the access door 312AR.

(4)

Open the THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A):
(a)

334DB for the left elevator.

(b)

344DB for the right elevator.

(5)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.

(6)

Open the access door 822 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002-A).

(7)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 27-34-00-865-061-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

49VU

L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM

1GA

C09

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2

2GA

Q35

121VU

HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY

52GA

Q34

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-00-860-071-A
C.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the overhead panel 20VU:

. make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are in OFF position.

(3)

On the overhead panel 23VU:

. release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends come on).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

On the overhead panel 24VU:

. make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches are pushed (on
these pushbutton switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(5)

On the upper ECAM display unit:

. make sure that the F/CTL ELAC 2 FAULT or F/CTL ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT warning is not
shown.

(6)

On the maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G, B and
Y pushbutton switches are pushed (the OFF legends of the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G,
B and Y are off).

(7)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(8)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the pitch-trim control wheels are set to 0.

(9)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(10) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the pitch-trim control wheels to tell persons not to move the THS.
(11) Make sure that there is no warning related to the LGCIUs on the upper ECAM display unit.
Subtask 27-34-00-480-054-A
D.

Installation of the Tools

(1)

Safety the CAPT and F/O side sticks with the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000).

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the CAPT and F/O side sticks to tell persons not to move the side
sticks.

(3)

Install the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (5) on the

screwjack of the THS actuator (6).
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00100-B - Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol)

(4)

Do a check of the play at the trailing edge of the elevators (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-200-001-A).
NOTE :

(5)

(6)
4.

Install the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309006000) on the right side:

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01100-B - Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge)
(a)

Remove the screw (12) and the protector (13) from the setting bar (10).

(b)

Remove the other protectors from the setting bar.

(c)

Remove the two screws (7) from the access panel.

(d)

Install the yoke (8) on the THS.

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01300-B - Installation of the yoke)
To keep a good contact between the yoke and the THS, you must not TORQUE the PIN THREADED.

(e)

Install the two PIN - THREADED (9) on the yoke (8).

(f)

Install the setting bar (10) on the yoke (8).

Install the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001) at the

trailing edge of the elevator, between the two servocontrols.

Procedure
CAUTION :

AES

It is not necessary to do this step if you replaced the elevator servocontrol or the elevator
servocontrol rod end.

BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE RIGGING PIN ON THE TRANSDUCER UNIT.

27-34-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DO NOT USE FORCE TO ENGAGE THE RIGGING PIN IN THE TRANSDUCER UNIT. IF YOU USE
FORCE, THE RIGGING PIN WILL NOT DISENGAGE FREELY AND DAMAGE TO THE TRANSDUCER
UNIT CAN OCCUR.
Subtask 27-34-00-820-059-B
A.

Adjustment of the Inboard Servocontrol of the Right Elevator

NOTE :
(1)

At this step, the inboard servocontrol (Yellow) is in the active mode. The outboard servocontrol (Blue)
is in the damping mode.

To take up the play of the servocontrol attachment:

(a)

At the servocontrol-to-elevator attachment:

** On A/C 003-003
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02000-B - Elevator servocontrol attachment)
** On A/C 004-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02000-C - Elevator servocontrol attachment)

(b)

If the servocontrol is locked with ABS safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (10) .
. remove the locking cup (11).
. loosen the nut (12) but do not remove it.

If the servocontrol is locked with STA-LOK safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (17) .
. remove the lockwasher (15).
. loosen the nut (16) but do not remove it.

At the servocontrol-to-THS attachment:

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02100-D - Illustration of the THS servocontrol attachment)

AES

If the servocontrol is locked with ABS safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-12) cotter pin (20) .
. remove the locking cup (21).
. loosen the nut (22) but do not remove it.

If the servocontrol is locked with STA-LOK safety system:

. remove the lockwasher (24).
. loosen the nut (25) but do not remove it.

(2)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(3)

Apply a force of 20 +10 daN or -10 daN (44.9618 +22.4809 lbf or -22.4809 lbf) with the
LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001) in the down
direction.

(4)

At the servocontrol-to-elevator attachment:

. TORQUE the nuts (12) or (16) to between 4.5 and 5.0 M.DAN (33.19 and 36.87 LBF.FT) while
you keep the force to the down direction, then release the force.
. Install the locking cup (11) , the new (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotterpin (10) or lockwasher (15).

(5)

At the servocontrol-to-THS attachment:

. TORQUE the nuts (22) or (25) to between 4.5 and 5.0 M.DAN (33.19 and 36.87 LBF.FT) while
you keep the force to the down direction, then release the force.
. Install the locking cup (21) and new (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (20) or lockwasher (24).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Push with your hands on the front and on the middle of the setting bar and make sure that the contact
of the setting bar (10) between the yoke (8) and the THS surface is correct.
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01300-B - Installation of the yoke)

(7)

Make sure that the gap between the upper surface of the elevator and the end part of the GAUGEELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309006000) (10) is in the limits of the feeler gauge (11).
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01100-B - Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge)

(8)

If not, adjust the inboard servocontrol:

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00100-B - Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol)

(9)

(a)

Remove the lockwire from the lock nut (2).

(b)

Loosen the lock nut (2).

(c)

Disengage the lock washer (3).

(d)

Turn the rod (4) (in the correct direction) until the upper surface of the elevator touches the
feeler gauge (11) in its limit position.

(e)

Engage the lock washer (3).

(f)

TORQUE the lock nut (2) to between 3 and 3.5 M.DAN (22.12 and 25.81 LBF.FT)

(g)

Make sure that the adjustment does not change when you TORQUE the lock nut.

(h)

Safety the lock nut (2) with Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

Make sure that you can easily engage/disengage the rigging pin into/from the elevator position
transducer-unit (1).
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00900-B - Elevator Position Transducer Unit)
NOTE :

The rigging pin is a part of the transducer unit.

If you cannot, adjust the length of the control rod (4):

(a)

Cut and discard the lockwire from the nut (2) (transducer unit side).

(b)

Remove the bonding lead from the lock washer (3).

(c)

Loosen the nuts (2).

(d)

Disengage the lock washers (3).

(e)

Turn the control rod body (4) until you can engage freely the rigging pin in the transducer unit
(1).

(f)

Engage the lock washers (3) and tighten the nuts (2) on the rod (4).

(g)

Make sure that you can engage/disengage freely the rigging pin into/from the elevator position
transducer-unit (1).

(h)

On the upper ECAM display unit, make sure that the ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT warning is not
shown.

(i)

Safety the nut (2) (transducer unit side) with lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm
(0.0315 in.).

(j)

Install the bonding lead on the washer (3).

(10) Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

AES

27-34-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-34-00-869-092-A
B.

Servoing Change
(1)

On the overhead panel 24VU:

(a)

(2)

Release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends come on).

On the overhead panel 23VU:

(a)

Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends are off).

(b)

Make sure that the F/CTL ELAC 1 FAULT or F/CTL ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT warning is not
shown on the upper ECAM display unit.

Subtask 27-34-00-820-060-A
C.

Adjustment of the Outboard Servocontrol of the Right Elevator

NOTE :
(1)

At this step, the inboard servocontrol (Yellow) is in the damping mode. The outboard servocontrol
(Blue) is in the active mode.

To take up the play of the servocontrol attachment:

(a)

At the servocontrol-to-elevator attachment:

** On A/C 003-003
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02000-B - Elevator servocontrol attachment)
** On A/C 004-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02000-C - Elevator servocontrol attachment)

(b)

If the servocontrol is locked with ABS safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (10) .
. remove the locking cup (11).
. loosen the nut (12) but do not remove it.

If the servocontrol is locked with STA-LOK safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (17) .
. remove the lockwasher (15).
. loosen the nut (16) but do not remove it.

At the servocontrol-to-THS attachment:

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02100-D - Illustration of the THS servocontrol attachment)

AES

If the servocontrol is locked with ABS safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-12) cotter pin (20) .
. remove the locking cup (21).
. loosen the nut (22) but do not remove it.

If the servocontrol is locked with STA-LOK safety system:

. remove the lockwasher (24).
. loosen the nut (25) but do not remove it.

(2)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(3)

Apply a force of 20 +10 daN or -10 daN (44.9618 +22.4809 lbf or -22.4809 lbf) with the
LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001) in the down
direction.

27-34-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

At the servocontrol-to-elevator attachment:

. TORQUE the nuts (12) or (16) to between 4.5 and 5.0 M.DAN (33.19 and 36.87 LBF.FT) while
you keep the force to the down direction, then release the force.
. Install the locking cup (11), the new (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotterpin (10) or lockwasher (15).

(5)

At the servocontrol-to-THS attachment:

. TORQUE the nuts (22) or (25) to between 4.5 and 5.0 M.DAN (33.19 and 36.87 LBF.FT) while
you keep the force to the down direction, then release the force.
. Install the locking cup (21) and new (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (20) or lockwasher (24).

(6)

Make sure that the contact of the setting bar (10) between the yoke (8) and the THS surface is correct.

(7)

Push with your hands on the front and on the middle of the setting bar and make sure that the gap
between the upper surface of the elevator and the end part of the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL
SETTING (98D27309006000) (10) is in the limits of the feeler gauge (11).
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01300-B - Installation of the yoke)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01100-B - Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge)
If not, adjust the outboard servocontrol:
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00100-B - Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol)

(8)

(a)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the lock nut (2).

(b)

Loosen the lock nut (2).

(c)

Disengage the lock washer (3).

(d)

Turn the rod (4) (in the correct direction) until:

. the upper surface of the elevator touches the feeler gauge (11) in its limit position
. you can easily engage/disengage the rigging pin into/from the elevator position transducerunit (1).

(e)

Engage the lock washer (3).

(f)

TORQUE the lock nut (2) to between 3 and 3.5 M.DAN (22.12 and 25.81 LBF.FT)

(g)

Make sure that the adjustment does not change when you TORQUE the lock nut.

(h)

Safety the lock nut (2) with Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(i)

Install the pointer of the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER

(98D27303000001) on the trailing edge of the elevator in front of the tail cone.
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02300-A - Pointer and Triangle Reference Positioning)

(j)

Install a new (IPC-CSN 11-21-27-02) reference triangle (8) on the tail cone with its center in line
with the pointer on the trailing edge of the elevator (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-960-001-A).

(k)

Remove the pointer of the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER

(98D27303000001).

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Subtask 27-34-00-080-053-A
D.

Removal of the Tools

(1)

AES

Remove the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309006000) from the upper surface of
the right elevator.
(a)

Remove the setting bar (10) from the yoke (8).

(b)

Remove the two PIN - THREADED (9) and the yoke.

(c)

Install the two screws (7) on the access panel.

27-34-00 PB501

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Remove the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001).

Subtask 27-34-00-480-055-A
E.

Installation of the Tools

(1)

(2)

Install the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309006000) on the left side:

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01100-B - Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge)
(a)

Remove the two screws (7) from the access panel.

(b)

Install the yoke (8) on the THS.

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01300-B - Installation of the yoke)
To keep a good contact between the yoke and the THS, you must not TORQUE the threaded
pins.

(c)

Install the two PIN - THREADED (9) on the yoke (8).

(d)

Install the setting bar (10) on the yoke (8).

Install the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001), at the

trailing edge of the elevator, between the two servocontrols.

Subtask 27-34-00-820-061-B
F.

Adjustment of the Inboard Servocontrol of the Left Elevator

(1)

(2)

On the overhead panel 24VU:

(a)

Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends goes off).

(b)

Make sure that there is no F/CTL ELAC 2 FAULT or F/CTL ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT warning on
the upper ECAM display unit.

On the overhead panel 23VU:

(a)

Release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends comes on).
NOTE :

(3)

At this step, the inboard servocontrol (Green) is in the active mode. The outboard
servocontrol (Blue) is in the damping mode.

To take up the play of the servocontrol attachment:

(a)

At the servocontrol-to-elevator attachment:

** On A/C 003-003
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02000-B - Elevator servocontrol attachment)
** On A/C 004-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02000-C - Elevator servocontrol attachment)

(b)

AES

If the servocontrol is locked with ABS safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (10) .
. remove the locking cup (11).
. loosen the nut (12) but do not remove it.

If the servocontrol is locked with STA-LOK safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (17) .
. remove the lockwasher (15).
. loosen the nut (16) but do not remove it.

At the servocontrol-to-THS attachment:

27-34-00 PB501

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02100-D - Illustration of the THS servocontrol attachment)
1

If the servocontrol is locked with ABS safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-12) cotter pin (20) .
. remove the locking cup (21).
. loosen the nut (22) but do not remove it.

If the servocontrol is locked with STA-LOK safety system:

. remove the lockwasher (24).
. loosen the nut (25) but do not remove it.

(4)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(5)

Apply a force of 20 +10 daN or -10 daN (44.9618 +22.4809 lbf or -22.4809 lbf) with the
LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001) in the down
direction.

(6)

At the servocontrol-to-elevator attachment:

. TORQUE the nuts (12) or (16) to between 4.5 and 5.0 M.DAN (33.19 and 36.87 LBF.FT) while
you keep the force to the down direction, then release the force.
. Install the locking cup (11), the new (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotterpin (10) or lockwasher (15).

(7)

At the servocontrol-to-THS attachment:

. TORQUE the nuts (22) or (25) to between 4.5 and 5.0 M.DAN (33.19 and 36.87 LBF.FT) while
you keep the force to the down direction, then release the force.
. Install the locking cup (21) and new (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (20) or lockwasher (24).

(8)

Push with your hands on the front and on the middle of the setting bar and make sure that the setting
bar (10) between the yoke (8) and the THS surface is correct.
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01300-B - Installation of the yoke)

(9)

Make sure that the gap between the upper surface of the elevator and the end part of the GAUGEELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309006000) (10) is in the limits of the feeler gauge (11).
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01100-B - Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge)

(10) If not, adjust the inboard servocontrol:

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00100-B - Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol)
(a)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the lock nut (2).

(b)

Loosen the lock nut (2).

(c)

Disengage the lock washer (3).

(d)

Turn the rod (4) (in the correct direction) until the upper surface of the elevator touches the
feeler gauge (11) in its limit position.

(e)

Engage the lock washer (3).

(f)

TORQUE the lock nut (2) to between 3 and 3.5 M.DAN (22.12 and 25.81 LBF.FT)

(g)

Make sure that the adjustment does not change when you TORQUE the lock nut.

(h)

Safety the lock nut (2) with Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(11) Make sure that you can engage/disengage the rigging pin easily into/from the elevator position
transducer-unit (1).
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00900-B - Elevator Position Transducer Unit)
NOTE :

AES

The rigging pin is a part of the transducer unit.

27-34-00 PB501

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
If you cannot, adjust the length of the control rod (4):
(a)

Cut and discard the lockwire from the nut (2) (transducer unit side).

(b)

Remove the bonding lead from the lock washer (3).

(c)

Loosen the nuts (2).

(d)

Disengage the lock washers (3).

(e)

Turn the control rod body (4) until you can engage freely the rigging pin of the transducer unit
(1).

(f)

On the upper ECAM display unit, make sure that the ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT warning is not
shown.

(g)

Safety the nut (2) (transducer unit side) with lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm
(0.0315 in.).

(h)

Install the bonding lead on the washer (3).

(12) Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).
Subtask 27-34-00-869-093-A
G.

Servoing Change
(1)

On the overhead panel 24VU:

(a)

(2)

Release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends come on).

On the overhead panel 23VU:

(a)

Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends go off).

(b)

Make sure that the F/CTL ELAC 1 FAULT or F/CTL ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT warning is not
shown on the upper ECAM display unit.

Subtask 27-34-00-820-062-A
H.

Adjustment of the Outboard Servo control of the Left Elevator

NOTE :
(1)

At this step, the inboard servocontrol (Green) is in the damping mode. The outboard servocontrol
(Blue) is in the active mode.

To take up the play of the servocontrol attachment:

(a)

At the servocontrol-to-elevator attachment:

** On A/C 003-003
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02000-B - Elevator servocontrol attachment)
** On A/C 004-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02000-C - Elevator servocontrol attachment)

AES

If the servocontrol is locked with ABS safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (10) .
. remove the locking cup (11).
. loosen the nut (12) but do not remove it.

If the servocontrol is locked with STA-LOK safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (17) .
. remove the lockwasher (15).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
(b)

loosen the nut (16) but do not remove it.

At the servocontrol-to-THS attachment:

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02100-D - Illustration of the THS servocontrol attachment)

AES

If the servocontrol is locked with ABS safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-12) cotter pin (20) .
. remove the locking cup (21).
. loosen the nut (22) but do not remove it.

If the servocontrol is locked with STA-LOK safety system:

. remove the lockwasher (24).
. loosen the nut (25) but do not remove it.

(2)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(3)

Apply a force of 20 +10 daN or -10 daN (44.9618 +22.4809 lbf or -22.4809 lbf) with the
LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001) in the down
direction.

(4)

At the servocontrol-to-elevator attachment:

. TORQUE the nuts (12) or (16) to between 4.5 and 5.0 M.DAN (33.19 and 36.87 LBF.FT) while
you keep the force to the down direction, then release the force.
. Install the locking cup (11), the new (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotterpin (10) or lockwasher (15).

(5)

At the servocontrol-to-THS attachment:

. TORQUE the nuts (22) or (25) to between 4.5 and 5.0 M.DAN (33.19 and 36.87 LBF.FT) while
you keep the force to the down direction, then release the force.
. Install the locking cup (21) and new (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (20) or lockwasher (24).

(6)

Push with your hands on the front and the on the middle of the setting bar and make sure that the
contact of the setting bar (10) between the yoke (8) and the THS surface is correct.
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01300-B - Installation of the yoke)

(7)

Make sure that the gap between the upper surface of the elevator and the end part of the GAUGEELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309006000) (10) is in the limits of the feeler gauge (11).
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01100-B - Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge)

(8)

If not, adjust the outboard servocontrol:

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00100-B - Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol)
(a)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the lock nut (2).

(b)

Loosen the lock nut (2).

(c)

Disengage the lock washer (3).

(d)

Turn the rod (4) (in the correct direction) until:

. the upper surface of the elevator touches the feeler gauge (11) in its limit position
. you can easily engage/disengage the rigging pin into/from the elevator position transducerunit (1).

(e)

Engage the lock washer (3).

(f)

TORQUE the lock nut (2) to between 3 and 3.5 M.DAN (22.12 and 25.81 LBF.FT)

(g)

Make sure that the adjustment does not change when you TORQUE the lock nut.

(h)

Safety the lock nut (2) with Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9)

Install the pointer of the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER

(98D27303000001) on the trailing edge of the elevator in front of the tail cone.
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02300-A - Pointer and Triangle Reference Positioning)

(10) Install a new (IPC-CSN 11-21-27-02) reference triangle (8) on the tail cone with its center in line with
the pointer on the trailing edge of the elevator (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-960-001-A).
(11) Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).
Subtask 27-34-00-480-056-A
J.

Removal of the tools

(1)

Remove the pointer of the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER

(98D27303000001).

(2)

Remove the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309006000) from the upper surface of
the left elevator

(3)

(a)

Remove the setting bar (10) from the yoke (8).

(b)

Remove the two threaded pins (9) and the yoke.

(c)

Install the two screws (7) on the access panel.

(d)

Install the protector (13) and the screw (12) on the setting bar (10).

(e)

Install the other protectors on the setting bar.

Remove the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001).

Subtask 27-34-00-710-057-A
K.

Test
(1)

Preparation for the test

(a)

(b)

Removal of the tools

1

Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360)

(5) from the screwjack of the THS actuator (6).
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00100-B - Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol)

Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from the CAPT and F/O side
sticks.

On the overhead panel 24VU:

1

(2)
5.

Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC2 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends go off).

Do the operational test of the elevators (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-072-A
A.

AES

Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration.

(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-34-00-410-063-A
B.

AES

Close Access.
(1)

Close the access door 312AR.

(2)

Close the THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001-A):
(a)

334DB for the left elevator.

(b)

344DB for the right elevator.

(3)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(4)

Tighten the two screws.

(5)

Close the access door 822 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).

(6)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

LH SIDE SHOWN
(RH SIDE SYMMETRICAL)

10

11

334AT LH SIDE
344AT RH SIDE

OUTSIDE PANEL LH SIDE SHOWN

VIEW LOOKING DOWN

10

334AT

12

FWD

11

OUTSIDE PANEL RH SIDE SHOWN

VIEW LOOKING DOWN

13

344AT
N_MM_273400_5_BCM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-01100-B SHEET 1

Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge

27-34-00 PB501

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

THS SKIN

PANEL 334AT (344AT)

CORRECT

PANEL 334AT (344AT)

THS SKIN
INCORRECT

N_MM_273400_5_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-01300-B SHEET 1

Installation of the yoke

27-34-00 PB501

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-003

ELEVATOR
10

11
12
13

17
14

18

19

N_MM_273400_5_ATM1_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-02000-B SHEET 1

Elevator servocontrol attachment

27-34-00 PB501

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 004-099

ELEVATOR
10

11
12
17
14

18

19

N_MM_273400_5_ATM2_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-02000-C SHEET 1

Elevator servocontrol attachment

27-34-00 PB501

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

D
20

THS

21
22
23

29
1

28

34

26

33
27

32
30
31

THE HEADS OF ALL THE

ATTACHMENT BOLTS ARE
TO BE INSTALLED OUTBOARD

N_MM_273400_5_ATN3_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-02100-D SHEET 1

Illustration of the THS servocontrol attachment

27-34-00 PB501

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-00-820-003-B-01
Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation to 0.5 Degrees Nose-Up with the Gauge-Elevator Neutral Setting
(98D27309002000)
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
1.

Reason for the Job

NOTE :

2.

You can do this task together with AMM task 27-34-00-200-001 to prevent elevator vibration.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

0U190360
98D27303000001
98D27309002000
98D27903500000
B.

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER
GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING
PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 08-038
No specific
C.

1
1
1
2

DESIGNATION
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
FABRIC TAPE PRESSURE SENSITIVE
Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

312
334
344
312AR, 334AT, 334BB, 334DB,
344AT, 344BB, 344DB, 822

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AFT FUSLG TAIL SECTION
THS TRAILING EDGE
THS TRAILING EDGE

27-34-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
8
17
10
20
20

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
11-21-27-02-010
27-34-07-11-020
27-34-07-11-030
27-34-07-11-030
27-34-07-12-020

reference triangle
cotter pin
cotter pin
cotter pin
cotter pin
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
11-00-00-960-001-A

DESIGNATION
Replacement of the Tail Cone Reference Triangle

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-34-00-200-001-A
27-34-00-710-001-A

Check of the Elevator Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for too much Play and
Condition
Operational Test of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

52-41-00-010-002-A
52-41-00-410-002-A

Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access

Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

55-13-11-400-001-A

Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00100-B - Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol)

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01000-A - Adjustment of the Elevator to 0.5 Degrees nose-up)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00800-A - Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02000-B - Elevator servocontrol attachment)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02000-C - Elevator servocontrol attachment)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02100-D - Illustration of the THS servocontrol attachment)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00900-B - Elevator Position Transducer Unit)

AES

27-34-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-010-066-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position in zone 312.

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position in these zones:
(a)

334 for the left elevator.

(b)

344 for the right elevator.

(3)

Open the access door 312AR.

(4)

Open the THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A):
(a)

334DB 334AT 334BB for the left elevator.

(b)

344DB 344AT 344BB for the right elevator.

(5)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.

(6)

Open the access door 822 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002-A).

(7)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover

Subtask 27-34-00-865-062-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

49VU

L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM

1GA

C09

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2

2GA

Q35

121VU

HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY

52GA

Q34

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-00-860-073-A
C.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the overhead panel 20VU:

. make sure that the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are in OFF position.

(3)

On the overhead panel 23VU:

. release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends come on).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

On the overhead panel 24VU:

. make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches are pushed (on
these pushbutton switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(5)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(6)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the pitch-trim control wheels are set to 0.

(7)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the pitch-trim control wheels to tell persons not to move the THS.

(8)

Make sure that the F/CTL ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT warning does not comes into view on the upper
ECAM display unit.

(9)

Make sure that there is no warning related to the LGCIUs on the upper ECAM display unit.

Subtask 27-34-00-480-057-A
D.

Installation of the Tools

(1)

Safety the CAPT and F/O side sticks with the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000).

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the CAPT and F/O side sticks to tell persons not to move the side
sticks.

(3)

Install the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (5) on the

screwjack of the THS actuator (6).
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00100-B - Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol)

(4)

Do a check of the play of the elevators (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-200-001-A).

(5)

Install the pointer of the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER

(98D27303000001) at the trailing edge of the elevator, in front of the tail cone.
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01000-A - Adjustment of the Elevator to 0.5 Degrees nose-up)

(6)

Install an BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-038) on the tail cone in front of
the pointer.

(7)

Install the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309002000):

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00800-A - Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge)

(8)

AES

(a)

Remove the pin (2) and the wedge (3) from the side plates (6).

(b)

Turn the adjuster knob (11) counterclockwise until the setting bar (10) is in its highest position.

(c)

Install the tool (1) on the hinge bearing of the elevator and the THS:
1

The rib (7) (hinge arm n1) must be between the side plates (6).

The abutment block (8) must touch the rib (7).

The stop (4) must touch the elevator hinge bearing (5).

(d)

Install the pin (2) through the side plates (6) and the stop (4).

(e)

Install the wedge (3) through the side plates (6).

(f)

Put the gauge (12) (5th mark) between the setting bar (10) and the abutment block (8).

(g)

Turn the adjuster knob (11) to lower the setting bar (10) until:
1

The pad (9) touches the THS.

The bottom of the setting bar (10) is to be 5 mm (0.1969 in.) from the abutment block (8).

Install the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001) at the

trailing edge of the elevator, between the two servocontrols.

27-34-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
CAUTION :

BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE RIGGING PIN ON THE TRANSDUCER UNIT.
DO NOT USE FORCE TO ENGAGE THE RIGGING PIN IN THE TRANSDUCER UNIT. IF YOU USE
FORCE, THE RIGGING PIN WILL NOT DISENGAGE FREELY AND DAMAGE TO THE TRANSDUCER
UNIT CAN OCCUR.

Subtask 27-34-00-820-063-B
A.

Adjustment of the Inboard Servocontrol of the Right Elevator.

(1)

On the maintenance panel 50VU, release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G and
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switches. (the OFF legends of the HYD/LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/G and HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B come on).
NOTE :

(2)

At this step, the inboard servocontrol (Yellow) is in the active mode; the outboard servocontrol
(Blue) is in the damping mode.

To take up the play of the servocontrol attachment:

(a)

At the servocontrol-to-elevator attachment:

** On A/C 003-003
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02000-B - Elevator servocontrol attachment)
** On A/C 004-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02000-C - Elevator servocontrol attachment)

(b)

If the servocontrol is locked with ABS safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (10) .
. remove the locking cup (11).
. loosen the nut (12) but do not remove it.

If the servocontrol is locked with STA-LOK safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (17) .
. remove the lockwasher (15).
. loosen the nut (16) but do not remove it.

At the servocontrol-to-THS attachment:

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02100-D - Illustration of the THS servocontrol attachment)

AES

If the servocontrol is locked with ABS safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-12) cotter pin (20) .
. remove the locking cup (21).
. loosen the nut (22) but do not remove it.

If the servocontrol is locked with STA-LOK safety system:

. remove the lockwasher (24).
. loosen the nut (25) but do not remove it.

(3)

Apply a force of 20 +10 daN or -10 daN (44.9618 +22.4809 lbf or -22.4809 lbf) with the
LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001) in the down
direction.

(4)

At the servocontrol-to-elevator attachment:

. TORQUE the nuts (12) or (16) to between 4.5 and 5.0 M.DAN (33.19 and 36.87 LBF.FT) while
you keep the force to the down direction, then release the force.
. Install the locking cup (11), the new (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotterpin (10) or lockwasher (15).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

At the servocontrol-to-THS attachment:

. TORQUE the nuts (22) or (25) to between 4.5 and 5.0 M.DAN (33.19 and 36.87 LBF.FT) while
you keep the force to the down direction, then release the force.
. Install the locking cup (21) and new (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (20) or lockwasher (24).

(6)

Put the gauge (12) between the upper surface of the elevator and the bottom of the setting bar (10).
The neutral position indication is 5 plus or minus 0.5.

(7)

If not, adjust the inboard servocontrol:

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00100-B - Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol)
(a)

Remove the lockwire from the lock nut (2).

(b)

Loosen the lock nut (2).

(c)

Disengage the lock washer (3).

(d)

Turn the rod (4) (in the correct direction) until the upper surface of the elevator touches the
gauge (12) at 5 mm position.

(e)

Engage the lock washer (3).

(f)

TORQUE the lock nut (2) to between 3 and 3.5 M.DAN (22.12 and 25.81 LBF.FT)

(g)

Make sure that the torque does not change the adjustment.

(8)

Remove the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309002000).

(9)

Adjust the right Yellow inboard servocontrol to the new neutral position:
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01000-A - Adjustment of the Elevator to 0.5 Degrees nose-up)
(a)

On the tail cone, record the position of the elevator, and identify it as the nominal position.

(b)

On the tail cone, mark the new elevator neutral position at 9 +0.5 mm or -0.5 mm (0.3543
+0.0197 in. or -0.0197 in.) above the nominal position as recorded before.

(c)

Loosen the lock nut (2).

(d)

Disengage the lock washer (3).

(e)

Turn the rod (4) (in the correct direction), until the pointer is aligned with the new elevator
position mark on the tail cone.
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01000-A - Adjustment of the Elevator to 0.5 Degrees nose-up)

(f)

Engage the lock washer (3).

(g)

TORQUE the lock nut (2) to between 3 and 3.5 M.DAN (22.12 and 25.81 LBF.FT)

(h)

Make sure that the torque does not change the adjustment.

(i)

Safety the lock nut (2) with Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(10) Make sure that you can engage/disengage the rigging pin easily into/from the elevator position
transducer-unit (1).
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00900-B - Elevator Position Transducer Unit)
NOTE :

The rigging pin is part of the transducer-unit.

If you cannot, adjust the length of the control rod (4):

AES

(a)

Cut and discard the lockwire from the nut (2) (transducer unit side).

(b)

Remove the bonding lead from the lock washer (4).

(c)

Loosen the nuts (2).

(d)

Disengage the lock washers (3).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(e)

Turn the control rod body (4) until you can engage freely the rigging pin in the transducer unit
(1).

(f)

Engage the lock washers (3) and tighten the nut (2) on the rod (4).

(g)

Make sure that you can engage/disengage freely the rigging pin into from the elevator position
transducer-unit (1).

(h)

On the upper ECAM display unit, make sure that the ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT warning is not
shown.

(i)

Safety the nut (2) (transducer unit side) with lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm
(0.0315 in.).

(j)

Install the bonding lead on the washer (3).

Subtask 27-34-00-869-096-A
B.

Servoing Change
(1)

On the maintenance panel 50VU, push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B and release the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switches. (the OFF legends of the HYD/LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/B goes off, the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y comes on).

(2)

On the overhead panel 24VU:

(a)

(3)

Release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends come on).

On the overhead panel 23VU:

(a)

Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends are off).

(b)

Make sure that the F/CTL ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT warning is not shown on the upper ECAM
display unit.

Subtask 27-34-00-820-067-A
C.

Adjustment of the Outboard Servocontrol of the Right Elevator

NOTE :
(1)

At this step, the inboard servocontrol (Yellow) is in the damping mode. The outboard servocontrol
(Blue) is in the active mode.

To take up the play of the servocontrol attachment:

(a)

At the servocontrol-to-elevator attachment:

** On A/C 003-003
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02000-B - Elevator servocontrol attachment)
** On A/C 004-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02000-C - Elevator servocontrol attachment)

AES

If the servocontrol is locked with ABS safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (10) .
. remove the locking cup (11).
. loosen the nut (12) but do not remove it.

If the servocontrol is locked with STA-LOK safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (17) .
. remove the lockwasher (15).
. loosen the nut (16) but do not remove it.

27-34-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

At the servocontrol-to-THS attachment:

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02100-D - Illustration of the THS servocontrol attachment)
1

If the servocontrol is locked with ABS safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-12) cotter pin (20) .
. remove the locking cup (21).
. loosen the nut (22) but do not remove it.

If the servocontrol is locked with STA-LOK safety system:

. remove the lockwasher (24).
. loosen the nut (25) but do not remove it.

(2)

Apply a force of 20 +10 daN or -10 daN (44.9618 +22.4809 lbf or -22.4809 lbf) with the
LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001) in the down
direction.

(3)

At the servocontrol-to-elevator attachment:

. TORQUE the nuts (12) or (16) to between 4.5 and 5.0 M.DAN (33.19 and 36.87 LBF.FT) while
you keep the force to the down direction, then release the force.
. Install the locking cup (11) , the new (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotterpin (10) or lockwasher (15).

(4)

At the servocontrol-to-THS attachment:

. TORQUE the nuts (22) or (25) to between 4.5 and 5.0 M.DAN (33.19 and 36.87 LBF.FT) while
you keep the force to the down direction, then release the force.
. Install the locking cup (21) and new (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (20) or lockwasher (24).

(5)

Remove the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001).

NOTE :

(6)

AES

Use the new elevator neutral position written on the tail cone to do the adjustment.
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01000-A - Adjustment of the Elevator to 0.5 Degrees nose-up)

Adjust the outboard servocontrol to the new neutral position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00100-B - Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol)
(a)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the lock nut (2).

(b)

Loosen the lock nut (2).

(c)

Disengage the lock washer (3).

(d)

Turn the rod (4) (in the correct direction) until:

1

The pointer on the trailing edge of the elevator is in line with the mark made before on the
adhesive tape.

You can easily engage/disengage the rigging pin into/from the elevator position transducerunit (1).

(e)

Engage the lock washer (3).

(f)

TORQUE the lock nut (2) to between 3 and 3.5 M.DAN (22.12 and 25.81 LBF.FT)

(g)

Make sure that the adjustment does not change when you TORQUE the lock nut.

(h)

Safety the lock nut (2) with Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(i)

Remove the adhesive tape.

(j)

Install a new (IPC-CSN 11-21-27-02) reference triangle (8) on the tail cone with its center in line
with the pointer on the trailing edge of the elevator (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-960-001-A).

(k)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-34-00-480-060-A
D.

Installation of the Tools

(1)

Install the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309002000) on the left side:

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00800-A - Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge)
(a)

Remove the pin (2) and the wedge (3) from the side plates (6).

(b)

Turn the adjuster knob (11) counterclockwise until the setting bar (10) is in its highest position.

(c)

Install the tool (1) on the hinge bearing of the elevator and THS:
. the rib (7) must be between the side plates (6).
. the abutment block (8) must touch the rib (7).
. the stop (4) must touch the elevator hinge bearing (5).

(d)

Install the pin (2) through the side plates (6) and the stop (4).

(e)

Install the wedge (3) through the side plates (6).

(f)

Put the gauge (12) (5th mark) between the setting bar (10) and the abutment block (8).

(g)

Turn the adjuster knob (11) to lower the setting bar (10) until:
1

The pad (9) touches the THS.

The bottom of the setting bar (10) is to be 5 mm (0.1969 in.) from the abutment block (8).

(2)

Install the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001) at the

trailing edge of the elevator between the two servocontrols.

(3)

Remove the pointer of the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER

(98D27303000001) from the right side and install it on the left side, on the trailing edge of the elevator,
in front of the tail cone.
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01000-A - Adjustment of the Elevator to 0.5 Degrees nose-up)

(4)

Install an adhesive tape on the tail cone in front of the pointer .

Subtask 27-34-00-820-068-B
E.

Adjustment of the Inboard Servocontrol of the Left Elevator

(1)

On the maintenance panel 50VU, push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton
switch. (the OFF legend of the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G goes off).

(2)

On the overhead panel 23VU:

. release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends come on).

(3)

On the overhead panel 24VU:

. push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).
NOTE :

(4)

At this step, the inboard servocontrol (Green) is in the active mode; the outboard servocontrol
(Blue) is in the damping mode.

To take up the play of the servocontrol attachment:

(a)

At the servocontrol-to-elevator attachment:

** On A/C 003-003
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02000-B - Elevator servocontrol attachment)
** On A/C 004-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02000-C - Elevator servocontrol attachment)

AES

27-34-00 PB501

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(b)

If the servocontrol is locked with ABS safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (10) .
. remove the locking cup (11).
. loosen the nut (12) but do not remove it.

If the servocontrol is locked with STA-LOK safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (17) .
. remove the lockwasher (15).
. loosen the nut (16) but do not remove it.

At the servocontrol-to-THS attachment:

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02100-D - Illustration of the THS servocontrol attachment)
1

If the servocontrol is locked with ABS safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-12) cotter pin (20) .
. remove the locking cup (21).
. loosen the nut (22) but do not remove it.

If the servocontrol is locked with STA-LOK safety system:

. remove the lockwasher (24).
. loosen the nut (25) but do not remove it.

(5)

Apply a force of 20 +10 daN or -10 daN (44.9618 +22.4809 lbf or -22.4809 lbf) with the
LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001) in the down
direction.

(6)

At the servocontrol-to-elevator attachment:

. TORQUE the nuts (12) or (16) to between 4.5 and 5.0 M.DAN (33.19 and 36.87 LBF.FT) while
you keep the force to the down direction, then release the force.
. Install the locking cup (11), the new (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotterpin (10) or lockwasher (15).

(7)

At the servocontrol-to-THS attachment:

. TORQUE the nuts (22) or (25) to between 4.5 and 5.0 M.DAN (33.19 and 36.87 LBF.FT) while
you keep the force to the down direction, then release the force.
. Install the locking cup (21) and new (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (20) or lockwasher (24).

(8)

Put the gauge (12) between the upper surface of the elevator and the bottom of the setting bar (10).
The neutral position indication is 5 plus or minus 0.5.

(9)

If not, adjust the inboard servocontrol as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00100-B - Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol)
(a)

Remove the lockwire from the lock nut (2).

(b)

Loosen the lock nut (2).

(c)

Disengage the lock washer (3).

(d)

Turn the rod (4) (in the correct direction) until the upper surface of the elevator touches the
gauge (12) at 5 mm position.

(e)

Engage the lock washer (3).

(f)

TORQUE the lock nut (2) to between 3 and 3.5 M.DAN (22.12 and 25.81 LBF.FT)

(g)

Make sure that the torque does not change the adjustment.

(10) Remove the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309002000).

(11) Adjust the left Green inboard servocontrol to the new neutral position:
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01000-A - Adjustment of the Elevator to 0.5 Degrees nose-up)

AES

27-34-00 PB501

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a)

On the tail cone, record the position of the elevator, and identify it as the nominal position.

(b)

On the tail cone, mark the new elevator neutral position at 9 +0.5 mm or -0.5 mm (0.3543
+0.0197 in. or -0.0197 in.) above the nominal position as recorded before.

(c)

Loosen the lock nut (2).

(d)

Disengage the lock washer (3).

(e)

Turn the rod (4) (in the correct direction), until the pointer is aligned with the new elevator
position mark on the tail cone.
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01000-A - Adjustment of the Elevator to 0.5 Degrees nose-up)

(f)

Engage the lock washer (3).

(g)

TORQUE the lock nut (2) to between 3 and 3.5 M.DAN (22.12 and 25.81 LBF.FT)

(h)

Make sure that the torque does not change the adjustment.

(i)

Safety the lock nut (2) with Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(12) Make sure that you can engage/disengage the rigging pin easily into/from the elevator position
transducer-unit (1).
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00900-B - Elevator Position Transducer Unit)
NOTE :

The rigging pin is a part of the transducer-unit.

If you cannot, adjust the length of the control rod (4) as follows:
(a)

Cut and discard the lockwire from the nut (2) (transducer unit side).

(b)

Remove the bonding lead from the lock washer (3).

(c)

Loosen the nuts (2).

(d)

Disengage the lock washers (3).

(e)

Turn the control rod body (4) until you can engage freely the rigging pin in the transducer unit
(1).

(f)

Engage the washers (3) and tighten the nuts (2) on the rod (4).

(g)

Make sure that you can engage/disengage freely the rigging pin into/from the elevator position
transducer-unit (1).

(h)

On the upper ECAM display unit, make sure that the ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT warning is not
shown.

(i)

Safety the nut (2) (transducer unit side) with lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm
(0.0315 in.).

(j)

Install the bonding lead on the washer (3).

Subtask 27-34-00-869-095-A
F.

Servoing Change
(1)

On the maintenance panel 50VU, push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton
switch and release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch. (the OFF legend
of the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch goes off, the OFF legend of the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch comes on).

(2)

On the overhead panel 24VU:

(a)

AES

Release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends come on).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

On the overhead panel 23VU:

(a)

Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends are off).

(b)

Make sure that the F/CTL ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT warning is not shown on the upper ECAM
display unit.

Subtask 27-34-00-820-065-A
G.

Adjustment of the Outboard Servocontrol of the Left Elevator

NOTE :
(1)

At this step, the inboard servocontrol (Green) is in the damping mode. The outboard servocontrol
(Blue) is in the active mode.

To take up the play of the servocontrol attachment:

(a)

At the servocontrol-to-elevator attachment:

** On A/C 003-003
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02000-B - Elevator servocontrol attachment)
** On A/C 004-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02000-C - Elevator servocontrol attachment)

(b)

If the servocontrol is locked with ABS safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (10) .
. remove the locking cup (11).
. loosen the nut (12) but do not remove it.

If the servocontrol is locked with STA-LOK safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (17) .
. remove the lockwasher (15).
. loosen the nut (16) but do not remove it.

At the servocontrol-to-THS attachment:

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02100-D - Illustration of the THS servocontrol attachment)

AES

If the servocontrol is locked with ABS safety system:

. remove and discard the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-12) cotter pin (20) .
. remove the locking cup (21).
. loosen the nut (22) but do not remove it.

If the servocontrol is locked with STA-LOK safety system:

. remove the lockwasher (24).
. loosen the nut (25) but do not remove it.

(2)

Apply a force of 20 +10 daN or -10 daN (44.9618 +22.4809 lbf or -22.4809 lbf) with the
LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001) in the down
direction.

(3)

At the servocontrol-to-elevator attachment:

. TORQUE the nuts (12) or (16) to between 4.5 and 5.0 M.DAN (33.19 and 36.87 LBF.FT) while
you keep the force to the down direction, then release the force.
. Install the locking cup (11), the new (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotterpin (10) or lockwasher (15).

(4)

At the servocontrol-to-THS attachment:

. TORQUE the nuts (22) or (25) to between 4.5 and 5.0 M.DAN (33.19 and 36.87 LBF.FT) while
you keep the force to the down direction, then release the force.
. Install the locking cup (21) and new (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (20) or lockwasher (24).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Remove the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001).

NOTE :

Use the new elevator neutral position written on the tail cone to do the adjustment.
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01000-A - Adjustment of the Elevator to 0.5 Degrees nose-up)
If not, adjust the outboard servocontrol:
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00100-B - Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol)

(6)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the lock nut (2).

(7)

Loosen the lock nut (2).

(8)

Disengage the lock washer (3).

(9)

Turn the rod (4) (in the correct direction) until:

(a)

The pointer on the trailing edge of the elevator is in line with the mark made before on the
adhesive tape.

(b)

You can easily engage/disengage the rigging pin into/from the elevator position transducer-unit
(1).

(10) Engage the lock washer (3).

(11) TORQUE the lock nut (2) to between 3 and 3.5 M.DAN (22.12 and 25.81 LBF.FT)
(12) Make sure that the adjustment does not change when you TORQUE the lock nut.
(13) Safety the lock nut (2) with Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(14) Remove the adhesive tape.
(15) Install a new (IPC-CSN 11-21-27-02) reference triangle (8) on the tail cone with its center in line with
the pointer on the trailing edge of the elevator (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-960-001-A).
(16) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).
Subtask 27-34-00-710-058-A
H.

Test
(1)

Preparation for the test

(a)

(b)

Removal of the tools

1

Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360)

(5) from the screwjack of the THS actuator (6).
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00100-B - Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol)

Remove the pointer of the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER

(98D27303000001).

Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from the CAPT and F/O side
sticks.

On the overhead panel 24VU:

1

(2)

AES

Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC2 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends go off).

Do the operational test of the elevators (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-710-001-A).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-074-A
A.

Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-34-00-410-064-A
B.

AES

Close Access.
(1)

Close the access door 312AR.

(2)

Close the THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001-A):
(a)

334DB 334AT 334BB for the left elevator.

(b)

344DB 344AT 344BB for the right elevator.

(3)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(4)

Tighten the two screws.

(5)

Close the access door 822 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).

(6)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A
SETTING
BAR

9mm 0.5
0.3543in. 0.0196
NEW NEUTRAL POSITION
(0.5deg OFFSET)

FILLER
GAUGE

NEUTRAL POSITION (0deg)

5mm 0.5
0.1968in. 0.0196
ELEVATOR TRAILING EDGE

POINTER

ADHESIVE PAPER TAPE

TAIL CONE SURFACE

N_MM_273400_5_CBM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-01000-A SHEET 1

Adjustment of the Elevator to 0.5 Degrees nose-up

27-34-00 PB501

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

GAUGE ELEVATOR

11
12

334DB/344DB
10
1

12

GAP
8
12

ELEVATOR

THS HINGE
ARM N1
6

N_MM_273400_5_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-00800-A SHEET 1

Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge

27-34-00 PB501

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-00-760-001-A
Electrical Test of the Elevator Servo Controls
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
1.

Reason for the Job

To confirm the cause of an elevator servocontrol fault (flight control computer, aircraft wiring or servocontrol).
In this procedure, you will interchange the wiring between two servocontrols (the one that you think is unserviceable
and one that you know is serviceable).

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

99D27303500000

SWITCH SERV. CTL ELEV

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

334
344
334DB, 344DB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
THS TRAILING EDGE
THS TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-96-00-710-020-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Side Stick Assembly (Activation for the BITE Test)

27-96-00-740-001-A

BITE Test of the EFCS (Ground Scanning)

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

55-13-11-400-001-A

Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

AES

27-34-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-079-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Subtask 27-34-00-865-065-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-00-941-070-A
C.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use these controls:
. The CAPT and F/O side sticks
. The pitch trim control-wheels.

(2)

Put WARNING NOTICES in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-34-00-010-069-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 334 and zone 344.

(2)

Open the trailing edge access-panels 334DB and 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-34-00-480-062-A
E.

Installation of the Tool

(1)

AES

If the fault is on the servocontrol:

(a)

For 34CE1 or 34CE2:

. Disconnect the electrical connectors 34CE1-A, 34CE1-B, 34CE1-C, 49CE1, 34CE2-A, 34CE2B, 34CE2-C and 49CE2.

(b)

For 34CE3 or 34CE4:

. Disconnect the electrical connectors 34CE3-A, 34CE3-B, 34CE3-C, 49CE1, 34CE4-A, 34CE4B, 34CE4-C and 49CE2.

27-34-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Connect the SWITCH SERV. CTL ELEV (99D27303500000) to the disconnected electrical connectors.

Subtask 27-34-00-865-066-A
F.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-34-00-760-050-A
A.

5.

Electrical Test of the Elevator Servo Controls

(1)

Do the operational test of the side stick assembly (Activation for the BITE test) (Ref. TASK
27-96-00-710-020-A).

(2)

Do a BITE Test of the EFCS (Ground Scanning) (Ref. TASK 27-96-00-740-001-A):

(a)

If the fault is the same, do a check of the aircraft wiring and of the flight control computer (Ref.
TSM).

(b)

If the fault is on the other side, replace the defective servocontrol.

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-00-865-067-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-34-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

FIN
Q19

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-00-080-056-A
B.

Removal of the Tool

(1)

Disconnect the SWITCH SERV. CTL ELEV (99D27303500000).

(2)

Connect these electrical connectors:

(a)

For the servocontrol 34CE1 or 34CE2:

. 34CE1-A, 34CE1-B, 34CE1-C, 49CE1, 34CE2-A, 34CE3-B, 34CE4-C and 49CE2.

(b)

For the servocontrol 34CE3 or 34CE4:

. 34CE3-A, 34CE3-B, 34CE3-C, 49CE1, 34CE4-A, 34CE4-B, 34CE4-C and 49CE2.

Subtask 27-34-00-865-068-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-00-410-067-A
D.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the trailing edge access-panels 334DB and 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-34-00-942-075-A
E.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-34-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ELEVATOR AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-00-200-001-A
Check of the Elevator Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for too much Play and Condition
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 34CE1, 34CE2, 34CE3, 34CE4
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-34-00-02-)
CHECK ELEVATOR SERVO CONTROL AND HINGE BEARINGS FOR EXCESSIVE PLAY AND CONDITION
To make sure that :
. The elevator servocontrol bearings and the hinge bearings that attach the elevators to the structure are in good
condition.
To measure the play at the trailing edge of the elevators.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

97A27003000007
98D27303000001
98D27303003001

1
1
1

GAGE,ASSY-PUSH-PULL
LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER
CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER

98D27303022000
98D27403500000
98D27903500000

1
1
2

TOOL CHECK - DIGITAL, AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER

PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING
PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

334
344
334BB, 334DB, 334FB, 334HB,
344BB, 344DB, 344FB, 344HB, 822

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION
THS TRAILING EDGE
THS TRAILING EDGE

27-34-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-34-00-200-002-A
27-34-51-000-001-A
27-34-51-200-001-A

Check of the Elevator Servo Control Oscillations.

Removal of the Elevator Servo Control
In Service Wear Limits of the Elevator Servo-Control Attach-Fittings

27-34-51-400-001-A
29-10-00-863-003-A

Installation of the Elevator Servo Control

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

55-13-11-400-001-A

Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

55-16-42-000-001-A

Removal of the Elevator Hinge Arm End Fittings

55-16-42-400-001-A

Installation of the Elevator Hinge Arm End Fittings

55-26-00-200-002-A

Check of Elevator Attachment Fittings for wear, LH/RH

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01400-A - CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) 98D27303022000 (Auto-recording Function))

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00200-A - Adjustment of the Elevators)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02400-A - Elevator Trailing Edge Play - Check List)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02500-A - Elevator Trailing Edge Play - Measurement)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-060-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

(2)

On the overhead panel 20VU, make sure that:

. The 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are in OFF position.

(3)

On the panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch is pushed (the OFF and
FAULT legends are off).

(4)

On the panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch is pushed (the OFF and
FAULT legends are off).

27-34-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-34-00-010-063-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

(2)

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.
(a)

Open the access door 822.

(b)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. Loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position:

(a)

At zone 334 for the left elevator.

(b)

At zone 344 for the right elevator.

Open the THS trailing edge access-panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A):

(a)

334BB 334DB 334FB 334HB for the left elevator.

(b)

344BB 344DB 344FB 344HB for the right elevator.

Subtask 27-34-00-865-052-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

49VU

L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM

1GA

C09

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2

2GA

Q35

121VU

HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY

52GA

Q34

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-00-481-050-A
D.

Installation of the Safety Devices

(1)

Put the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) on the CAPT and F/O side sticks.

(2)

Put the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) on the pitch-trim control wheel.

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use these controls:
. The CAPT and F/O side sticks
. The pitch-trim control wheels.

Subtask 27-34-00-863-055-A
E.

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A)
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

Subtask 27-34-00-480-050-A
F.

AES

Installation of the Tools

(1)

Make sure that there is no warning related to the LGCIUs on the upper ECAM display unit.

(2)

Install the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001) as

follows:
. At the trailing edge of the elevator
. Between the two servocontrols.

27-34-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Install the CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER (98D27303003001) or TOOL

CHECK - DIGITAL, AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER (98D27303022000) on the trailing edge of the
elevator.
NOTE :

Clean and make the tail-cone upper surface moist before you attach the tool.

NOTE :

With the TOOL CHECK - DIGITAL, AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER (98D27303022000), you
can use the auto-record function. For more information about the auto-record function, refer to
the manufacturers instruction manual.

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01400-A - CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) 98D27303022000 (Auto-recording

Function))
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00200-A - Adjustment of the Elevators)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02400-A - Elevator Trailing Edge Play - Check List)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-02500-A - Elevator Trailing Edge Play - Measurement)
Subtask 27-34-00-210-050-A
A.

Check of the Elevator Servocontrols and Hinge Bearings for General Condition
(1)

Make sure that the liner is in the correct position between the attachment hardware of the bearings (no
migration of the liner).
NOTE :

The liner is a coat of teflon between the bearing case and the ball. It lets the ball turn with a
minimum of friction (self lubricating).

If you can see the liner, replace the related servocontrol (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK
27-34-51-400-001-A) or hinge arm end-fitting (Ref. TASK 55-16-42-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK
55-16-42-400-001-A).
Subtask 27-34-00-220-052-A
B.

Check of the Elevators for too much Play

NOTE :
(1)

AES

For monitoring and follow up of the play at the elevator trailing edge, we recommend that the
operators record the measured values in their documentation.

On the maintenance panel 50VU, release the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT/B pushbutton switch (the
OFF legend comes on).
NOTE :

At this time, the inboard servocontrols are pressurized:

. By the Green hydraulic system for the left elevator.
. By the Yellow hydraulic system for the right elevator.

NOTE :

If you see oscillations when the servocontrol is in active mode, do a check of these oscillations.
(Ref. TASK 27-34-00-200-002-A)

NOTE :

The check is only given for one surface. Do the same operations for the other surface.

(2)

On the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001), connect

the GAGE ASSY - PUSH-PULL TOOL GAGE,ASSY-PUSH-PULL (97A27003000007) (or equivalent).

(3)

Apply a stable load of 30 daN (67.4427 lbf) in the up direction on the trailing edge.

(4)

Keep this load applied and set the dial gage to zero.

(5)

Release the load.

27-34-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

At the same position, apply a stable load of 30 daN (67.4427 lbf) in the down direction on the trailing
edge.

(7)

Keep this load applied and record the value shown on the dial gage.

(8)

Release the load.

(9)

If the distance is more than 7 mm (0.2756 in.) between the two positions:
(a)

For the left elevator:

1

Replace the Green elevator servocontrol (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK
27-34-51-400-001-A).

If the distance stays more than 7 mm (0.2756 in.) do a check of the Green elevator
servocontrol fitting (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-200-001-A).

If the distance stays more than 7 mm (0.2756 in.) do an inspection/check of the elevator
attach fittings (Ref. TASK 55-26-00-200-002-A).
NOTE :

(b)

This 7 mm (0.2756 in.) value includes 4 mm (0.1575 in.) of surface bending with 30
daN (67.4427 lbf) load applied .

For the right elevator:

1

Replace the Yellow elevator servocontrol (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK
27-34-51-400-001-A).

If the distance stays more than 7 mm (0.2756 in.) do a check of the Yellow elevator
servocontrol fitting (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-200-001-A).

If the distance stays more than 7 mm (0.2756 in.) do an inspection/check of the elevator
attach fittings (Ref. TASK 55-26-00-200-002-A).
NOTE :

This 7 mm (0.2756 in.) value includes 4 mm (0.1575 in.) of surface bending with 30
daN (67.4427 lbf) load applied .

(10) On the maintenance panel 50VU :

(a)

Release the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT/G pushbutton switch (the OFF legend comes on).

(b)

Release the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT/Y pushbutton switch (the OFF legend comes on).

(c)

Push the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT/B pushbutton switch (the OFF legend goes off).
NOTE :

At this time, the outboard servocontrols are pressurized:

. By the Blue hydraulic system for the left and right elevators.

(11) At the same position, apply a stable load of 30 daN (67.4427 lbf) in the up direction on the trailing
edge.
(12) Keep this load applied and set the dial gage to zero.
(13) Release the load.
(14) At the same position, apply a stable load of 30 daN (67.4427 lbf) in the down direction on the trailing
edge.
(15) Keep this load applied and record the value shown on the dial gage.
(16) Release the load.
(17) If the distance is more than 7 mm (0.2756 in.) between the two positions:
(a)

AES

Replace the Blue elevator servocontrol (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK
27-34-51-400-001-A).

27-34-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

If the distance stays more than 7 mm (0.2756 in.) do a check of the Blue elevator servocontrol
fitting (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-200-001-A).

(c)

If the distance stays more than 7 mm (0.2756 in.) do a check of the elevator fitting (Ref. TASK
55-26-00-200-002-A).
NOTE :

5.

This 7 mm (0.2756 in.) value includes 4 mm (0.1575 in.) of surface bending with 30 daN
(67.4427 lbf) load applied .

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-00-080-050-A
A.

Removal of the Tools

(1)

Remove the CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER (98D27303003001) or TOOL

CHECK - DIGITAL, AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER (98D27303022000) , the GAGE ASSY - PUSHPULL TOOL GAGE,ASSY-PUSH-PULL (97A27003000007) and the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOLELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001) from the elevator.

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-34-00-860-061-A
B.

Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

(1)

On the maintenance panel 50VU :

(a)

Push the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT/G pushbutton switch (the OFF legend goes off).

(b)

Push the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT/Y pushbutton switch (the OFF legend goes off).

(2)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-34-00-081-050-A
C.

Removal of the Safety Devices

(1)

Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from the CAPT and F/O sidestick
controllers.

(2)

Remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) from the pitch-trim control wheel.

(3)

Remove the WARNING NOTICE(S).

Subtask 27-34-00-410-054-A
D.

Close Access
(1)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2)

Tighten the two screws.

(3)

Close the access door 822.

(4)

Close the THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001-A):

(5)

AES

(a)

334BB 334DB 334FB 334HB for the left elevator.

(b)

344BB 344DB 344FB 344HB for the right elevator.

Remove the access platform(s).

27-34-00 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SELECT THE T.I.R FUNCTION BEFORE

THE INSTALLATION OF THE TOOL,
THEN SET THE DIAL INDICATOR TO ZERO.

ON/
OFF

MIN/MAX
T.I.R

LIMITS
in/mm

SET
SHIFT

+/

PRESET
ZERO/ABS

CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) P/N 98D27303022000 WITH AUTORECORDING FUNCTION

N_MM_273400_6_DAA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-01400-A SHEET 1

CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) 98D27303022000 (Autorecording Function)

27-34-00 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z 334

Z 344

A
A

C
TAIL CONE

ELEVATOR

B
334 HB
334 GB
334 FB
334 EB
334 DB
334 CB
334 BB
334 AB

344 AB
344 BB
344 CB
344 DB
344 EB
344 FB
344 GB
344 HB

TAIL CONE

ELEVATOR
TRAILING
EDGE
N_MM_273400_6_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Adjustment of the Elevators

27-34-00 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

JOB SETUP
Make sure that all the conditions below are satisfied,
If not, do the related correction(s).
The load application tool is installed between the two
servocontrols.

OK

NOT OK

Each tool subassembly is correctly tightened (to prevent

dial gage movement during measurement).

OK

NOT OK

The dial gage spindle is perpendicular to the surface and

touches the outer end of the surface.

OK

NOT OK

The dial gage is set to the middle of the stroke (so that the
spindle always touches the surface and does not go to the
mechanical stop position).

OK

NOT OK

Hydraulic system(s) pressurized:

For the inboard servocontrols: Green and Yellow,
For the outboard servocontrol: Blue

OK

NOT OK

OK

NOT OK

OK

NOT OK

OK

NOT OK

OK

NOT OK

OK

NOT OK

OK

NOT OK

MEASUREMENT
From the elevator neutral position, apply a stable load of
30daN in one direction.
Keep this load applied and set the dial gage to zero.

Release the load.

From the elevator neutral position, apply a stable load of

30daN in opposite direction.
NOTE: If the tool is not of the pushpull type, it is necessary
to change the position of the tool before you apply the load.
Keep this load applied and record the value shown on the
dial gage.
Release the load.

N_MM_273400_6_ADNC_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-02400-A SHEET 1

Elevator Trailing Edge Play - Check List

27-34-00 PB601

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

1/ From the elevator neutral position, apply the load in one direction

Elevator with 30 DaN load

applied

Set the dial gage to

zero

Elevator neutral position

2/ Release the load, the elevator goes back to the neutral position

Elevator neutral position

1/ From the elevator neutral position, apply the load in opposite direction

Elevator neutral position

Elevator with 30 DaN load

applied

Record the value

shown on the dial gage

Note: The value read at B must be:

more than 4 mm (surface bending with 30 DaN load applied)
less than 7 mm (Maximum permitted value, 4 mm surface bending included)

N_MM_273400_6_ADND_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-02500-A SHEET 1

Elevator Trailing Edge Play - Measurement

27-34-00 PB601

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-00-220-001-A
Check of the Position of the Fluid-Reserve Piston of the Elevator Servo Control with the Hydraulic Reservoirs
Depressurized
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 34CE1, 34CE2, 34CE3, 34CE4
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-34-00-03-)
CHECK FLUID RESERVE PISTON POSITION WITH HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR DEPRESSURIZED.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

RULE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27903500000

PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

334
344
334DB, 344DB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
THS TRAILING EDGE
THS TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

AES

27-34-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-23-00-863-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

55-13-11-400-001-A

Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00500-B - Elevator Servo Control)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-010-057-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the THS trailing edge access panels 334DB 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-34-00-865-063-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM

1GA

FIN
C09

LOCATION

121VU

HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2

2GA

Q35

121VU

HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY

52GA

Q34

Subtask 27-34-00-860-050-A
C.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the overhead panel 20VU, make sure that:

. the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are in OFF position.

(3)

Make sure that there is no warning related to the LGCIUs on the upper ECAM display unit.

(4)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(5)

On each servo control (1), make sure that the indicator of the fluid-reserve (2) piston is in the
maximum extended position.
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00500-B - Elevator Servo Control)

(6)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(7)

Depressurize the hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(8)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit, on the HYD overhead panel 40VU,
. on the ground service panels.

(9)

Put a warning notice on the access door 195BB to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic reservoirs.

27-34-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Install the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) on the CAPT and F/O side sticks.
(11) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the CAPT and F/O side sticks to tell persons not to touch the side
sticks.
(12) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the pitch-trim control wheels to tell persons, not to use the pitch trim.
4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-34-00-220-054-A
A.

Check of the Position of the Fluid-Reserve Piston of the Elevator Servo Control with the Hydraulic Reservoirs
Depressurized
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00500-B - Elevator Servo Control)
(1)

5.

After three hours, on the fluid reserve (2), with a RULE make sure that the indicator does not retract
more than 32 mm (1,2598 in.).
. If the indicator retracts more than 32 mm (1.2598 in.), the pressure and return line closing valves
are not sealed. You must remove the servo control (1) for repair.

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-00-410-057-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Close the THS trailing edge access panels 334DB 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001-A).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-34-00-860-051-A
B.

AES

Put the Aircraft Back to its Initial Configuration

(1)

Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from the CAPT and F/O side sticks.

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Pressurize the hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

(5)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-34-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A
ACCESS DOOR 334 DB
ZONE 344
ACCESS DOOR 344DB

ZONE 334

ALTERNATIVE SOLUTION

N_MM_273400_6_BCM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-00500-B SHEET 1

Elevator Servo Control

27-34-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-00-220-002-A
Check of the Differential-Pressure Indicator and of the Position of the Fluid- Reserve Piston of the Elevator Servo
Controls
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 34CE1, 34CE2, 34CE3, 34CE4
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-34-00-04-)
CHECK OF THE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE INDICATOR AND POSITION OF FLUID RESERVE PISTON OF
ELEVATOR SERVO CONTROLS
This task is only applicable for the elevator servocontrols P/N 31075-2XX or P/N 31075-4XX.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

0U145914
98D27903500000

1
2

DRAINING TOOL
PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Consumable Materials
REFERENCE

No specific
C.

DESIGNATION
lockwire 0.8 mm

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

334
344
334DB, 344DB
D.

THS TRAILING EDGE

THS TRAILING EDGE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
5
8

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-34-51-01-157
27-34-51-01-160

seal
cotter pin
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

27-34-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

55-13-11-400-001-A

Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00600-A - Elevator Servo Control)

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00700-A - Differential Pressure Sensor and Drain System)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-062-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(3)

Install the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) on the CAPT and F/O side sticks.

(4)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the CAPT and F/O side stick to tell persons not to touch the side
sticks.

(5)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the pitch-trim control wheels to tell persons not to use the pitch trim.

Subtask 27-34-00-010-058-A
B.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the THS trailing edge access panels 334DB 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00600-A - Elevator Servo Control)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-00700-A - Differential Pressure Sensor and Drain System)

AES

27-34-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-34-00-210-052-A
A.

Check of the Differential-Pressure Indicator and of the Position of the Fluid-Reserve Piston of the Elevator
Servo Controls
(1)

On each servo control (1), make sure that the indicator of the fluid-reserve (2) piston is in the
maximum extended position.

(2)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems :
(a)

In the cockpit, on the HYD section of the overhead panel 40VU.

(b)

On the ground service panels of the hydraulic systems.

(4)

Remove the protective plug from the differential pressure sensor (3).

(5)

Cut and discard the lockwire on the protective plug (6) of the drain system (4).

(6)

Remove the cotter pin (8), the washer (7) and the protective plug (6) of the drain system (4).

(7)

Remove the obturator (5) and its seal.

(8)

Install the DRAINING TOOL (0U145914) on the drain system (4).

(9)

Drain the fluid reserve (2).

NOTE :

When the fluid drains, make sure that the position indicator of the fluid- reserve (2) piston
moves continuously to maximum retracted position.
Make sure that it stays in the retracted position.
If not, remove the servo control (1) for repair.

(10) Remove the DRAINING TOOL (0U145914).

(11) Push in the indicator of the differential pressure sensor (3).
(12) Make sure that it stays pushed in.
If not, remove the servo control (1) for repair.
(13) Pressurize the hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A)
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).
(14) Make sure that :
. the indicator of the fluid-reserve (2) piston,
. the indicator of the differential pressure sensor (3)
are in the extended position.
If not, remove the servo control (1) for repair.
(15) Install the protective plug on the differential pressure sensor (3).
(16) Install the obturator (5) and its seal.
NOTE :

Make sure that the seal is in good condition, if not replace it (IPC-CSN 27-34-51-01) seal (5) .

(17) Install the protective plug (6) on the drain system (4).
(18) Install the washer (7) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-34-51-01) cotter pin (8) .
(19) Secure with the lockwire 0.8 mm the protective plug (6) on the drain system (4).

AES

27-34-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-063-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A)
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

Make sure that the level of hydraulic fluid in the (Green, Blue and Yellow) reservoirs is correct.
Fill the reservoirs if necessary (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A).

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from the CAPT and F/O side sticks.

(5)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(6)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-34-00-410-058-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the THS trailing edge access panels 334DB 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001-A).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-34-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A
ACCESS DOOR 334DB

ZONE 344
ACCESS DOOR 344DB
ALTERNATIVE SOLUTION
ZONE 334

B
N_MM_273400_6_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Elevator Servo Control

27-34-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

C
7

N_MM_273400_6_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-00700-A SHEET 1

Differential Pressure Sensor and Drain System

27-34-00 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-00-200-002-A
Check of the Elevator Servo Control Oscillations.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 34CE1, 34CE2, 34CE3, 34CE4
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27303003001

CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER

98D27303022000
98D27903500000

1
2

TOOL CHECK - DIGITAL, AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER

PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

334
344

ZONE DESCRIPTION
THS TRAILING EDGE
THS TRAILING EDGE

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-34-51-000-008-A
27-34-51-400-003-A
29-10-00-863-001-A

Removal of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Servo Valve

Installation of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Servo Valve
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU

AES

27-34-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-24-00-863-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

27-93-34-000-001-A

Removal of the ELAC (for corrective action)

27-93-34-400-001-A

Installation of the ELAC (for corrective action)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-058-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Put the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) on the CAPT and F/O side sticks.

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the CAPT and F/O side sticks to tell persons not to touch the side
sticks.

(4)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the center pedestal, to tell persons not to touch the pitch-trim
control wheel.

(5)

On the panel 23VU:

. make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this pushbutton switch, the
OFF and FAULT legends are off).

(6)

On the panel 24VU:

. make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this pushbutton switch, the
OFF and FAULT legends are off).

(7)

Pressurize the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A).

Subtask 27-34-00-480-053-A
B.

4.

Installation of the Tools

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at zone 334 (344).

(2)

Install the CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER (98D27303003001) or TOOL

CHECK - DIGITAL, AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER (98D27303022000) on the rear cone, near the
trailing edge of the elevator (left or right side).

(3)

Put the pointer of the CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER (98D27303003001)

or TOOL CHECK - DIGITAL, AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER (98D27303022000) at the trailing edge
of the elevator.

Procedure
Subtask 27-34-00-220-056-A
A.

AES

Check of the Oscillation of the Servo Control of the Left Elevator

(1)

On the dial indicator, measure the amplitude of the oscillations.

If the amplitude is more than 1 mm (0.0394 in.), replace the servovalve of the servo control (34CE1)
(Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-008-A), (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-003-A).
If the fault continues, replace the ELAC2 (2CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
27-93-34-400-001-A)

(2)

Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).

27-34-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A-01). On the dial indicator, measure the amplitude of the oscillations.
If the amplitude is more than 1 mm (0.0394 in.), replace the servovalve of the servo control (34CE3)
(Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-008-A), (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-003-A).
If the fault continues, replace the ELAC1 (2CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
27-93-34-400-001-A).
NOTE: If the check is done with SECs engaged instead of ELACs, the maximum amplitude will be:
. 3 mm for pitch up order
. 2 mm for pitch down order.

Subtask 27-34-00-220-057-A
B.

5.

Check of the Oscillation of the Servo Control of the Right Elevator

(1)

On the dial indicator, measure the amplitude of the oscillations.

(2)

If the amplitude is more than 1 mm (0.0394 in.), replace the servovalve of the servo control (34CE4)
(Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-008-A), (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-003-A).
If the fault continues, replace the ELAC 1 (2CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
27-93-34-400-001-A).

(3)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A).

(4)

Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A).

(5)

If the amplitude is more than 1 mm (0.0394 in.), replace the servovalve of the servo control (34CE2)
(Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-008-A), (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-003-A).
If the fault continues, replace the ELAC 2 (2CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
27-93-34-400-001-A).
NOTE: If the check is done with SECs engaged instead of ELACs, the maximum amplitude will be:
. 3 mm for pitch up order
. 2 mm for pitch down order.

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-059-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A).

(2)

Remove the CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER (98D27303003001) or TOOL

CHECK - DIGITAL, AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER (98D27303022000).

(3)

Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000).

(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(5)

Remove the maintenance equipment.

(a)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(b)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(c)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-34-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-00-220-003-A
Check of the Position of the Reference Triangle on the Tail Cone
1.

Reason for the Job

To do a check of the position of the reference triangle on the tail cone.
NOTE :

2.

This task lets you know if the position of the reference triangle on the tail cone is approximately correct. To
do an accurate check of the reference triangle position, it is necessary to use the Gauge-Elevator Neutral
Setting tool and the procedure given in AMM task 273400-820-00300.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
2
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

98D27309002000
98D27309006000

1
1

B.

GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING

GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

334

ZONE DESCRIPTION
THS TRAILING EDGE

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-34-00-820-003-B

DESIGNATION
Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation to 0.5 Degrees Nose-Up
with the Gauge-Elevator Neutral Setting (98D27309006000)

27-34-00-820-003-B-01

Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation to 0.5 Degrees Nose-Up

with the Gauge-Elevator Neutral Setting (98D27309002000)

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01200-B - Triangle Reference on the Tail Cone)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-075-B
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put a warning notice in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-34-00-010-067-B
B.

Get Access
(1)

4.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position under the left elevator.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01200-B - Triangle Reference on the Tail Cone)
Subtask 27-34-00-220-058-C
A.

Check of the Position of the Reference Triangle

(1)

AES

Make a mark at 780 mm (30.7087 in.) from the forward corner of the APU access door 315AL.

27-34-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

From this mark, measure the distance along the skin between the edge of the stucture and the center of
the triangle.
NOTE :
(a)

If the position of the triangle is not between these two values:

. do not adjust the elevators with the reference triangle
. adjust the elevators with the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309002000)
or GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309006000), (Ref. TASK
27-34-00-820-003-B) or (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-003-B-01).

(b)

If the position of the triangle is between these two values:

. the position of the triangle is correct; no maintenance action is necessary.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position under the right elevator.

(4)

Make a mark at 780 mm (30.7087 in.) from the forward corner of the APU access door 316AR.

(5)

From this mark, measure the distance along the skin between the edge of the stucture and the center of
the triangle.
NOTE :

5.

The position of the triangle must be between 386 mm (15.1969 in.) and 402 mm (15.8268 in.).

The position of the triangle must be between 386 mm (15.1969 in.) and 402 mm (15.8268 in.).

(a)

If the position of the triangle is not between these two values:

. do not adjust the elevators with the reference triangle
. adjust the elevators with the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309002000)
or GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309006000), (Ref. TASK
27-34-00-820-003-B) or (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-003-B-01).

(b)

If the position of the triangle is between these two values:

. the position of the triangle is correct; no maintenance action is necessary.

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-00-410-065-B
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-34-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
ELEVATOR

B
C
LEFT APU DOOR

780mm
X

780mm

N_MM_273400_6_AFM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-01200-B SHEET 1

Triangle Reference on the Tail Cone

27-34-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-00-280-001-A
Removal of the Elevator Servo Controls for Functional check of the return relief valve in workshop
FIN 34CE1, 34CE2, 34CE3, 34CE4
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-34-00-05-)
REMOVAL OF THE ELEVATOR SERVOCONTROLS FOR FUNCTIONAL CHECK OF RELIEF VALVE IN
WORKSHOP
To make sure that the return relief valve operates correctly.
This task is only applicable for the elevator servocontrols P/N 31075-1XX or P/N 31075-3XX.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

334
344

THS TRAILING EDGE

THS TRAILING EDGE
B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-34-51-000-001-A
27-34-51-400-001-A
CMM 27-34-52
3.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Elevator Servo Control
Installation of the Elevator Servo Control

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-020-052-A
A.

4.

Remove the elevator servo controls (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-001-A).

Procedure
Subtask 27-34-00-280-050-A
A.

5.

Do a test of the return relief valve in the workshop (Ref. CMM 27-34-52) (Testing and Fault Isolation, Para.
4(a)) .

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-00-420-051-A
A.

AES

Install the elevator servo controls (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-001-A).

27-34-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-00-200-003-A
Check of Elevator Neutral Position and Servo Control Installation
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
FIN 34CE1, 34CE2, 34CE3, 34CE4
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-34-00-06-)
CHECK OF ELEVATOR NEUTRAL POSITION AND SERVO CONTROLS INSTALLATION

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

PIN - THREADED

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

0U190360
98D27309006000
98D27309009002
98D27309009003
98D27903500000

1
1
1
1
2

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING
COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

334
344
312AR, 334DB, 344DB, 822
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
THS TRAILING EDGE
THS TRAILING EDGE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

AES

27-34-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-862-002-A

DESIGNATION
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-34-00-820-003-B

Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation to 0.5 Degrees Nose-Up

with the Gauge-Elevator Neutral Setting (98D27309006000)

27-34-00-820-003-B-01

Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation to 0.5 Degrees Nose-Up

with the Gauge-Elevator Neutral Setting (98D27309002000)

27-34-51-000-009-A

Removal of the Servo Control Actuator Eye-End

27-34-51-200-001-A

In Service Wear Limits of the Elevator Servo-Control Attach-Fittings

27-34-51-400-001-A
27-34-51-400-006-A

Installation of the Elevator Servo Control

Installation of the Servo Control Actuator Eye-End

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

52-41-00-010-002-A

Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access

52-41-00-410-002-A

Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

55-13-11-400-001-A

Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

CMM 27-34-52

(for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01500-A - Elevator Eye-end Correct Installation)

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01600-A - Installation of the Pin-rigging)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01700-A - Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01800-A - Installation of the Yoke)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01900-A - Elevator Position Transducer Unit)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-010-068-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position in zone 312.

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position in these zones:

(3)

AES

(a)

334 for the left elevator.

(b)

344 for the right elevator.

Open the access door 312AR.

27-34-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Open the THS trailing-edge access-panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A):

(a)

334DB for the left elevator.

(b)

344DB for the right elevator.

(5)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.

(6)

Open the access door 822 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002-A).

(7)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 27-34-00-865-064-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

49VU

L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM

1GA

C09

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2

2GA

Q35

121VU

HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY

52GA

Q34

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-00-860-076-A
C.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the overhead panel 20VU:

. make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are in OFF position.

(3)

Make sure that hydraulic systems are depressurized

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003A).

(4)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the pitch-trim control wheels are set to 0.

(5)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the pitch-trim control wheels to tell persons not to move the THS.

(6)

Safety the CAPT and F/O side sticks with the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000).

(7)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) on the CAPT and F/O side sticks to tell persons not to move the side
sticks.

(8)

Make sure that there is no warning related to the LGCIUs on the upper ECAM display unit.

27-34-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-34-00-200-050-A
A.

Check of the Installation of the Servo Controls (34CE1, 34CE2, 34CE3, 34CE4)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01500-A - Elevator Eye-end Correct Installation)
(1)

Move the elevator by hand at the upper position and install the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
(98D27309009002) or COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) on the servo control.

(2)

Make sure that the installation of the servo-control actuator eye-end is correct:
. Make sure that the key washer (3) is fully engaged on the servo-control fitting (4).
. Make sure that the face serrations of the locking washer (2) and the key washer (3) are fully
engaged.
. Make sure that the torque value of the lock nut (1) is between 3 m.daN (22.12 lbf.ft) and 3.5
m.daN (25.81 lbf.ft).
(a)

If one of the above points is not correct, do these steps:

1

Remove the servo-control actuator eye-end (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-009-A).

Do an inspection of the threads of the eye-end for wear, marks and scratches.

Do an inspection of the locking washer (2) and the key washer (3) for wear on the face
serrations.
a

If an item is not correct, you must repair the full unit (Ref. CMM 27-34-52).

If all items are correct, install the servo-control actuator eye-end (Ref. TASK
27-34-51-400-006-A).

Subtask 27-34-00-420-052-A
B.

Check of the Attachments Torque Values of the Servo-Controls (34CE1, 34CE2, 34CE3, 34CE4)
(1)

(2)

Make sure that the torque values of the servo-control attachments are correct (Ref. TASK
27-34-51-400-001-A).
(a)

If the torque values are not correct, do a check of the servo-control attachments (Ref. TASK
27-34-51-200-001-A).

(b)

Make sure that the torque values of the servo-control attachments are correct (Ref. TASK
27-34-51-400-001-A).

Remove the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009002) or COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR

(98D27309009003) .

Subtask 27-34-00-480-061-A
C.

AES

Installation of the Tools

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01600-A - Installation of the Pin-rigging)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01700-A - Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01800-A - Installation of the Yoke)
(1)

Install the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (5) on the

screwjack of the THS actuator (6).

(2)

Install the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309006000) on the right side:

(a)

Remove the screw (12) and the protector (13) from the setting bar (10).

(b)

Remove the other protectors from the setting bar.

(c)

Remove the two screws (7) from the access panel.

27-34-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d)

Install the yoke (8) on the THS.

To keep a good contact between the yoke and the THS, you must not TORQUE the PIN THREADED.

(e)

Install the two PIN - THREADED (9) on the yoke (8).

(f)

Install the setting bar (10) on the yoke (8).

Subtask 27-34-00-860-078-A
D.

Preparation for the Adjustment

CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT YOU REMOVE THE COLLAR-ELEVATOR SERVO CONTROL SAFETY
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE ELEVATOR SERVO CONTROL. IF YOU DO NOT REMOVE
THE COLLAR, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELEVATOR SERVO CONTROL.

(1)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A)
or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(2)

On the overhead panel 23VU:

. release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches (the OFF legends come
on).

(3)

On the overhead panel 24VU:

. make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches are pushed (the
FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(4)

On the upper ECAM display unit:

. make sure that the F/CTL ELAC 2 FAULT or F/CTL ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT warning is not
shown.

(5)

On the maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G, B and
Y pushbutton switches are pushed (the OFF legends are off).

Subtask 27-34-00-820-071-A
E.

Check of the Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01700-A - Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01800-A - Installation of the Yoke)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01900-A - Elevator Position Transducer Unit)
NOTE :

AES

At this step, the right inboard servocontrol (Yellow) is in the active mode. The right outboard
servocontrol (Blue) is in the damping mode.

(1)

Push with your hands on the front and on the middle of the setting bar and make sure that the contact
of the setting bar (10) between the yoke (8) and the THS surface is correct.

(2)

Make sure that the gap between the upper surface of the elevator and the end part of the GAUGEELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309006000) (10) is in the limits of the feeler gauge (11).

(3)

Make sure that you can easily engage/disengage the rigging pin into/from the elevator position
transducer-unit (14).

(4)

If the servocontrol or the transducer unit is not adjusted, do this procedure (Ref. TASK
27-34-00-820-003-B) or (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-003-B-01).

(5)

On the overhead panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches
(the OFF legends come on).

(6)

On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches
(the OFF legends go off).

27-34-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

Make sure that the F/CTL ELAC 1 FAULT or F/CTL ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT warning is not shown on
the upper ECAM display unit.
NOTE :

At this step, the right inboard servocontrol (Yellow) is in the damping mode. The right outboard
servocontrol (Blue) is in the active mode.

(8)

Do steps (1) thru (4) again for the right outboard servocontrol.

(9)

Remove the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309006000) from the upper surface of
the right elevator.

(10) Install the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309006000) on the upper surface of the
left elevator.
(11) On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches
(the OFF legends go off).
(12) Make sure that the F/CTL ELAC 2 FAULT or F/CTL ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT warning is not shown on
the upper ECAM display unit.
(13) On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches
(the OFF legends come on).
NOTE :

At this step, the left inboard servocontrol (Green) is in the active mode. The left outboard
servocontrol (Blue) is in the damping mode.

(14) Do steps (1) thru (4) again for the left inboard servocontrol.
(15) On the overhead panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches
(the OFF legends come on).
(16) On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches
(the OFF legends go off).
(17) Make sure that the F/CTL ELAC 1 FAULT or F/CTL ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT warning is not shown on
the upper ECAM display unit.
NOTE :

At this step, the left inboard servocontrol (Green) is in the damping mode. The left outboard
servocontrol (Blue) is in the active mode.

(18) Do steps (1) thru (4) again for the left outboard servocontrol.
(19) On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches
(the OFF legends go off).
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-00-080-055-A
A.

Removal of the Tools

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01600-A - Installation of the Pin-rigging)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-00-991-01700-A - Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge)
(1)

AES

Remove the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309006000) from the upper surface of
the left elevator.
(a)

Remove the setting bar (10) from the yoke (8).

(b)

Remove the two threaded pins (9) and the yoke.

(c)

Install the two screws (7) on the access panel.

(d)

Install the protector (13) and the screw (12) on the setting bar (10).

(e)

Install the other protectors on the setting bar.

27-34-00 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (5) from the
screwjack of the THS actuator (6).

(3)

Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from the CAPT and F/O side sticks.

Subtask 27-34-00-860-077-A
B.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-34-00-410-066-A
C.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the access door 312AR.

(2)

Close the THS trailing-edge access-panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001-A):

(a)

334DB for the left elevator.

(b)

344DB for the right elevator.

(3)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(4)

Tighten the two screws.

(5)

Close the access door 822 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).

(6)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-34-00 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
312AR

A
A
A
ZONE 344
344DB

B
334DB
ZONE 334

B
INCORRECT INSTALLATION

B
CORRECT INSTALLATION

4
WASHER INCORRECT
INSTALLATION
KEY WASHER
INCORRECT INSTALLATION
1

KEY WASHER
CORRECT INSTALLATION

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-01500-A SHEET 1

Elevator Eye-end Correct Installation

WASHER CORRECT
INSTALLATION
N_MM_273400_6_EAA0_01_00

27-34-00 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

312AR

ZONE 344
344DB
334DB
ZONE 334

C
6

N_MM_273400_6_ECA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-01600-A SHEET 1

Installation of the Pin-rigging

27-34-00 PB601

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

LH SIDE SHOWN
(RH SIDE SYMMETRICAL)

10

11

334AT LH SIDE
344AT RH SIDE

OUTSIDE PANEL LH SIDE SHOWN

VIEW LOOKING DOWN

10

334AT
11

12

OUTSIDE PANEL RH SIDE SHOWN

VIEW LOOKING DOWN

13

344AT
N_MM_273400_6_EFA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-01700-A SHEET 1

Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge

27-34-00 PB601

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

THS SKIN

PANEL 334AT (344AT)

CORRECT

PANEL 334AT (344AT)

THS SKIN
INCORRECT

N_MM_273400_6_EHA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-01800-A SHEET 1

Installation of the Yoke

27-34-00 PB601

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

334DB

344DB

14

RIGGING PIN

N_MM_273400_6_EKA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-00-991-01900-A SHEET 1

Elevator Position Transducer Unit

27-34-00 PB601

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ELEVATOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Elevator
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
CAUTION :
1.

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF CARBONFIBER
REINFORCED PLASTIC.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CRANE HEIGHT 15 M (50 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27309008000

SLING-LIFTING, ELEVATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

98D27903500000
98D55209004000

2
1

PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

SLING, REM.-INST.- ELEVATOR

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

334BB, 334DB, 334FB, 334GB,

334HB, 344BB, 344DB, 344FB,
344GB, 344HB

AES

27-34-41 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
11-00-00-000-004-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Hoisting Point Cover Patches

27-34-51-000-001-A
27-92-13-000-001-A
29-10-00-864-001-A

Removal of the Elevator Servo Control

Removal of the Elevator Position Transducer-Unit
Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

55-16-48-000-001-A
Removal of the Elevator Support Struts
CMM 55-21-15
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-41-991-00400-B - Hoist Points Plugs)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-41-991-00100-B - Elevator-Removal/Installation.)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-41-991-00300-A - Elevator-Removal/Installation)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-41-991-00400-B - Hoist Points Plugs)
Subtask 27-34-41-860-051-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the elevators and the trimmable horizontal stabilizer are set to a neutral position.

Subtask 27-34-41-860-050-A
B.

Depressurize Hydraulic Systems

(1)

Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A), (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Subtask 27-34-41-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-34-41 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-34-41-481-050-A
D.

Install Locking Pins.

(1)

Put the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) in the CAPT and F/O side stick controllers.

Subtask 27-34-41-941-050-A
E.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 334 for the left hand
elevator and/or zone 344 for the right hand elevator.

Subtask 27-34-41-010-050-A
F.

Access
(1)

Open the THS lower trailing edge access panels of the horizontal stabilizer 334BB 344BB 334DB
344DB 334FB 344FB 334GB 344GB 334HB 344HB (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-34-41-020-052-B
G.

Hoisting Lugs
(1)

Remove the hoisting point cover patches (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-000-004-A).

(2)

Remove the hoist point plugs (10).

(3)

Install the hoisting lugs.

Subtask 27-34-41-480-050-A
H.

4.

Attach Support Equipment

(1)

Put the CRANE HEIGHT 15 M (50 FT) into position.

(2)

Attach the SLING-LIFTING, ELEVATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (98D27309008000) or the

SLING, REM.-INST.- ELEVATOR (98D55209004000) to the hoisting points and to the crane.

(3)

Operate the crane and slowly tighten the sling cables. Adjust the turnbuckles as necessary to get an
equal tension on all cables.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-41-991-00100-B - Elevator-Removal/Installation.)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-41-991-00300-A - Elevator-Removal/Installation)
Subtask 27-34-41-020-053-C
A.

Removal of the Elevator

(1)

Disconnect the bonding straps (elevator side).

(a)

Remove the nuts (18), the washers (20),the bolts (21) and disconnect the bonding straps (19).

(2)

Disconnect the elevator position transducer (Ref. TASK 27-92-13-000-001-A).

(3)

Disconnect the elevator servo control units (elevator side) (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-001-A).
NOTE :

(4)

Disconnect the elevator from the elevator hinge fitting No. 4.

(a)

AES

Make sure that the harness connectors 49CE1, 49CE2 are disconnected before removing the
servo control units.

Disconnect the elevator support strut (16). (Ref. TASK 55-16-48-000-001-A).

27-34-41 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

Remove the sleeve (17).

NOTE :

(5)

(6)

Make sure that the sleeve (17) is removed from the hinge fitting before you remove the
elevator. Damage can occur.

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (6).

(d)

Remove the bolt (5) and the bush (4) from the hinge support.

Disconnect the elevator from the elevator hinge fittings No. 1, 2, 3, 5 and 6.
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

(b)

Remove the nut (7).

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (6).

(d)

Remove the bolts (5) and the bushes (4) from all the hinge supports.

Carefully remove the elevator from the hinge arms and lower it onto a correct support.
WARNING : THIS PROCEDURE IS IN A CATEGORY KNOWN AS A CRITICAL DESIGN
CONFIGURATION CONTROL LIMITATION (CDCCL). YOU MUST KEEP ALL CDCCL
ITEMS IN THE APPROVED CONFIGURATION. MAKE SURE THAT THE WEIGHT OF
THE ELEVATOR IS IN THE SPECIFIED LIMITS.
(a)

5.

Make sure that the elevator weight is in the (Ref. CMM 55-21-15) limits before you do
maintenance procedures.
NOTE :

Some maintenance procedures (repairs, paint work, etc.) can cause the elevator weight to
increase.

NOTE :

Elevator weight can have an effect on the interchangeability of the component. If the
elevator weight is out of the limits refer to CMMM 552115 for instructions.

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-41-080-050-A
A.

Removal of Support Equipment

(1)

AES

Remove the SLING-LIFTING, ELEVATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (98D27309008000) or SLING,

REM.-INST.- ELEVATOR (98D55209004000) from the elevators.

27-34-41 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A
A

10

N_MM_273441_4_AEN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-41-991-00400-B SHEET 1

Hoist Points Plugs

27-34-41 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z345

HINGE
FITTING 1
HINGE
FITTING 3

HINGE
FITTING 4

Z335

E
E

C
HINGE
FITTING 2

HINGE
FITTING 5

B
E

D
B

D
9

E
6

HINGE
FITTING 6

4
5

N_MM_273441_4_AAN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-41-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Elevator-Removal/Installation.

27-34-41 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
5
6

17

16

18

21

19
20

20
21

19
18

N_MM_273441_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-41-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Elevator-Removal/Installation

27-34-41 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Elevator
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS
INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.
IF YOU DO:
RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
CAUTION :
1.

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF CARBONFIBER
REINFORCED PLASTIC.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CRANE HEIGHT 15 M (50 FT)

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27309004000
98D27309006000
98D27309008000

2
1
2

PIN CENTERING. ELEVATOR INSTALLATION

GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING
SLING-LIFTING, ELEVATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

98D27903500000
98D55209004000

2
2

PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

SLING, REM.-INST.- ELEVATOR

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 11-003
Material No: 11-008

AES

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
CLEANING AGENTS
-

27-34-41 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 16-003
C.

DESIGNATION
STRUCTURE PAINTS
-

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

334BB, 334DB, 334FB, 334GB,

334HB, 344BB, 344DB, 344FB,
344GB, 344HB
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
6
9
6
9
6
9
6
6
9
6
9

DESIGNATION
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter

E.

IPC-CSN
27-34-07-21-040
27-34-07-21-060
27-34-07-22-040
27-34-07-22-060
27-34-07-24-040
27-34-07-24-060
27-34-07-26-010
27-34-07-27-040
27-34-07-27-060
27-34-07-28-040
27-34-07-28-060

pins
pins
pins
pins
pins
pins
pin
pins
pins
pins
pins

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-022-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Hoisting Point Cover Patches

20-28-00-869-002-A
23-61-41-000-001-A

Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values

Removal of the Static Discharger

23-61-41-400-001-A

Installation of the Static Discharger

27-34-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation

27-34-00-820-003-B

Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation to 0.5 Degrees Nose-Up

with the Gauge-Elevator Neutral Setting (98D27309006000)

27-34-00-820-003-B-01

Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation to 0.5 Degrees Nose-Up

with the Gauge-Elevator Neutral Setting (98D27309002000)

27-34-51-400-001-A
27-92-13-400-001-A
29-10-00-864-001-A

Installation of the Elevator Servo Control

Installation of the Elevator Position Transducer-Unit
Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

55-13-11-400-001-A

Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

55-16-48-400-001-A
55-24-11-000-001-A

Installation of the Elevator Support Struts

Removal of the Elevator Tips and Inboard End Caps.

AES

27-34-41 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
55-24-11-400-001-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Elevator Tips and End Caps.

CMM 55-21-15
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-41-991-00400-B - Hoist Points Plugs)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-41-991-00100-B - Elevator-Removal/Installation.)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-41-991-00300-A - Elevator-Removal/Installation)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-41-991-00400-B - Hoist Points Plugs)
Subtask 27-34-41-860-052-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A), (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-002-A), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

Make sure that the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) is in the CAPT and F/O side stick
controllers.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate
the flight controls.

(4)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic
systems.

(5)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 334 and/or
zone 344.

(6)

Make sure that the THS lower trailing edge access panels are opened 334BB 344BB 334DB 344DB
334FB 344FB 334GB 344GB 334HB 344HB. (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A).

(7)

Make sure that the trimmable horizontal stabilizer is set to the neutral position.

Subtask 27-34-41-865-052-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-34-41 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-34-41-210-050-A
C.

Visual Inspection
(1)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 27-34-41-560-050-B
D.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : THIS PROCEDURE IS IN A CATEGORY KNOWN AS A CRITICAL DESIGN CONFIGURATION
CONTROL LIMITATION (CDCCL). YOU MUST KEEP ALL CDCCL ITEMS IN THE APPROVED
CONFIGURATION. MAKE SURE THAT THE WEIGHT OF THE ELEVATOR IS IN THE
SPECIFIED LIMITS.
(1)

(2)

Make sure that the elevator weight is in the (Ref. CMM 55-21-15) limits before you do maintenance
procedures.
NOTE :

Some maintenance procedures (repairs, paint work, etc.) can cause the elevator weight to
increase.

NOTE :

Elevator weight can have an effect on the interchangeability of the component. If the elevator
weight is out of the limits refer to CMMM 552115 for instructions.

Prepare the elevator for installation.

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

(a)

If you replace the elevator, remove these items from the removed elevator and install them to the
new elevator.
. elevator tips and end caps (Ref. TASK 55-24-11-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK 55-24-11-400-001A),
. static dischargers. (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-400-001-A).

(b)

Clean all connecting hardware with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) and examine for
damage and corrosion.

(c)

Clean all attach fittings with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-008) and examine for
damage and corrosion.

(d)

On a new elevator remove the hoist point plugs (10) and install the hoisting lugs.

(e)

Put the CRANE HEIGHT 15 M (50 FT) into position.

(f)

Attach the SLING-LIFTING, ELEVATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (98D27309008000) or the

SLING, REM.-INST.- ELEVATOR (98D55209004000) to the crane and to the hoisting lugs.

(g)

Operate the crane and slowly tighten the sling cables. Adjust the turnbuckles as necessary to get
an equal tension to all cables.

27-34-41 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-41-991-00100-B - Elevator-Removal/Installation.)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-41-991-00300-A - Elevator-Removal/Installation)
Subtask 27-34-41-420-051-C
A.

Installation
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Remove the support connections, lift the elevator clear of the support and move it to the installation
position.

(2)

Install the PIN CENTERING. ELEVATOR INSTALLATION (98D27309004000) to the hinge fittings No.
2 and 6.

(3)

Connect the elevator to the elevator hinge fittings No. 1, 3 and 5:

(4)

AES

(a)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the bushes (4) and install them.

(b)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the bolts (5) and install them.

(c)

Safety the bolts (5) with (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-21) cotter pins (6) (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-24) cotter
pins (6) (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-27) cotter pins (6) .

(d)

Install the nuts (7).

(e)

TORQUE the nuts (7) to between 0.79 and 0.96 M.DAN (69.91 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

(f)

Safety the nuts (7) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-21) cotter pins (9) (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-24)
cotter pins (9) (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-27) cotter pins (9) .

Connect the elevator to the elevator hinge fitting No. 4.

(a)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the sleeve (17) and the bush (4) and install
them.

(b)

Install the bolt (5) and safety with a new (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-26) cotter pin (6) .

(c)

Put in position and install the elevator support strut (16) (Ref. TASK 55-16-48-400-001-A).

(5)

Remove the PIN CENTERING. ELEVATOR INSTALLATION (98D27309004000) from the hinge fittings
No. 2 and 6.

(6)

Connect the elevator to the hinge fittings No. 2 and 6:

(a)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the bushes (4) and install them.

(b)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the bolts (5) and install them.

(c)

Safety the bolts (5) with (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-22) cotter pins (6) (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-28) cotter
pins (6) .

(d)

Install the nuts (7).

(e)

TORQUE the nuts (7) to between 0.79 and 0.96 M.DAN (69.91 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

27-34-41 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(f)

Safety the nuts (7) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-22) cotter pins (9) (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-28)
cotter pins (9) .

(7)

Connect the elevator servo controls (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-001-A).

(8)

Connect the elevator position transducer (Ref. TASK 27-92-13-400-001-A)

(9)

Connect the bonding straps (19) with the bolts (21), the washers (20) and the nuts (18).

(10) Do a check of the maximum bonding value (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002-A)

. Make sure that the maximum bonding value is no more than 50 milliohms.
. Between the hinge arm fitting of the THS and the Inboard Elevator fitting.
(11) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-003) to the bonding connection.
Subtask 27-34-41-720-050-B
B.

5.

Test
(1)

Install the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309006000) and verify the elevator neutral
position, (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-003-B) or (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-003-B-01).

(2)

Do an operational test of the elevators (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-41-991-00400-B - Hoist Points Plugs)
Subtask 27-34-41-080-051-B
A.

Remove Support Equipment

(1)

Remove the hoisting equipment.

(a)

Remove the SLING-LIFTING, ELEVATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (98D27309008000) or

SLING, REM.-INST.- ELEVATOR (98D55209004000) from the elevator.

(b)

Remove the hoisting lugs.

(c)

Install the hoist point plugs (10).

NOTE :

(d)

When installed the plugs must fit flush to the skin of the Horizontal Stabilizer.

Install the hoisting point cover patches (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-022-A).

Subtask 27-34-41-210-051-A
B.

Visual Inspection
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-34-41-410-050-A
C.

Close access
(1)

Close the THS lower trailing edge access panels 334BB 344BB 334DB 344DB 334FB 344FB 334GB
344GB 334HB 344HB. (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-34-41-942-050-A
D.

AES

Remove Ground Equipment

(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-34-41 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-34-41-081-050-A
E.

Remove Locking Pins

(1)

Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from the CAPT and F/O side stick
controllers.

Subtask 27-34-41-865-051-A
F.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-34-41 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ELEVATOR - INSPECTION/CHECK
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-41-200-001-A
In Service Wear Limits of the Elevator Hinge Fittings
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
27-34-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Elevator
27-34-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Elevator
CMM 55-21-15
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-41-991-00500-A - In Service Wear Limits - Elevator Hinge Fittings)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-41-010-051-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

4.

Remove the applicable elevator (Ref. TASK 27-34-41-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-41-991-00500-A - In Service Wear Limits - Elevator Hinge Fittings)
Subtask 27-34-41-220-050-A
A.

Fits and Clearances

(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
7.912

MAX
7.924

OD 3

0.3115

0.3120

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
7.912

MAX

0.3115
0.0010

0.0250

0.0380

0.0000

0.0010

0.0015

7.925

7.937

7.950

ID 1

0.3120

0.3125

0.3130

NOTE :

If the values are more than the limits, the items must be replaced.

NOTE :

Wear is only permitted for bush (1).

27-34-41 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-34-41-220-051-A
B.

Fits and Clearances

(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
10.989

MAX
11.000

MIN
10.974

OD 1

0.4326

0.4331

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4320
0.0000

0.0290

0.0590

0.0000

0.0011

0.0023

11.000

11.018

11.033

ID 2

0.4331

0.4338

0.4344

NOTE :

If the values are more than the limits, the items must be replaced.

Subtask 27-34-41-220-052-A
C.

Fits and Clearances

(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
15.989

MAX
16.000

OD 7

0.6295

0.6299

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
0

MAX

0.0000
0.0000

0.0290

0.0000

0.0000

0.0011

0.0000

16.000

16.018

ID 5

0.6299

0.6306

0.0000

NOTE :

If the values are more than the limits, the items must be replaced.

NOTE :

The value 0 in the column IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS indicates that the item can not be worn.

27-34-41 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-34-41-220-053-A
D.

Fits and Clearances

(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
12.675

MAX
12.687

OD 8

0.4990

0.4995

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
0

MAX

0.0000
0.0000

0.0250

0.0000

0.0000

0.0010

0.0000

12.687

12.700

ID 7

0.4995

0.5000

0.0000

NOTE :

If the values are more than the limits, the items must be replaced.

NOTE :

The value 0 in the column IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS indicates that the item can not be worn.

Subtask 27-34-41-220-055-A
E.

Fits and Clearances

(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
12.675

MAX
12.687

OD 8

0.4990

0.4995

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
0

MAX

0.0000
0.0000

0.0250

0.0000

0.0000

0.0010

0.0000

12.687

12.700

ID 4

0.4995

0.5000

0.0000

NOTE :

If the values are more than the limits, the items must be replaced.

NOTE :

The value 0 in the column IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS indicates that the item can not be worn.

27-34-41 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-34-41-220-054-A
F.

Fits and Clearances

(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
9.500

MAX
9.512

OD 6

0.3740

0.3745

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
0

MAX

0.0000
0.0000

0.0250

0.0000

0.0000

0.0010

0.0000

9.512

9.525

ID 8

0.3745

0.3750

0.0000

NOTE :

If the values are more than the limits, the item can be replaced.

NOTE :

The value 0 in the column IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS indicates that the item can not be worn.

Subtask 27-34-41-020-055-A
G.

5.

Replacement of Unserviceable Items

(1)

For removal of the plain bushes a dimensional check is not necessary.

(2)

If the plain-bushes internal diameter are out of limits see the CMM replacement procedure (Ref. CMM
55-21-15).

(3)

If you find unserviceable bolts or plain bushes replace them with new parts.

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-41-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Install the elevator (Ref. TASK 27-34-41-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-34-41-942-051-A
B.

Removal of Equipment
(1)

AES

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-34-41 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z345

HINGE
FITTING 1
HINGE
FITTING 3

HINGE
FITTING 4

Z335

C
HINGE
FITTING 2

HINGE
FITTING 5

B
B
1

HINGE
FITTING 6

2
1
3

8
6

N_MM_273441_6_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-41-991-00500-A SHEET 1

In Service Wear Limits - Elevator Hinge Fittings

27-34-41 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FILTER - HYDRAULIC - SERVICING

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-42-600-001-A
Servicing of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Filter
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY OPERATE
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF HYDRAULICALLY
OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27903500000

PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003
No specific
C.

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
lockwire-corrosion resistant steel 0.6mm dia

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
334DB, 344DB

ZONE DESCRIPTION

AES

27-34-42 PB301

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

29-10-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

55-13-11-400-001-A

Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-42-991-00100-A - Elevator Servo-control Actuator Filter)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-42-860-050-A
A.

Depressurize Hydraulic Systems

(1)

Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A)

Subtask 27-34-42-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

FIN
B09

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-34-42-481-050-A
C.

Install Locking Devices

(1)

Put the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) in the CAPT and F/O side stick controllers.

Subtask 27-34-42-941-050-A
D.

Safety Precautions.
(1)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 334 for the left hand
trailing edge access panels and 344 for the right hand trailing edge access panels.

Subtask 27-34-42-010-050-A
E.

Access
(1)

4.

Open the trailing edge access panels 334DB 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-42-991-00100-A - Elevator Servo-control Actuator Filter)

AES

27-34-42 PB301

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES OR IN YOUR MOUTH.
HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY.
FLUSH HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL
AID IF YOU GET HYDRAULIC FLUID IN YOUR EYES OR MOUTH.
Subtask 27-34-42-010-051-A
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
A.

Removal of the Filter

NOTE :

The removal of the filter(1) from the elevator servo-control actuator 34CE1 is given. The removal of
the filter (1) from the elevator servo-control actuators 34CE2, 34CE3 and 34CE4 is the same.

(1)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the connection of the filter (1) and the supply block (3).

(2)

Put the CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) below the filter (1) to collect the unwanted hydraulic fluid.
NOTE :

Make sure that the hydraulic fluid is removed if it drops onto components or structure

(3)

Remove the filter (1) from the supply block (3).

(4)

Remove and discard the packing (2) from the filter (1).

(5)

Remove and discard the unwanted hydraulic fluid.

Subtask 27-34-42-640-050-A
B.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Lubricate the packing (2) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) .
NOTE :

Make sure that HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) is removed if it drops onto
components or structure.

Subtask 27-34-42-420-050-A
C.

Install the Filter

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(1)

Install the filter (1) into the supply block (3).

(2)

Safety the filter (1) with lockwire-corrosion resistant steel 0.6mm dia to the supply block (3).

(3)

Remove all signs of hydraulic fluid from the filter area.

NOTE :

Make sure that the hydraulic fluid is removed if it drops onto components or structure.

Subtask 27-34-42-081-050-A
D.

Remove Locking Devices

(1)

AES

Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from the CAPT and F/O side stick
controllers.

27-34-42 PB301

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-34-42-865-051-A
E.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

FIN

LOCATION

19CE2

B09

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-34-42-860-051-A
F.

Pressurize Hydraulic Systems

(1)

Pressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-002-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01)

Subtask 27-34-42-870-050-A
G.

Bleeding
(1)

Bleed the elevator servo-control actuators.

(a)

Operate the side stick to move the elevator surfaces.

(b)

Do this ten times and then put the side stick back to the neutral position.

Subtask 27-34-42-210-050-A
H.

Visual Inspection
(1)

5.

Make sure that there are no leaks at the joint between the filter (1) and the supply block (3).

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-42-410-051-A
A.

Visual Inspection
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-34-42-410-050-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Close the trailing-edge access panels 334DB 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-34-42-611-050-A
C.

Replenish Hydraulic System

WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES OR IN YOUR MOUTH.
HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR
BODY. FLUSH HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN WITH WATER.
GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU GET HYDRAULIC FLUID IN YOUR EYES OR MOUTH.
(1)

If necessary,replenish the hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A).

Subtask 27-34-42-942-051-A
D.

AES

Remove Ground Equipment

(1)

Remove the access platform(s).

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-34-42 PB301

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z340

Z330

A 34CE4
A 34CE2
A 34CE1
A 34CE3

B
3

N_MM_273442_3_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-42-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Elevator Servo-control Actuator Filter

27-34-42 PB301

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SERVO CONTROL - ELEVATOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Elevator Servo Control
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY OPERATE
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF HYDRAULICALLY
OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.
IF YOU DO:
RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
CAUTION :

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF CARBONFIBER
REINFORCED PLASTIC.

NOTE :

The removal of the servo control unit 34CE1 is given. The removal of the servo control units 34CE2, 34CE3 and
34CE4 is the same.

FIN 34CE1, 34CE2, 34CE3, 34CE4

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

AES

27-34-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27309003000
98D27309009002
98D27309009003
98D27903500000

1
1
1
2

B.

DESIGNATION

DEVICE - LOCKING, ELEVATOR

COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
25
20

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-34-07-11-020
27-34-07-11-030

cotter pin
cotter pin
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-10-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00100-A - Elevator Servo-Control Unit)

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01000-B - Elevator Servocontrol Unit - Elevator Attachment)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01000-C - Elevator Servocontrol Unit _ Elevator Attachment)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01300-D - Elevator Servo Control Unit - THS Attachment)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-860-052-A
A.

Make Sure that the Hydraulic Systems Are Depressurized

(1)

Depressurize the Hydraulic Reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(2)

Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Subtask 27-34-51-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-34-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

FIN
Q19

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-51-860-062-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the pitch-trim control wheels are set to 0.

Subtask 27-34-51-941-050-A
D.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the pitch control wheels to tell persons not to move the THS.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems.

(4)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 334 for the left hand
elevator and/or zone 344 for the right hand elevator.

Subtask 27-34-51-010-050-A
E.

Access
(1)

Open the trailing edge access panels 334DB(LH)) and/or 344DB(RH). (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001A).

Subtask 27-34-51-481-050-A
F.

4.

Install Safety Device

(1)

Install the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) in the CAPT and the F/O side sticks.

(2)

Move the elevator by hand at the upper position and install the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
(98D27309009003) or COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009002) on the servocontrol that will
not be removed to facilitate the access to the work area.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00100-A - Elevator Servo-Control Unit)
Subtask 27-34-51-020-059-A
A.

Disconnection of Electrical connectors and Hydraulic Pipes

(1)

Disconnect the electrical connectors.

Servo Control Unit

34CE1

34CE2

34CE3

AES

Electrical Connectors
34CE1-A
34CE1-B
34CE1-C
34CE2-A
34CE2-B
34CE2-C
34CE3-A

ITEM
3
1
2
3
1
2
3

ZONE
335

345

335

27-34-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Servo Control Unit

Electrical Connectors
34CE3-B
34CE3-C
34CE4-A
34CE4-B
34CE4-C

34CE4

(2)

ITEM
1
2
3
1
2

(a)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (1), (2) and (3).

(b)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

ZONE

345

Disconnect the hydraulic connections.

WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES OR IN YOUR
MOUTH. HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH YOUR SKIN
AND INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR EYES, MOUTH OR
SKIN WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU GET HYDRAULIC FLUID IN YOUR
EYES OR MOUTH.
CAUTION :

YOU MUST ALWAYS PUT CAPS ON DISCONNECTED HOSES AND FITTINGS. IF YOU
DO NOT DO THIS, YOU MAY CAUSE:
CONTAMINATION OF THE HOSES,
DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM COMPONENTS,
HYDRAULIC FLUID LEAKS.
IF HYDRAULIC FLUID LEAKS OCCUR OR IF YOU LET HYDRAULIC FLUID FALL, YOU
MUST CLEAN IT UP IMMEDIATELY. HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

(a)

Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) below the servo controls.

(b)

Disconnect the flexible hoses (5) and (6) from the servo control unit (4).

(c)

Drain the unwanted hydraulic fluid into the container.

(d)

Remove and discard the unwanted hydraulic fluid.

(e)

Put blanking caps on the flexible hoses (5) and (6) and the unions of the servo control unit (4).

(f)

Remove the bonding lead (7), the nut (8), the washer (9) and the bolt (11).

** On A/C 003-003
Subtask 27-34-51-020-063-B
B.

Removal of the Servocontrol Unit from the Elevator Attachment

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00100-A - Elevator Servo-Control Unit)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01000-B - Elevator Servocontrol Unit - Elevator Attachment)
(1)

Disconnect the servocontrol unit (4) from the elevator.

(a)

Remove the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (20) and (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (25) ,
and discard them.

(b)

Remove the locking cup (21), the nut (22), the spacer (23) and the washer (24).

(c)

Remove the bolt (27) and bush (26).

** On A/C 004-099
Subtask 27-34-51-020-063-C
B.

AES

Removal of the Servocontrol Unit from the Elevator Attachment

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00100-A - Elevator Servo-Control Unit)

27-34-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01000-C - Elevator Servocontrol Unit _ Elevator Attachment)
(1)

Disconnect the servocontrol unit (4) from the elevator.

(a)

Remove the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (20) and (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (25) ,
and discard them.

(b)

Remove the locking cup (21), the nut (22) and the washer (24).

(c)

Remove the bolt (27) and bush (26).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-34-51-020-064-D
C.

Removal of the Servo Control Unit from the THS Attachment

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00100-A - Elevator Servo-Control Unit)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01300-D - Elevator Servo Control Unit - THS Attachment)
(1)

Disconnect the servo control unit (4) from the horizontal stabilizer structure
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (38).

(b)

Remove the locking cup (31) the nut (30) and the washer (41).

(c)

Remove the nuts (33), the washers (32) the bolts (35), the washers (36) and the profile (37).

(2)

Support the servo control unit (4).

(3)

Remove the bolt (28), the washer (29).

(4)

Remove the servo control unit (4) from the aircraft.

NOTE :

(5)

AES

When both servo control units are removed, install the DEVICE - LOCKING, ELEVATOR
(98D27309003000).

Remove the bush (26) and (27).

27-34-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

34CE4
34CE2

A
A

A 34CE1
A 34CE3

A
C

1
6

8
3

9
2
7
10
11

N_MM_273451_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-51-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Elevator Servo-Control Unit

27-34-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-003

ELEVATOR

20

21
22

23

25
24

26

27 1

THE HEADS OF ALL THE

ATTACHMENT BOLTS ARE
TO BE INSTALLED OUTBOARD

N_MM_273451_4_ACN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-51-991-01000-B SHEET 1

Elevator Servocontrol Unit - Elevator Attachment

27-34-51 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 004-099

ELEVATOR

20

21
22
25
24

26

27

THE HEADS OF ALL THE

ATTACHMENT BOLTS ARE
TO BE INSTALLED OUTBOARD

N_MM_273451_4_ACP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-51-991-01000-C SHEET 1

Elevator Servocontrol Unit _ Elevator Attachment

27-34-51 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

D
38

THS

31
30
41

29

27

28

37

36

26

35

32
33

THE HEADS OF ALL THE

ATTACHMENT BOLTS ARE
TO BE INSTALLED OUTBOARD

N_MM_273451_4_ADQ0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-51-991-01300-D SHEET 1

Elevator Servo Control Unit - THS Attachment

27-34-51 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Elevator Servo Control
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.
IF YOU DO:
RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
CAUTION :

NOTE :

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF CARBONFIBER
REINFORCED PLASTIC.
The installation of the servo control unit 34CE1 is shown. The installation of the servo control units 34CE2, 34CE3
and 34CE4 are the same. For the correct location of the servo control units compare the identification placards.

FIN 34CE1, 34CE2, 34CE3, 34CE4

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY

DESIGNATION
Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27309003000
98D27309009002
98D27309009003
98D27903500000

1
1
1
2

DEVICE - LOCKING, ELEVATOR

COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 05-002

AES

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE

27-34-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-005
C.

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
CORROSION PREVENTIVE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
25
20
38

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-34-07-11-020
27-34-07-11-030
27-34-07-12-020

cotter pin
cotter pin
cotter pin
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-34-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation (with the reference triangle
on the tail cone)

27-34-00-820-002-A

Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation after Removal/Installation

of one Servocontrol
Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation to 0.5 Degrees Nose-Up
with the Gauge-Elevator Neutral Setting (98D27309006000)

27-34-00-820-003-B
27-34-00-820-003-B-01

Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation to 0.5 Degrees Nose-Up

with the Gauge-Elevator Neutral Setting (98D27309002000)

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

55-13-11-400-001-A

Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00100-A - Elevator Servo-Control Unit)

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01300-D - Elevator Servo Control Unit - THS Attachment)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01000-B - Elevator Servocontrol Unit - Elevator Attachment)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01000-C - Elevator Servocontrol Unit _ Elevator Attachment)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-860-063-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A), (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-002-A), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

Make sure that the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) is in the CAPT and F/O side stick
controllers.

(3)

Make sure that the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) or the COLLAR DEPTH
ACTUATOR (98D27309009002) is installed on the remainder servocontrol.

(4)

Make sure that the warning notices are on the pitch control wheels to tell persons not to move the
THS.

27-34-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Make sure that the warning notices are in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the
flight controls.

(6)

Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems.

(7)

Make sure that the access platforms are in position at zone 334 and/or zone 344.

(8)

Make sure that access panels 334DB and/or 344DB are open (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A).

(9)

Make sure that the DEVICE - LOCKING, ELEVATOR (98D27309003000) is installed on the elevator
when both servo control units are removed.

Subtask 27-34-51-865-076-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-51-140-050-A
C.

Cleaning
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 27-34-51-210-051-A
D.

4.

Visual Inspection
(1)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00100-A - Elevator Servo-Control Unit)
Subtask 27-34-51-420-064-D
A.

Installation of the Servo Control Unit to the THS attachment.

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00100-A - Elevator Servo-Control Unit)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01300-D - Elevator Servo Control Unit - THS Attachment)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

AES

27-34-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the outer surface of the bush (26) and (27) and
install them.

(2)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the head and shank of the bolt (28).

(3)

Put the servo control unit (4) in position and support it.

(4)

Install the bolt (28) with the washer (29).

(5)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the thread of the bolt (28).

(6)

Install the washer (41).

(7)

Install and torque the nut (30) to between 4.5 and 5.0 M.DAN (33.19 and 36.87 LBF.FT)

(8)

Install the locking cup (31) and the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-12) cotter pin (38)

(9)

Install the plate (37) with the washers (32), (36) the nuts (33) and the bolts (35).

(10) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to all the remaining unprotected steel attachment
parts of the elevator servo control.
NOTE :

Do not allow SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to get on the servo control spherical
bearing .

** On A/C 003-003
Subtask 27-34-51-420-065-B
B.

Installation of the Servocontrol Unit to the Elevator attachment.

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00100-A - Elevator Servo-Control Unit)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01000-B - Elevator Servocontrol Unit - Elevator Attachment)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the outer surface of the bush (26) and install it.

(2)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the head and shank of the bolt (27).

(3)

Put the servocontrol unit (4) in position and support it.

(4)

Install the bolt (27).

(5)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the thread of the bolt (27).

(6)

Install the washer (24), the spacer (23) and the nut (22).
NOTE :

AES

The counterbored surface of the washer must be on the Hinge.

27-34-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

Torque the nut (22) to between 4.5 and 5.0 M.DAN (33.19 and 36.87 LBF.FT).

(8)

Install the locking cup (21), and the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (20) and (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11)
cotter pin (25) .

(9)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to all the remaining unprotected steel attachment
parts of the elevator servocontrol.
NOTE :

Do not allow SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to get on the servocontrol spherical
bearing .

** On A/C 004-099
Subtask 27-34-51-420-065-C
B.

Installation of the Servocontrol Unit to the Elevator attachment.

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00100-A - Elevator Servo-Control Unit)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01000-C - Elevator Servocontrol Unit _ Elevator Attachment)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the outer surface of the bush (26) and install it.

(2)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the head and shank of the bolt (27).

(3)

Put the servocontrol unit (4) in position and support it.

(4)

Install the bolt (27).

(5)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the thread of the bolt (27).

(6)

Install the washer (24) and the nut (22).

NOTE :

(7)

Torque the nut (22) to between 4.5 and 5.0 M.DAN (33.19 and 36.87 LBF.FT).

(8)

Install the locking cup (21), and the (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11) cotter pin (20) and (IPC-CSN 27-34-07-11)
cotter pin (25) .

(9)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to all the remaining unprotected steel attachment
parts of the elevator servocontrol.
NOTE :

AES

The counterbored surface of the washer must be on the Hinge.

Do not allow SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to get on the servocontrol spherical
bearing .

27-34-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-34-51-420-063-A
C.

Hydraulic and Electrical Connection of the Servo Control Unit to the Horizontal Stabilizer.
(1)

Connect the hydraulic connections.

WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES OR IN YOUR
MOUTH. HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH YOUR SKIN
AND INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR EYES, MOUTH OR
SKIN WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU GET HYDRAULIC FLUID IN YOUR
EYES OR MOUTH.
(a)

Remove the blanking caps from the flexible hoses (5) and (6) and the unions of the servo control
unit (4).

(b)

Connect the flexible hoses (5) and (6) to the servo control unit (4).
NOTE :

(c)
(2)

Do not twist the flexible hoses (5) and (6) when you tighten the union nuts. Make sure
that the flexible hoses (5) and (6) do not rub on adjacent components.

Install the bonding lead (7) with the bolt (11), the washer (9) and the nut (8) (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004-A)

Connect the electrical connections.

(a)

Remove the blanking caps.

(b)

Connect the electrical connectors.

Servo Control Unit

34CE1

Electrical Connector
34CE1-A
34CE1-B
34CE1-C
34CE2-A
34CE2-B
34CE2-C
34CE3-A
34CE3-B
34CE3-C
34CE4-A
34CE4-B
34CE4-C

34CE2

34CE3

34CE4

ITEM
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2

ZONE
335

345

335

345

Subtask 27-34-51-710-050-B
D.

Adjustment Test
CAUTION :

AES

MAKE SURE THAT YOU REMOVE THE COLLAR-ELEVATOR SERVO CONTROL SAFETY
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE ELEVATOR SERVO CONTROL. IF YOU DO NOT REMOVE
THE COLLAR, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELEVATOR SERVO CONTROL.

27-34-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Remove the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) or the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
(98D27309009002) from the adjacent servo control.

(2)

Do an adjustment test of the elevators (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-003-B) or (Ref. TASK

27-34-00-820-003-B-01) or (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-001-A) after
the Removal/Installation of one servo control unit.
NOTE :

5.

If the two servocontrols on the same elevator must be adjusted, do the adjustment of the
elevator and hydraulic actuation with the gauge elevator neutral setting (Ref. TASK
27-34-00-820-003-B) or (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-003-B-01).

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-51-210-052-A
A.

Visual Inspection.
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-34-51-410-051-A
B.

Close Access.
(1)

Close the trailing edge access panels 334DB and 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-34-51-942-050-A
C.

Remove Ground Equipment.

(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-34-51-865-051-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-51-081-050-A
E.

Remove Safety Device

(1)

AES

Remove the safety device previously installed.

27-34-51 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-51-000-008-A
Removal of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Servo Valve
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
CAUTION :

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF CARBONFIBER
REINFORCED PLASTIC.

NOTE :
1.

The removal of the elevator servo-control actuator 34CE1 servo-valve is given. The removal of the servo-control
actuator 34CE2, 34CE3 and 34CE4 servo-valves are the same.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

CAP - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27309001000
98D27309009002
98D27309009003
98D27903500000

1
1
1
2

NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR

COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-10-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

AES

27-34-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01200-A - Servo Control Elevator - Installation of the Tool-Elevator Neutral Setting)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00300-A - Elevator Servo-Control Actuator Servo-Valve)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-860-068-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the elevator and the horizontal stabilizer controls are set to the neutral position.

Subtask 27-34-51-860-056-A
B.

Depressurize Hydraulic Systems.

(1)

Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A)

Subtask 27-34-51-865-062-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-51-481-053-A
D.

AES

Install Locking Devices

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01200-A - Servo Control Elevator - Installation of the Tool-Elevator Neutral Setting)
(1)

Put the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) in the CAPT and F/O side stick controllers.

(2)

Install the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000) or COLLAR DEPTH

ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) or COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009002) on the elevator:
(a)

Remove the cover from the THS hoisting point RIB11.

(b)

Release the wing nut (6).

(c)

Push the plate assembly (5) on the THS trailing edge. Make sure that the center plate (7) and
the forward plate (8) rest on the THS surface.

(d)

Remove the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2) from the stowage on the center plate (7).

(e)

Install the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2) through the center plate (7) and the THS
hoisting point.

27-34-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(f)

Make sure that:

. The forward plate (8) is on the line of the rivets that attach the THS leading edge to the
THS front spar.
. The bars (3) follow the line of the RIB11.
. The THS trailing edge is correctly positioned between the two parts of the plate assembly (5).

(g)

Tighten the T-handle screw (1) and the wing nut (6).

Subtask 27-34-51-941-057-A
E.

Safety Precautions.
(1)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zones 334 for the left-hand
trailing edge access panels and 344 for the right-hand trailing edge access panels.

Subtask 27-34-51-010-057-A
F.

Access
(1)

4.

Open the trailing-edge access panels 334DB and/or 344DB. (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A)

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00300-A - Elevator Servo-Control Actuator Servo-Valve)
Subtask 27-34-51-020-062-A
A.

Disconnect Electrical Connectors.

(1)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (1).

(2)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

Subtask 27-34-51-020-057-A
B.

Remove Servo-Valve.
NOTE :

AES

Make sure that the servocontrol is at neutral position to prevent any damage to the servovalve
feedback ball-probe.

(1)

Cut and discard lockwire between bolts (4) and servo-vaalve (6).

(2)

Support the servo-valve (6) and remove the bolts (4) and the washers (5) holding the servo-valve (6) to
the servo-control actuator.

(3)

Remove the servo-valve (6) from the servo-control actuator.

(4)

Remove and discard the O-rings (2) and (3).

27-34-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
B
NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL

A
RIB11

THS

B
1
2

N_MM_273451_4_ANM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-51-991-01200-A SHEET 1

Servo Control Elevator - Installation of the Tool-Elevator
Neutral Setting

27-34-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z340

Z330

A 34CE4
A 34CE2
A 34CE1
A 34CE3

B
2

6
5

N_MM_273451_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-51-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Elevator Servo-Control Actuator Servo-Valve

27-34-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-51-400-003-A
Installation of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Servo Valve
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
CAUTION :

NOTE :
1.

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF CARBONFIBER
REINFORCED PLASTIC.
The installation of the servo control actuator 34CE1 servo valve is given. The installation of the servo control
actuator 34CE2, 34CE3 and 34CE4 servo valves are the same.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY

DESIGNATION
Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27309001000
98D27309009002
98D27309009003
98D27903500000

1
1
1
2

NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR

COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
Oring

IPC-CSN
27-34-51-01-210

O ring

27-34-51-01-220

AES

DESIGNATION

27-34-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-34-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

55-13-11-400-001-A

Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00300-A - Elevator Servo-Control Actuator Servo-Valve)

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01200-A - Servo Control Elevator - Installation of the Tool-Elevator Neutral Setting)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-860-069-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the elevator and the horizontal stabilizer controls are set to the neutral position.

(2)

Make sure that the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) is in the CAPT and F/O side stick
controllers.

(3)

Make sure that the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000) or COLLAR DEPTH
ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) or COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009002) is installed on
the elevator.

(4)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A), (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-002-A), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(5)

Make sure that the warning notices are in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the
flight controls.

(6)

Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems.

(7)

Make sure that the access platforms are in position at zone 334 and/or zone 344.

(8)

Make sure that access panels 334DB and/or 344DB are open (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-34-51-865-077-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-34-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

FIN
Q16

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-51-140-052-A
C.

4.

Cleaning
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00300-A - Elevator Servo-Control Actuator Servo-Valve)
Subtask 27-34-51-420-053-A
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
A.

Installation of the Servo Control Actuator Servo Valve

NOTE :

Make sure that the servocontrol is at neutral position to prevent any damage to the servovalve
feedback ball-probe.

(1)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the bolts (4).

(2)

Put the (IPC-CSN 27-34-51-01) O ring (2) and (IPC-CSN 27-34-51-01) Oring (3) in position on the
servo valve (6).

(3)

Put the servo valve (6) in position on the servo control actuator and support it.

(4)

Install the washers (5) and the bolts (4) into the servo valve (6).

(5)

TORQUE the bolts (4) to between 0.21 and 0.26 M.DAN (18.58 and 23.01 LBF.IN).

(6)

Safety the bolts (4) with lockwire, corrosion resistant steel 0,6mm (0.027in).

(7)

Connect Electrical Connectors.

(a)

Remove the blanking caps.

(b)

Connect the electrical connectors (1).

Subtask 27-34-51-081-051-A
B.

AES

Remove Locking Devices

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01200-A - Servo Control Elevator - Installation of the Tool-Elevator Neutral Setting)
(1)

Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from the CAPT and F/O side stick
controllers.

(2)

Remove the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000) or COLLAR DEPTH

ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) or COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009002) from the
elevator.
(a)

Release the wing nut (6).

(b)

Remove the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2).

(c)

Remove the set of bars (3) and plates (7) and (8).

(d)

Install the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2) in the stowage on the center plate (7).

(e)

Tighten the wing nut (6).

27-34-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-34-51-865-055-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-51-710-051-A
D.

Operational Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the servo controls. (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-710-001-A)

Subtask 27-34-51-210-056-A
E.

Visual Inspection
(1)

5.

Inspect the servo valve for leaks.

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-51-410-052-A
A.

Visual Inspection
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-34-51-410-053-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Close the trailing edge access panels 334DB and/or 344DB. (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001-A)

Subtask 27-34-51-942-053-A
C.

AES

Removal Ground Equipment

(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-34-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-51-000-005-A
Removal of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Solenoid Valve
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
CAUTION :

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF CARBONFIBER
REINFORCED PLASTIC.

NOTE :
1.

The removal of the servo control actuator 34CE1 solenoid valve is given. The removal of the servo control
actuators 34CE2, 34CE3 and 34CE4 solenoid valves are the same.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

CAP - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27309001000
98D27309009002
98D27309009003
98D27903500000

1
2
2
2

NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR

COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-10-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

AES

27-34-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01200-A - Servo Control Elevator - Installation of the Tool-Elevator Neutral Setting)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00400-A - Electrovalves Removal/Installation)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-860-064-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the elevator and the horizontal stabilizer controls are set to the neutral position.

Subtask 27-34-51-860-054-A
B.

Depressurize Hydraulic Systems

(1)

Make sure that Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Subtask 27-34-51-865-056-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-51-481-051-A
D.

AES

Install Locking Devices

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01200-A - Servo Control Elevator - Installation of the Tool-Elevator Neutral Setting)
(1)

Put the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) in the CAPT and F/O side stick controllers.

(2)

Move the elevator by hand at the upper position and install the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
(98D27309009003) or the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009002) on the servocontrol or
install the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000) on the elevator:
(a)

Remove the cover from the THS hoisting point at RIB11.

(b)

Release the wing nut (6).

(c)

Push the plate assembly (5) on the THS trailing edge. Make sure that the center plate (7) and
the forward plate (8) rest on the THS surface.

(d)

Remove the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2) from the stowage on the center plate (7).

27-34-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(e)

Install the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2) through the center plate (7) and the THS
hoisting point.

(f)

Make sure that:

. The forward plate (8) is on the line of the rivets that attach the THS leading edge to the
THS front spar.
. The bars (3) follow the line of the RIB11.
. The THS trailing edge is correctly positioned between the two parts of the plate assembly (5).

(g)

Tighten the T-handle screw (1) and the wing nut (6).

Subtask 27-34-51-941-054-A
E.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 334 for the left hand
trailing edge access panels and/or 344 for the right hand trailing edge access panels.

Subtask 27-34-51-010-054-A
F.

Access
(1)

4.

Open the trailing edge access panels 334DB and/or 344DB. (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A)

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00400-A - Electrovalves Removal/Installation)
Subtask 27-34-51-020-060-A
A.

Disconnect Electrical Connectors.

(1)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (1).

(2)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

Subtask 27-34-51-020-054-A
B.

Remove the Solenoid Valves

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00400-A - Electrovalves Removal/Installation)
NOTE :

AES

There are two solenoid valves on each servo control unit. They are shown as Solenoid Valve No.1 and
Solenoid Valve No.2.

(1)

Cut and discard lockwire between bolts (4) and solenoide valve (3).

(2)

Support the solenoid valve (3) and remove the bolts (4) holding the solenoid valve (3) to the servo
control actuator.

(3)

Remove the solenoid valve (3) from the servo control actuator.

(4)

Remove and discard the O-ring (2).

(5)

Install the protective plate to the solenoid valve mounting face (Ref. AIPC 27-34-51-01-230).

27-34-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A 34CE4
A 34CE2
A 34CE1
A 34CE3

B
C
2

C
ELECTROVALVE
No. 1

4
ELECTROVALVE
No. 2

N_MM_273451_4_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-51-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Electrovalves Removal/Installation

27-34-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-51-400-004-A
Installation of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Solenoid Valve
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
CAUTION :

NOTE :
1.

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF CARBONFIBER
REINFORCED PLASTIC.
The installation of the servo control actuator 34CE1 solenoid valve is given. The installation of the servo control
actuator 34CE2, 34CE3 and 34CE4 solenoid valves are the same.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY

DESIGNATION
Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27309001000
98D27309009002
98D27309009003
98D27903500000

1
2
2
2

NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR

COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
2

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-34-51-01-210

O ring
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-34-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

AES

27-34-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
55-13-11-400-001-A

DESIGNATION
Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00400-A - Electrovalves Removal/Installation)

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01200-A - Servo Control Elevator - Installation of the Tool-Elevator Neutral Setting)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-860-065-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the elevator and the horizontal stabilizer controls are set to the neutral position.

(2)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A), (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-002-A), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Make sure that the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) is in the CAPT and F/O side stick
controllers.

(4)

Make sure that the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000) is installed on the
elevators or make sure that the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) or the COLLAR
DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009002) is installed on the servo controls.

(5)

Make sure that the warning notices are in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the
flight controls.

(6)

Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems.

(7)

Make sure that the access platforms are in position at zone 334 and/or zone 344.

(8)

Make sure that the access panels 334DB and/or 344DB are open (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-34-51-865-078-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-51-140-053-A
C.

AES

Cleaning
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

27-34-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00400-A - Electrovalves Removal/Installation)
Subtask 27-34-51-420-055-A
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
A.

Install the servo control actuator solenoid valves

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00400-A - Electrovalves Removal/Installation)
NOTE :

There are two solenoid valves on each servo control unit, they are shown as Solenoid Valve No. 1 and
Solenoid Valve No. 2.

(1)

Remove the protective plate to the solenoid valve mounting face (Ref. AIPC 27-34-51-01-230).

(2)

Put the (IPC-CSN 27-34-51-01) O ring (2) in position on the solenoid valve (3).

(3)

Put the solenoid valve (3) in position on the servo-control actuator and support it.

(4)

Install the bolts (4) into the solenoid valve (3).

(5)

TORQUE the bolts (4) to between 0.33 and 0.41 M.DAN (29.20 and 36.28 LBF.IN)

(6)

Safety the bolts (4) with lockwire, corrosion resistant steel 0,6mm (0.027in) dia.

(7)

Connect the electrical connectors.

(a)

Remove the blanking caps.

(b)

Connect the electrical connectors (1).

Subtask 27-34-51-081-052-A
B.

Remove Locking Devices

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01200-A - Servo Control Elevator - Installation of the Tool-Elevator Neutral Setting)
(1)

Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from the CAPT and the F/O side stick
controllers.

CAUTION :

(2)

MAKE SURE THAT YOU REMOVE THE COLLAR-ELEVATOR SERVO CONTROL SAFETY
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE ELEVATOR SERVO CONTROL. IF YOU DO NOT REMOVE
THE COLLAR, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELEVATOR SERVO CONTROL.

Remove the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) or the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
(98D27309009002) from the servo control or remove the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR
(98D27309001000) from the elevator.
(a)

Release the wing nut (6).

(b)

Remove the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2).

(c)

Remove the set of bars (3) and plates (7) and (8).

(d)

Install the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2) in the stowage on the center plate (7).

(e)

Tighten the wing nut (6).

Subtask 27-34-51-865-057-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN
15CE1

LOCATION
B11

27-34-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

FIN
B10

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-51-710-052-A
D.

Operational Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the servo controls. (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-710-001-A)

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-51-410-054-A
A.

Visual Inspection
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-34-51-420-056-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Close the trailing edge access panels 334DB and/or 344DB. (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001-A)

Subtask 27-34-51-942-054-A
C.

AES

Remove Ground Equipment

(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-34-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-51-000-006-A
Removal of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Mode Selector Valve Transducer MSVT
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
CAUTION :

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF CARBONFIBER
REINFORCED PLASTIC.

NOTE :
1.

The removal of the elevator servo control actuator 34CE1 mode selector valve transducer is given. The removal of
the servo control actuator 34CE2, 34CE3 and 34CE4 mode selector valve transducers are the same.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

CAP - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27309001000
98D27903500000

1
2

NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR

PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-10-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01200-A - Servo Control Elevator - Installation of the Tool-Elevator Neutral Setting)

AES

27-34-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00500-A - Elevator Servo-Control Actuator Mode Selector Valve Transducer)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-860-066-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the elevators and the horizontal stabilizer controls are set to the neutral position.

Subtask 27-34-51-860-055-A
B.

Depressurize Hydraulic Systems

(1)

Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A)

Subtask 27-34-51-865-058-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-51-481-052-A
D.

AES

Install Locking Devices

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01200-A - Servo Control Elevator - Installation of the Tool-Elevator Neutral Setting)
(1)

Put the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) in the CAPT and F/O side stick controllers.

(2)

Install the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000) on the elevator:

(a)

Remove the cover from the THS hoisting point at RIB11.

(b)

Release the wing nut (6).

(c)

Push the plate assembly (5) on the THS trailing edge. Make sure that the center plate (7) and
the forward plate (8) rest on the THS surface.

(d)

Remove the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2) from the stowage on the center plate (7).

(e)

Remove the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2) through the center plate (7) and the THS
hoisting point.

27-34-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(f)

Make sure that:

. The forward plate (8) is on the line of the rivets that attach the THS leading edge to the
THS front spar.
. The bars (3) follow the line of the RIB11.
. The THS trailing edge is correctly positioned between the two parts of the plate assembly (5).

(g)

Tighten the T-handle screw (1) and the wing nut (6).

Subtask 27-34-51-941-055-A
E.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zones 334 for the left hand
trailing edge access panels and/or zone 344 for the right hand trailing edge access panels.

Subtask 27-34-51-010-055-A
F.

Access
(1)

4.

Open the trailing edge access panels 334DB and/or 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00500-A - Elevator Servo-Control Actuator Mode Selector Valve Transducer)
Subtask 27-34-51-020-061-A
A.

Disconnect Electrical Connectors

(1)

Disconnect the electrical connectors.

(2)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

Subtask 27-34-51-020-055-A
B.

AES

Remove Mode Selector Valve Transducer (MSVT)

(1)

Support the MSVT (3) and remove the bolts (4) and the washers (5) holding the MSVT (3) to the
servo control actuator.

(2)

Remove the MSVT (3) from the servo control actuator.

(3)

Remove the O rings (6) and (7).

27-34-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z345
Z335

34CE4

A 34CE2
A 34CE1
A 34CE3
A
1

5
4
N_MM_273451_4_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-51-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Elevator Servo-Control Actuator Mode Selector Valve
Transducer

27-34-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-51-400-005-A
Installation of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Mode Selector Valve Transducer MSVT
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
CAUTION :

NOTE :
1.

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF CARBONFIBER
REINFORCED PLASTIC.
The installation of the servo control actuator 34CE1 mode selector valve transducer is given. The installation of the
servo control actuator 34CE2, 34CE3 and 34CE4 mode selector transducer valves are the same.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY

DESIGNATION
Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27309001000
98D27903500000

1
2

NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR

PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-34-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

55-13-11-400-001-A

Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

AES

27-34-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00500-A - Elevator Servo-Control Actuator Mode Selector Valve Transducer)
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01200-A - Servo Control Elevator - Installation of the Tool-Elevator Neutral Setting)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-860-067-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the elevators and the horizontal stabilizer are set to the neutral position.

(2)

Make sure that the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) is in the CAPT and F/O side stick
controllers.

(3)

Make sure that the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000) is installed on the
elevator.

(4)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A), (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-002-A), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(5)

Make sure that the warning notices are in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the
flight controls.

(6)

Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems.

(7)

Make sure that the access platforms are in position at zone 334 and/or zone 344.

(8)

Make sure that access panels 334DB and/or 344DB are open (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-34-51-865-079-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-51-140-054-A
C.

AES

Cleaning
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

27-34-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00500-A - Elevator Servo-Control Actuator Mode Selector Valve Transducer)
Subtask 27-34-51-420-057-A
A.

Install the servo control actuator MSVT

(1)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the bolts (4).

(2)

Install the O rings (6) and (7) in the MSVT (3).

(3)

Put the MSVT (3) in position on the servo control actuator and support it.

(4)

Install the washers (5) and the bolts (4) into the MSVT (3).

(5)

TORQUE the bolts (4) to between 0.33 and 0.41 M.DAN (29.20 and 36.28 LBF.IN)

(6)

Remove the blanking caps.

(7)

Connect the electrical connectors.

Subtask 27-34-51-081-053-A
B.

Remove Locking Devices

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-01200-A - Servo Control Elevator - Installation of the Tool-Elevator Neutral Setting)
(1)

Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from the CAPT and F/O side stick
controllers.

(2)

Remove the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000) from the elevator:
(a)

Release the wing nut (6).

(b)

Remove the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2).

(c)

Remove the set of bars (3) and plates (7) and (8).

(d)

Install the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2) in the stowage on the center plate(7).

(e)

Tighten the wing nut (6).

Subtask 27-34-51-865-059-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-34-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-34-51-710-053-A
D.

Operational Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the servo controls. (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-710-001-A)

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-51-410-055-A
A.

Visual Inspection
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-34-51-410-056-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Close the trailing edge access panels 334DB and/or 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001-A)

Subtask 27-34-51-942-055-A
C.

AES

Remove Ground Equipment

(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-34-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-51-000-009-A
Removal of the Servo Control Actuator Eye-End
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
CAUTION :
1.

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF CARBONFIBER
REINFORCED PLASTIC.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27309009002
98D27309009003
98D27903500000

1
1
2

COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR

COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
334DB, 344DB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-34-51-000-001-A
29-10-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Elevator Servo Control
Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

AES

27-34-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
55-13-11-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00600-A - Servo-Control Actuator Eye-End)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-860-070-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the elevator and the horizontal stabilizer controls are set to the neutral position.

Subtask 27-34-51-860-057-A
B.

Depressurize Hydraulic Systems

(1)

Make sure that the Green, Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Subtask 27-34-51-865-072-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-51-481-054-A
D.

Install Locking Devices

(1)

Install the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) in the CAPT and F/O side stick controllers.

(2)

Move the elevator by hand at the upper position and install the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
(98D27309009003) or COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009002) on the servo control that will
not be removed.

Subtask 27-34-51-941-060-A
E.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 334 for the left hand
trailing edge access panels and/or zone 344 for the right hand trailing edge access panels.

27-34-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-34-51-010-058-A
F.

Access
(1)

4.

Open the trailing edge access panels 334DB and/or 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00600-A - Servo-Control Actuator Eye-End)
Subtask 27-34-51-020-058-A
A.

Disconnect the servo-control actuator eye-end from the elevator attachment.

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(1)

Remove the servo control actuator (10) from the elevator attachment. (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-001-A)
NOTE :

The complete removal of the servo control actuator is not necessary. You must remove only the
servo-control actuator attachment from the elevator.

(2)

Support the servo control unit (10).

(3)

Move the servo control unit eye-end (6) clear of the elevator.

(4)

Remove the servo-control actuator eye-end.

(a)

Remove and discard the lockwire.

(b)

Release the lock nut (7).

(c)

Release the lock washer (8) from the key washer (9).

(d)

Remove the eye-end (6) from the servo control actuator (10).
NOTE :

AES

Record the number of turns required to remove the eye-end from the servo control
actuator.

27-34-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A 34CE4

A 34CE2
A 34CE1
A 34CE3

ELEVATOR

THS
PREADJUSTMENT OF THE
ACTUATOR EYE END
410mm TO 416mm
(16.141in. TO 16.378in. )
CENTER CENTER
WITH ELEVATOR AT
NEUTRAL POSITION

6
7
8
9

10

N_MM_273451_4_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-51-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Servo-Control Actuator Eye-End

27-34-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-51-400-006-A
Installation of the Servo Control Actuator Eye-End
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
CAUTION :
1.

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF CARBONFIBER
REINFORCED PLASTIC.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

No specific
98D27309009002
98D27309009003
98D27903500000
B.

COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR

COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE

ZONE DESCRIPTION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-34-00-820-002-A

AES

1
1
2

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
334DB, 344DB
D.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-002
C.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION
Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation after Removal/Installation
of one Servocontrol

27-34-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-34-51-000-009-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Servo Control Actuator Eye-End

27-34-51-400-001-A
29-10-00-864-001-A

Installation of the Elevator Servo Control

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

55-13-11-400-001-A

Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

CMM 27-34-52
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00600-A - Servo-Control Actuator Eye-End)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-860-071-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the elevators and the horizontal stabilizer controls are set to the neutral position.

(2)

Make sure that the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) is in the CAPT and F/O side stick
controllers.

(3)

Make sure that the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) or the COLLAR DEPTH
ACTUATOR (98D27309009002) is installed on the elevator.

(4)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A), (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-002-A), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(5)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate
the flight controls.

(6)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic
systems.

(7)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE are in position at zone 334
and/or zone 344.

(8)

Make sure that access panels 334DB and/or 344DB are open (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-34-51-865-080-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-34-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

FIN
Q16

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-51-140-056-A
C.

4.

Cleaning
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

Procedure
Subtask 27-34-51-420-061-A
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
A.

Installation of the Servo Control Actuator Eye-End

(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00600-A - Servo-Control Actuator Eye-End)
(1)

Make sure that servo control actuator eye-end (6) is new or an inspection was done since its last
removal from the aircraft.
NOTE :

(2)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the two threads of the eye-end (6).

(3)

Install the nut (7) to the limit of the inner thread of the eye-end (6).

(4)

Install the lock washer (8) and the key washer (9) to the inner thread of the eye-end (6).

(5)

Install the eye-end (6) to the servo control actuator (10) to the same number of turns recorded on the
removal task.
NOTE :

The pre-adjustment range between the centers of the servo control actuator two eye-ends must
be from 410 mm (16.1417 in.) to 416 mm (16.3780 in.) with the elevator set to neutral position.

NOTE :

When replacing one servo control, the other one is used as a reference. In case both servo
control have to be replaced, they have to be removed in sequence, one after the other and not
both at the same time.

(6)

Engage key washer (9) in servo-control fitting and make sure that the key washer (9) is fully engaged
on the servo-control fitting.

(7)

Engage lock washer (8) in key washer (9) and make sure that the face serrations of the lock washer (8)
and the key washer (9) are fully engaged.

(8)

Torque the lock nut (7) to between 3.0 and 3.5 M.DAN (22.12 and 25.81 LBF.FT).
NOTE :

(9)

AES

For more instructions refer to SB A320-27A1186 or to Goodrich SB 31075-27-21.

Do not safety the lock nut (7) and the key washer (9) with lockwire. This is requested when
correct adjustment of the elevator is confirmed (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-002-A).

If is not possible to do correctly the engage of the parts (7), (8), (9) and (10), it is recommended to do
the following:
(a)

Remove the eye-end (6) (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-009-A).

(b)

Do an inspection of the threads of the eye-end (6) for indications of wear, marks and scratches.

27-34-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

Do an inspection of the lock washer (8) and the key washer (9) for indications of wear on the face
serrations.

(d)

If any item is not correct, the complete unit must be repaired (Ref. CMM 27-34-52).

(e)

If all items are correct, install the eye-end (6) to the servo control actuator (10).

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(10) Install the servo control actuator (10) (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-001-A).
Subtask 27-34-51-081-054-A
B.

Remove Locking Devices

(1)

Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from the CAPT and the F/O side stick
controllers.

(2)

Remove the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) or the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
(98D27309009002) from the elevator.

Subtask 27-34-51-865-075-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-34-51-820-050-A
D.

Adjustment Test
CAUTION :

AES

MAKE SURE THAT YOU REMOVE THE COLLAR-ELEVATOR SERVO CONTROL SAFETY
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE ELEVATOR SERVO CONTROL. IF YOU DO NOT REMOVE
THE COLLAR, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELEVATOR SERVO CONTROL.

27-34-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)
5.

Do an adjustment test of the elevators (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-002-A) after the removal/installation
of the servo control actuator eye-end.

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-51-410-057-A
A.

Visual Inspection
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-34-51-410-058-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Close the trailing edge access panels 334DB and/or 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-34-51-942-057-A
C.

AES

Remove Ground Equipment

(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-34-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SERVO CONTROL - ELEVATOR - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-34-51-200-001-A
In Service Wear Limits of the Elevator Servo-Control Attach-Fittings
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
27-34-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Elevator Servo Control
27-34-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Elevator Servo Control
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00700-A - In Service Wear Limits - Elevator Servo-Control Attach-Fittings)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-010-059-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

4.

Remove the elevator servo control (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-34-51-991-00700-A - In Service Wear Limits - Elevator Servo-Control Attach-Fittings)
Subtask 27-34-51-220-050-A
A.

Fits and Clearances

(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.987

MAX
20.000

MIN
19.970

OD 1

0.7869

0.7874

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7862
0.0000

0.0340

0.0680

0.0000

0.0013

0.0027

20.000

20.021

20.038

ID 2

0.7874

0.7882

0.7889

NOTE :

If the values are more than the limits, the items must be replaced.

NOTE :

Wear is only permitted for bush (1).

27-34-51 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-34-51-220-051-A
B.

Fits and Clearances

(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions for STA-LOK nuts.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.846

MAX
15.862

MIN
15.831

OD 3

0.6239

0.6245

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6233
0.0000

0.0290

0.0590

0.0000

0.0011

0.0023

15.862

15.875

15.890

ID 1

0.6245

0.6250

0.6256

NOTE :

If the values are more than the limits, the items must be replaced.

NOTE :

Wear is only permitted for the bush (1).

Subtask 27-34-51-220-060-A
C.

Fits and Clearances

(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions for CASTELLATED nuts.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.846

MAX
15.862

MIN
15.816

OD 3

0.6239

0.6245

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6227
0.0130

0.0470

0.1070

0.0005

0.0019

0.0042

15.875

15.893

15.923

ID 1

0.6250

0.6257

0.6269

NOTE :

If the values are more than the limits, the items must be replaced.

NOTE :

Wear is only permitted for the bush (1).

27-34-51 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-34-51-220-052-B
D.

Fits and Clearances

(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
15.846

MAX
15.862

OD 3

0.6239

0.6245

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
0

MAX

0.0000
0.0130

0.0470

0.0000

0.0005

0.0019

0.0000

15.875

15.893

ID 4

0.6250

0.6257

0.0000

NOTE :

If the values are more than the limits, the items can be replaced.

NOTE :

The value 0 in the column IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS indicates that the item can not be worn.

Subtask 27-34-51-220-054-A
E.

Fits and Clearances

(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
15.850

MAX
15.861

OD 5

0.6240

0.6244

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
0

MAX

0.0000
0.0140

0.0430

0.0000

0.0006

0.0017

0.0000

15.875

15.893

ID 6

0.6250

0.6257

0.0000

NOTE :

If the values are more than the limits, the items can be replaced.

NOTE :

The value 0 in the column IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS indicates that the item can not be worn.

27-34-51 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-34-51-220-055-A
F.

Fits and Clearances

(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

5.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.480

MAX
19.493

MIN
19.456

OD 6

0.7669

0.7674

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7660
0.0070

0.0410

0.0890

0.0003

0.0016

0.0035

19.500

19.521

19.545

ID 7

0.7677

0.7685

0.7695

NOTE :

If the values are more than the limits, the items can be replaced.

NOTE :

Wear is only permitted for bush (7).

NOTE :

If bush (7) can be turned by hand force, obey SB A320 55-1023 for the specified bush only.

Close-up
Subtask 27-34-51-410-059-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Install the elevator servo control (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-34-51-942-058-A
B.

Removal of Equipment
(1)

AES

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-34-51 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

D
C
B

34CE3

34CE1

34CE2

34CE4

ELEVATOR

THS

SECTION

AA
STALOK NUT

SECTION

BB

6
4

SECTION

AA
CASTELLATED NUT
1
6
7

5
4

N_MM_273451_6_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-34-51-991-00700-A SHEET 1

In Service Wear Limits - Elevator Servo-Control AttachFittings

27-34-51 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - DESCRIPTION

AND OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.

General
(Ref. Fig. 27-40-00-11200-A - Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer)
A trimmable horizontal stabilizer (THS) hinged on the rear part of the fuselage ensures the pitch trim control.
The two elevators are hinged on the THS.
An actuator with a fail-safe ball screwjack (Ref. 27-44) drives the THS, its structural attachments are also fail-safe.
Three electric motors ensure the normal control of the actuator. They are under the control of the two ELACs and
the two SECs.
The actuator achieves the autotrim function of the manual or auto-flight modes and automatically places the THS at
the center of the green band at touchdown.
The standby control is mechanical. The pilots can override the electrical control via the mechanical control system,
through the application of a sufficient force to the control wheels.
An override mechanism in the THS actuator is used for that purpose.
The override mechanism reverts to the electrical control after release of the mechanical control.

AES

27-40-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FLT CTL
ELAC 1
SEC 1

FAC 1

23VU

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

OFF

OFF

SIDE STICK PRIORITY

SIDE STICK PRIORITY

CAPT

F/O

ELAC 2

FLT CTL
SEC 2
SEC 3

FAC 2

24VU

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

UPPER
DISPLAY
UNIT

FMGC

LOWER
DISPLAY
UNIT

FMGC

FMGC

CFDIU
FCDC 1

FCDC 2

DMU
FAC

FMGC (chap. 22)

FAC (chap. 22)

SFCC

SFCC
ADC

ACCELEROMETER

SEC 1

SEC 2

SEC 3

IRS

ACCELEROMETER

ELAC 1

ELAC 2

LO PR G

LO PR G
Y

SERVO CTL
PRESSURE
SWITCHES

ADC

ADIRS
IRS
G PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS
Y

SERVO CTL
PRESSURE
SWITCHES

STOP WASHERS

1
2

ELEC PITCH
TRIM ACTUATOR
(CHAP.22)

THS
ACTUATOR

STOP WASHERS
THS
CABLE TENSION
COMPENSATOR
N_MM_274000_0_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-40-00-11200-A SHEET 1

Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer

27-40-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-40-00-040-001-A
Check of the synchronization between pitch trim handwheel and stabilizer
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE

ACCESS

MMEL 27-07-05A
1.

NO

TEST
YES

SPECIFIC
MHR
TOOLS
NO
00:2

E/T
00:2

NB MEN
1

Reason for the Job

MMEL 27-07-05A
Pitch Trim Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page (FAA only)

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210
310

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

AES

27-40-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-23-00-863-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-40-00-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the FLT CTL panel 23VU:

. make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches are pushed (On
these pushbutton switches, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).

(3)

On the FLT CTL panel 24VU:

. make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches are pushed (On
these pushbutton switches, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).

(4)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(5)

On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL pushbutton switch. (On the lower
ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).

(6)

Pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A).

Subtask 27-40-00-941-050-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone 310 in front of the
THS position marks.

Subtask 27-40-00-865-050-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

121VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

FIN
15CE2

LOCATION
R20

27-40-00 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-40-00-710-050-A
A.

Check of the synchronization between pitch trim handwheel and stabilizer.

ACTION
1.On the center pedestal, slowly move one of the pitchtrim control wheels to the 4 deg. DN stop.

.
.

2.Slowly move one of the pitch-trim control wheels to the

13.5 deg UP stop.

.
.

3.Move the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 position.

5.

RESULT
The 4 Deg DN indication on each graduated wheel is
opposite the triangle on the center pedestal index.
In the zone 310, the position mark of the THS is
opposite the 4th upper mark on the tail cone.
The 13.5 UP mark on each graduated wheel is opposite
the triangle of the center pedestal index.
In the zone 310, the position mark of the THS is
opposite the 13.5 th lower mark on the tail cone.
In the zone 310, the position mark of the THS is in
front of the neutral mark on the tail cone.

Close-up
Subtask 27-40-00-942-050-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(3)

Make an entry in the log-book.

(4)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(5)

Remove the access platform(s).

(6)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-40-00 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

THS MECHANICAL CONTROL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.

General
An actuator operates the trimmable horizontal stabilizer.
The mechanical control includes two rotating control wheels installed on the center pedestal.
They drive a chain and cable loop up to the mechanical input of the actuator.

AES

27-41-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-12400-A - THS Mechanical Control)

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-11200-A - THS Mechanical Control - Location)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
|
FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
| PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS |
ATA
|
|
|
| DOOR |
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------25LM
INDICATOR-L PITCH TRIM, CENTER
211
27-41-41
PEDESTAL
26LM
INDICATOR-R PITCH TRIM, CENTER
212
27-41-41
PEDESTAL
CONTROL MECHANISM-PITCH TRIM
210
27-41-41
REGULATOR-CABLE TENSION
311
312AR
27-41-42
STOP AND GEARSET UNIT-PITCH
121
811
27-41-43
TRIM CONTROL
CABLES-THS CONTROL
27-41-44

AES

27-41-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

AES

Component Description
A.

Cable Tension Compensator

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-13800-A - Cable Tension Compensator)
One cable tension compensator maintains a constant tension on the cables.

B.

Stop and Rigging Facilities

A non-adjustable rotation stop installed in the center pedestal limits the travel of the control wheel.
Another mechanical rotation stop is installed in the THS actuator, at the input shaft.
The end-of-stroke stops of the actuator ball screwjack provide the structural stops of the THS.
Rigging pin holes are provided to facilitate the rigging.

27-41-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Leading Particulars
.

pitch trim control wheel

radius: 116 mm (4.5669 in.)
travel:
1.87 revolutions A/C nose down (including 0.01 revolution of overstroke)
6.32 revolutions A/C nose up (including 0.01 revolution of overstroke).
. THS maximum authority: 4 deg A/C nose down, 13.5 deg A/C nose up
. stops:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
THS Deflection
!
!
!-------------------------------------!
!
!
A/C Nose down
! A/C Nose up
!
!---------------------------------------!-------------------!-----------------!
! Max. operational deflection
!
4 deg + 5
! 13.5 deg + 5 !
! (THS input-shaft stops)
!
- 15
!
- 15 !
!---------------------------------------!-------------------!-----------------!
! Computer Limitation
! 3.5 deg + 5
! 11 deg + 25
!
!
!
- 5
!
- 30
!
!---------------------------------------!-------------------!-----------------!
! THS actuator input shaft stops
!
4 deg + 5
! 13.5 deg + 5 !
! (without computer limitation)
!
- 15
!
- 15 !
!---------------------------------------!-------------------!-----------------!
! Stops of actuator ball screwjack
!
4.3 deg
! 13.83 deg
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------. rate of travel:
Unit capability:
1 deg/s of THS actuator deflection in single-system operation (2 deg/s of THS actuator delection in two-system
operation)
Electrical control rate limitation:
0.3 deg/s when flap position < 0.5 deg
0.7 deg/s when flap position > 0.5 deg
. control wheel torque:
Electric motors jammed: 0.51 m.daN (45.13 lbf.in)
With runaway of electric motors: 0.39 m.daN (34.51 lbf.in).

AES

27-41-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

26LM

CONTROL WHEEL

CABLE TENSION
COMPENSATOR

25LM

CHAIN

N_MM_274100_0_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-00-11200-A SHEET 1

THS Mechanical Control - Location

27-41-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

TRIMMABLE
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER

THS ACTUATOR

CABLE TENSION COMPENSATOR

STOPS
N_MM_274100_0_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-00-12400-A SHEET 1

THS Mechanical Control

27-41-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

15C AMBIENT TEMPERATURE

POSITION

HOT
POSITION

COLD POSITION

EQ:
INDEX POSITION
STABLE AMBIENT TEMP:0C
INDEX POS:6C
40
30
STABLE
AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE

20
10

10
10

20

30

40

0
10
SETTING CURVE FOR CABLE TENSION
COMPENSATOR

AES

FIGURE 27-41-00-13800-A SHEET 1

Cable Tension Compensator

RIGGING
SCALE
N_MM_274100_0_AEM0_01_00

27-41-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

THS MECHANICAL CONTROL - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-00-820-001-A
Adjustment of the THS Zero Position
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY OPERATE
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF HYDRAULICALLY
OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
1.

Reason for the Job

NOTE :

2.

This task can contribute to fuel savings.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

0U190360
98D27403500000

1
1

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
130
210
240
310
211EF, 241BF, 241FF, 312AR, 811
C.

AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
FWD CAR COMPT AFT BULKHEAD OF AVNCS COMP
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
MID PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

27-41-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A-01

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-41-00-220-003-A

Check of the Zero Adjustment of the THS

27-41-00-820-002-A

Adjustment of the THS Control-Cables Length

27-44-00-710-003-A

Operational Test of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator with both

(Green and Yellow) and Individual Hydraulic Systems

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

53-12-11-000-001-A
53-12-11-400-001-A

Removal of the Cockpit Floor Panels from FR1 Thru FR12

Installation of the Cockpit Floor Panels from FR1 thru FR12

53-32-12-000-002-A
Removal of the Cabin Floor Panels
53-32-12-400-002-A
Installation of the Cabin Floor Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00100-A - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00200-A - Removal/Installation of the Protective Covers)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00300-A - Chain Adjustment Dimension)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00400-A - Component Location.)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-010-054-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone 312

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone 120.

(4)

Open the access door 811.

(5)

In the cabin, remove the floor panels 241FF 241BF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002-A).

Subtask 27-41-00-860-056-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems. (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A)

(3)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the pitch-trim control-wheels are set to zero.

(4)

Install the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) which locks the pitch-trim controlwheels.

27-41-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Make sure that the THS graduation agrees with the zero on the fuselage.

(6)

Make sure that :

. you can install and remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER
(0U190360) (10) easily on the input shaft of the THS actuator.
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00100-A - Component Location)

(7)

Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).

Subtask 27-41-00-020-052-A
C.

4.

Removal of the protective covers

(1)

Remove the screws (4) and the washers (3).

(2)

Release the fasteners (1) and remove the protective covers (2) and (5).
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00200-A - Removal/Installation of the Protective Covers)

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00100-A - Component Location)
Subtask 27-41-00-220-056-A
A.

Check of the dimensions

(1)

Make sure that there are 33.6 links 320.7 +11 mm or -2.5 mm (12.6260 +0.4331 in. or -0.0984 in.)
between the shaft of the THS actuator input pinion and the end of the chain.
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00300-A - Chain Adjustment Dimension)

Subtask 27-41-00-820-050-A
B.

If the dimension you measured is not correct:

. adjust the distance between the shaft of the THS actuator input pinion and the end of the chain.
Do these steps :
(1)

Lock the tension regulator with the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000)
(11).

(2)

Remove the locking clips from the turnbuckles and loosen the cables (Ref. Detail B).

(3)

Put the links of the chain on the pinion until:

. there are 33.6 links 320.7 +11 mm or -2.5 mm (12.6260 +0.4331 in. or -0.0984 in.) between the
shaft of the THS actuator input pinion and the end of the chain.

(4)

Remove the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000) (11).

Subtask 27-41-00-220-057-A
C.

Check of the dimension

(1)

In the cockpit, remove the floor panel 211EF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-000-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that:

. there are 33.5 links 320 mm (12.5984 in.) between the shaft of the lower trim assembly and the end
of the chain.
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00400-A - Component Location.)

Subtask 27-41-00-820-051-A
D.

If the dimension you measured is not correct:

. adjust the distance between the shaft of the THS actuator input pinion, and the end of the shaft.
Do these steps:
(1)

AES

Lock the tension regulator with the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000)
(11).

27-41-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Remove the locking clips from the turnbuckles and loosen the cables (Ref. Detail B).

(3)

Put the links of the chain on the pinion until:

. there are 33.5 links ( 320 mm (12.5984 in.)) between the pitch trim shaft, the gearset unit and the
end of the shaft.

(4)

Remove the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000) (11) from the tension
regulator.

(5)

Adjust the tension of the cables (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-820-002-A).

Subtask 27-41-00-710-050-A
E.
5.

Do the operational test of the THS actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-00-710-003-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-41-00-410-056-A
A.

Installation of the protective covers

(1)

Install the protective covers (2) and (5).

(2)

Tighten the fasteners (1).

(3)

Install the washers (3) and the screws (4).

Subtask 27-41-00-942-055-A
B.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

On the center pedestal, remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000).

(2)

Make sure that the zero adjustment is correct (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-220-003-A).

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-41-00-410-053-A
C.

Close Access
(1)

Install the floor panel 211EF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-400-001-A).

(2)

Install the floor panels 241FF and 241BF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-002-A).

(3)

Close the access doors 811 and 312AR.

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-41-00-862-053-A
D.

AES

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-02).

27-41-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
FR35
FR42

ACCESS DOOR
811

FR72

FLOOR PANELS
241FF241BF
ACCESS DOOR
312AR

10

FR71
FR42

FR35

B
11

B
N_MM_274100_5_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Component Location

27-41-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FR75

FR70

4
3

N_MM_274100_5_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Removal/Installation of the Protective Covers

27-41-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

33.6 links

(
(

L=320.7
L=12.62

+7mm
2.5mm
+0.27in.
0.09in.

LEFT HAND
CHAINCABLE FITTING

N_MM_274100_5_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-00-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Chain Adjustment Dimension

27-41-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

11VU

FR1

ACCESS
DOOR
811

B
33,5 LINKS

33,5 LINKS

(L = 319.09)

N_MM_274100_5_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-00-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Component Location.

27-41-00 PB501

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-00-720-001-A
Functional Test of the THS-Actuator Overtravel Related to the Mechanical Indicator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY OPERATE
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF HYDRAULICALLY
OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-44-00-02-)
FUNCTIONAL CHECK OF THS ACTUATOR OVER FULL TRAVEL RANGE BY REFERENCE TO MECHANICAL
INDICATOR

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-41-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the THS Zero Position

27-41-00-820-002-A

Adjustment of the THS Control-Cables Length

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A

EIS Start Procedure

AES

27-41-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
31-60-00-860-002-A

DESIGNATION
EIS Stop Procedure

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00400-A - Component Location.)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-860-054-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(3)

Pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A).

(4)

On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL key (on the lower ECAM display
unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).

Subtask 27-41-00-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

121VU
4.

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

FIN
15CE2

LOCATION
R20

Procedure
Subtask 27-41-00-720-051-A
A.

Functional Test of the THS-Actuator Overtravel Related to the Mechanical Indicator

ACTION
1.Slowly move one of the pitch-trim control wheels to the
4 deg. DN stop.

.
.

AES

RESULT
The 4 Deg DN indication on each graduated wheel is
opposite the triangle on the center pedestal index.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page,
on the PITCH TRIM indicator the value shown is
included between 3.5 and 4.3 deg.
The mechanical input of the THS actuator is against its
stop before the pitch-trim gearset unit. At the control
wheel, first you must feel the THS actuator stop then
you must put more force (cable elasticity), finally you
get the pitch-trim gearset unit stop. On the lower
ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page, on the PITCH
TRIM indicator: make sure that the value shown is
included between 3.5 and 4.3 deg.
In the zone 310, the position mark of the THS is
opposite the 4th upper mark on the tail cone.

27-41-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
2.Slowly move one of the pitch-trim control wheels to the
13.5 deg UP stop.

.
.

.
3.Move the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 position.

5.

RESULT
The 13.5 UP mark on each graduated wheel is opposite
the triangle of the center pedestal index.
On the lower ECAM display, on the F/CTL page, on
the PITCH TRIM indicator, the value shown is included
between 12.9 and 13.9 deg.
You touch the stop of the THS actuator mechanical
input before the stop of the pitch-trim control wheel.
The stop must have almost the same flexibility as for
the DN position.
In the zone 310, the position mark of the THS is
opposite the 13.5 th lower mark on the tail cone.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page,

on the PITCH TRIM indicator the value shown is 0
+0.3 -0.3 deg.
4.If the values shown on the F/CTL page are not correct
and if you touch the stop on the pitch-trim gearset unit
before the stop of the THS actuator mechanical input, do
these steps:
A.Loosen the cables (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-820-001A)(Ref.Subtask 27-41-00-820-050).
B.Remove the chain from the pinion just after the gearset
unit.
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00400-A - Component Location.)
C.Shift one tooth between the gear just after the pitch-trim
gearset unit and the chain/cable to the THS.
D.Install the chain on the pinion.
E.Adjust the trim control wheel (Ref. TASK
27-41-00-820-002-A).
F.Adjust the tension of the cable (Ref. TASK
27-41-00-820-002-A).
G.Make sure that you touch the stop of the THS actuator
mechanical input before the stop of the pitch-trim control
wheel.

Close-up
Subtask 27-41-00-860-055-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-41-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-00-730-001-A
System Test of the THS Actuator Electrical Control
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY OPERATE
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF HYDRAULICALLY
OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210
822

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU

AES

27-41-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-24-00-863-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the overhead panel 23VU:

. make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches are pushed (On
these pushbutton switches, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).

(3)

On the overhead panel 24VU:

. make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches are pushed (On
these pushbutton switches, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).

(4)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(5)

On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL pushbutton switch. (On the lower
ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).

(6)

Pressurize the Green, the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems. (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A)
(Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003A-01)

Subtask 27-41-00-010-060-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.

(2)

Open the access door 822.

(3)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two srews and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 27-41-00-865-050-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-41-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
121VU
4.

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

FIN
15CE2

LOCATION
R20

Procedure
Subtask 27-41-00-730-050-A
A.

System Test of the THS Actuator Electrical Control

ACTION
1.On the center pedestal:
. move the pitch-trim control wheel to the 4 DN
position.

RESULT
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. on the PITCH TRIM indicator the value shown is
included between 3.5 and 4.3 deg.

2.On the center pedestal:

. move the pitch-trim control wheel to the 13.5 UP
position.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:

. on the PITCH TRIM indicator the value shown is
included between 12.9 and 13.9 deg.

3.On the panel 23VU:

. release the FLT CTL/ELAC1 and FLT CTL/SEC1
pushbutton switches.
4.On the panel 24VU:
. release the FLT CTL/ELAC2 and FLT CTL/SEC2
pushbutton switches.
5.On the panel 23VU:
. push the FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton switch.

On the panel 23VU:

. the OFF legends of the ELAC1 and SEC1 pushbutton
switches come on.
On the panel 24VU:
. the OFF legends of the ELAC2 and SEC2 pushbutton
switches come on.
On the panel 23VU:
. the OFF legend of the SEC1 pushbutton switch goes
off.
On the center pedestal:
. the pitch-trim control wheel goes back to 0 +7 mm or
-7 mm (0.0000 +0.2756 in. or -0.2756 in.).
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the PITCH TRIM indicator shows 0 +0.3 deg or -0.3
deg (0.0000 +0.3000 deg or -0.3000 deg).

6.On the panel 23VU:

. release the FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton switch.
7.On the center pedestal:
. move the pitch-trim control wheel to the 4 DN
position.
8.On the panel 23VU:
. push the FLT CTL/ELAC1 pushbutton switch.

On the panel 23VU:

. the OFF legend of the SEC1 pushbutton switch comes
on.

On the panel 23VU:

. the OFF legend of the ELAC1 pushbutton switch goes
off.
On the center pedestal:
. the pitch-trim control wheel goes back to 0 +7 mm or
-7 mm (0.0000 +0.2756 in. or -0.2756 in.).
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the PITCH TRIM indicator shows 0 +0.3 deg or -0.3
deg (0.0000 +0.3000 deg or -0.3000 deg).

9.On the panel 23VU:

. release the FLT CTL/ELAC1 pushbutton switch.

AES

On the panel 23VU:

. the OFF legend of the ELAC1 pushbutton switch comes
on.

27-41-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
10.On the center pedestal:
. move the pitch-trim control wheel to the 4 DN
position.
11.On the panel 24VU:
. push the FLT CTL/ELAC2 pushbutton switch.

RESULT

On the panel 24VU:

. the OFF legend of the ELAC2 pushbutton switch goes
off.
On the center pedestal:
. the pitch-trim control wheel goes back to 0 +7 mm or
-7 mm (0.0000 +0.2756 in. or -0.2756 in.).
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the PITCH TRIM indicator shows 0 +0.3 deg or -0.3
deg (0.0000 +0.3000 deg or -0.3000 deg).

12.On the panel 24VU:

. release the FLT CTL/ELAC2 pushbutton switch.

On the panel 24VU:

. the OFF legend of the ELAC2 pushbutton switch comes
on.

13.On the center pedestal:

. move the pitch-trim control wheel to the 4 DN
position.
14.On the panel 24VU:
. push the FLT CTL/SEC2 pushbutton switch.

On the panel 24VU:

. the OFF legend of the SEC2 pushbutton switch goes
off.
On the center pedestal:
. the pitch-trim control wheel goes back to 0 +7 mm or
-7 mm (0.0000 +0.2756 in. or -0.2756 in.).
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. the PITCH TRIM indicator shows 0 +0.3 deg or -0.3
deg (0.0000 +0.3000 deg or -0.3000 deg).

15.On the panel 23VU:

. push the FLT CTL/ELAC1 and FLT CTL/SEC1
pushbutton switches.

On the panel 23VU:

. the OFF legends of the ELAC1 and SEC1 pushbutton
switches go off.

16.On the panel 24VU:

. push the FLT CTL/ELAC2 pushbutton switch.

On the panel 24VU:

. the OFF legend of the ELAC2 pushbutton switch goes
off.
On the lower ECAM display unit:
. the HYD page comes into view.

17.On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel:

. push the HYD pushbutton switch.
18.On the panel 40VU:
. release the HYD/PTU/AUTO pushbutton switch.

19.On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel:

. push the F/CTL pushbutton switch.

On the panel 40VU:

. the OFF legend of the HYD/PTU/AUTO pushbutton
switch comes on.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the HYD page:
. the hydraulic pressure of the Green system decreases to
0 PSI.
On the lower ECAM display unit:
. the F/CTL page comes into view.

20.On the center pedestal:

. move the pitch trim control wheel to the 4 DN
position.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:

. on the PITCH TRIM indicator the value shown is
included between 3.5 and 4.3 deg.

AES

27-41-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
21.On the center pedestal:
. move the pitch-trim control wheel to the 13.5 UP
position.

RESULT
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:
. on the PITCH TRIM indicator the value shown is
included between 12.9 and 13.9 deg.

22.On the center pedestal:

. move the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 position.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:

. the PITCH TRIM indicator shows 0 +0.3 deg or -0.3
deg (0.0000 +0.3000 deg or -0.3000 deg).

23.On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel:

. push the HYD pushbutton switch.

On the lower ECAM display unit:

. the HYD page comes into view.

24.On the panel 40VU:

. push the HYD/PTU/AUTO pushbutton switch.

On the panel 40VU:

. the OFF legend of the HYD/PTU/AUTO pushbutton
switch goes off.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the HYD page:
. the hydraulic pressure of the Green system increases to
approximately 3000 PSI.

25.On the panel 50VU:

On the panel 50VU:
. release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y . the OFF legend of the LEAK MEASUREMENT
pushbutton switch.
VALVES/Y pushbutton switch comes on.

26.On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel:

. push the F/CTL pushbutton switch.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the HYD page:

. the hydraulic pressure of the Yellow system stays at
approximately 3000 PSI but the Yellow indication
becomes amber.
On the lower ECAM display unit:
. the F/CTL page comes into view.

27.On the center pedestal:

. move the pitch-trim control wheel to the 4 DN
position.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:

. on the PITCH TRIM indicator the value shown is
included between 3.5 and 4.3 deg.

28.On the center pedestal:

. move the pitch-trim control wheel to the 13.5 UP
position.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:

. on the PITCH TRIM indicator the value shown is
included between 12.9 and 13.9 deg.

29.On the center pedestal:

. move the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 position.

On the lower ECAM display unit, on the F/CTL page:

. the PITCH TRIM indicator shows 0 +0.3 deg or -0.3
deg (0.0000 +0.3000 deg or -0.3000 deg).

5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-41-00-860-051-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

On the panel 50VU:

. push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch (the OFF legend of this
pushbutton switch goes off).

(2)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-41-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-41-00-410-057-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2)

Tighten the two screws.

(3)

Close the access door 822.

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-41-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-00-820-002-A
Adjustment of the THS Control-Cables Length
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
CAUTION :

1.

MAKE SURE THAT THE AIRCRAFT IS IN THE TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS (STABLE AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE) SPECIFIED IN THE AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE CONFIGURATION PARAGRAPH.
CHANGES IN THE TEMPERATURE CAN CAUSE INCORRECT MEASUREMENTS.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CABLE TENSIOMETER

No specific

AR

THERMOMETER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

0U190360

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
130
150
240
310
241BF, 241FF, 312AR, 811, 812, 824,
825, 826
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
FWD CAR COMPT AFT BULKHEAD OF AVNCS COMP
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FWD PRESS BULKHEAD
MID PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-33-21-618-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection

12-33-21-618-001-A-01
12-33-21-618-001-A-02

Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection

Pre-conditioning with the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

AES

27-41-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A-01

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-41-00-820-003-A

Shortening of the THS Control Cable

27-41-44-000-001-A
27-41-44-400-001-A
29-23-00-863-001-A

Removal of the THS Control Cables

Installation of the THS Control Cables
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

52-41-00-410-002-A
Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
53-32-12-000-002-A
Removal of the Cabin Floor Panels
53-32-12-400-002-A
Installation of the Cabin Floor Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00600-A - Adjustment of the Cables)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00800-A - Adjustment Graph)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-862-054-A
A.

Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-41-00-010-057-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 312AR.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

(3)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 811.

(4)

Open the access door 811.

(5)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 812.

(6)

Open the access door 812.

(7)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 824.

(8)

Open the access door 824.

(9)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the cargo compartment door 825.

(10) Open the cargo compartment door 825.

(11) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the cargo compartment door 826.
(12) Open the cargo compartment door 826.
(13) Remove the cabin floor panels 241FF 241BF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002-A).

AES

27-41-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-41-00-860-053-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(2)

Make sure that the air conditionning does not operate (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A) or (Ref. TASK
12-33-21-618-001-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A-02).

(3)

Make sure that there is no neon light on, near the cable, in the cable routing zone.

(4)

Let the temperature in the aircraft become stable for a period of three hours before you start the
adjustment.
NOTE :

You can do other maintenance actions during the three hour period if they do not change the
ambient temperature (No source of heat or cold, aircraft not energized, no air conditioning, no
neon light sources in the cable routing area).

(5)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(6)

Pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A).

(7)

Operate the THS fully more than ten times and put it in the zero position.

(8)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the pitch-trim control-wheels are set to zero.

(9)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the pitch-trim control wheels to tell persons not to use the pitch trim.

(10) Install the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (5) on the
input shaft of the THS Actuator (1).
(11) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A).
(12) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00600-A - Adjustment of the Cables)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00800-A - Adjustment Graph)
Subtask 27-41-00-820-052-A
A.

AES

Adjustment of the THS Control Cables

(1)

Measure the ambient temperature with a THERMOMETER.

(2)

Use the adjustment graph to find the position of the index of the tension regulator (2) in relation to the
measured ambient temperature.

(3)

Bend the two cables to the same value and release them quickly. When you release the cables, make
sure that the movable pulley bracket of the tension regulator (2) moves easily (it must not be caught).

(4)

Remove the locking clips from the turnbuckles (3).

(5)

Turn the 2 turnbuckles (3) by the same value to adjust the tension of the cable loop so that :
. The position of the index (4) of the tension regulator (2) agrees with the values found on the graph
with a tolerance of + or - 1 graduation (+ or - 5C).
. You can install the locking clips on the turnbuckles (3).

27-41-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
(6)

The pitch-trim control-wheels stay at zero.

If you cannot adjust the control cables, do a visual inspection of the pulleys and the tension regulator
(2).
(a)

If they are in good condition:

1

Make a mark on each rear cable.

Pull the cables to the front until the position of the index agrees with the value found on
the graph.

Keep the cables pulled and make a new mark on each cable then release the cables.

Measure the length between two marks of each cable

. if the length is more than 32 mm (1.2598 in.), shorten the control cables (Ref. TASK
27-41-00-820-003-A).
. if the length is less than 32 mm (1.2598 in.), replace the rear control cables (Ref. TASK
27-41-44-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK 27-41-44-400-001-A).

(7)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (5).

(8)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(9)

Pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A).

(10) Operate the THS fully more than ten times and put it in the zero position.
(11) Install the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (5).
(12) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A).
(13) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
(14) Make sure that the position of the index (4) agrees with the values found on the graph with a tolerance
of + or - 1 graduation (+ or - 5C).
(15) Make sure that the pitch-trim control-wheels stay at zero.
(16) With a CABLE TENSIOMETER, measure the tension of the two cables at a distance no less than 200
mm (7.8740 in.) from the tension regulator (2).
Do this step two times to make sure that you get the same tension value.
(17) Make sure that the tension value is 20 +8 -4 daN (45 +18 -9 lbf).
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-41-00-860-057-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Install the locking clips on the turnbuckles (3) of each cable. Make sure that the number of threads on
each side of the end fitting is the same.

(2)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (5).

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-41-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-41-00-410-054-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Install the cabin floor panels 241FF 241BF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-002-A).

(2)

Close the access doors 312AR, 811 812 824 825 826 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-41-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FR35
FR42

FR72

FLOOR PANELS
241FF 241BF
ACCESS DOOR
312 AR

E
D

0 10 20 30 c

D
1
5
3
2

FR71
11

B
FR35

FR42

C
E

C
N_MM_274100_5_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-00-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Adjustment of the Cables

27-41-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

INDEX POSITION
NOTE: THIS CURVE CAN BE EXTENDED
40

30

STABLE
AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE

20

10
14

0
32

10
50

20
68

30
86

40
104

C
F

10

10
E.G: STABLE AMBIENT TEMP.: 20C

INDEX POS.: 21deg

0 10 20 30 C

N_MM_274100_5_ANM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-00-991-00800-A SHEET 1

Adjustment Graph

27-41-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-00-820-003-A
Shortening of the THS Control Cable
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
CAUTION :

1.

MAKE SURE THAT THE AIRCRAFT IS IN THE TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS (STABLE AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE) SPECIFIED IN THE AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE CONFIGURATION PARAGRAPH.
CHANGES IN THE TEMPERATURE CAN CAUSE INCORRECT MEASUREMENTS.

Reason for the Job

Do this procedure when it is no longer possible to adjust the length of the THS control cables (turnbuckles on the
stops).

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

THERMOMETER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

0U190360
98D27407532000

1
1

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

130
150
240
310
131PW, 241BF, 241FF, 825, 826
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FWD CAR COMPT AFT BULKHEAD OF AVNCS COMP
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FWD PRESS BULKHEAD
MID PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-33-21-618-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection

12-33-21-618-001-A-01
12-33-21-618-001-A-02

Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection

Pre-conditioning with the APU

27-41-00-820-002-A

Adjustment of the THS Control-Cables Length

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00600-A - Adjustment of the Cables)

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00800-A - Adjustment Graph)

AES

27-41-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-01200-A - THS Cable Turnbuckles)

DESIGNATION

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-01300-A - Cable Travel Y)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-010-061-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE are in position at the cargo
compartment doors 825 and 826.

(2)

Make sure that the cargo compartment doors 825 and 826 are open.

(3)

In the zone 241, make sure that the floor panels 241FF and 241BF are removed.

(4)

In the zone 131, make sure that the partition panel 131PW is removed.

Subtask 27-41-00-860-064-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the air conditioning system does not operate (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A) or (Ref.
TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A-02).

(2)

Make sure that there is no neon light on, near the cable, in the cable routing zone.

(3)

Let the temperature in the aircraft become stable for a period of three hours before you start the
adjustment.
NOTE :

4.

You can do other maintenance actions during the three hour period if they do not change the
ambient temperature (No source of heat or cold, aircraft not energized, no air conditioning, no
neon light sources in the cable routing area).

(4)

Make sure that the pitch-trim control wheels are in the 0 position.

(5)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch trim.

(6)

Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (5) is
in position on the mechanical input of the THS actuator (1).

(7)

Make sure that the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000) (11) is in
position on the tension regulator (2).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00600-A - Adjustment of the Cables)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00800-A - Adjustment Graph)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-01200-A - THS Cable Turnbuckles)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-01300-A - Cable Travel Y)
Subtask 27-41-00-220-062-A
A.

Measurement
(1)

Measure the cable zone temperature and the external temperature with a THERMOMETER. Make sure
that the temperature is the same at plus or minus 2 DEG.C (plus or minus 3.60 DEG.F).

Subtask 27-41-00-820-053-A
B.

Shortening of the THS Control Cables

(1)

AES

Adjust the two turnbuckles to the dimension C = 30 mm (1.18 in.).

27-41-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Find the correct value to cut the cables.

NOTE :

Cut the two rear cables by the same value.

(a)

Use the adjustment graph to find the position of the index of the tension regulator (2) in relation
to the ambient temperature.

(b)

Put marks on the two cables where the cable routing is straight and near the structure.

(c)

In the fuselage between two static fairleads, pull the two cables at the same time until the index
of the tension regulator is at the position found on the graph.
NOTE :

Pull the cables down to get the necessary force, and measure the cable travel Y along
the aircraft axis.

(d)

Measure with the marks (on the cables and on the structure) the cable travel Y on each cable to
get the necessary cable length.

(e)

For each cable side, subtract 35 mm (1.3780 in.) from the value measured before.
NOTE :

35 mm (1.3780 in.) is the cable penetration into the terminal stud of one turnbuckle.

(f) The value X (to cut the cable) = Y (cable travel) - 35 mm (1.3780 in.).
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! Example:
!
!
Measured cable travel Y for each cable
= 110 mm (4.33 in.)
!
!
Cable penetration into the terminal stud
= 35 mm (1.38 in.)
!
!
Value X to cut the cable
= 110 mm - 35 mm = 75 mm
!
!
(4.33 in. - 1.38 in. = 2.95 in.)!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
Cut the two rear cables by 75 mm (2.95 in.)
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------(3)

Use the measured clearance between the turnbuckles and the static fairleads to cut the rear cable
junction by the calculated value.
NOTE :

5.

Cut the two rear cables by the same value.

(4)

Install the new turnbuckles on the cables (Ref. CFM Cable Fabrication Man).

(5)

Do the adjustment of the THS control-cables length (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-820-002-A).

(6)

Make sure that the clearances A between the ends of the terminal studs (cable side) and the fairleads
is minimum 25.4 mm (1.00 in.) along the full travel range of the THS control.

(7)

Make sure that the distance B between the ends of the terminal studs (cable side) in each THS control
cable is minimum 90 mm (3.54 in.) along the full travel range of the THS control.

(8)

Make sure that the turnbuckles are in the adjustment range of 38.2 mm (1.50 in.).

Close-up
Subtask 27-41-00-860-065-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the special and standard tools and all other items.

27-41-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

TURNBUCKLE

TERMINAL STUD
CABLE

TURNBUCKLE

STATIC FAIRLEADS

TERMINAL STUD
TERMINAL STUD

N_MM_274100_5_ATM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-41-00-991-01200-A SHEET 1

THS Cable Turnbuckles

27-41-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FWD
MEASUREMENT OF CABLE TRAVEL "Y"
REFERENCE
STRUCTURE

REFERENCE
MARK

CABLE

CABLE IN ZERO
POSITION

REFERENCE
STRUCTURE

CABLE
CABLE
TRAVEL
"Y"
PULL UNTIL INDEX
OF CABLE TENSION
REGULATOR IS AT THE
POSITION FOUND ON THE GRAPH

REFERENCE
MARK

TURNBUCKLE ADJUSTMENT RANGE

43.2mm
(1.70in.)
MAX. PROTRUSION
3 THREADS
TERMINAL STUD
RANGE = 38.2mm (1.50in.)
5mm
(0.20in.)
POSITION ON STOP

N_MM_274100_5_ASM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-00-991-01300-A SHEET 1

Cable Travel Y

27-41-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-00-820-004-A
Cutting of the Rear Control Cable of the THS
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
CAUTION :

1.

MAKE SURE THAT THE AIRCRAFT IS IN THE TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS (STABLE AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE) SPECIFIED IN THE AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE CONFIGURATION PARAGRAPH.
CHANGES IN THE TEMPERATURE CAN CAUSE INCORRECT MEASUREMENTS.

Reason for the Job

Do this procedure when you install a new rear control cable on the THS.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

THERMOMETER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

0U190360
98D27407532000
98D27408650000

1
1
1

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL
DEVICE-PRE RIGGING,CONTROL CABLE

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

130
150
240
310
131PW, 241BF, 241FF, 825, 826
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FWD CAR COMPT AFT BULKHEAD OF AVNCS COMP
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FWD PRESS BULKHEAD
MID PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-33-21-618-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection

12-33-21-618-001-A-01
12-33-21-618-001-A-02

Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection

Pre-conditioning with the APU

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00600-A - Adjustment of the Cables)

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-01100-A - Rear THS Control Cables Length Adjustment)

AES

27-41-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-010-063-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE are in position at the cargo
compartment doors 825 and 826.

(2)

Make sure that the cargo compartment doors 825 and 826 are open.

(3)

In the zone 241, make sure that the floor panels 241FF and 241BF are removed.

(4)

In the zone 131, make sure that the partition panel 131PW is removed.

Subtask 27-41-00-860-068-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the air conditioning system does not operate (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A) or (Ref.
TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A-02).

(2)

Make sure that there is no neon light on, near the cable, in the cable routing zone.

(3)

Let the temperature in the aircraft become stable for a period of three hours before you start the
adjustment.
NOTE :

4.

You can do other maintenance actions during the three hour period if they do not change the
ambient temperature (No source of heat or cold, aircraft not energized, no air conditioning, no
neon light sources in the cable routing area).

(4)

Make sure that the pitch-trim control wheels are in the 0 position.

(5)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch trim.

(6)

Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (5) is
in position on the mechanical input of the THS actuator (1).

(7)

Make sure that the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000) (11) is in
position on the tension regulator (2).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00600-A - Adjustment of the Cables)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-01100-A - Rear THS Control Cables Length Adjustment)
Subtask 27-41-00-820-055-A
A.

Tension of the Cables

(1)

Install the DEVICE-PRE RIGGING,CONTROL CABLE (98D27408650000).

(2)

Apply a tension of 32 daN (71.9388 lbf) to the cable linkage.

Subtask 27-41-00-220-063-A
B.

Measurement
(1)

Measure the cable zone temperature and the external temperature with a THERMOMETER. Make sure
that the temperature is the same at plus or minus 2 DEG.C (plus or minus 3.60 DEG.F).

Subtask 27-41-00-820-056-A
C.

Cutting of the Rear Control Cable of the THS

(1)

AES

Measure the distance between FR35 and the rear control cable of the THS.
Make a mark on each cable:
. for the right cable: at 542.9 mm (21.3740 in.) plus or minus 2 mm (0.0787 in.)

27-41-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.

AES

for the left cable: at 2542.9 mm (100.1142 in.) plus or minus 2 mm (0.0787 in.)

(2)

Release the tension on the cables.

(3)

Remove the DEVICE-PRE RIGGING,CONTROL CABLE (98D27408650000).

(4)

Use an applicable tool (Ref. CFM Cable Fabrication Man) to cut the cables at the marks you did before.

(5)

Install the terminal studs on the cable ends (Ref. CFM Cable Fabrication Man).

27-41-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FR47

A
FR42

Z140

FR35

241FF

FR35

241BF

MEASUREMENT
REFERENCE

CROSS BEAM

FR35

B
D
542.9 + 2mm
(21.37 + 0.08in.)

C
D
2542.9 + 2mm
(100.11 + 0.08in.)

N_MM_274100_5_ABM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-00-991-01100-A SHEET 1

Rear THS Control Cables Length Adjustment

27-41-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

THS MECHANICAL CONTROL - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-00-210-001-A
Detailed Visual Inspection of the THS Mechanical Control
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-41-00-01-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF THS MECHANICAL CONTROL

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
130
150
160
210
220
230
240
310
131AC, 131BC, 131CC, 131PW,
151AC, 151BC, 151CC, 151DC,
161AC, 161BC, 161DW, 162DW,
211GF, 211KF, 221EF, 231CF,
231WF, 241BF, 241FF, 241KF,
312AR, 811, 825, 826
C.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
FWD CAR COMPT AFT BULKHEAD OF AVNCS COMP
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FWD PRESS BULKHEAD
BULK CARGO COMPARTEMENT AFT BULKHEAD
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
FWD CAB UTILITY AREAS
FWD PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
MID PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-24-11-100-001-A

DESIGNATION
Cleaning and Protection of the Cables

20-24-12-200-001-A
25-54-12-000-001-A

Check of the Control Cables

Removal of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34

AES

27-41-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
25-54-12-000-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment

25-54-12-400-001-A

Installation of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34

25-54-12-400-002-A

Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment

25-55-11-000-002-A

Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment - FR47/FR59

25-55-11-400-002-A

Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment -FR47/FR59

25-55-12-000-001-A

Removal of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65

25-55-12-000-002-A

Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment - FR59/FR65

25-55-12-400-001-A

Installation of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65

25-55-12-400-002-A

Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment - FR59/FR65

53-12-11-000-001-A

Removal of the Cockpit Floor Panels from FR1 Thru FR12

53-12-11-400-001-A
Installation of the Cockpit Floor Panels from FR1 thru FR12
53-12-12-000-001-A
Removal of the Cabin Floor Panels from FR12 thru FR24
53-12-12-400-001-A
Installation of the Cabin Floor Panels from FR12 thru FR24
53-22-12-000-001-A
Removal of the Cabin Floor Panels
53-22-12-400-001-A
Installation of the Cabin Floor Panels
53-32-12-000-002-A
Removal of the Cabin Floor Panels
53-32-12-400-002-A
Installation of the Cabin Floor Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-01000-A - Removal/Installation of the Protective Covers.)
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 53-1143 FOR A/C 003-003
Subtask 27-41-00-010-050-B
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the zone 121.

(a)

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the zone 132.

(a)

(3)

Open the access door 826.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the zone 312.

(a)

(5)

Open the access door 825.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the zone 154.

(a)

(4)

Open the access door 811.

Open the access door 312AR.

In the zones 211 and 221, remove the floor panels 211GF 211KF 221EF 221LF
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 53-12-11-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-000-001-A).

AES

(6)

In the zones 231 and 241, remove the floor panels 231CF 231WF 241BF 241FF 241KF (Ref. TASK
53-12-12-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK 53-22-12-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002-A).

(7)

In the zone 131, remove the ceiling panels 131AC 131BC 131CC (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002-A).

(8)

In the zone 131, remove the partition panel 131PW (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-001-A).

27-41-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9)

In the zones 151 and 161, remove the ceiling panels 151AC 151BC 151CC 151DC 161AC 161BC (Ref.
TASK 25-55-11-000-002-A) (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-002-A).

(10) In the zone 161, remove the partition panels 161DW 162DW (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-001-A).
4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-41-00-210-050-A
A.

Visual Inspection of the THS Mechanical Control (between FR8 and FR71)
(1)

Make sure that all the nuts and the bolts are tight or safetied at each attachment point.

(2)

Make sure that there is no corrosion on the bolts, the nuts and the washers.

(3)

Make sure that the turnbuckles are safetied with the lock clips.

(4)

Make sure that the identification plates of all the components are attached correctly.

(5)

Make sure that the front chain and the cable move freely.

(6)

Make sure that the front chain and the cable do not touch the structure.

(7)

Make sure that the cables are not damaged (Ref. TASK 20-24-12-200-001-A)

(8)

Make sure that there is no corrosion on the cables (Ref. TASK 20-24-11-100-001-A).

Subtask 27-41-00-210-058-A
B.

Visual inspection of the Rear THS Control Cable (between FR71 and the THS actuator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-01000-A - Removal/Installation of the Protective Covers.)
(1)

5.

Removal of the Protective Covers

(a)

Remove the screws (4) and the washers (3).

(b)

Release the fasteners (1) and remove the protective covers (2) and (5).

(2)

Do an inspection of the THS control cable between the tension regulator and the chain linkage.

(3)

Make sure that the chain and the cable move freely.

(4)

Make sure that the chain and the cable do not touch the structure (no marks on the fasteners).

(5)

Make sure that the chain that controls the THS actuator is in the correct condition.

(6)

Make sure that the cables are not damaged (Ref. TASK 20-24-12-200-001-A).

(7)

Make sure that there is no corrosion on the cables (Ref. TASK 20-24-11-100-001-A).

(8)

Installation of the Protective Covers

(a)

Install the protective covers (2) and (5).

(b)

Tighten the fasteners (1).

(c)

Install the washers (3) and the screws (4).

Close-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 53-1143 FOR A/C 003-003
Subtask 27-41-00-410-050-B
A.

Close Access
(1)

AES

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-41-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

In the zones 211 and 221, install the floor panels 211GF 211KF 221EF 221LF
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 53-12-11-400-001-A) (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-400-001-A).

AES

(3)

In the zones 231 and 241, install the floor panels 231CF 231WF 241BF 241FF 241KF (Ref. TASK
53-22-12-400-001-A) (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-002-A).

(4)

In the zone 131, install the ceiling panels 131AC 131BC 131CC (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002-A).

(5)

In the zone 131, install the partition panel 131PW (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-001-A).

(6)

In the zones 151 and 161, install the ceiling panels 151AC 151BC 151CC 151DC 161AC 161BC. (Ref.
TASK 25-55-11-400-002-A) (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-002-A).

(7)

In the zone 161, install the partition panels 161DW 162DW (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-001-A).

(8)

Close the access doors 811 825 826 312AR.

(9)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-41-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FR75

FR70

4
3

N_MM_274100_6_ATM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-00-991-01000-A SHEET 1

Removal/Installation of the Protective Covers.

27-41-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Task 27-41-00-210-002-A
DELETED

AES

27-41-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-00-220-001-A
Check of the Cable Tension Regulator of the THS Trim Control (Pointer in the Limits)
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
CAUTION :

1.

MAKE SURE THAT THE AIRCRAFT IS IN THE TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS (STABLE AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE) SPECIFIED IN THE AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE CONFIGURATION PARAGRAPH.
CHANGES IN THE TEMPERATURE CAN CAUSE INCORRECT MEASUREMENTS.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-41-42-01-)
CHECK POINTER ON TENSION COMPENSATOR SCALE WITHIN LIMITS

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific
0U190360

AR
1

THERMOMETER
PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR, 811, 812, 824, 825, 826
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-33-21-618-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection

12-33-21-618-001-A-01
12-33-21-618-001-A-02

Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection

Pre-conditioning with the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-41-00-820-002-A

Adjustment of the THS Control-Cables Length

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

AES

27-41-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

52-41-00-410-002-A

Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00700-A - THS Actuator - Rigging)

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00900-A - Adjustment Graph)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-010-051-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 312AR.
(a)

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 811.
(a)

(3)

Open the access door 824.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 825.
(a)

(6)

Open the access door 812.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 824.
(a)

(5)

Open the access door 811 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 812.
(a)

(4)

Open the access door 312AR.

Open the access door 825.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 826.
(a)

Open the access door 826.

Subtask 27-41-00-860-058-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(2)

Make sure that the air conditioning is de-energized (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A) or (Ref. TASK
12-33-21-618-001-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A-02).

(3)

The cable routing area must not be lighten by neon located close the cable itself.

(4)

Let the temperature in the aircraft become stable for a period of three hours before you start the
adjustment.
NOTE :

(5)
4.

You can do other maintenance actions during the three hour period if they do not change the
ambient temperature (No source of heat or cold, aircraft not energized, no air conditioning, no
neon light sources in the cable routing area).

The ambiant temperature must be within the range of 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F), 40 deg.C (104.00 deg.F).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00700-A - THS Actuator - Rigging)

AES

27-41-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-41-00-220-050-A
A.

Check of the Cable Tension Regulator of the THS Trim Control (Pointer in the Limits)
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A).

(3)

Operate the THS more than ten times and put it in the zero position.

(4)

Install the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (1) on the

input shaft of the THS actuator.

(5)

Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).

(6)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(7)

Put a warning notice on the pitch-trim control wheels to tell persons not to use the pitch trim.

(8)

Bend the two cables to the same value and release them quickly. When you release the cables, make
sure that the movable pulley bracket of the tension regulator moves easily (it must not be caught).

(9)

Measure the ambient temperature with a THERMOMETER.

(10) Use the adjustment graph to find the position of the index (value in degree C) in relation to the
measured ambient temperature.
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-00900-A - Adjustment Graph)
(11) On the tension regulator, make sure that the position of the index agrees with the value found on the
graph (value in degree C) with a tolerance of + or - 1 graduation (+ or - 5 degree C).
NOTE :

1 graduation on the tension regulator corresponds to 5 degree C.

(12) If the result of the check is no correct, adjust the THS cable length (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-820-002-A).
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-41-00-860-059-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360).

(2)

Remove the warning notice.

Subtask 27-41-00-410-051-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Close the access doors 312AR 824, 825 826 811 812 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-41-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

ZONE 310

FR74

ACCESS DOOR
312 AR

FR71

B
B

N_MM_274100_6_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-00-991-00700-A SHEET 1

THS Actuator - Rigging

27-41-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

INDEX POSITION C

40

30

STABLE
AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE

20

0
32

10
50

20
68

30
86

40
104

C
F

10

10
E.G: STABLE AMBIENT TEMP.: 20C

INDEX POS.: 21C

0 10 20 30 C

N_MM_274100_6_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-00-991-00900-A SHEET 1

Adjustment Graph

27-41-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-00-220-002-A
Check of the Correct Tension of the THS Mechanical Control Cables
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY OPERATE
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF HYDRAULICALLY
OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-41-00-02-)
CHECK THS MECHANICAL CONTROL CABLES FOR CORRECT TENSION

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CABLE TENSIOMETER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

130
150
131BC, 151BC
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FWD CAR COMPT AFT BULKHEAD OF AVNCS COMP
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FWD PRESS BULKHEAD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

25-54-12-000-002-A

Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment

25-54-12-400-002-A

Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment

AES

27-41-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
25-55-11-000-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment - FR47/FR59

25-55-11-400-002-A

Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment -FR47/FR59

27-41-00-820-002-A

Adjustment of the THS Control-Cables Length

27-41-42-000-001-A

Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator

27-41-42-400-001-A

Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-863-001-A
52-30-00-860-001-A

Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the Yellow Electric
Pump
Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the Yellow Electric
Pump

52-30-00-860-002-A

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-860-060-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems with the electric pump (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A).

(3)

Safety Precautions
(a)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the pitch-trim control-wheels are set to zero.

(b)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the pitch-trim control wheels to tell persons not to use the pitch
trim.

(c)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the rudder pedals (CAPT and F/O) to tell persons not to
operate them.

Subtask 27-41-00-010-052-A
B.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Open the FWD and AFT cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(3)

Remove the ceiling panel 131BC in the cargo compartment (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002-A).

(4)

Remove the ceiling panel 151BC in the cargo compartment (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-002-A).

Procedure
Subtask 27-41-00-220-051-A
A.

AES

Check of the Correct Tension of the THS Mechanical Control Cables

(1)

Operate the THS fully five times and put it in the zero position.

(2)

In the cargo compartment, you can see four cables:

. the two cables at right are the THS control cables
. the two cables at left are the rudder control cables.

27-41-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Make sure that the movable pulley bracket of the tension regulator is not on a stop.

(4)

Bend the two THS cables at right to the same value and release them quickly. When you release the
cables, make sure that the movable pulley bracket of the tension regulator moves easily (it must not be
caught).

(5)

With a CABLE TENSIOMETER, measure the tension of each cable, in each cargo compartment,
between two static fairleads.
Repeat this operation twice to valid the measurement.
NOTE :

5.

The tension value of each cable is 20 +8 -4 daN (45 +18 -9 lbf).

(6)

If the result of the check is not correct, change the springs of the cable tension regulator (Ref. TASK
27-41-42-000-001-A), (Ref. TASK 27-41-42-400-001-A). Adjust the cables (Ref. TASK
27-41-00-820-002-A).

(7)

Check the tension of the cables.

Close-up
Subtask 27-41-00-410-052-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the ceiling panel 131BC in the cargo compartment (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002-A).

(3)

Install the ceiling panel 151BC in the cargo compartment (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-002-A).

(4)

Close the FWD and AFT cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002-A).

(5)

Remove the warning notices

(6)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-41-00-860-061-A
B.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-41-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-00-220-003-A
Check of the Zero Adjustment of the THS
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY OPERATE
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF HYDRAULICALLY
OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210
310
312AR, 822
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

AES

27-41-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-10-00-864-003-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-010-059-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.
(a)

Open the access door 822.

(b)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 312AR.
(a)

(3)

Open the access door 312AR.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position in the zone 310.

Subtask 27-41-00-865-052-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-41-00-860-062-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

AES

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)

27-41-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

4.

(2)

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(3)

On the panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/SEC 1 and FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switches (on these
pushbutton switches, the OFF legends come on).

(4)

On the panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and the FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches (on
these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends come on).

(5)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(6)

On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL pushbutton switch (on the lower
ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).

Procedure
Subtask 27-41-00-866-054-A
A.

Check of the Zero Adjustment of the THS

(1)

On the center pedestal, move the THS from the zero position to x degrees Nose up with the pitch-trim
control-wheel.

(2)

On the panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF
legend goes off).

(3)

Make sure that the pitch-trim control-wheels move to zero (0 mark on the pitch-trim control-wheels,
opposite the triangle on the center pedestal).

(4)

On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM display unit:

. the PITCH TRIM indicator shows 0 plus or minus 0.3.

(5)

On the tail cone, make sure that the THS is opposite the 0 mark.

(6)

On the panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the
OFF legend comes on).

(7)

On the center pedestal, move the THS from the zero position with the pitch-trim control-wheel.

(8)

On the panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on the pushbutton switch, the OFF
legend goes off).

(9)

Make sure that the pitch-trim control-wheels move to zero (the 0 mark on the pitch-trim control-wheels
is opposite the triangle on the center pedestal).

(10) On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM display unit:

. make sure that the PITCH TRIM indicator shows 0 plus or minus 0.3.
(11) On the tail cone, make sure that the THS is opposite the 0 mark.
(12) On the panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the
OFF legend comes on).
(13) On the center pedestal, move the THS from the zero position to x degrees Nose up with the pitch-trim
control-wheel.
(14) On the panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF
legend goes off).
(15) Make sure that the pitch-trim control-wheels move to zero (0 mark on the pitch-trim control-wheels
opposite the triangle on the center pedestal).
(16) On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM display unit:
. make sure that the PITCH TRIM indicator shows 0 plus or minus 0.3.
(17) On the tail cone, make sure that the THS is opposite the 0 mark.

AES

27-41-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-41-00-860-063-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

On the panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/SEC 1 and FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switches (on these
pushbutton switches, the OFF legends go off).

(3)

On the panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the
OFF legend goes off).

(4)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(5)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(6)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-41-00-410-055-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2)

Tighten the two screws.

(3)

Close the access door 822.

(4)

Close the access door 312AR.

(5)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-41-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-00-210-003-A
Visual Inspection and Lubrication of the Rear THS control cable (between FR71 and the THS actuator)
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 19-003
C.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-24-11-100-001-A

DESIGNATION
Cleaning and Protection of the Cables

20-24-12-200-001-A
Check of the Control Cables
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-01000-A - Removal/Installation of the Protective Covers.)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-010-062-A
A.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone 312.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-00-991-01000-A - Removal/Installation of the Protective Covers.)

AES

27-41-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-41-00-020-053-A
A.

Removal of the Protective Covers

(1)

Remove the screws (4) and the washers (3).

(2)

Release the fasteners (1) and remove the protective covers (2) and (5).

Subtask 27-41-00-210-057-A
B.

Visual Inspection of the Rear THS Control Cable

(1)

Do an inspection the THS control cable between the tension regulator and the chain linkage.

(2)

Make sure that the chain and the cable move freely.

(3)

Make sure that the chain and the cable do not touch the structure (no marks on the fasteners).

(4)

Make sure that the chain that controls the THS actuator is in the correct condition.

(5)

Make sure that the cables are not damaged (Ref. TASK 20-24-12-200-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that there is no corrosion on the cables (Ref. TASK 20-24-11-100-001-A).

(7)

Clean the control cable in this area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .

(8)

Lubricate the control cable with COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) .

Subtask 27-41-00-420-051-A
C.

5.

Installation of the Protective Covers

(1)

Install the protective covers (2) and (5).

(2)

Tighten the fasteners (1).

(3)

Install the washers (3) and the screws (4).

Close-up
Subtask 27-41-00-410-058-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-41-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CONTROL MECHANISM - PITCH TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Control Mechanism-Pitch Trim
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific
0U190360

AR
AR
1

B.

CAP - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER
PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
22-82-12-000-001-A
23-13-13-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the MCDU
Removal of the Radio Management Panel (RMP)

23-51-12-000-001-A

Removal of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)

29-24-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

34-41-12-000-001-A
34-52-12-000-001-A

Removal of the Weather Radar Control Unit

Removal of the ATC/TCAS Control Unit

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-41-991-00200-A - Pitch Trim Control Mechanism)

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-41-991-00100-A - Panels 111VU and 112VU)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-41-991-00300-A - Pitch Trim Control Mechanism)

AES

27-41-41 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-41-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A).

(2)

Put the THS control in the 0 position.

(3)

Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A).

Subtask 27-41-41-010-050-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 310.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

Subtask 27-41-41-480-050-A
C.

Install the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (6) on the input lever
of the screw jack (5) (Ref. Details D and E).
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-41-991-00200-A - Pitch Trim Control Mechanism)

Subtask 27-41-41-865-050-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

1LE

H08

122VU

LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL

AND/PED

4LF

Y04

122VU

LIGHTING/FLOOD/CTR INST/PNL

2LE

Z04

Subtask 27-41-41-010-052-A
E.

Remove the peripheral equipments

(1)

Remove the MCDUs (3CA1 and 3CA2) (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-000-001-A).

(2)

Remove the radio management panels (1RG1 and 1RG2) (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-000-001-A).

(3)

Remove the audio control panels (2RN1 and 2RN2) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-000-001-A).

(4)

Remove the weather radar control unit (3SQ) (Ref. TASK 34-41-12-000-001-A).

(5)

Remove the ATC control unit (3SH) (Ref. TASK 34-52-12-000-001-A).

(6)

Remove the panels 111VU and 112VU.

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-41-991-00100-A - Panels 111VU and 112VU)
NOTE :

4.

The removal procedure is the same for the panels 111VU and 112VU.

(a)

Release the fasteners of the panel (1) and disengage the panel (1) from its housing.

(b)

Disconnect the connector (3) from the panel (1).

(c)

Remove the panel (1).

(d)

Put CAP - BLANKING on the connectors (2) and (3).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-41-991-00200-A - Pitch Trim Control Mechanism)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-41-991-00300-A - Pitch Trim Control Mechanism)

AES

27-41-41 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-41-41-020-051-A
A.

Removal of the Pitch Trim Control Mechanism

(1)

Remove the screws (13).

(2)

Remove the plates (14), (15), (17) and (27).

(3)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the screws (18), (19) and (21).

(4)

Remove the screws (18), (19) and (21) and the washers (16).

(5)

Remove the ribs (20) and (26).

(6)

Remove the screws (22) and the washers (23).

(7)

Release the plates (24) and (25).

(8)

Remove the cotter pins (12), the nuts (11) and the washers (10).

(9)

Remove the wheels (29) and the indicators (30) and (35).

(10) Remove the gears (31) and (34) and the spacers (32).
(11) Remove the shaft (28) and the bearings (33).

AES

27-41-41 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
FR74
FR71

Z310

Z210
312 AR

C
E

UP
CG
15

3
UP
2

CG
20

UP

UP
CG
25
0
CG
30
1
CG
35

DN

2
CG
41 DN
3
DN

E
5

N_MM_274141_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-41-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Pitch Trim Control Mechanism

27-41-41 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z210
112 VU

111 VU
2

N_MM_274141_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-41-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Panels 111VU and 112VU

27-41-41 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
10

35

11

29

34
32
33

12

33
32
31
30
29

13

13
14

28
13
27

13

15

17
16
18
19
16

10
20

11

21

12
22
23

26

24

16
18

19

16

25

21
16
22
23
N_MM_274141_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-41-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Pitch Trim Control Mechanism

27-41-41 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Control Mechanism-Pitch Trim
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
No specific
C.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
corrosion-resistant steel lockwire dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
D.

FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
12

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-41-01-01-010

cotter pins
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
22-82-12-400-002-A
23-13-13-400-001-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the MCDU
Installation of the Radio Management Panel (RMP)

23-51-12-400-001-A

Installation of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4,
2RN5)

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

AES

27-41-41 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-23-00-863-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

34-41-12-400-001-A
34-52-12-400-001-A

Installation of the Weather Radar Control Unit

Installation of the ATC/TCAS Control Unit

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-41-991-00200-A - Pitch Trim Control Mechanism)

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-41-991-00300-A - Pitch Trim Control Mechanism)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-41-991-00400-A - Position of the Green Band / CG (Center of Gravity) Scale)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-41-991-00100-A - Panels 111VU and 112VU)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-41-860-051-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the THS control is in the 0 position.

(2)

Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A) is depressurized.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 310.

(4)

Make sure that the access door 312AR is open.

Subtask 27-41-41-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME

FIN

LOCATION

1LE

H08

122VU

LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL

AND/PED

4LF

Y04

122VU

LIGHTING/FLOOD/CTR INST/PNL

2LE

Z04

4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-41-991-00200-A - Pitch Trim Control Mechanism)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-41-991-00300-A - Pitch Trim Control Mechanism)
Subtask 27-41-41-640-050-A
A.

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) on the components.

Subtask 27-41-41-420-050-A
B.

AES

Installation of the Pitch Trim Control Mechanism

(1)

Before the installation, make sure that the position of the green band / CG (Center of Gravity) scale of
the pitch-trim wheel indicator is in accordance with the table given in the figure.
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-41-991-00400-A - Position of the Green Band / CG (Center of Gravity) Scale)

(2)

Install the shaft (28) and the bearings (33) on the structure.

(3)

Install the spacers (32).

27-41-41 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Install the gear (31) and the indicator (30) on the CAPT side.
NOTE :

During the installation, align the 0 mark of the indicator with the fixed pointer of the pedestal
index (Ref. Detail C).

(5)

Install the gear (34) and the indicator (35) on the F/O side.

(6)

Install the wheels (29).

NOTE :

During the installation, align the white strip center of the wheel with the fixed pointer of the
pedestal index (Ref. Detail C) with a maximum clearance of 2.54 mm (0.1000 in.).

(7)

Install the washers (10), the nuts (11) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-41-01-01) cotter pins (12) .

(8)

Install the rib (20) on the structure.

(9)

Install the washers (16) and the screws (18), (19), (21).

(10) Install the rib (26) on the structure.

(11) Install the washers (16) and the screws (18), (19), (21).
(12) Safety the screws (18), (19) and (21) with corrosion-resistant steel lockwire dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(13) Put the plate (24) in the correct position on the structure.
(14) Install the washers (23) and the screws (22).
(15) Put the plate (25) in correct position on the structure.
(16) Install the washers (23) and the screws (22).
(17) Install the plates (14), (15), (17) and (27).
(18) Install the screws (13).
Subtask 27-41-41-080-050-A
C.

Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (6) from the input
lever of the screw jack (5) (Ref. Details D and E).
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-41-991-00200-A - Pitch Trim Control Mechanism)

Subtask 27-41-41-866-050-A
D.

AES

Test
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-863-001-A).

(3)

On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC1 and FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton switches
(on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends come on).

(4)

On the overhead panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC2, FLT CTL/SEC2 and FLT CTL/SEC3
pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends come on).

(5)

Slowly move one of the pitch-trim control wheels to the DN stop (the motion must be smooth and
constant over all the travel).

(6)

On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC2 pushbutton switch.
(a)

The OFF legend goes off.

(b)

After 6 seconds, the pitch-trim control wheel goes back to the 0 position.

27-41-41 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-41-41-860-052-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC1 and FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton switches (on
these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends go off).

(2)

On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/SEC2 and FLT CTL/SEC3 pushbutton switches (on
these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends go off).

(3)

Depressurize the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A).

Subtask 27-41-41-410-054-A
B.

Install the peripheral equipments

(1)

Install the panels 111VU and 112VU.

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-41-991-00100-A - Panels 111VU and 112VU)
NOTE :

The installation procedure is the same for the panels 111VU and 112VU.

(a)

Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (2) and (3).

(b)

Connect the connector (2) to the panel (1).

(c)

Install the panel (1) on the structure.

(d)

Fully tighten the fasteners of the panel (1).

(2)

Install the MCDUs (3CA1 and 3CA2) (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-400-002-A).

(3)

Install the radio management panels (1RG1 and 1RG2) (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-400-001-A).

(4)

Install the audio control panels (2RN1 and 2RN2) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-400-001-A).

(5)

Install the weather radar control unit (3SQ) (Ref. TASK 34-41-12-400-001-A).

(6)

Install the ATC control unit (3SH) (Ref. TASK 34-52-12-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-41-41-865-052-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

1LE

H08

122VU

LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL

AND/PED

4LF

Y04

122VU

LIGHTING/FLOOD/CTR INST/PNL

2LE

Z04

Subtask 27-41-41-710-050-A
D.

Do an operational test of the panels 111VU and 112VU.

(1)

Operate the light adjustment knobs of the panels 111VU and 112VU.

(2)

Make sure that the light intensity of the panels 13VU, 130VU, 131VU and 48VU changes.

Subtask 27-41-41-410-053-A
E.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

27-41-41 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-41-41-862-050-A
F.

AES

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-41-41 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A/C

POSITION OF THE GREEN BAND / CG (CENTER OF GRAVITY) SCALE

A318

FROM CG15 AT 4.5UP TO CG35 AT 2DN

A319 (EXCEPT A319CJ)

FROM CG14/18 AT 3.5UP TO CG41 AT 3DN

A319CJ

FROM CG14/18 AT 3.5UP TO CG36/39 AT 1.6DN

A320 (MSN 0001 TO 0271

FROM CG10.5 AT 4.1UP TO CG41 AT 2.5DN

A320 (FROM MSN 0272

OR WITH SB 311040
EMBODIED)

FROM CG10.5/17 AT 2.5UP TO CG40/43 AT 2.5DN

A321

FROM CG12 AT 4.5UP TO CG41 AT 3.5DN

UP
CG
15

3
UP

CG SCALE

2
CG
20

UP

GREEN BAND

UP
CG
25
0
CG
30
1
CG
35

DN

2
CG
41 DN
3
DN

N_MM_274141_4_AFM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-41-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Position of the Green Band / CG (Center of Gravity) Scale

27-41-41 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

REGULATOR - CABLE TENSION - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-42-000-001-A
Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

0U190360
98D27403500000
98D27407532000

1
1
1

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING
RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
241BF, 241FF, 311AL, 312AR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-10-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

53-32-12-000-002-A
Removal of the Cabin Floor Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-42-991-00200-A - Location of the Turnbuckles)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-42-991-00100-A - Cable Tension Regulator)

AES

27-41-42 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-42-010-050-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Remove the access panel 311AL and open the access door 312AR.

Subtask 27-41-42-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Turn the pitch-trim control wheel in the cockpit and put the THS actuator near to the zero position.

(2)

Lock the pitch trim control wheel with the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000).

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.

Subtask 27-41-42-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-41-42-480-050-A
D.

Safety Precaution
(1)

Put the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) in the mechanical

input of the THS actuator.

(2)

Put the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000) in the rocker assembly of
the regulator.

Subtask 27-41-42-860-050-A
E.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Depressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) / (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A).

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green and the Yellow
hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-41-42-010-051-A
F.

Get Access
(1)

Remove the floor panels 241FF 241BF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002-A).

(2)

Remove the locking clips (30) and release the turnbuckles (31).
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-42-991-00200-A - Location of the Turnbuckles)
NOTE :

4.

Make sure that there is no tension on the THS control cables.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-42-991-00100-A - Cable Tension Regulator)

AES

27-41-42 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-41-42-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator

(1)

Remove the cover (2) from the regulator (8) as follows:

(a)

Remove the bolts (3) and the washers (4) from the connection of the cover (2) to the regulator
(8).

(b)

Remove the bolts (5) and the washers (6) from the connection of the cover (2) to the cover
assembly (1).

(c)

Disconnect the cover (2) from the regulator (8) and the cover assembly (1).

(2)

Disconnect the springs (10) from the bolts (9).

(3)

Remove the rigging pin 98D27407532000 from the rocker assembly (15) of the regulator (8).

(4)

Remove the rocker assembly (15) from the regulator (8) as follows:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (16).

(b)

Remove the nut (17), the washer (18) and the bolt (20).

(c)

Move the rocker assembly (15) from between the sides of the regulator (8).

(d)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (28).

(e)

Remove the nuts (27) and the washers (26).

(f)

Remove the screw (24), the bolt (25), the spacers (23) and the rocker assembly (15).
NOTE :

(5)

Remove the regulator (8) as follows:

NOTE :

Do not remove the nuts (7) and the bushes (19) from the regulator (8) unless a repair or a new
installation is necessary.

(a)

Remove the nuts (14), the washers (13) and the bolts (11).

(b)

Remove the regulator (8) and the shims (12) from the structure.
NOTE :

AES

Do not disassemble other items of the rocker assembly (15) or remove the pulleys (21)
unless a repair or a new installation is necessary.

Identify the shims (12) for installation in the same positions.

27-41-42 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z140

FR47

FR42

FR35

B
B
241FF
241BF

B
31

30

N_MM_274142_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-42-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Location of the Turnbuckles

27-41-42 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
RIGGING PIN
PN OU 190360
Z310

FR74

312AR
1

311AL
3

FR70

4
6

22

20

22

19
7

18

28
4

27

26

17

8
16

15

10

7
23

11
22

12

28

RIGGING PIN
PN98D27407532000

22
27

24

26
25

21

10
13
14

23
N_MM_274142_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-42-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Cable Tension Regulator

27-41-42 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-42-400-001-A
Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.00 and 1.20 M.DAN (0.00 and 9.00
LBF.FT)

0U190360
98D27403500000
98D27407532000
B.

Material No: 05-005

Material No: 08-029
Material No: 09-013
Material No: 16-003

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING
RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
CORROSION PREVENTIVE
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
RETAINING ADHESIVE
SEALANTS
SEALANT-BRUSH CONSISTENCY (OBSOLETE)
STRUCTURE PAINTS
-

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
241BF, 241FF, 311AL, 312AR

AES

1
1
1

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004

C.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

27-41-42 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
28
16

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-41-42-01-130
27-41-42-01-220

cotter pins
cotter pin
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-24-11-100-001-A

DESIGNATION
Cleaning and Protection of the Cables

20-24-12-200-001-A
27-41-00-220-002-A
29-10-00-864-001-A

Check of the Control Cables

Check of the Correct Tension of the THS Mechanical Control Cables
Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

53-32-12-000-002-A
Removal of the Cabin Floor Panels
53-32-12-400-002-A
Installation of the Cabin Floor Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-42-991-00200-A - Location of the Turnbuckles)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-42-991-00100-A - Cable Tension Regulator)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-42-860-052-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position.

(2)

Make sure that the access panel 311AL is removed and the access door 312AR is opened.

(3)

Make sure that the floor panels 241FF 241BF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002-A) are removed.

(4)

Make sure that the locking clips (30) are removed and the turnbuckles (31) are released.
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-42-991-00200-A - Location of the Turnbuckles)
NOTE :

Make sure that there is no tension on the THS control cables.

(5)

Make sure that the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A).

(6)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green
and the Yellow hydraulic systems.

(7)

Make sure that the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) is installed in the pitch
trim control wheel.

(8)

Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) is

installed in the mechanical input of the THS actuator.

Subtask 27-41-42-865-052-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-41-42 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

121VU

FIN
19CE1

LOCATION
Q16

Subtask 27-41-42-910-050-A
C.

4.

Preparation for the Installation

(1)

Examine the cover assembly (1) for damage.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the bolts (3),(5),(11), the shims (12) and the nuts (14) are clean and not damaged.

(4)

Examine the regulator (8) and make sure that:

. the nuts (7) are not damaged,
. the springs (10) are not damaged,
. the bushes (19) are tight in the regulator (8),
. the pulleys (21) are not damaged,
. the pulleys (21) are free to turn in the rocker assembly (15),
. the regulator (8) is fully serviceable.

(5)

Make sure that the cables (22) are not damaged (Ref. TASK 20-24-12-200-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that there is no corrosion on the cables (22) (Ref. TASK 20-24-11-100-001-A).

(7)

If replaced, prepare the bushes (19) as follows:

(a)

Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-029) to the bushes (19) and
safety them in the regulator (8).

(b)

Seal the bushes (19) with SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) and protect them with
STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-003) .

(8)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the threads of the bolts (3),(5),(11).

(9)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the shafts of the bolts (3),(5),(11).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-42-991-00100-A - Cable Tension Regulator)
Subtask 27-41-42-420-050-A
A.

Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator

(1)

(2)

AES

Install the regulator (8) as follows:

(a)

Put the regulator (8) together with the shims (12) in position at the structure interface.

(b)

Make sure that the shims (12) are installed in the positions identified during the removal.

(c)

Make sure that the cables (22) are correctly installed in the pulley (21).

(d)

Install the bolts (11), the washers (13) and the nuts (14) to attach the regulator (8) to the
structure.

Install the rocker assembly (15) in the regulator (8).

(a)

Put the rocker assembly (15) in position on the cables (22) near the regulator (8).

(b)

Make sure that the cables (22) are correctly installed in the grooves of the pulleys (21).

(c)

Put the spacers (23) in position and install the screw (25) and the bolt (24).

(d)

Install the washers (26) and the nuts (27).

(e)

TORQUE the nuts (27) to 0.1 M.DAN (8.85 LBF.IN) and safety them with the new (IPC-CSN
27-41-42-01) cotter pins (28) .

27-41-42 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(f)

Put the bolt (20) through the regulator (8), the bushes (19) and the rocker assembly (15).

(g)

Install the washer (18) and the nut (17) on the bolt (20).

(h)

TORQUE the nut (17) to 0.8 M.DAN (70.80 LBF.IN) and safety it with the new (IPC-CSN
27-41-42-01) cotter pin (16) .

(3)

Connect the springs (10) to the bolts (9).

(4)

Adjust the turnbuckles (31) until you can easily install the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL
CONTROL (98D27407532000) through the rocker assembly (15) of the regulator.
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-42-991-00200-A - Location of the Turnbuckles)

(5)

Install the cover (2) on the regulator (8).

(a)

Put the cover (2) in position on the regulator (8).

(b)

Install the bolts (5) and the washers (6) on the connection of the cover (2) and the cover
assembly (1).

(c)

Install the bolts (3) and the washers (4) on the connection of the cover (2) and the regulator (8).

Subtask 27-41-42-080-050-A
B.

Removal of the Rigging Pins

(1)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (0U190360)

from the mechanical input of the THS actuator.

(2)

Remove the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000) (98D27407532000)

from the regulator.

(3)

Remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) from the pitch trim control wheel.

Subtask 27-41-42-865-051-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-41-42-220-051-A
D.

5.

Check Procedure
(1)

Do a check of the cable tensions (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-220-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that the locking clips (30) are correctly installed in the turnbuckles (31).
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-42-991-00200-A - Location of the Turnbuckles)

Close-up
Subtask 27-41-42-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the access panel 311AL and close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-41-42 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(4)

Install the floor panels 241FF 241BF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-002-A).

(5)

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-41-42 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-42-000-002-A
Removal of the Springs of the Cable Tension Regulator
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27403500000
98D27407532000

1
1

PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING

RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
311AL, 312AR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-00-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-42-991-00300-A - Springs of the Cable Tension Regulator)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-42-860-053-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Remove the access panel 311AL and open the access door 312AR.

(3)

Make sure that the pitch-trim control wheel in the cockpit is in the zero position.

(4)

Lock the pitch trim control wheel with the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000).

27-41-42 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.

(6)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(7)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green and the Yellow
hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-41-42-865-053-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-42-991-00300-A - Springs of the Cable Tension Regulator)
Subtask 27-41-42-020-051-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Springs of the Cable Tension Regulator

(1)

Remove the bolts (3). (5), (6) and the washers (4).

(2)

Remove the cover (2) from the cable tension regulator (10).

(3)

Put the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000) in the rocker assembly
(12) of the cable tension regulator (10).

(4)

Remove the cotter pins (7) and the washers (8).

(5)

Carefully remove the springs (9) from the bolts (11).

27-41-42 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z310

FR74

312AR
311AL
FR70
1

3
4
6

B
2

9
10
7
8
11
12

11
9
8
4

6
RIGGING PIN
PN98D27407532000

N_MM_274142_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-42-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Springs of the Cable Tension Regulator

27-41-42 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-42-400-002-A
Installation of the Springs of the Cable Tension Regulator
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27403500000
98D27407532000
B.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

1
1

PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING

RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
311AL, 312AR
C.

FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
7

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-41-42-01-050

cotter pins
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-24-11-100-001-A

DESIGNATION
Cleaning and Protection of the Cables

20-24-12-200-001-A
27-41-00-220-002-A
29-00-00-864-001-A

Check of the Control Cables

Check of the Correct Tension of the THS Mechanical Control Cables
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-42-991-00300-A - Springs of the Cable Tension Regulator)

AES

27-41-42 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-42-860-054-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position.

(2)

Make sure that the access panel 311AL is removed and the access door 312AR is opened.

(3)

Make sure that the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green
and the Yellow hydraulic systems.

(5)

Make sure that the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) is installed in the pitch
trim control wheel.

(6)

Make sure that the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000) is installed in
the rocker assembly (12) of the cable tension regulator (10).

Subtask 27-41-42-865-054-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-42-991-00300-A - Springs of the Cable Tension Regulator)
Subtask 27-41-42-420-051-A
A.

Installation of the Springs of the Cable Tension Regulator

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the THS control cables are not damaged (Ref. TASK 20-24-12-200-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that there is no corrosion on the THS control cables (Ref. TASK 20-24-11-100-001-A).

(5)

Connect the springs (9) to the bolts (11).

(6)

Install the washers (8) and the (IPC-CSN 27-41-42-01) cotter pins (7) .

(7)

Put the cover (2) in position on the cable tension regulator (10).

(8)

Install the bolts (5) with the washers (4) at the cover assembly (1).

(9)

Install the bolts (3) and (6) with the washers (4).

(10) TORQUE the bolts (3), (5) and (6) to between 0.4 and 0.5 M.DAN (35.40 and 44.25 LBF.IN).

AES

27-41-42 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-41-42-860-055-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Remove the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000) from the rocker
assembly (12) of the cable tension regulator (10).

(2)

Remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) from the pitch trim control wheel.

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(4)

Install the access panel 311AL and close the access door 312AR.

(5)

Remove the access platform(s).

(6)

Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 27-41-42-865-055-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-41-42-220-052-A
C.

AES

Do a check of the cable tensions of the THS mechanical control cables (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-220-002-A).

27-41-42 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

STOP AND GEARSET UNIT - PITCH TRIM CONTROL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-43-000-001-A
Removal of the Pitch Trim Control Stop and Gearset Unit
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

0U190360
98D27403000000
98D27403500000

1
1
1

B.

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

HOLDING TOOL-TRIM CTL LOWER SHAFT
PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
210
811

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-13-13-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Radio Management Panel (RMP)

23-51-12-000-001-A

Removal of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)

27-41-00-820-002-A

Adjustment of the THS Control-Cables Length

29-24-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

34-41-12-000-001-A
Removal of the Weather Radar Control Unit
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-43-991-00200-A - Pitch Trim Control Stop and Gearset Unit)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-43-010-055-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 121.

(2)

Open the access door 811.

Subtask 27-41-43-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

AES

Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A).

27-41-43 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the pitch-trim control wheels are in the neutral position.

(3)

Install the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) on the pitch-trim control wheels.

(4)

Put the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) on the imput lever
of the THS actuator.

(5)

Adjust the cable length by rigging one turnbuckle in one direction and readjusting the other turnbuckle
on the opposite direction in order to maintain the cable tension.

(6)

Check the cable tension on the cable tension compensator indicator (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-820-002-A).

(7)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) on the THS

actuator mechanical imput.

(8)

Check the spring back on the nose up and nose down THS control wheel positions.

(9)

Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A).

(10) Install the HOLDING TOOL-TRIM CTL LOWER SHAFT (98D27403000000) on the drive shaft (23).
(11) Install the standard locking bolt on the chain (1).
(12) Remove the radio management panel (1RG1) (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-000-001-A), the audio control panel
(2RN1) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-000-001-A), the panel 111VU and the weather radar control unit (Ref.
TASK 34-41-12-000-001-A).
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-43-991-00200-A - Pitch Trim Control Stop and Gearset Unit)
Subtask 27-41-43-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Stop and Gearset Unit

(1)

Remove the lateral panel to get access to the chain

(2)

Remove and discard the locwire from the nut (27) and the srew (28).

(3)

Loosen the nut (27).

(4)

Loosen the srew (28) to release the chain tension adjuster (26).

(5)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (8), remove the nuts (9) and the washers (7).

(6)

Remove the screws (3) and remove the cover (4).

(7)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (17), remove the nuts (18), the washers (16) and the screws (11).

(8)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (13), remove the nut (14), the washer (15) and the tapered pin (19).

(9)

Remove and discard the five nuts (6), remove the four screws (10) and the screw (21). Release the
chain (22) from the gear (2), remove the stop unit (5) and the yoke (12).

27-41-43 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
STANDARD
LOCKING BOLT

FR13
23

A
1

811
FR1

22

21
NOSE
DOWN
20
19
3

10

11
12
14
18

17

16

13

15
N_MM_274143_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-43-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Pitch Trim Control Stop and Gearset Unit

27-41-43 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

24

25

A
D

28
SECTION

AA

25

27

A
26

24
22

N_MM_274143_4_ACM0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-43-991-00200-A SHEET 2

Pitch Trim Control Stop and Gearset Unit

27-41-43 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-43-400-001-A
Installation of the Pitch Trim Control Stop and Gearset Unit
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

DYNAMOMETER 10 DAN (22 LBF) - PUSH

98D27403000000
98D27403002002
98D27403500000

1
1
1

HOLDING TOOL-TRIM CTL LOWER SHAFT

CHECKING TOOL-CHAIN TENSION,PITCH TRIM CTL WHEEL
PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
No specific
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
210
811

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
6
13
8
17

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-41-01-03-030
27-41-01-03-080
27-41-01-03-080
27-41-01-04-030

nuts
cotter pin
cotter pins
cotter pins
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
23-13-13-400-001-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Radio Management Panel (RMP)

23-51-12-400-001-A

Installation of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4,
2RN5)

27-41-00-720-001-A
29-24-00-864-001-A

Functional Test of the THS-Actuator Overtravel Related to the Mechanical

Indicator
Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-10-00-700-001-A

Test Program after Removal/Installation of a VU panel

34-41-12-400-001-A
Installation of the Weather Radar Control Unit
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-43-991-00200-A - Pitch Trim Control Stop and Gearset Unit)

AES

27-41-43 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-43-860-051-A
A.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 121.

(2)

Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

(3)

Make sure that the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) is installed on the pitchtrim control wheels.

(4)

Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A) is depressurized.

(5)

Make sure that the HOLDING TOOL-TRIM CTL LOWER SHAFT (98D27403000000) is installed on
the drive shaft (23) .

(6)

Make sure that the standard locking bolt is installed on the chain (1).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-43-991-00200-A - Pitch Trim Control Stop and Gearset Unit)
Subtask 27-41-43-640-050-A
A.

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the different components.

Subtask 27-41-43-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Stop and Gearset Unit

(1)

Put the stop unit (5) with the yoke (12) in position on the plate (20).

(2)

Put the stop unit (5) in nose-down stop position.

NOTE :

To get the nose-down stop position, the operator must :

. be on the gear side of the stop unit (5),
. turn the gear (2) clockwise.

(3)

Put the chain (22) in position on the gear (2).

(4)

Install the four screws (10) and the screw (21), install and tighten the five new (IPC-CSN 27-41-01-03)
nuts (6) .

(5)

Make sure that the chain (22) is correctly set on all the gears.

(6)

Install the tapered pin (19), the washer (15) and the nut (14).

(7)

Tighten the nut (14) and safety with the new (IPC-CSN 27-41-01-03) cotter pin (13) .

(8)

Install the screws (11), the washers (16) and the nuts (18).

(9)

Tighten the nuts (18) and safety with the new (IPC-CSN 27-41-01-04) cotter pins (17) .

(10) Put the chain cover (4) in position, install the screws (3), the washers (7) and the nuts (9).
(11) Tighten the nuts (9) and safety with the new (IPC-CSN 27-41-01-03) cotter pins (8) .
(12) Install item (24) of CHECKING TOOL-CHAIN TENSION,PITCH TRIM CTL WHEEL
(98D27403002002) on the chain (22), and item (25) on the center pedestal.
NOTE :

The axis of item (24) must be in the middle of the chain section (Ref detail C).

(13) Turn the srew (28) to increase the tension of the chain (22).
(14) Attach the DYNAMOMETER 10 DAN (22 LBF) - PUSH to item (24).

AES

27-41-43 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(15) With the dynamometer, apply a force of 1.1 daN (2.4729 lbf) in the up direction at 90 degrees to the
chain section and make sure that the end of item (24) is in the range of item (25) (Ref. detail D).
(16) Turn the screw (28) to adjust the chain tension if necessary.
(17) Remove the DYNAMOMETER 10 DAN (22 LBF) - PUSH and items (24) and (25) of the CHECKING
TOOL-CHAIN TENSION,PITCH TRIM CTL WHEEL (98D27403002002).
(18) Tighten the nut (27). Make sure that the screw (28) does not turn.
(19) Safety the nut (27) and the screw (28) with lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(20) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.
(21) Install the lateral panel.
(22) Install the radio management panel (1RG1) (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-400-001-A), the audio control panel
(2RN1) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-400-001-A), the panel 111VU (Ref. TASK 31-10-00-700-001-A) and the
weather radar control unit (3SQ) (Ref. TASK 34-41-12-400-001-A).
Subtask 27-41-43-720-050-A
C.

5.

Test
(1)

Remove the HOLDING TOOL-TRIM CTL LOWER SHAFT (98D27403000000) from the drive shaft
(23).

(2)

Remove the standard locking bolt from the chain (1).

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-43-991-00200-A - Pitch Trim Control Stop and Gearset Unit)

(3)

Remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) from the pitch-trim control wheels.

(4)

Do the functional test of the THS-actuator overfull travel with reference to the mechanical indicator
(Ref. TASK 27-41-00-720-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-41-43-942-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 811.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-41-43 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CABLES - THS CONTROL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-44-000-001-A
Removal of the THS Control Cables
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

0U190360
98D27403500000

1
1

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
130
150
160
210
220
230
240
310
131AC, 131BC, 131CC, 131PW,
151AC, 151BC, 151CC, 151DC,
161AC, 161BC, 211GF, 211KF,
221EF, 231CF, 231WF, 241BF,
241FF, 241KF, 312AR, 811, 825, 826

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
FWD CAR COMPT AFT BULKHEAD OF AVNCS COMP
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FWD PRESS BULKHEAD
BULK CARGO COMPARTEMENT AFT BULKHEAD
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
FWD CAB UTILITY AREAS
FWD PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
MID PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

27-41-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
25-54-12-000-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment

25-55-11-000-002-A

Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment - FR47/FR59

25-55-12-000-002-A

Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment - FR59/FR65

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

53-12-11-000-001-A
Removal of the
53-12-12-000-001-A
Removal of the
53-22-12-000-001-A
Removal of the
53-32-12-000-002-A
Removal of the
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00100-A - Location of Access)

Cockpit Floor Panels from FR1 Thru FR12

Cabin Floor Panels from FR12 thru FR24
Cabin Floor Panels
Cabin Floor Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00200-A - Cable Linkage)

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00800-A - THS Actuator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00300-A - Pitch Trim Control Unit)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00400-A - Frame Feed-throughs)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00500-A - Chain Guard)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00600-A - Cable Tension Regulator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00700-A - Cable Tension Regulator)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00100-A - Location of Access)
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 53-1143 FOR A/C 003-003
Subtask 27-41-44-010-050-B
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone 121.

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone 132.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone 154.

(4)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone 312.

(5)

Open the access doors 811 825 826 312AR.

(6)

In the zones 211 and 221, remove the floor panels 211GF 211KF 221EF 231CF 221LF
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 53-12-11-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-000-001-A).

(7)

AES

In the zone 241, remove the floor panels 231WF 241BF 241FF 241KF (Ref. TASK 53-22-12-000-001-A)
(Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002-A).

27-41-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8)

In the zone 131, remove the ceiling panels 131AC 131BC 131CC 131PW (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002A).

(9)

In the zones 151 and 161, remove the ceiling panels 151AC 151BC 151CC 151DC 161AC 161BC (Ref.
TASK 25-55-11-000-002-A) (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-002-A).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-41-44-860-050-A
B.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A).

(2)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the pitch-trim control wheels are in the 0 position.

(3)

Put the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) in position to prevent the movement of
the pitch-trim control wheels.

(4)

Put the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (66) on the input
lever of the THS actuator (65) (See Details Q and R).
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00200-A - Cable Linkage)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00800-A - THS Actuator)

(5)

Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A).

(6)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the CAPT and F/0 side-sticks.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00200-A - Cable Linkage)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00300-A - Pitch Trim Control Unit)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00400-A - Frame Feed-throughs)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00500-A - Chain Guard)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00600-A - Cable Tension Regulator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00700-A - Cable Tension Regulator)
Subtask 27-41-44-010-051-A
A.

Removal of the THS Control Cables

(1)

(a)

Cut and discard the cables ties (21).

(b)

Remove the retainers (20).

(c)

Remove the half-shells (19).

(2)

At zone 121, cut and remove the lockwire from the screws (4) and discard it (See Detail A).

(3)

Remove the screws (4) and the washers (3).

(4)

Remove the chain guard (2).

(5)

At FR42, 48, 53, 58, 63, 67, remove the cable guides (See Detail F) as follows:

(6)

AES

At FR35, 33, 28, 23, 14, remove the cable guides (See Detail F) as follows :

(a)

Cut and discard the cable ties (21).

(b)

Remove the retainers (20).

(c)

Remove the half-shells (19).

At FR70, remove the circlip (15) and disengage the sleeve (16) from the cable guide (See Detail D and
Section EE).

27-41-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the screws (17).

(8)

Remove the screws (17) and the washers (18). Disengage the flange (13). Remove the half-shells (14).

(9)

At zone 310, remove the 4 screws (31) and the washers (32) (See Detail H).

(10) Release the quick-attach fasteners (28). Remove the chain guards (29) and (30).
(11) Remove the screws (27) and the chain guide (26).
(12) Remove the 6 screws (33), the washers (32) and the guard (34) (See Details H and J).
(13) At zone 241:
(a)

Remove the locking clips (22) from the turnbuckles (23),

(b)

Turn the turnbuckles (23) until the cables (5), (6), (10), (11) are disconnected.

(14) Disengage the chain (7) from the gear wheel of the lower shaft assembly (1).
(15) Pull and remove the chain (7) and cables (5) (6) assembly.
NOTE :

Be careful with the ends of the cables (5) and (6) when they move between the frames.

(16) Disengage the upper end of the springs (41) from the 2 flanges (51) of the tension regulator (40) (See
Details J and L).
(17) Remove the cotter pin (43) and discard it. Remove the nut (44) and the washer (45) (See Detail J and
Section KK).
(18) Remove the bolt (47) and the spacer (46).
(19) Lift the 2 flanges (51) and hold them in this position (See Detail L).
(20) Remove the cotter pin (54) and discard it. Remove the nut (55) and the washer (53) (See Detail L and
Section MM).
(21) Remove the bolt (50) and the spacer (52).
(22) Remove the cotter pin (56) and discard it. Remove the nut (57) and the washer (58) (See Detail L and
Section PP).
(23) Remove the bolt (60) and the spacer (59).
(24) Disengage the chain (35) from the gear wheel of the input shaft (25) of the THS actuator (65) (See
Details H and G).
(25) Pull the cables (10) and (11) up to FR70.
NOTE :

Be careful with the ends of the cables (10) and (11) when they move between the frames.

(26) At FR70, remove the sleeve (16) and the flanges (12) and (13) (See Detail D and Section EE).
(27) Pull and remove the chain (35) and cables (10) (11) assembly from the THS actuator (65) (See Detail
Q).

AES

27-41-44 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z121
Z132
Z154

Z312

811

825

826
312AR

FR8
FLOOR PANELS
Z211 221
FR24

FR32

CEILING
PANELS
Z131

FLOOR PANELS
Z241
FR47

211GF
221AF
211KF
231CF

CEILING PANELS
Z151 161

221EF
131BC
131AC

131CC

FR64
FLOOR PANELS
Z261
FR70

241BF
231WF

241FF

151AC

241KF

151BC
151 CC
151DC
161AC
161BC
261AF
261DF
262GF

N_MM_274144_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-44-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Location of Access

27-41-44 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

F
F
F
F
F

FR70

FR67
FR63

FR58
FR53
FR48

FR42

F
F
F
F

FR35
FR33
FR28
FR23
FR14

N_MM_274144_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-44-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Cable Linkage

27-41-44 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

65

R
10
11

11
10

66

N_MM_274144_4_APM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-44-991-00800-A SHEET 1

THS Actuator

27-41-44 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
1

2
3

6
33,5 LINKS

N_MM_274144_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-44-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Pitch Trim Control Unit

27-41-44 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
6

C
23

22
5

23

10

22

F
11

20
21

21
11

E
E

19

20

10

12

19

13

14

SECTION

EE

15

16

17

18

N_MM_274144_4_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-44-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Frame Feed-throughs

27-41-44 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

H
25
26
27

33.6 LINKS

28
29

35

30

10
11

32

33

32

34

10
11

31

31
32

N_MM_274144_4_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-44-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Chain Guard

27-41-44 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

10
11

34

32

10

33
11

41

40

L
41

42

K
10
11

40

40

SECTION

KK

43

47
44
46

45
N_MM_274144_4_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-44-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Cable Tension Regulator

27-41-44 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
51

L
40

M
M
P

SECTION

MM
53

55

54

51

51

52

50

SECTION

PP
60 57

56 58

51

59

51

N_MM_274144_4_ANM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-44-991-00700-A SHEET 1

Cable Tension Regulator

27-41-44 PB401

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-44-400-001-A
Installation of the THS Control Cables
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CABLE TENSIOMETER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

0U190360
98D27403500000
98F27003500000

1
1
1

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING
LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
No specific
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

120
130
150
160
210
220
230
240
310

AES

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
FWD CAR COMPT AFT BULKHEAD OF AVNCS COMP
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FWD PRESS BULKHEAD
BULK CARGO COMPARTEMENT AFT BULKHEAD
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
FWD CAB UTILITY AREAS
FWD PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
MID PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

27-41-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

131AC, 131BC, 131CC, 131PW,

151AC, 151BC, 151CC, 151DC,
161AC, 161BC, 211GF, 211KF,
221EF, 231CF, 231WF, 241BF,
241FF, 241KF, 312AR, 811, 825, 826
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
21
54
56
43

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-41-03-05-020
27-41-42-01-130
27-41-42-01-130
27-41-42-01-260

cable ties
cotter pin
cotter pin
cotter pin
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
25-54-12-400-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment

25-55-11-400-002-A

Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment -FR47/FR59

25-55-12-400-002-A

Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment - FR59/FR65

27-41-00-720-001-A
27-41-00-820-002-A

Functional Test of the THS-Actuator Overtravel Related to the Mechanical

Indicator
Adjustment of the THS Control-Cables Length

27-41-00-820-004-A

Cutting of the Rear Control Cable of the THS

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

53-12-11-400-001-A
Installation
53-12-12-400-001-A
Installation
53-22-12-400-001-A
Installation
53-32-12-400-002-A
Installation
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00200-A - Cable Linkage)

of
of
of
of

the
the
the
the

Cockpit Floor Panels from FR1 thru FR12

Cabin Floor Panels from FR12 thru FR24
Cabin Floor Panels
Cabin Floor Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00800-A - THS Actuator)

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00300-A - Pitch Trim Control Unit)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00400-A - Frame Feed-throughs)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00500-A - Chain Guard)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00600-A - Cable Tension Regulator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00700-A - Cable Tension Regulator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00900-A - THS CABLE TERMINAL STUD)

AES

27-41-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 53-1143 FOR A/C 003-003
Subtask 27-41-44-010-055-B
A.

Get Access
(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the zone 121.

(2)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the zone 132.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the zone 154.

(4)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at the zone 312.

(5)

Make sure that the access doors 811 825 826 312AR are open.

(6)

In the zones 211 and 221, make sure that the floor panels 211GF 211KF 221EF 231CF 221LF are
removed.

(7)

In the zone 241, make sure that the floor panels 231WF 241BF 241FF 241KF are removed.

(8)

In the zone 131, make sure that the ceiling panels 131AC 131BC 131CC 131PW are removed.

(9)

In the zones 151 and 161, make sure that the ceiling panels 151AC 151BC 151CC 151DC 161AC 161BC
are removed.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-41-44-860-052-A
B.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) is installed to prevent the
movement of the pitch-trim control wheels.

(2)

Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (66) is
installed on the input lever of the THS actuator (65) (See Details Q and R).
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00200-A - Cable Linkage)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00800-A - THS Actuator)

(3)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) are depressurized.

(4)

On the CAPT and F/0 side-sticks, make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position.

(5)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to all the attachment parts.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00200-A - Cable Linkage)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00300-A - Pitch Trim Control Unit)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00400-A - Frame Feed-throughs)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00500-A - Chain Guard)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00600-A - Cable Tension Regulator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00700-A - Cable Tension Regulator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00800-A - THS Actuator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-44-991-00900-A - THS CABLE TERMINAL STUD)
Subtask 27-41-44-420-050-A
A.

Installation of the THS Control Cables

(1)

AES

Install the chain (7) on the gear wheel of the lower shaft assembly (1). Keep to the 33.5 links dimension
(See Detail B).

27-41-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Do the routing of the cables (5) and (6) through FR14, 23, 28, 33, 35.
NOTE :

(3)

The upper cable (5) goes along the left (when you look from the rear to the front of the
aircraft). The lower cable (6) goes along the right.

At FR14, 23, 28, 33, 35, install the cable guides (See Detail F) as follows:
(a)

Install the half-shells (19).

(b)

Install the retainers (20).

(4)

Install the chain (35) on the gear wheel of the input shaft (25) of the THS actuator (65). Keep to the
33.6 links dimension (See Detail G).

(5)

Do the routing of the cables (10) and (11) to the tension regulator (40).
NOTE :

The cable (10) goes along the right (when you look from the rear to the front of the aircraft).
The cable (11) goes along the left.

(6)

Insert the cable (11) inside the rudder-control tension-regulator. (The cable (10) goes along the right).

(7)

Do the routing of the cables (10) and (11) to FR70.

(8)

Put the flanges (12) and (13) and the sleeve (16) in position on the cables (10) and (11) (See Detail D
and Section EE).

(9)

Do the routing of the cables (10) and (11) to FR67, 63, 58, 53, 48 and 42.

(10) If you install a new rear THS control cable, do the procedure of cutting of the rear control cable of the
THS (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-820-004-A).
(11) Install the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000) to connect the cable (10) to the cable (6) with
the cable turnbuckle (23) (See Detail C). Do not put tension. Remove the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE
(98F27003500000)
(12) Install the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000)
(13) Connect the cable (11) to the cable (5) with the cable turnbuckle (23) (See Detail C). Do not put
tension. Remove the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000)
(14) At FR42, 48, 53, 58, 63 and 67, install the cable guides (See Detail F) as follows:
(a)

Install the half-shells (19).

(b)

Install the retainers (20).

(c)

Install new (IPC-CSN 27-41-03-05) cable ties (21) .

(15) Install the half-shells (14) on the cables (10) and (11) and between the edges of the flanges (12) and
(13) (See Detail D and Section EE).
(16) Install the flanges (12) and (13) on FR70 with the washers (18) and the screws (17). Do not tighten.
(17) Install the sleeve (16) and the circlip (15).
(18) Lift the 2 flanges (51) and hold them in this position with the cables (10) and (11) in their grooves (See
Detail L).
(19) Install the spacer (52), the bolt (50), the washer (53), the nut (55); tighten the nut and secure with the
new (IPC-CSN 27-41-42-01) cotter pin (54) (See Detail L and Section MM).
(20) Install the spacer (59), the bolt (60), the washer (58), the nut (57); tighten the nut and secure with the
new (IPC-CSN 27-41-42-01) cotter pin (56) (See Detail L and Section PP).
(21) Attach the springs (41) to the flanges (51) of the tension regulator (40).

AES

27-41-44 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(22) Install the spacer (46), the bolt (47), the washer (45), the nut (44); tighten the nut and secure with the
new (IPC-CSN 27-41-42-01) cotter pin (43) (See Detail J and Section KK).
(23) Install the guard (34), the 6 washers (32) and the 6 screws (33) (See Details H and J).
(24) Install the chain guide (26) and the screws (27).
Subtask 27-41-44-820-050-A
B.

Adjustment
(1)

If you install a new cable, you must put a pre-tension to the cable before you adjust it.
(a)

Put the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000) (42) in position on
the tension regulator (40) (See Detail J).
. In theory, the pre-tension time is 48 hours without movement of the aircraft. After this pretension time the adjustment of the cable will stay correct.
. A minimum pre-tension time of 4 hours without movement of the aircraft is permitted. The
adjustment of the cable will not stay correct for a long time. You must do the full pre-tension
procedure when the aircraft stops for maintenance for a sufficiently long time.
. For a pre-tension time between 4 and 48 hours, the stability of the adjustments is in
proportion to the pre-tension time.

(b)

Use the cable turnbuckles (23) to put a tension of 55 +5 daN or -5 daN (123.6449 +11.2404 lbf
or -11.2404 lbf) to the cable linkage (See Detail C). Measure this value with a CABLE
TENSIOMETER.

(c)

The Linkage must stay in this position for 48 hours.

(d)

With the turnbuckles (23), release the tension on the linkage until you can remove the pin (42).

(e)

Remove the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000) (42) from the
tension regulator (40).

(2)

Make sure that the flanges (12) and (13) are in the correct position over the cables (10) and (11).
Tighten the screws (17) (See Detail D and Section EE).

(3)

Safety the screws (17) with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(4)

Turn the turnbuckles until you cannot see the threads of the aft and rear wire rope terminal control
cables of the THS.

(5)

Safety the turnbuckles with the locking clips.

(6)

Adjust the control cables length (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-820-002-A).

NOTE :

If you cannot adjust the control cables, do a visual inspection on the pulleys and the tension
regulator. If they are in good condition, replace the control cables.

(7)

Make sure that the distance (A) between the ends of the terminal studs (cable side) and the fairleads is
minimum 25.4 mm (1.0000 in.) over the full travel range of the THS control.

(8)

Make sure that the distance (B) between the ends of the terminal studs (cable side) in each THS
control cable is minimun 90 mm (3.5433 in.) in all the positions.

Subtask 27-41-44-720-050-A
C.

AES

Test
(1)

Install the chain guard (2), the washers (3) and the screws (4) (See Detail A).

(2)

Safety the screws (4) with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(3)

Install the chain guard (29). Attach it with the 4 washers (32) and the 4 screws (31) (See Detail H).

(4)

Install the chain guard (30) and lock with the quick-attach fasteners (28).

27-41-44 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5.

(5)

Install the locking clips (21) in the turnbuckles (22) (See Detail C).

(6)

Make sure that the tool from the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) and the PINRIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (66) from the THS actuator
(65) are removed.

(7)

Pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A).

(8)

Do the functional test of the THS mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-720-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-41-44-860-051-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 53-1143 FOR A/C 003-003
Subtask 27-41-44-410-056-B
B.

Close Access
(1)

In the zones 211 and 221, install the floor panels 211GF 211KF 221EF 231CF 221LF
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 53-12-11-400-001-A) (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-400-001-A).

AES

(2)

In the zone 241, install the floor panels 231WF 241BF 241FF 241KF (Ref. TASK 53-22-12-400-001-A)
(Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-002-A).

(3)

In the zone 131, install the ceiling panels 131AC 131BC 131CC 131PW (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002A).

(4)

In the zones 151 and 161, install the ceiling panels 151AC 151BC 151CC 151DC 161AC 161BC (Ref.
TASK 25-55-11-400-002-A) (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-002-A).

(5)

Close the access doors 811 825 826 312AR.

(6)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-41-44 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

TURNBUCKLE

TERMINAL STUD
CABLE

TURNBUCKLE

STATIC FAIRLEADS

TERMINAL STUD
TERMINAL STUD

N_MM_274144_4_AGM1_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-44-991-00900-A SHEET 1

THS CABLE TERMINAL STUD

27-41-44 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DRIVE SHAFT - MECHANICAL INPUT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-45-000-001-A
Removal of the Mechanical Input Drive Shaft Assy
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CORD - PATCH

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

PAPER - WAX
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

0U190360
98D27403500000
98D27407532000

1
1
1

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING
RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
241BF, 241FF, 311AL, 312AR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-001-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Pitch-Trim Control Locking Tool (98D27403500000)

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
53-32-12-000-002-A
Removal of the Cabin Floor Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-45-991-00100-A - Location of Rigging Pins)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-45-991-00200-A - THS Drive Shaft Assembly)

AES

27-41-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-45-991-00300-A - Chain Cover Assembly)
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-45-010-050-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Remove the access panel 311AL and open the access door 312AR.

Subtask 27-41-45-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Turn the pitch-trim control wheel in the cockpit and put the THS actuator near to the zero position.

(2)

Lock the pitch trim control wheel with the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000)
(Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-001-A).

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.

Subtask 27-41-45-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-41-45-480-050-A
D.

Safety Precaution
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-45-991-00100-A - Location of Rigging Pins)
(1)

Put the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) in the mechanical

input of the THS actuator.

(2)

Put the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000) in the rocker assembly of
the cable tension regulator.

Subtask 27-41-45-860-051-A
E.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green and the Yellow
hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-41-45-010-051-A
F.

Get Access
(1)

AES

Remove the floor panels 241FF 241BF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002-A).

27-41-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Remove the locking clips and release the turnbuckles of the THS control cables.
NOTE :

4.

Make sure that there is no tension on the THS control cables.

Procedure
Subtask 27-41-45-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Drive Shaft Assy

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-45-991-00200-A - THS Drive Shaft Assembly)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-45-991-00300-A - Chain Cover Assembly)
(1)

Remove the screws (15) and the washers (16) from the upper chain cover (17).

(2)

Release the quick-release fasteners (33) on the upper chain cover (17) and the lower chain cover (41).

(3)

Remove the upper chain cover (17).

(4)

Remove the lower chain cover (41) and the chain cover base plate (48).

(5)

Disconnect the chain (47) from its sprocket (11):

(6)

(7)

(8)

AES

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (14).

(b)

Remove the nut (13), the washers (10), (12), and the bolt (9) from the sprocket (11).

(c)

Remove the sprocket (11) from the sprocket shaft (19).

(d)

Disconnect the chain (47) from its sprocket (11) and attach the chain with a CORD - PATCH to
the airframe structure.

Remove the drive shaft assy from the airframe structure:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (27).

(b)

Remove the nuts (28), the washers (29), and the bolts (32).

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (4).

(d)

Remove the nuts (3), the washers (2), and the bolts (1) from the bracket (37).

(e)

Remove the bracket (37) and the drive shaft assy from the airframe structure.

Disassemble the drive shaft assy:

(a)

Disengage the sprocket shaft (19) and the drive shaft assy from the bracket (37).

(b)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (21).

(c)

Remove the nuts (22), the washers (23), and the bolts (18).

(d)

Remove the bolts (26) and the spacers (20).

(e)

Remove the link plate (30) and the swivel plates (24).

Disassemble the bracket assembly:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (34).

(b)

Remove the nuts (35), the washers (36), and the bolts (5).

(c)

Disconnect the chain guard base plate (6) from the bracket (37).

(d)

Remove the screws (8) and disconnect the chain guard (7) from the chain guard base plate (6).

(e)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the screws (40).

(f)

Remove the screws (40) and the flange (39).

27-41-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(g)

Remove the needle bearings (38) from the bracket (37).

NOTE :

AES

Put the needle bearings in PAPER - WAX to prevent corrosion.

27-41-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
9CE

THS ACTUATOR

Z310

A
B

312AR

FR74

FR70

RIGGING PIN
OU 190360

RIGGING PIN
PN98D27407532000

N_MM_274145_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-45-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Location of Rigging Pins

27-41-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
1
Z310

A
40

FR74

312AR

2
3
4

FR70

36

35
34
39

6
38

7
8

37

10
11
32
31
18
33

30

12
13

29
28 27

20

14
24

23
22

21

21
22

21
22

23

17

23

20

16

24
15

20
19
26
18

25
20

23
22

21
N_MM_274145_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-45-991-00200-A SHEET 1

THS Drive Shaft Assembly

27-41-45 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z190
37

312AR

FR74
8

FR70

33
48

41

47

42
43

44
42
46

45

43

N_MM_274145_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-41-45-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Chain Cover Assembly

27-41-45 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-41-45-400-001-A
Installation of the Mechanical Input Drive Shaft Assy
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

0U190360
98D27403500000
98D27407532000
B.

1
1
1

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING
RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-001
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 19-009
C.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
WHEEL BEARING MINERAL GREASE
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL OR NICKEL ALLOY

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
241BF, 241FF, 311AL, 312AR
D.

AES

FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
21
4
14

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
cotter pins
cotter pins
cotter pin

IPC-CSN
27-41-04-04-150
27-41-04-04-260
27-41-04-04-300

27-41-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG.ITEM
34
27

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-41-04-04-300
27-41-04-04-340

cotter pin
cotter pins
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-24-11-100-001-A

DESIGNATION
Cleaning and Protection of the Cables

20-24-12-200-001-A
27-00-00-080-001-A

Check of the Control Cables

Removal of the Pitch-Trim Control Locking Tool (98D27403500000)

27-41-00-220-002-A
27-41-00-720-001-A

Check of the Correct Tension of the THS Mechanical Control Cables

Functional Test of the THS-Actuator Overtravel Related to the Mechanical
Indicator
29-00-00-864-001-A
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
53-32-12-000-002-A
Removal of the Cabin Floor Panels
53-32-12-400-002-A
Installation of the Cabin Floor Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-45-991-00100-A - Location of Rigging Pins)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-45-991-00200-A - THS Drive Shaft Assembly)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-45-991-00300-A - Chain Cover Assembly)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-45-860-052-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position.

(2)

Make sure that the access panel 311AL is removed and the access door 312AR is opened.

(3)

Make sure that the floor panels 241FF 241BF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002-A) are removed.

(4)

Make sure that the locking clips are removed and the turnbuckles of the THS cables are released.
NOTE :

AES

Make sure that there is no tension on the THS control cables.

(5)

Make sure that the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and in the maintenance
configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green
and the Yellow hydraulic systems.

(7)

Make sure that the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) is installed in the pitch
trim control wheel.

(8)

Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) is

installed in the mechanical input of the THS actuator.

(9)

Make sure that the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000) is installed in
the rocker assembly of the regulator.
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-45-991-00100-A - Location of Rigging Pins)

27-41-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-41-45-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-41-45-910-050-A
C.

Preparation for the Installation

(1)

Examine the parts of the drive shaft assembly for damage.

(2)

Examine the upper chain cover assembly (6), (7), (17) for damage.

(3)

Examine the lower chain cover assembly (41), (48) for damage.

(4)

Examine the sprocket (11) for damage.

(5)

Examine the needle bearings (38) for damage.

(6)

Make sure that the bolts and nuts are clean and not damaged.

(7)

Examine the bracket (37) for damage.

(8)

Make sure that the THS control cables are not damaged (Ref. TASK 20-24-12-200-001-A).

(9)

Make sure that there is no corrosion on the THS control cables (Ref. TASK 20-24-11-100-001-A).

(10) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(11) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-41-45-420-050-A
A.

Installation of the Drive Shaft Assy

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-45-991-00200-A - THS Drive Shaft Assembly)
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-45-991-00300-A - Chain Cover Assembly)
(1)

AES

Assemble the bracket assembly:

(a)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-001) to the needle bearings (38).

(b)

Push the needle bearings (38) into the bracket (37).

(c)

Put the flange (39) in position and install and tighten the screws (40).

(d)

Safety the screws (40) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL OR NICKEL ALLOY (Material No:
19-009) .

(e)

Put the chain guard (7) in position on the chain guard base plate (6) and install and tighten the
screws (8).

(f)

Install the chain guard base plate (6) on the bracket (37) with the bolts (5), the washers (36),
and the nuts (35).

(g)

TORQUE the nuts (35) to 0.35 M.DAN (30.97 LBF.IN).

(h)

Safety the nut (35) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-41-04-04) cotter pin (34) .

27-41-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Assemble the drive shaft assy:

(a)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) on the bolts (26).

(b)

Install the two swivel plates (24) together with the bolts (26), the spacers (20), the washers (23),
and the nuts (22) on the drive shaft (25).

(c)

TORQUE the nuts (22) to 0.8 M.DAN (70.80 LBF.IN).

(d)

Safety the nuts (22) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-41-04-04) cotter pins (21) .

(e)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) on the bolts (18).

(f)

Install the link plate (30) together with the bolts (18), the spacers (20), the washers (23), and the
nuts (22) on the swivel plate (24).

(g)

TORQUE the nuts (22) to 0.8 M.DAN (70.80 LBF.IN)

(h)

Safety the nuts (22) with the new cotter pins (21).

(i)

Install the sprocket shaft (19) together with the bolts (18), the spacers (20), the washers (23),
and the nuts (22) on the swivel plate (24).

(j)

TORQUE the nuts (22) to 0.8 M.DAN (70.80 LBF.IN).

(k)

Safety the nuts (22) with the new cotter pins (21).

(3)

Engage the bracket assembly on the sprocket shaft (19).

(4)

Install the drive shaft assembly on the airframe structure:

(5)

(a)

Put the bracket (37) and the drive shaft assy in position near the airframe structure.

(b)

Install the bracket (37) with the bolts (1), the washers (2), and the nuts (3) on the airframe
structure.

(c)

TORQUE the nuts (3) to 0.8 M.DAN (70.80 LBF.IN).

(d)

Safety the nuts (3) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-41-04-04) cotter pins (4) .

Install the link plate on the mechanical input lever of the THS actuator:
(a)

Put the link plate (30) in position on the mechanical input lever (31).

(b)

Install the link plate (30) with the bolts (32), the washers (29) and the nuts (28) on the
mechanical input lever (31).
NOTE :

(6)

(c)

TORQUE the nuts (28) to 0.8 M.DAN (70.80 LBF.IN).

(d)

Safety the nuts (28) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-41-04-04) cotter pins (27) .

Install the chain on the sprocket:

(a)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the sprocket (11) and the chain (47).

(b)

Align the holes in the sprocket shaft (19) and the sprocket (11).

(c)

Engage the chain (47) on the sprocket (11).

NOTE :

AES

Make sure that you install the bolts (32) in the correct direction
(Ref. Fig. 27-41-45-991-00200-A - THS Drive Shaft Assembly)

Make sure that the length of the LH chain is 33.6 links +1.15/-0.26 links ( 320.7 mm
(12.6260 in.) + 11.0 mm (0.4331 in.) - 2.5 MM (0.0984 IN.)) tangential from the center
of the sprocket.

(d)

Push the sprocket (11) with the chain (47) on the sprocket shaft (19).

(e)

Install the sprocket (11) with the bolt (9), the washers (10), (12) and the nut (13).

27-41-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(f)

Safety the nut (13) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-41-04-04) cotter pin (14) .

(7)

Put the chain cover base plate (48) in position and attach the lower chain cover (41) with the quickrelease fasteners to the chain cover base plate (48).

(8)

Install the upper chain cover (17) with the quick-release fasteners (33).

(9)

Install the washers (16) and the screws (15) on the upper chain cover (17) and tighten the screws.

(10) Adjust the cable tension (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-220-002-A).

(11) Make sure that the locking clips are correctly installed in the turnbuckles of the THS control cables.
(12) Do the functional test of the THS mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-720-001-A).
Subtask 27-41-45-080-050-A
B.

Removal of the Rigging Pins

(Ref. Fig. 27-41-45-991-00100-A - Location of Rigging Pins)
(1)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) from the

mechanical input of the THS actuator.

(2)

Remove the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000) from the regulator.

(3)

Remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) from the pitch trim control wheel
(Ref. TASK 27-00-00-080-001-A).

Subtask 27-41-45-865-052-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

5.

FIN

LOCATION

Close-up
Subtask 27-41-45-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the access panel 311AL and close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Install the floor panels 241FF 241BF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-002-A).

(5)

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-41-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

THS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.

General
The Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) actuator moves the control surface of the THS. The THS actuator is an
electro-hydraulic unit that changes the mechanical or the electrical pitch-trim commands into mechanical movements.
The THS actuator has two hydraulic motors and a Pitch-Trim Actuator (PTA). The PTA controls the hydraulic
actuation. Two hydraulic systems, the Yellow and the Green hydraulic system supply the hydraulic motors. The
Yellow and Green hydraulic systems have independent fluid supplies.
The access door 312AR gives access to the THS actuator.

AES

27-44-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-12300-A - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-12400-B - Component Location)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
I
FUNCTIONAL DESGINATION
I PANELIZONEIACCESS I
ATA
I
I
I
I DOOR I
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------9CE
ACTUATOR-THS
311
27-44-51
MOTOR-THS ACTUATOR, YELLOW
311
312AR
27-44-53
MOTOR-THS ACTUATOR, GREEN
312
312AR
27-44-53
BRAKE - PRESSURE-OFF, THS ACTUATOR,
311
312AR
YELLOW
BRAKE - PRESSURE-OFF, THS ACTUATOR,
312
312AR
GREEN
VALVE BLOCK - THS ACTUATOR, YELLOW
311
312AR
VALVE BLOCK - THS ACTUATOR, GREEN
312
312AR

AES

27-44-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

System Description
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-13700-A - THS Actuator)
The THS actuator moves the THS. The THS actuator is an electro-hydraulic unit. Its component parts are:
. two hydraulic motors,
. one pitch trim actuator,
. one fail-safe ball screwjack,
. one mechanical input shaft,
. two pressure-off brakes,
. two position transducer packs,
. one gear box,
. two hydraulic valve blocks.
The THS of the aircraft is operated by the THS actuator to get the longitudinal pitch-trim control of the aircraft.
The THS actuator controls the deflection of the THS mechanically by a servosystem. The servosystem has an input
signal which is an electrical position sequence, transmitted by the Elevator Aileron Computer (ELAC) and the Spoiler
Elevator Computer (SEC). The input signal is transmitted to the PTA which is part of the THS actuator and moves
the gear trains of the control loop.
A mechanical input link is connected to the gear trains of the control loop through an override mechanism. This
permits the pilot to override the ELAC and SEC signals with the control wheel in the cockpit.
If there is a loss of the hydraulic power or control signal, the THS actuator makes sure that the THS is fully
immobilized.
The two hydraulic systems supply fluid independently to the hydraulic motors. Output force from the hydraulic
motors is transmitted to the screw shaft through a power differential gear followed by a reducing gear. Therefore it is
possible to operate on one circuit at half of the maximum speed.
The double control loop gear sends the input and the reset signals to the valve blocks.
A comparison system makes sure that the THS actuator is immobilized if one control valve or one of the control gear
loops locks.
In the normal operation mode, the SEC and the ELAC automatically or electrically signal the pitch trim. The
computers transmit the signals to one of the three electric motors of the PTA. The electric motor moves the double
control gear loop.
The THS actuator has the subsequent items to make maintenance easier.
These items include:
. inspection windows which permit a visual inspection of the power gear teeth,
. a cranking shaft which is used to manually crank the power differential output shaft.
This then permits the release of the pressure-off brakes with a special tool, also to test the pressure-off brakes with
both brakes engaged,
. an oil drain port with a magnetic plug,
. the fill and drain adaptors to replace oil,
. an oil breather to keep the interior of the gear box at atmospheric pressure,
. a grease nipple on the flange of the ball nut permits the lubrication of the nut,
. a rigging pin located at the mechanical input to put the stabilizer at the zero degree position,
. a mechanical indicator to show no-back wear,
. two mounting devices are on each side of the gear box; this permits an easier removal,
. an oil level sight glass to see the level of the oil in the gear box.

AES

27-44-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Power Supply
(Ref. 27-90-00-00)

AES

27-44-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
5.

Component Description
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-12300-A - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-13700-A - THS Actuator)
A.

Hydraulic Motors 9CE

Two hydraulic motors are installed on the THS actuator. Each hydraulic motor is a fixed displacement type. The
hydraulic fluid enters the pressure port and causes the rotating group to turn. The rotating group has nine
pistons. These pistons move in their bores in the cylinder barrel when the cylinder turns. Turning of the cylinder
barrel gives the necessary torque. The torque is transmitted through a splined drive shaft to the gear box of the
THS actuator.
Two drain tubes are installed below the flanges of the hydraulic motors. These drain tubes drain the leakage of
the hydraulic motors.

B.

Fail-Safe Ball Screw-Jack

(1) Fail Safe System
A fail-safe tie bar goes through the center of the screw shaft and prevents axial separation of the screw
shaft. The fail-safe ball screw-jack has two load paths. The primary load path transmits the load and the
secondary path stays free of any load. If the primary load path is axially separated, the secondary path
takes the load and prevents damage to the ball screw-jack. Therefore the two ends continue to turn if the
screw shaft is fractured.
(2) Ball Screw-Jack
The ball screw-jack is made up of the ball screw and the fail-safe ball nut. The fail-safe ball nut has three
transport guides, a threaded fail-safe unit wiper and ice chipper. The mechanical input shaft limits the
range of travel of the screw-jack.
(3) No-Back System
The THS actuator has a no-back system that has a no-back brake which is of a ratchet and pawl type. The
no-back brake holds the ball screw in its last position. It prevents movement of the ball screw under
aerodynamic loads. A no-back wear detection device in the form of an indicator (no-back wear indicator) is
installed on the lower side of the gear box. The indicator has a cam roller which faces the top edge of the
claw-stop. This finds the gap which agrees with the wear limit to be detected.
If a high wear does occur, a compressive external load causes the top claw-stop to move up to a higher
position. This causes the top claw-stop to touch the cam roller of the indicator. This then makes the red
finger of the indicator pop out and give a visual wear alarm.

C.

Control Valve Blocks

The THS actuator has two control valve blocks. The two valve blocks control the operation of the THS
actuator. Each valve block has:
. a high pressure (HP) filter,
. an inlet and outlet port,
. two input control shafts,
. a control valve,
. a shut-off valve,
. a POB control valve,
. a control device for the shut-off valve.
The control valve blocks supply pressure to the hydraulic motors and to the brake release piston. The control
valve blocks can be installed on the left hand (LH) or on the right hand (RH) side of the THS actuator.

AES

27-44-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D. Gearbox
The gearbox is in a split housing. The two housing parts are made of a light metal alloy. The two housing parts
are referred to as the upper casing and the lower casing. The upper casing holds the screw and no-back housing
assembly. It also supports the two hydraulic motors, the mechanical input lever and the control position
transducer.
The lower casing supports:
. the PTA,
. the monitor position transducer,
. the two pressure-off brakes,
. two hydraulic block valves,
. the magnetic drain plug.
In the gearbox is the oil which is necessary to lubricate the internal components. The level of the oil can be
checked visually through an oil level sight glass. The oil level sight glass is on the upper casing.
E.

Pressure-Off Brakes
Each hydraulic motor shaft has a POB. Each POB is located at the output shaft of their related hydraulic
motor. The POB is a dry brake with a hydraulic release which is used to lock the shaft of the motor. The shaft
of the motor is locked if a failure occurs in the hydraulic system or in a hydraulic motor. It thus lets the second
motor fully control the ball screw through the power differential.

F.

Pitch Trim Actuator

The pitch trim actuator (PTA) has:
(1) Three brushless motors, each with an electro-magnetic clutch. In the normal mode, one clutch will be
applied (energized) and the others de-clutched (de-energized). The output of the three motors is connected
to move the input shaft through a reduction gear.
(2) Three electronic sets, one to control each motor. The electronic sets also control the signal from the
ELAC/SEC computers.
(3) An override mechanism with three microswitches. It is installed downstream of the reduction gearbox. The
override mechanism is connected mechanically to the input shaft.

G.

Position Transducer
The THS actuator has two inductive position transducer packages. They are the command position transducer
and the monitor position transducer.
The command position transducer is used to find the position of the override mechanism output/input control
sequence to the control system of the THS actuator.
The monitor position transducer is used to find the position of the ball screw.

H. Structural Components
The structural components include:
. The attachments to the horizontal stabilizer,
. The attachments to the THS actuator and to the structure.
. The ball screw and the ball nut.
The THS actuator is connected to the horizontal stabilizer through the dual concentric axles, the attachment
plates and the fail safe plates. These are installed to the trunnions of the ball nut.

AES

27-44-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A primary ring gimbal attaches the THS actuator to the structure. The primary ring gimbal is installed on the
two linking axles of the no-back housing spigots.
The structural components are of a two-path configuration. On the secondary load path there is usually no load.
J.

Line Replaceable Units (LRU)

The Line Replaceable Units (LRU) connected to the THS actuator are as follows:
.
.
.
.
.

K.

electronic control module of each of the electric motors,

pitch trim actuator,
position transducer packs,
filter,
hydraulic motors.

Technical Data
(1) Mechanical
--------------------------------------------------------------------- THS actuator travel with a total
THS angular movement
17.5 degrees
- Operation travel
513.75 mm (20.23 in.)
- Stop-to-stop travel
531.75 mm (20.94 in.)
- Used travel of the electrical inputs 2105 rev
- Used travel of the mechanical inputs 6.13 rev
- Limit load
- Tensile
12.700 daN (28.550 lbf.)
- Compressive
19.000 daN (46.086 lbf.)
- Weight (when filled with fluid)
47.9 kg (105.4 lb.)
(2) Hydraulic
--------------------------------------------------------------------- Maximum flow for each circuit
27 l/min (7.02 USgal.mn)
- Maximum internal leakage
1 to 1.5 l/min
(0.264 to 0.396 USgal.mn)
- Maximum external leakage
Nil
- Operation pressure of pressure-off
brake
100 bar (1450 psi)

AES

27-44-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
6.

Operation
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-13600-A - THS Actuator Schematic)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-13800-B - Schematic of the Control Valve Block - Normal Operation)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-13900-B - Schematic of the Control Valve Block - Jamming Detection Operation (Blocked
Control Valve))
A.

Normal Operation
The Green and Yellow hydraulic systems send hydraulic power through the valve blocks to the POB of the
hydraulic motors. When the POB receive the hydraulic power, they release the shafts of the hydraulic motors.
The two hydraulic motors are ready for operation.
The electrical pitch trim signal of the PTA operates the servomotor No. 1. This servomotor operates both
control valves in the open configuration while the other two servomotors are in stand-by. The servomotor No. 1
operates through a path that has:
. a PTA reduction gear,
. a mechanical override mechanism.
Then two separate gear paths which are connected by an idler are moved.
Each of the separate gear paths have:
. a primary detent,
. an epicyclic control differential,
. a control gear train, which has an eccentric device,
. a control valve detent,
. a control valve command shaft.
The hydraulic fluid is so supplied to both hydraulic motors referred to the control valve opening.
The epicyclic control differential output moves the control valve.
With the control valves open, the hydraulic fluid flows to the hydraulic motors.Both hydraulic motors operate at
the same time and move the ball screw through:
. the power differential,
. the power gear train.
As the PTA output continues to rotate, it keeps the control valve open and so the hydraulic motors operate to
move the ball screw.
When the PTA output gets to the position specified by the signal given on the servomotor, the control
differential input is stopped.
The feedback gears moves the control differential output which decreases the opening of the control valve.
The control valve closes and the hydraulic flow to the motors stop. The ball screw-jack then stops at the
specified position.
Interval stops attached to the mechanical input keep the travel of the ball screw-jack shaft to a limit. The ball
screw has claw-type stops attached at each end. The stops prevent any mechanical overrun if the internal stops
do not operate.

B.

Mechanical Control Operation

The input shaft which is connected to the cable control moves the mechanical servoloop mechanism through an
override mechanism. The override mechanism installed in the pitch trim actuator makes sure that the
mechanical control cancels the electrical control.
(1) Operation with the PTA in the Off Mode
If a manual command signal is applied with the handwheel to drive the THS actuator because the PTA is
inoperative, the override mechanism stays off. The input signal is transmitted directly to the control valves
of the valve block.

AES

27-44-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(2) Operation of the Override Mechanism

If an electrical pitch trim command controls the PTA servomotor, the manual command signal applied
through the mechanical input causes the override mechanism to break out. This mechanically disconnects
the PTA output from the command loop of the THS actuator. Both control valves are then driven through
the manual command signal of the THS actuator.
The overriding procedure is possible when the THS actuator is controlled in a fixed position (the handwheel
stands still).
The overriding procedure is also possible when the THS actuator moves on a demand of a variable electrical
command signal (the handwheel turns).
C.

Ground Operation from the Electric Pumps

During operation with low available flow conditions, the pressure maintaining valve keeps the pressure-off brakes
released.

D. Operation in Failure Conditions

(1) Operation with Loss of the Hydraulic Power
The THS actuator is usually supplied with power from two independent hydraulic systems. When one
hydraulic supply to the THS actuator does not operate, the related POB is activated.
The POB stops and holds the hydraulic motor shaft. If this occurs, the THS actuator is operated by the
other hydraulic system at half speed, but the necessary maximum performance is still achieved.
If a full loss of hydraulic power occurs, the POB and the no-back brake operate. They keep the ball screwjack in the last specified position against aerodynamic pressure.
(2) Operation with a Blocked Control Valve
When a control valve is blocked, the jamming protection device operates to stop hydraulic power. The
control valve opening in the defective circuit lets the hydraulic motor continue to operate. This causes the
ball screw to continue to operate and move the feed-back gear after the serviceable control valve reaches its
neutral position. This makes the primary detent in the defective control loop break out. The primary detent
tries to operate the serviceable control valve to open.
As soon as the serviceable control valve is operated, it activates the comparator (COMP) which is
connected to both control valves. The piston of the COMP operates both shut-off valves. The shut-off
valves isolate the hydraulic power supply from the THS actuator on both circuits. This makes the motor
stop which is usually supplied by the defective valve. Thus the POB is activated and stops the ball screw.
In
.
.
.

the event that a control valve blocks in a position that is not in the limits of the protection device:
the two hydraulic motors can operate in the opposite direction at a low speed,
the THS actuator does not move,
the jamming detection is sensitive and makes sure that a permanent flow rate of fluid is supplied to
prevent overheating.

(3) Operation with Disconnected Ball Screw

If the ball screw is disconnected, the no-back brake holds it in its last signalled position.

AES

27-44-00 PB001

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
7.

Test
A.

Ground Test
Different checks can be done when the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems are depressurized. The subsequent
tests/checks are:
. The operational/test of the valve-jamming protection system.
. The functional test of the pressure off brake.
. The functional test of the no-back brake assembly.
. To check the integrity of the ball screw shaft and the tie bar.
. The visual inspection of the power gears in position with a borescope.
. The visual inspection of the oil level in the gear box through an oil level sight-glass.

AES

27-44-00 PB001

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
THS ACTUATOR
9CE
Z310

HYDRAULIC MOTORS
(YELLOW AND GREEN)

312AR

FR74
FR72
FR70

PITCH TRIM ACTUATOR

(EQUIPPED WITH THREE
SERVO MOTORS)

OIL FILL
PLUG
DRAIN
TUBES

MECHANICAL
INPUT SHAFT

GEARBOX

CHAIN
HYDRAULIC
VALVE BLOCKS
(YELLOW
AND GREEN)

C
BALL SCREW JACK

N_MM_274400_0_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Component Location

27-44-00 PB001

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

D
E

RELEASING POINT
OF PRESSUREOFF BRAKE

RELEASING POINT
OF PRESSUREOFF BRAKE

MAGNETIC DRAIN PLUG

NO BACK WEAR INDICATOR

MONITOR POSITION
TRANSDUCER

BALL SCREW SHAFT

N_MM_274400_0_ABP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-00-12400-B SHEET 1

Component Location

27-44-00 PB001

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

17

21
18
19
20

16
2
3
4
15

6
7
8
9

14

10
13

11

12

1. INPUT STOPS
2. INPUT SHAFTS
3. PITCH TRIM ACTUATOR
4. DETENT
5. FEEDBACK DIFFERENTIAL
6. COMPARATOR
7. POWER DIFFERENTIAL
8. PRESSURE OFF BRAKE
9. HYDRAULIC MOTORS
10. CONTROL VALVE

11. PRESSURE MAINTENANCE VALVE

12. SHUTOFF VALVE
13. BALL NUT
14. BALL SREW
15. TRANSDUCERS MONITOR POSITION
16. FRICTION DISC
17. ATTACHEMENT TO FUSELAGE
18. THRUST BEARING
19. RATCHET WHEEL
20. PAWL
21. TRANSDUCERS COMMAND POSITION

N_MM_274400_0_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-00-13600-A SHEET 1

THS Actuator Schematic

27-44-00 PB001

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
SECONDARY UPPER ATTACHMENT
HYDRAULIC MOTORS
PRIMARY UPPER ATTACHMENT

OIL FILL PLUG

COMMAND POSITION
TRANSDUCER PACKAGE

GEARBOX

MECHANICAL
INPUT SHAFT

BORESCOPE
PLUG
PITCH TRIM ACTUATOR
(EQUIPPED WITH THREE
SERVO MOTORS AND
CONTROL ELECTRONICS)

HYDRAULIC VALVE BLOCKS

(AND PRESSUREOFF BRAKE)

MONITOR POSITION
TRANSDUCER PACKAGE

BALL SCREWJACK

N_MM_274400_0_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-00-13700-A SHEET 1

THS Actuator

27-44-00 PB001

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

AES

FIGURE 27-44-00-13800-B SHEET 1

Schematic of the Control Valve Block - Normal Operation

CONTROL
VALVE

SHUTOFF
SPOOL

27-44-00 PB001
PRESSUREOFF
BRAKE

SHUTOFF
VALVE

CIRCUIT NO.2
SHOWN IN DECREASED PRESSURE OPERATION.
OPERATION OF PRESSURE MAINTAINING DEVICE
SHOWN

COMPARATOR
OUTPUT PISTON

SHUTOFF
VALVE
COMMAND
DEVICE

LINKAGE
LEVERS

NOTE: OPERATION IN DECREASED PRESSURE MODE

PRESSURE
MAINTAINING
DEVICE

CIRCUIT NO.1
SHOWN IN NORMAL OPERATION

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C ALL

N_MM_274400_0_AGP0_01_00

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CONTROL
VALVE

SHUTOFF
SPOOL

NOTE: OPERATION WITH ONE CONTROL VALVE BLOCKED

PRESSUREOFF
BRAKE

LINKAGE
LEVERS

SHUTOFF
VALVE
PRESSURE
MAINTAINING
DEVICE

CIRCUIT NO.1

SHUTOFF
VALVE
COMMAND
DEVICE

COMPARATOR
OUTPUT PISTON

CIRCUIT NO.2

** On A/C ALL

N_MM_274400_0_AJP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-00-13900-B SHEET 1

Schematic of the Control Valve Block - Jamming Detection
Operation (Blocked Control Valve)

27-44-00 PB001

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

THS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Jamming Protection Device of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-40-00-03-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF THS ACTUATOR JAMMING PROTECTION DEVICE

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific
No specific

AR
AR
AR

GAGE - FEELER
GROUND INTERPHONE SYSTEM
MARKER - INDELIBLE

0U190857

TOOL-JAMMING SIMULATION

B.

Consumable Materials

No specific

REFERENCE

DESIGNATION
lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia. 0.6 mm (0.024 in.)

No specific

permanent ink

C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210
310
312AR
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

AES

27-44-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A-02

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-44-00-710-003-A

Operational Test of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator with both

(Green and Yellow) and Individual Hydraulic Systems

27-96-00-710-022-A

Operational Test of the THS Actuator Electrical Control (Activation for BITE
Test)

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
EIS Start Procedure
EIS Stop Procedure

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00100-A - Operational Test of the Jamming Protection Device)

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00300-A - Test Procedure of the Jamming Simulation Tool)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00400-B - Reference Marks of the Control Valve Detent)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00100-A - Operational Test of the Jamming Protection Device)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00300-A - Test Procedure of the Jamming Simulation Tool)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00400-B - Reference Marks of the Control Valve Detent)
Subtask 27-44-00-010-050-B
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position near to the access door 312AR.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

(3)

On the left and right valve control shaft (7) of the THS actuator:
(a)

Cut, remove and discard the lockwire that safeties the cap (6) on the valve control shaft (7).
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00300-A - Test Procedure of the Jamming Simulation Tool)

(b)

Remove the cap (6) from the valve control shaft (7).

(c)

Cut, remove and discard the lockwire that safeties the threaded bush (5).

Subtask 27-44-00-220-050-A
B.

On the left and right threshold box assy do the subsequent steps:
CAUTION :

(1)

AES

YOU MUST DO ALL THE STEPS OF THIS TEST IN THE SEQUENCE GIVEN TO PREVENT
INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.

Make sure that you cannot put a GAGE - FEELER with a thickness of 1.2 mm (0.0472 in.) into the gap
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00400-B - Reference Marks of the Control Valve Detent)
between the input plate and the ball carrier of the control valve detent.

27-44-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

If the control valve detent is centered, use MARKER - INDELIBLE to put two reference marks in line (if
not already marked). Put one of the reference marks on the input plate, the other on the ball carrier.
NOTE :

(3)

The control valve detent is centered when the feeler gage does not go in the gap.

If the GAGE - FEELER goes in the gap, you must center the control valve detent again as written
below:

Subtask 27-44-00-820-050-A
CAUTION :

C.

BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSTALL OR REMOVE THE JAMMING SIMULATION TOOL. PUSH OR
PULL THE TOOL AND TURN THE MECHANICAL INPUT SHAFT AT THE SAME TIME. DO THIS
UNTIL YOU FIND THE POSITION WHERE YOU CAN INSTALL OR REMOVE THE TOOL EASILY.
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE VALVE CONTROL SHAFT AND THE TOOL.

Recenter the left and the right control valve detents:

NOTE :

The subsequent steps are not necessary if the control valve detent is centered (see above).

NOTE :

The procedures for the left and the right control valve detents are the same. Therefore only one is
described.

(1)

Put one of the two sides (LH or RH which is applicable) of the TOOL-JAMMING SIMULATION
(0U190857) on the splined end of the valve control shaft.
NOTE :

Use the side (N.UP or N.DN) of the TOOL-JAMMING SIMULATION (0U190857) that puts the
spigot nearest to the recess.

(2)

Turn the mechanical input (1) of the THS actuator until the tool fits in the recess.
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00100-A - Operational Test of the Jamming Protection Device)

(3)

If the side with the LH or RH, A/C N.DN on the tool is installed, turn the mechanical input clockwise
(CW) until the detent is recentered.
NOTE :

(4)

When the detent is centered, you can hear a CLICK.

If the side with the LH or RH A/C N.UP on the tool is installed, turn the mechanical input (1)
counterclockwise (CCW) until the detent is recentered.
NOTE :

When the detent is centered, you can hear a CLICK.

(5)

Make sure that you cannot put the GAGE - FEELER with a thickness of 1.2 mm (0.0472 in.) into the
gap between the input plate and the ball carrier of the control valve detent.

(6)

Use permanent ink to put two reference marks in line (if not already marked). Put one of the reference
marks on the input plate, the other on the ball carrier.
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00400-B - Reference Marks of the Control Valve Detent)

(7)

Remove the TOOL-JAMMING SIMULATION (0U190857) from the splined end of the control valve
input shaft.

Subtask 27-44-00-865-050-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-44-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

FIN
B08

LOCATION

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-44-00-860-050-A
E.

4.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A).

(3)

Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(4)

On the center pedestal on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL pushbutton switch.

(5)

Make sure that, on the lower Display Unit (DU) of the ECAM, the F/CTL page comes on.

(6)

Use the GROUND INTERPHONE SYSTEM or an equivalent system to communicate between the
cockpit and the fuselage tail section.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00100-A - Operational Test of the Jamming Protection Device)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00300-A - Test Procedure of the Jamming Simulation Tool)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00400-B - Reference Marks of the Control Valve Detent)
NOTE :

Do the test in four steps.

Subtask 27-44-00-710-050-B
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROL VALVE DETENTS ARE CENTERED EACH TIME YOU
COMPLETE ONE OF THE FOUR TEST STEPS. IF THE DETENTS ARE NOT CENTERED, THE
AIRCRAFT WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.
CAUTION :

BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSTALL OR REMOVE THE JAMMING SIMULATION TOOL. PUSH OR
PULL THE TOOL AND TURN THE MECHANICAL INPUT SHAFT AT THE SAME TIME. DO THIS
UNTIL YOU FIND THE POSITION WHERE YOU CAN INSTALL OR REMOVE THE TOOL EASILY.
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE VALVE CONTROL SHAFT AND THE TOOL.

CAUTION :

USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED TOOL. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ACTUATOR IF YOU USE
A DIFFERENT TOOL.

A.

Do the test in the electrical mode of the RH valve block.

ACTION

1.On the panel 23VU:

AES

RESULT
On the panel 23VU:

27-44-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACTION
release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and the FLT CTL/SEC .
1 pushbutton switches.

RESULT
the OFF legends of the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT
CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches come on.

2.On the panel 24VU:

On the panel 24VU:

release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2

pushbutton switches.

the OFF legends of the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and the FLT

CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches come on.

3.On the center pedestal:

.

make sure that the pitch trim-control wheel is in the

zero position.
4.Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).
5.On the RH control-valve block (3) of the THS actuator
(4):

On the THS actuator (4):

install the TOOL-JAMMING SIMULATION

.
(0U190857) RH A/C N.UP on the shaft (7) of the RH
control-valve block.
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00300-A - Test Procedure of
the Jamming Simulation Tool)

push the TOOL-JAMMING SIMULATION

(0U190857) on the splined end of the shaft (7) of the
RH control-valve.
turn the mechanical input shaft (1) counterclockwise
(CCW) to turn the master spline, until the spigots of
the tool engage with the slots of the valve block (3).

the control-valve chain is in the jamming simulation

configuration.

On the control-valves of the THS actuator:

. the control-valves are in the open position.

fully push the tool to put the spigots in the slots.

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00300-A - Test Procedure of
the Jamming Simulation Tool)
On the center pedestal:

CAUTION :

STOP THE PITCH TRIM CONTROL

.
WHEEL WITH YOUR HANDS IF THE THSACTUATOR DOES NOT STOP
APPROXIMATELY 5 SECONDS AFTER
YOU HAVE PUSHED THE FLT CLT / ELAC
2 PUSH BUTTON SWITCH.
THIS OPERATES THE JAMMING
PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH PREVENTS
DAMAGE TO THE STOP OF THE
MECHANICAL INPUT SHAFT.

the pitch trim-control wheel moves to the aircraft nose

UP position (the THS leading edge moves down).

6.Pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A).
7.On the center pedestal and on the panel 24VU:

AES

On the THS actuator (4) and on the panel 24VU:

27-44-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

8.On the panel 24VU:

RESULT
the THS actuator stops (after approximately 5
seconds),
. on the upper ECAM DU:
- the ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT message comes on,
. the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 goes off.
. if the THS actuator does not stop, do the operational
test of the THS-actuator electrical control (Ref. TASK
27-96-00-710-022-A) and do the necessary corrective
action.
On the panel 24VU:

ACTION
look at the pointer of the pitch trim-control wheel. In
the 5 degree nose UP position push the FLT
CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch.

release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 switch.

the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 switch comes

on,
on the upper ECAM DU:
- the ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT message goes off.

9.Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).
10.On the rudder pedals:
. operate the rudder pedals in the left and right
directions.
11.On the THS actuator (4):

If the control valve detent of the JAMMED control

valve is not recentered, turn the mechanical input in
the counterclockwise (CCW) direction to recenter the
control valve detent.

after 1 minute all remaining pressure in the valve blocks

of the THS actuator is released.
On the RH threshold-box assy:
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00400-B - Reference Marks of the
Control Valve Detent)
.

the control-valve detent of the JAMMED controlvalve is centered (which was possibly opened by the
ELAC 2 ground setting command) when you hear a
CLICK.

at the same time the reference marks on the input plate

and the ball carrier of the control-valve detent must
align.

12.On the RH control-valve block (3) of the THS actuator

(4):
.

remove the TOOL-JAMMING SIMULATION

(0U190857) from the splined end of the control-valve
shaft.
Subtask 27-44-00-710-052-B
CAUTION :

AES

BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSTALL OR REMOVE THE JAMMING SIMULATION TOOL. PUSH OR
PULL THE TOOL AND TURN THE MECHANICAL INPUT SHAFT AT THE SAME TIME. DO THIS
UNTIL YOU FIND THE POSITION WHERE YOU CAN INSTALL OR REMOVE THE TOOL EASILY.
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE VALVE CONTROL SHAFT AND THE TOOL.

27-44-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B.

Do the test in the electrical mode of the LH valve block.

ACTION
1.Pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A).
2.Do the operational test of the jamming protection device
again, in the configuration as follows:
On the center pedestal:
. turn the pitch trim-control wheel to the zero position.

RESULT

The THS surface moves to the zero position.

3.Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).
4.On the LH control-valve block (2) of the THS actuator
(4):

On the THS actuator (4):

install the TOOL-JAMMING SIMULATION

(0U190857) LH A/C N.UP (0U190857) on the shaft
(7) of the LH control-valve block.
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00300-A - Test Procedure of
the Jamming Simulation Tool)

push the TOOL-JAMMING SIMULATION

(0U190857) on the splined end of the shaft (7) of the
LH control-valve.
turn the mechanical input shaft (1) counterclockwise
(CCW) to turn the master spline, until the spigots of
the tool engage with the slots of the valve block (2).

the control-valve chain is in the jamming simulation

configuration.

On the control-valves of the THS actuator:

. the control-valves are in the open position.

fully push the tool to insert the spigots in the slots.

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00300-A - Test Procedure of
the Jamming Simulation Tool)
On the center pedestal:

CAUTION :

STOP THE PITCH TRIM CONTROL

.
WHEEL WITH YOUR HANDS IF THE THSACTUATOR DOES NOT STOP
APPROXIMATELY 5 SECONDS AFTER
YOU HAVE PUSHED THE FLT CLT / ELAC
2 PUSH BUTTON SWITCH.
THIS OPERATES THE JAMMING
PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH PREVENTS
DAMAGE TO THE STOP OF THE
MECHANICAL INPUT SHAFT.

the pitch trim-control wheel moves to the aircraft nose

UP direction (the THS leading edge moves down).

5.Pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A).
6.On the center pedestal and on the panel 24VU:

AES

On the THS actuator (4) and on the panel 24VU:

27-44-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

7.On the panel 24VU:

RESULT
the THS actuator stops (after approximately 5
seconds),
. on the upper ECAM DU:
- the ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT message comes on,
. the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 goes off.
. if the THS actuator does not stop, do the operation test
of the THS-actuator electrical control (Ref. TASK
27-96-00-710-022-A) and do the necessary corrective
action.
On the panel 24VU:

ACTION
look at the pointer of the pitch trim-control wheel. In
the 5 degree nose UP position push the FLT
CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch.

release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 switch.

the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 switch comes

on,
on the upper ECAM DU:
- the ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT message goes off.

8.Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).
9.On the rudder pedals:
. operate the rudder pedals in the left and right
directions and wait 1 minute.
10.On the THS actuator (4):

If the control valve detent of the JAMMED control

valve is not recentered, turn the mechanical input in
the counterclockwise (CCW) direction to recenter the
control valve detent.

after 1 minute all remaining pressure in the valve blocks

of the THS actuator is released.
On the LH threshold-box assy:
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00400-B - Reference Marks of the
Control Valve Detent)
.

the control-valve detent of the JAMMED controlvalve is centered (which was possibly opened by the
ELAC 2 ground setting command) when you hear a
CLICK.

at the same time the reference marks on the input plate

and the ball carrier of the control-valve detent must
align.

11.On the LH control-valve block (2) of the THS actuator

(4):
.

remove the TOOL-JAMMING SIMULATION

(0U190857) from the splined end of the control-valve
shaft.
Subtask 27-44-00-710-053-B
CAUTION :

C.

BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSTALL OR REMOVE THE JAMMING SIMULATION TOOL. PUSH OR
PULL THE TOOL AND TURN THE MECHANICAL INPUT SHAFT AT THE SAME TIME. DO THIS
UNTIL YOU FIND THE POSITION WHERE YOU CAN INSTALL OR REMOVE THE TOOL EASILY.
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE VALVE CONTROL SHAFT AND THE TOOL.

Do the test in the mechanical mode of the LH valve block.

ACTION
1.Pressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic systems (Ref.
TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A).

AES

RESULT

27-44-00 PB501

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
2.Do the operational test of the jamming protection device
again, in the mechanical mode as follows:

RESULT

On the center pedestal:

The THS surface moves to the aircraft 5 degree nose UP
. Turn the pitch trim-control wheel to the 5 degree nose position.
UP position.
3.Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).
4.On the LH control-valve block (2) of the THS actuator
(4):

On the THS actuator (4):

install the TOOL-JAMMING SIMULATION

(0U190857) LH A/C N.DN (0U190857) on the shaft
(7) of the LH control-valve block.
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00300-A - Test Procedure of
the Jamming Simulation Tool)

push the TOOL-JAMMING SIMULATION

(0U190857) on the splined end of the shaft (7) of the
LH control-valve.
turn the mechanical input shaft (1) clockwise (CW) to On the control-valves of the THS actuator:
turn the master spline, until the spigots of the tool
. the control-valves are in the open position.
engage with the slots of the valve block (2).

the control-valve chain is in the jamming simulation

configuration.

fully push the tool to insert the spigots in the slots.

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00300-A - Test Procedure of
the Jamming Simulation Tool)

5.Pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref.

TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A).

On the center pedestal:

. the pitch trim-control wheel moves to the aircraft nose
DN direction (the THS leading edge moves up).

6.On the center pedestal:

On the THS actuator (4):

look at the pointer on the pitch trim-control wheel.

Immediately before the 0 degree position, turn the
wheel in the nose up direction to give a slight back
order.
7.Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).
8.On the rudder pedals:
. operate the rudder pedals in the left and right
directions and wait 1 minute.
9.On the THS actuator (4):

AES

the jamming protection device is operated and the THS

actuator (4) stops immediately.

after 1 minute all remaining pressure in the valve blocks

of the THS actuator is released.
On the LH threshold-box assy:
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00400-B - Reference Marks of the
Control Valve Detent)

27-44-00 PB501

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACTION
If the control valve detent of the JAMMED control
valve is not recentered, turn the mechanical input in
the clockwise (CW) direction to recenter the control
valve detent.

RESULT
the control-valve detent of the JAMMED controlvalve is centered (which was possibly opened by the
back order on the pitch trim-control wheel) when you
hear a CLICK.
at the same time the reference marks on the input plate
and the ball carrier of the control-valve detent must
align.

10.On the LH control-valve block (2) of the THS

actuator(4):
.

remove the TOOL-JAMMING SIMULATION

(0U190857) from the splined end of the control-valve
shaft.
Subtask 27-44-00-710-054-B
CAUTION :

D.

BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSTALL OR REMOVE THE JAMMING SIMULATION TOOL. PUSH OR
PULL THE TOOL AND TURN THE MECHANICAL INPUT SHAFT AT THE SAME TIME. DO THIS
UNTIL YOU FIND THE POSITION WHERE YOU CAN INSTALL OR REMOVE THE TOOL EASILY.
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE VALVE CONTROL SHAFT AND THE TOOL.

Do the test in the mechanical mode of the RH valve block.

ACTION
1.Pressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic systems (Ref.
TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A).

RESULT

2.Do the operational test of the jamming protection device

again, in the mechanical mode as follows:
On the center pedestal:
The THS surface moves to the aircraft 5 degree nose UP
. Turn the pitch trim-control wheel to the 5 degree nose position.
UP position.
3.Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.
4.On the RH control-valve block (3) of the THS actuator
(4):

On the THS actuator (4):

install the TOOL-JAMMING SIMULATION

(0U190857) RH A/C N.DN (0U190857) on the shaft
(7) of the RH control-valve block.
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00300-A - Test Procedure of
the Jamming Simulation Tool)

push the TOOL-JAMMING SIMULATION

(0U190857) on the splined end of the shaft (7) of the
RH control-valve.
turn the mechanical input shaft (1) clockwise (cw) to
turn the master spline, until the spigots of the tool
engage with the slots of the valve block (3).

AES

the control-valve chain is in the jamming simulation

configuration.

On the control-valves of the THS actuator:

. the control-valves are in the open position.

27-44-00 PB501

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACTION
fully push the tool to insert the spigots in the slots.
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00300-A - Test Procedure of
the Jamming Simulation Tool)

5.Pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref.

TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A).

RESULT

On the center pedestal:

.

the pitch trim-control wheel moves to the aircraft nose

DN direction (the THS leading edge moves up).

6.On the center pedestal:

On the THS actuator (4):

look at the pointer on the pitch trim-control wheel.

Immediately before the 0 degree position, turn the
wheel in the nose up direction to give a slight back
order.
7.Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).

the jamming protection device is operated and the THS

actuator (4) stops immediately.

8.On the rudder pedals:

.

operate the rudder pedals in the left and right

directions and wait 1 minute.
9.On the THS actuator (4):

after 1 minute all remaining pressure in the valve blocks

of the THS actuator is released.
On the RH threshold-box assy
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00400-B - Reference Marks of the
Control Valve Detent)

the control-valve detent of the JAMMED controlvalve is centered again (which was possibly opened by
the back order on the pitch trim-control wheel) when
you hear a CLICK.

at the same time the reference marks on the input plate

and the ball carrier of the control-valve detent must
align.

If the control valve detent of the JAMMED control

valve is not recentered, turn the mechanical input in
the clockwise (CW) direction to recenter the control
valve detent.

10.On the RH control-valve block (3) of the THS actuator

(4):
.

remove the TOOL-JAMMING SIMULATION

(0U190857) from the splined end of the control-valve
shaft.
Subtask 27-44-00-860-052-A
E.

Put the system back to the serviceable condition.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROL VALVE DETENTS ARE CENTERED. IF THE DETENTS
ARE NOT CENTERED THE AIRCRAFT WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.
(1)

AES

On the left and right threshold box assy:

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00400-B - Reference Marks of the Control Valve Detent)
(a)

Make sure that you cannot put a feeler gage with a thickness of 1.2 mm (0.0472 in.) into the gap
between the input plate and the ball carrier of the control valve detent.

(b)

If the feeler gage goes in the gap, you must recenter the control valve detent as specified in para.
Job Set-Up, step C.

27-44-00 PB501

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

(3)

On the panel 23VU:

(a)

Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch, (the OFF legend on this pushbutton switch goes
off).

(b)

Push the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch, (the OFF legend on this pushbutton switch goes
off).

On the panel 24VU:

(a)

Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch, (the OFF legend on this pushbutton switch goes
off).

(b)

Push the FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switch, (the OFF legend on this pushbutton switch goes
off).

Subtask 27-44-00-410-053-B
F.

Installation of the Caps

(1)

On the left and right hydraulic valve blocks of the THS actuator (4):
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-00-991-00300-A - Test Procedure of the Jamming Simulation Tool)

(2)

Install the caps (6) on the valve control shafts (7).

(3)

Safety the caps (6) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia. 0.6 mm (0.024 in.).

(4)

Safety the threaded bushes (5) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia. 0.6 mm (0.024 in.).

Subtask 27-44-00-710-055-A
G.

5.

Do an operational test of the THS actuator:

. with both hydraulic systems
and
. individual hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 27-44-00-710-003-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-00-860-051-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized.
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-44-00-410-050-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-44-00 PB501

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A
FR74
FR72
FR70

312AR

COUNTER CLOCKWISE

CLOCKWISE
3

BH

N_MM_274400_5_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Operational Test of the Jamming Protection Device

27-44-00 PB501

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

C
D

TYPICAL

E
TOOL JAMMING
SIMULATION
(OU 190 857)

G2

F1

G1

F2

MASTER SPLINE

TOOL JAMMING
SIMULATION (OU 190 857)

RIGHT HAND
VALVE BLOCK

A/C
N.UP

MECH. MODE
RH VALVE BLOCK

G2

A/C
N.DN

F1

F2

LH

ELEC. MODE
LH VALVE BLOCK

MECH. MODE
LH VALVE BLOCK

TOOL MARKS
A/C
N.DN

G1

LH

ELEC. MODE
RH VALVE BLOCK

VIEW

RH

TEST
STEP

TOOL MARKS
A/C
N.UP

VIEW

RH

TEST
STEP

LEFT HAND
VALVE BLOCK

N_MM_274400_5_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-00-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Test Procedure of the Jamming Simulation Tool

27-44-00 PB501

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

J
K
J
K

SYMMETRICAL TO "J"

THRESHOLD BOX ASSY

REFERENCE MARKS

INPUT PLATE
GAP TO BE CHECKED

BALL CARRIER

N_MM_274400_5_AGN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-00-991-00400-B SHEET 1

Reference Marks of the Control Valve Detent

27-44-00 PB501

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator with the Individual Hydraulic Systems
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-40-00-02-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF THS ACTUATOR WITH INDIVIDUAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
EIS Start Procedure
EIS Stop Procedure

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-00-865-051-A
A.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-44-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

FIN
B08

LOCATION

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-44-00-860-054-B
B.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Yellow and the Green hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A).

(3)

Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(4)

On the center pedestal on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL pushbutton switch.

(5)

Make sure that on the lower display unit (DU) of the ECAM, the F/CTL page comes on.

Procedure
Subtask 27-44-00-710-051-A
A.

Do this test:

ACTION
1.On the maintenance panel 50VU:
. lift the guard and release the HYD/LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/G and HYD/LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switches.
2.On the center pedestal:
. turn the pitch-trim control wheel in one direction.

3.On the maintenance panel 50VU:

. lift the guard and push the HYD/LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch.

RESULT
On the panel 50VU:
. the OFF legend on the G and Y pushbutton switches
come on.

The THS does not move.

On
.
On
.

the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM DU:

the PITCH TRIM indication shows no movement.
the panel 50VU:
the OFF legend on the Y pushbutton switch goes off.

4.On the center pedestal:

. turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the nose DN stop The THS moves to the fully nose down and then to the
position and then to the nose UP stop position.
fully nose up position.
On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM DU:
. the PITCH TRIM indication shows the movement of
the THS in both directions.

AES

27-44-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
5.On the panel 50VU:
. lift the guard and release the HYD/LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y and push the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G
pushbutton switches.

RESULT
On the panel 50VU:
. the OFF legend on the Y pushbutton switch comes on.
. the OFF legend on the G pushbutton switch goes off.

6.On the center pedestal:

. turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the nose DN stop The THS moves to the fully nose down position and stop at
and then to the O position.
the O position.

7.On the panel 50VU:

. lift the guard and push the HYD/LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch.
5.

On the lower ECAM DU, on the F/CTL page:

. the PITCH TRIM indication shows the movement of
the THS.
On the panel 50VU:
. the OFF legend on the Y pushbutton switch goes off.

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-00-860-053-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-44-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-00-710-003-A
Operational Test of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator with both (Green and Yellow) and Individual Hydraulic
Systems
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
EIS Start Procedure
EIS Stop Procedure

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-00-865-052-A
A.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-44-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-44-00-860-055-B
B.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Yellow and the Green hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A).

(3)

Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(4)

On the center pedestal on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL pushbutton switch.

(5)

Make sure that on the lower display unit (DU) of the ECAM, the F/CTL page comes on.

Procedure
Subtask 27-44-00-710-056-A
A.

Do this test:
ACTION

RESULT

1.On the center pedestal:

. turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the nose DN stop The THS moves to the nose fully down and then to the
position and then to the nose UP stop position.
nose fully up position.

2.On the maintenance panel 50VU:

. lift the guard and release the HYD/LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/G and HYD/LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switches.
3.On the center pedestal:
. turn the pitch-trim control wheel in one direction.

4.On the maintenance panel 50VU:

. lift the guard and push the HYD/LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch.

On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM DU:

. the PITCH TRIM indication shows the movement of
the THS in both directions.
On the panel 50VU:
. the OFF legend on the G and Y pushbutton switches
come on.

The THS does not move.

On
.
On
.

the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM DU:

the PITCH TRIM indication shows no movement.
the panel 50VU:
the OFF legend on the Y pushbutton switch goes off.

5.On the center pedestal:

. turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the nose DN stop The THS moves to the nose fully down and then to the
position and then to the nose UP stop position.
nose fully up position.

6.On the panel 50VU:

. lift the guard and release the HYD/LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y and push the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G
pushbutton switches.

AES

On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM DU:

. the PITCH TRIM indication shows the movement of
the THS in both directions.
On the panel 50VU:
. the OFF legend on the Y pushbutton switch comes on.
. the OFF legend on the G pushbutton switch goes off.

27-44-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
RESULT
7.On the center pedestal:
. turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the nose DN stop The THS moves to the fully nose down position and stop at
and then to the O position.
the O position.

8.On the panel 50VU:

. lift the guard and push the HYD/LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch.
5.

On the lower ECAM DU, on the F/CTL page:

. the PITCH TRIM indication shows the movement of
the THS.
On the panel 50VU:
. the OFF legend on the Y pushbutton switch goes off.

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-00-860-056-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-44-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACTUATOR - THS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 9CE
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific
No specific
No specific

1
AR
AR

COVER - BLANKING, HYDRAULIC RESISTANT

MAT - PROTECTIVE
PAD - PROTECTIVE FOAM

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

STEPLADDER 0.5 M (1.6 FT)

No specific

AR

TAPE - ADHESIVE

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

0U145920
0U190360
0U190834
0U190844
98D27403500000
98D27407502000
98D27407533000
98D27408624000
A1-91-265
A3-91-267

1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1

TOOL-MANUAL CRANKING STOP,THS ACTUATOR

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER
TOOL-ZERO POSITIONING,THS ACTUATOR
TOOL-RELEASE,POB
PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING
SUPPORT STRUT-R I,THS ACTUATOR
FRAME - THS ACTUATOR SUPPORT
DEVICE-R I,THS ACTUATOR
HOIST-MINILIFT
HOIST-MINILIFT,THS ACTUATOR

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

27-44-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

312AR
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-44-51-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the No-Back Device (No-Back Pawls)

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-00-00-910-002-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System from the Green Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Ground Service Cart

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00100-A - Job Set-Up)

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-02100-A - Manual Cranking Stop Tool Installation)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00200-A - THS Actuator - Bonding Leads, Mechanical Input and Hydraulic Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00300-A - Electrical Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00400-A - Removal and Installation Device 98D27408624000)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00500-A - Primary Lower Attachments)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01400-A - Primary Upper Attachment)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00100-A - Job Set-Up)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-02100-A - Manual Cranking Stop Tool Installation)
Subtask 27-44-51-010-050-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

Subtask 27-44-51-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(1)

AES

If the hydraulic pressure is available:

(a)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A).

(b)

Pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) or (Ref.
TASK 29-23-00-863-002-A).

(c)

Turn the pitch-trim control wheel in the flight compartment and put the THS actuator (1) to the
zero position.

27-44-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(2)

(3)

AES

(d)

Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems and put them in the maintenance
configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(e)

Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance
configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(f)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(g)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green, the Yellow
and the Blue hydraulic systems:
. In the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel
. On the ground service panels of the Green, the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems.

If the hydraulic pressure is not available:

(a)

Depressurize the Green and Yellow systems and put them in the maintenance configuration (Ref.
TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(b)

Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system is depressurized and put in the maintenance
configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(c)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

(d)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green, the Yellow
and the Blue hydraulic systems:
. In the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel
. On the ground service panels of the Green, the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems.

(e)

Use the TOOL-RELEASE,POB (0U190844) and a 1/2 inch socket to move the THS actuator (1)
to the zero position (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-710-001-A).

Safety the THSA for removal:

(a)

Put the TOOL-MANUAL CRANKING STOP,THS ACTUATOR (0U145920) (82) in position on

the screw jack (83). Do this on each side of the nut assembly (2) of the THS actuator (1).

(b)

Install and tighten the bolts (81).

(c)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the pitch
controls.

(d)

Put the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) in the

mechanical input of the THS actuator (1).

(e)

Put the TOOL-ZERO POSITIONING,THS ACTUATOR (0U190834) between the THS actuator
(1) and the nut assembly (2).

(f)

Put the SUPPORT STRUT-R I,THS ACTUATOR (98D27407502000) in position and set the
THS in the 0 deg. position.

(g)

Put the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) on the pitch-trim control wheel
in the flight compartment.

(h)

Put the MAT - PROTECTIVE in the area of the THS actuator (1) to prevent damage to the
aircraft structure.

27-44-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-44-51-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00200-A - THS Actuator - Bonding Leads, Mechanical Input and Hydraulic Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00300-A - Electrical Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00400-A - Removal and Installation Device 98D27408624000)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00500-A - Primary Lower Attachments)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01400-A - Primary Upper Attachment)
Subtask 27-44-51-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the THS Actuator

(1)

(2)

(3)

AES

Disconnect the bonding straps (20), (21) and (22) from the THS actuator (1)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00200-A - THS Actuator - Bonding Leads, Mechanical Input and Hydraulic
Connections)
(a)

Remove the nuts (25), the washers (24) and the bolts (23).

(b)

Disconnect the bonding straps (20), (21) and (22) from the brackets (26), (27) and (28).

(c)

Safety the bonding straps (20), (21) and (22) clear of the THS actuator (1).

Disconnect the mechanical system link-plate (29) from the input lever (30) of the THS actuator (1)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00200-A - THS Actuator - Bonding Leads, Mechanical Input and Hydraulic
Connections)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (37).

(b)

Remove the nuts (38), the washers (39) and the bolts (40).

(c)

Disconnect the link-plate (29) from the input lever (30).

Disconnect the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems from the THS actuator (1)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00200-A - THS Actuator - Bonding Leads, Mechanical Input and Hydraulic
Connections)
CAUTION :

PUT APPLICABLE COVERS ON THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO PREVENT

CONTAMINATION BY HYDRAULIC FLUID.

CAUTION :

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE
SECOND WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE
UNION TOO MUCH.

(a)

Put the CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) in position below the hydraulic valve blocks (31) and
(34).

(b)

Put the COVER - BLANKING, HYDRAULIC RESISTANT on the electrical equipment, which is
installed in the area below the THS actuator (1).

27-44-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

(d)

(e)
(4)

(5)

Disconnect the Green hydraulic system.

1

Cut and remove the lockwire from the union nuts of the flexible hoses (32) and (33) to the
valve block (31).

Disconnect the flexible hoses (32) and (33) from the high and the low pressure connections
of the valve block (31).

Put the CAP - BLANKING on the flexible hoses (32) and (33).

Put the CAP - BLANKING on the open connections of the valve block (31).

Temporarily attach the flexible hoses (32) and (33) to the aircraft structure, clear of the
THS actuator (1).

Disconnect the Yellow hydraulic system.

1

Cut and remove the lockwire from the union nuts of the flexible hoses (35) and (36) to the
valve block (34).

Disconnect the flexible hoses (35) and (36) from the high and the low pressure connections
of the valve block (34).

Put the CAP - BLANKING on the flexible hoses (35) and (36).

Put the CAP - BLANKING on the open connections of the valve block (34).

Temporarily attach the flexible hoses (35) and (36) to the aircraft structure, clear of the
THS actuator (1).

Remove the container from below the hydraulic valve blocks (31) and (34).

Disconnect the electrical connections from the THS actuator (1)

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00300-A - Electrical Connections)
(a)

Disconnect the electrical connectors 9CE-E and 9CE-F (49) from the command Rotary-Variable
Differential-Transducer (RVDT) (50).

(b)

Disconnect the electrical connectors 9CE-A, 9CE-B, 9CE-C and 9CE-D (51) from the pitch-trim
actuator (52).

(c)

Disconnect the electrical connectors 9CE-G and 9CE-H (53) from the monitor RVDT (54).

(d)

Put the CAP - BLANKING on the connections of the RVDTs (50) and (54) and the pitch-trim
actuator (52).

(e)

Put the CAP - BLANKING on the open electrical connectors:

. 9CE-A, 9CE-B, 9CE-C, 9CE-D (51)
. 9CE-E, 9CE-F (49)
. 9CE-G, 9CE-H (53).

Disconnect the primary upper attachment of the THS actuator (1)

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01400-A - Primary Upper Attachment)
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the left and the right screws (42).

(b)

Remove the screws (42) and the washers (43). Make sure that the washer (45) and (if installed)
the shim(s) (44) do not fall from the primary attachment.
NOTE :

(c)

AES

The washer (45) and (if applicable) the shim(s) (44) are loose in the primary attachment
and can fall when the screws (42) are removed.

Move the bolts (46) away from the connection of the attachment forks (3) and the gimbal ring
(41).

27-44-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d)

Remove the washers (45) from between the bolts (46) the retainer nuts (47) and (if installed) the
shim(s) (44).
NOTE :

Identify the locations of the shim(s) (44) and the washers (45) to make the installation
easier.

(e)

Remove the bolts (46) from the connection of the attachment forks (3) and the gimbal ring (41).

(f)

Safety the sliding bushes (48) in the attachment forks (3) with the TAPE - ADHESIVE.

(g)

Safety the two spherical bearings (57) in the gimbal ring (41) with the TAPE - ADHESIVE.
NOTE :

The adhesive tape is used to safety the bearings (57) during maintenance or movement of
the THS actuator.

Subtask 27-44-51-480-050-A
B.

Installation of the R/I-Device THS Actuator

(1)

Put the DEVICE-R I,THS ACTUATOR (98D27408624000) in position. If necessary, use a

STEPLADDER 0.5 M (1.6 FT) to help you install the device.
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00400-A - Removal and Installation Device 98D27408624000)

(2)

Connect the transport rail 98D27408624040 to the applicable structure points at STA3451 (FR72) with
the pip pins.

(3)

Put the adaptor 98D27408624110 between the transport rail 98D27408624040 and the applicable
structure point at STA3406 (FR71).

(4)

Connect the adaptor 98D27408624110 to the structure point at STA3406 (FR71) and to the transport
rail 98D27408624040 with the pip pins.

(5)

Put the rod 98D27408624042 in position at the applicable structure points at STA3406 (FR71).

(6)

Connect the rod 98D27408624042 to the structure points at STA3406 (FR71) with the pip pins.

(7)

Connect the transport frame 98D27408624046 to the roller assembly of the transport rail
98D27408624040 with the pip pin.

(8)

Put the strives 98D27408624100 between the rod 98D27408624042 and the brackets on the transport
frame 98D27408624046.

(9)

Connect the strives 98D27408624100 to the rod 98D27408624042 and to the transport frame
98D27408624046 with the pip pins.

(10) Move the roller assembly attached to the transport frame 98D27408624046 along the transport rail
98D27408624040 to the THS actuator (1).
(11) Put the transport frame 98D27408624046 in position on the THS actuator (1).
(12) Connect the transport frame 98D27408624046 to the THS actuator (1) with the lifting adaptors
98D27408624288.
(13) Move the spindle nut, on the threaded rod of the spindle 98D27408624118 to the center.
(14) Put the spindle 98D27408624118 between the rod 98D27408624042 and the transport frame
98D27408624046.
(15) Connect the spindle 98D27408624118 to the rod 98D27408624042 and to the transport frame
98D27408624046 with the pip pins.
(16) Install the HOIST-MINILIFT,THS ACTUATOR (A3-91-267) on the transport rail 98D27408624040.
NOTE :

AES

If the HOIST-MINILIFT,THS ACTUATOR (A3-91-267) is not available, you can also use the
HOIST-MINILIFT (A1-91-265).

27-44-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(17) Connect the fastener 98D27408624282 to the shackle of the HOIST-MINILIFT,THS ACTUATOR
(A3-91-267) with the pip pin.
Subtask 27-44-51-020-051-A
C.

Removal of the THS Actuator

(1)

Disconnect the primary lower attachment of the THS actuator (1):

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00500-A - Primary Lower Attachments)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (65).

(b)

Remove the nuts (66) from the connection of the left and right anti-rotation brackets (68) to the
nut assembly (2).

(c)

Remove the left and the right anti-rotation brackets (68).

(d)

Install the nuts (66) again on the bolts (69) to hold the bolts (69) in place.

(e)

Release the retainer washers (71) from the retainer nuts (70).

(f)

Hold the secondary bolts (74) with a wrench. Use a standard hook wrench to remove the retainer
nuts (70) from the secondary bolts (74).

(g)

Remove and discard the retainer washers (71).

(h)

Release the retainer washers (73) from the retainer nuts (72).

(i)

Hold the primary bolts (75) with a wrench. Use a standard hook wrench to remove the retainer
nuts (72) from the primary bolts (75).

(j)

Remove and discard the retainer washers (73).

(k)

Remove the secondary bolts (74) and the primary bolts (75) from the nut assembly (2).

(l)

Move the sliding bushes (77) in the direction of the screwshaft centerline, clear of the attachment
arms (4).

(m) Put the PAD - PROTECTIVE FOAM on the valve outlets of the THS actuator (1). This is to
prevent damage to the pressure bulkhead during the removal.
(2)

AES

Disconnect the secondary upper attachment (60) of the THS actuator (1):
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01400-A - Primary Upper Attachment)
(a)

Hold the THS actuator (1) with the spindle 98D27408624118.

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00400-A - Removal and Installation Device 98D27408624000)

(b)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (61).

(c)

Remove the parts that follow from the connection of the secondary upper attachment (60) and
the structure:
. The nuts (62)
. The washers (63)
. The bolts (64)
. The bushes (80).

(3)

Use the support strut 98D27407502000, and put the stabilizer in a nose down position (approximately -8
degrees).

(4)

Lower the THS actuator (1).

(5)

Remove the distance bushes (76) from the attachment arms (4).
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00500-A - Primary Lower Attachments)

(6)

Remove the pip pin and disconnect the spindle 98D27408624118 from the transport frame
98D27408624046.
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00400-A - Removal and Installation Device 98D27408624000)

27-44-51 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

Remove the pip pins and disconnect the strives 98D27408624100 from the transport frame
98D27408624046.
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00400-A - Removal and Installation Device 98D27408624000)

(8)

Temporarily safety the sliding bushes (77) and the shoulder bushes (78) in the nut assembly (2). Do this
at the primary lower attachment with the TAPE - ADHESIVE.
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00500-A - Primary Lower Attachments)

(9)

Move the THS actuator (1) forward on the transport rail 98D27408624040 to a position above the
access door 312AR.

(10) Connect the fastener 98D27408624282 to the secondary upper attachment (60) with the pip pins.
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00400-A - Removal and Installation Device 98D27408624000)
(11) Remove the lifting adaptors 98D27408624288 from the connection of the transport frame
98D27408624046 to the THS actuator (1).
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00400-A - Removal and Installation Device 98D27408624000)
(12) Remove the transport frame 98D27408624046.
(13) Put the FRAME - THS ACTUATOR SUPPORT (98D27407533000) or the FRAME-THS
ACTUATOR,SUPPORT (98D27407533001) in position below the access door 312AR.
(14) Lower the THS actuator (1) through the access door 312AR.
(15) Put the THS actuator (1) in position on the FRAME - THS ACTUATOR SUPPORT
(98D27407533000) or on the FRAME-THS ACTUATOR,SUPPORT (98D27407533001).
(16) Connect the THS actuator (1) to the FRAME - THS ACTUATOR SUPPORT (98D27407533000) or to
the FRAME-THS ACTUATOR,SUPPORT (98D27407533001) as applicable.
(17) Remove the pip pins and disconnect the fastener 98D27408624282 from the secondary upper
attachment (60).
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00400-A - Removal and Installation Device 98D27408624000)
(18) Remove the oil breather cap (7) from the oil filler plug (5) and install the storage cap (6).
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00100-A - Job Set-Up)

AES

27-44-51 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z310

A
3
3
SUPPORT
STRUT

9CE 1

FR74
312AR

2
FR70

B
4
5

ZERO POSITIONING TOOL

PN OU 190834

C
RIGGING PIN
PN OU 190360

N_MM_274451_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Job Set-Up

27-44-51 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z310

A
SUPPORT
STRUT

9CE 1
FR74

312AR

FR70

82

81

83

82

N_MM_274451_4_AUM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-02100-A SHEET 1

Manual Cranking Stop Tool Installation

27-44-51 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3

9CE
1

22

20

9CE
1

9CEF

9CEE

30

21
25 24

23

29
23
24

36

28
9CEB

26
27

25
25

35

33

40
39

30
29

38
37
34

9CEG
9CEH
31
9CED
9CEC
9CEA

RIGGINGPIN
PN OU 190360

32

ZERO POSITIONING TOOL

PN OU 190834

CHAIN AND SPROCKET

COVER

N_MM_274451_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-00200-A SHEET 1

THS Actuator - Bonding Leads, Mechanical Input and
Hydraulic Connections

27-44-51 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3
3

1
9CE

A
A

41
50
49

9CEE
9CEF
51

9CEA
9CEB
9CEC
9CED

52
54

53

9CEG
9CEH

N_MM_274451_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Electrical Connections

27-44-51 PB401

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
FR71

Z130

A
1
9CE

PIP PIN
PIP PIN

PIP PIN

ADAPTOR
98D27408624110

FR74
FR72
FR70

312AR

PIP PIN

PIP PIN

FR72

PIP PIN

STRIVE
98D27408624100

ROD
98D27408624042
SPINDLE
98D27408624118

TRANSPORT RAIL
98D27408624040
PIP PIN

STRIVE
98D27408624100
PIP PIN

FASTENER
98D27408624282

TRANSPORT FRAME
98D27408624046

LIFTING ADAPTOR
98D27408624288

SECONDARY
UPPER
ATTACHMENT 60
LIFTING ADAPTOR
98D27408624288

1
9CE

NOTE:
1

PIP PIN SET

98D27408624112
N_MM_274451_4_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Removal and Installation Device 98D27408624000

27-44-51 PB401

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
SECTION

BB
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL

69
65
66
1

71

9CE
68
1

70

72

77

76

78

66

73

65
4

68
2

A
74

75

68
69

70

66

71

65

69

72

73
73

72

B
71
70
75

NOTE:
1

THE ROUNDED EDGE OF THE RETAINER NUTS (70)

MUST POINT TO THE RETAINER WASHERS (71)

THE ROUNDED EDGE OF THE RETAINER NUTS (72)

MUST POINT TO THE RETAINER WASHERS (73)

74

N_MM_274451_4_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Primary Lower Attachments

27-44-51 PB401

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
SECTION

BB
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL

45
44

43
42

1
9CE

48

46

A
56

55

57

47
3

42
43
46

84
44
45

84
48
61
48

B
60

62
63

79

45
44

79

43
42

47

57
80
64

41
46
80

57
N_MM_274451_4_ANM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-01400-A SHEET 1

Primary Upper Attachment

27-44-51 PB401

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
NOTE :

If you install a complete new THS Actuator, only item (37) in the expendable parts list is necessary.

FIN 9CE
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT

No specific
No specific
No specific

1
1
AR

COVER - BLANKING, HYDRAULIC RESISTANT

MAT - PROTECTIVE
PAD - PROTECTIVE FOAM

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

WRENCH - STANDARD

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

0U145920
0U190360
0U190834
98D27403500000
98D27407502000
98D27407517000
98D27407533000
98D27407533001
98D27408624000
A1-91-265
A3-91-267

AES

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

TOOL-MANUAL CRANKING STOP,THS ACTUATOR

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER
TOOL-ZERO POSITIONING,THS ACTUATOR
PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING
SUPPORT STRUT-R I,THS ACTUATOR
TOOL SET-R I,THS
FRAME - THS ACTUATOR SUPPORT
FRAME-THS ACTUATOR,SUPPORT
DEVICE-R I,THS ACTUATOR
HOIST-MINILIFT
HOIST-MINILIFT,THS ACTUATOR

27-44-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 05-005
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-010
C.

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
CORROSION PREVENTIVE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
37
61
65
73
71

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-41-04-04-340
27-44-04-01-270
27-44-04-01-310
27-44-04-01-340
27-44-04-01-360

cotter pins
cotter pins
cotter pins
retainer washers
retainer washers
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-41-00-730-001-A

System Test of the THS Actuator Electrical Control

27-41-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the THS Zero Position

27-44-51-210-004-A
29-00-00-864-001-A
29-00-00-910-002-A

Check the Oil Level of the Gearbox of the THS-Actuator

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00100-A - Job Set-Up)

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00200-A - THS Actuator - Bonding Leads, Mechanical Input and Hydraulic Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00300-A - Electrical Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00400-A - Removal and Installation Device 98D27408624000)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00500-A - Primary Lower Attachments)

AES

27-44-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01400-A - Primary Upper Attachment)

DESIGNATION

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-02100-A - Manual Cranking Stop Tool Installation)

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-02200-A - Inspection of the Lower THSA Attachment)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-02300-A - Inspection of the Upper THSA Attachment)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00100-A - Job Set-Up)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00200-A - THS Actuator - Bonding Leads, Mechanical Input and Hydraulic Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00300-A - Electrical Connections)
Subtask 27-44-51-860-055-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position below the access
door 312AR.

(3)

Make sure that the access door 312AR is open.

(4)

Make sure that the pitch-trim control wheel in the flight compartment is in the zero position.

(5)

Make sure that the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) is installed on the pitchtrim control wheel.

(6)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the pitch controls.

(7)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(8)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(9)

Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green, the
Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems:
. In the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel
. On the ground service panels of the Green, the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems.

(10) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
(11) Make sure that the MAT - PROTECTIVE is in position in the area of the THS actuator (1).
(12) Make sure that the COVER - BLANKING, HYDRAULIC RESISTANT are in position on the electrical
equipment, which is installed in the area of the THS actuator (1).
Subtask 27-44-51-865-054-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-44-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00100-A - Job Set-Up)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00200-A - THS Actuator - Bonding Leads, Mechanical Input and Hydraulic Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00300-A - Electrical Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00400-A - Removal and Installation Device 98D27408624000)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00500-A - Primary Lower Attachments)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01400-A - Primary Upper Attachment)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-02100-A - Manual Cranking Stop Tool Installation)
Subtask 27-44-51-560-050-A
A.

Preparation of the Replacement Component

(1)

Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) and
the TOOL-ZERO POSITIONING,THS ACTUATOR (0U190834) are installed on the replacement THS
actuator (1).
NOTE :

The PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) and the

TOOL-ZERO POSITIONING,THS ACTUATOR (0U190834) must stay in position during the
installation procedure.

(2)

Remove the red protective caps from the ports of the hydraulic valve blocks (31) and (34).
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00200-A - THS Actuator - Bonding Leads, Mechanical Input and Hydraulic
Connections)

(3)

Make sure that the identification placards are correctly attached to the casing of the THS actuator (1).

(4)

Make sure that the PAD - PROTECTIVE FOAM is put on the valve outlets of the THS actuator (1) to
prevent damage.

Subtask 27-44-51-210-050-A
B.

Inspection of the Work Area and the Attachment Components

(1)

Clean the items that follow with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) and let them dry:
. The attachment forks (3)
. The attachment arms (4)
. The bolts
. The bushes.

(2)

Make sure the components that follow are installed correctly:

. The press-fit bushes (56) are not loose in the attachment forks (3)
. The retainer nuts (47) are safetied on the bushes (55).

(3)

Do a visual inspection of the work area:

(a)

AES

Make sure that the items that follow are clean, not damaged and show no corrosion:
. The attachment forks (3)
. The attachment arms (4)
. The flexible hoses (32), (33), (35) and (36)
. The mechanical input mechanism
. The electrical connectors 9CE-A, 9CE-B, 9CE-C, 9CE-D, 9CE-E, 9CE-F, 9CE-G and 9CE-H
. The adjacent structure.

27-44-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Do a visual inspection of the attachment components:

(a)

Make sure that the items that follow are clean, not damaged and show no corrosion:
. The bolts
. The nuts
. The bushes.

(b)

Make sure that the two spherical bearings (57) are installed in the gimbal ring (41).
NOTE :

(5)

There are two spherical bearings installed in the upper attachment of the THS actuator.
One spherical bearing is attached in the gimbal ring and the other spherical bearing is free.

Apply the corrosion preventive SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the shafts of the bolts
(46).

Subtask 27-44-51-420-051-A
C.

Installation of the THS Actuator

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Put the FRAME - THS ACTUATOR SUPPORT (98D27407533000) or the FRAME-THS

ACTUATOR,SUPPORT (98D27407533001) with the THS actuator (1) in position. Do this below the
access door 312AR.

(2)

Use the HOIST-MINILIFT,THS ACTUATOR (A3-91-267) or the HOIST-MINILIFT (A1-91-265) and

put the THS actuator (1) in position.
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00400-A - Removal and Installation Device 98D27408624000)

(3)

Connect the fastener 98D27408624282 from the HOIST-MINILIFT,THS ACTUATOR (A3-91-267) to

the secondary upper attachment (60). Do this with the pip pins.

(4)

Disconnect the THS actuator (1) from the FRAME - THS ACTUATOR SUPPORT (98D27407533000)
or the FRAME-THS ACTUATOR,SUPPORT (98D27407533001) as applicable.

(5)

Use the HOIST-MINILIFT,THS ACTUATOR (A3-91-267) or the HOIST-MINILIFT (A1-91-265) and lift
the THS actuator (1) through the access door 312AR.

(6)

Put the transport frame 98D27408624046 in position on the THS actuator (1).

(7)

Attach the transport frame 98D27408624046 to the THS actuator (1) with the lifting adaptors
98D27408624288.

(8)

Remove the pip pins and disconnect the fastener 98D27408624282 from the secondary upper
attachment (60).

(9)

Move the roller assembly which is attached to the transport frame 98D27408624046 along the transport
rail 98D27408624040.

(10) Put the THS actuator (1) in position in front of the attachment forks (3) and the attachment arms (4).
(11) Make sure that the mechanical input connection is on the left in the flight direction.
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00100-A - Job Set-Up)

AES

27-44-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(12) Hold the THS actuator (1) in position.
(13) Connect the strives 98D27408624100 to the transport frame 98D27408624046 with the pip pins.
(14) Adjust the spindle nut to the center on the threaded rod of the spindle 98D27408624118.
(15) Connect the spindle 98D27408624118 to the transport frame 98D27408624046 with the pip pin.
(16) Remove the FRAME - THS ACTUATOR SUPPORT (98D27407533000) or the FRAME-THS
ACTUATOR,SUPPORT (98D27407533001) as applicable, from below the access door 312AR.
(17) Remove the adhesive tape from the bushes (48), (55) and (56) in the attachment forks (3).
(18) Remove the adhesive tape from the bearing (57) and the gimbal ring (41).
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01400-A - Primary Upper Attachment)
(19) Use the spindle 98D27408624118 to lift the THS actuator (1).
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00400-A - Removal and Installation Device 98D27408624000)
(20) Use the support strut 98D27407502000 and put the stabilizer in the 0 degrees position.
(21) Connect the primary upper attachment of the THS actuator (1):
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01400-A - Primary Upper Attachment)
(a)

Move the sliding bushes (48) to a position where you can install the primary upper attachment.

(b)

Put the THS actuator (1) in position at the attachment forks (3).

(c)

On the LH side of the THS actuator, push the sliding bush (48) against the bearing (57). Do the
same for the RH side.

(d)

Engage the bolts (46) at the connections of the attachment forks (3) and the gimbal ring (41).
Push in the two bolts (46) fully.

(e)

Make sure that the washers (45) and (if applicable) the shim(s) (44), fill the space between:
. The flange of the bolt (46) and the retainer nut (47).
NOTE :

The washer (45) is thicker than the washer (43).

(f)

If the space is not filled, or the bolt (46) is pushed back, remove or add the shim(s) (44) as
necessary.

(g)

Install the screws (42) and the washers (43).

(h)

TORQUE the screws (42) to between 0.3 and 0.35 M.DAN (26.55 and 30.97 LBF.IN).

(i)

Safety the screws with lockwire:

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
1

Safety the screws (42) with the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM
DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

(22) Connect the secondary upper attachment (60) of the THS actuator (1):
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01400-A - Primary Upper Attachment)

AES

(a)

Make sure that the bushes (84) are correctly installed in the structure lug.

(b)

Put the secondary upper attachment (60) in position on the structure lug.

(c)

Make sure that the shouldered bushes (79) are correctly installed in the connection of the
secondary upper attachment (60).

(d)

Apply the zinc chromate putty SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the bushes (80).

27-44-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(e)

Put the bushes (80) on the bolts (64).

(f)

Install the bolts (64) with the bushes (80), the washers (63) and the nuts (62). Do this at the
connection of the secondary upper attachment (60) and the structure lug.

(g)

TORQUE the nuts (62) to between 1.95 and 2.2 M.DAN (14.38 and 16.22 LBF.FT).

(h)

Safety the nuts (62) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-44-04-01) cotter pins (61) .

Subtask 27-44-51-080-050-A
D.

Removal of the R/I-Device THS Actuator

(1)

Remove the pip pin and disconnect the fastener 98D27408624282 from the shackle of the HOISTMINILIFT,THS ACTUATOR (A3-91-267).

(2)

Remove the HOIST-MINILIFT,THS ACTUATOR (A3-91-267) or the HOIST-MINILIFT (A1-91-265)

from the transport rail 98D27408624040.

(3)

Remove the DEVICE-R I,THS ACTUATOR (98D27408624000):

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00400-A - Removal and Installation Device 98D27408624000)
(a)

Remove the pip pin and disconnect the spindle 98D27408624118 from the transport frame
98D27408624046.

(b)

Remove the pip pin and disconnect the spindle 98D27408624118 from the rod 98D27408624042.

(c)

Remove the spindle 98D27408624118.

(d)

Remove the pip pins and disconnect the strives 98D27408624100 from the transport frame
98D27408624046.

(e)

Remove the pip pins and disconnect the strives 98D27408624100 from the rod 98D27408624042.

(f)

Remove the strives 98D27408624100.

(g)

Remove the lifting adaptors 98D27408624288 and disconnect the transport frame
98D27408624046 from the THS actuator (1).

(h)

Remove the pip pin and disconnect the transport frame 98D27408624046 from the roller assembly
of the transport rail 98D27408624040.

(i)

Remove the transport frame 98D27408624046.

(j)

Remove the pip pin and disconnect the adaptor 98D27408624110 from the structure point at
STA3408 (FR71).

(k)

Remove the pip pin and disconnect the adaptor 98D27408624110 from the transport rail
98D27408624040.

(l)

Remove the adaptor 98D27408624110.

(m) Remove the pip pins and disconnect the transport rail 98D27408624040 from the structure points
at STA3451 (FR72).

AES

(n)

Remove the transport rail 98D27408624040.

(o)

Remove the pip pins and disconnect the rod 98D27408624042 from the structure points at
STA3408 (FR71).

(p)

Remove the rod 98D27408624042.

(q)

If necessary, remove the stepladder.

27-44-51 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-44-51-420-050-A
E.

Installation of the THS Actuator

CAUTION :

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE
SECOND WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION
TOO MUCH.

CAUTION :

YOU MUST INSTALL HYDRAULIC TUBES WITH HYDRAULIC FLUID AS LUBRICANT.

(1)

(2)

Connect the bonding straps (20), (21) and (22) to the THS actuator (1).
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00200-A - THS Actuator - Bonding Leads, Mechanical Input and Hydraulic
Connections)
(a)

Disconnect the bonding straps (20), (21) and (22) from the temporary safety positions.

(b)

Put the bonding straps (20), (21) and (22) in position at the brackets (26), (27) and (28).

(c)

Install the bolts (23), the washers (24) and the nuts (25) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

Connect the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems to the THS actuator (1).
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00200-A - THS Actuator - Bonding Leads, Mechanical Input and Hydraulic
Connections)
(a)

Put a CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT in position below the hydraulic valve
blocks (31) and (34).

(b)

Connect the Yellow hydraulic system.

1

Remove the flexible hoses (35) and (36) from the temporary attachment positions on the
structure.

Remove the blanking caps from the flexible hoses (35) and (36).

Apply the HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the threads of the line endfittings.

Remove the blanking caps from the hose connections of the valve block (34).

Connect the flexible hoses (35) and (36) to the high and the low pressure connections of the
valve block (34).

TORQUE the union nut of the flexible hose (35) to between 2.9 and 3.2 M.DAN (21.39 and
23.60 LBF.FT).

TORQUE the union nut of the flexible hose (36) to between 5.4 and 5.9 M.DAN (39.82 and
43.51 LBF.FT).

Safety the union nuts with the lockwire:

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE.
CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
a

(c)

Connect the Green hydraulic system.

1

AES

Safety the union nuts of the flexible hoses (35) and (36) to the valve block (34) with
the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .

Remove the flexible hoses (32) and (33) from the temporary attachment positions on the
structure.

27-44-51 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2

Remove the blanking caps from the flexible hoses (32) and (33).

Apply the HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the threads of the line endfittings.

Remove the blanking caps from the hose connections of the valve block (31).

Connect the flexible hoses (32) and (33) to the high and the low pressure connections of the
valve block (31).

TORQUE the union nut of the flexible hose (32) to between 2.9 and 3.2 M.DAN (21.39 and
23.60 LBF.FT).

TORQUE the union nut of the flexible hose (33) to between 5.4 and 5.9 M.DAN (39.82 and
43.51 LBF.FT).

Safety the union nuts with the lockwire:

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE.
CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
a

(3)

AES

Safety the union nuts of the flexible hoses (32) and (33) to the valve block (31) with
the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .

Connect the primary lower attachment of the THS actuator (1).

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00500-A - Primary Lower Attachments)
(a)

Remove the adhesive tape which temporarily safetied the sliding bushes (77) and the shoulder
bushes (78) in the nut assembly (2).

(b)

Make sure that the sliding bushes (77) and the shoulder bushes (78) are correctly installed in the
nut assembly (2).

(c)

Put the nut assembly (2) in position at the attachment arms (4).

(d)

Push the sliding bushes (77) in the direction of the screwshaft centerline.

(e)

Put the distance bushes (76) into the installation nuts of the spherical bearings installed in the
attachment arms (4).

(f)

Put the bolts (69) in the forks of the nut assembly (2).

(g)

Move the THS actuator (1) into a position so that both forks of the nut assembly (2) overlap the
attachment arms (4).

(h)

Push the sliding bushes (77) against the inner ring of the spherical bearings in the attachment
arms (4). If necessary, use the SUPPORT STRUT-R I,THS ACTUATOR (98D27407502000) and
move the THS to get the necessary alignment of the sliding bushes (77) and the spherical
bearings.

(i)

Install the primary bolts (75) at the connection of the nut assembly (2) and the attachment arms
(4). Make sure that the primary bolts (75) are installed with the flats on the flanges in the
horizontal direction.

(j)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-44-04-01) retainer washers (73) and the retainer nuts (72) on the
primary bolts (75). Make sure that the rounded edge of the retainer nuts (72) point to the
retainer washers (73).
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00500-A - Primary Lower Attachments)

27-44-51 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(k)

(l)

Tighten the primary bolts (75).

1

Put the wrench 98D27407517120, part of the TOOL SET-R I,THS (98D27407517000), on
the retainer nuts (72).

Hold the primary bolts (75) with a WRENCH - STANDARD.

TORQUE the retainer nuts (72) to between 4.0 and 5.0 M.DAN (29.50 and 36.87 LBF.FT).

Remove the wrenches from the primary bolts (75) and the retainer nuts (72).

Safety the retainer nuts (72) with the retainer washers (73).

(m) Install the secondary bolts (74) through the primary bolts (75).

(4)

(n)

Make sure that the secondary bolts (74) have been installed with the flats on the flanges in the
horizontal direction.

(o)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-44-04-01) retainer washers (71) and the retainer nuts (70) on the
secondary bolts (74). Make sure that the rounded edges of the retainer nuts (70) point to the
retainer washers (71).
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00500-A - Primary Lower Attachments)

(p)

Tighten the secondary bolts (74).

1

Put the wrench 98D27407517110, part of TOOL SET-R I,THS (98D27407517000), on the
retainer nuts (70).

Hold the secondary bolts (74) with a WRENCH - STANDARD.

TORQUE the retainer nuts (70) to between 3.0 and 4.0 M.DAN (22.12 and 29.50 LBF.FT).

Remove the wrenches from the secondary bolts (74) and from the retainer nuts (70).

(q)

Safety the retainer nuts (70) with the retainer washers (71).

(r)

Remove the nuts (66) to access the bolts for the anti-rotation brackets (68).

(s)

Put the left and the right anti-rotation brackets (68) in position at the connections of the nut
assembly (2) and the bolts (69), (74) and (75).

(t)

Install the nuts (66).

(u)

Safety the nuts (66) with new (IPC-CSN 27-44-04-01) cotter pins (65) .

Connect the mechanical system link-plate (29) to the input lever (30) of the THS actuator (1).
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00200-A - THS Actuator - Bonding Leads, Mechanical Input and Hydraulic
Connections)
(a)

Put the link-plate (29) in position at the input lever (30).

(b)

Install the bolts (40), the washers (39) and the nuts (38).
NOTE :

(5)

(c)

TORQUE the nuts (38) to 0.8 M.DAN (70.80 LBF.IN) .

(d)

Safety the nuts (38) with new (IPC-CSN 27-41-04-04) cotter pins (37) .

Connect the electrical connections to the THS actuator (1).

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00300-A - Electrical Connections)
(a)

AES

If you cannot install the bolts (40) easily, adjust the mechanical control system (Ref.
TASK 27-41-00-820-001-A).

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors:

. 9CE-A, 9CE-B, 9CE-C and 9CE-D (51)
. 9CE-E and 9CE-F (49)
. 9CE-G and 9CE-H (53).

27-44-51 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connections of the RVDT (50) and (54) and the
pitch-trim actuator (52).

(c)

Connect the electrical connectors 9CE-G and 9CE-H (53) to the monitor RVDT (54).

(d)

Connect the electrical connectors 9CE-A, 9CE-B, 9CE-C and 9CE-D (51) to the pitch-trim
actuator (52).

(e)

Connect the electrical connectors 9CE-E and 9CE-F (49) to the command RVDT (50).

Subtask 27-44-51-860-051-A
F.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Remove the SUPPORT STRUT-R I,THS ACTUATOR (98D27407502000) from the THS.

(2)

Remove the bolts (81) and the TOOL-MANUAL CRANKING STOP,THS ACTUATOR (0U145920)
(82) from the screw jack (83). Do this on each side of the nut assembly (2) of the THS actuator (1).

(3)

Remove the TOOL-ZERO POSITIONING,THS ACTUATOR (0U190834) from between the THS
actuator (1) and the nut assembly (2).

(4)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) from the

mechanical input of the THS actuator (1).

(5)

Remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) from the pitch-trim control wheel
in the flight compartment.

(6)

Remove the storage cap (6) from the oil filler plug (5) and install the oil breather cap (7).

(7)

Remove the drainage container from below the hydraulic valve blocks of the THS actuator.

(8)

Remove the covers from the electrical equipment which is installed below the THS actuator.

(9)

Remove the structural protection material from the work area.

Subtask 27-44-51-865-051-A
G.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-44-51-720-050-A
H.

Test
(1)

Make sure that the THS actuator (1) has the correct quantity of oil. If necessary, fill the THS actuator
(Ref. TASK 27-44-51-210-004-A).

(2)

Do a system test of the THS control (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-730-001-A).

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(3)

AES

Do a visual check of the THS actuator and make sure that there is no leakage from:
. The hydraulic connections
. The oil filler-plug connection

27-44-51 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.

The oil drain-plug connection

The body of the THS actuator.

Subtask 27-44-51-210-059-A
J.

Final Inspection
(1)

Inspect the lower attachment on the THSA.

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-02200-A - Inspection of the Lower THSA Attachment)
(a)

(2)

(3)

Inspect the upper primary attachment on the THSA.

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-02300-A - Inspection of the Upper THSA Attachment)
(a)

Make sure that the parts that follow are installed on the LH and RH side:
. The bearing (57)
. The bush (56)
. The locking washer (55)
. The retainer nut (47)
. The washer (44) and (if applicable) the shim(s) (45)
. The attaching screws (42)
. The locking wire.

(b)

Use a ruler to measure the depth of the sliding bush (48) for the LH and RH side of the THSA.
The depth must be between 6.0 mm and 7.5 mm (0.240 in. and 0.300 in.). The measurment can
be done from the radius of both sides of the bolt (46).

Inspect the upper secondary attachment of the THSA.

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-02300-A - Inspection of the Upper THSA Attachment)
(a)

5.

Make sure that the parts that follow are installed on the LH and RH side:
. The shafts (74) and (75)
. The brackets (68)
. The nuts (66)
. The cotter pins (65)
. The retainer nuts (70) and (72)
. The retainer washers (71) and (73)
. The shoulder bush (78).

Make sure that the parts that follow are installed:

. The bolts (64)
. The washers (63)
. The nuts (62)
. The cotter pins (61).

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-51-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the access platform.

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

(5)

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-44-51 PB401

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z310

A
B
FR74
312AR

FR72

LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL

C
COTTER PIN (65)
NUT (66)

BRACKET (68)

A
SHAFTS

N_MM_274451_4_BEMA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-02200-A SHEET 1

Inspection of the Lower THSA Attachment

27-44-51 PB401

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SECTION

AA

LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL

RETAINER NUTS (70) AND (72)

RETAINER WASHERS (71) AND (73)

SHOULDER BUSH (78)

N_MM_274451_4_BEMA_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-02200-A SHEET 2

Inspection of the Lower THSA Attachment

27-44-51 PB401

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z310

A
B
FR74
312AR

FR72

C
C

E
D
F

F
D

N_MM_274451_4_BJMA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-02300-A SHEET 1

Inspection of the Upper THSA Attachment

27-44-51 PB401

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SECTION

DD
STRUCTURE LUG

LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL

GIMBLE BEARING

BUSH

SLIDING
BUSH

WASHER (44) AND (IF APPLICABLE) SHIM(S) (45)

WASHER (43)
ATTACHING SCREW (42)
LOCKWIRE
BOLT (46)

WASHER (43)
ATTACHING SCREW (42)

E
RETAINER NUT (47)
LOCKING WASHER (55)

NUT
BOLT
COTTER PIN

N_MM_274451_4_BJMA_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-02300-A SHEET 2

Inspection of the Upper THSA Attachment

27-44-51 PB401

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL

RETAINER NUT (47)

BOLT (46)

SLIDING BUSH (48)

DIMENSION A

N_MM_274451_4_BJMA_03_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-02300-A SHEET 3

Inspection of the Upper THSA Attachment

27-44-51 PB401

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-51-000-002-A
Removal of the Oil Filler Plug and/or the Oil Drain Plug from the THS Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 9CE
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

COVER - BLANKING, HYDRAULIC RESISTANT

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

0U190364

OIL DRAINING TOOL

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00600-A - Oil Filler Plug and Oil Drain Plug)
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-010-051-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

Subtask 27-44-51-941-057-A
B.
4.

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00600-A - Oil Filler Plug and Oil Drain Plug)

AES

27-44-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-44-51-020-052-A
A.

Removal of the Oil Filler Plug and/or the Oil Drain Plug
(1)

Removal of the oil filler plug (81).

(a)

Disconnect the breather cap (80) from the oil filler plug (81).

(b)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the oil filler plug (81).

(c)

Remove the oil filler plug (81) from the adaptor (83).

(d)

Remove and discard the O-ring (82) from the oil filler plug (81).
NOTE :

(e)
(2)

AES

Do not remove the adaptor (83) from the THS actuator (1) unless a repair or a new
installation is necessary.

Put a CAP - BLANKING on the adaptor (83).

Removal of the oil drain plug (86).

(a)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position below the THS actuator (1).

(b)

Remove the protective cap (84), complete with the magnetic chip detector (85), from the oil drain
plug (86).

(c)

Install the OIL DRAINING TOOL (0U190364).

(d)

Drain the oil from the THS actuator (1) into the drainage container.

(e)

Remove the OIL DRAINING TOOL (0U190364).

(f)

Cut and remove the lockwire from the oil drain plug (86).

(g)

Remove the oil drain plug (86).

(h)

Remove and discard the O-ring (87) from the oil drain plug (86).

(i)

Put a COVER - BLANKING, HYDRAULIC RESISTANT in the opening for the oil drain plug (86)
in the THS actuator (1).

27-44-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

1
9CE

80

81
87

82

86
83

85
84

N_MM_274451_4_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Oil Filler Plug and Oil Drain Plug

27-44-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-51-400-002-A
Installation of the Oil Filler Plug and/or the Oil Drain Plug in the THS Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 9CE
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT

No specific

PLUG - BLANKING

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 03-003
Material No: 19-010
C.

DESIGNATION
OILS
LUBRICATING OIL TURBINE SYNTHETIC BASE
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Expendable Parts

87

FIG.ITEM
O-ring

IPC-CSN
27-44-51-02-040

82

O-ring

27-44-51-02-080

E.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-13-27-612-001-A

DESIGNATION
Oil Replenishment of the THS Actuator

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00600-A - Oil Filler Plug and Oil Drain Plug)

AES

27-44-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00600-A - Oil Filler Plug and Oil Drain Plug)
Subtask 27-44-51-860-056-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position below the access
door 312AR.

(2)

Make sure that the access door 312AR is open.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position in the flight compartment to tell persons not
to operate the pitch controls.

(4)

Make sure that the CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT is in position below the THS
actuator, if you install the oil drain plug (86).

Subtask 27-44-51-210-052-A
B.

Visual Inspection of the Work Area and the Components

(1)

Visual inspection of the work area.

(a)

(2)

4.

Make sure that:

. the area adjacent to the oil filler plug (81),
. the area adjacent to the oil drain plug (86)
are clean, not damaged and shows no corrosion.

Visual inspection of the components.

(a)

Make sure that:

. the breather cap (80),
. the adaptor (83),
. the protective cap (84) complete with the magnetic chip detector (85)
are clean, not damaged and show no corrosion.

(b)

Make sure that the adaptor (83) is correctly installed in the THS actuator (1).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00600-A - Oil Filler Plug and Oil Drain Plug)
Subtask 27-44-51-420-052-A
A.

Installation of the Oil Filler Plug and/or the Oil Drain Plug
(1)

AES

Installation of the oil filler plug (81).

(a)

Remove the PLUG - BLANKING from the adaptor (83).

(b)

Make sure that the oil filler plug (81) and the adaptor interface (83) are clean.

(c)

Lubricate the new (IPC-CSN 27-44-51-02) O-ring (82) with the oil OILS (Material No: 03-003) .

(d)

Put the new O-ring (82) in position on the oil filler plug (81).

(e)

Install the oil filler plug (81) in the adaptor (83).

(f)

TORQUE the oil filler plug (81) to between 1.4 and 1.6 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.80 LBF.FT).

(g)

Safety the oil filler plug (81) with the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM
DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

(h)

Connect the breather cap (80) to the oil filler plug (81).

27-44-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

5.

Installation of the oil drain plug (86).

(a)

Remove the PLUG - BLANKING from the opening for the oil drain plug (86) in the THS actuator
(1).

(b)

Make sure that the oil drain plug (86) and the plug interface are clean.

(c)

Lubricate the new (IPC-CSN 27-44-51-02) O-ring (87) with the oil OILS (Material No: 03-003) .

(d)

Put the new O-ring (87) in position on the oil drain plug (86).

(e)

Install the oil drain plug (86) in the THS actuator (1).

(f)

TORQUE the oil drain plug (86) to between 1.4 and 1.6 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.80 LBF.FT).

(g)

Safety the oil drain plug (86) with the lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM
DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

(h)

Install the protective cap (84), with the magnetic chip detector (85), on the oil drain plug (86).

(i)

Fill the THS actuator (1) with the correct oil to the necessary level (Ref. TASK
12-13-27-612-001-A).

(j)

Remove the drainage container from below the THS actuator (1).

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-51-210-053-A
A.

Do a visual check of the THS actuator and make sure that there are no leaks from:
. the oil filler plug and adaptor,
. the oil drain plug.

Subtask 27-44-51-410-051-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Remove the warning notices.

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.

(3)

Close the access door 312AR.

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-44-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-51-000-003-A
Removal of the Lower Claw Stop
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

0U145409
0U145920
0U190360
0U190844
98D27403500000

1
1
1
2
1

SPECIAL WRENCH
TOOL-MANUAL CRANKING STOP,THS ACTUATOR
PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER
TOOL-RELEASE,POB
PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-44-51-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the No-Back Device (No-Back Pawls)

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-863-001-A
29-23-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System from the Green Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Ground Service Cart

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00100-A - Job Set-Up)

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01600-A - Lower Claw Stop)

AES

27-44-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-010-062-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

Subtask 27-44-51-860-057-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00100-A - Job Set-Up)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(1)

Pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) and (Ref.
TASK 29-23-00-863-002-A).

(2)

Turn the pitch-trim control wheel in the flight compartment and put the THS actuator to the zero
position.

(3)

Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems and put them in the maintenance configuration
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(5)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green, the Yellow and
the Blue hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green, the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems.

(6)

If hydraulic pressure is not available, use the manual drive input and move the THS actuator to the zero
position.
(a)

Put the TOOL-MANUAL CRANKING STOP,THS ACTUATOR (0U145920) in position on the

screw of the THS actuator.

(b)

Use the TOOL-RELEASE,POB (0U190844) and a 1/2 inch socket to position the THS actuator
(Ref. TASK 27-44-51-710-001-A).

(7)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the pitch
controls.

(8)

Put the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) in the mechanical

input of the THS actuator.

(9)

Put the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) on the pitch-trim control wheel in the
flight compartment.

Subtask 27-44-51-865-057-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

49VU

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-44-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
121VU
4.

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

FIN
19CE1

LOCATION
Q16

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01600-A - Lower Claw Stop)
Subtask 27-44-51-020-053-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Lower Claw Stop

(1)

Make sure that there is a mark for the correct location of the claw stop (112) and the screw (110). If
there is no mark use a marker to mark the keys (118) in relation to the claw stop (112) and to the
screw (110).

(2)

Release the tabwasher (116) and remove the nut (117) with the SPECIAL WRENCH (0U145409).

(3)

Remove the tabwasher (116) and the springwasher (115) from the fail safe tie-bar (111).

(4)

Discard the tabwasher (116).

(5)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the screws (114).

(6)

Remove the screws (114), the washers (113) and the lower claw stop (112).

(7)

If necessary, remove the two keys (118) with the studs (119).

27-44-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
C
B
110

119
118
111

114
113
120

112
113

114
115

116
112
117

N_MM_274451_4_APM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-01600-A SHEET 1

Lower Claw Stop

27-44-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-51-400-003-A
Installation of the Lower Claw Stop
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

0U145409
0U190360
98D27403500000
B.

Material No: 19-010

310
312AR

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-00-00-864-001-A
29-23-00-863-001-A

AES

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

D.

SPECIAL WRENCH
PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER
PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-002

C.

1
1
1

DESIGNATION
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

27-44-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-23-00-863-002-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System from the Green Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Ground Service Cart

29-23-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01600-A - Lower Claw Stop)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-860-058-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position below the access
door 312AR.

(2)

Make sure that the access door 312AR is open.

(3)

Make sure that the pitch-trim control wheel in the flight compartment is in the zero position.

(4)

Make sure that the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) is installed on the pitchtrim control wheel.

(5)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the pitch controls.

(6)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(7)

Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green, the
Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green, the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems.

(8)

Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) is

installed in the mechanical input of the THS actuator.

Subtask 27-44-51-865-058-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01600-A - Lower Claw Stop)
Subtask 27-44-51-420-053-A
A.

Installation of the Lower Claw Stop

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.

AES

27-44-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Install the keys (118) if removed.

(2)

Make sure that the studs (119) are in position in the keys (118).

(3)

Put the lower claw stop (112) in position as marked in the before removal.

(4)

Install the screws (114) with the washers (113).

(5)

TORQUE the screws (114) to between 0.30 and 0.35 M.DAN (26.55 and 30.97 LBF.IN).

(6)

Safety the screws (114) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .

(7)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the nut (117).

(8)

Install the springwasher (115), the new tabwasher (116) and the nut (117) onto the fail safe tie-bar
(111).

(9)

TORQUE the nut (117) to between 5.0 and 6.0 M.DAN (36.87 and 44.25 LBF.FT) with the SPECIAL
WRENCH (0U145409).

(10) Safety the nut (117) with the tabwasher (116).

Subtask 27-44-51-860-059-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) from the

mechanical input of the THS actuator.

(2)

Remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) from the pitch-trim control wheel
in the flight compartment.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 27-44-51-865-059-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-44-51-710-051-A
D.

Test
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

AES

27-44-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5.

(1)

Pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) and (Ref.
TASK 29-23-00-863-002-A).

(2)

Turn the pitch-trim control wheel in the flight compartment and put the THS actuator to the 13.5 deg.
UP position.

(3)

Make sure that the distance between the lower claw stop (112) and the nut assembly (120) is not less
than 8 mm (0.3150 in.).

(4)

Turn the pitch-trim control wheel in the flight compartment and put the THS actuator to the zero
position.

(5)

Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-51-410-062-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the access platform.

27-44-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-51-960-001-A
Replacement of the Filter Assy in Valve Block of the THS Actuator
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-015
Material No: 11-002
Material No: 19-003
C.

AES

COMMON GREASES
GREASE
CLEANING AGENTS
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHT SPIRIT)
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR

DESIGNATION

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

27-44-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
2

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-44-55-01-020

packing
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-41-00-720-001-A

29-00-00-910-002-A

DESIGNATION
Functional Test of the THS-Actuator Overtravel Related to the Mechanical
Indicator
Check the Oil Level of the Gearbox of the THS-Actuator
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

27-44-51-210-004-A
29-00-00-864-001-A

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-02000-A - Replacement of the Filter)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-010-065-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

Subtask 27-44-51-860-065-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(2)

Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems and put them in the maintenance configuration
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(4)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(5)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green, the Yellow and
the Blue hydraulic systems:
. In the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel
. On the ground service panels of the Green, the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-44-51-865-063-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN
15CE1

LOCATION
B11

27-44-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-02000-A - Replacement of the Filter)
Subtask 27-44-51-020-054-A
A.

Removal of the Filter

(1)

Put a CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL) under the filter assembly (1).

(2)

Remove the filter (3) from the filter assembly (1).

(3)

Remove and discard the packing (2).

Subtask 27-44-51-560-051-A
B.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the filter with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-002) and a LINT-FREE COTTON
CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .

(2)

Do a visual inspection of the filter (3).

(3)

Apply the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-015) to the new (IPC-CSN 27-44-55-01) packing (2) .

(4)

Install the packing (2) on the filter (3).

Subtask 27-44-51-420-054-A
C.

Installation of the Filter at the Valve Block

(1)

Put the filter (3) with the packing (2) in position.

(2)

Install the filter (3) and the packing (2) in the filter assembly (1).

(3)

TORQUE the filter (3) to between 2.1 and 2.3 M.DAN (15.49 and 16.96 LBF.FT).

(4)

Remove the CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL).

Subtask 27-44-51-865-064-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-44-51-720-051-A
E.

Test
(1)

AES

Make sure that the THS actuator has the correct quantity of oil and fill as necessary (Ref. TASK
27-44-51-210-004-A).

27-44-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Do a system test of the THS control (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-720-001-A).

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(3)

5.

Do
.
.
.
.

a visual check of the THS actuator and make sure that there is no leakage from:
The hydraulic connections
The oil filler-plug connection
The oil drain-plug connection
The body of the THS actuator.

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-51-410-064-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Remove the warning notices.

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.

(3)

Close the access door 312AR.

(4)

Remove the access platform.

27-44-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z310

A
FR74
312AR

FR70

N_MM_274451_4_ASM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-02000-A SHEET 1

Replacement of the Filter

27-44-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACTUATOR - THS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-51-710-001-A
Operational Test of the No-Back Device (No-Back Pawls)
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-44-00-03-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF THS ACTUATOR NO-BACK DEVICE

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

0U145506
0U190844
B.

1
1
Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-015
Material No: 19-018
C.

CONE-MOUNTING, THS ACTUATOR

TOOL-RELEASE,POB

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GREASE
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL OR NICKEL ALLOY

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
D.

FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
4

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
O-ring

IPC-CSN
27-44-51-02-100

27-44-51 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01100-A - Location of the Manual Drive Input and the Installation of the Release Tool of the
Pressure-Off Brake)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-010-058-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.

Subtask 27-44-51-865-052-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01100-A - Location of the Manual Drive Input and the Installation of the Release Tool of
the Pressure-Off Brake)
Subtask 27-44-51-710-050-A
A.

Operational Test
(1)

Cut, remove and discard the lockwire at the plug (3) of the manual drive input.

(2)

Remove the plug (3) from the manual drive input of the THS actuator (1).

(3)

Remove and discard the O-ring (4) from the plug (3).

(4)

Install the TOOL-RELEASE,POB (0U190844) on the control piston (2) of one of the two pressure-off
brakes as follows:

(5)

AES

(a)

Install the shaft on the thread of the control piston (2).

(b)

Put the collar in position on the shaft and install the command nut.

(c)

Make sure that the collar has contact with the housing and there is a gap between the spring pin
and the collar.

(d)

Make sure that the command nut has contact with the collar.

(e)

TORQUE the command nut to between 0.35 and 0.50 M.DAN (30.97 and 44.25 LBF.IN) (agrees
with half a turn of the command nut) to release the pressure-off brake.

Put a socket wrench in position at the manual drive input.

27-44-51 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Use the socket wrench to turn the manual drive input (a maximum of half a revolution), very slowly, in
one direction and then in the other direction.
NOTE :

Listen for the operation noise of the ratchet wheels, (a tic-tac noise), while the manual drive
input turns.

NOTE :

When you turn the manual drive input in the clockwise or counter- clockwise directions, an
intermitted resistance to the movement can occur, due to compression of hydraulic fluid in the
hydraulic motors.

(7)

Remove the TOOL-RELEASE,POB (0U190844) from the control piston (2).

(8)

Remove the socket wrench from the manual drive input.

(9)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-015) to the new (IPC-CSN 27-44-51-02) O-ring (4) .

(10) Use the CONE-MOUNTING, THS ACTUATOR (0U145506) and put the O-ring (4) on the plug (3).
(11) Install the plug (3) in the manual drive input.
(12) TORQUE the plug (3) to between 1.4 and 1.6 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.80 LBF.FT).
(13) Safety the plug (3) with lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL OR NICKEL ALLOY (Material No:
19-018) .
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-51-865-053-A
A.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-44-51-410-058-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-44-51 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
D
A
1
FR74
FR72
FR70

312AR

3
4

MANUAL DRIVE
INPUT

B
2
1

C
C

SHAFT
SPRING PIN
COLLAR
COMMAND NUT

RELEASE TOOL
OF THE
PRESSUREOFF BRAKE
N_MM_274451_5_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-01100-A SHEET 1

Location of the Manual Drive Input and the Installation of
the Release Tool of the Pressure-Off Brake

27-44-51 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACTUATOR - THS - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-51-210-001-A
Visual Inspection of the THS-Actuator
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 9CE
1.

Reason for the Job

To make sure that the external area of the THS-actuator is in a correct condition.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

FLASHLIGHT

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-002

C.

310
312AR

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-44-51-210-004-A

AES

CLEANING AGENTS
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHT SPIRIT)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

D.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
Check the Oil Level of the Gearbox of the THS-Actuator

27-44-51 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00700-A - THS Actuator 9CE)
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00700-A - THS Actuator 9CE)
Subtask 27-44-51-010-052-A
A.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00700-A - THS Actuator 9CE)
Subtask 27-44-51-210-054-A
A.

5.

Examine the casing (1) of the THS actuator

(1)

Clean the casing (1) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-002) and let it dry.

(2)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and examine the casing (1) for:

. cracks,
. dents,
. corrosion,
. signs of leakage,
. satisfactory protective finish.

(3)

Make sure that the line replaceable units (LRU) are correctly installed on the casing (1).

(4)

Make sure that the THS actuator has the correct quantity of oil (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-210-004-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-51-410-052-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-44-51 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
THS ACTUATOR
9CE

Z310

A
312AR
FR74
FR72
FR70

2
2

4
5

4
N_MM_274451_6_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-00700-A SHEET 1

THS Actuator 9CE

27-44-51 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-51-220-001-A
Detailed Visual Inspection of the the Ball-Screw Nut Body, the Screw and the Claw Stops of the THS-Actuator
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-44-51-04-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF THS ACTUATOR BALL SCREW NUT BODY AND SCREW AND CLAW STOPS

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

FLASHLIGHT

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-002

C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
D.

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHT SPIRIT)

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
12-22-27-640-003-A
Lubrication of Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator Ball Screw Nut
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00700-A - THS Actuator 9CE)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00800-A - Claw Stops, Ball Screw Nut and Screw)

AES

27-44-51 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00700-A - THS Actuator 9CE)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00800-A - Claw Stops, Ball Screw Nut and Screw)
Subtask 27-44-51-010-053-A
A.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00700-A - THS Actuator 9CE)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00800-A - Claw Stops, Ball Screw Nut and Screw)
Subtask 27-44-51-220-050-A
A.

Inspection
(1)

Carefully examine the ball screw nut (5), the ball screw (7) and the claw stops (4).

(2)

Clean the items that follow with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-002) :
. The claw stops (4)
. The ball screw nut (5)
. The ball screw (7)
. The nut assembly (8).

(3)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and inspect the claw stops (4) for:

. Cracks
. Dents.
NOTE :

(4)

AES

In Vendor Service Bulletin 47145-27-15 you will find more information concerning claw stop
damage.

Make sure that the claw stops (4) are correctly installed on the screw (7):
(a)

Make sure that the screws (15) are correctly installed through the keys (18) in the claw stops (4).

(b)

Make sure that the flange (16) is correctly installed on the claw stop (4) and shows no damage.

(c)

Make sure that the tab washer (19) is correctly safetied on the special nut (20) at the lower claw
stop (4).

(5)

Use the FLASHLIGHT and examine the ball screw nut (5) for:
. Cracks
. Dents
. Corrosion
. Satisfactory surface protection.

(6)

Make sure that the ball screw nut (5) is correctly installed in the nut assembly (8):
(a)

Make sure that the grease nipple (17):

. Is clean
. Shows no damage
. Is correctly installed in the fail-safe nut (23).

(b)

Make sure that the ice chippers (21) and (24):

. Show no damage
. Are correctly installed on the ball screw (7).

27-44-51 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

(7)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and examine the ball screw (7) for:

. Cracks
. Corrosion
. Satisfactory surface protection.
(a)

5.

Make sure that the locking bush (22):

. Shows no damage
. Is correctly installed on the ball screw nut (5).

If you find shiny marks on the ball screw (7), do not replace the THSA as these marks are
permitted. Refer to the Goodrich SB for more data (Ref. SB 47145-27-10).

(8)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and inspect the nut assembly (8) for:

. Cracks
. Corrosion
. Satisfactory surface protection.

(9)

Lubricate the ball screw nut (5) as necessary (Ref. TASK 12-22-27-640-003-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-51-410-053-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-44-51 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z310

312AR
FR74
FR72
FR70

C
B

15
16
4
7

C
D

4
5

8
17
SECTION

CC

4
15

SECTION

DD

4
18

24

15
16
18

7
7

D
C

15
16
4

23
17
22

18

18

4
15

15
19

21

20
7

N_MM_274451_6_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-00800-A SHEET 1

Claw Stops, Ball Screw Nut and Screw

27-44-51 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-51-210-002-A
Visual Check of the Threaded (Fail-Safe) Nut
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-44-51-06-)
VISUAL CHECK OF THS ACTUATOR THREADED NUT (FAIL SAFE NUT)

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

FLASHLIGHT

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00700-A - THS Actuator 9CE)

DESIGNATION

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00800-A - Claw Stops, Ball Screw Nut and Screw)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00700-A - THS Actuator 9CE)
Subtask 27-44-51-010-054-A
A.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00800-A - Claw Stops, Ball Screw Nut and Screw)

AES

27-44-51 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-44-51-210-055-A
A.

Do a visual check of the threaded (fail-safe) nut

(1)

5.

Use a FLASHLIGHT and do a visual check of the fail-safe nut (23) from the upper side of the nut
assembly (8) for:
. cracks,
. corrosion,
. damage.

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-51-410-054-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-44-51 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-51-210-003-A
Check the Indicator of the No-Back Wear Detection-Device of the THS-Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-44-51-03-)
CHECK INDICATOR OF THS ACTUATOR NO-BACK WEAR DETECTION DEVICE

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

FLASHLIGHT

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-44-51-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator

27-44-51-400-001-A

Installation of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00700-A - THS Actuator 9CE)

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00900-A - Detection Device - Actuator No-Back Wear)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00700-A - THS Actuator 9CE)
Subtask 27-44-51-010-055-A
A.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00900-A - Detection Device - Actuator No-Back Wear)

AES

27-44-51 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-44-51-210-056-A
A.

Examine the indicator of the detection device.

(1)

5.

Use a FLASHLIGHT and examine the detection device (30).

(a)

Make sure that the red pop-out (31) is not released.

(b)

If the red pop-out (31) is released, examine the position of the roller (32) on the detection device
(30)
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00900-A - Detection Device - Actuator No-Back Wear)
1

If the roller (32) is in the position TRIPPED BY VIBRATION, reset the red pop-out (31):
. Push the roller (32) with a tool, for example a small screwdriver, in the reset position.

If the roller (32) is in the position TRIPPED BECAUSE OF NO BACK WEAR, replace
the THS-Actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-51-410-055-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-44-51 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
B
FR74
312AR

FR72
FR70

RED POPIN

C
32

MAGNETIC DRAIN PLUG

RESET POSITION

31 (RED POPOUT)

RED POPOUT

TRIPPED BY VIBRATION

POSITION
TRANSDUCER

32

RED POPOUT

30

SCREW
SHAFT
32
TRIPPED BECAUSE OF "NO BACK" WEAR

N_MM_274451_6_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-00900-A SHEET 1

Detection Device - Actuator No-Back Wear

27-44-51 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-51-280-001-A
Check the Integrity of the Ball Screw Shaft (Primary and Secondary Load Paths) of the THS-Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-44-51-08-)
CHECK INTEGRITY OF THS ACTUATOR BALL SCREW SHAFT (PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LOAD PATH)

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

WRENCH - STANDARD

No specific
0U191191

1
1

WRENCH - TORQUE
CHECKING TOOL-BALL SCREW AND TIE BAR

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 19-010
C.

DESIGNATION
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-44-51-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator

27-44-51-400-001-A

Installation of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01000-A - Ball Screw Shaft - Integrity Check)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-860-054-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

AES

Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

27-44-51 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance
configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.

(4)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green and Yellow
hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU on the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-44-51-010-056-A
B.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Open the access door 312AR.

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01000-A - Ball Screw Shaft - Integrity Check)
Subtask 27-44-51-280-050-A
A.

Do an integrity check of the ball screw shaft (primary and secondary load paths).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(1)

Remove and discard the lockwire (2) from the screws (1). Do not loosen the screws (1).
NOTE :

The removal of the lockwire (2) is necessary to get a better access to the machined area of the
lower claw stop.

(2)

Put the larger clamp of the CHECKING TOOL-BALL SCREW AND TIE BAR (0U191191) in position
on the lower claw stop (with the graded scale in the up direction).

(3)

Tighten the clamping nut.

(4)

Put the smaller clamp of the CHECKING TOOL-BALL SCREW AND TIE BAR (0U191191) in position
on the tie bar nut.

(5)

Put the needle in the zero position of the graded scale and tighten the clamping nut.

(6)

Put a WRENCH - TORQUE on the hexagonal end of the tie bar (secondary load path).

(7)

Put a WRENCH - STANDARD on the machined area of the lower claw stop (primary load path).

(8)

Hold the upper wrench in position and apply a TORQUE of 10 m.daN (73.75 lbf.ft) clockwise to the
WRENCH - TORQUE.

(9)

Look at the graded scale of the CHECKING TOOL-BALL SCREW AND TIE BAR (0U191191).

(10) Make sure that the rotation is not more than 10 degrees.
(11) Do the above check procedure counterclockwise.
(12) If the rotation is more than 10 degrees, replace the THS actuator 9CE (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-000-001-A)
and (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001-A)
(13) Release the torque and remove the wrenches.
(14) Remove the CHECKING TOOL-BALL SCREW AND TIE BAR (0U191191) from the lower claw stop
and the tie bar nut.

AES

27-44-51 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(15) Safety the screws (1) with the lockwire 0.8 mm (0.0315 in.) LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED
0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-51-410-056-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-44-51 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z310

A
B

FR74
FR72
312AR

D
LOVER
CLAW STOP

CLAMPING NUT

1
2
GIMBAL
NARROW SECTION
OF THE BAR
CLAMPING NUT

TIE BAR

TIE BAR NUT

N_MM_274451_6_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-01000-A SHEET 1

Ball Screw Shaft - Integrity Check

27-44-51 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-51-220-002-A
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Upper and the Lower Attachments (Primary and Secondary) of the THS-Actuator
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-44-51-05-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF UPPER AND LOWER THS ACTUATOR ATTACHMENT (PRIMARY AND
SECONDARY)

NOTE :
2.

Do not clean the attachments before you do the inspection given in the Airbus Inspection Service Bulletin
27-1164 if the AMM task and the SB are being done together.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

FLASHLIGHT

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-002

C.

AES

CLEANING AGENTS
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHT SPIRIT)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR

DESIGNATION

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

27-44-51 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00700-A - THS Actuator 9CE)
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00700-A - THS Actuator 9CE)
Subtask 27-44-51-941-068-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

Subtask 27-44-51-010-057-A
B.
4.

Open the access door 312AR.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-00700-A - THS Actuator 9CE)
Subtask 27-44-51-220-051-A
A.

AES

Carefully examine the upper attachments (2),(3) and the lower attachments (6) of the THS actuator 9CE.
(1)

Clean:
. the primary upper attachments (2),
. the secondary upper attachments (3),
. the primary lower attachments (6),
. the secondary lower attachments at the nut assembly (8)
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-002) and let them dry.

(2)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and examine the primary upper attachments (2) for:
. cracks,
. dents,
. corrosion,
. protective finish,
. correct attachment.

(3)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and examine the secondary upper attachments (3) for:
. cracks,
. dents,
. corrosion,
. protective finish,
. correct attachment.

(4)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and examine the primary lower attachments (6) for:
. cracks,
. dents,
. corrosion,
. protective finish,
. correct attachment.

(5)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and examine the secondary lower attachments at the nut assembly (8) for:
. cracks,
. corrosion,
. protective finish,
. correct attachment.

27-44-51 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-51-410-057-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

Subtask 27-44-51-942-067-A
B.

AES

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Remove the access platform(s).

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-44-51 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-51-210-004-A
Check the Oil Level of the Gearbox of the THS-Actuator
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-44-51-02-)
CHECK OIL LEVEL OF THS ACTUATOR GEARBOX

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)

No specific

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
C.

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
D.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-13-27-612-001-A

DESIGNATION
Oil Replenishment of the THS Actuator

27-44-51-000-001-A

Removal of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator

27-44-51-400-001-A

Installation of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator

27-44-56-000-001-A
27-44-56-400-001-A

Removal of the Position Transducer from the THS Actuator

Installation of the Position Transducer to the THS Actuator

AES

27-44-51 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-44-57-000-001-A
27-44-57-400-001-A
29-00-00-864-001-A
29-23-00-863-001-A
29-23-00-863-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Pitch Trim Actuator from the THS Actuator
Installation of the Pitch Trim Actuator to the THS Actuator
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System from the Green Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Ground Service Cart

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01200-A - THS Actuator 9CE - Gearbox Oil-Sight-Level)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-941-072-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the pitch
controls.

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT) in position.

Subtask 27-44-51-010-059-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

4.

Open the access door 312AR.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01200-A - THS Actuator 9CE - Gearbox Oil-Sight-Level)
Subtask 27-44-51-860-067-A
A.

Preparation for the Check of the Oil Level of the THS-Actuator Gearbox
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

AES

(1)

Pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) and (Ref.
TASK 29-23-00-863-002-A).

(2)

For the correct check of the oil level it is necessary to do the steps that follow:
(a)

Turn the pitch-trim control wheel in the flight compartment and move the THS-actuator a
minimum of:
. Three times from the fully UP position to the fully DOWN position.

(b)

Turn the pitch-trim control wheel in the flight compartment and move the THS-actuator to the
zero position.

(3)

Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems and put them in the maintenance configuration
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(4)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green, the Yellow and
the Blue hydraulic systems:
. In the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel
. On the ground service panels of the Green, the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems.

(5)

On the fuselage tail cone, make sure that the THS is opposite the 0 mark.

(6)

Make sure that the aircraft is in a horizontal position.

27-44-51 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

Clean the sight glass (41) and the adjacent area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026)
and let it dry.

Subtask 27-44-51-210-057-A
B.

Do a Check of the Oil Level of the THS-Actuator Gearbox

(1)

(2)

(3)

AES

Do a check of the oil level at the oil sight glass (40) at approximately one hour after:
. The last movement of the THS-actuator.
NOTE :

Carbon dust from the carbon discs can make the oil black in color.

NOTE :

The oil sight glass (40) minimum level mark can show a MINI mark or a 90cc mark.

If the oil level is between the minimum mark and the maximum mark, fill the gearbox to the maximum
mark (Ref. TASK 12-13-27-612-001-A).
(a)

If the actuator housing temperature is less than 10 deg.C (50.00 deg.F), we recommend that:
. You fill the gearbox to a level of 1.5 mm (0.0591 in.) less than the maximum mark.

(b)

If the actuator housing temperature is more than 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F), we recommend that:
. You fill the gearbox to a level of 1.5 mm (0.0591 in.) more than the maximum mark.

(c)

Do the close-up procedure (refer to Para. 5.).

If the oil level is below the minimum mark, do a check for an external oil leak of the gearbox.
(a)

If you find an external oil leak, replace the THS-actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-000-001-A) and
(Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001-A).

(b)

If you do not find an external oil leak, fill the gearbox to the maximum level (Ref. TASK
12-13-27-612-001-A). Measure and record the quantity of oil that you add to the gearbox.
1

If the actuator housing temperature is less than 10 deg.C (50.00 deg.F), we recommend
that:
. You fill the gearbox to a level of 1.5 mm (0.0591 in.) less than the maximum mark.

If the actuator housing temperature is more than 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F), we recommend
that:
. You fill the gearbox to a level of 1.5 mm (0.0591 in.) more than the maximum mark.

If the added oil quantity is less than 90 cm3 (5.49 in.3), no more checks are necessary.

If the added oil quantity is more than 440 cm3 (26.85 in.3), replace the THS-actuator (Ref.
TASK 27-44-51-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001-A).

If the added oil quantity is more than 90 cm3 (5.49 in.3) but less than 440 cm3 (26.85
in.3):
. Remove the position transducers (Ref. TASK 27-44-56-000-001-A).
. Do a check for signs of oil.
a

If you find oil:

. Replace the THS-actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
27-44-51-400-001-A).

If you do not find oil:

. Install the position transducers (Ref. TASK 27-44-56-400-001-A)
. Remove the pitch trim actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-57-000-001-A).
. Do a check for signs of oil.

If you find oil:

. Replace the THS-actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
27-44-51-400-001-A).

27-44-51 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
d

If you do not find oil:

. Install the pitch trim actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-57-400-001-A).
. Replace the THS-actuator in
Less than 600FH, or
Less than 750FC, or
Less than 100 days (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
27-44-51-400-001-A).
. Do the replacement in the limits that come first.
. During the time before a THS-actuator is replaced, you must do checks of the oil
level in the gearbox at intervals. Refer to the table below for the intervals between
the checks for a given quantity of added oil.

Quantity of added oil

Intervals between oil level checks

90 to 180 cm3 (5.50 to 11.00 in.3)

150 flight hours

180 to 440 cm3 (11.00 to 26.80 in.3)

Daily Check

5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-51-410-059-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

Subtask 27-44-51-942-070-A
B.

AES

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-44-51 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z130

1
9CE

A
312AR

FR74
FR72
FR70

B
B
1
41

40

9CE

LEVEL CHECK
STABILIZER
AT 0 + 1

MAXIMUM LEVEL
MAXI
MINI

NORMAL LEVEL
MINIMUM LEVEL

N_MM_274451_6_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-01200-A SHEET 1

THS Actuator 9CE - Gearbox Oil-Sight-Level

27-44-51 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-51-200-001-A
Check the Backlash between the Ball Screw Nut and Screw of the THS-Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-44-51-07-)
CHECK BACKLASH BETWEEN THS ACTUATOR BALL SCREW NUT AND SCREW

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

GAGE 0 - 150 LBF (0 - 66,72 DAN) - PUSH-PULL

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

0U190863

BACKLASH CHECKING TOOL-THS ACTUATOR

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 11-002
Material No: 19-003
C.

310
312AR

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-22-27-640-003-A

AES

LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

D.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
CLEANING AGENTS
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHT SPIRIT)

DESIGNATION
Lubrication of Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator Ball Screw Nut

27-44-51 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-00-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01300-A - THS Actuator Backlash Check)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-010-060-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the access door 312AR.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

Subtask 27-44-51-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the actuator for the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer is in the 0 degree position.

(2)

Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance
configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(4)

Put warning notices on the ground service panels of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems to tell
persons not to pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.

(5)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.

Subtask 27-44-51-865-055-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-44-51-480-051-A
D.

AES

Install the BACKLASH CHECKING TOOL-THS ACTUATOR (0U190863):

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01300-A - THS Actuator Backlash Check)
(1)

Clean the screwshaft with a lint-free cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-002) and let it dry.

(2)

Install the mechanical stop unit, part of the BACKLASH CHECKING TOOL-THS ACTUATOR
(0U190863), on the top side of the ballnut with the screws (1).

(3)

Make sure that the cams of the mechanical stop unit engage with the cams of the ballnut.

(4)

Make sure that the mechanical stop unit does not touch the thread of the screw shaft.

(5)

Install the clamp and the lever assembly, parts of the BACKLASH CHECKING TOOL-THS
ACTUATOR (0U190863), on the top side of the mechanical stop unit to the thread of the screw shaft.

27-44-51 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

4.

(6)

Install the dial indicator part of the BACKLASH CHECKING TOOL-THS ACTUATOR (0U190863) on
the screwshaft below the ballnut.

(7)

Set the dial indicator to zero.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01300-A - THS Actuator Backlash Check)
Subtask 27-44-51-220-052-A
A.

5.

Check of the Backlash

(1)

With a GAGE 0 - 150 LBF (0 - 66,72 DAN) - PUSH-PULL: Apply a force of 12 daN (27.0 lbf.)
vertically (parallel to the screw shaft of the THS actuator) at the application hole of the lever assy of
the BACKLASH CHECKING TOOL-THS ACTUATOR (0U190863).
Make sure that the application hole is 385 mm (15.157 in.) away from the edge of the fitting fork.

(2)

Use the dial indicator and make sure that the backlash is not more than 0.15 mm (0.006 in.).

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-51-080-051-A
A.

Remove the BACKLASH CHECKING TOOL-THS ACTUATOR (0U190863).

Subtask 27-44-51-640-050-A
B.

Apply a small quantity of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the screwshaft and lubricate the ball
screw nut as necessary (Ref. TASK 12-22-27-640-003-A).

Subtask 27-44-51-410-061-A
C.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

Subtask 27-44-51-865-056-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-44-51 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
Z310

A
312AR
FR74
FR72
FR70

FITTING FORK

12daN
(27.0lbf.)

C
385mm
(15.16in.)

CLAMP

B
B

LEVER ASSY
BALLNUT

MECHANICAL
STOP UNIT
BACKLASH CHECKING TOOL
OU 190863
DIAL INDICATOR

CAM

1
SCREW SHAFT

SCREW
SHAFT

CAM
N_MM_274451_6_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-01300-A SHEET 1

THS Actuator Backlash Check

27-44-51 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-51-200-002-A
Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Detector and Boroscope Inspection of the Power Gear of the THS-Actuator
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

BORESCOPE - FLEXIBLE

No specific

CONTAINER 4 L (1 USGAL)

No specific
No specific

1
1

HOSE - DRAIN
PAPER - FILTER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

0U190364
0U190844
B.

1
2
Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 19-003
No specific
C.

OIL DRAINING TOOL

TOOL-RELEASE,POB

DESIGNATION
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, 0.6 mm (0.024 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
O-rings

IPC-CSN
27-44-51-02-060

O-ring

27-44-51-02-100

E.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-13-27-612-001-A
27-41-00-730-001-A

DESIGNATION
Oil Replenishment of the THS Actuator
System Test of the THS Actuator Electrical Control

27-44-51-000-001-A

Removal of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator

27-44-51-400-001-A

Installation of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator

27-44-51-710-001-A

Operational Test of the No-Back Device (No-Back Pawls)

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action

AES

27-44-51 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01500-A - Inspection of the Magnetic Detector and Boroscope Inspection of the THS-Actuator)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-860-053-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance
configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic
systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU on the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.

(4)

Put warning notices in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.

Subtask 27-44-51-010-061-A
B.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 312AR.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01500-A - Inspection of the Magnetic Detector and Boroscope Inspection of the THSActuator)
Subtask 27-44-51-210-058-A
A.

Do an Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Detector

(1)

Disconnect the drain plug (5) from the actuator housing.

(2)

Examine the magnetic chip detector for metal particles.

(3)

If you find metal particles which are larger than 2 mm (0.0787 in.) by 1 mm (0.0394 in.), do a
boroscope inspection as written below.

(4)

If you do not find metal particles larger than given above, continue as follows:
(a)

Clean the magnetic chip detector with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .

(b)

Connect the drain plug (5) to the actuator housing.

Subtask 27-44-51-290-050-A
B.

AES

Do a Boroscope Inspection of the Power Gears

(1)

Put a CONTAINER 4 L (1 USGAL) below the connection of the drain plug to collect the drained oil.

(2)

Connect the OIL DRAINING TOOL (0U190364) to the opening of the drain plug.

(3)

Use a HOSE - DRAIN and drain the oil from the gearbox through a PAPER - FILTER into the
container.

(4)

Examine the paper filter for metal particles.

(5)

Disconnect the OIL DRAINING TOOL (0U190364) and the flexible tube from the opening of the drain
plug.

27-44-51 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Remove the container with the drained oil.

(7)

Cut the lockwire and remove the inspection plugs (1) with the O-ring (2).

(8)

Cut the lockwire and remove the plug (3) with the O-ring (4).

(9)

Discard the O-rings (2),(4).

(10) Install the TOOL-RELEASE,POB (0U190844) (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-710-001-A).

(11) Put an BORESCOPE - FLEXIBLE into the inspection holes of the gearbox and examine the teeth of the
power gears.
(12) Put a socket wrench in the opening of the manual drive input.
(13) Use the socket wrench and turn the manual drive input.
(14) Examine the teeth of the power gear while you turn the manual drive input.
NOTE :

Do the inspection thru both inspection holes.

(15) Turn the manual drive input to the zero position.

(16) If you find chipped gear teeth, replace the THS-actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-000-001-A) and (Ref.
TASK 27-44-51-400-001-A).
NOTE :

Do not clean the magnetic chip detectors. They may be the basis of a subsequent analysis.

(17) If you have not found defects of the gear teeth, continue as follows:

5.

(a)

Connect the drain plug (5).

(b)

Install the inspection plugs (1) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-44-51-02) O-rings (2) .

(c)

TORQUE the plug (1) to 2 M.DAN (14.75 LBF.FT) and safety it with lockwire, corrosionresistant steel, 0.6 mm (0.024 in.)

(d)

Install the plug (3) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-44-51-02) O-ring (4) .

(e)

TORQUE the plug (3) to between 1.4 and 1.6 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.80 LBF.FT) and safety it
with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, 0.6 mm (0.024 in.)

(f)

Remove the TOOL-RELEASE,POB (0U190844) (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-710-001-A).

(g)

Fill the THS-actuator with oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-27-612-001-A).

(h)

Do the system test of the THS-mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-730-001-A).

(i)

If the system test shows a defect, replace the THS-actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-000-001-A) and
(Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-51-410-060-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-44-51 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
C
B

312AR
FR74
FR72

DRAIN PLUG WITH

5 MAGNETIC CHIP DETECTOR

ACTUATOR
HOUSING

B
4

MANUAL
DRIVE
INPUT
1

2
1

N_MM_274451_6_APM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-01500-A SHEET 1

Inspection of the Magnetic Detector and Boroscope
Inspection of the THS-Actuator

27-44-51 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-51-610-001-A
Drain and Refill the Trimable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator Gearbox
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-44-51-09-)
DRAIN AND REFILL THS ACTUATOR GEARBOX

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

0U190364

OIL DRAINING TOOL

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-13-27-612-001-A
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Oil Replenishment of the THS Actuator
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-863-001-A

AES

27-44-51 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-23-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01700-A - Drainage and Refilling of the Trimable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator Gearbox)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-865-060-A
A.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-44-51-860-061-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

AES

(2)

Pressurize the Yellow and the Green hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A).

(3)

On the center pedestal:

(a)

Turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the nose DN stop position.

(b)

Turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the nose UP stop position.

(c)

Do the steps (3) (a) and (b) again.

(d)

Turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 position.

(4)

Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(6)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-44-51 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic
systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU on the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.

(8)

Put warning notices in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.

(9)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 312AR.

(10) Open the access door 312AR.

4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01700-A - Drainage and Refilling of the Trimable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator Gearbox)
Subtask 27-44-51-610-050-A
A.

Drain and Refill the Trimable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator Gearbox

(1)

Put a CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT in position below the THS actuator (1).

(2)

Remove the oil drain plug (2) from the oil drain fitting (3).

(3)

Remove the oil filler plug (4) from the oil filler fitting (5).

(4)

Install the OIL DRAINING TOOL (0U190364) on the oil drain fitting (3).

(5)

Drain the oil from the THS actuator (1) into the drainage container.

(6)

Remove the OIL DRAINING TOOL (0U190364).

(7)

Install the oil drain plug (2) on the oil drain fitting (3).

(8)

Install the oil filler plug (4) on the oil filler fitting (5).

(9)

Remove the drainage container.

(10) Fill the THS actuator (1) with the correct oil to the correct level (Ref. TASK 12-13-27-612-001-A).
(11) Do a visual check of the THS actuator (1) and make sure that there are no leaks from:
. The oil filler plug and adaptor,
. the oil drain plug.
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-51-860-062-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-44-51 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z310

312AR
FR74
FR72

FR70

9CE 1

B
3

N_MM_274451_6_ARM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-01700-A SHEET 1

Drainage and Refilling of the Trimable Horizontal Stabilizer
Actuator Gearbox

27-44-51 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-51-220-003-A
Detailed Inspection of THSA Lower Attachments for Secondary Load Path Loading
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-44-51-10-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF THSA LOWER ATTACHMENTS FOR SECONDARY LOAD PATH LOADING

NOTE :
2.

Do this inspection before MPD-Task 274451-05-1 (if planned at the same time).
Do not clean the attachments before you do this inspection.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

GAGE - FEELER

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

MAT - PROTECTIVE
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

0U190360
98D27403500000

1
2

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
D.

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-080-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Pitch-Trim Control Locking Tool (98D27403500000)

27-00-00-480-001-A

Installation of the Pitch-Trim Control Locking Tool (98D27403500000)

27-40-00-040-001-A

Check of the synchronization between pitch trim handwheel and stabilizer

27-44-51-000-001-A

Removal of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator

AES

27-44-51 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-44-51-400-001-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01800-A - THSA Lower Attachments)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-860-063-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the THSA in the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-40-00-040-001-A).

(2)

Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A), (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

On the flight-compartment overhead-panel, on the hydraulic section 42VU:

. Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green, Yellow and
Blue hydraulic systems.

(4)

On the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems:
. Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(5)

Put the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) on the pitch-trim control-wheel in the
flight compartment (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-001-A).

(6)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the pitch
controls.

(7)

Put the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) in the mechanical

input of the THS actuator.

(8)

Put the MAT - PROTECTIVE in the area of the THS actuator to prevent damage to the structure.

Subtask 27-44-51-865-061-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-44-51-010-064-A
C.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

27-44-51 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-44-51-220-053-A
A.

Inspection Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01800-A - THSA Lower Attachments)
NOTE :
(1)

Do not clean the attachments before you do this inspection.

On the two sides of the secondary nut trunnion (2), use a GAGE - FEELER of 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.) to
measure:
. The clearance A between the secondary nut trunnion (2) and the bottom of the junction plate (3)
. The clearance A between the secondary nut trunnion (2) and the top of the junction plate (3).
(a)

If the measured clearance A is less than 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.):

. Replace the THSA before the subsequent flight (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-000-001-A) and (Ref.
TASK 27-44-51-400-001-A)
and do this inspection again.

(b)

If the measured clearance A is 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.) or more than 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.):
. Do a detailed visual inspection of the lower attachment for correct installation:
1

Make sure that the shafts, the brackets, the nuts and the cotter pins are correctly installed
(refer to Detail D).
NOTE :

An incorrect installation (the nuts and the cotter pins for the brackets are installed
on the other side of the lug) is permitted if (refer to Detail F):
. The clearance to the THS arm is more than 3.0 mm (0.1181 in.) and
. There is no sign of contact wear.
If necessary, remove the related cotter pins to measure the clearance with the
GAGE - FEELER.
This deviation can stay until the next removal of the THSA.

5.

Make sure that the shoulder bush, the retainer washers and the retainer nuts are correctly
installed (refer to Section E-E).

(c)

If installation deviations are found, contact AIRBUS before the subsequent flight.

(d)

If no installation deviations are found:

1

Clean the components/areas that follow, with a clean lint-free cloth LINT-FREE COTTON
CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) :
. The screw shaft of the THSA (1)
. The area around the secondary nut trunnion (2) and the junction plate (3).

Let the components/areas dry.

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-51-410-063-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-080-001-A).

(2)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) from the

mechanical input of the THS actuator.

(3)

Remove the MAT - PROTECTIVE.

(4)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(5)

Close the access door 312AR.

27-44-51 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(7)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

Subtask 27-44-51-865-062-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-44-51 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
Z310

9CE

FR74
FR72
312AR

EXAMPLE
CLEARANCE A

D
B

B
C

CLEARANCE A

C
2

N_MM_274451_6_DDDA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-01800-A SHEET 1

THSA Lower Attachments

27-44-51 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

D
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL

COTTER PIN

E
NUT
BRACKET

SECTION

EE
E

LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL

SHAFTS

RETAINER
NUTS

F
INCORRECT
INSTALLATION

RETAINER
WASHERS

SHOULDER
BUSH

3.0mm MIN
(0.118in. MIN)

N_MM_274451_6_DDDA_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-01800-A SHEET 2

THSA Lower Attachments

27-44-51 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-51-220-004-A
Detailed Inspection of THSA Upper Attachments for Secondary Load Path Loading
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-44-51-11-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF THSA UPPER ATTACHMENTS FOR SECONDARY LOAD PATH LOADING

NOTE :
2.

Do this inspection before MPD-Task 274451-05-1 (if planned at the same time).
Do not clean the attachments before you do this inspection.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

FLASHLIGHT

No specific
No specific

AR
1

MAT - PROTECTIVE
MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE

No specific

RULER 150 MM (6 IN) - METALLIC

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27403500000

PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
D.

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-080-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Pitch-Trim Control Locking Tool (98D27403500000)

27-00-00-480-001-A

Installation of the Pitch-Trim Control Locking Tool (98D27403500000)

27-40-00-040-001-A

Check of the synchronization between pitch trim handwheel and stabilizer

AES

27-44-51 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-10-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

27-44-51-000-001-A

Removal of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator (for corrective

action)

27-44-51-400-001-A

Installation of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator (for

corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01900-A - THSA Upper Attachments)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-860-068-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the THSA in the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-40-00-040-001-A).

(2)

Depressurize the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A).

(4)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(5)

On the flight-compartment overhead-panel, on the hydraulic section 42VU:

. Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green, Yellow and
Blue hydraulic systems.

(6)

On the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems:
. Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green, Yellow and
Blue hydraulic systems.

(7)

Put the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) on the pitch-trim control-wheel in the
flight compartment (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-001-A).

(8)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the pitch- trim
controls.

(9)

Put the MAT - PROTECTIVE in the area of the THS actuator to prevent damage to the structure.

Subtask 27-44-51-865-065-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-44-51 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-44-51-010-066-A
C.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

Procedure
Subtask 27-44-51-220-054-A
A.

Inspection Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-51-991-01900-A - THSA Upper Attachments)
NOTE :
(1)

Do not clean the attachments before you do this inspection.

Use a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE and a FLASHLIGHT to do a check for correct installation,
cracks and damages on the items that follow:
. The upper gimbal
. The no back housing yokes.
(a)

Do a check of the front and aft no-back yoke for correct installation:
. Make sure that the bolts, washers and key washers are correctly installed (refer to Detail D
and Section E-E).

(b)

Do a check of the upper, lower, outer and inner profile of the upper gimbal:
. Make sure that there are no cracks or ruptures (refer to Detail D and Section E-E).

(c)

Do
.
.
.

AES

a check of the gimbal for correct installation:

Make sure that the two screws are safetied with lockwire (refer to Detail G).
Make sure that the retainer nut is correctly installed and safetied (refer to Detail G).
Make sure that the sliding bush is installed (use a RULER 150 MM (6 IN) - METALLIC and
make sure that the measured value is between 6.0 mm (0.2362 in.) and 7.5 mm (0.2953 in.))
(refer to Detail G).
Make sure that the nuts are correctly installed and safetied with cotter pins (refer to Detail
H).

(d)

If cracks and/or damage are found:

. Replace the THSA before the subsequent flight (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-000-001-A) and (Ref.
TASK 27-44-51-400-001-A)
and do this inspection again.

(e)

If no cracks and/or damage are found, use a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE and a
FLASHLIGHT to do a check for metallic particles on the:
. Spherical bearing (refer to Section C-C)
. Base of the tie rod sphere (refer to Section F-F).

(f)

If metallic particles are found, contact AIRBUS before the subsequent flight.

(g)

If no metallic particles are found:

1

Clean the components/areas that follow, with a clean lint-free cloth LINT-FREE COTTON
CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) :
. The upper gimbal
. The no back housing yokes
. The spherical bearing
. The base of the tie rod sphere.

Let the components/areas dry.

27-44-51 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-51-410-065-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) tool (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-001-A).

(2)

Remove the MAT - PROTECTIVE.

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(4)

Close the access door 312AR.

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

Subtask 27-44-51-865-066-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-44-51 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
Z310

FR74

FR72
312AR

B
H

C
F
NO BACK YOKE
(AFT)

SPHERICAL
BEARING

G
SECTION

GIMBAL

CC
F

NO BACK YOKE
(FWD)

SPHERICAL
BEARING
BASE OF TIE
ROD SPHERE

LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
SPHERICAL BEARING INSPECTION
GIMBAL

STRUCTURE
LUG

SPHERICAL
BEARING
LOCKWIRE

N_MM_274451_6_BAMA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-01900-A SHEET 1

THSA Upper Attachments

27-44-51 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

D
NO BACK HOUSING YOKES
AND UPPER GIMBAL INSPECTION

NO BACK
YOKES

UPPER PROFILE

LOWER PROFILE

SECTION

EE
OUTER YOKE
FLANGE
OUTER
PROFILE

OUTER FACE OF THE

OUTER FLANGE
INNER YOKE FLANGE

INNER
PROFILE
SECTION

FF
BASE OF TIE ROD SPHERE INSPECTION
INNER
YOKE
FLANGE
OUTER FACE
OF THE
INNER YOKE
FLANGE

BOLT
FAIL SAVE LUG

TIE ROD

OUTER
YOKE
FLANGE
OUTER FACE
OF THE
OUTER FLANGE

TIE ROD
INSPECTION
AREAS

N_MM_274451_6_BAMA_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-01900-A SHEET 2

THSA Upper Attachments

27-44-51 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

G
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL

RETAINER NUT

BOLT

RULER

SLIDING BUSH

COTTER PIN
NUT
BOLT

N_MM_274451_6_BAMA_03_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-51-991-01900-A SHEET 3

THSA Upper Attachments

27-44-51 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

MOTOR - THS ACTUATOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-53-000-001-A
Removal of the THS Actuator Motor
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific
No specific

1
1
AR

CAP - BLANKING
PLUG - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-00-00-864-001-A
29-00-00-910-002-A

DESIGNATION
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-53-991-00100-A - THS Actuator Motor)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-53-991-00100-A - THS Actuator Motor)
Subtask 27-44-53-010-050-A
A.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Open the access door 312AR.

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

27-44-53 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-44-53-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-44-53-860-050-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

4.

(1)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A).

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the pitch
controls.

(3)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(5)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A).

(6)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green, the Yellow and
the Blue hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panel of the Green, the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems.

Procedure
Subtask 27-44-53-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the THS Actuator Motor

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-53-991-00100-A - THS Actuator Motor)
NOTE :
(1)

The two THS actuator motors (2) are the same. The removal of one of the motors (2) only is given.

Remove the THS actuator motor (2) from the THS casing as follows:
(a)

Remove the screws (7) and the washers (8) from the motor (2).

(b)

Remove the motor (2) from the splined shaft (20).

NOTE :

(2)

AES

Carefully disengage the motor (2) from the spacer tube assemblies (3),(4),(5).

Remove the spacer tube assembly (4) from the THS casing as follows:
(a)

Disengage the spacer tube assembly (4) from the valve block unit (6).

(b)

Remove and discard the O-rings (14) from the spacer tube (15).

27-44-53 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

(4)

AES

Remove the spacer tube assembly (5) from the THS casing as follows:
(a)

Remove the expansion plug (18) from the spacer tube (19).

(b)

Disengage the spacer tube (19) from the valve block unit (6).

(c)

Remove and discard the back-up rings (16) and the O-rings (17) from the ends of the spacer tube
(19).

Remove the spacer tube assembly (3) from the THS casing as follows:
(a)

Remove the expansion plug (12) from the spacer tube (13).

(b)

Disengage the spacer tube (13) from the valve block unit (6).

(c)

Remove and discard the back-up rings (10) and the O-rings (11) from the ends of the spacer tube
(13).

(5)

Put a PLUG - BLANKING in each open port of the valve block unit (6).

(6)

Put a CAP - BLANKING on each end of the spacer tubes (13),(15),(19).

27-44-53 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z310
1
9CE
2

3
4
5
6
7
8

8
9

14

B
4

15

10
11
11
10
12

14
16
17
17
16
18

21
20

14
15

C
13

19

C
16
17
17
16

10
11
11
10

10
16
10
16

11
17
11
17

13
19

N_MM_274453_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-53-991-00100-A SHEET 1

THS Actuator Motor

27-44-53 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-53-400-001-A
Installation of the THS Actuator Motor
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR THE TASK.
ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE
AIRCRAFT.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

0U145413
0U145414
B.

1
1

Material No: 11-002

AES

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GREASE
CLEANING AGENTS
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHT SPIRIT)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR

CONE-MOUNTING,THS ACTUATOR
RING-SHRINKING,THS ACTUATOR

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-015

C.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

27-44-53 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Expendable Parts

11
10

FIG.ITEM
O-rings
back-up rings

IPC-CSN
27-44-51-03-030
27-44-51-03-040

17
16

O-rings
back-up rings

27-44-51-03-070
27-44-51-03-080

14

O-rings

27-44-51-03-100

E.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-13-27-612-001-A
27-41-00-720-001-A

29-00-00-910-002-A

DESIGNATION
Oil Replenishment of the THS Actuator
Functional Test of the THS-Actuator Overtravel Related to the Mechanical
Indicator
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-00-00-864-001-A

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-53-991-00100-A - THS Actuator Motor)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-53-991-00100-A - THS Actuator Motor)
Subtask 27-44-53-860-051-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

AES

(1)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position below the access
door 312AR.

(3)

Make sure that the access door 312AR is open.

(4)

Make sure that the warning notices are in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch
controls.

(5)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(7)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green,
the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems:
. in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
. on the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.

27-44-53 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-44-53-865-052-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-44-53-210-050-A
C.

4.

Visual Inspection
(1)

Clean the interface of the THS actuator motor (2) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-002)
and let it dry.

(2)

Clean the interface of the THS actuator (1) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-002) and let it
dry.

(3)

Make sure that the subsequent components are clean, have no corrosion and show no damage:
. the interface of the THS actuator (1),
. the splined shaft (20),
. the screws (7),
. the expansion plugs (12),(18),
. the spacer tubes (13),(15),(19),

(4)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-015) to the splined shaft (20).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-53-991-00100-A - THS Actuator Motor)
Subtask 27-44-53-560-050-A
A.

Preparation of the Replacement Components

(1)

Install the spacer tube assemblies (3),(4),(5).

NOTE :

(2)

Remove the blanking plugs from the ports of the valve block unit (6).

(3)

Remove the blanking caps from the ends of the spacer tubes (13),(15),(19).

(4)

Install the spacer tube assembly (4).

(5)

AES

The two THS actuator motors (2) are the same. The installation of one of the motors (2) only
is given.

(a)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-015) to the (IPC-CSN 27-44-51-03) O-rings (14) .

(b)

Put the O-rings (14) in position at each end of the spacer tube (15).

(c)

Put the spacer tube assembly (4) in position in the base plate of the motor (2).

Install the spacer tube assembly (3).

(a)

Use the CONE-MOUNTING,THS ACTUATOR (0U145413) and the RING-SHRINKING,THS

ACTUATOR (0U145414) to put the (IPC-CSN 27-44-51-03) back-up rings (10) in position at
each end of the spacer tube (13).

(b)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-015) to the (IPC-CSN 27-44-51-03) O-rings (11) .

27-44-53 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(6)

(c)

Use the CONE-MOUNTING,THS ACTUATOR (0U145413) and put two O-rings (11) in position
at each end of the spacer tube (13).

(d)

Use the CONE-MOUNTING,THS ACTUATOR (0U145413) and the RING-SHRINKING,THS

ACTUATOR (0U145414) to put a second back-up ring (10) in position at each end of the spacer
tube (13).

(e)

Put the expansion plug (12) in position in the base plate of the motor (2).

(f)

Put the spacer tube assembly (3) on the expansion plug (12).

Install the spacer tube assembly (5).

(a)

Use the CONE-MOUNTING,THS ACTUATOR (0U145413) and the RING-SHRINKING,THS

ACTUATOR (0U145414) to put the (IPC-CSN 27-44-51-03) back-up rings (16) in position at
each end of the spacer tube (19).

(b)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-015) to the (IPC-CSN 27-44-51-03) O-rings (17) .

(c)

Use the CONE-MOUNTING,THS ACTUATOR (0U145413) and put two O-rings (17) in position
at each end of the spacer tube (19).

(d)

Use the CONE-MOUNTING,THS ACTUATOR (0U145413) ant the RING-SHRINKING,THS

ACTUATOR (0U145414) to put a second back-up ring (16) in position at each end of the spacer
tube (19).

(e)

Put the expansion plug (18) in position in the base plate of the motor (2).

(f)

Put the spacer tube assembly (5) on the expansion plug (18).

Subtask 27-44-53-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the THS Actuator Motor

(1)

Put the motor (2) in position on the splined shaft (20).

NOTE :

Make sure that the splined shaft (20) engages easily with the internal splines of the motor (2).

(2)

Carefully engage the ends of the spacer tube assemblies (3),(4),(5) in the valve block (6).

(3)

Install the screws (7) and the washers (8) in the motor (2).

(4)

TORQUE the screws (7) to between 0.5 and 0.6 M.DAN (44.25 and 53.10 LBF.IN).

Subtask 27-44-53-080-050-A
C.

Preparation for Test

(1)

Make sure that the THS actuator (9CE) has the correct quantity of oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-27-612-001A).

(2)

Do a visual check and make sure that:

. the travel range of the THS actuator,
. the travel ranges of the control surfaces,
are clear of tools and other items.

Subtask 27-44-53-865-051-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-44-53 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

FIN
Q17

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-44-53-720-050-A
E.

5.

Test
(1)

Do a functional test of the THS control (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-720-001-A).

(2)

Examine the THS actuator (9CE) and make sure that there is no leakage.

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-53-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-44-53 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

BRAKE - PRESSURE OFF, THS ACTUATOR ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-54-720-001-A
Functional Test of the Pressure-Off Brakes
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-44-00-01-)
FUNCTIONAL CHECK OF THS ACTUATOR PRESSURE OFF BRAKE (APPLY TORQUE TO MANUAL
CRANKING INPUT)

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

0U145506
B.

1
Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-015
No specific
C.

AES

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GREASE
lockwire 0.6 mm (0.024 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR

CONE-MOUNTING, THS ACTUATOR

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

27-44-54 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
4

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-44-51-02-100

O-ring
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-44-51-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator (for corrective
action)

27-44-51-400-001-A

Installation of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator (for

corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-54-991-00200-A - Functional Test of the Pressure-Off Brakes)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-54-010-051-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(3)

Open the access door 312AR.

Subtask 27-44-54-865-053-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-54-991-00200-A - Functional Test of the Pressure-Off Brakes)
Subtask 27-44-54-720-051-A
A.

AES

Functional Test of the Pressure-Off Brakes (2):

(1)

Cut and remove the lockwire which safeties the plug (3) to the screw (5) at the THS actuator motor
(6).

(2)

Remove the plug (3) from the manual drive input of the THS actuator (1).

(3)

Remove and discard the O-ring (4) from the plug (3).

(4)

Use a torque wrench to between 1.0 and 10.0 M.DAN (88.50 and 884.96 LBF.IN) for the subsequent
test.

27-44-54 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Put the torque wrench in position at the manual drive input, apply a torque of minimum 7.2 m.daN
(53.10 lbf.ft). Make sure that the pressure-off brakes do not move.
NOTE :

The static break-out torque must be a minimum of 7.2 m.daN (53.10 lbf.ft).
. If the static break-out torque is between 6.5 m.daN (47.94 lbf.ft) and 7.2 m.daN (53.10
lbf.ft), replace the THS actuator in less than 600FH or 750FC or 100 days (Ref. TASK
27-44-51-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001-A). Do the replacement in the
limits that come first.
. If the static break-out torque is less than 6.5 m.daN (47.94 lbf.ft), replace the THS actuator
before next flight (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001-A).

(6)

Remove the torque wrench.

(7)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-015) to the new (IPC-CSN 27-44-51-02) O-ring (4) .

(8)

Use the CONE-MOUNTING, THS ACTUATOR (0U145506) and put the O-ring (4) on the plug (3).

(9)

Install the plug (3) in the manual drive input.

(10) TORQUE the plug (3) to between 1.4 and 1.6 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.80 LBF.FT).
(11) Safety the plug (3) to the screw (5) at the motor (6) with lockwire 0.6 mm (0.024 in.).
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-54-865-054-A
A.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-44-54-410-051-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-44-54 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

9CE 1
Z310

A
312AR
FR74
FR72
FR70

B
B
9CE 1

3
4

N_MM_274454_5_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-54-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Functional Test of the Pressure-Off Brakes

27-44-54 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TRANSDUCER - THS ACTUATOR POSITION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-56-000-001-A
Removal of the Position Transducer from the THS Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
FIN 9CE
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

0U190360

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-00-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-56-991-00100-A - Position Transducer)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-56-010-050-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

AES

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

27-44-56 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

Subtask 27-44-56-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-56-991-00100-A - Position Transducer)
(1)

Turn the pitch-trim control wheel in the cockpit and put the THS actuator (1) near to the zero
position.

(2)

Put the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) in the mechanical

input of the THS actuator (1).

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.

Subtask 27-44-56-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-44-56-860-050-A
D.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green and the Yellow
hydraulic systems.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-56-991-00100-A - Position Transducer)
Subtask 27-44-56-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Position Transducer

NOTE :

AES

The removal of the Command Position Transducer and the Monitor Position Transducer is the same.
The removal procedure for one of the position transducers only is given.

(1)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (3),(4) from the receptacles (5),(6).

(2)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(3)

Hold the position transducer (2) and remove the screws (7) and the washers (8).

(4)

Remove the position transducer (2) from the THS actuator (1).

27-44-56 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z310

9CE 1

A
2
312AR
FR74
FR72

RIGGING PIN
PN OU 190360

9CE 1

FR70

C
2

B
7
8
(COMMAND)
2

3
4

5
6

9
9CE 1

RIGGING PIN
PN OU 190360

2
(MONITOR)

5
6
3
4

N_MM_274456_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-56-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Position Transducer

27-44-56 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-56-400-001-A
Installation of the Position Transducer to the THS Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
FIN 9CE
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

0U190360
B.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-002

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHT SPIRIT)

Material No: 19-018

LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL OR NICKEL ALLOY

C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

27-44-56 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
9

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-44-56-01-020

packing
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-41-00-720-001-A

DESIGNATION
Functional Test of the THS-Actuator Overtravel Related to the Mechanical
Indicator
27-44-51-210-004-A
Check the Oil Level of the Gearbox of the THS-Actuator
29-00-00-864-001-A
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-56-991-00100-A - Position Transducer)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-56-860-053-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration. (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the THS actuator (1) near to the zero position.

(3)

Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) is

installed in the mechanical input of the THS actuator (1).

(4)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in the position.

(5)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position.

(6)

Make sure that the access door is opened 312AR.

Subtask 27-44-56-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-56-991-00100-A - Position Transducer)
Subtask 27-44-56-910-052-A
A.

AES

Preparation for the Installation

(1)

Make sure that the interface of the THS actuator (1) is clean and has no corrosion and shows no
damage.

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(3)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

27-44-56 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Clean the interface of the THS actuator (1) and the position transducer (2) with the CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-002) and let it dry.

(5)

Make sure that the (IPC-CSN 27-44-56-01) packing (9) is in the correct condition. If necessary, replace
the packing.

Subtask 27-44-56-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Position Tranducer

NOTE :

The installation of the Command Position Transducer and the Monitor Position Transducer is the
same. The installation procedure for one of the position transducers only is given.

(1)

Put the position transducer (2) in position at the THS actuator (1).

(2)

Hold the position transducer (2) in position at the THS actuator (1) and attach it with the screws (7)
and the washers (8).

(3)

TORQUE the screws (7) to between 0.76 and 0.94 M.DAN (67.26 and 83.19 LBF.IN).

(4)

Safety the screws (7) with lockwire 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.) LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL OR NICKEL
ALLOY (Material No: 19-018) .

(5)

Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connectors (3),(4) to the receptacles (5),(6).

Subtask 27-44-56-860-052-A
C.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Make sure that the THS actuator 9CE has the correct quantity of oil (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-210-004-A).

(2)

Remove the rigging pin OU 190360 from the mechanical input of the THS actuator 9CE.

(3)

Make sure that the travel range of the THS actuator 9CE and the travel range of the control surfaces
are free.

Subtask 27-44-56-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-44-56-720-050-A
E.
5.

Do a functional test of the THS actuator overtravel related to the mechanical indicator (Ref. TASK
27-41-00-720-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-56-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-44-56 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACTUATOR - PITCH TRIM, THS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-57-000-001-A
Removal of the Pitch Trim Actuator from the THS Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
FIN 9CE
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

0U190360

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-10-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-57-991-00100-A - Pitch Trim Actuator)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-57-010-050-A
A.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

27-44-57 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-44-57-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Turn the pitch-trim control wheel in the cockpit and put the THS actuator (1) to the zero position.

(2)

Put the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) in the mechanical

input of the THS actuator (1).

(3)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.

(4)

Depressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-002-A).

(5)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green and the Yellow
hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-44-57-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-57-991-00100-A - Pitch Trim Actuator)
Subtask 27-44-57-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Pitch Trim Actuator

(1)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (3),(4),(5),(6) from the receptacles (7),(8),(9),(10) on the pitch
trim actuator (2).

(2)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(3)

Hold the pitch trim actuator (2) and remove the screws (11) and the washers (12).

(4)

Remove the pitch trim actuator (2) from the THS actuator (1).

27-44-57 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z310
1
9CE

A
2
312AR
FR74

FR72
FR70
RIGGING PIN
PN OU 190360

1
9CE
1

B
2

10
9

2
12
11

10

RIGGING PIN
PN OU 190360

9
3

8
7

N_MM_274457_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-57-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Pitch Trim Actuator

27-44-57 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-57-400-001-A
Installation of the Pitch Trim Actuator to the THS Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
FIN 9CE
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

0U190360
B.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-002

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHT SPIRIT)

Material No: 19-018

LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL OR NICKEL ALLOY

C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-41-00-730-001-A

DESIGNATION
System Test of the THS Actuator Electrical Control

27-44-51-210-004-A
29-00-00-864-001-A

Check the Oil Level of the Gearbox of the THS-Actuator

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-57-991-00100-A - Pitch Trim Actuator)

AES

27-44-57 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-57-860-053-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position.

(3)

Make sure that the THS actuator (1) is in the zero position.

(4)

Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) is in

the mechanical input of the THS actuator (1).

(5)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position.

(6)

Make sure that the the access door 312AR is open.

Subtask 27-44-57-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-57-991-00100-A - Pitch Trim Actuator)
Subtask 27-44-57-910-050-A
A.

Preparation for the Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

(1)

Clean the interface of the THS actuator (1) and the pitch trim actuator (2) with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-002) and let it dry.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

27-44-57 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-44-57-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Pitch Trim Actuator (PTA)

CAUTION :

ALIGN THE INPUT SHAFT SPLINES OF THE THS-ACTUATOR WITH THE DRIVING GEAR
SPLINES OF THE PTA.
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE PTA.

(1)

Put the pitch trim actuator (2) in position at the THS actuator (1).

(2)

Make sure that the splines of the pitch trim actuator (2) align with the splines of the THS actuator (1).

(3)

If necessary, turn the mechanical input of the THS actuator to align the splines.

(4)

Install the screws (11) and the washers (12) to attach the pitch trim actuator (2) at the THS actuator
(1).

(5)

TORQUE the screws (11) to between 0.76 and 0.94 M.DAN (67.26 and 83.19 LBF.IN).

(6)

Safety the screws (11) with lockwire 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.) LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL OR NICKEL
ALLOY (Material No: 19-018) .

(7)

Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connectors (3),(4),(5),(6) to the receptacles
(7),(8),(9),(10).

Subtask 27-44-57-860-054-A
C.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Make sure that the THS actuator 9CE has the correct quantity of oil (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-210-004-A).

(2)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) from the

mechanical input of the THS actuator 9CE.

(3)

Make sure that the travel range of the THS actuator 9CE and the control surfaces are free.

Subtask 27-44-57-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-44-57-720-050-A
E.
5.

Do the system test of the THS actuator electrical control (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-730-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-57-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-44-57 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-57-000-002-A
Removal of the Electronic Modules of the Pitch Trim Actuator
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
NOTE :
1.

The removal procedure for one of the electronic modules is given. The removal procedure for all the electronic
modules is almost the same.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

0U190360

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-10-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-44-57-991-00200-A - Electronic Module)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-57-010-051-A
A.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 312AR.

27-44-57 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-44-57-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Turn the pitch-trim control wheel in the cockpit and put the THS actuator to the zero position.

(2)

Put the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) in the mechanical

input of the THS actuator.

(3)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.

(4)

Depressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-002-A).

(5)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green and the Yellow
hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-44-57-865-053-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-57-991-00200-A - Electronic Module)
Subtask 27-44-57-020-051-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Electronic Modules from the Pitch Trim Actuator

(1)

Hold the electronic module (2) and remove the bolts (6) and (8) and the washers (5) and (7).

(2)

Carefully remove the electronic module (2) from the motor assembly (3) and the pitch trim actuator
(1).

27-44-57 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

ELECTRONIC MODULE 1
1

ELECTRONIC MODULE 2
ELECTRONIC MODULE 3

B
A
A

3
6

B
5

7
8

N_MM_274457_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-44-57-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Electronic Module

27-44-57 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-44-57-400-002-A
Installation of the Electronic Modules of the Pitch Trim Actuator
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
NOTE :
1.

The installation procedure for one of the electronic modules is given. The installation procedure for all the
electronic modules is almost the same.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

0U190360
B.

Material No: 11-002

Material No: 19-018

DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
FUEL TANK SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHT SPIRIT)
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL OR NICKEL ALLOY

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

310
312AR
D.

PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 09-001

C.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-41-00-730-001-A

DESIGNATION
System Test of the THS Actuator Electrical Control

27-44-51-210-004-A
29-00-00-864-001-A

Check the Oil Level of the Gearbox of the THS-Actuator

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action

AES

27-44-57 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-57-991-00200-A - Electronic Module)
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-57-860-055-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position.

(3)

Make sure that the THS actuator (1) is in the zero position.

(4)

Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) is in

the mechanical input of the THS actuator (1).

(5)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position.

(6)

Make sure that the the access door 312AR is open.

Subtask 27-44-57-865-056-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-44-57-991-00200-A - Electronic Module)
Subtask 27-44-57-910-051-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

(1)

Clean the contact surface of the electronic module with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-002) .

(2)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-001) to the face of the electronic module (2) which touches the
housing of the Pitch Trim Actuator (PTA) (1).

27-44-57 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-44-57-420-051-A
B.

Installation of the Electronic Modules

(1)

Carefully put the electronic module (2) in position on the motor assembly (3) and the pitch trim
actuator (1).

(2)

Attach the electronic module (2) to the motor assembly (3) and the pitch trim actuator (1) with the
washers (5) and (7) and the bolts (6) and (8).

(3)

TORQUE the bolts (6) and (8) to between 0.4 and 0.5 M.DAN (35.40 and 44.25 LBF.IN).

(4)

Safety the bolts (6) and (8) with lockwire 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.) LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL OR
NICKEL ALLOY (Material No: 19-018) .

Subtask 27-44-57-860-056-A
C.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Make sure that the actuator of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) has the correct quantity of
oil (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-210-004-A).

(2)

Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) from the

mechanical input of the THS actuator.

(3)

Make sure that the travel range of the THS actuator and the control surfaces are free.

Subtask 27-44-57-865-054-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-44-57-710-051-A
E.
5.

Do the system test of the THS actuator electrical control (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-730-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-44-57-410-051-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 312AR.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-44-57 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

THS POSITION INDICATING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.

General
(Ref. Fig. 27-45-00-11100-A - Center Pedestal - THS Position Indicating)
On the center pedestal, adjacent to each pitch-trim control wheel, the THS position is indicated by an index on a
scale painted green over the normal takeoff range (2.5 deg. aircraft NOSE DN to 2.5 deg. aircraft NOSE UP).
The THS position is repeated via the FCDC (Ref. 27-95) on the lower ECAM display unit, together with the
hydraulic systems still available for the actuator.
There is a special reference mark painted on the THS and on the adjacent structure.

AES

27-45-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
CENTER
PEDESTAL

UP
CG
16

3
UP
2

CG
20

UP

1
UP
CG
25
0

PITCH TRIM
CONTROL
WHEEL

CG
30
1
CG
35

DN

2
CG
41

DN
3
DN

TAKE OFF
RANGE
LOWER DISPLAY UNIT

F/CTL

GBY

SPD BRK
L
AIL
BG

ELAC 1

SEC 1

R
AIL
GB

PITCH TRIM GY
0.0 UP
L
ELEV
BG

TAT + 19 C
SAT + 18 C

RUD
GBY

23H56

R
ELEV
YB

G.W. 60300 KG
C.G. 28 1%

N_MM_274500_0_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-45-00-11100-A SHEET 1

Center Pedestal - THS Position Indicating

27-45-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FLAPS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.

General
A.

System Configuration
The aircraft has four flaps (two on each trailing edge of the wing) and ten slats (five on each leading edge of
the wing) (Ref. 27-80-00-00) to increase lift during take-off and landing.
The outboard flap is connected to the flap track carriage at the track 3 and the track 4 positions by a failsafe
bolt assembly. The inboard flap is connected to the track 2 carriage by a failsafe bolt assembly and to the
pendulum assembly on the track 1 carriage by the flap trunnion. The carriages move along the tracks which are
part of the flap-track beam assemblies.
An interconnecting strut connects the inboard and the outboard flaps. Proximity sensors on the interconnecting
strut send signals to stop the flap movement, if the strut moves more than the specified limit.
Two Slat/Flap Control Computers (SFCC1 and SFCC2) monitor and control the flaps. An Instrumentation
Position Pick-Off Unit (IPPU) is installed on the Power Control Unit (PCU). The IPPU sends signals to the
Electronic Instrument System (EIS), which shows the position of the flaps.
A Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit (FPPU) gives signals of the output shaft position of the PCU. Two
Asymmetry Position Pick-Off Units (APPU) give signals of the flap position or speed. The SFCC1 and the
SFCC2 receive and monitor the signals from the FPPU and the APPUs.

AES

27-50-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-12800-A - Flap System - Component Location)

AES

27-50-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

System Description
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-14000-A - Flaps Electrical Control and Monitoring - Schematic)
A.

Electrical Control and Monitoring System (Ref. 27-51-00)

The slat and flap control lever controls the position of the flaps. The Command Sensor Unit (CSU) identifies the
position of the slat and flap control lever and sends related signals to each SFCC. Each SFCC controls the valve
block of a hydraulic motor, which is part of the flap PCU.
The FPPU, which is part of the flap PCU, and the two APPUs send related signals to the SFCCs. If the SFCCs
find a failure in the system, the Wing Tip Brakes (WTB) operate to hold the transmission and the PCU is
stopped.

B.

Hydraulic Actuation and Power Transmission (Ref. 27-54-00)

A hydro-mechanical PCU supplies mechanical power to the power transmission system. The PCU has two
separate hydraulic motors and two Pressure-Off Brakes (POB). Each hydraulic motor has an electrically
controlled valve block, which receives signals from a SFCC.
Torque shafts and gearboxes in the fuselage and the wings transmit the mechanical power from the flap PCU to
the actuators, which move the flaps. Each flap has two actuators. Actuator 1 is installed on track beam 1 and
the actuators 2, 3 and 4 are installed on the rear spar. Torque limiters in the actuators prevent the mechanical
overload of the structure.

AES

27-50-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Power Supply
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-15800-A - Hydraulic System - Schematic)

AES

27-50-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
5.

Interface
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-17000-A - Slat/Flap Interface)

AES

27-50-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
6.

Component Description
Not Applicable

AES

27-50-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
7.

Operation/Control and Indicating

(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-12800-A - Flap System - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-15800-A - Hydraulic System - Schematic)
A.

Extension and Retraction of the Flaps

The operation of the flaps is hydro-mechanical. The PCU operates the mechanical transmission system which
moves the flaps to the set position.
The CSU changes the mechanical signals from the slat and flap control lever into electrical signals. These are
sent to the SFCC1 and the SFCC2. They compare the position signal with that from the FPPU. When there is a
difference between the signals, the SFCC sends a discrete signal to its related valve block of the flap PCU.
Each valve block lets hydraulic fluid flow to and from its hydraulic motor, in relation to the signal from the
SFCC. It thus controls the direction in which the hydraulic motor turns (for extension and retraction of the
flaps) and its speed (low or high speed).
The torque from the hydraulic motors is transmitted to the differential gearbox, which connects the two motors.
The mechanical transmission system then transmits the torque to the actuators which move the flaps.

B.

Hydraulic Actuation and Power Transmission

The two hydraulic motors in the PCU give hydraulic actuation. Each hydraulic motor gets power from a
different hydraulic system, the Green hydraulic system or the Yellow.
Each hydraulic motor has a valve block and POB. The valve blocks control the direction of rotation and the
speed of the output shaft of the PCU. The POB holds the output shaft of the hydraulic motor:
. against torque from the airloads
. when there is a failure in its related hydraulic system
. to lock the transmission at the same time as the WTB.
The flap system will operate at half speed if there is a failure of:
. one electrical supply
. one hydraulic system
. one SFCC, or the failure of one of two electrical components
. one engine.

C.

Asymmetry and Power Transmission Monitoring

The SFCC1 and the SFCC2 continuously compare position data from the APPUs and the FPPU to monitor the
system. They use this data to find asymmetry, runaway and speed failure conditions.
When one SFCC monitors a failure condition:
. the other SFCC receives a WTB-arm signal
. the related PCU motor stops and its POB operates
. the system operates at half speed.
If the other SFCC also sends a WTB-arm signal:
. the applicable WTBs operate
. the other PCU motor stops
. the system locks and gives a warning to the flight crew.

AES

27-50-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D. Position Indicating
The upper display unit of the ECAM system shows the position of the flaps. The IPPU, which is installed on the
PCU, supplies flap position data to the flight data recorder and the Flight Warning Computer (FWC) (Ref.
27-55-00-00).
A visual check of the position of the flaps can be done through the windows in the fuselage that are adjacent to
the flaps. The windows to be used are identified by a brown triangle on the sidewall panel above them.

AES

27-50-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
8.

BITE Test
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-21900-A - MCDU System Displays - SFCC Test)
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-22000-A - MCDU System Displays - WTB/POB Test)
The flap system has a Built-In Test Equipment (BITE). You can do tests of the system through the Multipurpose
Control and Display Unit (MCDU) in the aircraft cockpit (Ref. 27-51-00-00). The MCDU also indicates any failures
in the system and gives trouble shooting data for the system. The two SFCCs also do a BITE check on power-up.

AES

27-50-00 PB001

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
ELECTRONIC CENTRALIZED
AIRCRAFT MONITORING
UPPER DISPLAY UNIT
CENTRALIZED FAULT
DISPLAY SYSTEM

ELECTRONIC CENTRALIZED
AIRCRAFT MONITORING
LOWER DISPLAY UNIT

SLAT AND FLAP

CONTROL LEVER

COMMAND SENSOR UNIT

51CV

SLAT/FLAP CONTROL COMPUTER 2

22CV

SLAT/FLAP CONTROL
COMPUTER 1
21CV
RIGHT ANGLE
GEARBOX
6203CM (6253CM)

ACTUATOR ASSY 1
6205CM (6255CM)

BEVEL GEARBOX
6217CM (6267CM)

LINE GEARBOX
6209CM (6259CM)
WING TIP BRAKE
33CV (34CV)

POWER CONTROL
UNIT 6201CM

ASYMMETRY POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT
29CV (30CV)

INBOARD FLAP
ACTUATOR ASSY 2
6211CM (6261CM)
ACTUATOR ASSY 3
6221CM (6271CM)
OUTBOARD FLAP
ACTUATOR ASSY 4
6233CM (6283CM)

N_MM_275000_0_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-50-00-12800-A SHEET 1

Flap System - Component Location

27-50-00 PB001

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

AES

FIGURE 27-50-00-14000-A SHEET 1

Flaps Electrical Control and Monitoring - Schematic

27-50-00 PB001
OUTBOARD FLAP

YB

INBOARD FLAP

WING TIP
BRAKE 33CV

FLIGHT
WARNING
COMPUTER

FROM SLAT SYSTEM

(REF. 278000)

FLAP POWER
CONTROL UNIT

4
3

FLAP
SENSORS

BG

WING TIP
BRAKE 34CV
LINE
GEARBOX

ROTARY
ACTUATOR

FROM SLAT SYSTEM

(REF. 278000)

LANDING GEAR
CONTROL
INTERFACE UNIT

LANDING GEAR
CONTROL
INTERFACE UNIT
FROM SLAT SYSTEM
(REF. 278000)

SLAT/FLAP
CONTROL
COMPUTER 2

COMMAND
SENSOR UNIT

SLAT/FLAP
CONTROL
COMPUTER 1

FLAP/SLAT
CONTROL
LEVER
2

FLAP
CARRIAGE

SURFACE
SUPPORT
TRACK

ROTARY
ACTUATOR

ASYMMETRY
POSITION
PICK OFF UNIT

B BLUE SYSTEM
G GREEN SYSTEM
Y YELLOW SYSTEM

HYDRAULIC

5. VALVE BLOCK AND

HYDRAULIC MOTOR

UNIT
POWER CONTROL UNIT
FEEDBACKPOSITION
PICKOFF UNIT
INSTRUMENTATION
PICKOFF UNIT
4. PRESSURE OFF BRAKE

POWER CONTROL
1.
2.
5
1
3.

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C ALL

N_MM_275000_0_ACM0_01_00

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
GREEN SYSTEM

YELLOW SYSTEM

TO LEFT HAND AND RIGHT HAND

WINGTIPBRAKES SLAT SYSTEM
REF 278000
P

P
TO RIGHT HAND
SLAT SYSTEM
REF 278000
SLAT/FLAP
CONTROL COMPUTER 1

SLAT/FLAP
CONTROL COMPUTER 2

23CV
VALVE
BLOCK

24CV
VALVE
BLOCK

M
PRESSURE
OFF BRAKE

DIFFERENTIAL
GEARBOX

PRESSURE
OFF BRAKE

TRANSMISSION

TRANSMISSION
6201CM POWER CONTROL UNIT
YELLOW
SYSTEM

BLUE
SYSTEM

TO LEFT HAND AND RIGHT HAND

WINGTIP BRAKES SLAT SYSTEM
REF 278000

TO LEFT HAND
SLAT SYSTEM
REF 278000

GREEN SYSTEM

TRANSMISSION
SYSTEM
33CV
LEFT HAND
WINGTIP
BRAKE

34CV
RIGHT HAND
WINGTIP
BRAKE

LEGEND:
PRESSURE

RETURN
N_MM_275000_0_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-50-00-15800-A SHEET 1

Hydraulic System - Schematic

27-50-00 PB001

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SLAT AND FLAP

CONTROL LEVER

CSU

SFCC1

SFCC2

SLAT TRANSMISSION

FLAP TRANSMISSION

N_MM_275000_0_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-50-00-17000-A SHEET 1

Slat/Flap Interface

27-50-00 PB001

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
SYSTEM REPORT / TEST
1L

<AIRCOND

F/CTL>

1R

2L

<AFS

FUEL>

2R

3L

<COM

ICE&RAIN>

3R

4L

<ELEC

INST>

4R

5L

<FIRE PROT

L/G>

5R

6L

<RETURN

NAV>

6R

SELECT SFCC1 OR SFCC2

1L

SYSTEM REPORT / TEST

F/CTL
<EFCS1

1R

2L

<EFCS2

2R

3L

<SFCC1

3R

4L

<SFCC2

4R

5L

5R

6L

<RETURN

<SLT

LAST LEG REP

FLP>

1R

FLP>

2R

6R

SFCC X

1L

SFCC X
TEST/RESET
WTBRESET>
<SFCC TEST

1R

1L

2L

<WTB/POB TEST

2R

2L

<SLT

PREV LEGS REP

3L

<SFCC TEST FAILURE

REPORT (MEMORY READ OUT)

3R

3L

<LRU

IDENTIFICATION

4L

4R

4L

<SLT

SYSTEM STATUS

FLP>

4R

5L

5R

5L

<SLT

CLASS 3 FAULTS

FLP>

5R

6R

6L

<RETURN

6L

<RETURN

3R

6R

NEXT
PAGE

1L

SFCC X

SFCC X
FLAP SFCC TEST
IN PROGRESS

1R

2L

2R

3L

3R

4L

4R

5L

5R

6L

6R

1L

SFCC X
FLAP SFCC TEST
DATE:JAN 10 UTC:1240
NO FAULTS

2R

3L

3R

4L

4R

5L

5R

<RETURN

<SLT

TEST/RESET

FLP>

1R

2L

<SLT

SYSTEM DATA

FLP>

2R

3L

<SLT

TROUB SH DATA

FLP>

3R

4L

<SLT

ON GRND FAULTS

FLP>

4R

5L
6L

5R

<RETURN

6R

1R

2L

6L

1L

PRINT>

6R

N_MM_275000_0_CAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-50-00-21900-A SHEET 1

MCDU System Displays - SFCC Test

27-50-00 PB001

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
1L

SYSTEM REPORT / TEST

F/CTL
<EFCS1

1R

2L

<EFCS2

2R

3L

<SFCC1

3R

4L

<SFCC2

4R

5L
6L

5R

<RETURN

6R

1
1 SELECT SFCC1 OR SFCC2
SFCC X

1L

LAST LEG REP

PREV LEGS REP

3L

<LRU

IDENTIFICATION

4L

<SLT

SYSTEM STATUS

FLP>

4R

5L

<SLT

CLASS 3 FAULTS

FLP>

5R

6L

<RETURN

2L

3L

3R

3L

4L

4R

4L

5L

5R

5L

<RETURN

6R

6L

1R

1L

2R

2L

3L

3R

3L

4L

4R

4L

5L

5R

5L

6R

6L

SFCC X
PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT FLP
2L

6L

NO FAULTS

<RETURN

3R

6R

2R

NO FAULTS

AABCD

2R

<SLT

SFCC X
LAST LEG REPORT FLAP
DATE:

1L

FLP>

2L

1L

6L

1R

<SLT

1R

2L

FLP>

1L

SFCC X
LAST LEG REPORT FLAP
DATE:
UTC
ATA
FLP1 NO SFCC2 DATA
CHECK WIRING & SFCC2
275134

1R
2R
3R
4R
5R

PRINT>

<RETURN

6R

SFCC X
PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT FLP
AABCD
LEG DATE UTC ATA
FLP1 NO SFCC2 DATA
CHECK WIRING & SFCC2
275134

1R
2R
3R
4R
5R

<RETURN

6R

N_MM_275000_0_CAM0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-50-00-21900-A SHEET 2

MCDU System Displays - SFCC Test

27-50-00 PB001

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
1L

SYSTEM REPORT / TEST

F/CTL
<EFCS1

1R

2L

<EFCS2

2R

3L

<SFCC1

3R

4L

<SFCC2

4R

5L

5R

<RETURN

6L

6R

1
1 SELECT SFCC1 OR SFCC2
SFCC X

1L
2L

LAST LEG REP

PREV LEGS REP

3L

<LRU

IDENTIFICATION

4L

<SLT

SYSTEM STATUS

FLP>

4R

5L

<SLT

CLASS 3 FAULTS

FLP>

5R

6L

<RETURN

NO FAULTS

1R

1L

3R

3L

4L

4R

4L

5L

5R

5L

6R

6L

1R

1L

2R

2L

PRINT>

SFCC X
CLASS 3 FAULTS FLAP
AABCD
NO FAULTS

3L

3R

3L

4L

4R

4L

5L

5R

5L

6R

6L

6L

<RETURN

3R

6R

3L

2L

2R

<SLT

2L

1L

FLP>

2L

SFCC X
SYSTEM STATUS FLAP
AABCD

<RETURN

1R

<SLT

2R

6L

FLP>

1L

SFCC X
SYSTEM STATUS FLAP
AABCD
ATA

1R
2R

FLP1 N0 SFCC 2 DATA

CHECK WIRING & SFCC 2
275134

3R
4R
5R

<RETURN

PRINT>

SFCC X
CLASS 3 FAULTS FLAP
AABCD
LEG DATE UTC

ATA

6R

1R
2R

WRONG INHIBIT SIGN FROM

CARGO DOOR YELLOW SYSTEM
292400

3R
4R
5R

<RETURN

PRINT>

6R

N_MM_275000_0_CAM0_03_00

AES

FIGURE 27-50-00-21900-A SHEET 3

MCDU System Displays - SFCC Test

27-50-00 PB001

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

1L

SYSTEM REPORT / TEST

F/CTL
<EFCS1

SFCC X
1R

1L

<SLT

LAST LEG REP

FLP>

1R

2L

<EFCS2

2R

2L

<SLT

PREV LEGS REP

FLP>

2R

3L

<SFCC1

3R

3L

<LRU

IDENTIFICATION

4L

<SFCC2

4R

4L

<SLT

SYSTEM STATUS

FLP>

4R

5R

5L

<SLT

CLASS 3 FAULTS

FLP>

5R

6R

6L

<RETURN

5L
6L

<RETURN

3R

6R

1 SELECT SFCC 1 OR SFCC 2

1L

SFCC X
FLAP WTB/POB TEST
DATE:JAN
10
UTC:1240
PERFORMED
NO FAULTS

NEXT
PAGE

SFCC X
FLAP WTB/POB TEST
IN PROGRESS

1R

1L

2R

2L

3L

3R

3L

4L

4R

4L

4R

5R

5L

5R

6R

6L

2L

5L

RESULT NOT STORED

6L

<RETURN

PRINT>

1R
2R

MOVE LEVER TO ABORT TEST

PRINT>

3R

6R

1L

SFCC X
WTB/POB TEST
DATE:JAN
10
UTC:1240
PERFORMED UNSUCCESSFULLY
TEST RESULT (NOT STORED)
LH WTB XXX
**CV
RH WTB XXX
**CV
POB
XXX
**CV

SFCC X
FLAP WTB/POB TEST
TEST ABORTED
OPERATOR HAS MOVED LEVER

1R

1L

2R

2L

2R

3R

3L

3R

4L

4R

4L

4R

5L

5R

5L

5R

6R

6L

2L
3L

6L

<RETURN

PRINT>

<RETURN

PRINT>

1R

6R

NOTE:XXX

SHOWS: OK
FAILURE
TEST INVALID
* * C V (=FUNCTIONAL ITEM N.) SHOWS:

LH WTB
RH WTB
POB

SLAT 1
35CV
36CV
25CV

SLAT 2
35CV
36CV
26CV

FLAP 1
33CV
34CV
23CV

FLAP 2
33CV
34CV
24CV
N_MM_275000_0_CCM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-50-00-22000-A SHEET 1

MCDU System Displays - WTB/POB Test

27-50-00 PB001

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

1L

<SLT

TEST/RESET

SFCC X
FLP>

1R

1L

SFCC X
FLP TEST/RESET
<SFCC TEST
WTBRESET>

1R

2L

<SLT

SYSTEM DATA

FLP>

2R

2L

<WTB/POB TEST

2R

3L

<SLT

TROUB SH DATA

FLP>

3R

3L

<SFCC TEST FAILURE

REPORT (MEMORY READ OUT)

3R

4L

<SLT

ON GRND FAULTS

FLP>

4R

4L

4R

5R

5L

5R

6R

6L

5L
6L

<RETURN

<RETURN

6R

D
2
SFCC X
FLAP WTB/POB TEST

SFCC X
FLAP WTB/POB TEST
1L

1R

1L

2R

2L

3R

3L

4R

4L

5R

5L

CAUTION FLAP WILL MOVE

ENSURE THAT SURFACE
MOVEMENT IS POSSIBLE
WITHOUT DANGER TO
PERSONS OR
AIRCRAFT OR
MECHANICAL SYSTEM
<CONTINUE

6R

6L

<RETURN

INITIAL CONDITIONS
2L
3L

CHECK ALL HYDRAULIC

SYSTEM ARE PRESSURIZED
GREATER THAN 2300 PSI

4L

5L

<START TEST

6L

<RETURN

PRINT>

1R
2R
3R
4R
5R
6R

2 IF ONE OR SOME INITIAL

CONDITIONS FOR WTB/POB
TEST ARE NOT PRESENT,
THE "START TEST"
MESSAGE IS REPLACED
BY EITHER:
OR
OR
OR
OR
<
OR

N_MM_275000_0_CCM0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-50-00-22000-A SHEET 2

MCDU System Displays - WTB/POB Test

27-50-00 PB001

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FLAPS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-50-00-866-008-A
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

To extend the flaps without movement of the slats. To extend the flaps and slats at the same time (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-00801).

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure

AES

27-50-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-052-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons that the flap system is in operation.

Subtask 27-50-00-860-054-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002-A).
NOTE :

The flaps move at full-speed if the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) is in operation. If the PTU is
isolated (electrically or hydraulically), only the yellow flap motor operates and the flaps move at
half-speed.
An ECAM F/CTL FLAP SYS 1 FAULT message will also be displayed when the PTU is
isolated. This can be ignored.

Subtask 27-50-00-865-054-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-50-00-865-055-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-50-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-50-00-866-052-A
A.

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

5.

(1)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(2)

Set the flap/slat control lever to position 1, 2, 3 or FULL.

(3)

Make sure that on the upper display unit of the ECAM system the flap position bar moves to the set
position.

(4)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-480-002-A) on the flap/slat control lever.

Close-up
Subtask 27-50-00-860-055-A
A.

Aircraft Configuration
(1)

Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A).

(2)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-50-00-942-055-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-50-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-50-00-866-008-A-01
Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

To extend the flaps and slats at the same time.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-860-001-A

Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

29-23-00-860-002-A

Connection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure

AES

27-50-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-063-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons that the flap and slat systems are in
operation.

Subtask 27-50-00-860-065-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

If applicable, disconnect the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001-A).
NOTE :

The flaps move at full-speed if the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) is in operation. If the PTU is
disconnected (electrically or hydraulically), only the yellow flap motor operates and the flaps
move at half-speed.

NOTE :

An ECAM F/CTL FLAP SYS 1 FAULT message will show when the PTU is isolated. This
message can be ignored.

(3)

Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002-A).

(4)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A-01).
NOTE :

The Blue and/or Green hydraulic system(s) operate(s) the slat system. If necessary, use the
alternative hydraulic system.

Subtask 27-50-00-865-069-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

AES

27-50-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-50-00-865-071-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-50-00-866-061-B
A.

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
CAUTION :

5.

IF THE THRUST REVERSER HALVES ARE OPEN, MAKE SURE THAT THE THRUSTREVERSER TRANSLATING-SLEEVES ARE RETRACTED BEFORE YOU EXTEND THE SLATS.
IF THE TRANSLATING SLEEVES ARE EXTENDED, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SLATS AND THE TRANSLATING SLEEVES WHEN THE SLATS EXTEND.

(1)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(2)

Set the flap/slat control lever to the applicable position 1, 2, 3 or FULL.

(3)

Make sure that on the ECAM upper DU:

. the flap position bar moves to the set position
. the slat position bar moves to the set position.

(4)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-50-00-860-066-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A).

(2)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

If applicable, connect the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002-A).

(4)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(5)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-50-00-942-063-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-50-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-50-00-866-011-A
Manual Extension of the Flaps
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

The manual extension of the flaps.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

AR

WRENCH - RIGHT-ANGLE, PNEUMATIC

460005835
98D27803000000
98D27804001000

2
1
1

SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)

98D27804011000

BAR-TURNING

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-45-000-002-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-991-00500-A - Flaps - Manual Extension/Retraction)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-060-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate the
flap/slat controls.

27-50-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-50-00-860-061-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

(4)

On the MCDU:
(a)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. push the line key for <SFCC1(2)

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC1(2) menu page 1.

2.Push the NEXT PAGE button

.

the MCDU shows the SFCC1(2) menu page 2.

the MCDU shows the flap SYSTEM DATA submenu.

the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).

3.Push the line key (2R) SYSTEM DATA FLP>

4.Push the line key (1L) <PPU
5.Record the APPU data.
Subtask 27-50-00-865-065-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

Subtask 27-50-00-010-052-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Open the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Install the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) on the applicable main gear door actuator.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the torque shaft assy
6204CM (6254CM) in the MLG bay.

(4)

Remove the torque shaft assy 6204CM (6254CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-002-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-991-00500-A - Flaps - Manual Extension/Retraction)

AES

27-50-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-50-00-866-057-A
A.

Manual Extension of the Flaps with Pneumatic Wrench

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Install the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) on the right angle gearbox
6205CM (6255CM).

(2)

Install the WRENCH - RIGHT-ANGLE, PNEUMATIC on the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)
(98D27804001000).

(3)

Extend the flaps with the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) and pneumatic
right-angle wrench as necessary.

Subtask 27-50-00-866-059-A
B.

Manual Extension of the Flaps without Pneumatic Wrench

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Install the BAR-TURNING (98D27804011000) on the flap drive shaft, outboard of the right angle
gearbox 6205CM (6255CM).

(2)

Extend the flaps with the BAR-TURNING (98D27804011000) as necessary.

27-50-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

6204CM
6254CM

6205CM
6255CM

A
RIGHT ANGLE
GEARBOX
6205CM
6255CM

STANDARD PNEUMATIC
WRENCH

N_MM_275000_2_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-50-00-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Flaps - Manual Extension/Retraction

27-50-00 PB201

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-50-00-866-009-A
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

To retract the flaps without movement of the slats. To retract the flaps and slats at the same time (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-00901).

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

DESIGNATION

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-00-00-080-002-A

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-053-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons that the flap system is in operation.

27-50-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-50-00-865-057-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-50-00-860-056-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002-A).

NOTE :

The flaps move at full-speed if the Power Transfer Unit (PTU), is in operation. If the PTU is
isolated (electrically or hydraulically) only the yellow flap motor operates and the flaps move at
half-speed.

NOTE :

An ECAM F/CTL FLAP SYS 1 FAULT message will show when the PTU is isolated. This
message can be ignored.

Subtask 27-50-00-865-058-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-50-00-866-053-A
A.

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(2)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A).

(3)

Set the flap/slat control lever to position 0.

27-50-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)
5.

Make sure that on the upper display unit of the ECAM system the flap position bar moves to the set
position.

Close-up
Subtask 27-50-00-860-057-A
A.

Aircraft Configuration
(1)

Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A).

(2)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-50-00-865-059-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-50-00-942-053-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-50-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-50-00-866-009-A-01
Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

To retract the flaps and slats at the same time

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-00-00-080-002-A

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-860-001-A

Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

29-23-00-860-002-A

Connection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure

AES

27-50-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-064-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons that the flap and slat systems are in
operation.

(3)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is in
position on the flap/slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A).

Subtask 27-50-00-860-067-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

If applicable, disconnect the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001-A).
NOTE :

The flaps move at full-speed if the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) is in operation. If the PTU is
disconnected (electrically or hydraulically), only the yellow flap motor operates and the flaps
move at half-speed.

NOTE :

An ECAM F/CTL FLAP SYS 1 FAULT message will show when the PTU is isolated. This
message can be ignored.

(3)

Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002-A).

(4)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A-01).
NOTE :

The Blue and/or Green hydraulic system(s) operate(s) the slat system. If necessary, use the
alternative hydraulic system.

Subtask 27-50-00-865-072-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

FIN

LOCATION

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-50-00-865-070-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

AES

27-50-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-50-00-866-062-B
A.

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

5.

(1)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(2)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A).

(3)

Set the flap/slat control lever to the applicable position 3, 2, 1 or 0.

(4)

Make sure that on the ECAM upper DU, the flap and slat position bar moves to the set position.

Close-up
Subtask 27-50-00-860-068-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A).

(2)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

If applicable, connect the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002-A).

(4)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(5)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-50-00-865-073-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

FIN

LOCATION

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-50-00-942-064-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-50-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

AES

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-50-00 PB201

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-50-00-866-012-A
Manual Retraction of the Flaps
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific
460005835
98D27504005000

AR
2
1

WRENCH - RIGHT-ANGLE, PNEUMATIC

SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK
PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1)

98D27804001000

ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

27-51-00-820-008-A

Adjustment of the Flap Rigged Position with the Sharks Fin Tool
(A318/319/320)

27-54-45-000-002-A
27-54-45-400-002-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Installation of the Torque Shaft

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

32-12-00-010-001-A
Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-991-00600-A - Installation of the Flap Rigging Pin at Track 1)
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-991-00600-B - Installation of the Flap Rigging Pin at Track 1)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-061-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position on the panel 114VU to tell persons not to
operate the flap/slat controls.

27-50-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-50-00-860-062-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
attached to the flap/slat control lever on the panel 114VU.

(2)

Make sure that the applicable MLG door is open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is installed on the applicable main gear
door actuator.

(4)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position in the MLG bay.

(5)

Make sure that the torque shaft assy 6204CM (6254CM) is removed (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-002-A).

(6)

Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

Subtask 27-50-00-865-066-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-991-00600-A - Installation of the Flap Rigging Pin at Track 1)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-991-00600-B - Installation of the Flap Rigging Pin at Track 1)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-50-00-866-058-A
A.

Manual Retraction of the Flaps with Pneumatic Wrench

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Fully retract the flaps with the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) and the
pneumatic right-angle wrench.

(2)

Install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) at the track 1 rigging pin position.
This will set the flaps to the zero degree position.

(3)

Remove the WRENCH - RIGHT-ANGLE, PNEUMATIC from the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND
FLAP) (98D27804001000).

(4)

Remove the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) from the right angle gearbox
6205CM (6255CM).

27-50-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-50-00-866-060-A
B.

Manual Retraction of the Flaps without Pneumatic Wrench

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

5.

(1)

Fully retract the flaps with the BAR-TURNING (98D27804011000).

(2)

Install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) at the track 1 rigging pin position.
This will set the flaps to the zero degree position.

(3)

Remove the BAR-TURNING (98D27804011000) from the flap drive shaft.

Close-up
Subtask 27-50-00-865-067-A
A.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

FIN
B07

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

Subtask 27-50-00-410-051-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Install the torque shaft assy 6204CM (6254CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-002-A).

(2)

Remove the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) from the track 1 rigging pin position.

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

Subtask 27-50-00-860-063-B
C.

Aircraft Configuration
(1)

On the MCDU:
(a)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. push the line key for <SFCC1(2)

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC1(2) menu page 1.

2.Push the NEXT PAGE button

.

the MCDU shows the SFCC1(2) menu page 2.

the MCDU shows the flap SYSTEM DATA submenu.

the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).

3.Push the line key (2L) SYSTEM DATA FLP>

4.Push the line key (1L) <PPU
5.Record the APPU data:

AES

27-50-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Make sure that the PPU DATA shown is within 0.1 deg. of the value as recorded before the manual
extension.

(3)

If the PPU DATA is not within 0.1 deg., do an adjustment of the flap rigged position (Ref. TASK
27-51-00-820-008-A).

(4)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever on the panel 114VU.

(5)

De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).

Subtask 27-50-00-942-061-A
D.

AES

Close-up
(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-50-00 PB201

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

193
193
(194
(194

AB
BB
AB)
BB)

A
FLAP TRACK 1

RIGGING PIN
LOCATION
FLAP DRIVE
LEVER

N_MM_275000_2_ADM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-50-00-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Installation of the Flap Rigging Pin at Track 1

27-50-00 PB201

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

193
193
(194
(194

AB
BB
AB)
BB)

A
FLAP TRACK 1

FLAP DRIVE
LEVER
RIGGING PIN
LOCATION

9 8D 7

4 005 0

N_MM_275000_2_APM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-50-00-991-00600-B SHEET 1

Installation of the Flap Rigging Pin at Track 1

27-50-00 PB201

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-50-00-866-010-A
Reset of the Torque Limiters of the Flap System on the Ground
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

193AB, 193BB, 194AB, 194BB,

573AB, 573BB, 575BB, 575CB,
575FB, 575GB, 673AB, 673BB,
675BB, 675CB, 675FB, 675GB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

57-51-37-000-002-A
57-51-37-000-004-A
57-51-37-400-002-A
57-51-37-400-004-A

Removal of the Access Panels

Removal of the Access Panels
Installation of the Access Panels
Installation of the Access Panels

AES

27-50-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-991-00300-A - Torque Limiters - Detail and Location)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-054-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position, to tell persons that the flap system is in operation.

Subtask 27-50-00-860-058-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002-A).

NOTE :

The flaps travel at full speed if the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) is in operation. If the PTU is
isolated (electrically or hydraulically), only the Yellow flap motor operates and the flaps travel at
half speed.

NOTE :

An ECAM F/CTL FLAP SYS 1 FAULT message will show when the PTU is isolated. This
message can be ignored.

Subtask 27-50-00-865-061-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-50-00-865-062-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-50-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-50-00-010-050-A
E.

Get Access
(1)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position, below the applicable access panel.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel(s) to gain access to the torque limiter(s):
(a)

(b)

4.

For the LH wing, remove the following panels:

1

For the flap track No.1 torque limiter:

. 193AB 193BB
. 573BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A).

For the flap track No.2 torque limiter:

. 573AB 573BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A).

For the flap track No.3 torque limiter:

. 575BB 575CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

For the flap track No.4 torque limiter:

. 575FB 575GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

For the RH wing, remove the following panels:

1

For the flap track No.1 torque limiter:

. 194AB 194BB
. 673BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A).

For the flap track No.2 torque limiter:

. 673AB 673BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A).

For the flap track No.3 torque limiter:

. 675BB 675CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

For the flap track No.4 torque limiter:

. 675FB 675GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-991-00300-A - Torque Limiters - Detail and Location)
Subtask 27-50-00-866-055-A
A.

Reset of the Torque Limiters of the Flap System on the Ground

(1)

To release the load from the torque limiter(s) and allow the indicators to be closed, do the step that
follows:
(a)

(2)

Put the slat/flap control lever to the last position that had been set, before the torque limiter(s)
operated.

Remove the safety collar from the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV.

Subtask 27-50-00-865-063-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-50-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

122VU

FIN
10CV

LOCATION
S07

Subtask 27-50-00-866-056-A
C.

Continue the Reset of the Torque Limiters

(1)

Push each applicable indicator (1) down so that it aligns with the torque limiter, in the usual system
condition.

Subtask 27-50-00-710-051-A
D.

Operational Test
(1)

5.

Do the operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-50-00-860-059-A
A.

Aircraft Configuration
(1)

Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A).

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-50-00-865-064-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

Subtask 27-50-00-410-050-A
C.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panel(s):

(a)

AES

For the LH wing, install the following panels:

1

For the flap track No.1 torque limiter:

. 193AB 193BB
. 573BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A).

For the flap track No.2 torque limiter:

. 573AB 573BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A).

For the flap track No.3 torque limiter:

. 575BB 575CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

27-50-00 PB201

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4
(b)

For the flap track No.4 torque limiter:

. 575FB 575GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

For the RH wing, install the following panels:

1

For the flap track No.1 torque limiter:

. 194AB 194BB
. 673BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A).

For the flap track No.2 torque limiter:

. 673AB 673BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A).

For the flap track No.3 torque limiter:

. 675BB 675CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

For the flap track No.4 torque limiter:

. 675FB 675GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

Subtask 27-50-00-942-054-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-50-00 PB201

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
POWER CONTROL
UNIT 6201CM

ACTUATOR
ASSY 1

TRACK 1

INBOARD
FLAP

B
A

TRACK 2

ACTUATOR
ASSY 2

B
TRACK 3

OFFSET
GEARBOX
(REF)

TORQUE
LIMITER
(REF)

ACTUATOR
ASSY 3

OUTBOARD
FLAP
TRACK 4

INDICATOR
(REF)
ACTUATOR
ASSY 4

TORQUE
SHAFT
(REF)

TORQUE LIMITER TYPICAL INSTALLATION

USUAL SYSTEM
CONDITION

ACTIVATED
CONDITION
N_MM_275000_2_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-50-00-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Torque Limiters - Detail and Location

27-50-00 PB201

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-50-00-400-002-A
Installation of the Inboard and Outboard Flap Hoisting-Sling
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
2
HOIST 250 KG (551 LB), 6 M (19,7 FT) - LIFT

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98F27508498000

HOIST-R I,FLAP SLAT

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-011-A

Manual Extension of the Flaps

(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-991-00100-C - Hoisting Sling Details)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-056-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat control lever.

Subtask 27-50-00-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

4.

Make sure that the flaps are at the position 3 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-991-00100-C - Hoisting Sling Details)

AES

27-50-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-50-00-480-051-B
A.

Installation of the Inboard Flap Hoisting Sling

(1)

Remove the blanking caps from the flap.

(2)

Remove the pip-pins (11) and the lifting-lugs (12) from the HOIST-R I,FLAP SLAT (98F27508498000).

(3)

Install the lifting-lugs (12) in the flap.

(4)

Attach the hoisting sling to the HOIST 250 KG (551 LB), 6 M (19,7 FT) - LIFT.
NOTE :

The inboard flap weighs 114 kg (251 lb).

(5)

Use the hoist to put the hoisting sling in position above the flap.

(6)

Lower the hoisting sling until you can attach it to the lifting-lugs (12).

(7)

Connect the hoisting sling to the lifting-lugs (12) with the forked connections (10) and the pip-pins
(11). If necessary, adjust the turnbuckles (13) to get a correct lift angle of 20 degrees.

Subtask 27-50-00-480-052-B
B.

Installation of the Outboard Flap Hoisting Sling

(1)

Remove the blanking caps from the flap.

(2)

Remove the pip-pins (11) and the lifting-lugs (12) from the HOIST-R I,FLAP SLAT (98F27508498000).

(3)

Install the lifting-lugs (12) in the flap.

(4)

Attach the hoisting sling to the HOIST 250 KG (551 LB), 6 M (19,7 FT) - LIFT.
NOTE :

5.

The outboard flap weighs 125 kg (276 lb).

(5)

Use the hoist to put the hoisting sling in position above the flap.

(6)

Lower the sling until you can attach it to the lifting-lugs (12).

(7)

Connect the hoisting sling to the lifting-lugs (12) with the forked connections (10) and the pip-pins
(11). If necessary, adjust the turnbuckles (13) to get a correct lifting angle of 20 degrees.

Close-up
Subtask 27-50-00-942-057-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-50-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
A
10

11

BLANKING CAP
12

HOISTING
SLING

EXAMPLE OF HOIST CONNECTION

(INBOARD/OUTBOARD FLAP)

13

B
B

B
C

20

HORIZONTAL
CORRECT LIFT ANGLE
N_MM_275000_2_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-50-00-991-00100-C SHEET 1

Hoisting Sling Details

27-50-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-50-00-000-002-A
Removal of the Inboard and Outboard Flap Hoisting-Sling
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98F27508498000

HOIST-R I,FLAP SLAT

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-991-00100-C - Hoisting Sling Details)
3.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-057-A
A.

4.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat
control lever.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-991-00100-C - Hoisting Sling Details)
Subtask 27-50-00-080-051-B
A.

Removal of the Inboard Flap Hoisting Sling

(1)

Remove the pip-pins (11) and disconnect the hoisting sling from the inboard flap.

(2)

Remove the lifting-lugs (12) from the inboard flap and connect them to the hoisting sling with the pippins (11).

(3)

Remove the HOIST-R I,FLAP SLAT (98F27508498000) from the hoist.

(4)

Install the blanking caps in the flap. Make sure that the top of the blanking caps is not above the
surface of the flap.

Subtask 27-50-00-080-052-B
B.

Removal of the Outboard Flap Hoisting Sling

(1)

AES

Remove the pip-pins (11) and disconnect the hoisting sling from the outboard flap.

27-50-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5.

(2)

Remove the lifting-lugs (12) from the outboard flap and connect them to the hoisting sling with the pippins (11).

(3)

Remove the HOIST-R I,FLAP SLAT (98F27508498000) from the hoist.

(4)

Install the blanking caps in the flap.

Close-up
Subtask 27-50-00-942-058-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-50-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-50-00-400-003-A
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-991-00400-A - Lock-Torque Shaft (Flaps and Slats))
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-058-A
A.

4.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position, on panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat
control lever.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-991-00400-A - Lock-Torque Shaft (Flaps and Slats))
Subtask 27-50-00-480-050-A
A.

AES

Installation of the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001)

(1)

Make sure that the protective pads on the items that follow are in a satisfactory condition.
. the arm assembly (10)
. the clamp (7)
. the pad (3)
. the pivot clamp (1).

(2)

Loosen the screw (6).

(3)

Remove the pin (5) and the clamp (7).

(4)

Loosen the screw (9) sufficiently to let the clamp arm (8) move along the arm assembly (10).

27-50-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Put the pivot clamp (1) in position on the flange of the wing structure.

(6)

Put the arm assembly (10) on the applicable torque shaft.

(7)

Put the clamp (7) on the torque shaft below the arm assembly (10) and install the pin (5). Do not
tighten the screw (6) at this time.

(8)

Move the pivot clamp (1) together with the arm assembly (10) until the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT
(FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is in the correct position.

(9)

Hold the pivot clamp (1) in position:

. for the left wing, tighten the screw (2)
. for the right wing, install the packer (4) and tighten the screw (2).

(10) Tighten the screw (9).

(11) Tighten the screw (6) until the clamp (7) and the arm assembly (10) lock the torque shaft in position.
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-50-00-942-059-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-50-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
B
B
B
A

SHOWN

SIMILAR

A
A

10
3
WING
STRUCTURE

TORQUE SHAFT
4
(RH WING ONLY)

N_MM_275000_2_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-50-00-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Lock-Torque Shaft (Flaps and Slats)

27-50-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-50-00-000-003-A
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

DESIGNATION

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-991-00400-A - Lock-Torque Shaft (Flaps and Slats))
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-059-A
A.

4.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position on panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate
the flap/slat control lever.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-50-00-991-00400-A - Lock-Torque Shaft (Flaps and Slats))
Subtask 27-50-00-080-050-A
A.

5.

Removal of the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001)

(1)

Loosen the screw (6).

(2)

Remove the pin (5) and the clamp (7).

(3)

Loosen the screw (2). For the right wing, remove the packer (4).

(4)

Remove the pivot clamp (1) from the wing structure and the arm assembly (10) from the torque shaft.

(5)

Put the clamp (7) and the arm assembly (10) together and install the pin (5).

Close-up
Subtask 27-50-00-942-060-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

27-50-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-50-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-50-00-869-006-A
Reset of the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) of the Flap System on the Ground
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

DESIGNATION

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-866-010-A

Reset of the Torque Limiters of the Flap System on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

29-10-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-062-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

AES

Put the safety barriers in position.

27-50-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons that the flap system is in operation.

Subtask 27-50-00-865-068-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-50-00-860-064-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

4.

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Make sure that the Green, the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Get access to the flight controls (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit (MCDU) (Ref.
TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

Procedure
Subtask 27-50-00-869-058-A
A.

Reset the Wing Tip Brake with SFCC 1 and 2.

NOTE :

Use any available MCDU to do the reset of the wing tip brake.
ACTION

RESULT

1.Open the C/B 8CV.

2.On the MCDU:

. push the line key < SFCC 1.

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

3.Push the NEXT PAGE button.

the MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 menu.

4.Push the line key TEST/RESET FLP >.

5.Push the line key WTB-RESET >.

6.Push the line key < START WTB RESET.

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP TEST/RESET

menu.
the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP WTB-RESET
procedure.
the MCDU shows: SFCC 1 FLAP WTB-RESET
PERFORMED.

AES

SFCC 2 is isolated.

27-50-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION

RESULT

7.Close C/B 8CV.

SFCC 2 is energized.

8.Open C/B 6CV.

SFCC 1 is isolated.

9.On the MCDU:

. push the line key < SFCC 2.

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 2 menu.

10.Push the NEXT PAGE button.

the MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 2 menu.

11.Push the line key TEST/RESET FLP >.

12.Push the line key WTB-RESET >.

13.Push the line key < START WTB RESET.

the MCDU shows the SFCC 2 FLAP TEST/RESET

menu.
the MCDU shows the SFCC 2 FLAP WTB-RESET
procedure.
the MCDU shows: SFCC 2 FLAP WTB-RESET
PERFORMED.

14.Close C/B 6CV.

15.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the
CFDS MENU page is shown.
16.Pressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic
systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A), (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-002-A), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).
17.Move the slat and flap control lever in the flap
extension and retraction direction.
18.Check all the flap system torque limiters and reset as
necessary (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-010-A).
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-50-00-710-052-A
A.

Operational Test
(1)

Do the operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

Subtask 27-50-00-862-056-A
B.

De-energize the Electrical Circuits

(1)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-50-00-942-062-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-50-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FLAPS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.

General
The electrical control and monitoring system of the flaps has:
. a manually operated slat/flap control lever
. a Command Sensor Unit (CSU) 51CV
. two Slat and Flap Control Computers (SFCC1 and SFCC2) 21CV, 22CV
. two electrically controlled valve blocks 23CV(24CV) installed on the flaps Power Control Unit (PCU) 6201CM
(Ref. 27-54-00-00)
. a Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit (FPPU) 27CV
. two Asymmetry Position Pick-Off Units (APPU) 29CV(30CV)
. two Wing Tip Brakes (WTB) 33CV(34CV)
. two flap interconnecting struts, each with two flap-attachment failure detection sensors 37CV, 39CV (38CV,
40CV).
The functions of the flaps electrical control and monitoring system are:
. to control the valve blocks electrically
. to control the WTBs electrically
. to receive data from and send data to the related systems
. to monitor the power transmission for correct operation
. to monitor the control system and power transmission for component failure
. to monitor the inputs from and outputs to the related systems.
The slat/flap control lever controls the position of the flaps. The CSU identifies the position of the slat/flap control
lever and sends related signals to each SFCC. Each SFCC controls a valve block of a hydraulic motor, which is part
of the flap PCU.
The two SFCCs monitor the operation of the transmission system. The FPPU (which is part of the flaps PCU) and
the two APPUs send signals to the SFCCs. They identify component failures of the transmission system and the
control system. The Pressure-Off Brakes (POB) of the PCU and the WTBs stop and hold the transmission system
when a failure occurs.

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-12400-A - Component Location)

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-12500-A - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-12600-A - Flap System Electrical Equipment - Component Location)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
I
FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
I PANELIZONEIACCESS I
ATA
I
I
I
I DOOR I
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------SLAT AND FLAP CONTROL LEVER
114VU
27-51-43
21CV
SFCC1
85VU 127 824
27-51-34
22CV
SFCC2
86VU 128 824
27-51-34
23CV
PCU VALVE BLOCK 1
148
27-54-53
24CV
PCU VALVE BLOCK 2
148
27-54-53
27CV
FEEDBACK POSITION PICK-OFF UNIT
148
27-51-19
29CV
ASYMMETRY POSITION PICK-OFF UNIT
575 575FB
27-51-18
30CV
ASYMMETRY POSITION PICK-OFF UNIT
675 675FB
27-51-18
33CV
WING TIP BRAKE
575 575EB
27-51-51
34CV
WING TIP BRAKE
675 675EB
27-51-51
37CV
FLAP ATTACHMENT FAILURE DETECTION
580
SENSOR
38CV
FLAP ATTACHMENT FAILURE DETECTION
680
SENSOR
39CV
FLAP ATTACHMENT FAILURE DETECTION
580
SENSOR
40CV
FLAP ATTACHMENT FAILURE DETECTION
680
SENSOR
51CV
COMMAND SENSOR UNIT
114VU 220 811
27-51-17
91CV
RELAY
187VU 121
93CV
RELAY
188VU 122
95CV
RELAY
187VU 121
97CV
RELAY
188VU 122

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

System Description
A.

Mechanical Input

The slat/flap control lever is installed in the cockpit on panel 114VU. There are five possible positions for the
lever (identified as 0,1,2,3 and FULL). The lever position to the related flight phase, flap angle and the slat
angle is as follows:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------LEVER
FLAP
SLAT
POSITION
FLIGHT PHASE
ANGLE (deg) ANGLE (deg)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------0
Cruise
0
0
1*
Hold
0
18
1*
Take-off
10
18
2
Take-off
15
22
3
Take-off /Approach
20
22
FULL
Land
40
27
* Flap auto-command function
The slat/flap control lever has two baulks. One baulk between position 1 and 2, and one between position 3 and
FULL. The baulks prevent a one-movement-change of the lever position from FULL to 0. The lever turns a shaft
which moves the input shaft of the CSU through spur gears.
B.

Electrical Control
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-14600-A - Flaps Electrical Control - Schematic)
The CSU is installed in the cockpit, immediately below the slat and flap control lever on the panel 114VU. The
CSU changes the mechanical signals from the control lever into electrical signals to the SFCC1 and SFCC2.
The two SFCCs are installed in racks in the forward avionics compartment. The SFCCs have power supplies
with no relation between them. Each SFCC has the same function and includes one flap channel and one slat
channel. The flap channels each control one of the two valve blocks on the flaps PCU. Each valve block has its
own different hydraulic supply (Ref. 27-54-00-00).
There are three solenoid valves at each valve block. For the low speed mode, the SFCCs energize the
retract/extend solenoid valves and the POB solenoid. For the high speed mode, the SFCCs energize the extend
solenoid valve and the POB solenoid. The POB solenoid permits the release of the POB of the hydraulic motor
(Ref. 27-84-00-00).
An FPPU, which is attached to the PCU, sends signals on the position of the flap transmission to the two
SFCCs. The PCU gearbox moves the FPPU.
The FPPU has two synchro transmitters, which are the same. One sends signals to the SFCC1, the other one to
the SFCC2.

C.

Wing Tip Brake (WTB) Control

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-15000-A - Wing Tip Brake (WTB) Control - Schematic)
The WTB is an electro-hydraulic pressure-on brake. It is installed near the end of the transmission system in
each wing. The WTBs stop and hold the transmission if the SFCCs find some given types of failures. Each WTB
has two solenoid valves. Each solenoid valve controls one part of a WTB. The hydraulic supply to each WTB is
as follows:
. the Blue and Yellow systems supply the left WTB
. the Blue and Green systems supply the right WTB.

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The two battery buses (701PP for system 1 and 702PP for system 2) supply power to the WTB solenoids
through the SFCCs. This makes sure that power is available to the WTB if there is an engine power failure.
Each busbar supplies one solenoid on each WTB. When the solenoids are energized, the system latches the
circuit to keep the solenoid valves open. When the WTBs operate, the transmission locks. The circuit can only
be set back (reset) on the ground through the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS).
The two SFCCs control the LH and the RH WTB. Each SFCC controls one solenoid on each WTB.
D. Monitoring
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-15400-A - Flap Transmission Monitoring - Schematic)
The two SFCCs monitor the flap system continuously for failures in:
. the operation of the power transmission system
. the Line Replaceable Units (LRU)
. the input and output signals
. the power supplies.
Failures in the flap system will not give, but may lead to class 1 level 3 warnings which are generated by the
Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring (ECAM) system.
The ECAM system shows class 1, level 1 and level 2 cautions to the flight crew (Ref. 31-50-00-00). The SFCCs
supply failure data to the ECAM system through:
. the System Data Acquisition Concentrators (SDAC) (Ref. AMM 31-55-00-00)
. the Flight Warning Computers (FWC) (Ref. AMM 31-53-00-00)
. the Display Management Computers (DMC) (Ref. 31-62-00-00).
The ECAM gives a Maintenance Status Reminder for class 2 failures.
The SFCCs supply all the related data of failures to the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS).
(1) Monitoring of the Power Transmission Systems
The SFCCs monitor the power transmission system for these failures:
. asymmetry (a position difference between the two APPUs)
. runaway (a position difference between the APPUs and the FPPU)
. uncommanded movement (a movement in the wrong direction, or movement away from the last set
position)
. overspeed (the faster movement of one or more PPUs)
. flap disconnect
. system jam
. half speed
. low hydraulic pressure
. control valve position.
To monitor the power transmission system, the SFCCs compare the CSU signals with the position data.
The SFCCs receive the position data from:
. the two APPUs
. the FPPU
. the valve blocks
. the flap-attachment failure detection sensors.

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
An APPU is installed at the end of the transmission system in each wing. The APPUs are the same as, and
interchangeable with, the FPPU. One synchro transmitter in each APPU sends position data to the SFCC1.
The other synchro transmitter in each APPU sends position data to the SFCC2.
The control valve of each valve block has a Linear Variable Differential Transducer (LVDT) (Ref.
27-54-00-00). The LVDT sends valve position data to its related SFCC. The position of the valve is directly
related to the hydraulic pressure available at the valve block.
An interconnecting strut connects the inboard and the outboard flaps. It has two flap-attachment failure
detection sensors. The flap-attachment failure detection sensors monitor the connected flaps for a position
difference out of the specified limits.
Each flap-attachment failure detection sensor sends a signal to one of the two Landing Gear Control and
Interface Units (LGCIU). Each LGCIU gets a signal from one sensor on each wing and sends the data to its
related SFCC. The SFCC monitors the data and sends it to the other SFCC through the cross-computer
link. The SFCCs receive data from all four flap-attachment failure detection sensors.
(2) LRU Monitoring
The SFCCs monitor these LRUs for failures:
. SFCC1 and SFCC2
. the CSU
. the two WTBs
. the two APPUs
. the FPPU
. the valve blocks of the flap PCU
. the flap disconnect sensors
. the hydraulic motors.
The SFCCs keep the data related to the failures in their memories.
(3) Monitoring of Input and Output Signals
The SFCCs monitor these input and output signals:
. the ARINC 429 inputs from other systems
. the ARINC 429 inputs from the cross-computer link (other SFCC)
. the installation coding
. the operation mode codings
. the ground inhibit
. the ARINC 429 outputs (wraparound)
If the obove signals are not in the specified limits, the SFCCs keep the data related to the failure in its
memory. The SFCCs transmit the data to the CFDS.
Other discrete inputs are:
. the Aircraft On Ground (AOG) discrete
. the WTB-arm input.
(4) Monitoring of Power Supplies
The SFCCs monitor these power supplies:
. the SFCC DC Supply
. the WTB DC Supply
. the synchro excitation power generated by the SFCCs

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.

the LVDT synchro excitation power generated by the SFCCs.

If the voltage is not in the specified limits, the SFCCs keep the data related to the failure in its memory.
The SFCCs transmit the data to the CFDS. If the SFCC DC supply or the synchro excitation power is not
in the specified limits, the flight crew get a failure indication.

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Power Supply
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-17100-A - Power Supply Distribution - Schematic)
The electrical power supplies for the flap control and monitoring system are:
. the essential bus 401PP
. the normal bus 204PP
. the battery buses 701PP and 702PP.
The essential bus 401PP supplies:
. the SFCC1 flap channel
. the related PCU solenoids
. the synchro and LVDT excitation voltages.
The battery bus 701PP supplies the WTB solenoids related to the SFCC1.
The normal bus 204PP supplies:
. the SFCC2 flap channel
. the related PCU solenoids
. the synchro and LVDT excitation voltages.
The battery bus 702PP supplies the WTB solenoids related to the SFCC2.
If the WTBs are operated, the battery buses keep the solenoids energized during a SFCC power failure.

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
5.

Interfaces
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-18400-A - Flap System Components - Interfaces)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-18500-D - Flap System Interfaces - Data to other Systems)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-18600-A - Flap System Interfaces - Data from other Systems)
The SFCCs send and receive discrete and analog electrical signals to and from the components of the flap system.
Each SFCC has an ARINC 429 interface, which connects it to the other systems.

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
6.

Component Description
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-20200-A - Flap/Slat Control Lever)
A.

Slat/Flap Control Lever

The slat/flap control lever has:
. an attachment plate
. a housing
. a lever assembly
. a five-position gate.
The rectangular attachment plate has a slot for the movement of the lever assembly and connects to the center
pedestal and the housing.
The housing contains:
. the CSU
. the lever assembly
. a pinnion
. a five-position gate.
The lever assembly has a spring-loaded plunger, a quadrant that connects to the pinnion and a knob with a
collar. A pin at the lower end of the spring-loaded plunger engages in one of the notches of the five-position
gate.
A baulk above the second and forth notches of the five-position gate stops a one-movement change of the lever
position (from the 0 position to the FULL position).
When the collar is lifted (against the pressure of the spring-loaded plunger) the pin comes clear of the notch of
the five-position gate. To move the lever past the baulk, the collar must be released.
As the lever moves from one position to the next the quadrant turns the pinnion. The pinnion (which has a
splined shaft with one spline uncut to give a master spline) turns the rotary switch of the CSU.

B.

Command Sensor Unit

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-20700-A - Command Sensor Unit)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-20800-A - Command Sensor Unit - Schematic)
The CSU is a sealed unit which changes the mechanical signals from the slat/flap control lever to electrical
signals.
The CSU has:
. a housing
. a drive shaft
. four rotary switches
. a friction brake
. two electrical connectors.
The drive shaft has external splines, with one spline removed to give a master spline. There are two zero-marks,
one on the end of the drive shaft and one on the housing. When the zero-marks are aligned, the CSU is at
mechanical zero. The drive shaft has a drive-gear which engages with the input gears of the rotary switches.

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
When the drive shaft turns, the four rotary switches are operated at the same time. Each rotary switch has a
shaft with two sets of five tracks. The tracks give the same switching patterns as the switches turn. Each set of
tracks has five detent patterns and four out-of-detent patterns. The sliding contact connects two adjacent tracks
to return for the detent patterns. For the out-of-detent patterns, the sliding contact connects only one of tracks
2, 3, 4 or 5 to return (Ref. Table 1).
The friction brake has a spring-loaded friction disc pack installed on the drive shaft of the CSU.
The friction brake has two functions:
. to hold the CSU in the last set position after a drive shaft failure
. to apply friction to the drive shaft.
The rotary switches connect to two electrical connectors. Signals from one set of tracks on each switch go to
connector A. Signals from the other set of tracks go to connector B.
Switch Patterns
--------------------------------------------------DETENT
1
2
3
4
5
---------------------------------------------------TRACK 1
XXXX
XXXX
---------------------------------------------------TRACK 2
XXXXXXXXX
---------------------------------------------------TRACK 3
XXXXXXXXX
---------------------------------------------------TRACK 4
XXXXXXXXX
---------------------------------------------------TRACK 5
XXXXXXXXX
---------------------------------------------------OUT-OF-DETENT
1
2
3
4
---------------------------------------------------Table 1
C.

Slat and Flap Control Computer

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-21400-A - Slat and Flap Control Computer)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-21500-A - Slat and Flat Control Computer - Schematic)
ARINC 600 5 MCU cases contain the SFCC1 and the SFCC2. Each computer is the same and has two channels,
one for the slats, the other one for the flaps. Each channel has two lanes (lane ONE and lane TWO) and
include:
. one Power Supply Unit (PSU)
. one lane ONE Processor/Input Module
. one lane TWO Processor Module
. one ARINC/Synchro Module
. one Output Module.
The slat and flap channels together, have one common services module. Each channel has its own 28V DC
power unit. One 28V DC input supplies the two PSUs which have no relation between them. Each PSU supplies
its channel with the necessary internal voltages.
The two lanes in each channel have different hardware and software:
. lane ONE has an INTEL 80C186 microprocessor (software programmed in assembler language)

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.

lane TWO has a MOTOROLA 68HC000 microprocessor (software programmed in Pascal language).

The ARINC/Synchro Module has two functions:

. ARINC 429 Communications
. Synchro to digital conversion.
The Output Module has three functions:
. to collect and make an analysis of the data from lanes ONE and TWO
. output data to the related valve blocks
. move data between lanes ONE and TWO through the dual-ported Random Access Memory (RAM) and a
common non-volatile store (EPROM).
The Common Services Module supplies:
. cross-channel communications through the RAM
. WTB logic
. system bus arbitration
. LVDT oscillator.
Each SFCC channel has an Installation-Coding input and an Operation Mode-Coding input. The InstallationCoding enables the SFCC to identify position 1 or 2 installation. The Operation Mode-Coding lets each channel
find the difference between the operation modes related to aircraft versions:
. the flap operation mode 1 (relief enabled)
. the flap operation mode 2 (relief disabled)
. the slat operation mode 1 (Ref. 27-81-00-00)
. the slat operation mode 2 (Ref. 27-81-00-00).
The flap operation modes 1 and 2 are related to the flap relief function. This function operates when the aircraft
is at the flap relief speed. At this speed the flap relief function signals the flaps to retract a small amount to
prevent too much load on the flaps. Because the flap loads are less than the maximum permitted loads, all
aircraft are in the flap operation mode 2 (relief disabled). Pin programming disables/enables the flap relief
function.
D. Valve Block
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-22000-B - Valve Block)
The valve block is a sub-component of the flaps PCU specified in (Ref. 27-54-00).
E.

Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit (FPPU)

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-22500-A - Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit (FPPU))
The FPPU has:
. a splined input shaft
. a spring-loaded locking plate
. the reduction gears
. a reduction gear housing
. two synchro transmitters which work independently
. a synchro cover
. an electrical connector block
. a cover plate.

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The spring-loaded locking plate holds the splined input shaft from the removed FPPU. When the FPPU is
installed in the aircraft, the mount of the FPPU pushes the locking plate away from the shaft splines. The input
shaft moves the reduction gears which are in the reduction gear housing. The reduction gears turn the two
synchro transmitters which are below the synchro cover.
The electrical connector block is installed on the reduction gear housing. The electrical connector block has two
connectors, one for each synchro transmitter. The connectors are identified as A and B. The cover plate is
installed on the reduction gear housing. There is a window in the cover plate to monitor adjustment of the
FPPU to zero.
When the input shaft turns through 140 revolutions it gives 360 deg. synchro transmitter output. For full travel
of the flaps, the angular output of each syncro transmitter is 251.97 deg.
To adjust the FPPU electrically to zero, no electrical test equipment is necessary.
For zero adjustment, there are three moving and three fixed indicators:
. two fixed pointers on the reduction gear housing
. one zero mark on the driving gear
. one orange zero indicator
. one fixed zero mark on the input shaft locking plate
. one zero mark on the end of the input shaft.
F.

Asymmetry Position Pick-Off Unit (APPU)

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-22900-A - Asymmetry Position Pick-Off Unit (APPU))
The two APPUs are the same as and interchangeable with the FPPU.

G.

Wing Tip Brake

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-23400-B - Wing Tip Brake)
The WTB is an electro-hydraulic, pressure-on disc-brake. The WTB has:
. a central housing
. a friction disc pack
. a through torque shaft
. two hydraulic manifolds
. two annular pistons
. two solenoid valves
. two electrical connectors.
The central housing contains the friction disc pack which has an alternate stator and rotor discs. The central
housing holds the stator discs, external splines on the torque shaft drive the rotor discs. The internal splines at
each end of the torque shaft engage with the flap transmission system. At each end of the central housing is a
hydraulic manifold which contains an annular piston. The torque shaft passes through the center of the two
pistons. A solenoid valve and an electrical connector are installed on each manifold.
A special hydraulic system supplies each hydraulic manifold. The solenoid valves control the supply of fluid
pressure to the pistons.
When the solenoids are energized, the fluid pressure moves the piston to release the spring force and puts the
brake on. When the solenoids are de-energized, the fluid pressure returns through the solenoid valves and lets
the brake off.
Leakage of fluid past the piston seals returns through a drilled hole. If hydraulic pressure is not available to one
piston, the remaining piston gives sufficient force to act against the spring to let the brake off.

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
H. Flap Interconnecting Strut
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-23900-A - Flap Interconnecting Strut)
The flap interconnecting strut has these functions:
. it lets the inner and the outer flaps move independently by a specified limit
. it gives a different load path for the flap drive system if there is an attachment failure
. it sends data to the SFCC when the independent movement of the inner and outer flaps is more than the
specified limit
. it absorbs energy if a flap drive disconnect occurs.
The flap interconnecting strut has:
. a housing
. two flap-attachment failure detection sensors
. an actuating rod
. a target
. a ball piece
. a sleeve.
The housing contains the actuating rod, the sleeve and the ball piece. The target is at the end of the actuating
rod. The two sensors on the housing align with the targets on the actuating rod, with the flaps in their normal
postion.
The actuating rod has a total travel of 18 mm (0.7087 in.) in each direction from the center position. The limit
of independent movement between the flaps is 14.5 mm (0.5709 in.). The sensors send a target-far signal to the
LGCIU if the target moves more than 15 mm (0.5906 in.) from the center position.

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
7.

Operation/Control and Indicating

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-25400-A - Flaps - Normal Operation)
A.

Normal Operation
(1) System Configuration
For normal operation of the flaps:
. energize the aircraft electrical network
. close the circuit breakers 6CV, 8CV, 10CV and 12CV
. pressurize the Green hydraulic system for flap system 1 and the Yellow hydraulic system for flap system
2.
NOTE :

For safety, the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV have a red guard installed to prevent incorrect
operation during flight. To open the circuit breakers it is necessary to remove the applicable red
guard first.

(2) Manual Control

The slat and flap control lever controls the position of the flaps. When the slat and flap control lever is
moved to a new position, the flaps move to the indicated flap angle.
NOTE :

The flaps may move when the slat and flap lever moves from position 0 to 1 or 1 to 0.
Depending on the CAS from the ADIRU.

(3) Electrical Control

The CSU sends discrete signals to the flap channel of each SFCC. At the same time, the CSU sends
discrete signals for the slat position to the slat channel. The switch pattern of the CSU changes when the
control lever moves. This causes the SFCC to get different signals (Ref. Table 2). Each flap channel
receives signals from two sets of the 5-track switches in the CSU. For a correct signal, each channel must
receive the same detent pattern from the two sets of switches.
For a permitted out-of-detent pattern, each channel must receive the same out-of-detent pattern from the
two sets of switches.
If a different configuration occurs, it is a CSU failure.
Lever Position and Switch Pattern
------------------------------------------------------------------------------LEVER
POSITION
0
1
2
3
FULL
------------------------------------------------------------------------------TRACK 1
XXXXX
XXXXX
TRACK 2
XXXXXXXXXXX
TRACK 3
XXXXXXXXXX
TRACK 4
XXXXXXXXXXX
TRACK 5
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
------------------------------------------------------------------------------SLAT ANGLE
0
18
22
22
27
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FLAP ANGLE
0
10
15
20
40
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 2
The SFCC memory keeps the last correct signal, which controls the slat and flap position. The SFCCs
compare a new CSU signal with the flap position signal which comes from the FPPU. If a change of flap
angle is necessary, the PCU solenoids get electrical power. The flaps move towards the new position (Ref.
27-54-00). When the position data from the FPPU is the same as the CSU signal, the flaps stop.
NOTE :

Slat and flap movement always obeys the last correct control lever movement. For example, when
the lever moves from position 3 to FULL, the flaps will extend in the direction of the FULL position.
If the lever returns to position 3 before the flaps reach position FULL, the direction of flap
movement changes and the flaps move back to position 3.

(4) Flap Auto-Command Function

Two flap configurations, which are dependent on the airspeed, are possible with the slat and flap control
lever at the position 1 (ECAM indication 1 or 1 + F).
The configurations are related to the Computed Air Speed (CAS) and the lever position (0 or 2) before the
lever is set to the position 1.
In the 10 deg configuration, the flaps retract automatically to 0 deg if the CAS is equal to or more than
210 knots. After the automatic retraction, the flaps will not extend (to configuration 1 + F) until the CAS
is equal to or less than 100 knots.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------LEVER POSITION
CAS
FLAP
MOVED FROM
(KNOTS)
CONFIGURATION
---------------------------------------------------------------------------Full, 3, 2 to 1
equal to or more than 210
0 deg.
Full, 3, 2 to 1
less than 210
10 deg.
0 to 1
more than 100
0 deg.
0 to 1
equal to or less than 100
10 deg.
(configuration 1 + F)
B.

Operation of the Wing Tip Brake

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-26100-A - Wing Tip Brake Logic)
The WTBs lock the transmission system if a failure occurs.
(1) If one or the other lane of the flap channel finds a failure:
. the lane arms its own WTB circuits
. the other channel receives a WTB-arm discrete signal.
(2) If one or the other lane in the second flap channel also finds the failure:
. the lane arms its own WTB circuits
. the first channel receives a WTB-arm discrete signal.
When the SFCCs receive a WTB-arm signal they energize the related WTB solenoid valves. The WTBs
lock the transmission system.
If one SFCC does not operate, the other SFCC receives a WTB-arm signal automatically. If the other SFCC
finds a failure, one solenoid valve on each WTB gets electrical power.
(3) Reset
The WTB can only be reset on the ground through the CFDS.

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Monitoring for Failure Conditions

(1) Monitoring of the Power Transmission System
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-15400-A - Flap Transmission Monitoring - Schematic)
The SFCCs monitor:
. the flap position data from the APPUs and the FPPU
. the rate of change of the flap position data
. the set position from the CSU.
The SFCCs use this data to find:
. an asymmetry
. a runaway
. an uncommanded movement
. an overspeed.
When the SFCCs find any one of these failures:
. the valve block solenoids on the PCU are de-energized
. the POBs are applied and stop their related hydraulic motors
. each channel arms its own WTB circuits and sends a WTB-arm signal to the other channel
. the WTBs lock the transmission system
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 2 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message.
When the WTBs have locked the system, reset is only possible on the ground.
(2) Flap-Attachment Failure Detection Sensors
The SFCCs monitor the flap-attachment failure detection sensors to find connection failure. If the SFCCs
receive a flap disconnect signal:
. the valve block solenoids on the PCU are de-energized
. the POBs lock the two hydraulic motors
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 2 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message.
System reset is only possible on the ground.
The ECAM display unit shows a failure message if:
. the SFCC gets different data from the two sensors on the same wing or
. one sensor gives incorrect data.
(3) System Jam
The SFCC will find a system jam if the system speed is below 2% nominal for more than 4 seconds.
When the SFCCs find a system jam:
. the valve block solenoids on the PCU are de-energized
. the POBs are applied and stop their related hydraulic motors
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 2 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message.
If the SFCCs receive a new correct CSU signal, the SFCCs go back to their normal operation.
If there is low hydraulic pressure, the SFCCs stop system jam monitoring.
(4) LRU Monitoring
(a) SFCC1 and SFCC2

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Each lane of each flap channel receives output signals from the other lane in the same channel. Each
lane compares these signals with its own output signals. If there is a difference for more than 320
milliseconds and minor failure steps are taken:
. the solenoids on the related valve block are de-energized
. the POBs lock their related hydraulic motor
. the other channel receives a WTB-arm signal
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
. the flaps operate at half speed.
If the failure resets in 5 seconds, the channel returns to its normal operation. The SFCCs cancel the
caution and the WTB-arm signal. If the failure is still there after 5 seconds then a major failure step is
taken:
. the SFCC arms the WTB for the defective channel.
The major failure step is also taken if 10 minor failures occur within 3 minutes.
If there is a failure in the two flap channels:
. the solenoids on the two valve blocks are de-energized
. the POBs lock their related hydraulic motor
. the WTB for the two channels lock the transmission system
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 2 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
. the flaps do not operate until reset on the ground.
(b) CSU
The SFCCs monitor the CSU signals for the correct detent or out-of-detent switch patterns.
If the SFCCs receive an incorrect pattern for more than 0.5 seconds:
. the solenoids on the related valve block are de-energized.
. the POBs lock their related hydraulic motor
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message.
If the SFCCs receive an out-of-detent pattern for more than 10 seconds:
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 2 caution after the flaps are at the last set position
. the ECAM display unit shows a failure message.
If a CSU disadjust failure is detected:
. the solenoids on the two valve blocks are de-energized
. the POBs lock their related hydraulic motor
. each channel arms its own WTB and sends a WTB-arm signal to the other channel
. the WTBs lock the transmission system
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 2 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
. the flaps do not operate until reset on the ground.
(c) WTB
Each flap channel monitors its related WTB solenoids for open circuit or short circuit when the WTB
is not electrically energized. If there is a failure with the correct WTB power available:
. the ECAM display unit shows a failure message.
(d) PPU
If one flap channel finds failures (asymmetry, runaway, overspeed or uncommanded movement), but
does not receive the WTB-arm signal from the other channel:

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

the
the
the
the
the
the
the

SFCCs will find a failure in one synchro of the related PPU

solenoids on the related valve block are de-energized
POBs lock their related hydraulic motor
related channel arms its WTB
other channel receives the WTB-arm signal
SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
flaps operate at half speed.

(e) Valve Blocks

1

LVDT
Each flap channel monitors its related LVDT for the correct operation. If there is a failure, the
SFCCs memory keeps the related data and sends it to the CFDS. If the failure stops the operation
of the motor:
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
. the flaps operate at half speed.

Solenoid Valves
Each flap channel monitors the position of the solenoid valves on its related valve block. The flap
channels use the signals from the LVDT to compare the position of the control valve with the
signals to the motor. If a valve does not close after a signal:
. the channel will not try to drive the motor when the SFCC gets DC power
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
. the flaps operate at half speed.

Hydraulic Pressure
Each flap channel monitors the hydraulic pressure available to move its related motor. It uses
signals from the LVDT to compare the position of the control valve with the signals to the motor
(Ref. 27-54-00-00).
If there is low pressure:
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
. the flaps operate at half speed.
When hydraulic pressure goes back to its normal condition:
. the SFCCs and the ECAM system cancel the class 1 level 1 caution and the failure message
. the flaps operate at normal speed.
If there is low pressure, the SFCCs stop system jam monitoring.

(f) Hydraulic Motors

Each flap channel monitors the transmission system for half speed operation when there is a hydraulic
motor jam. The half speed monitor operates only when the valves of the two valve blocks are in the
full speed position. If the flap movement is slower than the minimum speed for two-motor operation:
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution after 8 seconds and the ECAM display unit shows a failure
message
. the flaps operate at half speed.
When the aircraft is on the ground, half speed monitoring stops.

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Monitoring of Input and Output Signals
(a) ARINC 429 Inputs from other Systems
Each flap channel monitors ARINC 429 inputs from:
. the Landing Gear Control Interface Unit (LGCIU)
. the Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit (ADIRU)
. the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU).
Incorrect data or no data does not stop the normal flap operation. If there is no data for more than 10
seconds in flight, the CFDS gets a failure message.
(b) ARINC 429 Input from Cross-Computer Link
Each flap channel monitors the other flap channel for the correct operation. If there is no data for
more than 10 seconds in flight, the CFDS gets a failure message.
(c) Installation Coding
Each flap channel monitors its installation code inputs. If they find an incorrect coding:
. all ARINC 429 outputs, for that channel, change to no computed data
. the CFDS gets a failure message.
(d) Operation Mode Coding
Each flap channel monitors its operation mode coding inputs. If they find an incorrect coding:
. the ARINC 429 slat and flap system status changes to no computed data
. the solenoids on the related valve block are de-energized
. the POBs lock their related hydraulic motor
. the related channel arms its WTB
. the other channel receives the WTB-arm signal
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
. the flaps operate at half speed.
If the channel receives the WTB-arm signal from the other channel:
. the WTBs lock the transmission system
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 2 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message.
Reset is only possible on the ground.
(e) System Ground Operation Inhibit
The System Ground Operation Inhibit (SGOI) prevents flap system 2 operation during cargo door
operation.
The SFCC 2 gets a SGOI signal when the Yellow hydraulic system is pressurized and the FWD or AFT
cargo doors are operated.
When the manual selector 2501MJ or 2504MJ is switched to FWD/AFT cargo door open or closed,
the relay 3811GX transmits a SGOI signal to the flap channel of the SFCC 2.
If the SFCC 2 detects a SGOI condition on the ground when the flap system 2 is in operation, it:
. performs a shutdown of the PCU valve block (Yellow hydraulic system)
. inhibits further PCU valve block operation
. transmits a warning signal to the Flight Warning Computor (FWC) and on the Engine Warning
Display (EWD) shows a FLAP SYS 2 FAULT

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.

will put a message in the SFCC 2 flap channel.

If the SFCC 2 detects a SGOI condition on the ground when the flap system 2 is not in operation,
it:
inhibits PCU valve block operation.
During normal operation of the flaps, the SGOI signal will have no effect on the operation of the
flap system 1.

.
.

If the SGOI condition is cancelled and the SFCC gets a valid CSU command, it:
cancels the PCU valve block inhibition
cancels the warning signal to the FWC.
If the SFCC detects a SGOI condition in flight, it:
shows the failure message WRONG INHIBIT SIGN FROM CARGO DOOR YELLOW SYSTEM in
the SFCC 2 class 3 faults flap.

(f) ARINC 429 Outputs (Wraparound)

Each flap channel monitors its ARINC 429 outputs. Wraparound inputs get the output data. If there is
a difference, the related output stops and the CFDS gets a failure message.
(6) Monitoring of Power Supplies
(a) SFCC DC Supply
Each flap channel monitors its primary 28V DC supply and its internal secondary power supply. If the
primary power supply goes below 15V DC, or the internal secondary power supply does not operate:
. the solenoids on the related valve block are de-energized
. the POB locks the related motor
. the other channel receives the WTB-arm signal
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
. the flaps operate at half speed.
NOTE :

The failed channel does not arm the WTB in case of interruption of all aircraft DC power. This
is to stop the WTB locking the system at the same time when the DC power fails.

(b) WTB DC Supply

Each flap channel monitors the special power supply for its WTB. If the WTB power input goes below
15V DC:
. the ECAM display unit shows a failure message after flight
. the CFDS gets a failure message.
(c) Synchro Excitation Power
Each flap channel monitors the correct synchro excitation power. The internal secondary DC power
supplies the synchro excitation power. If the voltages or frequency are not correct:
. the solenoids on the related valve block are de-energized
. the POB locks the related motor
. the channel arms the related WTB
. the other channel receives a WTB-arm signal
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
. the flaps operate at half speed.

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
If the synchro excitation power goes back to the correct value, the flaps will operate as normal. If the
other channel receives the WTB-arm signal:
. the WTB lock the transmission system
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 2 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message.
Reset is only possible on the ground.
(d) LVDT Excitation Power
Each flap channel monitors the correct LVDT excitation power. The internal secondary DC power
supplies the LVDT excitation power. If the voltages or frequency are outside the specified limits:
. the solenoids on the related valve block are de-energized
. the POB locks the related motor
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
. the flaps operate at half speed.
If the LVDT excitation power goes back to a value that is in the specified limits, the flaps will operate
as normal.
D. Failure Table
------------------------------------------------------------------------------MONITORED
ECAM MESSAGE
WARNING
MOTOR
SYSTEM
FAILURE
-----------------------------STATUS
STATUS
E/W CRT
SYS/STATUS CRT
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Asymmetry.
FLT CTL
INOP SYS
CAUTION
The two
Stopped.
Runaway.
FLAPS LOCKED
CAT 3 FLAPS
+
stopped
Can not be
Overspeed.
WING TIP BRK ON
MAX SPEED..
Single
set again
Uncommanded
(a)MAX SPEED..
CAT 2 ONLY
chime
in flight
movement.
(b)GPWS FLAP MODE LDG DIST=x
....OFF
INCREASED FUEL
Mechanical
(c)GPWS LDG FLAPS CONSUMP
failure
3...ON
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Flap
FLT CTL
INOP SYS
CAUTION
The two
Stopped.
disconnect
FLAPS LOCKED
CAT 3 FLAPS
+
stopped
Can not be
ALIGNMENT FAULT
MAX SPEED..
Single
set again
(a)MAX SPEED..
LDG DIST=x
chime
in flight
(b)GPWS FLAP MODE CAT 2 ONLY
....OFF
(c)GPWS LDG FLAPS
3.....ON
------------------------------------------------------------------------------System
FLT CTL
INOP SYS
CAUTION
The two
Stopped.
jam.
FLAPS FAULT
CAT 3 FLAPS
+
stopped
Will be
MAX SPEED...
(a)MAX SPEED. Single
set again
The two Flap FLAPS LEVER.
...
chime
if failure
Channels
...RECYCLE
LDG DIST=x
disappears
failed
(b)GPWS FLAP MODE
CAT 2 ONLY
or
....OFF
INCREASED FUEL
opposite
(c)GPWS LDG FLAPS CONSUMP
CSU
3.....ON
command
CSU failure
(valid out-

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
of-detent
for more than
10 seconds)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Flaps not
CONFIG
WARNING
in Take Off
FLAPS NOT IN
+
config.
T.O. CONFIG
CRC
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------MONITORED
ECAM MESSAGE
WARNING
MOTOR
SYSTEM
FAILURE
-----------------------------STATUS
STATUS
E/W CRT
SYS/STATUS CRT
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Flap Channel FLT CTL
FLAPS SLOW
Stopped
1/2
failure
FLAPS SYS 1(2)
speed
CSU failure
FAULT
(incorrect
pattern)
PPU Synchro.
LVDT.
Valve Block
Solenoid.
Low hydraulic
pressure.
Operation
Mode Coding.
SFCC DC
supply.
Synchro
excitation
supply.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Hydraulic
FLAPS SLOW
Stopped
1/2
Motor Lock
speed
------------------------------------------------------------------------------WTB supply.
FLT CTL
WTB solenoid FLAP TIP BRK FAULT
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Flap
FLT CTL
attachment
FLAPS ATCH SENSOR
sensor
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ARINC 429
Input/Output.
Installation
Coding
------------------------------------------------------------------------------If the flap position is:
(a) Less than 3.
(b) 3 or FULL.

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E.

Computer Behavior upon Power Rise and Cutoff

(1) Transparency
The computer behavior is not altered if its power supply disappears for a period of less than or equal to 25
ms.

F.

Automatic Integrity Test (AIT) Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions

(1) Conditions of AIT initialization
(a) How long the computer must be de-energized:
. more than or equal to 50 ms
(b) A/C configuration:
. on the ground with the slats and flaps stopped
. CFDS label 227 set to NULL
. new date from CFDS compared to last date AIT satisfactorily done
or
. on the ground with the slats and flaps stopped
. no date information from CFDS
. CFDS label 227 possibly not received = AIT done
NOTE :

For the AIT to function, A/C on the ground is specified as follows:

the CFDS label 227 is transmitting code NULL and the A/C on the Ground (AOG) discrete
(through a relay controlled by the LGCIU) is showing ON GROUND. If CFDS data is not
available, only the AOG discrete is used.

NOTE :

The AIT is run automatically once a day. If the SFCC is de-powered (through CBs or after
engines stopped) the same day, the AIT will not run. But if the last AIT has failed or date
information is not available from the CFDIU (channel not serviceable and failure shown on
ECAM display), the test will run again 60 s after SFCC power-up (or if power interrupt is more
than 50 ms).

(2) Progress of AIT

(a) Duration: approximately 2 s
(b) Cockpit repercussions directly linked to AIT accomplishment (other repercussions may occur depending
on the A/C configuration, but these can be ignored):
NONE
(c) The AIT checks the following areas of hardware:
. Processors
. EPROM code stores
. Areas of RAM
. Output consolidation logic
. Power supply
. Input circuitry
. Cross computer WTB ARM signals
(3) Results of AIT (cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of test passed or test failed)
(a) Test passed
. ECAM warning
* none
AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(b) Test failed

. ECAM warning (if hydraulic circuit is pressurized or in flight phase 1 or 10)
* FLT CTL FLAP SYS 1(2) FAULT or FLT CTL SLAT SYS 1(2) FAULT
. ECAM warning (if hydraulic circuit is de-pressurized and not in flight phase 1 or 10)
* none

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
8.

Parameter List
A.

Description of the Parameter List

The parameter list is put in sequence to refer to the connected ARINC 429 data buses.
The connected systems (e.g. FAC, ECU, EEC, etc.) and the ATA chapter numbers that agree with it are shown
in the header on the left side of each page of the given lists.
The columns are described as follows:

--------------------------------------------------------------------Column
! Description
-------------------!------------------------------------------------1st
!
EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI = Parameter number
SYS.LAB.SDI
!
! System number: Refer to the system which
! sends out the parameter that agrees with it:
! 1 for system one
! 2 for system two
! 3 for system three
! Label of the parameter, octal value
! refer to ARINC 429.
! SDI gives the Source/Destination Identifier
! which is used by the system for the
! parameter that agrees it:
! 00 means SDI 00 (0)
! 01 means SDI 01 (1)
! 10 means SDI 10 (2)
! 11 means SDI 11 (3)
------------------!------------------------------------------------2nd
! PARAMETER
PARAMETER
! Parameter name
------------------!------------------------------------------------3rd
! RANGE
RANGE
!
! Three different types of ranges are shown in
! this column:
! The first one, shown by a W (WORDRANGE),
! is related to the ARINC 429 data bus. This
! shows the maximum value of the parameter that
! can be transmitted on the bus. It must agree
! with the number of data bits (see column DATA
! BITS) and the resolution (R) of the
! parameter (see column ACCURACY).
! The second one, with no specified indentification
! shows the servicable range of the parameter.
! The third one is related to the ARINC 429
! Discrete Data Words.
! There are two types:
! bit status 0 or bit status 1.
! They show correct condition of the
! data word bit position that agree with it.
-------------------!-------------------------------------------------

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4th
ACCURACY

! ACCURACY
! Two different types of values are shown
! in this column:
! The first one, shown by an R
! (RESOLUTION), is related to the ARINC
! 429 data bus. It also shows the
! resolution of the data word. The second
! one, with no specific indication, shows
! the total accuracy of the parameter.
-------------------!------------------------------------------------5th
! SIGN BIT
SIGN BIT
!
! This column shows if a sign bit is
! available and in which bit position
! of the data word it is located.
-------------------!------------------------------------------------6th
! DATA BITS
DATA BITS
!
! Gives the number of data bits but does
! not include the sign bit. The letter A and a
! number means the discrete bit position
! in the ARINC 429 data word.
! For BCD coded data words the number of
! important data digits is shown,
! indicated by (1).
-------------------!----------------------------------------------7th
! UPD/sec
UPD/sec
!
! This column shows how many times the source
! system will transmit the parameter.
-------------------!----------------------------------------------8th
! CODE
CODE
!
! BNR = binary data word
! BCD = binary coded decimal data word
! ISO = data word coded in ISO 5 Code
! DIS = discrete data word
! HEX = hexadecimal coded
! OCT = octal coded
! HYB = mixed code;
!
e.g. : bit 11 to 16 DIS
!
bit 17 to 28 BNR
-------------------!---------------------------------------------9th
! ALPHA CODING
ALPHA CODING
!
! This column shows the mnemonic for the
! parameter (if available). When this code is
! entered through the MCDU, the current
! parameter value is shown on the
! display. The value from both systems
! (if available) is shown.
-------------------!----------------------------------------------10th
! This column shows the source origin, its

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SOURCE
! bus number, ATA Ref., and its label.
EQUPT
!
BUS NR
!
ATA. REF
!
CONV
!
------------------------------------------------------------------B. SFCC Parameter List: 1B
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
PARAMETER LIST
PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC)
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
|
|DEFINITION| OPER RANGE |
|BIT |
|INTV|
|CODE |ORIGIN |
|
|(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION |
|
|
|
|
|
|BUS No.|
|
|(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY |
|
|
|
|
|
|ATA REF|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|CONV
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 .045.01 !SLAT/FLAP !
!
!
! 14 ! 20 !DIS !
!
!
! 2 .045.10 !COMPONENT !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!STATUS
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT DATA !bit status 1!
!
! #11!
!
!
!
!
!
!VALID
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT WTB !bit status 1!
!
! #12!
!
!
!
!
!
!SOLENOID !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!FAILED
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SPARE
!
!
!
! #13!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT HALF !bit status 1!
!
! #14!
!
!
!
!
!
!SPEED DE- !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!TECTED
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!ADIRU DATA!bit status 1!
!
! #15!
!
!
!
!
!
!MISSED BY !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!SLAT
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!LH FLAP
!bit status 1!
!
! #16!
!
!
!
!
!
!SENSOR
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!FAIL
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT X!bit status 1!
!
! #17!
!
!
!
!
!
!COMPUTER !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!LINK
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!MISSED
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT WTB !bit status 1!
!
! #18!
!
!
!
!
!
!POWER LOSS!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!RH FLAP
!bit status 1!
!
! #19!
!
!
!
!
!
!ATTM
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!SENSOR
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
!
!FAIL
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP
!bit status 1!
!
! #20!
!
!
!
!
!
!DATA
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!VALID
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP
!bit status 1!
!
! #21!
!
!
!
!
!
!WTB
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!SOLENOID !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP
!bit status 1!
!
! #22!
!
!
!
!
!
!ATTM
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!SENSOR
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!FAILED
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP
!bit status 1!
!
! #23!
!
!
!
!
!
!HALF
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!SPEED
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!DETECTED !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!ADIRU
!bit status 1!
!
! #24!
!
!
!
!
!
!DATA
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!MISSED
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!BY FLAP
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!LGCIU DATA!bit status 1!
!
! #25!
!
!
!
!
!
!MISSED
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!BY FLAP
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP X!bit status 1!
!
! #26!
!
!
!
!
!
!COMPUTER !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!LINK
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!MISSED
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP WTB !bit status 1!
!
! #27!
!
!
!
!
!
!POWER LOSS!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP AUTO !bit status 1!
!
! #28!
!
!
!
!
!
!COMMAND
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!FAILED
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP AUTO !bit status 1!
!
! #29!
!
!
!
!
!
!COMMAND
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!ENGAGED
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SSM
!
!
!
! #30!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!
!
!
!
! #31!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!PARITY
!
!
!
! #32!
!
!
!
!
!______________!__________!____________!____!____!____!____!____!_____!_______!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
PARAMETER LIST
PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC)
|

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
|
|DEFINITION| OPER RANGE |
|BIT |
|INTV|
|CODE |ORIGIN |
|
|(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION |
|
|
|
|
|
|BUS No.|
|
|(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY |
|
|
|
|
|
|ATA REF|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|CONV
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 .046.01 !SLAT AND !
!
!
! 19 ! 20 !DIS !
!
!
! 2 .046.10 !FLAP
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!SYSTEM
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!STATUS
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT FAULT!bit status 1!
!
! #11!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP FAULT!bit status 1!
!
! #12!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT
!bit status 1!
!
! #13!
!
!
!
!
!
!SYSTEM
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!JAM
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP
!bit status 1!
!
! #14!
!
!
!
!
!
!SYSTEM
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!JAM
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT WTB !bit status 1!
!
! #15!
!
!
!
!
!
!ENGAGED
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP WTB !bit status 1!
!
! #16!
!
!
!
!
!
!ENGAGED
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT/FLAP !bit status 1!
!
! #17!
!
!
!
!
!
!LEVER SEL.!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!0
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT/FLAP !bit status 1!
!
! #18!
!
!
!
!
!
!LEVER SEL.!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!1
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT/FLAP !bit status 1!
!
! #19!
!
!
!
!
!
!LEVER SEL.!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!2
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT/FLAP !bit status 1!
!
! #20!
!
!
!
!
!
!LEVER SEL.!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!3
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT/FLAP !bit status 1!
!
! #21!
!
!
!
!
!
!LEVER SEL.!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!FULL
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT
!bit status 1!
!
! #22!
!
!
!
!
!
!RELIEF
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!ENGAGED
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP
!bit status 1!
!
! #23!
!
!
!
!
!
!ATTACHMENT!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!FAILURE
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT ALPHA!bit status 1!
!
! #24!
!
!
!
!
!
!LOCK
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!ENGAGED
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT BAULK!bit status 1!
!
! #25!
!
!
!
!
!
!ENGAGED
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP
!bit status 1!
!
! #26!
!
!
!
!
!
!AUTO
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!COMMAND
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!ENGAGED
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!CSU OUT
!bit status 1!
!
! #27!
!
!
!
!
!
!OF DETENT,!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!AFTER
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!10 SEC
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT
!bit status 1!
!
! #28!
!
!
!
!
!
!DATA
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!VALID
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP
!bit status 1!
!
! #29!
!
!
!
!
!
!DATA
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!VALID
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SSM
!
!
!
! #30!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!
!
!
!
! #31!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!PARITY
!
!
!
! #32!
!
!
!
!
!______________!__________!____________!____!____!____!____!____!_____!_______!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
PARAMETER LIST
PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC)
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
|
|DEFINITION| OPER RANGE |
|BIT |
|INTV|
|CODE |ORIGIN |
|
|(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION |
|
|
|
|
|
|BUS No.|
|
|(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY |
|
|
|
|
|
|ATA REF|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|CONV
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 .047.01 !SLAT/FLAP !
!
!
! 19 ! 20 !DIS !
!
!
! 2 .047.10 !ACTUAL
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!POSITION !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT DATA !bit status 1!
!
! #11!
!
!
!
!
!
!VALID
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT
!bit status 1!
!
! #12!
!
!
!
!

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
!
!RETRACTED !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!0 DEG
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!-5.0 - 6.2!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!FPPU
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT >= 17!bit status 1!
!
! #13!
!
!
!
!
!
!DEG 210.4-!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!337.0 DEG !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!FPPU
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT >= 26!bit status 1!
!
! #14!
!
!
!
!
!
!DEG 321.8-!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!337.0 DEG !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!FPPU
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT
!bit status 1!
!
! #15!
!
!
!
!
!
!EXTENDED !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!27 DEG
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!327.4-337.!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!0 DEG FPPU!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT WTB !bit status 1!
!
! #16!
!
!
!
!
!
!ENGAGED
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT
!bit status 1!
!
! #17!
!
!
!
!
!
!FAULT
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP
!bit status 1!
!
! #18!
!
!
!
!
!
!DATA
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!VALID
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP
!bit status 1!
!
! #19!
!
!
!
!
!
!RETRACTED !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!0 DEG
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!-5.0 - 2.5!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!DEG FPPU !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP >= 14!bit status 1!
!
! #20!
!
!
!
!
!
!DEG 140.7-!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!254.0 DEG !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!FPPU
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP >=19 !bit status 1!
!
! #21!
!
!
!
!
!
!DEG 163.7-!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!254.0 DEG !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!FPPU
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP >=39 !bit status 1!
!
! #22!
!
!
!
!
!
!DEG 247.8-!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!254.0 DEG !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!FPPU
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP
!bit status 1!
!
! #23!
!
!
!
!

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
!
!EXTENDED !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!40 DEG
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!250.0-254.!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!0 DEG FPPU!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP
!bit status 1!
!
! #24!
!
!
!
!
!
!WTB
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!ENGAGED
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP
!bit status 1!
!
! #25!
!
!
!
!
!
!FAULT
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SPOILER
!bit status 1!
!
! #26!
!
!
!
!
!
!LIFT
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!DEMAND
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SPOILER
!bit status 1!
!
! #27!
!
!
!
!
!
!LIMIT
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!DEMAND
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT
!bit status 1!
!
! #28!
!
!
!
!
!
!SYSTEM
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!JAM
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP
!bit status 1!
!
! #29!
!
!
!
!
!
!SYSTEM
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!JAM
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SSM
!
!
!
! #30!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!
!
!
!
! #31!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!PARITY
!
!
!
! #32!
!
!
!
!
!______________!__________!____________!____!____!____!____!____!_____!_______!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
PARAMETER LIST
PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC)
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
|
|DEFINITION| OPER RANGE |
|BIT |
|INTV|
|CODE |ORIGIN |
|
|(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION |
|
|
|
|
|
|BUS No.|
|
|(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY |
|
|
|
|
|
|ATA REF|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|CONV
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 .127.01 !SLAT
!
!
!
! 18 ! 5 !HYB !
!
!
! 2 .127.10 !ACTUAL
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!POSITION !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!FPPU
!W +/-180 Deg!
! 29 ! 12 !
!BNR !SLAT !
!
!
!ANGLE *1 !R 0.44 Deg !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!------------!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!0 to 27 Deg !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!+/- 0.12 Deg!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!-------------------------------------------!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
!
!LEV!FPPU !
!SLAT !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!POS!ANGLE !
!ANGLE!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!(DEG) !
!(DEG)!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!---!------!------!-----!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
! 0 ! 0.0 !bit
!
0 !
!
! #11!
!DIS !
!
!
!
!
!
!stat 1!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!---!------!------!-----!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!
! 66.83!bit
! 5.4 !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!stat 1!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!---!------!------!-----!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!
!167.08!bit
!13.5 !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!stat 1!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!---!------!----- !-----!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
! 1 !222.27!bit
! 18 !
!
! #12!
!DIS !
!
!
!
!
!
!stat 1!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! 2 !272.27!bit
! 22 !
!
! #13!
!DIS !
!
!
!
!
!
!stat 1!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! 3 !272.27!bit
! 22 !
!
! #14!
!DIS !
!
!
!
!
!
!stat 1!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!FUL!334.16!bit
! 27 !
!
! #15!
!DIS !
!
!
!
!
!
!stat 1!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!CSU!334.16!bit
! 27 !
!
! #16!
!DIS !
!
!
!
!VA-!
!stat 1!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!LID!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------!-----!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!SLAT
!bit
!
!
!
! #17!
!DIS !
!
!
!
!CLASS 2
!stat 1!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!FAULTS
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!PRESENT
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!______________!__________!______!_____!____!____!____!____!____!_____!_______!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
PARAMETER LIST
PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC)
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
|
|DEFINITION| OPER RANGE |
|BIT |
|INTV|
|CODE |ORIGIN |
|
|(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION |
|
|
|
|
|
|BUS No.|
|
|(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY |
|
|
|
|
|
|ATA REF|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|CONV
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 .137.01 !FLAP
!
!
!
! 18 ! 5 !HYB !
!
!
! 2 .137.10 !ACTUAL
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!POSITION !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FPPU
!W +/-180 Deg!
! 29 ! 12 !
!BNR !FLAP !
!
!
!ANGLE *1 !R 0.044 Deg !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!------------!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!0 to 40 Deg !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!+/- 0.12 Deg!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 33
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
!
!LEV!FPPU !
!FLAP !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!POS!ANGLE !
!ANGLE!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!(DEG) !
!(DEG)!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!---!------!------!-----!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
! 0 ! 0.0 !bit
!
0 !
!
! #11!
!DIS !
!
!
!
!
!
!stat 1!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!---!------!------!-----!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
! 1 ! 0.0 !bit
!
0 !
!
! #12!
!DIS !
!
!
!
!
!
!stat 1!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!---!------!------!-----!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
! 1 !120.22!bit
! 10 !
!
! #12!
!DIS !
!
!
!
!
!
!stat 1!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!---!------!------!-----!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
! 2 !145.51!bit
! 15 !
!
! #13!
!DIS !
!
!
!
!
!
!stat 1!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!---!------!------!-----!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
! 3 !168.35!bit
! 20 !
!
! #14!
!DIS !
!
!
!
!
!
!stat 1!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!---!------!------!-----!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FUL!251.97!bit
! 40 !
!
! #15!
!DIS !
!
!
!
!
!
!stat 1!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!---!------!------!-----!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!CSU!
!bit
!
!
!
! #16!
!DIS !
!
!
!
!VA-!
!stat 1!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!LID!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------!-----!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
!FLAP
!bit
!
!
!
! #17!
!DIS !
!
!
!
!CLASS 2
!stat 1!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!FAULTS
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!PRESENT
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
! 1 .356.01 !MAIN!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! 2 .356.10 !TENANCE
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!MESSAGE
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!WORD
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------!-----!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
! 1 .377.01 !EQUIP!bits: !
!
!
!2(1)! 4 !HEX !
!
!
! 2 .377.10 !MENT
!11-14 !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!IDENTI!low
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!FICATION !part !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!bits: !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!15-18 !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!high !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!part !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!bits: !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!19-29 !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!logic !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!0
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Remarks : R
= RESOLUTION
*1 BIT 28 to 18 contain the
W
= WORD RANGE
Position Data (FPPU ANGLE)
(1) = SIGNIFICANT

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 34
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DATA DIGITS

AES

27-51-00 PB001

Page 35
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

WING TIP BRAKE

34CV
ASYMMETRY POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT 30CV

FLAP ATTACHMENT
FAILURE DETECTION SENSORS
38CV, 40CV

A
WING TIP BRAKE
33CV

ASYMMETRY POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT 29CV

FLAP ATTACHMENT
FAILURE DETECTION SENSORS
37CV, 39CV

FEEDBACK POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT 27CV

STA2082/FR46

VALVE BLOCK
24CV
VALVE BLOCK
23CV

N_MM_275100_0_AAMA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-12400-A SHEET 1

Component Location

27-51-00 PB001

Page 36
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SLAT AND FLAP

CONTROL LEVER

114VU

COMMAND SENSOR
UNIT 51CV

N_MM_275100_0_AAMJ_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-12500-A SHEET 1

Component Location

27-51-00 PB001

Page 37
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
B

FR24A

Z120

A
FR1
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
122VU

B
80VU

CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

121VU

SFCC2
22CV

187VU

86VU

85VU

188VU

SFCC1
21CV

E
EXAMPLE OF THE
RELAY INSTALLATION
91CV
93CV
95CV
97CV

N_MM_275100_0_AAMS_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-12600-A SHEET 1

Flap System Electrical Equipment - Component Location

27-51-00 PB001

Page 38
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FLAP AND SLAT

CONTROL LEVER

CSU

SFCC1

SFCC2

FLAP

SLAT

SLAT

FLAP

CHANNEL

CHANNEL

CHANNEL

CHANNEL

SLATS

FPPU

SLATS
PCU
VALVE
BLOCK
(23CV)

VALVE
BLOCK
(24CV)

N_MM_275100_0_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-14600-A SHEET 1

Flaps Electrical Control - Schematic

27-51-00 PB001

Page 39
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

YELLOW SYSTEM
RETURN

PRESSURE

BLUE SYSTEM
PRESSURE

BLUE SYSTEM

RETURN

RETURN

SFCC1

PRESSURE

PRESSURE

RETURN

SFCC1

SFCC2

LEFT
WINGTIP
BRAKE
33CV

GREEN SYSTEM

SFCC2

S
TRANSMISSION
SYSTEM

RIGHT
WINGTIP
BRAKE
34CV

N_MM_275100_0_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-15000-A SHEET 1

Wing Tip Brake (WTB) Control - Schematic

27-51-00 PB001

Page 40
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FLAP/SLAT
CONTROL
LEVER
COMMAND
SENSOR UNIT

SLAT/FLAP
CONTROL
COMPUTER 1

SLATS

LGCIU1

SLAT/FLAP
CONTROL
COMPUTER 2

LGCIU2

APPU

WTB

PCU

LVDT

FPPU

FLAP ATTACHMENT
FAILURE DETENTION
SENSOR

N_MM_275100_0_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-15400-A SHEET 1

Flap Transmission Monitoring - Schematic

27-51-00 PB001

Page 41
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

COMPUTER
REMOVED

COMPUTER
REMOVED

FLT

FAULT
SYS 2

FAULT
SYS 1

A/C ON GND

A/C ON GND
FLT 96CV

95CV

GND

91CV
AA
10D

AA
3J

GND

93CV
21CV
SFCC1

2J

22CV
SFCC2

AA
2J

3J

10D

AA

401PP
6CV
28VDC

POWER
SUPPLY
UNIT

2
8
7

POWER
SUPPLY
UNIT

11

701PP

702PP

10
3
AC

AB

28VDC

WTB
LATCH

10
AC

8CV

11
WTB
LATCH

10CV
28VDC

202PP

AC

AC
2
8
7

12F 12D 14C

C B A

15C 13D 13F

15A 14A 15K 14K 15G 14G

15H 14H
AB

14H 15H
AB

14G 15G 14K 15K 14A 15A 13F 13D 15C

12CV
28VDC

14C 12D 12F

AB

A B C

WTB
LH

WTB
LH

33CVA

33CVB

A
K U

POB

T J

EXTEND RETRACT
PCU

23CV

C B A

F B A

F B A

WTB
RH

APPU
LH

APPU
RH

34CVA

29CVA

30CVA

F B A

C B

B C

FPPU

LVDT
PCU

LVDT
PCU

27CVA

23CV

24CV

A B F

A B F

A B F

A B C

J T

U K

FPPU

APPU
RH

APPU
LH

WTB
RH

27CVB

30CVB

29CVB

34CVB

RETRACT EXTEND

POB

PCU
24CV

N_MM_275100_0_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-17100-A SHEET 1

Power Supply Distribution - Schematic

27-51-00 PB001

Page 42
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SFCC1

SFCC2

21CV

22CV

ARINC 429
OUTPUTS TO
ASSOCIATED
SYSTEMS
WRAPAROUND

WRAPAROUND

CSU INPUT
CSU INPUT

CSU INPUT
CSU INPUT

CSU

EXTEND SOL

EXTEND SOL

RETRACT SOL

RETRACT SOL

ENABLE SOL

ENABLE SOL

FLAPS
PCU

LVDT INPUT

LVDT INPUT

LVDT EXCITATION

LVDT EXCITATION

APPU INPUT
SYNCHRO
EXCITATION

APPU INPUT
SYNCHRO
EXCITATION

LH APPU

APPU INPUT
SYNCHRO
EXCITATION

APPU INPUT
SYNCHRO
EXCITATION

RH APPU

FPPU INPUT
SYNCHRO
EXCITATION
FLAP ARM OUTPUT

FPPU INPUT
SYNCHRO
EXCITATION
FLAP ARM INPUT

FPPU

FLAP ARM INPUT

FLAP ARM OUTPUT

LH WTB OUTPUT

LH WTB

LH WTB OUTPUT

RH WTB OUTPUT

RH WTB

RH WTB OUTPUT

XCOMPUTER LINK INCLUDES FLAP

DISC DATA AND FAULT CONFIRMATION

ARINC 429

DISCRETE

N_MM_275100_0_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-18400-A SHEET 1

Flap System Components - Interfaces

27-51-00 PB001

Page 43
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
ECAM
IPPU

21CV

COMPONENT STATUS
SYSTEM STATUS
ACTUAL POSITION

FWC
315300

IPPU

SDAC
315400

COMPONENT STATUS
SYSTEM STATUS
ACTUAL POSITION

SFCC 1

22CV

SFCC 2
ACTUAL POSITION

ELAC
279300

ACTUAL POSITION

FAC 1
226600

ACTUAL POSITION

SEC
279400

ACTUAL POSITION

MAIN INDICATION

CFDIU
313200

MAIN INDICATION

TEST
CONNECTION

TEST
CONNECTION
FLAPS
FLAPS
FLAPS
FLAPS
FLAPS

39deg
9deg
9deg
39deg
19deg

ACTUAL POSITION

ADIRU
341200

FLAPS

39deg

FLAPS
FLAPS
FLAPS
FLAPS

9deg
9deg
39deg
19deg

19deg

FLAPS

19deg

19deg

FLAPS

CIDS
237300

39deg

ARINC 429

19deg

21VU

GPWC
344800

EIU
732500

LEVER POSITION 0

19deg
LEVER POSITION 0

FLAPS

SYNCHRO

DISCRETE
N_MM_275100_0_BOM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-18500-D SHEET 1

Flap System Interfaces - Data to other Systems

27-51-00 PB001

Page 44
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

21CV

22CV

CORRECTED ANGLE OF ATTACK

COMPUTED AIRSPEED

ADIRU
341200

CORRECTED ANGLE OF ATTACK

COMPUTED AIRSPEED

A/C ON GROUND

FLAP DISCONNECT DATA

LGCIU1
323100

SFCC1

SFCC2
LGCIU2
323100

FLAP DISCONNECT DATA

A/C ON GROUND

A/C IDENT. DATE GMT

FLT INFO. A/C CONFIG
BITE COMMAND WORDS

CFDIU
323100

ARINC 429

A/C IDENT. DATE GMT

FLT INFO. A/C CONFIG
BITE COMMAND WORDS

DISCRETE

N_MM_275100_0_AQM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-18600-A SHEET 1

Flap System Interfaces - Data from other Systems

27-51-00 PB001

Page 45
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

114 VU

A
KNOB

ATTACHMENT
PLATE

COLLAR

TUBE

HOUSING
LEVER
ASSEMBLY

QUADRANT
PLUNGER
BAULK
PINION

PIN

GATE

N_MM_275100_0_ASM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-20200-A SHEET 1

Flap/Slat Control Lever

27-51-00 PB001

Page 46
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

PANEL 114VU
COMMAND
SENSOR
UNIT 51CV

ZERO
MARKS

DRIVE
SHAFT

HOUSING

CONNECTOR A
CONNECTOR B

N_MM_275100_0_AUM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-20700-A SHEET 1

Command Sensor Unit

27-51-00 PB001

Page 47
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
E
B

4 C

4A
U
V

1A

P
D

R
B

B
E
B

5
4

U
V

4B

1B
C

P
D

4
5

R
B
J

F
A
G
E

5
4

X
D
C
W

2A

Y
G

3
1

H
Z

1
5

B
G
E
4

X
D

2B
C
W

FRICTION
BRAKE

ROTARY
SWITCH
INPUT
GEAR

J
F
F

J
DRIVE
GEAR

3A

ROTARY
SWITCH

N
C

3
1

T
A
DRIVE
SHAFT
MASTER
SPLINE

T
A

N
C

Y
G

3B
C 4

H
Z
J
F

N_MM_275100_0_AWM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-20800-A SHEET 1

Command Sensor Unit - Schematic

27-51-00 PB001

Page 48
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

824

80VU
STA9766/FR24A
SFCC2 (22CV)

SPCC 1 (21CV)

A
STA8077/FR20

N_MM_275100_0_AYM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-21400-A SHEET 1

Slat and Flap Control Computer

27-51-00 PB001

Page 49
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FLAP OUTPUTS

28VDC

POWER
SUPPLY
UNIT

+5V
RAM

+15V

EPROM

15V

OUTPUT MODULE
LANE
ONE
PROCESSOR

LANE
TWO
PROCESSOR

INPUT

XCOMP
LINK

ARINC
SYSTEM BUS FLAPS

SYNCHRO
FLAP
SYNCHRO
& LVDT

EX

SLAT
SYNCHRO
& LVDT

EX

WTB

FLAP WTB

WTB

SLAT WTB

COMMON
RAM SERVICES
MODULE

INPUT

SYNCHRO

SYSTEM BUS SLATS

ARINC

LANE
TWO
PROCESSOR

LANE
ONE
PROCESSOR

XCOMP
LINK

OUTPUT MODULE
28VDC
POWER
SUPPLY
UNIT

+5V

RAM

+15V

EPROM

15V

SLAT OUTPUTS

N_MM_275100_0_BAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-21500-A SHEET 1

Slat and Flat Control Computer - Schematic

27-51-00 PB001

Page 50
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z148
Z147

S T A 2 0 8 2 /F R 4 6

VALVE BLOCK
24CV
VALVE BLOCK
23CV

N_MM_275100_0_BDM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-22000-B SHEET 1

Valve Block

27-51-00 PB001

Page 51
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
FEEDBACK POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT 27CV

Z148
Z147

B
STA2082/FR46

DRIVING GEAR
ZERO MARK

FIXED POINTER
ORANGE ZERO INDICATOR
FIXED POINTER

SYNCHRO
VIEWING
COVER
WINDOW
REDUCTION
GEAR HOUSING

B
CONNECTOR B
CONNECTOR A

C
INPUT SHAFT
ZERO MARK

FIXED ZERO
MARK

SPLINED
INPUT
SHAFT

ELECTRICAL
LOCKING
CONNECTOR
PLATE
BLOCK
COVER
PLATE

N_MM_275100_0_BEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-22500-A SHEET 1

Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit (FPPU)

27-51-00 PB001

Page 52
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
575FB
(675FB)

STA9704/FR 18
STA10204/RIB 19

ASYMMETRY POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT
29CV (30CV)
ACTUATOR
6233CM (6283CM)

FW

REAR
SPAR

N_MM_275100_0_BGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-22900-A SHEET 1

Asymmetry Position Pick-Off Unit (APPU)

27-51-00 PB001

Page 53
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

STA8744/RIB 16
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
LH 33 CVA
(34 CVA)

A
575DB
(675DB)

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
LH 33 CVB
(34 CVB)

WING TIP BRAKE

33 CV (34 CV)

HYDRAULIC
MANIFOLD
LH AND RH
WTBS BLUE
HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM

LH WTB YELLOW
RH WTB GREEN
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

SOLENOID

CENTRAL HOUSING

SOLENOID
VALVE

LH WTB YELLOW
RH WTB GREEN
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

SOLENOID
VALVE

PRESSURE
PORT

PRESSURE
PORT

RETURN
PORT

RETURN
PORT

PISTON

LH AND RH
WTBS BLUE
HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM

PISTON

OUTBOARD

FRICTION DISC PACK

N_MM_275100_0_BKM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-23400-B SHEET 1

Wing Tip Brake

27-51-00 PB001

Page 54
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
FLAP RH DISCONNECT
SENSOR 1 (38CV)

FLAP RH DISCONNECT
SENSOR 2 (40CV)

Z680

Z580

FLAP LH DISCONNECT
SENSOR 1 (37CV)

FLAP LH DISCONNECT
SENSOR 2 (39CV)

FLAP
INTERCONNECTING
LINK

INNER FLAP

OUTER FLAP

ACTUATING
BALLPIECE
ROD

18.0mm
(0.71in)

RIGGING
PIN HOLE

HOUSING

TARGET

SLEEVE
18.0mm
(0.71in)

SENSOR
N_MM_275100_0_BLM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-23900-A SHEET 1

Flap Interconnecting Strut

27-51-00 PB001

Page 55
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

4A
1A

3B
2B

CSU

2A
3A

1B
4B

SFCC1

FLAPS
CHANNEL

SFCC2

SLATS
CHANNEL

SLATS
CHANNEL

FLAPS
CHANNEL

FPPU

RETS EXTS

POBS 23CV

24CV

POB

POBS EXTS

POB

FLAPS

RETS

PCU

RETS RETRACT SOLENOID

EXTS EXTEND SOLENOID
POBS POB SOLENOID
M MOTOR
POB PRESSURE OFF BREAK
N_MM_275100_0_BNM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-25400-A SHEET 1

Flaps - Normal Operation

27-51-00 PB001

Page 56
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SFCC1

SFCC2
FLAP
CHANNEL

SLAT
CHANNEL

LANE
1

FLAP
CHANNEL

LANE
2

LANE
2

OR

LANE
1

SLAT
CHANNEL

OR
ARM

AND

LH WTB

ARM

AND

RH WTB

N_MM_275100_0_BQM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-26100-A SHEET 1

Wing Tip Brake Logic

27-51-00 PB001

Page 57
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FLAPS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Flap Channel
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 21CV, 22CV
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE

ACCESS

TEST

SPECIFIC
TOOLS

MHR

E/T

NB MEN

MMEL 27-51-01A
1.

Reason for the Job

MMEL 27-51-01A
SFCC Flap Channel
(Old MMEL ref: 27-51-01-A))
NOTE :

2.

For the deactivation of the SFCC No. 2 slat channel refer to TASK 27-51-00-040-005.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

DESIGNATION

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

128

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-16-00-912-001-A

Circuit Breakers Safety Practices

DESIGNATION

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

AES

27-51-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

DESIGNATION
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-869-006-A

Reset of the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) of the Flap System on the Ground

27-51-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Wing Tip Brake and the Pressure Off Brake

31-32-00-860-001-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST Menu Page

ESPM 20-10-00-0
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-070-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slats and flaps.

Subtask 27-51-00-861-056-A
B.

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-51-00-865-093-A
C.

Table of the circuit breakers used in this procedure:

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

121VU
4.

FIN
12CV

LOCATION
P20

Procedure
Subtask 27-51-00-040-051-B
A.

Deactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No 2 Flap Channel
(1)

When you do this procedure, it can be necessary to open circuit breaker 12CV (Ref. TASK
20-16-00-912-001-A).
(a)

(2)

This circuit breaker has a red threaded bush. To open this circuit breaker you need a special tool
(Ref. ESPM 20-10-00-0).

Do this procedure:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. get access to the Flight Controls (F/CTL) SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-001A).

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the F/CTL SYSTEM REPORT TEST PAGE is shown.

push in the key adjacent to < SFCC 1.

the SFCC 1 menu is shown.

push in the key adjacent to SYSTEM STATUS FLP

>.

push the key adjacent to < RETURN until the

SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL page is shown.
push in the key adjacent to < SFCC 2.

< NO FAULTS > is shown except FLP 1 NO SFCC 2

DATA and/or FLP 1 NO SFCC 2 DATA CHECK
WIRING AND SFCC 2.
the SFCC 2 menu is shown.

AES

27-51-00 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
push in the key adjacent to SYSTEM STATUS FLP
>.
if FLP SYS LOCKED is shown, reset the wing tip
brakes of the flap system with the SFCC 2 (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-869-006-A).

.
.

if the reset of the wing tip brakes (of the flap system)
with the SFCC 2 cannot be completed satisfactorily,
open the circuit breaker 12CV (Ref. TASK
20-16-00-912-001-A).

push in the key adjacent to < RETURN until the

F/CTL SYSTEM REPORT TEST page is shown.

RESULT
the SYSTEM STATUS FLP page is shown.

the 28V power supply from SFCC 2 to the wing tip

brakes is disconnected.

Subtask 27-51-00-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

FIN
B03

LOCATION

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-51-00-863-054-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

In the deactivation procedure that follows it is necessary to do the WTB/POB test with SFCC 1 (Ref.
TASK 27-51-00-710-001-A):
Prepare to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-51-00-040-055-A
D.

Deactivation of the SFCC No. 2 Flap Channel (Continued)

(1)

Do the WTB/POB test with SFCC No. 1 (flap system) (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-710-001-A)

(2)

Make sure that the WTB/POB test was successful and that the MCDU shows:
SFCC 1
DATE: XXX XX__ UTC: XXXX
PERFORMED
NO FAULTS
RESULT NOT STORED.

NOTE :
(3)

AES

The aircraft can only dispatched if the WTB/POB test was successful.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(a)

On the MCDU, push the key adjacent to < RETURN until the CFDS MENU page is shown.

(b)

On the MCDU, push the MCDU MENU key and make sure that the MCDU MAIN MENU is
shown.

(4)

Make an entry in the aircraft technical logbook that the SFCC No. 2 flap channel is deactivated.

(5)

Attach a WARNING NOTICE(S) to the circuit breaker 8CV (in the cockpit) to tell persons that the flap
channel for SFCC 2 is deactivated.

27-51-00 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

If circuit breaker 12CV was opened in the test procedure:

. attach a WARNING NOTICE(S) to the circuit breaker 12CV (in the cockpit) to tell persons that
the 28V power supply (from SFCC 2 to the WTB) is disconnected (Ref. TASK 20-16-00-912-001A).

Subtask 27-51-00-869-064-A
E.

5.

Placard Instruction and Cockpit Effect

(1)

Put a placard SFCC 2 FLAP CH INOP adjacent to the lower ECAM display to tell the flight crew
about the deactivation.

(2)

On the STATUS SD page:

. The message ENG 2 APPR IDLE ONLY is shown.
. The message FLAPS SLOW is shown.

(3)

On the ECAM EWD:

. The F/CTL FLAP SYS 2 FAULT is shown.

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-00-862-057-A
A.

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits

(1)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-51-00-865-104-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

FIN
B03

LOCATION

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-51-00-942-069-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-00 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Flap Channel
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 21CV, 22CV
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE

ACCESS

TEST

SPECIFIC
TOOLS

MHR

E/T

NB MEN

MMEL 27-51-01A
1.

Reason for the Job

MMEL 27-51-01A
SFCC Flap Channel
(Old MMEL ref: 27-51-01-A))
NOTE :

2.

For the reactivation of the SFCC No. 2 slat channel refer to TASK 27-51-00-440-005.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

DESIGNATION

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

128

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-51-00-740-002-A

DESIGNATION
BITE Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computers (Flap System)

ESPM 20-10-00-0
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-074-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slats and flaps.

27-51-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-00-865-094-A
B.

Table of the circuit breakers used in this procedure:

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

121VU
4.

FIN
12CV

LOCATION
P20

Procedure
Subtask 27-51-00-865-106-A
A.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

121VU

FIN
8CV

LOCATION
Q21

Subtask 27-51-00-440-051-A
B.

Reactivation of the SFCC No. 2 Flap Channel

(1)

If the circuit breaker 12CV was opened during the deactivation:

. Remove the safety clip and tag and close the circuit breaker 12CV.
(a)

5.

This circuit breaker has a red threaded bush. To close this circuit breaker you need a special tool
(Ref. ESPM 20-10-00-0).

(2)

Do the BITE test of the SFCC 2 (Flap Channel) to make sure that the status of the SFCC 2 (Flap
Channel) is correct (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-740-002-A).
If there are fault messages refer to the Trouble Shooting Manual (TSM) to do the applicable
correction(s). Use the Fault Symptom(s) as entry into the TSM.

(3)

Make an entry in the aircraft technical logbook to say that the SFCC No. 2 flap channel was
reactivated.

(4)

Remove the placard SFCC 2 FLAP CH INOP which was bonded near the lower ECAM display.

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-00-942-071-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-00 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-00-040-005-A
Deactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Slat Channel
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 21CV, 22CV
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE

ACCESS

TEST

SPECIFIC
TOOLS

MHR

E/T

NB MEN

MMEL 27-51-02A
1.

Reason for the Job

MMEL 27-51-02A
SFCC Slat Channel
(Old MMEL ref: 27-51-01-B))
NOTE :

2.

For the deactivation of the SFCC No. 2 flap channel refer to TASK 27-51-00-040-001.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

DESIGNATION

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

128

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-16-00-912-001-A

Circuit Breakers Safety Practices

DESIGNATION

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-80-00-869-004-A

Reset of the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) of the Slat System on the Ground

27-81-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Wing-Tip Brake and the Pressure-Off Brake

31-32-00-860-001-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST Menu Page

AES

27-51-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
ESPM 20-10-00-0
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-075-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slats and flaps.

Subtask 27-51-00-861-057-A
B.

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-51-00-865-096-A
C.

Table of the circuit breakers used in this procedure:

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

121VU
4.

FIN
11CV

LOCATION
P19

Procedure
Subtask 27-51-00-040-050-A
A.

Deactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No.2 Slat Channel
(1)

When you do this procedure, it can be necessary to open circuit breaker 11CV (Ref. TASK
20-16-00-912-001-A).
(a)

(2)

This circuit breaker has a red threaded bush. To open this circuit breaker you need a special tool
(Ref. ESPM 20-10-00-0)

Do this procedure:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. get access to the Flight Controls (F/CTL) SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-001A)

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the F/CTL SYSTEM REPORT TEST PAGE is shown

push in the key adjacent to < SFCC1

the SFCC1 menu is shown

push in the key adjacent to < SYSTEM STATUS

SLAT

< NO FAULTS > is shown except SLT 1 NO SFCC 2

DATA and/or SLT 1 NO SFCC 2 DATA CHECK
WIRING AND SFCC 2

push the key adjacent to < RETURN until the

SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL page is shown

push in the key adjacent to <SFCC2

the SFCC2 menu is shown

push in the key adjacent to < SYSTEM STATUS

SLAT

the SYSTEM STATUS SLAT page is shown

AES

27-51-00 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
if SLT SYS LOCKED is shown, reset the wing tip
brakes of the slat system with SFCC 2 (Ref. TASK
27-80-00-869-004-A)

if the reset of the WTBs (of the slat system) with

SFCC 2 cannot be completed satisfactorily, open the
circuit breaker 11CV (Ref. TASK 20-16-00-912-001A).

push in the key adjacent to < RETURN until the

F/CTL SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page is shown.

RESULT

the 28V power supply from SFCC 2 to the WTBs is

disconnected.

Subtask 27-51-00-865-078-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

FIN

LOCATION

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-51-00-863-055-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

In the deactivation procedure that follows it is necessary to do the WTB/POB test with SFCC 1 (Ref.
TASK 27-81-00-710-001-A)
Prepare to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-51-00-040-053-A
D.

Deactivation of the SFCC No. 2 Slat Channel (Continued)

(1)

Do the WTB/POB test with SFCC No. 1 (slat system) (Ref. TASK 27-81-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the WTB/POB test was successful and that the MCDU shows:
SFCC 1
DATE: XXX XX__ UTC: XXXX
PERFORMED
NO FAULTS
RESULT NOT STORED.
NOTE :

(3)

AES

The aircraft can only dispatched if the WTB/POB test was successful.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration:

(a)

On the MCDU, push the key adjacent to < RETURN until the CFDS MENU page is shown.

(b)

On the MCDU, push the MCDU MENU key and make sure that the MCDU MAIN MENU is
shown.

(4)

Make an entry in the aircraft technical logbook that the SFCC No. 2 slat channel is deactivated.

(5)

Attach a WARNING NOTICE(S) to the circuit breaker 7CV (in the cockpit) to tell persons that the slat
channel for SFCC 2 is deactivated.

(6)

If the circuit breaker 11CV, was opened in the test procedure:

. attach a WARNING NOTICE(S) to the circuit breaker 11CV (in the cockpit) to tell persons that
the 28V power supply (from SFCC 2 to the WTB) is disconnected (Ref. TASK 20-16-00-912-001A).

27-51-00 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-00-869-065-A
E.

5.

Placard Instruction and Cockpit Effect

(1)

Put a placard SFCC 2 SLAT CH INOP adjacent to the lower ECAM display to tell the flight crew
about the deactivation.

(2)

On the STATUS SD page:

. The message SLATS SLOW is shown.

(3)

On the ECAM EWD:

. The F/CTL SLAT SYS 2 FAULT is shown.

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-00-862-058-A
A.

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits

(1)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-51-00-865-105-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

FIN

LOCATION

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-51-00-942-070-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-00 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-00-440-005-A
Reactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Slat Channel
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 21CV, 22CV
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE

ACCESS

TEST

SPECIFIC
TOOLS

MHR

E/T

NB MEN

MMEL 27-51-02A
1.

Reason for the Job

MMEL 27-51-02A
SFCC Slat Channel
(Old MMEL ref: 27-51-01-B))
NOTE :

2.

For the reactivation of the SFCC No. 2 flap channel refer to TASK 25-51-00-440-001.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

DESIGNATION

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

128

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-81-00-740-002-A

DESIGNATION
BITE Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computers (Slat System)

ESPM 20-10-00-0
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-076-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slats or flaps.

27-51-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-00-865-097-A
B.

Table of the circuit breakers used in this procedure:

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

121VU
4.

FIN
11CV

LOCATION
P19

Procedure
Subtask 27-51-00-865-107-A
A.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

121VU

FIN
7CV

LOCATION
R21

Subtask 27-51-00-440-053-A
B.

Reactivation of the SFCC No. 2 Slat Channel

(1)

If the circuit breaker 11CV was opened during the deactivation:

. Remove the safety clip and tag and close the circuit breaker 11CV.
(a)

5.

This circuit breaker has a red threaded bush. To close this circuit breaker you need a special tool
(Ref. ESPM 20-10-00-0).

(2)

Do the BITE test of the SFCC 2 (Slat Channel) to make sure that the status of the SFCC 2 (Slat
Channel) is correct (Ref. TASK 27-81-00-740-002-A).
If there are fault messages refer to the Trouble Shooting Manual (TSM) to do the applicable
correction(s). Use the Fault Symptom(s) as entry into the TSM.

(3)

Make an entry in the aircraft technical logbook to say that the SFCC No. 2 slat channel was
reactivated.

(4)

Remove the placard SFCC 2 SLAT CH INOP which was bonded near the lower ECAM display.

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-00-942-072-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-00 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-00-040-004-A
Flap WTB Solenoid - WTB Test Procedure
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 21CV
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE

ACCESS

TEST

SPECIFIC
TOOLS

MHR

E/T

NB MEN

MMEL 27-51-03A
1.

Reason for the Job

MMEL 27-51-03A
Flap Wing Tip Brakes Solenoid
(Old MMEL ref: 27-51-02)

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

DESIGNATION

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

128

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

27-51-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Wing Tip Brake and the Pressure Off Brake

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-065-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flap system.

27-51-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-00-860-076-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

In the procedure that follows it is necessary to do the WTB/POB test with SFCC 1 (Ref. TASK
27-51-00-710-001-A).
Prepare to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-51-00-865-090-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-51-00-040-054-A
A.

Flap WTB Solenoid - WTB Test Procedure

(1)

Do the WTB/POB test with SFCC No. 1 (flap system) (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the WTB/POB test was successful and that the MCDU shows:
SFCC 1
DATE: XXX XX__ UTC: XXXX
PERFORMED
NO FAULTS
RESULT NOT STORED
NOTE :

(3)

5.

The aircraft can only dispatched if the WTB/POB test was successful.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration:

(a)

On the MCDU, push the key adjacent to < RETURN until the CFDS MENU page is shown.

(b)

On the MCDU, push the MCDU MENU key and make sure that the MCDU MAIN MENU is
shown.

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-00-865-102-A
A.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-51-00 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-00-942-060-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-00 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Task 27-51-00-440-004-A
DELETED

AES

27-51-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FLAPS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-00-740-001-A
Read-out of Class 3 Faults in the Flap System
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
31-32-00-869-002-A
3.

QTY
AR WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION
Procedure for Class 3 Faults Reading

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-066-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

4.

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap controls.

Procedure
Subtask 27-51-00-869-051-A
A.

Read-out of Class 3 Faults in the Flap System.

(1)

5.

Read for Class 3 faults in the flap system (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-869-002-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-00-942-066-A
A.

Removal of Equipment
(1)

AES

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-51-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-00-740-002-A
BITE Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computers (Flap System)
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
NOTE :

IGNORE ALL THE ECAM WARNINGS WHEN THE COMPUTER IS IN THE MENU MODE.

FIN 21CV, 22CV

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
NOTE :

2.

Refer to SIL 27-116 for SFCC In-Service Standards and SFCC Combinations.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

DESIGNATION

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

127
128

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-071-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

AES

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

27-51-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-51-00-860-057-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

Subtask 27-51-00-865-062-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2

2GA

Q35

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-51-00-740-050-A
A.

BITE Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (Flap System)
NOTE :

Use the Multipurpose Control Display Unit (MCDU) 2 on panel 11VU for the test.

ACTION
1.On the Multipurpose Control Display unit (MCDU):
. push the line key < SFCC 1.

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

2.On the MCDU:

. push the NEXT PAGE button.

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 menu.

3.On the MCDU:

. push the line key TEST/RESET FLP>.

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP
TEST/RESET menu.

AES

RESULT

27-51-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
4.On the MCDU:
. push the line key < SFCC TEST.

RESULT
the MCDU shows SFCC 1
FLAP SFCC TEST
IN PROGRESS
for a positive test result the MCDU
shows SFCC 1
FLAP SFCC TEST
NO FAULTS
for a negative test result, the MCDU shows SFCC 1
FLAP SFCC TEST
PERFORMED WITH FAULT
<FAULT DATA
(push the line key <FAULT DATA to show the the
failure data)
if the test finds a peripheral fault, the MCDU shows
SFCC 1
FLAP SFCC TEST
NO FAULTS BUT
(for a peripheral fault see the display below).

5.On the MCDU:

. push the line key < RETURN frequently until the
MCDU shows the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
F/CTL menu.
6.On the MCDU:
. push the line key < SFCC 2.

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 2 menu.

7.Do the SFCC test as described above with the SFCC 2

menu.
8.On the MCDU:
. push the line key < RETURN frequently until the
CFDS menu page is shown.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
If there is a peripheral fault, the SFCC TEST RESULT
!
! page will be shown on the CFDS.
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
SFCC 1
!
!
FLAP SFCC TEST
!
!
DATE:XXX XX UTC:XXXX
!
!
1L -!NO FAULTS BUT
!- 1R
!
!
!
!
!
!
2L -!*
!- 2R
!
!
!
!
!
!
3L -!**
!- 3R
!
!
!
!
!
!
4L -!
!- 4R
!
!
!
!
!
!
5L -!
!- 5R
!
!
!
!
!
!
6L -!<RETURN
PRINT>!- 6R
!
!
!
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AES

27-51-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE :

* If the X-computer arm test is not done during the TEST these words will be shown:

------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
2L -!OTHER SFCC ARM SIGNAL!- 2R
!
!
!NOT TESTED
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------NOTE :

** Shows one or more of the peripheral faults or a system is not complete as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
either
!WTB SET
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
and/or
!NO WTB POWER
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
and/or
!LH WTB SOLENOID X/X !
!
!
!
!
!
!
and/or
!RH WTB SOLENOID X/X !
!
!
!
!
!
!
and/or
!FPPU FAULT
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
and/or
!LH APPU FAULT
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
and/or
!RH APPU FAULT
!
!
!
!
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE :

5.

X/X shows S/C short circuit or O/C open circuit.

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-00-862-051-A
A.

Aircraft Configuration
(1)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-51-00-942-075-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Wing Tip Brake and the Pressure Off Brake
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-51-00-01-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF WTB/POB

NOTE :
2.

If you do this task together with MPD-TASK 275100-03, do MPD-TASK 275100-03 after this operational
test.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-38-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Battery Charge Limiter (BCL), (with the CFDS)

24-38-00-710-001-A-01

Operational Test of the Battery Charge Limiter (BCL), (without the CFDS)

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-869-006-A

Reset of the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) of the Flap System on the Ground

27-51-00-740-002-A

BITE Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computers (Flap System)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

AES

27-51-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-23-00-863-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System from the Green Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Ground Service Cart

29-23-00-864-001-A

31-32-00-860-006-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

71-00-00-710-018-A
71-00-00-710-043-A

Discontinued Start, Restart and Shutdown Procedures

Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure

71-00-00-710-047-A

Normal Engine Manual Start Procedure

29-23-00-864-001-A

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons that the flap and slat systems are in
operation.

Subtask 27-51-00-861-058-A
B.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Make sure that the aircraft batteries are fully charged (Ref. TASK 24-38-00-710-001-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-38-00-710-001-A-01).

Subtask 27-51-00-865-065-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

AES

27-51-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-00-865-064-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

FIN

LOCATION

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-51-00-860-054-A
E.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the MCDU (Ref. TASK
31-32-00-860-006-A).

(2)

Do the BITE test of the SFCC (Flap System) to get the information of the current status of the related
flap and slat system (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-740-002-A):
(a)

(b)

After this BITE test:

1

If the BITE test result is positive (the page shows FLAP SFCC TEST NO FAULTS), go to
Para. F. Initial Conditions.

If the BITE test result is negative (the page shows FLAP SFCC TEST PERFORMED WITH
FAULTS):
Refer to the fault message which comes into view and:
. do the related maintenance procedure(s) (for example: If the test shows that the Wing
Tip Brakes (WTBs) are set, do the reset of the WTBs (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-869-006A)
or
. do the related trouble shooting procedure(s) (for example: If the test shows a fault of a
LRU).

After the maintenance/trouble shooting procedure(s):

. Do the BITE test again and make sure that the test result is positive.

Subtask 27-51-00-860-052-B
F.

Initial Conditions
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Make sure that the CFDS is not in the SFCC MENU mode before you start the test. You must go from
the off-line mode (SFCC MENU mode) to the on-line mode (SFCC NORMAL mode).
NOTE :

(a)

AES

The test will not operate if a BITE test was completed before without going from the off-line
mode to the on-line mode.
Subsequently a CORRUPTED RAM -RETURN ONLINE or a PIN PROG FAULT will be
shown.

At the MCDU, after the BITE test of the two SFCCs (Flap System), go back to the CFDS
MENU page:
1

Push the line key adjacent to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST indication.

Push the line key adjacent to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL indication.

Push the line key adjacent to the SFCC 1 (2).

27-51-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4
(2)

On the overhead panel 50VU: Make sure that the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES G/B/Y
P/BSW are in the ON position (on the pushbutton switches, the OFF legends are off).

(3)

It is possible to pressurize the hydraulic systems with 3 different procedures:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(4)

Pressurization with the electric pumps:

1

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the blue electric pump (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

Pressurize the Green hydraulic system from the Yellow hydraulic system through the Power
Transfer Unit (PTU) with the electric pump (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A).

Pressurization with a ground power cart:

1

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the ground power cart (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A).

Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system from the Green hydraulic system through the Power
Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-002-A).

Pressurization with the engine driven pumps (EDPs):

1

Start both engines by the Normal Engine Automatic-Start Procedure (Ref. TASK
71-00-00-710-043-A) or the Normal Engine Manual-Start Procedure (Ref. TASK
71-00-00-710-047-A).

Make sure that the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems have a pressure of 3000 psi
(207 bar).

Use only one of the pressurization procedures.

NOTE :

(a)
4.

For the next MCDU instruction refer then to the WTB/POB test in Para. 4. Procedure.
But at this time: Continue with the next work steps.

AIRBUS recommends that you do pressurization with the ground power cart or with the EDPs.
If you pressurize with the electric pumps it is possible that the hydraulic pressure will not be
sufficient to do the WTB/POB test successfully (result will be TEST INVALID).

Make sure that the hydraulic pressure stays constant during this test. The test will abort if the
hydraulic pressure decreases under approximately 2500 psi.

Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT
OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
Subtask 27-51-00-710-052-B
A.

Operational Test of the Wing Tip Brake and the Pressure-Off Brake
(1)

Make sure that all the initial conditions are obeyed.

(2)

Do the test that follows:

ACTION

RESULT

1.On the panel 121VU:

. open the circuit breakers 7CV and 8CV (flap and slat
system 2).
2.Set the slat and flap control lever to position 3.

AES

The slats and flaps move to position 3.

. Make sure that the lever will stay in this position during
the WTB/POB test.

27-51-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
3.On the MCDU:
. Push the line key < SFCC 1 (2).

RESULT
ON the MCDU:
. The MCDU shows the SFCC 1 (2) menu.

4.Push the NEXT PAGE button.

5.Push the line key TEST/RESET FLP >.

6.Push the line key < WTB/POB TEST.

7.Push the line key < CONTINUE.

The MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 (2)

menu.
The MCDU shows the SFCC 1 (2) FLAP
TEST/RESET menu.
The MCDU shows the SFCC 1 (2) FLAP WTB/POB
TEST instructions.
The MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 (2)
FLAP WTB/POB TEST instructions.

8.Push the line key < START TEST.

9.If the line key < START TEST is not shown, do the
instructions that the MCDU shows.

.
.

.
.

The MCDU shows that the FLAP WTB/POB TEST is

IN PROGRESS.
The MCDU shows in less than 2 minutes:
SFCC 1 (2)
DATE: XXX XX__ UTC: XXXX
PERFORMED
NO FAULTS
RESULT NOT STORED
This means the test was successful.
If the MCDU shows:
PERFORMED UNSUCCESSFULLY or TEST
ABORTED
Do the related trouble shooting procedure.

10.After the test of flap system 1 (SFCC 1), do the

WTB/POB test for flap system 2 (SFCC 2):
Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the
SYSTEM REPORT/TEST - F/CTL menu is shown.
11.Open circuit breakers 5CV and 6CV (flap and slat
system 1).
12.Close circuit breakers 7CV and 8CV (flap and slat
system 2).
13.Use SFCC 2 to do this test again.
14.After the test of the flap system 2 (SFCC 2) :
Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the CFDS
menu page is shown.
15.Close circuit breakers 5CV and 6CV.
16.Set the slat and flap control lever to position 0.
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-00-865-056-A
A.

Close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

AES

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

FIN
14CC1

LOCATION
B03

27-51-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

121VU

FIN
14CC2

LOCATION
M18

Subtask 27-51-00-860-053-B
B.

Aircraft Configuration
(1)

Depressurize the hydraulic system which you used:

(a)

(b)

(c)

If you used electric pumps:

1

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Depressurize the Green hydraulic and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-864-001-A).

If you used the ground power cart:

1

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Depressurize the Green hydraulic and the Yellow hydraulic systems after operation of the
PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).

If you used the engine driven pumps:

1

(2)

Stop the operation of the engines:

. Do the shutdown procedure which you find in the Discontinued Start, Restart and
Shutdown Procedures
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018-A).

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-51-00-942-051-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the safety barriers.

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Task 27-51-00-710-003-A
DELETED

AES

27-51-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Task 27-51-00-710-004-A
DELETED

AES

27-51-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-00-820-001-A
Manual Adjustment of the Position Pick-Off Units
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

To set the mechanical zero position of the Position Pick-off Units.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
1
LABEL - ADHESIVE, INOP

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

TIE WRAP

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-51-18-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit

27-51-18-400-001-A

Installation of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit

27-51-19-000-001-A
27-51-19-400-001-A
27-55-11-000-001-A
27-55-11-400-001-A
27-81-18-000-001-A

Removal of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit

Installation of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit
Removal of the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit
Installation of the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit
Removal of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit

27-81-18-400-001-A

Installation of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit

27-81-19-000-001-A
Removal of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit
27-81-19-400-001-A
Installation of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit
27-85-11-000-001-A
Removal of the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit
27-85-11-400-001-A
Installation of the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-00300-A - Position Pick-off Unit)

AES

27-51-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-072-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-51-00-010-060-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

4.

Remove the applicable Position Pick-off Unit (PPU):

. for the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit (APPU) (Ref. TASK 27-51-18-000-001-A)
. for the Feed-Back Position Pick-Off Unit (FPPU) (Ref. TASK 27-51-19-000-001-A)
. for the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit (IPPU) (Ref. TASK 27-55-11-000-001-A)
. for the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit (APPU) (Ref. TASK 27-81-18-000-001-A)
. for the Feed-Back Position Pick-Off Unit (FPPU) (Ref. TASK 27-81-19-000-001-A)
. for the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit (IPPU) (Ref. TASK 27-85-11-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-00300-A - Position Pick-off Unit)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-51-00-820-050-A
A.

Manual Adjustment of the Position Pick-Off Units

(1)

Unlock the locking plate of the drive shaft of the PPU.

(2)

Make sure that the drive shaft turns freely.

(3)

Turn the input shaft and align the drive gear zero mark and the orange zero indicator with the fixed
pointers.

(4)

Make sure that the input shaft zero mark and the fixed zero mark are aligned.
NOTE :

(5)

5.

The mechanical zero position and the electrical zero position are the same.

If the PPU is not to be immediately installed:

(a)

Install a TIE WRAP behind the locking plate.

(b)

Attach a LABEL - ADHESIVE, INOP to the PPU to tell persons that the PPU is locked in the
zero position.

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-00-410-058-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable Position Pick-off Unit (PPU):

. for the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit (APPU) (Ref. TASK 27-51-18-400-001-A)
. for the Feed-Back Position Pick-Off Unit (FPPU) (Ref. TASK 27-51-19-400-001-A)
. for the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit (IPPU) (Ref. TASK 27-55-11-400-001-A)

27-51-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.
.

for the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit (APPU) (Ref. TASK 27-81-18-400-001-A)

for the Feed-Back Position Pick-Off Unit (FPPU) (Ref. TASK 27-81-19-400-001-A)
for the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit (IPPU) (Ref. TASK 27-85-11-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-51-00-942-076-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
INSTRUMENT POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT
4CN

FEEDBACK POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT
28CV

INSTRUMENT POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT
3CN

FEEDBACK POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT
27CV

A
ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS

ASYMMETRY POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT
29CV

INSPECTION WINDOW

(30CV)

ASYMMETRY POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT
31CV

(32CV)
LOCKING PLATE

C
INPUT SHAFT

TIE WRAP

C
ORANGE ZERO INDICATOR

DRIVE GEAR ZERO MARK

FIXED ZERO MARK

INPUT SHAFT ZERO MARK
FIXED POINTER

N_MM_275100_5_AEM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Position Pick-off Unit

27-51-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the Flap Interconnecting Strut and the Flap-Attachment Failure-Detection Sensors
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-51-00-02-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF FLAP INTERCONNECTING STRUT AND FLAP DISCONNECT PROXIMITY
SENSORS

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 15-007
C.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
2

DESIGNATION
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-51-05-01-100

cotter pins
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

AES

27-51-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A-01

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-44-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut

27-54-61-000-002-A
27-54-61-400-006-A
29-10-00-863-001-A

Removal of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

Installation of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-00400-A - Flap Interconnecting Strut)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-00400-A - Flap Interconnecting Strut)
Subtask 27-51-00-941-052-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-51-00-860-056-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the flight controls (F/CTL) page on the MCDU (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(3)

Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(4)

Move the flaps:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE.
(a)

AES

Extend the flaps to the 10 degrees position (slat and flap control lever position 1) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(5)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever.

(6)

Depressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-002-A).

(7)

Depressurize the applicable hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

27-51-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-00-865-057-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-51-00-010-051-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position below the wing at zones 580 and 680.

(2)

Remove the lower kink seals of the two wings (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002-A).

Subtask 27-51-00-020-051-A
E.

Disconnect the Interconnecting Strut

(1)

Make a mark on the interconnecting strut (1) for correct position of the actuating rod (holes in the eyeend and bracket are aligned).

(2)

Hold the flap interconnecting struts (1).

(3)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (2).

(4)

Remove the nuts (3), the washer (4) and the bolts (5).

Subtask 27-51-00-865-058-A
F.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-51-00-865-061-A
G.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM

1GA

C09

121VU

HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2

2GA

Q35

121VU

HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY

52GA

Q34

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-51-00-710-056-A
A.

Operational Test of the Flap Interconnecting Strut and the Flap-Attachment Failure-Detection Sensors
NOTE :

AES

Use one of the Multipurpose Control and Display Units (MCDU) for the test.

27-51-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Do this test:

ACTION
1.At the LH flaps:
. push in the actuating rod of the flap interconnecting
strut until it comes in contact with the stop.

RESULT
At the LH flap interconnecting strut:
. the sensors give a target far signal to the SFCC.
In the cockpit:
. a single chime sounds
.

an amber MASTER CAUT light comes on.

.
.

On the upper ECAM DU:

the F/CTL FLAPS LOCKED message comes on
the ALIGNMENT FAULT message comes on.

2.On Panel 130VU (131VU):

. push (in) the MASTER CAUT pushbutton switch
(P/BSW).

On Panel 130VU (131VU):

3.On the MCDU:

. push the line key < SFCC 1.

On the MCDU:
. the SFCC 1 menu shows.

the amber MASTER CAUT light goes out.

NOTE :

4.Push the line key SYSTEM STATUS FLP >.

As an alternative, you can use the SFCC 2 menu

but do not change SFCC menus during the test
procedure.
SFCC 1 SYSTEM STATUS FLAP CHECK LH DRIVE
INTEGRITY shows.

5.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the

SYSTEM REPORT/TEST - F/CTL menu is shown.
6.At the LH flaps:
. move the actuating rod into the correct position.
7.Open the circuit breakers 6CV and 8CV.

The SFCC 1 and SFCC 2 are de-energized.

8.Close the circuit breakers 6CV and 8CV.

The failure conditions are reset.

On the upper ECAM DU:
. the F/CTL FLAPS LOCKED message goes out
. the ALIGNMENT FAULT message goes out.

9.Push the line key F/CTL >.

the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST - F/CTL menu shows.

10.Push the line key < SFCC 1.

the SFCC 1 menu shows.

NOTE :

11.Push the line key SYSTEM STATUS FLP >.

As an alternative, you can use the SFCC 2 menu

but do not change SFCC menus during the test
procedure.
the MCDU shows SFCC 1 SYSTEM STATUS FLAP
NO FAULTS.

12.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the

SYSTEM REPORT/TEST - F/CTL menu is shown.
13.At the LH flaps:
. pull out the actuating rod of the flap interconnecting
strut until it comes in contact with the stop.

AES

At the LH flap interconnecting strut:

. the sensors give a target far signal to the SFCC.

27-51-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION

RESULT
In the cockpit:
. a single chime sounds
. an amber MASTER CAUT light comes on.

.
.

On the upper ECAM DU:

the F/CTL FLAPS LOCKED message comes on
the ALIGNMENT FAULT message comes on.

14.On Panel 130VU (131VU):

. push (in) the MASTER CAUT P/BSW.

On Panel 130VU (131VU):

. the amber MASTER CAUT light goes out.

15.Push the line key F/CTL >.

the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST - F/CTL menu shows.

16.Push the line key < SFCC 1.

the SFCC 1 menu shows.

NOTE :

17.Push the line key SYSTEM STATUS FLP >.

As an alternative, you can use the SFCC 2 menu

but do not change SFCC menus during the test
procedure.
the MCDU shows SFCC 1 SYSTEM STATUS FLAP
CHECK LH DRIVE INTEGRITY.

18.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the

SYSTEM REPORT/TEST - F/CTL menu is shown.
19.At the LH flaps:
. move the actuating rod into the correct position.
20.Open the circuit breakers 6CV and 8CV.

The SFCC 1 and SFCC 2 are de-energized.

21.Close the circuit breakers 6CV and 8CV.

The failure conditions are reset.

On the upper ECAM DU:
. the F/CTL FLAPS LOCKED message goes out
. the ALIGNMENT FAULT message goes out.

22.Push the line key F/CTL >.

the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST - F/CTL menu shows.

23.Push the line key < SFCC 1.

the SFCC 1 menu shows.

NOTE :

24.Push the line key SYSTEM STATUS FLP >.

As an alternative, you can use the SFCC 2 menu

but do not change SFCC menus during the test
procedure.
the MCDU shows SFCC 1 SYSTEM STATUS FLAP
NO FAULTS.

25.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the

SYSTEM REPORT/TEST - F/CTL menu is shown.
26.Do the steps 1 thru 25 again for the RH flap
interconnecting strut.
27.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the
CFDS menu page is shown.

AES

27-51-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-00-865-059-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-51-00-420-053-B
B.

Connect the Interconnecting Strut

(1)

Hold the rod eye-ends of the interconnecting struts in position to the outer flaps.

(2)

Install the bolts (5), the washer (4) and the nuts (3).

(3)

TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 1.1 and 1.7 M.DAN (97.35 and 150.44 LBF.IN).

(4)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-51-05-01) cotter pins (2) .

(5)

Do a check of the adjustment of the interconnecting strut and if necessary adjust the interconnecting
strut (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-820-001-A).

(6)

Apply a layer of the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. The head of the bolt (5)
. The nut (3)
. The washer (4)
. The cotter pin (2).

Subtask 27-51-00-410-051-A
C.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the lower kink seals of the two wings (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-006-A).

Subtask 27-51-00-865-060-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-51-00-860-055-A
E.

Aircraft Configuration
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

AES

(1)

Pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A) and (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-863-002-A).

(2)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

27-51-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-51-00-942-067-A
F.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z680

A
Z580
INBOARD FLAP
FLAP
INTERCONNECTING
STRUT

OUTBOARD FLAP

B
1

4
3

N_MM_275100_5_ACM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Flap Interconnecting Strut

27-51-00 PB501

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-00-750-001-A
Automatic Integrity Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computers
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

DESIGNATION

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-51-00-740-002-A

BITE Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computers (Flap System)

27-81-00-740-002-A

BITE Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computers (Slat System)

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-073-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-51-00-860-058-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the flight controls (F/CTL) page on the MCDU (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

27-51-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-00-865-071-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-51-00-750-050-A
A.

Automatic Integrity Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computers

NOTE :
(1)

Use the Multipurpose Control Display Unit (MCDU) 3 on panel 1VU for the test. If the MCDU 3 is
defective use the MCDU 2 on panel 11VU.

Wait 15 seconds to make sure that the two SFCCs are in operation before you do the test.

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. push the line key < SFCC 1.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

2.Push the line key SYSTEM STATUS FLP >

the MCDU shows SYSTEM STATUS FLP

NO FAULTS

the MCDU shows SYSTEM STATUS SLT

NO FAULTS

the MCDU shows the SFCC 2 menu.

3.Push the line key < RETURN

4.Push the line key < SLT SYSTEM STATUS
5.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the
MCDU shows the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
F/CTL menu.
6.Do the bite test of the SFCC (Ref. TASK
27-81-00-740-002-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-740-002A).
7.Push the line key < SFCC 2.
8.Do the SFCC test as described above with the SFCC 2
menu.
9.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the CFDS
MENU page is shown.
10.Do the bite test of the SFCC (Ref. TASK
27-81-00-740-002-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-740-002A).

AES

27-51-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-00-862-054-A
A.

De-energize the Electrical Circuits

(1)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-51-00-942-077-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-00-820-003-A
To do a Check of the Flap Rigged Position (with the Sharks Fin)
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

NOTE :
1.

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

If the label with the asymmetric offset value on the track 3 is missing or unreadable, refer to SB 27-1034 or SIL
27-155.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

460005835
98D27504038001
98D27508625000

1
1
1

SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK

KIT-FLAP RIGGING
CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
07-11-00-581-001-A

DESIGNATION
Lifting for Aircraft Maintenance Operations

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-00-820-008-A

Adjustment of the Flap Rigged Position with the Sharks Fin Tool
(A318/319/320)

27-54-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Flap Drive System

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

32-12-00-410-001-A
57-55-11-010-001-A

Close the Main Gear Doors after Access

To Lower the Flap Track No. 2 Movable Fairing for Access

57-55-11-010-002-A

To Lower the Flap Track No. 3 & No. 4 Movable Fairings for Access

57-55-11-410-001-A

To Lift the Flap Track No. 2 Movable Fairing after Access

AES

27-51-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
57-55-11-410-002-A

DESIGNATION
To Lift the Flap Track No. 3 & No. 4 Movable Fairings after Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-05600-C - Installation of the Flap Rigging Kit)

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-10300-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-05700-A - Inboard Flap Rigging Dimensions)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-05800-C - Outboard Flap Rigging Dimensions)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-06000-B - Label Position - Flap Track Beam)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-06500-B - Label Positions - Flap Track Beams)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-061-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

Subtask 27-51-00-860-059-B
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that:

. the fuel quantities in the wing tanks are symmetrical or that the wing tanks are empty
. two engines are installed
or
. no engines are installed.

(2)

Make sure that the aircraft weight is:

. on the landing gear (weight on wheels)
or
. on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the flaps are in the fully retracted position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(4)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
flap/slat control lever.

Subtask 27-51-00-865-075-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
121VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

27-51-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-51-00-010-055-B
D.

Get Access
(1)

Open the applicable MLG door

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

4.

(2)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable MLG door actuator.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) below the applicable inboard and outboard flaps.

(4)

Lower the flap track No. 2 movable fairing (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-010-001-A).

(5)

Lower the flap track No. 3 and the flap track No. 4 movable fairings (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-010-002-A).

Procedure
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-51-00-480-051-E
A.

Installation of the Rigging Tools

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-05600-C - Installation of the Flap Rigging Kit)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-10300-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)
(1)

Install the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) in the track 1 to 4 position.

(a)

(2)

AES

If you cannot insert the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) easily, do the adjustment of
the flap drive system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-820-001-A).

Install the KIT-FLAP RIGGING (98D27504038001):

. for the inboard flap, on the flap track 2 beam assembly
. for the outboard flap, on the flap track 3 beam assembly and on the flap track 4 assembly.
(a)

Install the base assembly (15) on the flap track beam (18). Make sure that the aft dowels (14)
touch the track beam end-stop (13).

(b)

Move the two lower clamps (16) into position below the flap track beam (18) and tighten the
knurled screws (17).

(c)

Move the fin (11) into position on the base assembly (15) and install the pin (12). Put the scale
block (19) in position on the fin (11).

27-51-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-51-00-220-056-D
B.

To Do a Check of the Inboard Flap Rigged Position

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-05700-A - Inboard Flap Rigging Dimensions)
NOTE :

(1)

The tolerances given in the work steps that follow are in-service tolerances only. They are not initial
adjustment tolerances.
The tolerances for initial adjustment are given in the flap rigged position adjustment procedure (Ref.
TASK 27-51-00-820-008-A).

At the track 2 position:

NOTE :
(a)

(2)

Make sure that the top surface of the trailing edge aligns (+/- 4 mm (0.16 in.)) with the zero line
on the scale block (30).

At the inboard end of the flap, measure:

(a)

(3)

The scale must be read from the outboard side of the flap track beam.

The dimension E (between the shroud-box trailing edge lower surface and the flap upper surface
at the WX500 position). This must be between 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) and 11 mm (0.43 in.).

If the flap rigged position is not correct, adjust as necessary until the flap is in the specified limits.

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-51-00-220-057-G
C.

To Do a Check of the Outboard Flap Rigged Position

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-05800-C - Outboard Flap Rigging Dimensions)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-06000-B - Label Position - Flap Track Beam)
NOTE :

The tolerances given in the work steps that follow are in-service tolerances only. They are not initial
adjustment tolerances.
The tolerances for initial adjustment are given in the flap rigged position adjustment procedure (Ref.
TASK 27-51-00-820-008-A).

NOTE :

The scale must be read from the outboard side of the flap track beam.

(1)

(2)

AES

At the track 3 and track 4 positions, make sure that the top surface of the trailing edge aligns with the
scale block (41) as follows:
(a)

Check the value shown on the label (42) attached to the outboard side of the flap track 3 beam.

(b)

If the value on the label (42) is 0, make sure that the trailing edge aligns with the zero mark +/4 mm (0.16 in.).

(c)

If the value on the label (42) shows a plus value, subtract this value from the dimension shown on
the scale block (41). The remaining value must be zero +/- 4 mm (0.16 in.).

(d)

If the value on the label (42) shows a minus value, add this value to the dimension shown on the
scale block (41). The remaining value must be zero +/- 4 mm (0.16 in.).

If the flap rigged position is not correct, adjust as necessary until the flap is in the specified limits (Ref.
TASK 27-51-00-820-008-A).

27-51-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-51-00-220-057-H
C.

To Do a Check of the Outboard Flap Rigged Position

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-05800-C - Outboard Flap Rigging Dimensions)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-06500-B - Label Positions - Flap Track Beams)
NOTE :

The tolerances given in the work steps that follow are in-service tolerances only. They are not initial
adjustment tolerances.
The tolerances for initial adjustment are given in the flap rigged position adjustment procedure
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-008-A).

NOTE :

The scale must be read from the outboard side of the flap track beam.

(1)

At the track 3 position, make sure that the top surface of the trailing edge aligns with the scale block
(41) as follows:
(a)

Check the value shown on the label (42) attached to the outboard side of the flap track 3 beam.

(b)

If the value on the label (42) is 0, make sure that the trailing edge aligns with the zero mark +/4 mm (0.16 in.).

(c)

If the value on the label (42) shows a plus value, subtract this value from the dimension shown on
the scale block (41). The remaining value must be zero +/- 4 mm (0.16 in.).

(d)

If the value on the label (42) shows a minus value, add this value to the dimension shown on the
scale block (41). The remaining value must be zero +/- 4 mm (0.16 in.).
NOTE :

(2)

(3)

The scale must be read from the outboard side of the flap track beam.

At the track 4 position the top surface of the trailing edge must align with the scale block (41) as
follows:
(a)

Check the value shown on the label (42) attached to the outboard side of the flap track 3 beam.

(b)

Check the calibration value on the label (43) on the outboard side of flap track 4.

(c)

The trailing edge must align with the line on the scale which agrees with:
. the calibration value from label (43) plus or minus the asymmetric rigging value from track 3
label (42), +/- 4 mm (0.16 in.).

If the flap rigged position is not correct, adjust as necessary until the flap is in the specified limits (Ref.
TASK 27-51-00-820-008-A).

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-51-00-080-050-E
D.

Removal of the Rigging Tools

(1)

AES

Remove the KIT-FLAP RIGGING (98D27504038001):

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-05600-C - Installation of the Flap Rigging Kit)
. for the inboard flap, from the flap track 2 beam assembly
. for the outboard flap, from the flap track 3 beam assembly.
(a)

Remove the pin (12) and remove the fin (11) from the base assembly (15).

(b)

Hold the base assembly (15) and loosen the knurled screws (17).

27-51-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

Move the two lower clamps (16) away from the flap track beam (18) and remove the base
assembly (15).

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-10300-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)
(2)
5.

Remove the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) from the track 1 to 4 position.

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-00-410-057-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Lift the flap track No. 2 movable fairing (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-410-001-A).

(3)

Lift the flap track No. 3 movable fairing (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-410-002-A).

(4)

Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) from the flap/slat
control lever.

(5)

Remove the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) from the applicable MLG door actuator.

(6)

Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

Subtask 27-51-00-942-062-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004

A
A

TRACK 3
POSITION

SECTION

A
FLAP

TRACK 4
POSITION

TRACK 2 SHOWN
TRACKS 3 AND 4 SIMILAR

TRACK 2
POSITION

11

12

18

17

15
16

TRACK 4

ZERO LINE

13
14

TRACK 2
AND
TRACK 3

ZERO LINE

19

19

N_MM_275100_5_CAM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-05600-C SHEET 1

Installation of the Flap Rigging Kit

27-51-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z190

Z530

Z530
Z530

N_MM_275100_5_UFM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-10300-A SHEET 1

Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4

27-51-00 PB501

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FLAP

TRACK 2

29

SECTION

WX500

DIM. E

ZERO LINE

30

N_MM_275100_5_AMN0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-05700-A SHEET 1

Inboard Flap Rigging Dimensions

27-51-00 PB501

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004

A
A
TRACK 4
POSITION
FLAP

TRACK 3
POSITION

TRACKS 3 AND 4

C
40

TRACK 4

ZERO LINE

TRACK 3

ZERO LINE

41

41

N_MM_275100_5_CEM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-05800-C SHEET 1

Outboard Flap Rigging Dimensions

27-51-00 PB501

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

A
TRACK 3

42

ASYMMETRIC RIGGING VALUE

N_MM_275100_5_EEM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-06000-B SHEET 1

Label Position - Flap Track Beam

27-51-00 PB501

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004

A
B

42

A
TRACK 3

ASYMMETRIC RIGGING VALUE

43

B
TRACK 4

SHARKS FIN
CALIBRATION VALUE

N_MM_275100_5_EAN0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-06500-B SHEET 1

Label Positions - Flap Track Beams

27-51-00 PB501

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-00-820-004-A
Adjustment of the Forward Eccentrics to the Datum Position
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803500001

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-00-820-008-A

Adjustment of the Flap Rigged Position with the Sharks Fin Tool
(A318/319/320)

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-01500-C - Forward Eccentrics - Location and Detail)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-067-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

27-51-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-00-860-060-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

4.

(1)

You can do this adjustment with the aircraft on jacks or with the aircraft weight on the landing gear.

(2)

Make sure that the flaps are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(3)

Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat
control lever.

Procedure
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-51-00-480-052-B
A.

Preparation for Adjustment of the Forward Eccentrics

(1)

At the track 3 and track 4 positions, install the sharks fin flap rigging kit (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-008A).

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-51-00-820-053-D
B.

Adjustment of the Forward Eccentrics

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-01500-C - Forward Eccentrics - Location and Detail)
(1)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (5) from the nut (4).

(2)

At the track 3 position, remove the nut (4), the washer (3), the bolt (1) and the serrated plate (2).

(3)

At the track 4 position, remove the bolt (7), the washer (8) and the serrated plate (9).

(4)

Adjust the forward eccentrics (6) and (10) in sequence by the amount shown on the label attached to
flap track beam 3. Make sure that the adjustments are in small equal increments, to move the flap
deflection by the same amount.
NOTE :

AES

Flap movement is opposite to the value shown on the label attached to the flap track 3 beam
assembly. For an up or + label value the flap must be moved down. For a down or - label
value the flap must be moved up.

(5)

At the track 3 position, temporarily install the serrated plate (2) with the bolt (1), the washer (3) and
the nut (4).

(6)

At the track 4 position, temporarily install the serrated plate (9) with the bolt (7) and the washer (8).

(7)

Make sure that the punched/painted marks on the forward eccentrics align.

(8)

Remove the sharks fin flap rigging kit (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-008-A) or (Ref. AMM
27-51-00-820-009) .

27-51-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-00-942-068-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A
A

A
A

Z530
(Z630)

FLAP
RETRACTED

FLAP

FAIRING
OPERATING ARM
STOP
MOVEABLE
FAIRING

ROTARY ACTUATOR
DRIVE LEVER

BEAM
FLAP LINK ARM
CARRIAGE
LABEL
(TRACK 3 ONLY)

TRACK

B
TRACK 3
6

D
C
PUNCHED/PAINTED
MARKS
2
5

3
4

TRACK 4

PUNCHED/PAINTED
MARKS

8
7

10
N_MM_275100_5_DHU0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-01500-C SHEET 1

Forward Eccentrics - Location and Detail

27-51-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-00-820-008-A
Adjustment of the Flap Rigged Position with the Sharks Fin Tool (A318/319/320)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
NOTE :
1.

If the label with the asymmetric offset value on the track 3 is missing or unreadable, refer to SB 27-1034 or SIL
27-155.

Reason for the Job

Flap rigging is done:
. when specified in an AMM Task
. when specified in a TSM Task
. if you think the flap rigged position is incorrect.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.00 and 1.20 M.DAN (0.00 and 9.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 2.00 and 20.00 M.DAN (15.00 and 150.00
LBF.FT)

** On A/C 003-004
98D27504002000
98D27504005000

AES

1
1

TOOL-FLAP ADJUSTING
PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1)

27-51-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
98D27504006000
98D27504035000
98D27504038001
98D27504039000
** On A/C 005-099

QTY
3
1
3
1

DESIGNATION
PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS
ADAPTER-TORQUE-TRUNNION NUT
KIT-FLAP RIGGING
TOOL-RESTRAINING,TK1

98D27504040000
98D27504041000
98D27504082000

1
1
2

TOOL-RESTRAINING, TK1
TOOL-FLAP ADJUSTING
TOOL - FLAP ADJUSTING,

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 08-004A
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-010
C.

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
ADHESIVE SEALANT
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

193BB, 194BB, 573AB, 573CB,

575AB, 673AB, 673CB, 675AB
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
54
52
92

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-54-46-06-035
27-54-46-06-080
57-52-21-02-040

cotter pin
crushable spacer
cotter pin
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
07-11-00-581-001-A

DESIGNATION
Lifting for Aircraft Maintenance Operations

27-50-00-866-012-A
27-51-00-820-004-A

Manual Retraction of the Flaps

Adjustment of the Forward Eccentrics to the Datum Position

27-51-00-820-010-A

Adjustment of the Flap Rollers

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Flap Drive System

27-54-61-000-001-A
27-54-61-000-002-A

Removal of the Inboard Flap

Removal of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

27-54-61-400-001-A
27-54-61-400-006-A
27-54-62-000-001-A

Installation of the Inboard Flap

Installation of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals
Removal of the Outboard Flap

27-54-62-400-001-A

Installation of the Outboard Flap

AES

27-51-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-54-63-400-001-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap Guide-Roller Assembly

57-51-37-000-002-A
57-51-37-000-004-A
57-51-37-400-002-A
57-51-37-400-004-A
57-55-11-010-001-A

Removal of the Access Panels

Removal of the Access Panels
Installation of the Access Panels
Installation of the Access Panels
To Lower the Flap Track No. 2 Movable Fairing for Access

57-55-11-010-002-A

To Lower the Flap Track No. 3 & No. 4 Movable Fairings for Access

SIL 27-089
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-06700-C - Flap Rigging - General)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-09500-A - Eccentric Bearings - General)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-06800-A - Rigging Pin Installation)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-06900-B - Rigging Kit Installation - Outboard Flap)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07000-B - Label Positions - Flap Track 3 and 4)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07000-D - Label Position - Flap Track 3)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07100-C - Main Eccentric Bearing - Adjustment, Track 2, 3 and 4)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07200-D - Rigging Dimensions - Outboard Flap)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07300-B - Rigging Kit Installation - Inboard Flap)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07300-C - Rigging Kit Installation - Inboard Flap)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07400-A - Main Eccentric Bearing Adjustment - Track 1)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07400-C - Main Eccentric Bearing Adjustment - Track 1)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07500-D - Rigging Dimension - Inboard Flap)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07600-A - Forward Eccentric Bearing - Track 1)
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-51-00-941-079-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat control lever.

Subtask 27-51-00-860-074-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that:

. the fuel quantities in the wing tanks are symmetrical or that the wing tanks are empty
. two engines are installed
or
. no engines are installed.

(2)

Make sure that the aircraft weight is:

. on the landing gear (weight on wheels)
or
. on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001-A).

27-51-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-00-865-101-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-51-00-010-063-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) below the applicable inboard or outboard flap.

(2)

Remove the access panels for the applicable wing:

(3)

(a)

For the LH wing, remove:

. 573AB 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)
. 575AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(b)

For the RH wing, remove:

. 673AB 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)
. 675AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

For the inboard flap:

(a)

(b)
(4)

For the LH wing remove :

. 193BB (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-001-A).

For the RH wing remove :

. 194BB (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-001-A).

Lower the flap track No. 2 movable fairing (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-010-001-A).

For the outboard flap:

(a)

4.

Remove the fairing panels at track 1.

Lower the flap track No. 3 and the flap track No. 4 movable fairings (Ref. TASK
57-55-11-010-002-A).

(5)

Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) from the flap/slat
control lever (installed when the movable fairings were lowered).

(6)

Remove the flap kink seals (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002-A).

(7)

Disconnect the interconnecting strut from the outboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-000-001-A).

(8)

Manually retract the flaps to the fully retracted position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-012-A).

(9)

Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat
control-lever.

Procedure
Subtask 27-51-00-820-083-A
A.

Flap Rigged Position - General

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-06700-C - Flap Rigging - General)

AES

27-51-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-09500-A - Eccentric Bearings - General)
(1)

Flap Rigged Position:

(a)

The flap rigged position is the position that gives the correct relation between:
.
.

the flap trailing edge

and
the top surface of the wing.

In this position the correct aerodynamic conditions for the best flight performance are set.
(b)

To put the flaps in their rigged position, eccentric bearings in the attachments at the flap tracks
are adjusted. At each track there are two eccentric bearings:
.
.

the main eccentric bearing

the forward eccentric bearing.

(2)

Main Eccentric Bearing:

. The main eccentric bearing is the spherical bearing at the flap carriage attachment and is used for
standard rigging. Movement of this bearing causes the complete flap to move vertically in relation to
the wing.

(3)

Forward Eccentric Bearing:

. The forward eccentric bearing is on the flap drive-arm and is adjusted only for assymetric rigging
conditions (Ref. SIL 27-089). When this bearing is adjusted, only the trailing edge of the flap moves
(vertically) at that position.

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-51-00-480-060-B
B.

Install the Outboard Flap Rigging-Kit

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-06700-C - Flap Rigging - General)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-06800-A - Rigging Pin Installation)
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-06900-B - Rigging Kit Installation - Outboard Flap)
(1)

Install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) (1) at the track 1.

(2)

If you cannot install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (98D27504006000) do the adjustment of the flap drive
system
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 27-54-00-820-001-A).

AES

(3)

Install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (98D27504006000) (7) at the track 2, 3 and 4.

(4)

If you cannot install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (98D27504006000) do the adjustment of the flap drive
system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-820-001-A).

27-51-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

At the track 3 and 4, install the KIT-FLAP RIGGING (98D27504038001):

(a)

Install the base assembly (23) on the flap track beam (28). Make sure that the aft dowels (25)
touch the track beam end-stop (24).

(b)

Move the two bottom clamps (26) into position below the flap track beam (28) and tighten the
knurled screws (27).

(c)

Move the fin (21) into position in the slot on the base assembly (23) and install the pin (22).

** On A/C 003-004
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07000-B - Label Positions - Flap Track 3 and 4)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07000-D - Label Position - Flap Track 3)
NOTE :

The label (41) shows the asymmetric offset value. This is the adjustment applied to the
forward eccentric bearing in the flap drive strut at tracks 3 and 4. The adjustment is
necessary on some aircraft to give the correct aerodynamic balance:
.
.
.

(d)

a plus (+) or (up) value shows that the flap trailing edge was moved up
a minus (-) or (down) value shows that the flap trailing edge was moved down
a zero (0) value shows that no adjustment was necessary.

Adjust the forward eccentrics to the zero datum position

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-004-A).

(e)

Put the scale block (20) on the fin (21).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-51-00-820-073-C
C.

Set the Main Eccentric Bearings of the Outboard Flap to the Zero Datum Position
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07100-C - Main Eccentric Bearing - Adjustment, Track 2, 3 and 4)
NOTE :

(1)

The main eccentric bearings are spherical bearings installed in the flap attachment fittings at the flap
carriages. A red paint mark on each bearing and fitting shows the zero datum position. The bearings
are at the zero datum position when the red paint marks on the bearing and fitting are aligned.

On the carriage bolts (58) at the track 3 and track 4 positions:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (54) from the nut (53).

(b)

Remove these items:

. the nut (53)
. the crushable spacer (52)
. the nut (55) and the washer (56)
. the locking plate (51).

(2)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (57) installed on the failsafe hooks.

(3)

Loosen the nuts (57).

NOTE :

AES

These are loosened to give easier movement when the eccentric bearings are adjusted.

27-51-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

At the track 3 and track 4 positions:

(a)

Engage the TOOL - FLAP ADJUSTING, (98D27504082000) with the splined bush in the flap
carriage.

(b)

Turn the splined bush until the red paint marks are aligned. Adjust the bearings at one track
position and then the other in small equal increments.
NOTE :

The splined bush engages with the main eccentric bearing. When the bush is turned the
eccentric bearing also turns.

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-51-00-820-066-E
D.

Adjust the Rigged Position of the Outboard Flap

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07100-C - Main Eccentric Bearing - Adjustment, Track 2, 3 and 4)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07200-D - Rigging Dimensions - Outboard Flap)
(1)

Use the TOOL FLAP ADJUSTING to adjust the main eccentric bearings. Adjust the bearings at one
track position then the other in small, equal increments. At the track 3 and the track 4 positions, adjust
the main eccentric bearings until at each position:
.

the top surface of the flap trailing edge aligns +/- 1.0 mm (0.0394 in.) with the zero line on the
scale block (20).

NOTE :

Look inboard from the outside of the flap track beam when you read the scale block.

** On A/C 003-004
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-51-00-820-066-H
D.

Adjust the Rigged Position of the Outboard Flap

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07000-B - Label Positions - Flap Track 3 and 4)
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07100-C - Main Eccentric Bearing - Adjustment, Track 2, 3 and 4)
** On A/C 003-004
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07200-D - Rigging Dimensions - Outboard Flap)
NOTE :

(1)

Label (42) shows the shark-fin calibration value at track 4. Aircraft with this label used to have the
outer fixed shroud as the datum point. The shark-fin uses the flap track beam as a datum. The sharkfin calibration value is the difference (distance) between the fixed shroud datum and the flap track
beam datum. The value must be included when the position of the flap trailing edge is set.

Use the TOOL FLAP ADJUSTING to adjust the main eccentric bearings. Adjust the bearings at one
track position then the other in small, equal increments. At the track 3 and the track 4 positions, adjust
the main eccentric bearings until:
(a)

At the track 3 position, the flap top surface aligns:

.

with the zero line on the scale block (20), plus or minus 1.0 mm (0.0394 in.).

NOTE :

AES

Look inboard from the outside of the flap track beam when you read the scale block.

27-51-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

At the track 4 position, the flap top surface aligns:

.

with the line on the scale block (20) which agrees with the calibration value on the track 4
label (42).

NOTE :

Look inboard from the outside of the flap track beam when you read the scale block.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-51-00-420-073-C
E.

Remove the Adjusting Tools from the Main Eccentric Bearings of the Outboard Flap
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07100-C - Main Eccentric Bearing - Adjustment, Track 2, 3 and 4)
(1)

Remove the TOOL - FLAP ADJUSTING, (98D27504082000) from the splined bush in the flap carriage
at track 3 and track 4.

(2)

At the track 3 and track 4 positions do as follows:

(a)

On the carriage bolt (58) install these items:

. the locking plate (51) (make sure that the main eccentric bearing, the splined bush and the
locking plate (51) are correctly engaged)
. a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-06) crushable spacer (52)
. the nut (53).

(b)

TORQUE the nut (53) to between 15 and 20 M.DAN (110.62 and 147.49 LBF.FT).

(c)

Safety the nut (53) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-06) cotter pin (54) .

(d)

Install the washer (56) and the nut (55).

(e)

TORQUE the nuts (57) on the failsafe hooks to 0.12 M.DAN (10.62 LBF.IN) maximum.

(f)

Safety the nuts (57) with lockwire, LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Material No: 19-010) .

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-51-00-820-074-E
F.

Complete the Adjustment of the Rigged Position of the Outboard Flap

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07000-D - Label Position - Flap Track 3)
(1)

If applicable, adjust the forward eccentrics back to the value shown on the label (41) at track 3. Adjust
the forward eccentrics at track 3 and track 4 in sequence (in small increments).
NOTE :

The label (41) shows the asymmetric offset value. This is the adjustment applied to the forward
eccentric bearing in the flap drive strut at tracks 3 and 4. The adjustment is necessary on some
aircraft to give the correct aerodynamic balance:
.
.
.

a plus (+) or (up) value shows that the flap trailing edge must be moved up
a minus (-) or (down) value shows that the flap trailing edge must be moved down
a zero (0) value shows that no adjustment is necessary.

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07200-D - Rigging Dimensions - Outboard Flap)

AES

27-51-00 PB501

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a)

At track 3 and track 4:

1

For a (+) or (up) value, the top surface of the flap must align (+/- 1.0 mm (0.0394 in.))
with:
. the line above zero on the scale block (20) which is the same as the label value.

For a (-) or (down) value, the top surface of the flap must align (+/- 1.0 mm (0.0394 in.))
with:
. the line below zero on the scale block (20) which is the same as the label value.
NOTE :

(b)

The scale block has 1 millimeter graduations.

Safety the outboard flap forward eccentrics (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-400-001-A).

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-06900-B - Rigging Kit Installation - Outboard Flap)

(2)

(3)

At the track 3 and track 4 positions, remove the KIT-FLAP RIGGING (98D27504038001):
(a)

Remove the scale block (20).

(b)

Remove the pin (22) and remove the fin (21) from the base assembly (23).

(c)

Loosen the knurled screws (27) and remove the base assembly (23) from the flap track beam (28).

Measure the clearance of the flap guide-roller and adjust if necessary (Ref. TASK 27-54-63-400-001-A).

** On A/C 003-004
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-51-00-820-074-G
F.

Complete the adjustment of the Rigged Position of the Outboard Flap

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07000-B - Label Positions - Flap Track 3 and 4)
(1)

If applicable, adjust the forward eccentrics back to the value shown on the label (41) at track 3. Adjust
the forward eccentrics at track 3 and track 4 in sequence (in small increments).
NOTE :

The label (41) shows the asymmetric offset value. This is the adjustment applied to the forward
eccentric bearing in the flap drive strut at tracks 3 and 4. The adjustment is necessary on some
aircraft to give the correct aerodynamic balance:
.
.
.

a plus (+) or (up) value shows that the flap trailing edge must be moved up
a minus (-) or (down) value shows that the flap trailing edge must be moved down
a zero (0) value shows that no adjustment is necessary.

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07200-D - Rigging Dimensions - Outboard Flap)

(a)

At the track 3 position:

1

Align the top surface of the flap with the line on the scale block (20) which agrees with:
. the asymmetric rigging value from the track 3 label (41).
NOTE :

(b)

At the track 4 position:

1

Align the top surface of the flap with the line on the scale block (20) which agrees with:
. the calibration value (from track 4 label (42) plus or minus the asymmetric rigging value
from the track 3 label (41).
NOTE :

AES

The scale block has 1 millimeter graduations.

The scale block has 1 millimeter graduations.

27-51-00 PB501

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

Safety the outboard flap forward eccentrics

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. TASK 27-54-62-400-001-A).

** On A/C 003-004
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-06900-B - Rigging Kit Installation - Outboard Flap)
(2)

(3)

At the track 3 and track 4 positions, remove the KIT-FLAP RIGGING (98D27504038001):
(a)

Remove the scale block (20).

(b)

Remove the pin (22) and remove the fin (21) from the base assembly (23).

(c)

Loosen the knurled screws (27) and remove the base assembly (23) from the flap track beam (28).

Measure the clearance of the flap guide-roller and adjust if necessary

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. TASK 27-54-63-400-001-A).

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-51-00-480-061-B
G.

Install the Inboard Flap Rigging-Kit

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-06800-A - Rigging Pin Installation)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07300-B - Rigging Kit Installation - Inboard Flap)
(1)

Install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) (1) in the drive-lever (5) at track 1.

(2)

At the track 1 position, install the TOOL-RESTRAINING,TK1 (98D27504039000).

(3)

(4)

(a)

Put the body assembly (65) in position on the flap track beam (63).

(b)

Connect the stop (67) to the flap carriage (60).

(c)

Assemble the side-plate (62) and the thumb-nut (61) to the body assembly (65).

(d)

Adjust the screw (66) with the knob (64) until the flap carriage (60) is held in position.

At the track 2 position, install the KIT-FLAP RIGGING (98D27504038001):

(a)

Install the base assembly (71) on the flap track beam (76). Make sure that the aft dowels (73)
touch the track beam end-stop (72).

(b)

Move the two bottom clamps (74) into position below the flap track beam (76) and tighten the
knurled screws (75).

(c)

Move the fin (69) into position on the base assembly (71) and install the pin (70).

(d)

Put the scale block (68) on the fin (69).

Disconnect the flap drive-arm (4) and the rotary actuator drive-lever (5) at the track 1 position (Ref.
TASK 27-54-61-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-51-00-820-075-E
H.

Set the Main Eccentric Bearings of the Inboard Flap to the Zero Datum Position
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07100-C - Main Eccentric Bearing - Adjustment, Track 2, 3 and 4)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07400-A - Main Eccentric Bearing Adjustment - Track 1)

AES

27-51-00 PB501

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE :

The main eccentric bearings are spherical bearings installed in the flap attachment fittings at the flap
carriages.
At track 1, an eccentric bush (86) is installed in the bearing (87). A pin on the eccentric bush (86)
engages with the toothplate (85). The bearing (87) is at zero datum when the pin on the eccentric
bush (86) is at the position shown.
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07400-A - Main Eccentric Bearing Adjustment - Track 1)
Detail D.
At track 2, red paint marks on the bearing and on the fitting show the zero datum position. The
bearing is at the zero datum position when the red paint marks are aligned.
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07100-C - Main Eccentric Bearing - Adjustment, Track 2, 3 and 4)
Adjust the bearings at one position then the other in small increments.

(1)

(2)

At the track 1 position set the main eccentric bearing to the zero datum position as follows:
(a)

Remove these items:

. the bolt (80)
. the tabwasher (81)
. the stop (82)
. the nut (83)
. the lockwasher (84)
. the toothplate (85).

(b)

Use the TOOL-FLAP ADJUSTING (98D27504002000) to move the eccentric bush (86) to the
position shown.
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07400-A - Main Eccentric Bearing Adjustment - Track 1)
Detail D.

At the track 2 position set the main eccentric bearing to the zero datum position as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07100-C - Main Eccentric Bearing - Adjustment, Track 2, 3 and 4)
(a)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (57) installed on the failsafe hooks.

(b)

Loosen the nuts (57).

NOTE :

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (54) from the nut (53).

(d)

Remove these items:

. the nut (53)
. the crushable spacer (52)
. the nut (55) and the washer (56)
. the locking plate (51).

(e)

Engage the TOOL - FLAP ADJUSTING, (98D27504082000) with the splined bush in the flap
carriage.

(f)

Turn the splined bush until the red paint marks are aligned.
NOTE :

AES

These are loosened to give easier movement when the eccentric bearings are adjusted.

The splined bush engages with the main eccentric bearing. When the bush is turned the
eccentric bearing also turns.

27-51-00 PB501

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-51-00-480-061-C
G.

Install the Inboard Flap Rigging-Kit

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-06800-A - Rigging Pin Installation)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07300-C - Rigging Kit Installation - Inboard Flap)
(1)

Install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) (1) in the drive-lever (5) at track 1.

(2)

At the track 1 position, install the TOOL-RESTRAINING, TK1 (98D27504040000).

(3)

(4)

(a)

Put the body assembly (64) in position on the flap track beam (62).

(b)

Connect the stop (66) to the flap carriage (60).

(c)

Install the spigot (61) through the flap track beam (62) into the body assembly (64).

(d)

Adjust the screw (65) with the knob (63) until the flap carriage (60) is held in position.

At the track 2 position, install the KIT-FLAP RIGGING (98D27504038001):

(a)

Install the base assembly (71) on the flap track beam (76). Make sure that the aft dowels (73)
touch the track beam end-stop (72).

(b)

Move the two bottom clamps (74) into position below the flap track beam (76) and tighten the
knurled screws (75).

(c)

Move the fin (69) into position on the base assembly (71) and install the pin (70).

(d)

Put the scale block (68) on the fin (69).

Disconnect the flap drive-arm (4) and the rotary actuator drive-lever (5) at the track 1 position (Ref.
TASK 27-54-61-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-51-00-820-075-H
H.

Set the Main Eccentric Bearings of the Inboard Flap to the Zero Datum Position
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07100-C - Main Eccentric Bearing - Adjustment, Track 2, 3 and 4)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07400-C - Main Eccentric Bearing Adjustment - Track 1)
NOTE :

The main eccentric bearings are spherical bearings installed in the flap attachment fittings at the flap
carriages.
At track 1, an eccentric bush (86) is installed in the bearing (87). A pin on the eccentric bush (86)
engages with the toothplate (85). The bearing (87) is at zero datum when the pin on the eccentric
bush (86) is at the position shown
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07400-C - Main Eccentric Bearing Adjustment - Track 1)
Detail D.
At track 2, red paint marks on the bearing and on the fitting show the zero datum position. The
bearing is at the zero datum position when the red paint marks are aligned.
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07100-C - Main Eccentric Bearing - Adjustment, Track 2, 3 and 4)
Adjust the bearings at one position then the other in small increments.

(1)

At the track 1 position, set the main eccentric bearing to the zero datum position as follows:
(a)

AES

Remove these items:

. the bolt (80)
. the tabwasher (81)

27-51-00 PB501

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.
.
.
(b)

(2)

the
the
the
the

stop (82)
nut (83)
lockwasher (84)
toothplate (85).

Use the TOOL-FLAP ADJUSTING (98D27504041000) to move the eccentric bush (86) to the
position shown.
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07400-C - Main Eccentric Bearing Adjustment - Track 1)
Detail D.

At the track 2 position, set the main eccentric bearing to the zero datum position as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07100-C - Main Eccentric Bearing - Adjustment, Track 2, 3 and 4)
(a)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (57) installed on the failsafe hooks.

(b)

Loosen the nuts (57).

NOTE :

These nuts must be loose to make sure that the movement is easy when you adjust the
eccentric bearings.

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (54) from the nut (53).

(d)

Remove these items:

. the nut (53)
. the crushable spacer (52)
. the nut (55) and the washer (56)
. the locking plate (51).

(e)

Engage the TOOL - FLAP ADJUSTING, (98D27504082000) with the splined bush in the flap
carriage.

(f)

Turn the splined bush until the red paint marks are aligned.
NOTE :

The splined bush engages with the main eccentric bearing. When you turn the bush, the
eccentric bearing also turns.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-51-00-820-067-D
J.

Adjust the Rigged Position of the Inboard Flap

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07300-B - Rigging Kit Installation - Inboard Flap)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07300-C - Rigging Kit Installation - Inboard Flap)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07500-D - Rigging Dimension - Inboard Flap)
(1)

AES

Make sure that scale block (68) is in position on the fin (69).

27-51-00 PB501

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Use the TOOL FLAP ADJUSTING to adjust the main eccentric bearings. Adjust the bearings at one
track position then the other in small increments. Set the inboard flap as follows:
(a)

At the track 1 and the track 2 positions, adjust the main eccentric bearings until:
1

At track 2, the top surface of the flap aligns +/- 1.0 mm (0.0394 in.) with the zero line on
the scale block (68).
NOTE :

(3)

Look inboard from the outside of the flap track beam when you read the scale
block.

The dimension S (between the bottom surface of the shroud box trailing-edge and the top
surface of the flap at the WX500 position) is between 4.5 mm (0.1772 in.) and 8.0 mm
(0.3150 in.).

At the track 1 position:

(a)

Measure the dimension Q (between the flap drive-arm (4) and the rotary actuator drive-lever (5)).

(b)

If the dimension Q is less than 2 mm (0.0787 in.), a force of not more than 25 kg (55.1156 lb)
can be applied to the fork of the flap drive-arm (4) to align the holes.

(c)

Loosely install the bolt (6).

(d)

If the dimension Q is more than 2 mm (0.0787 in.), then adjust the forward eccentric (in the flap
drive-arm) until the dimension Q is not more than 2 mm (0.0787 in.). To do this:
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07600-A - Forward Eccentric Bearing - Track 1)

AES

Remove and discard the cotter pin (92).

Remove the nut (95), the washer (94) and the serrated lockwasher (96).

Loosen the nut (91) sufficiently to let the eccentric bolt (97) move.

Turn the eccentric bolt (97) until the dimension Q is not more than 2 mm (0.0787 in.) and
loosely install the bolt (6).

(4)

Remove the TOOL-RESTRAINING,TK1 (98D27504039000) from the flap track 1 beam (Ref. Para
4.K.(2)).

(5)

Do a check of the flap rigged position again to make sure that it is in the specified limits. If the flap
rigged position is not correct:
(a)

Install the TOOL-RESTRAINING,TK1 (98D27504039000) on the flap track 1 beam (Ref. Para
4.F.(2)).

(b)

Disconnect the track 1 flap drive levers (4) and (5).

(c)

Put the track 1 main eccentric bearing back to its zero datum position.

(d)

Do steps (2) thru (6) again until the flap is in the correct rigged position.

(e)

Tighten the nut (91) and install a new (IPC-CSN 57-52-21-02) cotter pin (92) .

(f)

Install the serrated lockwasher (96) with the end of the bolt (93) through its hole.

(6)

Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the bolt (93).

(7)

Install the washer (94) and the nut (95).

(8)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the cotter pin (92), the nuts (91) and (95), the washer (94) and the eccentric bolt (97).

27-51-00 PB501

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-51-00-420-075-E
K.

Remove the Adjusting Tools From the Main Eccentric Bearings of the Inboard Flap

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07100-C - Main Eccentric Bearing - Adjustment, Track 2, 3 and 4)

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07400-A - Main Eccentric Bearing Adjustment - Track 1)
(1)

(2)

At the track 1 position:

(a)

Remove the TOOL-FLAP ADJUSTING (98D27504002000) from the eccentric bush (86).

(b)

Install the toothplate (85), the lockwasher (84) and the nut (83).

(c)

TORQUE the nut (83) using the ADAPTER-TORQUE-TRUNNION NUT (98D27504035000) to

between 5.4 and 7.0 M.DAN (39.82 and 51.62 LBF.FT).

(d)

Lock the nut (83) with the lockwasher (84).

(e)

Apply a layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-004A) to the stop
(82).

(f)

Install the stop (82), the tabwasher (81) and the bolt (80).

(g)

TORQUE the bolt (80) to between 1.0 and 1.5 M.DAN (88.50 and 132.74 LBF.IN).

(h)

Lock the bolt (80) with the tabwasher (81).

At the track 2 position:

(a)

On the carriage bolt (58) install these items:

. the locking plate (51) (make sure that the main eccentric bearing, the splined bush and the
locking plate (51) are correctly engaged)
. a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-06) crushable spacer (52)
. the nut (53).

(b)

TORQUE the nut (53) to between 15 and 20 M.DAN (110.62 and 147.49 LBF.FT).

(c)

Safety the nut (53) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-06) cotter pin (54) .

(d)

Install the washer (56) and the nut (55).

(e)

TORQUE the nuts (57) on the failsafe hooks to 0.12 M.DAN (10.62 LBF.IN) maximum.

(f)

Safety the nuts (57) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .

Subtask 27-51-00-820-068-C
L.

Completion of the Flap Rigging Procedure

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-06800-A - Rigging Pin Installation)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07300-B - Rigging Kit Installation - Inboard Flap)

AES

(1)

At the track 1 position, complete the installation of the flap drive levers (4) and (5) (Ref. TASK
27-54-61-400-001-A).

(2)

At the track 1 position, remove the TOOL-RESTRAINING,TK1 (98D27504039000) from the flap track
1 beam as follows:
(a)

Remove the thumb-nut (61) and the side-plate (62) from the body assembly (65).

(b)

Disconnect the stop (67) from the flap carriage (60).

(c)

Remove the body assembly (65) from the flap track beam (63).

27-51-00 PB501

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

At the track 2 position, remove the KIT-FLAP RIGGING (98D27504038001) from the flap track beam
as follows:
(a)

Remove the scale block (68) from the fin (69).

(b)

Remove the pin (70) and remove the fin (69) from the base assembly (71).

(c)

Loosen the knurled screws (75) and remove the base assembly (71) from the flap track beam (76).

(4)

Remove all the rigging pins (1) and (7).

(5)

Install the adaptor drive on the gearbox.

(6)

Use the pneumatic wrench to turn the adaptor drive and fully extend and retract the flaps. Make sure
that the flaps operate correctly.

(7)

Install the rigging pin (1) at the track 1 position.

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-51-00-420-075-I
K.

Remove the Adjusting Tools from the Main Eccentric Bearings of the Inboard Flap

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07100-C - Main Eccentric Bearing - Adjustment, Track 2, 3 and 4)

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07400-C - Main Eccentric Bearing Adjustment - Track 1)
(1)

At the track 1 position:

(a)

Remove the TOOL-FLAP ADJUSTING (98D27504041000) from the eccentric bush (86).

(b)

Install the toothplate (85), the lockwasher (84) and the nut (83).

(c)

TORQUE the nut (83) with the ADAPTER-TORQUE-TRUNNION NUT (98D27504035000) to

between 5.4 and 7.0 M.DAN (39.82 and 51.62 LBF.FT).

(d)

Lock the nut (83) with the lockwasher (84).

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA
WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN
YOUR EYES :
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
- GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

AES

(e)

Apply a layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-004A) to the stop
(82).

(f)

Install the stop (82), the tabwasher (81) and the bolt (80).

(g)

TORQUE the bolt (80) to between 1.0 and 1.5 M.DAN (88.50 and 132.74 LBF.IN).

27-51-00 PB501

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(h)
(2)

Lock the bolt (80) with the tabwasher (81).

At the track 2 position:

(a)

On the carriage bolt (58) install these items:

. the locking plate (51) (make sure that the main eccentric bearing, the splined bush and the
locking plate (51) are correctly engaged)
. a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-06) crushable spacer (52)
. the nut (53).

(b)

TORQUE the nut (53) to between 15 and 20 M.DAN (110.62 and 147.49 LBF.FT).

(c)

Safety the nut (53) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-06) cotter pin (54) .

(d)

Install the washer (56) and the nut (55).

(e)

TORQUE the nuts (57) on the failsafe hooks to 0.12 M.DAN (10.62 LBF.IN) maximum.

(f)

Safety the nuts (57) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .

Subtask 27-51-00-820-068-B
L.

Completion of the Flap Rigging Procedure

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-06800-A - Rigging Pin Installation)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-07300-C - Rigging Kit Installation - Inboard Flap)
(1)

At the track 1 position, complete the installation of the flap drive levers (4) and (5) (Ref. TASK
27-54-61-400-001-A).

(2)

At the track 1 position, remove the TOOL-RESTRAINING, TK1 (98D27504040000) from the flap track
1 beam as follows:

(3)

(a)

Remove the spigot (62) from the body assembly (64).

(b)

Disconnect the stop (66) from the track beam (62).

(c)

Remove the body assembly (64) from the flap track beam (62).

At the track 2 position, remove the KIT-FLAP RIGGING (98D27504038001) from the flap track beam
as follows:
(a)

Remove the scale block (68) from the fin (69).

(b)

Remove the pin (70) and remove the fin (69) from the base assembly (71).

(c)

Loosen the knurled screws (75) and remove the base assembly (71) from the flap track beam (76).

(4)

Remove all the rigging pins (1) and (7).

(5)

Install the adaptor drive on the gearbox.

(6)

Use the pneumatic wrench to turn the adaptor drive and fully extend and retract the flaps. Make sure
that the flaps operate correctly.

(7)

Install the rigging pin (1) at the track 1 position.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-51-00-820-069-A
M.

Alignment of the Inboard and Outboard Flap Cruise Rollers

(1)

AES

Make sure that the alignment of all the cruise rollers and the outer roller is correct (Ref. TASK
27-51-00-820-010-A).

27-51-00 PB501

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-00-420-076-A
N.

Completion of the Flap Connection

(1)

Connect the interconnecting strut to the outboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-400-001-A).

(2)

Install the flap kink seals (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-006-A).

Subtask 27-51-00-710-070-A
P.

5.

Operational Test of the Flap System

(1)

Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) from the flap/slat
control lever.

(2)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-00-410-060-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the access panels:

(a)

For the LH wing, install:

. 573AB 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A)
. 575AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A)

(b)

For the RH wing, install:

. 673AB 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A)
. 675AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A)

Subtask 27-51-00-942-079-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-00 PB501

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004

INBOARD
FLAP
SHROUD BOX

TRACK 1

WX500
OUTBOARD FLAP
FIN
INSTALLED
AT TRACK 2
OUTER FIXED SHROUD
INBOARD FLAP
POSITION CHECKED HERE
FIN
INSTALLED
AT TRACK 3
TRACK 4

OUTBOARD FLAP
POSITION CHECKED HERE

NOTE:

THE RIGGED POSITION OF EACH FLAP IS CHECKED AT TWO POSITIONS AS FOLLOWS:

INBOARD FLAP

AT WX500, BETWEEN THE FLAP AND THE SHROUD BOX

AT TRACK 2, ON THE FIN OF THE FLAP RIGGING KIT

OUTBOARD FLAP AT TRACK 3, ON THE FIN OF THE FLAP RIGGING KIT

AT THE OUTBOARD END OF THE FLAP, BETWEEN THE FLAP AND THE
OUTER FIXED SHROUD
THE RIGGING KIT IS NOT INSTALLED AT TRACK 4.
N_MM_275100_5_GEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-06700-C SHEET 1

Flap Rigging - General

27-51-00 PB501

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A
A

A
TYPICAL
TRACKS 2, 3 AND 4

FLAP

FORWARD ECCENTRIC BEARING

THE FORWARD ECCENTRIC BEARING
IS ON THE FLAP DRIVEARM.WHEN
THIS BEARING IS ADJUSTED,ONLY
THE TRAILING EDGE OF THE FLAP
MOVES (VERTICALLY) AT THAT
POSITION.

MAIN ECCENTRIC BEARING

THE MAIN ECCENTRIC BEARING IS
THE SPHERICAL BEARING AT THE
FLAP CARRIAGE ATTACHMENT.
MOVEMENT OF THIS BEARING CAUSES
THE COMPLETE FLAP TO MOVE
(VERTICALLY) IN RELATION TO THE WING.

N_MM_275100_5_JAT0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-09500-A SHEET 1

Eccentric Bearings - General

27-51-00 PB501

Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
573AB
(673AB)

573CB
(673CB)
575AB
(675AB)

DIM. Q

TRACKS 2,3
AND 4 ONLY

6
5
2

D
3

E
4

C
N_MM_275100_5_GGM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-06800-A SHEET 1

Rigging Pin Installation

27-51-00 PB501

Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004

OUTBOARD FLAP

OUTER FIXED SHROUD

TRACK 3

TRACK 4

N_MM_275100_5_GPM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-06900-B SHEET 1

Rigging Kit Installation - Outboard Flap

27-51-00 PB501

Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004

TRACKS 3 AND 4

TRACK 4
POSITION

TRACK 3
POSITION

20

21
22
23
24

28

27

26

25

N_MM_275100_5_GPM0_02_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-06900-B SHEET 2

Rigging Kit Installation - Outboard Flap

27-51-00 PB501

Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004

A
B

41

A
TRACK 3

ASYMMETRIC OFFSET VALUE

42

B
TRACK 4

SHARKS FIN
CALIBRATION VALUE

N_MM_275100_5_GZM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-07000-B SHEET 1

Label Positions - Flap Track 3 and 4

27-51-00 PB501

Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

A
TRACK 3

41

ASYMMETRIC OFFSET VALUE

N_MM_275100_5_GCP0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-07000-D SHEET 1

Label Position - Flap Track 3

27-51-00 PB501

Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A
53
52
51

A
54

C
B
55
56
58

57

N_MM_275100_5_GNP0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-07100-C SHEET 1

Main Eccentric Bearing - Adjustment, Track 2, 3 and 4

27-51-00 PB501

Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SECTION
MAIN ECCENTRIC
BEARING

SOCKET
57
(REF)

TOOL,FLAP,ADJUSTING
98D27504082000

SPLINED BUSH

MAIN ECCENTRIC BEARING

ZERO DATUM POSITION

PAINT
MARKS
(RED)

ECCENTRIC HOLE AT
MAXIMUM AFT POSITION.

N_MM_275100_5_GNP0_02_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-07100-C SHEET 2

Main Eccentric Bearing - Adjustment, Track 2, 3 and 4

27-51-00 PB501

Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004

TRACK 3

FIXED
SHROUD

TRACK 3

B
B

TRACK 4

TRACK 4

C
F

N_MM_275100_5_GAR0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-07200-D SHEET 1

Rigging Dimensions - Outboard Flap

27-51-00 PB501

Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004

FLAP

TRACK 3

ZERO LINE

SCALE
BLOCK
(20)

FLAP

TRACK 4

ZERO LINE

SCALE
BLOCK
(20)

N_MM_275100_5_GAR0_02_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-07200-D SHEET 2

Rigging Dimensions - Outboard Flap

27-51-00 PB501

Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

INBOARD
FLAP

SHROUD BOX

TRACK 1

A
WX500

B
TRACK 2

NOTE:

THE RIGGED POSITION OFTHE INBOARD FLAP IS CHECKED AT TWO

LOCATIONS AS FOLLOWS:
1 AT WX500, BETWEEN THE FLAP AND THE SHROUD BOX.
2 AT TRACK 2, ON THE FIN OF THE FLAP RIGGING KIT.

N_MM_275100_5_GNR0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-07300-B SHEET 1

Rigging Kit Installation - Inboard Flap

27-51-00 PB501

Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

60

TRACK 1

62

61

67

66

65
64
63

FLAP

TRACK 2

68

69
70
71
72

76

75

74

73

N_MM_275100_5_GNR0_02_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-07300-B SHEET 2

Rigging Kit Installation - Inboard Flap

27-51-00 PB501

Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

INBOARD
FLAP

SHROUD BOX

TRACK 1

A
WX500

B
TRACK 2

NOTE:

THE RIGGED POSITION OF THE INBOARD FLAP IS CHECKED AT TWO

LOCATIONS AS FOLLOWS:
1 AT WX500, BETWEEN THE FLAP AND THE SHROUD BOX.
2 AT TRACK 2, ON THE FIN OF THE FLAP RIGGING KIT.

N_MM_275100_5_GRR0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-07300-C SHEET 1

Rigging Kit Installation - Inboard Flap

27-51-00 PB501

Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

60

TRACK 1
61

64
66

65

62

63

FLAP
68

TRACK 2

69
70
71
72

76

75

74

73

N_MM_275100_5_GRR0_02_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-07300-C SHEET 2

Rigging Kit Installation - Inboard Flap

27-51-00 PB501

Page 33
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

A
80
81
82
83
84
85

N_MM_275100_5_GVR0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-07400-A SHEET 1

Main Eccentric Bearing Adjustment - Track 1

27-51-00 PB501

Page 34
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

SECTION

BB

86
FLAP TRUNNION (REF)

C
TOOL, FLAP, ADJUSTING,
TRACK 1
98D27504002000

87

D
CENTER LINE
OF BEARING

D
PIN ON
ECCENTRIC
BUSH (86)

FLAP TRUNNION (REF)

TOOTHPLATE (85)

DATUM TOOTH ON
FLAP TRUNNION

N_MM_275100_5_GVR0_02_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-07400-A SHEET 2

Main Eccentric Bearing Adjustment - Track 1

27-51-00 PB501

Page 35
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

A
Z570
Z670

A
RH SHOWN
LH MIRROR IMAGE

80
81
82
83
84
85

N_MM_275100_5_GVUA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-07400-C SHEET 1

Main Eccentric Bearing Adjustment - Track 1

27-51-00 PB501

Page 36
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
SECTION

86
FLAP TRUNNION (REF)

OUTBD

TOOL, FLAP, ADJUSTING,

TRACK 1
98D27504041000

87

C
AFT

D
CENTER LINE
OF BEARING

D
PIN ON
ECCENTRIC
BUSH (86)

FLAP TRUNNION
(REF)

DATUM TOOTH ON
FLAP TRUNNION
TOOTHPLATE (85)

N_MM_275100_5_GVUA_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-07400-C SHEET 2

Main Eccentric Bearing Adjustment - Track 1

27-51-00 PB501

Page 37
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
INBOARD
FLAP
SHROUD BOX

TRACK 1

D
D
WX500

A
TRACK 2

TRACK 2

SECTION

SHROUD BOX

DIM. S

TOP SURFACE
OF FLAP

B
C

C
FLAP
ZERO LINE

SCALE
BLOCK
(68)

N_MM_275100_5_GJT0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-07500-D SHEET 1

Rigging Dimension - Inboard Flap

27-51-00 PB501

Page 38
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
INBOARD FLAP

91

92
93
97

96
94
95

N_MM_275100_5_GNT0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-07600-A SHEET 1

Forward Eccentric Bearing - Track 1

27-51-00 PB501

Page 39
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-00-820-010-A
Adjustment of the Flap Rollers
1.

Reason for the Job

This procedure is applicable during the flap rigging procedure (adjustment of the flap rigged position).

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
1
SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

DESIGNATION

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27504006000
98D27803500001
B.

1
1

PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS
TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
11
18

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
57-51-33-01-010
57-51-33-01-010

cotter pin
cotter pin
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-011-A

DESIGNATION
Manual Extension of the Flaps

27-50-00-866-012-A
27-51-00-820-008-A

Manual Retraction of the Flaps

Adjustment of the Flap Rigged Position with the Sharks Fin Tool
(A318/319/320)

27-54-61-000-002-A
27-54-61-400-006-A

Removal of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

Installation of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-04600-A - Adjustment of the Cruise Rollers)

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-04900-A - Adjustment of the Outer Roller (at the Outer Fixed Shroud))
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-860-077-C
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the aircraft is in the correct maintenance configuration as given in the applicable rigging
procedure
(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-008-A).

(2)

Safety Precautions
(a)

AES

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever.

27-51-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the
flap/slat control lever.

(c)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

Subtask 27-51-00-865-108-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
Subtask 27-51-00-820-085-C
A.

Adjustment of the Cruise Rollers of the Inboard and Outboard Flap

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-04600-A - Adjustment of the Cruise Rollers)
(1)

Adjustment of the cruise roller of the outboard flap:

(a)

(b)

(c)

Measure dimension Y (between the cruise roller and the cam plate):
1

The position of the cruise roller (6) is correct if dimension Y is between 0 mm (0.0000 in.)
and 2 mm (0.0787 in.).

If dimension Y is more than 2 mm (0.0787 in.), you must adjust the position of the cruise
roller (6).

Adjustment of the cruise roller (6):

1

If necessary, remove the cushion seal (2) (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002-A).

Remove the nut (4), the collar (3) and the serrated plate (5).

Turn the eccentric bushing (1) until dimension Y is correct.

Install the serrated plate (5) to lock the eccentric bushing (1).

Install the collar (3) and the nut (4).

TORQUE the nut (4) to between 4.8 and 5.4 M.DAN (35.40 and 39.82 LBF.FT).

Do a check of dimension Y again.

1

(2)

AES

If necessary, install the cushion seal (2) again (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-006-A).

Adjustment of the outboard cruise roller of the inboard flap

(a)

Measure and record dimension V.

(b)

Measure dimension X, this must be 6 mm (0.2362 in.) minus dimension V, +/- 0.5 mm (0.0197
in.).

(c)

If dimension X is not correct, you must adjust the cruise roller (6).

(d)

Adjustment of the cruise roller (6):

1

If necessary, remove the cushion seal (2) (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002-A).

Remove the nut (4), the collar (3) and the serrated plate (5).

Turn the eccentric bushing (1) until dimension X is correct.

Install the serrated plate (5) to lock the eccentric bushing (1).

27-51-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(e)

Install the collar (3) and the nut (4).

TORQUE the nut (4) to between 4.8 and 5.4 M.DAN (35.40 and 39.82 LBF.FT).

Do a check of dimension X again.

1

If necessary, install the cushion seal (2) again (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-006-A).

Subtask 27-51-00-820-087-E
B.

Adjustment of the Outer Roller (at the Outer Fixed Shroud)

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-00-991-04900-A - Adjustment of the Outer Roller (at the Outer Fixed Shroud))
(1)

(2)

Use a straight-edge to measure the alignment between the outboard flap top surface and the outer
fixed-shroud top surface.
(a)

If the dimension is less than 1 mm (0.0394 in.), the position of the outer roller (14) is correct.

(b)

If the dimension is more than 1 mm (0.0394 in.), you must adjust the outer roller (14).

Adjustment of the outer roller (14):

(a)

Remove all rigging pins and manually extend the flaps to the fully extended position (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-011-A).

(b)

Install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (98D27504006000) at the track 4 position.

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (11) and (18).

(d)

Remove the nut (11) and the washer (12).

(e)

Remove the bolt (13) and release the locking plate (16) from the spigot (15).

(f)

Loosen the nut (17) sufficiently to let you turn the spigot (15).

(g)

Turn the spigot (15) until the roller (14) moves the flap within the specified limits.

(h)

Install the locking plate (16).

(i)

Install the washer (12) and the nut (10).

(j)

TORQUE the nut (10) to between 0.5 and 0.6 M.DAN (44.25 and 53.10 LBF.IN).

(k)

TORQUE the nut (17) to between 1.3 and 1.4 M.DAN (115.04 and 123.89 LBF.IN).

(l)

Make sure that the roller (14) is free to turn.

(m) Remove the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (98D27504006000) from the track 4 position.

(3)

(4)

AES

(n)

Manually retract the flaps to the position 0. (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-012-A)

(o)

Install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (98D27504006000) at the track 4 position again.

Do a check of the dimension again:

(a)

Use a straight-edge to measure the alignment between the outboard flap top surface and the outer
fixed-shroud top surface.

(b)

If the dimension is less than 1 MM (0.0394 IN.), the position of the outer roller (14) is correct.

(c)

If the dimension is more than 1 MM (0.0394 IN.), do the adjustment of the roller (14) again.

When the dimension is correct:

(a)

Install a new (IPC-CSN 57-51-33-01) cotter pin (11) and (IPC-CSN 57-51-33-01) cotter pin (18) .

(b)

Remove all the rigging pins.

27-51-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-00-860-078-C
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

AES

After the adjustment:

. Continue the applicable rigging procedure (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-008-A).

27-51-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

INBOARD
FLAP

D
OUTBOARD
FLAP

A
D

RUBBING PAD

RUBBING PAD

X
Y

B
B

CAM PLATE

CAM PLATE
SECTION

CC
C
B

MINIMUM POSITION
ALIGNMENT MARKS

EXAMPLE

CRUISE
ROLLER

C
N_MM_275100_5_VVVA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-04600-A SHEET 1

Adjustment of the Cruise Rollers

27-51-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
B
OUTER
FIXED
SHROUD
OUTER
FLAP

10

11

OUTER
ROLLER
GUIDE

12

18

17

13

16

15

14

N_MM_275100_5_VVVD_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-00-991-04900-A SHEET 1

Adjustment of the Outer Roller (at the Outer Fixed Shroud)

27-51-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SENSOR FLAP ATTACHMENT FAILURE DETECTION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-15-000-002-A
Removal of the Proximity-Sensors of the Interconnecting Strut
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 37CV, 38CV, 39CV, 40CV
1.

Reason for the Job

To give ATA reference to agree with CFDS message.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-51-44-000-002-A
3.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Proximity-Sensor of the Interconnecting Strut

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-15-941-050-A
A.

4.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Procedure
Subtask 27-51-15-020-050-A
A.

Remove the Proximity Sensor

(1)

AES

Remove the applicable proximity sensor (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-000-002-A).

27-51-15 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-15-400-002-A
Installation of the Proximity-Sensors of the Interconnecting Strut
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 37CV, 38CV, 39CV, 40CV
1.

Reason for the Job

To give ATA reference to agree with CFDS message.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-51-44-400-002-A
3.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Proximity-Sensor of the Interconnecting Strut

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-15-941-051-A
A.

4.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

Procedure
Subtask 27-51-15-420-050-A
A.

Install the Proximity Sensor

(1)

5.

Install the applicable proximity sensor (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-400-002-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-15-942-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-15 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

COMMAND SENSOR UNIT (CSU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-17-000-001-A
Removal of the Command Sensor Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 51CV
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
AR SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-17-991-00100-A - Command Sensor Unit (CSU))

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-17-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps and slats are in the fully retracted position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized.

Subtask 27-51-17-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1

FIN
1CN

LOCATION
B12

27-51-17 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

5PB2

D02

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

5PB1

D01

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

12PB2

E02

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

12PB1

E01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2

2CN

P16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL

AND/PED

4LF

Y04

4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-17-991-00100-A - Command Sensor Unit (CSU))
Subtask 27-51-17-020-050-A
A.

AES

RemovaL of the CSU

(1)

Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2).

(2)

Lift the control lever (9).

(3)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (7) and (6) from the CSU (5).

(4)

Disconnect the electrical connector (8) from the control lever (9).

(5)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(6)

Cut and discard the lockwire from the screws (3).

(7)

Remove the screws (3) and the washers (4).

(8)

Remove the CSU.

27-51-17 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
114VU

A
1
2

7
6

N_MM_275117_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-17-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Command Sensor Unit (CSU)

27-51-17 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-17-400-001-A
Installation of the Command Sensor Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 51CV
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Consumable Materials
REFERENCE

No specific
B.

DESIGNATION
corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.5 mm (0.020 in.) dia.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-002-A

Operational Test of the Flap and Slat Systems

31-21-00-750-002-A
Procedure to set the Clock
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-17-991-00100-A - Command Sensor Unit (CSU))
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-17-860-051-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps and slats are in the fully retracted position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized.

Subtask 27-51-17-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
49VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

1CN

B12

6CV

B07

27-51-17 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

5PB2

D02

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

5PB1

D01

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

12PB2

E02

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

12PB1

E01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2

2CN

P16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL

AND/PED

4LF

Y04

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-17-991-00100-A - Command Sensor Unit (CSU))
Subtask 27-51-17-420-050-A
A.

Installation of the CSU

(1)

Install the control lever (9) on the Command Sensor Unit (CSU) (5).
NOTE :

Make sure that the mark on the gear of the CSU (5) aligns with the fixed mark. Correctly
engage the gear in the control lever (9).

(2)

Install the washers (4), the screws (3) and tighten them.

(3)

Safety the screws (3) with corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.5 mm (0.020 in.) dia..

(4)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(5)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(6)

Connect the electrical connectors (7) and (6) to the CSU (5).

(7)

Connect the electrical connector (8) to the control lever (9).

(8)

Install the control lever (9) on its support.

(9)

Install the washers (2), the screws (1) and tighten them.

Subtask 27-51-17-865-052-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1

FIN

LOCATION

1CN

B12

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

5PB2

D02

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

5PB1

D01

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

12PB2

E02

AES

27-51-17 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

105VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

12PB1

FIN
E01

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2

2CN

P16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL

AND/PED

4LF

Y04

Subtask 27-51-17-710-051-A
C.

Do the operational test of the flap and slat system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-002-A)
(1)

5.

If necessary, adjust the clock (Ref. TASK 31-21-00-750-002-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-17-860-052-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

AES

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-51-17 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

COMMAND SENSOR UNIT (CSU) - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-17-280-001-A
Removal and Workshop Check of the Friction Brake of the Flap/Slat Command Sensor Unit (CSU)
FIN 51CV
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-51-17-01-)
REMOVE CSU FOR WORKSHOP CHECK OF FRICTION BRAKE

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-51-17-000-001-A
27-51-17-400-001-A
CMM 27-09-02
3.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Command Sensor Unit
Installation of the Command Sensor Unit

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-17-020-051-A
A.

Removal of the CSU

(1)

4.

Remove the CSU (Ref. TASK 27-51-17-000-001-A).

Procedure
Subtask 27-51-17-280-050-A
A.

Check of the CSU

(1)

5.

In the workshop, do the test of the friction brake (Ref. CMM 27-09-02).

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-17-420-051-A
A.

Installation of the CSU

(1)

AES

Install the CSU (Ref. TASK 27-51-17-400-001-A).

27-51-17 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

POSITION PICK OFF UNIT - ASYMMETRY (APPU) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-18-000-001-A
Removal of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 29CV, 30CV

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

TIE WRAP

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504005000

PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1)

98D27803500001

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 29CV(POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)

575FB
FOR FIN 30CV(POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)
675FB

AES

27-51-18 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-18-991-00100-A - Flap APPU - Detail and Location)

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-18-991-00200-A - Flap APPU - Zero Datum Settings and Locations)
FOR FIN 29CV(POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 30CV(POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)
57-51-37-000-004-A
3.

Removal of the Access Panels

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-18-991-00100-A - Flap APPU - Detail and Location)
Subtask 27-51-18-941-056-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-51-18-860-050-B
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

If you replace the APPU, fully retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).
NOTE :

An APPU is self locking and can be removed/installed when the flap/slat system is not at zero
if:
. the same APPU is to be installed and its position is not changed
. no movement of the flap/slat system is permitted during the time the APPU is removed.

(2)

Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat
control-lever.

(3)

If a new APPU is to be installed, install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) at

the flap track 1 position only.

(4)

Remove the safety collar from the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV.

Subtask 27-51-18-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-51-18 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-18-010-050-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

(2)

4.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position:

(a)

FOR 29CV (POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)

below the access panel 575FB

(b)

FOR 30CV (POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)

below the access panel 675FB.

Remove the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 29CV (POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)

remove 575FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A)

(b)

FOR 30CV (POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)

remove 675FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-18-991-00100-A - Flap APPU - Detail and Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-18-991-00200-A - Flap APPU - Zero Datum Settings and Locations)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-51-18-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit

CAUTION :

(1)

AES

MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU DISCONNECT
THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

Electrically disconnect the APPU.

(a)

Disconnect the plug (4) from the connector A and the plug (5) from the connector B.

(b)

Install CAP - BLANKING on the plugs (4) and (5) and the connectors A and B.

(2)

Hold the APPU (3), remove the bolts (2) and the washers (1), then disengage and remove the APPU
(3).

(3)

Install a TIE WRAP (6) behind the locking plate (7) to lock the APPU (3) in position.

27-51-18 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

REAR SPAR

29CV
(30CV)

CONNECTOR
A

STA9704/RIB 18
STA10204/RIB 19

A
575FB
(675FB)

BOTTOM SKIN
CONNECTOR
B

8
9

C
4

D
6
10
5

11

N_MM_275118_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-18-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Flap APPU - Detail and Location

27-51-18 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

STA9704/RIB18

STA10204/RIB19
DRIVE SHAFT
SPLINES

B
575FB
(675FB)

HOUSING
KEYWAY
LOCATING
DOWEL

C
FIXED
POINTER

DRIVE SHAFT
SPLINES

ORANGE ZERO
INDICATOR

B
FIXED ZERO
MARK

FIXED
POINTER

DRIVE GEAR
ZERO MARK

DRIVE SHAFT
ZERO MARK

C
VIEWING
WINDOW

N_MM_275118_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-18-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Flap APPU - Zero Datum Settings and Locations

27-51-18 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-18-400-001-A
Installation of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 29CV, 30CV

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 29CV(POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)

575FB
FOR FIN 30CV(POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)
675FB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

AES

27-51-18 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-54-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Flap System

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-18-991-00100-A - Flap APPU - Detail and Location)

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-18-991-00200-A - Flap APPU - Zero Datum Settings and Locations)
FOR FIN 29CV(POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 30CV(POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)
57-51-37-000-004-A
57-51-37-400-004-A
3.

Removal of the Access Panels

Installation of the Access Panels

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-18-991-00100-A - Flap APPU - Detail and Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-18-991-00200-A - Flap APPU - Zero Datum Settings and Locations)
Subtask 27-51-18-941-057-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

Subtask 27-51-18-860-052-B
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

(a)

Make sure that the flaps are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(b)

Make sure that the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) is installed at the track
1 position only.

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed
on the flap/slat control-lever quadrant.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is in position:

(4)

AES

If you install a new APPU (3):

(a)

FOR 29CV (POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)

below access panel 575FB

(b)

FOR 30CV (POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)

below access panel 675FB.

Make sure that the applicable access panel has been removed:
(a)

FOR 29CV (POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)

remove 575FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A)

(b)

FOR 30CV (POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)

remove 675FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

27-51-18 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-18-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-18-991-00100-A - Flap APPU - Detail and Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-18-991-00200-A - Flap APPU - Zero Datum Settings and Locations)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-51-18-420-053-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Clean the interface of the APPU (3), the APPU adaptor assembly (11), the bolts (2) and the washers
(1) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(3)

Examine the APPU (3) and the interface of the APPU adaptor assembly (11) for damage, cracks and
corrosion.

(4)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(5)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(6)

On a new APPU (3) make sure that:

. the gear zero marks and the orange zero indicator aligns with their applicable fixed pointers
. the marks on the drive shaft align with each other.

27-51-18 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-18-420-052-A
B.

Installation of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit

CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT THE FLAP SYSTEM IS IN THE ZERO POSITION BEFORE YOU INSTALL
A NEW APPU. A NEW APPU IS SUPPLIED LOCKED IN THE ELECTRICAL AND
MECHANICAL ZERO POSITION.

(1)

Make sure the gearbox quill shaft (10) is concentric within the spigot bore of the gearbox (9).

(2)

Remove the tie-wrap (6) from behind the locking plate (7).

(3)

Put the APPU (3) in position on the gearbox (9). Make sure the shroud slot and the key are correctly
aligned.

(4)

Engage the APPU drive shaft (8) with the gearbox quill shaft (10).
CAUTION :

(a)

DO NOT USE THE INSTALLATION BOLTS TO FULLY ENGAGE THE APPU DRIVE IN
THE SPIGOT INNER SURFACE.
THIS WILL CAUSE:
DAMAGE TO THE APPU
DAMAGE TO THE SPLINES
THE RETAINING PIN TO BREAK.

Use hand pressure and push the APPU (3) fully in position in the gearbox (9).
NOTE :

(b)

This force must only be sufficient to allow installation of the washers (1) and the bolts
(2). The force required will be approximately 3.5 daN (7.90 lbf).

Hold the APPU (3) in this position and install the washers (1) and the bolts (2).

(5)

TORQUE the bolts (2) to between 0.78 and 0.96 M.DAN (69.03 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

(6)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the bolts (2) and the washers (1)
. the joint between the APPU (3) and the gearbox (9).

(7)

Remove the blanking caps from the plugs (4) and (5) and the connectors A and B.

(8)

To electrically connect the APPU:

CAUTION :

(a)

REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

Connect the plug (4) to the connector A and the plug (5) to the connector B.

Subtask 27-51-18-860-051-B
C.

AES

Aircraft Configuration
(1)

Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) from the flap/slat
control-lever quadrant.

(2)

If a new APPU was installed, remove the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) from
the track 1 position.

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-51-18 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-18-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

Subtask 27-51-18-710-050-A
E.

5.

Test
(1)

Install the safety collar on the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV.

(2)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-18-410-050-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 29CV (POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)

install 575FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A)

(b)

FOR 30CV (POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)

install 675FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

Subtask 27-51-18-942-052-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-18 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

POSITION PICK - OFF UNIT - FEED BACK (FPPU) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-19-000-001-A
Removal of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 27CV
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

CAP - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

TIE WRAP

98D27504005000

PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

148

ZONE DESCRIPTION
MAIN GEAR WELL AND HYDRAULIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-19-991-00100-A - Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-19-010-050-A
A.

AES

Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

27-51-19 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-19-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position at the opening of the main door of the main
gear.

(2)

Make sure that the flaps are in the fully retracted position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(3)

Install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) at the flap track 1 position only.

Subtask 27-51-19-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-19-991-00100-A - Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit)
Subtask 27-51-19-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit

NOTE :

AES

Do not remove the Feed Back Position Pick-off Unit when the Pressure-off Brakes are removed from
the Power Control Unit.

(1)

Remove the electrical connectors 27CV-A and 27CV-B from the Feed Back Position Pick-off Unit
(FPPU).

(2)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(3)

Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2).

(4)

Remove the FPPU carefully from the gearbox.

(5)

Put a TIE WRAP (3) behind the locking plate to prevent the retraction of the locking plate.

27-51-19 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
3

CONNECTORS

Z734
Z744

A
FR46
1

LOCKING
PLATE

FR46

FEEDBACK POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT

27CV

27CVA
27CVB

DRIVING GEAR
ZERO MARK

INPUT SHAFT
ZERO MARK
FIXED POINTER
ORANGE ZERO INDICATOR
FIXED POINTER

FIXED ZERO
MARK
N_MM_275119_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-19-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit

27-51-19 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-19-400-001-A
Installation of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 27CV
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 05-054
C.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
ZINC POWDER

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

148

ZONE DESCRIPTION
MAIN GEAR WELL AND HYDRAULIC COMPARTMENT

D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Flap Drive System

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

AES

27-51-19 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
32-12-00-010-001-A

DESIGNATION
Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-19-991-00100-A - Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-19-860-051-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the main doors of the main gear are open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is in position at the opening of the main door of
the main gear.

(3)

Make sure that the flaps are in the retracted position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01) because a new FPPU is delivered locked in its zero position.

Subtask 27-51-19-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
121VU

4.

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-19-991-00100-A - Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit)
Subtask 27-51-19-860-052-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Remove the sealing compound from the flange of the replacement FPPU.

(4)

Clean the anodic contact areas on the FPPU and the gearbox.

(5)

Coat the areas with a mixture of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) and SPECIAL
MATERIALS (Material No: 05-054) in the ratio of 58 to 42 by weight.

(6)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the screws (1).

27-51-19 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-19-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit (9)

(1)

Make sure that all zero marks on the FPPU are aligned.

(2)

Remove the tie-wrap (3).

(3)

Install the FPPU carefully on the gearbox.

(4)

Install the screws (1) and the washers (2).

(5)

TORQUE the screws (1) to between 0.87 and 0.96 M.DAN (76.99 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

(6)

Do a bonding test between the main bonding point of the power control unit and the FPPU flange. The
resistance must not be more than 20 milliohms.

(7)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(8)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(9)

Connect the electrical connectors 27CV-A and 27CV-B to the FPPU.

(10) Remove the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) from the track 1 position.
Subtask 27-51-19-865-052-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-51-19-740-050-A
D.

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display-System (CFDS)
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display-Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(3)

Do a check of the flap PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control lever position ZERO on the MCDU as
follows:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. Push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. The MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

2.Push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

The MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 menu.

3.Push (in) the line key SYSTEM DATA FLP >.

4.Push (in) the line key < PPU.

The MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP

SYSTEM DATA menu.
The MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s):
Refer to Table 1.

NOTE :

AES

The APPU and the FPPU synchro angles must

not be different by more than 1.3 deg.
The LH APPU and the RH APPU synchro angles
must not be different by more than 0.45 deg.

27-51-19 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
5.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the CFDS
menu page is shown.

RESULT

6.De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK

24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
SFCC 1
!
!
PPU DATE (DEG)
!
!
DATE:XXX XX UTC:XXXX
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
***
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
OTHER SFCC
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
***
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
<RETURN
PRINT>
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
Table 1
!
! PPU DATA (DEG) displayed on the MCDU at the flap position ZERO
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-51-19-820-050-A
E.

Adjustment
NOTE :

(1)

The difference between the LH APPU and the FPPU must be in the limit plus or minus 1.3 deg
maximum). The difference between the RH APPU and the FPPU must be in the limits (plus or minus
1.3 deg maximum). The difference between the LH APPU and the RH APPU is in the limits (plus or
minus 0.45 deg maximum).

If necessary, do an adjustment of the flap drive system

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 27-54-00-820-001-A).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-51-19-710-050-A
F.

AES

Do the operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

27-51-19 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-19-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Remove the access platform(s).

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(3)

Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-51-19 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

COMPUTER - SLAT AND FLAP CONTROL (SFCC) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-34-000-001-A
Removal of the SFCC
FIN 21CV, 22CV
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

127
128
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-34-991-00100-A - Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC))
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-34-865-050-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
FOR FIN 21CV
49VU

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1

1CN

B12

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

5PB1

D01

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

12PB1

E01

ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

5PB2

D02

FOR FIN 22CV

105VU

AES

27-51-34 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

105VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

12PB2

FIN
E02

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2

2CN

P16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-51-34-010-050-A
B.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Open the access door 824.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-34-991-00100-A - Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC))
Subtask 27-51-34-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the SFCC

(1)

Loosen the knurled nuts (4).

(2)

Pull the SFCC (1) on its rack (3) to disconnect it from the electrical connectors (2).

(3)

Remove the SFCC (1) from its rack (3).

(4)

Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors (2).

27-51-34 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

824

A
A

FR24A
SFCC
22CV

FR20
FR9

SFCC
21CV

FR1

86 VU

85 VU

AFT ELECTRONICS RACK 80 VU

B
1

N_MM_275134_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-34-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC)

27-51-34 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-34-400-001-A
Installation of the SFCC
FIN 21CV, 22CV
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

127
128
824

ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
22-97-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability

27-51-00-740-002-A

BITE Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computers (Flap System)

27-54-00-710-002-A

Operational Test of the Flap and Slat Systems

27-81-00-740-002-A

BITE Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computers (Slat System)

31-21-00-750-002-A
Procedure to set the Clock
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-34-991-00100-A - Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC))
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-34-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position.

(2)

Make sure that the access door 824 is open.

Subtask 27-51-34-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
FOR FIN 21CV
49VU

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1

1CN

B12

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

5PB1

D01

AES

27-51-34 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL

DESIGNATION
ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

12PB1

E01

ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

5PB2

D02

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

12PB2

E02

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2

2CN

P16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

105VU
FOR FIN 22CV
105VU

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-34-991-00100-A - Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC))
Subtask 27-51-34-420-050-A
A.

Installation of the SFCC

(1)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2).

(2)

Install the SFCC (1) on its rack (3).

(3)

Push the SFCC (1) on its rack (3) to connect it to the electrical connectors (2).

(4)

Attach the SFCC (1) to its rack (3) with the knurled nuts (4).

Subtask 27-51-34-865-052-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
FOR FIN 21CV
49VU

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1

1CN

B12

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

5PB1

D01

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

12PB1

E01

ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

5PB2

D02

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

12PB2

E02

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2

2CN

P16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

FOR FIN 22CV

105VU

Subtask 27-51-34-710-050-A
C.

Test
(1)

AES

If you install a new SFCC:

. After the automatic BITE test, do the operational test of the Flap and Slat Systems (Ref. TASK
27-54-00-710-002-A).

27-51-34 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

5.

If you interchange or re-rack the SFCC:

. Do the BITE test of the SFCC (21CV, 22CV) (Flap System) (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-740-002-A).
. Do the BITE test of the SFCC (21CV, 22CV) (Slat System) (Ref. TASK 27-81-00-740-002-A).
. Do the operational test of the Flap and Slat Systems (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-002-A).

NOTE :

If you must replace the two SFCCs at the same time, do the LAND CAT III capability test (Ref.
TASK 22-97-00-710-001-A).

NOTE :

If necessary, adjust the clock (Ref. TASK 31-21-00-750-002-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-34-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access door 824.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-51-34 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LEVER - FLAP AND SLAT CONTROL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-43-000-001-A
Removal of the Flap and Slat Control Lever
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

B.

DESIGNATION

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-43-000-002-A

Removal of the Lighted Plate

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-43-991-00100-A - Flap and Slat Control - Lever)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-43-860-050-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps and slats are in the fully retracted position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized.

27-51-43 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-43-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1

FIN

LOCATION

1CN

B12

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

5PB2

D02

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

5PB1

D01

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

12PB2

E02

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

12PB1

E01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2

2CN

P16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL

AND/PED

4LF

Y04

4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-43-991-00100-A - Flap and Slat Control - Lever)
Subtask 27-51-43-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Flap and Slat Control Lever

(1)

Remove the lighted plate (Ref. TASK 27-51-43-000-002-A).

(2)

Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2).

(3)

Lift the control lever assembly (9).

(4)

Disconnect the electrical connector (8) from the control lever assembly (9).

(5)

Disconnect the electrical connector (7) and (6) from the CSU (5).

(6)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(7)

Cut and discard the lockwire from the screws (3).

(8)

Remove the screws (3) and the washers (4).

(9)

Remove the control lever (9).

27-51-43 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
114VU

A
1
2

7
6

N_MM_275143_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-43-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Flap and Slat Control - Lever

27-51-43 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-43-400-001-A
Installation of the Flap and Slat Control Lever
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Consumable Materials
REFERENCE

No specific
B.

DESIGNATION
corrosion resistant steel lockwire 0.5 mm (0.020 in.) dia.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-43-400-002-A

Installation of the Lighted Plate

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

31-21-00-750-002-A
Procedure to set the Clock
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-43-991-00100-A - Flap and Slat Control - Lever)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-43-860-051-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps and slats are in the fully retracted position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized.

Subtask 27-51-43-865-052-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
49VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

1CN

B12

6CV

B07

27-51-43 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

5PB2

D02

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

5PB1

D01

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

12PB2

E02

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

12PB1

E01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2

2CN

P16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL

AND/PED

4LF

Y04

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-43-991-00100-A - Flap and Slat Control - Lever)
Subtask 27-51-43-420-050-A
A.

Installation of the Flap and Slat Control Lever

(1)

Install the control lever (9) on the Command Sensor Unit (CSU) (5).
NOTE :

Make sure that the mark on the gear of the CSU (5) aligns with the fixed mark. Correctly
engage the gear in the control lever (9).

(2)

Install the washers (4), the screws (3) and tighten them.

(3)

Safety the screws (3) with corrosion resistant steel lockwire 0.5 mm (0.020 in.) dia..

(4)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(5)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(6)

Connect the electrical connector (8) to the control lever (9).

(7)

Connect the electrical connector (7) and (6) to the CSU (5).

(8)

Put the control lever assembly (9) on its support.

(9)

Install the washers (2), the screws (1) and tighten them.

(10) Install the lighted plate (Ref. TASK 27-51-43-400-002-A).

Subtask 27-51-43-865-051-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1

FIN

LOCATION

1CN

B12

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

5PB2

D02

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

5PB1

D01

AES

27-51-43 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

105VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

12PB2

FIN
E02

LOCATION

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

12PB1

E01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2

2CN

P16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL

AND/PED

4LF

Y04

Subtask 27-51-43-710-050-A
C.

Do the operational test of the flap and slat system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).
NOTE :

5.

If necessary, adjust the clock (Ref. TASK 31-21-00-750-002-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-43-860-052-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

AES

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-51-43 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-43-000-002-A
Removal of the Lighted Plate
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-43-991-00200-A - Lighted Plate of the Flaps and Slats Control Lever)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-43-860-053-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps and slats are in the fully retracted position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized.

Subtask 27-51-43-865-053-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1

FIN

LOCATION

1CN

B12

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

AES

27-51-43 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2

FIN

LOCATION

2CN

P16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

122VU

LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL

AND/PED

4LF

Y04

4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-43-991-00200-A - Lighted Plate of the Flaps and Slats Control Lever)
Subtask 27-51-43-020-052-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Lighted Plate

(1)

Remove the screw (13) and the handle (12).

(2)

Remove the set screw (14) and the pin (16).

(3)

Remove the index (15).

(4)

Remove the screws (11).

(5)

Remove the lighted plate (20).

27-51-43 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
114VU

B
A
11

20

SECTION

BB

19

12

13
14
15

16

17
18
N_MM_275143_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-43-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Lighted Plate of the Flaps and Slats Control Lever

27-51-43 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-43-400-002-A
Installation of the Lighted Plate
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 08-007

B.

DESIGNATION
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
THREADLOCKER/SEALANT

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-43-991-00200-A - Lighted Plate of the Flaps and Slats Control Lever)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-43-860-054-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps and slats are in the fully retracted position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized.

Subtask 27-51-43-865-054-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1

FIN

LOCATION

1CN

B12

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

AES

27-51-43 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2

2CN

P16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

122VU

LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL

AND/PED

4LF

Y04

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-51-43-420-052-A
A.

Installation of the Lighted Plate

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-43-991-00200-A - Lighted Plate of the Flaps and Slats Control Lever)
(1)

Install the lighted plate (20) on the control lever assembly (19).

(2)

Install the screws (11) and tighten.

(3)

Install the index (15) on the lever (18).

(4)

Install the pin (16) through the levers (17) and (18).

(5)

Install the set screw (14) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-007) into
the lever (17) and tighten.

(6)

Install the handle (12) on the lever (18).

(7)

Install the screw (13) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-007) and
tighten.

Subtask 27-51-43-865-055-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1

FIN

LOCATION

1CN

B12

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2

2CN

P16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

AES

27-51-43 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
122VU

5.

DESIGNATION
LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL
AND/PED

FIN
4LF

LOCATION
Y04

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-43-860-055-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

AES

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-51-43 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

STRUT - INTERCONNECTING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-44-000-001-A
Removal of the Interconnecting Strut
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

580
680

ZONE DESCRIPTION
LEFT WING FLAPS AND SPOILERS
RIGHT WING FLAPS AND SPOILERS

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-61-000-002-A

Removal of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00100-A - Interconnecting Strut - Location and Detail)

AES

27-51-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00100-A - Interconnecting Strut - Location and Detail)
Subtask 27-51-44-941-059-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

Subtask 27-51-44-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Extend the flaps to position 1 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A).

Subtask 27-51-44-865-059-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-51-44-010-056-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position:

. for the left wing, below zone 580
. for the right wing, below zone 680.

(2)

Remove the lower kink seal, the cushion seals and the upper kink seals from the flaps (Ref. TASK
27-54-61-000-002-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00100-A - Interconnecting Strut - Location and Detail)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-51-44-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Interconnecting Strut

NOTE :

AES

When you put the interconnecting strut into storage, make sure that all the removed items stay
together with the strut.

(1)

Remove the electrical connectors (10) and (11) from the connectors (9) and (8) on the inboard flap.

(2)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

27-51-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(3)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (7) and (12).

(4)

Hold the interconnecting strut (1).

(5)

Remove the nuts (6) and (13) and the washers (5) and (14).

(6)

Remove the bolts (2) and (15) and remove the interconnecting strut (1).

(7)

Remove the washer (3) and the bush (4).

27-51-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

INSPECTION/
SETTING HOLES

Z580Z680

16

CHECK HOLE

C
OUTBOARD
FLAP

FLANGED
BUSH

15

3
5

A
7

18
17

14
12

13

16

E
STRUT
ATTACHMENT
BRACKET

11
10

B
INBOARD
FLAP

BUSH

D
TOP

N_MM_275144_4_AAM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-44-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Interconnecting Strut - Location and Detail

27-51-44 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-44-400-001-A
Installation of the Interconnecting Strut
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific
98D27803000000
B.

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 15-008
Material No: 19-003

AES

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

27-51-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

580
680

ZONE DESCRIPTION
LEFT WING FLAPS AND SPOILERS
RIGHT WING FLAPS AND SPOILERS

D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
7
12

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-51-05-01-010
27-51-05-01-100

cotter pin
cotter pin
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-080-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-44-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut

27-51-44-960-001-A

Replacement of the Flap Interconnecting Strut Rod-End and Locking Device

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-61-000-002-A
27-54-61-400-006-A

Removal of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

Installation of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00100-A - Interconnecting Strut - Location and Detail)

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00400-A - Interconnecting Strut - Electrical Connections)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-44-941-061-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat
controls.

Subtask 27-51-44-860-051-B
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the lower kink seal, the cushion seals and the upper kink seals are removed from the
flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that the flaps are extended to position 1 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(3)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position:
. for the left wing, below zone 580
. for the right wing, below zone 680.

27-51-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-44-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00100-A - Interconnecting Strut - Location and Detail)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-51-44-420-057-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(3)

Make sure that the rod-end and the locking device (located between the locknut and nut) are not worn
or damaged. Replace a worn or damaged rod-end, or a worn or damaged locking device (Ref. TASK
27-51-44-960-001-A).

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 27-51-44-420-055-A
B.

Installation of the Interconnecting Strut

(1)

Install the washer (3) and the bush (4).

(2)

Put the interconnecting strut (1) in the correct position for installation. Make sure that the position is
correct as follows:
(a)

The TOP indication on the interconnecting strut (1) is at the top.

(b)

The flanged bush on the interconnecting strut (1) is at the top.

(c)

The inspection/setting hole/s is/are at the bottom.

NOTE :

AES

The strut can have one or two inspection/setting holes.

(3)

Install the bolt (2), the washer (5) and the nut (6).

(4)

Install the bolt (15), the washer (14) and the nut (13).

(5)

TORQUE the nut (6) to between 1.1 and 1.7 M.DAN (97.35 and 150.44 LBF.IN).

(6)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-51-05-01) cotter pin (7) .

27-51-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

TORQUE the nut (13) to between 1.1 and 1.7 M.DAN (97.35 and 150.44 LBF.IN).
NOTE :

It is possible to have a clearance between the flange of the bush and the strut attachment
bracket. This is satisfactory.

(8)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-51-05-01) cotter pin (12) .

(9)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (8), (9), (10) and (11).
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00400-A - Interconnecting Strut - Electrical Connections)

(10) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.
(11) Connect the electrical connectors (10) and (11) to their related connectors (9) and (8) on the inboard
flap.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(12) Clean the electrical connectors (10) and (11) with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No:
19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
(13) Apply a continuous layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-008) to the electrical
connectors (10) and (11).
Subtask 27-51-44-820-050-A
C.

Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut

(1)

Do the adjustment of the interconnecting strut (1) (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-820-001-A).

Subtask 27-51-44-865-062-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-51-44-420-051-C
E.

Installation of the Interconnecting Strut

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
(1)

AES

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the bolt (2), the nut (6), the washer (5) and the cotter pin (7)
. the bolt (15), the nut (13), the washer (14) and the cotter pin (12).

27-51-44 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-44-865-052-A
F.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-51-44-710-050-B
G.

5.

Test
(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-080-002-A).

(2)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-44-410-055-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the lower kink seal, the cushion seals and the upper kink seals on the flaps (Ref. TASK
27-54-61-400-006-A).

Subtask 27-51-44-942-051-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the access platform(s).

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-44 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

CONNECTOR
7540VC
CONNECTOR
7541VC
NOTE: THIS CABLE
MUST BE INSTALLED
BELOW THE STRUT

CONNECTOR
7543VC

NOTE: THIS CABLE

MUST BE INSTALLED
BELOW THE STRUT

CONNECTOR
7542VC

VIEW FROM ABOVE

SENSOR
37CV

INTERCONNECTING
STRUT
LEFT
OUTER
FLAP

SENSOR
38CV

SENSOR
39CV
LEFT
INNER
FLAP

RIGHT
INNER
FLAP

SENSOR
40CV

INTERCONNECTING
STRUT
RIGHT
OUTER
FLAP

N_MM_275144_4_ACM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-44-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Interconnecting Strut - Electrical Connections

27-51-44 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-44-000-002-A
Removal of the Proximity-Sensor of the Interconnecting Strut
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 37CV, 38CV, 39CV, 40CV

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-61-000-002-A

Removal of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00300-A - Details of the Proximity-Sensors 37CV (38CV), 39CV (40CV))
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00400-A - Interconnecting Strut - Electrical Connections)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-44-941-060-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

27-51-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-44-860-060-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the flaps to position 1 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever.

Subtask 27-51-44-865-070-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-51-44-010-055-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position:

. for the left wing, below zone 580
. for the right wing, below zone 680.

(2)

Remove the lower kink seal, the cushion seals and the upper kink seals from the flaps (Ref. TASK
27-54-61-000-002-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00300-A - Details of the Proximity-Sensors 37CV (38CV), 39CV (40CV))
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00400-A - Interconnecting Strut - Electrical Connections)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-51-44-020-051-A
A.

Removal of the Proximity Sensor

(1)

Disconnect the applicable electrical connector(s) (11) and/or (12).

(2)

Put CAP - BLANKING on the applicable electrical connector(s) (10) and/or (13).

(3)

Remove the applicable proximity sensor (1):

(a)

AES

FOR 37CV (SENSOR-L FLAP ATTACHMENT FAILURE DETECTION), 38CV (SENSOR-R

FLAP ATTACHMENT FAILURE DETECTION)
1

Remove the nuts (2), the bolts (5) and the washers (4).

Remove the proximity sensor (1) from the bracket (3).

27-51-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Remove the applicable proximity sensor (14):

(a)

AES

FOR 39CV (SENSOR-L FLAP ATTACHMENT FAILURE DETECTION), 40CV (SENSOR-R

FLAP ATTACHMENT FAILURE DETECTION)
1

Remove the nuts (9), the bolts (6) and the washers (7).

Remove the proximity sensor (14) from the bracket (8).

27-51-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z500Z600

A
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
5

4
37CV

(38CV)
2

15

A
SECTION

39CV

AA

(40CV)

PROXIMITY
SENSOR
TARGET

14
10
11
12

DIM X

13

DIM X

PROXIMITY
SENSOR

N_MM_275144_4_AGM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-51-44-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Details of the Proximity-Sensors 37CV (38CV), 39CV
(40CV)

27-51-44 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-44-400-002-A
Installation of the Proximity-Sensor of the Interconnecting Strut
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 37CV, 38CV, 39CV, 40CV

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504031000
98D27803000000

1
1

PIN-SETTING
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-080-002-A

AES

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-51-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-00-710-002-A
27-54-61-000-002-A

Operational Test of the Flap Interconnecting Strut and the Flap-Attachment

Failure-Detection Sensors
Removal of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

27-54-61-400-006-A

Installation of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00300-A - Details of the Proximity-Sensors 37CV (38CV), 39CV (40CV))
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00400-A - Interconnecting Strut - Electrical Connections)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00300-A - Details of the Proximity-Sensors 37CV (38CV), 39CV (40CV))
Subtask 27-51-44-941-062-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat
controls.

Subtask 27-51-44-860-061-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the lower kink seal, the cushion seals and the upper kink seals are removed from the
flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that the flaps are extended at position 1 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(3)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref.
TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A) is on the flap/slat control lever.

(4)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position:
. for the left wing, below zone 580
. for the right wing, below zone 680.

Subtask 27-51-44-865-071-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
121VU

4.

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00300-A - Details of the Proximity-Sensors 37CV (38CV), 39CV (40CV))
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00400-A - Interconnecting Strut - Electrical Connections)

AES

27-51-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-51-44-420-058-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

Subtask 27-51-44-420-052-A
B.

Installation of the Proximity Sensor

(1)

Put the applicable proximity sensor (1) in position on the bracket (3):
(a)

FOR 37CV (SENSOR-L FLAP ATTACHMENT FAILURE DETECTION), 38CV (SENSOR-R

FLAP ATTACHMENT FAILURE DETECTION)
1

(2)

Install the bolts (5), the washers (4) and the nuts (2). Do not tighten the nuts (2).

Put the applicable proximity sensor (14) in position on the bracket (8):
(a)

FOR 39CV (SENSOR-L FLAP ATTACHMENT FAILURE DETECTION), 40CV (SENSOR-R

FLAP ATTACHMENT FAILURE DETECTION)
1

Install the bolts (6), the washers (7) and the nuts (9). Do not tighten the nuts (9).

(3)

Install the PIN-SETTING (98D27504031000) in the interconnecting strut (15).

(4)

Make sure that the dimension X is between 0.3 mm (0.012 in.) and 0.7 mm (0.027 in.).

(5)

Tighten the applicable nuts (2) or (9).

(6)

Make sure that the dimension X has stayed correct.

(7)

Remove CAP - BLANKING from the electrical applicable connector (10) and/or (13).

(8)

Connect the applicable electrical connector (11) and/or (12).

(9)

Remove the PIN-SETTING (98D27504031000) from the interconnecting strut (15).

(10) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
slat/flap control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-080-002-A).
Subtask 27-51-44-865-072-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

27-51-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-44-710-054-A
D.

Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the failure detection sensors for the flap attachment (Ref. TASK
27-51-00-710-002-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-44-410-056-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the lower kink seal, the cushion seals and the upper kink seals from the flaps (Ref. TASK
27-54-61-400-006-A).

Subtask 27-51-44-942-055-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-44 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

STRUT - INTERCONNECTING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-44-820-001-A
Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut
1.

Reason for the Job

To adjust the rigged position of the interconnecting strut.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27504031000
98D27803000000
B.

PIN-SETTING
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 19-010
C.

1
1

DESIGNATION
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-00-820-003-A

To do a Check of the Flap Rigged Position (with the Sharks Fin)

27-51-44-960-001-A

Replacement of the Flap Interconnecting Strut Rod-End and Locking Device

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-61-000-002-A

Removal of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

27-54-61-400-006-A

Installation of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00500-A - Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-44-941-063-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

AES

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S)S are in position.

27-51-44 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat
controls.

Subtask 27-51-44-860-064-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the lower kink seal, the cushion seals and the upper kink seals are removed from the
flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that the flaps are extended to position 1 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(3)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position:
. for the left wing, below zone 580
. for the right wing, below zone 680.

(5)

Make sure that the rod-end (4), and the locking device located between the locknut (1) and the nut (2),
are not worn or damaged. Replace a worn or damaged rod-end, or a worn or damaged locking device
(Ref. TASK 27-51-44-960-001-A).

Subtask 27-51-44-865-074-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00500-A - Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut)
Subtask 27-51-44-820-053-A
A.

Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut

(1)

Install the PIN-SETTING (98D27504031000) in the inspection/rigging hole of the interconnecting strut
(3).
NOTE :

(2)

The interconnecting strut (3) can have one or two inspection/setting holes. If there are two, use
the hole that is not blocked by the aircraft structure.

If necessary, adjust the actuating rod of the interconnecting strut (3) so that you can install the PINSETTING (98D27504031000) as follows:
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE
AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT
OR BLIND YOU.

AES

(a)

If necessary, remove and discard the lockwire from the locknut (1).

(b)

Loosen the locknut (1) sufficiently to let you turn the nut (2).

27-51-44 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(3)

(c)

Adjust the nut (2) until you can install the PIN-SETTING (98D27504031000). Make sure that
you can see the threads of the rod-end (4) through the check hole. If you cannot see the threads
of the rod-end (4) through the check hole, check the flap rigging (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-003A).

(d)

Torque the locknut (1) to between 5.1 and 5.9 M.DAN (37.61 and 43.51 LBF.FT).

(e)

Safety the locknut (1) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .

Remove the PIN-SETTING (98D27504031000) from the hole in the interconnecting strut (3).

Subtask 27-51-44-865-075-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-51-44-710-056-A
C.

Test
(1)

Get access to the flight controls (F/CTL) page of the MCDU (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(2)

Do this test of the flap interconnecting strut and the flap-attachment failure-detection sensors:

ACTION
On the MCDU:
1.Push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 page.

2.Push (in) the line key SYSTEM STATUS FLP >.

3.Push (in) the line key <RETURN.

4.Push (in) the line key <RETURN.

5.Push (in) the line key < SFCC 2.

AES

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 SYSTEM STATUS

FLAP page. These subsequent messages must not
occur:
- FLP 1 NO SFCC 2 DATA CHECK WIRING & SFCC
2
- FLP 1 FAULTY FLP 2 DATA CHECK SFCC 1 OR 2
- NO LGCIU 1 DATA CHECK WIRING TO FLP 1
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 1 MISADJUSTMENT and FLP
LH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 1
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 1 MISADJUSTMENT and FLP
RH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 1
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2.
the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 page.
the MCDU shows the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
PAGE.
the MCDU shows the SFCC 2 page.

27-51-44 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
6.Push (in) the line key SYSTEM STATUS FLP >.

RESULT
the MCDU shows the SFCC 2 SYSTEM STATUS
FLAP page. These subsequent messages must not
occur:
- FLP 2 NO SFCC 1 DATA CHECK WIRING & SFCC
1
- FLP 2 FAULTY FLP 1 DATA CHECK SFCC 1 OR 2
- NO LGCIU 2 DATA CHECK WIRING TO FLP 2
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 2 MISADJUSTMENT and FLP
LH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 1
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 1
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 2 MISADJUSTMENT and FLP
RH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 1
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 1
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2.

Subtask 27-51-44-710-057-A
D.

5.

Complete Test
(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slatcontrol lever on panel 114VU.

(2)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-44-410-057-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the lower kink seal, the cushion seals and the upper kink seals on the flaps (Ref. TASK
27-54-61-400-006-A).

(3)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

Subtask 27-51-44-942-057-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-44 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A
Z580
(Z680)

2
3

C
INBOARD FLAP

CHECK HOLE

INSPECTION/
SETTING HOLES

N_MM_275144_5_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-44-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut

27-51-44 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

STRUT - INTERCONNECTING - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-44-200-001-A
Detailed Inspection of Interconnecting Strut and Attachments
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-51-44-01-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF INTERCONNECTING STRUT AND ATTACHMENTS

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
1
GAGE - SET, FEELER

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

DESIGNATION

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27504008000

GAGE - GO/NO GO

98D27504031000
98D27803000000

1
1

PIN-SETTING
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

AES

27-51-44 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
C.

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

580
680

ZONE DESCRIPTION
LEFT WING FLAPS AND SPOILERS
RIGHT WING FLAPS AND SPOILERS

D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
14

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-51-05-01-100

cotter pin
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-080-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-00-710-002-A
27-51-00-820-003-A

Operational Test of the Flap Interconnecting Strut and the Flap-Attachment

Failure-Detection Sensors
To do a Check of the Flap Rigged Position (with the Sharks Fin)

27-51-44-960-001-A

Replacement of the Flap Interconnecting Strut Rod-End and Locking Device

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-61-000-002-A
27-54-61-400-006-A

Removal of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

Installation of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00200-A - Flap Interconnecting Strut - Inspection/Check)

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00700-A - Flap Interconnecting Strut - Radial Play)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00200-A - Flap Interconnecting Strut - Inspection/Check)
Subtask 27-51-44-941-058-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap controls.

27-51-44 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-44-860-059-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(1)

Extend the flaps to position 1 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A).

(3)

Remove the applicable upper and lower kink-seals (1) and (2) from the inboard and the outboard flaps
(Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002-A).

(4)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-080-002-A).

(5)

Fully extend the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(6)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A).

Subtask 27-51-44-865-068-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-51-44-020-054-A
D.

Preparation for Inspection

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00200-A - Flap Interconnecting Strut - Inspection/Check)
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

4.

(1)

Use a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-026) to clean the flap interconnecting strut and the flap attachment brackets (5) and
(8).

(2)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (14).

(3)

Remove the nut (15), the washer (13) and the bolt (16).

(4)

Disconnect the flap interconnecting strut from the attachment bracket (8).

(5)

Pull the actuating rod out of the flap interconnecting strut until it touches the internal limit.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00200-A - Flap Interconnecting Strut - Inspection/Check)

AES

27-51-44 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-51-44-210-053-A
A.

Inspection of the Interconnecting Strut and Attachments

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00700-A - Flap Interconnecting Strut - Radial Play)
(1)

Do an inspection of the actuating rod for damage and corrosion.

(2)

Do an inspection of the flap interconnecting-strut internal structure, through the inspection holes (7),
for damage and corrosion.

(3)

Do
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

(4)

Make sure that the rod-end (9) or locking device (11) is not worn or damaged. Replace a worn or
damaged rod-end, or a worn or damaged locking device (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-960-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the word TOP on the flap interconnecting strut is at the top.

(6)

Do a check of the radial play of the actuating rod of the interconnecting strut as follows:

(7)
5.

an inspection of the flap interconnecting strut for:

cracks
damage
corrosion
damaged paint and sealant
correct condition of the electrical plugs (4)
correct condition of the electrical cables (3)
correct condition of all the fasteners of the attachment brackets (5) and (8)
correct condition of all the safety devices
correct condition of the bearings of the flap interconnecting strut, as far as is possible
correct condition of the bolts (6) and (16) as far as is possible.

(a)

Make sure that the actuating rod is fully extended.

(b)

Make sure that the actuating rod is moved until space Y is closed on the other side of the forward
bush.

(c)

Use a GAGE - SET, FEELER and measure the dimension X (between the actuating rod and the
forward bush) in two different points of the circumference, in the horizontal and vertical planes.

(d)

Make sure that the dimension X is not more than 0.4 mm (0.0157 in.). If the dimension X is more
than 0.4 mm (0.0157 in.) the interconnecting strut must be replaced.

Do an operational test of the flap interconnecting strut and the flap-attachment failure-detection sensors
(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-710-002-A).

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00200-A - Flap Interconnecting Strut - Inspection/Check)
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00700-A - Flap Interconnecting Strut - Radial Play)
Subtask 27-51-44-420-056-A
A.

AES

Connection of the Interconnecting Strut to the Flap Attachment Bracket

(1)

Push the actuating rod in to the flap interconnecting strut until it touches the internal limit.

(2)

Put the interconnecting strut in position in the attachment bracket (8).

(3)

Install the bolt (16), the washer (13) and the nut (15).

27-51-44 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Make sure that the interconnecting strut is correctly set as follows:

(a)

Retract the flaps to position 1 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK

27-50-00-866-009-A-01).
NOTE :

The GO/NO GO GAGE is installed through the inspection/setting hole and a groove in
the actuating rod. When the strut is set during its initial installation the inspection/setting
hole and the groove align fully. After flap operation, because of the flap tolerances, the
inspection/setting hole and the actuating rod groove will not fully align. This is permitted
if the check with the GO/NO GAGE is satisfactory.
If the GO/NO GO GAGE can be installed, the interconnecting strut is correctly set. If not,
the strut is incorrectly set and must be adjusted.

NOTE :
(b)

Install the GAGE - GO/NO GO (98D27504008000) in the inspection/setting hole. The strut is
correctly set if the gage goes fully into the inspection/setting hole.

(c)

If the gage does not go fully into the inspection/setting hole:

(d)

(5)

The interconnecting strut can have one or two inspection/setting holes. If there are two,
use the hole that is not blocked by the aircraft structure.

Remove the GAGE - GO/NO GO (98D27504008000).

Remove the nut (15), the washer (13), and the bolt (16).

Disconnect the interconnecting strut from the attachment bracket (8).

Do the adjustment of the interconnecting strut given in Para 5.B.

If no adjustment of the interconnecting strut is necessary:

1

Remove the GAGE - GO/NO GO (98D27504008000).

TORQUE the nut (15) to between 1.1 and 1.7 M.DAN (97.35 and 150.44 LBF.IN).

Install a new (IPC-CSN 27-51-05-01) cotter pin (14) .

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-51-44-820-054-C
B.

Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut (if necessary)

(1)

Install the PIN-SETTING (98D27504031000) in the inspection/setting hole in the interconnecting strut
(1).
NOTE :

(2)

The interconnecting strut can have one or two inspection/setting holes. If there are two, use the
hole that is not blocked by the aircraft structure.

If necessary, adjust the actuating rod of the interconnecting strut so that you can install the PINSETTING (98D27504031000) as follows:
(a)

Align the rod-end (9) with the flap until you can install the bolt (16).

WARNING : CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE WHILE YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CAUSE INJURY TO YOUR SKIN OR EYES.

AES

(b)

If necessary, remove and discard the lockwire from the locknut (10).

(c)

Loosen the locknut (10).

27-51-44 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d)

Adjust the nut (12) until you can install the PIN-SETTING (98D27504031000). Make sure that
you can see the threads of the rod-end (9) through the check hole. If you cannot see the threads
of the rod-end (9) through the check hole, check the flap rigging (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-003A).

(e)

Tighten the locknut (10).

(f)

Install the washer (13) and the nut (15).

(g)

TORQUE the nut (15) to between 1.1 and 1.7 M.DAN (97.35 and 150.44 LBF.IN).
NOTE :

(3)

It is possible to have a clearance between the bush and the strut attachment bracket.

(h)

Install a new (IPC-CSN 27-51-05-01) cotter pin (14) .

(i)

If you loosened the locknut (10), TORQUE it to between 5.1 and 5.9 M.DAN (37.61 and 43.51
LBF.FT).

(j)

Safety the locknut (10) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .

Remove the PIN-SETTING (98D27504031000) from the inspection/setting hole in the interconnecting
strut.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
(4)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the head of the bolt (16)
. the nut (15)
. the washer (13)
. the cotter pin (14).

Subtask 27-51-44-865-069-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-51-44-710-058-A
D.

Test
(1)

Get access to the flight controls (F/CTL) page of the MCDU (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(2)

Do this test of the flap interconnecting strut and the flap-attachment failure-detection sensors:

ACTION
On the MCDU:
1.Push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

AES

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 page.

27-51-44 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
2.Push (in) the line key SYSTEM STATUS FLP >.

3.Push (in) the line key <RETURN.

4.Push (in) the line key <RETURN.

5.Push (in) the line key < SFCC 2.

6.Push (in) the line key SYSTEM STATUS FLP >.

RESULT
the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 SYSTEM STATUS
FLAP page. These subsequent messages must not
occur:
- FLP 1 NO SFCC 2 DATA CHECK WIRING & SFCC
2
- FLP 1 FAULTY FLP 2 DATA CHECK SFCC 1 OR 2
- NO LGCIU 1 DATA CHECK WIRING TO FLP 1
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 1 MISADJUSTMENT and FLP
LH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 1
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 1 MISADJUSTMENT and FLP
RH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 1
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2.
the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 page.
the MCDU shows the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
PAGE.
the MCDU shows the SFCC 2 page.
the MCDU shows the SFCC 2 SYSTEM STATUS
FLAP page. These subsequent messages must not
occur:
- FLP 2 NO SFCC 1 DATA CHECK WIRING & SFCC
1
- FLP 2 FAULTY FLP 1 DATA CHECK SFCC 1 OR 2
- NO LGCIU 2 DATA CHECK WIRING TO FLP 2
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 2 MISADJUSTMENT and FLP
LH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 1
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 1
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 2 MISADJUSTMENT and FLP
RH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 1
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 1
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2.

Subtask 27-51-44-860-058-A
E.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A).

(2)

Install the upper and lower kink-seals (1) and (2) to the inboard and the outboard flaps (Ref. TASK
27-54-61-400-006-A).

(3)

Make sure that the flaps are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

Subtask 27-51-44-710-053-A
F.

Test
(1)

AES

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

27-51-44 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-44-942-054-A
G.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-44 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z581
(Z681)

Z587
(Z687)

CHECK
HOLE

11
9

10

12

16

2
15
13

14

FLAP
INTERCONNECTING
STRUT
3

INNER FLAP
(REF.ONLY)

4
7

C
D
5
6

C
8
OUTER FLAP
(REF. ONLY)

3
ACTUATING
ROD
INSPECTION/SETTING
HOLES
N_MM_275144_6_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-44-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Flap Interconnecting Strut - Inspection/Check

27-51-44 PB601

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SPACE Y

DIMENSION X

ACTUATING ROD

FEELER GAGE
(REF ONLY)

MOVE IN THIS DIRECTION

N_MM_275144_6_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-44-991-00700-A SHEET 1

Flap Interconnecting Strut - Radial Play

27-51-44 PB601

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-44-960-001-A
Replacement of the Flap Interconnecting Strut Rod-End and Locking Device
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27504031000
98D27803000000
B.

1
1

PIN-SETTING
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
C.

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

581
587
681
687

AES

DESIGNATION

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP

N
N
N
N

1
2
1
2

27-51-44 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
14
9
11

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-51-05-01-100
27-51-44-01-010
27-51-44-01-030

cotter pin
rod-end
locking device
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-00-710-002-A
27-51-00-820-003-A

Operational Test of the Flap Interconnecting Strut and the Flap-Attachment

Failure-Detection Sensors
To do a Check of the Flap Rigged Position (with the Sharks Fin)

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-61-000-002-A
27-54-61-400-006-A

Removal of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

Installation of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00200-A - Flap Interconnecting Strut - Inspection/Check)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00200-A - Flap Interconnecting Strut - Inspection/Check)
Subtask 27-51-44-941-064-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap controls.

Subtask 27-51-44-860-066-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

AES

(1)

Extend the flaps to position 1 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever.

(3)

Remove the applicable upper and lower kink-seals (1) and (2) from the inboard and the outboard flaps
(Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002-A).

(4)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(5)

Fully extend the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

27-51-44 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever.

Subtask 27-51-44-865-076-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
Subtask 27-51-44-020-056-A
A.

Preparation for Replacement of the Rod-End and Locking Device

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-44-991-00200-A - Flap Interconnecting Strut - Inspection/Check)
(1)

Use a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-026) to clean the flap interconnecting strut and the flap attachment brackets (5) and
(8).

(2)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (14).

(3)

Remove the nut (15), the washer (13) and the bolt (16).

(4)

Disconnect the flap interconnecting strut from the attachment bracket (8).

(5)

Pull the actuating rod out of the flap interconnecting strut until it touches the internal limit.

Subtask 27-51-44-960-050-A
B.

Replace the Interconnecting Strut Assembly Rod-End

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(1)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the locknut (10).

(2)

Loosen the locknut (10).

(3)

Remove the rod-end (9).

(4)

Remove and retain the locking device (11).

(5)

Remove the locknut (10) from the rod-end (9). Discard the rod-end (9).

(6)

Install the locknut (10) on the replacement rod-end (9).

(7)

Install the locking device (11).

(8)

Install the replacement (IPC-CSN 27-51-44-01) rod-end (9) .

(9)

Put the interconnecting strut in position in the attachment bracket (8).

(10) Install the bolt (16), the washer (13) and the nut (15).
NOTE :

AES

You can do this procedure at the same time as you do the procedure to replace the locking
device (11).

27-51-44 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-44-960-051-A
C.

Replace the Interconnecting Strut Assembly Locking Device

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(1)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the locknut (10).

(2)

Loosen the locknut (10).

(3)

Remove the rod-end (9).

(4)

Remove and discard the locking device (11).

(5)

Install the replacement (IPC-CSN 27-51-44-01) locking device (11) .

(6)

Install the rod-end (9).

(7)

Put the interconnecting strut in position in the attachment bracket (8).

(8)

Install the bolt (16), the washer (13) and the nut (15).
NOTE :

5.

You can do this procedure at the same time as you do the procedure to replace the rod-end (9).

Close-up
Subtask 27-51-44-820-055-C
A.

Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut (if necessary)

(1)

Install the PIN-SETTING (98D27504031000) in the inspection/setting hole in the interconnecting strut
(1).
NOTE :

(2)

The interconnecting strut can have one or two inspection/setting holes. If there are two, use the
hole that is not blocked by the aircraft structure.

If necessary, adjust the actuating rod of the interconnecting strut so that you can install the PINSETTING (98D27504031000) as follows:
(a)

Align the rod-end (9) with the flap until you can install the bolt (16).

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE
AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT
OR BLIND YOU.
(b)

If necessary, remove and discard the lockwire from the locknut (10).

(c)

Loosen the locknut (10) sufficiently to let you turn the nut (12).

(d)

Adjust the nut (12) until you can install the PIN-SETTING (98D27504031000). Make sure that
you can see the threads of the rod-end (9) through the check hole. If you cannot see the threads
of the rod-end (9) through the check hole, check the flap rigging (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-003A).

(e)

Tighten the locknut (10).

(f)

Install the washer (13) and the nut (15).

(g)

Torque the nut (15) to between 1.1 and 1.7 M.DAN (97.35 and 150.44 LBF.IN).
NOTE :

AES

It is possible to have a clearance between the bush and the strut attachment bracket.

27-51-44 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(h)

Install a new (IPC-CSN 27-51-05-01) cotter pin (14) .

(i)

If you loosened the locknut (10), TORQUE it to between 5.1 and 5.9 M.DAN (37.61 and 43.51
LBF.FT).

(j)

Safety the locknut (10) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .

(3)

Remove the PIN-SETTING (98D27504031000) from the inspection/setting hole in the interconnecting
strut.

(4)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the head of the bolt (16)
. the nut (15)
. the washer (13)
. the cotter pin (14).

(5)

Do an operational test of the flap interconnecting strut and the flap-attachment failure-detection sensors
(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-710-002-A).

Subtask 27-51-44-865-077-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-51-44-710-059-A
C.

Test
(1)

Get access to the flight controls (F/CTL) page of the MCDU (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A)

(2)

Do this test of the flap interconnecting strut and the flap-attachment failure-detection sensors:
ACTION

RESULT

On the MCDU:
1. Push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

On the MCDU:
- the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 page.

1.Push (in) the line key SYSTEM STATUS FLP >.

- the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 SYSTEM STATUS FLAP

page. These subsequent messages must not occur:
- FLP 1 NO SFCC 2 DATA CHECK WIRING & SFCC 2
- FLP 1 FAULTY FLP 2 DATA CHECK SFCC 1 OR 2
- NO LGCIU 1 DATA CHECK WIRING TO FLP 1
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 1 MISADJUSTMENT and FLP LH
PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 1
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 1 MISADJUSTMENT and FLP RH
PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 1
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2.
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2.
- the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 page.

4. Push (in) the line key <RETURN.

- the MCDU shows the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST PAGE.

AES

27-51-44 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
5. Push (in) the line key < SFCC 2.

RESULT
- the MCDU shows the SFCC 2 page.

6. Push (in) the line key SYSTEM STATUS FLP >.

- the MCDU shows the SFCC 2 SYSTEM STATUS FLAP

page. These subsequent messages must not occur:
- FLP 2 NO SFCC 1 DATA CHECK WIRING & SFCC 1
- FLP 2 FAULTY FLP 1 DATA CHECK SFCC 1 OR 2
- NO LGCIU 2 DATA CHECK WIRING TO FLP 2
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 2 MISADJUSTMENT and FLP LH
PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 1
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 1
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 2 MISADJUSTMENT and FLP RH
PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 1
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 1
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2.

Subtask 27-51-44-860-067-A
D.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Retract the flaps to position 1 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009A-01).

(3)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever.

(4)

Install the upper and lower kink-seals (1) and (2) to the inboard and the outboard flaps (Ref. TASK
27-54-61-400-006-A).

(5)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
removed from the flap/slat control lever.

(6)

Make sure that the flaps are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

Subtask 27-51-44-710-060-A
E.

Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

Subtask 27-51-44-942-058-A
F.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-44 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

BRAKE - WING TIP (WTB) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Flap Wing-Tip Brake
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 33CV, 34CV

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

CAP - BLANKING
PLUG - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27604000000
98D27803000000

1
1

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 33CV(WING TIP BRAKE)

575DB, 575EB
FOR FIN 34CV(WING TIP BRAKE)
675DB, 675EB

AES

27-51-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-45-000-008-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

27-54-45-000-011-A
27-60-00-866-002-A
29-10-00-864-001-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-51-991-00100-B - Flap Wing-Tip Brake 33CV(34CV))

FOR FIN 33CV(WING TIP BRAKE)
57-51-37-000-004-A
FOR FIN 34CV(WING TIP BRAKE)

Removal of the Access Panels

57-51-37-000-004-A

Removal of the Access Panels

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-51-991-00100-B - Flap Wing-Tip Brake 33CV(34CV))
Subtask 27-51-51-941-059-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-51-51-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever.

(3)

Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(4)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(5)

Remove the safety collar from the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV.

Subtask 27-51-51-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN
21CE1

LOCATION
B08

27-51-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

FIN
B07

LOCATION

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

Subtask 27-51-51-010-051-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position:

. for the left wing, below zone 580
. for the right wing, below zone 680.

(2)

Remove the access panels:

(a)

FOR 33CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

remove 575DB 575EB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A)

(b)

FOR 34CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

remove 675DB 675EB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(3)

Put the No. 3 spoiler into the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Put the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) on the piston rod of the servo-control.

Subtask 27-51-51-480-050-A
E.

Installation of Support Equipment

(1)

4.

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) at these positions (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A):
. for 33CV, on the torque shafts 6226CM and 6230CM
. for 34CV, on the torque shafts 6276CM and 6280CM.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-51-991-00100-B - Flap Wing-Tip Brake 33CV(34CV))
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-51-51-020-052-B
A.

AES

Removal of the Wing-Tip Brake (WTB)

(1)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (7) and (10).

(2)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(3)

Disconnect the hydraulic lines (13), (16), (29) and (34).

(4)

Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

27-51-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Remove the nut (6), the washer (5), the bolt (4) and the bonding strap (2) from the T-piece (3).

(6)

At the outboard side of the wing-tip brake (1), remove the nuts (27) and the bolts (26).

(7)

Move the torque shaft:

CAUTION :

(a)

DO NOT MOVE THE TORQUE SHAFT TOO FAR SIDEWAYS. IT WILL CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE UNIVERSAL JOINT.

Move the flanges of the torque shaft apart and remove the universal joint (28) from the wing-tip
brake (1). If the flanges will not move apart sufficiently, remove the middle part of the torque
shaft (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-008-A) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-011-A).

(8)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (22).

(9)

Remove the nut (21), the washer (20) and the bolt (18).

(10) Hold the wing-tip brake (1) and remove the nuts (17).
(11) Remove the wing-tip brake (1).
(12) If you are to install a new wing-tip brake (1):
(a)

Retain these items:

. the adapters (12), (15), (30) and (35)
. the nuts (23), the washers (24) and (25) and the brake support (19)
. the T-piece (3).

(13) Discard the related O-rings (11), (14), (31) and (36).

AES

27-51-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
STA8744/RIB 16

575DB, 575EB
(675DB), (675EB)

2
7

10

B
6
35

34

36

A
1

11

9
14

32

23

15

16

33

28

26
24

27

13

31

30

29

12

17

25
18

22

21

20

19

N_MM_275151_4_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-51-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Flap Wing-Tip Brake 33CV(34CV)

27-51-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Flap Wing-Tip Brake
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 33CV, 34CV

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 04-022
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003

AES

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

27-51-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 33CV(WING TIP BRAKE)

575DB, 575EB
FOR FIN 34CV(WING TIP BRAKE)
675DB, 675EB
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
22

cotter pin

IPC-CSN
27-54-05-25-240

31

O-ring

27-54-05-40-040

14

O-ring

27-54-05-41-050

11

O-ring

29-11-05-07-060

36

O-ring

29-12-05-25-030

E.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

20-28-00-912-004-A

Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and

Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Wing Tip Brake and the Pressure Off Brake

27-54-45-400-008-A

Installation of the Torque Shafts

27-54-45-400-011-A
27-60-00-866-002-A
29-10-00-863-001-A

Installation of the Torque Shafts

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-51-991-00100-B - Flap Wing-Tip Brake 33CV(34CV))

AES

27-51-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-51-991-00100-B - Flap Wing-Tip Brake 33CV(34CV))
Subtask 27-51-51-941-060-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

Subtask 27-51-51-860-053-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are extended fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
attached to the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(4)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green, Blue and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the safety collar from the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV is removed.

(6)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is in position:

. for the left wing, below zone 580
. for the right wing, below zone 680.

(7)

Make sure that the access panels are removed (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A):
. for 33CV, panels 575DB, 575EB
. for 34CV, panels 675DB, 675EB.

(8)

Make sure that the No. 3 spoiler is in the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(9)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

(10) Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) are installed at
these positions (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A):
. for 33CV, on the torque shafts 6226CM and 6230CM
. for 34CV, on the torque shafts 6276CM and 6280CM.
Subtask 27-51-51-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

AES

27-51-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-51-991-00100-B - Flap Wing-Tip Brake 33CV(34CV))
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-51-51-420-056-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and /or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 27-51-51-560-050-B
B.

Preparation of the Replacement Component

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
CAUTION :

(1)

Lubricate the new O-rings (11), (14), (31) and (36) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) .

(2)

Install the adaptors (12), (15), (30) and (35) as follows:

(3)

AES

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

(a)

Remove the blanking plugs at the positions (32) and (33). Discard the related O-rings.

(b)

Make sure that the blanking plugs (8) and (9) are safetied.

Install the new O-rings as follows:

. the (IPC-CSN 29-11-05-07) O-ring
. the (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-41) O-ring
. the (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-40) O-ring
. the (IPC-CSN 29-12-05-25) O-ring

(11)
(14)
(31)
(36)

on
on
on
on

the
the
the
the

adaptor
adaptor
adaptor
adaptor

(12)
(15)
(30)
(35).

(4)

Install the adaptors (12), (15), (30) and (35) at their related position on the wing-tip brake (1).

(5)

Install the T-piece (3) on the wing-tip brake (1).

27-51-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) and a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No:
19-003) to clean the spline surfaces at each end of the wing-tip brake (1).

(7)

Do one of the steps that follow:

CAUTION :

(a)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the clean spline surfaces.
.

(b)
(8)

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

or

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the clean spline surfaces.

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the mating face of
the inboard side of the wing-tip brake (1).

Subtask 27-51-51-420-051-B
C.

Installation of the Wing-Tip Brake

CAUTION :

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

(1)

Put the wing-tip brake (1) in position on the outboard face of the rib. Make sure that the locating stud
is in the correct position.

(2)

Make sure that:

. the torque shaft splines engage correctly in the wing-tip brake (1)
. you cannot see the spline engagement groove.

(3)

Hold the wing-tip brake (1) and install the nuts (17).

(4)

TORQUE the nuts (17) to between 0.5 and 0.55 M.DAN (44.25 and 48.67 LBF.IN).

(5)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) over the nuts (17) and
the locating stud and to the mating face of the brake.

(6)

Adjust the relative position of the brake support (19) and the wing-tip brake (1) with the washers (25)
as necessary:
(a)

Install a minimum of 1 and a maximum of 3 washers (25) on each stud.

(b)

Install the remaining washers (25) between the brake support (19) and the nut (23).

(7)

Install the brake support (19), the washers (24) and the nuts (23).

(8)

TORQUE the nuts (23) to between 0.5 and 0.55 M.DAN (44.25 and 48.67 LBF.IN).

(9)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shank of the bolt
(18), the nuts (23) and the washers (24).

(10) Install the bolt (18), the washer (20) and the nut (21).
(11) TORQUE the nut (21) to between 0.7 and 0.8 M.DAN (61.95 and 70.80 LBF.IN).
(12) Safety the nut (21) with the (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-25) cotter pin (22) .
CAUTION :

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

(13) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the bolt (18) and the washer (20)

AES

27-51-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.

the nut (21) and the cotter pin (22)

the remaining studs.

(14) Do one of the steps that follow:

CAUTION :

(a)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the splines of the universal
joint (28).
.

(b)

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

or

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the splines of the universal
joint (28).

(15) Install the universal joint (28) in the wing-tip brake (1) in a position where the flange bolt holes are
aligned.
(16) If the middle part of the torque shaft was removed, install it (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-008-A) and (Ref.
TASK 27-54-45-400-011-A).
(17) Install the bolts (26) and the nuts (27).
(18) TORQUE the nuts (27) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).
(19) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:
. the bolts (26) and the nuts (27)
. the flanges of the universal joint (28) and the torque shaft.
(20) Remove the blanking plugs from the hydraulic lines (13), (16), (29) and (34).
(21) Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are clean and in the correct condition.
(22) Connect the hydraulic lines (13), (16), (29) and (34) to the wing-tip brake (1) and tighten the end
fittings.
(23) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (7) and (10).
(24) Make sure that the electrical connectors (7) and (10) are clean and in the correct condition.
(25) Connect the electrical connectors (7) and (10) to the wing-tip brake (1).
(26) Attach the bonding strap (2) to the T-piece (3) with the bolt (4), the washer (5) and the nut (6) (Ref.
TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
Subtask 27-51-51-860-052-A
D.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the torque shafts
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(2)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Examine the fluid level in the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic reservoirs. Fill the reservoirs as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-51-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-51-865-052-A
E.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

Subtask 27-51-51-710-050-A
F.

Test
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Install the safety collar on the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV.

(2)

Pressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A), (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-002-A) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).
CAUTION :

(a)

Do an operational test of the wing-tip brake (1) (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-710-001-A).

(3)

Examine the wing-tip brake (1) and the related hydraulic connections for leaks.

(4)

Examine the four witness drain holes in the wing-tip brake for leaks.
NOTE :

5.

MAKE SURE THE POWER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM IS COMPLETE BEFORE YOU DO

A PREPARATION FOR TEST OR A TEST.

This area is not pressurized during normal operation, so leaks will only show after the operational
test.

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-51-991-00100-B - Flap Wing-Tip Brake 33CV(34CV))
Subtask 27-51-51-410-050-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) from the piston rod of the servo-control.

(2)

Put the No. 3 spoiler in the O (Operation) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(3)

On the servo-control, make sure that the pointer on the hex-head is opposite the letter O (Operation)
on the housing.

(4)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(5)

Install the access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A):

(a)

AES

FOR 33CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

install 575DB 575EB

27-51-51 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

FOR 34CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

install 675DB 675EB.

Subtask 27-51-51-865-056-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

FIN
B08

LOCATION

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-51-51-942-051-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-51 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-51-000-002-A
Removal of the Solenoid Valves of the Flap Wing-Tip Brake (WTB)
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 33CV, 34CV

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

PLUG - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27604000000

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 33CV(WING TIP BRAKE)

575DB, 575EB
FOR FIN 34CV(WING TIP BRAKE)
675DB, 675EB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

AES

27-51-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A-01

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-60-00-866-002-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-51-991-00200-B - Solenoid valve - Flap WTB)

FOR FIN 33CV(WING TIP BRAKE)
29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

FOR FIN 34CV(WING TIP BRAKE)

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-51-991-00200-B - Solenoid valve - Flap WTB)
Subtask 27-51-51-941-058-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-51-51-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(3)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever.

(4)

Remove the safety collar from the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV.

Subtask 27-51-51-865-053-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-51-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-51-864-053-A
D.

Depressurize the Hydraulic Systems

(1)

(2)

Depressurize the applicable hydraulic systems:

(a)

FOR 33CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

depressurize the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A)

(b)

FOR 34CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

depressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Depressurize the applicable hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A):

(a)

FOR 33CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

depressurize the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic reservoirs

(b)

FOR 34CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

depressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic reservoirs.

Subtask 27-51-51-010-053-A
E.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position:

. for the left wing, below zone 580
. for the right wing, below zone 680.

(2)

Remove the access panels:

(a)

FOR 33CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

remove 575DB 575EB

(b)

FOR 34CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

remove 675DB 675EB.

(3)

Put the No. 3 spoiler into the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Put the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) on the piston rod of the servo-control.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-51-991-00200-B - Solenoid valve - Flap WTB)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-51-51-020-051-B
A.

AES

Removal of the Solenoid Valve

(1)

Remove the screws (9).

(2)

Use one of the screws (9) in the hole (8) to help you to remove the solenoid valve (7).

(3)

Remove the screw (9) from the hole (8).

(4)

Remove and discard the O-rings (1), (3), (5) and (6), and the back-up rings (2) and (4).

(5)

Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

27-51-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
STA8744/RIB 16

A
33CVA (34CVA)

LH & RH WTB BLUE

HYD SYSTEM

5
6

7
33CVB (34CVB)

LH WTB YELLOW
RH WTB GREEN
HYD SYSTEM

8
9

TOP

OUTBOARD

WING TIP BRAKE

(REF ONLY)

4
N_MM_275151_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-51-51-991-00200-B SHEET 1

Solenoid valve - Flap WTB

27-51-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-51-51-400-002-A
Installation of the Solenoid Valves of the Flap Wing-Tip Brake (WTB)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 33CV, 34CV

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

No specific
1

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

WARNING NOTICE(S)
Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27604000000
B.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 33CV(WING TIP BRAKE)

575DB, 575EB
FOR FIN 34CV(WING TIP BRAKE)
675DB, 675EB

AES

27-51-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
O-ring

IPC-CSN
27-51-51-01-040

6
4
2

O-ring
back-up ring
back-up ring

27-51-51-01-050
27-51-51-01-060
27-51-51-01-070

O-ring

27-51-51-01-080

O-ring

27-51-51-01-090

E.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Wing Tip Brake and the Pressure Off Brake

27-60-00-866-002-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

29-10-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-51-991-00200-B - Solenoid valve - Flap WTB)

(Ref. Fig. 27-51-51-991-00100-B - Flap Wing-Tip Brake 33CV(34CV))
FOR FIN 33CV(WING TIP BRAKE)
29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

FOR FIN 34CV(WING TIP BRAKE)

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-51-941-061-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

AES

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

27-51-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize the
hydraulic systems.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

Subtask 27-51-51-860-055-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(3)

Make sure that the safety collar from the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV are removed.

(4)

Make sure that the applicable hydraulic systems are depressurized:

(5)

(a)

FOR 33CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

depressurize the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A)

(b)

FOR 34CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

depressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A):
(a)

FOR 33CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

depressurize the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic reservoirs

(b)

FOR 34CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

depressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic reservoirs.

(6)

Make sure that the access platform is in position below the applicable solenoid valve.

(7)

Make sure that the access panels are removed:

. for 33CV, panels 575DB, 575EB
. for 34CV, panels 675DB, 675EB.

(8)

Make sure that the No. 3 spoiler is in the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(9)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

Subtask 27-51-51-865-054-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-51-991-00200-B - Solenoid valve - Flap WTB)

AES

27-51-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-51-51-420-057-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(5)

Lubricate the new O-rings (1),(3),(5) and (6),and the back-up rings (2) and (4), with HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) .

(6)

Remove the blanking plugs from the solenoid valve (7) and the wing tip brake.

(7)

Apply a thin layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) at the interface of the
solenoid valve (7) and the manifold.

(8)

Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to all of the bolts and nuts.

Subtask 27-51-51-420-055-B
B.

Installation of the Solenoid Valve

(1)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-51-51-01) O-ring (5) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-51-51-01) O-ring (6) on
the solenoid valve (7).

(2)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-51-51-01) back-up ring (4) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-51-51-01) O-ring (3)
on the solenoid valve (7). Make sure that the curve on the face of the back-up ring (4) is against the Oring (3).

(3)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-51-51-01) back-up ring (2) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-51-51-01) O-ring (1)
on the solenoid valve (7). Make sure that the curve on the face of the back-up ring (2) is against the Oring (1).

(4)

Install the solenoid valve (7) on the wing tip brake.

NOTE :

AES

Solenoid valves 903A0000-01 removed from the PCU valve block (Ref. 27-54-53 and 27-84-53)
must not be installed on the wing-tip brake.

(5)

Install the screws (9).

(6)

TORQUE the screws (9) to between 0.25 and 0.27 M.DAN (22.12 and 23.89 LBF.IN).

27-51-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-51-51-860-054-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Fill the applicable hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002A):
(a)

FOR 33CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

fill the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic reservoirs

(b)

FOR 34CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

fill the Green and the Blue hydraulic reservoirs.

(2)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-51-51-865-055-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

Subtask 27-51-51-863-052-A
E.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Install the safety collar on the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV.

(2)

Pressurize the applicable hydraulic reservoirs and systems:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS
THEY OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED
MOVEMENT OF HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(a)

(b)

Pressurize the applicable hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A):

1

FOR 33CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

pressurize the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic system reservoirs

FOR 34CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

pressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic system reservoirs.

Pressurize the applicable hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-002-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01):
1

AES

FOR 33CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

pressurize the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems

27-51-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2
(3)

FOR 34CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

pressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems.

Examine the solenoid valve (7) and the interface to the wing tip brake for leaks.

Subtask 27-51-51-710-052-A
F.

5.

Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the flap wing-tip brake (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Examine the solenoid valve (7) and the interface to the wing tip brake for leaks.

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-51-51-991-00100-B - Flap Wing-Tip Brake 33CV(34CV))
Subtask 27-51-51-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) from the piston rod of the servo-control.

(2)

Put the No. 3 spoiler in the O (Operation) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(3)

On the servo-control, make sure that the pointer on the hex-head is opposite the letter O (Operation)
on the housing.

(4)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(5)

Install the access panels:

(a)

FOR 33CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

install 575DB 575EB

(b)

FOR 34CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

install 675DB 675EB.

Subtask 27-51-51-866-055-A
B.

Aircraft Configuration
(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

Subtask 27-51-51-942-055-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-51-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FLAPS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.

General
A hydromechanical Power Control Unit (PCU) in the fuselage supplies the mechanical power to the flap transmission
system. The PCU has two hydraulic motors. Each motor has a Pressure-Off Brake (POB) and a valve block, which is
electrically controlled.
Torque shafts and gearboxes transmit the mechanical power from the PCU to the offset gearboxes of the actuators.
The offset gearboxes then transmit the power through their torque limiters to the rotary actuators, which move the
flap transmission system.
The torque limiters control the transmission of torque from the offset gearboxes to keep the torque in the specified
limits. The torque limiters prevent the mechanical overload of the rotary actuators.

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-12300-A - Flap System - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-12400-A - Steady Bearings and Torque Shafts - Component Location)
FIN

6201CM
6202CM
6203CM
6204CM
6205CM
6206CM
6207CM
6208CM
6209CM
6210CM
6211CM
6212CM
6213CM
6214CM
6215CM
6216CM
6217CM
6218CM
6219CM
6220CM
6221CM
6222CM
6223CM
6224CM
6225CM
6226CM
6228CM
6229CM
6230CM
6231CM
6232CM
6233CM
6252CM
6253CM
6254CM
6255CM
6256CM
6257CM

AES

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
FLAP-PCU
FLAP TORQUE SHAFT
FLAP RIGHT ANGLE GEARBOX
FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
FLAP ACTUATOR 1
FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
FLAP STEADY BEARING
FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
FLAP LINE GEARBOX
FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
FLAP ACTUATOR 2
FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
FLAP STEADY BEARING
FLAP STEADY BEARING
FLAP STEADY BEARING
FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
FLAP BEVEL GEARBOX
FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
FLAP STEADY BEARING
FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
FLAP ACTUATOR 3
FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
FLAP STEADY BEARING
FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
FLAP STEADY BEARING
FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
FLAP STEADY BEARING
FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
FLAP STEADY BEARING
FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
FLAP ACTUATOR 4
FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
FLAP RIGHT ANGLE GEARBOX
FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
FLAP ACTUATOR 1
FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
FLAP STEADY BEARING

PANEL

ZONE ACCESS
DOOR
147
147
147
147
148
572
571AB
572
571AB
572
571AB
574
573AB
574
573AB
574
571AB
574
573AB
574
573BB
574
574BB
574
573CB
574
573CB
575
573CB
575
575AB
575
575BB
575
575BB
574
573BB
575
575CB
575
575DB
575
575DB
575
575DB
575
575DB
575
575DB
575
575EB
575
575EB
575
575FB
575
575FB
575
573BB
147
148
148
148
672
671AB
672
671AB

27-54-00 PB001

ATA REF.
27-54-51
27-54-45
27-54-41
27-54-45
27-54-49
27-54-45
27-54-44
27-54-45
27-54-47
27-54-45
27-54-49
27-54-45
27-54-44
27-54-45
27-54-44
27-54-45
27-54-48
27-54-45
27-54-44
27-54-45
27-54-49
27-54-45
27-54-44
27-54-45
27-54-44
27-54-45
27-54-45
27-54-44
27-54-45
27-54-44
27-54-45
27-54-49
27-54-45
27-54-41
27-54-45
27-54-49
27-54-45
27-54-44

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIN
6258CM
6259CM
6260CM
6261CM
6262CM
6263CM
6264CM
6265CM
6266CM
6267CM
6268CM
6269CM
6270CM
6271CM
6272CM
6273CM
6274CM
6275CM
6276CM
6278CM
6279CM
6280CM
6281CM
6282CM
6283CM

AES

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP

XMSN TORQUE SHAFT

LINE GEARBOX
XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
ACTUATOR 2
XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
STEADY BEARING
XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
STEADY BEARING
XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
BEVEL GEARBOX
XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
STEADY BEARING
XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
ACTUATOR 3
XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
STEADY BEARING
XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
STEADY BEARING
XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
STEADY BEARING
XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
STEADY BEARING
XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
ACTUATOR 4

PANEL

ZONE ACCESS
DOOR
672
671AB
674
673AB
674
673AB
674
671AB
674
673BB
674
673BB
674
673BB
674
673CB
674
673CB
675
673CB
675
675AB
675
675BB
675
675BB
674
673BB
675
675CB
675
675CB
675
675DB
675
675DB
675
675DB
675
675DB
675
675EB
675
675EB
675
675FB
675
675
673BB

27-54-00 PB001

ATA REF.
27-54-45
27-54-47
27-54-45
27-54-49
27-54-45
27-54-44
27-54-45
27-54-44
27-54-45
27-54-48
27-54-45
27-54-44
27-54-45
27-54-49
27-54-45
27-54-44
27-54-45
27-54-44
27-54-45
27-54-45
27-54-44
27-54-45
27-54-44
27-54-45
27-54-49

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

System Description
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-13700-A - PCU Hydraulic System - Schematic)
A.

Hydraulic Actuation
Two of the three hydraulic systems supply fluid pressure through a priority valve to the PCU:
. the GREEN hydraulic system supplies valve block 23CV
. the YELLOW hydraulic system supplies valve block 24CV
. the priority valves are set when the pressure drops below 140 bar (2030 psi).
Each valve block controls the flow of hydraulic fluid to the related hydraulic motor and its POB.
Each POB stops and holds the output shaft of the related hydraulic motor when:
. the solenoids of the related valve block are de-energized because of a normal PCU shutdown sequence
. there is not enough pressure in the related hydraulic system
. one of the failures given in (Ref. 27-51-00-00) occurs.
A differential gearbox connects the output shafts of the hydraulic motors and transmits their torque to the
power transmission system. If a POB engages and holds its motor, the remaining motor moves the transmission
system at half speed but at full torque.

B.

Power Transmission
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-12300-A - Flap System - Component Location)
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-14400-A - Actuator - Typical Installation)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-14400-C - Actuator - Typical Installation)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-14500-A - Flap and Flap Track Fairing - Operation)

In each wing, the transmission system includes:

. torque shafts
. a right angle gearbox at the wing root. This changes the drive alignment through 90 degrees for input to the
track 1 actuator
. a line gearbox. This moves the drive path forward onto the rear face of the false rear spar
. a 19 degree bevel gearbox. This puts the drive into line with the rear spar
. four actuators. Each actuator consists of an offset gearbox, a torque limiter and a plug-in rotary actuator
. a Wing Tip Brake (WTB)
. An Asymmetry Position Pick-Off Unit (APPU).
The torque shafts transmit power from the PCU to the gearboxes and actuators. Universal joints connect the
torque shafts and steady bearings support them.
Each input gearbox has a torque limiter which operates in both directions. Each torque limiter has a lock-out
torque value set as necessary for its location. The torque limiters protect the wing structure and the actuators
from a torque overload which could occur by a flap mechanism failure. A mechanical indicator on each actuator
latches if a lock-out occurs. You can set the indicator again when the aircraft is on the ground.

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Drive levers on the actuator output shafts move the flaps through flap link arms. Bolts attach the flap link arms
to the flap bottom surface.
To prevent extension or retraction overtravel each drive lever has mechanical stops. Engagement of the stops
does not occur at a time of normal operation.
Wing Tip Brakes (WTB) give asymmetry and runaway protection (Ref. 27-51-00-00).
The offset gearbox of the track 4 actuator drives an Asymmetry Position
Pick-off Unit (APPU) (Ref. 27-51-00-00).
Carriages, which roll freely on staight tracks, hold each flap. Track installation is on beams below the wing.
Vertical-load rollers and side-load rollers keep the carriages on the tracks. Each carriage has a containment
device to hold it on the track if a failure occurs.
The carriages, tracks and beams at tracks 2, 3 and 4 are made almost the same. Attached to the fuselage is
track 1, which uses a different configuration as that at tracks 2, 3 or 4. Attached to the flap bottom surface at
tracks 2, 3 and 4 are brackets. Connected to the brackets is a linkage which operates the hinged part of the
track fairing during flap extension and retraction.
At the end of each track are mechanical stops. The stops prevent retraction overtravel and makes sure that the
flap do not disengage at the end of flap extension. Engagement of the stops does not occur at a time of normal
operation.

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Power Supply
Not Applicable

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
5.

Interface
Not Applicable

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
6.

Component Description
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-18200-B - Power Control Unit)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-18300-A - Power Control Unit - Schematic)
A.

Power Control Unit 6201CM

(1) Description
The flap PCU is a hydro-mechanical unit. The main body, which is a case, contains a differential gearbox.
The Line Replaceable Units (LRUs) of the PCU are as follows:
. two hydraulic motors
. two Pressure-Off Brakes (POB)
. two valve blocks
. six solenoid valves
. two inlet filters
. one Feedback Position Pick-off Unit (FPPU)
. one Instrumentation Position Pick-off Unit (IPPU).
(a) Hydraulic Motor
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-18400-B - Hydraulic Motor)
Each multi-piston hydraulic motor receives hydraulic pressure from a valve block. The output shaft of
the motor is connected to a POB. Hydraulic fluid lubricates the motor. The cylinders of the motor are
connected to two ports, referred to as the extend and retract ports.
When the valve block supplies hydraulic fluid to the extend port, the motor moves in the direction
necessary to extend the flaps. When hydraulic pressure is supplied to the retract port, the motor moves
in the opposite direction and the flaps retract.
(b) Pressure-Off Brake (POB)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-18500-B - Pressure-Off Brake)
A POB is attached to each hydraulic motor. It holds the output shaft of the hydraulic motor when:
. the hydraulic motors do not operate
. the related hydraulic system does not supply sufficient hydraulic power
. the WTB stops the flap transmission system because of some system failures.
The POB has a multiple friction-disk pack. Splines connect the stators to the POB casing and the
rotors to the shaft in the center of the POB. Springs hold the friction disks together. When hydraulic
pressure is applied to the POB, the friction disks are disengaged (against the pressure of the springs).
To remove the POB, you must remove the related hydraulic motor first.
(c) Valve Block
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-18900-B - Valve Block)
The flap PCU has two valve blocks which are electrically controlled. Each valve block controls the flow
of hydraulic fluid to its related hydraulic motor and POB.

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The Linear Variable Differential Transducer (LVDT) is installed on one end of the valve block. The
LVDT supplies a signal to the SFCC so that the SFCC can monitor the position of the control valve
spool. Installed on the valve block opposite the LVDT are two directional solenoid valves and one POB
solenoid valve. The directional solenoid valves operate as the extend or the retract solenoid valves. The
POB solenoid valve operates as the brake solenoid valve.
The valve blocks are interchangeable with those fitted to the slat PCU. Removal of the valve blocks is
possible without the removal of the PCU from the aircraft.
The primary components of a valve block are:
. a main control valve
. an inlet filter
. five restrictors
. two check valves
. a pressure port
. a return port
. an electrical connector.
(d) Solenoid Valve
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-18900-B - Valve Block)
The solenoid valves of the PCU are the same and interchangeable with each other and those on the
WTB. Their removal is possible without the removal of the valve blocks from the PCU.
(e) Filter
The inlet filter is installed at the pressure port. Its removal is possible without the removal of the valve
block from the PCU.
(f) Differential Gearbox
The differential gearbox contains a reduction and differential gear. The reduction and differential gear
transmits the movement from the hydraulic motors through the PCU output bevel gear to the flap
transmission system. The casing of the differential gearbox also contains the intermediate gear which
transmits the movement to the IPPU and the FPPU. On the differential gearbox casing are primary
and secondary load points for the attachment of the PCU to the aircraft structure.
(g) Position Pick-Off Units
Two PPUs are installed in the flap PCU:
. the Instrumentation PPU (IPPU) (Ref. 27-55-00-00)
. the Feedback PPU (FPPU) (Ref. 27-51-00-00).
They are the same as the Asymmetry PPU (APPU) (Ref. 27-51-00-00) installed in the transmission
system at each wing tip. All PPUs are interchangeable.
An intermediate gear transmits the movement from the differential gearbox to the IPPU and the
FPPU.
Removal of the PPUs is possible without the removal of the PCU from the aircraft.
(2) Operation

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The Slat/Flap Control Computers (SFCC 1 and SFCC 2) (Ref. 27-51-00-00) control the PCU solenoid
valves. The SFCC 1 controls and monitors (through the valve block) the operation of the motor 1 and the
SFCC 2 does the same for the motor 2.
The POB, extend and retract solenoid valves, when energized, permit pressure fluid flow:
. to the POB
. to the chambers at each end of the control valve.
When the spool of the control valve moves away from the neutral position, the hydraulic system of the
aircraft is connected to the related motor as follows:
. the direction in which the valve spool moves controls the direction in which the motor turns
. the distance that the valve spool moves controls the speed at which the motor turns.
During normal operation, the valve blocks and the motors operate at the same time. They operate at the
same time in the static mode, the normal startup sequence and the normal shutdown sequence. Other
sequences operate when there is a system failure or if the startup sequence occurs near to the commanded
position.
(a) Static Mode
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-19100-B - PCU Operation - Static Mode)
In
.
.
.
.

the static mode:

there is no electrical power at all three solenoid valves
the centering effect of the springs holds the control valve spool in the neutral position
the lands on the valve spool seal the main pressure and return lines
the chambers at each end of the valve and the line to the POB are open to return. The return is
through the solenoid valves.

(b) Normal Startup Sequence

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-19200-B - PCU Operation - Normal Startup Sequence)
During the normal startup sequence:
. the SFCC energizes one of the directional (extend or retract) solenoid valves
. the applicable end of the control valve gets fluid pressure
. the valve spool moves in response to the increased fluid pressure at its applicable end
. the LVDT sends a signal to the SFCC to indicate a movement of the valve spool
. the movement of the valve spool causes the POB solenoid valve to get fluid pressure
. when the valve spool reaches the pressure on point, the SFCC energizes the POB solenoid valve
to release the POB
. the hydraulic motor receives fluid flow and starts to turn the transmission
. with the valve spool fully moved, the motor gets the maximum available fluid flow and turns at full
speed.
(c) Normal Shutdown Sequence
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-19300-B - PCU Operation - Normal Shutdown Sequence)
During the normal shutdown sequence:
. electrical power is removed from the drive-direction solenoid when the flaps are 6.69 deg. (FPPU)
away from the set position.
. the opposite direction solenoid is energized at this time.
. full hydraulic system pressure moves the spool towards the center position. Restrictors control the
speed of this movement of the spool.

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.

.
.
.
.

the drive-direction solenoid is now energized again when the spool gets to the Low Speed
operation position. Spring pressure now moves the spool, at a slower speed, towards the center
position. A restriction of hydraulic fluid into the pressure-line upstream of the solenoid valve now
controls the speed of movement of the spool.
the motor now operates at Low Speed because of the decreased size of the pressure and
pressure-return connections.
electrical power is removed from the drive-direction solenoid and the POB solenoid valve when the
flaps are 0.177 deg. (FPPU) away from the set position.
when the LVDT indicates that the valve spool is 1.5 mm from the center position the SFCC
removes power from the opposite direction solenoid valve.
the valve spool moves to the center position and stops.

(d) Pressure Maintaining Function

Emergency or stand-by hydraulic power has a limited flow capacity. At a time of operation with
emergency or stand-by hydraulic power, it is necessary to prevent a sudden decrease in supply pressure.
A sudden decrease in supply pressure can occur because of too much demand by the flap system. This
could cause an application of the POB at any time.
The force and the rate of the spring, together with the port area/valve movement property, give the
function that maintains the pressure of the valve.
As the supply pressure decreases, the valve closes slowly. This reduces the flow rate to the motor and
thus the work-load on the pump. This prevents the work-load of the slat/flap system to cause a
sudden decrease of the supply pressure.
(e) Single System Operation
The loss of the hydraulic pressure to one of the two motors causes the POB to apply and hold the
motor output shaft. This locks one half of the differential gearbox. The serviceable motor then gives
sufficient output torque at half speed, at the gearbox output shaft.
B.

Right Angle Gearbox 6203CM(6253CM)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-19700-A - Right Angle Gearbox)
A right-angle gearbox is installed in each wing. Their gear ratio is 1:1. Bolts attach each right-angle gearbox to
the structure.
The input and output shafts have splined ends for connection to the torque shafts of the transmission system.
The input and output shafts have reversed lip seals which make sure that unwanted material does not get into
the gearbox. The gearbox is filled with grease. There are inspection plugs through which you can examine the
lubricant.

C.

Line Gearbox 6209CM(6259CM)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-20200-A - Line Gearbox)
The line gearbox has a ratio of 1:1. Bearings, seals and the procedures for lubrication and inspection are almost
the same as those used on the right angle gearbox.

D. Bevel Gearbox 6217CM(6267CM)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-20700-A - Bevel Gearbox)

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The bevel gearbox has a ratio of 1:1. Bearings, seals and the procedures for lubrication and inspection are
almost the same as those used on the right angle gearbox.
E.

Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-21200-A - Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-21200-C - Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-21300-A - Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings - Details)
Each torque shaft is a splined/bolted assembly which has, as applicable:
. universal joints
. flexible joints
. a plunging joint.
Universal joints have two forkends connected with a cruciform bearing and can have splined connections or
flanged connections. Flanged connections are bolted to flanges on the mating torque shaft and the splined
connections connect with mating splines. Splined connections can be one of two types, the movable type (M),
or the fixed type (F). Movable joints are free to move along the splines. Fixed joints have a pin installed to
stop any movement. The pins are held in position with a spring clip.
Universal joints let the torque shafts have large angular changes of alignment as they turn.
The flexible joint is an articulating spline-joint assembly that has a male splined coupling and a female splined
coupling. The couplings are connected together with a swaged retainer to make a movable joint. The flexible
joints let the torque shafts have small angular changes of alignment as they turn.
The plunging joint has a universal joint which moves on splines inside a short drive shaft. The plunging joint
gives a flexible joint:
. on the output side of the flap 1 actuator
. on the input side of the line gearbox.
Each torque shaft assembly has at least one movable end connection. The movable end connection has an
indicator groove. This goes out of view when the splines at the connection are correctly engaged.
Steady bearings, which hold the torque shafts, are attached to the structure with bolts. Two types of steady
bearing are installed:
. a self-aligning ball bearing only
. a self-aligning ball bearing and univeral joint assembly.
F.

Actuator Track 1 6205CM(6255CM)

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-21800-A - Actuator - Track 1)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-21800-B - Actuator - Track 1)
The actuator is an assembly that has:

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.

an offset gearbox
a rotary actuator.

** On A/C 003-004
(1) Offset Gearbox - Track 1
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-22000-A - Offset Gearbox)
The offset gearbox casing contains:
. a through shaft
. the torque limiter
. reduction gearing
. the rotary actuator.
The power goes from the through shaft through the torque limiter to spur gears. The spur gears move the
input shaft of the rotary actuator.
** On A/C 005-099
(2) Offset Gearbox - Track 1
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-22000-C - Offset Gearbox)
The offset gearbox has:
. an actuator housing
. a gear cover
. a bevel housing
. a torque limiter.
The actuator housing is a machined casting which contains the rotary actuator and the torque limiter. The
gear cover is bolted to the actuator housing and seals the input side of the actuator.
The bevel housing is bolted to the gear cover and contains an input bevel gear. This engages with a bevel
gear shaft that passes through the torque limiter to transmit the output drive to the flap drive system. An
input gear is installed on the bevel gear shaft. The input gear engages with an idler gear installed between
the input gear and a gear wheel assembly. This gear wheel assembly engages with, and transmits the drive
to, the input gear of the rotary actuator.
The input bevel gear is held by one ball bearing and one taper roller bearing. Two roller bearings hold the
bevel gear shaft.
The actuator assembly (offset gearbox and rotary actuator) is lubricated with semi-fluid grease and is filled
through a vent plug in the bevel housing.
** On A/C 003-004
(3) Torque Limiter
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-22000-A - Offset Gearbox)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-22200-A - Torque Limiter)
The torque limiter has:
. a ball ramp device

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.
.

a friction disk pack spline-mounted to release too much torque through the gearbox casing into the
aircraft structure
a spring disk pack that is set to a limit of a minimum of 120 % of the maximum torque for operation
an indicator with a spring clip which usually stays in the retracted position.

The torque limiter is made to stop the transmission of too much torque into the output. It also makes sure
that the indication of torque peaks, which momentarily engage and release the torque limiter, does not
occur.
(a) Operation
The power input from the torque shaft turns the through shaft of the torque limiter. The power
transmits to the reduction gears, then the rotary actuator, through the input gear. If the torque
necessary at the input to the rotary actuator is more than the bevel-gear shaft supplies (so the input
gear causes resistance):
. the balls move up the ramp in the ball and ramp coupling
. the input gear moves axially against the spring disks A
. the movement of the input gear compresses the friction disks against the earthed plates in the
friction disk pack
. the compression of the friction disk pack causes the input gear to lock-out
. the pressure on the spring disks A pushes the spring cup against the spring disks B
. the spring cup pushes the plunger
. the indicator extends to show that a lock-out torque occured.
The indication of the lock-out torque occurs only:
. when hydraulic-power-given torque is released through the gearbox casing into the aircraft
structure because of too much load downstream.
The system can be set again by operation in the opposite direction. The indicator stays extended until
it is cancelled manually.
** On A/C 005-099
(4) Torque Limiter - Track 1
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-22000-C - Offset Gearbox)
The torque limiter prevents a torque-overload if there is a malfunction in the flap drive system. The torque
limiter has:
. a ball ramp device
. five earthed plates
. six friction discs
. two groups of six spring discs
. a thrust cup
. a lockout indicator.
The ball ramp device gives axial movement of the input gear when the input gear turns at a lower speed
than the bevel gear shaft. The device is a coupling made by three balls. These are installed between the
input gear and the bevel gear shaft in machined grooves (ramps).
The earthed plates and the friction discs are installed on the input gear. The spring discs and the thrust cup
are installed on the bevel gear shaft.

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The lockout indicator gives a visual indication that the torque limiter has operated. It has a lockout
indicator arm and a plunger. These are operated by movement of the thrust cup.
(a) Operation
Input from the torque shaft is transmitted from the input bevel gear to turn the bevel gear shaft and
the input gear through the ball ramp device. Output from the bevel gear shaft is transmitted through
torque shafts to the line gearbox. Output from the input gear is transmmitted through the idler gear
and the gear wheel assembly to the rotary acuator.
During usual operation, the bevel gear shaft, the input gear and the friction discs turn at the same
speed. If the torque reaction at the rotary actuator is too high, it causes the input gear to turn more
slowly than the bevel gear shaft. This difference in speed causes the input gear to move the balls up
the ramps in the bevel gear shaft and the input gear. When this occurs, the input gear moves against
the pressure of the spring discs. This compresses the friction discs against the earthed plates and
causes the unit to lockout.
When the torque limiter is compressed, the thrust cup moves against the pressure of the spring discs.
The thrust cup touches the plunger which extends the lockout indicator arm. This gives a visual
indication that the torque limiter has operated. The indicator arm stays extended until it is pushed in
manually to cancel the indication.
The system can be set again by operation in the opposite direction.
** On A/C 003-004
(5) Rotary Actuator - Track 1
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-22400-A - Rotary Actuator - Tracks 1 and 4)
Bolts attach the rotary actuator to the offset gearbox casing. The gearbox output shaft turns the rotary
actuator. A first-stage gear train transmits input torque from the offset gearbox to the power stage of the
actuator. The power stage includes nine planet gears held by rings. This gives an equal share of the load
between the driven output carrier drive, and the earth annulus gear. The differential gear ratio between the
planet gears, the earth annulus gear and the output ring gears gives a high torque/low speed output.
** On A/C 005-099
(6) Rotary Actuator - Track 1
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-22400-C - Rotary Actuator - Typical)
The rotary actuator is held in the actuator housing of the offset gearbox with two countersunk screws. It is
a reduction unit that gives a high torque/low speed output and has:
. an input end-cover
. an input gear (first stage sun gear)
. a short-flanged hub assembly which has a short-flanged hub and a rotating ring gear
. first-stage planet gears (three)
. an annulus gear assembly
. power-stage planet gears (six)
. a fixed ring gear
. a long-flanged hub assembly which has a long-flanged hub and an output ring gear
. an output shaft
. an output end-cover.

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The input gear and first stage planet gears are installed in bearings in the1 input end-cover and the shortflanged hub assembly. The annulus gear and power-stage planet gears are installed inside the ring gear,
between the short-flanged hub and the long-flanged hub assemblies.
Each planet gear has three gears, front, center and rear. The rear gear teeth on the first-stage planet gears
engage with the annulus gear. The annulus gear and the rotating ring gear engage with the front gear teeth
on the power-stage planet gears. The center gear teeth of the power-stage planet gears engage with fixed
ring gear. The rear gear teeth engage with the teeth of the output ring gear.
The output shaft goes through the output end-cover and is splined into the flanged hub assemblies. A
retaining plate is attached to the output shaft to keep the output shaft and the input gear in position. The
output shaft is connected to the flap drive lever.
(a) Operation
Input from the offset gear box is transmitted through the input gear to first-stage planet gears. The
first-stage planet gears turn and transmit the input through the annulus gear assembly to the powerstage planet gears.
The power-stage planet gears engage with the fixed ring gear, the output ring gear and the rotating
ring gear. As the fixed ring gear is attached to the wing, the power stage planet gears turn and move
around the fixed ring gear. As a result the output ring gear and the rotating ring gear turn. This
transmits output through the flanged hubs and the output shaft to the flap drive lever.
** On A/C ALL
G.

Actuator Track 2 6211CM(6261CM)

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-22900-A - Actuator - Track 2)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-22900-B - Actuator - Track 2)
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-23000-A - Offset Gearbox - Track 2)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-23000-C - Offset Gearbox - Track 2)

** On A/C 003-004
The actuator is almost the same as the actuator for track 1. Installed on this actuator is a longer type of rotary
actuator.
** On A/C 005-099
The actuator is an assembly that has:
. an offset gearbox
. a rotary actuator.
(1) Offset Gearbox - Track 2
The offset gearbox has:
. an actuator housing

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.

a torque limiter housing

a torque limiter.

The actuator housing is a machined casting which contains the rotary actuator.
The torque limiter housing is bolted to the actuator housing. It contains an input shaft, the torque limiter
and the input gears.
An input gear on the input shaft engages with an idler gear installed between the input gear and a gear
wheel assembly. This gear wheel assembly engages with, and transmits the drive to, the input gear of the
rotary actuator. Two roller bearings hold the input shaft in the torque limiter housing.
The actuator assembly (offset gearbox and rotary actuator) is lubricated with semi-fluid grease and is filled
through a vent plug in the actuator housing.
(2) Torque Limiter - Track 2
The torque limiter prevents a torque-overload if there is a malfunction in the flap drive system. The torque
limiter has:
. a ball ramp device
. five earthed plates
. six friction discs
. a group of eight spring discs
. a thrust cup
. a group of six spring discs
. a lockout indicator.
The ball ramp device gives axial movement of the input gear when the input gear turns at a lower speed
than the input shaft. The device is a coupling made by three balls. These are installed between the input
gear and the input shaft in machined grooves (ramps).
The earthed plates and the friction discs are installed on the input gear. The spring discs and the thrust cup
are installed on the input shaft.
The lockout indicator gives a visual indication that the torque limiter has operated. It has a lockout
indicator arm and a plunger. These are operated by movement of the thrust cup.
(a) Operation
Input from the torque shaft is transmitted by the input shaft to turn the input gear through the ball
ramp device.
Output from the input gear is transmmitted through the idler gear and the gear wheel assembly to the
rotary actuator.
Output from the input shaft is transmitted by torque shafts, through the bevel gearbox, to the
actuator at track 3.
During usual operation, the input shaft, the input gear and the friction discs turn at the same speed. If
the torque reaction at the rotary actuator is too high, it causes the input gear to turn more slowly than
the input shaft. This difference in speed causes the input gear to move the balls up the ramps in the
input shaft and the input gear. When this occurs, the input gear moves against the pressure of the
spring discs. This compresses the friction discs against the earthed plates and causes the unit to
lockout.

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
When the torque limiter is compressed, the thrust cup moves against the pressure of the spring discs.
The thrust cup touches the plunger which extends the lockout indicator arm. This gives a visual
indication that the torque limiter has operated. The indicator arm stays extended until it is pushed in
manually to cancel the indication.
The system can be set again by operation in the opposite direction.
(3) Rotary Actuator - Track 2
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-22400-C - Rotary Actuator - Typical)
The description and operation for the track 2 rotary actuator is the same as that for the rotary actuator at
track 1.

** On A/C ALL
H. Actuator Track 3 6221CM(6271CM)

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-23600-A - Actuator - Track 3)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-23600-B - Actuator - Track 3)
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-23700-A - Offset Gearbox - Track 3)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-23700-C - Offset Gearbox - Track 3)

** On A/C 003-004
The actuator is almost the same as the actuator for track 1. The differences are:
. in the offset gearbox are bevel gears as an alternative to spur gears
. installed on this actuator is a longer type of rotary actuator, the same as at track 2.
** On A/C 005-099
The actuator is an assembly that has:
. an offset gearbox
. a rotary actuator.
(1) Offset Gearbox - Track 3
The offset gearbox has:
. an actuator housing
. a gear housing
. a bevel gearbox
. a torque limiter housing
. a torque limiter.
The actuator housing is a machined casting which contains the rotary actuator.

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The gear housing is bolted to the actuator housing and contains a bevel gear assembly and a pinion shaft.
The pinion shaft is splined and has a bevel pinion at each end. At one end the bevel pinion engages with
the bevel gear assembly in the gear housing. At the other, the pinion engages with a bevel gear in the bevel
gearbox. The bevel gearbox is bolted to the gear housing.
The torque limiter housing contains an input shaft and a torque limiter and is bolted to the bevel gearbox.
The input shaft connects to the bevel gear in the bevel gearbox. Drive is transmitted from the input shaft
to the bevel gear through six drive-balls.
The torque limiter housing can be installed in one of two positions. One position is for a LH wing
configuration, the other is for a RH wing configuration.
The actuator assembly (offset gearbox and rotary actuator) is lubricated with semi-fluid grease and is filled
through a vent plug in the actuator housing.
(2) Torque Limiter - Track 3
The torque limiter prevents a torque-overload if there is a malfunction in the flap drive system. The torque
limiter has:
. a ball ramp device
. five earthed plates
. six friction discs
. a group of eight spring discs
. a thrust cup
. a group of six spring discs
. a lockout indicator.
The ball ramp device gives axial movement of the hub when the bevel gear turns at a lower speed than the
input shaft. The device is a coupling made by three balls. These are installed between the hub and the
input shaft in machined grooves (ramps).
The earthed plates and the friction discs are installed on the hub. The spring discs and the thrust cup are
installed on the input shaft.
The lockout indicator gives a visual indication that the torque limiter has operated. It has a lockout
indicator arm and a plunger. These are operated by movement of the thrust cup.
(a) Operation
Input from the torque shaft is transmitted through the input shaft to turn the bevel gear through the
ball ramp device.
Output from the bevel gear turns the pinion shaft which operates the bevel gear assembly and the
rotary actuator.
Output from the input drive shaft is transmitted through torque shafts to the actuator at track 4.
During usual operation, the input shaft, the hub, the bevel gear and the friction discs turn at the same
speed. If the torque reaction at the rotary actuator is too high, it causes the bevel gear to turn more
slowly than the input shaft. This difference in speed causes the hub to move the balls up the ramps in
the input shaft and the hub. When this occurs, the hub moves against the pressure of the spring discs.
This compresses the friction discs against the earthed plates and causes the unit to lockout.

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
When the torque limiter is compressed, the thrust cup moves against the pressure of the spring discs.
The thrust cup touches the plunger which extends the lockout indicator arm. This gives a visual
indication that the torque limiter has operated. The indicator arm stays extended until it is pushed in
manually to cancel the indication.
The system can be set again by operation in the opposite direction.
(3) Rotary Actuator - Track 3
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-22400-C - Rotary Actuator - Typical)
The description and operation for the track 3 rotary actuator is the same as that for the rotary actuator at
track 1.

** On A/C ALL
J.

Actuator Track 4 6233CM(6283CM)

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-14400-A - Actuator - Typical Installation)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-14400-C - Actuator - Typical Installation)
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-24300-A - Offset Gearbox - Track 4)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-24300-C - Offset Gearbox - Track 4)

** On A/C 003-004
The actuator is almost the same as the actuator for track 1. The differences are:
. in the offset gearbox are bevel gears as an alternative to spur gears
. attached to the gearbox casing is the APPU. Included in the offset gearbox is a spur gear to turn the APPU.
** On A/C 005-099
The actuator is an assembly that has:
. an offset gearbox
. a rotary actuator.
(1) Offset Gearbox - Track 4
The offset gearbox has:
. an actuator housing
. a gear housing
. a bevel gearbox
. a torque limiter housing
. a torque limiter.
The actuator housing is a machined casting which contains the rotary actuator.

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The gear housing is bolted to the actuator housing and contains a bevel gear assembly and a pinion shaft.
The bevel gear assembly includes a spur gear which engages with a spur pinion. This has a quill drive that
engages with the input shaft of the Assymetry Position Pick-off Unit (APPU). The pinion shaft is splined
with a bevel pinion at each end. At one end the bevel pinion engages with the bevel gear assembly in the
gear housing. At the other, the pinion engages with a bevel gear in the bevel gearbox. The bevel gearbox is
bolted to the gear housing.
The torque limiter housing contains an input shaft and a torque limiter and is bolted to the bevel gearbox.
The input shaft connects to the bevel gear in the bevel gearbox. Drive is transmitted from the input shaft
to the bevel gear through six drive-balls.
The torque limiter housing can be installed in one of two positions. One position is for a LH wing
configuration, the other is for a RH wing configuration.
The actuator assembly (offset gearbox and rotary actuator) is lubricated with semi-fluid grease and is filled
through a vent plug in the actuator housing.
(2) Torque Limiter - Track 4
The torque limiter prevents a torque-overload if there is a malfunction in the flap drive system. The torque
limiter has:
. a ball ramp device
. five earthed plates
. six friction discs
. two groups of six spring discs
. a thrust cup
. a lockout indicator.
The ball ramp device gives axial movement of the hub when the bevel gear turns at a lower speed than the
input drive shaft. The device is a coupling made by three balls. These are installed between the hub and the
input shaft in machined grooves (ramps).
The earthed plates and the friction discs are installed on the hub. The spring discs and the thrust cup are
installed on the input shaft.
The lockout indicator gives a visual indication that the torque limiter has operated. It has a lockout
indicator arm and a plunger. These are operated by movement of the thrust cup.
(a) Operation
Input from the torque shaft is transmitted from the input shaft to turn the bevel gear through the ball
ramp device.
Output from the bevel gear turns the pinion shaft which operates the bevel gear assembly and the
rotary actuator. The spur gear on the bevel gear assembly transmits an input through the spur pinion
and the quill drive to the APPU.
During usual operation, the input shaft, the hub, the bevel gear and the friction discs turn at the same
speed. If the torque reaction at the rotary actuator is too high, it causes the bevel gear to turn more
slowly than the input shaft. This difference in speed causes the hub to move the balls up the ramps in
the input shaft and the hub. When this occurs, the hub moves against the pressure of the spring discs.
This compresses the friction discs against the earthed plates and causes the unit to lockout.

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
When the torque limiter is compressed, the thrust cup moves against the pressure of the spring discs.
The thrust cup touches the plunger which extends the lockout indicator arm. This gives a visual
indication that the torque limiter has operated. The indicator arm stays extended until it is pushed in
manually to cancel the indication.
The system can be set again by operation in the opposite direction.
(3) Rotary Actuator - Track 4
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-22400-C - Rotary Actuator - Typical)
The description and operation for the track 4 rotary actuator is the same as that for the rotary actuator at
track 1.

** On A/C ALL
K.

Flap Carriages

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-24900-C - Flap Carriages)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-24900-D - Flap Carriages)
Carriage - Track 1
The carriage at track 1 is machined from aluminium alloy forging. Four vertical-load and two side-load rollers
hold the carriage on its track. The rollers are lubricated through grease points on the carriage.
Carriage - Track 2, 3 and 4
The carriages at tracks 2, 3 and 4 are machined from aluminium alloy forgings. All three carriages are almost
the same. Six vertical-load and four side-load rollers hold each carriage on its track. The rollers are lubricated
through grease points on the carriage. A fail-safe hook keeps the flap on the track if there is a structural failure
of the carriage.
Bolts attach the carriages to the flaps. The bolts have eccentrics which let you adjust the flaps.
** On A/C ALL
L.

Flap and Track Fairing Operating Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-14500-A - Flap and Flap Track Fairing - Operation)
Attached to the flap bottom surface, immediately outboard of each track position, is a flap link arm. Bolted to
the drive lever, on its related actuator, is the forward end of each link arm. At tracks 1 and 4 are links arms
made of machined aluminium. At tracks 2 and 3 are link arms made of machined titanium. The link arms
transmit the movement from the rotary actuators to the flap surface.
Attached to the flap bottom surface, at tracks 2, 3 and 4, is an arm which operates the track fairing. Attached
to the operating arm is a linkage which operates the moveable track fairing during flap extension and retraction.

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
7.

Operation/Control and Indicating

(Ref.
(Ref.
(Ref.
(Ref.
A.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

27-54-00-13700-A
27-54-00-18900-B
27-54-00-19200-B
27-54-00-19300-B

PCU Hydraulic System - Schematic)

Valve Block)
PCU Operation - Normal Startup Sequence)
PCU Operation - Normal Shutdown Sequence)

Hydraulic Actuation
The SFCC 1 controls the valve block of the GREEN hydraulic system and the related motor on the PCU. The
SFCC 2 controls the valve block of the YELLOW hydraulic system and the related motor on the PCU.
NOTE :

The operation of the valve block of the GREEN hydraulic system and the related motor is given. The
operation of the valve block of the YELLOW hydraulic system and the related motor is the same.

NOTE :

The operation of the valve block is almost the same for the extension and retraction of the flaps. The
extend and retract solenoid valves control the direction of the movement of the hydraulic motor.

(1) Flap Extension (Retraction)

(a) When the SFCC 1 receives a command to extend (retract) the flaps, it energizes the extend (retract)
solenoid valve of the PCU valve block.
(b) The energized extend (retract) solenoid valve lets hydraulic fluid flow to one end of the spool of the
PCU control valve (referred to as the valve spool).
(c) The valve spool moves from the neutral position and lets hydraulic fluid flow to:
. the POB solenoid valve
. the extend (retract) side of the motor.
(d) When the valve spool reaches the pressure on point, a signal from the LVDT causes the SFCC 1 to
energize the POB solenoid valve:
. the POB releases
. the motor starts to turn
. the flaps extend (retract).
(e) As the flaps get near to the commanded position:
. the FPPU sends a signal to the SFCC 1 when the flaps are 6.69 deg. (FPPU) away from the
commanded position
. the SFCC 1 energizes the retract (extend) solenoid valve (all three valves are now energized)
. the opposite end of the valve spool receives fluid pressure
. equal hydraulic forces occur at both ends of the valve spool
. the springs continue to move the valve spool in the direction of the neutral position
. a restriction of the fluid flow to the motor occurs
. a reduction in the motor speed causes a reduction in the rate of flap travel.
(f) When the flaps get to the commanded position:
. the FPPU sends a signal to the SFCC 1 when the flaps are 0.177 deg. (FPPU) away from the
commanded position
. the SFCC 1 de-energizes the extend (retract) solenoid valve and the POB solenoid valve
. the POB comes on
. when the LVDT shows that the valve spool is 1.5 mm from the neutral position, the SFCC 1 deenergizes the retract (extend) solenoid valve (all three valves are now de-energized)
. the fluid flow to the motor stops
. the motor stops
. the valve spool gets to and stays at the neutral position.

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(g) The flaps stay locked by the POB until the next movement is commanded.
B.

Power Transmission
The PCU differential gearbox moves the flap transmission system in each wing. The operation of the
transmission system is the same for each wing. Only one wing system is specified.
(1) Flap Extension
(a) The differential gearbox turns the torque shafts, which move the four actuators at the same time, and
at the same speed.
(b) Attached to the actuator output shafts are the drive levers. They turn rearwards through an arc of 112
degrees to move the flap link arms.
(c) The flap link arms move the flaps, on their carriages, along the tracks. At the same time, the flap link
arms turn the flaps around the lateral pivot axis.
(d) As the flaps extend, the hinged section of the track fairing lowers. This is caused by the effect of the
arm which operates the fairing.
(2) Flap Retraction
(a) The torque shaft movement to retract the flaps is the opposite of the movement to extend the flaps.

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
8.

BITE
Not Applicable

AES

27-54-00 PB001

Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z 5 7 0( 6 7 0 )

POWER CONTROL UNIT

6201CM
ACTUATOR ASSY 1
6205CM (6255CM)

RIGHT ANGLE GEARBOX

6203CM (6253CM)
TRACK 1

INBOARD FLAP

LINEAGE GEARBOX
6209CM (6259CM)
ACTUATOR ASSY 2
6211CM (6261CM)

TRACK 2

BEVEL GEARBOX
6217CM (6267CM)

ACTUATOR ASSY 3
6221CM (6271CM)

TRACK 3

WING TIP BRAKE

OUTBOARD FLAP
ASYMMETRY POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT

ACTUATOR ASSY 4
6233CM (6283CM)

TRACK 4

N_MM_275400_0_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Flap System - Component Location

27-54-00 PB001

Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z 5 7 0( 6 7 0 )

A
PCU

6202CM
(6252CM)

ACTUATOR
ASSY 1

6204CM
(6254CM)
6206CM
(6256CM)
6207CM
(6257CM)

6208CM
(6258CM)
6210CM
(6260CM)

ACTUATOR
ASSY 2
6213CM
(6263CM)
6215CM
(6265CM)

6212CM
(6262CM)
6214CM
(6264CM)
6216CM
(6266CM)

6218CM
(6268CM)

6219CM
(6269CM)
STEADY
BEARINGS

TORQUE
SHAFTS

6220CM
(6270CM)

ACTUATOR
ASSY 3

6222CM
(6272CM)
6224CM
(6274CM)
6226CM
(6276CM)

6223CM
(6273CM)
6225CM
(6275CM)

6229CM
(6279CM)
6231CM
(6281CM)

6228CM
(6278CM)
6230CM
(6280CM)
6232CM
(6282CM)

ACTUATOR
ASSY 4

N_MM_275400_0_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-12400-A SHEET 1

Steady Bearings and Torque Shafts - Component Location

27-54-00 PB001

Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

PRESSURE
RETURN
GREEN SYSTEM

YELLOW SYSTEM

TO SLAT SYSTEM
(REF. 278000)

SLAT/FLAP
CONTROL COMPUTER 1

SLAT/FLAP
CONTROL COMPUTER 2

VALVE BLOCK
23CV

VALVE BLOCK
24CV
DIFFERENTIAL
GEARBOX

M
PRESSUREOFF
BRAKE

M
PRESSUREOFF
BRAKE

TRANSMISSION

TRANSMISSION
POWER CONTROL UNIT 6201CM

N_MM_275400_0_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-13700-A SHEET 1

PCU Hydraulic System - Schematic

27-54-00 PB001

Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
STA10204/RIB 19
STA9704/RIB 18

A
575FB
(675FB)

A
ACTUATOR 4 SHOWN
ACTUATORS 2 AND 3 SIMILAR

ACTUATOR
6233CM/6283CM
ROTARY
ACTUATOR

ASYMMETRY POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT (TRACK 4 ONLY)

OFFSET
GEARBOX

TORQUE
LIMITER

INDICATOR

TORQUE
SHAFT

UNIVERSAL
JOINT

FW

REAR
SPAR

DRIVE
LEVER

N_MM_275400_0_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-14400-A SHEET 1

Actuator - Typical Installation

27-54-00 PB001

Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

S T A 1 0 2 0 4 /R I B 1 9
S T A 9 7 0 4 /R I B 1 8

575FB
(675FB)

ACTUATOR 4 SHOWN
ACTUATORS 2 AND 3 SIMILAR

A
ACTUATOR
6233CM/6283CM
ROTARY
ACTUATOR

OFFSET
GEARBOX

TORQUE
LIMITER

TORQUE SHAFT
(REF)

FW

REAR SPAR (REF)

ASYMMETRY POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT
(TRACK 4 ONLY)

FLAP DRIVE
LEVER (REF)

N_MM_275400_0_AGN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-14400-C SHEET 1

Actuator - Typical Installation

27-54-00 PB001

Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A
A
FLAP
RETRACTED
CARRIAGE
STOP

DRIVE
LEVER

BEAM

FLAP
LINK
ARM

FLAP

CARRIAGE

FAIRING
OPERATING
ARM

MOVEABLE
FAIRING

TRACK
STOP

A
FLAP
EXTENDED

N_MM_275400_0_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-14500-A SHEET 1

Flap and Flap Track Fairing - Operation

27-54-00 PB001

Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
SEAL DRAIN

Z147/148

FEEDBACK POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT
CASE DRAIN

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR

INSTRUMENTATION
POSITION PICKOFF UNIT

B
PRESSUREOFF
BRAKE

HYDRAULIC MOTOR

CASE DRAIN

LINEAR VARIABLE
DIFFERENTIAL
TRANSDUCER

VALVE
BLOCK
ASSEMBLY

CONTROL VALVE

PRESSUREOFF
BRAKE SOLENIOD
TRANSFER TUBE
RETRACT SOLENIOD
DIFFERENTIAL
GEARBOX
EXTEND SOLENIOD

GREEN
PRESSURE

GREEN
RETURN

YELLOW
PRESSURE

YELLOW
RETURN

FILTER
N_MM_275400_0_ALP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-18200-B SHEET 1

Power Control Unit

27-54-00 PB001

Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

OUTPUT

DIFFERENTIAL GEAR

PRESSURE OFF
BREAK

PRESSURE OFF
BREAK

LINEAR
VARIABLE
DIFFERENTIAL
TRANSDUCER

OUTPUT

VALVE
BLOCK

HYDRAULIC
MOTOR

HYDRAULIC
MOTOR

VALVE
BLOCK

SOLENOID
VALVES

INTERMEDIATE GEAR

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
FEEDBACK
PPU

INSTRUMENTATION
PPU
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS

N_MM_275400_0_ANM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-18300-A SHEET 1

Power Control Unit - Schematic

27-54-00 PB001

Page 33
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

HYDRAULIC MOTOR

MOTOR BODY

PORTS

N_MM_275400_0_AQP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-18400-B SHEET 1

Hydraulic Motor

27-54-00 PB001

Page 34
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

PRESSUREOFF BRAKE

A
MULTIPLE DISC PACK

SPRING

SECTION

BB
BRAKE
PISTON

CASING

HYDRAULIC
PRESSURE

N_MM_275400_0_ASP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-18500-B SHEET 1

Pressure-Off Brake

27-54-00 PB001

Page 35
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
POWER CONTROL UNIT

BRAKE CONNECTION
MOTOR CONNECTION

MAIN CONTROL VALVE

RETURN PORT
LINEAR
VARIABLE
DIFFERENTIAL
TRANSDUCER

ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

B
B

PRESSURE PORT

RETRACT SOLENOID
VALVE

PRESSUREOFF
BRAKE SOLENOID
VALVE
EXTEND SOLENOID
VALVE

FILTER

N_MM_275400_0_AUP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-18900-B SHEET 1

Valve Block

27-54-00 PB001

Page 36
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

RETRACT
SOLENOID
(DEENERGIZED)

EXTEND
SOLENOID
(DEENERGIZED)

PRESSURE OFF
BRAKE SOLENOID
(DEENERGIZED)

CHECK
VALVE

TO PRESSURE
OFF BRAKE

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
RESTRICTOR

RESTRICTOR

LINEAR
VARIABLE
DIFFERENTIAL
TRANSDUCER
CONTROL
VALVE
SPRINGS

CONTROL
VALVE
SPOOL
MOTOR

PRESSURE

RETURN

FILTER

N_MM_275400_0_AWP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-19100-B SHEET 1

PCU Operation - Static Mode

27-54-00 PB001

Page 37
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

RETRACT
SOLENOID
(DEENERGIZED)

EXTEND
SOLENOID
(ENERGIZED)

PRESSURE OFF
BRAKE SOLENOID
(ENERGIZED)

CHECK
VALVE

TO PRESSURE
OFF BRAKE

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
RESTRICTOR

RESTRICTOR

LINEAR
VARIABLE
DIFFERENTIAL
TRANSDUCER
CONTROL
VALVE
SPRINGS

CONTROL
VALVE
SPOOL
MOTOR

PRESSURE

RETURN

FILTER

N_MM_275400_0_AYP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-19200-B SHEET 1

PCU Operation - Normal Startup Sequence

27-54-00 PB001

Page 38
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

RETRACT
SOLENOID
(ENERGIZED)

EXTEND
SOLENOID
(ENERGIZED)

PRESSURE OFF
BRAKE SOLENOID
(ENERGIZED)

CHECK
VALVE

TO PRESSURE
OFF BRAKE

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
RESTRICTOR

RESTRICTOR

LINEAR
VARIABLE
DIFFERENTIAL
TRANSDUCER
CONTROL
VALVE
SPRINGS

CONTROL
VALVE
SPOOL
MOTOR

PRESSURE

RETURN

FILTER

N_MM_275400_0_BAP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-19300-B SHEET 1

PCU Operation - Normal Shutdown Sequence

27-54-00 PB001

Page 39
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

RIGHT ANGLE GEARBOX

6203CM (6253CM)

INSPECTION
HOLE
LIP SEAL

BEARING

N_MM_275400_0_BCM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-19700-A SHEET 1

Right Angle Gearbox

27-54-00 PB001

Page 40
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

573AB (673AB)

A
A
LIP SEAL
LINE GEARBOX
6029CM (6259CM)
BEARING

INSPECTION
PLUG

N_MM_275400_0_BEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-20200-A SHEET 1

Line Gearbox

27-54-00 PB001

Page 41
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

575AB (675AB)

TRAILING EDGE
RIB

A
BEVEL GEARBOX
19 DEG. 6217CM (6267CM)

BEARINGS

INSPECTION
PLUG

LIP SEAL

N_MM_275400_0_BGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-20700-A SHEET 1

Bevel Gearbox

27-54-00 PB001

Page 42
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

ACTUATOR
ASSEMBLY 1

RIGHT ANGLE
GEARBOX

ACTUATOR
ASSEMBLY 2
M

BEVEL
GEARBOX

POWER
CONTROL
UNIT

LINE
GEARBOX

M
M

F
M F

M
M

F
F
M

F
E
ACTUATOR
ASSEMBLY 4

ACTUATOR
ASSEMBLY 3

LEGEND
WING TIP BRAKE

TORQUE SHAFT ASSEMBLY

STEADY BEARING ASSEMBLY

ASYMMETRY POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT

PLUNGING JOINT ASSEMBLY

BOLTED JOINT
UNIVERSAL JOINT
FLEXIBLE JOINT
M

MOVEABLE

FIXED
N_MM_275400_0_BCP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-21200-A SHEET 1

Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings

27-54-00 PB001

Page 43
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

ACTUATOR
ASSEMBLY 1

A
A

RIGHT ANGLE
GEARBOX

ACTUATOR
ASSEMBLY 2
M

BEVEL
GEARBOX

POWER
CONTROL
UNIT

LINE
GEARBOX

M
M

F
M F

M
M

F
F
M

F
E
ACTUATOR
ASSEMBLY 4

ACTUATOR
ASSEMBLY 3

LEGEND
WING TIP BRAKE

TORQUE SHAFT ASSEMBLY

STEADY BEARING ASSEMBLY

ASYMMETRY POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT

PLUNGING JOINT ASSEMBLY

BOLTED JOINT
UNIVERSAL JOINT
FLEXIBLE JOINT
M

MOVEABLE

FIXED
N_MM_275400_0_BEP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-21200-C SHEET 1

Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings

27-54-00 PB001

Page 44
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
PIN

SPRING
CLIP
UNIVERSAL JOINT
ASSEMBLY

STEADY BEARING
ASSEMBLY

TORQUE
SHAFT

J
TYPICAL

INDICATOR
GROOVE

PIN
SPRING
CLIP

PLUNGING JOINT
ASSEMBLY

H
E
PIN

J
UNIVERSAL JOINT
ASSEMBLY
UNIVERSAL JOINT
ASSEMBLY

SPRING CIP

STEADY BEARING
ASSEMBLY

J
ARTICULATING
SPLINE JOINT
ASSEMBLY

UNIVERSAL JOINT
ASSEMBLY

N_MM_275400_0_BGP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-21300-A SHEET 1

Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings - Details

27-54-00 PB001

Page 45
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

A
Z147
Z148

TORQUE LIMITER

OFFSET
GEARBOX

A
ACTUATOR
6205CM/6255 CM

ROTARY ACTUATOR

N_MM_275400_0_BLM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-21800-A SHEET 1

Actuator - Track 1

27-54-00 PB001

Page 46
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

Z148

FLAP ACTUATOR No.1

6205CM(6255CM)

Z147

OFFSET
GEARBOX

TORQUE
LIMITER

ROTARY
ACUATOR

N_MM_275400_0_BLN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-21800-B SHEET 1

Actuator - Track 1

27-54-00 PB001

Page 47
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

TORQUE LIMITER

INDICATOR

FRICTION
DISC PACK

INPUT
MEMBER

SPRING B

OUTPUT TO
ACTUATOR 2

THROUGH
SHAFT
SPRING

OUTPUT MEMBER

INPUT FROM RIGHT

ANGLE GEARBOX

SPUR GEAR
REDUCTION

CASING

INPUT TO ROTARY
ACTUATOR

ROTARY
ACTUATOR

N_MM_275400_0_BNM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-22000-A SHEET 1

Offset Gearbox

27-54-00 PB001

Page 48
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

ACTUATOR
HOUSING

PLUNGER
LOCKOUT
INDICATOR
ARM

GEAR
COVER

BEVEL GEAR
SHAFT
SPRING DISCS
THRUST CUP
FRICTION
DISCS

GEAR WHEEL
ASSEMBLY I D L E R
GEAR

EARTHED
PLATES

TORQUE
LIMITER

INPUT GEAR

BALL RAMP
DEVICE

BEVEL
HOUSING
VENT
PLUG

INPUT
BEVEL GEAR

N_MM_275400_0_BLR0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-22000-C SHEET 1

Offset Gearbox

27-54-00 PB001

Page 49
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

OUTPUT
MEMBER
SPRING A
INDICATOR

SPRING B

BALL AND RAMP

COUPLING
INPUT SHAFT

FRICTION
DISC PACK
TORQUE LIMITER
HOUSING

A
RAMP
INPUT
MEMBER

OUTPUT
MEMBER

AXIAL
DISPLACEMENT

RAMP
NORMAL RUNNING
CONDITION

ACTIVATED
CONDITION

N_MM_275400_0_BQM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-22200-A SHEET 1

Torque Limiter

27-54-00 PB001

Page 50
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

POWER
STAGE
OUTPUT RING
GEAR
PLANET GEAR

EARTH ANNULUS
GEAR
OUTPUT RING
GEAR
1ST STAGE
GEAR TRAIN

SUPPORT RING
CARRIER DRIVE
CARRIER
DRIVE

OUTPUT TO
FLAP DRIVE

INPUT FROM
OFFSET GEARBOX

OUTPUT SHAFT

ACTUATORTRACKS 1 AND 4
VENT TO
OFFSET GEARBOX

N_MM_275400_0_BSM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-22400-A SHEET 1

Rotary Actuator - Tracks 1 and 4

27-54-00 PB001

Page 51
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

ORING SEAL

LONG FLANGED
HUB ASSEMBLY

ELASTOMERIC
SEAL
FIXED
RING GEAR

OUTPUT LONG
RING FLANGED
GEAR
HUB

ROLLERS

OUTPUT
SHAFT

PLANT GEARS
(FIRST STAGE)

BEARINGS
INPUT
ENDOVER

JOURNAL RING
PLANET GEARS
(POWERSTAGE)
OUTPUT
ENDCOVER

INPUT GEAR
(FIRST STAGE
SUN GEAR)

RETAINING
PLATE
ANNULUS GEAR
ASSEMBLY

DOWEL
SHORTFLANGED
HUB

ROTATING
RING GEAR

SHORTFLANGED
HUB ASSEMBLY

N_MM_275400_0_BSN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-22400-C SHEET 1

Rotary Actuator - Typical

27-54-00 PB001

Page 52
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

573BB
(673BB)

A
ACTUATOR
6211CM(6261CM)

FW

N_MM_275400_0_BUM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-22900-A SHEET 1

Actuator - Track 2

27-54-00 PB001

Page 53
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

573BB
(673BB)

A
FLAP ACTUATOR No.2
6211CM(6261CM)

A
TORQUE LIMITER

ROTARY
ACTUATOR

TORQUE
SHAFT
(REF)

OFFSET
GEARBOX

FW

REAR SPAR
(REF)

FLAP DRIVE
LEVER
(REF)

N_MM_275400_0_BUN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-22900-B SHEET 1

Actuator - Track 2

27-54-00 PB001

Page 54
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

INPUT
MEMBER
THROUGH
SHAFT

FRICTION
DISK PACK

SPRING A
SPRING SEAT

OUTPUT SPUR
GEAR

SPRINGB
INPUT FROM
ACTUATOR
1

OUTPUT TO
ACTUATOR
3

SPUR GEAR
REDUCTION

BALL
RAMP

SPRING
CLIP

INDICATOR

OUTPUT
MEMBER

INPUT TO ROTARY
ACTUATOR

ROTARY
ACTUATOR

N_MM_275400_0_BWM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-23000-A SHEET 1

Offset Gearbox - Track 2

27-54-00 PB001

Page 55
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
ACTUATOR HOUSING

VENT PLUG

TORQUE
LIMITER
HOUSING

GEAR WHEEL
ASSEMBLY

IDLER
GEAR
LOCKOUT
INDICATOR
ARM

PLUNGER
BALL RAMP DEVICE

INPUT GEAR

FRICTION DISCS
EARTHED PLATES
SPRING DISCS
THRUST CUP

TORQUE
LIMITER

SHAFT
SPRING DISCS

N_MM_275400_0_BWN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-23000-C SHEET 1

Offset Gearbox - Track 2

27-54-00 PB001

Page 56
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

575BB
(675BB)

RIB 12
RIB 12

A
ACTUATOR
6221CM(6271CM)

FW

N_MM_275400_0_BYM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-23600-A SHEET 1

Actuator - Track 3

27-54-00 PB001

Page 57
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

575BB
(675BB)

A
RIB12
RIB11
OFFSET
GEARBOX

A
FLAP ACTUATOR No.3
6221CM (6271CM)

TORQUE
LIMITER

TORQUE
SHAFT
(REF)

ROTARY
ACTUATOR

REAR SPAR
(REF)

FW

FLAP DRIVE
LEVER
(REF)
N_MM_275400_0_BYN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-23600-B SHEET 1

Actuator - Track 3

27-54-00 PB001

Page 58
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

INPUT FROM
ACTUATOR NO.2

OUTPUT TO
ACTUATOR NO.4

BEVEL GEAR
REDUCTION

INPUT TO ROTARY
ACTUATOR

ROTARY
ACTUATOR

N_MM_275400_0_CAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-23700-A SHEET 1

Offset Gearbox - Track 3

27-54-00 PB001

Page 59
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
VENT PLUG

GEAR
HOUSING

BEVEL GEAR
SHAFT

ACTUATOR
HOUSING

BEVEL GEAR
ASSEMBLY

PINION

PINION
SHAFT

BALL RAMP
DEVICE
HUB
PLUNGER
LOCKOUT
INDICATOR
ARM

BEVEL
GEARBOX

TORQUE
LIMITER
HOUSING

PINION
BEVEL GEAR
DRIVEBALLS
FRICTION DISCS
EARTHED PLATES
SPRING DISCS
THRUST CUP
INPUT SHAFT

TORQUE
LIMITER

SPRING DISCS
N_MM_275400_0_CAN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-23700-C SHEET 1

Offset Gearbox - Track 3

27-54-00 PB001

Page 60
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

INPUT FROM
ACTUATOR NO. 3

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS
BEVEL GEAR
REDUCTION

SPUR GEAR
REDUCTION

ROTARY
ACTUATOR

ASYMMETRY POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT

INPUT TO ROTARY
ACTUATOR

N_MM_275400_0_CCM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-24300-A SHEET 1

Offset Gearbox - Track 4

27-54-00 PB001

Page 61
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
VENT PLUG

SPUR PINION

ACTUATOR
HOUSING
GEAR
HOUSING

QUILL
DRIVE
SPUR
GEAR

BEVEL GEAR
ASSEMBLY

SPRING
DISCS
THRUST CUP
LOCKOUT
INDICATOR
ARM

GEAR
PINION
SHAFT

BALLS
HUB

BEVEL
GEARBOX

PLUNGER
SPRING DISCS

PINIONS

BALLS

EARTH PLATES
FRICTION DISCS
INPUT SHAFT

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-24300-C SHEET 1

Offset Gearbox - Track 4

TORQUE LIMITER HOUSING

N_MM_275400_0_CCN0_01_00

27-54-00 PB001

Page 62
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

A
CARRIAGE

B
B
B
Z570
(Z670)

TRACK 1

FLAP LINK
ARM

SECTION

FLAP
ATTACHMENT

C C

C
CARRIAGE

FAIL SAFE
HOOK
VERTICAL
ROLLER

TRACK
2,3,4

SIDELOAD
ROLLER
N_MM_275400_0_CEN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-24900-C SHEET 1

Flap Carriages

27-54-00 PB001

Page 63
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

A
CARRIAGE

B
B
B
Z570
(Z670)

A
TRACK 1

FLAP LINK
ARM

SECTION

FLAP
ATTACHMENT

C C

C
CARRIAGE

FAIL SAFE
HOOK
VERTICAL
ROLLER

TRACK
2,3,4

SIDELOAD
ROLLER
N_MM_275400_0_CEP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-24900-D SHEET 1

Flap Carriages

27-54-00 PB001

Page 64
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FLAPS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER TRANSMISSION ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Flap System
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure

AES

27-54-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-00-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons that the flap system is in operation.

Subtask 27-54-00-860-056-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002-A).

(3)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(4)

Pressurize the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-00-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-54-00-865-052-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-54-00-710-050-A
A.

Operational Test
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

27-54-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Do the Electronic Instrument System (EIS) start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(2)

Do this test:

ACTION
1.On the center pedestal on the panel 114VU:

On the aircraft:

move the slat and flap control lever to positions 1, 2,

3 and FULL. Stop at every notch until the flaps stop
at each position selected.

RESULT
the flaps move to the set position.

2.On the panel 114VU:

On the ECAM upper DU:

the flap position bar moves to the set position
the new lever position and the flaps travel direction are
shown.
On the aircraft:

.
.

move the slat and flap control lever back to positions

3, 2, 1 and 0. Stop at every notch until the flaps stop
at each position selected.

.
.
.
5.

the flaps move to the set position.

On the ECAM upper DU:
the flap position bar moves to the set position
the new lever position and the flaps travel direction are
shown
no warnings related to the flap system are shown.

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-00-860-057-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A).

(2)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Depressurize the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A).

(4)

Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(5)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-54-00-865-051-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-54-00-942-050-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-54-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

AES

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the Flap and Slat Systems
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-00-941-063-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

AES

Put the safety barriers in position.

27-54-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons that the flap and slat systems are in
operation.

Subtask 27-54-00-860-067-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002-A).

(3)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(4)

Pressurize the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-00-865-078-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

FIN

LOCATION

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-54-00-865-068-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-54-00-710-051-A
A.

Operational Test
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

27-54-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Do the Electronic Instrument System (EIS) start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(2)

Do this test:

ACTION
1.On the center pedestal on the panel 114VU:
.

RESULT
On the aircraft:

move the slat and flap control lever to position 1 and .

then to position 2. Stop at both notches until the flaps
and slats are in their new position.
.
.

the flaps and slats move to their set positions.

On the ECAM upper DU:
the flap and slat position bars move to their set
positions
the new position of the control lever and the travel
direction of the flaps and slats are shown.

2.On the panel 114VU:

On the aircraft:

.
.

move the slat and flap control lever to the position 3.

the flaps move to the set position

the slats do not move.

3.On the panel 114VU:

On the ECAM upper DU:

the flap position bar moves to the set position
the slat position bar does not move
the new position of the control lever and the travel
direction of the flaps are shown.
On the aircraft:

.
.
.

move the slat and flap control lever to the position

FULL.

the flaps and slats move to their set positions.

4.On the panel 114VU:

On the ECAM upper DU:

the flap and slat position bars move to their set
positions
. the new position of the control lever and the travel
direction of the flaps and slats are shown.
On the aircraft:

move the slat and flap control lever back to the

position 3.

.
.

the flaps and slats move to their set positions.

On the ECAM upper DU:
the flap and slat position bars move to their set
positions
the new position of the control lever and the travel
direction of the flaps and slats are shown.

5.On the panel 114VU:

On the aircraft:

.
.

the flaps move to the set position

the slats do not move.

.
.
.

On the ECAM upper DU:

the flap position bar moves to the set position
the slat position bar does not move
the new position of the control lever and the travel
direction of the flaps are shown.

AES

move the slat and flap control lever back to the

position 2.

27-54-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
6.On the panel 114VU:
.

RESULT
On the aircraft:

move the slat and flap control lever back to the

.
positions 1 and 0. Stop at both notches until the flaps
and slats are in their new position.
.
.
.

5.

the flaps and slats move to their set positions.

On the ECAM upper DU:
the flap and slat position bars move to their set
positions
the new position of the control lever and the travel
direction of the flaps and slats are shown
no warnings related to the flap and slat systems are
shown.

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-00-860-068-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A).

(2)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Depressurize the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A).

(4)

Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(5)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-54-00-865-079-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

FIN

LOCATION

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-54-00-942-069-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-00-820-001-A
Adjustment of the Flap Drive System
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

460005835
98D27504005000

1
1

SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK

PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1)

98D27504006000
98D27803000000

3
2

PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 04-022
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007

AES

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY

27-54-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

571AB, 573AB, 573BB, 573CB,

575AB, 575BB, 575CB, 575DB,
575EB, 575FB, 575GB, 671AB,
673AB, 673BB, 673CB, 675AB,
675BB, 675CB, 675DB, 675EB,
675FB, 675GB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-44-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut

27-54-00-220-007-A

Check of the Flap Drive System

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

32-00-00-481-002-A

Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gear Doors

32-12-00-010-001-A
32-12-00-410-001-A
57-51-37-000-002-A
57-51-37-000-004-A
57-51-37-400-002-A
57-51-37-400-004-A
27-50-00-869-006-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
Removal of the Access Panels
Removal of the Access Panels
Installation of the Access Panels
Installation of the Access Panels
Reset of the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) of the Flap System on the Ground (for
corrective action)

27-51-00-820-001-A

Manual Adjustment of the Position Pick-Off Units (for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-03800-A - Flap Transmission - Access Panels)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-03900-A - Installation of the Flap Rigging Pins)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-04000-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)

AES

27-54-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-860-077-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear doors.

(3)

Extension of the flaps

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE.
(a)

Extend the flaps fully

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(b)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the

flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-00-865-080-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

FIN

LOCATION

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-010-067-A
C.

Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-03800-A - Flap Transmission - Access Panels)
(1)

Open the main gear doors

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

AES

(2)

Install the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) on the applicable main gear door-actuator (Ref.
TASK 32-00-00-481-002-A).

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position.

(4)

Remove the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A) and (Ref. TASK
57-51-37-000-004-A):
For the LH wing, remove the panels:
. 571AB

27-54-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
. 573AB, 573BB, 573CB
. 575AB, 575BB, 575CB, 575DB, 575EB, 575FB and 575GB.
For the RH wing, remove the panels:
. 671AB
. 673AB, 673BB, 673CB
. 675AB, 675BB, 675CB, 675DB, 675EB, 675FB and 675GB.
(5)

Clean the rigging pin holes at track 1, 2, 3 and 4.

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-03900-A - Installation of the Flap Rigging Pins)

(6)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever on panel 114VU.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-00-865-081-A
D.

Close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

FIN
B04

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-866-060-A
E.

Retraction of the flaps

(1)

Retract the flaps fully

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01). Do not do this manually.

AES

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever on the panel 114VU.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

27-54-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-740-052-A
F.

Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(1)

Do a check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) as
follows:
(a)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(b)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display
Unit (MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(c)

Do a check of the flap PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control lever position FULL on the
MCDU as follows:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. Push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. The MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

2.Push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

3.Push (in) the line key SYSTEM DATA FLP >.

4.Push (in) the line key < PPU.

The MCDU shows the subsequent page of the SFCC 1

menu.
The MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP
SYSTEM DATA menu.
The MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s):
Refer to Table 1.

NOTE :

The APPU and the FPPU synchro angles must

agree in 1.3 deg.
The LH APPU and the RH APPU synchro angles
must agree in 0.45 deg.

5.Write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)

shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT >
to get a print-out of the screen.

NOTE :

You must use these angles that are shown

during removal as a datum. They will let you
compare the APPU and the FPPU angles after
the adjustment of the flap drive system.
6.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the CFDS
menu page is shown.
7.De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
SFCC 1
!
!
PPU DATE (DEG)
!
!
DATE:XXX XX UTC:XXXX
!

AES

27-54-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
***
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
OTHER SFCC
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
***
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
<RETURN
PRINT>
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
Table 1
!
! PPU DATA (DEG) shown on the MCDU at the flap position ZERO
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-00-865-082-A
G.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-03900-A - Installation of the Flap Rigging Pins)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-04000-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-54-00-820-051-A
A.

Adjustment of the Flap Track No. 1

(1)

Install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) (2) at the track 1.

(2)

If you cannot install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) (2) easily, do the steps
that follow:
(a)

Remove the Torque Shaft 6204CM (6254CM):

1

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on a flap

torque shaft, outboard of the component that you will remove
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

AES

27-54-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2

Remove the nuts (5) and the bolts (6) from the torque shaft (4). If applicable, remove the
spacers.
NOTE :

3
(b)

(c)

Remove the universal joint (3).

Adjustment of the flap drive system (for free rigging pin):

1

Loosen the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) as

necessary to turn the torque shafts.

Turn the torque shaft 6206CM (6256CM) four turns in the extension direction.

Turn the torque shaft 6206CM (6256CM) in the retraction direction until the rigging pin (2)
can be installed easily.

If the torque shaft 6206CM (6256CM) is accidentally turned too far in the retraction
direction:
. Do the adjustment procedure again until the rigging pin (2) can be installed easily.

Preparation for Installation

CAUTION :

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

Use a clean lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and
the cleaning agent CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean the parts that
follow:
. The nuts (5)
. The bolts (6)
. The flange of the universal joint (3)
. The flange of the torque shaft (4).

Dry the parts with compressed air.

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct
condition.

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

CAUTION :

AES

Spacers between the universal joint (3) and the torque shaft (4) adjust the length of
the transmission. It is possible that there are none or more than one spacer(s)
installed.

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

Lubricate the torque splines as follows:

. Apply a thin layer of the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the splines of
the torque shaft (4)
. Apply a thin layer of the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the splines of
the torque shaft (4).

Apply a layer of the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the parts that
follow:
. The nuts (5)
. The bolts (6)
. The flange of the universal joint (3)
. The flange of the torque shaft (4).

27-54-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d)

(e)

Install the torque shaft 6204CM (6254CM):

1

Put the universal joint (3) in the installation position. Make sure that the flange aligns with
the torque shaft (4).

Install the bolts (6) and the nuts (5). Tighten the nuts (5) with your hand.

If necessary install the spacers.

TORQUE the nuts (5) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

Install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) (2).

1

Make sure that you can remove/install the rigging pin (2) easily.

If you cannot remove/install the rigging pin (2) easily do the adjustment procedure again.

(f)

Make sure that:

. You cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. The dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

(g)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A)

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-820-052-A
B.

Adjustment of the Flap Track No. 2

(1)

Install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (98D27504006000) (1) at the track 2.

(2)

If you cannot install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (98D27504006000) (1) easily, do the steps that follow:
(a)

Remove the Torque Shaft 6210CM (6260CM):

1

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on a flap

torque shaft, outboard of the component that you will remove
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(b)

AES

Remove the nuts (5) and the bolts (6) from the torque shaft (4).

Remove the universal joint (3).

Adjustment of the flap drive system (for free rigging pin):

1

Loosen the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) as

necessary to turn the torque shafts

Turn the torque shaft 6218CM (6268CM) four turns in the extension direction.
a

Turn the torque shaft 6218CM (6268CM) in the retraction direction until the rigging
pin (1) can be installed easily.

If the torque shaft 6218CM (6268CM) is accidentally turned too far in the retraction
direction:
. Do the adjusment procedure again, until the rigging pin (1) can be installed
easily.

27-54-00 PB501

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

Preparation for Installation

1

Use a clean lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and
the cleaning agent CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean the parts that
follow:
. The nuts (5)
. The bolts (6)
. The flange of the universal joint (3)
. The flange of the torque shaft (4).

Dry the parts with compressed air.

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct
condition.

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

CAUTION :

(d)

(e)

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

Lubricate the torque splines as follows:

. Apply a thin layer of the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the splines of
the torque shaft (4)
. Apply a thin layer of the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the splines of
the torque shaft (4).

Apply a layer of the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the parts that
follow:
. The nuts (5)
. The bolts (6)
. The flange of the universal joint (3)
. The flange of the torque shaft (4).

Install the torque shaft 6210CM (6260CM):

1

Put the universal joint (3) in the installation position. Make sure that the flange aligns with
the torque shaft (4).

Install the bolts (6) and the nuts (5). Tighten the nuts (5) with your hand.

TORQUE the nuts (5) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

Install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (98D27504006000) (1).

1

Make sure that you can remove/install the rigging pin (1) easily.

If you cannot remove/install the rigging pin (1) easily, do the adjustment procedure again.

(f)

Make sure that:

. You cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. The dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

(g)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A).

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-820-053-A
C.

Adjustment of the Flap Track No. 3

(1)

AES

Install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (98D27504006000) (1) at the track 3.

27-54-00 PB501

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

If you cannot install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (98D27504006000) (1) easily, do the steps that follow:
(a)

Remove the Torque Shaft 6218CM (6268CM):

1

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on a flap

torque shaft, outboard of the component that you will remove
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(b)

(c)

Remove the nuts (12) and the bolts (11) from the torque shaft (10).

Remove the universal joint (13).

Adjustment of the flap drive system (for free rigging pin):

1

Loosen the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) as

necessary to turn the torque shafts.

Turn the torque shaft 6224CM (6274CM) four turns in the extension direction.

Turn the torque shaft 6224CM (6274CM) in the retraction direction until the rigging pin (1)
can be installed easily.

If the torque shaft 6224CM (6274CM) is accidentally turned too far in the retraction
direction:
. Do the adjustment procedure again, until the rigging pin (1) can be installed easily.

Preparation for Installation

1

Use a clean lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and
the cleaning agent CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean the parts that
follow:
. The nuts (12)
. The bolts (11)
. The flange of the universal joint (13)
. The flange of the torque shaft (10).

Dry the parts with compressed air.

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct
condition.

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

CAUTION :

AES

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

Lubricate the torque splines as follows:

. Apply a thin layer of the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the splines of
the torque shaft (10).
Or:
. Apply a thin layer of the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the splines of
the torque shaft (10).

Apply a layer of the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the parts that
follow:
. The nuts (12)
. The bolts (11)
. The flange of the universal joint (13)
. The flange of the torque shaft (10).

27-54-00 PB501

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d)

(e)

Install the torque shaft 6218CM (6268CM):

1

Put the universal joint (13) in the installation position. Make sure that the flange aligns
with the torque shaft (10).

Install the bolts (11) and the nuts (12). Tighten the nuts (12) with your hand.

TORQUE the nuts (12) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

Install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (98D27504006000) (1).

1

Make sure that you can remove/install the rigging pin (1) easily.

If you cannot remove/install the rigging pin (1) easily do the adjustment procedure again.

(f)

Make sure that:

. You cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. The dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

(g)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A).

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-820-054-A
D.

Adjustment of the Flap Track No. 4

(1)

Install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (98D27504006000) (1) at the track 4.

(2)

If you cannot install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (98D27504006000) (1) easily, do the steps that follow:
(a)

Remove the Torque Shaft 6222CM (6272CM):

1

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on a flap

torque shaft, outboard of the component that you will remove
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(b)

(c)

Remove the nuts (22) and the bolts (23) from the torque shaft (20).

Remove the universal joint (21).

Adjustment of the flap drive system (for free rigging pin):

1

Loosen the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) as

necessary to turn the torque shafts.

Turn the torque shaft 6232CM (6282CM) four turns in the extension direction.

Turn the torque shaft 6232CM (6284CM) in the retraction direction until you can install the
rigging pin (1) easily.

If you turn the torque shaft 6232CM (6284CM) accidentally too far in the retraction
direction:
. Do the adjustment procedure again, until you can install the rigging pin (1) easily.

Preparation for Installation

1

AES

Use a clean lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and
the cleaning agent CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean the parts that
follow:
. The nuts (22)
. The bolts (23)
. The flange of the universal joint (21)

27-54-00 PB501

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.

The flange of the torque shaft (20).

Dry the parts with compressed air.

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct
condition.

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

CAUTION :

(d)

(e)

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

Lubricate the torque splines as follows:

. Apply a thin layer of the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the splines of
the torque shaft (20)
. Apply a thin layer of the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the splines of
the torque shaft (20).

Apply a layer of the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the parts that
follow:
. The nuts (22)
. The bolts (23)
. The flange of the universal joint (21)
. The flange of the torque shaft (20).

Install the torque shaft 6222CM (6272CM):

1

Put the universal joint (21) in the installation position. Make sure that the flange aligns
with the torque shaft (20).

Install the bolts (23) and the nuts (22). Tighten the nuts (22) with your hand.

TORQUE the nuts (22) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

Install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (98D27504006000) (1).

1

Make sure that you can remove/install the rigging pin (1) easily.

If you cannot remove/install the rigging pin (1) easily do the adjustment procedure again.

(f)

Make sure that:

. You cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. The dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

(g)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-00-865-083-A
E.

Close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-54-00 PB501

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-740-050-A
F.

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display-System (CFDS)
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display-Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(3)

Do a check of the flap PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control lever position ZERO on the MCDU as
follows:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. Push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. The MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

2.Push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

The MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 menu.

3.Push (in) the line key SYSTEM DATA FLP >.

4.Push (in) the line key < PPU.

The MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP

SYSTEM DATA menu.
The MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s):
Refer to Table 1.

NOTE :

The APPU and the FPPU synchro angles must

not be different by more than 1.3 deg.
The LH APPU and the RH APPU synchro angles
must not be different by more than 0.45 deg.

5.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the CFDS
menu page is shown.
6.De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-820-055-A
G.

Adjustment After BITE Test

(1)

AES

After adjustment of the flap drive system:

(a)

Make sure that the FPPU angle values agree with the values that you recorded before the FPPU
was removed (+/- 0.2 deg).

(b)

Make sure that the APPU angle values agree with the values that you recorded before the APPU
was removed (+/- 0.2 deg).

(c)

Make sure that the APPU/FPPU angles (deg) agree +/- 1.3 deg.

(d)

Make sure that the LH APPU and the RH APPU angles agree +/- 0.45 deg.

27-54-00 PB501

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

If the APPU angles are not in the specified limits in relation to the FPPU angles, do these steps:
(a)

Disconnect the APPU and adjust the APPU input shaft

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-001-A).

(b)

Do step (2)(a) again until the APPU angles are in the specified limits in relation to the FPPU
angles.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
SFCC 1
!
!
PPU DATE (DEG)
!
!
DATE:XXX XX UTC:XXXX
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
***
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
OTHER SFCC
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
***
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
<RETURN
PRINT>
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
Table 1
!
! PPU DATA (DEG) displayed on the MCDU at the flap position ZERO
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-860-078-A
H.

Preparation for Test

(1)

Remove the rigging pins from the tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4.

(2)

Reset the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) of the flap system on the ground if necessary
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-869-006-A).

(3)

Extend the flaps on the ground (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008A-01).

(4)

Retract the flaps on the ground (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009A-01).

(5)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(6)

Do a check of the flap PPUs on the MCDU as follows:

ACTION

1.On the MCDU:

. Push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

AES

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. The MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

27-54-00 PB501

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACTION
Push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

Push (in) the line key SYSTEM DATA FLP >.

Push (in) the line key < PPU.

Push the line key < Return frequently until the CFDS
menu page is shown.

RESULT
The MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 menu.
The MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP
SYSTEM DATA menu.
The MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s):
Refer to Table 1.

(7)

Make sure that the APPU/FPPU angles (deg) agree(+/- 1.3deg).

(8)

Make sure that the LH APPU and the RH APPU angles agree (+/- 0.45deg).

(9)

If the APPU and FPPU angles are not within the specified limit, do the steps that follow:
(a)

Disconnect the APPU and adjust the APPU input shaft.

(b)

Do again step (9)(a) until the APPU angles are in the specified limits in relation to the FPPU
angles
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
SFCC 1
!
!
PPU DATE (DEG)
!
!
DATE:XXX XX UTC:XXXX
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
***
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
OTHER SFCC
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
***
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
<RETURN
PRINT>
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
Table 1
!
! PPU DATA (DEG) shown on the MCDU at the flap position FULL
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------(10) Do the adjustment of the interconnecting strut (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-820-001-A).
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-710-052-A
J.

Test
(1)

Do the operational test of the flap system

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).
NOTE :

AES

Due to system play and PCU tolerances, possibly you cannot install the PINS- RIGGING, FLAPS
after the operational test. This does not indicate an incorrect adjustment.

27-54-00 PB501

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)
5.

If it is necessary to examine the system again do the Check of the Flap Drive System (Ref. TASK
27-54-00-220-007-A).

Close-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-860-079-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the access panels:

(a)

For the LH wing, install these access panels:

. 571AB
. 573AB 573BB 573CB
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A)
. 575AB 575BB 575CB 575DB 575EB 575FB 575GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

(b)

For the RH wing, install these access panels:

. 671AB
. 673AB 673BB 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A)
. 675AB 675BB 675CB 675DB 675EB 675FB 675GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

(3)

Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-00 PB501

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004

A
A
STA14459/RIB27

Z570
(Z670)

STA11664/RIB22

575GB
(675GB)
575FB
(675FB)
575EB
(675EB)
575DB
(675DB)
575CB
(675CB)

STA4067/RIB8

575BB
(675BB)
575AB
(675AB)
573CB
(673CB)
573BB
(673BB)

STA1957/RIB4

573AB
(673AB)

N_MM_275400_5_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-03800-A SHEET 1

Flap Transmission - Access Panels

27-54-00 PB501

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004

Z190
Z530

Z530

Z530

N_MM_275400_5_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-03900-A SHEET 1

Installation of the Flap Rigging Pins

27-54-00 PB501

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004

6204CM
(6254CM)

A
6206CM
(6256CM)

Z570

571AB
(671AB)
M

6210CM
(6260CM)

573AB
TRACK 2
M
M

573BB
(673BB)

573CB
(673CB)

M
6218CM
(6268CM)

575AB
(675AB)
M

575BB
(675BB)
TRACK 3

M
M

6222CM
(6272CM)

575CB
(675CB)

6224CM
(6274CM)

M
M

575DB
(675DB)
M
575EB
(675EB)

M
6232CM
(6282CM)

TRACK 4

575FB
(675FB)

NOTE: M = MOVABLE JOINT

N_MM_275400_5_AEMA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-04000-A SHEET 1

Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission

27-54-00 PB501

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004

A
EXAMPLE
3

6
5

D
EXAMPLE
6.5mm
(0.2559 in.)

DIM A

SPLINE ENGAGEMENT GROOVE

N_MM_275400_5_AEMA_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-04000-A SHEET 2

Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission

27-54-00 PB501

Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004

10
11

12

13

20

21

23

22

N_MM_275400_5_AEMA_03_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-04000-A SHEET 3

Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission

27-54-00 PB501

Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FLAPS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER TRANSMISSION INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-00-200-001-A
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Transmission Assembly (Including Part of the Transmission in Zone 140)
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-54-00-01-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF TRANSMISSION ASSY

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

1
1

FLASHLIGHT
MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 15-007

AES

DESIGNATION
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY

27-54-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

571AB, 573AB, 573BB, 573CB,

575AB, 575BB, 575CB, 575DB,
575EB, 575FB, 575GB, 671AB,
673AB, 673BB, 673CB, 675AB,
675BB, 675CB, 675DB, 675EB,
675FB, 675GB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-080-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

32-00-00-481-001-A

Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gears

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

32-12-00-410-001-A
57-51-37-000-002-A
57-51-37-000-004-A
57-51-37-400-002-A
57-51-37-400-004-A
** On A/C 005-099

Close the Main Gear Doors after Access

Removal of the Access Panels
Removal of the Access Panels
Installation of the Access Panels
Installation of the Access Panels

27-54-00-612-001-A

Quantity Check of the Semi-Fluid remaining in a Flap Rotary Actuator (After

Leakage) (for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-00600-A - Flap Transmission - Access Panels)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-00100-A - Flap System - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-00200-A - Steady Bearings and Torque Shaft - Component Location)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-00600-A - Flap Transmission - Access Panels)
Subtask 27-54-00-941-052-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001A).

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

(4)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear doors.

(5)

Put the safety barriers in position.

27-54-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-00-860-059-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever.

Subtask 27-54-00-865-053-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-00-010-051-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable wing.

(2)

Open the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is installed on each MLG door actuating
cylinder.

(4)

Remove the access panels:

(a)

For the LH wing, remove the following panels:

. 571AB
. 573AB 573BB 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)
. 575AB 575BB 575CB 575DB 575EB 575FB 575GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(b)

For the RH wing, remove the following panels:

. 671AB
. 673AB 673BB 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)
. 675AB 675BB 675CB 675DB 675EB 675FB 675GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-00100-A - Flap System - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-00200-A - Steady Bearings and Torque Shaft - Component Location)
CAUTION :

AES

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

27-54-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-210-050-B
A.

Inspection
(1)

(2)

(3)

AES

Examine the Power Control Unit (PCU):

(a)

Make sure that the PCU is correctly installed.

(b)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine the external surfaces
of the PCU for:
. Cracks
. Corrosion
. Signs of leakage
. Satisfactory surface protection.

(c)

Make sure that the Line Replaceable Units (LRU) are correctly installed. The LRUs are the:
. Two valve blocks
. Two inlet filters
. Six solenoid valves
. Two hydraulic motors
. Two Pressure-Off Brakes
. Feedback Position Pick-off Unit
. Instrumentation Position Pick-off Unit.

Examine each torque shaft assembly:

(a)

Make sure that each torque shaft assembly is correctly installed and that the spring clip is safetied
to the pin correctly.

(b)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine the torque shafts
and the input joints for:
. Distortion
. Dents
. Cracks
. Corrosion
. Satisfactory surface protection.

(c)

Make sure that the connections between the torque shafts and the input joints are tight.

(d)

Do an inspection of the flange bolts for corrosion.

If you do not find corrosion, apply a new layer of the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No:
15-007) on the flange bolts.

Examine each steady bearing assembly:

(a)

Make sure that each steady bearing assembly is correctly installed.

(b)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine each steady bearing
assembly for:
. Cracks
. Corrosion
. Satisfactory surface protection.

27-54-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Examine each gearbox assembly:

NOTE :

(5)

(a)

Make sure that each gearbox assembly is correctly installed.

(b)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine the external surfaces
of each gearbox assembly for:
. Cracks
. Corrosion
. Signs of leakage
. Satisfactory surface protection.

Examine each actuator assembly:

NOTE :

(6)

(7)

Each actuator assembly has a rotary actuator and an offset gearbox. The rotary actuator is filled
with a grease/semi-fluid but it is not a sealed unit. It is usual for this grease/semi-fluid to have
some oil separation. The external surfaces of the actuator assembly can be moist with this oil.
The oil in the unit that mixes with the grease/semi-fluid will change back during operation. The
oil separation will decrease during in-service operation until the lubricant is in a stable condition.
This will not cause damage to the unit.

(a)

Make sure that each actuator is correctly installed.

(b)

Make sure that the items that follow are correctly installed:
. The offset gearbox
. The torque limiter
. The plug-in rotary actuator.

(c)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine the external surfaces
of the actuators for:
. Cracks
. Corrosion
. Signs of leakage
. Satisfactory surface protection.

(d)

Make sure that the torque limiter indicator has not operated.

Examine the carriages at the track 1, 2, 3 and 4 positions:

(a)

Make sure that the carriages are correctly installed.

(b)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine the carriages for:
. Cracks
. Corrosion
. Satisfactory surface protection.

Examine the flaplink arm

(a)

AES

The gearbox assembly is filled with a grease/semi-fluid but it is not a sealed unit. It is usual for
this grease/semi-fluid to have some oil separation. The external surfaces of the gearbox can be
moist with this oil. The oil in the unit that mixes with the grease/semi-fluid will change back
during operation. The oil separation will decrease during in-service operation until the lubricant is
in a stable condition. This will not cause damage to the unit.

Make sure that the flap drive lever and the flap drive arm are correctly installed and in good
condition.

27-54-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-00-210-050-D
A.

Inspection
(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

Examine the Power Control Unit (PCU)

(a)

Make sure that the PCU is correctly installed.

(b)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine the external surfaces
of the PCU for:
. Cracks
. Corrosion
. Signs of leakage
. Satisfactory surface protection.

(c)

Make sure that the Line Replaceable Units (LRU) are correctly installed. The LRUs are the:
. Two valve blocks
. Two inlet filters
. Six solenoid valves
. Two hydraulic motors
. Two Pressure-Off Brakes
. Feedback Position Pick-off Unit
. Instrumentation Position Pick-off Unit.

Examine each torque shaft assembly

(a)

Make sure that each torque shaft assembly is correctly installed and that the spring clip is safetied
to the pin correctly.

(b)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine the torque shafts
and the input joints for:
. Distortion
. Dents
. Cracks
. Corrosion
. Satisfactory surface protection.

(c)

Make sure that the connections between the torque shafts and the input joints are tight.

(d)

Do an inspection of the flange bolts for corrosion. If you do not find corrosion, apply a new layer
of the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) on the flange bolts.

Examine each steady bearing assembly

(a)

Make sure that each steady bearing assembly is correctly installed.

(b)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine each steady bearing
assembly for:
. Cracks
. Corrosion
. Satisfactory surface protection.

Examine each gearbox assembly

NOTE :

AES

The gearbox assembly is filled with a grease/semi-fluid but it is not a sealed unit. It is usual for
this grease/semi-fluid to have some oil separation. The external surfaces of the gearbox can be
moist with this oil. The oil in the unit that mixes with the grease/semi-fluid will change back
during operation. The oil separation will decrease during in-service operation until the lubricant is
in a stable condition. This will not cause damage to the unit.

27-54-00 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(5)

(a)

Make sure that each gearbox assembly is correctly installed.

(b)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine the external surfaces
of each gearbox assembly for:
. Cracks
. Corrosion
. Signs of leakage
. Satisfactory surface protection.

Examine each actuator assembly

NOTE :

(6)

(7)

(a)

Make sure that each actuator is correctly installed.

(b)

Make sure that the items that follow are correctly installed:
. The offset gearbox
. The torque limiter
. The plug-in rotary actuator.

(c)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine the external surfaces
of the actuators for:
. Cracks
. Corrosion
. Signs of leakage
. Satisfactory surface protection.

(d)

If you find a leak, do a check of the quantity of the semi-fluid in the flap actuator(s) (Ref. TASK
27-54-00-612-001-A).

(e)

Make sure that the torque limiter indicator has not operated.

Examine the carriages at the track 1, 2, 3 and 4 positions:

(a)

Make sure that the carriages are correctly installed.

(b)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine the carriages for:
. Cracks
. Corrosion
. Satisfactory surface protection.

Examine the flap link arm

(a)

5.

Each actuator assembly has a rotary actuator and an offset gearbox. The rotary actuator is filled
with a grease/semi-fluid but it is not a sealed unit. It is usual for this grease/semi-fluid to have
some oil separation. The external surfaces of the actuator assembly can be moist with this oil.
The oil in the unit that mixes with the grease/semi-fluid will change back during operation. The
oil separation will decrease during in-service operation until the lubricant is in a stable condition.
This will not cause damage to the unit.

Make sure that the flap drive lever and the flap drive arm are correctly installed and in good
condition.

Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-00-410-050-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

AES

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-54-00 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

(3)

Install the access panels:

(a)

For the LH wing, install the following panels:

. 571AB
. 573AB 573BB 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A)
. 575AB 575BB 575CB 575DB 575EB 575FB 575GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

(b)

For the RH wing, install the following panels:

. 671AB
. 673AB 673BB 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A)
. 675AB 675BB 675CB 675DB 675EB 675FB 675GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-00-865-054-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-00-860-060-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A) from the flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

Subtask 27-54-00-942-053-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-00 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A
STA14459/RIB 27

STA11664/RIB 22

575GB

575FB
575EB
575DB
575CB

575BB
575AB

STA4067/RIB 8

573CB
573BB
574AB
573AB

STA1857/RIB 4
571AB

N_MM_275400_6_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Flap Transmission - Access Panels

27-54-00 PB601

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z 5 7 0( 6 7 0 )

POWER CONTROL UNIT

6201CM
ACTUATOR ASSY 1
6205CM (6255CM)

RIGHT ANGLE GEARBOX

6203CM (6253CM)
TRACK 1

INBOARD FLAP

LINEAGE GEARBOX
6209CM (6259CM)
ACTUATOR ASSY 2
6211CM (6261CM)

TRACK 2

BEVEL GEAROX
6217CM (6267CM)

ACTUATOR ASSY 3
6221CM (6271CM)

TRACK 3
WING TIP BRAKE

OUTBOARD FLAP

ASYMMETRY POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT

ACTUATOR ASSY 4
6233CM (6283CM)

TRACK 4

N_MM_275400_6_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Flap System - Component Location

27-54-00 PB601

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z 5 7 0( 6 7 0 )

A
PCU

6202CM
(6252CM)

ACTUATOR
ASSY 1

6204CM
(6254CM)
6206CM
(6256CM)
6207CM
(6257CM)

6208CM
(6258CM)
6210CM
(6260CM)

ACTUATOR
ASSY 2
6213CM
(6263CM)
6215CM
(6265CM)

6212CM
(6262CM)
6214CM
(6264CM)
6216CM
(6266CM)

6218CM
(6268CM)

6219CM
(6269CM)
STEADY
BEARINGS

TORQUE
SHAFTS

6220CM
(6270CM)

ACTUATOR
ASSY 3

6222CM
(6272CM)
6224CM
(6274CM)
6226CM
(6276CM)

6223CM
(6273CM)
6225CM
(6275CM)

6229CM
(6279CM)
6231CM
(6281CM)

6228CM
(6278CM)
6230CM
(6280CM)
6232CM
(6282CM)

ACTUATOR
ASSY 4

N_MM_275400_6_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Steady Bearings and Torque Shaft - Component Location

27-54-00 PB601

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-00-210-002-A
Check of the Integrity of the Flap Transmission System and Inspection of the Seal Witness Drains of the Wing Tip Brakes
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 33CV, 34CV

1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-51-00-03-)
CHECK OF FLAPS TRANSMISSION SHAFTING INTEGRITY, INCLUDING INSPECTION OF SEAL WITNESS
DRAINS.
NOTE :

2.

If you do this task together with MPD-TASK 275100-01, do MPD-TASK 275100-01 first.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

FLASHLIGHT
MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-51-000-001-A

Removal of the Flap Wing-Tip Brake

27-51-51-400-001-A

Installation of the Flap Wing-Tip Brake

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

32-12-00-410-001-A

Close the Main Gear Doors after Access

AES

27-54-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-00600-A - Flap Transmission - Access Panels)

DESIGNATION

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-00400-A - Torque Shaft - Steady Bearing Typical Installation)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-00500-B - Seal Witness Drains - Wing Tip Brake)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-00600-A - Flap Transmission - Access Panels)
Subtask 27-54-00-860-065-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Do the extension of the flaps on ground (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

Subtask 27-54-00-941-054-A
B.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear doors.

(4)

Put the safety barriers in position.

Subtask 27-54-00-865-057-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-00-010-054-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable wing.

(2)

Open the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is installed on each MLG door actuating
cylinder.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-00400-A - Torque Shaft - Steady Bearing Typical Installation)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-00500-B - Seal Witness Drains - Wing Tip Brake)
CAUTION :

AES

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

27-54-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-00-210-052-A
A.

Inspection
(1)

Examine the torque shaft assemblies.

(a)

(2)

Examine the torque shaft flanges.

(a)

(3)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine the torque shaft
flanges and their joints for:
. cracks
. signs of stress
. signs of damage.

Examine the steady bearings.

(a)

(4)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine the torque shaft
assemblies for:
. cracks
. signs of stress
. signs of damage.

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine the steady bearings
and their structural interfaces for:
. cracks
. signs of stress
. signs of damage.

Examine the WTB.

(a)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine the external surface
of the WTB at the seal witness drains.

(b)

The area around the seal witness drains is permitted to be wet with oil. But, if a drop of hydraulic
fluid is found, replace the WTB (Ref. TASK 27-51-51-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK 27-51-51-400-001A).
NOTE :

5.

The area near the seal witness drains, which is wet with oil, must be cleaned.

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-00-410-052-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-00-865-058-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

27-54-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-00-860-066-A
C.

Aircraft Configuration
(1)

Do the retraction of the flaps on ground (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

Subtask 27-54-00-942-057-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FLANGES

TORQUE SHAFT
STEADY BEARING

FWD

N_MM_275400_6_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Torque Shaft - Steady Bearing Typical Installation

27-54-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z575( Z675 )
STA8744/RIB 16

A
B

B
WING TIP BRAKE
33CV (34CV)

SEAL WITNESS DRAINS

SEAL WITNESS DRAINS

DRAIN PLUG

N_MM_275400_6_ALP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-00500-B SHEET 1

Seal Witness Drains - Wing Tip Brake

27-54-00 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-00-200-003-A
Detailed Dimensional Check - Free Movement at the Trailing Edge of the Flaps
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

To check for flap backlash

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

PIN DIA 10 MM (0,394 IN),LENGHT 100 MM (3,937 IN.) ALU

No specific

PIN DIA 20 MM (0,787 IN),LENGHT 100 MM (3,937 IN.) ALU

PIN DIA 3 MM (0,118 IN), LENGHT 100 MM (3,937 IN.) ALU

No specific

PIN DIA 5 MM (0,197 IN), LENGHT 100 MM (3,937 IN.) ALU

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

** On A/C 003-005
No specific
** On A/C 006-099

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.00 and 1.20 M.DAN (0.00 and 9.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 2.00 and 20.00 M.DAN (15.00 and 150.00
LBF.FT)

B.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
** On A/C 003-005
187

AES

cotter pin

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-54-05-33-025

27-54-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG.ITEM
** On A/C 006-099
15
1
6
10

cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN

pin
pin
pin
pin

27-54-05-33-030
27-54-05-33-100
27-54-05-33-150
27-54-05-33-200

cotter pin
cotter pin

27-54-05-35-060
27-54-05-35-060

** On A/C 003-005
176
215
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-011-A
27-50-00-866-012-A
27-51-44-400-001-A

Manual Extension of the Flaps

Manual Retraction of the Flaps
Installation of the Interconnecting Strut

27-54-46-000-001-A

Removal of the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages

27-54-46-000-002-A

Removal of the No.1 Flap Carriage

27-54-46-400-001-A

Installation of the Nos 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages

27-54-46-400-002-A

Installation of the No.1 Flap Carriage

27-54-49-000-001-A
27-54-49-000-002-A

Removal of the Flap Track 1 Actuator

Removal of the Flap Track 2 Actuator

27-54-49-000-003-A
27-54-49-000-004-A
27-54-49-400-001-A

Removal of the Flap Track 3 Actuator

Removal of the Flap Track 4 Actuator
Installation of the Flap Track 1 Actuator

27-54-49-400-002-A
27-54-49-400-003-A
27-54-49-400-004-A

Installation of the Flap Track 2 Actuator

Installation of the Flap Track 3 Actuator
Installation of the Flap Track 4 Actuator

27-54-55-000-001-A

Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Tracks 1 and 2

27-54-55-000-002-A

Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 3

27-54-55-000-003-A

Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 4

27-54-55-400-001-A

Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Tracks 1 and 2

27-54-55-400-002-A

Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 3

27-54-55-400-003-A

Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 4

27-54-61-000-001-A

Removal of the Inboard Flap

27-54-61-000-002-A

Removal of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

27-54-61-220-001-A

Dimensional Check of the Joints that Connect the Flap Actuator Levers to the
Flap Drive Struts (Tracks 1 and 2)

27-54-61-400-001-A

Installation of the Inboard Flap

AES

27-54-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-54-61-400-006-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

27-54-62-000-001-A
27-54-62-220-001-A

Removal of the Outboard Flap

Dimensional Check of the Joints that connect the Flap Actuator Levers to the
Flap Drive Struts (Tracks 3 and 4)

27-54-62-400-001-A
53-35-11-000-001-A

Installation of the Outboard Flap

Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

57-51-33-000-001-A
57-51-33-400-001-A
57-52-00-220-015-A

Removal of the No.1 Flap Track Beam

Installation of the No.1 Flap Track Beam
Detailed Dimensional Check of the Joints that Attach the Flap to the Flap
Carriage (Tracks 1 and 2)

57-53-00-220-023-A

Detailed Dimensional Check of the Joints that Attach the Flap to the Flap
Carriage (Tracks 3 and 4)

CMM 27-54-42

(for corrective action)

CMM 27-54-46

(for corrective action)

CMM 57-51-32

(for corrective action)

SRM 57513301

(for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-02700-D - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive Lever - To Disconnect the Inboard Flap)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-02800-B - Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure The Free Play (Track 1))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-03000-B - Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure the Free Play (Track 2))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-01000-A - Flaps Trailing Edge Free Movement - Location and Details of Measurement
Positions)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-02700-E - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive Lever - To Disconnect the Inboard Flap)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-02900-C - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive Lever - To Disconnect the Outboard Flap)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-03100-B - Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure the Free Play (Track 3))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-03200-C - Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure the Free Play (Track 4))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-02600-A - Flaps Trailing Edge - Flow Chart to do the Free Movement Checks)
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-00-941-059-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

(4)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position below the applicable flap.

Subtask 27-54-00-860-062-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

27-54-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

4.

(1)

Extend the flaps to position 1 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008A-01).

(2)

Remove the flap kink-seals (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002-A).

(3)

Remove the applicable wing to fuselage panels (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001-A):

. for the LH flap, remove 193AB
. for the RH flap, remove 194AB.

(4)

Fully retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

Procedure
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 27-54-00-220-050-D
A.

Detailed Dimensional Check - Free Movement at the Trailing Edge of the Inboard Flap
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-02700-D - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive Lever - To Disconnect the Inboard Flap)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-02800-B - Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure The Free Play (Track 1))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-03000-B - Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure the Free Play (Track 2))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-01000-A - Flaps Trailing Edge Free Movement - Location and Details of Measurement
Positions)
(1)

At the track 1 position, disconnect the flap drive arm from the rotary actuator lever-arm:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (176).

(b)

Remove the nut (177) and the washer (178).

(c)

Remove the bolts (183), the washers (182) and the indicator plate (181).

(d)

Remove the indicator pin (180).

(e)

Remove the shearbolt (179) and install the aluminum pin PIN DIA 3 MM (0,118 IN), LENGHT
100 MM (3,937 IN.) ALU.
NOTE :

(f)

(g)
(2)

AES

The diameter of the aluminum pin is approximately 6.0 mm (0.2362 in.) less than the
shearbolt (179) it replaces. The pin is 100 mm (3.9370 in.) long and is made locally from
LN 1798 3.1354T3511. The pin is temporary and has two functions:
. it keeps the joint together when you extend/retract the flaps
. it is easy to remove the pin to disconnect the joint when the flaps are extended.

Extend the flaps manually (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011-A) as follows:

1

Slowly extend the flaps until the dimension T at track 2 is approximately 6.0 mm (0.2362
in.).

Dimension T can be +/- 1.0 mm (0.0394 in.) but it must be set during the flap extension
procedure. Do not retract the flaps in small amounts to set the dimension T.

Remove the aluminum pin.

At the track 2 position, measure the total free movement of the flap trailing edge:
(a)

Refer to step 4.A.(1)(f) and make sure the flaps are extended correctly.

(b)

Make sure that the travel ranges are clear.

27-54-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

Apply a down force (by hand) to the trailing edge of the flap. Apply sufficient force to make the
flap move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.
NOTE :

(d)

Hold the flap in this position, measure and record the dimension Z and then release the flap.

(e)

Apply an up force (by hand) to the trailing edge of the flap. Apply sufficient force to make the
flap move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.
NOTE :

(3)

Do not apply too much force to cause the system components, mechanism or the aircraft
fixed structure to move or bend.

(f)

Hold the flap in this position, measure and record the dimension Y and then release the flap.

(g)

To find the total free movement, subtract the dimension Z from the dimension Y.

At the track 1 position, measure the total free movement of the actuator lever (dimension X):
(a)

Apply a down force (by hand) to the actuator lever. Apply sufficient force to make the actuator
lever move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.

(b)

Hold the actuator lever in this position, then measure and record the dimension T.

(c)

Apply an up force (by hand) to the actuator lever. Apply sufficient force to make the actuator
lever move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.

(d)

Hold the actuator lever in this position, then measure and record the dimension S.

(e)

To find the total free movement (dimension X), subtract the dimension S from the dimension T.

(4)

Install the aluminum pin through the joint where you removed the shearbolt (179).

(5)

Manually retract the flaps fully and connect the drive system (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-012-A).

(6)

Remove the aluminum pin.

(7)

At the track 1 position, temporarily connect the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever as
follows:

(8)

(9)

(a)

Install the shearbolt (179), the washer (178) and the nut (177).

(b)

Hand tighten the nut (177).

(c)

Install the indicator pin (180), the indicator plate (181), the washers (182) and the bolts (183).

(d)

Hand tighten the bolts (183).

At the track 2 position, disconnect the flap drive arm from the rotary actuator lever-arm:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (187).

(b)

Remove the nut (186) and the washer (185).

(c)

Remove the bolt (184) and install the aluminum pin PIN DIA 10 MM (0,394 IN),LENGHT 100
MM (3,937 IN.) ALU.

(d)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(e)

Remove the aluminum pin.

At the inboard end of the flap, measure the total free movement of the flap trailing edge:
(a)

AES

Do not apply too much force to cause the system components, mechanism or the aircraft
fixed structure to move or bend.

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended, and that the travel ranges are clear.

27-54-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

Apply a down force (by hand) to the trailing edge of the flap. Apply sufficient force to make the
flap move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.
NOTE :

Do not apply too much force to cause the system components, mechanism or the aircraft
fixed structure to move or bend.

(c)

Hold the flap in this position, measure and record the dimension Z and then release the flap.

(d)

Apply an up force (by hand) to the trailing edge of the flap. Apply sufficient force to make the
flap move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.
NOTE :

Do not apply too much force to cause the system components, mechanism or the aircraft
fixed structure to move or bend.

(e)

Hold the flap in this position, measure and record the dimension Y and then release the flap.

(f)

To find the total free movement, subtract the dimension Z from the dimension Y.

(10) At the track 2 position, measure the total free movement of the actuator lever (dimension X):
(a)

Apply a down force (by hand) to the actuator lever. Apply sufficient force to make the actuator
lever move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.

(b)

Hold the actuator lever in this position, then measure and record the dimension T.

(c)

Apply an up force (by hand) to the actuator lever. Apply sufficient force to make the actuator
lever move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.

(d)

Hold the actuator lever in this position, then measure and record the dimension S.

(e)

To find the total free movement (dimension X), subtract the dimension S from the dimension T.

(11) Install the aluminum pin through the joint where you removed the bolt (184).
(12) Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).
(13) Remove the aluminum pin.
(14) At the track 2 position, temporarily connect the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever as
follows:
(a)

Install the bolt (184), the washer (185) and the nut (186).

(b)

Hand tighten the nut (186).

(15) Compare the measured free movement dimensions:

. the maximum acceptable value of free movement at the inboard flap trailing edge at tracks 1 and 2
is 10.0 mm (0.3937 in.)
. for the maximum acceptable value of dimension X (free movement of the lever arm) refer to the
table 601.
** On A/C 006-099
Subtask 27-54-00-220-050-H
A.

Detailed Dimensional Check - Free Movement at the Trailing Edge of the Inboard Flap
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-02700-E - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive Lever - To Disconnect the Inboard Flap)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-02800-B - Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure The Free Play (Track 1))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-03000-B - Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure the Free Play (Track 2))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-01000-A - Flaps Trailing Edge Free Movement - Location and Details of Measurement
Positions)
(1)

At the track 1 position, disconnect the flap drive arm from the rotary actuator lever-arm:
(a)

AES

Remove and discard the cotter pins (1) and (6).

27-54-00 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

Remove the nut (2) and the washer (3).

(c)

Remove the bolt (5) and the locking plate (4).

(d)

Remove the nut (7) and the washer (8).

(e)

Remove the bolt (9) and install the PIN DIA 5 MM (0,197 IN), LENGHT 100 MM (3,937 IN.)
ALU.
NOTE :

(f)

(g)
(2)

Extend the flaps manually (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011-A) as follows:

1

Slowly extend the flaps until the dimension T at track 2 is approximately 6.0 mm (0.2362
in.).

Dimension T can be +/- 1.0 mm (0.0394 in.) but it must be set during the flap extension
procedure. Do not retract the flaps in small amounts to set the dimension T.

Remove the aluminum pin.

At the track 2 position, measure the total free movement of the flap trailing edge:
(a)

Refer to step 4.A.(1)(f) and make sure the flaps are extended correctly.

(b)

Make sure that the travel ranges are clear.

(c)

Apply a down force (by hand) to the trailing edge of the flap. Apply sufficient force to make the
flap move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.
NOTE :

AES

Do not apply too much force to cause the system components, mechanism or the aircraft
fixed structure to move or bend.

(d)

Hold the flap in this position, measure and record the dimension Z and then release the flap.

(e)

Apply an up force (by hand) to the trailing edge of the flap. Apply sufficient force to make the
flap move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.
NOTE :

(3)

The diameter of the aluminum pin is approximately 6.0 mm (0.2362 in.) less than the bolt
(9) it replaces. The pin is 100 mm (3.9370 in.) long and is made locally from LN 1798
3.1354T3511. The pin is temporary and has two functions:
. it keeps the joint together when you extend/retract the flaps
. it is easy to remove the pin to disconnect the joint when the flaps are extended.

Do not apply too much force to cause the system components, mechanism or the aircraft
fixed structure to move or bend.

(f)

Hold the flap in this position, measure and record the dimension Y and then release the flap.

(g)

To find the total free movement, subtract the dimension Z from the dimension Y.

At the track 1 position, measure the total free movement of the actuator lever (dimension X):
(a)

Apply a down force (by hand) to the actuator lever. Apply sufficient force to make the actuator
lever move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.

(b)

Hold the actuator lever in this position, then measure and record the dimension T.

(c)

Apply an up force (by hand) to the actuator lever. Apply sufficient force to make the actuator
lever move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.

(d)

Hold the actuator lever in this position, then measure and record the dimension S.

(e)

To find the total free movement (dimension X), subtract the dimension S from the dimension T.

(4)

Install the aluminum pin through the joint where you removed the bolt (9).

(5)

Manually retract the flaps fully and connect the drive system (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-012-A).

27-54-00 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Remove the aluminum pin.

(7)

At the track 1 position, temporarily connect the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever as
follows:

(8)

(9)

(a)

Install the bolt (9), the washer (8) and the nut (7).

(b)

Hand tighten the nut (7).

(c)

Install the bolt (5), the locking plate (4), the washer (3) and the nut (2).

(d)

Hand tighten the nut (2).

At the track 2 position, disconnect the flap drive arm from the rotary actuator lever-arm:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (10) and (15).

(b)

Remove the nut (11) and the washer (12).

(c)

Remove the bolt (14) and the locking plate (13).

(d)

Remove the nut (16) and the washer (17).

(e)

Remove the bolt (18) and install the PIN DIA 10 MM (0,394 IN),LENGHT 100 MM (3,937 IN.)
ALU.

(f)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(g)

Remove the aluminum pin.

At the inboard end of the flap, measure the total free movement of the flap trailing edge:
(a)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended, and that the travel ranges are clear.

(b)

Apply a down force (by hand) to the trailing edge of the flap. Apply sufficient force to make the
flap move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.
NOTE :

Do not apply too much force to cause the system components, mechanism or the aircraft
fixed structure to move or bend.

(c)

Hold the flap in this position, measure and record the dimension Z and then release the flap.

(d)

Apply an up force (by hand) to the trailing edge of the flap. Apply sufficient force to make the
flap move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.
NOTE :

Do not apply too much force to cause the system components, mechanism or the aircraft
fixed structure to move or bend.

(e)

Hold the flap in this position, measure and record the dimension Y and then release the flap.

(f)

To find the total free movement, subtract the dimension Z from the dimension Y.

(10) At the track 2 position, measure the total free movement of the actuator lever (dimension X):
(a)

Apply a down force (by hand) to the actuator lever. Apply sufficient force to make the actuator
lever move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.

(b)

Hold the actuator lever in this position, then measure and record the dimension T.

(c)

Apply an up force (by hand) to the actuator lever. Apply sufficient force to make the actuator
lever move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.

(d)

Hold the actuator lever in this position, then measure and record the dimension S.

(e)

To find the total free movement (dimension X), subtract the dimension S from the dimension T.

(11) Install the aluminum pin through the joint where you removed the bolt (18).
(12) Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

AES

27-54-00 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(13) Remove the aluminum pin.
(14) At the track 2 position, temporarily connect the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever as
follows:
(a)

Install the bolt (18), the washer (17) and the nut (16).

(b)

Hand tighten the nut (16).

(c)

Install the bolt (14), the locking plate (13), the washer (12) and the nut (11).

(d)

Hand tighten the nut (11).

(15) Compare the measured free movement dimensions:

. the maximum acceptable value of free movement at the inboard flap trailing edge at tracks 1 and 2
is 10.0 mm (0.3937 in.)
. for the maximum acceptable value of dimension X (free movement of the lever arm) refer to the
table 601.
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-00-220-057-C
B.

Detailed Dimensional Check - Free Movement at the Trailing Edge of the Outboard Flap
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-02900-C - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive Lever - To Disconnect the Outboard Flap)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-03100-B - Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure the Free Play (Track 3))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-03200-C - Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure the Free Play (Track 4))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-01000-A - Flaps Trailing Edge Free Movement - Location and Details of Measurement
Positions)
(1)

At the track 3 position, disconnect the outboard flap drive-arm from the rotary actuator lever-arm:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (215).

(b)

Remove the nut (214) and the washer (213).

(c)

Remove the bolt (212) and install the aluminum pin PIN DIA 20 MM (0,787 IN),LENGHT 100
MM (3,937 IN.) ALU.
NOTE :

(2)

(d)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(e)

Remove the aluminum pin.

At the track 4 position, measure the total free movement of the flap trailing edge:
(a)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended, and that the travel ranges are clear.

(b)

Apply a down force (by hand) to the trailing edge of the flap. Apply sufficient force to make the
flap move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.
NOTE :

(c)

AES

The diameter of the aluminum pin is approximately 6.0 mm (0.2362 in.) less than the bolt
(212) it replaces. The pin is 100 mm (3.9370 in.) long and is made locally from material
LN 1798 3.1354T3511. The pin is temporary and has two functions:
. it keeps the joint together when you extend/retract the flaps
. it is easy to remove the pin to disconnect the joint when the flaps are extended.

Do not apply too much force to cause the system components, mechanism or the aircraft
fixed structure to move or bend.

Hold the flap in this position, then measure and and record the dimension Z.

27-54-00 PB601

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d)

Apply an up force (by hand) to the trailing edge of the flap. Apply sufficient force to make the
flap move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.
NOTE :

(3)

(e)

Hold the flap in this position, measure and record the dimension Y and then release the flap.

(f)

To find the total free movement, subtract the dimension Z from the dimension Y.

At the track 3 position, measure the total free movement of the actuator lever (dimension X):
(a)

Apply a down force (by hand) to the actuator lever. Apply sufficient force to make the actuator
lever move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.

(b)

Hold the actuator lever in this position, then measure and record the dimension T.

(c)

Apply an up force (by hand) to the actuator lever. Apply sufficient force to make the actuator
lever move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.

(d)

Hold the actuator lever in this position, then measure and record the dimension S.

(e)

To find the total free movement (dimension X), subtract the dimension S from the dimension T.

(4)

Install the aluminum pin through the joint where you removed the bolt (212).

(5)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(6)

Remove the aluminum pin.

(7)

At the track 3 position, temporarily connect the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever as
follows:

(8)

(9)

(a)

Install the bolt (212), the washer (213) and the nut (214).

(b)

Hand tighten the nut (214).

At the track 4 position, disconnect the outboard flap drive-arm from the rotary actuator drive-lever:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (215).

(b)

Remove the nut (214) and the washer (213).

(c)

Remove the bolt (212) and install the aluminum pin PIN DIA 10 MM (0,394 IN),LENGHT 100
MM (3,937 IN.) ALU.

(d)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(e)

Remove the aluminum pin.

At the track 3 position, measure the total free movement of the flap trailing edge:
(a)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended, and that the travel ranges are clear.

(b)

Apply a down force (by hand) to the trailing edge of the flap. Apply sufficient force to make the
flap move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.
NOTE :

Do not apply too much force to cause the system components, mechanism or the aircraft
fixed structure to move or bend.

(c)

Hold the flap in this position, then measure and and record the dimension Z.

(d)

Apply an up force (by hand) to the trailing edge of the flap. Apply sufficient force to make the
flap move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.
NOTE :

AES

Do not apply too much force to cause the system components, mechanism or the aircraft
fixed structure to move or bend.

Do not apply too much force to cause the system components, mechanism or the aircraft
fixed structure to move or bend.

27-54-00 PB601

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(e)

Hold the flap in this position, measure and record the dimension Y and then release the flap.

(f)

To find the total free movement, subtract the dimension Z from the dimension Y.

(10) At the track 4 position, measure the total free movement of the actuator lever (dimension X):
(a)

Apply a down force (by hand) to the actuator lever. Apply sufficient force to make the actuator
lever move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.

(b)

Hold the actuator lever in this position, then measure and record the dimension T.

(c)

Apply an up force (by hand) to the actuator lever. Apply sufficient force to make the actuator
lever move through possible free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.

(d)

Hold the actuator lever in this position, then measure and record the dimension S.

(e)

To find the total free movement (dimension X), subtract the dimension S from the dimension T.

(11) Install the aluminum pin through the joint where you removed the bolt (212).
(12) Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).
(13) Remove the aluminum pin.
(14) At the track 4 position, temporarily connect the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever as
follows:
(a)

Install the bolt (212), the washer (213) and the nut (214).

(b)

Hand tighten the nut (214).

(15) Compare the measured free movement dimensions:

. the maximum acceptable value of free movement at the outboard flap trailing edge at tracks 3 and
4 is 11.0 mm (0.4331 in.)
. for the maximum acceptable value of dimension X (free movement of the lever arm) refer to the
table 601.
Subtask 27-54-00-220-058-A
C.

Table 601 shows the maximum values for dimension X.

Track Number

Dimension X (maximum)

4.00 mm (0.157 in.)

1.81 mm (0.071 in.)

1.70 mm (0.067 in.)

1.42 mm (0.056 in.)

Subtask 27-54-00-220-056-A
D.

Checks to Identify and Correct too much Free Movement at the Trailing Edge of the Flaps
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-02600-A - Flaps Trailing Edge - Flow Chart to do the Free Movement Checks)
(1)

AES

General
(a)

The flow chart shows the process to find and correct too much free movement. Use the flow chart
as a guide. Each time you make a correction, do a free movement check until the free movement
is in limits.

(b)

When the free movement value is too much, do the checks that follow to identify the cause. Start
at the inboard flap track 2 and then track 1. Subsequently, do the checks at the outboard flap
track 3 and then track 4.

27-54-00 PB601

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)
(2)

Do the steps that follow only when they are applicable:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

AES

When you look for backlash, move the flap up and down 4 or 5 times to help you see the backlash
or wear.
Do a general visual inspection:
1

Visually inspect the connection joints for backlash or wear between the flap actuator and
the flap track beam and carriage. Some of the possible causes of too much backlash in the
connection joints are:
. a bearing that has moved to an incorrect position or a bearing that cannot move
. a loose bush
. a damaged or missing spherical bearing liner
. worn bushes and bolts.

An indication that the backlash is too much is when a connection shows more radial or axial
movement than an equivalent adjacent component.

Make sure that all components are installed correctly.

Replace components that are unserviceable.

If the free movement of the lever arm (dimension X) is too much, remove the unserviceable
actuator and install a serviceable actuator:
1

for the flap track 1 actuator (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
27-54-49-400-001-A).

for the flap track 2 actuator (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-002-A) and (Ref. TASK
27-54-49-400-002-A).

for the flap track 3 actuator (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-003-A) and (Ref. TASK
27-54-49-400-003-A).

for the flap track 4 actuator (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-004-A) and (Ref. TASK
27-54-49-400-004-A).

If you have installed a new flap actuator and the free movement of the lever arm (dimension X) is
too much, do a check of the actuator lever splines:
1

Remove the applicable lever:

. for the flap track 1 and 2 lever (Ref. TASK 27-54-55-000-001-A)
. for the flap track 3 lever (Ref. TASK 27-54-55-000-002-A)
. for the flap track 4 lever (Ref. TASK 27-54-55-000-003-A).

Do a check for wear of the actuator lever splines.

Install a serviceable lever:

. for the flap track 1 and 2 lever (Ref. TASK 27-54-55-400-001-A)
. for the flap track 3 lever (Ref. TASK 27-54-55-400-002-A)
. for the flap track 4 lever (Ref. TASK 27-54-55-400-003-A).

Do a detailed dimensional check of the connection of the joint between the flap drive arm and the
rotary actuator lever-arm:
1

Remove the flap sufficiently to allow the flap drive arm to be disconnected from the rotary
actuator lever arm:
. for tracks 1 and 2 (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-001-A)
. for tracks 3 and 4 (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-000-001-A).

Do the detailed dimensional check:

. for tracks 1 and 2 (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-220-001-A)
. for tracks 3 and 4 (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-220-001-A).

27-54-00 PB601

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(e)

Do a detailed dimensional check of the flap attachments:

1

Remove the applicable flap:

. for the inboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-001-A)
. for the outboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-000-001-A).

Do a detailed dimensional check of the inboard flap attachments (Ref. TASK

57-52-00-220-015-A).

Do a detailed dimensional check of the outboard flap attachments (Ref. TASK

57-53-00-220-023-A).

(f)

Make sure the free play between the flap track and the top roller is in limits.

(g)

Do a detailed dimensional check of the flap carriage main rollers, the upper rollers and the pivot
pins of lubrication blocks:
1

Remove the applicable flap carriage:

. for the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriages (Ref. TASK 27-54-46-000-001-A)
. for the No. 1 flap carriage (Ref. TASK 27-54-46-000-002-A).

In the workshop, refer to the applicable CMM and do a detailed dimensional check:
. for the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriages (Ref. CMM 27-54-46)
. for the No. 1 flap carriage (Ref. CMM 27-54-42).

Install the applicable serviceable flap carriage:

. for the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriages (Ref. TASK 27-54-46-400-001-A)
. for the No. 1 flap carriage (Ref. TASK 27-54-46-400-002-A).

(h)

Do a detailed dimensional check of the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap track beams (Ref. SRM 57513301).

(i)

Do a detailed dimensional check of the No. 1 flap track beam:

(j)

Remove the No. 1 flap track beam (Ref. TASK 57-51-33-000-001-A).

In the workshop, refer to the CMM and do a detailed dimensional check of the No 1. flap
track beam (Ref. CMM 57-51-32).

Install a servicable No.1 flap track beam (Ref. TASK 57-51-33-400-001-A).

Install a serviceable flap:

. for the inboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-001-A)
. for the outboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-400-001-A).

** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 27-54-00-420-050-D
E.

Connect the Flap Drive Arms

(1)

(2)

At the track 1 position:

(a)

Connect the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever with the shearbolt (179), the washer
(178) and the nut (177).

(b)

TORQUE the nut (177) to between 1.6 and 1.8 M.DAN (11.80 and 13.27 LBF.FT) and safety
with the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-35) cotter pin (176) .

(c)

Install the indicator pin (180), the indicator plate (181), the washers (182) and the bolts (183).

(d)

TORQUE the bolts (183) to between 0.15 and 0.17 M.DAN (13.27 and 15.04 LBF.IN).

At the track 2 position:

(a)

AES

Connect the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever with the bolt (184), the washer (185)
and the nut (186).

27-54-00 PB601

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

TORQUE the nut (186) to between 14.0 and 16.0 M.DAN (103.24 and 117.99 LBF.FT) and
safety with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter pin (187) .

** On A/C 006-099
Subtask 27-54-00-420-050-E
E.

Connect the Flap Drive Arms

(1)

(2)

At the track 1 position:

(a)

Connect the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever with the bolt (9), the washer (8) and
the nut (7).

(b)

TORQUE the nut (7) to between 1.6 and 1.8 M.DAN (11.80 and 13.27 LBF.FT) and safety with
the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter pin (6) .

(c)

Install the locking plate (4), the bolt (5), the washer (3) and the nut (2).

(d)

TORQUE the nut (2) to between 0.4 and 0.45 M.DAN (35.40 and 39.82 LBF.IN) and safety with
the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter pin (1) .

At the track 2 position:

(a)

Connect the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever with the bolt (18), the washer (17)
and the nut (16).

(b)

TORQUE the nut (16) to between 1.8 and 2.3 M.DAN (13.27 and 16.96 LBF.FT) and safety with
a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter pin (15) .

(c)

Install the locking plate (13), the bolt (14), the washer (12) and the nut (11).

(d)

TORQUE the nut (11) to between 0.4 and 0.45 M.DAN (35.40 and 39.82 LBF.IN) and safety
with the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter pin (10) .

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-00-420-051-C
F.

Connect the Flap Drive Arms

(1)

(2)

5.

At the track 3 position:

(a)

Connect the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever with the bolt (212), the washer (213)
and the nut (214).

(b)

TORQUE the nut (214) to between 7.6 and 8.5 M.DAN (56.05 and 62.68 LBF.FT) and safety
with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-35) cotter pin (215) .

At the track 4 position:

(a)

Connect the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever with the bolt (212), the washer (213)
and the nut (214).

(b)

TORQUE the nut (214) to between 7.6 and 8.5 M.DAN (56.05 and 62.68 LBF.FT) and safety
with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-35) cotter pin (215) .

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-00-860-061-A
A.

Aircraft Configuration
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

27-54-00 PB601

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

If applicable, connect the interconnecting strut (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-400-001-A).

(2)

If applicable, install the flap kink seals (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-006-A).

(3)

If applicable, retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009A-01).

Subtask 27-54-00-942-065-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-00 PB601

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005

A
A

B
C

FW

N_MM_275400_6_ATMA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-02700-D SHEET 1

Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive Lever - To Disconnect the
Inboard Flap

27-54-00 PB601

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005

TRACK 2

ROTARY ACTUATOR
DRIVELEVER (REF)

184

187
185
186

ROTARY ACTUATOR
DRIVELEVER (REF)

176

177
178

182

179
180
181
183
N_MM_275400_6_ATMA_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-02700-D SHEET 2

Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive Lever - To Disconnect the
Inboard Flap

27-54-00 PB601

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

ACTUATOR
ARM STOP

DIM S

DIM X
TRACK 1
ACTUATOR ARM SHOWN
IN THE 40 DEGREE
LANDING POSITION

DIM T

NOTE: THE ACTUATOR ARM HAS BEEN MOVED A SMALL AMOUNT

AWAY FROM THE ACTUATOR ARM STOP. THIS IS TO
MAKE SURE YOU CAN MEASURE THE TOTAL FREE
MOVEMENT OF THE ACTUATOR ARM (DIM X).

N_MM_275400_6_AVM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-02800-B SHEET 1

Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure The Free Play
(Track 1)

27-54-00 PB601

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

ACTUATOR
ARM STOP
DIM S
DIM T

DIM X

TRACK 2
ACTUATOR ARM SHOWN
IN THE 40 DEGREE
LANDING POSITION

N_MM_275400_6_BLM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-03000-B SHEET 1

Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure the Free Play
(Track 2)

27-54-00 PB601

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A
A
A

A
FREE MOVEMENT

DIMENSION Z

DIMENSION Y

STABLE DATUM

N_MM_275400_6_ABM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-01000-A SHEET 1

Flaps Trailing Edge Free Movement - Location and Details
of Measurement Positions

27-54-00 PB601

Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 006-099

Z681

A
A
A

Z581

C
TRACK 2

18
13

10

14

TRACK 1

16

15

17

12
11

6
4

1
3
2
N_MM_275400_6_GAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-02700-E SHEET 1

Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive Lever - To Disconnect the
Inboard Flap

27-54-00 PB601

Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z587
Z687

B
B
FW

D
TRACK 4

TRACK 3

B
ACTUATOR DRIVE
ARM (REF.)
212
215

214

213
N_MM_275400_6_DCM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-02900-C SHEET 1

Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive Lever - To Disconnect the
Outboard Flap

27-54-00 PB601

Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
ACTUATOR
ARM STOP

DIM S
DIM T

DIM X

TRACK 3
ACTUATOR ARM SHOWN
IN THE 40 DEGREE
LANDING POSITION

N_MM_275400_6_BRM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-03100-B SHEET 1

Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure the Free Play
(Track 3)

27-54-00 PB601

Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

ACTUATOR
ARM STOP

A
DIM S

DIM T
DIM X

TRACK 4
ACTUATOR ARM SHOWN
IN THE 40 DEGREE
LANDING POSITION

N_MM_275400_6_BZM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-03200-C SHEET 1

Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure the Free Play
(Track 4)

27-54-00 PB601

Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
INBOARD
(OUTBOARD) FLAP
START

EXTEND
THE FLAPS
AT TRACK 1(3): DISCONNECT
THE DRIVE ARM

AT TRACK 2(4): DO THE FLAP

FREE MOVEMENT CHECK

IS THE
FLAP FREE
PLAY IN THE
LIMITS

YES

GO TO START
ON SHEET 4

NO
DO A GENERAL
# VISUAL EXAMINATION

CAN YOU
SEE ANY WORN
OR DAMAGED
PARTS

YES

REPLACE
UNSERVICEABLE
PARTS

YES

GO TO START
ON SHEET 4

NO
DO A CHECK OF THE
ACTUATOR LEVER
FREE MOVEMENT

IS THE
LEVER FREE
PLAY IN THE
LIMITS
NO
INSTALL A
SERVICEABLE
ACTUATOR

CONTINUED
ON SHEET 2

N_MM_275400_6_AEMA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-02600-A SHEET 1

Flaps Trailing Edge - Flow Chart to do the Free Movement
Checks

27-54-00 PB601

Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
INBOARD
(OUTBOARD) FLAP
CONTINUED FROM
SHEET 1

AT TRACK 2(4): DO THE FLAP

FREE MOVEMENT CHECK

IS THE
FLAP FREE
PLAY IN THE
LIMITS

YES

GO TO START
ON SHEET 4

NO
DO A CHECK ON THE
SPLINES ON THE
ACTUATOR LEVER

ARE
THE LEVER
SPLINES IN THE
LIMITS

NO

REPLACE
UNSERVICEABLE
PARTS

YES
AT TRACK 2(4): DO THE FLAP
FREE MOVEMENT CHECK

IS THE
FLAP FREE
PLAY IN THE
LIMITS

YES

GO TO START
ON SHEET 4

NO

CONTINUED
ON SHEET 3

N_MM_275400_6_AEMA_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-02600-A SHEET 2

Flaps Trailing Edge - Flow Chart to do the Free Movement
Checks

27-54-00 PB601

Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

INBOARD
(OUTBOARD) FLAP
CONTINUED
FROM SHEET 2

ARE
THE PARTS
IN THE
LIMITS

NO

REPLACE
UNSERVICEABLE
PARTS

YES
AT TRACK 2(4): DO THE FLAP
FREE MOVEMENT CHECK

IS THE
FLAP FREE
PLAY IN THE
LIMITS

YES

GO TO START
ON SHEET 4

NO

DO THE PROCEEDURE
AGAIN FROM
# SHEET 1

N_MM_275400_6_AEMA_03_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-02600-A SHEET 3

Flaps Trailing Edge - Flow Chart to do the Free Movement
Checks

27-54-00 PB601

Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
INBOARD
(OUTBOARD) FLAP
CONTINUED
START

AT TRACK 1(3): CONNECT

THE DRIVE ARM
AT TRACK 2(4): DISCONNECT
THE DRIVE ARM
AT TRACK 1(3): DO THE FLAP
FREE MOVEMENT CHECK

IS THE
FLAP FREE
PLAY IN THE
LIMITS

YES

STOP

NO
DO A GENERAL
* VISUAL EXAMINATION

CAN YOU
SEE ANY WORN
OR DAMAGED
PARTS

YES

REPLACE
UNSERVICEABLE
PARTS

NO
DO A CHECK OF THE
ACTUATOR LEVER
FREE MOVEMENT

IS THE
LEVER FREE
PLAY IN THE
LIMITS

YES

STOP

NO
INSTALL A
SERVICEABLE
ACTUATOR

CONTINUED
ON SHEET 5

N_MM_275400_6_AEMA_04_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-02600-A SHEET 4

Flaps Trailing Edge - Flow Chart to do the Free Movement
Checks

27-54-00 PB601

Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
INBOARD
(OUTBOARD) FLAP
CONTINUED FROM
SHEET 4

AT TRACK 1(3): DO THE FLAP

FREE MOVEMENT CHECK

IS THE
FLAP FREE
PLAY IN THE
LIMITS

YES

STOP

NO
DO A CHECK ON THE
SPLINES ON THE
ACTUATOR LEVER

ARE
THE LEVER
SPLINES IN THE
LIMITS

NO

REPLACE
UNSERVICEABLE
PARTS

YES
AT TRACK 1(3): DO THE FLAP
FREE MOVEMENT CHECK

IS THE
FLAP FREE
PLAY IN THE
LIMITS

YES

STOP

NO

CONTINUED
ON SHEET 6

N_MM_275400_6_AEMA_05_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-02600-A SHEET 5

Flaps Trailing Edge - Flow Chart to do the Free Movement
Checks

27-54-00 PB601

Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

INBOARD
(OUTBOARD) FLAP
CONTINUED
FROM SHEET 5

ARE
THE PARTS
IN THE
LIMITS

NO

REPLACE
UNSERVICEABLE
PARTS

YES
AT TRACK 1(3): DO THE FLAP
FREE MOVEMENT CHECK

IS THE
FLAP FREE
PLAY IN THE
LIMITS

YES

AT TRACK 2(4)
CONNECT THE
DRIVE ARM.

STOP

NO

DO THE PROCEEDURE
AGAIN FROM
* SHEET 4

N_MM_275400_6_AEMA_06_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-02600-A SHEET 6

Flaps Trailing Edge - Flow Chart to do the Free Movement
Checks

27-54-00 PB601

Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Task 27-54-00-220-006-B
DELETED

AES

27-54-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-00-220-007-A
Check of the Flap Drive System
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

460005835
98D27508625000
98D27803000000

1
1
1

SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK

CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

573BB, 575CB, 575GB, 673BB,

675CB, 675GB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

AES

27-54-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A-01

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-869-006-A

Reset of the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) of the Flap System on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

32-00-00-481-002-A

Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gear Doors

32-12-00-010-001-A
32-12-00-410-001-A
57-51-37-000-002-A
57-51-37-000-004-A
57-51-37-400-002-A
57-51-37-400-004-A
27-51-00-820-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
Removal of the Access Panels
Removal of the Access Panels
Installation of the Access Panels
Installation of the Access Panels
Manual Adjustment of the Position Pick-Off Units (for corrective action)

27-54-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Flap Drive System (for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-04300-A - Check Pin - Access Panels)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-04400-A - Installation of the Check Pins)
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-860-080-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear doors.

(3)

Extension of the flaps

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE.
(a)

Extend the flaps fully

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(b)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the

flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-00-865-084-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN
6CV

LOCATION
B07

27-54-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

121VU

FIN
8CV

LOCATION
Q21

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-010-068-A
C.

Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-04300-A - Check Pin - Access Panels)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-04400-A - Installation of the Check Pins)
(1)

Open the main gear doors

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Install the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) on the applicable main gear door-actuator (Ref.
TASK 32-00-00-481-002-A).

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position.

(4)

Remove the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A) and (Ref. TASK
57-51-37-000-004-A):
For the LH wing, remove the panels:
. 573BB
. 575CB and 575GB.
For the RH wing, remove the panels:
. 673BB
. 675CB and 675GB.

(5)

Clean the rigging pin holes at the track 1, 2, 3 and 4.

(6)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever on panel 114VU.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-00-865-085-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-866-061-A
E.

Retraction of the flaps

(1)

Retract the flaps fully

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01). Do not do this manually.

AES

27-54-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-00-865-086-A
F.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-220-064-A
A.

Installation of the Check Pins

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-04400-A - Installation of the Check Pins)
(1)

Install the applicable check pin of the tool set CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) (1) in the
track 1 position.
(a)

If you cannot insert the check pin of the tool set CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) (1)
in the track 1 position easily, do the adjustment of the flap drive system
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 27-54-00-820-001-A).

(2)

Install the applicable check pin of the tool set CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) (2) in the
track 2 position.
(a)

(3)

Install the applicable check pin of the tool set CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) (2) in the
track 3 position.
(a)

(4)

If you cannot insert the check pin of the tool set CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) (2)
in the track 3 position easily , do the adjustment of the flap drive system (Ref. TASK
27-54-00-820-001-A).

Install the applicable check pin of the tool set CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) (2) in the
track 4 position.
(a)

AES

If you cannot insert the check pin of the tool set CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) (2)
in the track 2 position easily, do the adjustment of the flap drive system (Ref. TASK
27-54-00-820-001-A).

If you cannot insert the check pin of the tool set CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) (2)
in the track 4 position easily, do the adjustment of the flap drive system (Ref. TASK
27-54-00-820-001-A).

27-54-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-740-051-A
B.

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display-System (CFDS)
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display-Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(3)

Do a check of the flap PPU angles (deg) in the slat/flap control lever position 0 on the MCDU as
follows:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. Push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. The MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

2.Push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

3.Push (in) the line key SYSTEM DATA FLP >.

4.Push (in) the line key < PPU.

5.Write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)
shown on the display
or
push (in) the line key PRNT > to get a print out of the
screen.
6.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the CFDS
menu page is shown.

The MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 menu.

The MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP

SYSTEM DATA menu.
. the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s):
Refer to Table 1.
APPU angle __________________
FPPU angle __________________

7.De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK

24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-820-056-A
C.

Adjustment after BITE Test

(1)

(2)

After check of the L/H (R/H) flap drive system:

(a)

Make sure that the APPU/FPPU angles (deg) agree +/- 1.3 deg. at flap positions 1, 2, 3 and
within +/- 0.9 deg. at flap position 0.

(b)

Make sure that the LH APPU and the RH APPU angles agree +/- 0.45 deg.

If the APPU angles are not in the specified limits in relation to the FPPU angles, do these steps:
(a)

Disconnect the APPU and adjust the APPU input shaft

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-001-A).

AES

27-54-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

Do step (2)(a) again until the APPU angles are in the specified limits in relation to the FPPU
angles.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
SFCC 1
!
!
PPU DATE (DEG)
!
!
DATE:XXX XX UTC:XXXX
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
***
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
OTHER SFCC
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
***
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
<RETURN
PRINT>
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
Table 1
!
! PPU DATA (DEG) displayed on the MCDU at the flap position 0
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-860-082-A
D.

Preparation for Test

(1)

Remove the check pins (1) from the tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4.

(2)

Reset the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) of the flap system if necessary
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-869-006-A).

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-710-053-A
E.

Test
(1)

Do the Operational Test of the Flap System

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

5.

Close-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-00-860-081-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

AES

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-54-00 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Install the access panels:

(a)

For the LH wing, install these access panels

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A) and (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A):
. 573BB
. 575CB 575GB.

(b)

AES

For the RH wing, install these access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A) and (Ref. TASK
57-51-37-400-004-A):
. 673BB
. 675CB 675GB.

(3)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(4)

Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-00 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004

A
A
STA14459/RIB27

Z570
(Z670)

STA11664/RIB22

575GB
(675GB)

575CB
(675CB)

STA4067/RIB8
573BB
(673BB)

STA1957/RIB4

N_MM_275400_6_AUM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-04300-A SHEET 1

Check Pin - Access Panels

27-54-00 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004

Z190

Z530

Z530
Z530

N_MM_275400_6_ASM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-04400-A SHEET 1

Installation of the Check Pins

27-54-00 PB601

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-00-612-001-A
Quantity Check of the Semi-Fluid remaining in a Flap Rotary Actuator (After Leakage)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Do a check of the quantity of semi-fluid remaining in a flap rotary actuator (after leakage).
Do this task only on actuators that show a leakage.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
1
SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

DESIGNATION

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

A685064
1
MEASURING-EQUIPMENT, SEMIFUID
FOR FIN 6205CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 1)
FOR FIN 6255CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 1)
No specific

AES

ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

27-54-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-025
Material No: 05-115
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
LUBRICANT, SEMIFLUID
SPECIAL MATERIALS
JOINTING COMPOUND (CONDUCTIVE)
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6205CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

FOR FIN 6255CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 1)
734, 744
FOR FIN 6211CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 2)
573AB
FOR FIN 6221CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 3)
575BB
FOR FIN 6233CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 4)
575FB
FOR FIN 6261CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 2)
673AB
FOR FIN 6271CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 3)
675BB
FOR FIN 6283CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 4)
675FB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-011-A
27-50-00-866-012-A

Manual Extension of the Flaps

Manual Retraction of the Flaps

27-54-49-000-001-A
27-54-49-000-002-A
27-54-49-000-003-A

Removal of the Flap Track 1 Actuator

Removal of the Flap Track 2 Actuator
Removal of the Flap Track 3 Actuator

27-54-49-000-004-A
27-54-49-400-001-A
27-54-49-400-002-A

Removal of the Flap Track 4 Actuator

Installation of the Flap Track 1 Actuator
Installation of the Flap Track 2 Actuator

27-54-49-400-003-A
27-54-49-400-004-A

Installation of the Flap Track 3 Actuator

Installation of the Flap Track 4 Actuator

AES

27-54-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-60-00-866-002-A

DESIGNATION
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-04500-A - Flap Actuator - Track 1)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-04600-A - Flap Actuators - Tracks 2 thru 4)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-04700-A - Flap Actuator - Semi-fluid Measuring Equipment)
FOR FIN 6205CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 1)
FOR FIN 6255CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 1)
32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
FOR FIN 6211CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 2)
57-51-37-000-002-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-002-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 6221CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 3)
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 6233CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 4)
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 6261CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 2)
57-51-37-000-002-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-002-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 6271CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 3)
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 6283CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 4)
57-51-37-000-004-A
57-51-37-400-004-A
3.

Removal of the Access Panels

Installation of the Access Panels

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-00-941-068-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls and the landing gear doors.

(2)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

Subtask 27-54-00-860-083-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Extend the spoilers 1 thru 5 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

27-54-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-00-865-087-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-00-010-069-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

(2)

(3)

4.

FOR 6205CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1), 6255CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

(a)

Open the applicable Main Landing Gear (MLG) door 734 744 (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(b)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position in the applicable MLG
bay.

FOR 6211CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2), 6261CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

(a)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the applicable zone 573 (673).

(b)

FOR 6211CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

. Remove the access panel 573AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A).

(c)

FOR 6261CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

. Remove the access panel 673AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A).

FOR 6221CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3), 6271CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3), 6233CM (FLAP ACTUATOR
4), 6283CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)
(a)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the applicable zone 575 (675).

(b)

FOR 6221CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

. Remove the access panel 575BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(c)

FOR 6271CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

. Remove the access panel 675BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(d)

FOR 6233CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

. Remove the access panel 575FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(e)

FOR 6283CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

. Remove the access panel 675FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-04500-A - Flap Actuator - Track 1)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-04600-A - Flap Actuators - Tracks 2 thru 4)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-00-991-04700-A - Flap Actuator - Semi-fluid Measuring Equipment)

AES

CAUTION :

DO NOT GET SEMI-FLUID LUBRICANT ON PLASTIC OR RUBBER MATERIALS. SEMI-FLUID

LUBRICANT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE. REMOVE UNWANTED SEMI-FLUID
LUBRICANT WITH A LINT FREE CLOTH.

CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

27-54-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-00-612-050-A
A.

Filling procedure for the Flap Actuators:

. Flap actuator No.1 6205CM (6255CM)
. Flap actuator No.2 6211CM (6261CM)
. Flap actuator No.3 6221CM (6271CM)
. Flap actuator No.4 6233CM (6283CM)
(1)

Fill the flap actuator No.1 6205CM (6255CM) with the clean COMMON GREASES (Material No:
04-025) as follows:
(a)

Use a clean lint-free cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean:
. The area around the vent plug (1)
. The area around the drain plug (2).

(b)

Remove the vent plug (1) from the flap actuator.

(c)

Remove the drain plug (2) from the flap actuator.

NOTE :

(d)

(e)

(2)

Connect one end of the hose to the semi-fluid pump. Connect the other end of the hose to
the tee piece.

Fill the semi-fluid pump with the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-025) . Bleed the
semi-fluid pump before you operate it.

When you have bled the semi-fluid pump, record the volume of the remaining grease in the
semi-fluid pump.

Install the tee piece and the adaptor into the hole of the drain plug (2) of the flap actuator.
Tighten the adaptor with your hand.

Operate the semi-fluid pump as follows:

1

Loosen the lock screw of one plunger on the semi-fluid pump.

Operate the plunger to fill the flap actuator with the COMMON GREASES (Material No:
04-025) .

If one plunger chamber is empty, tighten the plunger lock screw and continue with the
remaining plunger. Do this until the grease comes out of the vent plug hole of the actuator.

Calculate and record the volume of grease necessary to fill the flap actuator.

Remove the semi-fluid pump, the hose, the tee piece and the adaptor from the flap actuator.

(g)

Install (but do not torque tighten) the vent plug (1) in the flap actuator.

(h)

Install (but do not torque tighten) the drain plug (2) in the flap actuator.

Do the steps (1)(a) thru (1)(h) again for the:

Flap actuator No.2 6211CM (6261CM)
Flap actuator No.3 6221CM (6271CM)
Flap actuator No.4 6233CM (6283CM).

Torque tighten the vent plug (1) of each flap actuator as follows:
(a)

AES

Use the semi-fluid measuring equipment MEASURING-EQUIPMENT, SEMIFUID (A685064) to fill

the flap actuator as follows:

(f)

.
.
.
(3)

The drain plug (2) is at the bottom location of the flap actuator.

Remove the vent plug (1) from the flap actuator.

27-54-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(4)

(5)

(b)

Apply the jointing compound SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-115) to the mating
surfaces of the vent plug (1) and the flap actuator.

(c)

Install the vent plug (1) in the flap actuator and TORQUE the vent plug to between 0.54 and
0.66 M.DAN (47.79 and 58.41 LBF.IN).

Torque tighten the drain plug (2) of each flap actuator as follows:
(a)

Remove the drain plug (2) from the flap actuator.

(b)

Apply the jointing compound SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-115) to the mating
surfaces of the drain plug (2) and the flap actuator.

(c)

Install the drain plug (2) in the flap actuator and TORQUE the drain plug as follows:
.

Flap actuator No.1 and No.2 to between 0.54 and 0.66 M.DAN (47.79 and 58.41 LBF.IN)

Flap actuator No.3 and No.4 to between 0.36 and 0.44 M.DAN (31.86 and 38.94 LBF.IN).

Refer to Para 4.C for the permitted volumes of grease to fill the flap actuator(s).

Subtask 27-54-00-680-050-A
B.

Removal Procedure for Unwanted Semi-fluid from the Flap Actuators:

. Flap actuator No.1 6205CM (6255CM)
. Flap actuator No.2 6211CM (6261CM)
. Flap actuator No.3 6221CM (6271CM)
. Flap actuator No.4 6233CM (6283CM).
(1)

Operate the flaps through their full range of travel five times (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011-A) and
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-012-A). After the last operation, make sure that the flaps are in the fully
extended position.

(2)

Use the semi-fluid measurement equipment MEASURING-EQUIPMENT, SEMIFUID (A685064) to

remove the unwanted semi-fluid from the flap actuator No.1 6205CM (6255CM), as follows:
(a)

Remove the vent plug (1) from the flap actuator.

(b)

Remove the drain plug (2) from the flap actuator.

NOTE :

(3)

AES

The drain plug (2) is at the bottom location on the flap actuator.

(c)

Install the tee piece and the adaptor into the hole of the vent plug (1) of the flap actuator.
Tighten the adaptor with your hand.

(d)

Connect one end of the hose to the air pump. Connect the other end of the hose to the tee piece.

(e)

Install the remaining tee piece, adaptor and hose into the hole of the drain plug (2) of the flap
actuator. Tighten the adaptor with your hand.

(f)

Operate the air pump 15 times to put air into the flap actuator. This will push out the unwanted
semi-fluid through the drain plug hole. Make sure that you operate the air pump handle through
its full range each time.

(g)

Remove the air pump, hose, tee piece and the adaptor from the hole of vent plug (1).

(h)

Remove the hose, tee piece and the adaptor from the hole of the drain plug (2).

(i)

Install (but do not torque tighten) the vent plug (1) in the flap actuator.

(j)

Install (but do not torque tighten) the drain plug (2) in the flap actuator.

Do the steps (2)(a) thru (2)(j) again and remove the unwanted semi-fluid from the:
. Flap actuator No.2 6211CM (6261CM)

27-54-00 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.
(4)

(5)

Flap actuator No.3 6221CM (6271CM)

Flap actuator No.4 6233CM (6283CM).

Torque tighten the vent plug (1) of each flap actuator as follows:
(a)

Remove the vent plug (1) from the flap actuator.

(b)

Apply the jointing compound SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-115) to the mating
surfaces of the vent plug (1) and the flap actuator.

(c)

Install the vent plug (1) in the flap actuator and TORQUE the vent plug to between 0.54 and
0.66 M.DAN (47.79 and 58.41 LBF.IN).

Torque tighten the drain plug (2) of each flap actuator as follows:
(a)

Remove the drain plug (2) from the flap actuator.

(b)

Apply the jointing compound SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-115) to the mating
surfaces of the drain plug (2) and the flap actuator.

(c)

Install the drain plug (2) in the flap actuator and TORQUE the drain plug as follows:
.

Flap actuator No.1 and No.2 to between 0.54 and 0.66 M.DAN (47.79 and 58.41 LBF.IN)

Flap actuator No.3 and No.4 to between 0.36 and 0.44 M.DAN (31.86 and 38.94 LBF.IN).

Subtask 27-54-00-200-051-A
C.

Permitted Volumes of Grease

(1)

Compare the quantity of grease added to the flap actuator(s) and recorded in step 4.A.(1)(e)4_, with
the maximum values shown on the table that follows:

Actuator Type

Maximum Volume of Grease permitted (CM3)

791C
792C/D

320
460

793C
794C
1070C
1071C
1072C/D

660
490
460
460
350

1073C
1074C

660
580

AES

(a)

If the volume of grease added to the actuator, is less than the values in the table:
. The flap actuator is serviceable.

(b)

If the volume of grease added to the actuator, is more than the values in the table, replace the
flap actuator before 1200FH:
. for the Flap Track 1 Actuator 6205CM(6255CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-001-A) and (Ref.
TASK 27-54-49-400-001-A)
. for the Flap Track 2 Actuator 6211CM(6261CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-002-A) and (Ref.
TASK 27-54-49-400-002-A)
. for the Flap Track 3 Actuator 6221CM(6271CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-003-A) and (Ref.
TASK 27-54-49-400-003-A)

27-54-00 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.

for the Flap Track 4 Actuator 6233CM(6283CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-004-A) and (Ref.
TASK 27-54-49-400-004-A).

Subtask 27-54-00-200-052-A
D.

Permitted Volumes of Grease

(1)

Compare the quantity of grease added to the flap actuator(s) and recorded in step 4.A.(1)(e)4_, with
the maximum values shown on the table that follows:

NOTE :

This subtask is only applicable for grease filled actuators with these part numbers:
. 791A0000-xx, 792A0000-xx, 793A0000-xx and 794A0000-xx
. 1070B0000-xx, 1071B0000-xx, 1072A0000-xx, 1073A0000-xx and 1074A0000-xx.

Actuator Type
791A
792A
793A
794A
1070B
1071B
1072A
1073A
1074A

5.

Maximum Volume of Grease permitted (CM3)

103
83
72
128
256
256
117
129
141

(a)

If the volume of grease added to the actuator, is less than the values in the table:
. The flap actuator is serviceable.

(b)

If the volume of grease added to the actuator, is more than the values in the table, replace the
flap actuator before 1200FH:
. for the Flap Track 1 Actuator 6205CM(6255CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-001-A) and (Ref.
TASK 27-54-49-400-001-A)
. for the Flap Track 2 Actuator 6211CM(6261CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-002-A) and (Ref.
TASK 27-54-49-400-002-A)
. for the Flap Track 3 Actuator 6221CM(6271CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-003-A) and (Ref.
TASK 27-54-49-400-003-A)
. for the Flap Track 4 Actuator 6233CM(6283CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-004-A) and (Ref.
TASK 27-54-49-400-004-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-00-410-062-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

FOR 6205CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1), 6255CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

(a)

(3)

Install the applicable access panel:

(a)

AES

Close the applicable MLG door 734 744 (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

FOR 6211CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

Install the access panel 573AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A)

27-54-00 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(4)

(b)

FOR 6261CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

Install the access panel 673AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A)

(c)

FOR 6221CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

Install the access panel 575BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A)

(d)

FOR 6271CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

Install the access panel 675BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A)

(e)

FOR 6233CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

Install the access panel 575FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A)

(f)

FOR 6283CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

Install the access panel 675FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-54-00-865-088-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-00-860-084-A
C.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Retract the spoilers 1 thru 5 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

Subtask 27-54-00-942-074-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-00 PB601

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
1

FLAP ACTUATOR No.1

6205CM(6255CM)

Z734

A
Z734

N_MM_275400_6_CAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-04500-A SHEET 1

Flap Actuator - Track 1

27-54-00 PB601

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

573BB
(673BB)

A
FLAP ACTUATOR No.2
6211CM(6261CM)

A
1

N_MM_275400_6_CAMA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-04600-A SHEET 1

Flap Actuators - Tracks 2 thru 4

27-54-00 PB601

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

575BB
(675BB)

A
RIB12
RIB11

A
1

FLAP ACTUATOR No.3

6221CM(6271CM)

N_MM_275400_6_CAMA_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-04600-A SHEET 2

Flap Actuators - Tracks 2 thru 4

27-54-00 PB601

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

STA10204/RIB19
STA9704/RIB18

575FB
(675FB)

A
FLAP ACTUATOR
6233CM(6283CM)

N_MM_275400_6_CAMA_03_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-04600-A SHEET 3

Flap Actuators - Tracks 2 thru 4

27-54-00 PB601

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

ADAPTOR

TEE PIECE

FLAP
ACTUATOR

SEMIFLUID PUMP

HOSE

LOCK SCREW

PLUNGER

AIR PUMP

N_MM_275400_6_CGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-00-991-04700-A SHEET 1

Flap Actuator - Semi-fluid Measuring Equipment

27-54-00 PB601

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DELETED

AES

27-54-00 PB601

Page
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DELETED

AES

27-54-00 PB601

Page
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

GEARBOX - RIGHT ANGLE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Right Angle Gearbox
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
NOTE :

The removal procedure for the right angle gearbox 6203CM is specified. The procedure for the right angle gearbox
6253CM is almost the same. Any differences in the procedures are specified where applicable.

FIN 6203CM, 6253CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27508625000
98D27803000000

1
1

CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

32-12-00-010-001-A

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-41-991-00200-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-41-991-00100-A - Right Angle Gearbox)
FOR FIN 6253CM(FLAP RIGHT ANGLE GEARBOX)

AES

27-54-41 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-54-00-820-001-A
3.

DESIGNATION
Adjustment of the Flap Drive System

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-41-860-051-A
A.

Retraction of the Flaps

(1)

Retract the flaps to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

Subtask 27-54-41-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-41-010-050-A
C.

Get Access
(1)

Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at the opening of the main gear
main door.

Subtask 27-54-41-860-050-B
D.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-41-991-00200-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)
(1)

Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A)

(2)

Install the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) in flap track position 1 to lock the flap
transmission.
(a)

FOR 6203CM (FLAP RIGHT ANGLE GEARBOX)

lock the left flap transmission.

(b)

FOR 6253CM (FLAP RIGHT ANGLE GEARBOX)

lock the right flap transmission.
1

(3)
4.

If you cannot install the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) easily, do the
adjustment of the L/H (R/H) flap drive system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-820-001-A).

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-41-991-00100-A - Right Angle Gearbox)

AES

27-54-41 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-41-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Right Angle Gearbox 6204CM (6254CM)

(1)

(2)

(3)

AES

Disconnect the torque shaft 6202CM (6252CM) (9) as follows:

(a)

Move the spring (3) and remove the pin (10).

(b)

Remove the nuts (7) and the bolts (6) which connect the torque shaft (9) to the input universal
joint (5) of the right angle gearbox (1).

(c)

Disconnect the torque shaft (9) from the input universal joint (5).

(d)

Remove the input universal joint (5) from the right angle gearbox (1).

Disconnect the torque shaft 6204CM (6254CM) (11) as follows:

(a)

Move the spring (3) and remove the pin (10).

(b)

Remove the nuts (7) and the bolts (14) which connect the torque shaft (11) to the input universal
joint (18) of the right angle gearbox (1).

(c)

Remove the shim (15).

(d)

Disconnect the torque shaft (11) from the input universal joint (18).

(e)

Remove the input universal joint (18) from the right angle gearbox (1).

Remove the right angle gearbox 6203CM (6253CM) (1) as follows:

(a)

Hold the right angle gearbox (1) so that it can not fall.

(b)

Remove the bolts (16) and the washers (17) which attach the right angle gearbox (1) to the
support bracket.

(c)

Remove the right angle gearbox (1).

27-54-41 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
Z190
Z530

Z530
Z530

N_MM_275441_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-41-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4

27-54-41 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
9

A
Z734
Z744

FR46

POWER
CONTROL
UNIT

17
16

7
18
3

15
11

11
5

10

14

10

B
7

OFFSET GEARBOX
ACTUATOR I

N_MM_275441_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-41-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Right Angle Gearbox

27-54-41 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Right Angle Gearbox
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
NOTE :

The installation procedure for the right angle gearbox 6203CM is specified. The procedure for the right angle
gearbox 6253CM is almost the same. Any differences in the procedures are specified where applicable.

FIN 6203CM, 6253CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific
98D27508625000
98D27803000000
B.

1
1

CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 05-005

AES

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
CORROSION PREVENTIVE

27-54-41 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 09-013

DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
SEALANT-BRUSH CONSISTENCY (OBSOLETE)

Material No: 09-019

SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHT SPIRIT)

Material No: 11-002

Material No: 16-021
C.

STRUCTURE PAINTS
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-00-00-080-002-A

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
32-12-00-010-001-A
Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-41-991-00200-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-41-991-00100-A - Right Angle Gearbox)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-41-860-053-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-41-991-00200-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)
(1)

Make sure that the the flaps are in the the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref.
TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A) is installed on the slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A)

(4)

Make sure that the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) is installed in the flap track position 1
to lock the flap transmission:

(5)

AES

(a)

FOR 6203CM (FLAP RIGHT ANGLE GEARBOX)

lock the left flap transmission.

(b)

FOR 6253CM (FLAP RIGHT ANGLE GEARBOX)

lock the right flap transmission.

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

27-54-41 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Make sure that the main doors of the main gear are open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(7)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at the opening of
the main gear main door.

Subtask 27-54-41-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-41-991-00100-A - Right Angle Gearbox)
NOTE :

The gearbox is a unit filled with grease and is not a hermetically sealed unit. It is normal for this grease to
have some oil separation. The external surface of the gearbox may be moist with this separated oil as it is not
a sealed unit. However, any separated oil in the unit that touches the grease will be changed back during
operation. The oil separation will decrease during in-service operation until the lubricant is in a condition that
is stable. This is normal and will not cause damage to the unit.

Subtask 27-54-41-910-052-A
A.

Preparation for the Installation

(1)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the face of the right angle gearbox 6203CM (6253CM) (1)
which touches the support bracket.

(2)

Make sure that the splined surfaces of the input universal joint (18) and the shaft (5) are cleaned with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-002) .

(3)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the splines of the input universal joints (5) and
(18).

(4)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the heads of the bolts (16).

Subtask 27-54-41-420-050-A
B.

AES

Installation of the Right Angle Gearbox 6203CM (6253CM)

(1)

Install the right angle gearbox (1) as follows:

(2)

Put the right angle gearbox (1) in position on the support bracket and attach it with the bolts (16) and
the washers (17).

(3)

At the bonding point, seal the bolt (16) with SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) and apply
STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) (dyed blue) to the bonding area (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004-A).

(4)

TORQUE the bolts (16 ) to between 0.78 and 0.96 M.DAN (69.03 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

(5)

Install the input universal joint (18) as follows:

(a)

Engage the input universal joint (18) of the right angle gearbox (1) in the input of the right angle
gearbox.

(b)

Install the pin (10) and safety it with the spring (3).

27-54-41 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

Install the input universal joint (5) as follows:

(a)

Engage the input universal joint (5) of the right angle gearbox (1) in the input of the right angle
gearbox.

(b)

Install the pin (10) and safety it with the spring (3).

Install the torque shaft 6204CM (6254CM) (11) as follows:

(a)

Put the torque shaft (11) in position.

(b)

Make sure that the flange holes of the torque shaft (11) are in line with the flange holes of the
input universal joint (18).

(c)

If the flange holes are not in line turn the input universal joint (18) as necessary to put it in line.

(d)

Install the shim (15).

(e)

Install the bolts (14) and the nuts (7) to attach the torque shaft (11) to the input universal joint
(18).

Measure dimension X. If dimension X is less than 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.), continue as follows:
(a)

Remove the nuts (7) and the bolts (14).

(b)

Remove the shim (15).

(c)

Install the bolts (14) to connect the torque shaft (11) to the input universal joint (18).

(d)

Install the nuts (7) on the bolts (14).

Make sure that you can not see the indicator groove. If you can see the indicator groove , continue as
follows:
(a)

Remove the nuts (7) and the bolts (14).

(b)

Install the shim (15) between the torque shaft (11) and the input universal joint (18).

(c)

Install the bolts (14) to connect the torque shaft (11) to the input universal joint (18).

(d)

Install the nuts (7) on the bolts (14).

(e)

TORQUE the nuts (7) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(f)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the bolts (6) or (14) as assembled and the
nuts (7).

(10) Install the torque shaft 6202CM (6252CM) (9) as follows:

(a)

Put the torque shaft (9) in position.

(b)

Make sure that the flange holes of the torque shaft (9) are in line with the flange holes of the
input universal joint (5).

(11) If the flange holes of the torque shaft (9) are not in line with the flange holes of the input universal joint
(5), continue as follows:
(a)

Remove the torque shaft (9) complete with the attached input universal joint from the input of
the Power Control Unit (PCU).

(b)

Turn the torque shaft (9) as necessary to put it in line.

(c)

Install the torque shaft (9) complete with the attached input universal joint in the input of the
PCU.

(12) Install the bolts (6) and the nuts (7) to attach the torque shaft (9) to the input universal joint (5).
(13) Examine the assembly of the input universal joint (5) as follows:
(a)

AES

Measure dimension X. Dimension X must be a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.).

27-54-41 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

Make sure that you can not see the indicator groove.

(14) If you can see the indicator groove continue as follows:

(a)

Measure all the related torque shafts, universal joints and gearboxes and refer to LIEBHERR
technical data.

(15) TORQUE the nuts (7) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).
(16) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the bolts (6) and the nuts (7).
Subtask 27-54-41-860-052-A
C.

Preparation for the Test

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-41-991-00200-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)
(1)

Remove the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) from the flap transmission,
(a)

FOR 6203CM (FLAP RIGHT ANGLE GEARBOX)

from the left flap transmission.

(b)

FOR 6253CM (FLAP RIGHT ANGLE GEARBOX)

from the right flap transmission.

(2)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A) from the slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 27-54-41-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-41-710-050-A
E.
5.

Do the operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-41-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Remove the access platform(s).

(2)

Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-54-41 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

STEADY BEARING ASSY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-44-000-001-A
Removal of the Steady Bearings
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6207CM, 6213CM, 6257CM, 6263CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803500001

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-45-000-004-A
27-54-45-000-007-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Removal of the Torque Shafts

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Flap Power Transmission)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Flap Power Transmission)

AES

27-54-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-44-941-052-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the landing-gear doors.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

Subtask 27-54-44-865-055-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-44-860-050-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat
control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-54-44-010-051-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable torque
shaft.

(2)

Remove the applicable torque shaft (1) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-004-A), (Ref. TASK
27-54-45-000-007-A):

(3)
4.

(a)

FOR 6207CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft 6208CM

(b)

FOR 6257CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft 6258CM

(c)

FOR 6213CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft 6214CM

(d)

FOR 6263CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft 6264CM.

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is on the
applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Flap Power Transmission)

AES

27-54-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-44-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Steady Bearing Assembly

(1)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

(2)

Remove the nut (10), the bolt (2) and the washers (3).

(3)

Remove the nuts (6), the bolts (4) and the steady bearing (5).

27-54-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

TYPICAL

2
REF
ONLY

3
4
5
6

6207CM
(6257CM)

A
REF
ONLY

6213CM
(6263CM)
6215CM
(6265CM)

3
10
8

6219CM
(6269CM)

6223CM
(6273CM)

B
B

11

6225CM
(6275CM)
6229CM
(6279CM)
6231CM
(6281CM)

TYPICAL

B
575EB
(675EB)

12

B
13

16
15
14

N_MM_275444_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-44-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Steady Bearings - Flap Power Transmission

27-54-44 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-44-400-001-A
Installation of the Steady Bearings
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6207CM, 6213CM, 6257CM, 6263CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
9

DESIGNATION
cotter pin

D.

IPC-CSN
27-54-44-01-010

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

AES

DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-54-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-54-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-45-000-004-A
27-54-45-000-007-A
27-54-45-400-004-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Removal of the Torque Shafts
Installation of the Torque Shaft

27-54-45-400-007-A

Installation of the Torque Shafts

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Flap Power Transmission)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Flap Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-54-44-941-054-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the landinggear doors.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is on panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate the
flap/slat controls.

Subtask 27-54-44-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is below the applicable torque
shaft.

(2)

Make sure that the applicable torque shafts (1) are removed (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-004-A), (Ref.
TASK 27-54-45-000-007-A):
(a)

FOR 6207CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

the torque shaft 6208CM

(b)

FOR 6257CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

the torque shaft 6258CM

(c)

FOR 6213CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

the torque shaft 6214CM

(d)

FOR 6263CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

the torque shaft 6264CM.

(3)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(4)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed on a
flap torque-shaft outboard of the removed component (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

Subtask 27-54-44-865-050-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
121VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

27-54-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Flap Power Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-44-420-054-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

Subtask 27-54-44-420-052-A
B.

Installation of the Steady Bearing Assembly

(1)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to:
. the mating faces of the steady bearing (5) and the structure
. the shanks of the bolts (4).

(2)

Install the steady bearing (5) on the torque shaft. Attach the steady bearing (5) to the structure with
the bolts (4) and the nuts (6).

(3)

Attach the steady bearing (5) to the torque shaft with the bolt (2), the washers (3) and the nut (10).

(4)

TORQUE the nuts (6) to between 0.7 and 0.8 M.DAN (61.95 and 70.80 LBF.IN).

(5)

TORQUE the nut (10) to between 0.36 and 0.44 M.DAN (31.86 and 38.94 LBF.IN).

(6)

Safety the nut (10) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-44-01) cotter pin (9) .

(7)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the bolts (2) and (4)
. the nuts (6) and (10)
. the washers (3) and the cotter pin (9)
. the flange of the steady bearing (5).

Subtask 27-54-44-410-051-A
C.

Close Access
(1)

AES

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-54-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Install the applicable torque shaft (1) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-004-A), (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-007A):
(a)

FOR 6207CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft 6208CM

(b)

FOR 6257CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft 6258CM

(c)

FOR 6213CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft 6214CM

(d)

FOR 6263CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft 6264CM.

Subtask 27-54-44-710-050-A
D.

Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-44-942-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-44 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-44-000-002-A
Removal of the Steady Bearings
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6215CM, 6219CM, 6223CM, 6225CM, 6229CM, 6231CM, 6265CM, 6269CM, 6273CM, 6275CM, 6279CM, 6281CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803500001

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6231CM(FLAP STEADY BEARING)

575EB
FOR FIN 6281CM(FLAP STEADY BEARING)
675EB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-45-000-008-A
27-54-45-000-009-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

Removal of Torque Shaft

AES

27-54-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-54-45-000-010-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Torque Shaft

27-54-45-000-012-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
27-54-45-000-013-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Flap Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Flap Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-54-44-941-053-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the landing-gear doors.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

Subtask 27-54-44-865-056-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-44-860-051-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat
control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-54-44-010-050-A
D.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable torque
shaft.

(2)

Remove the applicable torque shaft (11) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-008-A), (Ref. TASK
27-54-45-000-009-A), (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-010-A), (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-012-A), (Ref. TASK
27-54-45-000-013-A):
(a)

FOR 6215CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft 6216CM

(b)

FOR 6225CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft 6226CM

27-54-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(3)

(4)
4.

(c)

FOR 6265CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft 6266CM

(d)

FOR 6275CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft 6276CM

(e)

FOR 6219CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft 6218CM

(f)

FOR 6269CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft 6268CM

(g)

FOR 6223CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft 6222CM

(h)

FOR 6273CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft 6272CM

(i)

FOR 6229CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft 6228CM

(j)

FOR 6279CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft 6278CM

(k)

FOR 6231CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft 6232CM

(l)

FOR 6281CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft 6282CM.

For steady bearings FIN 6231CM (6281CM), remove the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK
57-51-37-000-004-A):
(a)

FOR 6231CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

remove 575EB

(b)

FOR 6281CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

remove 675EB.

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is on the
applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Flap Power Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-44-020-051-A
A.

Removal of the Steady Bearing Assemblies

(1)

AES

Remove the nuts (13), the bolts (12) and the steady bearing (16).

27-54-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-44-400-002-A
Installation of the Steady Bearings
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6215CM, 6219CM, 6223CM, 6225CM, 6229CM, 6231CM, 6265CM, 6269CM, 6273CM, 6275CM, 6279CM, 6281CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6231CM(FLAP STEADY BEARING)

575EB
FOR FIN 6281CM(FLAP STEADY BEARING)
675EB

AES

27-54-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-45-000-008-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

27-54-45-000-009-A
27-54-45-000-010-A
27-54-45-000-012-A

Removal of Torque Shaft

Removal of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shaft

27-54-45-000-013-A
27-54-45-400-008-A
27-54-45-400-009-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Installation of the Torque Shafts
Installation of the Torque Shaft

27-54-45-400-010-A

Installation of the Torque Shaft

27-54-45-400-012-A
27-54-45-400-013-A

Installation of the Torque Shaft

Installation of the Torque Shaft

57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Flap Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Flap Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-54-44-941-055-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the landinggear doors.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is on panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate the
flap/slat controls.

Subtask 27-54-44-860-053-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is below the applicable torque
shaft.

(2)

Make sure that the flaps are retracted fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(3)

Make sure that the applicable torque shaft (11) is removed (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-008-A), (Ref.
TASK 27-54-45-000-009-A), (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-010-A), (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-012-A), (Ref.
TASK 27-54-45-000-013-A):
(a)

FOR 6215CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

the torque shaft 6216CM

(b)

FOR 6225CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

the torque shaft 6226CM

27-54-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

FOR 6265CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

the torque shaft 6266CM

(d)

FOR 6275CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

the torque shaft 6276CM

(e)

FOR 6219CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

the torque shaft 6218CM

(f)

FOR 6269CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

the torque shaft 6268CM

(g)

FOR 6223CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

the torque shaft 6222CM

(h)

FOR 6273CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

the torque shaft 6272CM

(i)

FOR 6229CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

the torque shaft 6228CM

(j)

FOR 6279CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

the torque shaft 6278CM

(k)

FOR 6231CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

the torque shaft 6232CM

(l)

FOR 6281CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

the torque shaft 6282CM.

(4)

Make sure that the applicable access panels 575EB (675EB) have been removed (Ref. TASK
57-51-37-000-004-A).

(5)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed
on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(6)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed on
the applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

Subtask 27-54-44-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Flap Power Transmission)
CAUTION :

AES

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

27-54-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-44-420-055-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 27-54-44-420-053-A
B.

Installation of the Steady Bearing Assemblies

(1)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to:
. the mating faces of the steady bearing (16) and the structure (15)
. the shanks of the bolts (12).

(2)

Install the steady bearing (16) on the torque shaft. Attach the steady bearing (16) to the structure with
the bolts (12) and the nuts (13). Make sure that the torque shaft is correctly engaged.

(3)

TORQUE the nuts (13) to between 0.7 and 0.8 M.DAN (61.95 and 70.80 LBF.IN).

(4)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the bolts (12) and the nuts (13)
. the flange of the steady bearing (16).

Subtask 27-54-44-410-052-A
C.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable torque shaft (11), (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-008-A), (Ref. TASK
27-54-45-400-009-A), (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-010-A), (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-012-A), (Ref. TASK
27-54-45-400-013-A):
(a)

FOR 6215CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft 6216CM

(b)

FOR 6225CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft 6226CM

(c)

FOR 6265CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft 6266CM

(d)

FOR 6275CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft 6276CM

(e)

FOR 6219CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft 6218CM

27-54-44 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(3)

(f)

FOR 6269CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft 6268CM

(g)

FOR 6223CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft 6222CM

(h)

FOR 6273CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft 6272CM

(i)

FOR 6229CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft 6228CM

(j)

FOR 6279CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft 6278CM

(k)

FOR 6231CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft 6232CM

(l)

FOR 6281CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft 6282CM.

For the torque shafts FIN 6231CM(6281CM), install the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK
57-51-37-400-004-A):
(a)

FOR 6231CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

install 575EB

(b)

FOR 6281CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

install 675EB.

Subtask 27-54-44-710-051-A
D.

Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-44-865-052-A
E.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

5.

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-44-942-051-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-44 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TORQUE SHAFT ASSY - TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-000-001-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6202CM, 6252CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

460005835
98D27504030001

2
1

SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803500001

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00500-A - Torque Shaft - Flap Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing-gear doors.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat
control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-010-050-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Open the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable MLG door actuator.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in the applicable position.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00500-A - Torque Shaft - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Torque Shaft 6202CM(6252CM)

(1)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on a flap torque shaft
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the component to be removed.

(2)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (101).

(3)

Remove the nuts (101), the washers (103) and the U-bolt (102).

(4)

Remove the nuts (4) and (8), the bolts (3) and (9) and the torque shaft (2).

(5)

Remove the universal joint (1).

(6)

Remove the retaining ring (5), the pin (6) and the universal joint (7).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
M
6202CM
(6252CM)

6204CM
(6254CM)

A
6206CM
(6256CM)

571AB
(671AB)
M

6208CM
(6258CM)

6210CM
(6260CM)

6214CM
(6264CM)

573AB
M
M

6212CM
(6262CM)

6216CM
(6266CM)

TRACK 2
573BB
(673BB)

F
G
M

573CB
(673CB)

M
6218CM
(6268CM)

575AB
(675AB)

G
M

6220CM
(6270CM)

M
M

6222CM
(6272CM)
6224CM
(6274CM)
6226CM
(6276CM)

6230CM
(6280CM)
6232CM
(6282CM)

575CB
(675CB)

6228CM
(6278CM)

NOTE:

575BB
(675BB)

TRACK 3

575DB
(675DB)

M
L

M
M

575EB
(675EB)

H
M

TRACK 4

575FB
(675FB)

M = MOVABLE JOINT

N_MM_275445_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-45-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission

27-54-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
M
6202CM
(6252CM)

6204CM
(6254CM)

A
6206CM
(6256CM)

571AB
(671AB)
M

6208CM
(6258CM)

6210CM
(6260CM)

6214CM
(6264CM)

573AB
M
M

6212CM
(6262CM)

6216CM
(6266CM)

TRACK 2
573BB
(673BB)

F
G
M

573CB
(673CB)

M
6218CM
(6268CM)

575AB
(675AB)

G
M

6220CM
(6270CM)

M
M

6222CM
(6272CM)
6224CM
(6274CM)
6226CM
(6276CM)

6230CM
(6280CM)
6232CM
(6282CM)

575CB
(675CB)

6228CM
(6278CM)

NOTE:

575BB
(675BB)

TRACK 3

575DB
(675DB)

M
L

M
M

575EB
(675EB)

H
M

TRACK 4

575FB
(675FB)

M = MOVABLE JOINT

N_MM_275445_4_ADM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-45-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission

27-54-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
REF ONLY

TYPICAL

C
2

3
4

10
11

9
12
8

REF
ONLY

13
14

23

21
22

20

15
6

ACCESS PANEL
571AB (671AB)
ON FORWARD FACE
OF SHROUD BOX

16
19

D
24

18

17

C
25

REF
ONLY

TYPICAL
65mm

SEALS
SEAL RETAINERS

MIN

DIMENSION
A

SEAL RADIAL
CLEARANCE WITH SHAFT
SHROUD BOX
SPLINE ENGAGEMENT GROOVE

N_MM_275445_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-45-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission

27-54-45 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

101

103

SHAFT
6202CM
(6252CM)

103

102

N_MM_275445_4_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-45-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Torque Shaft - Flap Power Transmission

27-54-45 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-400-001-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THE LATCH AND HINGE OF THE COUPLING DO NOT TOUCH ADJACENT COMPONENTS
OR COWL DOORS (WHEN CLOSED). DO NOT USE FORCE TO ENGAGE THE SADDLE WASHER IN THE
RECESS OF THE OTHER COUPLING HALF. DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS CAN OCCUR.

CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6202CM, 6252CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
C.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-54-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Flap System

32-12-00-010-001-A
Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00500-A - Torque Shaft - Flap Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-077-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the landing-gear
doors.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flap controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-063-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the MLG are open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable MLG door actuator.

(5)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in the applicable position.

(6)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed on
the flap torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the removed component.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-45-865-059-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00500-A - Torque Shaft - Flap Power Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-45-420-063-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the parts:

(a)

(2)

Use a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean:
. the nuts (4), (8) and (101)
. the washers (103)
. the bolts (3) and (9)
. the flanges of the universal joints (1) and (7)
. the flanges of the shaft (2).

Dry the parts.

WARNING : USE A PROTECTIVE EYE SHIELD/GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR.
DEBRIS AND/OR HIGH PRESSURE AIR CAN DAMAGE YOUR EYES.
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN GO
THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION CAN
KILL YOU.
(a)

Use compressed air to dry the cleaned areas.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

Subtask 27-54-45-420-050-A
B.

AES

Installation of the Torque Shaft 6202CM(6052CM)

(1)

Put the retaining ring (5) temporarily in position on the shaft of the universal joint (7).

(2)

Install the universal joint (7) in the end of the right-angle gear-box 6203CM(6253CM).

(3)

Install the pin (6) and the retaining ring (5).

(4)

Install the universal joint (1) and align its flange with the flange of the universal joint (7).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Install the torque shaft (2) and attach it with the bolts (3) and (9) and the nuts (4) and (8).

(6)

TORQUE the nuts (4) and (8) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(7)

Put the U-bolt (102) and the washers (103) in position and install and tighten the nuts (101) by hand.

(8)

Measure the clearance between the U-bolt (102) and the torque shaft (2). This must be 5 mm (0.20
in.).

(9)

Safety the nuts (101) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .

(10) Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.
(11) Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the flap torque
shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).
Subtask 27-54-45-916-050-A
C.

Application of Special Materials

(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (4), (8) and (101)
. the washers (103)
. the bolts (3) and (9)
. the flanges of the universal joints (1) and (7)
. the flanges of the torque shaft (2).

Subtask 27-54-45-865-060-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-710-050-A
E.

5.

Operational Test of the Flap System

(1)

Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) from the flap/slat
control lever.

(2)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A). Make sure that the
operation of the torque shafts is satisfactory.

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-45-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Remove the access platform(s).

(2)

Remove the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) from each MLG door actuator.

(3)

Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-45-942-050-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-000-002-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6204CM, 6254CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

460005835
98D27504030001

2
1

SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
3.

AES

Job Set-up

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-051-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing-gear doors.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-051-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-010-051-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Open the main gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Install the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) on the applicable main gear door actuator.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in the applicable position.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-020-051-A
A.

Removal of the Torque Shaft 6204CM(6254CM)

(1)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on a flap torque shaft
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the component to be removed.

(2)

Remove the nuts (4) and (8), the bolts (3) and (9) and the torque shaft (2). If applicable, remove the
spacers.
NOTE :

AES

Spacers between the universal joint (1), the torque shaft (2) and the universal joint (7), adjust
the length of the transmission. It is possible that there are none or more than one installed.

(3)

Remove the universal joint (1).

(4)

Remove the retaining ring (5), the pin (6) and the universal joint (7).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-400-002-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6204CM, 6254CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

32-12-00-410-001-A

Close the Main Gear Doors after Access

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-078-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat
controls.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear
doors.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-064-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the MLG doors are open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable MLG door actuator.

(5)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in the applicable position.

(6)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed on
the flap torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the removed component.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-062-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
121VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-45-420-064-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the parts:

(a)

(2)

Use a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean:
. the nuts (4) and (8)
. the bolts (3) and (9)
. the flanges of the universal joints (1) and (7)
. the flanges of the torque shaft (2).

Dry the parts:

WARNING : USE A PROTECTIVE EYE SHIELD/GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR.
DEBRIS AND/OR HIGH PRESSURE AIR CAN DAMAGE YOUR EYES.
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN GO
THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION CAN
KILL YOU.
(a)

Use compressed air to dry the cleaned areas.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

Subtask 27-54-45-420-051-A
B.

Installation of the Torque Shaft 6204CM(6254CM)

(1)

Put the retaining ring (5) temporarily in position on the shaft of the universal joint (7).

(2)

Install the universal joint (7) to the right-angle gear box 6203CM(6253CM) and attach it with the pin
(6) and the retaining ring (5).

(3)

Install the universal joint (1) and align its flange with the flange of the universal joint (7).

(4)

Install the torque shaft (2) and attach it to the universal joint (1) with the bolts (9) and the nuts (8).
Tighten the nuts (8) by hand.
NOTE :

(5)

Measure the dimension between the torque shaft (2) and the universal joint (7).
(a)

AES

A replacement torque shaft (2) 6204CM(6254CM), has two flange shims and longer bolts (9).
Use these (if necessary) in the worksteps that follow.

If the dimension is between 6.6 mm (0.2598 in.) and 13.25 mm (0.5217 in.), do not install a
spacer.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

If the dimension is between 13.26 mm (0.5220 in.) and 16.75 mm (0.6594 in.), install one spacer
3.5 mm (0.1378 in.) thick, between the torque shaft (2) and the universal joint (7). Use the
longer bolts.

(c)

If the dimension is between 16.76 mm (0.6598 in.) and 23.5 mm (0.9252 in.), install two spacers,
each one 3.5 mm (0.1378 in.) thick:
. one between the torque shaft (2) and the universal joint (1)
. one between the torque shaft (2) and the universal joint (7).
Use the longer bolts.

(6)

Attach the torque shaft (2) to the universal joint (7) with the bolts (3) and the nuts (4).

(7)

TORQUE the nuts (4) and (8) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(8)

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

(9)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A).

Subtask 27-54-45-916-051-A
C.

Application of Special Materials

(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (4) and (8)
. the bolts (3) and (9)
. the flanges of the universal joints (1) and (7)
. the flanges of the torque shaft (2).

Subtask 27-54-45-865-063-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-710-051-A
E.

5.

Operational Test of the Flap System

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A). Make sure that the
operation of the torque shafts is satisfactory.

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-45-410-051-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Remove the access platform(s).

(2)

Remove the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) from each MLG door actuator.

(3)

Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-45-942-051-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-000-003-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6206CM, 6256CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

460005835
98D27504030001

2
1

SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6206CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

571AB
FOR FIN 6256CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
671AB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-052-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing-gear doors.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-052-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-010-052-A
D.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Open the main gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Install the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) on the applicable main gear door actuator.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in the applicable position.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

4.

Remove the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 6206CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 571AB

(b)

FOR 6256CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 671AB.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-020-052-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Torque Shaft 6206CM(6256CM)

(1)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on a flap torque shaft
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the component to be removed.

(2)

Remove the retaining ring (20) and the pin (13).

(3)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (22).

(4)

Remove the nut (21), the washer (23), the bolt (10) and the washer (11).

(5)

Remove the bolts (24) from the seal base plate (25) and from the shroud box.

(6)

Remove the bolts (19) and the nuts (18).

(7)

Compress the plunging joint (15) to permit the removal of the torque shaft (14). Remove the torque
shaft (14) through the seal base plate (25) at the inboard end of the shroud box.

(8)

During the removal, hold the torque shaft (14) through the opening in the forward face of the shroud
box.

(9)

Remove the retaining ring (17), the pin (16) and the plunging joint (15).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-400-003-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6206CM, 6256CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6206CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

571AB
FOR FIN 6256CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
671AB

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
22

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-54-44-01-010

cotter pin
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-079-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat
controls.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the landing-gear
doors.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-065-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the MLG doors are open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable MLG door actuator.

(5)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in the applicable position.

(6)

Make sure that the applicable access panel is removed:

. for 6206CM, panel 571AB
. for 6256CM, panel 671AB.

(7)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed on
the flap torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the removed component.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-065-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-45-420-065-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Use a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean:
. the nuts (18) and (21)
. the bolts (10) and (19)
. the washers (11) and (23)
. the cotter pin (22)
. the flanges of the torque shaft (14) and the plunging joint (15).

(2)

Dry the parts:

WARNING : USE A PROTECTIVE EYE SHIELD/GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR.
DEBRIS AND/OR HIGH PRESSURE AIR CAN DAMAGE YOUR EYES.
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN GO
THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION CAN
KILL YOU.

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a)

Use compressed air to dry the cleaned areas.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

Subtask 27-54-45-420-052-A
B.

Installation of the Torque Shaft 6206CM(6256CM)

(1)

Put the retaining ring (17) temporarily in position on the shaft of the plunging joint (15).

(2)

Install the plunging joint (15) and attach it with the pin (16) and the retaining ring (17). Make sure
that the plunging joint (15) is fully compressed.

(3)

Hold the torque shaft assembly 6208CM(6258CM).

(4)

During installation, hold the torque shaft (14) through the opening in the forward face of the shroud
box.

(5)

Install the torque shaft (14) through the seal base plate (25), the shroud box, the steady bearing (12)
and into the torque shaft assembly 6208CM(6258CM).

(6)

Make sure that the splines are engaged correctly and the pin holes are aligned.

(7)

Attach the torque shaft (14) with the pin (13) and the retaining ring (20).

(8)

Install the washer (11) with the bolt (10), the washer (23) and the nut (21).

(9)

TORQUE the nut (21) to between 0.36 and 0.44 M.DAN (31.86 and 38.94 LBF.IN).

(10) Install a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-44-01) cotter pin (22) .

(11) Attach the torque shaft (14) to the plunging joint (15) with the bolts (19) and the nuts (18).
(12) TORQUE the nuts (18) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).
(13) Loosely attach the seal base plate (25) to the shroud box with the bolts (24).
(14) Adjust the seal on the seal base plate (25) to give an equal radial clearance and tighten the bolts (24).
(15) Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A).
Subtask 27-54-45-916-052-A
C.

Application of Special Materials

(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (18) and (21)
. the bolts (10) and (19)
. the washers (11) and (23)
. the cotter pin (22)
. the flanges of the torque shaft (14) and the plunging joint (15).

Subtask 27-54-45-865-066-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

27-54-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-45-710-052-A
E.

5.

Operational Test of the Flap System

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(3)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A). Make sure that the
operation of the torque shafts is satisfactory.

Close-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-410-052-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 6206CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 571AB

(b)

FOR 6256CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 671AB.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) from each MLG door actuator.

(5)

Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-45-942-052-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-000-004-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6208CM, 6258CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-053-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing-gear doors.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

(4)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in the applicable position.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-053-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-053-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission)
CAUTION :

AES

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-020-053-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Torque Shaft 6208CM(6258CM)

(1)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on a flap torque shaft
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the component to be removed.

(2)

Remove the nuts (39), the bolts (38) and the torque shaft (37).

(3)

Remove the retaining ring (40), the pin (41) and the universal joint (42).

(4)

Remove the retaining ring (43), the pin (35) and the plunging joint (36).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
35
36

38

REF ONLY
43

39

37

45
38

46

40
REF
ONLY

47
39

42
48

51
49

50
41
REF ONLY

56

REF ONLY
52

57

C
C

53

H
58

54

REF
ONLY

REF
ONLY
60

55

59
60
59

N_MM_275445_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-45-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission

27-54-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

E
35
36
38
REF ONLY
43

39

37

F
45

38
40

46

REF
ONLY

47
39

42

48
51
50

49

41
56

REF
ONLY
52

53

54

REF
ONLY

55
N_MM_275445_4_AFP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-45-991-00300-B SHEET 1

Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission

27-54-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
REF ONLY

H
60
57

59
58

60

REF ONLY

59
REF ONLY
57

58

REF ONLY

60
60

59
59
N_MM_275445_4_AFP0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-45-991-00300-B SHEET 2

Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission

27-54-45 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-400-004-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6208CM, 6258CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-080-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the landing-gear
doors.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat
controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-066-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in the applicable position.

(4)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed on
the flap torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the removed component.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-069-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
121VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-420-066-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the parts:

(a)

(2)

Use a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean:
. the nuts (39)
. the bolts (38)
. the flanges of the plunging joint (36) and the torque shaft (37)
. the flange of the universal joint (42).

Dry the parts:

WARNING : USE A PROTECTIVE EYE SHIELD/GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR.
DEBRIS AND/OR HIGH PRESSURE AIR CAN DAMAGE YOUR EYES.
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN GO
THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION CAN
KILL YOU.
(a)

Use compressed air to dry the cleaned areas.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

Subtask 27-54-45-420-053-A
B.

AES

Installation of the Torque Shaft 6208CM(6258CM)

(1)

Put the retaining ring (43) temporarily in position on the shaft of the plunging joint (36).

(2)

Install the plunging joint (36) in the line gear box 6259CM(6209CM), and attach it with the pin (35)
and the retaining ring (43).

(3)

Put the retaining ring (40) temporarily in position on the shaft of the universal joint (42).

(4)

Install the universal joint (42) and attach it with the pin (41) and the retaining ring (40).

(5)

Install the torque shaft (37) and attach it with the bolts (38) and the nuts (39).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

TORQUE the nuts (39) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(7)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A).

Subtask 27-54-45-916-053-A
C.

Application of Special Materials

(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (39)
. the bolts (38)
. the flanges of the plunging joint (36) and the torque shaft (37)
. the flange of the universal joint (42).

Subtask 27-54-45-865-070-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-710-053-A
E.

5.

Operational Test of the Flap System

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(3)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A). Make sure that the
operation of the torque shafts is satisfactory.

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-45-942-053-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-000-005-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6210CM, 6260CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6210CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

573AB
FOR FIN 6260CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
673AB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

57-51-37-000-002-A

Removal of the Access Panels

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-054-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-054-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-054-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-010-054-A
D.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in the applicable position.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A):

(a)

FOR 6210CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 573AB

(b)

FOR 6260CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 673AB.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-020-054-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Torque Shaft 6210CM(6260CM)

(1)

Install a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on a flap torque shaft
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the component to be removed.

(2)

Remove the nuts (4) and (8), the bolts (3) and (9) and the torque shaft (2).

(3)

Remove the universal joint (1).

(4)

Remove the retaining ring (5), the pin (6) and the universal joint (7).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-400-005-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6210CM, 6260CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6210CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

573AB
FOR FIN 6260CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
673AB

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

57-51-37-000-002-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-002-A
Installation of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-081-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat
controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-067-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in the applicable position.

(4)

Make sure that the applicable access panel is removed (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A):
. for 6210CM, panel 573AB
. for 6260CM, panel 673AB.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed on
the flap torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the removed component.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-071-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-45-420-067-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the parts:

(a)

(2)

Use a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean:
. the nuts (4) and (8)
. the bolts (3) and (9)
. the flanges of the universal joints (1) and (7)
. the flanges of the torque shaft (2).

Dry the parts:

WARNING : USE A PROTECTIVE EYE SHIELD/GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR.
DEBRIS AND/OR HIGH PRESSURE AIR CAN DAMAGE YOUR EYES.
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN GO
THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION CAN
KILL YOU.
(a)

Use compressed air to dry the cleaned areas.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

Subtask 27-54-45-420-054-A
B.

AES

Installation of the Torque Shaft 6210CM(6260CM)

(1)

Put the retaining ring (5) temporarily in position on the shaft of the universal joint (7).

(2)

Install the universal joint (7) in the line gear box 6209CM(6259CM), and attach it with the pin (6) and
the retaining ring (5).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Install the universal joint (1) and align its flange with the flange of the universal joint (7).

(4)

Install the torque shaft (2) and attach it with the bolts (3) and (9) and the nuts (4) and (8).

(5)

TORQUE the nuts (4) and (8) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(6)

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

(7)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A).

Subtask 27-54-45-916-054-A
C.

Application of Special Materials

(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (4) and (8)
. the bolts (3) and (9)
. the flanges of the universal joints (1) and (7)
. the flanges of the torque shaft (2).

Subtask 27-54-45-865-072-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-710-054-A
E.

5.

Operational Test of the Flap System

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(3)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A). Make sure that the
operation of the torque shafts is satisfactory.

Close-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-410-054-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

AES

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Install the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A):

(a)

FOR 6210CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 573AB

(b)

FOR 6260CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 673AB.

Subtask 27-54-45-942-054-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-000-006-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6212CM, 6262CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6212CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

573BB
FOR FIN 6262CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
673BB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-45-000-007-A
57-51-37-000-002-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

Removal of the Access Panels

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-074-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-055-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-101-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-010-061-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in the applicable position.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A):

(a)

AES

FOR 6212CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 573BB

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)
(3)
4.

FOR 6262CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 673BB.

Remove the torque shaft 6214CM(6264CM) (52) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-007-A):

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-020-055-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Torque Shaft 6212CM(6262CM)

(1)

Install a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on a flap torque shaft
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the component to be removed.

(2)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (49).

(3)

Remove the nut (50), the washer (51), the bolt (45) and the washer (46).

(4)

Remove the torque shaft (48) through the steady bearing (47).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-400-006-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6212CM, 6262CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6212CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

573BB
FOR FIN 6262CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
673BB

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
49

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-54-44-01-010

cotter pin
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-45-000-007-A
Removal of the Torque Shafts
27-54-45-400-007-A
Installation of the Torque Shafts
57-51-37-000-002-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-002-A
Installation of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-082-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat
controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-068-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in the applicable position.

(4)

Make sure that the applicable access panel is removed (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A):
. for 6212CM, panel 573BB
. for 6262CM, panel 673BB.

(5)

Make sure that the torque shaft(s) 6214CM(6264CM) is/are removed (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-007-A).

(6)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed on
the flap torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the removed component.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-075-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-420-068-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the parts:

(a)

(2)

Use a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean:
. the nut (50) and the bolt (45)
. the washers (46) and (51)
. the cotter pin (49).

Dry the parts:

WARNING : USE A PROTECTIVE EYE SHIELD/GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR.
DEBRIS AND/OR HIGH PRESSURE AIR CAN DAMAGE YOUR EYES.

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN GO
THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION CAN
KILL YOU.
(a)

Use compressed air to dry the cleaned areas.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

Subtask 27-54-45-420-055-A
B.

Installation of the Torque Shaft 6212CM(6262CM)

(1)

Install the torque shaft (48) through the steady bearing (47) and engage it in the track 2 flap actuator.

(2)

Attach the torque shaft (48) through the steady bearing (47) with the bolt (45), the washers (46) and
(51) and the nut (50).

(3)

TORQUE the nut (50) to between 0.36 and 0.44 M.DAN (31.86 and 38.94 LBF.IN).

(4)

Install a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-44-01) cotter pin (49) .

(5)

Install the torque shaft (52) 6214CM(6264CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-007-A).

(6)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-400-003-A).

Subtask 27-54-45-916-055-A
C.

Application of Special Materials

(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the bolt (45) and the nut (50)
. the washers (46) and (51)
. the cotter pin (49).

Subtask 27-54-45-865-102-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-710-055-A
E.

5.

Operational Test of the Flap System

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(3)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A). Make sure that the
operation of the torque shafts is satisfactory.

Close-up

** On A/C 003-004
AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-410-061-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A):

(a)

FOR 6212CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 573BB

(b)

FOR 6262CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 673BB.

Subtask 27-54-45-942-055-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-000-007-A
Removal of the Torque Shafts
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6214CM, 6220CM, 6264CM, 6270CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6214CM(FLAP STEADY BEARING)

573BB
FOR FIN 6220CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
575BB
FOR FIN 6264CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
673BB
FOR FIN 6270CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
675BB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-54-44-000-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Steady Bearings

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-075-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-056-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-103-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-010-055-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in the applicable position.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel:

(a)

AES

FOR 6214CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

remove 573BB

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(3)

4.

(b)

FOR 6220CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 575BB

(c)

FOR 6264CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 673BB

(d)

FOR 6270CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 675BB.

Remove the applicable steady bearing (56) (Ref. TASK 27-54-44-000-002-A):

(a)

FOR 6214CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

remove the steady bearing 6215CM

(b)

FOR 6220CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove the steady bearing 6219CM

(c)

FOR 6264CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove the steady bearing 6265CM

(d)

FOR 6270CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove the steady bearing 6269CM.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-020-056-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Torque Shafts 6214CM(6264CM) and 6220CM(6270CM)

(1)

Remove the torque shaft (52).

(2)

Remove the retaining ring (54), the pin (55) and then the universal joint (53).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-400-007-A
Installation of the Torque Shafts
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6214CM, 6220CM, 6264CM, 6270CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6214CM(FLAP STEADY BEARING)

573BB
FOR FIN 6220CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
575BB
FOR FIN 6264CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
673BB
FOR FIN 6270CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
675BB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

AES

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-44-400-002-A

Installation of the Steady Bearings

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-083-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the slat/flap
controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-069-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the access platform is in the applicable position.

(4)

Make sure that the applicable access panel is removed:

. for 6214CM, panel 573BB
. for 6220CM, panel 575BB
. for 6264CM, panel 673BB
. for 6270CM, panel 675BB.

(5)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed on a
flap torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the removed component.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-45-865-076-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-420-069-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

Subtask 27-54-45-420-056-A
B.

AES

Installation of the Torque Shafts 6214CM(6264CM)/6220CM(6270CM)

(1)

Put the retaining ring (54) temporarily in position on the shaft of the universal joint (53).

(2)

Install the universal joint (53) and attach it with the pin (55) and the retaining ring (54).

(3)

Install the torque shaft (52).

(4)

Install the applicable steady bearing (56) (Ref. TASK 27-54-44-400-002-A):

(a)

FOR 6214CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

install the steady bearing 6215CM

(b)

FOR 6220CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install the steady bearing 6219CM

(c)

FOR 6264CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install the steady bearing 6265CM

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d)

FOR 6270CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install the steady bearing 6269CM.

(5)

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove on the torque shaft (52) at the movable joints
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) total shaft end float at the movable joints.

(6)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-400-003-A).

Subtask 27-54-45-865-078-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-710-056-A
D.

5.

Operational Test of the Flap System

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(3)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A). Make sure that the
operation of the torque shafts is satisfactory.

Close-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-410-055-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 6214CM (FLAP STEADY BEARING)

install 573BB

(b)

FOR 6220CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 575BB

(c)

FOR 6264CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 673BB

(d)

FOR 6270CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 675BB.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-45-942-056-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-000-008-A
Removal of the Torque Shafts
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6216CM, 6226CM, 6266CM, 6276CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27604000000
98D27803000000

1
1

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6216CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

573CB
FOR FIN 6226CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
575DB
FOR FIN 6266CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
673CB
FOR FIN 6276CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
675DB

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-60-00-866-002-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission)
FOR FIN 6216CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
57-51-37-000-002-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 6226CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 6266CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
57-51-37-000-002-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 6276CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
57-51-37-000-004-A
3.

Removal of the Access Panels

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-055-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-057-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-45-865-055-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-010-056-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in the applicable position.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 6216CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)

(b)

FOR 6226CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 575DB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A)

(c)

FOR 6266CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)

(d)

FOR 6276CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 675DB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(3)

Put the applicable spoiler in the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Put the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) on the piston rod of the servo-control.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-45-020-057-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Torque Shafts 6216CM(6266CM and 6226CM(6276CM)

(1)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to a flap torque shaft
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the component to be removed.

(2)

Remove the nuts (59), the bolts (60) and the torque shaft (58).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Remove the universal joint (57).

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-45-020-057-B
A.

AES

Removal of the Torque Shafts 6216CM(6266CM and 6226CM(6276CM)

(1)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to a flap torque shaft
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the component to be removed.

(2)

Remove the nuts (59), the bolts (60) and the torque shaft (58).

(3)

Remove the plunging joint (57).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-400-008-A
Installation of the Torque Shafts
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6216CM, 6226CM, 6266CM, 6276CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6216CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

573CB
FOR FIN 6226CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
575DB
FOR FIN 6266CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
673CB
FOR FIN 6276CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

675DB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-60-00-866-002-A
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
57-51-37-000-002-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission)
FOR FIN 6216CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
57-51-37-400-002-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 6226CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 6266CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
57-51-37-400-002-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 6276CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
57-51-37-400-004-A
3.

Installation of the Access Panels

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-084-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the slat/flap
controls.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-45-860-070-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in the applicable position.

(4)

Make sure that the applicable spoiler is in the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK
27-60-00-866-002-A).

(5)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

(6)

Make sure that the applicable access panel is removed:

. for 6216CM, panel 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)
. for 6226CM, panel 575DB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A)
. for 6266CM, panel 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)
. for 6276CM, panel 675DB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(7)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed on
the flap torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the removed component.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-079-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission)
CAUTION :

AES

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-420-070-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the parts:

(a)

(2)

Use a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean:
. the nuts (59)
. the bolts (60)
. the flanges of the universal joint (57) and the torque shaft (58).

Dry the parts:

WARNING : USE A PROTECTIVE EYE SHIELD/GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR.
DEBRIS AND/OR HIGH PRESSURE AIR CAN DAMAGE YOUR EYES.
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN GO
THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION CAN
KILL YOU.
(a)

Use compressed air to dry the cleaned areas.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-45-420-057-A
B.

Installation of the Torque Shafts 6216CM(6266CM)/6226CM(6276CM)

(1)

Install the universal joint (57) and align its flange with the flange of the steady bearing.

(2)

Install the torque shaft (58) and attach it with the bolts (60) and the nuts (59).

(3)

TORQUE the nuts (59) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(4)

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

(5)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A).

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-45-420-057-B
B.

AES

Installation of the Torque Shafts 6216CM(6266CM)/6226CM(6276CM)

(1)

Install the plunging joint (57) and align its flange with the flange of the steady bearing.

(2)

Install the torque shaft (58) and attach it with the bolts (60) and the nuts (59).

(3)

TORQUE the nuts (59) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(4)

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-916-056-A
C.

Application of Special Materials

(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (59)
. the bolts (60)
. the flanges of the universal joint (57) and the torque shaft (58).

Subtask 27-54-45-865-080-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-710-057-A
E.

5.

Operational Test of the Flap System

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(3)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A). Make sure that the
operation of the torque shafts is satisfactory.

Close-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-410-056-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) from the piston rod of the servo-control.

(3)

Put the applicable spoiler back to the O (Operation) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

On the servo-control, make sure that the pointer on the hex-head is opposite the letter O (Operation)
on the housing.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Install the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 6216CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A)

(b)

FOR 6226CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 575DB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A)

(c)

FOR 6266CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A)

(d)

FOR 6276CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 675DB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

Subtask 27-54-45-942-057-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-000-009-A
Removal of Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6218CM, 6268CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27604000000
98D27803000000

1
1

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6218CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

575AB, 575BB
FOR FIN 6268CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
675AB, 675BB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-60-00-866-002-A

DESIGNATION
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00400-A - Torque Shafts- Flap Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-056-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-058-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-056-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-010-057-A
D.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in the applicable position.

(2)

Put the applicable spoiler in the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(3)

Put the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) on the piston rod of the servo-control.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

4.

Remove the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A):

(a)

FOR 6218CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 575AB 575BB

(b)

FOR 6268CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 675AB 675BB.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00400-A - Torque Shafts- Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-020-058-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Torque Shaft 6218CM(6268CM)

(1)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on a flap torque shaft
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the component to be removed.

(2)

Remove the nuts (74), the bolts (73) and the torque shaft (72).

(3)

Remove the nuts (76), the bolts (77) and the torque shaft (71).

(4)

Remove the universal joint (75).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

REF
ONLY

73

71
77

74

72

REF
ONLY

73

76

REF
ONLY

74
78
75

79

REF
ONLY

81
81
REF
ONLY
80

80
84

82

83
90

85
88

87

REF
ONLY

88

90
REF
ONLY

89
89

C
N_MM_275445_4_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-45-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Torque Shafts- Flap Power Transmission

27-54-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-400-009-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6218CM, 6268CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6218CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

575AB, 575BB
FOR FIN 6268CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
675AB, 675BB

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-60-00-866-002-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00400-A - Torque Shafts- Flap Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-085-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat
controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-071-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in the applicable position.

(4)

Make sure that the applicable spoiler is in the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK
27-60-00-866-002-A).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

(6)

Make sure that the applicable access panels are removed (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A):
. for 6218CM, panels 575AB, 575BB
. for 6268CM, panels 675AB, 675BB.

(7)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed on
the flap torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the removed component.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-083-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00400-A - Torque Shafts- Flap Power Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-45-420-071-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the parts:

(a)

(2)

Use a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean:
. the nuts (74) and (76)
. the bolts (73) and (77)
. the flanges of the torque shafts (71) and (72)
. the flange of the universal joint (75).

Dry the parts:

WARNING : USE A PROTECTIVE EYE SHIELD/GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR.
DEBRIS AND/OR HIGH PRESSURE AIR CAN DAMAGE YOUR EYES.
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN GO
THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION CAN
KILL YOU.
(a)

AES

Use compressed air to dry the cleaned areas.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-45-420-058-A
B.

Installation of the Torque Shaft 6218CM(6268CM)

(1)

Install the universal joint (75) and align its flange with the flange of the steady bearing.

(2)

Install the torque shaft (71) and attach it with the bolts (77) and the nuts (76).

(3)

Install the torque shaft (72) and attach it with the bolts (73) and the nuts (74).

(4)

TORQUE the nuts (74) and (76) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(5)

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

(6)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A).

Subtask 27-54-45-916-057-A
C.

Application of Special Materials

(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (74) and (76)
. the bolts (73) and (77)
. the flanges of the torque shafts (71) and (72)
. the flange of the universal joint (75).

Subtask 27-54-45-865-084-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-710-058-A
E.

5.

Operational Test of the Flap System

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(3)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A). Make sure that the
operation of the torque shafts is satisfactory.

Close-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-410-057-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) from the piston rod of the servo-control.

(3)

Put the applicable spoiler back to the O (Operation) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

On the servo-control, make sure that the pointer on the hex-head is opposite the letter O (Operation)
on the housing.

(5)

Install the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A):

(a)

FOR 6218CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 575AB 575BB

(b)

FOR 6268CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 675AB 675BB.

Subtask 27-54-45-942-058-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-000-010-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6222CM, 6272CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27604000000
98D27803000000

1
1

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6222CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

575CB
FOR FIN 6272CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
675CB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-60-00-866-002-A

DESIGNATION
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00400-A - Torque Shafts- Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00400-A - Torque Shafts- Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-057-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-059-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-057-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-010-058-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

AES

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in the applicable position.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

4.

Remove the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A):

(a)

FOR 6222CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 575CB

(b)

FOR 6272CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 675CB.

(3)

Put the applicable spoiler in the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Put the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) on the piston rod of the servo-control.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00400-A - Torque Shafts- Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-020-059-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Torque Shaft 6222CM(6272CM)

(1)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on a torque shaft (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the component to be removed.

(2)

Remove the nuts (80), the bolts (81) and the torque shaft (78).

(3)

Remove the torque shaft (79).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-400-010-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6222CM, 6272CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6222CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

575CB
FOR FIN 6272CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
675CB

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-60-00-866-002-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00400-A - Torque Shafts- Flap Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-086-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat
controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-072-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in the applicable position.

(4)

Make sure that the applicable spoiler is in the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK
27-60-00-866-002-A).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

(6)

Make sure that the applicable access panel is removed (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A):
. for 6222CM, panel 575CB
. for 6272CM, panel 675CB.

(7)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed on
the flap torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the removed component.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-087-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00400-A - Torque Shafts- Flap Power Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-45-420-072-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the parts:

(a)

(2)

Use a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean:
. the nuts (80)
. the bolts (81)
. the flanges of the torque shaft (78) and the torsion shaft (79).

Dry the parts:

WARNING : USE A PROTECTIVE EYE SHIELD/GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR.
DEBRIS AND/OR HIGH PRESSURE AIR CAN DAMAGE YOUR EYES.
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN GO
THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION CAN
KILL YOU.
(a)

AES

Use compressed air to dry the cleaned areas.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-45-420-059-A
B.

Installation of the Torque Shaft 6222CM(6272CM)

(1)

Install the torsion shaft (79) and align its flange with the flange of the steady bearing.

(2)

Install the torque shaft (78) and attach it with the bolts (81) and the nuts (80).

(3)

TORQUE the nuts (80) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(4)

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

(5)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A).

Subtask 27-54-45-916-058-A
C.

Application of Special Materials

(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (80)
. the bolts (81)
. the flanges of the torque shaft (78) and the torsion shaft (79).

Subtask 27-54-45-865-088-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-710-059-A
E.

5.

Operational Test of the Flap System

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(3)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A). Make sure that the
operation of the torque shafts is satisfactory.

Close-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-410-058-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) from the piston rod of the servo-control.

(3)

Put the applicable spoiler back to the O (Operation) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

On the servo-control, make sure that the pointer on the hex-head is opposite the letter O (Operation)
on the housing.

(5)

Install the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A):

(a)

FOR 6222CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 575CB

(b)

FOR 6272CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 675CB.

Subtask 27-54-45-942-059-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-000-011-A
Removal of the Torque Shafts
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6224CM, 6230CM, 6274CM, 6280CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27604000000
98D27803000000

1
1

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6224CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

575CB
FOR FIN 6230CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
575EB
FOR FIN 6274CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
675CB
FOR FIN 6280CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
675EB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

AES

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A-01

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-44-000-002-A

Removal of the Steady Bearings

27-60-00-866-002-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00400-A - Torque Shafts- Flap Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-076-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-060-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-104-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-010-062-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

AES

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in the applicable position.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

4.

Remove the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 6224CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 575CB

(b)

FOR 6274CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 675CB

(c)

FOR 6230CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 575EB

(d)

FOR 6280CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 675EB.

(3)

Put the applicable spoiler in the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Put the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) on the piston rod of the servo-control.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00400-A - Torque Shafts- Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-020-060-A
A.

Removal of the Torque Shaft 6224CM(6274CM) and 6230CM(6280CM)

(1)

(2)

AES

Remove the applicable steady bearing (82) (Ref. TASK 27-54-44-000-002-A):

(a)

FOR 6224CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove the steady bearing 6225CM

(b)

FOR 6230CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove the steady bearing 6229CM

(c)

FOR 6274CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove the steady bearing 6275CM

(d)

FOR 6280CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove the steady bearing 6279CM.

Remove the torque shaft (83).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-400-011-A
Installation of the Torque Shafts
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6224CM, 6230CM, 6274CM, 6280CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6224CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

575CB
FOR FIN 6230CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
575EB
FOR FIN 6274CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
675CB
FOR FIN 6280CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
675EB

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-44-400-002-A

Installation of the Steady Bearings

27-60-00-866-002-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00400-A - Torque Shafts- Flap Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-087-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat
controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-073-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in the applicable position.

(4)

Make sure that the applicable access panels are removed:

. for 6224CM, panel 575CB
. for 6274CM, panel 675CB
. for 6230CM, panel 575EB
. for 6280CM, panel 675EB.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Make sure that the applicable spoiler is in the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK
27-60-00-866-002-A).

(6)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

(7)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed on
the flap torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the removed component.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-091-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00400-A - Torque Shafts- Flap Power Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-45-420-073-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

Subtask 27-54-45-420-060-A
B.

Installation of the Torque Shafts 6224CM(6274CM)/6230CM(6280CM)

(1)

Install the torque shaft (83).

(2)

Install the applicable steady bearing (82) (Ref. TASK 27-54-44-400-002-A):

(3)

AES

(a)

FOR 6224CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install the steady bearing 6225CM

(b)

FOR 6230CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install the steady bearing 6229CM

(c)

FOR 6274CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install the steady bearing 6275CM

(d)

FOR 6280CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install the steady bearing 6279CM.

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement grooves on the shaft (83) at the movable joints
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) total end float at the movable joint.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-45-865-105-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-710-060-A
D.

5.

Operational Test of the Flap System

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(3)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A). Make sure that the
operation of the torque shafts is satisfactory.

Close-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-410-062-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) from the piston rod of the servo-control.

(3)

Put the applicable spoiler back to the O (Operation) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

On the servo-control, make sure that the pointer on the hex-head is opposite the letter O (Operation)
on the housing.

(5)

Install the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 6224CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 575CB

(b)

FOR 6274CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 675CB

(c)

FOR 6230CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 575EB

(d)

FOR 6280CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 675EB.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-45-942-060-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-000-012-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6228CM, 6278CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27604000000
98D27803000000

1
1

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6228CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

575DB, 575EB
FOR FIN 6278CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
675DB, 675EB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-60-00-866-002-A

DESIGNATION
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00400-A - Torque Shafts- Flap Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-058-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-061-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-058-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-010-059-A
D.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in the applicable position.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 6228CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 575DB 575EB

(b)

FOR 6278CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 675DB 675EB.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

4.

(3)

Put the applicable spoiler in the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Put the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) on the piston rod of the servo-control.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00400-A - Torque Shafts- Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-020-061-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Torque Shaft 6228CM(6278CM)

(1)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on a flap torque shaft
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the component to be removed.

(2)

Remove the nuts (89), the bolts (90) and the torque shaft (84).

(3)

Remove the retaining ring (87) and the pin (85).

(4)

Remove the torque shaft (86) and the universal joint (88).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-400-012-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6228CM, 6278CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6228CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

575DB, 575EB
FOR FIN 6278CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
675DB, 675EB

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-60-00-866-002-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00400-A - Torque Shafts- Flap Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-088-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat
controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-074-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in the applicable position.

(4)

Make sure that the applicable access panel is removed:

. for 6228CM, panels 575DB, 575EB
. for 6278CM, panels 675DB, 675EB.

(5)

Make sure that the applicable spoiler is in the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK
27-60-00-866-002-A).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

(7)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed on
the flap torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A), outboard of the removed component.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-092-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00400-A - Torque Shafts- Flap Power Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-45-420-074-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the parts:

(a)

(2)

Use a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean:
. the nuts (89)
. the bolts (90)
. the flanges of the torque shafts (84) and (86).

Dry the parts:

WARNING : USE A PROTECTIVE EYE SHIELD/GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR.
DEBRIS AND/OR HIGH PRESSURE AIR CAN DAMAGE YOUR EYES.
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN GO
THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION CAN
KILL YOU.
(a)

Use compressed air to dry the cleaned areas.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

Subtask 27-54-45-420-061-A
B.

AES

Installation of the Torque Shaft 6228CM(6278CM)

(1)

Put the retaining ring (87) temporarily in position on the shaft of the universal joint (88).

(2)

Install the universal joint (88) and align the pin hole with the flange of the steady bearing.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Install the torque shaft (86) and attach it with the pin (85) and the retaining ring (87).

(4)

Install the torque shaft (84) and attach it with the bolts (90) and the nuts (89).

(5)

TORQUE the nuts (89) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(6)

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

(7)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A).

Subtask 27-54-45-916-059-A
C.

Application of Special Materials

(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (89)
. the bolts (90)
. the flanges of the torque shafts (84) and (86).

Subtask 27-54-45-865-093-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-710-061-A
E.

5.

Operational Test of the Flap System

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(3)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A). Make sure that the
operation of the torque shafts is satisfactory.

Close-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-410-059-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) from the piston rod of the servo-control.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Put the applicable spoiler back to the O (Operation) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

On the servo-control, make sure that the pointer on the hex-head is opposite the letter O (Operation)
on the housing.

(5)

Install the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 6228CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 575DB 575EB

(b)

FOR 6278CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 675DB 675EB.

Subtask 27-54-45-942-061-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-000-013-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6232CM, 6282CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504005000

PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1)

98D27604000000
98D27803000000

1
1

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6232CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

575FB, 575GB
FOR FIN 6282CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
675FB, 675GB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-60-00-866-002-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-071-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-062-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-096-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-010-060-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in the applicable position.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(a)

AES

FOR 6232CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 575FB 575GB

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

FOR 6282CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 675FB 675GB.

(3)

Put the applicable spoiler in the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Put the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) on the piston rod of the servo-control.

Subtask 27-54-45-480-050-C
E.

Installation of Support Equipment

(1)

(2)
4.

Get access through the applicable access-panel hole:

(a)

FOR 6232CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

through 575GB.

(b)

FOR 6282CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

through 675GB.

Install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) at the flap track 1 position only.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-020-062-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Torque Shaft 6232CM(6282CM)

(1)

Remove the nuts (59), the bolts (60) and then the torque shaft (58).

(2)

Remove the universal joint (57).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-45-400-013-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6232CM, 6282CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6232CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

575FB, 575GB
FOR FIN 6282CM(FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
675FB, 675GB

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-60-00-866-002-A
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-089-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat
controls.

Subtask 27-54-45-860-075-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is in the applicable position.

(4)

Make sure that the applicable access panels are removed (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A):
. for 6232CM, panels 575FB, 575GB
. for 6282CM, panels 675FB, 675GB.

(5)

Make sure that the applicable spoiler is in the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK
27-60-00-866-002-A).

27-54-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-097-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-480-051-C
D.

Support Equipment
(1)

4.

Make sure that the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) is installed at the flap track 1
position.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00300-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-420-075-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the parts:

(a)

(2)

Use a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean:
. the nuts (59)
. the bolts (60)
. the flanges of the universal joint (57) and the torque shaft (58).

Dry the parts:

WARNING : USE A PROTECTIVE EYE SHIELD/GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR.
DEBRIS AND/OR HIGH PRESSURE AIR CAN DAMAGE YOUR EYES.
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN GO
THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION CAN
KILL YOU.

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a)

Use compressed air to dry the cleaned areas.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(5)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

Subtask 27-54-45-420-062-A
B.

Installation of the Torque Shaft 6232CM(6282CM)

(1)

Install the universal joint (57) and align its flange with the flange of the steady bearing.

(2)

Install the torque shaft (58) and attach it with the bolts (60) and the nuts (59).

(3)

TORQUE the nuts (59) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(4)

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

Subtask 27-54-45-916-060-A
C.

Application of Special Materials

(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (59)
. the bolts (60)
. the flanges of the universal joint (57) and the torque shaft (58).

Subtask 27-54-45-080-050-C
D.

Removal of Support Equipment

(1)

Remove the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) from the track 1 position.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-098-A
E.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-45-710-062-A
F.

5.

Operational Test of the Flap System

(1)

Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) from the flap/slat
control lever.

(2)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A). Make sure that the
operation of the torque shafts is satisfactory.

Close-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-A - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099

AES

27-54-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-45-991-00100-B - Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-410-060-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) from the piston rod of the servo-control.

(3)

Put the applicable spoiler back to the O (Operation) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

On the servo-control, make sure that the pointer on the hex-head is opposite the letter O (Operation)
on the housing.

(5)

Install the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A):

(a)

FOR 6232CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 575FB 575GB

(b)

FOR 6282CM (FLAP XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 675FB 675GB.

Subtask 27-54-45-942-062-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CARRIAGE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-46-000-002-A
Removal of the No.1 Flap Carriage
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

460005835
98D27803500001

2
1

SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-61-000-001-A
32-12-00-010-001-A

Removal of the Inboard Flap

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

57-51-33-000-001-A

Removal of the No.1 Flap Track Beam

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00300-A - No. 1 Flap Carriage)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00300-C - No. 1 Flap Carriage)
3.

AES

Job Set-up

27-54-46 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00300-A - No. 1 Flap Carriage)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00300-C - No. 1 Flap Carriage)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-46-941-058-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the landing-gear doors.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

(3)

Put the safety barriers in position.

Subtask 27-54-46-860-054-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Put the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat control
lever in the cockpit.

(3)

Remove the safety collar from the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV.

Subtask 27-54-46-865-055-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

Subtask 27-54-46-010-054-A
D.

4.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Open the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable MLG door actuating
cylinder.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the flap track 1.

(4)

Remove the inboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-001-A).

(5)

Remove the flap track beam No.1 (Ref. TASK 57-51-33-000-001-A).

Procedure

27-54-46 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00300-A - No. 1 Flap Carriage)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00300-C - No. 1 Flap Carriage)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-46-020-051-A
A.

Removal of the No.1 Flap Carriage

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR INJURE
PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.
(1)

Remove the bolts (1) and (2), the washers (3) and (9) from the nuts (6) and (8).

(2)

Remove the stop plate (4) from the flap track beam (7).

(3)

Remove the carriage No.1 (5) from the flap track beam (7).

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-46-020-051-C
A.

Removal of the No.1 Flap Carriage

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR INJURE
PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

AES

(1)

Hold the bush (5) and remove the bolts (2) and (4).

(2)

Remove the bush (5) from the flap track beam (3).

(3)

Remove the carriaage No.1 (1) from the flap track beam (3).

27-54-46 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

TYPICAL

CARRIAGE

A
1
9

B
2
3

8
4

N_MM_275446_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-46-991-00300-A SHEET 1

No. 1 Flap Carriage

27-54-46 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

TYPICAL

B
A
A

CARRIAGE

B
5
4

1
3

N_MM_275446_4_APM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-46-991-00300-C SHEET 1

No. 1 Flap Carriage

27-54-46 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-46-400-002-A
Installation of the No.1 Flap Carriage
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

** On A/C 005-099
No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
** On A/C 003-004
Material No: 05-002

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE

** On A/C 005-099
Material No: 06-011

LUBRICANTS
-

** On A/C 003-004
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003

AES

SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

27-54-46 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-61-400-001-A
32-00-00-481-002-A

Installation of the Inboard Flap

Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gear Doors

32-12-00-010-001-A
32-12-00-410-001-A
57-51-33-400-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
Installation of the No.1 Flap Track Beam

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00300-A - No. 1 Flap Carriage)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00300-C - No. 1 Flap Carriage)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00300-A - No. 1 Flap Carriage)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00300-C - No. 1 Flap Carriage)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-46-941-061-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat
controls.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the landinggear doors.

Subtask 27-54-46-860-056-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is attached
to the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the MLG doors are open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is installed on each MLG door actuating
cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002-A).

(5)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in the applicable position.

(6)

Make sure that the safety collar is removed from the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV.

27-54-46 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-46-865-056-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00300-A - No. 1 Flap Carriage)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00300-C - No. 1 Flap Carriage)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-46-420-054-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the carriage No.1 (5) is in the correct condition.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 27-54-46-420-059-A
B.

Installation of the No.1 Flap Carriage

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR INJURE
PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

AES

(1)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the smooth part of the bolts (1) and (2).

(2)

Carefully put the carriage No.1 (5) on the flap track beam (7).

(3)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the interface of the
stop plate (4) and the flap track beam (7).

(4)

Put the stop plate (4) in position on the end of the flap track beam (7).

(5)

Install the bolts (1) and (2) together with the washers (3) and (9) in the nuts (6) and (8).

27-54-46 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-46-420-054-C
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the carriage No.1 (1) is in the correct condition.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 27-54-46-420-059-C
B.

Installation of the No.1 Flap Carriage

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR INJURE
PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

5.

(1)

Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-011) to the smooth part of the bolts (2) and (4).

(2)

Carefully put the carriage No.1 (1) on the flap track beam (3).

(3)

Install the bolts (2) and (4) together with the bush (5) on the flap track beam (3).

(4)

TORQUE the bolts (2) and (4) to between 1.4 and 2.6 M.DAN (10.32 and 19.17 LBF.FT).

Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-46-410-052-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the flap track beam No. 1 (Ref. TASK 57-51-33-400-001-A).

(3)

Install the inboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-001-A).

(4)

Remove the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) from the MLG door actuating cylinder.

(5)

Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-46-865-057-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

FIN
B07

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

Subtask 27-54-46-860-063-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

AES

Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) from the flap/slat
control lever in the cockpit.

27-54-46 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Install the safety collar on the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV.

Subtask 27-54-46-942-056-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-46 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-46-000-001-A
Removal of the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-61-000-001-A
27-54-62-000-001-A

Removal of the Inboard Flap

Removal of the Outboard Flap

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00100-C - Nos. 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00100-C - Nos. 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages)
Subtask 27-54-46-941-050-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate the
flap/slat controls.

(2)

Put the safety barriers in position.

27-54-46 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-46-860-053-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Put the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever on the panel 114VU.

(3)

Remove the safety collar from the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV.

Subtask 27-54-46-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

FIN
B07

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

Subtask 27-54-46-010-050-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

4.

Remove the applicable flap:

. for the No. 2 flap carriage, remove the inboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-001-A)
. for the Nos. 3 and 4 flap carriages, remove the outboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00100-C - Nos. 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-46-020-052-A
A.

Removal of the No. 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR INJURE
PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

AES

(1)

Remove the nut (9), the washer (8) and the bolt (13).

(2)

Remove the nuts (11), the washers (12) and the bolts (7).

(3)

Remove the end stop (10).

(4)

Remove the flap carriage (23).

27-54-46 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
SECTION

B B
1

DIMENSION Y

A
A
DIMENSION X
5

6
6

24

24

C
6
6

B
23
7

9
8
22

20
21

6
6

18

19

C
14
13
15

16

12
11

10

17
N_MM_275446_4_AAN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-46-991-00100-C SHEET 1

Nos. 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages

27-54-46 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-46-400-001-A
Installation of the Nos 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SPATULA - PLASTIC

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 04-024
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. GREASE FOR FLAP & SLAT MECHANISM
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

AES

27-54-46 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-61-400-001-A

Installation of the Inboard Flap

27-54-62-400-001-A

Installation of the Outboard Flap

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00100-C - Nos. 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-46-941-062-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position on the panel 114VU to tell persons not to
operate the flap/slat controls.

(2)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position

Subtask 27-54-46-860-055-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are extended fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on the panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the safety collar is removed from the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV.

Subtask 27-54-46-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

Subtask 27-54-46-560-050-A
D.

AES

Preparation of a Replacement Component

(1)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the lockbolts (18).

(2)

Remove the lockbolts (18) from the lockplates (19).

(3)

Remove the lockplates (19) from the adjuster screws (14).

(4)

Make sure the nuts (17) are hand tight only.

27-54-46 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)
4.

Loosen the adjuster screws (14). The bearing blocks (16) must be free to turn around the hinge bolts
(15).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00100-C - Nos. 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-46-420-055-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Use the SPATULA - PLASTIC to remove all unwanted sealant from:

. the end stop (10)
. the flap beam end-stop (10) interface.

(2)

Clean the parts:

(a)

Use the LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-026) to clean:
. the top and bottom faces of the flap track (4)
. the flap carriage (23)
. the carriage roller greasers (6)
. the flap beam end-stop (10) interface.

(3)

Make an inspection for the correct condition of:

. the top and bottom faces of the flap track (4)
. the flap carriage (23)
. the carriage roller greasers (6)
. the flap beam end-stop (10) interface.

(4)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

Subtask 27-54-46-420-053-C
B.

Installation of the No. 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.

AES

27-54-46 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Install the flap carriage (23) on the flap track beam (21). Make sure that the mal-assembly bracket (20)
is outboard and the bonding contacts (24) point forward.

(2)

Hold the flap carriage (23) at the forward end of the flap track beam (21).

(3)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the mating
surfaces of the end stop (10) and the smooth part of the bolts (7) and (13).

(4)

Install the end stop (10) on the flap track beam (21).

(5)

Install the bolts (7), the washers (12) and the nuts (11).

(6)

Install the bolt (13), the washer (8) and the nut (9).

(7)

TORQUE the nuts (9) to between 2.6 and 3.0 M.DAN (19.17 and 22.12 LBF.FT).

(8)

TORQUE the nuts (11) to between 1.35 and 1.58 M.DAN (119.47 and 139.82 LBF.IN).

(9)

Use the LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-026) to remove all unwanted SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) from the end stop (10) and the flap
track beam (21)

Subtask 27-54-46-820-050-A
C.

Adjustment of the Flap Carriage Rollers

NOTE :

The dimensions X and Y must be measured near the forward end of the flap track (4) and away
from local wear.

(1)

Make sure the clearance (dimension Y) between the forward bottom roller (5) and the flap track (4) is
more than 0.05 mm (0.002 in.).

(2)

Measure the clearance (dimension X) between the aft bottom roller (3) and the flap track (4).
Dimension X must be between 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) and 0.075 mm (0.003 in.).

(3)

Tighten the aft adjuster screw (14) one-eighth of a turn. The aft top roller (2) and the aft bottom roller
(3) will touch the flap track (4).

(4)

Move the flap carriage (23) along the flap track (4). The full travel of the flap carriage (23) must be
smooth.

(5)

Install the lockplate (19) on the aft adjuster screw (14). One of the holes in the lockplate (19) must
align with the hole in the flap carriage (23). If necessary, tighten the aft adjuster screw (16) to align the
holes.

(6)

Install the aft lockbolt (18) through the lockplate (19).

(7)

Tighten the forward adjuster screw (14) one-eighth of a turn. The forward top roller (1) and the
forward bottom roller (5) will touch the flap track (4).

(8)

Move the flap carriage (23) along the flap track (4). The full travel of the flap carriage (23) must be
smooth.

(9)

Install the forward lockbolt (18) through the lockplate (19).

(10) Safety the forward and aft lockbolts (18) independently with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED
0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

AES

27-54-46 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-46-420-052-B
D.

Continue the Installation of the No. 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages

(1)

Tighten the nuts (17) and safety them independently with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED
0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

(2)

If a new flap carriage (23) has been installed, make sure that the nuts (22) are hand tight only.
NOTE :

The nuts (22) are torque tightened and safetied when the flap is installed.

(3)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the bolts (7) and (13), the nuts (9) and (11), the washers (8) and (12)
. the forward lockbolt (18) and the aft adjuster screw (14)
. the hinge bolts (15) and the nuts (17).

(4)

Lubricate the flap carriage (23) with COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON
GREASES (Material No: 04-004) through the carriage roller greasers (6).

Subtask 27-54-46-410-050-A
E.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable flap:

. for the No. 2 carriage, the inboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-001-A)
. for the Nos. 3 and 4 carriages, the outboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-400-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-54-46-865-052-A
F.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

Subtask 27-54-46-710-050-A
G.

Operational Test
(1)

Install the safety collar on the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV.

(2)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE.
(a)

(3)

AES

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

Do an operational test of the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

27-54-46 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-46-942-051-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-46 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-46-000-005-A
Removal of the Pendulum of the No. 1 Flap Track Carriage
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803500001

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

** On A/C 003-004

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Inboard and Outboard Flap Hoisting-Sling

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-011-A
32-12-00-010-001-A

Manual Extension of the Flaps

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00400-A - Flap Carriage and Pendulum (Access Hole in Pocket 5))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00600-A - Flap Carriage and Pendulum (Access Hole in Pocket 4))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00700-A - Flap Carriage and Pendulum)

AES

27-54-46 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-46-941-063-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the landing-gear doors.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

(3)

Put the safety barriers in position.

Subtask 27-54-46-860-057-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Put the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat control
lever in the cockpit.

Subtask 27-54-46-865-058-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-46-010-055-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

0pen the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is installed on the applicable MLG door
actuator.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the flap track 1.

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-46-210-057-A
E.

Inspection of the Flap Track Beam

(1)

AES

Do a visual inspection of the flap track beam:

(a)

If the access hole is in pocket 5, do the pendulum removal procedure in paragraph 4.A.

(b)

If the access hole is in pocket 4, do the pendulum removal procedure in paragraph 4.B.

27-54-46 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-46-210-057-B
E.

Inspection of the Flap Track Beam

(1)

Do a visual inspection of the flap track beam:

(a)

4.

Do the pendulum removal procedure.

Procedure
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-46-020-053-A
A.

Removal of the Pendulum of the No.1 Flap Track Carriage

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00400-A - Flap Carriage and Pendulum (Access Hole in Pocket 5))
WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR INJURE
PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.
(1)

AES

Disconnect the inboard flap at track 1 as follows:

(a)

Manually extend the flaps to position 3 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011-A).

(b)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on the shaft
6220CM (6270CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(c)

Install the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-002-A).

(d)

Carefully lift the sling with the hoist until the hoist holds the weight of the flap.

(e)

Hold the trailing edge of the flap by hand and disconnect the rotary actuator drive-lever at track
1.

(f)

Disconnect the inboard flap from the flap track carriage at the track 1 position.

(g)

Move the pendulum around the carriage axis to disconnect the pendulum assembly from the flap
trunnion.

(2)

Move the carriage (6) to get access to the bolt (18) through the access hole in pocket 5 of the flap
track beam (19).

(3)

Loosen the bolt (18).

(4)

Remove the nut (11), the washer (12) and the lockplate (13) from the bottom of the carriage (6).
Discard the lockplate (13).

(5)

Remove the bolt (18) through the access hole in pocket 5.

(6)

Remove the roller (14) and the washer (15) through the lower side of the flap track beam (19).

(7)

Remove the nut (10), the washer (9) and the lockplate (8) from the lower side of the carriage (6).
Discard the lockplate (8).

(8)

Move the carriage as necessary and remove the bolt (1), the roller (2) and the washer (3) from the top
side of the carriage (6).

(9)

Remove the retaining ring (4) and the washer (5) from the bolt (17).

27-54-46 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Remove the bolt (17) and the lockplate (16) from the carriage (6) through the lower side of the flap
track beam (19). Discard the lockplate (16).
(11) Remove the pendulum (7) from the carriage (6).
Subtask 27-54-46-020-055-A
B.

Removal of the Pendulum of the No.1 Flap Track Carriage

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00600-A - Flap Carriage and Pendulum (Access Hole in Pocket 4))
WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR INJURE
PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.
(1)

Remove the bolts (21) and the washers (22) from the captive nuts (24).

(2)

Remove the bolt (20), the washer (19) and the nut (26).

(3)

Remove the stop plate (23) from the flap track beam (25).

(4)

Move the carriage (6) to get access to the bolt (18) through the access hole in pocket 4 of the flap
track beam (25).

(5)

Loosen the bolt (18).

(6)

Remove the nut (11), the washer (12) and the lockplate (13) from the bottom of the carriage (6).
Discard the lockplate (13).

(7)

Remove the bolt (18) through the access hole in pocket 4.

(8)

Remove the roller (14) and the washer (15) through the lower side of the flap track beam (25).

(9)

Remove the nut (10), the washer (9) and the lockplate (8) from the lower side of the carriage (6).
Discard the lockplate (8).

(10) Move the carriage as necessary and remove the bolt (1), the roller (2) and the washer (3) from the top
side of the carriage (6).
(11) Remove the retaining ring (4) and the washer (5) from the bolt (17).
(12) Remove the bolt (17) and the lockplate (16) from the carriage (6) through the lower side of the flap
track beam (25). Discard the lockplate (16).
(13) Remove the pendulum (7) from the carriage (6).
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-46-020-056-A
C.

Removal of the Pendulum of the No.1 Flap Track Carriage

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00700-A - Flap Carriage and Pendulum)
WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR INJURE
PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.

AES

(1)

Move the carriage (6) to get access to the bolt assembly (1) through the access hole in the flap track
beam (18).

(2)

Loosen the bolt assembly (1).

(3)

Remove the nut (9), the washer (8) and the lockplate (7) from the bottom of the carriage (6). Discard
the lockplate (7).

(4)

Remove the bolt assembly (1) through the access hole.

(5)

Remove the roller (4) and the washer (5) through the lower side of the flap track beam (18).

27-54-46 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Remove the nut (11), the washer (12) and the lockplate (13) from the lower side of the carriage (6).
Discard the lockplate (13).

(7)

Move the carriage as necessary and remove the bolt assembly (19) through the access hole.

(8)

Remove the roller (14) and the washer (15) through the lower side of the flap track beam (18).

(9)

Remove the retaining ring (3) and the washer (2) from the bolt (16).

(10) Remove the bolt (16) and the lockplate (17) from the carriage (6) through the lower side of the flap
track beam (18). Discard the lockplate (17).
(11) Remove the pendulum (10) from the carriage (6).

AES

27-54-46 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

A
TYPICAL

(Z148)
Z147

A
CARRIAGE

B
ACCESS HOLE
(POCKET 5)

19
18

4
5

6
13

14

7
8

16

15

12

17
11

10

N_MM_275446_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-46-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Flap Carriage and Pendulum (Access Hole in Pocket 5)

27-54-46 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

A
TYPICAL
(Z148)
Z147

B
A

CARRIAGE

D
ACCESS HOLE
(POCKET 4)

19

26

20

B
2

19
21

22

18

4
5

23
24

25
6
13

14

7
8

16

15

12

17
11

10

N_MM_275446_4_AEN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-46-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Flap Carriage and Pendulum (Access Hole in Pocket 4)

27-54-46 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

TYPICAL
(Z148)
Z147

A
CARRIAGE

B
19
2

ACCESS HOLE
4
18
5

17
16
7
13
14
15

12

11
10
N_MM_275446_4_APP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-46-991-00700-A SHEET 1

Flap Carriage and Pendulum

27-54-46 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-46-400-003-A
Installation of the Pendulum of the No. 1 Flap Track Carriage
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

TAPE - ADHESIVE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

** On A/C 003-004

No specific

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 04-024
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 06-011

AES

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. GREASE FOR FLAP & SLAT MECHANISM
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
LUBRICANTS
-

27-54-46 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 09-013

DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
SEALANT-BRUSH CONSISTENCY (OBSOLETE)

Material No: 09-018

SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Material No: 11-026

Material No: 19-003
C.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
13

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-54-46-01-030

lockplate

** On A/C 005-099
7

lockplate

27-54-46-01-030

** On A/C 003-004
8
16

lockplate
lockplate

27-54-46-01-030
27-54-46-01-140

** On A/C 005-099
17

lockplate
D.

27-54-46-01-140

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
** On A/C 003-004

DESIGNATION

27-50-00-000-002-A

Removal of the Inboard and Outboard Flap Hoisting-Sling

27-50-00-866-011-A

Manual Extension of the Flaps

27-51-00-740-001-A

Read-out of Class 3 Faults in the Flap System

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-61-400-001-A

Installation of the Inboard Flap

32-00-00-481-002-A

Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gear Doors

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00400-A - Flap Carriage and Pendulum (Access Hole in Pocket 5))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00600-A - Flap Carriage and Pendulum (Access Hole in Pocket 4))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00700-A - Flap Carriage and Pendulum)
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-46-941-064-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat
controls.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the landinggear doors.

27-54-46 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-46-860-058-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Make sure that the flaps are in position 3 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is attached
to the flap/slat control lever on the panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the applicable MLG door is open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that a SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is installed on the applicable actuating
cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002-A).

(5)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in the applicable position.

Subtask 27-54-46-865-060-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-46-420-056-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00400-A - Flap Carriage and Pendulum (Access Hole in Pocket 5))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00600-A - Flap Carriage and Pendulum (Access Hole in Pocket 4))
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the No.1 flap track carriage is in the correct condition.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 27-54-46-420-057-A
B.

AES

Installation of the Pendulum of the No.1 Flap Track Carriage

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00400-A - Flap Carriage and Pendulum (Access Hole in Pocket 5))

27-54-46 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR INJURE
PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.
(1)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to
the three part bearing at the top of the pendulum (7).

(2)

Put the pendulum (7) in the carriage (6).

(3)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to
the bolt (17) and apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) to the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-01) lockplate
(16) .

(4)

Install the bolt (17) and the new lockplate (16) through the lower side of the flap track beam (19).

(5)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) to the washer (5).

(6)

Install the washer (5) and the retaining ring (4) on the bolt (17).

(7)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the shafts of the bolts (1) and (18).

(8)

Install the washer (3), the roller (2) and the bolt (1) in the carriage (6).

(9)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) to the installation surface of the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-01)
lockplate (8) .

(10) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-011) to the thread of the bolt (1).
(11) Install the new lockplate (8), the washer (9) and the nut (10) on the bolt (1).
(12) Torque the nut (10) to between 4.0 and 4.6 M.DAN (29.50 and 33.92 LBF.FT).
(13) Safety the nut (10) with the new lockplate (8).
(14) Move the carriage (6) until the access hole through the flap track beam (19) is in line with the bolt hole
in the carriage (6).
(15) Put the washer (15) and the roller (14) through the lower side of the flap track beam (19), into position
above the bolt hole in the carriage (6).
(16) Install the bolt (18) through the access hole in pocket 5 of the flap track beam (19), through the roller
(14) and the washer (15).
(17) Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) to the installation surface of the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-01)
lockplate (13) .
(18) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-011) to the thread of the bolt (18).
(19) Install the new lockplate (13), the washer (12) and the nut (11) on the bolt (18).
(20) Torque the nut (11) to between 4.0 and 4.6 M.DAN (29.50 and 33.92 LBF.FT).
(21) Safety the nut (11) with the new lockplate (13).
(22) Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004)
through the lubrication fittings on the bolts (1) and (18).

AES

27-54-46 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(23) Move the carriage (6) away from the end of the flap track beam (19).
Subtask 27-54-46-420-058-A
C.

Installation of the Pendulum of the No.1 Flap Track Carriage

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00600-A - Flap Carriage and Pendulum (Access Hole in Pocket 4))
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR INJURE
PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.
(1)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to
the three part bearing at the top of the pendulum (7).

(2)

Put the pendulum (7) in the carriage (6).

(3)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to
the bolt (17) and apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) to the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-01) lockplate
(16) .

(4)

Install the bolt (17) and the new lockplate (16) through the lower side of the flap track beam (25).

(5)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) to the washer (5).

(6)

Install the washer (5) and the retaining ring (4) on the bolt (17).

(7)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the shafts of the bolts (1) and (18).

(8)

Install the washer (3), the roller (2) and the bolt (1) in the carriage (6).

(9)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) to the installation surface of the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-01)
lockplate (8) .

(10) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-011) to the thread of the bolt (1).
(11) Install the new lockplate (8), the washer (9) and the nut (10) on the bolt (1).
(12) Torque the nut (10) to between 4.0 and 4.6 M.DAN (29.50 and 33.92 LBF.FT).
(13) Safety the nut (10) with the new lockplate (8).
(14) Move the carriage (6) until the access hole through the flap track beam (25) is in line with the bolt hole
in the carriage (6).
(15) Put the washer (15) and the roller (14) through the lower side of the flap track beam (25), into position
above the bolt hole in the carriage (6).
(16) Install the bolt (18) through the access hole in pocket 4 of the flap track beam (25), through the roller
(14) and the washer (15).
(17) Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) to the installation surface of the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-01)
lockplate (13) .
(18) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-011) to the thread of the bolt (18).

AES

27-54-46 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(19) Install the new lockplate (13), the washer (12) and the nut (11) on the bolt (18).
(20) Torque the nut (11) to between 4.0 and 4.6 M.DAN (29.50 and 33.92 LBF.FT).
(21) Safety the nut (11) with the new lockplate (13).
(22) Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004)
through the lubrication fittings on the bolts (1) and (18).
(23) Move the carriage (6) away from the end of the flap track beam (25).
(24) Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) to the installation surfaces of the stop plate (23).
(25) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the installation surfaces of the nuts (24) and
(26) and the bolts (20) and (21).
(26) Put the stop plate (23) in position at the end of the flap track beam (25).
(27) Install the bolt (20), the washer (19) and the nut (26) at the end of the flap track beam (25).
(28) Install the washers (22) and the bolts (21).
(29) TORQUE the nut (26) to between 0.7 and 0.8 M.DAN (61.95 and 70.80 LBF.IN).
(30) Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) to the gap between the flap track beam (25) and the stop
plate (23).
(31) Connect the inboard flap as follows:
(a)

Use TAPE - ADHESIVE to keep the eccentric disc in position on the inboard flap drive trunnion
(Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-001-A).

(b)

Engage the flap track trunion in the pendulum assembly.

(c)

Install the eccentric bush on the flap drive-trunnion. If necessary carefully move the flap with the
hoist and the sling to let you install the eccentric bush (107) (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-001-A).

(d)

If applicable (depending on aircraft config). Axis align the anti-rotation spigot of the eccentric
bush with the hole in the outer diameter of the eccentric disc (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-001-A).

(e)

Temporarily install the toothplate and the locknut (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-001-A).

CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT THE SPLINED BUSH IS FULLY ENGAGED WITH THE SPHERICAL
BEARING. THIS PREVENTS DAMAGE TO THE PARTS.

(f)

Connect the Flap Drive Arms to the Rotary Drive-Levers at the track 1 position (Ref. TASK
27-54-61-400-001-A).

(g)

Remove the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-002-A).

(h)

Adjust the eccentric bearing at track 1, to put the inboard flap in the correct position (Ref. TASK
27-51-00-740-001-A).
NOTE :

If required, the procedure for the flap rigging and adjustment to its position is (Ref. TASK
27-51-00-740-001-A).

(i)

At track 1, attach the flap drive arms and flap to the pendulum assembly connections (Ref. TASK
27-54-61-400-001-A).

(j)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-46-420-056-B
A.

AES

Preparation for Installation

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00700-A - Flap Carriage and Pendulum)

27-54-46 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the No.1 flap track carriage is in the correct condition.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5)

Make sure that the pendulum assembly is in the correct condition, only install if:
. the pendulum assembly is of new manufacture, or
. it can be demonstrated from data records that the pendulum bearing has not been replaced or reswaged since new manufacture.
NOTE :

Refer to AD 2009-025 for further information

Subtask 27-54-46-420-060-A
D.

Installation of the Pendulum of the No.1 Flap Track Carriage

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00700-A - Flap Carriage and Pendulum)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR INJURE
PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.
(1)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to
the three part bearing at the top of the pendulum (10).

(2)

Put the pendulum (10) in the carriage (6).

(3)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to
the bolt (16) and apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) to the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-01) lockplate
(17) .

(4)

Install the bolt (16) and the new lockplate (17) through the lower side of the flap track beam (18).

(5)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) to the washer (2).

(6)

Install the washer (2) and the retaining ring (3) on the bolt (16).

(7)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the shaft of the bolt assembly (19).

(8)

Move the carriage (6) until the access hole through the flap track beam (18) is in line with the bolt hole
in the carriage (6).

(9)

Put the washer (15) and the roller (14) through the lower side of the flap track beam (18), into position
above the bolt hole in the carriage (6).

(10) Install the bolt assembly (19) through the access hole in the flap track beam (18), through the roller
(14) and the washer (15).
(11) Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) to the installation surface of the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-01)
lockplate (13) .

AES

27-54-46 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(12) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-011) to the thread of the bolt (19).
(13) Install the new lockplate (13), the washer (12) and the nut (11) on the bolt (19).
(14) Torque the nut (11) to between 4.0 and 4.6 M.DAN (29.50 and 33.92 LBF.FT).
(15) Safety the nut (11) with the new lockplate (13).
(16) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the shaft of the bolt assembly (1).
(17) Move the carriage (6) until the access hole through the flap track beam (18) is in line with the bolt hole
in the carriage (6).
(18) Put the washer (5) and the roller (4) through the lower side of the flap track beam (18), into position
above the bolt hole in the carriage (6).
(19) Install the bolt assembly (1) through the access hole in the flap track beam (18), through the roller (4)
and the washer (5).
(20) Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) to the installation surface of the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-01)
lockplate (7) .
(21) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-011) to the thread of the bolt (1).
(22) Install the new lockplate (7), the washer (8) and the nut (9) on the bolt (1).
(23) Torque the nut (9) to between 4.0 and 4.6 M.DAN (29.50 and 33.92 LBF.FT).
(24) Safety the nut (9) with the new lockplate (7).
(25) Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004)
through the lubrication fittings on the bolts (1) and (19).
(26) Move the carriage (6) away from the end of the flap track beam (18).
5.

Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-46-410-053-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-54-46-865-059-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-46-942-057-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-46 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CARRIAGE - INSPECTION/CHECK
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-46-200-001-A
Detailed Inspection of Tracks, Rollers and Spherical Bearings (as far as visible)
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-54-46-02-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF TRACKS, ROLLERS AND SPHERICAL BEARINGS (AS FAR AS VISIBLE).

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

FLASHLIGHT
MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

530
630

AES

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

ZONE DESCRIPTION
L WG FLAP TAB, FLAP TRACK FAIR & WG TIP
RIGHT WING FLAP TRACK FAIR AND WING TIP

27-54-46 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-22-27-640-004-A

DESIGNATION
Lubricate all Carriage Rollers on all Flap Tracks

27-00-00-080-002-A

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-60-00-866-002-A
32-00-00-081-002-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

Removal of the Safety Devices from the Landing Gear Doors

32-00-00-481-002-A

Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gear Doors

32-12-00-010-001-A
Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00200-C - Flap Tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00200-G - Flap Tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00200-C - Flap Tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00200-G - Flap Tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-46-941-060-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap controls.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear doors.

Subtask 27-54-46-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A).

27-54-46 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-46-865-053-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-46-010-051-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Open the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Install the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) on the applicable MLG door actuator (Ref. TASK
32-00-00-481-002-A).

(3)

Put the Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 spoilers to the maintenance position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is installed on the piston rod of
each servo-control.

(5)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE below the flap tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00200-C - Flap Tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00200-G - Flap Tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-46-110-053-A
A.

Preparation for Inspection

(1)

Clean the parts:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(a)

AES

Use a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean:
. the Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 flap carriages (2) and (4)
. the Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 flap tracks (1) and (3)
. the No. 1 flap carriage rollers (6) and (7)
. the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage rollers (5), (8) and (9)

27-54-46 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.

the spherical bearings (10).

Subtask 27-54-46-210-052-A
B.

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Flap Tracks and Rollers

(1)

Do an inspection of these items for corrosion, damage and the correct condition. Do the inspection as
far as is visually possible and use a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE and FLASHLIGHT where
necessary to look at:
. the No. 1 flap carriage rollers (6) and (7)
. the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage side-rollers (5) and the top and bottom rollers (8) and (9)
. the Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 flap tracks (1) and (3)
. the spherical bearings (10)
. the attached parts and safety devices of the Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 flap tracks, flap track carriages and
carriage rollers.
NOTE :

With the flaps in this position you can see all the surfaces of the flap carriage rollers (5) thru
(9), and the flap tracks (1) and (3).

Subtask 27-54-46-640-051-A
C.

Lubrication
(1)

5.

Lubricate the flap track carriage-rollers (Ref. TASK 12-22-27-640-004-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-46-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) from the applicable MLG door actuator (Ref.
TASK 32-00-00-081-002-A).

(3)

Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

(4)

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) from the piston rod of each servo-control.

(5)

Put the Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 spoilers to the operation position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

Subtask 27-54-46-865-054-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-46-860-052-A
C.

Aircraft Configuration
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-080-002-A).

(2)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

27-54-46 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-46-942-053-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-46 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

Z500Z600

FLAP TRACK 1

B
B

10

FLAP TRACKS
2, 3 AND 4

5
5

B
SECTION

BB
8

10

SECTION

AA
9
6
7

N_MM_275446_6_AAN0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-54-46-991-00200-C SHEET 1

Flap Tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4

27-54-46 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

Z500Z600

FLAP TRACK 1

B
B

10

FLAP TRACKS
2, 3 AND 4

5
5

B
SECTION

BB
8

10

8
5
SECTION

AA
9

6
7

N_MM_275446_6_AAP0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-54-46-991-00200-G SHEET 1

Flap Tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4

27-54-46 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-46-200-002-A
Detailed Inspection of the Flap Carriage Rollers for In-Service Wear
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific
98D27803500001
B.

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 04-024
Material No: 06-001A
Material No: 09-013
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003

AES

Torque wrench: range to between 2.00 and 20.00 M.DAN (15.00 and 150.00
LBF.FT)

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. GREASE FOR FLAP & SLAT MECHANISM
LUBRICANTS
SOLID FILM LUBRICANT AIR DRYING
SEALANTS
SEALANT-BRUSH CONSISTENCY (OBSOLETE)
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

27-54-46 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
3

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-54-46-01-030

lock plates

** On A/C 003-004
8

lock plates

27-54-46-01-030

** On A/C 005-099
9

lock plates

27-54-46-01-030

** On A/C 003-004
19

cotter pins

27-54-46-04-110

** On A/C 005-099
20

cotter pins
D.

27-54-46-04-110

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-22-27-640-004-A

DESIGNATION
Lubricate all Carriage Rollers on all Flap Tracks

20-11-11-911-001-A
27-54-46-000-001-A

WIRELOCKING
Removal of the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages

27-54-46-000-002-A

Removal of the No.1 Flap Carriage

27-54-46-400-001-A

Installation of the Nos 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages

27-54-46-400-002-A

Installation of the No.1 Flap Carriage

27-54-61-000-001-A
27-54-61-400-001-A
27-54-62-000-001-A

Removal of the Inboard Flap

Installation of the Inboard Flap
Removal of the Outboard Flap

27-54-62-400-001-A
27-60-00-866-002-A
32-00-00-481-002-A

Installation of the Outboard Flap

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gear Doors

32-12-00-010-001-A
Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00500-C - Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00500-D - Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00500-C - Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00500-D - Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-46-941-065-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

AES

Put the safety barriers in position.

27-54-46 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap controls.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear doors.

Subtask 27-54-46-860-059-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Put the Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 spoilers to the maintenance position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

Remove the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-001-A), (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-000-001-A).

(3)

Put the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat control
lever in the cockpit.

(4)

Remove the safety collar from the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV.

Subtask 27-54-46-865-061-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

FIN
B07

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

Subtask 27-54-46-010-059-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Open the applicable MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable MLG door actuator
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002-A).

(3)

Put the NOs. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 spoilers to the maintenance position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is installed on the piston rod of
each servo-control.

(5)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) below the flap tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4.

(6)

Remove the applicable flap carriage:

. for the NO.1 flap carriage (Ref. TASK 27-54-46-000-002-A)
. for the NOs. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriages (Ref. TASK 27-54-46-000-001-A).

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00500-C - Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-46-991-00500-D - Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages)

AES

27-54-46 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-46-020-054-C
A.

Removal of Components for Inspection

(1)

(2)

(3)

For the No. 1 flap carriage center rollers:

(a)

Release the lock plates (8) from the nuts (6).

(b)

Remove the nuts (6), the washers (7) and the lock plates (8). Discard the lock plates (8).

(c)

Remove the bolt assemblies (11), the rollers (10) and the washers (9).

For the No. 1 flap carriage side rollers:

(a)

Remove and discard the wirelocking from the lock plates (3) and the nuts (5).

(b)

Release the lock plates (3) from the nuts (5).

(c)

Remove the nuts (5), the washers (4) and the lock plates (3). Discard the lock plates (3).

(d)

Remove the bolts (1), the bolt assemblies (13) and the rollers (2).

For the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage top rollers:

(a)

Remove the nuts (27), the washers (28) and the hinge pins (22).

(b)

Remove the roller block assemblies (26) from the flap carriage (29).

(4)

Remove the hinge pins (24) and the rollers (25) from the roller block assemblies (26).

(5)

For the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage side rollers:

(a)

(6)

Remove the nuts (17), the washers (16), the bolt assemblies (14) and the rollers (15).

For the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage bottom rollers:

(a)

Remove the cotter pins (19) from the nuts (18). Discard the cotter pins (19).

(b)

Remove the nuts (18), the washers (20), the bolts (23) and the rollers (21).

Subtask 27-54-46-110-054-C
B.

Preparation for Inspection

(1)

Clean the parts:

(a)

Use a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean:
. the No. 1 flap carriage rollers (2) and (10)
. the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage rollers (15), (21) and (25).

Subtask 27-54-46-220-050-C
C.

Detailed Inspection of the Flap Carriage Rollers

(1)

AES

Do an inspection of these items for corrosion, damage and the correct condition:
. the No. 1 flap carriage rollers (2) and (10)
. the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage rollers (15), (21) and (25).

27-54-46 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Do an inspection of the flap carriage rollers (2), (10), (15), (21) and (25) for in-service wear:
(a)

Inspect the outer diameter (OD) of the roller outer case (30) for wear marks. You must replace
the applicable roller(s) if the Dim Y is more than 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).

(b)

Hold the roller outer case (30) and move the inner case (31) from left to right. Measure the total
lateral play (Dim X). You must replace the applicable roller(s) if the total lateral play Dim X is
more than 0.13 mm (0.0051 in.).

(c)

Measure the OD of the roller(s) (Dim Z). You must replace the applicable roller(s) if the Dim
Z is less than the applicable dimension shown in Table 1.

TRACK No.

MINIMUM BEARING OD (DIM Z)

TRACK 1
SIDE ROLLER (2)
CENTER ROLLER (10)

44.352 mm (1.746 in.)

44.352 mm (1.746 in.)

TRACK 2
TOP ROLLER (25)
SIDE ROLLER (15)
BOTTOM ROLLER (21)

33.312 mm (1.312 in.)

33.312 mm (1.312 in.)
44.425 mm (1.749 in.)

TRACK 3
TOP ROLLER (25)
SIDE ROLLER (15)
BOTTOM ROLLER (21)

33.312 mm (1.312 in.)

33.312 mm (1.312 in.)
44.425 mm (1.749 in.)

TRACK 4
TOP ROLLER (25)
SIDE ROLLER (15)
BOTTOM ROLLER (21)

33.312 mm (1.312 in.)

33.312 mm (1.312 in.)
38.070 mm (1.499 in.)
TABLE 1

Subtask 27-54-46-410-054-C
D.

Installation of Components After Inspection

(1)

(2)

AES

For the No. 1 flap carriage side rollers:

(a)

Install the bolts (1), the bolt assemblies (13) and the rollers (2) on the flap carriage (12).

(b)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) to the installation surface of the new (IPC-CSN
27-54-46-01) lock plates (3) .

(c)

Install the new lock plates (3), the washers (4) and the nuts (5).

(d)

TORQUE the nuts (5) to between 4.0 and 4.6 M.DAN (29.50 and 33.92 LBF.FT) and safety to
the lock plates (3) with lockwire (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001-A).

For the No. 1 flap carriage center rollers:

(a)

Install the washers (9), the rollers (10) and the bolt assemblies (11) on the flap carriage (12).

(b)

Apply a thin layer of LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-001A) to the threads of the nuts (6).

(c)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) to the installation surface of the new (IPC-CSN
27-54-46-01) lock plates (8) .

(d)

Install the new lock plates (8), the washers (7) and the nuts (6).

(e)

TORQUE the nuts (6) to between 4.0 and 4.6 M.DAN (29.50 and 33.92 LBF.FT).

(f)

Make sure that the lock plates (6) are installed in the correct direction.

27-54-46 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

(4)

(5)

For the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage side rollers:

(a)

Apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON GREASES (Material
No: 04-004) to the bolt assemblies (14) but not the threads.

(b)

Install the rollers (15) and the bolt assemblies (14) on the flap carriage (29).

(c)

Make sure that the greasers on the bolt assemblies (14) point in the correct direction.

(d)

Install the washers (16) and the nuts (17). TORQUE the nuts (17) to between 5.5 and 5.7
M.DAN (40.56 and 42.04 LBF.FT).

For the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage bottom rollers:

(a)

Apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON GREASES (Material
No: 04-004) to the bolts (23) but not the threads.

(b)

Install the bolts (23) and the rollers (21) on the flap carriage (29).

(c)

Install the washers (20) and the nuts (18). TORQUE the nuts (18) to between 13 and 15 M.DAN
(95.87 and 110.62 LBF.FT).

(d)

Safety the nuts (18) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-04) cotter pins (19) .

For the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage top rollers:

(a)

Apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON GREASES (Material
No: 04-004) to the pivot pins (24).

(b)

Install the rollers (25) on the roller block assemblies (26) with the pivot pins (24).

(c)

Install the roller block assemblies (26) on the flap carriage (29).

(d)

Apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON GREASES (Material
No: 04-004) to the hinge pins (22) but not the threads.

(e)

Install the hinge pins (22), the washers (28) and the nuts (27). Hand tighten the nuts (27).

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-46-020-054-D
A.

Removal of Components for Inspection

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

AES

For the No. 1 flap carriage center rollers:

(a)

Release the lock plates (9) from the nuts (7).

(b)

Remove the nuts (7), the washers (8) and the lock plates (9). Discard the lock plates (9).

(c)

Remove the bolt assemblies (12), the rollers (11) and the washers (10).

For the No. 1 flap carriage side rollers:

(a)

Remove the greasers (6) from the bolts (1).

(b)

Remove and discard the wirelocking from the lock plates (3) and the nuts (5).

(c)

Release the lock plates (3) from the nuts (5).

(d)

Remove the nuts (5), the washers (4) and the lock plates (3). Discard the lock plates (3).

(e)

Remove the bolts (1), the bolt assemblies (14) and the rollers (2).

For the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage top rollers:

(a)

Remove the nuts (28), the washers (29) and the hinge pins (23).

(b)

Remove the roller block assemblies (27) from the flap carriage (30).

Remove the hinge pins (25) and the rollers (26) from the roller block assemblies (27).

27-54-46 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

For the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage side rollers:

(a)

(6)

Remove the nuts (18), the washers (17), the bolt assemblies (15) and the rollers (16).

For the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage bottom rollers:

(a)

Remove the cotter pins (20) from the nuts (19). Discard the cotter pins (20).

(b)

Remove the nuts (19), the washers (21), the bolts (24) and the rollers (22).

Subtask 27-54-46-110-054-D
B.

Preparation for Inspection

(1)

Clean the parts:

(a)

Use a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean:
. the No. 1 flap carriage rollers (2) and (11)
. the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage rollers (16), (22) and (26).

Subtask 27-54-46-220-050-D
C.

Detailed Inspection of the Flap Carriage Rollers

(1)

Do an inspection of these items for corrosion, damage and the correct condition:
. the No. 1 flap carriage rollers (2) and (11)
. the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage rollers (16), (22) and (26).

(2)

Do an inspection of the flap carriage rollers (2), (11), (16), (22) and (26) for in-service wear:
(a)

Inspect the outer diameter (OD) of the roller outer case (31) for wear marks. You must replace
the applicable roller(s) if the Dim Y is more than 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).

(b)

Hold the roller outer case (31) and move the inner case (32) from left to right. Measure the total
lateral play (Dim X). You must replace the applicable roller(s) if the total lateral play Dim X is
more than 0.13 mm (0.0051 in.).

(c)

Measure the OD of the roller(s) (Dim Z). You must replace the applicable roller(s) if the Dim
Z is less than the applicable dimension shown in Table 1.

TRACK No.

MINIMUM BEARING OD (DIM Z)

TRACK 1
SIDE ROLLER (2)
CENTER ROLLER (11)

44.352 mm (1.746 in.)

44.352 mm (1.746 in.)

TRACK 2
TOP ROLLER (26)
SIDE ROLLER (16)
BOTTOM ROLLER (22)

33.312 mm (1.312 in.)

33.312 mm (1.312 in.)
44.425 mm (1.749 in.)

TRACK 3
TOP ROLLER (26)
SIDE ROLLER (16)
BOTTOM ROLLER (22)

33.312 mm (1.312 in.)

33.312 mm (1.312 in.)
44.425 mm (1.749 in.)

TRACK 4
TOP ROLLER (26)
SIDE ROLLER (16)
BOTTOM ROLLER (22)

33.312 mm (1.312 in.)

33.312 mm (1.312 in.)
38.070 mm (1.499 in.)
TABLE 1

AES

27-54-46 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-46-410-054-D
D.

Installation of Components After Inspection

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

AES

For the No. 1 flap carriage side rollers:

(a)

Install the bolts (1), the bolt assemblies (14) and the rollers (2) on the flap carriage (13).

(b)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) to the installation surface of the new (IPC-CSN
27-54-46-01) lock plates (3) .

(c)

Install the new lock plates (3), the washers (4) and the nuts (5).

(d)

TORQUE the nuts (5) to between 4.0 and 4.6 M.DAN (29.50 and 33.92 LBF.FT) and safety to
the lock plates (3) with lockwire (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001-A).

(e)

Install the greasers (6) on the bolts (1). Make sure that the greasers point in the correct direction.

For the No. 1 flap carriage center rollers:

(a)

Install the washers (10), the rollers (11) and the bolt assemblies (12) on the flap carriage (13).

(b)

Apply a thin layer of LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-001A) to the threads of the nuts (7).

(c)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) to the installation surface of the new (IPC-CSN
27-54-46-01) lock plates (9) .

(d)

Install the new lock plates (9), the washers (8) and the nuts (7).

(e)

TORQUE the nuts (7) to between 4.0 and 4.6 M.DAN (29.50 and 33.92 LBF.FT).

(f)

Make sure that the lock plates (9) are installed in the correct direction.

For the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage side rollers:

(a)

Apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON GREASES (Material
No: 04-004) to the bolt assemblies (15) but not the threads.

(b)

Install the rollers (16) and the bolt assemblies (15) on the flap carriage (30).

(c)

Make sure that the greasers on the bolt assemblies (15) point in the correct direction.

(d)

Install the washers (17) and the nuts (18). TORQUE the nuts (18) to between 5.5 and 5.7
M.DAN (40.56 and 42.04 LBF.FT).

For the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage bottom rollers:

(a)

Apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON GREASES (Material
No: 04-004) to the bolts (24) but not the threads.

(b)

Install the bolts (24) and the rollers (22) on the flap carriage (30).

(c)

Install the washers (21) and the nuts (19). TORQUE the nuts (19) to between 13 and 15 M.DAN
(95.87 and 110.62 LBF.FT).

(d)

Safety the nuts (19) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-04) cotter pins (20) .

For the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage top rollers:

(a)

Apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON GREASES (Material
No: 04-004) to the pivot pins (25).

(b)

Install the rollers (26) on the roller block assemblies (27) with the pivot pins (25).

(c)

Install the roller block assemblies (27) on the flap carriage (30).

(d)

Apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON GREASES (Material
No: 04-004) to the hinge pins (23) but not the threads.

(e)

Install the hinge pins (23), the washers (29) and the nuts (28). Hand tighten the nuts (28).

27-54-46 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-46-640-052-A
E.

Lubrication
(1)

5.

Lubricate the flap track carriage rollers (Ref. TASK 12-22-27-640-004-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-46-860-062-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Install the applicable flap carriage:

. for the No.1 flap carriage (Ref. TASK 27-54-46-400-002-A)
. for the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriages (Ref. TASK 27-54-46-400-001-A).

(2)

Install the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-001-A), (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-400-001-A).

(3)

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) from the piston rod of each servo-control.

(4)

Put the Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 spoilers to the operation position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(5)

Remove the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) from the applicable MLG door actuator (Ref.
TASK 32-00-00-481-002-A).

(6)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(7)

Close the applicable MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

(8)

Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) from the flap/slat
control lever in the cockpit.

Subtask 27-54-46-865-062-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

FIN
B07

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

Subtask 27-54-46-942-058-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Install the safety collar on the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-46 PB601

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

B
B

FLAP CARRIAGE
(TRACK 1)

1
2
2
13

5
4

12
11

3
4
5

10

8
7
6

N_MM_275446_6_ABN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-46-991-00500-C SHEET 1

Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages

27-54-46 PB601

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

29

FLAP CARRIAGE
(TRACKS 2,3 AND 4)

14

27
28

15

16
17
26

20
22

18
19

25

24

23

C
21

ROLLER BEARING
(TYPICAL)
DIM Y
30
31

DIM X
DIM X
DIM Z

N_MM_275446_6_ABN0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-46-991-00500-C SHEET 2

Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages

27-54-46 PB601

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

B
B

FLAP CARRIAGE
(TRACK 1)
1

2
14

5
4
3

13

3
12

4
5
6

11

10

9
8
7

N_MM_275446_6_ABP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-46-991-00500-D SHEET 1

Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages

27-54-46 PB601

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

30

FLAP CARRIAGE
(TRACKS 2,3 AND 4)

15

28
29

16

17
18
27

21
23

19
20

26

25

24

C
22

ROLLER BEARING
(TYPICAL)
DIM Y
31
32

DIM X
DIM X
DIM Z

N_MM_275446_6_ABP0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-46-991-00500-D SHEET 2

Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages

27-54-46 PB601

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LINE GEARBOX - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-47-000-001-A
Removal of the Line Gearbox
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6209CM, 6259CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6209CM(FLAP LINE GEARBOX)

573AB
FOR FIN 6259CM(FLAP LINE GEARBOX)
673AB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-45-000-005-A
57-51-37-000-002-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Removal of the Access Panels

AES

27-54-47 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-47-991-00100-A - Line Gearbox)
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-47-991-00100-A - Line Gearbox)
Subtask 27-54-47-941-052-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap controls.

Subtask 27-54-47-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever.

Subtask 27-54-47-865-051-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-47-010-050-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in the applicable position.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A):

(3)

4.

(a)

FOR 6209CM (FLAP LINE GEARBOX)

remove 573AB

(b)

FOR 6259CM (FLAP LINE GEARBOX)

remove 673AB.

Remove the applicable torque shaft that is outboard of the line gearbox (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-005A):
(a)

FOR 6209CM (FLAP LINE GEARBOX)

remove FIN 6210CM

(b)

FOR 6259CM (FLAP LINE GEARBOX)

remove FIN 6260CM.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-47-991-00100-A - Line Gearbox)

AES

27-54-47 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-47-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Line Gearbox

(1)

AES

Disengage the line gearbox (1) from the torque shaft (4) as follows:
(a)

Move the retaining ring (3) on to the input shaft of the line gearbox (1), and remove the pin (2)
from the torque shaft (4).

(b)

Remove the bolts (7) and the washers (6).

(c)

Hold the torque shaft (4) and remove the line gearbox (1) from the mounting bracket (5) and the
torque shaft (4).

27-54-47 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
573AB
(673AB)
1

A
2

6209CM
(6259CM)

OUTBOARD
5

REAR FALSE SPAR

6
X
7

ELECTRICAL BONDING:
FOR THE LEFT WING USE
THE AFT INBOARD BOLT.
FOR THE RIGHT WING USE
THE AFT OUTBOARD BOLT

N_MM_275447_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-47-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Line Gearbox

27-54-47 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-47-400-001-A
Installation of the Line Gearbox
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6209CM, 6259CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

No specific

B.

WARNING NOTICE(S)
Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 04-022
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6209CM(FLAP LINE GEARBOX)

573AB
FOR FIN 6259CM(FLAP LINE GEARBOX)

AES

27-54-47 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

673AB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-45-000-005-A
27-54-45-400-005-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Installation of the Torque Shaft

57-51-37-000-002-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-002-A
Installation of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-47-991-00100-A - Line Gearbox)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-47-991-00100-A - Line Gearbox)
Subtask 27-54-47-941-053-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flap controls.

Subtask 27-54-47-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the applicable access panel is removed (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A):
. for the left wing, panel 573AB
. for the right wing, panel 673AB.

(4)

Make sure that the applicable torque shaft that is outboard of the line gearbox is removed (Ref. TASK
27-54-45-000-005-A).

27-54-47 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-47-865-050-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-47-991-00100-A - Line Gearbox)
CAUTION :

NOTE :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

The gearbox is a unit filled with grease and is not a hermetically sealed unit. It is normal for this grease to
have some oil separation. The external surfaces of the gearbox may be moist with this separated oil as it is
not a sealed unit. However, any separated oil in the unit that touches the grease will be changed back during
operation. The oil separation will decrease during in-service operation until the lubricant is in a condition that
is stable. This is normal and will not cause damage to the unit.

Subtask 27-54-47-420-052-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

CAUTION :

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Do one of the steps that follow:

CAUTION :

(a)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the torque shaft splines.
.

(b)

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

or

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

Subtask 27-54-47-420-051-A
B.

Installation of the Line Gearbox 6209CM(6259CM)

(1)

AES

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to:
. the mating faces of the line gearbox (1), and the support bracket (5), (but not at the mating faces
of the bonding bolt)
. the shanks of the bolts (7), (but not the bonding bolt).

27-54-47 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5.

(2)

Install the retaining ring (3) on the input shaft of the line gearbox (1).

(3)

Install the line gearbox (1) on the inboard torque shaft (4). Make sure that the splines engage, with the
pin holes aligned.

(4)

Attach the line gearbox (1) to the support bracket (5) with the washers (6) and the bolts (7).

(5)

Electrically bond the applicable bolt (7) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):

. for the left wing, bond the aft inboard bolt (7)
. for the right wing, bond the aft outboard bolt (7).

(6)

TORQUE the bolts (7) to between 0.7 and 0.8 M.DAN (61.95 and 70.80 LBF.IN).

(7)

Install the pin (2) and safety it with the retaining ring (3).

(8)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the remaining bolts (7) and the
washers (6).

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-47-991-00100-A - Line Gearbox)
Subtask 27-54-47-410-050-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

(2)

Install the applicable torque shaft outboard of the line gearbox (1) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-005-A):
(a)

FOR 6209CM (FLAP LINE GEARBOX)

install 6210CM

(b)

FOR 6259CM (FLAP LINE GEARBOX)

install 6260CM.

Install the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A):

(a)

FOR 6209CM (FLAP LINE GEARBOX)

install 573AB

(b)

FOR 6259CM (FLAP LINE GEARBOX)

install 673AB.

Subtask 27-54-47-865-052-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-47-860-052-A
C.

Aircraft Configuration
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Fully retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

27-54-47 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-47-942-050-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-47 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

BEVEL GEAR BOX - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-48-000-001-A
Removal of the Bevel Gear Box
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6217CM, 6267CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27604000000
98D27803000000

1
1

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6217CM(FLAP BEVEL GEARBOX)

573CB, 575AB
FOR FIN 6267CM(FLAP BEVEL GEARBOX)
673CB, 675AB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-45-000-009-A

Removal of Torque Shaft

AES

27-54-48 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-60-00-866-002-A

DESIGNATION
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-48-991-00100-A - Bevel Gearbox 6217CM(6267CM))

FOR FIN 6217CM(FLAP BEVEL GEARBOX)
57-51-37-000-002-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 6267CM(FLAP BEVEL GEARBOX)
57-51-37-000-002-A
57-51-37-000-004-A
3.

Removal of the Access Panels

Removal of the Access Panels

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-48-991-00100-A - Bevel Gearbox 6217CM(6267CM))
Subtask 27-54-48-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Fully extend the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever.

(3)

Put the spoiler No. 1 in the Maintenance (M) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Put the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) on the piston rod of the servo-control.

Subtask 27-54-48-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

FIN
B07

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

Subtask 27-54-48-941-050-A
C.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on panel 114VU, to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

(2)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

Subtask 27-54-48-010-050-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

AES

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in the applicable position.

27-54-48 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

4.

Remove the access panels:

(a)

FOR 6217CM (FLAP BEVEL GEARBOX)

remove 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)
remove 575AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(b)

FOR 6267CM (FLAP BEVEL GEARBOX)

remove 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)
remove 675AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-48-991-00100-A - Bevel Gearbox 6217CM(6267CM))
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-48-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Bevel Gear Box

(1)

Remove the torque shaft (1) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-009-A).

(2)

Remove the bolts (4) and the washers (3) from the bevel gearbox (2).

(3)

Remove the bevel gearbox (2) from the trailing edge rib and the torque shaft (5).

27-54-48 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
STA4067/RIB 8
STA4862/RIB 9

BONDING POINT
FOR LH WING

B
573CB
(673CB)

575AB
(675AB)

BONDING POINT
FOR RH WING

B
TRAILING
EDGE RIB
STA 4490
2

6217CM
(6267CM)
3

INBOARD
4

MID REAR
SPAR

A
5

N_MM_275448_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-48-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Bevel Gearbox 6217CM(6267CM)

27-54-48 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-48-400-001-A
Installation of the Bevel Gear Box
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6217CM, 6267CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 04-022
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6217CM(FLAP BEVEL GEARBOX)

573CB, 575AB
FOR FIN 6267CM(FLAP BEVEL GEARBOX)
573CB, 575AB

AES

27-54-48 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-45-400-009-A
27-60-00-866-002-A

Installation of the Torque Shaft

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

57-51-37-000-002-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-48-991-00100-A - Bevel Gearbox 6217CM(6267CM))
FOR FIN 6217CM(FLAP BEVEL GEARBOX)
57-51-37-400-002-A
Installation of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 6267CM(FLAP BEVEL GEARBOX)
57-51-37-400-002-A
57-51-37-400-004-A
3.

Installation of the Access Panels

Installation of the Access Panels

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-48-991-00100-A - Bevel Gearbox 6217CM(6267CM))
Subtask 27-54-48-860-052-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the spoiler No. 1 is in the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

(5)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is on panel 114VU, to tell persons not to operate the
flap/slat controls.

(6)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is in the applicable position.

(7)

Make sure that the access panels are removed (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A) (Ref. TASK
57-51-37-000-004-A):
. for the left wing, panels 573CB, 575AB
. for the right wing, panels 673CB, 675AB.

27-54-48 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-48-865-052-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-48-991-00100-A - Bevel Gearbox 6217CM(6267CM))
CAUTION :

NOTE :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

The gearbox is a unit filled with grease and is not a hermetically sealed unit. It is normal for this grease to
have some oil separation. The external surfaces of the gearbox may be moist with this separated oil as it is
not a sealed unit. However, any separated oil in the unit that touches the grease will be changed back during
operation. The oil separation will decrease during in-service operation until the lubricant is in a condition that
is stable. This is normal and will not cause damage to the unit.

Subtask 27-54-48-210-050-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

CAUTION :

(1)

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

Clean the parts:

(a)

Remove all the used sealant from the bevel gearbox/structure interface with LINT-FREE
COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-026) .

(b)

Clean the splined connection with LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made
moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) to:

. the bevel gearbox/structure interface (but not on the area around the bonding points)
. the shanks of the bolts (4) (but not the bonding bolt).

(4)

Do one of the steps that follow:

CAUTION :

(a)

AES

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the splined connections.

27-54-48 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
(b)

or

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the splined connections.

Subtask 27-54-48-420-052-A
B.

Installation of the Bevel Gearbox 6217CM(6267CM)

(1)

Put the bevel gearbox (2) in position on to the drive shaft (5) and the trailing edge rib.

(2)

Install the washers (3) and the bolts (4) in to the bevel gearbox (2).

(3)

Electrically bond the applicable bolt (4) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(4)

TORQUE the bolts (4) to between 0.7 and 0.8 M.DAN (61.95 and 70.80 LBF.IN).

(5)

Install the torque shaft (1) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-009-A).

(6)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the remaining washers (3) and
the bolts (4).

Subtask 27-54-48-080-050-A
C.

Preparation for Test

(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the outboard flap
drive-shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-54-48-865-053-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

FIN
B07

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

Subtask 27-54-48-710-050-A
E.

5.

Operational Test of the Flap System

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-48-991-00100-A - Bevel Gearbox 6217CM(6267CM))
Subtask 27-54-48-410-050-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Install the applicable access panels:

(a)

AES

FOR 6217CM (FLAP BEVEL GEARBOX)

install 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A)
install 575AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

27-54-48 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

FOR 6267CM (FLAP BEVEL GEARBOX)

install 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A)
install 575AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

Subtask 27-54-48-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure the flaps are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) from the piston rod of the servo-control.

(3)

Put the applicable spoiler to the O (Operation) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

On the servo-control, make sure that the pointer on the hex. head is opposite the letter O (Operation)
on the housing.

Subtask 27-54-48-942-051-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-48 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACTUATOR ASSY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-49-000-008-A
Removal of the Flap Track 1 to 4 Actuators
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6205CM, 6211CM, 6221CM, 6233CM, 6255CM, 6261CM, 6271CM, 6283CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CLAMPS

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
193AB, 193BB, 194AB, 194BB,
573AB, 573BB, 573CB, 575AB,
575BB, 575CB, 575DB, 575EB,
575FB, 575GB, 673AB, 673BB,
673CB, 675AB, 675BB, 675CB,
675DB, 675EB, 675FB, 675GB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-862-002-A

DESIGNATION
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-18-000-001-A

Removal of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit

27-54-49-000-001-A

Removal of the Flap Track 1 Actuator

27-54-49-000-002-A
27-54-49-000-003-A
27-54-49-000-004-A

Removal of the Flap Track 2 Actuator

Removal of the Flap Track 3 Actuator
Removal of the Flap Track 4 Actuator

27-60-00-866-002-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

32-00-00-481-001-A

Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gears

32-12-00-010-001-A
53-35-11-000-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

57-51-37-000-002-A
57-51-37-000-004-A
27-54-49-400-001-A

Removal of the Access Panels

Removal of the Access Panels
Installation of the Flap Track 1 Actuator (for corrective action)

27-54-49-400-002-A

Installation of the Flap Track 2 Actuator (for corrective action)

27-54-49-400-003-A

Installation of the Flap Track 3 Actuator (for corrective action)

27-54-49-400-004-A

Installation of the Flap Track 4 Actuator (for corrective action)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-49-941-076-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S)S in position to tell persons not to operate the flaps.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear doors.

(4)

Make sure that the the ground safety locks are installed on the landing gear (Ref. TASK
32-00-00-481-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-49-860-064-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever in the cockpit.

(3)

Extend the No. 1 to No. 5 spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that a COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of each servocontrol.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-49-865-068-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-49-010-063-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Open the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable access
panels.

(3)

Remove the applicable access panels:

(a)

For the LH wing, remove:

. 193AB 193BB (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001-A)
. 573AB 573BB 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)
. 575AB 575BB 575CB 575DB 575EB 575FB 575GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(b)

For the RH wing, remove:

. 194AB 194BB (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001-A)
. 673AB 673BB 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)
. 675AB 675BB 675CB 675DB 675EB 675FB 675GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

Procedure
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-49-740-068-A
A.

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(3)

Do a check of the flap PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control lever position FULL on the MCDU as
follows:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

2.Push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

the MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 menu.

3.Push (in) the line key SYSTEM DATA FLP >.

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP

SYSTEM DATA menu.

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
4.Push (in) the line key < PPU.

RESULT
the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s):
Refer to Table 1.

NOTE :

The APPU and the FPPU synchro angles must

agree within 1.3 deg.
The LH APPU and the RH APPU synchro angles
must agree within 0.45 deg.

5.Write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)

shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT >
to get a print-out of the screen.

NOTE :

These angles, shown at removal, will be used as

a datum. They will let you compare the APPU
and the FPPU angles after the installation of the
actuators (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-001-A),
(Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-002-A), (Ref. TASK
27-54-49-400-003-A), (Ref. TASK
27-54-49-400-004-A).

6.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the CFDS
menu page is shown.
7.De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
SFCC 1
!
!
PPU DATE (DEG)
!
!
DATE:XXX XX UTC:XXXX
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
***
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
OTHER SFCC
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
***
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
<RETURN
PRINT>
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
Table 1
!
! PPU DATA (DEG) displayed on the MCDU at the flap position FULL
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Subtask 27-54-49-020-063-A
B.

Preparation for Removal of the Flap Track 1 to 4 Actuators

(1)

AES

Hold the trailing edges of the inboard and outboard flaps on supports.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Use CLAMPS to hold the flap carriages in position.

NOTE :

This is to make sure that the flap carriages do not move.

(3)

Measure and write down the dimension A between the actuator lever and its stop face.

(4)

Remove the asymmetry-position pick-off unit from the flap track 4 actuator (Ref. TASK
27-51-18-000-001-A).
NOTE :

The unit will be locked in the extended position and must not be adjusted.

Subtask 27-54-49-020-062-A
C.

Removal of the Flap Track 1 to 4 Actuators

(1)

AES

Remove the flap track 1 to 4 actuators in sequence (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-001-A), (Ref. TASK
27-54-49-000-002-A), (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-003-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-004-A).

27-54-49 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-49-400-005-A
Installation of the Flap Track 1 to 4 Actuators
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6205CM, 6211CM, 6221CM, 6233CM, 6255CM, 6261CM, 6271CM, 6283CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
193AB, 193BB, 194AB, 194BB,
573AB, 573BB, 573CB, 575AB,
575BB, 575CB, 575DB, 575EB,
575FB, 575GB, 673AB, 673BB,
673CB, 675AB, 675BB, 675CB,
675DB, 675EB, 675FB, 675GB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-18-400-001-A

Installation of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit

27-51-44-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut

27-54-00-220-007-A

Check of the Flap Drive System

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-49-400-001-A
27-54-49-400-002-A
27-54-49-400-003-A

Installation of the Flap Track 1 Actuator

Installation of the Flap Track 2 Actuator
Installation of the Flap Track 3 Actuator

27-54-49-400-004-A

Installation of the Flap Track 4 Actuator

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-60-00-866-002-A

DESIGNATION
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

32-00-00-481-001-A

Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gears

32-12-00-010-001-A
32-12-00-410-001-A
53-35-11-000-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

53-35-11-400-001-A

Installation of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

57-51-37-000-002-A
57-51-37-000-004-A
57-51-37-400-002-A
57-51-37-400-004-A
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00800-B - Flap

Removal of the Access Panels

Removal of the Access Panels
Installation of the Access Panels
Installation of the Access Panels
Actuator Lever to Stop Face Dimensions)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-49-941-077-A
A.

Safety Precautions
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S)S are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S)S are in position to tell persons not to operate the flaps.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear
doors.

(4)

Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001A).

Subtask 27-54-49-865-069-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-49-860-065-A
C.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on the
flap/slat control lever in the cockpit.

(3)

Make sure that the No. 1 to No. 5 spoilers are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of each servocontrol.

(5)

Make sure that the applicable MLG door is open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

27-54-49 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable MLG door actuator.

(7)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is below the applicable access
panels.

(8)

Make sure that the applicable access panels are removed:

(9)

(a)

For the LH wing:

. 193AB 193BB (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001-A)
. 573AB 573BB 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)
. 575AB 575BB 575CB 575DB 575EB 575FB 575GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(b)

For the RH wing:

. 194AB 194BB (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001-A)
. 673AB 673BB 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)
. 675AB 675BB 675CB 675DB 675EB 675FB 675GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

Make sure that the flap trailing edges are on supports.

(10) Make sure that the clamps hold the carriages in position.
4.

Procedure
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-49-420-070-A
CAUTION :

A.

DO A CHECK OF THE FLAP DRIVE SYSTEM AFTER YOU INSTALL A FLAP ROTARY ACTUATOR.
INCORRECT ALIGNMENT CAN CAUSE A FLAP TO BECOME LOCKED.

Installation of the Flap Track 1 to 4 Actuators

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00800-B - Flap Actuator Lever to Stop Face Dimensions)
(1)

Measure the dimension A between the actuator lever and its stop face. Make sure that the dimension
is +/- 0.5 mm (0.0197 in.) of the recorded dimension.
(a)

If a dimension is incorrect, remove the applicable clamp.

(b)

Pull down and hold the actuator lever to remove backlash in the internal splines of the lever.

(c)

Move the flap manually to get the correct dimension A.

(d)

Install the clamp to hold the carriage in position.

(2)

Install the flap track 1 to 4 actuators in sequence (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-001-A), (Ref. TASK
27-54-49-400-002-A), (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-003-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-004-A).

(3)

Install the asymmetry-position pick-off unit on the flap track 4 actuator (Ref. TASK 27-51-18-400-001A).

Subtask 27-54-49-080-056-A
B.

AES

Removal of Support Equipment

(1)

Remove the clamps that hold the carriages in position.

(2)

Remove the supports from the flap trailing edges.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-49-740-069-B
C.

Check of the Flap Drive System

(1)

Do a check of the Flap Drive System (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-220-007-A).

(2)

If necessary, do the adjustment of the interconnecting strut (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-820-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-49-865-070-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-49-860-066-A
E.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) from the piston rod of each servo-control.

(3)

Retract the No. 1 to No. 5 spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the applicable servo-control is in the O (operation) position.

(5)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever in the cockpit.

Subtask 27-54-49-710-054-A
F.

Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-49-410-062-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panels:

(3)

AES

(a)

For the LH wing, install:

. 193AB 193BB (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-400-001-A)
. 573AB 573BB 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A)
. 575AB 575BB 575CB 575DB 575EB 575FB 575GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

(b)

For the RH wing, install:

. 194AB 194BB (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-400-001-A)
. 673AB 673BB 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A)
. 675AB 675BB 675CB 675DB 675EB 675FB 675GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-54-49 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-49-942-059-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

C
D

573BB
193AB ( 6 7 3 B B ) 575CB
193BB
(675CB)
(194AB)
(194BB)

575GB
(675GB)

FLAP TRACK 1 (40 DEGREES)

FLAP
ACTUATOR
LEVER

LEVER
STOP
DIM A

D
FLAP TRACK 4 (40 DEGREES)
LEVER
STOP

B
DIM A

LEVER
STOP

FLAP TRACK 2 (40 DEGREES)

DIM A

FLAP
ACTUATOR
LEVER

C
FLAP TRACK 3 (40 DEGREES)
LEVER
STOP

DIM A
FLAP
ACTUATOR
LEVER

FLAP
ACTUATOR
LEVER

N_MM_275449_4_AJN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-49-991-00800-B SHEET 1

Flap Actuator Lever to Stop Face Dimensions

27-54-49 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-49-000-001-A
Removal of the Flap Track 1 Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6205CM, 6255CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CLAMPS

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

734, 744
FOR FIN 6205CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 1)
193AB, 193BB, 573AB, 573BB
FOR FIN 6255CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 1)
194AB, 194BB, 673AB, 673BB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

DESIGNATION
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-45-000-002-A
27-54-45-000-003-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Removal of the Torque Shaft

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

27-54-49-400-001-A

Installation of the Flap Track 1 Actuator (for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00100-C - Flap Track 1 Actuator)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00500-A - Flap Rigging Pin Locations)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00100-G - Flap Track 1 Actuator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00500-B - Flap Rigging Pin Locations)
FOR FIN 6205CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 1)
57-51-37-000-002-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 6255CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 1)
57-51-37-000-002-A
3.

Removal of the Access Panels

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00100-C - Flap Track 1 Actuator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00500-A - Flap Rigging Pin Locations)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00100-G - Flap Track 1 Actuator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00500-B - Flap Rigging Pin Locations)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flaps.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear doors.

Subtask 27-54-49-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on the
flap/slat control lever in the cockpit.

Subtask 27-54-49-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-49-010-050-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Open the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A):

- for FIN 6205CM open 734
- for FIN 6255CM open 744.

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable access
panel.

(3)

Remove the applicable access panels:

(a)

FOR 6205CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

remove 193AB 193BB
remove 573AB 573BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A).

(b)

FOR 6255CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

remove 194AB 194BB
remove 673AB 673BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A).

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00100-C - Flap Track 1 Actuator)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00100-G - Flap Track 1 Actuator)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-480-050-A
A.

Installation of Support Equipment

(1)

AES

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on the applicable torque
shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

27-54-49 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-49-740-061-A
B.

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(3)

Do a check of the flap PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control lever position FULL on the MCDU as
follows:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

the MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 menu.

push (in) the line key SYSTEM DATA FLP >.

push (in) the line key < PPU.

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP

SYSTEM DATA menu.
the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s):
Refer to Table 1.

NOTE :

write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)

shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT
> to get a print-out of the screen.

NOTE :

The APPU and the FPPU synchro angles must

agree within 1.3 deg.
The LH APPU and the RH APPU synchro angles
must agree within 0.45 deg.

These angles, shown at removal, will be used as

a datum. They will let you compare the APPU
and the FPPU angles after the installation of the
actuator (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-001-A).

push the line key < RETURN frequently until the

CFDS menu page is shown.

2.De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK

24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
SFCC 1
!
!
PPU DATE (DEG)
!
!
DATE:XXX XX UTC:XXXX
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
***
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
OTHER SFCC
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
***
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
!

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
<RETURN
PRINT>
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
Table 1
!
! PPU DATA (DEG) displayed on the MCDU at the flap position FULL
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Subtask 27-54-49-020-057-A
C.

Preparation for Removal of the Flap Track 1 Actuator

(1)

Hold the trailing edge of the flap on supports.

(2)

Use a CLAMPS to hold the carriage in position.

NOTE :

This will make sure that the carriage does not move.

(3)

Remove the torque shaft (1) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-003-A). Do not remove the plunging joint (2)
from the actuator.

(4)

Remove the torque shaft (4) and the universal joint (3) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-002-A).

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-49-020-064-A
D.

Removal of the Flap Track 1 Actuator 6205CM (6255CM)

CAUTION :

SUPPORT THE ACTUATOR, WHICH CAN WEIGH UP TO 10.5kg (23.2lbs). THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE RELATED STRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT.

(1)

Remove the nuts (10), the bolts (8) and (9) and the countersunk washers (7).

(2)

Turn the plunging joint (2) until the input bevel housing moves out of the hole in the sloping frame.

(3)

Remove the plunging joint (2).

(4)

Remove the actuator assembly from the flap drive lever and the aircraft.

(5)

Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-49-020-064-D
D.

Removal of the Flap Track 1 Actuator 6205CM (6255CM)

CAUTION :

AES

SUPPORT THE ACTUATOR, WHICH CAN WEIGH UP TO 10.5kg (23.2lbs). THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE RELATED STRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT.

(1)

Remove the nuts (9) the bolts (8) and the countersunk washers (7).

(2)

Turn the plunging joint (2) until the input bevel housing moves out of the hole in the sloping frame.

(3)

Remove the plunging joint (2).

(4)

Remove the actuator assembly from the flap drive lever and the aircraft.

(5)

Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

TORQUE
LIMITER
3

INBOARD

573 BB
(673 BB)

FLAP DRIVE
LEVER

573 AB
(673 AB)

STEADY
BEARING

ACTUATOR
ASSEMBLY

193 AB
193 BB
(194 AB)
(194 BB)

6205 CM
(6255 CM)

ALIGNMENT
MARK
INPUT BEVEL
HOUSING

B
8
7
9

7
RH WING
BONDING
POSITION

12

11

10

D
12

OFFSET
GEARBOX

10

ROTARY
ACTUATOR
LH WING
BONDING
POSITION
FLAP DRIVE
LEVER

N_MM_275449_4_AAN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-49-991-00100-C SHEET 1

Flap Track 1 Actuator

27-54-49 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

575 GB
(675 GB)

B
193 AB 573 BB
193 BB (673 BB)
(194 AB)
(194 BB)

575 CB
(675 CB)

A
FLAP TRACK 1

FLAP DRIVE
LEVER

RIGGING PIN
LOCATION

DRIVE
LEVER

FLAP

B
FLAP TRACKS 2, 3 AND 4

RIGGING PIN
LOCATION
N_MM_275449_4_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-49-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Flap Rigging Pin Locations

27-54-49 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

A
TORQUE
LIMITER
3

INBOARD

573 BB
(673 BB)
STEADY
BEARING

573 AB
(673 AB)

FLAP DRIVE
LEVER

193 AB
193 BB
(194 AB)
(194 BB)

ACTUATOR
ASSEMBLY
6205 CM
(6255 CM)

8
7
RH WING
BONDING
POSITION

FLAP DRIVE
LEVER

LH WING
BONDING
POSITION

OFFSET
GEARBOX

ROTARY
ACTUATOR

N_MM_275449_4_AAR0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-49-991-00100-G SHEET 1

Flap Track 1 Actuator

27-54-49 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

575 GB
(675 GB)

B
B

573 BB
(673 BB)
193
193
(194
(194

575 BB
(675 BB)

AB
BB
AB)
BB)

A
FLAP TRACK 1

FLAP DRIVE
LEVER
RIGGING PIN
LOCATION

B
FLAP TRACKS 2,3 AND 4

DRIVE LEVER

FLAP

RIGGING PIN
LOCATION
N_MM_275449_4_AJP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-49-991-00500-B SHEET 1

Flap Rigging Pin Locations

27-54-49 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-49-400-001-A
Installation of the Flap Track 1 Actuator
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6205CM, 6255CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

** On A/C 003-004
No specific

PIN DIA 4 MM (0,157 IN) - NON METALLIC

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific
98D27803000000
B.

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026

AES

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE

27-54-49 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 16-021
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
STRUCTURE PAINTS
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
193AB, 193BB, 194AB, 194BB,
573AB, 573BB, 673AB, 673BB
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-869-002-A
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-44-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut

27-54-00-220-007-A

Check of the Flap Drive System

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-45-000-002-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

27-54-45-000-003-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

32-12-00-410-001-A
57-51-37-000-002-A
57-51-37-400-002-A
27-54-49-000-001-A

Close the Main Gear Doors after Access

Removal of the Access Panels
Installation of the Access Panels
Removal of the Flap Track 1 Actuator (for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00100-C - Flap Track 1 Actuator)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00100-G - Flap Track 1 Actuator)
FOR FIN 6205CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 1)
27-54-45-400-002-A

AES

Installation of the Torque Shaft

27-54-49 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-54-45-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Torque Shaft

FOR FIN 6255CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

27-54-45-400-002-A
27-54-45-400-003-A
3.

Installation of the Torque Shaft

Installation of the Torque Shaft

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00100-C - Flap Track 1 Actuator)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00100-G - Flap Track 1 Actuator)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-941-067-A
A.

Safety Precautions
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to operate the flaps.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to operate the landing
gear doors.

Subtask 27-54-49-860-054-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are extended fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on the
flap/slat control lever in the cockpit.

(3)

Make sure that the applicable MLG door is open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable MLG door actuator.

(5)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is below the applicable access
panel.

(6)

Make sure that the flap trailing edge is on a support.

(7)

Make sure that the clamp holds the carriage in position.

(8)

Make sure that the applicable access panels are removed:

(9)

AES

(a)

For the LH wing:

. panels 193AB, 193BB
. panels 573AB, 573BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A).

(b)

For the RH wing:

. panels 194AB, 194BB
. panels 673AB, 673BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A).

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed on
the applicable torque shaft.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Make sure that the torque shaft (1), the torque shaft (4) and the universal joint (3) have been removed
(Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-003-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-002-A).
Subtask 27-54-49-865-058-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00100-C - Flap Track 1 Actuator)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00100-G - Flap Track 1 Actuator)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-560-052-A
A.

Preparation for a Replacement Component

(1)

Replacement actuator assemblies of flap track 1 are supplied in the Right Hand (RH) configuration. To
change a replacement actuator of track 1 to a Left Hand (LH) configuration:
CAUTION :

(2)

(a)

Remove the bolts (6) and the washers (5).

(b)

Keep the mating surface of the torque limiter in contact with the offset gearbox. Turn the input
bevel housing until its arrow aligns with the LH mark (11) on the offset gearbox case.

(c)

Install the bolts (6) and the washers (5).

(d)

TORQUE the bolts (6) to between 0.78 and 0.96 M.DAN (69.03 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

Make sure that the arrow on the offset gearbox case aligns with the mark on the rotary actuator.
NOTE :

AES

DO NOT DISENGAGE THESE ITEMS FROM THE OFFSET GEARBOX WHEN YOU
CHANGE THE CONFIGURATION FROM LH TO RH :
THE TORQUE LIMITER
THE ROTARY ACTUATOR.
THESE ITEMS ARE NOT LRUS AND ARE NOT INTERCHANGEABLE.

The arrow on the offset gearbox case and the mark on the rotary actuator are the same for LH
and RH units.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (6) and the washers
(5).

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-49-420-082-A
B.

General
(1)

The flap actuator has an off-set gearbox and a rotary actuator. The rotary actuator is a vented unit
filled with grease.

(2)

It is normal for this grease to have some oil separation. The external surfaces of the rotary actuator may
be moist with this separated oil as it is not a hermetically sealed unit. However, separated oil in the unit
that touches the grease will be changed back during operation. The oil separation will decrease during
in-service operation until the lubricant is in a condition that is stable. This is normal and will not cause
damage to the unit.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-420-050-A
C.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interfaces and the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Clean these items with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) :
. the internal splines of the flap drive lever
. the drive splines of the flap actuator
. the internal splines of the input bevel gearbox and torque limiter
. the splines of the universal joint (3) and the plunging joint (2).

(3)

Do
.
.
.
.

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(6)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to:

. the splines of the universal joint (3)
. the plunging joint (2)
. the internal splines of the flap drive lever
. the drive splines of the actuator.

a visual inspection for the correct condition of:

the internal splines of the flap drive lever
the drive splines of the flap actuator
the internal splines of the input bevel gearbox and the torque limiter
the splines of the universal joint (3) and the plunging joint (2).

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-49-420-054-A
D.

Installation of the Flap Track 1 Actuator 6205CM(6255CM)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
CAUTION :

AES

SUPPORT THE ACTUATOR, WHICH CAN WEIGH UP TO 10.5kg (23.2lbs). THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE RELATED STRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION :

(1)

To align the actuator:

(a)

(2)

DO A CHECK OF THE FLAP DRIVE SYSTEM AFTER YOU INSTALL A FLAP ROTARY
ACTUATOR. INCORRECT ALIGNMENT CAN CAUSE A FLAP TO BECOME LOCKED.

Turn the actuator drive, as necessary, and engage the actuator drive in the flap drive lever.

To install the actuator on the flap track:

(a)

Put the plunging joint (2) into the torque limiter.

(b)

Turn the plunging joint (2) until you can install the actuator assembly and the bolt holes align
correctly.

(c)

Remove the plunging joint (2).

(3)

Put a countersunk washer (7) onto each of the bolts (8) and (9) with the countersink adjacent to the
head of the bolt.

(4)

Install one of the bolts (8) in the applicable bonding position (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):
(a)

FOR 6205CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6255CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

in the RH wing bonding position.

(5)

Install the remaining bolts (8) and (9) through the actuator and the flap track. Make sure you install
the longer bolt (9) through the thickest part of the flap track.

(6)

Install the nuts (10).

(7)

TORQUE the nuts (10) in a diagonally opposite sequence to between 2.5 and 3.0 M.DAN (18.44 and
22.12 LBF.FT).

(8)

Do an electrical bonding check between the flap track 1 and the applicable bolt (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-869-002-A):

(9)

(a)

FOR 6205CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6255CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

in the RH wing bonding position.

Seal the applicable bolt (8), the countersunk washer (7) and the nut (10) in the bonding position (Ref.
TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):
(a)

FOR 6205CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6255CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

in the RH wing bonding position.

(10) Apply a thin layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) when the sealant you applied before
is cured.
(11) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the remaining bolts (8) and (9),
the countersunk washers (7) and the nuts (10).
(12) Install the plunging joint (2) and the universal joint (3) so that the flanges align with the torque shafts
(1) and (4).
(13) Install the torque shafts (1) and (4):
(a)

AES

FOR 6205CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

install 6206CM (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-003-A) and 6204CM (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-002-A)

27-54-49 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

FOR 6255CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

install 6256CM (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-003-A) and 6254CM (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-002-A).

(14) Open the bottom of the two vent covers (12).

(15) Put the PIN DIA 4 MM (0,157 IN) - NON METALLIC through the vent into each hole of the bearing
to make sure the holes are not blocked.
(16) Close the bottom vent cover (12).
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-49-420-054-D
D.

Installation of the Flap Track 1 Actuator 6205CM(6255CM)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
CAUTION :

SUPPORT THE ACTUATOR, WHICH CAN WEIGH UP TO 10.5kg (23.2lbs). THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE RELATED STRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT.

CAUTION :

DO A CHECK OF THE FLAP DRIVE SYSTEM AFTER YOU INSTALL A FLAP ROTARY
ACTUATOR. INCORRECT ALIGNMENT CAN CAUSE A FLAP TO BECOME LOCKED.

(1)

To align the actuator:

(a)

(2)

AES

Turn the actuator drive, as necessary, and engage the actuator drive in the flap drive lever.

To install the actuator on the flap track:

(a)

Put the plunging joint (2) into the torque limiter.

(b)

Turn the plunging joint (2) until you can install the actuator assembly and the bolt holes align
correctly.

(c)

Remove the plunging joint (2).

(3)

Put a countersunk washer (7) onto each of the four bolts (8). Make sure that the countersink is
adjacent to the head of the bolt.

(4)

Install one of the bolts (8) in the applicable bonding position (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):
(a)

FOR 6205CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6255CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

in the RH wing bonding position.

(5)

Install the remaining bolts (8) through the actuator and the flap track.

(6)

Install the nuts (9).

(7)

TORQUE the nuts (9) in a diagonally opposite sequence to between 2.5 and 3.0 M.DAN (18.44 and
22.12 LBF.FT).

(8)

Do an electrical bonding check between the flap track 1 and the applicable bolt (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-869-002-A):
(a)

FOR 6205CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6255CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

in the RH wing bonding position.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9)

Seal the applicable bolt (8), the countersunk washer (7) and the nut (9) in the bonding position (Ref.
TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):
(a)

FOR 6205CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6255CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

in the RH wing bonding position.

(10) Apply a thin layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) when the sealant you applied before
is cured.
(11) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the remaining bolts (8) the
countersunk washers (7) and the nuts (9).
(12) Install the plunging joint (2) and the universal joint (3) so that the flanges align with the torque shafts
(1) and (4).
(13) Install the torque shafts (1) and (4):
(a)

FOR 6205CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

install 6206CM (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-003-A) and 6204CM (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-002-A)

(b)

FOR 6255CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 1)

install 6256CM (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-003-A) and 6254CM (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-002-A).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-080-050-A
E.

Removal of Support Equipment

(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the applicable
torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(2)

Remove the clamp that holds the carriage in position.

(3)

Remove the support from the flap trailing edge.

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-49-740-074-A
F.

Check of the Flap Drive System

(1)

Do a check of the Flap Drive System

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 27-54-00-220-007-A).

(2)

If necessary, do the adjustment of the interconnecting strut (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-820-001-A).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-740-063-A
G.

AES

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

27-54-49 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Do a check of the flap PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control lever position FULL on the MCDU as
follows:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

the MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 menu.

push (in) the line key SYSTEM DATA FLP >.

push (in) the line key < PPU.

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP

SYSTEM DATA menu.
the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).
Refer to Table 1.

write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)

shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT
> to get a print out of the screen.

push the line key < RETURN frequently until the

CFDS menu page is shown.

2.De-energize the electrical circuits (Ref. TASK

24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
Subtask 27-54-49-820-060-A
H.

Adjustment After BITE Test

(1)

Compare the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg) with those that were written down (or printed) before
the actuator was removed (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the FPPU angle values agree with the values recorded before the actuators were
removed (+/- 0.2 deg).

(3)

Make sure that the APPU angle values agree with the values recorded before the actuators were
removed (+/- 0.2 deg).

(4)

Make sure that the APPU/FPPU angles (deg) agree (+/- 1.3 deg).

(5)

Make sure that the LH APPU and the RH APPU angles agree (+/- 0.45 deg).

(6)

If the APPU and FPPU angles are not within the specified limit, do these steps:
(a)

Disconnect the APPU and adjust the APPU input shaft.

(b)

Do again step (6)(a) until the APPU angles are in the specified limits in relation to the FPPU
angles.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
SFCC 1
!
!
PPU DATE (DEG)
!
!
DATE:XXX XX UTC:XXXX
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
***
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
OTHER SFCC
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
***
!

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
<RETURN
PRINT>
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
Table 1
!
! PPU DATA (DEG) displayed on the MCDU at the flap position FULL
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Subtask 27-54-49-860-059-A
J.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever in the cockpit.

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-54-49-865-059-A
K.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-49-710-050-A
L.

5.

Test
(1)

Fully retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Do an operational test of the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-49-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panels:

(3)

(a)

For the LH wing, install

. 193AB 193BB
. 573AB 573BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A).

(b)

For the RH wing, install

. 194AB 194BB
. 673AB 673BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A).

Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-49-942-051-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-54-49 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-49-000-002-A
Removal of the Flap Track 2 Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6211CM, 6261CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CLAMPS

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

574
FALSE SPAR BOX
674
FALSE SPAR BOX
FOR FIN 6211CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 2)
193AB, 193BB, 573AB, 573BB,
573CB, 575CB
FOR FIN 6261CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 2)
194AB, 194BB, 673AB, 673BB,
673CB, 675CB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

AES

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

27-54-49 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A-01

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-45-000-005-A
27-60-00-866-002-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

27-54-49-400-002-A

Installation of the Flap Track 2 Actuator (for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00200-A - Flap Track 2 Actuator)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00500-A - Flap Rigging Pin Locations)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00200-C - Flap Track 2 Actuator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00500-B - Flap Rigging Pin Locations)
FOR FOR FIN 6211CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 2)
53-35-11-000-001-A

Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

57-51-37-000-002-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FOR FIN 6261CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 2)
53-35-11-000-001-A

Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

57-51-37-000-002-A
57-51-37-000-004-A

Removal of the Access Panels

Removal of the Access Panels

3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00200-A - Flap Track 2 Actuator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00500-A - Flap Rigging Pin Locations)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00200-C - Flap Track 2 Actuator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00500-B - Flap Rigging Pin Locations)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-941-061-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-49-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on the
flap/slat control lever in the cockpit.

(3)

Extend the No. 1 spoiler (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

Subtask 27-54-49-865-055-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-49-010-055-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable access
panel.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panels:

(a)

FOR 6211CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

remove:
. 193AB 193BB (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001-A)
. 573AB 573BB 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)
. 575CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A)

(b)

FOR 6261CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

remove:
. 194AB 194BB (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001-A)
. 673AB 673BB 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)
. 675CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A)

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00200-A - Flap Track 2 Actuator)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00200-C - Flap Track 2 Actuator)

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-480-051-A
A.

Installation of Support Equipment

(1)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on the torque shafts (1)
and (6) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

Subtask 27-54-49-865-079-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-49-740-060-A
C.

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(3)

Do a check of the flap PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control lever position FULL on the MCDU as
follows:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

the MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 menu.

push (in) the line key SYSTEM DATA FLP >.

push (in) the line key < PPU.

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP

SYSTEM DATA menu.
the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s):
Refer to Table 1.

NOTE :

AES

The APPU and the FPPU synchro angles must

agree within 1.3 deg.
The LH APPU and the RH APPU synchro angles
must agree within 0.45 deg.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)
shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT
> to get a print-out of the screen.

NOTE :

RESULT

These angles, shown at removal, will be used as

a datum. They will let you compare the APPU
and the FPPU angles after the installation of the
actuator (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-002-A).

push the line key < RETURN frequently until the

CFDS menu page is shown.

2.De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK

24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
SFCC 1
!
!
PPU DATE (DEG)
!
!
DATE:XXX XX UTC:XXXX
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
***
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
OTHER SFCC
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
***
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
<RETURN
PRINT>
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
Table 1
!
! PPU DATA (DEG) displayed on the MCDU at the flap position FULL
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Subtask 27-54-49-865-080-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-49-020-058-A
E.

Preparation for Removal of the Flap Track 2 Actuator

(1)

AES

Hold the trailing edge of the flap on supports.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Use the CLAMPS to hold the carriage in position.

NOTE :

(3)

This will make sure that the carriage does not move.

Remove the torque shaft (4) and the universal joint (3) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-005-A).

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-49-020-059-A
F.

Removal of the Flap Track 2 Actuator

CAUTION :

(1)

SUPPORT THE ACTUATOR, WHICH CAN WEIGH UP TO 10.5kg (23.2lbs). THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE RELATED STRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT.

Remove the nuts (8) and the washer(s) (7).

NOTE :

There can be one or two washers (7). Make a note of how many you remove. You can
subsequently install the correct number.

(2)

Remove the bolts (9) and (12), and the countersunk washers (10).

(3)

Do
.
.
.

(4)

Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.

these steps together:

remove the actuator assembly from the structure interface
remove the torque limiter from the drive of the torque shaft (2)
remove the actuator assembly from the flap drive lever.

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-49-020-059-B
F.

Removal of the Flap Track 2 Actuator

CAUTION :

AES

SUPPORT THE ACTUATOR, WHICH CAN WEIGH UP TO 10.5kg (23.2lbs). THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE RELATED STRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT.

(1)

Remove the nut (8) the washer (7), the bolt (14) and the countersunk washer (15).

(2)

Remove the nuts (13), the washers (12), the bolts (9) and the countersunk washers (10).

(3)

Do
.
.
.

(4)

Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.

these steps together:

remove the actuator assembly from the structure interface
remove the torque limiter from the drive of the torque shaft (2)
remove the actuator assembly from the flap drive lever.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
573 AB
(673 AB)
573 CB
(673 CB)

193
193
(194
(194

573 BB
(673 BB)
AB
BB
AB)
BB)

A
STEADY
BEARING

TORQUE
LIMITER

INBOARD

LINE
GEARBOX

FLAP DRIVE
LEVER

ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY
6211CM
(6261CM)
6

13

B
C

7
RH WING BONDING
POSITION

13
10

11

10
12

LH WING BONDING
POSITION
7

8
N_MM_275449_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-49-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Flap Track 2 Actuator

27-54-49 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
573 AB
(673 AB)
573 CB
(673 CB)

193
193
(194
(194

573 BB
(673 BB)
AB
BB
AB)
BB)
1

A
STEADY
BEARING

TORQUE
LIMITER

INBOARD

LINE
GEARBOX

FLAP DRIVE
LEVER

ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY
6211CM
(6261CM)
6

RH WING
BONDING
POSITION

9
10

15
14
LH WING
BONDING
POSITION

11
13

12
N_MM_275449_4_ACP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-49-991-00200-C SHEET 1

Flap Track 2 Actuator

27-54-49 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-49-400-002-A
Installation of the Flap Track 2 Actuator
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6211CM, 6261CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

** On A/C 003-004
No specific

AR

ROD DIA 4 MM (0,157 IN)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003

AES

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

27-54-49 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

574
FALSE SPAR BOX
674
FALSE SPAR BOX
FOR FOR FIN 6211CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 2)
193AB, 193BB, 573AB, 573BB,
573CB, 575CB
FOR FOR FIN 6261CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 2)
194AB, 194BB, 673AB, 673BB,
673CB, 675CB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-869-002-A
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

** On A/C 005-099
27-51-44-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut

27-54-00-220-007-A

Check of the Flap Drive System

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-45-000-005-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

27-54-45-400-005-A
27-60-00-866-002-A

Installation of the Torque Shaft

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

27-54-49-000-002-A

Removal of the Flap Track 2 Actuator (for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00200-A - Flap Track 2 Actuator)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00200-C - Flap Track 2 Actuator)
FOR FOR FIN 6211CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 2)
53-35-11-000-001-A

Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

53-35-11-400-001-A

Installation of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

57-51-37-000-002-A
57-51-37-000-004-A
57-51-37-400-002-A

Removal of the Access Panels

Removal of the Access Panels
Installation of the Access Panels

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FOR FIN 6261CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 2)
53-35-11-000-001-A

Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

53-35-11-400-001-A

Installation of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

57-51-37-000-002-A
57-51-37-000-004-A
57-51-37-400-002-A
57-51-37-400-004-A

Removal of the Access Panels

Removal of the Access Panels
Installation of the Access Panels
Installation of the Access Panels

3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00200-A - Flap Track 2 Actuator)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00200-C - Flap Track 2 Actuator)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-941-069-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

Subtask 27-54-49-860-056-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00200-A - Flap Track 2 Actuator)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00200-C - Flap Track 2 Actuator)
(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

AES

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever in the cockpit.

(3)

Make sure that the No. 1 spoiler has been extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

(5)

Make sure that the trailing edge of the flap is on a support.

(6)

Make sure that the clamp holds the carriage in position.

(7)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position below the
applicable access panel.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8)

(9)

Make sure that the applicable access panels are removed:

(a)

FOR 6211CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

the panels:
. 193AB 193BB (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001-A)
. 573AB 573BB 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)
. 575CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(b)

FOR 6261CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

the panels:
. 194AB 194BB (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001-A)
. 673AB 673BB 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)
. 675CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) are installed on
the torque shafts (1) and (6).

(10) Make sure that the torque shaft (4) and the universal joint (3) have been removed (Ref. TASK
27-54-45-000-005-A).
Subtask 27-54-49-865-060-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00200-A - Flap Track 2 Actuator)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00200-C - Flap Track 2 Actuator)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-49-420-081-A
A.

General
(1)

AES

The flap actuator has an off-set gearbox and a rotary acutator. The rotary actuator is a vented unit
filled with grease.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

It is normal for this grease to have some oil separation. The external surfaces of the rotary actuator may
be moist with this separated oil as it is not a hermetically sealed unit. However, separated oil in the unit
that touches the grease will be changed back during operation. The oil separation will decrease during
in-service operation until the lubricant is in a condition that is stable. This is normal and will not cause
damage to the unit.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-420-057-A
B.

Preparation for Installation

CAUTION :

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

(1)

Clean the component interfaces and the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Clean these items with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) :
. the internal splines of the flap drive lever
. the drive splines of the flap actuator
. the internal splines of the torque limiter
. the splines of the torque shaft (2)
. the splines of the universal joint (3).

(3)

Do
.
.
.
.
.

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

a visual inspection for the correct condition of:

the internal splines of the flap drive lever
the drive splines of the flap actuator
the internal splines of the torque limiter
the splines of the torque shaft (2)
the splines of the universal joint (3).

CAUTION :

(6)

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to:

. the drive splines of the actuator
. the internal splines of the flap drive lever
. the internal splines of the torque limiter.

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-49-420-068-A
C.

AES

Installation of the Flap Track 2 Actuator 6211CM(6261CM)

CAUTION :

SUPPORT THE ACTUATOR, WHICH CAN WEIGH UP TO 10.5kg (23.2lbs). THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE RELATED STRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT.

CAUTION :

DO A CHECK OF THE FLAP DRIVE SYSTEM AFTER YOU INSTALL A FLAP ROTARY
ACTUATOR. INCORRECT ALIGNMENT CAN CAUSE A FLAP TO BECOME LOCKED.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Do these steps together:

. turn the actuator drive, as necessary, and engage the actuator drive into the flap drive lever
. install the torque limiter on the torque shaft (2).

(2)

Do these steps if the bolt holes of the actuator assembly and the structure do not align:
(a)

Move the torque limiter away from the torque shaft (2).

(b)

Put the universal joint (3) into the torque limiter.

(c)

Turn the universal joint (3) until the bolt holes are aligned.

(d)

Install the torque limiter on the torque shaft (2).

(e)

Remove the universal joint (3).

(3)

Put a countersunk washer (10) on a bolt (9), with the countersink adjacent to the head of the bolt.

(4)

Install the bolt (9) with the countersunk washer (10), one or two (as applicable) of the washers (7) and
one of the nuts (8) in the applicable hole (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):
(a)

FOR 6211CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6261CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

in the RH wing bonding position.
NOTE :

Do not tighten in this step. Do not apply sealant.

(5)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to these
remaining items:
. the shanks of the bolts (9) and (12).

(6)

Put the countersunk washers (10) on the bolts (9) and (12), with the countersink adjacent to the heads
of the bolts.

(7)

Install the longer bolt (12) through the lever stop (11), the structure and the actuator assembly.

(8)

Install the washer(s) (7) and the nut (8) on the longer bolt (12). Do not tighten in this step.
NOTE :

(9)

You must install the same number of washers (7) that you removed.

Install the remaining bolts (9) through the actuator assembly and the structure.

(10) Install two of the washers (7) and a nut (8) on each of the bolts (9). Do not tighten in this step.
(11) TORQUE all the nuts (8) in a diagonally opposite sequence to between 2.8 and 3.0 M.DAN (20.65 and
22.12 LBF.FT).
(12) Do an electrical bonding check between the structure and the applicable bolt (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-869-002-A):
(a)

FOR 6211CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6261CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

in the RH wing bonding position.

(13) Seal the bolt (9), the countersunk washer (10), the washer(s) (7) and the nut (8) installed in the
applicable hole (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):

AES

(a)

FOR 6211CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6261CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

in the RH wing bonding position.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(14) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to these remaining items:
. the bolts (9) and (12)
. the washers (7) and (10)
. the nuts (8).
(15) Open the bottom of the two vent covers (13).
(16) Put the ROD DIA 4 MM (0,157 IN) through the vent into each hole of the bearing to make sure the
holes are not blocked.
(17) Close the bottom vent cover (13).
(18) Install the universal joint (3) and the torque shaft (4) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-005-A):
(a)

FOR 6211CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

install 6210CM

(b)

FOR 6261CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

install 6260CM.

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-49-420-068-E
C.

Installation of the Flap Track 2 Actuator 6211CM(6261CM)

CAUTION :

SUPPORT THE ACTUATOR, WHICH CAN WEIGH UP TO 10.5kg (23.2lbs). THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE RELATED STRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT.

CAUTION :

DO A CHECK OF THE FLAP DRIVE SYSTEM AFTER YOU INSTALL A FLAP ROTARY
ACTUATOR. INCORRECT ALIGNMENT CAN CAUSE A FLAP TO BECOME LOCKED.

(1)

Do these steps together:

. turn the actuator drive, as necessary, and engage the actuator drive into the flap drive lever
. install the torque limiter on the torque shaft (2).

(2)

Do these steps if the bolt holes of the actuator assembly and the structure do not align:
(a)

Move the torque limiter away from the torque shaft (2).

(b)

Put the universal joint (3) into the torque limiter.

(c)

Turn the universal joint (3) until the bolt holes are aligned.

(d)

Install the torque limiter on the torque shaft (2).

(e)

Remove the universal joint (3).

(3)

Put a countersunk washer (10) on a bolt (9), with the countersink adjacent to the head of the bolt.

(4)

Install the bolt (9), with the countersunk washer (10), washer (12) and the nut (13) in the applicable
hole (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):
(a)

FOR 6211CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6261CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

in the RH wing bonding position.
NOTE :

(5)

AES

Do not tighten in this step. Do not apply sealant.

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to these
remaining items:
. the shanks of the bolts (9) and (14).

27-54-49 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Put the countersunk washers (10) and (15) on the bolts (9) and (14). Make sure that countersink is
adjacent to the heads of the bolts.

(7)

Install the longer bolt (14) through the lever stop (11), the structure and the actuator assembly.

(8)

Install the washer (7) and the nut (8) on the longer bolt (14). Do not tighten in this step.

(9)

Install the remaining bolts (9) through the actuator assembly and the structure.

(10) Install a washer (12) and a nut (13) on each of the bolts (9).
(11) TORQUE all the nuts (8) and (13) in a diagonally opposite sequence to between 2.8 and 3.0 M.DAN
(20.65 and 22.12 LBF.FT).
(12) Do an electrical bonding check between the structure and the applicable bolt (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-869-002-A):
(a)

FOR 6211CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6261CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

in the RH wing bonding position.

(13) Seal the bolt (9), the countersunk washer (10), the washer (12) and the nut (13) installed in the
applicable hole (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):
(a)

FOR 6211CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6261CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

in the RH wing bonding position.

(14) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to these remaining items:
. the bolts (9) and (14
. the washers (7), (10), (12) and (15)
. the nuts (8) and (13).
(15) Install the universal joint (3) and the torque shaft (4) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-005-A):
(a)

FOR 6211CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

install 6210CM

(b)

FOR 6261CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

install 6260CM.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-080-053-A
D.

Removal of Support Equipment

(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the torque shafts
(1) and (6) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(2)

Remove the clamp that holds the carriage in position.

(3)

Remove the support from the flap trailing edge.

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-49-740-075-A
E.

AES

Check of the Flap Drive System

(1)

Do a check of the Flap Drive System (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-220-007-A).

(2)

If necessary, do the adjustment of the interconnecting strut (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-820-001-A).

27-54-49 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-865-084-A
F.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-49-740-062-A
G.

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(3)

Do a check of the flap PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control lever position FULL on the MCDU as
follows:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

the MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 menu.

push (in) the line key SYSTEM DATA FLP >.

push (in) the line key < PPU.

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP

SYSTEM DATA menu.
the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).
Refer to Table 1.

write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)

shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT
> to get a print out of the screen.

push the line key < RETURN frequently until the

CFDS menu page is shown.

2.De-energize the electrical circuits (Ref. TASK

24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
Subtask 27-54-49-865-085-A
H.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU
121VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

27-54-49 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-49-820-063-A
J.

Adjustment After BITE Test

(1)

Compare the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg) with those that were written down (or printed) before
the actuator was removed (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that the FPPU angle values agree with the values recorded before the actuators were
removed (+/- 0.2 deg).

(3)

Make sure that the APPU angle values agree with the values recorded before the actuators were
removed (+/- 0.2 deg).

(4)

Make sure that the APPU/FPPU angles (deg) agree (+/- 1.3 deg).

(5)

Make sure that the LH APPU and the RH APPU angles agree (+/- 0.45 deg).

(6)

If the APPU and FPPU angles are not within the specified limit, do these steps:
(a)

Disconnect the APPU and adjust the APPU input shaft.

(b)

Do again step (6)(a) until the APPU angles are in the specified limits in relation to the FPPU
angles.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
SFCC 1
!
!
PPU DATE (DEG)
!
!
DATE:XXX XX UTC:XXXX
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
***
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
OTHER SFCC
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
***
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
<RETURN
PRINT>
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
Table 1
!
! PPU DATA (DEG) displayed on the MCDU at the flap position FULL
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Subtask 27-54-49-860-055-A
K.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract the No. 1 spoiler (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that the applicable spoiler servo-control is in the O (Operation) condition.

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-54-49-865-061-A
L.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN
6CV

LOCATION
B07

27-54-49 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

121VU

FIN
8CV

LOCATION
Q21

Subtask 27-54-49-710-051-A
M.

Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-49-410-054-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Install the applicable access panels:

(a)

FOR 6211CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

install:
. 193AB 193BB (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-400-001-A)
. 573AB 573BB 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A)
. 575CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A)

(b)

FOR 6261CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 2)

install:
. 194AB 194BB (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-400-001-A)
. 673AB 673BB 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A)
. 675CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A)

Subtask 27-54-49-942-053-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-49-000-003-A
Removal of the Flap Track 3 Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6221CM, 6271CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CLAMPS

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27604000000

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6221CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

573BB, 575AB, 575BB, 575CB,
575DB
FOR FIN 6271CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 3)
673BB, 675AB, 675BB, 675CB,
675DB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A-02

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-60-00-866-002-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

27-54-49-400-003-A

Installation of the Flap Track 3 Actuator (for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00300-A - Flap Track 3 Actuator)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00500-A - Flap Rigging Pin Locations)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00300-C - Flap Track 3 Actuator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00500-B - Flap Rigging Pin Locations)
FOR FIN 6221CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 3)
27-54-45-000-007-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

27-54-45-000-010-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

FOR FIN 6271CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

27-54-45-000-007-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

27-54-45-000-010-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00300-A - Flap Track 3 Actuator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00500-A - Flap Rigging Pin Locations)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00300-C - Flap Track 3 Actuator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00500-B - Flap Rigging Pin Locations)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-941-063-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-54-49-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on the
flap/slat control lever in the cockpit.

(3)

Extend the No. 2 and the No. 3 spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Put a COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) on the piston rod of each servo-control.

Subtask 27-54-49-865-056-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-49-010-056-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable access
panel.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panels:

(a)

FOR 6221CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

remove 573BB 575AB 575BB 575CB 575DB

(b)

FOR 6271CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

remove 673BB 675AB 675BB 675CB 675DB.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00300-A - Flap Track 3 Actuator)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00300-C - Flap Track 3 Actuator)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-480-052-A
A.

Installation of Support Equipment

(1)

AES

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on the torque shafts (1)
and (5) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

27-54-49 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-49-740-064-A
B.

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(3)

Do a check of the flap PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control lever position FULL on the MCDU as
follows:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

the MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 menu.

push (in) the line key SYSTEM DATA FLP >.

push (in) the line key < PPU.

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP

SYSTEM DATA menu.
the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s):
Refer to Table 1.

NOTE :

write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)

shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT
> to get a print-out of the screen.

NOTE :

The APPU and the FPPU synhro angle must

agree within 1.3 deg.
The LH APPU and the RH APPU synchro angles
must agree within 0.45 deg.

These angles, shown at removal, will be used as

a datum. They will let you compare the APPU
and the FPPU angles after the installation of the
actuator (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-003-A).

push the line key < RETURN frequently until the

CFDS menu page is shown.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
SFCC 1
!
!
PPU DATE (DEG)
!
!
DATE:XXX XX UTC:XXXX
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
***
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
OTHER SFCC
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
***
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
<RETURN
PRINT>
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
Table 1
!

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
! PPU DATA (DEG) displayed on the MCDU at the flap position FULL
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-54-49-020-060-A
C.

Preparation for Removal of the Flap Track 3 Actuator

(1)

Hold the trailing edge of the flap on supports.

(2)

Use the CLAMPS to hold the carriage in position.

NOTE :

(3)

This will make sure that the carriage does not move.

Remove the applicable torque shafts (2) and (4) and the universal joint (3):
(a)

FOR 6221CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

remove FIN 6222CM (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-010-A) and FIN 6220CM (Ref. TASK
27-54-45-000-007-A)

(b)

FOR 6271CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

remove FIN 6272CM (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-010-A) and FIN 6270CM (Ref. TASK
27-54-45-000-007-A).

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-49-020-055-A
D.

Removal of the Flap Track 3 Actuator 6221CM (6271CM)

CAUTION :

(1)

SUPPORT THE ACTUATOR, WHICH CAN WEIGH UP TO 10.5kg (23.2lbs). THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE RELATED STRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT.

Remove the nuts (9), the washer(s) (10), the bolts (7) and the countersunk washers (6).
NOTE :

There can be one or two washers (10). Make a note of how many you remove. You can
subsequently install the correct number.

(2)

Remove the actuator assembly from the structure interface and the flap drive lever.

(3)

Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-49-020-055-B
D.

Removal of the Flap Track 3 Actuator 6221CM (6271CM)

CAUTION :

AES

SUPPORT THE ACTUATOR, WHICH CAN WEIGH UP TO 10.5kg (23.2lbs). THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE RELATED STRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT.

(1)

Remove the nuts (8), the washers (9), the bolts (7) and the countersunk washers (6).

(2)

Remove the actuator assembly from the structure interface and the flap drive lever.

(3)

Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
573 BB
(673 BB)
575 BB
(675 BB)
575 DB
(675 DB)

573 AB
(673 AB)

575 CB
(675 CB)
575 AB
(675 AB)
1

A
2

TORQUE
LIMITER 3

INBOARD

FLAP
DRIVE
LEVER
STEADY
BEARING

STEADY
BEARING

ACTUATOR
ASSEMBLY
6221CM
(6271CM)

6
7

R L

R L

ALIGNMENT MARK
RH

ALIGNMENT MARK
LH

10
9

13 14

12

10

11

9
11
15

RH WING BONDING
POSITION
LH WING BONDING
POSITION

17
16
N_MM_275449_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-49-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Flap Track 3 Actuator

27-54-49 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
573 BB
(673 BB)

575 BB
(675 BB)

573 AB
(673 AB)

575 DB
(675 DB)

A
575 CB
(675 CB)

575 AB
(675 AB)

STEADY
BEARING

INBOARD

FLAP
DRIVE
LEVER
STEADY
BEARING

B
ACTUATOR
ASSEMBLY
6221CM
(6271CM)

R L

R L

ALIGNMENT MARK
RH

TORQUE
LIMITER 3

ALIGNMENT MARK
LH
7

12

11

10

10
14

9
6

9
8

RH WING BONDING
POSITION
LH WING BONDING
POSITION

15
N_MM_275449_4_AER0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-49-991-00300-C SHEET 1

Flap Track 3 Actuator

27-54-49 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-49-400-003-A
Installation of the Flap Track 3 Actuator
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6221CM, 6271CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
** On A/C 003-004

QTY

No specific

AR

ROD DIA 4 MM (0,157 IN)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

573BB, 575AB, 575BB, 575CB,

575DB, 673BB, 675AB, 675BB,
675CB, 675DB

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-869-002-A
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

** On A/C 005-099
27-51-44-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut

27-54-00-220-007-A

Check of the Flap Drive System

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-60-00-866-002-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

27-54-49-000-003-A

Removal of the Flap Track 3 Actuator (for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00300-A - Flap Track 3 Actuator)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00300-C - Flap Track 3 Actuator)
FOR FIN 6221CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 3)
27-54-45-400-007-A
27-54-45-400-010-A

Installation of the Torque Shafts

Installation of the Torque Shaft

FOR FIN 6271CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

27-54-45-400-007-A
27-54-45-400-010-A
3.

Installation of the Torque Shafts

Installation of the Torque Shaft

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00300-A - Flap Track 3 Actuator)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00300-C - Flap Track 3 Actuator)

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-941-071-A
A.

Safety Precautions
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

Subtask 27-54-49-860-057-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on the
flap/slat control lever in the cockpit.

(3)

Make sure that the No. 2 and the No. 3 spoilers have been extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that there is a COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) on the piston rod of each
servo-control.

(5)

Make sure that the trailing edge of the flap is on supports.

(6)

Make sure that the clamp holds the carriage in position.

(7)

Make sure that the access platform is below the applicable access panel.

(8)

Make sure that the applicable access panels are removed:

. for the left wing, panels 573BB, 575AB, 575BB, 575CB, 575DB
. for the right wing, panels 673BB, 675AB, 675BB, 675CB, 675DB.

(9)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) are installed on
the applicable torque shafts.

(10) Make sure that the applicable torque shafts and the universal joint are removed.
Subtask 27-54-49-865-062-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
121VU

4.

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00300-A - Flap Track 3 Actuator)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00300-C - Flap Track 3 Actuator)

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-49-560-051-A
A.

Preparation for a Replacement Component

(1)

Replacement actuator assemblies of flap track 3 are supplied in the Left Hand (LH) configuration. To
change a replacement actuator of track 3 to a Right Hand (RH) configuration:
CAUTION :

(2)

(a)

Remove the nuts (12), the bolts (15) and the washers (11).

(b)

Keep the mating surface of the torque limiter assembly (13) in contact with the offset gearbox
(16). Turn the torque limiter assembly (13) until the arrow is aligned with the R mark on the
offset gearbox (16).

(c)

Install the bolts (15), the washers (11) and the nuts (12).

(d)

TORQUE all the nuts (12) to between 0.78 and 0.96 M.DAN (69.03 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

(e)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (15), the
washers (11) and the nuts (12).

Make sure the arrow on the rotary actuator (17) is between the lines on the offset gearbox (16).

NOTE :
(3)

DO NOT DISENGAGE THESE ITEMS FROM THE OFFSET GEARBOX WHEN YOU
CHANGE THE CONFIGURATION FROM LH TO RH :
THE TORQUE LIMITER
THE ROTARY ACTUATOR.
THESE ITEMS ARE NOT LRUS AND ARE NOT INTERCHANGEABLE.

The arrow on the rotary actuator (17) and the marks on the offset gearbox (16) are the same
for the LH and RH configurations.

Make sure the flap track 3 actuator and the torque limiter are aligned.

Subtask 27-54-49-420-083-A
B.

AES

General
(1)

The flap actuator has an off-set gearbox and a rotary actuator. The rotary actuator is a vented unit
filled with grease.

(2)

It is normal for this grease to have some oil separation. The external surfaces of the rotary actuator may
be moist with this separated oil as it is not a hermetically sealed unit. However, separated oil in the unit
that touches the grease will be changed back during operation. The oil separation will decrease during
in-service operation until the lubricant is in a condition that is stable. This is normal and will not cause
damage to the unit.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-49-560-051-C
A.

Preparation for a Replacement Component

(1)

Replacement actuator assemblies of flap track 3 are supplied in the Left Hand (LH) configuration. To
change a replacement actuator of track 3 to a Right Hand (RH) configuration:
CAUTION :

(2)

DO NOT DISENGAGE THESE ITEMS FROM THE OFFSET GEARBOX WHEN YOU
CHANGE THE CONFIGURATION FROM LH TO RH :
THE TORQUE LIMITER
THE ROTARY ACTUATOR.
THESE ITEMS ARE NOT LRUS AND ARE NOT INTERCHANGEABLE.

(a)

Remove the nuts (11), the bolts (14) and the washers (10).

(b)

Keep the mating surface of the torque limiter assembly (12) in contact with the offset gearbox
(15). Turn the torque limiter assembly (12) until the arrow is aligned with the R mark on the
offset gearbox (15).

(c)

Install the bolts (14), the washers (10) and the nuts (11).

(d)

TORQUE all the nuts (11) to between 0.78 and 0.96 M.DAN (69.03 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

(e)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (14), the
washers (10) and the nuts (11).

Make sure the flap track 3 actuator and the torque limiter are aligned.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-420-058-A
C.

Preparation for Installation

CAUTION :

(1)

Clean the component interfaces and the adjacent areas with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Clean these items with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) :
. the internal splines of the flap drive lever
. the drive splines of the flap actuator
. the internal splines of the torque limiter
. the splined part of the universal joint (3).

(3)

Do
.
.
.
.

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

a visual inspection for the correct condition of:

the internal splines of the flap drive lever
the drive splines of the flap actuator
the internal splines of the torque limiter
the splines of the universal joint (3).

CAUTION :

AES

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.
(6)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to:

. the drive splines of the flap actuator
. the internal splines of the flap drive lever
. the internal splines of the torque limiter
. the splined part of the universal joint (3).

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-49-420-067-A
D.

Installation of the Flap Track 3 Actuator 6221CM(6271CM)

CAUTION :

SUPPORT THE ACTUATOR, WHICH CAN WEIGH UP TO 10.5kg (23.2lbs). THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE RELATED STRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT.

CAUTION :

DO A CHECK OF THE FLAP DRIVE SYSTEM AFTER YOU INSTALL A FLAP ROTARY
ACTUATOR. INCORRECT ALIGNMENT CAN CAUSE A FLAP TO BECOME LOCKED.

(1)

Turn the actuator drive, as necessary, and engage the actuator drive in the flap drive lever.

(2)

Do these steps if the bolt holes of the actuator assembly and the structure do not align:
(a)

Put the universal joint (3) in the torque limiter.

(b)

Turn the universal joint (3) until the bolt holes align.

(c)

Remove the universal joint (3).

(3)

Put a countersunk washer (6) on a bolt (7), with the countersink adjacent to the head of the bolt.

(4)

Install the bolt (7), with the countersunk washer (6), one or two (as applicable) of the washers (10) and
one of the nuts (9) in the applicable hole (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):
(a)

FOR 6221CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6271CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

in the RH wing bonding position.
NOTE :

Do not tighten in this step. Do not apply sealant.

(5)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shanks
of the bolts (7).

(6)

Put the countersunk washers (6) on the bolts (7), with the countersink adjacent to the heads of the
bolts.

(7)

Install the bolts (7) through the actuator assembly and the structure.

(8)

Install the washers (10) and a nut (9) on each of the bolts (7).
NOTE :

(9)

You must install the same number of washers (10) that you removed.

TORQUE all the nuts (9) in a diagonally opposite sequence to between 2.8 and 3.0 M.DAN (20.65 and
22.12 LBF.FT).

(10) Do an electrical bonding check between the structure and the applicable bolt (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-869-002-A):
(a)

AES

FOR 6221CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

in the LH wing bonding position

27-54-49 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

FOR 6271CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

in the RH wing bonding position.

(11) Seal the bolt (7), the countersunk washers (6), the washer(s) (10) and the nut (9) in the applicable
bonding position (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):
(a)

FOR 6221CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6271CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

in the RH wing bonding position.

(12) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to these remaining items:
. the bolts (7) and the nuts (9)
. the washers (6) and (10).
(13) Open the bottom of the two vent covers (8).
(14) Put the ROD DIA 4 MM (0,157 IN) through the vent into each hole of the bearing to make sure the
holes are not blocked.
(15) Close the bottom vent cover (8).
(16) Install the universal joint (3) and the torque shafts (2) and (4):
(a)

FOR 6221CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

install 6222CM (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-010-A) and 6220CM (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-007-A)

(b)

FOR 6271CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

install 6772CM (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-010-A) and 6270CM (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-007-A).

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-49-420-067-E
D.

Installation of the Flap Track 3 Actuator 6221CM(6271CM)

CAUTION :

SUPPORT THE ACTUATOR, WHICH CAN WEIGH UP TO 10.5kg (23.2lbs). THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE RELATED STRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT.

CAUTION :

DO A CHECK OF THE FLAP DRIVE SYSTEM AFTER YOU INSTALL A FLAP ROTARY
ACTUATOR. INCORRECT ALIGNMENT CAN CAUSE A FLAP TO BECOME LOCKED.

(1)

Turn the actuator drive, as necessary, and engage the actuator drive in the flap drive lever.

(2)

Do these steps if the bolt holes of the actuator assembly and the structure do not align:
(a)

Put the universal joint (3) in the torque limiter.

(b)

Turn the universal joint (3) until the bolt holes align.

(c)

Remove the universal joint (3).

(3)

Put a countersunk washer (6) on a bolt (7), with the countersink adjacent to the head of the bolt.

(4)

Install the bolt (7), with a countersunk washer (6), washer (9) and one of the nuts (8) in the applicable
hole (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):
(a)

FOR 6221CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6271CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

in the RH wing bonding position.
NOTE :

AES

Do not tighten in this step. Do not apply sealant.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shanks
of the bolts (7).

(6)

Put the countersunk washers (6) on the bolts (7), with the countersink adjacent to the heads of the
bolts.

(7)

Install the bolts (7) through the actuator assembly and the structure.

(8)

Install the washers (9) and a nut (8) on each of the bolts (7).

(9)

TORQUE all the nuts (8) in a diagonally opposite sequence to between 2.8 and 3.0 M.DAN (20.65 and
22.12 LBF.FT).

(10) Do an electrical bonding check between the structure and the applicable bolt (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-869-002-A):
(a)

FOR 6221CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6271CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

in the RH wing bonding position.

(11) Seal the bolt (7), the countersunk washer (6), the washer (9) and the nut (8) in the applicable bonding
position (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):
(a)

FOR 6221CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6271CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

in the RH wing bonding position.

(12) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to these remaining items:
. the bolts (7) and the nuts (8)
. the washers (6) and (9).
(13) Install the universal joint (3) and the torque shafts (2) and (4):
(a)

FOR 6221CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

install 6222CM (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-010-A) and 6220CM (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-007-A)

(b)

FOR 6271CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 3)

install 6772CM (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-010-A) and 6270CM (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-007-A).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-080-051-A
E.

Removal of Support Equipment

(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A).

(2)

Remove the clamp that holds the carriage in position.

(3)

Remove the support from the flap trailing edge.

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-49-740-076-A
F.

AES

Check of the Flap Drive System

(1)

Do a check of the Flap Drive System (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-220-007-A).

(2)

If necessary, do the adjustment of the interconnecting strut (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-820-001-A).

27-54-49 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-740-065-A
G.

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(3)

Do a check of the flap PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control lever position FULL on the MCDU as
follows:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

the MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 menu.

push (in) the line key SYSTEM DATA FLP >.

push (in) the line key < PPU.

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP

SYSTEM DATA menu.
the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).
Refer to Table 1.

write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)

shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT
> to get a print out of the screen.

push the line key < RETURN frequently until the

CFDS menu page is shown.

2.De-energize the electrical circuits (Ref. TASK

24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
Subtask 27-54-49-820-064-A
H.

Adjustment After BITE Test

(1)

Compare the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg) with those that were written down (or printed) before
the actuator was removed (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-003-A).

(2)

Make sure that the FPPU angle values agree with the values recorded before the actuators were
removed (+/- 0.2 deg).

(3)

Make sure that the APPU angle values agree with the values recorded before the actuators were
removed (+/- 0.2 deg).

(4)

Make sure that the APPU/FPPU angles (deg) agree (+/- 1.3 deg).

(5)

Make sure that the LH APPU and the RH APPU angles agree (+/- 0.45 deg).

(6)

If the APPU and FPPU angles are not within the specified limit, do these steps:
(a)

Disconnect the APPU and adjust the APPU input shaft.

(b)

Do again step (6)(a) until the APPU angles are in the specified limits in relation to the FPPU
angles.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
SFCC 1
!
!
PPU DATE (DEG)
!

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
!
DATE:XXX XX UTC:XXXX
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
***
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
OTHER SFCC
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
***
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
<RETURN
PRINT>
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
Table 1
!
! PPU DATA (DEG) displayed on the MCDU at the flap position FULL
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Subtask 27-54-49-860-060-A
J.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Retract the No. 2 and the No. 3 spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever in the cockpit.

(5)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

Subtask 27-54-49-865-063-A
K.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-49-710-052-A
L.

Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-49-410-057-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panels:

. for the left wing, install 573BB 575AB 575BB 575CB 575DB
. for the right wing, install 673BB 675AB 675BB 675CB 675DB.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-49-942-055-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-49-000-004-A
Removal of the Flap Track 4 Actuator
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6233CM, 6283CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CLAMPS

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27604000000

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6233CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

573BB, 575CB, 575EB, 575FB,
575GB
FOR FIN 6283CM(FLAP ACTUATOR 4)
673BB, 675CB, 675EB, 675FB,
675GB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A-02

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-18-000-001-A

Removal of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit

27-54-45-000-013-A
27-60-00-866-002-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

27-54-49-400-004-A

Installation of the Flap Track 4 Actuator (for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00400-A - Flap Track 4 Actuator)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00500-A - Flap Rigging Pin Locations)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00400-C - Flap Track 4 Actuator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00500-B - Flap Rigging Pin Locations)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00400-A - Flap Track 4 Actuator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00500-A - Flap Rigging Pin Locations)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00400-C - Flap Track 4 Actuator)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00500-B - Flap Rigging Pin Locations)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-941-065-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-54-49-860-053-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on the
flap/slat control lever in the cockpit.

(3)

Extend the No. 4 and the No. 5 spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

27-54-49 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Put a COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) on the piston rod of each servo-control.

Subtask 27-54-49-865-057-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-49-010-057-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable access
panel.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panels:

(a)

FOR 6233CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

remove 573BB 575CB 575EB 575FB 575GB

(b)

FOR 6283CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

remove 673BB 675CB 675EB 675FB 675GB.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00400-A - Flap Track 4 Actuator)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00400-C - Flap Track 4 Actuator)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-480-053-A
A.

Installation of Support Equipment

(1)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on the torque shaft (3)
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

Subtask 27-54-49-740-066-A
B.

AES

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

27-54-49 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Do a check of the flap PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control lever position FULL on the MCDU as
follows:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

the MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 menu.

push (in) the line key SYSTEM DATA FLP >.

push (in) the line key < PPU.

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP

SYSTEM DATA menu.
the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s):
Refer to Table 1.

NOTE :

write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)

shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT
> to get a print-out of the screen.

NOTE :

The APPU and the FPPU synhro angle must

agree within 1.3 deg.
The LH APPU and the RH APPU synchro angles
must agree within 0.45 deg.

These angles, shown at removal, will be used as

a datum. They will let you compare the APPU
and the FPPU angles after the installation of the
actuator (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-004-A).

push the line key < RETURN frequently until the

CFDS menu page is shown.

2.De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK

24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
SFCC 1
!
!
PPU DATE (DEG)
!
!
DATE:XXX XX UTC:XXXX
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
***
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
OTHER SFCC
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
***
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
<RETURN
PRINT>
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
Table 1
!
! PPU DATA (DEG) displayed on the MCDU at the flap position FULL
!
!
!
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-49-020-061-A
C.

Preparation for Removal

(1)

Remove the Asymmetry Position Pick-off Unit (APPU) (4) (Ref. TASK 27-51-18-000-001-A).

(2)

Hold the trailing edge of the flap on supports.

(3)

Use the CLAMPS to hold the carriage in position.

NOTE :

(4)

This will make sure that the carriage does not move.

Remove the torque shaft (2) and the universal joint (1) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-013-A):
(a)

FOR 6233CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

remove FIN 6232CM

(b)

FOR 6283CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

remove FIN 6282CM.

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-49-020-056-A
D.

Removal of the Flap Track 4 Actuator 6233CM(6283CM)

CAUTION :

SUPPORT THE ACTUATOR, WHICH CAN WEIGH UP TO 10.5kg (23.2lbs). THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE RELATED STRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT.

(1)

Remove the nuts (19), the washers (20), the bolts (17) and the countersunk washers (18).

(2)

Carefully remove the actuator assembly from the structure interface and the flap drive lever.

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-49-020-056-C
D.

Removal of the Flap Track 4 Actuator 6233CM(6283CM)

CAUTION :

AES

SUPPORT THE ACTUATOR, WHICH CAN WEIGH UP TO 10.5kg (23.2lbs). THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE RELATED STRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT.

(1)

Remove the nuts (12), the washers (11), the bolts (9) and the countersunk washers (10).

(2)

Carefully remove the actuator assembly from the structure interface and the flap drive lever.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

575 EB
(675 EB)

FLAP DRIVE
LEVER

575 FB
(675 FB)

TORQUE
LIMITER

575 GB
(675 GB)

BK
573 BB
(673 BB)

INBOARD

4
575 CB
(675 CB)

ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY
6233CM
(6283CM)

C
B

7
RH

L H

E
ALIGNMENT MARKS

R L

DIFFERENT
SEALANT
USED ON THIS BOLT
AT POSITION X

9
9

ALIGNMENT MARK

11
10

12

LH WING BONDING
POSITION
16
RH WING BONDING
POSITION

17 15
18

20

14

13

19
N_MM_275449_4_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-49-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Flap Track 4 Actuator

27-54-49 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

575 EB
(675 EB)

FLAP DRIVE
LEVER

575 FB
(675 FB)

TORQUE
LIMITER

575 GB
(675 GB)

INBOARD
573 BB
(673 BB)

ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY
6233CM
(6283CM)

R L

575 CB
(675 CB)

15

APU (REF)

14
ALIGNMENT MARK

13
16

LH WING BONDING
POSITION

7
6

8
7

11
12
RH WING BONDING
POSITION

9
10
N_MM_275449_4_AGP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-49-991-00400-C SHEET 1

Flap Track 4 Actuator

27-54-49 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-49-400-004-A
Installation of the Flap Track 4 Actuator
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 6233CM, 6283CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
** On A/C 003-004

QTY

No specific

AR

ROD DIA 4 MM (0,157 IN)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

DESIGNATION

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 05-002

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE

** On A/C 005-099
Material No: 05-115

SPECIAL MATERIALS
JOINTING COMPOUND (CONDUCTIVE)

Material No: 09-018

SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT

Material No: 09-019

** On A/C 003-004
Material No: 09-020
Material No: 11-026

AES

SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE

27-54-49 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

573BB, 575CB, 575EB, 575FB,

575GB, 673BB, 675CB, 675EB,
675FB, 675GB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-869-002-A
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-18-000-001-A

Removal of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit

27-51-18-400-001-A

Installation of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit

** On A/C 005-099
27-51-44-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut

27-54-00-220-007-A

Check of the Flap Drive System

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-45-000-013-A
27-54-45-400-013-A
27-60-00-866-002-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Installation of the Torque Shaft
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

27-54-49-000-004-A

Removal of the Flap Track 4 Actuator (for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00400-A - Flap Track 4 Actuator)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00400-C - Flap Track 4 Actuator)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00400-A - Flap Track 4 Actuator)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00400-C - Flap Track 4 Actuator)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-941-073-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

Subtask 27-54-49-860-058-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on the
flap/slat control lever in the cockpit.

(3)

Make sure that the No. 4 and the No. 5 spoilers have been extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that a COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of each servocontrol.

(5)

Make sure that the trailing edge of the flap is on a support.

(6)

Make sure that the clamp holds the carriage in position.

(7)

Make sure that the access platform is below the applicable access panel.

(8)

Make sure that the applicable access panels are removed:

. for the left wing, panels 573BB, 575CB, 575EB, 575FB, 575GB
. for the right wing, panels 673BB, 675CB, 675EB, 675FB, 675GB.

(9)

Make sure that the Asymmetry Position Pick-off Unit (APPU) (4) has been removed (Ref. TASK
27-51-18-000-001-A).

(10) Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed on
the applicable torque shafts.
(11) Make sure that the torque shaft (2) and the universal joint (1) have been removed (Ref. TASK
27-54-45-000-013-A).
Subtask 27-54-49-865-064-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
121VU

4.

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00400-A - Flap Track 4 Actuator)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-49-991-00400-C - Flap Track 4 Actuator)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-49-560-050-A
A.

Preparation for a Replacement Component

(1)

Replacement actuators of flap track 4 are supplied in the Left Hand (LH) configuration. To change a
replacement actuator of track 4 to a Right Hand (RH) configuration:
CAUTION :

DO NOT DISENGAGE THESE ITEMS FROM THE OFFSET GEARBOX WHEN YOU
CHANGE THE CONFIGURATION FROM LH TO RH :
THE TORQUE LIMITER
THE ROTARY ACTUATOR.
THESE ITEMS ARE NOT LRUS AND ARE NOT INTERCHANGEABLE.

(a)

Remove the nuts (16), the bolts (14) and the washers (15).

(b)

Keep the mating surface of the torque limiter assembly (13) in contact with the offset gearbox
(12). Turn the torque limiter assembly (13) until the arrow is aligned with the R mark on the
offset gearbox (12).

(c)

Install the bolts (14), the washers (15) and the nuts (16).

(d)

TORQUE the nuts (16) to between 0.78 and 0.96 M.DAN (69.03 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

(e)

Remove the nuts (11), the bolts (8) and the washers (9).

(f)

Turn the rotary actuator (10) until the RH mark on the offset gearbox (12) is between the two
lines on the actuator.

(g)

Application of special material:

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
1

AES

Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the shank of one of the
bolts (8).

(h)

Install this bolt (8), the applicable washers (9) and one of the nuts (11) in the hole X. Do not
tighten in this step.

(i)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-020) to the shanks of the remaining bolts (8).

27-54-49 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(j)

Install these bolts (8), the washers (9) and the remaining nuts (11).

(k)

TORQUE all the nuts (11) to between 0.78 and 0.96 M.DAN (69.03 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

(l)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the bolts (8) and (14)
. the washers (9) and (15)
. the nuts (11) and (16).

(2)

Make sure the rotary actuator (10), the offset gearbox (12) and the torque limiter (13) are aligned.

(3)

Do an electrical bonding check between the surfaces (5) and (7) of the flap actuator assembly (Ref.
TASK 20-28-00-869-002-A).

Subtask 27-54-49-420-084-A
B.

General
(1)

The flap actuator has an off-set gearbox and a rotary actuator. The rotary actuator is a vented unit
filled with grease.

(2)

It is normal for this grease to have some oil separation. The external surfaces of the rotary actuator may
be moist with this separated oil as it is not a hermetically sealed unit. However, separated oil in the unit
that touches the grease will be changed back during operation. The oil separation will decrease during
in-service operation until the lubricant is in a condition that is stable. This is normal and will not cause
damage to the unit.

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-49-560-050-E
A.

Preparation for a Replacement Component

(1)

Replacement actuators of flap track 4 are supplied in the Left Hand (LH) configuration. To change a
replacement actuator of track 4 to a Right Hand (RH) configuration:
CAUTION :

DO NOT DISENGAGE THESE ITEMS FROM THE OFFSET GEARBOX WHEN YOU
CHANGE THE CONFIGURATION FROM LH TO RH :
THE TORQUE LIMITER
THE ROTARY ACTUATOR.
THESE ITEMS ARE NOT LRUS AND ARE NOT INTERCHANGEABLE.

(a)

Remove the nuts (8), the bolts (6) and the washers (7).

(b)

Keep the mating surface of the torque limiter assembly (5) in contact with the offset gearbox
(16). Turn the torque limiter assembly (5) until:
. the arrow on the torque limiter assembly (5) aligns with the R on the offset gearbox (16).

(c)

Install the bolts (6), the washers (7) and the nuts (8).

(d)

TORQUE the nuts (8) to between 0.78 and 0.96 M.DAN (69.03 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

(e)

Remove the bolts (14) and the washers (15).

(f)

Turn the actuator housing (13) until:

. the R on the actuator housing aligns with the arrow on the offset gearbox (16).

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(2)

(g)

Application of special material:

Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-115) to the shanks of the bolts (14).

(h)

Install the bolts (14) and the washers (15). TORQUE the bolts (14) to between 0.78 and 0.96
M.DAN (69.03 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

(i)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the bolts (6), washers (7) and nuts (8)
. the heads of the bolts (14) and the washers (15).

Make sure that the actuator housing (13), the offset gearbox (16) and the torque limiter assembly (5)
are aligned.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-420-062-A
C.

preparation for Installation

CAUTION :

(1)

Clean the component interfaces and the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Clean these items with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) :
. the internal splines of the flap drive lever
. the drive splines of the flap actuator
. the internal splines of the torque limiter
. the splines of the universal joint (1).

(3)

Do
.
.
.
.

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

a visual check for the correct condition of:

the internal splines of the flap drive lever
the drive splines of the flap actuator
the internal splines of the torque limiter
the splines of the universal joint (1).

CAUTION :

(6)

AES

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to:

. the drive splines of the actuator
. the internal splines of the flap drive lever
. the internal splines of the torque limiter.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-49-420-066-A
D.

Installation of the Flap Track 4 Actuator 6233CM(6283CM)

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

CAUTION :

SUPPORT THE ACTUATOR, WHICH CAN WEIGH UP TO 10.5kg (23.2lbs). THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE RELATED STRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT.

CAUTION :

DO A CHECK OF THE FLAP DRIVE SYSTEM AFTER YOU INSTALL A FLAP ROTARY
ACTUATOR. INCORRECT ALIGNMENT CAN CAUSE A FLAP TO BECOME LOCKED.

(1)

Turn the actuator drive, as necessary, and engage the actuator drive in the flap drive lever.

(2)

Do these steps if the bolt holes of the actuator assembly and the structure do not align:
(a)

Put the universal joint (1) in the torque limiter.

(b)

Turn the universal joint (1) until the bolt holes align.

(c)

Remove the universal joint (1).

(3)

Put a countersunk washer (18) on a bolt (17), with the countersink adjacent to the head of the bolt.

(4)

Install this bolt (17) with the countersunk washer (18), a washer (20) and a nut (19) in the applicable
hole (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):
(a)

FOR 6233CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6283CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

in the RH wing bonding position.
Do not tighten in this step. Do not apply sealant.

(5)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shanks
of the bolts (17).

(6)

Put the countersunk washers (18) on the bolts (17), with the countersink adjacent to the heads of the
bolts.

(7)

Install the remaining bolts (17), the washers (20) and the nuts (19).

(8)

TORQUE all the nuts (19) in a diagonally opposite sequence to between 2.8 and 3.0 M.DAN (20.65 and
22.12 LBF.FT).

(9)

Do an electrical bonding check between the structure and the applicable bolt (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-869-002-A):
(a)

FOR 6233CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6283CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

in the RH wing bonding position.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Seal the bolt (17), the countersunk washer (18), the washer (20) and the nut (19) in the applicable hole
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):
(a)

FOR 6233CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6283CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

in the RH wing bonding position.

(11) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to these remaining items:
. the bolts (17)
. the washers (18) and (20)
. the nuts (19).
(12) Open the bottom of the two vent covers (6).
(13) Put the ROD DIA 4 MM (0,157 IN) through the vent into each hole of the bearing to make sure the
holes are not blocked.
(14) Close the bottom vent cover (6).
(15) Install the universal joint (1) so that the flanges align with the torque shaft (2).
(16) Install the torque shaft (2) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-013-A):
(a)

FOR 6233CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

install 6232CM

(b)

FOR 6283CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

install 6282CM.

(17) Install the Asymmetry Position Pick-off Unit (APPU) (4) (Ref. TASK 27-51-18-400-001-A).
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-49-420-066-E
D.

installation of the Flap Track 4 Actuator 6233CM(6283CM)

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

CAUTION :

SUPPORT THE ACTUATOR, WHICH CAN WEIGH UP TO 10.5kg (23.2lbs). THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE RELATED STRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT.

CAUTION :

DO A CHECK OF THE FLAP DRIVE SYSTEM AFTER YOU INSTALL A FLAP ROTARY
ACTUATOR. INCORRECT ALIGNMENT CAN CAUSE A FLAP TO BECOME LOCKED.

(1)

Turn the actuator drive, as necessary, and engage the actuator drive in the flap drive lever.

(2)

Do these steps if the bolt holes of the actuator assembly and the structure do not align:
(a)

Put the universal joint (1) in the torque limiter.

(b)

Turn the universal joint (1) until the bolt holes align.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

Remove the universal joint (1).

(3)

Put a countersunk washer (10) on a bolt (9), with the countersink adjacent to the head of the bolt.

(4)

Install this bolt (9) with the countersunk washer (10), washers (11) and a nut (12) in the applicable
hole (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):
(a)

FOR 6233CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6283CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

in the RH wing bonding position.
Do not tighten in this step. Do not apply sealant.

(5)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shanks
of the bolts (9).

(6)

Put the countersunk washers (10) on the bolts (9), with the countersink adjacent to the heads of the
bolts.

(7)

Install the remaining bolts (9), the washers (11) and the nuts (12).

(8)

TORQUE all the nuts (12) in a diagonally opposite sequence to between 2.8 and 3.0 M.DAN (20.65 and
22.12 LBF.FT).

(9)

Do an electrical bonding check between the structure and the applicable bolt (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-869-002-A):
(a)

FOR 6233CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6283CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

in the RH wing bonding position.

(10) Seal the bolt (9), the countersunk washer (10), the washers (11) and the nut (12) in the applicable hole
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):
(a)

FOR 6233CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

in the LH wing bonding position

(b)

FOR 6283CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

in the RH wing bonding position.

(11) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to these remaining items:
. the bolts (9
. the countersunk washers (10)
. the washers (11)
. the nuts (12).
(12) Install the universal joint (1) so that the flanges align with the torque shaft (2).
(13) Install the torque shaft (2) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-013-A):
(a)

FOR 6233CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

install 6232CM

(b)

FOR 6283CM (FLAP ACTUATOR 4)

install 6282CM.

(14) Install the Asymmetry Position Pick-off Unit (APPU) (4) (Ref. TASK 27-51-18-400-001-A).

AES

27-54-49 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-080-055-A
E.

Removal of Support Equipment

(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A).

(2)

Remove the clamp that holds the carriage in position.

(3)

Remove the support from the flap trailing edge.

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-49-740-077-A
F.

Check of the Flap Drive System

(1)

Do a check of the Flap Drive System (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-220-007-A).

(2)

If necessary, do the adjustment of the interconnecting strut (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-820-001-A).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-49-740-067-A
G.

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(3)

Do a check of the flap PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control lever position FULL on the MCDU as
follows:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

the MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 menu.

push (in) the line key SYSTEM DATA FLP >.

push (in) the line key < PPU.

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP

SYSTEM DATA menu.
the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).
Refer to Table 1.

write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)

shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT
> to get a print out of the screen.

push the line key < RETURN frequently until the

CFDS menu page is shown.

2.De-energize the electrical circuits (Ref. TASK

24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
Subtask 27-54-49-820-065-A
H.

Adjustment After BITE Test

(1)

AES

Compare the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg) with those that were written down (or printed) before
the actuator was removed (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-004-A).

27-54-49 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Make sure that the FPPU angle values agree with the values recorded before the actuators were
removed (+/- 0.2 deg).

(3)

Make sure that the APPU angle values agree with the values recorded before the actuators were
removed (+/- 0.2 deg).

(4)

Make sure that the APPU/FPPU angles (deg) agree (+/- 1.3 deg).

(5)

Make sure that the LH APPU and the RH APPU angles agree (+/- 0.45 deg).

(6)

If the APPU and FPPU angles are not within the specified limit, do these steps:
(a)

Disconnect the APPU and adjust the APPU input shaft.

(b)

Do again step (6)(a) until the APPU angles are in the specified limits in relation to the FPPU
angles.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
SFCC 1
!
!
PPU DATE (DEG)
!
!
DATE:XXX XX UTC:XXXX
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
***
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
OTHER SFCC
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
***
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
<RETURN
PRINT>
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
Table 1
!
! PPU DATA (DEG) displayed on the MCDU at the flap position FULL
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Subtask 27-54-49-860-061-A
J.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Retract the No. 4 and the No. 5 spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever in the cockpit.

Subtask 27-54-49-865-065-A
K.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

27-54-49 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-49-710-053-A
L.

Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-49-410-060-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panels:

. for the left wing, install 573BB 575CB 575EB 575FB 575GB
. for the right wing, install 673BB 675CB 675EB 675FB 675GB.

Subtask 27-54-49-942-057-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-49 PB401

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CONTROL UNIT - POWER (PCU) (FLAPS) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Power Control Unit of the Flap System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 6201CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
2
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

PLUG - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27508625000
98D27803000000

2
1

CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Flap Drive System

AES

27-54-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

DESIGNATION
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-51-991-00300-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-51-991-00100-B - Power Control Unit of the Flap System)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-51-991-00200-B - Power Control Unit of the Flap System - Electrical and Hydraulic Connections)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-51-860-051-A
A.

Retraction of the Flaps

(1)

Retract the flaps to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

Subtask 27-54-51-740-050-A
B.

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(1)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(2)

Do a check of the flap PPUs on the MCDU as follows:

ACTION

RESULT

1.On the MCDU:

. push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

the MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 menu.

push (in) the line key SYSTEM DATA FLP >.

push (in) the line key < PPU.

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP

SYSTEM DATA menu.
the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s):
Refer to Table 1.

record the values and use them as a datum to

compare the data of the PPUs after the installation
of the PCU.
push the line key < Return frequently until the CFDS
menu page is shown.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
SFCC 1
!
!
PPU DATE (DEG)
!
!
DATE:XXX XX UTC:XXXX
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
***
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
OTHER SFCC
!

AES

27-54-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
***
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
<RETURN
PRINT>
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
Table 1
!
! PPU DATA (DEG) displayed on the MCDU at the flap position FULL
!
!
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Subtask 27-54-51-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-51-010-050-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position at the main gear main door opening.

Subtask 27-54-51-860-050-B
E.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration. (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(4)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position at the main gear main door opening.
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-51-991-00300-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)

(5)

Install the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) in the left and right flap track positions 1.
(a)

4.

If you cannot install the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) easily, do the adjustment of
the L/H (R/H) flap drive system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-820-001-A).

(6)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) at the left torque shaft
(6256CM) to lock the flap transmission outboard of the left angle gearbox (6253CM) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-400-003-A).

(7)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) at the right torque shaft
(6206CM) to lock the flap transmission outboard of the right angle gearbox (6203CM) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-400-003-A).

(8)

Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) in position below the Power Control Unit (PCU) (1).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-51-991-00100-B - Power Control Unit of the Flap System)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-51-991-00200-B - Power Control Unit of the Flap System - Electrical and Hydraulic Connections)

AES

27-54-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-51-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Power Control Unit

CAUTION :

(1)

(2)

(3)

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE
SECOND WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION
TOO MUCH.

Disconnect the right torque shaft 6252CM (32) as follows:

(a)

Remove the nuts (11) and the bolts (12) which connect the torque shaft (32) to the input
universal joint (35) of the PCU (1).

(b)

Disconnect the torque shaft (32) from the input universal joint (35).

(c)

Remove the input universal joint (35) from the PCU (1).

Disconnect the left torque shaft 6202CM (13) as follows:

(a)

Remove the nuts (11) and the bolts (12) which connect the torque shaft (13) to the input
universal joint (10) of the PCU (1).

(b)

Disconnect the torque shaft (13) from the input universal joint (10).

(c)

Remove the input universal joint (10) from the PCU (1).

Prepare the PCU (1) for removal as follows:

(a)

Disconnect the hydraulic lines (52).

(b)

Disconnect the case drain lines (59) and (60).

(c)

Remove the tie wraps (46) and disconnect the seal drain lines (45).

(d)

Install the CAP - BLANKING or the PLUG - BLANKING on the open line (52) ends and on the
PCU (1).

(e)

Disconnect the electrical connectors 27CV-A, 27CV-B, 23CV-A, 24CV-A, 3CN-B and 3CN-A.

(f)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(g)

Disconnect the electrical leads from the clamps which connect them to the PCU (1).

(h)

Remove the cotter pin (8), the nut (9) and the washer (7) from the bolt (5) which connects the
PCU (1) to the attachment rod assembly (3).

(i)

Remove the cotter pin (8), the nut (9) and the washer (7) from the bolt (5) which connects the
PCU (1) to the adjustable rod assembly (4).

(j)

Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the nut (17).

(k)

Remove the nut (17), the washer (18) and the bolt (31).

(l)

Remove the nut (19) and the washer (20) from the attachment bolt (30).

(m) Remove the screw (42), the washer (41) and the bonding jumper (40).
(4)

Remove the PCU (1) as follows:

NOTE :

AES

The PCU weighs approximately 20 kg (44.0924 lb).

(a)

Hold the PCU (1) so that it can not fall.

(b)

Remove the bolts (5) and the bushes (6) from the attachment rod assembly and from the
adjustable rod assembly.

(c)

Remove the attachment bolt (30).

27-54-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d)

AES

Remove the PCU (1).

27-54-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
Z190
Z530

Z530
Z530

N_MM_275451_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-51-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4

27-54-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

6256CM

Z734
Z744

6206CM
FR46

32

4
42

12

41
40
11

35

1
5

8
9 7

6
5
31

8
30

7
10

11
12

20

19
18

17
13

B
X

N_MM_275451_4_AAPA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-51-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Power Control Unit of the Flap System

27-54-51 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
EXAMPLE

46

Z734

45

Z744

FR46

60
27CVA
27CVB

A
3CNB

3CNA

59

B
52
52

23CVA

52
24CVA
52
N_MM_275451_4_AAPM_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-51-991-00200-B SHEET 1

Power Control Unit of the Flap System - Electrical and
Hydraulic Connections

27-54-51 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Power Control Unit of the Flap System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
FIN 6201CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

AR

TIE WRAP

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27508625000
98D27803000000

2
1

CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003

AES

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE

27-54-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 05-005
Material No: 09-013

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
CORROSION PREVENTIVE
SEALANTS
SEALANT-BRUSH CONSISTENCY (OBSOLETE)

Material No: 11-002

CLEANING AGENTS
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHT SPIRIT)

Material No: 16-021

STRUCTURE PAINTS
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE
lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.)

No specific
C.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
8

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-54-03-04-050

cotter pins
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

20-28-00-912-004-A

Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and

Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-00-00-080-002-A

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-00-820-001-A

Manual Adjustment of the Position Pick-Off Units

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-10-00-863-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

32-12-00-010-001-A
Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-51-991-00300-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-51-991-00100-B - Power Control Unit of the Flap System)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-51-991-00200-B - Power Control Unit of the Flap System - Electrical and Hydraulic Connections)

AES

27-54-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-51-860-053-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are retracted to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the slat/flap control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A).

(3)

Make sure, that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) are installed at
the left torque shaft (6256CM) and the right torque shaft (6206CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(4)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A)

(5)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(7)

Make sure that the main doors of the main gear are open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(8)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at the main gear
main door opening.

(9)

Make sure that the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) are installed at the left and right flap
track positions 1.
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-51-991-00300-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)

(10) Make sure that a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) is in position below the Power Control Unit (PCU)
(1).
Subtask 27-54-51-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
121VU

4.

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-51-991-00100-B - Power Control Unit of the Flap System)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-51-991-00200-B - Power Control Unit of the Flap System - Electrical and Hydraulic Connections)
Subtask 27-54-51-910-050-A
A.

AES

Preparation for the Installation

(1)

To install the same Power Control Unit (PCU), clean the splined surfaces of the connections with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-002) .

(2)

Clean the mounting bushes and make sure that they are in a good condition.

(3)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the splines of the left input universal joint (10)
and the right input universal joint (35).

27-54-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-51-420-051-C
B.

Installation of the Power Control Unit

CAUTION :

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE
SECOND WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION
TOO MUCH.

CAUTION :

YOU MUST INSTALL HYDRAULIC TUBES WITH HYDRAULIC FLUID AS LUBRICANT.

(1)

(2)

AES

Install the PCU (1) on the fuselage fitting as follows:

(a)

Put the PCU (1) in position and install the attachment bolt (30), the washer (20) and the nut
(19).

(b)

Attach the PCU (1) to the attachment rod assembly (3) with the bolt (5), the bushes (6), the
washer (7) and the nut (9).

(c)

Attach the adjustable rod assembly (4) to the PCU (1) and install the bolt (5), the bushes (6),
the washer (7) and the nut (9).

(d)

Put the bolt (31) through the attachment bolt (30) and install the washer (18) and the nut (17).

(e)

Tighten the nut (17) and safety it with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).

(f)

Tighten the nuts (9) and safety them with the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-03-04) cotter pins (8) .

At the bonding point continue as follows:

(a)

Put the bonding jumper (40) in position.

(b)

Attach the bonding jumper (40) with the washer (41) and the screw (42) (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004-A).

(c)

Seal the screw (42) and the washer (41) with SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) .

(d)

Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) (dyed blue) to the bonding point.

(3)

Engage the left input universal joint (10) of the PCU (1) in the left input of the PCU.

(4)

Engage the right input universal joint (35) of the PCU (1) in the right input of the PCU.

(5)

Install the left torque shaft 6202CM (13) as follows:

(a)

Put the torque shaft (13) in position.

(b)

Make sure that the flange holes of the torque shaft (13) are in line with the flange holes of the
input universal joint (10).

(c)

If the flange holes of the torque shaft (13) are not in line with the flange holes of the input
universal joint (10), continue as follows:
1

Remove the input universal joint (10).

Turn the input universal joint (10) by the number of splines necessary to put it in line.

Install the input universal joint (10).

(d)

Install the bolts (12) to connect the torque shaft (13) to the input universal joint (10).

(e)

Install the nuts (11) on the bolts (12).

(f)

Examine the assembly of the input universal joint (10) as follows:

1

Measure dimension X. Dimension X must be a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.).

Make sure that you can not see the indicator groove.

27-54-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(g)

If you can see the indicator groove continue as follows:

1

(6)

Measure all the related torque shafts, universal joints and gearboxes and refer to LIEBHERR
technical data.

(h)

TORQUE the nuts (11) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(i)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the nuts (11) and the bolts (12).

Install the right torque shaft 6252CM (32) as follows:

(a)

Put the torque shaft (32) in position.

(b)

Make sure that the flange holes of the torque shaft (32) are in line with the flange holes of the
input universal joint (35).

(c)

If the flange holes of the torque shaft (32) are not in line with the flange holes of the input
universal joint (35), continue as follows:
1

Remove the input universal joint (35).

Turn the input universal joint (35) by the number of splines necessary to put it in line.

Install the input universal joint (35).

(d)

Install the bolts (12) to connect the torque shaft (32) to the input universal joint (35).

(e)

Install the nuts (11) on the bolts (12).

(f)

Examine the assembly of the input universal joint (35) as follows:

(g)

Measure dimension X. Dimension X must be a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.).

Make sure that you can not see the indicator groove.

If you can see the indicator groove continue as follows:

1

Measure all the related torque shafts, universal joints and gearboxes and refer to LIEBHERR
technical data.

(h)

TORQUE the nuts (11) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(i)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the nuts (11) and the bolts (12).

(7)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(8)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(9)

Connect the electrical connectors 3CN-A, 3CN-B, 24CV-A, 23CV-A, 27CV-B and 27CV-A.

(10) Install the clamps which connect the electrical leads to the PCU (1).
(11) Remove the blanks and the plugs from the line (52) ends and the PCU (1).
(12) Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the threads of the line end-fittings.
(13) Connect the hydraulic lines (52) to the PCU (1).
(14) TORQUE the union nuts of the hydraulic lines (52) to between 5.4 and 5.9 M.DAN (39.82 and 43.51
LBF.FT).
(15) Connect the case drain lines (59) and (60).
(16) TORQUE the union nuts of the case drain lines (59) and (60) to between 1.5 and 1.7 M.DAN (11.06
and 12.54 LBF.FT).
(17) Connect the seal drain lines (45) and secure them with the TIE WRAP (46).

AES

27-54-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-51-860-052-A
C.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Remove the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) from the left and right flap track positions 1.

(2)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the left torque
shaft (6256CM) and from the right torque shaft (6206CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(3)

Pressurize the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the level of the fluid in the reservoirs is correct. Add fluid as necessary (Ref. TASK
12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(5)

Pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-002-A).

(6)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A) from the slat/flap control lever.

(7)

Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 27-54-51-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-51-710-050-A
E.

Test
(1)

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(a)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display
Unit (MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(b)

Do a check of the flap PPUs on the MCDU as follows:

ACTION

RESULT

1.On the MCDU:

. push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

the MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 menu.

push (in) the line key SYSTEM DATA FLP >.

push (in) the line key < PPU.

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP

SYSTEM DATA menu.
the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s):
Refer to Table 1.

compare this indication with the indication before the

removal of the PCU. If the indications does not agree,
do an adjustment of the applicable position pick-off
unit (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-001-A).

push the line key < Return frequently until the CFDS
menu page is shown.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!

AES

27-54-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
!
SFCC 1
!
!
PPU DATE (DEG)
!
!
DATE:XXX XX UTC:XXXX
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
***
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
OTHER SFCC
!
!
LH APPU FPPU RH APPU
!
!
***.*
***.*
***.*
***
!
!
***HEX ***HEX ***HEX
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
<RETURN
PRINT>
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
Table 1
!
! PPU DATA (DEG) displayed on the MCDU at the flap position FULL
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------(2)
5.

Do the operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-51-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the container from below the PCU (1).

(3)

Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-54-51 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

BRAKE - PRESSURE OFF, FLAPS PCU REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-52-000-001-A
Removal of the Pressure-Off Brake of the Flap Power Control Unit
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

PLUG - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27508625000
98D27803000000

2
1

CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Flap Drive System

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-52-991-00300-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-52-991-00100-B - Pressure-Off Brake)

AES

27-54-52 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-52-866-050-A
A.

Retraction of the Flaps

(1)

Retract the flaps to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

Subtask 27-54-52-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-52-010-050-A
C.

Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-52-860-050-B
D.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the opening of the main door
of the main gear.

(2)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(4)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(5)

Install the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) in the left and right flap track positions 1.
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-52-991-00300-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)
(a)

(6)
4.

If you cannot install the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) easily, do the adjustment of
the L/H (R/H) flap drive system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-820-001-A).

Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) in position below the Power Control Unit (PCU) (1).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-52-991-00100-B - Pressure-Off Brake)
Subtask 27-54-52-020-050-A
CAUTION :

A.

Removal of the Pressure-Off Brake

NOTE :

AES

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE SECOND
WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.

The removal procedure for the pressure-off brake at the valve block 23CV is given. The removal
procedure for the pressure-off brake at the valve block 24CV is almost the same. The differences in the
procedures are given.

27-54-52 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

(2)

AES

Remove the Pressure-Off Brake (POB) (41) together with the hydraulic motor (7) and the valve block
assembly (23) from the differential gearbox.
(a)

Disconnect the hydraulic lines (11).

(b)

Remove the tie wrap (9) and disconnect the seal drain line (10).

(c)

Disconnect the case drain line (8).

(d)

Install the blanking caps on the open line ends (8),(10),(11).

(e)

Install the PLUG - BLANKING in the ports of the PCU (1).

(f)

Disconnect the electrical connector (22) from the valve block assembly (23).

(g)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors and receptacles.

(h)

Remove the bolts (3) and the washers (2).

(i)

Support the POB (41), the valve block assembly (23) and the hydraulic motor (7).

(j)

Remove the nuts (24) and the washers (25) from the studs (42).

(k)

Remove the POB (41) together with the hydraulic motor (7) and the valve block assembly (23).

Remove the POB (41) from the hydraulic motor (7) and the valve block assembly (23).
(a)

Remove the bolts (6) and the washers (5).

(b)

Carefully remove the hydraulic motor (7) from the POB (41) and from the transfer tubes (14) on
the valve block assembly (23).

(c)

Remove and discard the O-ring (4).

(d)

Carefully remove the POB (41) from the transfer tube (33).

(3)

Remove and discard the O-rings (13),(35) and the back-up rings (12),(34) from the transfer tubes
(14),(33).

(4)

Remove and discard the locking rings (21),(30) from the transfer tubes (14),(33).

(5)

Remove the transfer tubes (14),(33) from the valve block assembly (23).

(6)

Remove and discard the back-up rings (15),(31) and the O-rings (20),(32) from the transfer tubes
(14),(33).

27-54-52 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
Z190
Z530

Z530
Z530

N_MM_275452_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-52-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4

27-54-52 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
1

A
Z734

Z744

B
STA1922/FR43

40

B
41

2
3
4

34
35

42

34

33
31

21

31
32
9

8
30

15
10

11
14

25

20 15

24

11

23

13

14

22

12

12

N_MM_275452_4_AAP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-52-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Pressure-Off Brake

27-54-52 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-52-400-001-A
Installation of the Pressure-Off Brake of the Flap Power Control Unit
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

AR

TIE WRAP

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27508625000
98D27803000000
B.

Material No: 05-002

Material No: 05-054
Material No: 06-001
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003

AES

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
ZINC POWDER
LUBRICANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
4

CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003

C.

2
1

DESIGNATION
O-ring

IPC-CSN
27-84-51-01-070

27-54-52 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

21
12
15

FIG.ITEM
locking rings
back-up rings
back-up rings

IPC-CSN
27-84-51-01-140
27-84-51-01-150
27-84-51-01-150

13

O-rings

27-84-51-01-160

20
30
31
34

O-rings
locking ring
back-up rings
back-up rings

27-84-51-01-160
27-84-51-01-180
27-84-51-01-190
27-84-51-01-190

32

O-rings

27-84-51-01-200

35

O-rings

27-84-51-01-200

D.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

27-00-00-080-002-A

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-52-991-00300-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-52-991-00100-B - Pressure-Off Brake)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-52-991-00200-A - Pressure-Off Brake - Removal of Storage Parts)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-52-860-054-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are retracted to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at the main gear
main door opening.

(4)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

27-54-52 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(7)

Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) in position below the Power Control Unit (PCU) (1).

(8)

Make sure that the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) is in position in the left and right flap
track positions 1.
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-52-991-00300-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)

Subtask 27-54-52-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
121VU

4.

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-52-991-00100-B - Pressure-Off Brake)
Subtask 27-54-52-860-052-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Use a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and the CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to fully remove the anti-corrosion compound from:
. the mating faces of the POB
. the mating face of the hydraulic motor
. the mating face of the PCU.

(4)

Prepare a small quantity of a mixture of:

. 58 % of the zinc chromate putty SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) and
. 42 % of the zinc powder SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-054) .

(5)

Apply a quantity of the prepared mixture to:

. the mating faces of the POB
. the mating face of the hydraulic motor
. the mating face of the PCU.

(6)

Apply the LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-001) to the splined surfaces.

27-54-52 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

If installed, remove the screw, the protection cap and the packing from the replacement pressure-off
brake.
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-52-991-00200-A - Pressure-Off Brake - Removal of Storage Parts)

Subtask 27-54-52-420-050-A
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH
A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

YOU MUST INSTALL HYDRAULIC TUBES WITH HYDRAULIC FLUID AS LUBRICANT.

CAUTION :

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE SECOND
WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.

B.

Installation of the Pressure-Off Brake

NOTE :

The installation procedure for the POB at the valve block 23CV is given. The installation procedure for
the POB at the valve block 24CV is almost the same. The differences in the procedures are given.

(1)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up rings (12) , (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up rings (15)
and the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings (13) , (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings (20) on the transfer
tubes (14).

(2)

Install the (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-ring (4) to the POB (41).

(3)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up rings (31) , (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up rings (34)
and the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings (32) , (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings (35) on the transfer
tube (33).

(4)

Put the transfer tubes (14),(33) in their related holes in the valve block assembly (23).

(5)

Safety the transfer tubes (14),(33) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) locking rings (21) , (IPC-CSN
27-84-51-01) locking ring (30) .

(6)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the bolts (6).

(7)

Carefully install the hydraulic motor (7) on the transfer tubes (14) of the valve block assembly (23).

(8)

Carefully install the POB (41) on the transfer tube (33).

(9)

Attach the POB (41) to the hydraulic motor (7) with the washers (5) and the bolts (6).

(10) TORQUE the bolts (6) to between 0.87 and 0.96 M.DAN (76.99 and 84.96 LBF.IN).
(11) Install the POB (41), the hydraulic motor (7) and the valve block assembly (23).

AES

(a)

Install the POB (41), the hydraulic motor (7) and the valve block assembly (23) together to the
differential gearbox.

(b)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the studs (42) and to the
threads of the bolts (3).

27-54-52 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

Attach the POB (41) and the valve block assembly (23) to the differential gearbox (40) with:
. the washers (2),
. the bolts (3),
. the washers (25).

(d)

TORQUE the bolts (3) and the nuts (24) to between 1.40 and 1.54 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.36
LBF.FT).

(12) Connect the hydraulic lines.

(a)

Remove the blanking caps and the blanking plugs from the line ends (8),(10),(11) and from the
PCU (1).

(b)

Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.

(c)

Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the threads of the line end-fittings.

(d)

Connect the case drain line (8).

(e)

TORQUE the union nut of the case drain line (8) to between 1.5 and 1.7 M.DAN (11.06 and
12.54 LBF.FT).

(f)

Connect the seal drain line (10) and attach it with the new TIE WRAP (9).

(g)

Connect the hydraulic lines (11).

(h)

TORQUE the union nuts of the hydraulic lines (11) to between 5.4 and 5.9 M.DAN (39.82 and
43.51 LBF.FT).

(13) Connect the electrical connector.

(a)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector (22).

(b)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(c)

Connect the electrical connector (22) to the valve block assembly (23).

Subtask 27-54-52-860-051-A
C.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Remove the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) from the left and right flap track positions 1.

(2)

Pressurize the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

(3)

Make sure that the level of the fluid in the related hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(4)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A) from the slat/flap control lever.

(5)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(6)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-54-52-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

27-54-52 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-52-710-050-A
E.

5.

Test
(1)

Do the operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that there are no leaks and that no fluid comes out of the seal drain line (10).

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-52-860-053-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the level of the fluid in the relevant hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(2)

Remove the container from below the PCU (1).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-54-52-410-050-A
B.

AES

Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-54-52 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

PRESSUREOFF BRAKE

PACKING
PROTECTION CAP
SCREW

N_MM_275452_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-52-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Pressure-Off Brake - Removal of Storage Parts

27-54-52 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

VALVE BLOCK - FLAP PCU - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-53-000-001-A
Removal of the Valve Blocks of the Power Control Unit (Flap)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
NOTE :

The removal procedure for the valve block 23CV is specified. The removal procedure for the valve block 24CV is
almost the same. If there are differences in the procedures they are specified.

FIN 23CV, 24CV

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

PLUG - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27508625000
98D27803000000

2
1

CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Flap Drive System

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action

AES

27-54-53 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-14-00-614-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-53-991-00400-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-53-991-00100-B - Valve Block)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-53-866-050-A
A.

Retraction of the Flaps

(1)

Retract the flaps to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

Subtask 27-54-53-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-53-010-050-A
C.

Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-53-860-050-B
D.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position at the main gear main door opening.

(2)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(4)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(5)

Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) in position below the Power Control Unit (PCU) (1).

(6)

Install the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) in the left and right flap track positions 1.
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-53-991-00400-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)
(a)

4.

If you cannot install the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) easily, do the adjustment of
the L/H (R/H) flap drive system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-820-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-53-991-00100-B - Valve Block)

AES

27-54-53 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-53-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Valve Block

CAUTION :

(1)

(2)

AES

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE
SECOND WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION
TOO MUCH.

To remove the valve block assembly (23), you must remove it together with the Pressure-Off Brake
(POB) (41) and the hydraulic motor (7) from the differential gearbox (40):
(a)

Disconnect the hydraulic lines (11).

(b)

Remove the tie wrap (9) and disconnect the seal drain line (10).

(c)

Disconnect the case drain line (8).

(d)

Install the blanking caps on the open line ends (8),(10),(11).

(e)

Install the PLUG - BLANKING in the ports of the PCU (1).

(f)

Disconnect the electrical connector (22) from the valve block assembly (23).

(g)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(h)

Remove the bolts (3) and the washers (2).

(i)

Support the POB (41), the valve block assembly (23) and the hydraulic motor (7).

(j)

Remove the nuts (24) and the washers (25) from the studs (42).

(k)

Remove the valve block assembly (23), the POB (41) and the hydraulic motor (7) together from
the differential gearbox (40).

Remove the valve block assembly (23) from the POB (41) and the hydraulic motor (7):
(a)

Remove the bolts (6) and the washers (5).

(b)

Carefully remove the hydraulic motor (7) from the POB (41) and from the transfer tubes (14) on
the valve block assembly (23).

(c)

Remove and discard the packing (4).

(d)

Carefully remove the POB (41) from the transfer tube (33).

(3)

Remove and discard the packings (13), (35) and the retainer (12), (34) from the transfer tubes (14),
(33).

(4)

Remove and discard the lockwashers (21) and retaining rings (30) from the transfer tubes (14), (33).

(5)

Remove the transfer tubes (14), (33) from the valve block assembly (23).

(6)

Remove and discard the retainer rings (15), (31) and the packings (20), (32) from the transfer tubes
(14), (33).

27-54-53 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
Z190
Z530

Z530
Z530

N_MM_275453_4_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-53-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4

27-54-53 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
Z734
Z744

A
FR46

40

B
41

2
3
4

34
35

42

34

33
31

21

31
32
9

8
30

15
10

11
14

25

20 15

24

11

23

13

14

22

12

12
N_MM_275453_4_AAP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-53-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Valve Block

27-54-53 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-53-400-001-A
Installation of the Valve Blocks of the Power Control Unit (Flap)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
NOTE :

The installation procedure for the valve block 23CV is specified. The installation procedure for the valve block
24CV is almost the same. If there are differences in the procedures, they are specified.

FIN 23CV, 24CV

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

AR

TIE WRAP

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific
98D27508625000
98D27803000000
B.

2
1

CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 05-054
Material No: 06-001
Material No: 11-026

AES

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
ZINC POWDER
LUBRICANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE

27-54-53 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
4
21
12
15
13
20
30
31
34
32
35

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-54-51-01-070
27-54-51-01-140
27-54-51-01-150
27-54-51-01-150
27-54-51-01-160
27-54-51-01-160
27-54-51-01-180
27-54-51-01-190
27-54-51-01-190
27-54-51-01-200
27-54-51-01-200

packing
lock washers
retainer
retainer
packings
packings
retaining ring
retainer
retainer
packings
packings
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

27-00-00-080-002-A

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-53-991-00400-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-53-991-00100-B - Valve Block)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-53-860-056-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are retracted to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at the main gear
main door opening.

(4)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

27-54-53 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(7)

Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) in position below the Power Control Unit (PCU) (1).

(8)

Make sure that the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) are in position in the left and right flap
track positions 1.
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-53-991-00400-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)

Subtask 27-54-53-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
121VU

4.

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-53-991-00100-B - Valve Block)
Subtask 27-54-53-860-054-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) and remove all signs of anti-corrosion compound from:
. the mating face of the Pressure-Off Brake (POB),
. the mating face of the Power Control Unit (PCU).

(2)

Prepare a small quantity of a mixture of 58 % SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) and 42 %
SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-054) .

(3)

Apply a quantity of the mixture prepared to:

. the mating face of the POB,
. the mating face of the PCU.

(4)

Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-001) to the splined surfaces.

Subtask 27-54-53-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Valve Block

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.

AES

27-54-53 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE
SECOND WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION
TOO MUCH.

CAUTION :

YOU MUST INSTALL HYDRAULIC TUBES WITH HYDRAULIC FLUID AS LUBRICANT.

(1)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-51-01) retainer (12) , (IPC-CSN 27-54-51-01) retainer (15) and the new
(IPC-CSN 27-54-51-01) packings (13) , (IPC-CSN 27-54-51-01) packings (20) on the transfer tubes
(14).

(2)

Install the (IPC-CSN 27-54-51-01) packing (4) to the POB (41).

(3)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-51-01) retainer (31) , (IPC-CSN 27-54-51-01) retainer (34) and the new
(IPC-CSN 27-54-51-01) packings (32) , (IPC-CSN 27-54-51-01) packings (35) on the transfer tube (33).

(4)

Put the transfer tubes (14), (33) in their related holes in the valve block assembly (23).

(5)

Safety the transfer tubes (14), (33) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-51-01) lock washers (21) and the
new (IPC-CSN 27-54-51-01) retaining ring (30) .
NOTE :

(6)

(7)

(8)

AES

Install the valve block assembly (23) together with the POB (41) and the hydraulic motor (7) to
the differential gear box (40).

Install the POB (41) with the hydraulic motor (7) on the valve block assembly (23):
(a)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the bolts (6).

(b)

Carefully install the hydraulic motor (7) on the transfer tubes (14) of the valve block assembly
(23).

(c)

Carefully install the POB (41) on the transfer tube (33).

(d)

Attach the POB (41) to the hydraulic motor (7) with the washers (5) and the bolts (6).

(e)

TORQUE the bolts (6) to between 0.87 and 0.96 M.DAN (76.99 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

Install the POB (41), the hydraulic motor (7) and the valve block assembly (23):
(a)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the studs (42) and to the
threads of the bolts (3).

(b)

Install the POB (41), the hydraulic motor (7) and the valve block assembly (23) together to the
differential gearbox (40).

(c)

Attach the POB (41) and the valve block assembly (23) to the differential gearbox (40) with:
. the washers (2),
. the bolts (3),
. the washers (25).

(d)

TORQUE the bolts (3) and the nuts (24) to between 1.40 and 1.54 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.36
LBF.FT).

Do
.
.
.

a bonding test between the main bonding point of the power control unit and the:
POB flange,
hydraulic motor flange,
valve block assembly flange.

27-54-53 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The resistance must not be more than 20 milliohms.
(9)

Connect the hydraulic lines:

(a)

Remove the blanking caps from the line ends (8), (10), (11).

(b)

Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.

(c)

Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the threads of the line end-fittings.

(d)

Remove the blanking plugs from the ports of the PCU (1).

(e)

Connect the seal drain line (10) and attach it with the new TIE WRAP (9).

(f)

Connect the case drain line (8).

(g)

TORQUE the union nut of the case drain line (8) to between 1.5 and 1.7 M.DAN (11.06 and
12.54 LBF.FT).

(h)

Connect the hydraulic lines (11).

(i)

TORQUE the union nuts of the hydraulic lines (11) to between 5.4 and 5.9 M.DAN (39.82 and
43.51 LBF.FT).

(10) Connect the electrical connector (22):

(a)

Remove the blanking cap from the electrical connector (22).

(b)

Remove the blanking cap from the receptacle.

(c)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(d)

Connect the electrical connector (22) to the valve block assembly (23).

Subtask 27-54-53-860-053-A
C.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Remove the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) from the left and right flap track positions 1.

(2)

Pressurize the reservoirs of the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002A).

(3)

Make sure that the level of the fluid in the relevant hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(4)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A) from the slat/flap control lever.

(5)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(6)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-54-53-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-53-710-050-A
E.

Test
(1)

AES

Do the operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

27-54-53 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)
5.

Make sure that there are no leaks and that no fluid comes out of the seal drain line.

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-53-860-055-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the level of the fluid in the relevant hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(2)

Remove the container from below the PCU (1).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-54-53-410-050-A
B.

AES

Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-54-53 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-53-000-002-A
Removal of the Solenoid Valves of the Power Control Unit (Flap)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
NOTE :

1.

The removal procedure for the retract solenoid valve of the valve block 23CV is specified. The removal procedure
for the extend solenoid valve, the brake solenoid valve and the solenoid valves of the valve block 24CV are almost
the same. If there are differences in the procedures, they are specified.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-53-991-00200-B - Solenoid Valve)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-53-866-051-A
A.

Retraction of the Flaps

(1)

AES

Retract the flaps to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

27-54-53 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

Subtask 27-54-53-865-053-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-53-010-051-A
C.

Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-53-860-051-A
D.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the opening of the main gear
main door.

(2)

Make sure that the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration. (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

(4)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(5)

Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) in position below the valve block (12).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-53-991-00200-B - Solenoid Valve)
Subtask 27-54-53-020-051-B
A.

Removal of the Solenoid Valves

CAUTION :

AES

DO NOT INSTALL THE REMOVED SOLENOID VALVES WITH THE PARTNUMBER

903A0000-01 ON THE WING TIP BRAKE. THIS CAN CAUSE MALFUNCTION OF THE WING
TIP BRAKE.

(1)

Remove the bolts (4) and the washers (5).

(2)

Install one of the bolts (4) in hole A in the solenoid valve (1).

(3)

Use this bolt and carefully remove the solenoid valve (1) from the valve block (12).

(4)

Remove the bolt (4) from hole A in the solenoid valve (1).

(5)

Remove and discard the packings (9), (10), (15), (16) and the back-up rings (7), (6) from the solenoid
valve (1).

27-54-53 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z734
Z744

A
FR46

VALVE BLOCK
24CV

VALVE BLOCK
23CV

ENABLE (BRAKE)
SOLENOID VALVE
50

EXTEND
SOLENOID
VALVE
59

51
RETRACT
SOLENOID
VALVE

58
57
56
55
54

HOLE "A"
53
52
N_MM_275453_4_ACP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-53-991-00200-B SHEET 1

Solenoid Valve

27-54-53 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-53-400-002-A
Installation of the Solenoid Valves of the Power Control Unit (Flap)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
NOTE :

1.

The installation procedure for the retract solenoid valve of the valve block 23CV is specified. The removal
procedure for the extend solenoid valve, the brake solenoid valve and the solenoid valves of the valve block 24CV
are almost the same. If there are differences in the procedures, they are specified.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27803000000
B.

AES

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
10
9
7
6
16
15

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003
C.

DESIGNATION
packing
packing
back-up ring
back-up ring
packing
packing

IPC-CSN
27-54-53-01-100
27-54-53-01-110
27-54-53-01-120
27-54-53-01-130
27-54-53-01-140
27-54-53-01-150

27-54-53 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

27-00-00-080-002-A

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-53-991-00200-B - Solenoid Valve)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-53-860-057-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are retracted to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is in position at the main gear main door
opening.

(4)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref.
TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(7)

Put a CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT in position below the Power Control Unit
(PCU) (1).

Subtask 27-54-53-865-054-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
121VU

4.

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-53-991-00200-B - Solenoid Valve)

AES

27-54-53 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-53-420-051-A
A.

Installation of the Solenoid Valve

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the (IPC-CSN 27-54-53-01) back-up ring (6) ,
the (IPC-CSN 27-54-53-01) back-up ring (7) , the (IPC-CSN 27-54-53-01) packing (9) , and the (IPCCSN 27-54-53-01) packing (10) .

(4)

Install the new back-up rings (6), (7) and the new packings (9), (10), (IPC-CSN 27-54-53-01) packing
(15) , (IPC-CSN 27-54-53-01) packing (16) on the solenoid valve (1).

(5)

Carefully install the solenoid valve (1) to the valve block (12).

(6)

Install the washers (5) and the bolts (4).

(7)

TORQUE the bolts (4) to between 0.25 and 0.27 M.DAN (22.12 and 23.89 LBF.IN).

Subtask 27-54-53-860-059-A
B.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Pressurize the reservoirs of the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002A).

(2)

Make sure that the level of the fluid in the relevant hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A), (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(3)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A) from the slat/flap control lever.

(4)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(5)

Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 27-54-53-865-055-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-53-710-051-A
D.

5.

Test
(1)

Do the operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Examine the solenoid valve and make sure that there are no leaks.

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-53-860-058-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the level of the fluid in the relevant hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A), (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(2)

Remove the container from below the valve block (12).

27-54-53 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-54-53-410-051-A
B.

AES

Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-54-53 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-53-000-003-A
Removal of the Filters of the Valve Blocks
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
NOTE :
1.

The removal procedure for the filter of the valve block 24CV is specified. The removal procedure for the filter of
the valve block 23CV is almost the same. If there are differences in the procedures they are specified.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-53-991-00300-B - Filter)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-53-865-056-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU
121VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

27-54-53 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-53-010-052-A
B.

Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-53-860-052-A
C.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position at the opening of the main gear main door.

(3)

Make sure that the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration. (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(4)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

(5)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(6)

Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) in position below the valve block (1).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-53-991-00300-B - Filter)
Subtask 27-54-53-020-052-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Filter

(1)

Cut, remove and discard the lockwire.

(2)

Remove the filter (3) from the valve block (1).

(3)

Remove and discard the O-ring (2) from the filter (3).

27-54-53 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z147/148

Z734
Z744

A
FR46

B
VALVE BLOCK
24CV
VALVE BLOCK
23CV

N_MM_275453_4_AEP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-53-991-00300-B SHEET 1

Filter

27-54-53 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-53-400-003-A
Installation of the Filters of the Valve Blocks
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
NOTE :
1.

The installation procedure for the filter of the valve block 24CV is specified. The installation procedure for the filter
of the valve block 23CV is almost the same. If there are differences in the procedures they are specified.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27803000000
B.

No specific

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel dia. 0.6 mm (0.24 in.)

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
2

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003

C.

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-84-53-01-060

O-ring
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

27-00-00-080-002-A

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

AES

27-54-53 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

DESIGNATION
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-53-991-00300-B - Filter)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-53-860-060-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

(2)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is in position at the main gear main door
opening.

(3)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref.
TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(6)

Put a CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT in position below the Power Control Unit
(PCU) (1).

Subtask 27-54-53-865-057-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
121VU

4.

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-53-991-00300-B - Filter)
Subtask 27-54-53-420-052-A
A.

AES

Installation of the Filter

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the (IPC-CSN 27-84-53-01) O-ring (2) and to the
threads of the filter (3).

(4)

Install the new O-ring (2) on the filter (3).

(5)

Install the filter (3) complete with the O-ring (2) in the valve block (1).

(6)

TORQUE the filter (3) to between 4.0 and 4.5 M.DAN (29.50 and 33.19 LBF.FT).

27-54-53 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

Safety the filter (3) with the lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel dia. 0.6 mm (0.24 in.).

Subtask 27-54-53-860-062-A
B.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Pressurize the reservoirs of the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002A).

(2)

Make sure that the level of the fluid in the relevant hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(3)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A) from the slat/flap control lever.

(4)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(5)

Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 27-54-53-865-058-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-53-710-052-A
D.

5.

Test
(1)

Do the operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Examine the filter (3) and make sure that there are no leaks.

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-53-860-061-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the level of the fluid in the relevant hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(2)

Remove the container from below the valve block (1).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-54-53-410-052-A
B.

AES

Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-54-53 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

MOTOR - HYDRAULIC, FLAPS PCU - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-54-000-001-A
Removal of the Hydraulic Motor of the Flap Power Control-Unit with the Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve Block
Assembly
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

No specific

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

AR

PLUG - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27508625000
98D27803000000

2
1

CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

CAP - BLANKING

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Flap Drive System

27-54-54-000-002-A

Removal of the Hydraulic Motor of the Flap Power Control-Unit without the
Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve Block Assembly

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

AES

27-54-54 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
32-12-00-010-001-A

DESIGNATION
Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-54-991-00300-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-54-991-00100-B - Hydraulic Motor)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-54-866-050-A
A.

Retraction of the Flaps

(1)

Retract the flaps to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

Subtask 27-54-54-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-54-010-050-A
C.

Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-54-860-050-B
D.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the opening of the main door
of the main gear.

(2)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A).

(3)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A)

(4)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(5)

Install the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) in the left and right flap track positions 1.
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-54-991-00300-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)
(a)

(6)
4.

If you cannot install the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) easily, do the adjustment of
the L/H (R/H) flap drive system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-820-001-A).

Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) in position below the Power Control Unit (PCU) (1).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-54-991-00100-B - Hydraulic Motor)

AES

27-54-54 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-54-020-050-A
CAUTION :

A.

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE SECOND
WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.

Removal of the Hydraulic Motor

NOTE :

(1)

(2)

AES

The removal procedure for the hydraulic motor which is attached to the valve block 23CV is given. The
removal procedure for the hydraulic motor which is attached to the valve block 24CV is almost the
same. The differences in the procedures are given in the steps that follow.

This task gives the removal procedure of the hydraulic motor (7) at the same time with the Pressure-Off
Brake (POB) (41) and the valve block assembly (23) from the differential gear box (40). If it is
necessary to remove only the hydraulic motor (7), refer to (Ref. TASK 27-54-54-000-002-A).
(a)

Disconnect the hydraulic lines (11).

(b)

Disconnect the case drain line (8) from the hydraulic motor (7).

(c)

Remove and discard the tie wrap (9) and disconnect the seal drain line (10) from the POB (41).

(d)

Install the CAP - BLANKING on the open line ends (8),(10),(11).

(e)

Install the PLUG - BLANKING in the ports of the PCU (1).

(f)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (22) from the valve block assembly (23).

(g)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors and receptacles.

(h)

Remove the bolts (3) and the washers (2).

(i)

Support the hydraulic motor (7), the POB (41) and the valve block assembly (23).

(j)

Remove the nuts (24) and the washers (25) from the studs (42).

(k)

Remove the valve block assembly (23) together with the POB (41) and the hydraulic motor (7).

Remove the hydraulic motor (7) from the valve block assembly (23) and the POB (41).
(a)

Remove the bolts (6) and the washers (5).

(b)

Carefully remove the hydraulic motor (7) from the POB (41) and from the transfer tubes (14) on
the valve block assembly (23).

(c)

Remove and discard the O-ring (4).

(d)

Carefully remove the POB (41) from the transfer tube (33).

(3)

Remove and discard the O-rings (13),(35) and the back-up rings (12),(34) from the transfer tubes (14).

(4)

Remove and discard the locking rings (21),(30) from the transfer tubes (14),(33).

(5)

Remove the transfer tubes (14),(33) from the valve block assembly (23).

(6)

Remove and discard the back-up rings (15),(31) and the O-rings (20),(32) from the transfer tubes
(14),(33).

27-54-54 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
Z190
Z530

Z530
Z530

N_MM_275454_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-54-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4

27-54-54 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
1

A
Z734

Z744

B
FR43

40

B
41

2
3
4

34
35

42

34

33
31

21

31
32
9

8
30

15
10

11
14

25

20 15

24

11

23

13

14

22

12

12

N_MM_275454_4_AAP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-54-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Hydraulic Motor

27-54-54 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-54-400-001-A
Installation of the Hydraulic Motor of the Flap Power Control-Unit with the Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve Block
Assembly
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27508625000
98D27803000000
B.

Material No: 05-002

Material No: 05-054
Material No: 06-001
Material No: 11-026

AES

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
ZINC POWDER
LUBRICANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
4
21

CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003

C.

2
1

DESIGNATION
O-ring
locking rings

IPC-CSN
27-84-51-01-070
27-84-51-01-140

27-54-54 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

12
15

FIG.ITEM
back-up rings
back-up rings

IPC-CSN
27-84-51-01-150
27-84-51-01-150

13

O-rings

27-84-51-01-160

20
30
31
34

O-rings
locking ring
back-up rings
back-up rings

27-84-51-01-160
27-84-51-01-180
27-84-51-01-190
27-84-51-01-190

32

O-rings

27-84-51-01-200

35

O-rings

27-84-51-01-200

D.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

27-00-00-080-002-A

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-54-400-002-A

Installation of the Hydraulic Motor of the Flap Power Control-Unit without the
Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve Block Assembly

29-10-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

32-12-00-010-001-A
Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-54-991-00300-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-54-991-00100-B - Hydraulic Motor)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-54-860-053-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the main doors of the main gear are open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the flaps are retracted to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(3)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref.
TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A) is installed on the slat/flap control lever.

(4)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at the opening of
the main door of the main gear.

27-54-54 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A).

(6)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

(7)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green and
Yellow hydraulic systems.

(8)

Make sure that the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) is installed in the left and right flaptrack positions 1.
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-54-991-00300-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)

(9)

Make sure that a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) is in position below the Power Control Unit (PCU)
(1).

Subtask 27-54-54-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
121VU

4.

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-54-991-00100-B - Hydraulic Motor)
Subtask 27-54-54-910-052-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) and fully remove the anti-corrosion compound from:
. the contact face of the hydraulic motor,
. the contact faces of the Pressure-Off Brake (POB),
. the contact face of the Power Control Unit (PCU).

(4)

Prepare a small quantity of a mixture of 58 % SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) and 42 %
SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-054) .

(5)

Apply a quantity of the prepared mixture to:

. the contact face of the hydraulic motor,
. the contact faces of the POB,
. the contact face of the PCU.

27-54-54 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-001) to the splined surfaces.

Subtask 27-54-54-420-051-A
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH
A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

YOU MUST INSTALL HYDRAULIC TUBES WITH HYDRAULIC FLUID AS LUBRICANT.

CAUTION :

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE SECOND
WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.

B.

Installation of the Hydraulic Motor

NOTE :

The installation procedure for the hydraulic motor which is attached to the valve block 23CV is given.
The installation procedure for the hydraulic motor which is attached to the valve block 24CV is almost
the same. The differences in the procedures are given in the steps that follow.

(1)

Install the (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up rings (12) , (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up rings (15) and
the (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings (13) , (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings (20) on the transfer tubes
(14).

(2)

Install the (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-ring (4) on the POB (41).

(3)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up rings (31) , (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up rings (34)
and the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings (32) , (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings (35) on the transfer
tube (33).

(4)

Put the transfer tubes (14),(33) in their related holes in the valve block assembly (23).

(5)

Safety the transfer tubes (14),(33) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) locking rings (21) and the new
(IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) locking ring (30) .

(6)

This procedure gives the installation procedure of the hydraulic motor (7) at the same time with the
POB (41) and the valve block assembly (23). If it is necessary to install only the hydraulic motor (7),
refer to (Ref. TASK 27-54-54-400-002-A).

(7)

Install the hydraulic motor (7) with the POB (41) on the valve block assembly (23).

(8)

Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the bolts (6).

(9)

Carefully install the hydraulic motor (7) on the transfer tubes (14).

(10) Carefully install the POB (41) on the transfer tube (33).
(11) Attach the hydraulic motor (7) to the POB (41) with the washers (5) and the bolts (6).
(12) TORQUE the bolts (6) to between 0.87 and 0.96 M.DAN (76.99 and 84.96 LBF.IN).
(13) Install the hydraulic motor (7) and the POB (41) and the valve block assembly (23).
(a)

AES

Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the studs (42) and to
the threads of the bolts (3).

27-54-54 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

Install the hydraulic motor (7), the POB (41) and the valve block assembly (23) at the same time
to the differential gearbox (40).

(c)

Attach the POB (41) and the valve block assembly (23) to the differential gearbox (40) with:
. the washers (2)
. the bolts (3)
. the washers (25).

(d)

TORQUE the bolts (3) and the nuts (24) to between 1.40 and 1.54 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.36
LBF.FT).

(14) Do a bonding test between the main bonding point of the power control unit and the:
. POB flange
. hydraulic motor flange
. valve block assembly flange.
The resistance must not be more than 20 milliohms.
(15) Connect the hydraulic lines.
(a)

Remove the blanking caps from the line ends (8),(10),(11).

(b)

Remove the blanking plugs from the ports of the PCU (1).

(c)

Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.

(d)

Apply the HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the threads of the line end-fittings.

(e)

Connect the case drain line (8) to the hydraulic motor (7).

(f)

TORQUE the union nut of the case drain line (8) to between 1.5 and 1.7 M.DAN (11.06 and
12.54 LBF.FT).

(g)

Connect the hydraulic lines (11) to the valve block assembly (23).

(h)

TORQUE the union nuts of the hydraulic lines (11) to between 5.4 and 5.9 M.DAN (39.82 and
43.51 LBF.FT).

(i)

Connect the seal drain line (10) to the POB (41).

(16) Connect the electrical connector (22).

(a)

Remove the caps from the electrical connectors (22).

(b)

Connect the electrical connector (22) to the valve block assembly (23).

Subtask 27-54-54-860-051-A
C.

AES

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Remove the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) from the left and right flap track positions 1.

(2)

Pressurize the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

(3)

Pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-002-A).

(4)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A) from the slat/flap control lever.

(5)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(6)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-54-54 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-54-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-54-710-050-A
E.

5.

Test
(1)

Do the operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that there are no leaks and that no fluid comes out of the seal drain line (10).

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-54-860-052-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the level of fluid in the relevant hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(2)

Remove the container from below the PCU (1).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-54-54-410-050-A
B.

AES

Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-54-54 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-54-000-002-A
Removal of the Hydraulic Motor of the Flap Power Control-Unit without the Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve Block
Assembly
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27508625000
98D27803000000

2
1

CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-820-001-A

Adjustment of the Flap Drive System

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-54-991-00300-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-54-991-00200-B - Removal of the Hydraulic Motor of the Flap Power Control-Unit (6201CM))

AES

27-54-54 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-54-866-051-A
A.

Retraction of the Flaps

(1)

Retract the flaps to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

Subtask 27-54-54-865-053-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-54-010-051-A
C.

Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-54-860-054-B
D.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position at the opening of the main door of the main
gear.

(2)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A).

(3)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(4)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green and Yellow
hydraulic systems.

(5)

Install the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) in the left and right flap track positions 1.
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-54-991-00300-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)
(a)

(6)
4.

If you cannot install the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) easily, do the adjustment of
the L/H (R/H) flap drive system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-820-001-A).

Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) in position below the hydraulic motor (5).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-54-991-00200-B - Removal of the Hydraulic Motor of the Flap Power Control-Unit (6201CM))
Subtask 27-54-54-020-052-A
CAUTION :

AES

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE SECOND
WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.

27-54-54 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A.

Removal of the Hydraulic Motor

NOTE :

AES

The removal procedure for the hydraulic motor which is attached to the valve block 23CV is given. The
removal procedure for the hydraulic motor which is attached to the valve block 24CV is almost the
same. The differences in the procedures are given in the steps that follow.

(1)

Disconnect the case drain line (4) from the hydraulic motor (5).

(2)

Install the CAP - BLANKING on the open line end (4).

(3)

Remove the bolts (3) and the washers (2).

(4)

Carefully remove the hydraulic motor (5) from the POB (9) and from the transfer tubes (8).

(5)

Remove and discard the O-ring (1).

(6)

Remove and discard the O-rings (7) and the back-up rings (6) from the transfer tubes (8).

27-54-54 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
Z734

Z744

B
FR46

B
1

2
3

6
7
6

5
N_MM_275454_4_ACP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-54-991-00200-B SHEET 1

Removal of the Hydraulic Motor of the Flap Power ControlUnit (6201CM)

27-54-54 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-54-400-002-A
Installation of the Hydraulic Motor of the Flap Power Control-Unit without the Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve Block
Assembly
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27508625000
98D27803000000
B.

Material No: 05-002

Material No: 05-054
Material No: 06-001
Material No: 11-026

AES

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
ZINC POWDER
LUBRICANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
1
6

CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003

C.

2
1

DESIGNATION
O-ring
back-up rings

IPC-CSN
27-84-51-01-070
27-84-51-01-150

27-54-54 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG.ITEM
7

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-84-51-01-160

O-rings
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

27-00-00-080-002-A

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

29-10-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-54-991-00300-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-54-991-00200-B - Removal of the Hydraulic Motor of the Flap Power Control-Unit (6201CM))
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-54-860-055-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the main doors of the main gear are open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the flaps are retracted to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(3)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref.
TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A) is installed on the slat/flap control lever.

(4)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is in position at the opening of the main door of
the main gear.

(5)

Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A).

(6)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

(7)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green and
Yellow hydraulic systems.

(8)

Make sure that the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) is installed in the left and right flaptrack positions 1.
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-54-991-00300-A - Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4)

(9)

Make sure that a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) is in position below the hydraulic motor (5).

27-54-54 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-54-865-054-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
121VU

4.

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-54-991-00200-B - Removal of the Hydraulic Motor of the Flap Power Control-Unit (6201CM))
Subtask 27-54-54-910-053-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Use the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) and fully remove the anti-corrosion compound
from:
. the mating face of the hydraulic motor
. the mating face of the Pressure-Off Brake (POB).

(4)

Prepare a small quantity of a mixture of 58 % of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) and
42 % of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-054) .

(5)

Apply a quantity of the prepared mixture to:

. the mating face of the hydraulic motor
. the mating faces of the POB.

(6)

Apply the LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-001) to the splined surfaces.

Subtask 27-54-54-420-052-A
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH
A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

27-54-54 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION :

YOU MUST INSTALL HYDRAULIC TUBES WITH HYDRAULIC FLUID AS LUBRICANT.

CAUTION :

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE SECOND
WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.

B.

Installation of the Hydraulic Motor

NOTE :

The installation procedure for the hydraulic motor which is attached to the valve block 23CV is given.
The installation procedure for the hydraulic motor which is attached to the valve block 24CV is almost
the same. The differences in the procedures are given in the steps that follow.

(1)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up rings (6) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings
(7) on the transfer tubes (8).

(2)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-ring (1) on the POB (9).

(3)

Install the hydraulic motor on the POB.

(a)

Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the bolts (3).

(b)

Engage the splines on the shaft of the POB (9) with those in the hydraulic motor (5).

(c)

Carefully install the hydraulic motor (5) on the transfer tubes (8).

(d)

Attach the hydraulic motor (5) to the POB (9) with the washers (2) and the bolts (3).

(e)

TORQUE the bolts (3) to between 0.87 and 0.96 M.DAN (76.99 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

(4)

Do
.
.
.

a bonding test between the main bonding point of the power control unit and the:
POB flange
hydraulic motor flange
valve block assembly flange.
The resistance must not be more than 20 milliohms.

(5)

Connect the hydraulic lines.

(a)

Remove the blanking caps from the line end (4).

(b)

Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.

(c)

Apply the HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the threads of the line end-fittings.

(d)

Connect the case drain line (4) to the hydraulic motor (5).

(e)

TORQUE the union nut of the case drain line (4) to between 1.5 and 1.7 M.DAN (11.06 and
12.54 LBF.FT).

Subtask 27-54-54-860-056-A
C.

AES

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Remove the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) from the left and right flap-track positions 1.

(2)

Pressurize the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

(3)

Pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-002-A).

(4)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A) from the slat/flap control lever.

(5)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(6)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-54-54 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-54-865-055-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-54-710-051-A
E.

Test
(1)

5.

Do the operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-54-860-057-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the level of fluid in the relevant hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(2)

Remove the container from below the hydraulic motor (5).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-54-54-410-051-A
B.

AES

Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-54-54 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LEVER ASSY - FLAP ACTUATOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-55-000-001-A
Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Tracks 1 and 2
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

STRUT - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27507536000
98D27508697000
98D27508698000

1
1
1

SOCKET WRENCH - RETAINER NUT, TRACK 1

EXTRACTOR - HOUSING, TRACK 2,3,4
EXTRACTOR-HOUSING,OUTB TR 3

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
193AB, 193BB, 194AB, 194BB,
573BB, 673BB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Inboard and Outboard Flap Hoisting-Sling

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

AES

27-54-55 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-49-000-001-A
27-54-49-000-002-A

Removal of the Flap Track 1 Actuator

Removal of the Flap Track 2 Actuator

27-60-00-866-002-A
32-12-00-010-001-A
53-35-11-000-001-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

57-51-33-000-001-A
57-51-37-000-002-A
57-55-11-000-001-A

Removal of the No.1 Flap Track Beam

Removal of the Access Panels
Removal of the Flap Track Fairings Nos. 2, 3 and 4

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-B - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00400-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 2)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-E - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-55-941-067-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear doors.

Subtask 27-54-55-860-053-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever.

(3)

For the track 2 lever assembly, fully extend the No. 1 Spoiler (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is

on the poiston rod of the servo-control.

Subtask 27-54-55-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU
121VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

27-54-55 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-55-010-050-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the applicable zone 573 or 673.

(2)

If necessary, remove the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001-A):

. for the LH flap-actuator lever assembly, remove 193AB 193BB
. for the RH flap-actuator lever assembly, remove 194AB 194BB.

(3)

Open the applicable MLG door zone 734(744) (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable MLG door actuating
cylinder.

(5)

Remove the No. 2 flap track movable fairing, but do not retract the flaps or remove the fixed fairings
(Ref. TASK 57-55-11-000-001-A).

(6)

Remove the applicable access panel, 573BB or 673BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A).

Subtask 27-54-55-480-050-A
E.

Installation of Support Equipment

(1)

Install a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on the torque shafts
outboard of the Track 2 actuator (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(2)

Install the inboard flap hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-002-A).

Subtask 27-54-55-020-055-A
F.

4.

Remove the Applicable Actuator:

. for the Track 1 actuator lever remove, 6205CM (6255CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-001-A)
. for the Track 2 actuator lever remove, 6211CM (6261CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-002-A).

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-B - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00400-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 2)
** On A/C 005-005
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-E - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)
CAUTION :

AES

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

27-54-55 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-005
Subtask 27-54-55-020-053-C
A.

Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 1

CAUTION :

SUPPORT THE FLAP ALONG THE FULL LENGTH OF THE TRAILING EDGE. THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE FLAP.

(1)

Use the hoisting sling to hold the weight of the inboard flap.

(2)

At the track 2 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00400-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 2)

(3)

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (30).

(b)

Remove the nut (31), the washer (29) and the bolt (33).

(c)

Disconnect the lever (28) from the flap link arm (32).

At the track 1 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (14).

(b)

Remove the nut (15) and the washer (16).

(c)

Remove the bolts (7), the washers (6) and the indicator plate (8).

(d)

Remove the indicator pin (9) and the shearbolt (10).

(e)

Move the flap link arm (5) from the lever (17) and remove the packers (11) and (13).

(f)

Remove the bushes (12) from the lever (17).

(g)

Lower the inboard flap onto the stops at tracks 1 and 2.

NOTE :

The stops only limit the carriage movement, they do not prevent flap movement.

(h)

Hold the trailing edge of the inboard flap with an STRUT - ADJUSTABLE.

(i)

Remove the nuts (18) from the bolts (2), (3) and (4).

(j)

Remove the bolts (2), (3) and (4) and the cover shell (1).

(k)

Disconnect the No. 1 flap track beam from the aircraft structure at the forward and the rear
mountings (Ref. TASK 57-51-33-000-001-A).
NOTE :

(l)

This will give sufficient access to remove the flap-actuator lever from the beam.

Remove the lever (17) from the No.1 flap track beam.

Subtask 27-54-55-020-058-G
B.

Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 2

CAUTION :

AES

SUPPORT THE FLAP ALONG THE FULL LENGTH OF THE TRAILING EDGE. THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE FLAP.

(1)

Use the hoisting sling to hold the weight of the inboard flap.

(2)

At the track 1 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (14).

(b)

Remove the nut (15) and the washer (16).

27-54-55 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(3)

(c)

Remove the bolts (7), the washers (6) and the indicator plate (8).

(d)

Remove the indicator pin (9) and the shearbolt (10).

(e)

Move the flap link arm (5) from the lever (17) and remove the packers (11) and (13).

(f)

Remove the bushes (12) from the lever (17).

At the track 2 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00400-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 2)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (30).

(b)

Remove the nut (31), the washer (29) and the bolt (33).

(c)

Disconnect the lever (28) from the flap link arm (32).

(d)

Lower the inboard flap on to the stops at tracks 1 and 2.

NOTE :

The stops only limit the carriage movement, they do not prevent flap movement.

(e)

Hold the trailing edge of the inboard flap with an STRUT - ADJUSTABLE.

(f)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (38).

(g)

Remove the nut (39), the bolt (27) and the retention plate (35).

(h)

Remove the nut (44) and the bolt (25).

(i)

Use the EXTRACTOR-HOUSING,OUTB TR 3 (98D27508698000) to remove the bearing housing

(26).

(j)

Move the lever (28) inboard and remove it from the bearing housing (34).

(k)

Turn the lever (28) through 90 deg. and remove it from the brackets (36) on the rear spar.

(l)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (37). Use the SOCKET WRENCH - RETAINER NUT, TRACK
1 (98D27507536000) to remove the ring nut (40).

(m) Use the EXTRACTOR - HOUSING, TRACK 2,3,4 (98D27508697000) to remove the bearing
housing (34).
(n)

Remove the nuts (41), the bolts (43) and the anti-rotation plate (42).

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-55-020-053-F
A.

Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 1

CAUTION :

(1)

Use the hoisting sling to hold the weight of the inboard flap.

(2)

At the track 2 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00400-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 2)

(3)

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (30).

(b)

Remove the nut (31), the washer (29) and the bolt (33).

(c)

Disconnect the lever (28) from the flap link arm (32).

At the track 1 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-B - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)
(a)

AES

SUPPORT THE FLAP ALONG THE FULL LENGTH OF THE TRAILING EDGE. THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE FLAP.

Remove and discard the cotter pin (2). Remove the nut (3) and the washer (4).

27-54-55 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

Remove the bolts (7), the washers (6) and the indicator plate (8).

(c)

Remove the indicator pin (9) and the shearbolt (10).

(d)

Move the flap link arm (5) from the lever (1) and remove the packers (11) and (13).

(e)

Remove the bushes (12) from the lever (1).

(f)

Lower the inboard flap onto the stops at tracks 1 and 2.

NOTE :

The stops only limit the carriage movement, they do not prevent flap movement.

(g)

Hold the trailing edge of the inboard flap with an STRUT - ADJUSTABLE.

(h)

Release the tab on the lock plate (15).

(i)

Use the SOCKET WRENCH - RETAINER NUT, TRACK 1 (98D27507536000) and remove the
special nut (16).

(j)

Remove the lock plate (15) and the bush (14).

(k)

Discard the lock plate (15).

(l)

Disconnect the No. 1 flap track beam from the aircraft structure at the forward and the rear
mountings (Ref. TASK 57-51-33-000-001-A).
NOTE :

This will give sufficient access to remove the flap-actuator lever from the beam.

(m) Remove the lever (1) from the No.1 flap track beam.
Subtask 27-54-55-020-058-F
CAUTION :

B.

SUPPORT THE FLAP ALONG THE FULL LENGTH OF THE TRAILING EDGE. THIS WILL PREVENT
DAMAGE TO THE FLAP.

Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 2

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00400-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 2)
(1)

Use the hoisting sling to hold the weight of the inboard flap.

(2)

At the track 1 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-B - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)

(3)

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (2). Remove the nut (3) and the washer (4).

(b)

Remove the bolts (7), the washers (6) and the indicator plate (8).

(c)

Remove the indicator pin (9) and the shearbolt (10).

(d)

Move the flap link arm (5) from the lever (1) and remove the packers (11) and (13).

(e)

Remove the bushes (12) from the flap-actuator lever (1).

At the track 2 position:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (30).

(b)

Remove the nut (31), the washer (29) and the bolt (33).

(c)

Disconnect the lever (28) from the flap link arm (32).

(d)

Lower the inboard flap on to the stops at tracks 1 and 2.

NOTE :

AES

The stops only limit the carriage movement, they do not prevent flap movement.

(e)

Hold the trailing edge of the inboard flap with an STRUT - ADJUSTABLE.

(f)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (38).

27-54-55 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(g)

Remove the nut (39), the bolt (27) and the retention plate (35).

(h)

Remove the nut (44) and the bolt (25).

(i)

Use the EXTRACTOR-HOUSING,OUTB TR 3 (98D27508698000) to remove the bearing housing

(26).

(j)

Move the lever (28) inboard and remove it from the bearing housing (34).

(k)

Turn the lever (28) through 90 deg. and remove it from the brackets (36) on the rear spar.

(l)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (37). Use the SOCKET WRENCH - RETAINER NUT, TRACK
1 (98D27507536000) to remove the ring nut (40).

(m) Use the EXTRACTOR - HOUSING, TRACK 2,3,4 (98D27508697000) to remove the bearing
housing (34).
(n)

Remove the nuts (41), the bolts (43) and the anti-rotation plate (42).

** On A/C 006-099
Subtask 27-54-55-020-053-G
A.

Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 1

CAUTION :

SUPPORT THE FLAP ALONG THE FULL LENGTH OF THE TRAILING EDGE. THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE FLAP.

(1)

Use the hoisting sling to hold the weight of the inboard flap.

(2)

At the track 2 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00400-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 2)

(3)

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (30).

(b)

Remove the nut (31), the washer (29) and the bolt (33).

(c)

Disconnect the lever (28) from the flap link arm (32).

At the track 1 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-E - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

(b)

Remove the nut (8), the washer (7) and the bolt (6).

(c)

Disconnect the lever (10) from the flap link arm (5).
NOTE :

(d)

Hold the trailing edge of the inboard flap with an STRUT - ADJUSTABLE.

(e)

Remove the nuts (11) from the bolts (2), (3) and (4).

(f)

Remove the bolts (2), (3) and (4) and the cover shell (1).

(g)

Disconnect the No. 1 flap track beam from the aircraft structure at the forward and the rear
mountings (Ref. TASK 57-51-33-000-001-A).
NOTE :

(h)

AES

The stops only limit the carriage movement, they do not prevent flap movement.

This will give sufficient access to remove the flap-actuator lever from the beam.

Remove the lever (10) from the No.1 flap track beam.

27-54-55 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-55-020-058-C
B.

Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 2

CAUTION :

SUPPORT THE FLAP ALONG THE FULL LENGTH OF THE TRAILING EDGE. THIS WILL
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE FLAP.

(1)

Use the hoisting sling to hold the weight of the inboard flap.

(2)

At the track 1 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-E - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)

(3)

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

(b)

Remove the nut (8), the washer (7) and the bolt (6).

(c)

Disconnect the lever (10) from the flap link arm (5).

At the track 2 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00400-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 2)
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (30).

(b)

Remove the nut (31), the washer (29) and the bolt (33).

(c)

Disconnect the lever (28) from the flap link arm (32).

(d)

Lower the inboard flap on to the stops at tracks 1 and 2.

NOTE :

The stops only limit the carriage movement, they do not prevent flap movement.

(e)

Hold the trailing edge of the inboard flap with an STRUT - ADJUSTABLE.

(f)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (38).

(g)

Remove the nut (39), the bolt (27) and the retention plate (35).

(h)

Remove the nut (44) and the bolt (25).

(i)

Use the EXTRACTOR-HOUSING,OUTB TR 3 (98D27508698000) to remove the bearing housing

(26).

(j)

Move the lever (28) inboard and remove it from the bearing housing (34).

(k)

Turn the lever (28) through 90 deg. and remove it from the brackets (36) on the rear spar.

(l)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (37). Use the SOCKET WRENCH - RETAINER NUT, TRACK
1 (98D27507536000) to remove the ring nut (40).

(m) Use the EXTRACTOR - HOUSING, TRACK 2,3,4 (98D27508697000) to remove the bearing
housing (34).
(n)

AES

Remove the nuts (41), the bolts (43) and the anti-rotation plate (42).

27-54-55 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

(Z148)
Z147
193AB 193BB
(194AB)(194BB)

FLAP TRACK BEAM

16
1

15
14

7
6
8
5

9
10

13
4

12
11

2
3

N_MM_275455_4_BAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-55-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1

27-54-55 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
STA4067/RIB 8

25

A
44

A
(Z147)
Z148

(573BB)
673BB

26

43

42
41
40
39

36

27

28
38

37

34
30
31

35

BOLTING LH

33

29
BOLTING RH
29
31

33

32
30

32

N_MM_275455_4_DGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-55-991-00400-D SHEET 1

Flap Actuator Lever - Track 2

27-54-55 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-005

(Z148)
Z147
193AB 193BB
(194AB) (194BB)

A
18
18

FLAP TRACK BEAM

18

FLAP TRACK
BEAM

3
7
6
17

8
5

9
10

13
12

16
11

14

15

N_MM_275455_4_BAP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-55-991-00100-D SHEET 1

Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1

27-54-55 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 006-099

(Z148)
Z147
193AB 193BB
(194AB)(194BB)

11

11

FLAP
TRACK
BEAM
1

FLAP
TRACK
BEAM

3
10

8
5

N_MM_275455_4_CAP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-55-991-00100-E SHEET 1

Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1

27-54-55 PB401

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-55-400-001-A
Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Tracks 1 and 2
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

DESIGNATION

No specific

AR

SCRAPER - NON METALLIC

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.00 and 1.20 M.DAN (0.00 and 9.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27504028000
** On A/C 003-004

SPANNER-FLAP LEVER TRACKS 2 AND 3

98D27507536000
98D27604000000

1
1

SOCKET WRENCH - RETAINER NUT, TRACK 1

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-022
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 05-064
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026

AES

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
RELEASE AGENT
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE

27-54-55 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
573BB, 673BB
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
37
38

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-54-05-27-010
27-54-05-27-010

cotter-pin
cotter pin

** On A/C 005-099
30

cotter-pin

27-54-05-33-010

** On A/C 003-004
30
2

cotter-pin
cotter pin

27-54-05-33-025
27-54-05-33-035

** On A/C 005-005
14

cotter pin

27-54-05-33-040

** On A/C 006-099
9

cotter pin

27-54-05-33-150

** On A/C 003-004
15
14

lock plate
bush
E.

57-51-33-14-010
57-51-33-14-030

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Inboard and Outboard Flap Hoisting-Sling

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-00-820-003-A

To do a Check of the Flap Rigged Position (with the Sharks Fin)

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-49-000-001-A

Removal of the Flap Track 1 Actuator

27-54-49-000-002-A
27-54-49-400-001-A
27-54-49-400-002-A

Removal of the Flap Track 2 Actuator

Installation of the Flap Track 1 Actuator
Installation of the Flap Track 2 Actuator

27-60-00-866-002-A
32-12-00-410-001-A
53-35-11-000-001-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

AES

27-54-55 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
57-51-33-400-001-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the No.1 Flap Track Beam

57-51-37-000-002-A
57-51-37-400-002-A
57-55-11-000-001-A

Removal of the Access Panels

Installation of the Access Panels
Removal of the Flap Track Fairings Nos. 2, 3 and 4

57-55-11-400-001-A

Installation of the Flap Track Fairings Nos. 2, 3 and 4

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00400-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 2)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-B - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-E - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-55-941-070-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear doors.

Subtask 27-54-55-860-056-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the access platform is below the applicable zone 573 (673).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control-lever.

(3)

Make sure that the applicable MLG door zone 734(744) is open and the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK
(460005835) is on the MLG door actuating cylinder.

(4)

Make sure that the flaps are extended fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(5)

Make sure that the No. 1 Spoiler has been extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(6)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

(7)

Make sure that the applicable access panels have been removed:
. for the left wing, panels 193AB, 193BB
. for the right wing, panels 194AB, 194BB.

(8)

Make sure that the applicable actuators for Tracks 1 and 2 have been removed (Ref. TASK
27-54-49-000-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-002-A).

(9)

Make sure that the No. 2 flap track movable-fairing has been removed (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-000-001A).

(10) Make sure that the access panels 573BB(673BB) are removed (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A).

AES

27-54-55 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-55-865-053-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-55-420-055-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Remove the unwanted sealant from all the interface surfaces with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC and
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5)

Examine the bushes and bearing surfaces for wear and for general condition.

** On A/C 005-005
Subtask 27-54-55-420-053-C
B.

Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 1

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

AES

At the track 1 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)
(a)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the bearing surfaces of the actuator lever
(17).

(b)

Install the actuator lever (17) into the No.1 flap track beam.

(c)

Connect the No.1 flap track beam to the aircraft structure at the forward and the rear mountings
(Ref. TASK 57-51-33-400-001-A).

27-54-55 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(2)

(d)

Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the thread of the nuts (18).

(e)

Install the cover shell (1) with the bolts (2), (3) and (4) and the nuts (18).

(f)

TORQUE the bolts (2), (3) and (4) to between 1.4 and 1.6 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.80 LBF.FT).

(g)

Remove the adjustable strut.

(h)

Install the bushes (12) on the lever (17).

(i)

Connect the lever (17) to the flap link arm (5) as follows:

(j)

Put and hold the packers (11) and (13) in position on the lever (17).

(k)

Put the lever (17) in position on the flap link arm (5).

At the track 2 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00400-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 2)
(a)

Connect the lever (28) to the flap link arm (32) as follows:
1

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the bolt (33) and to the nut (31).

Install the bolt (33), the washer (29) and the nut (31).

(3)

Do a check of the flap rigged position (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-003-A).

(4)

At the track 1 position:

(5)

(a)

TORQUE the nut (15) to between 1.6 and 1.8 M.DAN (11.80 and 13.27 LBF.FT) and safety with
a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter pin (14) .

(b)

Install the indicator pin (9), the indicator plate (8), the washers (6) and the bolts (7).

(c)

TORQUE the bolts (7) to between 0.15 and 0.17 M.DAN (13.27 and 15.04 LBF.IN).

At the track 2 position:

(a)

(6)

At tracks 1 and 2:
(a)

(7)

TORQUE the nut (31) to between 10 and 12 M.DAN (73.75 and 88.50 LBF.FT) and safety with
a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter-pin (30) .
Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (10) and (33) and the
nuts (15) and (31) after assembly.

Install the Flap Track 1 Actuator 6205CM(6255CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-55-420-061-J
C.

Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 2

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

At the track 2 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00400-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 2)
(a)

AES

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) to the bolts (43).

27-54-55 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

Install the bolts (43) in the outboard bracket (36) with the bolt heads inboard.

(c)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the mating face
of the anti-rotation plate (42).

(d)

Install the anti-rotation plate (42) on the bolts (43) and loosely install the nuts (41).

(e)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-064) to the holes of the bearing housings in the
brackets (36).

(f)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) to the plain shank and flange of the bearing housing
(34).

(g)

Install the bearing housing (34) in the outboard bracket (36) and tighten the nuts (41).

(h)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the ring nut (40).

(i)

Install the ring nut (40) on the bearing housing (34).

(j)

Torque the ring nut (40) with the SPANNER-FLAP LEVER TRACKS 2 AND 3
(98D27504028000) to between 1.4 and 1.5 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.06 LBF.FT).

(k)

If necessary, drill a 2.5 mm (0.10 in.) hole for the cotter pin (37) in an applicable position on the
bearing housing (34). Remove all unwanted material from the area.

(l)

Safety the ring nut (40) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-27) cotter-pin (37) .

(m) Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the bearing surfaces of the lever (28).

(2)

(3)

(n)

Turn the lever (28) through 90 deg. and install it in the bearing housing (34).

(o)

Install the bearing housing (26), the bolt (25) and the nut (44).

(p)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the retention plate (35) and to the bolt
(27).

(q)

Install the retention plate (35), the bolt (27) and the nut (39).

(r)

TORQUE the nut (39) to between 1.4 and 1.5 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.06 LBF.FT).

(s)

Manually operate the lever (28) and make sure that it moves freely.

(t)

Safety the nut (39) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-27) cotter pin (38) .

(u)

Remove the adjustable strut.

At the track 1 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)
(a)

Install the bushes (12) on the lever (17).

(b)

Connect the lever (17) to the flap link arm (5) as follows:

AES

Put and hold the packers (11) and (13) in position on the lever (17).

Put the lever (17) in position on the flap link arm (5).

Install the bolt (10), the washer (16) and the nut (15).

At the track 2 position:

(a)

(4)

Connect the lever (28) to the flap link arm (32) as follows:
1

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the bolt (33) and to the nut (31).

Install the bolt (33), the washer (29) and the nut (31).

Do a check of the flap rigged position (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-003-A).

27-54-55 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

(6)

At the track 1 position:

(a)

TORQUE the nut (15) to between 1.6 and 1.8 M.DAN (11.80 and 13.27 LBF.FT) and safety with
a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter pin (14) .

(b)

Install the indicator pin (9), the indicator plate (8), the washers (6) and the bolts (7).

(c)

TORQUE the bolts (7) to between 0.15 and 0.17 M.DAN (13.27 and 15.04 LBF.IN).

At the track 2 position:

(a)

(7)

TORQUE the nut (31) to between 10 and 12 M.DAN (73.75 and 88.50 LBF.FT) and safety with
a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter-pin (30) .

At tracks 1 and 2:
(a)

Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (10) and (33) and the
nuts (15) and (31) after assembly.

(8)

Install the Flap Track 2 Actuator 6211CM(6261CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-002-A).

(9)

Remove the locking tools LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the
torque shaft outboard of the track 2 actuator (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(10) Remove the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-002-A).

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-55-420-053-F
B.

Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 1

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

AES

At the track 1 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-B - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)
(a)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the bearing surfaces of the actuator lever
(1).

(b)

Install the actuator lever (1) into the No.1 flap track beam.

(c)

Install a new (IPC-CSN 57-51-33-14) bush (14) and a new (IPC-CSN 57-51-33-14) lock plate (15)
on the actuator lever (1).

(d)

Install the special nut (16) on the actuator lever (1).

(e)

Connect the No.1 flap track beam to the aircraft structure at the forward and the rear mountings
(Ref. TASK 57-51-33-400-001-A).

(f)

Hold the No.1 flap track beam and use the SOCKET WRENCH - RETAINER NUT, TRACK 1
(98D27507536000) to TORQUE the special nut (16) to between 11.3 and 13 M.DAN (83.33 and
95.87 LBF.FT).

(g)

Safety the special nut (16) with the lock plate (15).

(h)

Remove the adjustable strut.

27-54-55 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(2)

(i)

Install the bushes (12) on the lever (1).

(j)

Connect the lever (1) to the flap link arm (5) as follows:
1

Put and hold the packers (11) and (13) in position on the lever (1).

Put the lever (1) in position on the flap link arm (5).

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the bolt (10) and the nut (3).

Install the bolt (10), the washer (4) and the nut (3).

At the track 2 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00400-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 2)
(a)

Connect the lever (28) to the flap link arm (32) as follows:
1

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the bolt (33) and to the nut (31).

Install the bolt (33), the washer (29) and the nut (31).

(3)

Do a check of the flap rigged position (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-003-A).

(4)

At the track 1 position:

(5)

(a)

TORQUE the nut (3) to between 1.6 and 1.8 M.DAN (11.80 and 13.27 LBF.FT) and safety with
a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter pin (2) .

(b)

Install the indicator pin (9), the indicator plate (8), the washers (6) and the bolts (7).

(c)

TORQUE the bolts (7) to between 0.15 and 0.17 M.DAN (13.27 and 15.04 LBF.IN).

At the track 2 position:

(a)

(6)

At tracks 1 and 2:
(a)

(7)

TORQUE the nut (31) to between 1.2 and 1.8 M.DAN (106.19 and 159.29 LBF.IN) and safety
with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter-pin (30) .
Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (10) and (33) and the
nuts (3) and (31) after assembly.

Install the Flap Track 1 Actuator 6205CM(6255CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-55-420-061-I
C.

Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 2

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

AES

At the track 2 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00400-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 2)
(a)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) to the bolts (43).

(b)

Install the bolts (43) in the outboard bracket (36) with the bolt heads inboard.

(c)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the mating face
of the anti-rotation plate (42).

27-54-55 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d)

Install the anti-rotation plate (42) on the bolts (43) and loosely install the nuts (41).

(e)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-064) to the holes of the bearing housings in the
brackets (36).

(f)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) to the plain shank and flange of the bearing housing
(34).

(g)

Install the bearing housing (34) in the outboard bracket (36) and tighten the nuts (41).

(h)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the ring nut (40).

(i)

Install the ring nut (40) on the bearing housing (34).

(j)

Torque the ring nut (40) with the SPANNER-FLAP LEVER TRACKS 2 AND 3
(98D27504028000) to between 1.4 and 1.5 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.06 LBF.FT).

(k)

If necessary, drill a 2.5 mm (0.10 in.) hole for the cotter pin (37) in an applicable position on the
bearing housing (34). Remove all unwanted material from the area.

(l)

Safety the ring nut (40) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-27) cotter-pin (37) .

(m) Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the bearing surfaces of the lever (28).

(2)

(3)

(n)

Turn the lever (28) through 90 deg. and install it in the bearing housing (34).

(o)

Install the bearing housing (26), the bolt (25) and the nut (44).

(p)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the retention plate (35) and to the bolt
(27).

(q)

Install the retention plate (35), the bolt (27) and the nut (39).

(r)

TORQUE the nut (39) to between 1.4 and 1.5 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.06 LBF.FT).

(s)

Manually operate the lever (28) and make sure that it moves freely.

(t)

Safety the nut (39) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-27) cotter pin (38) .

(u)

Remove the adjustable strut.

At the track 1 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-B - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)
(a)

Install the bushes (12) on the lever (1).

(b)

Connect the lever (1) to the flap link arm (5) as follows:
Put and hold the packers (11) and (13) in position on the lever (1).

Put the lever (1) in position on the flap link arm (5).

Install the bolt (10), the washer (4) and the nut (3).

At the track 2 position:

(a)

AES

Connect the lever (28) to the flap link arm (32) as follows:
1

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the bolt (33) and the nut (31).

Install the bolt (33), the washer (29) and the nut (31).

(4)

Do a check of the flap rigged position (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-003-A).

(5)

At the track 1 position:

(a)

TORQUE the nut (3) to between 1.6 and 1.8 M.DAN (11.80 and 13.27 LBF.FT) and safety with
a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter pin (2) .

(b)

Install the indicator pin (9), the indicator plate (8), the washers (6) and the bolts (7).

27-54-55 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)
(6)

At the track 2 position:

(a)

(7)

TORQUE the bolts (7) to between 0.15 and 0.17 M.DAN (13.27 and 15.04 LBF.IN).
TORQUE the nut (31) to between 1.2 and 1.8 M.DAN (106.19 and 159.29 LBF.IN) and safety
with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter-pin (30) .

At tracks 1 and 2:
(a)

Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (10) and (33) and the
nuts (3) and (31) after assembly.

(8)

Install the Flap Track 2 Actuator 6211CM(6261CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-002-A).

(9)

Remove the locking tools LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the
torque shaft outboard of the Track 2 actuator (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(10) Remove the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-002-A).

** On A/C 006-099
Subtask 27-54-55-420-053-I
B.

Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 1

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

(2)

At the track 1 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-E - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)
(a)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the bearing surfaces of the actuator lever
(10).

(b)

Install the actuator lever (10) into the No.1 flap track beam.

(c)

Connect the No.1 flap track beam to the aircraft structure at the forward and the rear mountings
(Ref. TASK 57-51-33-400-001-A).

(d)

Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the thread of the nuts (11).

(e)

Install the cover shell (1) with the bolts (2), (3) and (4) and the nuts (11).

(f)

TORQUE the bolts (2), (3) and (4) to between 1.4 and 1.6 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.80 LBF.FT).

(g)

Remove the adjustable strut.

(h)

Connect the lever (10) to the flap link arm (5) as follows:
1

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the bolt (6) and to the nut (8).

Install the bolt (6), the washer (7) and the nut (8).

At the track 2 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00400-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 2)
(a)

Connect the lever (28) to the flap link arm (32) as follows:
1

AES

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the bolt (33) and to the nut (31).

27-54-55 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2

Install the bolt (33), the washer (29) and the nut (31).

(3)

Do a check of the flap rigged position (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-003-A).

(4)

At the track 1 position:

(a)

(5)

At the track 2 position:

(a)

(6)

TORQUE the nut (31) to between 1.2 and 1.8 M.DAN (106.19 and 159.29 LBF.IN) and safety
with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter-pin (30) .

At tracks 1 and 2:
(a)

(7)

TORQUE the nut (8) to between 1.2 and 1.8 M.DAN (106.19 and 159.29 LBF.IN) and safety
with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter pin (9) .

Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (6) and (33) and the nuts
(8) and (31) after assembly.

Install the Flap Track 1 Actuator 6205CM(6255CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-55-420-061-M
C.

Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 2

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

AES

At the track 2 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00400-D - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 2)
(a)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) to the bolts (43).

(b)

Install the bolts (43) in the outboard bracket (36) with the bolt heads inboard.

(c)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the mating face
of the anti-rotation plate (42).

(d)

Install the anti-rotation plate (42) on the bolts (43) and loosely install the nuts (41).

(e)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-064) to the holes of the bearing housings in the
brackets (36).

(f)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) to the plain shank and flange of the bearing housing
(34).

(g)

Install the bearing housing (34) in the outboard bracket (36) and tighten the nuts (41).

(h)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the ring nut (40).

(i)

Install the ring nut (40) on the bearing housing (34).

(j)

Torque the ring nut (40) with the SPANNER-FLAP LEVER TRACKS 2 AND 3
(98D27504028000) to between 1.4 and 1.5 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.06 LBF.FT).

(k)

If necessary, drill a 2.5 mm (0.10 in.) hole for the cotter pin (37) in an applicable position on the
bearing housing (34). Remove all unwanted material from the area.

27-54-55 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(l)

Safety the ring nut (40) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-27) cotter-pin (37) .

(m) Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the bearing surfaces of the lever (28).

(2)

(n)

Turn the lever (28) through 90 deg. and install it in the bearing housing (34).

(o)

Install the bearing housing (26), the bolt (25) and the nut (44).

(p)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the retention plate (35) and to the bolt
(27).

(q)

Install the retention plate (35), the bolt (27) and the nut (39).

(r)

TORQUE the nut (39) to between 1.4 and 1.5 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.06 LBF.FT).

(s)

Manually operate the lever (28) and make sure that it moves freely.

(t)

Safety the nut (39) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-27) cotter pin (38) .

(u)

Remove the adjustable strut.

At the track 1 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00100-E - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 1)
(a)

Connect the lever (10) to the flap link arm (5) as follows:
1

(b)
(3)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the bolt (6) and the nut (8).

Install the bolt (6), the washer (7) and the nut (8).

At the track 2 position:

(a)

Connect the lever (28) to the flap link arm (32) as follows:
1

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the bolt (33) and to the nut (31).

Install the bolt (33), the washer (29) and the nut (31).

(4)

Do a check of the flap rigged position (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-003-A).

(5)

At the track 1 position:

(a)

(6)

At the track 2 position:

(a)

(7)

TORQUE the nut (8) to between 1.2 and 1.8 M.DAN (106.19 and 159.29 LBF.IN) and safety
with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter pin (9) .

TORQUE the nut (31) to between 1.2 and 1.8 M.DAN (106.19 and 159.29 LBF.IN) and safety
with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter-pin (30) .

At tracks 1 and 2:
(a)

Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (6) and (33) and the nuts
(8) and (31) after assembly.

(8)

Install the Flap Track 2 Actuator 6211CM(6261CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-002-A).

(9)

Remove the locking tools LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the
torque shaft outboard of the track 2 actuator (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(10) Remove the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-002-A).

AES

27-54-55 PB401

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-55-865-054-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-55-710-050-A
E.

5.

Test
(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control-lever.

(2)

Do an operational test of the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

(3)

Visually examine the inboard flap for correct operation during the retraction and extension of the flaps.

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-55-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001-A):

. for the left wing, panel 193AB, 193BB
. for the right wing, panel 194AB, 194BB.

(3)

Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

(4)

Install the applicable access panel 573BB or 673BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A).

Subtask 27-54-55-860-057-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Fully retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) from the piston rod of the servo-control.

(3)

Fully retract the No. 1 Spoiler (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(a)

(4)

On the servo-control, make sure that the pointer on the hex. head is opposite the letter O
(Operation) on the housing.

Install the No. 2 Flap-Track movable fairing (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-55-942-052-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-54-55 PB401

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-55 PB401

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-55-000-002-A
Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 3
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific
No specific

1
1

STRUT - ADJUSTABLE
SUPPORT STRUCTURE - FLAP

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504028000
98D27504030001

1
2

SPANNER-FLAP LEVER TRACKS 2 AND 3

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27508697000
98D27508698000

1
1

EXTRACTOR - HOUSING, TRACK 2,3,4

EXTRACTOR-HOUSING,OUTB TR 3

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
575BB, 575FB, 675BB, 675FB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

AES

27-54-55 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

DESIGNATION
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-49-000-003-A
27-60-00-866-002-A
57-51-37-000-004-A
57-55-11-000-001-A

Removal of the Flap Track 3 Actuator

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
Removal of the Access Panels
Removal of the Flap Track Fairings Nos. 2, 3 and 4

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00200-C - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 3)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-55-941-068-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-54-55-860-054-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(3)

Fully extend the No. 2, No. 3, No. 4 and No. 5 Spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

(5)

Make sure the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on the
flap/slat control lever.

Subtask 27-54-55-865-051-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU
121VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

27-54-55 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-55-862-051-A
D.

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(1)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-54-55-010-060-A
E.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the applicable zone 575 or 675.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panels 575BB 575FB or 675BB 675FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(3)

Remove the No. 3 Flap Track movable fairing, but do not retract the flaps or remove the fixed fairing
(Ref. TASK 57-55-11-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-55-480-051-A
F.

Installation of Support Equipment

(1)

Install a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on the torque shafts each
side of the Track 3 actuator (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

Subtask 27-54-55-010-054-A
G.

Get Access
(1)

4.

Remove the Track 3 actuator 6221CM(6271CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-003-A).

Procedure
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-55-020-056-C
A.

Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 3

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00200-C - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 3)
(1)

Put a SUPPORT STRUCTURE - FLAP along the span of the outboard flap to prevent movement.

(2)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (6).

(3)

Remove the nuts (7), the washers (8) and the bolts (10) and disconnect the link-arms (9) from the
levers (5).

(4)

Lower the outboard flap on to the stops.

NOTE :

(5)

Hold the trailing-edge of the outboard flap with an STRUT - ADJUSTABLE.

NOTE :

AES

The stops only limit the carriage movement. They do not prevent flap movement.

The flap can be damaged if it is not supported along all of the span.

(6)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (17).

(7)

Remove the nut (16), the bolt (4) and the retention plate (13).

(8)

Remove the nut (1) and the bolt (2).

(9)

Use the EXTRACTOR-HOUSING,OUTB TR 3 (98D27508698000) to remove the bearing housing (3).

27-54-55 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Move the lever (5) inboard and remove it from the outboard bearing housing (12).
(11) Turn the lever (5) through 90 deg. and remove it from the brackets (14) on the rear spar.
(12) Remove and discard the cotter pin (15). Use the SPANNER-FLAP LEVER TRACKS 2 AND 3
(98D27504028000) to remove the ring nut (18). Remove the washer (19).
(13) Remove and discard the cotter pins (21).
(14) Remove the nuts (20) and the bolts (11).
(15) Use the EXTRACTOR - HOUSING, TRACK 2,3,4 (98D27508697000) to remove the bearing housing
(12).

AES

27-54-55 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
STA4067/RIB8
575BB
(675BB)

A
A

575FB
(675FB)

2
1

3
21
20
17
18
19

14
4
15
16
5
6
7
11
12
8

13

10

9
N_MM_275455_4_DCM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-55-991-00200-C SHEET 1

Flap Actuator Lever - Track 3

27-54-55 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-55-400-002-A
Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 3
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
1
SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

SPATULA - NON METALLIC

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific
98D27504028000
98D27604000000
B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)
1
1

SPANNER-FLAP LEVER TRACKS 2 AND 3

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 04-022
Material No: 04-024
Material No: 05-064
Material No: 09-018B
Material No: 09-019B
Material No: 11-026

AES

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. GREASE FOR FLAP & SLAT MECHANISM
SPECIAL MATERIALS
RELEASE AGENT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE

27-54-55 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
575BB, 575FB, 675BB, 675FB
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
15
17
21
6

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-54-05-28-010
27-54-05-28-010
27-54-05-28-135
27-54-05-35-060

cotter-pin
cotter pin
cotter-pins
cotter-pins
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-00-820-003-A

To do a Check of the Flap Rigged Position (with the Sharks Fin)

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-49-000-003-A
27-54-49-400-003-A
27-60-00-866-002-A

Removal of the Flap Track 3 Actuator

Installation of the Flap Track 3 Actuator
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

57-51-37-000-004-A
57-51-37-400-004-A
57-55-11-000-001-A

Removal of the Access Panels

Installation of the Access Panels
Removal of the Flap Track Fairings Nos. 2, 3 and 4

57-55-11-400-001-A

Installation of the Flap Track Fairings Nos. 2, 3 and 4

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00200-C - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 3)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-55-941-071-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

27-54-55 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-55-860-058-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control-lever.

(3)

Make sure that the Nos 2, 3, 4 and 5 spoilers are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

(5)

Make sure that the access platform is below the applicable zone 575 or 675.

(6)

Make sure that the access panels have been removed (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A):
. for the left wing, 575BB and 575FB
. for the right wing, 675BB and 675FB.

(7)

Make sure that the No. 3 Flap Track movable fairings has been removed (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-000-001A).

(8)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed on
the torque shafts each side of the Track 3 actuator (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(9)

Make sure that the Track 3 actuator has been removed (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-003-A).

Subtask 27-54-55-865-055-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00200-C - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 3)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-55-420-056-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

AES

(1)

Remove the unwanted sealant from all the interface surfaces with a SPATULA - NON METALLIC and
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

27-54-55 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Examine the bushes and bearing surfaces for wear and for general condition.

Subtask 27-54-55-914-054-B
B.

Application of Special Materials

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-064) to the holes of the bearing housings in the brackets
(14).

(2)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018B) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019B) to the plain shank
and flange of the bearing housing (12) and to the bolts (11).

Subtask 27-54-55-420-057-D
C.

Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00200-C - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 3)
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

Install the bearing housing (12) in the bracket (14) and install the bolts (11) with the heads inboard.

(2)

Install the washer (19) and the ring nut (18) and tighten the ring nut (18) to pull the bearing housing
(12) into position. Remove the ring nut (18) and the washer (19).

(3)

Install the nuts (20) and safety with new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-28) cotter-pins (21) .

(4)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018B) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019B) to the mating face of
the washer (19).

(5)

Install the washer (19) on the bearing housing (12).

(6)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the ring nut (18).

(7)

Install the ring nut (18) on the bearing housing (12).

(8)

TORQUE the ring nut (18) with the SPANNER-FLAP LEVER TRACKS 2 AND 3 (98D27504028000)
to between 1.4 and 1.5 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.06 LBF.FT).

(9)

If necessary, drill a 2.5 mm (0.10 in.) hole for the cotter pin (15) in an applicable position on the
bearing housing (12). Remove all unwanted material from the area.

(10) Safety the ring nut (18) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-28) cotter-pin (15) .
(11) Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the bearing surfaces of the lever (5).
(12) Turn the lever (5) through 90 deg. and install it in the bearing housing (12).
(13) Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018B) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019B) to the mating surface
of the bearing housing (3) and on the bolt (2).

AES

27-54-55 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(14) Install the bearing housing (3), the bolt (2) and the nut (1).
(15) Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the retention plate (13) and to the bolt (4).
(16) Install the retention plate (13), the bolt (4) and the nut (16).
(17) TORQUE the nut (16) to between 1.4 and 1.5 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.06 LBF.FT)
(18) Manually operate the lever (5) and make sure that it moves freely.
(19) Safety the nut (16) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-28) cotter pin (17) .
(20) Remove the adjustable strut.
(21) Move the flap to align the flap link arms (9) to the levers (5).
(22) Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) or COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) to
the bolts (10) and the nuts (7).
(23) Install the bolts (10), the washers (8) and the nuts (7).
(24) TORQUE the nuts (7) to between 7.6 and 8.5 M.DAN (56.05 and 62.68 LBF.FT) and safety with new
(IPC-CSN 27-54-05-35) cotter-pins (6) .
(25) Do a check of the flap rigged position (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-003-A).
(26) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (10) and the nuts (7) after
assembly.
(27) Install the Track 3 actuator 6221CM(6271CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-003-A)
Subtask 27-54-55-080-051-A
D.

Removal of Support Equipment

(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the torque shafts
each side of the Track 3 actuator (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(2)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control-lever.

Subtask 27-54-55-865-056-A
E.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-55-710-051-A
F.

5.

Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Visually examine the outboard flap for correct operation during the retraction and extension of the flaps.

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-55-410-053-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panels 575BB 575FB or 675BB 675FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

27-54-55 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-55-866-056-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Retract the No. 2 and the No. 3 Spoilers fully (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

Subtask 27-54-55-410-058-A
C.

Close Access
(1)

Install the No. 3 Flap-Track movable fairing (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-55-942-054-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-55 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-55-000-003-A
Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 4
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific
No specific

1
1

STRUT - ADJUSTABLE
SUPPORT STRUCTURE - FLAP

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504029000

SPANNER - SOCKET (FLAP LEVER TRACK 4)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27508697000
98D27508698000

1
1

EXTRACTOR - HOUSING, TRACK 2,3,4

EXTRACTOR-HOUSING,OUTB TR 3

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575BB, 575FB, 675BB, 675FB

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

AES

27-54-55 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

DESIGNATION
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-49-000-004-A
27-60-00-866-002-A
57-55-11-000-001-A

Removal of the Flap Track 4 Actuator

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
Removal of the Flap Track Fairings Nos. 2, 3 and 4

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00300-C - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 4)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-55-941-069-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-54-55-860-055-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(3)

Make sure the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is installed
on the flap/slat control lever.

(4)

Fully extend the No. 2, No. 3, No. 4 and the No. 5 Spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(5)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

Subtask 27-54-55-865-052-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-55-862-052-A
D.

De-energize the Electrical Circuits

(1)

AES

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-54-55 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-55-941-058-A
E.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the applicable zone 575 or 675.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panels 575BB 575FB or 675BB 675FB.

(3)

Remove the No. 4 Flap-Track movable fairing, but do not retract the flaps or remove the fixed fairings
(Ref. TASK 57-55-11-000-001-A).

(4)

Remove the Track 4 actuator 6233CM(6283CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-004-A).

(5)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on the torque shaft
adjacent to the Track 4 actuator (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

Procedure
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-55-020-057-C
A.

Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 4

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00300-C - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 4)
(1)

Put a SUPPORT STRUCTURE - FLAP along the span of the outboard flap to prevent movement.

(2)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (6).

(3)

Remove the nuts (7), the washers (8) and the bolts (10) and disconnect the levers (5) from the flap
link-arms (9).

(4)

Lower the outboard flap on to the stops.

NOTE :

(5)

Hold the trailing edge of the outboard flap with an STRUT - ADJUSTABLE.
NOTE :

(6)

AES

The stops only limit the carriage movement. They do not prevent flap movement.

The flap can be damaged if it is not supported along all the span.

At track 4:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (17).

(b)

Remove the nut (16), the bolt (4) and the spacer (12).

(c)

Remove the nut (20) and the bolt (2).

(d)

Use the EXTRACTOR-HOUSING,OUTB TR 3 (98D27508698000) to remove the bearing housing

(3).

(e)

Move the lever (5) inboard and remove it from the bearing housing (11).

(f)

Turn the lever (5) through 90 deg. and remove it from the brackets (13) on the rear spar.

(g)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (15). Use the SPANNER - SOCKET (FLAP LEVER TRACK
4) (98D27504029000) to remove the ring nut (18).

(h)

Use the EXTRACTOR - HOUSING, TRACK 2,3,4 (98D27508697000) to remove the bearing
housing (11).

(i)

Remove the nuts (19), the bolts (1) and the anti-rotation plate (14).

27-54-55 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
STA4067/RIB8

575FB
(675FB)

575BB
(675BB)

1
20
3

19
17
18

13
4
5
14
16
15
11
12
10

8
7

9
N_MM_275455_4_DEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-55-991-00300-C SHEET 1

Flap Actuator Lever - Track 4

27-54-55 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-55-400-003-A
Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 4
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
1
SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

SPATULA - NON METALLIC

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific
98D27504029000
B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)
1

SPANNER - SOCKET (FLAP LEVER TRACK 4)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-022
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 05-064
Material No: 09-018B
Material No: 09-019B
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003

AES

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
RELEASE AGENT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

27-54-55 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575BB, 575FB, 675BB, 675FB

D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
15
17
6

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-54-05-29-010
27-54-05-29-040
27-54-05-35-010

cotter-pin
cotter pin
cotter-pins
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-51-00-820-003-A

To do a Check of the Flap Rigged Position (with the Sharks Fin)

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-49-000-004-A
27-54-49-400-004-A
27-60-00-866-002-A

Removal of the Flap Track 4 Actuator

Installation of the Flap Track 4 Actuator
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

57-55-11-000-001-A

Removal of the Flap Track Fairings Nos. 2, 3 and 4

57-55-11-400-001-A

Installation of the Flap Track Fairings Nos. 2, 3 and 4

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00300-C - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 4)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-55-941-072-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

Subtask 27-54-55-860-060-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the Nos. 2, 3, 4 and 5 spoilers are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(3)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

(4)

Make sure that the access platform is below the applicable zone 575 or 675.

(5)

Make sure that the applicable access panels have been removed 575BB(675BB), 575FB(675FB).

27-54-55 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Make sure that No. 4 Flap-Track movable fairings has been removed (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-000-001-A).

(7)

Make sure that the Track 4 actuator has been removed (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-004-A).

(8)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control-lever.

(9)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is on the
torque shaft adjacent to the Track 4 actuator (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

Subtask 27-54-55-865-057-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00300-C - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 4)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-55-420-058-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

Remove the unwanted sealant from all surfaces with a SPATULA - NON METALLIC with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Clean the component interfaces and or the adjacent areas with LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Examine the bushes and bearing surfaces for wear and for general condition.

Subtask 27-54-55-914-057-B
B.

Application of Special Materials

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00300-C - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 4)
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

AES

27-54-55 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018B) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019B) to the bolts (1).

Subtask 27-54-55-420-059-D
C.

Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 4

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-55-991-00300-C - Flap Actuator Lever - Track 4)
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

Install the bolts (1) in the outboard bracket (13) with the bolt heads inboard.

(2)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018B) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019B) to the mating face of
the anti-rotation plate (14).

(3)

Install the anti-rotation plate (14) on the bolts (1) and loosely install the nuts (19).

(4)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-064) to the holes of the bearing housings in the brackets
(13).

(5)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018B) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019B) to the plain shank
and flange of the bearing housing (11).

(6)

Install the bearing housing (11) in the outboard bracket (13) and tighten the nuts (19).

(7)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the ring nut (18).

(8)

Install the ring nut (18) on the bearing housing (11).

(9)

TORQUE the ring nut (18) with the SPANNER - SOCKET (FLAP LEVER TRACK 4)
(98D27504029000) to between 1.4 and 1.5 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.06 LBF.FT).

(10) If necessary, drill a 2.5 mm (0.10 in.) hole for the cotter pin (15) in an applicable position on the
bearing housing (11). Remove all unwanted material from the work area.
(11) Safety the ring nut (18) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-29) cotter-pin (15) .
(12) Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the bearing surfaces of the lever (5).
(13) Turn the lever (5) through 90 deg. and install it in the bearing housing (11).
(14) Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018B) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019B) to the mating face of
the bearing housing (3) and to the bolt (2).
(15) Install the bearing housing (3), the bolt (2) and the nut (20).
(16) Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the spacer (12) and the bolt (4).
(17) Install the spacer (12), the bolt (4) and the nut (16).
(18) TORQUE the nut (16) to between 1.4 and 1.5 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.06 LBF.FT).
(19) Manually operate the lever (5) and make sure that it moves freely.
(20) Safety the nut (16) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-29) cotter pin (17) .
(21) Remove the adjustable strut.
(22) Move the flap to align the flap link-arms (9) to the levers (5).
(23) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the bolts (10) and the nuts (7).
(24) Install the bolts (10), the washers (8) and the nuts (7).
(25) TORQUE the nuts (7) to between 7.6 and 8.5 M.DAN (56.05 and 62.68 LBF.FT) and safety with new
(IPC-CSN 27-54-05-35) cotter-pins (6) .

AES

27-54-55 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(26) Do a check of the flap rigged position (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-003-A).
(27) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (10) and the nuts (7) after
assembly.
(28) Install the Track 4 actuator 6233CM(6283CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-004-A).
Subtask 27-54-55-865-058-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-55-080-052-A
E.

Removal of Support Equipment

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the torque shaft
adjacent the track 4 actuator (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

Subtask 27-54-55-710-052-A
F.

5.

Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Visually examine the outboard flap for correct operation during retraction and extension of the flaps.

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-55-410-055-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panels 575BB 575FB or 675BB 675FB.

Subtask 27-54-55-860-059-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Fully retract the No. 4 and the No. 5 Spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(3)

Install the No. 4 Flap-Track movable fairing (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-55-942-056-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-55 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

INBOARD FLAP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-61-000-001-A
Removal of the Inboard Flap
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

CAP - BLANKING
COVER - PROTECTION

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

SUPPORT STRUCTURE - FLAP

TAPE - ADHESIVE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504035000
98D27504084000
98D27803500001

1
1
1

ADAPTER-TORQUE-TRUNNION NUT
EXTRACTOR - PIN, TRACK 4
TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Inboard and Outboard Flap Hoisting-Sling

27-50-00-400-002-A

Installation of the Inboard and Outboard Flap Hoisting-Sling

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

AES

27-54-61 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-011-A

Manual Extension of the Flaps

DESIGNATION

27-54-61-000-002-A
27-60-00-866-002-A
53-35-11-000-001-A

Removal of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

54-55-00-000-001-A

Removal of the Aft Movable Fairing

57-55-11-010-001-A

To Lower the Flap Track No. 2 Movable Fairing for Access

CMM 57-52-21

(for corrective action)

CMM 57-52-23

(for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00100-D - Details of the Wing to Fuselage Panels)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-01200-A - Interconnecting Strut - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00500-C - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00500-F - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00600-C - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 2))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-01300-D - Flap Installation Tool)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00700-C - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-04900-C - Flap Drive Trunnion - Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00700-D - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-04900-D - Flap Drive Trunnion - Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-61-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on panel 400VU to tell persons not to operate the landing gear.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-54-61-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are retracted fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
flap/slat control lever.

Subtask 27-54-61-865-050-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
121VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

27-54-61 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-61-010-051-D
D.

Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00100-D - Details of the Wing to Fuselage Panels)
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position below the applicable inboard flap.

(2)

Lower the flap track No. 2 movable fairing for access (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-010-001-A).

(3)

Remove the pylon aft movable fairing (Ref. TASK 54-55-00-000-001-A).

(4)

Manually extend the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011-A) to get access to the fasteners of the
rubbing strip (2).

(5)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on the shaft 6220CM
(6270CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(6)

Remove the support (1) and the rubbing strip (2).

(7)

Remove the fairing panels 193AB(194AB) and 193BB(194BB) (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001-A).

(8)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the applicable
torque shaft.

(9)

Manually extend the flaps to position 1 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011-A).

(10) Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is on the applicable
torque shaft.
(11) Remove the flap kink seals (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002-A).
4.

Procedure
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-61-020-058-A
A.

Disconnect the Interconnecting Strut

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-01200-A - Interconnecting Strut - Location and Detail)
(1)

Remove the electrical connectors (18) and (20) from the connectors (17) and (19).

(2)

Remove the electrical connectors (21) and (22).

(3)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(4)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (16) from the nut (15).

(5)

Remove the nut (15) and the washer (14).

(6)

Remove the bolt (11), the washer (12) and the bush (13).

(7)

Hold the interconnecting strut (10) with TAPE - ADHESIVE to the outboard flap.

** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 27-54-61-020-059-D
B.

Preparation for Removal of the Inboard Flap

WARNING : THE INBOARD FLAP WEIGHS 114kgs (251lbs).

AES

27-54-61 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION :

OPERATE THE HOIST SLOWLY, WHEN YOU PUT THE SLING IN TENSION. DO NOT TRY
TO REMOVE THE FLAP BECAUSE THIS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE.

(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the applicable
torque shaft.

(2)

Manually extend the flaps to position 3 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011-A).

(3)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on the shaft 6220CM
(6270CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(4)

Remove the FWD rubbing pad from the fixed shroud adjacent to the outboard cruise roller of the
inboard flap.

(5)

Manually extend and lock the spoilers 1 and 2 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(6)

Install the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-002-A).

(a)

(7)

Carefully lift the sling with the hoist until the hoist holds the weight of the flap.

Disconnect the inner flap from the rotary actuator drive-levers as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00500-C - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection)
(a)

Remove the nut (70), the bolt (72) and disconnect the bonding strap (71).

(8)

Remove the nut (73), the bolt (75) and disconnect the bonding strap (74).

(9)

Hold the trailing edge of the flap by hand and disconnect the rotary actuator drive-lever at track 1 as
follows:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (82).

(b)

Remove the nut (83) and washer (81).

(c)

Remove the bolts (76), the washers (77) and the indicator plate (78).

(d)

Remove the indicator pin (79) and the shear bolt (80).

(e)

Move the rotary actuator drive-lever from the flap drive arm and remove the packers (84).

(f)

Remove the bushes (85) from the rotary actuator drive-lever.

(10) Hold the trailing edge of the flap by hand and disconnect the rotary actuator drive-lever at track 2 as
follows:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (89).

(b)

Remove the nut (88) and the washer (87).

(c)

Remove the bolt (86).

(11) Hold the trailing edge and manually extend the inboard flap until the flap carriages rest on the end
stops.
(12) Hold the flap on supports at an angle of 20 degrees.
** On A/C 006-099
Subtask 27-54-61-020-059-E
B.

Preparation for Removal of the Inboard Flap

WARNING : THE INBOARD FLAP WEIGHS 114kgs (251lbs).
CAUTION :

AES

OPERATE THE HOIST SLOWLY, WHEN YOU PUT THE SLING IN TENSION. DO NOT TRY
TO REMOVE THE FLAP BECAUSE THIS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE.

27-54-61 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the applicable
torque shaft.

(2)

Manually extend the flaps to position 3 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011-A).

(3)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on the shaft 6220CM
(6270CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(4)

Remove the FWD rubbing pad from the fixed shroud adjacent to the outboard cruise roller of the
inboard flap.

(5)

Manually extend and lock the spoilers 1 and 2 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(6)

Install the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-002-A).

(a)

(7)

Carefully lift the sling with the hoist until the hoist holds the weight of the flap.

Disconnect the inner flap from the rotary actuator drive-levers as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00500-F - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection)
(a)

Remove the nut (70), the bolt (72) and disconnect the bonding strap (71).

(8)

Remove the nut (73), the bolt (75) and disconnect the bonding strap (74).

(9)

Hold the trailing edge of the flap by hand and disconnect the rotary actuator drive-lever at track 1 as
follows:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (77).

(b)

Remove the nut (76) and washer (78).

(c)

Remove the bolt (79).

(10) Hold the trailing edge of the flap by hand and disconnect the rotary actuator drive-lever at track 2 as
follows:
(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (83).

(b)

Remove the nut (82) and the washer (81).

(c)

Remove the bolt (80).

(11) Hold the trailing edge and manually extend the inboard flap until the flap carriages rest on the end
stops.
(12) Hold the flap on supports at an angle of 20 degrees.
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-61-020-050-D
C.

Removal of the Inboard Flap

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00600-C - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 2))
(1)

AES

Disconnect the inboard flap from the track 2 flap track carriage:
(a)

Loosen the nuts (184) sufficiently to let the failsafe hook assembly (185) move.

(b)

Remove the nut (183), the bolt (182) and disconnect the bonding strap from the bracket on the
inboard flap.

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (175).

(d)

Remove the nut (174).

(e)

Remove and discard the crushable spacer (176).

(f)

Install the EXTRACTOR - PIN, TRACK 4 (98D27504084000) onto the carriage bolt (181).
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-01300-D - Flap Installation Tool)

27-54-61 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE :

(g)

Make sure that you screw the extractor pin fully onto the threads. This will hold the
locking ring in position and let it be compressed by the bushes and bearing. The extractor
pin does not cover the locking ring.

Removal of the carriage bolt:

CAUTION :

THE FLAP TO CARRIAGE BOLT ASSEMBLY HAS AN INNER AND AN OUTER

BOLT WHICH MAKE ONE PART.
DO NOT APPLY AN END OR A TORSION FORCE TO THE INNER BOLT
BECAUSE THIS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ASSEMBLY. APPLY FORCE TO
THE OUTER BOLT ONLY WHEN YOU REMOVE/INSTALL THE BOLT
ASSEMBLY.

Remove the carriage bolt (181) using the EXTRACTOR - PIN, TRACK 4
(98D27504084000) to push the carriage bolt (181) through the bushes and bearing.
NOTE :

If necessary, carefully lift the flap with the hoist and sling sufficiently to release the
weight off the bolts (181).

(h)

Remove the nut (177) and the washer (178).

(i)

Remove the locking plate (179) and the splined bush (180).

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-61-020-051-C
D.

Continue with the Removal Procedure

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00700-C - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-04900-C - Flap Drive Trunnion - Detail)
(1)

(2)

AES

Disconnect the inboard flap from the flap track carriage at the track 1 position:
(a)

Remove the nut (118), the washer (117), the bolt (116) and release the bonding strap (115).

(b)

Remove these items:

. the bolt (111)
. the tabwasher (112)
. the retainer (113)
. the locknut (110) using the ADAPTER-TORQUE-TRUNNION NUT (98D27504035000)
. the lockwasher (109)
. the toothplate (108).

(c)

Remove the eccentric bush (107). If necessary, carefully lift the flap with the hoist and the sling to
release the weight from the eccentric bush (107).

(d)

Discard the tabwasher (112) and the lockwasher (109).

Remove the flap from the wing:

CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT THE SUPPORT STRUCTURE IS CLEAN AND DOES NOT HAVE
ANY SHARP POINTS.

CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT THE FLAP DOES NOT HIT THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.

(a)

Lift the flap with the hoist until it is clear of the flap track carriage at the track 2 position.

(b)

Move the outboard end of the flap, aft, until it is clear of the wing.

(c)

Pull the flap outboard until the flap drive trunnion is clear of the flap track carriage of the track 1
position.

27-54-61 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d)

Move the flap with the hoist to a SUPPORT STRUCTURE - FLAP and lower it onto the support.

(3)

Put COVER - PROTECTION , where necessary, over the disconnected items of the flap.

(4)

Examine the flap drive trunnion for wear.

(5)

If you find damage:

(a)

Refer to the CMM (Ref. CMM 57-52-21) or (Ref. CMM 57-52-23) for the correct repair
procedure.

(b)

If it is necessary to replace the flap drive trunnion do the step that follows:
. replace the flap drive trunnion (Ref. CMM 57-52-21) or (Ref. CMM 57-52-23).

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-61-020-051-D
D.

Continue with the Removal Procedure

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00700-D - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-04900-D - Flap Drive Trunnion - Detail)
(1)

(2)

Disconnect the inboard flap from the flap track carriage at the track 1 position:
(a)

Remove these items:

. the bolt (111)
. the tabwasher (112)
. the retainer (113)
. the screw (121)
. the locknut (110) using the ADAPTER-TORQUE-TRUNNION NUT (98D27504035000)
. the lockwasher (109)
. the toothplate (108)
. the washer (120).

(b)

Remove the eccentric bush (107). If necessary, carefully lift the flap with the hoist and the sling to
release the weight from the eccentric bush (107).

(c)

Discard the tabwasher (112) and the lockwasher (109).

Remove the flap from the wing:

CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT THE SUPPORT STRUCTURE IS CLEAN AND DOES NOT HAVE
ANY SHARP POINTS.

CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT THE FLAP DOES NOT HIT THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.

(a)

Lift the flap with the hoist until it is clear of the flap track carriage at the track 2 position.

(b)

Move the outboard end of the flap, aft, until it is clear of the wing.

(c)

Pull the flap outboard until the flap drive trunnion is clear of the flap track carriage of the track 1
position.

(d)

Move the flap with the hoist to a SUPPORT STRUCTURE - FLAP and lower it onto the support.

(3)

Put COVER - PROTECTION , where necessary, over the disconnected items of the flap.

(4)

Examine the flap drive trunnion for wear.

(5)

If you find damage:

(a)

AES

Refer to the CMM (Ref. CMM 57-52-21) or (Ref. CMM 57-52-23) for the correct repair
procedure.

27-54-61 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

If it is necessary to replace the flap drive trunnion do the step that follows:
. replace the flap drive trunnion (Ref. CMM 57-52-21) or (Ref. CMM 57-52-23).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-61-080-050-A
E.

Removal of Equipment
(1)

AES

Remove the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-002-A).

27-54-61 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

1
2

B
A

DIM. X
193AB
(194AB)

SECTION

E E

3
193BB
(194BB)

B
5

HOOK

FLAP DRIVE
TRUNNION

SECTION

D D

DIM. U

C
D

D
N_MM_275461_4_AMM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-61-991-00100-D SHEET 1

Details of the Wing to Fuselage Panels

27-54-61 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
575AB
(675AB)
575BB
(675BB)

A
573CB
(673CB)

OUTBOARD
FLAP

A
11

HOLE FOR INSPECTION

PLUG AND GAGE PIN

10

12

14

13
16
15

18
17
20

19

INBOARD FLAP

N_MM_275461_4_AXM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-61-991-01200-A SHEET 1

Interconnecting Strut - Location and Detail

27-54-61 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

RIB10
RIB11

Z581 Z681

RIB12

RIB13

RIB14

22

21

N_MM_275461_4_AXM0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-61-991-01200-A SHEET 2

Interconnecting Strut - Location and Detail

27-54-61 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005

A
A
A

C
B

F
D

FW

C
B
70

71

72
73

75

74
N_MM_275461_4_BMM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-61-991-00500-C SHEET 1

Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection

27-54-61 PB401

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005

ROTARY ACTUATOR
DRIVELEVER (REF)

FLAP DRIVE
ARM (REF)

TRACK 1 76
77
78
DIMENSION C

ROTARY ACTUATOR
DRIVELEVER (REF)

79
80

81

84

82
85

TRACK 2

83
84

LH AS SHOWN
RH BOLT INSTALLED
FROM INBOARD

ROTARY ACTUATOR
DRIVELEVER (REF)

87

86

88
89

N_MM_275461_4_BMM0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-61-991-00500-C SHEET 2

Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection

27-54-61 PB401

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 006-099

A
A
A

C
B

F
D

FW

C
B
70

71

72
73

75

74
N_MM_275461_4_BVM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-61-991-00500-F SHEET 1

Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection

27-54-61 PB401

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 006-099

D
FLAP DRIVE
ARM (REF)

ROTARY ACTUATOR
DRIVELEVER (REF)

DIMENSION C

TRACK 2

LH AS SHOWN
RH BOLT INSTALLED
FROM INBOARD

ROTARY ACTUATOR
DRIVELEVER (REF)

80
83

TRACK 1

81
82

ROTARY ACTUATOR
DRIVELEVER (REF)

79

78
76
77

N_MM_275461_4_BVM0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-61-991-00500-F SHEET 2

Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection

27-54-61 PB401

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
PAINT
MARKS
(RED)

FWD

A
183

ECCENTRIC HOLE AT
MAXIMUM AFT POSITION

C
FLAP
(REF)

174
176

182
BONDING
STRIP (REF)

SPHERCAL
BEARING
(REF)

179

180
175

177

178

185
FLAP TRACK
CARRIAGE (REF)

FLAP TRACK
(REF)
184

181

LOCKING RING

OUTBOARD

N_MM_275461_4_CLM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-61-991-00600-C SHEET 1

Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 2)

27-54-61 PB401

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
SPHERICAL
BEARING

CARRIAGE
BOLT

FLAP
CARRIAGE

FORWARD VIEW OF THE GUIDE PIN INSTALLATION

SPLINED
BUSH

ADJUSTING
TOOL

SOCKET(REF)
SPHERICAL
BEARING

LOCKING
PLATE

FORWARD VIEW OF THE ADJUSTING TOOL INSTALLATION

N_MM_275461_4_EAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-61-991-01300-D SHEET 1

Flap Installation Tool

27-54-61 PB401

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

A
A
B
114

107

SPIGOT

TRUNNION
DATUM PLANE

HOLE

CARRIAGE
(REF)

TRACK 1
(REF)

LOOKING FORWARD

CARRIAGE
(REF)
PARALLEL AXIS
ALIGNMENT

OUTBOARD
118

117

ECCENTRIC
RANGE

108

116

4mm

107

4mm

108

115

109
110
111
ECCENTRIC SETTING
NOMINAL POSITION

C/L BEARING/SWINGING LINK

AT THIS ECCENTRIC SETTING

C
FLAP DRIVE
TRUNNION

112

114
SPHERICAL BEARING

113

N_MM_275461_4_ANN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-61-991-00700-C SHEET 1

Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1)

27-54-61 PB401

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

SPHERICAL
BEARING (REF)

TRUNNION
(REF)

114

107

108

109

110
113
112
111
N_MM_275461_4_ATN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-61-991-04900-C SHEET 1

Flap Drive Trunnion - Detail

27-54-61 PB401

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

A
A

114

107

SPIGOT

TRUNNION
DATUM PLANE

HOLE

CARRIAGE
(REF)

TRACK 1
(REF)

LOOKING FORWARD

CARRIAGE
(REF)
OUTBOARD

PARALLEL AXIS
ALIGNMENT

ECCENTRIC
RANGE

108

107

4mm

4mm

108
109
110
111

ECCENTRIC SETTING
NOMINAL POSITION

C/L BEARING/SWINGING LINK

AT THIS ECCENTRIC SETTING

C
FLAP DRIVE
TRUNNION

112

114
SPHERICAL BEARING

113

N_MM_275461_4_APN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-61-991-00700-D SHEET 1

Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1)

27-54-61 PB401

Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

E
SPHERICAL
BEARING (REF)

TRUNNION
(REF)

107

108

109

110

120

121

113
112
111
N_MM_275461_4_ATP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-61-991-04900-D SHEET 1

Flap Drive Trunnion - Detail

27-54-61 PB401

Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-61-400-001-A
Installation of the Inboard Flap
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

TAPE - ADHESIVE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

WRENCH - PNEUMATIC

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.00 and 1.20 M.DAN (0.00 and 9.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 2.00 and 20.00 M.DAN (15.00 and 150.00
LBF.FT)

98D27504035000
98D27504084000
98D27803500001

AES

1
1
1

ADAPTER-TORQUE-TRUNNION NUT
EXTRACTOR - PIN, TRACK 4
TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

27-54-61 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-022
Material No: 08-004A
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
C.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
** On A/C 003-005
89

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
ADHESIVE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN

cotter pin

27-54-05-33-025

** On A/C 006-099
83

cotter pin

27-54-05-33-030

** On A/C 003-005
82

cotter pin

27-54-05-33-035

** On A/C 006-099
77
175
176

cotter pin
cotter pin
crushable spacer

27-54-05-33-150
27-54-46-04-035
27-54-46-04-080

** On A/C 003-004
112
tabwasher
** On A/C 005-099

57-52-21-02-210

112
tabwasher
109
lockwasher
** On A/C 003-004

57-52-21-02-220
57-52-21-02-240

109

57-52-21-02-260

lockwasher
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-50-00-000-002-A

Removal of the Inboard and Outboard Flap Hoisting-Sling

27-50-00-400-002-A

Installation of the Inboard and Outboard Flap Hoisting-Sling

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

AES

27-54-61 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-011-A

Manual Extension of the Flaps

DESIGNATION

27-50-00-866-012-A

Manual Retraction of the Flaps

27-51-00-820-003-A

To do a Check of the Flap Rigged Position (with the Sharks Fin)

27-51-00-820-008-A

Adjustment of the Flap Rigged Position with the Sharks Fin Tool
(A318/319/320)

27-51-44-400-001-A

Installation of the Interconnecting Strut

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-61-000-002-A
27-54-61-400-006-A

Removal of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

Installation of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

27-60-00-866-002-A
27-64-00-710-001-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

32-12-00-410-001-A
53-35-11-000-001-A

Close the Main Gear Doors after Access

Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

53-35-11-400-001-A

Installation of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

54-55-00-000-001-A

Removal of the Aft Movable Fairing

54-55-00-400-001-A

Installation of the Aft Movable Fairing

57-55-11-010-001-A

To Lower the Flap Track No. 2 Movable Fairing for Access

57-55-11-410-001-A

To Lift the Flap Track No. 2 Movable Fairing after Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00800-B - Alignment of the Outboard Cruise-Roller of the Inboard Flap.)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00700-C - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00700-D - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-01200-A - Interconnecting Strut - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-01300-D - Flap Installation Tool)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00600-C - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 2))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00500-C - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00500-F - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-04900-C - Flap Drive Trunnion - Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-04900-D - Flap Drive Trunnion - Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00100-D - Details of the Wing to Fuselage Panels)
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-61-941-060-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is on the panel 400VU to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

27-54-61 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-61-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-61-860-058-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

4.

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are in the position 3 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is on the
applicable torque shaft.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is in position below the applicable inboard flap.

(4)

Make sure that the number 1 spoiler is fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(5)

Make sure that the applicable wing to fuselage panels 193AB(194AB), 193BB(194BB) have been
removed (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the pylon aft movable fairing has been removed (Ref. TASK 54-55-00-000-001-A).

(7)

Make sure that the flap track No. 2 movable fairing has been removed (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-010-001A).

(8)

Make sure that the flap kink seals have been removed (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002-A).

(9)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the slat/flap control lever.

Procedure
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-61-420-056-C
A.

Install the Inboard Flap

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

If necessary, install the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-002-A).

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00800-B - Alignment of the Outboard Cruise-Roller of the Inboard Flap.)

(2)

AES

Make sure that the flap cruise roller (126), at the outboard end of the flap, is set to the minimum
position.

27-54-61 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

If necessary, remove the nut (123), the collar (122) and the serrated plate (124).

(4)

Turn the eccentric (125) until the minimum alignment marks are aligned.

(5)

Install the serrated plate (124), the collar (122) and the nut (123). Tighten the nut (123) by hand.

(6)

Make sure that the flap is set to its lowest position. At this position:
. the painted (red) marks of the spherical bearing are aligned, and/or
. the hole of the spherical bearing is at its maximum aft position.

(7)

If necessary, repair the painted (red) marks.

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00700-C - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1))
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00700-D - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1))
(8)

Use TAPE - ADHESIVE to keep the eccentric disc (114) in position on the inboard flap drive trunnion.

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-01200-A - Interconnecting Strut - Location and Detail)
(9)

Make sure that the interconnecting strut (10) is safetied to the outboard flap with adhesive tape.

(10) With the hoist and the hoisting sling, carefully lift the flap and put it in position over the wing.
CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT THE FLAP DOES NOT HIT THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.

(a)

Lower the flap with the hoist and engage the flap drive trunnion in the flap track carriage at the
track 1 position.

(b)

Lower the outboard end of the flap and engage the flap in the flap track carriage at the track 2
position.

(11) If necessary, use a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean the eccentric disc (114) and to remove the
remaining adhesive tape.
Subtask 27-54-61-480-051-D
B.

Installation of Support Equipment

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-01300-D - Flap Installation Tool)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00600-C - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 2))
(1)

Assemble the EXTRACTOR - PIN, TRACK 4 (98D27504084000) on the bolt (181).

Subtask 27-54-61-420-051-F
C.

Continue with the Installation Procedure

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

At the track 1 position:

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00700-C - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1))
** On A/C 005-099

AES

27-54-61 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00700-D - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1))

(2)

(a)

Install the eccentric bush (107) on the flap drive-trunnion. If necessary, carefully move the flap
with the hoist and the sling to let you install the eccentric bush (107).

(b)

Axis align the anti-rotation spigot of the eccentric bush (107) with the hole in the outer diameter
of the eccentric disc (114).

(c)

Temporarily install the toothplate (108) and the locknut (110).

At the track 2 position:

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00600-C - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 2))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-01300-D - Flap Installation Tool)
CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT THE SPLINED BUSH IS FULLY ENGAGED WITH THE SPHERICAL
BEARING. THIS PREVENTS DAMAGE TO THE PARTS.

(a)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the bolt (181) and the
splined bush (180).

(b)

Installation of the carriage bolt:

CAUTION :

THE FLAP TO CARRIAGE BOLT ASSEMBLY HAS AN INNER AND AN OUTER

BOLT WHICH MAKE ONE PART.
DO NOT APPLY AN END OR A TORSION FORCE TO THE INNER BOLT
BECAUSE THIS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ASSEMBLY. APPLY FORCE TO
THE OUTER BOLT ONLY WHEN YOU REMOVE/INSTALL THE BOLT
ASSEMBLY.

Use the EXTRACTOR - PIN, TRACK 4 (98D27504084000) to install the carriage bolt
(181) in the flap track carriage.

(c)

Install the splined bush (180) correctly over the bolt (181).

(d)

Remove the EXTRACTOR - PIN, TRACK 4 (98D27504084000) from the bolt (181).

(e)

Temporarily install the locking plate (179) and the nut (174) hand tight only.

(f)

Make sure that the failsafe hook nuts (184) are hand tight only.

(3)

Hold the trailing edge of the flap and lower the hoisting sling sufficiently to let the flap move forward.

(4)

Manually push the flap forward until the flap drive arms engage with the rotary actuator drive-levers.

** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 27-54-61-420-054-C
D.

Connect the Flap Drive Arms to the Rotary Actuator Drive-Levers

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00500-C - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection)
(1)

At the track 1 position:

(a)

AES

Connect the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever as follows:
1

Install the bushes (85) on the rotary actuator drive-lever.

Put and hold the packers (84) in position on the rotary actuator drive-lever.

Put the rotary actuator drive-lever in position on the flap drive arm.

Install the shear bolt (80), with the bolt head inboard.

27-54-61 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5
(2)

Install the washer (81) and the nut (83).

At the track 2 position:

(a)

Connect the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever as follows:
1

Put the rotary actuator drive-lever in position on the flap drive arm.

Install the bolt (86), the washer (87) and the nut (88).

** On A/C 006-099
Subtask 27-54-61-420-054-E
D.

Connect the Flap Drive Arms to the Rotary Actuator Drive-Levers

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00500-F - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection)
(1)

At the track 1 position:

(a)

(2)

Connect the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever as follows:
1

Put the rotary actuator drive-lever in position on the flap drive arm.

Install the bolt (79), the washer (78) and the nut (76).

At the track 2 position:

(a)

Connect the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever as follows:
1

Put the rotary actuator drive-lever in position on the flap drive arm.

Install the bolt (80), the washer (81) and the nut (82).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-61-860-056-A
E.

Aircraft Configuration
(1)

Remove the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-002-A).

(2)

Lower the spoilers as follows:

(a)

Connect a WRENCH - PNEUMATIC to the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)

(98D27804001000) and slowly move the flaps to the fully retracted position.

(b)

Lower the spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

NOTE :

(c)

The spoiler may rest on the upper surface of the flap.

On the servo-control, make sure that the pointer on the hexagon head is opposite the letter O
(Operation) on the housing.

Subtask 27-54-61-820-051-B
F.

Check and Adjustment of the Inboard Flap Rigged Position

NOTE :

AES

Before you do the rigging procedure, make sure that:

. the aircraft weight is on the landing gear or on jacks
. the number 1 and the number 2 engines are both installed or not installed
. the fuel load is symmetrical or the wing tanks are empty
. the flaps are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-012-A).

(1)

Install the sharks fin flap rigging kit and do a check of the inboard flap rigged position (Ref. TASK
27-51-00-820-003-A).

(2)

If necessary, adjust the inboard flap rigged position (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-008-A).

27-54-61 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 27-54-61-420-052-C
G.

Continue to Connect the Flap Drive Arms

(1)

At the track 1 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00500-C - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection)
(a)

Safety the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever as follows:
1

Make sure that the bushes (85), the packers (84), the shear bolt (80), the washer (81) and
the nut (83) are correctly installed.

TORQUE the nut (83) to between 1.6 and 1.8 M.DAN (11.80 and 13.27 LBF.FT).

Safety the nut (83) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter pin (82) .

Install the indicator pin (79), the indicator plate (78), the washers (77) and the bolts (76).

TORQUE the bolts (76) to between 0.15 and 0.17 M.DAN (13.27 and 15.04 LBF.IN).

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
6
(2)

Safety the bolts (76) together with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Material No: 19-010) .

At the track 2 position:

(a)

Safety the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever as follows:
1

Make sure that the bolt (86), the washer (87) and the nut (88) are correctly installed.

TORQUE the nut (88) to between 1.2 and 1.8 M.DAN (106.19 and 159.29 LBF.IN).

Safety the nut (88) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter pin (89) .

** On A/C 006-099
Subtask 27-54-61-420-052-F
G.

Continue to Connect the Flap Drive Arms

(1)

At the track 1 position:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00500-F - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection)
(a)

(2)

Make sure that the bolt (79), the washer (78) and the nut (76) are correctly installed.

TORQUE the nut (76) to between 1.2 and 1.8 M.DAN (106.19 and 159.29 LBF.IN).

Safety the nut (76) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter pin (77) .

At the track 2 position:

(a)

AES

Safety the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever as follows:

Safety the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever as follows:
1

Make sure that the bolt (80), the washer (81) and the nut (82) are correctly installed.

TORQUE the nut (82) to between 1.2 and 1.8 M.DAN (106.19 and 159.29 LBF.IN).

Safety the nut (82) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-33) cotter pin (83) .

27-54-61 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-61-420-073-D
H.

Safety the Inboard Flap Connections

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00600-C - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 2))
(1)

At the track 2 position:

(a)

Make sure that the failsafe hook nuts (184) are hand tight only.

(b)

Remove the nut (174).

(c)

Make sure that the spherical bearing, the splined bush (180) and the locking plate (179) are
engaged correctly.

(d)

Install a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-04) crushable spacer (176) and the nut (174).

(e)

TORQUE the nut (174) to between 15 and 20 M.DAN (110.62 and 147.49 LBF.FT).

(f)

Safety the nut (174) with a new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-04) cotter pin (175) .

(g)

Install the washer (178) and the nut (177).

Subtask 27-54-61-220-055-C
J.

Do a Check of the Flap Rigged Position

(1)

Make sure that the inboard flap remains in the correct rigged position (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-003-A).

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-61-420-074-D
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
K.

Continue to Safety the Inboard Flap Connections

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00700-C - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-04900-C - Flap Drive Trunnion - Detail)
(1)

(2)

At the track 1 position:

(a)

TORQUE the locknut (110) using the ADAPTER-TORQUE-TRUNNION NUT

(98D27504035000) to between 5.4 and 7.0 M.DAN (39.82 and 51.62 LBF.FT).

(b)

Lock the locknut (110) with the (IPC-CSN 57-52-21-02) lockwasher (109) .

(c)

Apply a layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-004A) to the
retainer (113).

(d)

Install the retainer (113), the (IPC-CSN 57-52-21-02) tabwasher (112) and the bolt (111).

(e)

TORQUE the bolt (111) to between 1.0 and 1.5 M.DAN (88.50 and 132.74 LBF.IN) and safety
with the tabwasher (112).

At the track 2 position:

(a)

TORQUE the nuts (184) to 0.12 M.DAN (10.62 LBF.IN) maximum.

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE
AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT
OR BLIND YOU.

AES

27-54-61 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

Safety the nuts (184) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-61-420-074-G
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
K.

Continue to Safety the Inboard Flap Connections

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00700-D - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-04900-D - Flap Drive Trunnion - Detail)
(1)

(2)

At the track 1 position:

(a)

TORQUE the locknut (110) using the ADAPTER-TORQUE-TRUNNION NUT

(98D27504035000) to between 5.4 and 7.0 M.DAN (39.82 and 51.62 LBF.FT).

(b)

Lock the locknut (110) with the (IPC-CSN 57-52-21-02) lockwasher (109) .

(c)

Install the washer (120) and the screw (121).

(d)

Tighten the screw (121).

(e)

Apply a layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-004A) to the
retainer (113).

(f)

Install the retainer (113), the (IPC-CSN 57-52-21-02) tabwasher (112) and the bolt (111).

(g)

TORQUE the bolt (111) to between 1.0 and 1.5 M.DAN (88.50 and 132.74 LBF.IN) and safety
with the tabwasher (112).

At the track 2 position:

(a)

TORQUE the nuts (184) to 0.12 M.DAN (10.62 LBF.IN) maximum.

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE
AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT
OR BLIND YOU.
(b)

Safety the nuts (184) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-61-820-068-A
L.

Completion of the Flap Rigging Procedure

(1)

Complete the flap rigging procedure (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-008-A).

Subtask 27-54-61-220-051-D
M.

AES

Alignment of the Outboard Cruise Roller of the Inboard Flap

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00800-B - Alignment of the Outboard Cruise-Roller of the Inboard Flap.)
(1)

Measure the dimension Y. This must be 6.0 mm (0.2362 in.) minus the dimension X, plus or minus 0.5
mm (0.0197 in.). If the dimension Y is not correct you must adjust the cruise roller (126).

(2)

To adjust the cruise roller (126):

(a)

Remove the nut (123), the collar (122) and the serrated plate (124).

(b)

Turn the eccentric (125) until the dimension Y is correct.

27-54-61 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

Lock the eccentric (125) with the serrated plate (124).

(d)

Install the collar (122) and the nut (123).

(e)

TORQUE the nut (123) to between 4.8 and 5.4 M.DAN (35.40 and 39.82 LBF.FT).

(3)

Measure the dimension Y again.

(4)

Measure and record the clearance between the bottom surface of the shroud box and the flap upper
surface (measured at the outboard end of the shroud box). This must be between 5 mm (0.1969 in.)
and 12 mm (0.4724 in.).

** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 27-54-61-916-052-F
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
N.

Application of Special Materials

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00700-C - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1))
** On A/C 005-005
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00700-D - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1))
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00600-C - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 2))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00500-C - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00800-B - Alignment of the Outboard Cruise-Roller of the Inboard Flap.)
(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the bolt (111)
. the nut (174), the cotter pin (175), the nut (177), the washer (178) and the bolt (181)
. the bolts (76), the washers (77), the shear bolt (80), the washer (81), the nut (83) and the cotter
pin (82)
. the bolt (86), the washer (87), the nut (88) and the cotter pin (89)
. the nut (123).

** On A/C 006-099
Subtask 27-54-61-916-052-G
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
N.

Application of Special Materials

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00700-D - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00600-C - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 2))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00500-F - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00800-B - Alignment of the Outboard Cruise-Roller of the Inboard Flap.)
(1)

AES

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the bolt (111)
. the nut (174), the cotter pin (175), the nut (177), the washer (178) and the bolt (181)
. the bolt (79), the washer (78), the nut (76) and the cotter pin (77)
. the bolt (80), the washer (81), the nut (82) and the cotter pin (83)
. the nut (123).

27-54-61 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-61-420-053-B
P.

Installation of the Bonding Straps

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00700-C - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00600-C - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 2))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00500-C - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection)
(1)

Attach the bonding strap (115) from the flap carriage at track 1 to the flap drive trunnion with the bolt
(116), the washer (117) and the nut (118) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(2)

Attach the bonding strap from the flap carriage at track 2 to the flap bracket with the bolt (182) and
the nut (183) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(3)

Attach the bonding strap (74) between the inboard flap and the outboard flap with the bolt (75) and
the nut (73) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(4)

Attach the bonding strap (71) with the bolt (72) and the nut (70) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-61-420-053-D
P.

Installation of the Bonding Straps

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00700-D - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 1))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00600-C - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection (Track 2))
** On A/C 005-005
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00500-C - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection)
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00500-F - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever Connection)
(1)

Attach the bonding strap from the flap carriage at track 2 to the flap bracket with the bolt (182) and
the nut (183)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(2)

Attach the bonding strap (74) between the inboard flap and the outboard flap with the bolt (75) and
the nut (73) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(3)

Attach the bonding strap (71) with the bolt (72) and the nut (70) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-61-860-057-A
Q.

AES

Aircraft Configuration
(1)

Install the interconnecting strut (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-400-001-A).

(2)

Connect the electrical connectors:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-01200-A - Interconnecting Strut - Location and Detail)
(a)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(b)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(c)

Connect the electrical connectors (21) and (22).

(3)

Manually retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-012-A).

(4)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000).

27-54-61 PB401

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Extend the flaps to position 1 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008A-01).

(6)

Install the flap kink seals (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-006-A).

Subtask 27-54-61-410-051-D
R.

Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00100-D - Details of the Wing to Fuselage Panels)
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Lift the flap track No. 2 movable fairing (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-410-001-A).

(3)

Install the pylon aft moveable fairing (Ref. TASK 54-55-00-400-001-A).

(4)

Install the fairing panels 193AB(194AB) and 193BB(194BB) (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-400-001-A).

(5)

Extend the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01) sufficiently
to install the rubbing strip (2).

(6)

Install the rubbing strip (2) and the support (1).

Subtask 27-54-61-866-058-A
S.

Retract the Flaps

(1)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Put the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat control
lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-54-61-820-055-D
T.

Adjust the Wing to Fuselage Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00100-D - Details of the Wing to Fuselage Panels)
(1)

Measure the dimension X, this must be between 23.5 mm (0.9252 in.) and 22.5 mm (0.8858 in.).

(2)

Measure the dimension U, this must be between 33.5 mm (1.3189 in.) and 32.5 mm (1.2795 in.).

(3)

If the dimension X is not correct loosen the screws (5) and move the aft seal until the dimension X is
correct.

(4)

If the dimension U is not correct, loosen the screws (4) and move the forward seal until the dimension U
is correct.

(5)

TORQUE the applicable screws (4) and/or (5) to between 0.4 and 0.45 M.DAN (35.40 and 39.82
LBF.IN).

Subtask 27-54-61-865-060-A
U.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-61-710-050-A
V.

AES

Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Do an operational test of the spoiler system (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

27-54-61 PB401

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-61-942-051-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-61 PB401

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
INBOARD

INBOARD FLAP
(REF)

RUBBING PAD

DIMENSION X

CRUISE ROLLER
DIMENSION Y

MINIMUM POSITION
ALIGNMENT MARKS

B
B
CAM PLATE

SECTION

C C
122
123
CRUISE ROLLER

124
125
126
N_MM_275461_4_BPM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-61-991-00800-B SHEET 1

Alignment of the Outboard Cruise-Roller of the Inboard
Flap.

27-54-61 PB401

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-61-000-002-A
Removal of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

B.

DESIGNATION

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

SRM 575300

(for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00300-C - Details of the Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals (Outboard Flap))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00200-B - Details of the Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals (Inboard Flap))
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-61-941-059-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

27-54-61 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-61-860-061-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

4.

(1)

Extend/retract the flaps to position 1 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK

27-50-00-866-008-A-01) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever.

Procedure
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-61-020-053-D
A.

Removal of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00300-C - Details of the Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals (Outboard Flap))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00200-B - Details of the Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals (Inboard Flap))
NOTE :
(1)

Remove the lower kink-seal:

(a)

(2)

(3)

AES

If a structural repair has been done, you must refer to (Ref. SRM 575300) for removal of the Flap
Kink-Seals.

Remove the screws (8) and the lower kink-seal (7).

Remove the outboard flap upper kink-seal and cushion seal:

(a)

Remove the screws (1), the pressure plate (2) and the upper kink-seal (3).

(b)

Remove the screws (4) and (6) and the cushion seal (5).

Remove the inboard flap upper kink-seal and cushion seal:

(a)

Remove the screws (19), the retainer (20) and the upper kink-seal (21).

(b)

Remove the screws (22) and (23) and the cushion seal (24).

27-54-61 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
OUTBOARD FLAP
STRUCTURE

CLIP
5

A
1

BONDING
LEAD

OUTBOARD
FLAP

5
7

6
N_MM_275461_4_ARN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-61-991-00300-C SHEET 1

Details of the Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals (Outboard Flap)

27-54-61 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
INBOARD FLAP
STRUCTURE

CLIP
(REF)

24

19

20

21

INBOARD
FLAP

24

23

LOWER KINKSEAL

22
N_MM_275461_4_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-61-991-00200-B SHEET 1

Details of the Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals (Inboard Flap)

27-54-61 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-61-400-006-A
Installation of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

No specific

DESIGNATION

WARNING NOTICE(S)
Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27504009000

ADJUSTER-KINK SEAL (UPPER FWD WY5396)

98D27504010000

ADJUSTER-KINK SEAL (UPPER AFT WY5658)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.

AES

CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
21
20
24
5
7
2
3
5

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
upper kink-seal
seal retainer
cushion-seal
cushion-seal
lower kink-seal
clamping strip
upper kink-seal
cushion-seal

IPC-CSN
57-52-21-06-100
57-52-21-06-120
57-52-21-06-150
57-52-21-06-160
57-52-21-06-180
57-53-21-05-020
57-53-21-05-040
57-53-21-05-160

27-54-61 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

SRM 575300

(for corrective action)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00200-B - Details of the Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals (Inboard Flap))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00300-C - Details of the Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals (Outboard Flap))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-01100-A - Kink Upper-Seal Installation Tool.)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-61-941-061-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S)S are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

Subtask 27-54-61-860-050-A
B.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are at position 1 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the slat/flap control lever.

Procedure
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-61-420-087-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 27-54-61-420-069-D
B.

Installation of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00200-B - Details of the Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals (Inboard Flap))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00300-C - Details of the Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals (Outboard Flap))
NOTE :

AES

If a structural repair has been done, you must refer to (Ref. SRM 575300) for installation of the Flap
Kink-Seals.

27-54-61 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Do the holes through (IPC-CSN 57-52-21-06) cushion-seal (24) if necessary:

(a)

Put the (IPC-CSN 57-52-21-06) cushion-seal (24) in position and make marks for corresponding
holes of screws (22) and (23).

(b)

Remove the (IPC-CSN 57-52-21-06) cushion-seal (24) .

(c)

Drill the holes to diameter of 5.5 mm (0.2165 in.) and deburr the holes.

(2)

Attach the (IPC-CSN 57-52-21-06) cushion-seal (24) to the inboard flap with the screws (22) and (23).

(3)

TORQUE the screws (22) and (23) to between 0.4 and 0.45 M.DAN (35.40 and 39.82 LBF.IN).

(4)

Do the holes through (IPC-CSN 57-52-21-06) cushion-seal (5) if necessary:

(a)

Put the (IPC-CSN 57-52-21-06) cushion-seal (5) in position and make marks for corresponding
holes of screws (4) and (6).

(b)

Remove (IPC-CSN 57-52-21-06) cushion-seal (5)

(c)

Drill the holes to diameter of 5.5 mm (0.2165 in.) and deburr the holes.

(5)

Attach the (IPC-CSN 57-53-21-05) cushion-seal (5) to the outboard flap with the screws (4) and (6).

(6)

TORQUE the screws (4) and (6) to between 0.4 and 0.45 M.DAN (35.40 and 39.82 LBF.IN).

Subtask 27-54-61-420-070-D
C.

Installation of the Upper Kink-Seals

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00200-B - Details of the Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals (Inboard Flap))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00300-C - Details of the Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals (Outboard Flap))
(1)

Install the (IPC-CSN 57-52-21-06) upper kink-seal (21) , the (IPC-CSN 57-52-21-06) seal retainer (20)
and the screws (19) on the inboard flap. Do not tighten the screws (19).

(2)

Install the (IPC-CSN 57-53-21-05) upper kink-seal (3) , the (IPC-CSN 57-53-21-05) clamping strip (2)
and the screws (1) on the outboard flap. Do not tighten the screws (1).
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-01100-A - Kink Upper-Seal Installation Tool.)

(3)

Install the ADJUSTER-KINK SEAL (UPPER FWD WY5396) (98D27504009000) on the flap seals at
position WY5396.

(4)

Install the ADJUSTER-KINK SEAL (UPPER AFT WY5658) (98D27504010000) on the flap seals at
position WY5658.

(5)

Tighten the star-knob on both tools at the same time until they cannot move. This will compress the
seals together.

(6)

Set the seals and the clamping strips equally between the inboard flap and the outboard flap.

(7)

TORQUE the screws (1) and (19) to between 0.4 and 0.45 M.DAN (35.40 and 39.82 LBF.IN).

(8)

Remove the ADJUSTER-KINK SEAL (UPPER FWD WY5396) (98D27504009000) and the
ADJUSTER-KINK SEAL (UPPER AFT WY5658) (98D27504010000) from the flap seals.

Subtask 27-54-61-420-071-D
D.

Installation of the Lower Kink-Seals

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00200-B - Details of the Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals (Inboard Flap))
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-00300-C - Details of the Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals (Outboard Flap))
(1)

AES

Attach the (IPC-CSN 57-52-21-06) lower kink-seal (7) to the inboard and outboard flap with the screws
(8).

27-54-61 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-61-860-051-A
A.

Aircraft Configuration
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Fully retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

Subtask 27-54-61-942-058-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-61 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SHROUD TRAILING EDGE

WY5396
OUTBOARD FLAP

INBOARD FLAP

WY5658

TOOL
HOLES

KINK SEAL
ADJUSTER

STAR KNOB

CLAMPING STRIP
CLAMPING STRIP

OUTBOARD FLAP

INBOARD FLAP

SEALING SECTIONS
EXAMPLE OF THE TOOL AT BOTH POSITIONS

N_MM_275461_4_AWM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-61-991-01100-A SHEET 1

Kink Upper-Seal Installation Tool.

27-54-61 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-61-000-005-A
Removal of the Inboard Flap Seals
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-05000-B - Inboard Flap Seals - Location and Detail)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-61-941-065-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the panel 400VU to tell persons not to operate the landing gear.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

27-54-61 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-61-860-062-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Fully extend the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the slat/flap
control lever.

Subtask 27-54-61-865-058-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FIN

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-61-010-056-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

4.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) below the applicable inboard flap, zone 581(681).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-05000-B - Inboard Flap Seals - Location and Detail)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-61-020-063-B
A.

Removal of the Inboard Flap Seals

(1)

AES

Remove the flap seals as follows:

(a)

Remove the screws (1).

(b)

Remove the screws (3) and the cover strip (4).

(c)

Carefully remove the seal assemblies (2) and (5) from the inboard end of the flap.

27-54-61 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
Z581
(Z681)

A
FLAP
TRAILING
EDGE
(REF)

INBOARD
3

N_MM_275461_4_BAN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-61-991-05000-B SHEET 1

Inboard Flap Seals - Location and Detail

27-54-61 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-61-400-007-A
Installation of the Inboard Flap Seals
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27803000000
B.

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-61-400-001-A

Installation of the Inboard Flap

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-05000-B - Inboard Flap Seals - Location and Detail)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-61-941-066-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

AES

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

27-54-61 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is on the panel 400VU to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

Subtask 27-54-61-860-063-A
B.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is below the applicable inboard flap, zone
581(681).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-05000-B - Inboard Flap Seals - Location and Detail)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-61-420-088-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 27-54-61-420-089-B
B.

Installation of the Inboard Flap Seals

(1)

5.

Install the flap seals as follows:

(a)

Position the seal assemblies (2) and (5) on the inboard end of the flap.

(b)

Install the screws (1).

(c)

Install the cover strip (4) and the screws (3).

(d)

TORQUE the screws (1) and (3) to between 0.4 and 0.45 M.DAN (35.40 and 39.82 LBF.IN).

(e)

Check and, if necessary, adjust the flap seals for the correct flap seal to belly-fairing dimensions
(Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-61-865-059-A
A.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN
6CV

LOCATION
B07

27-54-61 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN
8CV

LOCATION
Q21

Subtask 27-54-61-860-064-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Fully retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

Subtask 27-54-61-942-060-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the access platform(s).

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the safety barriers.

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-61 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

INBOARD FLAP - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-61-220-001-A
Dimensional Check of the Joints that Connect the Flap Actuator Levers to the Flap Drive Struts (Tracks 1 and 2)
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Because the free movement of the inboard flap is more than that in TASK 27-54-00-200-003.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-54-55-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Tracks 1 and 2

27-54-55-400-001-A

Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Tracks 1 and 2

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-04800-C - Inboard Flap - Fits and Clearances (Tracks 1 and 2))
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-61-941-064-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the flap/slat control lever (panel 114VU) to tell persons not to
operate the flaps.

(2)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

27-54-61 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-61-010-055-A
B.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) below the applicable zone 573 or 673.

(2)

Disconnect the joints at tracks 1 and 2 that connect the actuator levers to the drive struts (Ref. TASK
27-54-55-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-61-991-04800-C - Inboard Flap - Fits and Clearances (Tracks 1 and 2))
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-61-220-066-D
A.

Dimensions of the Joint that Connects the Actuator Lever to the Drive Strut (Track 1).
(1)

Do a check of the dimensions that follow:

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
9.080

MAX
9.095

OD 1

0.3575

0.3581

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
9.060

MAX

0.3567
0.0050

0.0350

0.0750

0.0002

0.0014

0.0030

9.100

9.115

9.135

ID 3

0.3583

0.3589

0.3596

Subtask 27-54-61-220-067-D
B.

Dimensions of the Joint that Connects the Actuator Lever to the Drive Strut (Track 1)
(1)

Do a check of the dimensions that follow:

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
11.076

MAX
11.094

MIN
11.054

OD 3

0.4361

0.4368

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4352
0.0060

0.0370

0.0810

0.0002

0.0015

0.0032

11.100

11.113

11.135

ID 2

0.4370

0.4375

0.4384

27-54-61 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-61-220-068-D
C.

Dimensions of the Joint that Connects the Actuator Lever to the Drive Strut (Track 2)
(1)

Do a check of the dimensions that follow:

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.841

MAX
15.859

MIN
15.807

OD 5

0.6237

0.6244

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6223
0.0160

0.0520

0.1200

0.0006

0.0020

0.0047

15.875

15.893

15.927

ID 4

0.6250

0.6257

0.6270

Subtask 27-54-61-220-069-D
D.

Dimensions of the Joint that Connects the Actuator Lever to the Drive Strut (Track 2)
(1)

Do a check of the dimensions that follow:

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.841

MAX
15.859

MIN
15.822

OD 5

0.6237

0.6244

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6229
0.0030

0.0340

0.0720

0.0001

0.0013

0.0028

15.862

15.875

15.894

ID 7

0.6245

0.6250

0.6257

Subtask 27-54-61-220-070-D
E.

Dimensions of the Joint that Connects the Actuator Lever to the Drive Strut (Track 2)
(1)

Do a check of the dimensions that follow:

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.841

MAX
15.859

MIN
15.781

OD 5

0.6237

0.6244

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6213
0.0460

0.0740

0.1940

0.0018

0.0029

0.0076

27-54-61 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
15.905

MAX
15.915

ID 8

0.6262

0.6266

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
15.975
0.6289

Subtask 27-54-61-220-071-D
F.

Dimensions of the Joint that Connects the Actuator Lever to the Drive Strut (Track 2)
(1)

Do a check of the dimensions that follow:

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

5.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
20.959

MAX
20.980

MIN
20.918

OD 4

0.8252

0.8260

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8235
0.0200

0.0620

0.1440

0.0008

0.0024

0.0057

21.000

21.021

21.062

ID 6

0.8268

0.8276

0.8292

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-61-410-055-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Connect the joints at tracks 1 and 2 to connect the actuator levers to the drive struts (Ref. TASK
27-54-55-400-001-A)

Subtask 27-54-61-942-059-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-61 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
TRACK 1

INBOARD
FLAP

TRACK 2
1

B
4

N_MM_275461_6_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-61-991-04800-C SHEET 1

Inboard Flap - Fits and Clearances (Tracks 1 and 2)

27-54-61 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

OUTBOARD FLAP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-62-000-001-A
Removal of the Outboard Flap
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

CAP - BLANKING
COVER - PROTECTION

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

TAPE - ADHESIVE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504084000
98D27803000000

1
1

EXTRACTOR - PIN, TRACK 4

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

573CB, 575AB, 575BB, 673CB,

675AB, 675BB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Inboard and Outboard Flap Hoisting-Sling

27-50-00-400-002-A

Installation of the Inboard and Outboard Flap Hoisting-Sling

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

AES

27-54-62 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A-01

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-011-A
27-50-00-866-012-A
27-51-00-820-004-A

Manual Extension of the Flaps

Manual Retraction of the Flaps
Adjustment of the Forward Eccentrics to the Datum Position

27-54-61-000-002-A
27-60-00-866-002-A
57-51-37-000-002-A
57-51-37-000-004-A
57-55-11-000-001-A

Removal of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
Removal of the Access Panels
Removal of the Access Panels
Removal of the Flap Track Fairings Nos. 2, 3 and 4

57-55-11-010-002-A

To Lower the Flap Track No. 3 & No. 4 Movable Fairings for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-00700-A - Interconnecting Strut - Location and Detail)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-00900-C - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01000-D - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01400-D - Flap Installation Tools)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-62-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic system.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-54-62-860-053-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Make sure that the flaps are retracted fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the slat/flap
control lever.

Subtask 27-54-62-865-053-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
121VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

27-54-62 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-62-010-050-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position for the applicable zones:
. for the left wing, below zones 575 and 587
. for the right wing, below zones 675 and 687.

(2)

Remove the access panels for the applicable wing:

(3)

(a)

For the LH wing:

. remove 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)
. remove 575AB 575BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(b)

For the RH wing:

. remove 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)
. remove 675AB 675BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

Do one of the two worksteps that follow.

(a)

Lower the flap track No. 3 and No. 4 movable fairings for access (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-010-002A).

(b)

Remove the flap track No. 3 and No. 4 movable fairings for access (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-000-001A).

Subtask 27-54-62-865-067-A
E.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-62-860-065-A
F.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Manually extend the flaps to position 1 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011-A).

(2)

Remove the flap kink seals (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002-A).

Subtask 27-54-62-865-068-A
G.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-54-62 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-62-020-059-B
A.

Preparation for Removal of the Outboard Flap

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-00700-A - Interconnecting Strut - Location and Detail)
(1)

Disconnect the interconnecting strut (1):

(a)

Remove the electrical connectors (8) and (10) from the connectors (7) and (9).

(b)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (11).

(d)

Remove the nut (6) and the washer (5).

(e)

Remove the bolt (2), the washer (3) and the bush (4).

(f)

Hold the interconnecting strut (1) to the outboard flap with TAPE - ADHESIVE.

Subtask 27-54-62-860-054-B
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the applicable
torque shaft.

(2)

Manually fully retract the flaps to the zero position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-012-A).

(3)

Check the value shown on the label at the track 3 position. If the label shows a value different from 0,
set the flap forward eccentrics to the zero datum position (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-004-A).
NOTE :

The label is on the outboard side of the flap track beam.

(4)

Manually extend the flaps to position 3 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011-A).

(5)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is on the
applicable torque shaft.

Subtask 27-54-62-020-051-D
C.

Removal of the Outboard Flap

CAUTION :

(1)

Install the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-002-A).

(2)

Use the hoist to carefully lift the hoisting sling until it holds the weight of the outboard flap.

(3)

Fully extend and lock the applicable spoilers 2, 3, 4 and 5 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Install the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) on the applicable rods of the servo controls.

(5)

Disconnect the flap drive arms from the rotary actuator drive-levers:
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-00900-C - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever)
(a)

AES

OPERATE THE HOIST SLOWLY, WHEN YOU PUT THE SLING IN TENSION. DO NOT TRY
TO REMOVE THE FLAP BECAUSE THIS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE.

Remove the bolts (51) and the washers (50), and disconnect the bonding straps (49).

27-54-62 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(6)

(b)

Remove the nut (54), the bolt (52) and disconnect the bonding strap (53).

(c)

Hold the trailing edge of the outboard flap and remove:

. the cotter pins (58)
. the nuts (57)
. the washers (56)
. the bolts (55).

(d)

Discard the cotter pins (58).

(e)

Carefully move the outboard flap until the flap track carriages touch the end stops.

Disconnect the outboard flap from the flap track carriages:

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01000-D - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection)
CAUTION :

(7)

(a)

Loosen the nuts (144) sufficiently to let the failsafe hook assemblies (145) move.

(b)

Remove these items:

. the cotter pins (137)
. the nuts (136)
. the crushable spacers (138)
. the nuts (139) and the washers (140)
. the locking plates (141)
. the splined bushes (142).

Install the EXTRACTOR - PIN, TRACK 4 (98D27504084000) onto the carriage bolt (143).
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01400-D - Flap Installation Tools)
NOTE :

(8)

Make sure that you screw the extractor pin fully onto the threads of each bolt (143). This will
hold the locking ring in position and allow it to be compressed by the bush and the bearing.

Remove the carriage bolts (143).

NOTE :

(9)

THE FLAP TO CARRIAGE BOLT ASSEMBLY HAS AN INNER AND AN OUTER BOLT
WHICH MAKE ONE PART.
DO NOT APPLY AN END OR A TORSION FORCE TO THE INNER BOLT BECAUSE
THIS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ASSEMBLY. APPLY FORCE TO THE OUTER
BOLT ONLY WHEN YOU REMOVE/INSTALL THE BOLT ASSEMBLY.

If necessary, carefully lift the flap with the hoist and sling sufficiently to release the weight off
the bolts (143)

Discard the cotter pins (137) and the crushable spacers (138).

(10) Remove the flap from the wing:

CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT THE FLAP DOES NOT HIT THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.

CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT THE SUPPORT STRUCTURE IS CLEAN AND DOES NOT HAVE
ANY SHARP POINTS.

(a)

Carefully and slowly lift the outboard flap off the flap track carriages.

(b)

Move the outboard flap with the hoist and lower it onto the support structure.

(11) Put COVER - PROTECTION, where necessary, over the disconnected items of the flap.

AES

27-54-62 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-62-080-050-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

If necessary, remove the hoisting sling from the outboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-002-A).

(2)

If necessary, remove the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) from the right
angle gearbox.

27-54-62 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
575AB
(675AB)
575BB
(675BB)

A
573CB
(673CB)

OUTBOARD
FLAP
2

1
HOLE FOR INSPECTION
PLUG AND GAGE PIN

6
11

10
8

INBOARD
FLAP

9
N_MM_275462_4_BEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-62-991-00700-A SHEET 1

Interconnecting Strut - Location and Detail

27-54-62 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z587
Z687

49

50
51

D
B

D
C

ACTUATOR DRIVE
LEVER (REF)

58

57

56

55

FLAP DRIVE ARM (REF)

54

53

52
N_MM_275462_4_ATM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-62-991-00900-C SHEET 1

Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever

27-54-62 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
PAINT
MARKS
(RED)

FWD

A
A

ECCENTRIC HOLE AT
MAXIMUM AFT POSITION

A
FLAP
(REF)

136
138
141

SPHERCAL
BEARING
(REF)

142

137

139

140

145
FLAP TRACK
CARRIAGE (REF)

FLAP TRACK
(REF)
144

143

LOCKING RING

OUTBOARD

END STOP
(REF)
N_MM_275462_4_CLM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-62-991-01000-D SHEET 1

Flap to Flap Carriage Connection

27-54-62 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
SPHERICAL
BEARING

CARRIAGE
BOLT

FLAP
CARRIAGE

FORWARD VIEW OF THE EXTRACTOR PIN INSTALLATION

SPLINED
BUSH

ADJUSTING
TOOL

SOCKET(REF)
SPHERICAL
BEARING

LOCKING
PLATE

FORWARD VIEW OF THE ADJUSTING TOOL INSTALLATION

N_MM_275462_4_DSM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-62-991-01400-D SHEET 1

Flap Installation Tools

27-54-62 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-62-400-001-A
Installation of the Outboard Flap
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.00 and 1.20 M.DAN (0.00 and 9.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 2.00 and 20.00 M.DAN (15.00 and 150.00
LBF.FT)

98D27504084000
98D27604000000
B.

EXTRACTOR - PIN, TRACK 4

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-022
Material No: 09-002
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
C.

1
1

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

573CB, 575AB, 575BB, 673CB,

675AB, 675BB

AES

27-54-62 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
58
137
138
155
E.

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-54-05-35-040
27-54-46-06-035
27-54-46-06-080
57-53-21-03-340

cotter pins
cotter pins
crushable spacers
cotter pin

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-50-00-000-002-A

Removal of the Inboard and Outboard Flap Hoisting-Sling

27-50-00-400-002-A

Installation of the Inboard and Outboard Flap Hoisting-Sling

27-50-00-866-011-A
27-50-00-866-012-A

Manual Extension of the Flaps

Manual Retraction of the Flaps

27-51-00-820-003-A

To do a Check of the Flap Rigged Position (with the Sharks Fin)

27-51-00-820-008-A

Adjustment of the Flap Rigged Position with the Sharks Fin Tool
(A318/319/320)

27-51-44-400-001-A

Installation of the Interconnecting Strut

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

27-54-61-000-002-A
27-54-61-400-006-A
27-54-62-000-001-A

Removal of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals

Installation of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals
Removal of the Outboard Flap

27-54-62-400-001-A
27-54-63-000-001-A

Installation of the Outboard Flap

Removal of the Flap Guide-Roller Assembly

27-54-63-400-001-A

Installation of the Flap Guide-Roller Assembly

27-60-00-866-002-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

27-64-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

27-64-00-820-001-C

Adjustment of the Spoilers

57-51-37-000-002-A
57-51-37-000-004-A
57-51-37-400-002-A
57-51-37-400-004-A
57-55-11-000-001-A

Removal of the Access Panels

Removal of the Access Panels
Installation of the Access Panels
Installation of the Access Panels
Removal of the Flap Track Fairings Nos. 2, 3 and 4

57-55-11-010-002-A

To Lower the Flap Track No. 3 & No. 4 Movable Fairings for Access

57-55-11-400-001-A

Installation of the Flap Track Fairings Nos. 2, 3 and 4

57-55-11-410-002-A

To Lift the Flap Track No. 3 & No. 4 Movable Fairings after Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-00900-C - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever)

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01000-D - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01600-A - Blade Seal Details)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01300-B - Inboard Cruise Roller Alignment)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01400-D - Flap Installation Tools)

AES

27-54-62 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-00300-B - Flap Forward Eccentrics - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01700-C - Center Cruise Roller Alignment)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-62-941-060-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
system.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

Subtask 27-54-62-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

Subtask 27-54-62-860-060-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Make sure that the rotary actuator drive-levers are in the position 3 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011-A).

(2)

Make sure that the applicable spoilers 2, 3, 4 and 5 are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002A).

(3)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the applicable piston rods of
the servo-controls.

(4)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position below the
applicabl
. for the left wing, zone 575 and 587
. for the right wing, zones 675 and 687.

(5)

Make sure that the applicable access panels have been removed:
(a)

For the LH wing:

. 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)
. 575AB 575BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A)

(b)

For the RH wing:

. 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)
. 675AB 675BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

27-54-62 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Make sure that the No. 3 and No. 4 movable fairings have been lowered for access (Ref. TASK
57-55-11-010-002-A), or removed for access (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-000-001-A).

(7)

Make sure that the flap kink seals have been removed (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002-A).

(8)

Make sure that the flaps are in the position 3 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011-A).

(9)

If necessary, remove the flap guide-roller assembly (Ref. TASK 27-54-63-000-001-A).

(10) Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the slat/flap control lever.
4.

Procedure
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-62-420-096-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Make sure that the indicators (red) on the flap drive-arms, at track positions 3 and 4, are not damaged
or loose.
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-00900-C - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever)

Subtask 27-54-62-420-083-C
B.

Not applicable.

Subtask 27-54-62-480-052-A
C.

Installation of the Hoisting Sling

(1)

If necessary, install the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-002-A).

Subtask 27-54-62-210-053-C
D.

AES

Alignment Checks before Installation

(1)

Make sure that the spherical bearings are set to the datum position with the flap and bearing paint
marks aligned.
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01000-D - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection)

(2)

Make sure that the blade seal (124) is in the fully retracted position.
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01600-A - Blade Seal Details)

(3)

Make sure that the cruise roller, at the inboard end of the outboard flap, is aligned at the minimum
position.
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01300-B - Inboard Cruise Roller Alignment)

(4)

Make sure that the flap track carriages on the flap tracks 3 and 4 touch the end stops.
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01000-D - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection)

27-54-62 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-62-420-061-A
E.

Installation of the Outboard Flap

CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT THE FLAP DOES NOT HIT THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.

(1)

With the hoist and the hoisting sling, carefully lift the flap and position it over the wing.

(2)

Lower the flap and engage the flap in the flap track carriages.

(3)

Make sure that the flap is set to its lowest position. At this position:
. the painted (red) marks on the spherical bearing are aligned, and/or
. the hole of the spherical bearing is at its maximum aft position.

(4)

If necessary, repair the painted (red) marks.

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01000-D - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection)

(5)

Make sure that the cruise roller, at the inboard end of the outboard flap, is aligned at the minimum
position.
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01300-B - Inboard Cruise Roller Alignment)

Subtask 27-54-62-420-059-D
F.

Connect the Flap to the Carriages

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01000-D - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection)
CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT THE FLAP DOES NOT HIT THE FLANGE OF THE INTERCONNECTING
STRUT IF YOU LIFT THE FLAP (TO ALIGN THE FLAP TRACK CARRIAGES).

CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT THE SPLINED BUSH IS FULLY ENGAGED WITH THE SPHERICAL
BEARING. THIS PREVENTS DAMAGE TO THE PARTS.

CAUTION :

THE FLAP TO CARRIAGE BOLT ASSEMBLY HAS AN INNER AND AN OUTER BOLT WHICH
MAKE ONE PART.
DO NOT APPLY AN END OR A TORSION FORCE TO THE INNER BOLT BECAUSE THIS
WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ASSEMBLY. APPLY FORCE TO THE OUTER BOLT ONLY
WHEN YOU REMOVE/INSTALL THE BOLT ASSEMBLY.

(1)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the bolts (143) and the bushes
(142).

(2)

Install the EXTRACTOR - PIN, TRACK 4 (98D27504084000) onto the carriage bolt (143).
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01400-D - Flap Installation Tools)
NOTE :

(3)

Make sure that the failsafe hook nuts (144) are hand tight only.

(4)

For the flap track 3:

(5)

(a)

Use the EXTRACTOR - PIN, TRACK 4 (98D27504084000) to install the bolt (143) in the flap
carriage.

(b)

Remove the EXTRACTOR - PIN, TRACK 4 (98D27504084000) from the bolt (143).

For the flap track 4:

(a)

AES

Make sure that you screw the extractor pin fully onto the threads of each carriage bolt (143).
This will hold the locking ring in position and will let it be compressed by the bush and the
bearing.

Use the EXTRACTOR - PIN, TRACK 4 (98D27504084000) to install the bolt (143) in the flap
carriage.

27-54-62 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

Remove the EXTRACTOR - PIN, TRACK 4 (98D27504084000) from the bolt (143).

(6)

Install the splined bushes (142) correctly over the bolts (143).

(7)

Temporarily install the locking plates (141) and the nuts (136). Make sure that the nuts (136) are hand
tight only.

Subtask 27-54-62-420-077-D
G.

Connect the Flap Drive Arms to the Rotary Actuator Drive-Levers

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-00900-C - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever)
(1)

Hold the trailing edge of the outboard flap and remove the hoisting sling from the outboard flap (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-000-002-A).

(2)

Manually push the flap forward until the flap drive arms are engaged with the rotary actuator drivelevers.

(3)

Install the bolts (55), the washers (56) and the nuts (57). Do not torque the nuts (57) at this stage.

Subtask 27-54-62-860-059-A
H.

Lower the Spoilers

(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the applicable
torque shaft.

(2)

Use the pneumatic wrench and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) to
slowly retract the flaps to the fully retracted position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011-A).

(3)

Lower the applicable spoilers 2, 3, 4 and 5 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

NOTE :

(4)

The spoilers may rest on the upper surfaces of the flaps.

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is on the
applicable torque shaft.

Subtask 27-54-62-820-076-B
J.

Check and Adjustment of the Outboard Flap Rigged Position

NOTE :

Before you do the rigging procedure, make sure that:

. the aircraft weight is on the landing gear or on jacks
. the No 1 and the No 2 engines are installed or not installed
. the fuel load is symmetrical or the wing tanks are empty
. the flaps are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-012-A).

(1)

Install the sharks fin flap rigging tools and do a check of the outboard flap rigged position (Ref. TASK
27-51-00-820-003-A).

(2)

If the flap rigged position is not correct, adjust as necessary until the flap is in the specified limits (Ref.
TASK 27-51-00-820-008-A), (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-62-420-098-E
K.

Complete the Connection of the Flap Drive Arms to the Rotary Actuator Drive-Levers
(1)

TORQUE the nuts (57) to between 7.6 and 8.5 M.DAN (56.05 and 62.68 LBF.FT).

(2)

Safety the nuts (57) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-35) cotter pins (58) .

Subtask 27-54-62-420-084-D
L.

AES

Safety the Flap to the Flap Carriage Connections

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01000-D - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection)

27-54-62 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Make sure that the failsafe hook nuts (144) are hand tight only.

(2)

Remove the nuts (136).

(3)

Make sure that the spherical bearings, the splined bushes (142) and the locking plates (141) are
engaged correctly.

(4)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-06) crushable spacers (138) and the nuts (136).

(5)

TORQUE the nuts (136) to between 15 and 20 M.DAN (110.62 and 147.49 LBF.FT).

(6)

Safety the nuts (136) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-46-06) cotter pins (137) .

(7)

Install the washers (140) and the nuts (139).

Subtask 27-54-62-420-081-B
M.

Safety the Forward Eccentrics

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-00300-B - Flap Forward Eccentrics - Location and Detail)
(1)

(2)

If the forward eccentrics have been adjusted, do the steps that follow:
(a)

Install the serrated plate (152) on the eccentric bolt (156) at track 3.

(b)

Install the bolt (151), the washer (153) and the nut (154).

(c)

Tighten the nut (154) and safety with a new (IPC-CSN 57-53-21-03) cotter pin (155) .

(d)

Install the serrated plate (159) on the eccentric bolt (160) at track 4.

(e)

Install the bolt (157) and the washer (158).

Make sure that the outboard flap trailing edge is still in the correct rigged position (Ref. TASK
27-51-00-820-003-A).

Subtask 27-54-62-916-054-C
N.

Application of Special Materials

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-00300-B - Flap Forward Eccentrics - Location and Detail)
(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the cotter pin (155), the nut (154), the washer (153), the bolt (151) and the nut on the eccentric
bolt (156)
. the bolt (157), the washer (158) and the nut on the eccentric bolt (160).

Subtask 27-54-62-420-078-B
P.

Continue to Safety the Flap to the Flap Carriage Connections.

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01000-D - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection)
(1)

TORQUE the failsafe hook nuts (145) to 0.12 M.DAN (10.62 LBF.IN) maximum.

(2)

Safety the failsafe hook nuts (145) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Material No: 19-010) .

Subtask 27-54-62-820-052-C
Q.

Adjustment of the Blade Seal and Cruise Roller

(1)

AES

Set the flap outboard end blade-seal.

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01600-A - Blade Seal Details)
(a)

Make sure that the dimension B is 33.4 mm (1.34 in.) +/- 6 mm (0.24 in.).

(b)

Loosen the screws (126).

(c)

Adjust the blade-seal (124) until the dimension C is 8 mm (0.35 in.).

(d)

Tighten the screws (126) so that the blade-seal (124) is compressed but not out of shape.

27-54-62 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(e)
(2)

Measure and if necessary, adjust the inboard cruise roller.

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01300-B - Inboard Cruise Roller Alignment)
(a)

(3)

(4)

Apply a bead of the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-002) between the cap strip (125) and the
outboard flap structure.

Measure the dimension Y:

1

If the dimension Y is between zero and 2 mm (0.08 in.), the position of the cruise roller is
correct.

If the dimension Y is more than 2 mm (0.08 in.), you must adjust the inboard cruise roller.

To adjust the inboard cruise roller:

(a)

Remove the nut (98), the collar (97) and the serrated plate (99).

(b)

Turn the eccentric (100) until the dimension Y is correct.

(c)

Install the serrated plate (99) to lock the eccentric (100).

(d)

Install the collar (97) and the nut (98).

(e)

TORQUE the nut (98) to between 2.4 and 2.7 M.DAN (17.70 and 19.91 LBF.FT).

(f)

Do a check of the dimension Y again.

If the flap guide-roller assembly was removed, install it (Ref. TASK 27-54-63-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-62-220-054-B
R.

Measurement and Adjustment of the Flap Guide-Roller Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01700-C - Center Cruise Roller Alignment)
(1)

Measure and if necessary, adjust the flap guide-roller assembly.

(a)

Measure the dimension D:

1

If the dimension D is more than 3 mm (0.12 in.), replace the flap guide-roller assembly with
one of the correct size (Ref. TASK 27-54-63-400-001-A).

If the dimension D is less than 3 mm (0.12 in.) or there is no clearance, (and the flap guide
roller assembly turns freely), the clearance is correct.

Subtask 27-54-62-220-055-A
S.

Measure the Spoiler to Outboard Flap Clearance

(1)

Do a check of the clearance between the spoiler 2 trailing edge and the top surface of the outboard flap
(Ref. TASK 27-64-00-820-001-C).

(2)

Do the procedure again for each of the spoilers 3, 4 and 5 (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-820-001-C).

Subtask 27-54-62-420-079-A
T.

Installation of the Interconnecting Strut

(1)

Install the interconnecting strut (1) (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-54-62-420-082-C
U.

Not applicable.

Subtask 27-54-62-916-051-C
V.

AES

Application of Special Materials

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-00900-C - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01000-D - Flap to Flap Carriage Connection)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-01300-B - Inboard Cruise Roller Alignment)

27-54-62 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the bolts (55), the washers (56), the nuts (57) and the cotter pins (58)
. the nut (136), the cotter pin (137), the nut (139), the washer (140) and the bolt (143)
. the nut (98).

Subtask 27-54-62-420-080-A
W.

Flap Installation Procedure - Continued

(1)

Manually fully retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-012-A).

(2)

Connect the bonding straps.

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-00900-C - Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever)
(a)

Attach the bonding straps (49) from the flap track carriages to the flap brackets with the washers
(50) and the bolts (51) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(b)

Attach the bonding strap (53) from the outboard flap to the inboard flap bracket with the nut
(54) and the bolt (52) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(3)

Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) from the flap/slat
control lever.

(4)

Install the flap kink seals (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-006-A).

(5)

If the flap track No. 3 and 4 movable fairings were lowered for access at flap removal, lift the flap track
No. 3 and No. 4 movable fairings (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-410-002-A).

Subtask 27-54-62-865-052-A
X.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

Subtask 27-54-62-710-050-A
Y.

5.

Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Do an operational test of the spoiler system (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-62-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

If the flap track No. 3 and No. 4 movable fairings were removed at flap removal, install the flap track
No. 3 and No. 4 movable fairings (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-400-001-A).

(3)

Install the access panels:

(a)

AES

For the LH wing,

. install 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A)
. install 575AB 575BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

27-54-62 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

For the RH wing,

. install 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A)
. install 675AB 675BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

Subtask 27-54-62-942-050-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-62 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

WX11441,33
WX11415,93
DATUM LINE
OUTBOARD FLAP

UP

OUTBOARD
124

DIMENSION C

126

SEALANT
125

DIMENSION B

N_MM_275462_4_AYM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-62-991-01600-A SHEET 1

Blade Seal Details

27-54-62 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

OUTBOARD

OUTBOARD FLAP
(REF)

RUBBING PAD

CRUISE ROLLER

DIMENSION Y

MINIMUM POSITION
ALIGNMENT MARKS

B
B
CAM PLATE

SECTION

CC
97
CRUISE ROLLER

98
99
100

C
101
N_MM_275462_4_BQM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-62-991-01300-B SHEET 1

Inboard Cruise Roller Alignment

27-54-62 PB401

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A
A

A
A

ROTARY ACTUATOR
DRIVE LEVER

FLAP
RETRACTED

FAIRING
OPERATING ARM
FLAP

MOVEABLE
FAIRING

FLAP
LINK ARM

BEAM

CARRIAGE

TRACK
STOP

151

TRACK 4

TRACK 3
159
156

158
157

D
155

153

152

160

154
PUNCHED/PAINTED
MARKS

C
PUNCHED/PAINTED
MARKS

N_MM_275462_4_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-62-991-00300-B SHEET 1

Flap Forward Eccentrics - Location and Detail

27-54-62 PB401

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
WING RIB 16
(T/E)

CENTER CRUISEROLLER
(REF)

OUTBOARD FLAP
(REF)

UP

FWD

SECTION

B B
CENTER CRUISEROLLER
(REF)

DIMENSION D

N_MM_275462_4_EAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-62-991-01700-C SHEET 1

Center Cruise Roller Alignment

27-54-62 PB401

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-62-000-003-A
Removal of the Leading Edge Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

To get visual access for internal structure.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

SPATULA - PLASTIC

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

** On A/C 005-099
CMM 57-53-21
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-03100-A - Leading Edge Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-03100-B - Leading Edge Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap - Location and Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-62-941-057-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the HYD section of the panel 430VU to tell persons not to
pressurize the aircraft hydraulic system.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

27-54-62 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position below the applicable flap.

Subtask 27-54-62-860-057-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever.

Subtask 27-54-62-865-057-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

4.

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-03100-A - Leading Edge Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap - Location and Detail)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-03100-B - Leading Edge Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap - Location and Detail)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-62-020-055-A
A.

Removal of the Leading Edge Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap

(1)

Use a SPATULA - PLASTIC to remove the sealant between the applicable leading edge panels (2) and
the outboard flap.

(2)

Remove the screws (1) and carefully remove the leading edge panel (2) from the flap.

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-62-020-055-B
A.

Removal of the Leading Edge Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap

NOTE :

AES

The leading edge panel 2 is attached to the outboard flap with rivets. Remove the leading edge panel 2
on the outboard flap (Ref. CMM 57-53-21).

27-54-62 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(1)

Use a SPATULA - PLASTIC to remove the sealant between the leading edge panel 5 (2) and the
outboard flap.

(2)

Remove the screws (1) and carefully remove the leading edge panel 5 (2) from the flap.

27-54-62 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
Z 587
Z 687

A
B

B
2

N_MM_275462_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-62-991-03100-A SHEET 1

Leading Edge Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap Location and Detail

27-54-62 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Z 587
Z 687

PANEL 2

OUTBOARD
FLAP

B
PANEL 5

B
2

N_MM_275462_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-62-991-03100-B SHEET 1

Leading Edge Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap Location and Detail

27-54-62 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-62-400-003-A
Installation of the Leading Edge Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-012
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
PURE MINERAL VASELINE OR PETROLATUMSEALANTS
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

** On A/C 005-099
CMM 57-53-21
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-03100-A - Leading Edge Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-03100-B - Leading Edge Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap - Location and Detail)

AES

27-54-62 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-62-941-062-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
system.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

Subtask 27-54-62-860-063-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

4.

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are extended fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000)is
installed on the flap/slat control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is below the applicable flap.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-03100-A - Leading Edge Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap - Location and Detail)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-03100-B - Leading Edge Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap - Location and Detail)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-62-420-097-A
A.

AES

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Clean the interface of the leading edge panel (2) and the outboard flap with a LINT-FREE COTTON
CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

27-54-62 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-54-62-420-066-A
B.

Installation of the Leading Edge Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap

(1)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) to the interface of the leading edge panel (2) and
the outboard flap.

(2)

Apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-012) to the contact areas of the leading edge
panel (2).

(3)

Install the leading edge panel (2) with the screws (1).

(4)

Clean the groove between the leading edge panel (2) and the outboard flap with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-026) .

(5)

Seal the groove between the leading edge panel (2) and the outboard flap with SEALANTS (Material
No: 09-016) .

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-54-62-420-066-B
B.

Installation of the Leading Edge Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap

NOTE :

5.

The leading edge panel 2 is attached to the outboard flap with rivets. Install the leading edge panel 2
on the outboard flap (Ref. CMM 57-53-21).

(1)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) to the interface of the leading edge panel 5 (2) and
the outboard flap.

(2)

Apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-012) to the contact areas of the leading edge
panel 5 (2).

(3)

Install the leading edge panel 5 (2) with the screws (1).

(4)

Clean the groove between the leading edge panel 5 (2) and the outboard flap with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-026) .

(5)

Seal the groove between the leading edge panel 5 (2) and the outboard flap with SEALANTS (Material
No: 09-016) .

Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-62-865-058-A
A.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-62-860-062-A
B.

Aircraft Configuration
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

27-54-62 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

Subtask 27-54-62-942-054-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-62 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

OUTBOARD FLAP - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-62-220-001-A
Dimensional Check of the Joints that connect the Flap Actuator Levers to the Flap Drive Struts (Tracks 3 and 4)
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Because the free movement of the outboard flap is more than that in TASK 27-54-00-200-003.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-54-55-000-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 3

27-54-55-000-003-A

Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 4

27-54-55-400-002-A

Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 3

27-54-55-400-003-A

Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 4

(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-04600-B - Outboard Flap - Fits and Clearances (Tracks 3 and 4))
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-62-941-064-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the flap/slat control lever (panel 114VU) to tell persons not to
operate the flaps.

(2)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

27-54-62 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-62-010-056-A
B.

Get Access
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the applicable zone 575 or 675.
(1)

4.

Disconnect the joints at tracks 3 and 4 that connect the actuator levers to the drive struts (Ref. TASK
27-54-55-000-002-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-54-55-000-003-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-62-991-04600-B - Outboard Flap - Fits and Clearances (Tracks 3 and 4))
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-62-220-065-B
A.

Dimensions of the Joint that Connect the Actuator Lever to the Drive Strut (Tracks 3 and 4).
(1)

Do a check of the dimensions that follow:

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.841

MAX
15.859

MIN
15.807

OD 1

0.6237

0.6244

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6223
0.0160

0.0520

0.1200

0.0006

0.0020

0.0047

15.875

15.893

15.927

ID 2

0.6250

0.6257

0.6270

Subtask 27-54-62-220-066-B
B.

Dimensions of the Joint that Connects the Actuator Lever to the Drive Strut (Tracks 3 and 4).
(1)

Do a check of the dimensions that follow:

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.841

MAX
15.859

MIN
15.822

OD 1

0.6237

0.6244

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6229
0.0030

0.0340

0.0720

0.0001

0.0013

0.0028

15.862

15.875

15.894

ID 4

0.6245

0.6250

0.6257

27-54-62 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-54-62-220-067-B
C.

Dimensions of the Joint that Connects the Actuator Lever to the Drive Strut (Tracks 3 and 4).
(1)

Do a check of the dimensions that follow:

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.841

MAX
15.859

MIN
15.781

OD 1

0.6237

0.6244

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6213
0.0460

0.0740

0.1940

0.0018

0.0029

0.0076

15.905

15.915

15.975

ID 5

0.6262

0.6266

0.6289

Subtask 27-54-62-220-068-B
D.

Dimensions of the Joint that Connects the Actuator Lever to the Drive Strut (Tracks 3 and 4).
(1)

Do a check of the dimensions that follow:

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
20.959

MAX
20.980

MIN
20.918

OD 2

0.8252

0.8260

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8235
0.0200

0.0620

0.1440

0.0008

0.0024

0.0057

21.000

21.021

21.062

ID 3

0.8268

0.8276

0.8292

Subtask 27-54-62-220-069-B
E.

Not applicable.

Subtask 27-54-62-220-070-B
F.

Not applcable.

Subtask 27-54-62-220-071-B
G.
5.

Not applcable.

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-62-410-059-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

AES

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-54-62 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Connect the joints at tracks 3 and 4 to connect the actuator levers to the drive struts (Ref. TASK
27-54-55-400-002-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-54-55-400-003-A).

Subtask 27-54-62-942-058-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-62 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
A

TRACK 4
TRACK 3
OUTBOARD
FLAP

A B
1

2
4

N_MM_275462_6_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-62-991-04600-B SHEET 1

Outboard Flap - Fits and Clearances (Tracks 3 and 4)

27-54-62 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ROLLER ASSY - FLAP GUIDE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-63-000-001-A
Removal of the Flap Guide-Roller Assembly
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504005000

PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1)

98D27604000000
98D27803500001

1
1

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER
TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575CB, 575GB, 675CB, 675GB

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-60-00-866-002-A
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-63-991-00100-C - Flap Guide - Roller Assembly)

AES

27-54-63 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-63-991-00100-C - Flap Guide - Roller Assembly)
Subtask 27-54-63-941-052-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

(2)

Put the safety barriers in position.

Subtask 27-54-63-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat lever
on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-54-63-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-63-480-050-C
D.

Install Support Equipment

(1)

Install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) in the track 1 flap drive-levers.

Subtask 27-54-63-010-050-A
E.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position:

. for the LH wing, below zone 580
. for the RH wing, below zone 680.

(2)

Put the spoilers 3 and 4 in the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(3)

Put a COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) on the piston rod of each servo-control.

(4)

Remove the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A):

. for the left wing 575CB 575GB
. for the right wing 675CB 675GB.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-63-991-00100-C - Flap Guide - Roller Assembly)

AES

27-54-63 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-63-020-050-B
A.

AES

Removal of the Flap Guide-Roller Assembly

(1)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (1).

(2)

Remove the nut (2) and the bolt (3).

(3)

Remove the roller assembly (5).

27-54-63 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

D
A
STA8744/RIB 16
FORWARD

B
B

575CB

A
RIB 16

575GB

REAR SPAR

DRIVE
LEVER
2

FLAP

D
C
RIGGING PIN
LOCATION
3

C
4
5

DIM X

FLAP TOP
SURFACE
N_MM_275463_4_CAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-54-63-991-00100-C SHEET 1

Flap Guide - Roller Assembly

27-54-63 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-54-63-400-001-A
Installation of the Flap Guide-Roller Assembly
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27604000000
B.

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575CB, 575GB, 675CB, 675GB

D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
1

DESIGNATION
cotter pin

E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A

AES

IPC-CSN
27-54-05-42-010

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-54-63 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A-01

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-60-00-866-002-A
57-51-37-000-004-A
57-51-37-400-004-A
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-63-991-00100-C - Flap

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

Removal of the Access Panels
Installation of the Access Panels
Guide - Roller Assembly)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-63-941-053-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

Subtask 27-54-63-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position:
. for the LH wing, below zone 580
. for the RH wing, below zone 680.

(4)

Make sure that the spoilers 3 and 4 are in the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK
27-60-00-866-002-A).

(5)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

(6)

Make sure that the applicable access panels are removed (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A):
. for the left wing, panels 575CB, 575GB
. for the right wing, panels 675CB, 675GB.

Subtask 27-54-63-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU
121VU

4.

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-54-63-991-00100-C - Flap Guide - Roller Assembly)

AES

27-54-63 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-63-420-051-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Clean the parts:

(a)

(5)

Clean the interface of the bolt (3) and the bush (4) with a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

Apply a thin layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) to the interface of the bolt (3) and the bush
(4).

Subtask 27-54-63-420-050-C
B.

Installation of the Flap Guide-Roller Assembly

(1)

Install the correct size of roller assembly (5) so that the dimension X is not more than 3 mm (0.12 in.).
NOTE :

5.

If the dimension X is very small the roller assembly must still be able to turn freely.

(2)

Install the bolt (3) and the nut (2).

(3)

TORQUE the nut (2) to between 1.40 and 2.70 M.DAN (10.32 and 19.91 LBF.FT).

(4)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-54-05-42) cotter pin (1) .

(5)

Make sure that the roller assembly (5) can turn freely.

Close-up
Subtask 27-54-63-080-050-C
A.

Remove the Support Equipment

(1)

Remove the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) from the track 1 flap drive-levers.

Subtask 27-54-63-410-050-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

AES

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-54-63 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Install the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A):

. for the left wing 575CB 575GB
. for the left wing 675CB 675GB.

(3)

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) from the piston rod of the servo-control.

(4)

Put the spoilers 3 and 4 in the O (Operation) position (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(5)

On the servo-control, make sure that the pointer on the hex-head is opposite the letter O (Operation)
on the housing.

(6)

Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) from the flap/slat
control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-54-63-865-052-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-54-63-942-050-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-54-63 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FLAPS POSITION INDICATING - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.

General
The upper display unit of the Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring (ECAM) system shows the flap position. The
display unit shows the flap position together with the slat position and the direction of their movement. A full
description of the slat position indicating data is given in (Ref. 27-85-00-00).
The Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit (IPPU) 3CN monitors the movement of the mechanical transmission
system. It thus monitors the operation and position of the flaps.

AES

27-55-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location

(Ref. Fig. 27-55-00-12300-B - Equipment on Flap Power Control-Unit - Component Location)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
I
FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
I PANELIZONEIACCESS I
ATA
I
I
I
I DOOR I
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------6201CM
POWER CONTROL UNIT
147 734
27-54-51
3CN
INSTRUMENTATION POSITION PICK-OFF
147/ 734/
27-55-11
UNIT (IPPU)
148 744

AES

27-55-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

System Description
(Ref. Fig. 27-55-00-13600-A - Indication of the Flap Positions)
(Ref. Fig. 27-55-00-15000-A - Flap Position Indicating - Schematic)
The IPPU is attached to the flap Power Control Unit (PCU). An intermediate gear transmits the movement from the
output shaft of the differential gearbox to the IPPU. The IPPU sends the flap position data to the Flight Warning
Computers (FWC1, FWC2) (Ref. AMM 31-53-00-00) . The FWCs send the data to the Electronic Instrument
System (EIS). The EIS shows the position of the flaps on the upper display unit of the ECAM system.
The upper display unit uses the shape of a wing to show the slat and flap positions. A grey symbol shows the fixed
center section of the wing. Green indications show the correct position of the slats and flaps. When the slats and
flaps are fully retracted, the green symbols are shown on the two sides of the center section of the wing.
White points show the position of the flaps on the display. The white points are not shown when the flaps and slats
are fully retracted (clean configuration). The indication F, which is usually green, shows the flap part of the display.
The indication is not shown when the aircraft is in the clean configuration.
The upper display unit also shows:
. the position of the flap and slat control lever
. the position of the flap surface
. the direction and limit of the flap surface movement
. when the flap locking function is engaged
. when the flap auto-command function is engaged
. when a system failure has occurred.

AES

27-55-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Power Supply
(Ref. Fig. 27-55-00-15000-A - Flap Position Indicating - Schematic)
The 431XP ESS BUS and the 231XP Bus 2 supply 26V AC:
. 431XP ESS BUS supplies circuit breaker 1CN
. 231XP BUS 2 supplies circuit breaker 2CN
. 1CN supplies 26V AC to IPPU connector A
. 2CN supplies 26V AC to IPPU connector B.

AES

27-55-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
5.

Interface
Not Applicable

AES

27-55-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
6.

Component Description
A.

Instrumentation Position Pickoff-Unit (IPPU) 3CN

The IPPU has:
. a splined input shaft
. a spring-loaded locking plate
. reduction gears
. a reduction gear housing
. two synchro transmitters which operate independently
. a synchro cover
. an electrical connector assembly
. a cover plate.
When the IPPU is removed, the spring-loaded locking plate holds the splined input shaft from the removed
IPPU. When the IPPU is installed, the mount of the IPPU pushes the locking plate away from the shaft splines.
The input shaft moves the reduction gears which are in the reduction gear housing. The reduction gears turn the
two synchro transmitters which are below the synchro cover.
The electrical connector assembly is installed on the reduction gear housing. The electrical connector assembly
has two connectors, one for each synchro transmitter. The connectors are identified as A and B. The cover plate
is installed over an opening in the reduction gear housing. There is a window in the cover plate to monitor
adjustment of the IPPU to zero.
The IPPU is the same as the Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit (FPPU) and a full description is given in (Ref.
27-51-00-00).

AES

27-55-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
7.

Operation/Control and Indicating

(Ref. Fig. 27-55-00-13600-A - Indication of the Flap Positions)
(Ref. Fig. 27-55-00-15000-A - Flap Position Indicating - Schematic)
When the flaps move, the upper display unit (Ref. 31-66-00-00-13) shows:
. the FLAP indication in cyan
. the position indication of the flap and slat control lever as 0, 1 (1 + F when the flap auto-command function is
engaged), 2, 3 or FULL in cyan
. the correct flap position by green triangles
. the new flap position by blue triangles.
When the flaps reach their new position:
. the FLAP indication changes from cyan to white.
. the position indication of the flap and slat control lever changes from cyan to green.
. the blue triangles of the flap position go out of view.
If the flaps do not move freely, the FLAP indication changes from cyan to amber.
A.

Flap Protection
(1) Flap Lock
If the Wing Tip Brakes (WTB) lock the flap transmission system (e.g. in an asymmetry condition (Ref.
27-51-00)):
. the white F indication changes to amber
. the flap index changes to amber
. an amber F-LOCKED message comes on above the set position indication.
(2) System Failure
If the SFCCs send a failure message to the EIS, or the System Data Acquisition Concentrators (SDAC1,
SDAC2)
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 31-1141 FOR A/C 003-004
EMB SB 31-1155 FOR A/C 003-004
EMB SB 31-1257 FOR A/C 004-008
EMB SB 31-1267 FOR A/C 004-005 007-007
EMB SB 31-1300 FOR A/C 004-005 007-007
(Ref. 31-54-00-00-01) send a SFCC failure message:
. the white F indication changes to amber
. the green flap index changes to amber.

** On A/C ALL
B.

No Data at the Data Management Computer (DMC) Input

(1) No Position Data
When no valid position data is available for the flaps at the DMC input:
. the green index of the flap system goes out
. two amber crosses come on at the flap side of the display
. the cyan lever position indication comes on
. the cyan dot which indicates the lever configuration comes on.

AES

27-55-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) No Configuration Indication
When no valid configuration data is available from the DMC, two amber crosses replace the lever position
indicator.

AES

27-55-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
8.

Bite
Not Applicable

AES

27-55-00 PB001

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z 1 4 7/ 1 4 8

A
IPPU 3CN

POWER
CONTROL UNIT
6201 CM

CONNECTOR
A
CONNECTOR
B

N_MM_275500_0_ABM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-55-00-12300-B SHEET 1

Equipment on Flap Power Control-Unit - Component
Location

27-55-00 PB001

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

10

10

N1
%

81.5

81.4
FLX

84.6%

35C

FLAP
INDICATION

5
10
670

10
EGT
C

FOB :18000 KG

665
S

92.5

N2
%

92.5

2300

FF
KG/H

2350

FLAP

F
CORRECTION
POSITION

FULL

NEW
POSITION

CTR TK FEEDG

SEAT BELTS
NO SMOKING

FLAP LEVER
POSITION

STS

N_MM_275500_0_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-55-00-13600-A SHEET 1

Indication of the Flap Positions

27-55-00 PB001

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

278500

431XP
1CN

26VAC

A 3CN
A
B

D
E
C

FLAP
IPPU

26VAC REFERENCE SYSTEM 1

FLAP POSITION SYNCHRO
X
Z
INPUT SYSTEM 1
Y
FWC1
X
Z
FLAP POSITION SYNCHRO
Y
INPUT SYSYTEM 2
26VAC REFERENCE SYSTEM 2

B
A
231XP
2CN

B
D
E
C

26VAC

26VAC REFERENCE SYSTEM 1

X
FLAP POSITION SYNCHRO
Z
INPUT SYSTEM 1
Y
FWC2
X
Z
FLAP POSITION SYNCHRO
Y
INPUT SYSYTEM 2
26VAC REFERENCE SYSTEM 2

278500

N_MM_275500_0_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-55-00-15000-A SHEET 1

Flap Position Indicating - Schematic

27-55-00 PB001

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

POSITION PICK-OFF UNIT - INSTRUMENTATION (IPPU) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-55-11-000-001-A
Removal of the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 3CN
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

CAP - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

TIE WRAP

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-55-11-991-00100-A - Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-55-11-010-050-A
A.

Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

Subtask 27-55-11-860-050-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position at the opening of the main door of the main
gear.

(2)

Make sure that the flaps are in the fully retracted position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

27-55-11 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-55-11-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

1CN

B12

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2

2CN

P16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-55-11-991-00100-A - Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit)
Subtask 27-55-11-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Instrumentation Pick-Off Unit

NOTE :

AES

Do not remove the Instrumentation Position Pick-off Unit when the Pressure-off Brakes are removed
from the Power Control Unit.

(1)

Remove the electrical connectors 3CN-A and 3CN-B from the Instrumentation Position Pick-off Unit
(IPPU).

(2)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(3)

Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2).

(4)

Remove the IPPU carefully from the gearbox.

(5)

Put a TIE WRAP (3) behind the locking plate to prevent the retraction of the locking plate.

27-55-11 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3

B
CONNECTORS

Z734

Z744

LOCKING
PLATE

FR46

A
FR46

B
INSTRUMENTATION POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT 3CN

3CNA

3CNB

D
ORANGE ZERO INDICATOR

DRIVE GEAR ZERO MARK

INPUT SHAFT
ZERO MARK

FIXED POINTER

FIXED POINTER

FIXED ZERO
MARK
N_MM_275511_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-55-11-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit

27-55-11 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-55-11-400-001-A
Installation of the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 3CN
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 05-054
C.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
ZINC POWDER

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A

DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-54-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Flap System

32-12-00-010-001-A
32-12-00-410-001-A
34-13-00-710-007-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
Operational Test of the Overspeed Warnings in the Slats/Flaps and Landing
Gear Extended (VFE/VLE) Configuration

(Ref. Fig. 27-55-11-991-00100-A - Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-55-11-860-051-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the main doors of the main gear are open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is in position at the opening of the main door of
the main gear.

27-55-11 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Make sure that the flaps are in the retracted position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01) because a new IPPU is delivered locked in its zero position.

Subtask 27-55-11-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1

FIN

LOCATION

1CN

B12

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2

2CN

P16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-55-11-991-00100-A - Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit)
Subtask 27-55-11-860-052-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Remove the sealing compound from the flange of the replacement IPPU.

(4)

Clean the anodic contact areas on the IPPU and the gearbox.

(5)

Coat the areas with a mixture of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) and SPECIAL
MATERIALS (Material No: 05-054) in the ratio of 58 to 42 by weight.

(6)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the screws (1).

Subtask 27-55-11-420-050-A
B.

AES

Installation of the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit

(1)

Make sure that all zero marks on the IPPU are aligned.

(2)

Remove the blanking caps and the tie-wrap (3).

(3)

Install the IPPU carefully on the gearbox.

(4)

Install the screws (1) and the washers (2).

(5)

TORQUE the screws (1) to between 0.87 and 0.96 M.DAN (76.99 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

(6)

Do a bonding test between the main bonding point of the power control unit and the IPPU flange. The
resistance must not be more than 20 milliohms.

27-55-11 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(8)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(9)

Connect the electrical connectors 3CN-A and 3CN-B to the IPPU.

Subtask 27-55-11-865-052-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

1CN

B12

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2

2CN

P16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-55-11-710-050-A
D.

5.

Operational Tests
(1)

Do the operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Do the operational test of the overspeed warnings in the slats/flaps and landing gear extended
(VFE/VLE) configuration (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-710-007-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-55-11-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Remove the access platform(s).

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(3)

Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-55-11 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPOILER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.

General
Five spoilers numbered 1 thru 5 inboard to outboard are provided on the rear upper surface of each wing.
The spoilers are used for:
- Roll function
- Speedbrake function
- Ground spoilers function
Each spoiler is electrically controled (Ref 27-90) and Hydraulically actuated by an electrohydraulic servocontrol (Ref
27-64).
They are two type of servocontrol with different overhaull (Ref 27-64):
- The inboard type for spoilers 1,2 and 3.
- The outboard type for spoilers 4 and 5.
Three Spoiler Elevator Computer (SEC) (Ref 27-94) elaborate the surface deflection order.
The spoilers 1 and 2 are associated with SEC 3.
The spoilers 3 and 4 are associated with SEC 1.
The spoiler 5 is associated with SEC 2.
Each SEC is organized around two channel:
- Command channel
- Monitor channel
The Command channel receives analog sensor data,Arinc data and discrete signals in order to generate the flight
commands used to drive the correspondant servo control.
The Monitor channel receives independently the sensor information required to compute the control law.
Each SEC is also connected to two Flight Concentrator Data Computer (FCDC) (Ref 27-95).
The FCDC serves as an interface between the SECs and; Display System and Warning (EIS Ref 31-60,FWC Ref
31-53),Maintenance System (CFDS Ref 31-30), Recording System (FDIU,DFDR,QAR Ref 31-33).
The position of all spoilers and other surface are indicated on the lower ECAM Display Unit (Ref 31-64) via the
FCDC.

AES

27-60-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

System Description
A.

Roll Function
(Law ref 27-90, Spoilers Slaving and Monitoring Ref 27-94)
The spoilers 2 thru 5 assist the ailerons in roll control.
The Roll axis is controlled and monitored by the three SECs associated with ailerons.
The SECs compute the surface deflection orders:
In manual control mode, mainly from the side sticks (Ref 27-92)
In autopilot mode from the FMGS (Ref 22-10).

B.

Speedbrake Function
(Ref. Fig. 27-60-00-13500-A - Speedbrake Function - Block Diagram)
(Law Ref 27-90, Spoilers Slaving and Monitoring Ref 27-94)
The speedbrake function is controlled and monitored by the three SECs with spoilers 2, 3 and 4.
The speedbrake lever controls the position of these spoilers and so is used for the preselection of ground spoilers
function.

(1) The speedbrake lever positions and the equivalent angles are given in the following table:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
LEVER POSITION
!
SPEEDBRAKE ANGLE (deg)
!
!----------------------------------!------------------------------------------!
!
ARMED
!
-3
!
!
RET
!
0
!
!
1/2
!
+28.5
!
!
FULL
!
+57
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------C.

AES

Ground Spoilers
(Ref. Fig. 27-60-00-13600-B - Ground Spoilers - Block Diagram)
(Law Ref 27-90, Spoilers Slaving and Monitoring Ref 27-94)
The ground spoilers function is ensured by all spoilers.
The activation of this function is dependent upon:
- The function preselection (given by speedbrake lever position)
- The two engines at idle
- Flight/Ground transition (With Ground and wheel speed information).

27-60-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

23VU

FLT CTL
ELAC 1

SEC 1

FAC 1

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

OFF

OFF

FLT
UPPER
DISPLAY
UNIT

24VU

CTL

ELAC 2

SEC 2

SEC 3

FAC 2

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

SPD BRK CONTROL

TRANSDUCER
UNITS
LOWER
DISPLAY
UNIT

FAC
(CHAP 22)

ADC

IRS

CFDIU
SFCC
FMGC
SEC 1

SEC 2

SEC 3

FCDC 1

FCDC 2

LO PR G
B
Y

DMU

SERVO CTL
PRESSURE
SWITCHES

SPEED BRAKE SURFACES

SPEED BRAKE SURFACES

N_MM_276000_0_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-60-00-13500-A SHEET 1

Speedbrake Function - Block Diagram

27-60-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

23VU

FLT CTL

FLT

24VU

CTL

ELAC 1

SEC 1

FAC 1

ELAC 2

SEC 2

SEC 3

FAC 2

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

CFDIU

FMGC
DMU
FCDC 2

FCDC 1

UPPER
DISPLAY
UNIT

GROUND SPOILER PRESELECTION

LO PR
LOR R ENGINE REVERSE

B
Y
SEC 1

LOWER
DISPLAY
UNIT

SEC 2

SEC 3

LOR R ENGINE IDDLE (MANUAL MODE)

FMGC (A/P MODE)

SERVO CTL
PRESSURE
SWITCHES

MLG COMPRESSED

WHEEL SPEED

72 KTS

GROUND SPOILER SURFACES

AES

FIGURE 27-60-00-13600-B SHEET 1

Ground Spoilers - Block Diagram

27-60-00 PB001

GROUND SPOILER SURFACES

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

N_MM_276000_0_BCM0_01_00

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPOILER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-60-00-866-002-A
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
NOTE :
1.

The procedure is the same for all spoilers

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

ROD 2 M - TELESCOPIC
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

98D27603002000
98D27603002001
98D27604000000
98D27803000000

1
1
1
1

KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE
KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE
COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

580
680
573BB, 575BB, 575DB, 575EB,
575GB, 673BB, 675BB, 675DB,
675EB, 675GB, 822
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
LEFT WING FLAPS AND SPOILERS
RIGHT WING FLAPS AND SPOILERS

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-080-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-64-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

27-80-00-866-004-A

Extending the Slats on the Ground

(Ref. Fig. 27-60-00-991-00300-B - Spoilers servocontrol)

AES

27-60-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-60-00-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Extend the slats and flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01)
(Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is in
position on the flap/slat control lever

(3)

Put the warning notice on the HYD section of the panel 40VU to tell persons not to pressurize the
aircraft hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-60-00-010-051-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.

(2)

Open the access door 822.

(3)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

(4)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position :

(5)

(a)

at the zone 580 for the left spoilers.

(b)

at the zone 680 for the right spoilers.

Open these access doors:

(a)

573BB for the left spoiler 1.

(b)

575BB for the left spoiler 2.

(c)

575DB for the left spoiler 3.

(d)

575EB for the left spoiler 4.

(e)

575GB for the left spoiler 5.

(f)

673BB for the right spoiler 1.

(g)

675BB for the right spoiler 2.

(h)

675DB for the right spoiler 3.

(i)

675EB for the right spoiler 4.

(j)

675GB for the right spoiler 5.

Subtask 27-60-00-865-053-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-60-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-60-00-866-054-B
A.

Extension
(Ref. Fig. 27-60-00-991-00300-B - Spoilers servocontrol)
(1)

Install the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

(98D27603002001) (2) on the servocontrol and turn it a quarter turn counterclockwise.
NOTE: If necessary, use a ROD 2 M - TELESCOPIC to turn the spoiler maintenance key.

(2)

Move the spoiler to the extended position by hand.

(3)

Put the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) (3) on the rod (1) of the servocontrol.

(4)

Install the two pins of the safety collar (3).

Subtask 27-60-00-866-056-B
B.

Retraction
(1)

Make sure that the warning notice is in position on the panel 40VU to tell persons not to pressurize the
hydraulic systems.

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is in
position on the flap/slat control lever.

(3)

Remove the two pins of the safety collar (3).

(4)

Remove the safety collar (3) of the servocontrol.

(5)

Move the spoiler to the retracted position with your hand.

CAUTION :

5.

MAKE SURE THAT NO SPOILER MAINTENANCE KEY STAYS ENGAGED IN THE

MAINTENANCE DEVICE HOUSING. AERODYNAMIC FORCES WILL CAUSE UNWANTED
MOVEMENT OF THE SPOILER IF THE MAINTENANCE KEY STAYS IN ITS HOUSING.

(6)

Turn the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

(98D27603002001) (2) a quarter turn clockwise and remove it.
NOTE: If necessary, use a ROD 2 M - TELESCOPIC to turn the spoiler maintenance key.

(7)

Make sure that you cannot move the spoiler manually.

Close-up
Subtask 27-60-00-860-051-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-60-00-710-051-A
B.

Do the operational test of the spoiler hydraulic actuation (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A)

Subtask 27-60-00-410-051-A
C.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2)

Tighten the two screws.

(3)

Close the access door 822.

(4)

Close access door(s) in zone(s) 580, 680.

(5)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-60-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-60-00-865-054-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-60-00-866-055-A
E.

AES

Retraction of the flaps

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
FLAPS panel 114VU (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-080-002-A).

(2)

Retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01)

27-60-00 PB201

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
575BB

575EB

573BB

575DB

Z580

575GB

673BB

675BB

A
675DB

675EB
675GB

Z680

A
A

A
SPOILER

B
1
3

2
N_MM_276000_2_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-60-00-991-00300-B SHEET 1

Spoilers servocontrol

27-60-00 PB201

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPOILER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.

General
The hydraulic actuation is achieved by one electrohydraulic servocontrol with asymmetrical chambers, for each
spoiler.

AES

27-64-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-00-12400-D - Location of Spoiler Servocontrol)
FIN

31CE1
SERVO CTL-SPLR1,
31CE2
SERVO CTL-SPLR1,
31CE3
SERVO CTL-SPLR2,
31CE4
SERVO CTL-SPLR2,
31CE5
SERVO CTL-SPLR3,
31CE6
SERVO CTL-SPLR3,
32CE1
SERVO CTL-SPLR4,
32CE2
SERVO CTL-SPLR4,
32CE3
SERVO CTL-SPLR5,
32CE4
SERVO CTL-SPLR5,
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1127 FOR A/C 003-004

LG
RG
LY
RY
LB
RB
LY
RY
LG
RG

ZONE ACCESS
DOOR
574
573BB
674
673BB
582
575BB
682
675BB
583
575DB
683
675DB
584
575EB
684
675EB
585
575GB
685
675GB

31CE7
31CE8
31CE9
31CE10

LY
RY
LG
RG

584
684
585
685

AES

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION

SERVO
SERVO
SERVO
SERVO

CTL-SPLR4,
CTL-SPLR4,
CTL-SPLR5,
CTL-SPLR5,

PANEL

27-64-00 PB001

ATA REF.
27-64-51
27-64-51
27-64-51
27-64-51
27-64-51
27-64-51
27-64-52
27-64-52
27-64-52
27-64-52

27-64-51
27-64-51
27-64-51
27-64-51

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

Component Description
A.

Servocontrols of Spoilers 1 thru 5 31CE1 31CE2 31CE3 31CE4 31CE5 31CE6 32CE1 32CE2 32CE3 32CE4
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-00-12400-D - Location of Spoiler Servocontrol)
(1) General
The five fixed body servocontrols (one per spoiler) are interchangeable.

AES

27-64-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Operation
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-00-17800-A - Spoiler 1 thru 5 Servocontrol)
A.

Normal operation with the servocontrol pressurized

In this case, the high pressure is applied to the bypass valve (3) and to the plunger (7) which hold the closing
valve (6). Thus the two actuator chambers are connected to the servovalve control lines.
The feedback transducer (11) provides the servoloop feedback.
The servovalve has a biased zero. When the input signal is equivalent to the electrical zero, its spool valve is
open at 25 % of its max. stroke and connects the supply line of the small chamber to the high pressure.
When the spoiler is at neutral, it is held against the servocontrol stop by nulling the current of the servovalve.
The servovalve then feeds the high pressure to the small chamber and applies the piston rod to its internal
retraction stop.

B.

Operation after an electrical failure

In this case the servovalve input signal is nulled. This biases the servovalve in order to make the piston rod
retract.

C.

Operation after a hydraulic failure

When the pressure drops :
. the relief valve (2) moves under the action of its spring. This isolates the servovalve from the high pressure
. the plunger (7) frees the closing valve (6). This prevents the extension of the piston rod
. the bypass valve (3) moves rearward under the action of its spring.
This isolates the piston chambers from the servovalve control lines then the two piston chambers are
interconnected in the retraction direction via the closing valve (6).
The servocontrol can be retracted by external forces.
The calibration valve (4) and the anti-cavitation valve (5) prevent any low pressure in the small chamber by
slowing, down, the transit of the fluid surplus of the large chamber in the return line.

D. Operation in case of high pressure decrease

When the HP decreases but remains sufficient to keep the bypass valve in the active mode, the piston retracts
under external forces. These forces are higher than those delivered by the large chamber pressure. They cause
the servovalve spool valve to open in the direction which connects the large chamber to the pressure line.
Then the check valve (2) allows to servovalve retraction at low speed as the fluid transits through the servovalve
leakages.

AES

E.

Operation on the ground with the servocontrol depressurized

. In the event of a thermal overpressure in the small chamber, the pressure increasing valve (8) pushes the
plunger (7) which causes the valve (6) to open, and thus the small chamber is unlocked.
. In order to enable ground maintenance operations, the small chamber can also be unlocked manually by
means of the maintenance unlocking crank-lever (10).
This lever also holds the maintenance pressure-inhibiting valve (9), thus the control chamber of the bypass
valve is connected to the return line.
This action avoids spoiler movement even if the servocontrol is then pressurized.

F.

Maintenance and rigging facilities

The maintenance is on position.
The items below are line Replaceable Units (LRUs) :
. filter
. servovalve.
The length of the actuator piston rod is adjustable to allow to obtain the spoiler neutral position when the
piston rod is fully retracted.

27-64-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
31CE5
31CE7

31CE3

31CE9

31CE1

31CE2

31CE10

31CE4

31CE8
31CE6

N_MM_276400_0_AAN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-00-12400-D SHEET 1

Location of Spoiler Servocontrol

27-64-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
1

U2

U1

10

11

1 SERVOVALVE
2 CHECK VALVE
3 BYPASS VALVE
4 CALIBRATED VALVE
5 ANTI CAVITATION VALVE
6 CLOSING VALVE
7 PLUNGER
8 PRESSURE INCREASING VALVE
9 MAINTENANCE PRESSURE INHIBITING VALVE
10 MAINTENANCE UNLOCKING CRANK LEVER
11 FEED BACK TRANSDUCER (LVDT)

N_MM_276400_0_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-00-17800-A SHEET 1

Spoiler 1 thru 5 Servocontrol

27-64-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPOILER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Spoiler Servo Control
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT DO THIS DEACTIVATION PROCEDURE IF THERE IS EXTERNAL LEAKAGE ON THE
UNSERVICEABLE SERVOCONTROL.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
FIN 31CE1, 31CE2, 31CE3, 31CE4, 31CE5, 31CE6, 31CE7, 31CE8, 31CE9, 31CE10
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
MMEL
MMEL
MMEL
MMEL
MMEL
1.

27-64-01A
27-64-02A
27-64-03A
27-64-04A
27-64-05A

ACCESS
YES

TEST
YES

SPECIFIC
MHR
TOOLS
YES
00:4

E/T
01:4

NB MEN
1

Reason for the Job

MMEL 27-64-01A
Spoiler 5
MMEL 27-64-02A
Spoiler 1 or 3
MMEL 27-64-03A
Spoiler 2 or 4
MMEL 27-64-04A
Spoilers 1 and 2
MMEL 27-64-05A
Spoilers 3 and 4
(Old MMEL ref: 27-64-01-A))

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

AES

CAP - BLANKING

27-64-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR TIE WRAP

No specific

AR

TOMMY BAR DIA 4 MM (0,157 IN) - METALLIC

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27603002000
98D27603002001
98D27803000000
98D27903500000

1
1
1
2

KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE
KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

580
680
573BB, 575BB, 575DB, 575EB,
575GB, 673BB, 675BB, 675DB,
675EB, 675GB
C.

DESIGNATION

ZONE DESCRIPTION
LEFT WING FLAPS AND SPOILERS
RIGHT WING FLAPS AND SPOILERS

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-64-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-00-991-00700-C - De-activation and Re-activation of the Servocontrol)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-00-991-00700-C - De-activation and Re-activation of the Servocontrol)

AES

27-64-00 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-00-860-057-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Extend the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(3)

On the overhead panel 23VU :

. Release the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend comes
on).

(4)

On the overhead panel 24VU :

. Release the FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends come on).

(5)

On the panel 114VU, put the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
(98D27803000000) in position on the flap and slat control lever.

(6)

Put the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) in position on each side-stick controller.

(7)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the CAPT and F/O side sticks to tell persons not to touch the side
sticks.

(8)

Depressurize the hydraulic system related to the spoiler that you must deactivate.

(9)

(a)

For the spoiler 1 or 5, depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).

(b)

For the spoiler 2 or 4, depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A).

(c)

For the spoiler 3, depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position in :

(a)

Zone 580 for the left spoilers.

(b)

Zone 680 for the right spoilers.

(10) Open these access doors:

(a)

573BB for the left spoiler 1.

(b)

575BB for the left spoiler 2.

(c)

575DB for the left spoiler 3.

(d)

575EB for the left spoiler 4.

(e)

575GB for the left spoiler 5.

(f)

673BB for the right spoiler 1.

(g)

675BB for the right spoiler 2.

(h)

675DB for the right spoiler 3.

(i)

675EB for the right spoiler 4.

(j)

675GB for the right spoiler 5.

(11) Before you de-activate a servocontrol, make sure that it has no external leaks.
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-00-991-00700-C - De-activation and Re-activation of the Servocontrol)

AES

27-64-00 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-00-040-052-B
A.

Deactivation of the Spoiler Servocontrol.

NOTE :
(1)

When you deactivate a spoiler servocontrol, it is not necessary to deactivate the symmetrical spoiler on
the other wing. (This spoiler is inhibited automatically by the SEC).

Install the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

(98D27603002001) (1) on the servocontrol and turn it a quarter turn counterclockwise.
NOTE :

If necessary, use a TOMMY BAR DIA 4 MM (0,157 IN) - METALLIC to turn the spoiler
maintenance key.

(2)

Disconnect the connector (3) from the receptacle (2) of the servocontrol.

(3)

Put CAP - BLANKING on the connector (3) and receptacle (2).

(4)

Attach the electrical connector to a hydraulic line with a TIE WRAP.

(5)

Make sure that the spoiler is in the fully retracted position.

CAUTION :

(6)

MAKE SURE THAT NO SPOILER MAINTENANCE KEY STAYS ENGAGED IN THE

MAINTENANCE DEVICE HOUSING. AERODYNAMIC FORCES WILL CAUSE UNWANTED
MOVEMENT OF THE SPOILER IF THE MAINTENANCE KEY STAYS IN ITS HOUSING.

Turn the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

(98D27603002001) a quarter turn clockwise and remove it.
NOTE :

If necessary, use a TOMMY BAR DIA 4 MM (0,157 IN) - METALLIC to turn the spoiler
maintenance key.

NOTE :

Defective servocontrol must stay hydraulically supplied.

(7)

Make sure that you cannot move the spoiler manually.

(8)

On the overhead panel 23VU :

. Push the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend goes off).

(9)

On the overhead panel 24VU :

. Push the FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends go off).

(10) On the ECAM control panel on the center pedestal, push the F/CTL key. On the ECAM lower display
unit, the F/CTL page comes into view.
(11) Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).
Subtask 27-64-00-710-054-A
B.

Do the operational test of the spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

NOTE :

AES

During this test, it is important to make sure that:

. The spoiler you deactivated and the symmetrical spoiler on the other wing do not operate
. The amber F/CTL SPOILER FAULT message is shown on the EWD.

27-64-00 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-00-860-056-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

On the panel 114VU, remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
(98D27803000000) from the flap and slat control lever.

(2)

Retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(3)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(4)

Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) and the warning notice from each sidestick controller.

(5)

Close access door(s) in zone(s) 580, 680.

(6)

Remove access platform(s).

(7)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(8)

Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell the crew that the spoiler servocontrol is deactivated.

(9)

Make an entry in the log-book and record the defective servocontrol.

(10) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

AES

27-64-00 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

575EB

575BB
573BB

575DB

Z580
575GB

A
673BB

675BB

675DB

675EB
675GB

Z680

A
A
3
2

MAINTANANCE DEVICE

N_MM_276400_4_AAC0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-00-991-00700-C SHEET 1

De-activation and Re-activation of the Servocontrol

27-64-00 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of the Spoiler Servo Control
FIN 31CE1, 31CE2, 31CE3, 31CE4, 31CE5, 31CE6, 31CE7, 31CE8, 31CE9, 31CE10
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
MMEL
MMEL
MMEL
MMEL
MMEL
1.

ACCESS

TEST

SPECIFIC
TOOLS

MHR

E/T

NB MEN

27-64-01A
27-64-02A
27-64-03A
27-64-04A
27-64-05A

Reason for the Job

MMEL 27-64-01A
Spoiler 5
MMEL 27-64-02A
Spoiler 1 or 3
MMEL 27-64-03A
Spoiler 2 or 4
MMEL 27-64-04A
Spoilers 1 and 2
MMEL 27-64-05A
Spoilers 3 and 4
(Old MMEL ref: 27-64-01-A))

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

TOMMY BAR DIA 4 MM (0,157 IN) - METALLIC

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27603002000
98D27603002001
98D27803000000
98D27903500000

1
1
1
2

KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE
KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

580
680
573BB, 575BB, 575DB, 575EB,
575GB, 673BB, 675BB, 675DB,
675EB, 675GB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

AES

ZONE DESCRIPTION
LEFT WING FLAPS AND SPOILERS
RIGHT WING FLAPS AND SPOILERS

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

27-64-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A-01

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-64-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-24-00-864-001-A

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-00-991-00700-C - De-activation and Re-activation of the Servocontrol)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-00-860-058-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Extend the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(4)

On the overhead panel 23VU :

. Release the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend comes
on).

(5)

On the overhead panel 24VU :

. Release the FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends come on).

(6)

On the panel 114VU, put the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
(98D27803000000) in position on the flap and slat control lever.

(7)

Put the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) in position on each side-stick controller.

(8)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the CAPT and F/O side sticks to tell persons not to touch the side
sticks.

(9)

Depressurize the hydraulic system related to the spoiler that you must reactivate.
(a)

For the spoiler 1 or 5, depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).

(b)

For the spoiler 2 or 4, depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A).

(c)

For the spoiler 3, depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(10) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position in :

AES

(a)

Zone 580 for the left spoilers.

(b)

Zone 680 for the right spoilers.

27-64-00 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Open these access doors:

4.

(a)

573BB for the left spoiler 1.

(b)

575BB for the left spoiler 2.

(c)

575DB for the left spoiler 3.

(d)

575EB for the left spoiler 4.

(e)

575GB for the left spoiler 5.

(f)

673BB for the right spoiler 1.

(g)

675BB for the right spoiler 2.

(h)

675DB for the right spoiler 3.

(i)

675EB for the right spoiler 4.

(j)

675GB for the right spoiler 5.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-00-991-00700-C - De-activation and Re-activation of the Servocontrol)
Subtask 27-64-00-440-050-B
A.

Reactivation of the Spoiler Servocontrol.

(1)

Install the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

(98D27603002001) (1) and turn it a quarter turn counterclockwise.
NOTE :

If necessary, use a TOMMY BAR DIA 4 MM (0,157 IN) - METALLIC to turn the spoiler
maintenance key.

(2)

Remove the tie-wraps.

(3)

Remove the blanking caps from the receptacle (2) and the connector (3).

(4)

Connect the connector (3) to the receptacle (2) of the servocontrol.

(5)

Make sure that the spoiler is in the retracted position.

CAUTION :

(6)

MAKE SURE THAT NO SPOILER MAINTENANCE KEY STAYS ENGAGED IN THE

MAINTENANCE DEVICE HOUSING. AERODYNAMIC FORCES WILL CAUSE UNWANTED
MOVEMENT OF THE SPOILER IF THE MAINTENANCE KEY STAYS IN ITS HOUSING.

Turn the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

(98D27603002001) a quarter clockwise and remove it.
NOTE :

If necessary, use a TOMMY BAR DIA 4 MM (0,157 IN) - METALLIC to turn the spoiler
maintenance key.

(7)

Make sure that you cannot move the spoiler manually.

(8)

Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) and the warning notice from each sidestick controller.

(9)

On the panel 114VU, remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
(98D27803000000) from the flap and slat control lever.

(10) Retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).
(11) On the overhead panel 23VU :
. Push the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend goes off).

AES

27-64-00 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(12) On the overhead panel 24VU :
. Push the FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends go off).
Subtask 27-64-00-710-053-A
B.

Do an operational test of the reactivated spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-00-810-050-A
C.
5.

Do trouble-shooting on the servocontrol of the defective spoiler.

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-00-860-059-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close access door(s) in zone(s) 580, 680.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-64-00 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPOILER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY OPERATE
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF HYDRAULICALLY
OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210
822

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

AES

27-64-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-23-00-863-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A
34-10-00-860-004-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure
IR Alignment Procedure

34-10-00-860-005-A

ADIRS Stop Procedure

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-00-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration.

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(3)

On the panel 114VU, make sure that the flap and the slat control lever is set to 0.

(4)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the SPEED BRAKE control lever is set to RET.

(5)

On the overhead panel 50VU, make sure that:

. the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G, B and Y pushbutton switches are pushed (on these
pushbutton switches the OFF legends are OFF).

(6)

On the overhead panel 20VU, push the ADR1, ADR2, ADR3 pushbutton switches.

(7)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC1 and FLT CTL/FAC1 pushbutton
switches are pushed (on these pushbutton switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(8)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC2 and FLT CTL/FAC2 pushbutton
switches are pushed (on these pushbutton switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

Subtask 27-64-00-010-056-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the door 822.

(2)

Open the access door 822.

(3)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 27-64-00-865-050-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1

1CN

B12

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-64-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

5PB2

D02

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

5PB1

D01

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

12PB2

E02

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

12PB1

E01

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

M20

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/ARTF/FEEL

14CA

N17

121VU

AUTO FLT/STICK/LOCK

13CA

N16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2

2CN

P16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

AES

27-64-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-64-00-710-050-A
A.

Do this test :

ACTION
RESULT
1.On the overhead panels 23VU and 24VU:
On the overhead panels 23VU and 24VU:
. Push the FLT CTL/SEC 1, FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT . The FAULT legends of the FLT CTL/SEC 1, FLT
CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switches.
CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switches
come on then go off, The OFF legends go off,
2.On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel,
push the HYD pushbutton switch.

On the lower ECAM display unit, the HYD page comes into
view.

3.Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

The pressure available on the hydraulic systems is shown on
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A), (Ref. TASK
the lower ECAM display unit.
29-24-00-863-001-A), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).
4.Align the ADIRS (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004-A).
5.On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel,
push the F/CTL pushbutton switch.

On the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page comes

into view.

6.For the spoiler 2, 3, 4 and 5:

. Move one of the side stick controllers to the left until
it touches the stop.

On the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page shows

the related left spoilers extended.

NOTE :

If one of the side stick controllers has priority,

you can cancel the priority. To do this, push the
pushbutton switch 8CE1 (8CE2) installed on the
side stick controller.
7.For the spoiler 2, 3, 4 and 5:
On the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page shows
. Move one of the side stick controllers to the right until the related right spoilers extended.
it touches the stop.
8.Set the side stick controller to neutral.

On the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page shows all
the spoilers retracted.

9.On the overhead panels 23VU and 24VU:

. Release the FLT CTL/SEC 1, FLT CTL/SEC 2 and
FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switches.

On the overhead panels 23VU and 24VU:

. The OFF legends of the FLT CTL/SEC 1, FLT
CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switches
come on.
10.For the spoilers 1 and 2, start the SEC 3:
. The OFF legend on the FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton
. On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/SEC
switch goes off.
3 pushbutton switch.
. The FAULT legend comes on and then goes off.
. On the lower ECAM display unit, amber crosses go out
of view for the spoilers 1 and 2.
For the spoilers 3 and 4, start the SEC 1:
.
. On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/SEC
1 pushbutton switch.
.
.

AES

The OFF legend on the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton

switch goes off.
The FAULT legend comes on and then goes off.
On the lower ECAM display unit, amber crosses go out
of view for the spoilers 3 and 4.

27-64-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
For the spoiler 5, start the SEC 2:
.
. On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/SEC
2 pushbutton switch.
.
.
11.For the spoiler 1, 2 , 3 and 4:
. On the center pedestal, set the SPEED BRAKE
control lever to FULL.

NOTE :

On the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page shows

the related spoiler extended.

If you cannot get extension of the spoiler:

. On the overhead panel 20VU, on the ADIRS
CDU,
release the ADR1, ADR2, ADR3 pushbutton
switches (the OFF legends come on),
then push the ADR1, ADR2, ADR3
pushbutton switches (the OFF legends go
off).

12.For the spoiler 1, 2 , 3 and 4:

. On the center pedestal, set the SPEED BRAKE
control lever to RET.
5.

RESULT
The OFF legend on the FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton
switch goes off.
The FAULT legend comes on and then goes off.
On the lower ECAM display unit, amber cross goes out
of view for the spoiler 5.

On the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page shows all
the spoilers in the retracted position.

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-00-860-051-A
A.

Put the Aircraft Back to its Initial Configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A), (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A),
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005-A).

(3)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(4)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-64-00-410-055-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2)

Tighten the two screws.

(3)

Close the access door 822.

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-64-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-00-820-001-C
Adjustment of the Spoilers
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY OPERATE
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF HYDRAULICALLY
OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

NOTE :

2.

This task can contribute to fuel savings.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

GAGE - FEELER

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27603000001
98D27803000000
98D27903500000
B.

REFERENCE

AES

DESIGNATION
Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

580
680

SPOILER POSITION CHECK TOOL

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

Consumable Materials

No specific
C.

1
1
2

ZONE DESCRIPTION
LEFT WING FLAPS AND SPOILERS
RIGHT WING FLAPS AND SPOILERS

27-64-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

573BB, 575BB, 575DB, 575EB,

575GB, 673BB, 675BB, 675DB,
675EB, 675GB, 822
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-60-00-866-002-A
27-64-00-710-001-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-00-991-00100-A - Adjustment of the Spoilers)

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-00-991-00200-A - Adjustment of the Spoilers)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-00-991-00600-A - Measurement of Negative Clearance Between Spoiler and Flap)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-00-860-060-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Make sure that the flaps are in the fully retracted position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(3)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the SPEED BRAKE control lever is set to RET.

(4)

Install the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) on each side stick controller.

(5)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the CAPT and F/O side sticks to tell persons not to touch the side
sticks.

27-64-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap and
slat control lever.

(7)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the center pedestal to tell persons not to operate the SPEED BRAKE
control lever.

Subtask 27-64-00-010-057-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

(2)

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.
(a)

Open the access door 822.

(b)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at:

(a)

the zone 580 for the left spoilers.

(b)

the zone 680 for the right spoilers.

Open these access doors:

(a)

573BB for the left spoiler 1.

(b)

575BB for the left spoiler 2.

(c)

575DB for the left spoiler 3.

(d)

575EB for the left spoiler 4.

(e)

575GB for the left spoiler 5.

(f)

673BB for the right spoiler 1.

(g)

675BB for the right spoiler 2.

(h)

675DB for the right spoiler 3.

(i)

675EB for the right spoiler 4.

(j)

675GB for the right spoiler 5.

Subtask 27-64-00-865-059-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-64-00-863-056-A
D.

AES

Pressurize the hydraulic system that relates to the spoiler you adjust.
(1)

For the spoiler 1 or 5, pressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A).

(2)

For the spoiler 2 or 4, pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A).

(3)

For the spoiler 3, pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

27-64-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-00-991-00100-A - Adjustment of the Spoilers)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-00-991-00200-A - Adjustment of the Spoilers)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-00-991-00600-A - Measurement of Negative Clearance Between Spoiler and Flap)
Subtask 27-64-00-220-052-B
A.

Measure the clearance or the interference U between the underside of the spoiler trailing edge and the upper
surface of the flap.
(1)

For the spoiler 1, measure the clearance U with a GAGE - FEELER.

. the clearance must be:
U = 0 +0 mm or +0.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0000 in. or +0.0197 in.).
NOTE :
(a)

(2)

You must do this measurement at the outboard end of the spoiler.

If necessary, adjust the servocontrol (Ref. Para. B).

1

Initially adjust the servocontrol in order to measure:

U = 4 +0 mm or +0.5 mm (0.1575 +0.0000 in. or +0.0197 in.).

Then adjust the servocontrol again by half a turn clockwise in order to get the clearance.

For the spoilers 2, 3 and 4, measure the interference U:

. the interference must be:
U = -2 +0.5 mm or -0.5 mm (-0.0787 +0.0197 in. or -0.0197 in.)

NOTE :
(a)

You must do this measurement at the closest point (point where the gap between the spoiler
and the flap is the smallest).

With the SPOILER POSITION CHECK TOOL (98D27603000001).

1

Install the SPOILER POSITION CHECK TOOL (98D27603000001) as follows:

. on the upper surface of the wing
. on the trailing edge of the spoiler
. at the closest point of the spoiler.

Set the needle of the dial gauge to the zero position.

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000).

Extend the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

NOTE :

(b)

AES

Put the flap and slat control lever to the position 1.

Read the new position of the needle of the dial gauge.

The difference of positions gives the negative clearance U.

Retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000).

If necessary, adjust the servocontrol (Ref. Para. B).

If the SPOILER POSITION CHECK TOOL (98D27603000001) is not available, do the adjustment
(Ref Para.B) to get the negative clearance as follow:
1

Initially adjust the servocontrol in order to measure:

U = 2 +0.5 mm or -0.5 mm (0.0787 +0.0197 in. or -0.0197 in.).

Then adjust the servocontrol again by half a turn clockwise in order to get the negative
clearance.

27-64-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

For the spoiler 5, measure the clearance U with a GAGE - FEELER.

. the clearance must be:
U = 0 +0 mm or +0.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0000 in. or +0.0197 in.).
NOTE :
(a)

You must do this measurement at the closest point (point where the gap between the spoiler
and the flap is the smallest).

If necessary, adjust the servocontrol (Ref. Para. B).

1

Initially adjust the servocontrol in order to measure:

U = 4 +0 mm or +0.5 mm (0.1575 +0.0000 in. or +0.0197 in.).

Then adjust the servocontrol again by half a turn clockwise in order to get the clearance.

Subtask 27-64-00-820-052-B
B.

If the clearance or the interference U is not correct, do this adjustment:

(1)

Write the clearance or interference U.

(2)

Depressurize the hydraulic system that relates to the spoiler you adjust.
(a)

For the spoiler 1 or 5, depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).

(b)

For the spoiler 2 or 4, depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A).

(c)

For the spoiler 3, depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Extend the related spoiler by hand (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

On the servocontrol (1), remove the lockwire from the nut (3) and discard it.

(5)

Loosen the nut (3) and release the lockwashers (2).

(6)

Turn the rod (4) in the related direction (Refer to the NOTE below to find the number of turns of the
rod (4)).
NOTE :

If you do one turn of the rod (4), this moves the trailing edge of the spoiler 8 mm (0.3150 in.).

(7)

Install the lockwashers (2) and TORQUE the nut (3) to 3 M.DAN (22.12 LBF.FT). Do not safety the
nut at this time.

(8)

Retract the related spoiler by hand (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(9)

Pressurize the hydraulic system that relates to the spoiler you adjust.
(a)

For the spoiler 1 or 5, pressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A).

(b)

For the spoiler 2 or 4, pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A).

(c)

For the spoiler 3, pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(10) Make sure that the clearance or the interference U is correct.

(11) Depressurize the hydraulic system that relates to the spoiler you adjust.
(a)

For the spoiler 1 or 5, depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).

(b)

For the spoiler 2 or 4, depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A).

(c)

For the spoiler 3, depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(12) Extend the related spoiler by hand (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(13) TORQUE the nut (3) to between 8 and 9 M.DAN (59.00 and 66.37 LBF.FT) and safety it with
Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(14) Retract the related spoiler by hand (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

AES

27-64-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(15) Pressurize the hydraulic system that relates to the spoiler you adjust.
(a)

For the spoiler 1 or 5, pressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A).

(b)

For the spoiler 2 or 4, pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A).

(c)

For the spoiler 3, pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(16) Make sure that the clearance or the interference U is correct.

(17) Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from each sidestick controller.
(18) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the flap
and slat control lever.
Subtask 27-64-00-865-058-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

FIN
B08

LOCATION

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-64-00-710-055-A
D.
5.

Do the operational test of the spoiler hydraulic actuation (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-00-860-061-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the hydraulic system that relates to the spoiler you adjust:
(a)

For the spoiler 1 or 5, depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).

(b)

For the spoiler 2 or 4, depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A).

(c)

For the spoiler 3, depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-64-00-410-056-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2)

Tighten the two screws.

(3)

Close the access door 822.

(4)

Close these access doors :

(a)

573BB for the left spoiler 1.

(b)

575BB for the left spoiler 2.

(c)

575DB for the left spoiler 3.

(d)

575EB for the left spoiler 4.

27-64-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(5)

(e)

575GB for the left spoiler 5.

(f)

673BB for the right spoiler 1.

(g)

675BB for the right spoiler 2.

(h)

675DB for the right spoiler 3.

(i)

675EB for the right spoiler 4.

(j)

675GB for the right spoiler 5.

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-64-00-862-058-A
C.

AES

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-64-00 PB501

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

575EB
573BB

575BB 575DB

673BB

575GB

Z580

675BB
675DB
675EB
675GB

Z680

A
A
A

SERVO CONTROL

SPOILER

B
U
FLAP
TRAILING
EDGE

FLAP

U
N_MM_276400_5_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Adjustment of the Spoilers

27-64-00 PB501

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

575 BB

573 BB

575 EB

575 DB

673 BB

675 BB

Z 580

575 GB

B A

675 DB
675 EB
675 GB

Z 680

A
A
A
1

B
1

4
3
2

4
3
2

N_MM_276400_5_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Adjustment of the Spoilers

27-64-00 PB501

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SPOILER POSITION CHECK TOOL

SPOILER PROFILE
WING
EXTERNAL
PROFILE

DIAL GAUGE
SPOILER HINGE AXIS

WZO
FLAP PROFILE
CONTACT AREA BETWEEN
SPOILER AND FLAP
(WHEN THERE IS A NEGATIVE
CLEARANCE BETWEEN SPOILER AND FLAP)

FWD

N_MM_276400_5_CAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-00-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Measurement of Negative Clearance Between Spoiler and
Flap

27-64-00 PB501

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-00-760-001-A
Electrical Test of the spoiler Servo Controls
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
FIN 31CE1, 31CE2, 31CE3, 31CE4, 31CE5, 31CE6, 31CE7, 31CE8, 31CE9, 31CE10
1.

Reason for the Job

To confirm the cause of a spoiler servocontrol fault (flight control computer, aircraft wiring or servocontrol).
In this procedure, you will interchange the wiring between two servocontrols (the one that you think is unserviceable
and one that you know is serviceable).

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

99D27603500000

SWITCH SERV0 CTL SPLR

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

580
LEFT WING FLAPS AND SPOILERS
680
RIGHT WING FLAPS AND SPOILERS
573BB, 575BB, 575DB, 575EB,
575GB, 673BB, 675BB, 675DB,
675EB, 675GB
FOR FIN 31CE1(SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G)
573BB
FOR FIN 31CE10(SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)
675GB
FOR FIN 31CE2(SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G)
673BB
FOR FIN 31CE3(SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y)
575BB
FOR FIN 31CE4(SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y)

AES

27-64-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

675BB
FOR FIN 31CE5(SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B)
575DB
FOR FIN 31CE6(SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)
675DB
FOR FIN 31CE7(SERVO CTL-SPLR4, L Y)
575EB
FOR FIN 31CE8(SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)
675EB
FOR FIN 31CE9(SERVO CTL-SPLR5, L G)
575GB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-96-00-710-020-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Side Stick Assembly (Activation for the BITE Test)

27-96-00-740-001-A

BITE Test of the EFCS (Ground Scanning)

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

57-51-37-400-002-A
Installation of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE1(SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G)
57-51-37-000-002-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE10(SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE2(SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G)
57-51-37-000-002-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE3(SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y)
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE4(SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y)
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE5(SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B)
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE6(SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE7(SERVO CTL-SPLR4, L Y)
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE8(SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE9(SERVO CTL-SPLR5, L G)
57-51-37-000-004-A

AES

Removal of the Access Panels

27-64-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-00-860-066-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Subtask 27-64-00-865-064-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-64-00-941-060-A
C.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use these controls:
. The CAPT and F/O side sticks.

(2)

Put WARNING NOTICES in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-64-00-010-060-A
D.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the applicable zone:
. For the fault on the spoiler 1 servocontrol 31CE1, at zone 573.
. For the fault on the spoiler 1 servocontrol 31CE2, at zone 673.
. For the fault on the left spoiler 2 to 5 servocontrol, at zone 575.
. For the fault on the right spoiler 2 to 5 servocontrol, at zone 675.

(2)

Open the applicable access panels:

(a)

FOR 31CE1 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G)

. The access panel 573BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A).

(b)

FOR 31CE2 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G)

. The access panel 673BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A).

(c)

FOR 31CE3 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y)

. The access panel 575BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(d)

FOR 31CE4 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y)

. The access panel 675BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(e)

FOR 31CE5 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B)

. The access panel 575DB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

27-64-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(f)

FOR 31CE6 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)

. The access panel 675DB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(g)

FOR 31CE7 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, L Y)

. The access panel 575EB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(h)

FOR 31CE8 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)

. The access panel 675EB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(i)

FOR 31CE9 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, L G)

. The access panel 575GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

(j)

FOR 31CE10 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)

. The access panel 675GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

Subtask 27-64-00-480-052-A
E.

Installation of the Tool

(1)

(2)

If the fault is on the servocontrol:

(a)

For 31CE10 or 31CE8:

. Disconnect the electrical connectors 31CE10-A and 31CE8-A.

(b)

For 31CE9 or 31CE7:

. Disconnect the electrical connectors 31CE9-A and 31CE7-A.

(c)

For 31CE6 or 31CE4 (or 31CE2):

. Disconnect the electrical connectors 31CE6-A and 31CE4-A (or 31CE2-A).

(d)

For 31CE5 or 31CE3 (or 31CE1):

. Disconnect the electrical connectors 31CE5-A and 31CE3-A (or 31CE1-A).

Connect the SWITCH SERV0 CTL SPLR (99D27603500000) to the disconnected electrical connectors.

Subtask 27-64-00-865-065-A
F.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-64-00-760-050-A
A.

Electrical Test of the spoiler Servo Controls

(1)

AES

Do the operational test of the side stick assembly (Activation for the BITE test) (Ref. TASK
27-96-00-710-020-A).

27-64-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

5.

Do a BITE Test of the EFCS (Ground Scanning) (Ref. TASK 27-96-00-740-001-A):

(a)

If the fault is the same, do a check of the aircraft wiring and of the flight control computer (Ref.
TSM).

(b)

If the fault is on the other side, replace the defective servocontrol.

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-00-865-066-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-64-00-080-051-A
B.

Removal of the Tool

(1)

Disconnect the SWITCH SERV0 CTL SPLR (99D27603500000).

(2)

Connect the electrical connectors:

(a)

For the servocontrol 31CE10 or 31CE8:

. 31CE10-A and 31CE8-A.

(b)

For 31CE9 or 31CE7:

. 31CE9-A and 31CE7-A.

(c)

For the servocontrol 31CE6 or 31CE4 (or 31CE2):

. 31CE6-A and 31CE4-A (or 31CE2-A).

(d)

For the servocontrol 31CE5 or 31CE3 (or 31CE1):

. 31CE5-A and 31CE3-A (or 31CE1-A).

Subtask 27-64-00-865-067-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-64-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

FIN
Q20

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-64-00-410-059-A
D.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the access panels 573BB or 673BB or 575BB or 675BB or 575DB or 675DB or 575EB or 675EB
or 575GB or 675GB, (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

Subtask 27-64-00-942-064-A
E.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-64-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPOILER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-00-200-001-A
Check of the Spoilers Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for Excessive Play and Condition
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THERE ARE NO PERSONS OR EQUIPMENT NEAR THE SLATS. THE SLATS WILL MOVE
WITH THE FLAPS.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-64-00-02-)
CHECK SPOILER SERVOCONTROL BEARING AND HINGE BEARINGS FOR EXCESSIVE PLAY AND
CONDITION

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

PLATE - CORNER

No specific

SCALE - GRADUATED

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

97A27003000007
98D27603001000
98D27803000000
98D27903500000

1
1
1
2

GAGE,ASSY-PUSH-PULL
LOAD APPLICATION TOOL - SPOILER
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

580
680

ZONE DESCRIPTION
LEFT WING FLAPS AND SPOILERS
RIGHT WING FLAPS AND SPOILERS

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

AES

27-64-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A-02

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-64-41-200-001-A

Inspection/Check of the Spoiler 1

27-64-42-200-001-A

Inspection/Check of the Spoiler 2

27-64-43-200-001-A

Inspection/check of the Spoiler 3

27-64-44-200-001-A

Inspection/Check of the Spoiler 4

27-64-45-200-001-A

Inspection/Check of the Spoiler 5

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump

29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A

EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-00-991-00500-A - Location of the Tools)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-00-860-054-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton switch is pushed (the
FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(3)

On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/SEC2 and FLT CTL/SEC3 pushbutton
switches are pushed (the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(4)

On the center pedestal, make sure that the SPEED BRAKE lever is in the RET position.

(5)

Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(6)

On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL pushbutton switch (on the lower
ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).

(7)

Extend the flaps (lever in the FULL position ) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

27-64-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-00-865-053-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-64-00-010-055-A
C.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position:

(a)

At zone 580 for the spoilers 1,2,3,4,5 left side.

(b)

At zone 680 for the spoilers 1,2,3,4,5 right side.

Subtask 27-64-00-480-051-A
D.

Installation of the Tools

(1)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap and
slat control lever.

(2)

Install the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) on each side stick controller.

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the CAPT and F/O side stick and on the SPEED BRAKE control
lever to tell persons not to touch them.

(4)

Install the LOAD APPLICATION TOOL - SPOILER (98D27603001000) at the trailing edge of the
spoiler, at the level of the servocontrol.

(5)

Install the pointer of the LOAD APPLICATION TOOL - SPOILER (98D27603001000) on the trailing
edge of the spoiler.

(6)

Install a PLATE - CORNER on the adjacent structure.

(7)

Install a SCALE - GRADUATED on the corner plate.

Subtask 27-64-00-863-051-A
E.
4.

Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A)
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

Procedure
Subtask 27-64-00-220-051-A
A.

Check of the Spoilers Servo-Controls and Hinge Bearings for Excessive Play
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-00-991-00500-A - Location of the Tools)
NOTE :

AES

The check is only given for one surface.

Do the same operations for the other surfaces.

(1)

On the LOAD APPLICATION TOOL - SPOILER (98D27603001000), connect the GAGE ASSY PUSH-PULL TOOL GAGE,ASSY-PUSH-PULL (97A27003000007) (or equivalent).

(2)

Apply a force of 30 lbf (13.3447 daN) maximum in the up direction on the trailing edge.

(3)

Write the position of the pointer on the graduated scale.

(4)

Apply a force of 30 lbf (13.3447 daN) maximum in the down direction on the trailing edge.

(5)

Write the position of the pointer on the SCALE - GRADUATED.

27-64-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5.

(6)

Make sure that the play between the two limit positions is not more than 1.2 mm (0.0472 in.).

(7)

If the measured play is more than the maximum permitted value, repair the bearings which attach the
control surface to the structure and the servocontrol bearings (Ref. TASK 27-64-41-200-001-A) (Ref.
TASK 27-64-42-200-001-A) (Ref. TASK 27-64-43-200-001-A) (Ref. TASK 27-64-44-200-001-A) (Ref.
TASK 27-64-45-200-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-00-080-050-A
A.

Removal of the Tools

(1)

Remove the GAGE ASSY - PUSH-PULL TOOL GAGE,ASSY-PUSH-PULL (97A27003000007), the

SCALE - GRADUATED, the plate, the pointer and the LOAD APPLICATION TOOL - SPOILER
(98D27603001000).

(2)

Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from each side stick and the LOCKING
TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the flap and slat control lever.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 27-64-00-860-055-A
B.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Retract the FLAPS (lever in the 0 position) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Depressurise the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(5)

Remove the access platform(s).

(6)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-64-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SPOILER 1

SPOILER 2
SPOILER 3
SPOILER 4
SERVOCONTROL
SPOILER 5

FLAPS IN FULL POSITION

A
ADJACENT
STRUCTURE

SPOILER
ACTUATOR
CORNER
PLATE
GRADUATED
SCALE
POINTER

DIRECTION
OF FORCE
SPOILER
N_MM_276400_6_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-00-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Location of the Tools

27-64-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPOILER 1 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Spoiler 1
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

573BB, 673BB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
27-60-00-866-002-A
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
57-51-37-000-002-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-41-991-00100-F - Spoiler 1 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-41-991-00200-C - Spoiler 1 - Hinge Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-41-991-00100-F - Spoiler 1 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)

AES

27-64-41 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-41-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic system.

(3)

Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-64-41-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the spoiler 1 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

Make sure the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on the flap
and slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

Subtask 27-64-41-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-64-41-010-052-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the applicable access panel:
. for the left wing 573BB
. for the right wing 673BB.

(2)

Remove the access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A):

. for the left wing, remove 573BB
. for the right wing, remove 673BB.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-41-991-00100-F - Spoiler 1 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-41-991-00200-C - Spoiler 1 - Hinge Detail)
CAUTION :

AES

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

27-64-41 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-41-020-050-D
A.

Removal of the Spoiler 1

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-41-991-00100-F - Spoiler 1 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-41-991-00200-C - Spoiler 1 - Hinge Detail)
(1)

Remove the nuts (49), the washers (50) and the bolts (47) to disconnect the bonding straps (48) from
each end of the spoiler 1.

(2)

Remove the nuts (19), (36), (39) and (51) and the locking plates (20), (37), (40) and (52).

(3)

Remove the spacer (38) and the bolt (28).

(4)

Remove the items that follow:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (1) from the locking cap (2).

(b)

Remove the locking cap (2), the nut (3) and the washer (4). Do not remove the hinge pin (6).

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (27) and (29) from the locking caps (26) and (30).

(d)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (46) and (59) from the locking caps (45) and (58).

(e)

Remove the locking caps (26), (30), (45) and (58).

(f)

Remove the nuts (25), (31), (44) and (57).

(g)

Remove the washers (24), (32), (43) and (56).

(5)

Do not remove the hinge pins (21), (35), (41) and (53).

(6)

Prepare the spoiler 1 for removal:

CAUTION :

(a)

AES

SUPPORT THE SERVO CONTROL 7.5kg (16.5lb) AND THE SPOILER APPROXIMATELY
15kg (33lb). THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO:
THE HYDRAULIC LINES
THE ELECTRICAL CABLES
THE STRUCTURE.

Put the spoiler 1 and the actuator on supports. Remove the hinge pin (6) from the actuator eyeend (8) and carefully lower the actuator. Remove the sliding bush (5) and the flanged bush (7).

(7)

Leave the supports in place below the spoiler. Remove the hinge pins (21), (35), (41) and (53). Collect
the sliding bushes (22), (34), (42), (54) and (55) and the flanged bushes (23) and (33).

(8)

Remove the spoiler from the wing.

27-64-41 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
(673BB)
573BB
FALSE REAR SPAR

D
G

F
Z582Z682

A
E

H
C

SECTION

BB
CLEARANCE V

PROJECTION ON SPOILER
ATTACHMENT BRACKET

CLEARANCE W

DIMENSION T

3
SPOILER

SEAL

SECTION

AA
CLEARANCE X
6

CLEARANCE Y

7
SEAL

SPOILER
8

GREASER
LOCKNUT
PISTON ROD
SPOILER

MAINTENANCE
DEVICE

ACTUATOR

N_MM_276441_4_AGN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-41-991-00100-F SHEET 1

Spoiler 1 - Actuator Detail and Clearances

27-64-41 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
19

29

28

20
30

21

31
32

33

38

22

27

37

23
24

34

25

35

26

36

51

F
39

52
53
54

59

40
41
55

46

56
57

47

58

45

42

50

43
44

49

SECTION
CLEARANCE Z

ACTUATOR

SPOILER
NO.1

CC
48

DIMENSION U

INBOARD
FLAP
N_MM_276441_4_AJN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-41-991-00200-C SHEET 1

Spoiler 1 - Hinge Detail

27-64-41 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Spoiler 1
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

DESIGNATION

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27603002000
98D27603002001
B.

KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE
KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 09-018B
Material No: 09-019B

AES

2
2

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT

27-64-41 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
573BB, 673BB
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
1
27
29
46
59

DESIGNATION
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter

E.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

IPC-CSN
27-64-05-01-020
27-64-05-11-080
27-64-05-11-080
27-64-05-11-210
27-64-05-11-210

pin
pin
pin
pin
pin

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-60-00-866-002-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

27-64-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

27-64-00-820-001-C

Adjustment of the Spoilers

29-10-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

57-51-37-400-002-A
Installation of the Access Panels
SRM 57700002
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-41-991-00100-F - Spoiler 1 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-41-991-00200-C - Spoiler 1 - Hinge Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-41-991-00100-F - Spoiler 1 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
Subtask 27-64-41-941-055-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems is in
position.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

27-64-41 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-41-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Make sure that the spoiler 1 is extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

Subtask 27-64-41-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-41-991-00100-F - Spoiler 1 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-41-991-00200-C - Spoiler 1 - Hinge Detail)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-64-41-560-050-A
A.

Preparation of a Replacement Component

(1)

Put the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

(98D27603002001) into the maintenance device of the applicable spoiler servo-control and turn it to the
maintenance position.

Subtask 27-64-41-420-051-D
B.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.

AES

27-64-41 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the:

. hinges on the false rear spar
. hinges on the spoiler
. sliding bushes (5), (22), (34), (42), (54) and (55)
. flanged bushes (7), (23) and (33)
. hinge pins (6), (21), (35), (41) and (53).

(5)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the eye-end (8) on the rounded
surface only.
NOTE :

Do not get Material 15-007 on the servo-control spherical bearing.

Subtask 27-64-41-420-050-D
C.

Installation of the Spoiler 1

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
CAUTION :

SUPPORT THE SERVO CONTROL 7.5kg (16.5lb) AND THE SPOILER APPROXIMATELY 15kg
(33lb). THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO:
THE HYDRAULIC LINES
THE ELECTRICAL CABLES
THE STRUCTURE.

(1)

Install the sliding bushes (22), (34), (42), (54) and (55) and the flanged bushes (23) and (33).

(2)

Make sure there are supports below the spoiler 1 to hold it in the correct position.

(3)

Install the hinge pins (21), (35), (41) and (53) through the false rear spar fittings and the spoiler
fittings.

(4)

Install the flanged bush (7) in the spoiler fitting.

(5)

Lift the spoiler actuator and hold it in the correct position so that the greaser on the eye-end (8) points
down.

(6)

Install the hinge pin (6) through the flanged bush (7), and the actuator eye-end (8).
NOTE :

AES

The short side of the hinge pin (6) head must be adjacent to the projection on the spoiler
attachment-bracket.

(7)

Measure the dimension T. The dimension T must be maximum 0.7 mm (0.0276 in.).
If it is more than 0.7 mm (0.0276 in.) refer to (Ref. SRM 57700002) for the available repair.

(8)

Install the sliding bush (5) on the hinge pin (6) and make sure that it engages correctly in the spoiler
fitting.

(9)

Install the items that follow:

(a)

Install the washer (4) and the nut (3) on the hinge pin (6).

(b)

TORQUE the nut (3) to between 5.2 and 6.5 M.DAN (38.35 and 47.94 LBF.FT).

(c)

Install the washers (24) and (32) and the nuts (25) and (31) on the hinge pins (21) and (35).

27-64-41 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d)

Install the washers (43) and (56) and the nuts (44) and (57) on the hinge pins (41) and (53).

(e)

TORQUE the nuts (25) and (31) to between 3.0 and 3.5 M.DAN (22.12 and 25.81 LBF.FT).

(f)

TORQUE the nuts (44) and (57) to between 5.5 and 6.0 M.DAN (40.56 and 44.25 LBF.FT).

(g)

Install the locking cap (2) on the nut (3).

(h)

Install the locking caps (26) and (30) on the nuts (25) and (31).

(i)

Install the locking caps (45) and (58) on the nuts (44) and (57).

(10) Safety the items that follow:

. the locking cap (2) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-01) cotter pin (1)
. the locking cap (26) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-11) cotter pin (27)
. the locking cap (30) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-11) cotter pin (29)
. the locking cap (45) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-11) cotter pin (46)
. the locking cap (58) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-11) cotter pin (59) .
(11) Clean the interfaces of the bolt (28) and the spacer (38) with a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .
(12) Apply a thin layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018B) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019B)
around the interfaces of the bolt (28).
(13) Install the bolt (28) and the spacer (38).
(14) Install the locking plates (20), (37), (40) and (52) and attach them with the nuts (19), (36), (39) and
(51).
(15) TORQUE the nuts (19), (36), (39) and (51) to between 0.25 and 0.30 M.DAN (22.12 and 26.55
LBF.IN).
(16) Attach the bonding straps (48) to each end of the spoiler with the bolts (47), the washers (50) and the
nuts (49) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
Subtask 27-64-41-916-051-D
D.

Application of Special Materials

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the cotter pins (1), (27), (29), (46) and (59)
. the locking caps (2), (26), (30), (45) and (58)
. the nuts (3), (25), (31), (44) and (57)
. the washers (4), (24), (32), (43) and (56)
. the hinge pins (6), (21), (35), (41) and (53)
. the nuts (19), (36), (39) and (51)
. the bolt (28).

Subtask 27-64-41-860-051-B
E.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) from the piston rod of the servo-control.

(2)

Retract the spoiler 1 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(3)

On the servo-control, turn the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEYSPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002001) in the maintenance device to the operation position and
then remove it.

27-64-41 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the flap
and slat control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-64-41-865-053-A
F.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-64-41-820-051-B
G.

Clearance Check
(1)

Make sure that the clearances X and V are between 1.0 mm (0.0394 in.) and 3.0 mm (0.1181 in.).
Adjust the seals if it is necessary.

(2)

Make sure that the clearance W is between 5.0 mm (0.1969 in.) and 8.0 mm (0.3150 in.).

(3)

Make sure that the clearance Y is between 5.5 mm (0.2165 in.) and 7.5 mm (0.2953 in.).

(4)

Make sure that:

. when there is no step condition, the value of the clearance Z is between 1.83 mm (0.0720 in.) and
3.09 mm (0.1217 in.)
. when a step condition exists, the value of the clearance Z is between 0.9 mm (0.0354 in.) and 4.1
mm (0.1614 in.).
The spoiler and the structure must make a continuous surface. The seal must touch the trailing edge
structure along its full length.

(5)

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A).

(6)

Adjust the spoiler to give the dimension U between the spoiler and the flap (Ref. TASK
27-64-00-820-001-C).

Subtask 27-64-41-410-052-A
H.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A):

. for the left wing, install 573BB
. for the right wing, install 673BB.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-64-41-865-054-A
J.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

AES

27-64-41 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

FIN
21CE2

LOCATION
Q18

Subtask 27-64-41-710-050-A
K.

Operational Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the spoiler (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-41-942-051-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-64-41 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPOILER 1 - INSPECTION/CHECK
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-41-200-001-A
Inspection/Check of the Spoiler 1
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Because the free movement is more than that in TASK 27-64-00-200-001.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

DESIGNATION

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-64-41-000-001-A
27-64-41-400-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Spoiler 1
Installation of the Spoiler 1

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-41-991-00300-D - Spoiler 1)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-41-941-054-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-64-41-010-051-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

AES

Remove the spoiler 1 (Ref. TASK 27-64-41-000-001-A).

27-64-41 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-41-991-00300-D - Spoiler 1)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-64-41-220-051-A
A.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 2

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 1

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-41-220-052-A
B.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.683

MAX
12.694

MIN
12.658

OD 3

0.4993

0.4998

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4983
0.0060

0.0440

0.0940

0.0002

0.0017

0.0037

12.700

12.727

12.752

ID 2

0.5000

0.5011

0.5020

27-64-41 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-41-220-053-A
C.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.683

MAX
12.694

MIN
12.658

OD 3

0.4993

0.4998

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4983
0.0060

0.0440

0.0940

0.0002

0.0017

0.0037

12.700

12.727

12.752

ID 4

0.5000

0.5011

0.5020

Subtask 27-64-41-220-054-A
D.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 4

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 1

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-41-220-055-A
E.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

27-64-41 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.683

MAX
12.694

MIN
12.658

OD 3

0.4993

0.4998

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4983
0.0060

0.0440

0.0940

0.0002

0.0017

0.0037

12.700

12.727

12.752

ID 5

0.5000

0.5011

0.5020

Subtask 27-64-41-220-056-A
F.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.801

MAX
15.828

MIN
15.747

OD 5

0.6221

0.6231

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6200
0.0340

0.0740

0.1820

0.0013

0.0029

0.0072

15.862

15.875

15.929

ID 6

0.6245

0.6250

0.6271

Subtask 27-64-41-220-057-A
G.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
25.380

MAX
25.393

MIN
25.350

OD 2

0.9992

0.9997

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.9980

27-64-41 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)
MIN

MAX

MIN
0.0070

MAX
0.0530

0.0003

0.0021

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
0.1130
0.0044

25.400

25.433

25.463

ID 1

1.0000

1.0013

1.0025

Subtask 27-64-41-220-058-A
H.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 2

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-41-220-059-A
J.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

19.050

19.083

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044
19.113

27-64-41 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)
MIN
0.7500

ID 4

MAX
0.7513

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
0.7525

Subtask 27-64-41-220-060-A
K.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 5

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-41-220-061-A
L.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.152

MAX
22.185

MIN
22.102

OD 5

0.8721

0.8734

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8702
0.0270

0.0730

0.1730

0.0011

0.0029

0.0068

22.212

22.225

22.275

ID 6

0.8745

0.8750

0.8770

27-64-41 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-41-220-062-A
M.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 2

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 1

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-41-220-063-A
N.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.683

MAX
12.694

MIN
12.658

OD 3

0.4993

0.4998

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4983
0.0060

0.0440

0.0940

0.0002

0.0017

0.0037

12.700

12.727

12.752

ID 2

0.5000

0.5011

0.5020

Subtask 27-64-41-220-064-A
P.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

27-64-41 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.683

MAX
12.694

MIN
12.658

OD 3

0.4993

0.4998

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4983
0.0060

0.0440

0.0940

0.0002

0.0017

0.0037

12.700

12.727

12.752

ID 4

0.5000

0.5011

0.5020

Subtask 27-64-41-220-065-A
Q.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 4

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 1

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-41-220-066-A
R.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.683

MAX
12.694

MIN
12.658

OD 3

0.4993

0.4998

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4983

27-64-41 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)
MIN

MAX

MIN
0.0060

MAX
0.0440

0.0002

0.0017

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
0.0940
0.0037

12.700

12.727

12.752

ID 5

0.5000

0.5011

0.5020

Subtask 27-64-41-220-067-A
S.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.801

MAX
15.828

MIN
15.747

OD 5

0.6221

0.6231

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6200
0.0340

0.0730

0.1810

0.0013

0.0029

0.0071

15.862

15.874

15.928

ID 6

0.6245

0.6250

0.6271

Subtask 27-64-41-220-068-A
T.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
25.380

MAX
25.393

MIN
25.350

OD 2

0.9992

0.9997

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

25.400

25.433

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.9980
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044
25.463

27-64-41 PB601

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)
MIN
1.0000

ID 1

MAX
1.0013

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
1.0025

Subtask 27-64-41-220-069-A
U.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 2

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-41-220-070-A
V.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 4

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

27-64-41 PB601

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-41-220-071-A
W.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.152

MAX
22.185

MIN
22.102

OD 4

0.8721

0.8734

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8702
0.0270

0.0730

0.1730

0.0011

0.0029

0.0068

22.212

22.225

22.275

ID 5

0.8745

0.8750

0.8770

Subtask 27-64-41-220-072-B
X.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
28.534

MAX
28.555

MIN
28.493

OD 2

1.1234

1.1242

MIN

MAX

MAX

1.1218
0.0200

0.0620

0.1440

0.0008

0.0024

0.0057

28.575

28.596

28.637

ID 1

1.1250

1.1258

1.1274

Subtask 27-64-41-220-073-B
Y.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 1

NOTE :

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

27-64-41 PB601

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
20.959

MAX
20.980

MIN
20.918

OD 3

0.8252

0.8260

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8235
0.0200

0.0620

0.1440

0.0008

0.0024

0.0057

21.000

21.021

21.062

ID 2

0.8268

0.8276

0.8292

Subtask 27-64-41-220-074-B
AA. Dimensions of the Spoiler 1
NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.184

MAX
22.205

MIN
22.164

OD 3

0.8734

0.8742

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8726
0.0080

0.0410

0.0900

0.0003

0.0016

0.0035

22.213

22.225

22.254

ID 6

0.8745

0.8750

0.8761

Subtask 27-64-41-220-075-A
AB. Dimensions of the Spoiler 1
NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
28.534

MAX
28.555

MIN
28.493

OD 4

1.1234

1.1242

MIN

MAX

MAX

1.1218

27-64-41 PB601

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)
MIN

MAX

MIN
0.0200

MAX
0.0620

0.0008

0.0024

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
0.1440
0.0057

28.575

28.596

28.637

ID 5

1.1250

1.1258

1.1274

Subtask 27-64-41-220-076-A
AC. Dimensions of the Spoiler 1
NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

5.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.184

MAX
22.205

MIN
22.143

OD 3

0.8734

0.8742

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8718
0.0200

0.0620

0.1440

0.0008

0.0024

0.0057

22.225

22.246

22.287

ID 4

0.8750

0.8758

0.8774

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-41-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the spoiler 1 (Ref. TASK 27-64-41-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-41-942-053-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-64-41 PB601

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

OUTBOARD

F
SPOILER 1

Z582
(Z682)

2
1 2

4 5
1

2 1

D
3
4

2
1
4

5
N_MM_276441_6_ACN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-41-991-00300-D SHEET 1

Spoiler 1

27-64-41 PB601

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPOILER 2 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-42-000-001-A
Removal of the Spoiler 2
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575BB, 675BB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
27-60-00-866-002-A
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-42-991-00100-F - Spoiler 2 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-42-991-00200-C - Spoiler 2 - Hinge Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-42-991-00100-F - Spoiler 2 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)

AES

27-64-42 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-42-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-64-42-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the spoiler 2 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

Make sure the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

Subtask 27-64-42-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-64-42-010-052-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE below the applicable access panel:
. for the left wing 575BB
. for the right wing 675BB.

(2)

Remove the access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A):

. for the left wing, remove 575BB
. for the right wing, remove 675BB.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-42-991-00100-F - Spoiler 2 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-42-991-00200-C - Spoiler 2 - Hinge Detail)
CAUTION :

AES

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

27-64-42 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-42-020-050-D
A.

Removal of the Spoiler 2

(1)

Remove the nuts (45), the washers (46) and the bolts (43) to disconnect the bonding straps (44) from
each end of the spoiler 2.

(2)

Remove the nuts (28), (35) and (55) and the locking plates (27), (36) and 54).

(3)

Remove the spacer (29) and the bolt (20).

(4)

Remove the items that follow:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (1) from the locking cap (2).

(b)

Remove the locking cap (2), the nut (3) and the washer (4). Do not remove the hinge pin (6).

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (42) and (47) from the locking caps (41) and (48).

(d)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (21) and (34) from the locking caps (22) and (33).

(e)

Remove the locking caps (22), (33), (41) and (48).

(f)

Remove the nuts (23), (32), (40) and (49).

(g)

Remove the washers (24), (31), (39) and (50).

(5)

Do not remove the hinge pins (26), (30), (37) and (53).

(6)

Prepare the spoiler 2 for removal:

CAUTION :

(a)

AES

SUPPORT THE SERVO CONTROL 7.5kg (16.5lb) AND THE SPOILER APPROXIMATELY
15kg (33lb). THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO:
THE HYDRAULIC LINES
THE ELECTRICAL CABLES
THE STRUCTURE.

Put the spoiler 2 and the actuator on supports. Remove the hinge pin (6) from the actuator eyeend (8) and carefully lower the actuator.

(7)

Remove the sliding bush (5) and the flanged bush (7) from the spoiler actuator-bracket.

(8)

Keep the supports in position below the spoiler and remove the hinge pins (26), (30), (37) and (53).
Collect the sliding bushes (25), (38), (51) and (52).

(9)

Remove the spoiler.

27-64-42 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
REAR SPAR

(675BB)
575BB

A
A
B

Z575Z675

A
C

SECTION

BB
SPOILER 3

SPOILER 2

DIMENSION T

1
2
SEAL

PROJECTION ON SPOILER
ATTACHMENT BRACKET

CLEARANCE W

SEAL

5
6

CLEARANCE V

SECTION

AA
CLEARANCE X
6

CLEARANCE Y

SEAL

SPOILER
8

GREASER
LOCKNUT
PISTON ROD
SPOILER

MAINTENANCE
DEVICE

ACTUATOR

N_MM_276442_4_AGN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-42-991-00100-F SHEET 1

Spoiler 2 - Actuator Detail and Clearances

27-64-42 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
REAR SPAR

(675BB)
575BB

A
D
A

B
Z575Z675

21

20

47

48
49

22

50

52

51

43

55

23

29

24
25

28

E
53

46

45
44
27

26

54

30

36
42

35

37
34

41
SECTION
40
CLEARANCE Z

39

AA

38
ACTUATOR

SPOILER
NO.2

31
32
33
DIMENSION U

OUTBOARD FLAP
N_MM_276442_4_AJN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-42-991-00200-C SHEET 1

Spoiler 2 - Hinge Detail

27-64-42 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-42-400-001-A
Installation of the Spoiler 2
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
1
SAFETY BARRIER(S)

DESIGNATION

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27603002000
98D27603002001
B.

KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE
KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 09-018B
Material No: 09-019B

AES

2
2

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT

27-64-42 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
575BB, 675BB
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
1
34
42
47
21

DESIGNATION
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter

E.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

IPC-CSN
27-64-05-01-020
27-64-05-12-050
27-64-05-12-160
27-64-05-12-160
27-64-05-12-280

pin
pin
pin
pin
pin

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-60-00-866-002-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

27-64-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

27-64-00-820-001-C

Adjustment of the Spoilers

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
SRM 57700002
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-42-991-00100-F - Spoiler 2 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-42-991-00200-C - Spoiler 2 - Hinge Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-42-991-00100-F - Spoiler 2 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
Subtask 27-64-42-941-054-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

27-64-42 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-42-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(2)

Make sure that the spoiler 2 is extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(3)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

Subtask 27-64-42-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-42-991-00100-F - Spoiler 2 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-42-991-00200-C - Spoiler 2 - Hinge Detail)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-64-42-560-050-A
A.

Preparation of a Replacement Component

(1)

Put the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

(98D27603002001) into the maintenance device of the applicable spoiler servo-control and turn it to the
maintenance position.

Subtask 27-64-42-420-051-D
B.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.

AES

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

27-64-42 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the:

. hinges on the rear spar
. hinges on the spoiler
. sliding bushes (5), (25), (38), (51) and (52)
. flanged bush (7)
. hinge pins (6), (26), (30), (37) and (53).

Subtask 27-64-42-916-050-D
C.

Application of Special Materials

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the eye-end (8) on the rounded
surface only.
NOTE :

Do not get Material 15-007 on the servo-control spherical bearing.

Subtask 27-64-42-420-050-D
D.

Installation of the Spoiler 2

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
CAUTION :

SUPPORT THE SERVO CONTROL 7.5kg (16.5lb) AND THE SPOILER APPROXIMATELY 15kg
(33lb). THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO:
THE HYDRAULIC LINES
THE ELECTRICAL CABLES
THE STRUCTURE.

(1)

Install the sliding bushes (25), (38), (51) and (52).

(2)

Make sure there are supports below the spoiler 2 to hold it in the correct position.

(3)

Install the hinge pins (26), (30), (37) and (53) through the rear spar fittings and the spoiler fittings.

(4)

Install the flanged bush (7) in the spoiler fitting.

(5)

Lift the spoiler actuator and hold it in the correct position so that the greaser on the eye-end (8) points
down.

(6)

Install the hinge pin (6) through the flanged bush (7) and the actuator eye-end (8).
NOTE :

(7)

Measure the dimension T. The dimension must be maximum 0.7 mm (0.0276 in.).
If it is more than 0.7 mm (0.0276 in.) refer to (Ref. SRM 57700002) for the available repair.

(8)

Install the sliding bush (5) on the hinge pin (6) and make sure that it engages correctly in the spoiler
fitting.

(9)

Install the items that follow:

(a)

AES

The short side of the hinge pin (6) head must be adjacent to the projection on the spoiler
attachment-bracket.

Install the washer (4) and the nut (3) on the hinge pin (6).

27-64-42 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

TORQUE the nut (3) to between 5.2 and 6.5 M.DAN (38.35 and 47.94 LBF.FT).

(c)

Install the washers (24) and (31) and the nuts (23) and (32) on the hinge pins (26) and (30).

(d)

Install the washers (39) and (50) and the nuts (40) and (49) on the hinge pins (37) and (53).

(e)

TORQUE the nuts (23) and (32) to between 3.5 and 4.0 M.DAN (25.81 and 29.50 LBF.FT).

(f)

TORQUE the nuts (40) and (49) to between 5.5 and 6.0 M.DAN (40.56 and 44.25 LBF.FT).

(g)

Install the locking cap (2) on the nut (3).

(h)

Install the locking caps (22) and (33) on the nuts (23) and (32).

(i)

Install the locking caps (41) and (48) on the nuts (40) and (49).

(10) Safety the items that follow:

. the locking cap (2) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-01) cotter pin (1)
. the locking cap (22) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-12) cotter pin (21)
. the locking cap (33) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-12) cotter pin (34)
. the locking cap (41) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-12) cotter pin (42)
. the locking cap (48) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-12) cotter pin (47) .
(11) Clean the interfaces of the bolt (20) and the spacer (29) with a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .
(12) Apply a thin layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018B) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019B) to the
interfaces of the bolt (20) and the spacer (29).
(13) Install the bolt (20) and the spacer (29).
(14) Install the locking plates (27), (36) and (54) and then attach them with the nuts (28), (35) and (55).
(15) TORQUE the nuts (28), (35) and (55) to between 0.25 and 0.30 M.DAN (22.12 and 26.55 LBF.IN).
(16) Attach the bonding straps (44) to each end of the spoiler with the bolts (43), the washers (46) and the
nuts (45) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
Subtask 27-64-42-916-051-D
E.

Application of Special Materials

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the cotter pins (1), (21), (34), (42) and (47)
. the locking caps (2), (22), (33), (41) and (48)
. the nuts (3), (23), (32), (40) and (49)
. the washers (4), (24), (31), (39) and (50)
. the hinge pins (6), (26), (30), (37) and (53)
. the nuts (28), (35) and (55)
. the bolt (20).

Subtask 27-64-42-860-051-B
F.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) from the piston rod of the servo-control.

(2)

Retract the spoiler 2 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(3)

On the servo-control, turn the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEYSPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002001) in the maintenance device to the operation position and
then remove it.

27-64-42 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-64-42-865-053-A
G.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-64-42-820-051-B
H.

Clearance Checks
(1)

Make sure that the clearance X is between 1.0 mm (0.0394 in.) and 3.0 mm (0.1181 in.). Adjust the
seal if it is necessary.

(2)

Make sure that the clearance V is between 0 mm (0.0000 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0197 in.). Adjust the
seals if it is necessary.

(3)

Make sure that the clearance Y is between 5.5 mm (0.2165 in.) and 7.5 mm (0.2953 in.).

(4)

Make sure that the clearance W is between 16.0 mm (0.6299 in.) and 20.0 mm (0.7874 in.).

(5)

Make sure that:

. when there is no step condition, the value of the clearance Z is between 1.63 mm (0.0642 in.) and
2.82 mm (0.1110 in.)
. when a step condition exists, the value of the clearance Z is between 0.7 mm (0.0276 in.) and 3.83
mm (0.1508 in.)
The spoiler and the structure must make a continuous surface. The seal must touch the trailing edge
along its full length.

(6)

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002-A).

(7)

Adjust the spoiler to give the dimension U between the spoiler and the flap (Ref. TASK
27-64-00-820-001-C).

Subtask 27-64-42-410-052-A
J.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the access panel 575BB 675BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A):

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-64-42-865-054-A
K.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

AES

27-64-42 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

FIN
21CE2

LOCATION
Q18

Subtask 27-64-42-710-050-A
L.

Operational Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the spoiler (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-42-942-051-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-64-42 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-42-000-002-A
Removal of the Link-Spoiler 2
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27604000000
98D27803000000

1
1

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
575BB, 675BB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
27-60-00-866-002-A
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-42-991-00400-B - Link-Spoiler 2)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-42-941-055-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

27-64-42 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-64-42-860-053-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the spoiler 2 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

Make sure the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

Subtask 27-64-42-865-055-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-64-42-010-053-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE below the applicable access panel:
. for the left wing 575BB
. for the right wing 675BB.

(2)

Remove the access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A):

. for the left wing, remove 575BB
. for the right wing, remove 675BB.

Procedure
Subtask 27-64-42-020-052-B
CAUTION :

A.

AES

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Removal of the Link-Spoiler 2

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-42-991-00400-B - Link-Spoiler 2)
(1)

Remove the nuts (22) and the locking plates (21).

(2)

Remove the spacer (23) and the bolt (24).

27-64-42 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(3)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (12) and (25) from the locking caps (11) and (26).

(4)

Remove the locking caps (11) and (26).

(5)

Remove the nuts (10) and (27) and the washers (9) and (28).

(6)

Remove the hinge pins (1) and (20) and the sliding bush (29).

(7)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (6) and (13) from the nuts (5) and (14).

(8)

Remove the nuts (5) and (14) and the washers (4) and (15).
(a)

Remove the bolts (2) and (18) and the bushes (3) and (17).

(b)

Remove the bushes (7) and (16) and the links-spoiler 2 (8) and (19).

27-64-42 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
(675BB)
575BB

C
Z575Z675

A
C

24
25

26
27

13

28

14

29

23

15

20

22
21

19

18

17
3
16

12

10
11
6

7
5
4
N_MM_276442_4_LCA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-42-991-00400-B SHEET 1

Link-Spoiler 2

27-64-42 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-42-400-002-A
Installation of the Link-Spoiler 2
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27604000000
98D27803000000
B.

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 09-018B
Material No: 09-019B

AES

1
1

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT

27-64-42 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
575BB, 675BB
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
12
25

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-64-05-12-280
27-64-05-12-280

cotter pin
cotter pin
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-60-00-866-002-A
27-64-00-200-001-A
27-64-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
Check of the Spoilers Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for Excessive Play and
Condition
Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-42-991-00400-B - Link-Spoiler 2)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-42-941-056-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

Subtask 27-64-42-860-054-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(2)

Make sure that the spoiler 2 is extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(3)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

(4)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is below the applicable access
panel:
. for the left wing 575BB
. for the right wing 675BB.

27-64-42 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Make sure that the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A) is removed:
. for the left wing, 575BB
. for the right wing, 675BB.

Subtask 27-64-42-865-056-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-64-42-420-052-B
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the:

. hinges on the rear spar,
. hinges on the spoiler,
. sliding bushes (29),
. hinge pins (1) and (20).

Subtask 27-64-42-420-053-B
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
B.

AES

Installation of the Link-Spoiler 2

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-42-991-00400-B - Link-Spoiler 2)
(1)

Put the bushes (7) and (16) and the end of the links-spoiler 2 (8) and (19) in position on the spoiler
brackets.

(2)

Install the bushing (3) and (17) and the bolts (2) and (18).

(3)

Install the washers (4) and (15) and the nuts (5) and (14).

(4)

TORQUE the nuts (5) and (14) to between 1.13 and 1.36 M.DAN (100.00 and 120.35 LBF.IN).

(5)

Safety the nuts (5) and (14) with the new cotter pins (6) and (13).

27-64-42 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Put the links-spoiler 2 (8) and (19) and the sliding bush (29) in position through the rear spar fittings
and the spoiler fittings.

(7)

Install the hinge pins (1) and (20) through the rear spar fittings, the links-spoiler 2 (8) and (19) and the
spoiler fittings.

(8)

Install the washers (9) and (28) and the nuts (10) and (27) on the hinge pins (1) and (20).

(9)

TORQUE the nuts (10) and (27) to between 3.5 and 4.0 M.DAN (25.81 and 29.50 LBF.FT).

(10) Install the locking caps (11) and (26) on the nuts (10) and (27).
(11) Safety the locking caps (11) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-12) cotter pin (12) and (26) with the
new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-12) cotter pin (25) .
(12) Clean the interfaces of the bolt (24) and the spacer (23) with a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .
(13) Apply a thin layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018B) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019B) to the
interfaces of the bolt (24) and the spacer (23).
(14) Install the bolt (24).
(15) Install the spacer (23), the locking plate (21) and the nut (22).
(16) TORQUE the nut (22) to between 0.25 and 0.30 M.DAN (22.12 and 26.55 LBF.IN).
Subtask 27-64-42-220-067-A
C.

Check of the Spoilers Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for Excessive Play and Condition
(1)

Do a check of the spoilers servo controls and hinge bearings for excessive play and condition (Ref.
TASK 27-64-00-200-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-42-916-052-A
D.

Application of Special Materials

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

5.

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the cotter pins (12) and (25),
. the locking caps (11) and (26),
. the nuts (10) and (27),
. the washers (9) and (28),
. the hinge pins (1) and (20),
. the nut (22),
. the bolt (24).

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-42-860-055-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) from the piston rod of the servo-control.

(2)

Retract the spoiler 2 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(3)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

27-64-42 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-42-410-053-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the access panel (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A):

. for the left wing, install 575BB
. for the right wing, install 675BB.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-64-42-865-057-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-64-42-710-051-A
D.

Operational Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the spoiler 2 (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-42-942-054-A
E.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the SAFETY BARRIER(S).

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-64-42 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPOILER 2 - INSPECTION/CHECK
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-42-200-001-A
Inspection/Check of the Spoiler 2
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Inspection/check of the spoiler 2 after too much free movement is found.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

DESIGNATION

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-64-42-000-001-A
27-64-42-400-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Spoiler 2
Installation of the Spoiler 2

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-42-991-00300-D - Spoiler 2)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-42-941-053-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-64-42-010-051-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

AES

Remove the spoiler 2 (Ref. TASK 27-64-42-000-001-A).

27-64-42 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-42-991-00300-D - Spoiler 2)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-64-42-220-051-A
A.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 2

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
7.8993

MAX
7.9248

MIN
07.880

OD 1

0.3110

0.3120

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.3102
0.0000

0.0382

0.0760

0.0000

0.0015

0.0030

7.9248

7.9375

07.956

ID 2

0.3120

0.3125

0.3132

Subtask 27-64-42-220-052-A
B.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 2

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
25.380

MAX
25.393

MIN
25.350

OD 2

0.9992

0.9997

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.9980
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

25.400

25.433

25.463

ID 1

1.0000

1.0013

1.0025

27-64-42 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-42-220-053-A
C.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 2

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 2

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-42-220-054-A
D.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 2

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 4

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-42-220-055-A
E.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 2

NOTE :

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

27-64-42 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 5

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-42-220-056-A
F.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 2

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.152

MAX
22.185

MIN
22.102

OD 5

0.8721

0.8734

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8702
0.0270

0.0730

0.1730

0.0011

0.0029

0.0068

22.212

22.225

22.275

ID 6

0.8745

0.8750

0.8770

Subtask 27-64-42-220-057-B
G.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 2

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
28.534

MAX
28.555

MIN
28.493

OD 2

1.1234

1.1242

MIN

MAX

MAX

1.1218

27-64-42 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)
MIN

MAX

MIN
0.0200

MAX
0.0620

0.0008

0.0024

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
0.1440
0.0057

28.575

28.596

28.637

ID 1

1.1250

1.1258

1.1274

Subtask 27-64-42-220-058-B
H.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 2

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
20.959

MAX
20.980

MIN
20.918

OD 3

0.8252

0.8260

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8235
0.0200

0.0620

0.1440

0.0008

0.0024

0.0057

21.000

21.021

21.062

ID 2

0.8268

0.8276

0.8292

Subtask 27-64-42-220-059-B
J.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 2

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.184

MAX
22.205

MIN
22.164

OD 3

0.8734

0.8742

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

22.213

22.225

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8726
0.0080

0.0410

0.0900

0.0003

0.0016

0.0035
22.254

27-64-42 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)
MIN
0.8745

ID 6

MAX
0.8750

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
0.8761

Subtask 27-64-42-220-065-A
K.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 2

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
28.534

MAX
28.555

MIN
28.493

OD 4

1.1234

1.1242

MIN

MAX

MAX

1.1218
0.0200

0.0620

0.1440

0.0008

0.0024

0.0057

28.575

28.596

28.637

ID 5

1.1250

1.1258

1.1274

Subtask 27-64-42-220-066-A
L.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 2

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.184

MAX
22.205

MIN
22.143

OD 3

0.8734

0.8742

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8718
0.0200

0.0620

0.1440

0.0008

0.0024

0.0057

22.225

22.246

22.287

ID 4

0.8750

0.8758

0.8774

27-64-42 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-42-220-060-A
M.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 2

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
25.380

MAX
25.393

MIN
25.350

OD 2

0.9992

0.9997

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.9980
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

25.400

25.433

25.463

ID 1

1.0000

1.0013

1.0025

Subtask 27-64-42-220-061-A
N.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 2

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 2

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-42-220-062-A
P.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 2

NOTE :

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

27-64-42 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 4

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-42-220-063-A
Q.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 2

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.152

MAX
22.185

MIN
22.102

OD 4

0.8721

0.8734

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8702
0.0270

0.0730

0.1730

0.0011

0.0029

0.0068

22.212

22.225

22.275

ID 5

0.8745

0.8750

0.8770

Subtask 27-64-42-220-064-A
R.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 2

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
7.8993

MAX
7.9248

MIN
07.880

OD 1

0.3110

0.3120

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.3102

27-64-42 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)
MIN

5.

MAX

MIN
0.0000

MAX
0.0382

0.0000

0.0015

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
0.0760
0.0030

7.9248

7.9375

07.956

ID 2

0.3120

0.3125

0.3132

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-42-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the spoiler 2 (Ref. TASK 27-64-42-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-42-942-053-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-64-42 PB601

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

OUTBOARD

SPOILER 2

A
Z583
(Z683)

F
B

2
1

2
1

E
1 2

21

C
2

3 4

D
4
1 2
5

4 5

6
N_MM_276442_6_ACN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-42-991-00300-D SHEET 1

Spoiler 2

27-64-42 PB601

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPOILER 3 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-43-000-001-A
Removal of the Spoiler 3
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575DB, 675DB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
27-60-00-866-002-A
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
27-64-44-000-001-A
Removal of the Spoiler 4
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-43-991-00100-D - Spoiler 3 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-43-991-00200-B - Spoiler 3 - Hinge Details)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-43-991-00100-D - Spoiler 3 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)

AES

27-64-43 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-43-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-64-43-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the spoiler 3 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

Make sure the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

Subtask 27-64-43-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-64-43-010-052-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE below the applicable access panel:
. for the left wing 575DB
. for the right wing 675DB.

(2)

Remove the access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A):

. for the left wing remove 575DB
. for the right wing remove 675DB.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-43-991-00100-D - Spoiler 3 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-43-991-00200-B - Spoiler 3 - Hinge Details)
CAUTION :

AES

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

27-64-43 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-43-020-050-C
A.

Removal of the Spoiler 3

(1)

Remove the nuts (49), the washers (50) and the bolts (47) to disconnect the bonding straps (48) from
each end of the spoiler 3.

(2)

Remove the nuts (21), (30) and (46) and the locking plates (22), (31) and (45).

(3)

Remove the spacer (20) and the bolt (29).

(4)

Remove the items that follow:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (1) from the locking cap (2).

(b)

Remove the locking cap (2), the nut (3) and the washer (4). Do not remove the hinge pin (6).

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (28) and (51) from the locking caps (27) and (52).

(d)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (37) and (38) from the locking caps (36) and (39).

(e)

Remove the locking caps (27), (52), (36) and (39).

(f)

Remove the nuts (26), (53), (35) and (40).

(g)

Remove the washers (25), (54), (34) and (41).

(5)

Do not remove the hinge pins (23), (32) and (44).

(6)

Prepare the spoiler 3 for removal:

CAUTION :

(a)

SUPPORT THE SERVO CONTROL 7.5kg (16.5lb) AND THE SPOILER APPROXIMATELY
15kg (33lb). THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO:
THE HYDRAULIC LINES
THE ELECTRICAL CABLES
THE STRUCTURE.

Put the spoiler 3 and the actuator on supports. Remove the hinge pin (6) from the actuator eyeend (8) and carefully lower the actuator.

(7)

Remove the sliding bush (5) and the flanged bush (7) from the spoiler fitting.

(8)

Leave the supports below the spoiler and remove the hinge pins (23), (32) and (44). Collect the sliding
bushes (24), (33), (42) and (43).

(9)

Pull the spoiler 3 rearwards and inboard to disengage it from the hinge shaft and remove it from the
aircraft.

(10) If it is necessary to remove the hinge shaft:

. remove the spoiler 4 (Ref. TASK 27-64-44-000-001-A)
. remove the hinge shaft.

AES

27-64-43 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

REAR SPAR

(675DB)
575DB

D
A

G
A

E
B
Z584Z684

H
F
C

SECTION

AA
A

CLEARANCE Y
SPOILER 3

SPOILER 2

SEAL

PROJECTION ON SPOILER
ATTACHMENT BRACKET

DIMENSION T

1
SEAL

4
3
6

CLEARANCE X
SPOILER

7
8

GREASER
LOCKNUT
PISTON ROD

MAINTENANCE
DEVICE

ACTUATOR

N_MM_276443_4_AGN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-43-991-00100-D SHEET 1

Spoiler 3 - Actuator Detail and Clearances

27-64-43 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

21

30

20

22

31

23

29

32
37

28
33
34

24
25

35

51

36

38

26
27
52
53
54

39
40
41
42

HINGE SHAFT
43

47

44
46

50
45
49
SECTION

CLEARANCE Z

ACTUATOR

SPOILER
NO.3

BB
48

DIMENSION U

OUTBOARD
FLAP
N_MM_276443_4_AJN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-43-991-00200-B SHEET 1

Spoiler 3 - Hinge Details

27-64-43 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-43-400-001-A
Installation of the Spoiler 3
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
1
SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

DESIGNATION

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27603002000
98D27603002001
B.

KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE
KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 09-018B
Material No: 09-019B

AES

2
2

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT

27-64-43 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
575DB, 675DB
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
1
28
51
37
38

DESIGNATION
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter

E.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

IPC-CSN
27-64-05-03-020
27-64-05-13-090
27-64-05-13-170
27-64-05-13-270
27-64-05-13-270

pin
pin
pin
pin
pin

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-60-00-866-002-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

27-64-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

27-64-00-820-001-C

Adjustment of the Spoilers

27-64-44-400-001-A
29-10-00-863-003-A

Installation of the Spoiler 4

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
SRM 57700002
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-43-991-00100-D - Spoiler 3 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-43-991-00200-B - Spoiler 3 - Hinge Details)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-43-991-00100-D - Spoiler 3 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
Subtask 27-64-43-941-054-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to operate the flight controls is in
position.

27-64-43 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-43-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(2)

Make sure that spoiler 3 is extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(3)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

Subtask 27-64-43-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-43-991-00100-D - Spoiler 3 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-43-991-00200-B - Spoiler 3 - Hinge Details)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-64-43-560-050-A
A.

Preparation of a Replacement Component

(1)

Put the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

(98D27603002001) into the maintenance device of the applicable spoiler servo-control and turn it to the
maintenance position.

Subtask 27-64-43-420-052-C
B.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

AES

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

27-64-43 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

If the hinge shaft is removed:

. install the hinge shaft in the hinge fitting
. install the spoiler 4 (Ref. TASK 27-64-44-400-001-A).

(5)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the:

. hinges on the rear spar
. hinges on the spoiler
. sliding bushes (5), (24), (33), (42) and (43)
. flanged bush (7)
. hinge pins (6), (23), (32) and (44)
. hinge shaft.

Subtask 27-64-43-916-050-D
C.

Application of Special Materials

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the eye-end (8) on the rounded
surface only.
NOTE :

Do not get Material 15-007 on the servo control spherical bearing.

Subtask 27-64-43-420-051-C
D.

Installation of the Spoiler 3

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
CAUTION :

SUPPORT THE SERVO CONTROL 7.5kg (16.5lb) AND THE SPOILER APPROXIMATELY 15kg
(33lb). THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO:
THE HYDRAULIC LINES
THE ELECTRICAL CABLES
THE STRUCTURE.

(1)

Install the sliding bushes (24), (33), (42) and (43) in the rear spar fittings.

(2)

Make sure the spoiler 3 is held on supports. Push the spoiler forward and outboard to engage it on the
hinge shaft.

(3)

Install the hinge pins (23), (32) and (44) through the rear spar fittings and the spoiler fittings.

(4)

Install the flanged bush (7) in the spoiler fitting.

(5)

Lift the spoiler actuator and hold it in the correct position so that the greaser on the eye-end (8) points
down.

(6)

Install the hinge pin (6) through the flanged bush (7) and the actuator eye-end (8).
NOTE :

The short side of the hinge pin (6) head must be adjacent to the projection on the spoiler
attachment-bracket.

Measure the dimension T. The dimension T must be maximum 0.7 mm (0.0276 in.).

AES

27-64-43 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
If it is more than 0.7 mm (0.0276 in.) refer to (Ref. SRM 57700002) for the available repair.
(7)

Install the sliding bush (5) on the hinge pin (6) and make sure that it engages correctly in the spoiler
fitting.

(8)

Install the items that follow:

(9)

(a)

Install the washer (4) and the nut (3) on the hinge pin (6).

(b)

TORQUE the nut (3) to between 5.2 and 6.5 M.DAN (38.35 and 47.94 LBF.FT).

(c)

Install the washers (25) and (54) and the nuts (26) and (53) on the hinge pin (23) and the hinge
shaft.

(d)

Install the washers (34) and (41) and the nuts (35) and (40) on the hinge pins (32) and (44).

(e)

TORQUE the nuts (26) and (53) to between 3.5 and 4.0 M.DAN (25.81 and 29.50 LBF.FT).

(f)

TORQUE the nuts (35) and (40) to between 5.5 and 6.0 M.DAN (40.56 and 44.25 LBF.FT).

(g)

Install the locking cap (2) on the nut (3).

(h)

Install the locking caps (27) and (52) on the nuts (26) and (53).

(i)

Install the locking caps (36) and (39) on the nuts (35) and (40).

Safety the items that follow:

. the locking cap (2) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-03) cotter pin (1)
. the locking cap (27) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-13) cotter pin (28)
. the locking cap (36) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-13) cotter pin (37)
. the locking cap (39) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-13) cotter pin (38)
. the locking cap (52) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-13) cotter pin (51) .

(10) Clean the interfaces of the bolt (29) and the spacer (20) with a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .
(11) Apply a thin layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018B) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019B) to the
interfaces of the bolt (29) and the spacer (20).
(12) Install the bolt (29) and the spacer (20).
(13) Install the locking plates (22), (31) and (45) and then attach them with the nuts (21), (30) and (46).
(14) TORQUE the nuts (21), (30) and (46) to between 0.25 and 0.30 M.DAN (22.12 and 26.55 LBF.IN).
(15) Attach the bonding straps (48) to each end of the spoiler with the bolts (47), the washers (50) and the
nuts (49) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
Subtask 27-64-43-916-051-D
E.

Application of Special Materials

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
(1)

AES

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the washers (4), (25), (34) and (41)
. the nuts (3), (26), (35) and (40)
. the locking caps (2), (27), (36) and (39)
. the cotter pins (1), (28), (37) and (38)
. the hinge pins (6), (23), (32) and (44).

27-64-43 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-43-860-051-B
F.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract the spoiler 3 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

On the servo-control, turn the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEYSPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002001) in the maintenance device to the operation position and
then remove it.

(3)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-64-43-820-051-B
G.

Clearance Checks
(1)

Make sure that the clearance X is between 0 mm (0.0000 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0197 in.). Adjust the
seals if it is necessary.

(2)

Make sure that the clearance Y is between 16.0 mm (0.6299 in.) and 20.0 mm (0.7874 in.).

(3)

Make sure that:

. when there is no step condition, the value of the clearance Z is between 1.63 mm (0.0642 in.) and
2.82 mm (0.1110 in.)
. when a step condition exists, the value of the clearance Z is between 0.7 mm (0.0276 in.) and 3.83
mm (0.1508 in.)
The spoiler and the trailing edge must make a continuous surface. The seal must touch the trailing edge
along its full length.

(4)

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(5)

Adjust the spoiler to give the dimension U between the spoiler and the flap (Ref. TASK
27-64-00-820-001-C).

Subtask 27-64-43-410-050-A
H.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A):

. for the left wing, install 575DB
. for the right wing, install 675DB.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-64-43-865-054-A
J.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

AES

27-64-43 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-43-710-050-A
K.

Operational Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the spoiler (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-43-942-051-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-64-43 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-43-000-002-A
Removal of the Link-Spoiler 3
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

584
684
575DB, 675DB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
SPOILER N 3
SPOILER N 3

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-60-00-866-002-A
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-43-991-00500-B - Link-Spoiler 3)

AES

27-64-43 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-43-941-055-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-64-43-860-053-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the spoiler 3 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

Make sure the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A).

(3)

Make sure the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

Subtask 27-64-43-865-055-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-64-43-010-053-A
D.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE below the applicable access panel:
. for the left wing 575DB
. for the right wing 675DB.

(2)

Remove the access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A):

. for the left wing remove 575DB
. for the right wing remove 675DB.

27-64-43 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-64-43-020-051-B
CAUTION :

A.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Removal of the Link-Spoiler 3

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-43-991-00500-B - Link-Spoiler 3)
(1)

Remove the nut (26) and the locking plate (27).

(2)

Remove the spacer (25) and the bolt (24).

(3)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (6) and (23) from the locking caps (5) and (22).

(4)

Remove the locking caps (5) and (22).

(5)

Remove the nuts (4) and (21) and the washers (3) and (20).

(6)

Remove the hinge pin (28) and the sliding bush (19).

(7)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (11) and (16) from the nuts (10) and (15).

(8)

Remove the nuts (10) and (15) and the washers (9) and (14).

(9)

Remove the bolts (7) and (12) and the bushes (8) and (13).

(10) Remove the bushes (1) and (17) and the links-spoiler 3 (2) and (18).

AES

27-64-43 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

(675DB)
575DB

REAR SPAR

Z584Z684

C
26

B
25

27
28

6
23
2
1

24

19

4
5
21

20
18

22

17

7
11

12
16
9
10
14
15

AES

FIGURE 27-64-43-991-00500-B SHEET 1

Link-Spoiler 3

13
N_MM_276443_4_LCA0_01_01

27-64-43 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-43-400-002-A
Installation of the Link-Spoiler 3
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 09-018B
Material No: 09-019B
Material No: 11-026

AES

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE

27-64-43 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 15-009
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

584
684
575DB, 675DB
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
SPOILER N 3
SPOILER N 3

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
23
6
11
16

DESIGNATION
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter

E.

IPC-CSN
27-64-05-13-090
27-64-05-13-170
57-73-21-01-190
57-73-21-01-190

pin
pin
pin
pin

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-080-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-60-00-866-002-A
27-64-00-200-001-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

Check of the Spoilers Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for Excessive Play and
Condition
Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

27-64-00-710-001-A

57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-43-991-00500-B - Link-Spoiler 3)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-43-941-056-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to operate the flight controls is in
position.

Subtask 27-64-43-860-054-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that spoiler 3 is extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

27-64-43 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

(4)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is below the applicable access
panel:
. for the left wing: 575DB
. for the right wing: 675DB.

(5)

Make sure that the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A) is removed:
. for the left wing: 575DB
. for the right wing: 675DB.

Subtask 27-64-43-865-056-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-64-43-420-053-B
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the:

. hinges on the rear spar,
. hinges on the spoiler,
. sliding bush (19),
. hinge pin (28).

Subtask 27-64-43-420-054-B
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
B.

Installation of the Link-Spoiler 3

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-43-991-00500-B - Link-Spoiler 3)
(1)

AES

Put the bushes (1) and (17) and the end of the links-spoiler 3 (2) and (18) in position on the spoiler
brackets.

27-64-43 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Install the bushes (8) and (13) and the bolts (7) and (12).

(3)

Install the washers (9) and (14) and the nuts (10) and (15).

(4)

TORQUE the nuts (10) and (15) to between 1.13 and 1.36 M.DAN (100.00 and 120.35 LBF.IN).

(5)

Safety the nuts (10) with the new (IPC-CSN 57-73-21-01) cotter pin (11) and (15) with the new (IPCCSN 57-73-21-01) cotter pin (16) .

(6)

Put the links-spoiler 3 (2) and (18) and the sliding bush (19) in position through the rear spar fittings
and the spoiler fittings.

(7)

Install the hinge pin (28) through the rear spar fittings.

(8)

Install the washers (3) and (20) and the nuts (4) and (21).

(9)

TORQUE the nuts (4) and (21) to between 3.5 and 4.0 M.DAN (25.81 and 29.50 LBF.FT).

(10) Install the locking caps (5) and (22) on the nuts (4) and (21).
(11) Safety the locking caps (5) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-13) cotter pin (6) and (22) with the new
(IPC-CSN 27-64-05-13) cotter pin (23) .
(12) Clean the interfaces of the bolt (24) and the spacer (25) with a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .
(13) Apply a thin layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018B) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019B) to the
interfaces of the bolt (24) and the spacer (25).
(14) Install the bolt (24).
(15) Install the spacer (25), the locking plate (27) and the nut (26).
(16) TORQUE the nut (26) to between 0.25 and 0.30 M.DAN (22.12 and 26.55 LBF.IN).
Subtask 27-64-43-220-067-A
C.

Check of the Spoilers Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for Excessive Play and Condition
(1)

Do a check of the spoilers servo controls and hinge bearings for excessive play and condition (Ref.
TASK 27-64-00-200-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-43-916-052-A
D.

Application of Special Materials

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

5.

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-009) to:

. the cotter pins (6) and (23),
. the locking caps (5) and (22),
. the nuts (4) and (21),
. the washers (3) and (20),
. the hinge pin (28),
. the nut (26),
. the bolt (24).

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-43-860-055-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

AES

Retract the spoiler 3 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

27-64-43 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-080-002-A).

Subtask 27-64-43-410-052-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A):

. for the left wing, install 575DB
. for the right wing, install 675DB.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-64-43-865-057-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-64-43-710-051-A
D.

Operational Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the spoiler (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-43-942-053-A
E.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-64-43 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPOILER 3 - INSPECTION/CHECK
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-43-200-001-A
Inspection/check of the Spoiler 3
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Because the free movement is more than that in TASK 27-64-00-200-001.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

DESIGNATION

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-64-43-000-001-A
27-64-43-400-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Spoiler 3
Installation of the Spoiler 3

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-43-991-00300-C - Spoiler 3)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-43-941-053-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-64-43-010-051-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

AES

Remove the spoiler 3 (Ref. TASK 27-64-43-000-001-A).

27-64-43 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-43-991-00300-C - Spoiler 3)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-64-43-220-051-A
A.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 3

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
7.8993

MAX
7.9248

MIN
07.880

OD 1

0.3110

0.3120

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.3102
0.0000

0.0382

0.0760

0.0000

0.0015

0.0030

7.9248

7.9375

07.956

ID 2

0.3120

0.3125

0.3132

Subtask 27-64-43-220-052-A
B.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 3

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
25.380

MAX
25.393

MIN
25.350

OD 2

0.9992

0.9997

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.9980
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

25.400

25.433

25.463

ID 1

1.0000

1.0013

1.0025

27-64-43 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-43-220-053-A
C.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 3

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 2

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-43-220-054-A
D.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 3

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 4

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-43-220-055-A
E.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 3

NOTE :

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

27-64-43 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 5

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-43-220-056-A
F.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 3

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.152

MAX
22.185

MIN
22.102

OD 5

0.8721

0.8734

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8702
0.0270

0.0730

0.1730

0.0011

0.0029

0.0068

22.212

22.225

22.275

ID 6

0.8745

0.8750

0.8770

Subtask 27-64-43-220-057-B
G.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 3

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
28.534

MAX
28.555

MIN
28.493

OD 2

1.1234

1.1242

MIN

MAX

MAX

1.1218

27-64-43 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)
MIN

MAX

MIN
0.0200

MAX
0.0620

0.0008

0.0024

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
0.1440
0.0057

28.575

28.596

28.637

ID 1

1.1250

1.1258

1.1274

Subtask 27-64-43-220-058-B
H.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 3

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
20.959

MAX
20.980

MIN
20.918

OD 3

0.8252

0.8260

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8235
0.0200

0.0620

0.1440

0.0008

0.0024

0.0057

21.000

21.021

21.062

ID 2

0.8268

0.8276

0.8292

Subtask 27-64-43-220-059-B
J.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 3

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.184

MAX
22.205

MIN
22.164

OD 3

0.8734

0.8742

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

22.213

22.225

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8726
0.0080

0.0410

0.0900

0.0003

0.0016

0.0035
22.254

27-64-43 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)
MIN
0.8745

ID 6

MAX
0.8750

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
0.8761

Subtask 27-64-43-220-065-A
K.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 3

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
28.534

MAX
28.555

MIN
28.493

OD 4

1.1234

1.1242

MIN

MAX

MAX

1.1218
0.0200

0.0620

0.1440

0.0008

0.0024

0.0057

28.575

28.596

28.637

ID 5

1.1250

1.1258

1.1274

Subtask 27-64-43-220-066-A
L.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 3

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.184

MAX
22.205

MIN
22.143

OD 3

0.8734

0.8742

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8718
0.0200

0.0620

0.1440

0.0008

0.0024

0.0057

22.225

22.246

22.287

ID 4

0.8750

0.8758

0.8774

27-64-43 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-43-220-060-A
M.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 3

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
7.8994

MAX
7.9248

MIN
07.880

OD 1

0.3110

0.3120

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.3102
0.0000

0.0381

0.0760

0.0000

0.0015

0.0030

7.9248

7.9375

07.956

ID 2

0.3120

0.3125

0.3132

Subtask 27-64-43-220-061-A
N.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 3

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
25.380

MAX
25.393

MIN
25.350

OD 2

0.9992

0.9997

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.9980
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

25.400

25.433

25.463

ID 1

1.0000

1.0013

1.0025

Subtask 27-64-43-220-062-A
P.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 3

NOTE :

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

27-64-43 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 2

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-43-220-063-A
Q.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 3

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 4

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-43-220-064-A
R.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 3

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.152

MAX
22.185

MIN
22.102

OD 4

0.8721

0.8734

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8702

27-64-43 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)
MIN

5.

MAX

MIN
0.0270

MAX
0.0730

0.0011

0.0029

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
0.1730
0.0068

22.212

22.225

22.275

ID 5

0.8745

0.8750

0.8770

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-43-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the spoiler 3 (Ref. TASK 27-64-43-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-43-942-052-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-64-43 PB601

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

OUTBOARD

SPOILER 3

A
B

Z584
(Z684)

1 2

21

3 4

2
1
1

4
5

E
D

1 2

4 5

2
1

N_MM_276443_6_ACN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-43-991-00300-C SHEET 1

Spoiler 3

27-64-43 PB601

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPOILER 4 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-44-000-001-A
Removal of the Spoiler 4
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575EB, 675EB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
27-60-00-866-002-A
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
27-64-43-000-001-A
Removal of the Spoiler 3
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-44-991-00100-E - Spoiler 4 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-44-991-00200-C - Spoiler 4 - Hinge Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-44-991-00100-E - Spoiler 4 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)

AES

27-64-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-44-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-64-44-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the spoiler 4 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

Make sure the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

Subtask 27-64-44-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-64-44-010-052-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE below the applicable access panels:
. for the left wing 575EB
. for the right wing 675EB.

(2)

Remove the access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A):

. for the left wing remove 575EB
. for the right wing remove 675EB.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-44-991-00100-E - Spoiler 4 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-44-991-00200-C - Spoiler 4 - Hinge Detail)
CAUTION :

AES

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

27-64-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-44-020-050-D
A.

Removal of the Spoiler 4

(1)

Remove the nuts (46), the washers (47) and the bolts (44) to disconnect the bonding straps (45) from
each end of the spoiler 4.

(2)

Remove the nuts (27), (43) and (56) and the locking plates (28), (42) and (55).

(3)

Remove the spacer (57) and the bolt (48).

(4)

Remove the items that follow:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (1) from the locking cap (2).

(b)

Remove the locking cap (2), the nut (3) and the washer (4). Do not remove the hinge pin (6).

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (26) and (49) from the locking caps (25) and (50).

(d)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (34) and (35) from the locking caps (33) and (36).

(e)

Remove the locking caps (25), (50), (33) and (36).

(f)

Remove the nuts (24), (51), (32) and (37).

(g)

Remove the washers (23), (52), (31) and (38).

(5)

Do not remove the hinge pins (29), (41) and (54).

(6)

Prepare the spoiler 4 for removal:

CAUTION :

(a)

SUPPORT THE SERVO CONTROL 7.5kg (16.5lb) AND THE SPOILER APPROXIMATELY
15kg (33lb). THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO:
THE HYDRAULIC LINES
THE ELECTRICAL CABLES
THE STRUCTURE.

Put the spoiler 4 and the actuator on supports. Remove the hinge pin (6) from the actuator eyeend (8) and carefully lower the actuator.

(7)

Remove the sliding bush (5) and the flanged bush (7).

(8)

Leave the supports in position below the spoiler and remove the hinge pins (29), (41) and (54). Collect
the sliding bushes (30), (39), (40) and (53).

(9)

Pull the spoiler rearwards and outboard to disengage it from the shaft (21) and then remove it from the
aircraft. Collect the spacer (20).

(10) If it is necessary to remove the shaft (21):

. remove the spoiler 3 (Ref. TASK 27-64-43-000-001-A)
. remove the shaft (21) from the hinge fitting (22).

AES

27-64-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
REAR SPAR
(675EB)
575EB

A
A
B

Z585Z685

A
C

SECTION

AA
A

CLEARANCE X

SPOILER

SPOILER

1
SEAL

SEAL

PROJECTION ON SPOILER
ATTACHMENT BRACKET
DIMENSION T

C
5

4
3
6

CLEARANCE Y
SPOILER

7
8

GREASER
LOCKNUT
PISTON ROD

MAINTENANCE
DEVICE

ACTUATOR

N_MM_276444_4_AGN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-44-991-00100-E SHEET 1

Spoiler 4 - Actuator Detail and Clearances

27-64-44 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
REAR SPAR
(675EB)
575EB

E
C

A
F
D

Z585Z685

48

B
49

57

21

50
51

56

52
44

E
55

20

53

47
26

54 46

25
45

D
23

35

22

24

C
36

27

37
38
39
43

28
40

AA

41

42

ACTUATOR

CLEARANCE Z

SECTION

34

29

33

SPOILER
NO.4
32

31

30

DIMENSION U

OUTBOARD FLAP
N_MM_276444_4_AJN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-44-991-00200-C SHEET 1

Spoiler 4 - Hinge Detail

27-64-44 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-44-400-001-A
Installation of the Spoiler 4
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
1
SAFETY BARRIER(S)

DESIGNATION

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27603002000
98D27603002001
B.

KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE
KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 09-018B
Material No: 09-019B

AES

2
2

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT

27-64-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
575EB, 675EB
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
1
49
26
34
35

DESIGNATION
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter

E.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

IPC-CSN
27-64-05-04-020
27-64-05-14-100
27-64-05-14-180
27-64-05-14-300
27-64-05-14-300

pin
pin
pin
pin
pin

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-60-00-866-002-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

27-64-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

27-64-00-820-001-C

Adjustment of the Spoilers

27-64-43-400-001-A
29-10-00-863-002-A

Installation of the Spoiler 3

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
SRM 57700002
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-44-991-00100-E - Spoiler 4 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-44-991-00200-C - Spoiler 4 - Hinge Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-44-991-00100-E - Spoiler 4 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
Subtask 27-64-44-941-055-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

27-64-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-44-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap and slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(2)

Make sure that the spoiler 4 is extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(3)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

Subtask 27-64-44-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-44-991-00100-E - Spoiler 4 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-44-991-00200-C - Spoiler 4 - Hinge Detail)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-64-44-560-050-A
A.

Preparation of a Replacement Component

(1)

Put the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

(98D27603002001) into the maintenance device of the applicable spoiler servo-control and turn it to the
maintenance position.

Subtask 27-64-44-420-051-D
B.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.

AES

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No:
19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

27-64-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

If the shaft (21) is removed:

. install the shaft (21) in the hinge fitting (22)
. attach the spoiler 3 (Ref. TASK 27-64-43-400-001-A).

(5)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the:

. hinges on the rear spar
. hinges on the spoiler
. sliding bushes (5), (30), (39), (40) and (53)
. flanged bush (7)
. hinge pins (6), (29), (41) and (54)
. shaft (21).

Subtask 27-64-44-916-050-D
C.

Application of Special Materials

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the eye-end (8) on the rounded
surface only.
NOTE :

Do not get Material 15-007 on the servo control spherical bearing.

Subtask 27-64-44-420-050-D
D.

Installation of the Spoiler 4

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
CAUTION :

(1)

Install the spacer (20) on the shaft (21).

(2)

Install the sliding bushes (30), (39), (40) and (53).

(3)

Make sure the spoiler 4 is held on supports. Push the spoiler inboard and forward to engage it on the
shaft (21).

(4)

Install the hinge pins (29), (41) and (54) through the rear spar fittings and the spoiler fittings.

(5)

Install the flanged bush (7) in the spoiler fitting.

(6)

Lift the spoiler actuator and support it in the correct position so that the greaser on the actuator eyeend (8) points down.

(7)

Install the hinge pin (6) through the flanged bush (7) and the actuator eye-end (8).
NOTE :

AES

SUPPORT THE SERVO CONTROL 7.5kg (16.5lb) AND THE SPOILER APPROXIMATELY 15kg
(33lb). THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO:
THE HYDRAULIC LINES
THE ELECTRICAL CABLES
THE STRUCTURE.

The short side of the hinge pin (6) head must be adjacent to the projection on the spoiler
attachment-bracket.

27-64-44 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8)

Measure the dimension T. The dimension must be maximum 0.7 mm (0.0276 in.).
If it is more than 0.7 mm (0.0276 in.) refer to (Ref. SRM 57700002) for the available repair.

(9)

Install the sliding bush (5) on the hinge pin (6) and make sure that it engages correctly in the spoiler
fitting.

(10) Install the items that follow:

(a)

Install the washer (4) and the nut (3) on the hinge pin (6).

(b)

TORQUE the nut (3) to between 5.2 and 6.5 M.DAN (38.35 and 47.94 LBF.FT).

(c)

Install the washers (23) and (52) and the nuts (24) and (51) on the shaft (21) and the hinge pin
(54).

(d)

Install the washers (31) and (38) and the nuts (32) and (37) on the hinge pins (29) and (41).

(e)

TORQUE the nuts (24) and (51) to between 3.5 and 4.0 M.DAN (25.81 and 29.50 LBF.FT).

(f)

TORQUE the nuts (32) and (37) to between 5.5 and 6.0 M.DAN (40.56 and 44.25 LBF.FT).

(g)

Install the locking cap (2) on the nut (3).

(h)

Install the locking caps (25) and (50) on the nuts (24) and (51).

(i)

Install the locking caps (33) and (36) on the nuts (32) and (37).

(11) Safety the items that follow:

. the locking cap (2) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-04) cotter pin (1)
. the locking cap (25) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-14) cotter pin (26)
. the locking cap (33) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-14) cotter pin (34)
. the locking cap (36) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-14) cotter pin (35)
. the locking cap (50) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-14) cotter pin (49) .
(12) Clean the interfaces of the bolt (48) and the spacer (57) with a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .
(13) Apply a thin layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018B) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019B) to the
interfaces of the bolt (48) and the spacer (57).
(14) Install the bolt (48) and the spacer (57).
(15) Install the locking plates (28), (42) and (55) and attach them with the nuts (27), (43) and (56).
(16) TORQUE the nuts (27), (43) and (56) to between 0.25 and 0.30 M.DAN (22.12 and 26.55 LBF.IN).
(17) Attach the bonding straps (45) to each end of the spoiler with the bolts (44), the washers (47) and the
nuts (46) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
Subtask 27-64-44-916-051-D
E.

Application of Special Materials

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
(1)

AES

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the cotter pins (1), (26), (34), (35) and (49)
. the locking caps (2), (25), (33), (36) and (50)
. the nuts (3), (24), (32), (37) and (51)
. the washers (4), (23), (31), (38) and (52)
. the hinge pins (6), (29), (41) and (54)
. the flange of the shaft (21)

27-64-44 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.

the nuts (27), (43) and (56)

the bolt (48).

Subtask 27-64-44-860-051-B
F.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract spoiler 4 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

On the servo-control, turn the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEYSPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002001) on the maintenance device to the operation position and
then remove it.

(3)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the flap
and slat control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-64-44-865-052-A
G.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-64-44-820-051-A
H.

Clearance Checks
(1)

Make sure that the clearance X is between 16 mm (0.6299 in.) and 20 mm (0.7874 in.).

(2)

Make sure that the clearance Y is between 0 mm (0.0000 in.) and 0.50 mm (0.0197 in.). Adjust the
seals if it is necessary.

(3)

Make sure that:

. when there is no step condition, the value of the clearance Z is between 1.63 mm (0.0642 in.) and
2.82 mm (0.1110 in.)
. when a step condition exists, the value of the clearance Z is between 0.7 mm (0.0276 in.) and 3.83
mm (0.1508 in.).
The spoiler and the structure must make a continuous surface. The seal must touch the trailing edge
structure along its full length.

(4)

Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002-A).

(5)

Adjust the spoiler to give the dimension U between the spoiler and the flap (Ref. TASK
27-64-00-820-001-C).

Subtask 27-64-44-410-050-A
J.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A):

. for the left wing, install 575EB
. for the right wing, install 675EB.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-64-44 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-44-865-053-A
K.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-64-44-710-050-A
L.

Operational Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the spoiler (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-44-942-051-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-64-44 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-44-000-002-A
Removal of the Link-Spoiler 4
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
575EB, 675EB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
27-60-00-866-002-A
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-44-991-00400-B - Link-Spoiler 4)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-44-941-057-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

27-64-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-44-860-053-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the spoiler 4 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

Make sure the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

Subtask 27-64-44-865-055-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-64-44-010-053-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE below the applicable access panels:
. for the left wing 575EB
. for the right wing 675EB.

(2)

Remove the access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A):

. for the left wing remove 575EB
. for the right wing remove 675EB.

Procedure
Subtask 27-64-44-020-051-B
CAUTION :

A.

AES

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Removal of the Link-Spoiler 4

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-44-991-00400-B - Link-Spoiler 4)
(1)

Remove the nut (22) and the locking plate (21).

(2)

Remove the spacer (23) and the bolt (24).

(3)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (11) and (25) from the locking caps (10) and (26).

(4)

Remove the locking caps (10) and (26).

27-64-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Remove the nuts (9) and (27) and the washers (8) and (28).

(6)

Remove the hinge pin (20) and the sliding bush (29).

(7)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (5) and (13) from the nuts (4) and (14).

(8)

Remove the nuts (4) and (14) and the washers (3) and (15).

(9)

Remove the bolts (1) and (17) and the bushes (2) and (16).

(10) Remove the bushes (6) and (18) and the links-spoiler 4 (7) and (19).
(11) Collect the spacer (12).

AES

27-64-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
REAR SPAR
(675EB)
575EB

C
Z585Z685

A
24

25

26
27
28
29

23

12

11

20
22

10
21

8
19

9
6
18

13

1
5

14
15

4
3
16
17

N_MM_276444_4_LCA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-44-991-00400-B SHEET 1

Link-Spoiler 4

27-64-44 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-44-400-002-A
Installation of the Link-Spoiler 4
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 09-018B
Material No: 09-019B
Material No: 11-026

AES

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE

27-64-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 15-009
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
575EB, 675EB
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
25
11
13
5

DESIGNATION
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter

E.

IPC-CSN
27-64-05-14-100
27-64-05-14-180
57-74-21-01-180
57-74-21-01-180

pin
pin
pin
pin

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-60-00-866-002-A
27-64-00-200-001-A
27-64-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
Check of the Spoilers Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for Excessive Play and
Condition
Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-44-991-00400-B - Link-Spoiler 4)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-44-941-058-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

Subtask 27-64-44-860-054-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap and slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(2)

Make sure that the spoiler 4 is extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(3)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

(4)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is below the applicable access
panel:
. for the left wing: 575EB

27-64-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
(5)

for the right wing: 675EB.

Make sure that the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A) is removed:
. for the left wing: 575EB
. for the right wing: 675EB.

Subtask 27-64-44-865-056-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-64-44-420-052-B
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the:

. hinges on the rear spar,
. hinges on the spoiler,
. sliding bush (29),
. hinge pin (20).

Subtask 27-64-44-420-053-B
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
B.

AES

Installation of the Link-Spoiler 4

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-44-991-00400-B - Link-Spoiler 4)
(1)

Put the bushes (6) and (18) and the end of the links-spoiler 4 (7) and (19) in position on the spoiler
brackets.

(2)

Install the bushes (2) and (16) and the bolts (1) and (17).

(3)

Install the washers (3) and (15) and the nuts (4) and (14).

(4)

TORQUE the nuts (4) and (14) to between 1.13 and 1.36 M.DAN (100.00 and 120.35 LBF.IN).

27-64-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Safety the nuts (4) with the new (IPC-CSN 57-74-21-01) cotter pin (5) and (14) with the new (IPCCSN 57-74-21-01) cotter pin (13) .

(6)

Install the spacer (12).

(7)

Put the links-spoiler 4 (7) and (19) and the sliding bush (29) in position through the rear spar fittings
and the spoiler fittings.

(8)

Install the hinge pin (20) through the rear spar fitting.

(9)

Install the washers (8) and (28) and the nuts (9) and (27).

(10) TORQUE the nuts (9) and (27) to between 3.5 and 4.0 M.DAN (25.81 and 29.50 LBF.FT).
(11) Install the locking caps (10) and (26) on the nuts (9) and (27).
(12) Safety the locking cap (10) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-14) cotter pin (11) and (26) with the new
(IPC-CSN 27-64-05-14) cotter pin (25) .
(13) Clean the interfaces of the bolt (24) and the spacer (23) with a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .
(14) Apply a thin layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018B) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019B) to the
interfaces of the bolt (24) and the spacer (23).
(15) Install the bolt (24).
(16) Install the spacer (23), the locking plate (21) and the nut (22).
(17) TORQUE the nut (22) to between 0.25 and 0.30 M.DAN (22.12 and 26.55 LBF.IN).
Subtask 27-64-44-220-067-A
C.

Check of the Spoilers Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for Excessive Play and Condition
(1)

Do a check of the spoilers servo controls and hinge bearings for excessive play and condition (Ref.
TASK 27-64-00-200-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-44-916-052-A
D.

Application of Special Materials

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

5.

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-009) to:

. the cotter pins (11) and (25),
. the locking caps (10) and (26),
. the nuts (9) and (27),
. the washers (8) and (28),
. the hinge pin (20),
. the nut (22),
. the bolt (24).

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-44-860-055-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract spoiler 4 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the flap
and slat control lever on panel 114VU.

27-64-44 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-44-410-052-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A):

. for the left wing, install 575EB
. for the right wing, install 675EB.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-64-44-865-057-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-64-44-710-051-A
D.

Operational Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the spoiler (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-44-942-053-A
E.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-64-44 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPOILER 4 - INSPECTION/CHECK
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-44-200-001-A
Inspection/Check of the Spoiler 4
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Because the free movement is more than that in TASK 27-64-00-200-001.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

DESIGNATION

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-64-44-000-001-A
27-64-44-400-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Spoiler 4
Installation of the Spoiler 4

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-44-991-00300-C - Spoiler 4)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-44-941-056-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-64-44-010-051-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

AES

Remove the spoiler 4 (Ref. TASK 27-64-44-000-001-A).

27-64-44 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-44-991-00300-C - Spoiler 4)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-64-44-220-051-A
A.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 4

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
7.8993

MAX
7.9248

MIN
07.880

OD 1

0.3110

0.3120

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.3102
0.0000

0.0382

0.0760

0.0000

0.0015

0.0030

7.9248

7.9375

07.956

ID 2

0.3120

0.3125

0.3132

Subtask 27-64-44-220-052-A
B.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 4

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
25.380

MAX
25.393

MIN
25.350

OD 2

0.9992

0.9997

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.9980
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

25.400

25.433

25.463

ID 1

1.0000

1.0013

1.0025

27-64-44 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-44-220-053-A
C.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 4

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 2

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-44-220-054-A
D.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 4

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 4

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-44-220-055-A
E.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 4

NOTE :

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

27-64-44 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 5

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-44-220-056-A
F.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 4

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.152

MAX
22.185

MIN
22.102

OD 5

0.8721

0.8734

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8702
0.0270

0.0730

0.1730

0.0011

0.0029

0.0068

22.212

22.225

22.275

ID 6

0.8745

0.8750

0.8770

Subtask 27-64-44-220-057-B
G.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 4

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
28.534

MAX
28.555

MIN
28.493

OD 2

1.1234

1.1242

MIN

MAX

MAX

1.1218

27-64-44 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)
MIN

MAX

MIN
0.0200

MAX
0.0620

0.0008

0.0024

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
0.1440
0.0057

28.575

28.596

28.637

ID 1

1.1250

1.1258

1.1274

Subtask 27-64-44-220-058-B
H.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 4

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
20.959

MAX
20.980

MIN
20.918

OD 3

0.8252

0.8260

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8235
0.0200

0.0620

0.1440

0.0008

0.0024

0.0057

21.000

21.021

21.062

ID 2

0.8268

0.8276

0.8292

Subtask 27-64-44-220-059-B
J.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 4

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.184

MAX
22.205

MIN
22.164

OD 3

0.8734

0.8742

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

22.213

22.225

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8726
0.0080

0.0410

0.0900

0.0003

0.0016

0.0035
22.254

27-64-44 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)
MIN
0.8745

ID 6

MAX
0.8750

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
0.8761

Subtask 27-64-44-220-065-A
K.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 4

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
28.534

MAX
28.555

MIN
28.493

OD 4

1.1234

1.1242

MIN

MAX

MAX

1.1218
0.0200

0.0620

0.1440

0.0008

0.0024

0.0057

28.575

28.596

28.637

ID 5

1.1250

1.1258

1.1274

Subtask 27-64-44-220-066-A
L.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 4

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.184

MAX
22.205

MIN
22.143

OD 3

0.8734

0.8742

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8718
0.0200

0.0620

0.1440

0.0008

0.0024

0.0057

22.225

22.246

22.287

ID 4

0.8750

0.8758

0.8774

27-64-44 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-44-220-060-A
M.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 4

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
25.380

MAX
25.393

MIN
25.350

OD 2

0.9992

0.9997

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.9980
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

25.400

25.433

25.463

ID 1

1.0000

1.0013

1.0025

Subtask 27-64-44-220-061-A
N.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 4

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 2

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-44-220-062-A
P.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 4

NOTE :

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

27-64-44 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 4

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-44-220-063-A
Q.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 4

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.152

MAX
22.185

MIN
22.102

OD 4

0.8721

0.8734

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8702
0.0270

0.0730

0.1730

0.0011

0.0029

0.0068

22.212

22.225

22.275

ID 5

0.8745

0.8750

0.8770

Subtask 27-64-44-220-064-A
R.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 4

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
7.8993

MAX
7.9248

MIN
07.880

OD 1

0.3110

0.3120

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.3102

27-64-44 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)
MIN

5.

MAX

MIN
0.0000

MAX
0.0382

0.0000

0.0015

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
0.0760
0.0030

7.9248

7.9375

07.956

ID 2

0.3120

0.3125

0.3132

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-44-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the spoiler 4 (Ref. TASK 27-64-44-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-44-942-052-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-64-44 PB601

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
OUTBOARD

SPOILER 4

Z585
(Z685)

1 2

E
21

C
2

3 4

1
4
5

4
1 2

4 5

6
N_MM_276444_6_ACN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-44-991-00300-C SHEET 1

Spoiler 4

27-64-44 PB601

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPOILER 5 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-45-000-001-A
Removal of the Spoiler 5
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575GB, 675GB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
27-60-00-866-002-A
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-45-991-00100-E - Spoiler 5 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-45-991-00200-C - Spoiler 5 - Hinge Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-45-991-00100-E - Spoiler 5 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)

AES

27-64-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-45-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-64-45-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the spoiler 5 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

Make sure the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

Subtask 27-64-45-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-64-45-010-052-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE below the applicable access panels:
. for the left wing 575GB
. for the right wing 675GB.

(2)

Remove the access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A):

. for the left wing, remove 575GB
. for the right wing, remove 675GB.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-45-991-00100-E - Spoiler 5 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-45-991-00200-C - Spoiler 5 - Hinge Detail)
CAUTION :

AES

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

27-64-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-45-020-050-D
A.

Removal of the Spoiler 5

(1)

Remove the nuts (49), the washers (50) and the bolts (47) to disconnect the bonding straps (48) from
each end of the spoiler 5.

(2)

Remove the nuts (21), (30) and (46) and the locking plates (22), (31) and (45).

(3)

Remove the spacer (20) and the bolt (29).

(4)

Remove the items that follow:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (1) from the locking cap (2).

(b)

Remove the locking cap (2), the nut (3) and the washer (4). Do not remove the hinge pin (6).

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (28) and (51) from the locking caps (27) and (52).

(d)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (37) and (38) from the locking caps (36) and (39).

(e)

Remove the locking caps (27), (52), (36) and (39).

(f)

Remove the nuts (26), (53), (35) and (40).

(g)

Remove the washers (25), (54), (34) and (41).

(5)

Do not remove the hinge pins (23), (32), (44) and (55).

(6)

Prepare the spoiler 5 for removal:

CAUTION :

(a)

AES

SUPPORT THE SERVO CONTROL 7.5kg (16.5lb) AND THE SPOILER APPROXIMATELY
15kg (33lb). THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO:
THE HYDRAULIC LINES
THE ELECTRICAL CABLES
THE STRUCTURE.

Put the spoiler 5 and the actuator on supports. Remove the hinge pin (6) from the actuator eyeend (8). Carefully lower the spoiler and remove the sliding bush (5) and the flanged bush (7).

(7)

Continue to hold the spoiler, remove the hinge pins (23), (32), (44) and (55) and collect the sliding
bushes (24), (33), (42) and (43).

(8)

Remove the spoiler from the wing.

27-64-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

REAR SPAR

(675GB)
575GB

E
C

Z586Z686

F
C

SECTION

BB
CLEARANCE V
SPOILER

SPOILER

PROJECTION ON SPOILER
ATTACHMENT BRACKET

A
G

DIMENSION T

2
SEAL

SEAL

CLEARANCE W

SECTION

AA
6

CLEARANCE Y
CLEARANCE X

7
SEAL

SPOILER

GREASER
LOCKNUT
PISTON ROD
SPOILER

MAINTENANCE
DEVICE

ACTUATOR

N_MM_276445_4_AGN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-45-991-00100-E SHEET 1

Spoiler 5 - Actuator Detail and Clearances

27-64-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

21

30

20

22

31

23

29

32
37

28
33
34

24
25

35

36

38

26
27
51

39
52

40

53

41
42

54

47

43

55
44

50

46
45

49

SECTION
CLEARANCE Z

ACTUATOR

SPOILER
NO.5

CC
48

DIMENSION U

INBOARD
FLAP
N_MM_276445_4_AJN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-45-991-00200-C SHEET 1

Spoiler 5 - Hinge Detail

27-64-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-45-400-001-A
Installation of the Spoiler 5
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
1
SAFETY BARRIER(S)

DESIGNATION

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27603002000
98D27603002001
B.

KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE
KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 09-018B
Material No: 09-019B

AES

2
2

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT

27-64-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575GB, 675GB
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
1
28
37
38
51

DESIGNATION
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter

E.

IPC-CSN
27-64-05-05-020
27-64-05-15-090
27-64-05-15-210
27-64-05-15-210
27-64-05-15-290

pin
pin
pin
pin
pin

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-60-00-866-002-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

27-64-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

27-64-00-820-001-C

Adjustment of the Spoilers

29-10-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
SRM 57700002
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-45-991-00100-E - Spoiler 5 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-45-991-00200-C - Spoiler 5 - Hinge Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-45-991-00100-E - Spoiler 5 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
Subtask 27-64-45-941-054-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
system.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

27-64-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-45-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
attached to the flap and slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(2)

Make sure that the spoiler 5 is extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(3)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

Subtask 27-64-45-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-45-991-00100-E - Spoiler 5 - Actuator Detail and Clearances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-45-991-00200-C - Spoiler 5 - Hinge Detail)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-64-45-560-050-A
A.

Preparation of a Replacement Component

(1)

Put the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

(98D27603002001) into the maintenance device of the applicable spoiler servo-control and turn it to the
maintenance position.

Subtask 27-64-45-420-051-D
B.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.

AES

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

27-64-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the:

. hinges on the rear spar
. hinges on the spoiler
. sliding bushes (5), (24), (33), (42) and (43)
. flanged bush (7)
. hinge pins (6), (23), (32), (44) and (55).

Subtask 27-64-45-916-050-C
C.

Application of Special Materials

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the eye-end (8) on the rounded
surface only.
NOTE :

Do not get Material 15-007 on the servo control spherical bearing.

Subtask 27-64-45-420-050-D
D.

Installation of the Spoiler 5

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
CAUTION :

SUPPORT THE SERVO CONTROL 7.5kg (16.5lb) AND THE SPOILER APPROXIMATELY 15kg
(33lb). THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO:
THE HYDRAULIC LINES
THE ELECTRICAL CABLES
THE STRUCTURE.

(1)

Install the sliding bushes (24), (33), (42) and (43).

(2)

Make sure there are supports below the spoiler 5 to hold it in the correct position.

(3)

Install the hinge pins (23), (32), (44) and (55) through the rear spar fittings and the spoiler fittings.

(4)

Install the flanged bush (7) in the spoiler fitting.

(5)

Lift the spoiler actuator and hold it in the correct position so that the greaser on the eye-end (8) points
down.

(6)

Install the hinge pin (6) through the flanged bush (7) and the actuator eye-end (8).
NOTE :

AES

The short side of the hinge pin (6) head must be adjacent to the projection on the spoiler
attachment-bracket.

(7)

Measure the dimension T. The dimension must be maximum 0.7 mm (0.0276 in.).
If it is more than 0.7 mm (0.0276 in.) refer to (Ref. SRM 57700002) for the available repair.

(8)

Install the sliding bush (5) on the hinge pin (6) and make sure that it engages correctly in the spoiler
fitting.

(9)

Install the items that follow:

(a)

Install the washer (4) and the nut (3) on the hinge pin (6).

(b)

TORQUE the nut (3) to between 5.2 and 6.5 M.DAN (38.35 and 47.94 LBF.FT).

27-64-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

Install the washers (25) and (54) and the nuts (26) and (53) on the hinge pins (23) and (55).

(d)

Install the washers (34) and (41) and the nuts (35) and (40) on the hinge pins (32) and (44).

(e)

TORQUE the nuts (26) and (53) to between 3.5 and 4.0 M.DAN (25.81 and 29.50 LBF.FT).

(f)

TORQUE the nuts (35) and (40) to between 5.5 and 6.0 M.DAN (40.56 and 44.25 LBF.FT).

(g)

Install the locking cap (2) on the nut (3).

(h)

Install the locking caps (27) and (52) on the nuts (26) and (53).

(i)

Install the locking caps (36) and (39) on the nuts (35) and (40).

(10) Safety the items that follow:

. the locking cap (2) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-05) cotter pin (1)
. the locking cap (27) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-15) cotter pin (28)
. the locking cap (36) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-15) cotter pin (37)
. the locking cap (39) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-15) cotter pin (38)
. the locking cap (52) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-15) cotter pin (51) .
(11) Clean the parts:
(a)

Clean the interfaces of the bolt (29) and the spacer (20) with a clean LINT-FREE COTTON
CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(12) Apply a thin layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018B) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019B) to the
interfaces of the bolt (29) and the spacer (20).
(13) Install the bolt (29) and the spacer (20).
(14) Install the locking plates (22), (31) and (45) and attach them with the nuts (21), (30) and (46).
(15) TORQUE the nuts (21), (30), and (46) to between 0.25 and 0.30 M.DAN (22.12 and 26.55 LBF.IN).
(16) Attach the bonding strips (48) to each end of the spoiler with the bolts (47), the washers (50) and the
nuts (49) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
Subtask 27-64-45-916-051-E
E.

Application of Special Materials

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
(1)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the cotter pins (1), (28), (37), (38) and (51)
. the locking caps (2), (27), (36), (39) and (52)
. the nuts (3), (26), (35), (40) and (53)
. the washers (4), (25), (34), (41) and (54)
. the hinge pins (6), (23), (32), (44) and (55)
. the nuts (21), (30) and (46)
. the bolt (29).

Subtask 27-64-45-860-052-B
F.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract the spoiler 5 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

On the servo-control, turn the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEYSPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002001) on the maintenance device to the operation position and
then remove it.

27-64-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the flap
and slat control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-64-45-865-053-A
G.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU
121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-64-45-820-051-B
H.

Clearance Checks
(1)

Make sure that the clearances W and Y are between 0 mm (0.0000 in.) and 0.50 mm (0.0197 in.).
Adjust the seals if it is necessary.

(2)

Make sure that the clearance V is between 16 mm (0.6299 in.) and 20 mm (0.7874 in.).

(3)

Make sure that the clearance X is between 5 mm (0.1969 in.) and 8 mm (0.3150 in.).

(4)

Make sure that:

. when there is no step condition, the value of the clearance Z is between 1.63 mm (0.0642 in.) and
2.82 mm (0.1110 in.)
. when a step condition exists, the value of the clearance Z is between 0.7 mm (0.0276 in.) and 3.83
mm (0.1508 in.).
The spoiler and the structure must make a continuous surface. The seal must touch the trailing edge
structure along its full length.

(5)

Pressurize the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A).

(6)

Adjust the spoiler to give the dimension U between the spoiler and the flap (Ref. TASK
27-64-00-820-001-C).

Subtask 27-64-45-410-050-A
J.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A):

. for the left wing, install 575GB
. for the right wing, install 675GB.

(3)

To remove the safety collar

CAUTION :

(a)
(4)

AES

SUPPORT THE SERVO CONTROL 7.5kg (16.5lb) AND THE SPOILER APPROXIMATELY
15kg (33lb). THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO:
THE HYDRAULIC LINES
THE ELECTRICAL CABLES
THE STRUCTURE.

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000).

Remove the access platform(s).

27-64-45 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-45-865-054-A
K.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-64-45-710-050-A
L.

Operational Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the spoiler (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-45-942-051-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-64-45 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-45-000-002-A
Removal of the Link-Spoiler 5
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575GB, 675GB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
27-60-00-866-002-A
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-45-991-00400-B - Link-Spoiler 5)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-45-941-056-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

27-64-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-45-860-053-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the spoiler 5 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

Make sure the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

Subtask 27-64-45-865-055-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-64-45-010-053-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE below the applicable access panels:
. for the left wing 575GB
. for the right wing 675GB.

(2)

Remove the access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A):

. for the left wing, remove 575GB
. for the right wing, remove 675GB.

Procedure
Subtask 27-64-45-020-051-B
CAUTION :

A.

AES

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Removal of the Link-Spoiler 5

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-45-991-00400-B - Link-Spoiler 5)
(1)

Remove the nut (27) and the locking plate (28).

(2)

Remove the spacer (26) and the bolt (25).

(3)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (5) and (24) from the locking caps (4) and (23).

27-64-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Remove the locking caps (4) and (23).

(5)

Remove the nuts (3) and (22) and the washers (2) and (21).

(6)

Remove the hinge pins (1) and (29) and the sliding bush (20).

(7)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (8) and (17) from the nuts (9) and (16).

(8)

Remove the nuts (9) and (16) and the washers (10) and (15).

(9)

Remove the bolts (12) and (13) and the bushes (11) and (14).

(10) Remove the bushes (7) and (18) and the links-spoiler 5 (6) and (19).

AES

27-64-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
REAR SPAR

A
(675GB)
575GB

B
Z586Z686

A
C

27
26
4

2
28
25

29

24

20
21

7
1

22
23

19
8

13
18

9
10

11
17

12
14

16
15

N_MM_276445_4_LCA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-45-991-00400-B SHEET 1

Link-Spoiler 5

27-64-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-45-400-002-A
Installation of the Link-Spoiler 5
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 09-018B
Material No: 09-019B
Material No: 11-026

AES

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE

27-64-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 15-009
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

575GB, 675GB
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
24
5
17
8

DESIGNATION
cotter
cotter
cotter
cotter

E.

IPC-CSN
27-64-05-15-090
27-64-05-15-290
57-75-21-01-290
57-75-21-01-290

pin
pin
pin
pin

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-60-00-866-002-A
27-64-00-200-001-A
27-64-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
Check of the Spoilers Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for Excessive Play and
Condition
Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-45-991-00400-B - Link-Spoiler 5)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-45-941-057-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
system.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

Subtask 27-64-45-860-054-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
attached to the flap and slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(2)

Make sure that the spoiler 5 is extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(3)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

(4)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is below the applicable access
panel:
. for the left wing: 575GB

27-64-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
(5)

for the right wing: 675GB.

Make sure that the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A) is removed:
. for the left wing: 575GB
. for the right wing: 675GB.

Subtask 27-64-45-865-056-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-64-45-420-052-B
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the:

. hinges on the rear spar,
. hinges on the spoiler,
. sliding bush (20),
. hinge pins (1) and (29).

Subtask 27-64-45-420-053-B
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
B.

AES

Installation of the Link-Spoiler 5

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-45-991-00400-B - Link-Spoiler 5)
(1)

Put the bushes (7) and (18) and the end of the links-spoiler 5 (6) and (19) in position on the spoiler
brackets.

(2)

Install the bushes (11) and (14) and the bolts (12) and (13).

(3)

Install the washers (10) and (15) and the nuts (9) and (16).

(4)

TORQUE the nuts (9) and (16) to between 1.13 and 1.36 M.DAN (100.00 and 120.35 LBF.IN).

27-64-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Safety the nuts (9) with the new (IPC-CSN 57-75-21-01) cotter pin (8) and (16) with the new (IPCCSN 57-75-21-01) cotter pin (17) .

(6)

Put the links-spoiler 5 (6) and (19) and the sliding bush (20) in position. through the rear spar fittings
and the spoiler fittings.

(7)

Install the hinge pins (1) and (29) through the rear spar fittings.

(8)

Install the washers (2) and (21) and the nuts (3) and (22).

(9)

TORQUE the nuts (3) and (22) to between 3.5 and 4.0 M.DAN (25.81 and 29.50 LBF.FT).

(10) Install the locking caps (4) and (23) on the nuts (3) and (22).
(11) Safety the locking cap (4) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-15) cotter pin (5) and (23) with the new
(IPC-CSN 27-64-05-15) cotter pin (24) .
(12) Clean the interfaces of the bolt (25) and the spacer (26) with a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .
(13) Apply a thin layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018B) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019B) to the
interfaces of the bolt (25) and the spacer (26).
(14) Install the bolt (25).
(15) Install the spacer (26), the locking plate (28) and the nut (27).
(16) TORQUE the nut (27) to between 0.25 and 0.30 M.DAN (22.12 and 26.55 LBF.IN).
Subtask 27-64-45-220-067-A
C.

Check of the Spoilers Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for Excessive Play and Condition
(1)

Do a check of the spoilers servo controls and hinge bearings for excessive play and condition (Ref.
TASK 27-64-00-200-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-45-916-052-A
D.

Application of Special Materials

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

5.

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-009) to:

. the cotter pins (5) and (24),
. the locking caps (4) and (23),
. the nuts (3) and (22),
. the washers (2) and (21),
. the hinge pins (1) and (29),
. the nut (27),
. the bolt (25).

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-45-860-055-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract the spoiler 5 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the flap
and slat control lever on panel 114VU.

27-64-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-45-410-052-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A):

. for the left wing, install 575GB
. for the right wing, install 675GB.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-64-45-865-057-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-64-45-710-051-A
D.

Operational Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the spoiler (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-45-942-053-A
E.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-64-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SPOILER 5 - INSPECTION/CHECK
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-45-200-001-A
Inspection/Check of the Spoiler 5
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Because the free movement is more than that in TASK 27-64-00-200-001.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

DESIGNATION

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-64-45-000-001-A
27-64-45-400-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Spoiler 5
Installation of the Spoiler 5

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-45-991-00300-C - Spoiler 5)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-45-941-055-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-64-45-010-051-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

AES

Remove the spoiler 5 (Ref. TASK 27-64-45-000-001-A).

27-64-45 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-45-991-00300-C - Spoiler 5)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-64-45-220-051-A
A.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 5

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
7.8993

MAX
7.9248

MIN
07.880

OD 1

0.3110

0.3120

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.3102
0.0000

0.0382

0.0760

0.0000

0.0015

0.0030

7.9248

7.9375

07.956

ID 2

0.3120

0.3125

0.3132

Subtask 27-64-45-220-052-A
B.

Dimemsions of the Spoiler 5

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
25.380

MAX
25.393

MIN
25.350

OD 2

0.9992

0.9997

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.9980
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

25.400

25.433

25.463

ID 1

1.0000

1.0013

1.0025

27-64-45 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-45-220-053-A
C.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 5

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 2

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-45-220-054-A
D.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 5

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 4

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-45-220-055-A
E.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 5

NOTE :

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

27-64-45 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 5

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-45-220-056-A
F.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 5

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.152

MAX
22.185

MIN
22.102

OD 5

0.8721

0.8734

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8702
0.0270

0.0730

0.1730

0.0011

0.0029

0.0068

22.212

22.225

22.275

ID 6

0.8745

0.8750

0.8770

Subtask 27-64-45-220-057-B
G.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 5

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
28.534

MAX
28.555

MIN
28.493

OD 2

1.1234

1.1242

MIN

MAX

MAX

1.1218

27-64-45 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)
MIN

MAX

MIN
0.0200

MAX
0.0620

0.0008

0.0024

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
0.1440
0.0057

28.575

28.596

28.637

ID 1

1.1250

1.1258

1.1274

Subtask 27-64-45-220-058-B
H.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 5

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
20.959

MAX
20.980

MIN
20.918

OD 3

0.8252

0.8260

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8235
0.0200

0.0620

0.1440

0.0008

0.0024

0.0057

21.000

21.021

21.062

ID 2

0.8268

0.8276

0.8292

Subtask 27-64-45-220-059-B
J.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 5

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.184

MAX
22.205

MIN
22.164

OD 3

0.8734

0.8742

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

22.213

22.225

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8726
0.0080

0.0410

0.0900

0.0003

0.0016

0.0035
22.254

27-64-45 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)
MIN
0.8745

ID 6

MAX
0.8750

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
0.8761

Subtask 27-64-45-220-065-A
K.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 5

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
28.534

MAX
28.555

MIN
28.493

OD 4

1.1234

1.1242

MIN

MAX

MAX

1.1218
0.0200

0.0620

0.1440

0.0008

0.0024

0.0057

28.575

28.596

28.637

ID 5

1.1250

1.1258

1.1274

Subtask 27-64-45-220-066-A
L.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 5

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.184

MAX
22.205

MIN
22.143

OD 3

0.8734

0.8742

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8718
0.0200

0.0620

0.1440

0.0008

0.0024

0.0057

22.225

22.246

22.287

ID 4

0.8750

0.8758

0.8774

27-64-45 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-45-220-060-A
M.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 5

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
25.380

MAX
25.393

MIN
25.350

OD 2

0.9992

0.9997

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.9980
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

25.400

25.433

25.463

ID 1

1.0000

1.0013

1.0025

Subtask 27-64-45-220-061-A
N.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 5

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 2

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-45-220-062-A
P.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 5

NOTE :

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

27-64-45 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.030

MAX
19.043

MIN
19.000

OD 3

0.7492

0.7497

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7480
0.0070

0.0530

0.1130

0.0003

0.0021

0.0044

19.050

19.083

19.113

ID 4

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-64-45-220-063-A
Q.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 5

NOTE :
(1)

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.152

MAX
22.185

MIN
22.102

OD 4

0.8721

0.8734

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8702
0.0270

0.0730

0.1730

0.0011

0.0029

0.0068

22.212

22.225

22.275

ID 5

0.8745

0.8750

0.8770

Subtask 27-64-45-220-064-A
R.

Dimensions of the Spoiler 5

NOTE :
(1)

Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

Limits on chrome plated items only apply when there is a layer of chrome remaining on the bearing
surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
7.8993

MAX
7.9248

MIN
07.880

OD 1

0.3110

0.3120

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.3102

27-64-45 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)
MIN

5.

MAX

MIN
0.0000

MAX
0.0382

0.0000

0.0015

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN

MAX
0.0760
0.0030

7.9248

7.9375

07.956

ID 2

0.3120

0.3125

0.3132

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-45-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the spoiler 5 (Ref. TASK 27-64-45-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-45-942-052-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-64-45 PB601

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
OUTBOARD

SPOILER 5

Z586
(Z686)

B
F

E
1 2

21

C
2

3 4

1
4
5

4
1 2

4 5

6
N_MM_276445_6_ACN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-45-991-00300-C SHEET 1

Spoiler 5

27-64-45 PB601

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHECK VALVE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-48-000-001-A
Removal of the Check Valve
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 3626GM

575CB
FOR FIN 3627GM
675CB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-60-00-866-002-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

AES

27-64-48 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-23-00-860-001-A

DESIGNATION
Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-48-991-00100-A - Check Valves)

FOR FIN 3626GM
57-51-37-000-004-A
FOR FIN 3627GM
57-51-37-000-004-A
3.

Removal of the Access Panels

Removal of the Access Panels

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-48-991-00100-A - Check Valves)
Subtask 27-64-48-941-055-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the ground service connection of the Yellow hydraulic system to tell
persons not to pressurize it.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

Subtask 27-64-48-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on the
flap/slat control lever.

(3)

Lift the spoilers 2 and 3, to get access to the check valve (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is installed.

(5)

Disconnect the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001-A).

(6)

Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-48-010-053-A
C.

Get Access
(1)

AES

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the applicable zone:
(a)

FOR 3626GM
below zone 575

(b)

FOR 3627GM
below zone 675.

(2)

Put a CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT below the check valve (3).

(3)

If necessary, remove the applicable access panel(s):

(a)

FOR 3626GM
remove 575CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A)

(b)

FOR 3627GM
remove 675CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

27-64-48 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-48-865-050-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

49VU

HYD/FIRE VALVE/Y/ENG2

3702GD

C14

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y

3803GX

N30

121VU

HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG

3700GD

Q37

121VU

HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL

3701GD

Q36

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM

3801GX

AB03

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP

3802GX

AB06

4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-48-991-00100-A - Check Valves)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-64-48-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Check Valve

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

AES

(1)

Disconnect the coupling nuts (1) and (2) and remove the check valve (3). If necessary, remove the
clamp block adjacent to the check valve (3).

(2)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected line ends.

27-64-48 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

REAR SPAR

A
575CB
(675CB)

1
3
2

575 CB
(675 CB)

N_MM_276448_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-48-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Check Valves

27-64-48 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-48-400-001-A
Installation of the Check Valve
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

WARNING SIGN - DANGER

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003
Material No: 02-003A

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)

Material No: 02-003B

HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)

Material No: 11-026

CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Material No: 19-003

C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 3626GM

575CB
FOR FIN 3627GM
675CB

AES

27-64-48 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-60-00-866-002-A
27-64-00-710-001-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

29-23-00-860-001-A

Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

29-23-00-860-002-A

Connection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-48-991-00100-A - Check Valves)
FOR FIN 3626GM
57-51-37-400-004-A
FOR FIN 3627GM
57-51-37-400-004-A
3.

Installation of the Access Panels

Installation of the Access Panels

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-48-991-00100-A - Check Valves)
Subtask 27-64-48-941-056-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure there are WARNING SIGN - DANGER to tell persons not to pressurize the Yellow hydraulic
system.

(3)

Make sure there are WARNING SIGN - DANGER to tell persons not to operate the flight control
system.

Subtask 27-64-48-860-053-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is below the applicable zone 575
or 675.

(2)

Make sure that the applicable access panels 575CB, 675CB have been removed (Ref. TASK
57-51-37-000-004-A).

(3)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(4)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever.

(5)

Make sure that the spoilers 2 and 3 are lifted (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

27-64-48 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the applicable rod of the
servocontrol.

(7)

Make sure that the PTU is disconnected (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001-A).

(8)

Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic-system reservoir is depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-48-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

49VU

HYD/FIRE VALVE/Y/ENG2

3702GD

C14

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y

3803GX

N30

121VU

HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG

3700GD

Q37

121VU

HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL

3701GD

Q36

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM

3801GX

AB03

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP

3802GX

AB06

4.

Procedure
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-64-48-420-051-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-48-991-00100-A - Check Valves)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

AES

27-64-48 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Remove the blanking caps on the line ends.

(5)

Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003A) or
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003B) to the threads on the check valve (3) and the coupling
nuts (1) and (2).

Subtask 27-64-48-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Check Valve

(1)

Install the check valve (3) and tighten the coupling nuts (1) and (2). If removed, install the clamp block
adjacent to the check valve (3).

(2)

Remove the CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT from below the check valve (3).

Subtask 27-64-48-866-053-A
C.

Retract the Spoilers

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Retract the spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

On the servo-control, make sure that the pointer on the hex. head is opposite the letter O (Operation)
on the housing.

Subtask 27-64-48-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
HYD/FIRE VALVE/Y/ENG2

3702GD

FIN
C14

LOCATION

121VU

HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y

3803GX

N30

121VU

HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG

3700GD

Q37

121VU

HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL

3701GD

Q36

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM

3801GX

AB03

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP

3802GX

AB06

Subtask 27-64-48-860-054-A
E.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Fill the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A), (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(2)

Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system-reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

(3)

Connect the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002-A).

Subtask 27-64-48-865-054-A
F.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN
21CE1

LOCATION
B08

27-64-48 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

105VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

FIN
B01

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-64-48-866-052-A
G.

Bleed the Spoilers

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend and retract the spoilers five times (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A), to bleed the Yellow
hydraulic system.

Subtask 27-64-48-710-050-A
H.

Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that there are no leaks from the check valve (3) or the coupling nuts (1) and (2).

Subtask 27-64-48-865-055-A
J.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

5.

FIN

LOCATION

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-48-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

If removed, install the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 3626GM
install 575CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A)

(b)

FOR 3627GM
install 675CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

Subtask 27-64-48-865-056-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

AES

27-64-48 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

FIN
Q21

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-64-48-866-051-A
C.

Move the Flaps

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

Subtask 27-64-48-942-053-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-64-48 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SERVO CONTROL - SPOILER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-51-000-004-A
Removal of the Spoiler Servo-Control
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 31CE1, 31CE2, 31CE3, 31CE4, 31CE5, 31CE6, 31CE7, 31CE8, 31CE9, 31CE10
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)

No specific

AR

PLUG - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27603002000
98D27603002001
98D27604000000
98D27604001000
98D27604002000
98D27803000000

1
1
1
1
1
1

KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE
KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE
COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER
STRUT SUPPORT - SPOILER 2, 3, 4, AND 5
STRUT SUPPORT - SPOILER 1
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 31CE1(SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G)

AES

27-64-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

573BB
FOR FIN 31CE10(SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)
675GB
FOR FIN 31CE2(SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G)
673BB
FOR FIN 31CE3(SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y)
575BB
FOR FIN 31CE4(SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y)
675BB
FOR FIN 31CE5(SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B)
575DB
FOR FIN 31CE6(SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)
675DB
FOR FIN 31CE7(SERVO CTL-SPLR4, L Y)
575EB
FOR FIN 31CE8(SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)
675EB
FOR FIN 31CE9(SERVO CTL-SPLR5, L G)
575GB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

29-00-00-910-002-A

Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-51-991-00600-A - Spoilers 1 thru 5 Servo-Control - Hydraulic Line Details)

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-51-991-00700-D - Spoilers 1 thru 5 Servo-Control - Location and Detail)
FOR FIN 31CE1(SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G)
57-51-37-000-002-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE1(SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G)
FOR FIN 31CE10(SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)
FOR FIN 31CE2(SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G)
FOR FIN 31CE9(SERVO CTL-SPLR5, L G)
29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

FOR FIN 31CE10(SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)

57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE2(SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G)
57-51-37-000-002-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE3(SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y)
57-51-37-000-004-A

AES

Removal of the Access Panels

27-64-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
FOR FIN 31CE3(SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y)

DESIGNATION

FOR FIN 31CE4(SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y)

FOR FIN 31CE7(SERVO CTL-SPLR4, L Y)
FOR FIN 31CE8(SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)
29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

FOR FIN 31CE4(SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y)

57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE5(SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B)
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE5(SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B)
FOR FIN 31CE6(SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)
29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

FOR FIN 31CE6(SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)

57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE7(SERVO CTL-SPLR4, L Y)
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE8(SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE9(SERVO CTL-SPLR5, L G)
57-51-37-000-004-A
3.

Removal of the Access Panels

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-51-941-057-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Make sure that WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(3)

Make sure that WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
reservoirs.

(4)

Make sure that WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to operate the flight control
surfaces.

Subtask 27-64-51-860-052-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is in
position on the slat/flap control lever.

27-64-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Depressurize the applicable hydraulic system and the associated reservoir:

(a)

FOR 31CE1 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G), 31CE2 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G), 31CE9 (SERVO
CTL-SPLR5, L G), 31CE10 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)
depressurize the Green Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) and the Green
Hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A)

(b)

FOR 31CE3 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y), 31CE4 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y), 31CE7 (SERVO
CTL-SPLR4, L Y), 31CE8 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)
depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) and the Yellow
Hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A)

(c)

FOR 31CE5 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B), 31CE6 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)

depressurize the Blue Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A) and the Blue Hydraulic
reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-51-865-060-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

49VU

HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL

2702GJ

C12

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

HYDRAULIC/SOL VALVES/G/Y/PTU

1801GL

N34

121VU

HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y

3803GX

N30

121VU

HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG

3700GD

Q37

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL

1701GK

R35

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG

1702GK

R34

123VU

B HYD/ELEC PUMP

2701GJ

AB09

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM

3801GX

AB03

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP

3802GX

AB06

Subtask 27-64-51-010-052-B
D.

Get Access
(1)

AES

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the correct zone:
(a)

FOR 31CE1 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G)

below zone 582

(b)

FOR 31CE2 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G)

below zone 682

(c)

FOR 31CE3 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y)

below zone 583

27-64-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(2)

(3)

(4)

AES

(d)

FOR 31CE4 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y)

below zone 683

(e)

FOR 31CE5 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B)

below zone 584

(f)

FOR 31CE6 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)

below zone 684

(g)

FOR 31CE7 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, L Y)

below zone 585

(h)

FOR 31CE8 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)

below zone 685

(i)

FOR 31CE9 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, L G)

below zone 586

(j)

FOR 31CE10 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)

below zone 686.

Remove the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 31CE1 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G)

remove 573BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)

(b)

FOR 31CE2 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G)

remove 673BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A)

(c)

FOR 31CE3 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y)

remove 575BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A)

(d)

FOR 31CE4 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y)

remove 675BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A)

(e)

FOR 31CE5 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B)

remove 575DB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A)

(f)

FOR 31CE6 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)

remove 675DB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A)

(g)

FOR 31CE7 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, L Y)

remove 575EB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A)

(h)

FOR 31CE8 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)

remove 675EB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A)

(i)

FOR 31CE9 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, L G)

remove 575GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A)

(j)

FOR 31CE10 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)

remove 675GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004-A).

Lift the applicable spoiler for access.

(a)

On the applicable spoiler servo-control, put the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

(98D27603002000) or KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002001) into the maintenance
device of the servo-control and turn it to the maintenance position, then manually lift the spoiler.

(b)

Install the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) on the piston rod of the applicable
servo-control.

Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) below the hydraulic unions of the applicable spoiler servo-control.

27-64-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-51-991-00600-A - Spoilers 1 thru 5 Servo-Control - Hydraulic Line Details)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-51-991-00700-D - Spoilers 1 thru 5 Servo-Control - Location and Detail)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-64-51-020-053-B
A.

Removal of the Spoiler Servo-Control 31CE1 thru 31CE10

CAUTION :

AES

SUPPORT THE SERVO CONTROL 7.5kg (16.5lb) AND THE SPOILER APPROXIMATELY 15kg
(33lb). THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO:
THE HYDRAULIC LINES
THE ELECTRICAL CABLES
THE STRUCTURE.

(1)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A).

(2)

Disconnect the hydraulic unions of the applicable servo-control:

(a)

FOR 31CE1 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G), 31CE2 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G)

disconnect the unions (1), (2) and (4)

(b)

FOR 31CE3 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y)

disconnect the unions (23), (24), (25) and (27)

(c)

FOR 31CE4 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y)

disconnect the unions (5), (7), (8) and (10)

(d)

FOR 31CE5 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B)

disconnect the unions (17), (18), (20), (21) and (22)

(e)

FOR 31CE6 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)

disconnect the unions (11), (12), (13) and (16)

(f)

FOR 31CE7 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, L Y)

disconnect the unions (30) and (31)

(g)

FOR 31CE8 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)

disconnect the unions (32) and (33)

(h)

FOR 31CE9 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, L G)

disconnect the unions (34), (36), (37), (38) and (40)

(i)

FOR 31CE10 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)

disconnect the unions (41), (42), (43), (45), (46) and (47).

(3)

Remove all the drops of hydraulic fluid from the adjacent aircraft structure.

(4)

Remove the applicable hydraulic pipes:

(a)

FOR 31CE1 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G), 31CE2 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G)

remove the pipe (3)

(b)

FOR 31CE3 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y)

remove the pipes (22) and (26)

27-64-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

FOR 31CE4 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y)

remove the pipes (6) and (9)

(d)

FOR 31CE5 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B)

remove the pipe (19)

(e)

FOR 31CE6 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)

remove the pipe (14)

(f)

FOR 31CE9 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, L G)

remove the pipe (35) and the connector (39)

(g)

FOR 31CE10 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)

remove the pipe (44) and (49) and the connector (48).

(5)

Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(6)

Disconnect the electrical connector (73).

(7)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(8)

Install the correct spoiler support strut:

. for spoiler 1, install STRUT SUPPORT - SPOILER 1 (98D27604002000)
. for spoilers 2 thru 5, install STRUT SUPPORT - SPOILER 2, 3, 4, AND 5 (98D27604001000).

(9)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (70) from the locking cap (69).

(10) Remove the locking cap (69), the nut (68) and the washer (67).
(11) Remove the special bolt (65) and the sliding bush (66) from the spoiler attachment bracket.
(12) Remove the bolts (61) and the washers (60).
(13) Remove all the drops of hydraulic fluid from the adjacent aircraft structure.
(14) Move the servo control approximately 6 mm (0.2362 in.) away from the structure to disengage the
location dowels.
(15) Move the servo-control away from the applicable hydraulic line connector:
(a)

FOR 31CE1 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G), 31CE2 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G)

the connector (1)

(b)

FOR 31CE5 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B)

the connector (21)

(c)

FOR 31CE6 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)

the connector (12)

(d)

FOR 31CE7 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, L Y)

the connectors (30) and (31)

(e)

FOR 31CE8 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)

the connectors (32) and (33).

(16) Remove the spoiler servo-control.

(17) Remove the flanged bush (64).
(18) Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) from the piston rod of the spoiler servocontrol.

AES

27-64-51 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

(31CE2)
31CE1

(31CE6)
31CE5
(31CE4)
31CE3

(31CE8)
31CE7

A
31CE1 SHOWN
31CE2 SYMMETRICAL
1

(31CE10)
31CE9

C
E

573BB
(673BB)
575BB
(675BB)

575EB
(675EB)

575GB
(675GB)

575DB
(675DB)

31CE6

31CE3
24

12

11

13 14 15

RIB14

17

RIB15

22

RIB12

RIB15

19 22

23

31CE5

31CE4

25

26

27

16

5
18
21

RIB11

8 9

22

RIB14

RIB11

10

RIB12
N_MM_276451_4_ANM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-51-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Spoilers 1 thru 5 Servo-Control - Hydraulic Line Details

27-64-51 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

RIB18

RIB16

31CE7

30

31

D
31CE8

RIB18

32

E
F

RIB21

31CE9

33
RIBLET N

40

34

35

36
42

RIBLET N

31CE10

37

38 39
43 44

RIB21

41

48 47

46

49

45
N_MM_276451_4_ANM0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-51-991-00600-A SHEET 2

Spoilers 1 thru 5 Servo-Control - Hydraulic Line Details

27-64-51 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
60

F
61

SERVO CONTROL

62

63
64

71
72

G
DIMENSION X

65

73
66
67
68
69

SPOILER
ATTACHMENT
BRACKET

70

J
PROJECTION ON SPOILER
ATTACHMENT BRACKET

LOCKING WIRE

DIMENSION Z

MAINTENANCE
DEVICE
63
72

65

71

62

N_MM_276451_4_ASN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-51-991-00700-D SHEET 1

Spoilers 1 thru 5 Servo-Control - Location and Detail

27-64-51 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-51-400-004-A
Installation of the Spoiler Servo-Control
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

FIN 31CE1, 31CE2, 31CE3, 31CE4, 31CE5, 31CE6, 31CE7, 31CE8, 31CE9, 31CE10
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific
98D27603002000
98D27603002001
98D27604000000
98D27604001000
98D27604002000
98D27803000000
B.

1
1
1
2
2
1

KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE
KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE
COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER
STRUT SUPPORT - SPOILER 2, 3, 4, AND 5
STRUT SUPPORT - SPOILER 1
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004

AES

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE

27-64-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 09-018B
Material No: 09-019B
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 15-008
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
C.

DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 31CE1(SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G)

573BB
FOR FIN 31CE10(SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)
675GB
FOR FIN 31CE2(SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G)
673BB
FOR FIN 31CE3(SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y)
575BB
FOR FIN 31CE4(SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y)
675BB
FOR FIN 31CE5(SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B)
575DB
FOR FIN 31CE6(SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)
675DB
FOR FIN 31CE7(SERVO CTL-SPLR4, L Y)
575EB
FOR FIN 31CE8(SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)
675EB
FOR FIN 31CE9(SERVO CTL-SPLR5, L G)
575GB
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
70

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-64-05-02-020

cotter pin
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-21-12-911-001-A

DESIGNATION
Tightening Torques for Pipe Unions (not for OXYGEN unions)

20-23-11-917-001-A

Tightening Practices for Hydraulic Connections

AES

27-64-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-64-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

27-64-00-820-001-C

Adjustment of the Spoilers

57-51-37-000-002-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-51-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-51-991-00600-A - Spoilers 1 thru 5 Servo-Control - Hydraulic Line Details)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-51-991-00700-D - Spoilers 1 thru 5 Servo-Control - Location and Detail)
FOR FIN 31CE1(SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G)
57-51-37-400-002-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE1(SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G)
FOR FIN 31CE10(SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)
FOR FIN 31CE2(SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G)
FOR FIN 31CE9(SERVO CTL-SPLR5, L G)
29-10-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

FOR FIN 31CE10(SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)

57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE2(SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G)
57-51-37-400-002-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE3(SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y)
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE3(SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y)
FOR FIN 31CE4(SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y)
FOR FIN 31CE7(SERVO CTL-SPLR4, L Y)
FOR FIN 31CE8(SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)
29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

FOR FIN 31CE4(SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y)

57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE5(SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B)
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE5(SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B)
FOR FIN 31CE6(SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)

AES

27-64-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-10-00-863-003-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

FOR FIN 31CE6(SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)

57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE7(SERVO CTL-SPLR4, L Y)
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE8(SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)
57-51-37-400-004-A
Installation of the Access Panels
FOR FIN 31CE9(SERVO CTL-SPLR5, L G)
57-51-37-400-004-A
3.

Installation of the Access Panels

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-51-991-00600-A - Spoilers 1 thru 5 Servo-Control - Hydraulic Line Details)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-51-991-00700-D - Spoilers 1 thru 5 Servo-Control - Location and Detail)
Subtask 27-64-51-941-058-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
reservoirs.

(4)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight control
surfaces.

Subtask 27-64-51-860-053-B
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the applicable hydraulic system and hydraulic reservoir are depressurized:
(a)

FOR 31CE1 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G), 31CE2 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G), 31CE9 (SERVO
CTL-SPLR5, L G), 31CE10 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)
the Green Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) and the Green Hydraulic reservoir
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A)

(b)

FOR 31CE3 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y), 31CE4 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y), 31CE7 (SERVO
CTL-SPLR4, L Y), 31CE8 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)
the Yellow Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) and the Yellow Hydraulic reservoir
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A)

27-64-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

(4)

(5)

AES

FOR 31CE5 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B), 31CE6 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)

the Blue Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A) and the Blue Hydraulic reservoir
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at the correct
zone:
(a)

FOR 31CE1 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G)

below zone 582

(b)

FOR 31CE2 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G)

below zone 682

(c)

FOR 31CE3 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y)

below zone 583

(d)

FOR 31CE4 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y)

below zone 683

(e)

FOR 31CE5 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B)

below zone 584

(f)

FOR 31CE6 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)

below zone 684

(g)

FOR 31CE7 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, L Y)

below zone 585

(h)

FOR 31CE8 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)

below zone 685

(i)

FOR 31CE9 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, L G)

below zone 586

(j)

FOR 31CE10 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)

below zone 686.

Make sure that the correct access panel is removed (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002-A) (Ref. TASK
57-51-37-000-004-A):
(a)

FOR 31CE1 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G)

573BB

(b)

FOR 31CE2 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G)

673BB

(c)

FOR 31CE3 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y)

575BB

(d)

FOR 31CE4 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y)

675BB

(e)

FOR 31CE5 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B)

575DB

(f)

FOR 31CE6 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)

675DB

(g)

FOR 31CE7 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, L Y)

575EB

(h)

FOR 31CE8 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)

675EB

27-64-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(i)

FOR 31CE9 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, L G)

575GB

(j)

FOR 31CE10 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)

675GB.

(6)

Make sure that the applicable spoiler is extended and supported with the STRUT SUPPORT SPOILER 1 (98D27604002000) or the STRUT SUPPORT - SPOILER 2, 3, 4, AND 5
(98D27604001000).

(7)

Make sure that the container is below the hydraulic unions of the applicable spoiler servo-control.

(8)

Put the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

(98D27603002001) into the maintenance device of the applicable spoiler servo-control and turn it to the
maintenance position.

Subtask 27-64-51-865-061-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

49VU

HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL

2702GJ

C12

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

HYDRAULIC/SOL VALVES/G/Y/PTU

1801GL

N34

121VU

HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y

3803GX

N30

121VU

HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG

3700GD

Q37

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL

1701GK

R35

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG

1702GK

R34

123VU

B HYD/ELEC PUMP

2701GJ

AB09

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM

3801GX

AB03

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP

3802GX

AB06

4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-51-991-00600-A - Spoilers 1 thru 5 Servo-Control - Hydraulic Line Details)
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-51-991-00700-D - Spoilers 1 thru 5 Servo-Control - Location and Detail)
CAUTION :

AES

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

27-64-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-51-560-050-B
A.

Preparation for a Replacement Component

(1)

Push the piston rod into the body of the servo-control until it touches the internal limit.

(2)

Measure the dimension X. Dimension X must be between 220.0 mm (8.6614 in.) and 223.0 mm (8.7795
in.).

(3)

To adjust the piston rod to get the dimension X:

(a)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the locknut (72).

(b)

Loosen the locknut (72).

(c)

Turn the eye-end (63) in the applicable direction.

(d)

Make sure that the serrated washers (62) and (71) are engaged correctly.

(4)

When the dimension X is correct, TORQUE the locknut (72) to between 3.0 and 8.0 M.DAN (22.12
and 59.00 LBF.FT).

(5)

Safety the locknut (72) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .

Subtask 27-64-51-420-060-A
B.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.

(5)

Extend, by hand, the piston rod of the spoiler servo-control.

(6)

Install the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) on the piston rod of the spoiler servocontrol.

Subtask 27-64-51-420-053-C
C.

Installation of the Spoiler Servo-Control

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
CAUTION :

AES

SUPPORT THE SERVO CONTROL 7.5kg (16.5lb) AND THE SPOILER APPROXIMATELY 15kg
(33lb). THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO:
THE HYDRAULIC LINES
THE ELECTRICAL CABLES
THE STRUCTURE.

27-64-51 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018B) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019B) to the
interface of the servo-control and under the heads of the bolts (61).

(2)

Install the spoiler servo-control, make sure that the location dowels engage correctly.

(3)

Remove the blanking caps from the spoiler servo-control and the hydraulic and electrical connections.

(4)

Connect the applicable hydraulic unions to the spoiler servo-control (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-917-001-A)
(Ref. TASK 20-21-12-911-001-A):
(a)

FOR 31CE1 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G), 31CE2 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G)

the pipe (3) and the unions (1), (2) and (4)

(b)

FOR 31CE3 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y)

the pipes (22) and (26) and the unions (23), (24), (25) and (27)

(c)

FOR 31CE4 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y)

the pipes (6) and (9) and the unions (5), (7), (8) and (10)

(d)

FOR 31CE5 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B)

the pipe (19) and the unions (17), (18), (20), (21) and (22)

(e)

FOR 31CE6 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)

the pipe (14) and the unions (11), (12), (13), (15) and (16)

(f)

FOR 31CE7 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, L Y)

the unions (30) and (31)

(g)

FOR 31CE8 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)

the unions (32) and (33)

(h)

FOR 31CE9 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, L G)

the pipe (35), the connector (39) and the unions (34), (36), (37), (38) and (40)

(i)

FOR 31CE10 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)

the pipes (44) and (49), the connector (48) and the unions (41), (42), (43), (45), (46) and (47).

(5)

Install the washers (60) and the bolts (61).

(6)

TORQUE the bolts (61) to between 2.95 and 3.26 M.DAN (21.76 and 24.04 LBF.FT).

(7)

If applicable, turn the eye-end (63) and the piston rod together so that the greaser points down.

(8)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to:

. the flanged bush (64)
. the special bolt (65)
. the sliding bush (66)
. the spoiler attachment bracket.

(9)

Install the flanged bush (64) and the sliding bush (66) in the spoiler attachment bracket.

(10) Put the eye-end (63) in position in the spoiler attachment bracket and install the special bolt (65).
(11) Make sure that the special bolt (65) engages correctly with the projection on the spoiler attachment
bracket.
(12) Measure the dimension Z. The dimension Z must not be more than 0.70 mm (0.0276 in.).
(13) Install the washer (67) and the nut (68) on the special bolt (65), but do not tighten.
(14) Remove the applicable spoiler support strut STRUT SUPPORT - SPOILER 1 (98D27604002000) or
STRUT SUPPORT - SPOILER 2, 3, 4, AND 5 (98D27604001000).
(15) Install the electrical connector (73).
(16) Clean the electrical connector (73) with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made
moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .
AES

27-64-51 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(17) Apply a continuous layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-008) to the electrical
connector (73).
(18) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.
Subtask 27-64-51-865-062-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL

2702GJ

C12

121VU

HYDRAULIC/SOL VALVES/G/Y/PTU

1801GL

N34

121VU

HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y

3803GX

N30

121VU

HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG

3700GD

Q37

121VU

HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL

3701GD

Q36

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL

1701GK

R35

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG

1702GK

R34

123VU

B HYD/ELEC PUMP

2701GJ

AB09

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM

3801GX

AB03

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP

3802GX

AB06

Subtask 27-64-51-860-054-C
E.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

AES

(1)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

(2)

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) from the applicable spoiler servo-control
and lower, by hand, the applicable spoiler.

(3)

Measure the distance between the applicable spoiler and the flap (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-820-001-C).

(4)

When the clearance is correct:

(a)

TORQUE the nut (68) to between 5.2 and 6.5 M.DAN (38.35 and 47.94 LBF.FT).

(b)

Install the locking cap (69) on the nut (68).

(c)

Safety the locking cap (69) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-05-02) cotter pin (70) .

(5)

On the spoiler servo-control, turn the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEYSPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002001) in the maintenance device to the operation position and
then remove it.

(6)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the washers (60), the bolts (61) and the special bolt (65)
. the washer (67), the nut (68), the locking cap (69) and the cotter pin (70)
. the bolt of the maintenance device.

27-64-51 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

(8)

Pressurize the applicable hydraulic system and reservoir:

(a)

FOR 31CE1 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G), 31CE2 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G), 31CE9 (SERVO
CTL-SPLR5, L G), 31CE10 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)
pressurize the Green Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A) and the Green Hydraulic
system reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A)

(b)

FOR 31CE3 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y), 31CE4 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y), 31CE7 (SERVO
CTL-SPLR4, L Y), 31CE8 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)
pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002-A) and the Yellow
Hydraulic system reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A)

(c)

FOR 31CE5 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B), 31CE6 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)

pressurize the Blue Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A-01) and Blue Hydraulic system reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-64-51-710-053-A
F.

5.

Test
(1)

Do a minimum of ten full travel operations of the spoilers, to bleed all the air from the servo-controls
(Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Do an operational test of the spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

(3)

Examine the spoiler servo-control for hydraulic leaks. No leaks are permitted.

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-51-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panels:

(a)

FOR 31CE1 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G)

install 573BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A)

(b)

FOR 31CE2 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G)

install 673BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002-A)

(c)

FOR 31CE3 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y)

install 575BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A)

(d)

FOR 31CE4 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y)

install 675BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A)

(e)

FOR 31CE5 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B)

install 575DB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A)

(f)

FOR 31CE6 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)

install 675DB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A)

(g)

FOR 31CE7 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, L Y)

install 575EB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A)

(h)

FOR 31CE8 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)

install 675EB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A)

(i)

FOR 31CE9 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, L G)

install 575GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A)

27-64-51 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(j)

FOR 31CE10 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)

install 675GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004-A).

Subtask 27-64-51-942-054-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the SAFETY BARRIER(S).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-64-51 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-51-000-002-A
Removal of the Servo-Valve from the Spoiler Servo-Control
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27603002000
98D27603002001

1
1

KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE
KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-51-991-00400-B - Servo-Valve - Location and Detail)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-51-991-00400-B - Servo-Valve - Location and Detail)

AES

27-64-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-51-941-061-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulics.

Subtask 27-64-51-860-059-C
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed.

(3)

Lift the applicable spoiler for access

(4)

(a)

Put the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEY-SPOILER

MAINTENANCE (98D27603002001) into the maintenance device of the applicable servo-control
and turn it to the maintenance position.

(b)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the
servo-control.

Depressurize the applicable hydraulic system:

. for the spoiler 1 and the spoiler 5, depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001-A) and the green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A)
. for the spoiler 2 and the spoiler 4, depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-002-A) and the yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A)
. for the spoiler 3, depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A) and the
blue hydraulic system reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-51-865-053-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

49VU

HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL

2702GJ

C12

121VU

HYDRAULIC/SOL VALVES/G/Y/PTU

1801GL

N34

121VU

HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y

3803GX

N30

121VU

HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG

3700GD

Q37

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL

1701GK

R35

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG

1702GK

R34

123VU

B HYD/ELEC PUMP

2701GJ

AB09

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM

3801GX

AB03

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP

3802GX

AB06

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-64-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-51-010-054-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

4.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable servo-valve
(3).

Procedure
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-64-51-020-051-A
A.

Removal of the Servo-Valve from the Spoiler Servo-Control

WARNING : CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE WHILE YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CAUSE INJURY TO YOUR SKIN OR EYES.

AES

(1)

Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (4).

(2)

Remove the bolts (4) from the servo-valve (3).

(3)

Remove the servo-valve (3) from the spoiler servo-control (1).

(4)

Remove and retain the gasket (5).

(5)

Remove and discard the O-ring (2).

(6)

Put a blanking cover on the open spoiler servo-control (1) interface to prevent entry of unwanted
material.

27-64-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
31CE5
(31CE6)

31CE1
(31CE2)

31CE7
(31CE8)
31CE3
(31CE4)
31CE9
(31CE10)

1
2

N_MM_276451_4_SAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-51-991-00400-B SHEET 1

Servo-Valve - Location and Detail

27-64-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-51-400-002-A
Installation of the Servo-Valve on the Spoiler Servo-Control
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27603002000
98D27603002001
B.

Material No: 04-010

Material No: 04-015
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010

AES

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
COMMON GREASES
GREASE SYNTHETIC, BALL+ROLLER BEARING
COMMON GREASES
GREASE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
2
5

KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE
KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003

C.

1
1

DESIGNATION
O-ring
gasket

IPC-CSN
27-64-51-01-050
27-64-51-01-060

27-64-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-60-00-866-002-A
27-64-00-710-001-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

29-10-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-51-991-00400-B - Servo-Valve - Location and Detail)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-51-941-059-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat
controls.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize the
hydralic systems.

Subtask 27-64-51-860-055-B
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is below the applicable servovalve (3).

(2)

Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(3)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed.

(4)

Make sure that the applicable spoiler (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A) has been extended.

(5)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

27-64-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Make sure that the applicable hydraulic system is depressurized:

. for the spoiler 1 and the spoiler 5, depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001-A) and the green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A)
. for the spoiler 2 and the spoiler 4, depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-002-A) and the yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A)
. for the spoiler 3, depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A) and the
blue hydraulic system reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-51-865-054-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

49VU

HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL

2702GJ

C12

121VU

HYDRAULIC/SOL VALVES/G/Y/PTU

1801GL

N34

121VU

HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y

3803GX

N30

121VU

HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG

3700GD

Q37

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL

1701GK

R35

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG

1702GK

R34

123VU

B HYD/ELEC PUMP

2701GJ

AB09

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM

3801GX

AB03

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP

3802GX

AB06

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-51-991-00400-B - Servo-Valve - Location and Detail)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-64-51-420-057-A
A.

AES

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Remove the blanking cover from the servo-valve.

(2)

Use a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to clean the servo-valve (3) and the servo-control (1)
interfaces.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Examine the (IPC-CSN 27-64-51-01) gasket (5) for the correct condition and replace the item if it is
damaged.

(5)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(6)

Lubricate the new (IPC-CSN 27-64-51-01) O-ring (2) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003)
.

27-64-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

Apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-015) to the gasket (5).

(8)

Apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-010) to the threads of the bolts (4).

Subtask 27-64-51-420-058-C
B.

Installation of the Servo-Valve on the Spoiler Servo-Control

(1)

Install the gasket (5) on the servo-valve (3).

(2)

Install the new O-ring (2) on the servo-valve (3).

(3)

Put the servo-valve (3) into position on the spoiler servo-control (1).

(4)

Install the bolts (4) through the servo-valve (3) and into the spoiler servo-control valve (1).

(5)

TORQUE the bolts (4) to 0.69 M.DAN (61.06 LBF.IN).

WARNING : CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE WHILE YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CAUSE INJURY TO YOUR SKIN OR EYES.
(6)

Safety the bolts (4) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

(7)

Lower the applicable spoiler (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(8)

On the servo-control, turn the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEYSPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002001) in the maintenance device to the operation position and
then remove it.

Subtask 27-64-51-865-055-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

FIN
B07

LOCATION

49VU

HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL

2702GJ

C12

121VU

HYDRAULIC/SOL VALVES/G/Y/PTU

1801GL

N34

121VU

HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y

3803GX

N30

121VU

HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG

3700GD

Q37

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL

1701GK

R35

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG

1702GK

R34

123VU

B HYD/ELEC PUMP

2701GJ

AB09

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM

3801GX

AB03

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP

3802GX

AB06

Subtask 27-64-51-863-050-B
D.

Fill and Pressurize the Hydraulic Systems

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

AES

27-64-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT
OF HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Fill the applicable hydraulic system reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A).

(2)

Pressurize the applicable hydraulic system:

. for the spoiler 1 and the spoiler 5, pressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-001-A) and the green hydraulic system reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A)
. for the spoiler 2 and the spoiler 4, pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-002-A) and the yellow hydraulic system reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A)
. for the spoiler 3, pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref.
TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01) and the blue hydraulic system reservoir (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-002-A).

Subtask 27-64-51-870-052-A
E.

Bleed the Servo-Controls

(1)

Do a minimum of ten full travel operations of the spoilers, to bleed all the air from the servo-controls
(Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-51-710-051-A
F.

5.

Test
(1)

Do an operational test of the spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Examine the servo-valve (3) and its interface with the spoiler servo-control (1) for leaks.

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-51-942-052-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-64-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-51-000-003-A
Removal of the Filter
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

PLUG - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27604000000
98D27803000000

1
1

COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-008-A-01

Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-60-00-866-002-A
29-10-00-864-001-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-51-991-00500-B - Filter Assembly - Location and Detail)

AES

27-64-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-51-941-062-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulics.

Subtask 27-64-51-865-056-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL

2702GJ

C12

121VU

HYDRAULIC/SOL VALVES/G/Y/PTU

1801GL

N34

121VU

HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y

3803GX

N30

121VU

HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG

3700GD

Q37

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL

1701GK

R35

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG

1702GK

R34

123VU

B HYD/ELEC PUMP

2701GJ

AB09

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM

3801GX

AB03

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP

3802GX

AB06

Subtask 27-64-51-860-060-B
C.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Extend the applicable spoiler (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

(3)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(4)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed.

(5)

Depressurize the applicable hydraulic system:

. For the spoiler 1 and the spoiler 5, depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001-A),
. for the spoiler 2 and the spoiler 4, depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-002-A).
. for the spoiler 3, depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(6)

Depressurize the applicable reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

27-64-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-51-010-055-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

4.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable spoiler
servo control.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-51-991-00500-B - Filter Assembly - Location and Detail)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-64-51-020-052-A
A.

Removal of the Filter

WARNING : CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE WHILE YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CAUSE INJURY TO YOUR SKIN OR EYES.

AES

(1)

Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the filter (2).

(2)

Remove the filter (2) from the spoiler servo control.

(3)

Remove and discard the O-ring (1) from the filter (2).

(4)

Install a PLUG - BLANKING on the spoiler servo control.

27-64-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A A

SPOILER JACK
BRACKET
(REF)

SPOILER SERVO
CONTROL
(REF)

1
2

N_MM_276451_4_SCM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-64-51-991-00500-B SHEET 1

Filter Assembly - Location and Detail

27-64-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-64-51-400-003-A
Installation of the Filter
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION :

1.

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27603002000
98D27603002001
B.

Material No: 11-026

Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
1

KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE
KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003D

C.

1
1

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-64-51-01-020

O-ring
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

AES

27-64-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A-01

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-60-00-866-002-A
27-64-00-710-001-A

Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

(Ref. Fig. 27-64-51-991-00500-B - Filter Assembly - Location and Detail)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-51-941-064-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is/are in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat
controls.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize the
hydraulics.

Subtask 27-64-51-860-056-B
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is below the applicable spoiler
servo control.

(2)

Make sure that the applicable spoiler has been extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(3)

Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000) is on the piston rod of the servocontrol.

(4)

Make sure that the flaps have been extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(5)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed.

(6)

Make sure that the applicable hydraulic system is depressurized:

. For the spoiler 1 and the spoiler 5, depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001-A)
. for the spoiler 2 and the spoiler 4, depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-002-A)
. for the spoiler 3, depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(7)

Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-51-865-057-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

49VU

HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL

2702GJ

C12

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-64-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC/SOL VALVES/G/Y/PTU

1801GL

N34

121VU

HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y

3803GX

N30

121VU

HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG

3700GD

Q37

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL

1701GK

R35

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG

1702GK

R34

123VU

B HYD/ELEC PUMP

2701GJ

AB09

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM

3801GX

AB03

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP

3802GX

AB06

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-64-51-991-00500-B - Filter Assembly - Location and Detail)
CAUTION :

BE
-

CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCORRECT
INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-64-51-420-059-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the filter (2) is in the correct condition.

(4)

Lubricate a new (IPC-CSN 27-64-51-01) O-ring (1) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003D)
.

Subtask 27-64-51-420-052-A
B.

Installation of the Filter

(1)

Install the new O-ring (1) on the filter (2).

(2)

Remove the blanking plug from the spoiler servo-control.

(3)

Lubricate the threads of the filter with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003D) .

(4)

Install the filter (2) in the spoiler servo-control.

(5)

TORQUE the filter (2) to 4 M.DAN (29.50 LBF.FT).

Subtask 27-64-51-080-050-A
C.

Removal of Support Equipment

(1)

AES

Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER (98D27604000000).

27-64-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-51-865-058-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL

2702GJ

C12

121VU

HYDRAULIC/SOL VALVES/G/Y/PTU

1801GL

N34

121VU

HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y

3803GX

N30

121VU

HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG

3700GD

Q37

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL

1701GK

R35

121VU

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG

1702GK

R34

123VU

B HYD/ELEC PUMP

2701GJ

AB09

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM

3801GX

AB03

123VU

Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP

3802GX

AB06

Subtask 27-64-51-860-062-A
E.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Fill the applicable hydraulic system reservoir, if necessary, (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref.
TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(2)

Do a minimum of ten full travel operations of the spoilers, to bleed all the air from the servo-controls
(Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

Subtask 27-64-51-866-059-A
F.

Extend the Spoiler

(1)

Extend the applicable spoiler (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

Subtask 27-64-51-790-051-A
G.

Leak Test
(1)

Examine the servo control filter (2) for leaks.

WARNING : CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE WHILE YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CAUSE INJURY TO YOUR SKIN OR EYES.
(2)

Safety the filter with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

Subtask 27-64-51-866-060-B
H.

AES

Retract the Spoiler

(1)

Retract the applicable spoiler (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002-A).

(2)

On the servo-control, turn the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or the KEYSPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002001) in the maintenance device to the operation position and
then remove it.

27-64-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-64-51-710-052-A
J.

Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the spoiler hydraulic actuation (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-64-51-942-053-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-64-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LIFT AUGMENTING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.

General
A.

System Configuration
The aircraft has five slats on the leading edge of each wing. Together with the flaps (Ref. 27-50-00-00) they are
used to increase lift. The slats are installed on tracks which are attached to the leading edge of each wing.
The slats are attached, at the forward end, to circular-arc tracks. The tracks operate in guide rollers. Two tracks
support each of the four slats outboard of the engine pylon. Four tracks support the slat inboard of the engine
pylon. Two of the tracks inboard, and each of the tracks outboard of the engine pylon, have curved rack gears
fitted.
Each curved rack gear engages with a pinion. Plug-in rotary actuators move the pinions. Power to the plug-in
rotary actuators comes from the transmission. An electrically controlled hydro-mechanical Power Control Unit
(PCU) gives power to move the transmission.
Two Slat/Flap Control Computers (SFCC1 and SFCC2) monitor and control the slats. An Instrumentation
Position Pick-Off Unit (IPPU) is installed on the Power Control Unit (PCU). It sends signals to the Electronic
Instrument System (EIS), which identifies the position of the slats.
A Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit (FPPU) gives signals of the output shaft position of the PCU. Two
Asymmetry Position Pick-Off Units (APPU) give signals of the slat position or speed. The SFCC1 and the
SFCC2 receive and monitor the signals from the FPPU and the APPUs.

AES

27-80-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 27-80-00-12700-A - Slats - Component Location)

AES

27-80-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

System Description
(Ref. Fig. 27-80-00-13900-A - Slat Control - Schematic)
A.

Electrical Control and Monitoring (Ref. 27-81-00)

The electrical control and monitoring system of the slats has:
. a slat/flap control lever
. a Command Sensor Unit (CSU)
. two Slat/Flap Control Computers (SFCC)
. two electrically controlled valve blocks which are installed on the slat Power Control Unit (PCU)
. a Feedback Position Pick-off-Unit (FPPU)
. two Asymmetry Position Pick-off-Units (APPU)
. two Wing Tip Brakes (WTB).
The slat and flap control lever controls the position of the slats. The Command Sensor Unit (CSU) identifies the
position of the slat and flap control lever and sends related signals to each SFCC. Each SFCC controls the valve
block of a hydraulic motor, which is part of the slat PCU.
The FPPU, which is part of the slat PCU, and the two APPUs send related signals to the SFCCs. If the SFCCs
find a failure in the system, the Wing Tip Brakes (WTB) stop and hold the transmission and the PCU is
stopped.
NOTE :

B.

The SFCCs have a slat alpha lock/slat baulk function which prevents the aircraft from stalling.

Hydraulic Actuation and Power Transmission (Ref. 27-84-00)

A hydro-mechanical PCU supplies mechanical power to the power transmission system. The PCU has two
separate hydraulic motors and two Pressure-Off Brakes (POB). Each hydraulic motor has an electrically
controlled valve block, which receives signals from a SFCC.
Torque shafts and gearboxes in the fuselage and the wings transmit the mechanical power from the slat PCU to
the rotary actuators which move the slats. Each slat has two rotary actuators, which are installed on the tracks.
Torque limiters in the transmission system and the rotary actuators prevent the mechanical overload of the
structure.

AES

27-80-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Power Supply
(Ref. Fig. 27-80-00-15700-A - Hydraulic System - Schematic)

AES

27-80-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
5.

Interface
Not Applicable

AES

27-80-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
6.

Component Description
Not Applicable

AES

27-80-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
7.

Operation/Control and Indicating

(Ref. Fig. 27-80-00-13900-A - Slat Control - Schematic)
(Ref. Fig. 27-80-00-15700-A - Hydraulic System - Schematic)
A.

Extension and Retraction of the Slats

The operation of the slats is hydro-mechanical. The PCU moves the mechanical transmission system which
operates the slats.
The CSU changes the mechanical signals from the slat and flap control lever into electrical signals. These are
sent to the SFCC1 and the SFCC2. They compare the position signal with that from the FPPU. When there is a
difference between the signals, the SFCC sends a discrete signal to its related valve block of the slat PCU.
Each valve block lets hydraulic fluid flow to and from its hydraulic motor, in relation to the signal from the
SFCC. It thus controls the direction in which the hydraulic motor turns (for extension and retraction of the
slats) and its speed (low or high speed).
The torque from the hydraulic motors is transmitted to the differential gearbox, which connects the two motors.
The mechanical transmission system then transmits the torque to the rotary actuators which moves the slats.

B.

Hydraulic Actuation and Power Transmission

The two hydraulic motors in the PCU give hydraulic actuation. Each hydraulic motor gets power from a
different system, green or blue.
Each hydraulic motor has its own valve block and POB. The valve blocks control the direction of rotation and
the speed of the output shaft of the PCU. The POB holds the output shaft of the hydraulic motor:
. against torque from the airloads
. when there is a failure in its related hydraulic system
. to lock the transmission at the same time as the WTB.
The two hydraulic motors move the transmission system through a differential gearbox. This causes the slat
control surfaces to move to the set position.
It is possible to operate the slat system, at half speed, if the failure conditions listed below occur:
. loss of one electrical supply
. loss of one hydraulic system
. failure of one SFCC, or failure of one of two electrical components
. failure of one engine.

C.

Asymmetry and Power Transmission Monitoring

The SFCC1 and the SFCC2 continuously compare position data from the APPUs and the FPPU to monitor the
system. They use this data to find asymmetry, runaway and speed failure conditions.
The proximity switches of the slat disconnect detection system send signals to the Landing-Gear Control
Interface-Units (LGCIU). The LGCIUs send signals to the SFCC1 and the SFCC2. If the slat movement is not in
the specified limits then the conditions listed below occur:
. the slat PCU is switched off
. a warning is sent to the flight crew.

AES

27-80-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D. Position Indicating
The upper display unit of the ECAM system shows the position of the slats. Installed on the PCU is an IPPU
which supplies flap position data. The IPPU also gives data to the flight data recorder and the Flight Warning
System (FWC) (Ref. 27-85-00-00).
A visual check of the position of the slats can be done through the windows in the fuselage that are adjacent to
the slats. The windows to be used are identified by a brown triangle on the sidewall panel above them.

AES

27-80-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
8.

BITE Test
(Ref. Fig. 27-80-00-21700-A - MCDU System Displays - SFCC Test)
(Ref. Fig. 27-80-00-21800-A - MCDU System Displays - WTB/POB Test)
The slat system has a Built-In Test Equipment (BITE). You can do tests of the system through the Multipurpose
Control and Display Unit (MCDU) in the aircraft cockpit. The MCDU also indicates any failures in the system and
gives trouble shooting data for the system.

AES

27-80-00 PB001

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

ELECTRONIC CENTRALIZED
AIRCRAFT MINITORUNG
UPPER DISPLAY UNIT

CENTRALIZED FAULT
DISPLAY SYSTEM

ELECTRONIC CENTRALIZED
AIRCRAFT MONITORING
LOWER DISPLAY UNIT

SLAT AND FLAP

CONTROL LEVER

COMMAND SENSOR UNIT

51CV

SLAT/FLAP CONTROL COMPUTER 2

22CV
BEVEL GEARBOX
6011CM (6061CM)
BEVEL GEARBOX
6009CM (6059CM)

SLAT/FLAP CONTROL
COMPUTER 1
21CV

TEE GEARBOX
6005CM

BEVEL GEARBOX
6003CM

INBOARD SLAT
ROTARY ACTUATOR
6015CM (6065CM)
ROTARY ACTUATOR
6027CM (6077CM)

POWER CONTROL UNIT

6001 CM

OUTBOARD SLATS
ROTARY ACTUATOR
6035CM (6085CM)
ROTARY ACTUATOR
6037CM (6087CM)

OUTBOARD SLATS

ROTARY ACTUATOR
6013CM (6063CM)
ROTARY ACTUATOR
6029CM (6079CM)
ROTARY ACTUATOR
6033CM (6083CM)
ROTARY ACTUATOR
6039CM (6089CM)
ROTARY ACTUATOR
6041CM (6091CM)

WING TIP BRAKE

35CV (36CV)
ROTARY ACTUATOR
6045CM (6095CM)
ASYMMETRY POSITION PICKOFF UNIT
31CV (32CV)
N_MM_278000_0_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-80-00-12700-A SHEET 1

Slats - Component Location

27-80-00 PB001

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

AES

FROM FLAP
SYSTEM
(REF. 275000)

FIGURE 27-80-00-13900-A SHEET 1

Slat Control - Schematic
BG

FLIGHT
WARNING
COMPUTER

WING TIP
BRAKE

ROTARY
ACTUATOR

27-80-00 PB001

(REF. 275000)

FROM FLAP SYSTEM

SLAT POWER
CONTROL UNIT

LANDING
GEAR
CONTROL
INTERFACE
UNIT

LANDING
GEAR
CONTROL
INTERFACE
UNIT

GB

FROM FLAP SYSTEM

(REF. 275000)

B BLUE SYSTEM
G GREEN SYSTEM
Y YELLOW SYSTEM

HYDRAULIC

1. POWER CONTROL UNIT

2. INSTRUMENTATION
PICKOFF UNIT
3. FEEDBACK POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT
4. PRESSURE OFF BRAKE
3 5. VALVE BLOCK AND
HYDRAULIC MOTOR
1

ASYMMETRY
POSITION PICKOFF UNIT

OUTBOARD SLATS

INBOARD SLAT

SLAT/FLAP
CONTROL
COMPUTER 2

COMMAND
SENSOR UNIT

SLAT/FLAP
CONTROL
COMPUTER 1

FLAP/SLAT
CONTROL
LEVER

POWER CONTROL UNIT (PCU)

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C ALL

N_MM_278000_0_ACP0_01_00

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
GREEN
SYSTEM

BLUE
SYSTEM

TO LEFT HAND AND RIGHT HAND

WINGTIPBRAKE FLAP SYSTEM
(REF. 275000)

TO RIGHT HAND
WING TIP BRAKE
FLAP SYSTEM
(REF. 275000)
P

TRANSMISSION

TO LEFT HAND
FLAP SYSTEM
(REF. 275000)
SLAT/FLAP
CONTROL COMPUTER 2

SLAT/FLAP
CONTROL COMPUTER 1

VALVE
BLOCK
25CV

VALVE
BLOCK
26CV

DIFFERENTIAL
GEARBOX
PRESSURE
OFF BRAKE

PRESSURE
OFF BRAKE

POWER CONTROL UNIT 6001CM

PRESSURE
GREEN
SYSTEM

RETURN

BLUE
SYSTEM

A
LEFT HAND
WINGTIP
BRAKE
35 CV

B
TRANSMISSION
SYSTEM

A
RIGHT HAND
WINGTIP
BRAKE
36 CV

N_MM_278000_0_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-80-00-15700-A SHEET 1

Hydraulic System - Schematic

27-80-00 PB001

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

F/CTL>

1R

1L

SYSTEM REPORT / TEST

F/CTL
<EFCS1

1R

FUEL>

2R

2L

<EFCS2

2R

<COM

ICE&RAIN>

3R

3L

<SFCC1

3R

4L

<ELEC

INST>

4R

4L

<SFCC2

4R

5L

<FIRE PROT

L/G>

5R

5L

6L

<RETURN

NAV>

6R

6L

SYSTEM REPORT / TEST

1L

<AIRCOND

2L

<AFS

3L

SELECT SFCC1 OR SFCC2

5R
6R

<RETURN

1L

SFCC X
SLT TEST/RESET
<SFCC TEST
WTBRESET>

1R

1L

<SLT

LAST LEG REP

FLP>

1R

2L

<WTB/POB TEST

2R

2L

<SLT

PREV LEGS REP

FLP>

2R

3L

<SFCC TEST FAILURE

REPORT (MEMORY READ OUT)

3R

3L

<LRU

IDENTIFICATION

4L

4R

4L

<SLT

SYSTEM STATUS

FLP>

4R

5L

5R

5L

<SLT

CLASS 3 FAULTS

FLP>

5R

6R

6L

<RETURN

6L

<RETURN

SFCC X

3R

6R

NEXT
PAGE

1L

SFCC X

SFCC X
SLAT SFCC TEST
IN PROGRESS

1R

1L

<SLT

TEST/RESET

FLP>

1R

2L

2R

2L

<SLT

SYSTEM DATA

FLP>

2R

3L

3R

3L

<SLT

TROUB SH DATA

FLP>

3R

4L

4R

4L

<SLT

ON GRND FAULTS

FLP>

4R

5L

5R

5L

6R

6L

6L

1L
2L

PRINT>

SFCC X
SLAT SFCC TEST
DATE: JAN 10 UTC:1240
NO FAULTS

5R
6R

<RETURN

1R
2R

3L

3R

4L

4R

5L

5R

6L

<RETURN

PRINT>

6R
N_MM_278000_0_CAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-80-00-21700-A SHEET 1

MCDU System Displays - SFCC Test

27-80-00 PB001

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
SYSTEM REPORT / TEST
F/CTL

1L

<EFCS1

1R

2L

<EFCS2

2R

3L

<SFCC1

3R

4L

<SFCC2

4R

5L
6L

5R

<RETURN

6R

1
1 SELECT SFCC1 OR SFCC2
SFCC X
LAST LEG REP

FLP>

1R

FLP>

2R

1L

<SLT

2L

<SLT

PREV LEGS REP

3L

<LRU

IDENTIFICATION

4L

<SLT

SYSTEM STATUS

FLP>

4R

5L

<SLT

CLASS 3 FAULTS

FLP>

5R

6L

<RETURN

3R

6R

1R

1L

SFCC X
LAST LEG REPORT SLAT
DATE.

1R

2R

2L

UTC

2R

3L

3R

3L

4L

4R

4L

5L

5R

5L

6R

6L

1R

1L

2R

2L

LEG DATE UTC

3L

3R

3L

4L

4R

4L

SLT1 NO SFCC2 DATA

CHECK WIRING & SFCC2
275134

5L

5R

5L

6R

6L

1L
2L

6L

1L
2L

6L

SFCC X
LAST LEG REPORT SLAT
DATE.
NO FAULTS

<RETURN

SFCC X
PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT SLAT
AABCD
NO FAULTS

<RETURN

ATA

3R

SLT1 NO SFCC2 DATA

CHECK WIRING & SFCC2
275134

4R
5R

<RETURN

PRINT>

SFCC X
PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT SLAT
AABCD
ATA

6R

1R
2R
3R
4R
5R

<RETURN

6R

N_MM_278000_0_CAM0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-80-00-21700-A SHEET 2

MCDU System Displays - SFCC Test

27-80-00 PB001

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
1 SELECT SFCC1
OR SFCC2

1L

SYSTEM REPORT / TEST

F/CTL
<EFCS1

1R

1L

<SLT

2L

<EFCS2

2R

2L

<SLT

PREV LEGS REP

3L

<SFCC1

3R

3L

<LRU

IDENTIFICATION

4L

<SFCC2

4R

4L

<SLT

SYSTEM STATUS

FLP>

4R

5R

5L

<SLT

CLASS 3 FAULTS

FLP>

5R

6R

6L

<RETURN

SFCC X

5L
6L

<RETURN

LAST LEG REP

FLP>

1R

FLP>

2R
3R

6R

1L

SFCC X
SYSTEM STATUS SLAT
AABCD

1R

1L

2R

2L

3L

3R

3L

4L

4R

4L

2L

NO FAULTS

5L
6L

1L
2L

PRINT>

<RETURN

SFCC X
CLASS 3 FAULTS SLAT
AABCD
NO FAULTS

3L

6L

1R

1L

2R

2L

LEG DATE UTC

3R

3L

ARINC OUTPUT

5L

5R

5L

6R

6L

<RETURN

3R
4R

275134

6R

4L

2R

SLT1 NO SFCC2 DATA

CHECK WIRING & SFCC2

5L

4R

1R

ATA

5R

4L

6L

SFCC X
SYSTEM STATUS SLAT
AABCD

5R

PRINT>

<RETURN

SFCC X
CLASS 3 FAULTS SLAT
AABCD

6R

1R

ATA

2R
3R

275134

4R
5R

PRINT>

<RETURN

6R

SFCC X
LRU IDENTIFICATION
1L

1R

4917007

2L

2R

3L

3R

4L

4R

5L

5R

6L

<RETURN

PRINT>

6R

N_MM_278000_0_CAM0_03_00

AES

FIGURE 27-80-00-21700-A SHEET 3

MCDU System Displays - SFCC Test

27-80-00 PB001

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
SYSTEM REPORT / TEST
F/CTL

SFCC X

1L

<EFCS1

1R

1L

<SLT

LAST LEG REP

FLP>

1R

2L

<EFCS2

2R

2L

<SLT

PREV LEGS REP

FLP>

2R

3L

<SFCC1

3R

3L

<LRU

IDENTIFICATION

4L

<SFCC2

4R

4L

<SLT

SYSTEM STATUS

FLP>

4R

5R

5L

<SLT

CLASS 3 FAULTS

FLP>

5R

6R

6L

<RETURN

5L
6L

<RETURN

3R

6R

1 SELECT SFCC 1 OR SFCC 2

1L

SFCC X
SLAT WTB/POB TEST
DATE:JAN
10
UTC:1240
PERFORMED
NO FAULTS

NEXT
PAGE

SFCC X
SLAT WTB/POB TEST
IN PROGRESS

1R

1L

2R

2L

3L

3R

3L

4L

4R

4L

4R

5R

5L

5R

6R

6L

2L

5L

RESULT NOT STORED

6L

<RETURN

PRINT>

1R
2R

MOVE LEVER TO ABORT TEST

PRINT>

3R

6R

1L

SFCC X
SLAT WTB/POB TEST
DATE:JAN
10
UTC:1240
PERFORMED UNSUCCESSFULLY
TEST RESULT (NOT STORED)
**CV
LH WTB XXX
RH WTB XXX
**CV
POB
XXX
**CV

SFCC X
SLAT WTB/POB TEST
TEST ABORTED
OPERATOR HAS MOVED LEVER

1R

1L

2R

2L

2R

3R

3L

3R

4L

4R

4L

4R

5L

5R

5L

5R

6R

6L

2L
3L

6L

<RETURN

PRINT>

<RETURN

PRINT>

1R

6R

NOTE:XXX

SHOWS: OK
FAILURE
TEST INVALID
* * C V (=FUNCTIONAL ITEM N.) SHOWS:

LH WTB
RH WTB
POB

SLAT 1
35CV
36CV
25CV

SLAT 2
35CV
36CV
26CV

FLAP 1
33CV
34CV
23CV

FLAP 2
33CV
34CV
24CV
N_MM_278000_0_CEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-80-00-21800-A SHEET 1

MCDU System Displays - WTB/POB Test

27-80-00 PB001

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
A

1L

<SLT

TEST/RESET

SFCC X
FLP>

1R

1L

SFCC X
SLAT TEST/RESET
<SFCC TEST
WTBRESET>

1R

2L

<SLT

SYSTEM DATA

FLP>

2R

2L

<WTB/POB TEST

2R

3L

<SLT

TROUB SH DATA

FLP>

3R

3L

3R

4L

<SLT

ON GRND FAULTS

FLP>

4R

4L

<SFCC TEST FAILURE

REPORT (MEMORY READ OUT)

5R

5L

6R

6L

5L
6L

<RETURN

4R
5R
6R

<RETURN

D
2
SFCC X
SLAT WTB/POB TEST

1L

INITIAL CONDITIONS

2L

CHECK ALL HYDRAULIC

SYSTEM ARE PRESSURIZED
GREATER THAN 2300 PSI

3L
4L
B

5L

<START TEST

6L

<RETURN

PRINT>

1R

1L

2R

2L

3R

3L

4R

4L

5R

5L

SFCC X
SLAT WTB/POB TEST
CAUTION FLAP WILL MOVE
ENSURE THAT SURFACE
MOVEMENT IS POSSIBLE
WITHOUT DANGER TO
PERSONS OR
AIRCRAFT OR
MECHANICAL SYSTEM
<CONTINUE

6R

6L

<RETURN

1R
2R
3R
4R
5R
6R

IF ONE OR SOME INITIAL

CONDITIONS FOR WTB/POB
TEST ARE NOT PRESENT,
THE "START TEST"
MESSAGE IS REPLACED
BY EITHER:
MOVE LEVER TO POS 3
OR POWER DOWN OTHER SFCC
OR POWERUP WTB
OR WTB SETRESET WTB
< START WTB RESET
OR CORRUPTED RAM RETURN
ON LINE OR PIN PROG
FAULT
OR RETURN ON LINE AND
DRIVE SYSTEM TO
POSITION 3
N_MM_278000_0_CEM0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-80-00-21800-A SHEET 2

MCDU System Displays - WTB/POB Test

27-80-00 PB001

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LIFT AUGMENTING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-80-00-866-004-A
Extending the Slats on the Ground
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

To extend the slats without movement of the flaps. To extend the slats and flaps at the same time (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-00801).

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A

EIS Start Procedure

AES

27-80-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-80-00-941-052-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons that the slat system is in operation.

Subtask 27-80-00-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(3)

NOTE :

The Blue and/or Green hydraulic system(s) operate(s) the slat system. If necessary, use the
alternative hydraulic system.

NOTE :

If you use the Blue Hydraulic System, an ECAM S/CTL SLAT SYS 2 FAULT message will
show. This message can be ignored.

NOTE :

If you use the Green Hydraulic System, an ECAM S/CTL SLAT SYS 1 FAULT message will
show. This message can be ignored.

Set the ECAM system to on (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

Subtask 27-80-00-865-054-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

FIN
B07

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-80-00-865-055-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-80-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-80-00-866-052-B
A.

Extension of the Slats on the Ground

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

5.

(1)

Set the slat/flap control lever to position 1, 2 or FULL.

(2)

Make sure that on the ECAM upper DU the slat position bar moves to the correct position.

(3)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the slat/flap
control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-80-00-860-053-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

On the ECAM control panel, set the control/brightness controls to OFF.

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-80-00-942-057-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-80-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-80-00-866-007-A
Manual Extension of the Slats
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

AR

WRENCH - RIGHT-ANGLE, PNEUMATIC

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000
98D27804001000

1
1

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)

98D27804011000

BAR-TURNING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
191BT, 192BT, 521AB, 521BB,
521CB, 621AB, 621BB, 621CB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-80-00-866-008-A
27-84-45-000-005-A

Manual Retraction of the Slats

Removal of the Torque Shaft

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

(Ref. Fig. 27-80-00-991-00400-A - Slats - Manual Extension/Retraction)

AES

27-80-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-80-00-941-059-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate the
flap/slat controls.

Subtask 27-80-00-860-060-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

(4)

On the MCDU:
(a)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).
ACTION

1.On MCDU:
. push the line key for <SFCC1

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC1 menu page 1.

2.Push the NEXT PAGE button

.

the MCDU shows the SFCC1 menu page 2.

the MCDU shows the slat SYSTEM DATA submenu.

the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).

3.Push the line key (2L) SYSTEM DATA SLT>

4.Push the line key (1L) <PPU
5.Write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)
shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT >
to get a print out of the screen.
Subtask 27-80-00-865-065-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-80-00-010-052-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

AES

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below zones 191, 192.

27-80-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

4.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panels:

. on the left wing 521AB 521BB 521CB 191BT
. on the left wing 621AB 621BB 621CB 192BT

(3)

Install a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK

27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the torque shaft assy 6012CM (6062CM)
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the torque shaft assy 6012CM (6062CM).

(4)

Remove the torque shaft assy 6012CM (6062CM) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-005-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-80-00-991-00400-A - Slats - Manual Extension/Retraction)
Subtask 27-80-00-866-058-B
A.

Manual Extension of the Slats with Pneumatic Wrench

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : BE CAREFUL TO PREVENT ACCIDENTAL MOVEMENT OF THE SLATS WHILE THEY ARE
IN THE EXTENDED POSITION.
MOVEMENT OF THE SLATS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION :

DO NOT LET THE SLATS TOUCH THE END STOPS WHILE YOU MANUALLY EXTEND AND
RETRACT THE SLATS. THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE END STOPS.

(1)

Install the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) on the actuator 6013CM
(6063CM) shaft.

(2)

Install the WRENCH - RIGHT-ANGLE, PNEUMATIC on the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)
(98D27804001000).

(3)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the torque shaft,
outboard of the torque shaft assy 6012CM (6062CM).

(4)

Extend the slats with the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) and the
pneumatic right-angle wrench as necessary.

(5)

Retract the slats as necessary (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-008-A).

Subtask 27-80-00-866-060-B
B.

Manual Extension of the Slats without Pneumatic Wrench

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : BE CAREFUL TO PREVENT ACCIDENTAL MOVEMENT OF THE SLATS WHILE THEY ARE
IN THE EXTENDED POSITION.
MOVEMENT OF THE SLATS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION :

AES

DO NOT LET THE SLATS TOUCH THE END STOPS WHILE YOU MANUALLY EXTEND AND
RETRACT THE SLATS. THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE END STOPS.

27-80-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(1)

Install the BAR-TURNING (98D27804011000) on the slat drive shaft outboard of the actuator 6013CM
(6063CM).

(2)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the torque shaft,
outboard of the torque shaft assy 6012CM (6062CM).

(3)

Extend the slats with the BAR-TURNING (98D27804011000) as necessary.

(4)

Retract the slats as necessary (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-008-A).

27-80-00 PB201

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

6012CM
6062CM

A
A

ACTUATOR SHAFT
6013CM
6063CM

STANDARD PNEUMATIC
WRENCH

N_MM_278000_2_ADM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-80-00-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Slats - Manual Extension/Retraction

27-80-00 PB201

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-80-00-866-005-A
Retracting the Slats on the Ground
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

To retract the slats without movement of the flaps. To retract the slats and flaps at the same time (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-00901).

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

DESIGNATION

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A

EIS Start Procedure

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-80-00-941-053-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons that the slat system is in operation.

27-80-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-80-00-865-057-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-80-00-860-054-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(3)

NOTE :

The Blue and/or Green hydraulic system(s) operate(s) the slat system. If necessary, use the
alternative hydraulic system.

NOTE :

If you use the Blue Hydraulic System, an ECAM S/CTL SLAT SYS 2 FAULT message will
show. This message can be ignored.

NOTE :

If you use the Green Hydraulic System, an ECAM S/CTL SLAT SYS 1 FAULT message will
show. This message can be ignored.

Set the ECAM system to on (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

Subtask 27-80-00-865-058-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-80-00-866-053-A
A.

Retraction of the Slats on the Ground

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000).

(2)

Set the slat/flap control lever to position 0.

27-80-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)
5.

Make sure that on the ECAM upper DU the slat position bar moves to the correct position.

Close-up
Subtask 27-80-00-860-055-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

On the ECAM control panel, set the control/brightness controls to OFF.

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-80-00-865-059-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

FIN
B07

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-80-00-942-053-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the safety barrier(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-80-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-80-00-866-008-A
Manual Retraction of the Slats
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

To manually retract the slats after they have been manually extended.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

AR

WRENCH - RIGHT-ANGLE, PNEUMATIC

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27804001000

ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)

98D27804011000

BAR-TURNING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
191BT, 192BT, 521AB, 521BB,
521CB, 621AB, 621BB, 621CB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-007-A
27-84-45-400-006-A

Manual Extension of the Slats

Installation of the Torque Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 27-80-00-991-00400-A - Slats - Manual Extension/Retraction)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-80-00-941-060-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position on the panel 114VU to tell persons not to
operate the flap/slat controls.

27-80-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-80-00-860-061-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
attached to the flap/slat control lever on the panel 114VU.

(2)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position below zone 191,
192.

(3)

Make sure that the torque shaft assy 6012CM (6062CM) is removed and that the LOCK-TORQUE
SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed inboard of the torque shaft assy.

(4)

Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

(5)

On the MCDU, make sure that the PPU DATA page is shown.

Subtask 27-80-00-865-066-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-80-00-991-00400-A - Slats - Manual Extension/Retraction)
Subtask 27-80-00-866-059-A
A.

Manual Retraction of the Slats with Pneumatic Wrench

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
CAUTION :

AES

DO NOT LET THE SLATS TOUCH THE END STOPS WHILE YOU MANUALLY EXTEND AND
RETRACT THE SLATS. THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE END STOPS.

(1)

On the MCDU, monitor the slats APPU position.

(2)

Retract the slats to the 50 degrees APPU position with the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)
(98D27804001000) and the pneumatic right-angle wrench.

(3)

Install a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to the torque shaft
outboard of the torque shaft assy 6012CM (6062CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(4)

Remove the WRENCH - RIGHT-ANGLE, PNEUMATIC from the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND
FLAP) (98D27804001000).

(5)

Remove the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) from the actuator shaft
6013CM (6063CM).

27-80-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Install the BAR-TURNING (98D27804011000) on the slat drive shaft outboard of the actuator 6013CM
(6063CM).

(7)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the torque shaft
outboard of the torque shaft assy 6012CM (6062CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(8)

Move the slat drive shaft until the PPU DATA on the MCDU shows the same value as recorded before
the manual extension.

(9)

(a)

Use the BAR-TURNING (98D27804011000) to move the slat drive shaft.

(b)

On the MCDU, compare the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg) with those that were written
down (or printed) before the manual extension (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-007-A):
. the FPPU angle value as recorded before extension and after retraction must agree within 0.1
deg.
. the APPU angle value as recorded before extension and after retraction must agree within 0.1
deg.
. the FPPU and APPU angles (deg) must agree within 1.3 deg.
. the LH APPU and the RH APPU angles must agree within 0.45 deg.

Install a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to the torque shaft
outboard of the torque shaft assy 6012CM (6062CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(10) Remove the BAR-TURNING (98D27804011000) from the slat drive shaft.
(11) Install the torque shaft assy 6012CM (6062CM) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-006-A).
NOTE :

It may be necessary to rotate the shaft outboard of the torque shaft assy 6012CM (6062CM) to
align the splined joint.

(12) Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the torque shaft
inboard and outboard of the torque shaft assy 6012CM (6062CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).
Subtask 27-80-00-866-061-A
B.

Manual Retraction of the Slats without Pneumatic Wrench

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
CAUTION :

(1)

AES

DO NOT LET THE SLATS TOUCH THE END STOPS WHILE YOU MANUALLY EXTEND AND
RETRACT THE SLATS. THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE END STOPS.

Move the slat drive shaft until the PPU DATA on the MCDU shows the same value as recorded before
the manual extension.
(a)

Use the BAR-TURNING (98D27804011000) to move the slat drive shaft.

(b)

On the MCDU, compare the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg) with those that were written
down (or printed) before the manual extension (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-007-A):
. the FPPU angle value as recorded before extension and after retraction must agree within 0.1
deg.
. the APPU angle value as recorded before extension and after retraction must agree within 0.1
deg.
. the FPPU and APPU angles (deg) must agree within 1.3 deg.
. the LH APPU and the RH APPU angles must agree within 0.45 deg.

(2)

Install a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to the torque shaft
outboard of the torque shaft assy 6012CM (6062CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(3)

Remove the BAR-TURNING (98D27804011000) from the slat drive shaft.

27-80-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Install the torque shaft assy 6012CM (6062CM) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-006-A).
NOTE :

(5)
5.

It may be necessary to rotate the shaft outboard of the torque shaft assy 6012CM (6062CM) to
align the splined joint.

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the torque shaft
inboard and outboard of the torque shaft assy 6012CM (6062CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-80-00-865-067-A
A.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-80-00-410-051-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Close the access panels:

. on the left wing, close 521AB 521BB 521CB 191BT
. on the right wing, close 621AB 621BB 621CB 192BT

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-80-00-860-062-A
C.

Aircraft Configuration
(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever on the panel 114VU.

(2)

De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).

Subtask 27-80-00-942-059-A
D.

AES

Close-up
(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-80-00 PB201

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-80-00-866-006-A
Reset of the Torque Limiters of the Slat System on the Ground
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

521CB, 521EB, 522AB, 522CB,

522FB, 522HB, 522JB, 522KB,
522NB, 522QB, 522SB, 522UB,
621CB, 621EB, 622AB, 622CB,
622FB, 622HB, 622JB, 622KB,
622NB, 622QB, 622SB, 622UB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

(Ref. Fig. 27-80-00-991-00200-A - Torque Limiters - Detail and Location)

AES

27-80-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-80-00-991-00200-B - Torque Limiters - Detail and Location)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-80-00-941-055-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat system.

Subtask 27-80-00-010-050-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position below the applicable access panel.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel(s) to gain access to the torque limiter(s):
for the slat No.1 Torque Limiters:
521CB 521EB
621CB 621EB
for the slat No.2 Torque Limiters:
522AB 522CB
622AB 622CB
for the slat No.3 Torque Limiters:
522FB 522HB 522JB 522KB
622FB 622HB 622JB 622KB
for the slat No.4 Torque Limiters:
522NB 522QB
622NB 622QB
for the slat No.5 Torque Limiters:
522SB 522UB
622SB 622UB.

Subtask 27-80-00-865-061-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU
121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-80-00-865-062-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN
5CV

LOCATION
B06

27-80-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

FIN
P19

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-80-00-860-056-A
E.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

NOTE :

The Blue and/or the Green hydraulic system(s) operate(s) the slat system. If necessary, use the
alternative hydraulic system.

NOTE :

If you use the Blue Hydraulic System, an ECAM S/CTL SLAT SYS 2 FAULT message will
show. This message can be ignored.

NOTE :

If you use the Green Hydraulic System, an ECAM S/CTL SLAT SYS 1 FAULT message will
show. This message can be ignored.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-80-00-991-00200-A - Torque Limiters - Detail and Location)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-80-00-991-00200-B - Torque Limiters - Detail and Location)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-80-00-866-056-A
A.

Reset of the Torque Limiters of the Slat System on the Ground

(1)

Release the load from the torque limiter(s) and allow the indicators to be closed, as follows:
(a)

(2)

Put the slat/flap control lever to the last position that had been set, before the torque limiter(s)
operated.

Remove the safety collar from the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

Subtask 27-80-00-865-063-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-80-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

122VU

FIN
9CV

LOCATION
S06

Subtask 27-80-00-866-057-A
C.

Complete the Reset of the Torque Limiters

(1)

Push each applicable indicator (1) down so that it aligns with the torque limiter, in the usual system
condition.

Subtask 27-80-00-710-051-A
D.

Operational Test
(1)

5.

Do the operational test of the slat system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-80-00-410-050-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panel(s) removed to gain access to the torque limiter(s):
for the slat No.1 Torque Limiters:
521CB 521EB
621CB 621EB
for the slat No.2 Torque Limiters:
522AB 522CB
622AB 622CB
for the slat No.3 Torque Limiters:
522FB 522HB 522JB 522KB
622FB 622HB 622JB 622KB
for the slat No.4 Torque Limiters:
522NB 522QB
622NB 622QB
for the slat No.5 Torque Limiters:
522SB 522UB
622SB 622UB.

Subtask 27-80-00-865-064-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

AES

27-80-00 PB201

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

FIN
Q21

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-80-00-860-057-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Install the safety collars on the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

(2)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-80-00-942-054-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-80-00 PB201

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR

ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR

BEVEL GEARBOX
19 DEG 6003CM

B
SLAT 1

ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR

POWER CONTROL
UNIT 6001CM

ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR

B
B

SLAT 2

B SLAT 3
B
B
B

SLAT 4

SLAT 5
ACTUATOR
(REF)

TORQUE
LIMITER
INDICATOR
(REF)

USUAL SYSTEM
CONDITION

TORQUE LIMITERTYPICAL INSTALLATION

ACTIVATED
CONDITION
N_MM_278000_2_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-80-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Torque Limiters - Detail and Location

27-80-00 PB201

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR

ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR

ACTUATOR

SLAT 1

ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR

B
B

POWER CONTROL
UNIT 6001CM

ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR

BEVEL GEARBOX
19 DEG 6003CM

SLAT 2

B SLAT 3

B
B
B

SLAT 4
ACTUATOR
(REF)

SLAT 5
TORQUE
LIMITER
INDICATOR
(REF)

USUAL SYSTEM
CONDITION

C
1

ACTIVATED
CONDITION
TORQUE LIMITER TYPICAL INSTALLATION
N_MM_278000_2_AEN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-80-00-991-00200-B SHEET 1

Torque Limiters - Detail and Location

27-80-00 PB201

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-80-00-400-001-A
Installation of the Hoisting Sling
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000
98D27804009001

1
1

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

SLATS - SLING

B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-80-00-866-004-A

DESIGNATION
Extending the Slats on the Ground

(Ref. Fig. 27-80-00-991-00100-B - Hoisting Sling)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-80-00-941-056-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

(2)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

Subtask 27-80-00-860-051-A
B.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the slat/flap control lever on the panel 114VU.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-80-00-991-00100-B - Hoisting Sling)
Subtask 27-80-00-480-050-B
A.

Installation of the Hoisting Sling

(1)

AES

Remove and discard the patch (8) from the hoisting points.

27-80-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Remove the blanking caps from the slat.

(3)

Remove the pip-pins (4) and the lifting lugs (5) from the hoisting sling.

(4)

Install the lifting lugs (5) in the slat.

(5)

Attach the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) to a hoist with a capacity of 41kg (90lb).

(6)

Use the hoist to position the sling over the slat.

(7)

Make sure that the clevis (6) is in the correct position to attach to the lifting lugs (5).

(8)

Lower the hoisting sling until it can be attached to the lifting lugs (5).

(9)

Connect the clevis (6) to the lifting lugs (5) with the pip-pins (4).

(10) Put the trailing edge block (7) in position on the trailing edge of the slat.
(11) If necessary, loosen the nut (2) and adjust the turnbuckle (1) to get the correct angle to do the lift.
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-80-00-942-055-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-80-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z512
(Z612)
Z513
(Z613)
Z514
(Z614)
Z515
(Z615)

Z511
(Z611)

A
A
LH SHOWN
RH MIRROR IMAGE

1
HOISTING SLING
2

SLAT POSITIONS

B
B

8
6
BLANKING CAP

N_MM_278000_2_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-80-00-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Hoisting Sling

27-80-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-80-00-000-001-A
Removal of the Hoisting Sling
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-022-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Hoisting Point Cover Patches

27-80-00-866-004-A

Extending the Slats on the Ground

(Ref. Fig. 27-80-00-991-00100-B - Hoisting Sling)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-80-00-941-057-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to operate the slat
controls.

(2)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

Subtask 27-80-00-860-050-A
B.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the slat/flap control lever on panel 114VU.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-80-00-991-00100-B - Hoisting Sling)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH
A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

AES

27-80-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
Subtask 27-80-00-080-050-B
A.

5.

Removal of the Hoisting Sling

(1)

Remove the trailing edge block (7) from the trailing edge of the slat.

(2)

Remove the pip-pins (4) and disconnect the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) from the slat.

(3)

Remove the lifting lugs (5) from the slat and connect them to the hoisting sling with the pip-pins (4).

(4)

Remove the hoisting sling from the hoist.

(5)

Install the blanking caps in the slat. Make sure that the top of the blanking caps are not above the
surface of the slat.

(6)

Do the Installation of the Hoisting Sling Cover Patches (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-022-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-80-00-942-056-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-80-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-80-00-869-004-A
Reset of the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) of the Slat System on the Ground
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-80-00-866-006-A

Reset of the Torque Limiters of the Slat System on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

29-10-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

AES

27-80-00 PB201

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-80-00-941-061-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons that the slat system is in operation.

(3)

Open the circuit breakers that follow in step B. BEFORE you energize the aircraft electrical circuits.
NOTE :

It is important to do this to make sure that the FACs cannot go into the Return to Low speed
mode during SLAT WTB Reset procedure.

Subtask 27-80-00-865-073-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

FIN

LOCATION

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-80-00-860-063-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Make sure that the Green, the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Get access to the flight controls (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit (MCDU) (Ref.
TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

Subtask 27-80-00-865-068-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

AES

27-80-00 PB201

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-80-00-869-060-A
A.

Reset of the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) of the Slat System on the Ground
NOTE :

Use any available MCDU to do the reset of the wing tip brake.
ACTION

RESULT

1.Open the C/B 7CV.

2.On the MCDU:

. push the line key < SFCC 1.

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

3.On the MCDU:

. push the NEXT PAGE button.

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 menu.

4.On the MCDU:

. push the line key < SLT TEST/RESET.

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 SLAT TEST/RESET
menu.
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 SLAT WTB-RESET
procedure.

5.On the MCDU:

. push the line key WTB-RESET >.
6.On the MCDU:
. push the line key < START WTB RESET.

SFCC 2 is isolated.

7.Close the C/B 7CV.

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows: SFCC 1 SLAT WTB-RESET
PERFORMED.
. SFCC 2 is energized.

8.Open the C/B 5CV.

9.On the MCDU:

. push the line key < SFCC 2.

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 2 menu.

10.On the MCDU:

. push the NEXT PAGE button.

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 2 menu.

11.On the MCDU:

. push the line key < SLT TEST/RESET.

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 2 SLAT TEST/RESET
menu.
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 2 SLAT WTB-RESET
procedure.
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows: SFCC 2 SLAT WTB-RESET
PERFORMED.

12.On the MCDU:

. push the line key WTB-RESET >.
13.On the MCDU:
. push the line key < START WTB RESET.

SFCC 1 is isolated.

14.Close the C/B 5CV.

15.On the MCDU:
. push the line key < RETURN frequently until the
CFDS MENU page is shown.
16.Pressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic
systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-002-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).
17.Move the slat and flap control lever in the slat
extension and retraction direction.
18.Check all the slat system torque limiters and reset as
necessary (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-006-A).

AES

27-80-00 PB201

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-80-00-710-052-A
B.

Operational Test
(1)

5.

Do the Operational Test of the Slat System (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-80-00-860-064-A
A.

Aircraft Configuration
(1)

Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-80-00-865-074-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

FIN
B03

LOCATION

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-80-00-942-060-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-80-00 PB201

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SLATS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.

General
The electrical control and monitoring system of the slats has:
. a manually operated slat/flap control lever
. a Command Sensor Unit (CSU) 51CV
. two Slat and Flap Control Computers (SFCC1 and SFCC2) 21CV, 22CV
. two electrically controlled valve blocks 25CV(26CV) installed on the slats Power Control Unit (PCU) 6001CM
(Ref. 27-84-00-00)
. a Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit (FPPU) 28CV
. two Asymmetry Position Pick-Off Units (APPU) 31CV(32CV)
. two Wing Tip Brakes (WTB) 35CV(36CV).
The functions of the slats electrical control and monitoring system are:
. to control the valve blocks electrically
. to control the WTBs electrically
. to receive data from and send data to the related systems
. to monitor the power transmission for correct operation
. to monitor the control system and power transmission for component failure
. to monitor the inputs from and outputs to the related systems.
The system has a Built-In Test Equipment (BITE).
The slat/flap control lever controls the position of the slats. The CSU identifies the position of the slat/flap control
lever and sends related signals to each SFCC. Each SFCC controls a valve block of a hydraulic motor, which is part
of the slat PCU.
The two SFCCs monitor the operation of the transmission system. The FPPU (which is part of the slats PCU) and
the two APPUs send signals to the SFCCs. They identify component failures of the transmission system and the
control system. The Pressure-Off Brakes (POB) of the PCU and the WTBs stop and hold the transmission system
when a failure occurs.

AES

27-81-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location

(Ref. Fig. 27-81-00-12500-B - Component Location)

(Ref. Fig. 27-81-00-12600-A - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-00-12700-A - Slat System Electrical Equipment - Component Location)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
I
FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
I PANELIZONEIACCESS I
ATA
I
I
I
I DOOR I
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------SLAT AND FLAP CONTROL LEVER
114VU
27-51-43
21CV
SFCC1
85VU 127 824
27-51-34
22CV
SFCC2
86VU 128 824
27-51-34
25CV
PCU VALVE BLOCK 1
148
27-84-53
26CV
PCU VALVE BLOCK 2
148
27-84-53
28CV
FEEDBACK POSITION PICK-OFF UNIT
148
27-81-19
31CV
ASYMMETRY POSITION PICK-OFF UNIT
522 522UB
27-81-18
32CV
ASYMMETRY POSITION PICK-OFF UNIT
622 622UB
27-81-18
35CV
WING TIP BRAKE
522 522SB
27-81-51
36CV
WING TIP BRAKE
622 622SB
27-81-51
51CV
COMMAND SENSOR UNIT
114VU 220 811
27-51-17
90CV
RELAY
187VU 121
92CV
RELAY
188VU 122
94CV
RELAY
187VU 121
96CV
RELAY
188VU 122

AES

27-81-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

System Description
A.

Mechanical Input

The slat/flap control lever is installed in the cockpit on panel 114VU. There are five possible positions for the
lever (identified as 0,1,2,3 and FULL). The lever position to the related flight phase, flap angle and the slat
angle is as follows:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------LEVER
FLAP
SLAT
POSITION
FLIGHT PHASE
ANGLE (deg)
ANGLE (deg)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------0
Cruise
0
0
1*
Hold (Lowspeed)
0
18
1*
Take-off
10
18
2
Take-off
15
22
3
Take-off /Approach
20
22
FULL
Land
35
27
* Flap auto-command function
------------------------------------------------------------------------------The slat/flap control lever has two baulks. One baulk between position 1 and 2, and one between position 3 and
FULL. The baulks prevent a one-movement-change of the lever position from FULL to 0. The lever turns a shaft
which moves the input shaft of the CSU through spur gears.
B.

Electrical Control
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-00-14700-A - Slats Electrical Control - Schematic)
The CSU is installed in the cockpit, immediately below the slat and flap control lever on the panel 114VU. The
CSU changes the mechanical signals from the control lever into electrical signals to the SFCC1 and SFCC2.
The two SFCCs are installed in racks in the forward avionics compartment. The SFCCs have power supplies
with no relation between them. Each SFCC has the same function and includes one flap channel and one slat
channel. The slat channels each control one of the two valve blocks on the slats PCU. Each valve block has its
own different hydraulic supply (Ref. 27-84-00-00).
There are three solenoid valves at each valve block. For the low speed mode, the SFCCs energize the
retract/extend solenoid valves and the POB solenoid. For the high speed mode, the SFCCs energize the extend
solenoid valve and the POB solenoid. The POB solenoid permits the release of the POB of the hydraulic motor
(Ref. 27-84-00-00).
An FPPU, which is attached to the PCU, sends signals on the position of the slat transmission to the two
SFCCs. The PCU gearbox moves the FPPU.
The FPPU has two synchro transmitters, which are the same. One sends signals to the SFCC1, the other one to
the SFCC2.

C.

AES

Wing Tip Brake (WTB) Control

(Ref. Fig. 27-81-00-15300-A - Wing Tip Brake (WTB) Control - Schematic)
The WTB is an electro-hydraulic pressure-on brake. It is installed near the end of the transmission system in
each wing. The WTBs stop and hold the transmission if the SFCCs find some given types of failures. Each WTB
has two solenoid valves. Each solenoid valve controls one part of a WTB. The WTBs have different hydraulic
supplies. The Blue hydraulic system supplies one solenoid valve and the Green hydraulic system supplies the
other solenoid valve.

27-81-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Power is supplied to the WTB solenoids through the SFCCs. Each SFCC supplies and controls one solenoid on
each WTB. When the WTBs operate, the transmission locks. The circuit can only be reset (set back) on the
ground through the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS). The two SFCCs control the LH and the RH
WTB.
D. Monitoring
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-00-15800-B - Slat Transmission Monitoring - Schematic)
The two SFCCs monitor the slat system continuously for failures in:
. the operation of the power transmission system
. the Line Replaceable Units (LRU)
. the input and output signals
. the power supplies.
Failures in the slat system will not give, but may lead to class 1 level 3 warnings which are generated by the
Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring (ECAM) system.
The ECAM system shows class 1, level 1 and level 2 cautions to the flight crew (Ref. 31-50-00-00). The SFCCs
supply failure data to the ECAM system through:
. the System Data Acquisition Concentrators (SDAC) (Ref. AMM 31-55-00-00)
. the Flight Warning Computers (FWC) (Ref. AMM 31-53-00-00)
. the Display Management Computers (DMC) (Ref. 31-62-00-00).
The ECAM gives a Maintenance Status Reminder for class 2 failures.
The SFCCs supply all the related data of failures to the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS).
(1) Monitoring of the Power Transmission Systems
The SFCCs monitor the power transmission system for these failures:
. asymmetry (a position difference between the two APPUs)
. runaway (a position difference between the APPUs and the FPPU)
. uncommanded movement (a movement in the wrong direction, or a movement away from the last set
position)
. overspeed (the faster movement of one or more PPUs)
. system jam
. half speed
. low hydraulic pressure
. control valve position.
To monitor the power transmission system, the SFCCs compare the CSU signals with the position data.
The SFCCs receive the position data from:
. the two APPUs
. the FPPU
. the valve blocks.
(2) LRU Monitoring
The SFCCs monitor these LRUs for failures:
. SFCC1 and SFCC2
. the CSU
. the two WTBs
. the two APPUs
. the FPPU
. the valve blocks of the slat PCU.

AES

27-81-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The SFCCs keep the data related to the failures in their memories.
(3) Monitoring of Input and Output Signals
The SFCCs monitor these input and output signals:
. the ARINC 429 inputs from other systems
. the ARINC 429 inputs from the cross-computer link (other SFCC)
. the installation coding
. the operation mode codings
. the ground inhibit
. the ARINC 429 outputs (wraparound)
If the above signals are not in the specified limits, the SFCCs keep the data related to the failure in its
memory. The SFCCs transmit the data to the CFDS.
Other discrete inputs are:
. the Aircraft On Ground (AOG) discrete
. the WTB-arm input.
(4) Monitoring of Power Supplies
The SFCCs monitor these power supplies:
. the SFCC DC Supply
. the WTB DC Supply
. the synchro excitation power generated by the SFCCs
. the LVDT synchro excitation power generated by the SFCCs.
If the voltage is not in the specified limits, the SFCCs keep the data related to the failure in its memory.
The SFCCs transmit the data to the CFDS. If the SFCC DC supply or the synchro excitation power is not
in the specified limits, the flight crew get a failure indication.

AES

27-81-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Power Supply
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-00-17500-A - Power Supply Distribution - Schematic)
The electrical power supplies for the slat control and monitoring system are:
. the essential bus 401PP
. the normal bus 202PP
. the battery buses 701PP and 702PP.
The essential bus 401PP supplies:
. the SFCC1 slat channel
. the related PCU solenoids
. the synchro and LVDT excitation voltages.
The battery bus 701PP supplies the WTB solenoids related to the SFCC1.
The normal bus 202PP supplies:
. the SFCC2 slat channel
. the related PCU solenoids
. the synchro and LVDT excitation voltages.
The battery bus 702PP supplies the WTB solenoids related to the SFCC2.
If the WTBs are operated, the battery buses keep the solenoids energized during a SFCC power failure.

AES

27-81-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
5.

Interfaces
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-00-18800-A - Slat System Components - Interfaces)
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-00-18900-A - Slat System Interfaces - Data to Other Systems)
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-00-19000-B - Slat System Interfaces - Data from Other Systems)

AES

27-81-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
6.

Component Description
A.

Refer to (Ref. 27-51-00) for data on:

. the Slat and Flap Control Lever
. the CSU
. the SFCC.

B.

Valve Block
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-00-20700-A - Valve Block)
The valve block is the same as the valve block of the flaps PCU. Refer to (Ref. 27-51-00) for data on the valve
block.

C.

Feedback Position Pick-off Unit (FPPU)

(Ref. Fig. 27-81-00-21200-B - Feedback Position Pick-off Unit)
The slats FPPU is the same as the flaps FPPU. Refer to (Ref. 27-51-00-00) for data on the FPPU.

D. Asymmetry Position Pick-off Unit (APPU)

(Ref. Fig. 27-81-00-21700-A - Asymmetry Position Pick-Off Unit)
The two APPUs are the same as, and interchangeable with, the FPPU. Refer to (Ref. 27-51-00-00) for data on
the FPPU.
E.

Adapter Plate
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-00-22200-A - Adapter Plate)
An adapter plate, attached to the wing structure, connects the APPU to the slat transmission system.

F.

Wing Tip Brake

(Ref. Fig. 27-81-00-22700-B - Wing Tip Brake)
The slats WTB is the same as the flaps WTB. Refer to (Ref. 27-51-00-00) for data on the WTB.

AES

27-81-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
7.

Operation/Control and Indicating

(Ref. Fig. 27-81-00-24000-A - Slats - Normal Operation)
A.

Normal Operation
System Requirements
For the normal operation of the slats:
. energize the aircraft electrical network
. close the circuit breakers 5CV, 7CV, 9CV and 11CV
. pressurize the Blue hydraulic system for the slat system 1 and the Green hydraulic system for the slat system
2.
NOTE :

For safety, the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV have a red guard installed to prevent incorrect operation
during flight. To open the circuit breakers it is necessary to remove the applicable red guard first.

(1) Manual Control

The slat and flap control lever controls the position of the slats. When the lever is moved to a new position,
the slats move to the indicated slat angle.
NOTE :
B.

The slats will not move when the slat and flap control lever moves from position 2 to 3 , or 3 to 2.
As a function of the lever position, the flaps can move.

Electrical Control
The CSU sends discrete signals to the slat channel of each SFCC. At the same time, the CSU sends discrete
signals for the flap position to the flap channel. The switch pattern of the CSU changes when the control lever
moves. This causes the SFCC to get different signals (Ref. Table 2). Each slat channel receives signals from two
sets of the 5-track switches in the CSU. For a correct signal, each channel must receive the same detent pattern
from the two sets of switches.
For a permitted out-of-detent pattern, each channel must receive the same out-of-detent pattern from the two
sets of switches.
A CSU failure is given as one of the two that follows:
. a CSU pattern being other than a valid selection or out-of-detent
. the CSU is seen to move directly from 0 to Full or from Full to 0 without going through positions 1, 2 or 3.
This failure is called a CSU disadjust if it is confirmed by the other SFCC.

C. Table
------------------------------------------------------------------------------LEVER
POSITION
0
1
2
3
FULL
------------------------------------------------------------------------------TRACK 1
XXXXX
XXXX
TRACK 2
XXXXXXXXXXX
TRACK 3
XXXXXXXXXX
TRACK 4
XXXXXXXXXXXX
TRACK 5
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
_______________________________________________________________________________
SLAT ANGLE
0
18
22
22
27
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FLAP ANGLE
0
10
15
20
40

AES

27-81-00 PB001

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Lever Position and Switch Pattern
Table 2
D. SFCC Memory
The SFCC memory keeps the last correct signal, which controls the slat and flap position. The SFCCs compare
a new CSU signal with the slat position signal which comes from the FPPU. If a change of slat angle is
necessary, the PCU solenoids get electrical power. The slats move towards the new position (Ref. 27-54-00).
When the position data from the FPPU is the same as the CSU signal, the slats stop.
NOTE :

E.

Slat and flap movement always obeys the last correct control lever movement. For example, when the
lever moves from position 3 to FULL, the slats will extend in the direction of the FULL position. If the
lever returns to position 3 before the slats reach position FULL, the direction of slat movement changes
and the slats move back to position 3.

Slat Alpha Lock/Speed Baulk

The Air Data/Inertial Reference Units (ADIRU) supply corrected angle-of-attack (alpha) and computed air
speed (CAS) data to the SFCC. The SFCC use the data to prevent slat retraction at high alpha and/or low
CAS. Slat retraction is not possible if:
. the alpha is more than 8.5 deg.
. the CAS is less than 148 knots.
The function resets if alpha decreases below 7.6 deg. or CAS increases over 154 knots.
Alpha lock/speed baulk is not possible if:
. the slat retraction is set before alpha is more than 8.5 deg. or CAS less than 148 knots
. the aircraft is on the ground with CAS below 60 knots.
When the function is active, the ECAM shows the message A-Lock (cyan, pulsing) below the slat position
indication (Ref. 27-85-00-00).

F.

Operation of the Wing Tip Brake

(Ref. Fig. 27-81-00-26000-A - Wing Tip Brake Logic)
The WTBs lock the transmission system if some given types of failure occur that requires it to lock the WTBs.
(1) If one or the other lane of the slat channel finds a failure:
. the lane arms its own WTB circuits
. the other channel receives a WTB-arm discrete signal.
(2) If one or the other lane in the second slat channel also finds the failure:
. the lane arms its own WTB circuits
. the first channel receives a WTB-arm discrete signal.
When the SFCCs receive a WTB-arm signal they energize the related WTB solenoid valves. The WTBs
lock the transmission system.
If one SFCC does not operate, the other SFCC receives a WTB-arm signal automatically. If the other SFCC
finds some given types of failure, one solenoid valve on each WTB gets electrical power.
(3) Reset
The WTB can only be reset on the ground through the CFDS.

AES

27-81-00 PB001

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
G.

Monitoring for Failure Conditions

(1) Monitoring of the Power Transmission System
The SFCCs monitor:
. the slat position data from the APPUs and the FPPU
. the rate of change of the slat position data
. the selected position from the CSU.
The SFCCs use this data to find:
. an asymmetry
. a runaway
. an uncommanded movement
. an overspeed.
(2) System Jam
The SFCC will find a system jam if the system speed is below 2% nominal for more than 4 seconds.
When the SFCCs find a system jam:
. the valve block solenoids on the PCU are de-energized
. the POBs are applied and stop their related hydraulic motors
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 2 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message.
If the SFCCs receive a new correct CSU signal, the SFCCs go back to their normal operation.
If there is low hydraulic pressure, the SFCCs stop system jam monitoring.
(3) LRU Monitoring
(a) SFCC1 and SFCC2
Each lane of each slat channel receives output signals from the other lane in the same channel. Each
lane compares these signals with its own output signals. If there is a difference for more than 320
milliseconds and minor failure steps are taken:
. the solenoids on the related valve block are de-energized
. the POBs lock their related hydraulic motor
. the other channel receives a WTB-arm signal
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
. the slats operate at half speed.
If the failure resets within 5 seconds, the channel returns to its normal operation. The SFCCs cancel
the caution and the WTB-arm signal. If the failure is still there after 5 seconds then a major failure
step is taken:
. the SFCC arms the WTB for the defective channel.
The major failure step is also taken if 10 minor failures occur within 3 minutes.
If there is a failure in the two slat channels:
. the solenoids on the two valve blocks are de-energized
. the POBs lock their related hydraulic motor
. the WTB for the two channels lock the transmission system
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 2 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
. the slats do not operate until reset on the ground.

AES

27-81-00 PB001

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) CSU
The SFCCs monitor the CSU signals for the correct detent or out-of-detent switch patterns.
If the SFCCs receive an incorrect pattern for more than 0.5 seconds:
. the solenoids on the related valve block are de-energized
. the POBs lock their related hydraulic motor
. the SFCCs give a level 1 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message.
If the SFCCs receive an out-of-detent pattern for more than 10 seconds:
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 2 caution after the slats are at the last set position
. the ECAM display unit shows a failure message.
If a CSU disadjust failure is detected:
. the solenoids on the two valve blocks are de-energized
. the POBs lock their related hydraulic motor
. each channel arms its own WTB and sends a WTB-arm signal to the other channel
. the WTBs lock the transmission system
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 2 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
. the slats do not operate until reset on the ground.
(c) WTB
Each slat channel monitors its related WTB solenoids for open circuit or short circuit. If there is a
failure with the correct WTB power available:
. the ECAM display unit shows a failure message.
(d) PPU
If one slat channel finds failures because of PPU differences, but does not receive the WTB-arm signal
from the other channel:
. the SFCC will find a failure in one synchro of the related PPU
. the solenoids on the related valve block are de-energized
. the POBs lock their related hydraulic motor
. the related channel arms its WTB
. the other channel receives the WTB-arm signal
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
. the slats operate at half speed.
(e) Valve Blocks
1

LVDT
Each slat channel monitors its related LVDT for the correct operation. If there is a failure, the
SFCCs memory keeps the related data and sends it to the CFDS. If the failure stops the operation
of the motor:
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
. the slats operate at half speed.

Solenoid Valves
Each slat channel monitors the position of the solenoid valves on its related valve block. The slat
channels use the signals from the LVDT to compare the position of the control valve with that
commanded. If a valve does not close after a signal:

AES

27-81-00 PB001

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.
.
3

the channel will not try to drive the motor when the SFCC gets DC power
the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
the slats operate at half speed.

Hydraulic Pressure
Each slat channel monitors the hydraulic pressure available to move its related motor. It uses
signals from the LVDT to compare the position of the control valve with that commanded (Ref.
27-54-00-00). If there is low pressure:
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
. the slats operate at half speed.
When hydraulic pressure goes back to its normal condition:
. the SFCCs and the ECAM system cancel the class 1 level 1 caution and the failure message
. the slats operate at normal speed.
If low pressure is detected the SFCCs stop system jam monitoring.

(f) Hydraulic Motors

Each slat channel monitors the transmission system for half speed operation when there is a hydraulic
motor jam. The half speed monitor operates only when the valves of the two valve blocks are in the
full speed position. If the slat movement is slower than the minimum speed for two-motor operation:
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution after 8 seconds and the ECAM display unit shows a failure
message
. the slats operate at half speed.
When the aircraft is on the ground, half speed monitoring stops.
(4) Monitoring of Input and Output Signals
(a) ARINC 429 Inputs from other Systems
Each slat channel monitors ARINC 429 inputs from the Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit (ADIRU).
(b) ARINC 429 Input from Cross-Computer Link
Each slat channel monitors the other slat channel for the correct operation. If there is no data for more
than 10 seconds, the CFDS gets a failure message.
(c) Installation Coding
Each slat channel monitors its installation code inputs. If they find an incorrect coding:
. all ARINC 429 outputs, for that channel, change to no computed data
. the CFDS gets a failure message.
(d) Operation Mode Coding
Each slat channel monitors its operation mode coding inputs. If they find an incorrect coding:
. the ARINC 429 slat and flap system status changes to no computed data
. the solenoids on the related valve block are de-energized
. the POBs lock their related hydraulic motor
. the related channel arms its WTB
. the other channel receives the WTB-arm signal
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
. the slats operate at half speed.

AES

27-81-00 PB001

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
If the channel receives the WTB-arm signal from the other channel:
. the WTBs lock the transmission system
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 2 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message.
Reset is only possible on the ground.
(e) ARINC 429 Outputs (Wraparound)
Each slat channel monitors its ARINC 429 outputs. Wraparound inputs get the output data. If there is
a difference, the related output stops and the CFDS gets a failure message.
(5) Monitoring of Power Supplies
(a) SFCC DC Supply
Each slat channel monitors its primary 28V DC supply and its internal secondary power supply. If the
primary power supply goes below 15V DC, or the internal secondary power supply does not operate:
. the solenoids on the related valve block are de-energized
. the POB locks the related motor
. the other channel receives the WTB-arm signal
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
. the slats operate at half speed.

NOTE :

The failed channel does not arm the WTB in case of interruption of all aircraft DC power. This
is to stop the WTB locking the system at the same time when the DC power fails.

(b) WTB DC Supply

Each slat channel monitors the special power supply for its WTB. If the WTB power input goes below
15V DC:
. the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
. the CFDS gets a failure message.
(c) Synchro Excitation Power
Each slat channel monitors the correct synchro excitation power. The internal secondary DC power
supplies the synchro excitation power. If the voltages or frequency are not correct:
. the solenoids on the related valve block are de-energized
. the POB locks the related motor
. the channel arms the related WTB
. the other channel receives a WTB-arm signal
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
. the slats operate at half speed.
If the synchro excitation power goes back to the correct value, the slats will operate as normal. If the
other channel receives the WTB-arm signal:
. the WTBs lock the transmission system
. the SFCCs give a class 1 level 2 caution and the ECAM display unit shows a failure message.
Reset is only possible on the ground.
H. Failure Table
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AES

27-81-00 PB001

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MONITORED
FAILURE

ECAM MESSAGE
WARNING
MOTOR
SYSTEM
-----------------------------STATUS
STATUS
E/W CRT
SYS/STATUS CRT
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Asymmetry.
FLT CTL
INOP SYS
CAUTION
The two
Stopped.
Runaway.
SLATS LOCKED
SLATS CAT 3
+
stopped
No reset
Overspeed.
WING TIP BRK ON
Single
in flight
Uncommanded
MAX SPEED...
chime
movement.
CSU
MAX SPEED ...
LDG DIST=x1.1*
mechanical
CAT 2 ONLY
failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------------System
FLT CTL
INOP SYS
CAUTION
The two
Stopped.
jam.
SLATS FAULT
CAT 3 SLATS
+
stopped
Reset if
The two Slat MAX. SPEED...
LOG DIST...
Single
failure
Channels
SLATS LEVER...
CAT 2 ONLY
chime
disappfailed
...RECYCLE
INCREASED FUEL
ears
CONSUMP
CSU failure
(valid outof-detent
for more than
10 seconds)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Slats not in CONFIG
WARNING
T.O.
SLATS NOT IN
+
config.
T.O. CONFIG
CIRC
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------MONITORED
ECAM MESSAGE
WARNING
MOTOR
SYSTEM
FAILURE
-----------------------------STATUS
STATUS
E/W CRT
SYS/STATUS CRT
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Slat Channel FLT CTL
SLATS SLOW
Stopped
1/2
failure
SLATS SYS 1(2)
speed
CSU failure
FAULT
(invalid
pattern)
PPU Synchro.
LVDT.
Valve Block
Solenoid.
Low hydraulic
pressure.
Operation
Mode Coding.
SFCC DC
supply
synchro excitation supply.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Hydraulic
SLATS SLOW
Stopped 1/2
Motor jam
speed

AES

27-81-00 PB001

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
------------------------------------------------------------------------------WTB supply.
FLT CTL
WTB solenoid SLAT TIP BRK FAULT
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ARINC 429
Input/Output.
Installation
Coding
------------------------------------------------------------------------------* Depending on the slat and flap position.
J.

AES

Parameter List
Refer to 27-51-00 for data on the parameter list.

27-81-00 PB001

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
8.

BITE
Not Applicable

AES

27-81-00 PB001

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
ASYMMETRY POSITION
PICK OFF UNIT 32CV
ADAPTER PLATE (6098CM)
WING TIP BRAKE
36CV

A
WING TIP BRAKE
35CV

ASYMMETRY POSITION
PICK OFF UNIT 31CV
ADAPTER PLATE (6048CM)

STA18694/FR 42
FEEDBACK POSITION
PICK OFF UNIT 28CV

VALVE BLOCK
25CV

VALVE BLOCK
26CV
N_MM_278100_0_ABMA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-00-12500-B SHEET 1

Component Location

27-81-00 PB001

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SLAT AND FLAP

CONTROL LEVER

114VU

COMMAND SENSOR
UNIT 51CV

N_MM_278100_0_AAMJ_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-00-12600-A SHEET 1

Component Location

27-81-00 PB001

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
B

FR24A

Z120

A
FR1
122VU

B
80VU

121VU

SFCC2
22CV
86VU

187VU

85VU
188VU
SFCC1
21CV

E
EXAMPLE OF THE
RELAY INSTALLATION
90CV
92CV
94CV
96CV

N_MM_278100_0_AAMS_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-00-12700-A SHEET 1

Slat System Electrical Equipment - Component Location

27-81-00 PB001

Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

CONTROL LEVER

CSU

SFCC1

SFCC2

SLAT

FLAP

FLAP

SLAT

CHANNEL

CHANNEL

CHANNEL

CHANNEL

FLAPS

FPPU

SLATS
PCU
VALVE
BLOCK
(25CV)

VALVE
BLOCK
(26CV)

N_MM_278100_0_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-00-14700-A SHEET 1

Slats Electrical Control - Schematic

27-81-00 PB001

Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

BLUE SYSTEM
RETURN

GREEN SYSTEM

PRESSURE

PRESSURE

RETURN

GREEN SYSTEM
RETURN

SFCC2

PRESSURE

PRESSURE

RETURN

SFCC2

SFCC1

LEFT
WING TIP
BRAKE
(35CV)

BLUE SYSTEM

SFCC1

S
TRANSMISSION
SYSTEM

RIGHT
WING TIP
BRAKE
(36CV)

N_MM_278100_0_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-00-15300-A SHEET 1

Wing Tip Brake (WTB) Control - Schematic

27-81-00 PB001

Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

CONTROL
LEVER
COMMAND
SENSOR UNIT

SFCC1

SFCC2
FLAPS

PCU

APPU

LVDT
WTB
FPPU

N_MM_278100_0_AHM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-00-15800-B SHEET 1

Slat Transmission Monitoring - Schematic

27-81-00 PB001

Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

COMPUTER
REMOVED

COMPUTER
REMOVED
FAULT
SYS 2

FAULT
SYS 1

A/C ON GND

A/C ON GND
FLT 96CV

94CV

FLT
GND

GND

92CV
AD
10D

21CV
SFCC1

AD
3J

2J

22CV
SFCC2

AD
2J

3J

10D

AD

401PP
AF
5CV
28VDC

2
8
7

POWER
SUPPLY
UNIT

2
8
7

POWER
SUPPLY
UNIT

11

701PP

702PP

10
3
AF

AB

28VDC

WTB
LATCH

10
AF

7CV

11
WTB
LATCH

9CV
28VDC

202PP

AF

12F 12D 14C

C B A

15C 13D 13F

15A 14A 15K 14K 15G 14G

15H 14H
AE

14H 15H
AE

14G 15G 14K 15K 14A 15A 13F 13D 15C

11CV
28VDC

14C 12D 12F

AE

A B C

WTB
LH

WTB
LH

33CVA

35CVB

A
K J

POB

H U

EXTEND RETRACT
PCU

25CV

C B A

F B A

F B A

WTB
RH

APPU
LH

APPU
RH

36CVA

31CVA

32CVA

F B A

C B

B C

FPPU

LVDT
PCU

LVDT
PCU

28CVA

25CV

26CV

A B F

A B F

A B F

A B C

FPPU

APPU
RH

APPU
LH

WTB
RH

28CVB

32CVB

31CVB

36CVB

U H

J K

B
RETRACT EXTEND

POB

PCU
26CV

N_MM_278100_0_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-00-17500-A SHEET 1

Power Supply Distribution - Schematic

27-81-00 PB001

Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
SFCC1

SFCC2

21CV

22CV
ARINC 429
OUTPUTS TO
ASSOCIATED
SYSTEMS

WRAPROUND

WRAPAROUND

CSU INPUT

CSU INPUT

CSU

CSU INPUT

CSU INPUT

EXTEND SOL

EXTEND SOL

RETRACT SOL

RETRACT SOL

POB SOL

SLATS
PCU

POB SOL

LVDT INPUT

LVDT INPUT

LVDT EXCITATION

LVDT EXCITATION

APPU INPUT

APPU INPUT

LH APPU

SYNCHRO
EXCITATION

SYNCHRO
EXCITATION

APPU INPUT

APPU INPUT

RH APPU

SYNCHRO
EXCITATION

SYNCHRO
EXCITATION

FPPU INPUT

FPPU INPUT

FPPU

SYNCHRO
EXCITATION
SLAT ARM INPUT

SYNCHRO
EXCITATION
SLAT ARM INPUT

SLAT ARM OUTPUT

SLAT ARM OUTPUT

LH WTB OUTPUT

LH WTB

LH WTB OUTPUT

RH WTB OUTPUT

RH WTB

RH WTB OUTPUT

XCOMPUTER LINK INCLUDES SLAT

FAULT CONFIRMATION

ARINC 429

DISCRETE

N_MM_278100_0_ANM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-00-18800-A SHEET 1

Slat System Components - Interfaces

27-81-00 PB001

Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
ECAM
FWC
315300

IPPU

21CV

COMPONENT STATUS
SYSTEM STATUS
ACTUAL POSITION

ACTUAL POSITION

IPPU

SDAC
315400

COMPONENT STATUS
SYSTEM STATUS
ACTUAL POSITION

ELAC
279300

ACTUAL POSITION

FAC2
226600

ACTUAL POSITION

ACTUAL POSITION

SEC
279400

ACTUAL POSITION

MAINT INDICATION

CFDIU
313200

MAINT INDICATION

TEST
CONNECTION

TEST
CONNECTION

SFCC1
SLATS RETRACTED

IV
IV

15deg

IV

IV

15deg

SLATS

IV

15deg

21deg

15deg

CIDS
237300

SLATS

IV

SLATS

SLATS RETRACTED

15deg

21deg

SEC
279400

SLATS

IV

IV

15deg

SLATS RETRACTED
ELAC
279300

IV

SLATS

SFCC2

IV

SLATS RETRACTED

22CV

21deg

21deg

103VU
92VU
SEC
279400

SLATS
SLATS

SLATS

FAC
226600
SLATS

SLATS

ARINC 429
FAC
226600

SYNCHRO
DISCRETE

N_MM_278100_0_AQM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-00-18900-A SHEET 1

Slat System Interfaces - Data to Other Systems

27-81-00 PB001

Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

21CV

22CV

CORRECTED ANGLE OF ATTACK

COMPUTED AIRSPEED

A/C ON GROUND

ADIRU
341200

CORRECTED ANGLE OF ATTACK

COMPUTED AIRSPEED

LGCIU1
323100

SFCC1

SFCC2
LGCIU2
323100

A/C IDENT. DATE GMT

FLT INFO> A/C CONFIG.
BITE COMMAND WORDS

CFDIU
323100

ARINC 429

A/C ON GROUND

A/C IDENT. DATE GMT

FLT INFO> A/C CONFIG.
BITE COMMAND WORDS

DISCRETE

N_MM_278100_0_ARM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-00-19000-B SHEET 1

Slat System Interfaces - Data from Other Systems

27-81-00 PB001

Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
Z 1 4 7/ 1 4 8

STA18694/FR 42

VALVE BLOCK
25CV

VALVE BLOCK
26CV
N_MM_278100_0_AUM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-00-20700-A SHEET 1

Valve Block

27-81-00 PB001

Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z147/148

STA18694/FR 42
FEEDBACK POSITION
PICK OFF UNIT 28CV

N_MM_278100_0_AXM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-00-21200-B SHEET 1

Feedback Position Pick-off Unit

27-81-00 PB001

Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
STA14459/RIB 27
STA14057/RIB 26

A
522TB
(622TB)

A
ADAPTER PLATE
6048CM (6098CM)

FW

TORQUE SHAFT
(REF)

CONNECTOR B

CONNECTOR A

ASYMMETRY POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT 31CV (32CV)

N_MM_278100_0_AYM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-00-21700-A SHEET 1

Asymmetry Position Pick-Off Unit

27-81-00 PB001

Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
STA14459/RIB 27
STA14057/RIB 26

A
522TB
(622TB)

A
OUTBOARD

FRONT SPAR

ADAPTER PLATE
6048CM (6098CM)

N_MM_278100_0_BAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-00-22200-A SHEET 1

Adapter Plate

27-81-00 PB001

Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

STA12970/RIB 24

522RB
(622RB)

GREEN HYD SYSTEM

OUTBOARD
BLUE HYD SYSTEM

WING TIP BRAKE

35CV(36CV)

N_MM_278100_0_BDM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-00-22700-B SHEET 1

Wing Tip Brake

27-81-00 PB001

Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

2A
3A

4B
1B

CSU

1A
4A

2B
3B

SFCC1

SLAT
CHANNEL

SFCC2

FLAP
CHANNEL

FLAP
CHANNEL

SLAT
CHANNEL

FPPU

RETS EXTS

POBS 25CV

26CV

POB

POBS EXTS

POB

SLATS

RETS

PCU

RETS RETRACT SOLENOID

EXTS EXTENDED SOLENOID
POBS POB SOLENOID
M MOTOR
POB PRESSURE OFF BRAKE

N_MM_278100_0_BGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-00-24000-A SHEET 1

Slats - Normal Operation

27-81-00 PB001

Page 33
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SFCC1

SFCC2
SLAT
CHANNEL

FLAP
CHANNEL

LANE
1

SLAT
CHANNEL

LANE
2

LANE
1

OR

LANE
2

FLAP
CHANNEL

OR
ARM

AND

LH WTB

ARM

AND

RH WTB

N_MM_278100_0_BJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-00-26000-A SHEET 1

Wing Tip Brake Logic

27-81-00 PB001

Page 34
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SLATS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-81-00-040-001-A
Slat WTB Solenoid - WTB Test Procedure
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 21CV
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE

ACCESS

TEST

SPECIFIC
TOOLS

MHR

E/T

NB MEN

MMEL 27-81-01A
1.

Reason for the Job

MMEL 27-81-01A
Slat Wing Tip Brakes Solenoids
(Old MMEL ref: 27-81-01)

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

27-81-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Wing-Tip Brake and the Pressure-Off Brake

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-81-00-941-059-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat system.

27-81-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-81-00-861-054-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

In the deactivation procedure that follows it is necessary to do the WTB/POB test with SFCC 1 (Ref.
TASK 27-81-00-710-001-A).
Prepare to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-81-00-865-070-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-81-00-040-050-A
A.

Slat WTB Solenoid - WTB Test Procedure

(1)

Do the WTB/POB test with SFCC No. 1 (slat system) (Ref. TASK 27-81-00-710-001-A).
NOTE :

(2)

Make sure that the WTB/POB test was successful and that the MCDU shows:
SFCC 1
DATE: XXX XX__ UTC: XXXX
PERFORMED
NO FAULTS
RESULT NOT STORED
NOTE :

(3)

5.

If you do the WTB/POB test with engine driven pumps (EDPs), it is possible that CFDS is not
available.
Then refer to the procedure at MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES in the MMEL 27-81-01A (old
MMEL ref: 27-81-01).

The aircraft can only dispatched if the WTB/POB test was successful.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(a)

On the MCDU, push the key adjacent to < RETURN until the CFDS Menu page is shown.

(b)

On the MCDU, push the MCDU MENU key and make sure that the MCDU MAIN Menu is
shown.

Close-up
Subtask 27-81-00-865-073-A
A.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-81-00 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-81-00-942-056-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-81-00 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Task 27-81-00-440-001-A
DELETED

AES

27-81-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SLATS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-81-00-740-001-A
Read-out for Class 3 Faults in the Slat System
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
31-32-00-869-002-A
3.

QTY
AR WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION
Procedure for Class 3 Faults Reading

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-81-00-941-054-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

4.

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slats.

Procedure
Subtask 27-81-00-869-051-A
A.

Read-out for Class 3 Faults in the Slat System

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE YOU
SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
(1)

5.

Read for class 3 faults in the slat system (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-869-002-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-81-00-942-054-A
A.

Removal of Equipment
(1)

AES

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-81-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-81-00-740-002-A
BITE Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computers (Slat System)
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
NOTE :
1.

IGNORE ALL THE ECAM WARNINGS WHEN THE COMPUTER IS IN THE MENU MODE.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
NOTE :

2.

Refer to SIL 27-116 for SFCC In-Service Standards and SFCC combinations.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
AR WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-81-00-941-060-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat system.

Subtask 27-81-00-860-053-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

27-81-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-81-00-865-055-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2

2GA

Q35

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-81-00-740-050-A
A.

BITE Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computers (Slat System)
NOTE :

Use the Multipurpose Control Display Unit (MCDU) 2 on panel 11VU for the test.

ACTION
1.On the Multipurpose Control Display Unit (MCDU):
. push the line key < SFCC 1.

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.

2.On the MCDU:

. push the NEXT PAGE button.

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 menu.

3.On the MCDU:

. push the line key < SLT TEST/RESET.

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 SLAT TEST/RESET
menu.

AES

RESULT

27-81-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
4.On the MCDU:
. push the line key < SFCC TEST.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows SFCC 1
SLAT SFCC TEST
IN PROGRESS
. for a positive test result the MCDU
shows SFCC 1 SLAT SFCC TEST
NO FAULTS
. for a negative test result, the MCDU
shows SFCC 1
SLAT SFCC TEST
PERFORMED WITH FAULT
< FAULT DATA
(push the line key < FAULT DATA to show the failure
data)
. if the test finds a peripheral fault, the MCDU shows
SFCC 1
SLAT TEST
NO FAULTS BUT
(for a peripheral fault see the display below).

5.On the MCDU:

. push the line key < RETURN frequently until the
MCDU shows the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
F/CTL menu.
6.On the MCDU:
. push the line key < SFCC 2.

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 2 menu.

7.Do the SFCC test as described above with the SFCC 2

menu.
8.On the MCDU:
. push the line key < RETURN frequently until the
CFDS menu page is shown.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
If there is a peripheral fault, the SFCC TEST RESULT
!
! page will be shown on the CFDS.
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
!
SFCC 1
!
!
SLAT SFCC TEST
!
!
DATE:XXX XX UTC:XXXX
!
!
1L -!NO FAULTS BUT
-!1R
!
!
!
!
!
!
2L -!*
-!2R
!
!
!
!
!
!
3L -!**
-!3R
!
!
!
!
!
!
4L -!
-!4R
!
!
!
!
!
!
5L -!
-!5R
!
!
!
!
!
!
6L -!<RETURN
PRINT> -!6R
!
!
!

AES

27-81-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
------------------------------------------------------------------------------NOTE :

* If the X-computer arm test is not done during the TEST these words will be shown:

------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
2L -!OTHER SFCC ARM SIGNAL!- 2R
!
!
!NOT TESTED
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------NOTE :

** Shows one or more of the peripheral faults or a system is not complete as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
either
!WTB SET
!
!
!------------------!---------------------!------------------------------------!
!
and/or
!NO WTB POWER
!
!
!------------------!---------------------!------------------------------------!
!
and/or
!LH WTB SOLENOID X/X !
!
!------------------!---------------------!------------------------------------!
!
and/or
!RH WTB SOLENOID X/X !
!
!------------------!---------------------!------------------------------------!
!
and/or
!FPPU FAULT
!
!
!------------------!---------------------!------------------------------------!
!
and/or
!LH APPU FAULT
!
!
!------------------!---------------------!------------------------------------!
!
and/or
!RH APPU FAULT
!
!
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE :

5.

X/X shows S/C short circuit or O/C open circuit.

Close-up
Subtask 27-81-00-860-054-A
A.

Aircraft Configuration
(1)

On the MCDU, push the key adjacent to the <CFDS indication until the CFDS menu pages come into
view.

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-81-00-942-060-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-81-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-81-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Wing-Tip Brake and the Pressure-Off Brake
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-81-00-03-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF WTB/POB
NOTE :

2.

If you do this task together with MPD-TASK 278100-04, do MPD-TASK 278100-04 after this operational
test.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-38-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Battery Charge Limiter (BCL), (with the CFDS)

24-38-00-710-001-A-01

Operational Test of the Battery Charge Limiter (BCL), (without the CFDS)

24-41-00-861-002-A

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-80-00-869-004-A

Reset of the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) of the Slat System on the Ground

27-81-00-740-002-A

BITE Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computers (Slat System)

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

AES

27-81-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-23-00-863-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump

29-23-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System from the Green Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Ground Service Cart

29-23-00-864-001-A

31-32-00-860-006-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

71-00-00-710-018-A
71-00-00-710-043-A

Discontinued Start, Restart and Shutdown Procedures

Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure

71-00-00-710-047-A

Normal Engine Manual Start Procedure

29-23-00-864-001-A

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-81-00-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons that the slat and flap systems are in
operation.

Subtask 27-81-00-861-053-A
B.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Make sure that the aircraft batteries are fully charged (Ref. TASK 24-38-00-710-001-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-38-00-710-001-A-01).

Subtask 27-81-00-865-057-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

AES

27-81-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-81-00-865-056-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

FIN

LOCATION

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-81-00-860-052-A
E.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the MCDU (Ref. TASK
31-32-00-860-006-A).

(2)

Do the BITE test of the SFCC (Slat System) to get the information of the current status of the related
flap and slat system (Ref. TASK 27-81-00-740-002-A).
(a)

(b)

After this BITE test:

1

If the BITE test result is positive (the page shows SLAT SFCC TEST NO FAULTS), go to
Para. F. Initial Conditions.

If the BITE test result is negative (the page shows SLAT SFCC TEST PERFORMED WITH
FAULTS):
Refer to the fault message which comes into view and:
. do the related maintenance procedure(s) (for example: If the test shows that the Wing
Tip Brakes (WTBs) are set, do the reset of the WTBs (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-869-004A)
or
. do the related trouble shooting procedure(s) (for example: If the test shows a fault of a
LRU).

After the maintenance/trouble shooting procedure(s):

. Do the BITE test again and make sure that the test result is positive.

Subtask 27-81-00-860-050-B
F.

Initial Conditions
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Make sure that the CFDS is not in the SFCC MENU mode before you start the test. You must go from
the off-line mode (SFCC MENU mode) to the on-line mode (SFCC NORMAL mode).
NOTE :

(a)

AES

The test will not operate if a BITE test was completed before without going from the off-line
mode to the on-line mode.
Subsequently a CORRUPTED RAM -RETURN ONLINE or a PIN PROG FAULT will be
shown.

At the MCDU, after the BITE test of the two SFCCs (Slat System), go back to the CFDS
MENU page:
1

Push the line key adjacent to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST indication.

Push the line key adjacent to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL indication.

Push the line key adjacent to the SFCC 1 (2).

27-81-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4
(2)

On the overhead panel 50VU: Make sure that the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES G/B/Y
P/BSW are in the OFF position (on the pushbutton switches, the OFF legends come on).
If necessary lift the guards and push the pushbutton switches to the OFF position.

(3)

It is possible to pressurize the hydraulic systems with 3 different procedures:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(4)

Pressurization with the electric pumps:

1

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the blue electric pump (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

Pressurize the Green hydraulic system from the Yellow hydraulic system through the Power
Transfer Unit (PTU) with the electric pump (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A).

Pressurization with a ground power cart:

1

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the ground power cart (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A).

Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system from the Green hydraulic system through the Power
Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-002-A).

Pressurization with the engine driven pumps (EDPs):

1

Start both engines by the Normal Engine Automatic-Start Procedure (Ref. TASK
71-00-00-710-043-A) or the Normal Engine Manual-Start Procedure (Ref. TASK
71-00-00-710-047-A).

Make sure that the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems have a pressure of 3000 psi
(207 bar).

Use only one of the pressurization procedures.

NOTE :

(a)
4.

For the next MCDU instruction refer then to the WTB/POB test in Para. 4. Procedure.
But at this time: Continue with the next work steps.

AIRBUS recommends that you do pressurization with the ground power cart or with the EDPs.
If you pressurize with the electric pumps it is possible that the hydraulic pressure will not be
sufficient to do the WTB/POB test successfully (result will be TEST INVALID).

Make sure that the hydraulic pressure stays constant during this test. The test will abort if the
hydraulic pressure decreases under approximately 2500 psi.

Procedure
Subtask 27-81-00-710-051-A
A.

Operational Test of the Wing Tip Brake and the Pressure-Off Brake
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Make sure that all the initial conditions are obeyed.

(2)

Do the test that follows:

ACTION
1.On the panel 121VU:
. open the circuit breakers 7CV and 8CV (slat and flap
system 2).

AES

RESULT

27-81-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
2.Set the slat and flap control lever to position 3.

RESULT
The slats and flaps move to position 3.
. Make sure that the lever will stay in this position during
the WTB/POB test.

3.On the MCDU:

. Push the line key < SFCC 1 (2).

ON the MCDU:
. The MCDU shows the SFCC 1 (2) menu.

4.Push the NEXT PAGE button.

5.Push the line key SLT TEST/RESET >.

6.Push the line key < WTB/POB TEST.

7.Push the line key < CONTINUE.

The MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 (2)

menu.
The MCDU shows the SFCC 1 (2) SLAT
TEST/RESET menu.
The MCDU shows the SFCC 1 (2) SLAT WTB/POB
TEST instructions.
The MCDU shows the next page of the SFCC 1 (2)
SLAT WTB/POB TEST instructions.

8.Push the line key < START TEST.

9.If the line key < START TEST is not shown, do the
instructions that the MCDU shows.

.
.

.
.

The MCDU shows that the SLAT WTB/POB TEST is

IN PROGRESS.
The MCDU shows in less than 2 minutes:
SFCC 1 (2)
DATE: XXX XX__ UTC: XXXX
PERFORMED
NO FAULTS
RESULT NOT STORED
This means the test was successful.
If the MCDU shows:
PERFORMED UNSUCCESSFULLY or TEST
ABORTED
Do the related trouble shooting procedure.

10.After the test of flap system 1 (SFCC 1), do the

WTB/POB test for slat system 2 (SFCC 2):
Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the
SYSTEM REPORT/TEST - F/CTL menu is shown.
11.Open circuit breakers 5CV and 6CV (slat and flap
system 1).
12.Close circuit breakers 7CV and 8CV (slat and flap
system 2).
13.Use SFCC 2 to do this test again.
14.After the test of the slat system 2 (SFCC 2) :
Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the CFDS
menu page is shown.
15.Close circuit breakers 5CV and 6CV.
16.Set the slat and flap control lever to position 0.

AES

27-81-00 PB501

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-81-00-865-054-A
A.

Close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

FIN
B03

LOCATION

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

Subtask 27-81-00-860-051-B
B.

Aircraft Configuration
(1)

Depressurize the hydraulic system which you used:

(a)

(b)

(c)

If you used electric pumps:

1

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Depressurize the Green hydraulic and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-864-001-A).

If you used the ground power cart:

1

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

Depressurize the Green hydraulic and the Yellow hydraulic systems after operation of the
PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).

If you used the engine driven pumps:

1

(2)

Stop the operation of the engines:

. Do the shutdown procedure which you find in the Discontinued Start, Restart and
Shutdown Procedures
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018-A).

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-81-00-942-051-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the safety barriers.

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-81-00 PB501

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Task 27-81-00-710-002-A
DELETED

AES

27-81-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Task 27-81-00-710-003-A
DELETED

AES

27-81-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-81-00-820-001-A
Manual Adjustment of the Position Pick-Off Units
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-51-00-820-001-A
3.

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

DESIGNATION
Manual Adjustment of the Position Pick-Off Units

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-81-00-941-055-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

4.

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

Procedure
Subtask 27-81-00-820-050-A
A.

Manual Adjustment of the Position Pick-Off Units

(1)

5.

Set the mechanical zero position of the Position Pick-Off Unit (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-81-00-942-055-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-81-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

POSITION PICK OFF UNIT - ASYMMETRY (APPU) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-81-18-000-001-A
Removal of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 31CV, 32CV
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

TIE WRAP

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803500001

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 31CV(POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)

522UB
FOR FIN 32CV(POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)
622UB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-80-00-866-005-A

DESIGNATION
Retracting the Slats on the Ground

(Ref. Fig. 27-81-18-991-00100-A - Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit 31CV (32CV))

AES

27-81-18 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-81-18-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat system.

Subtask 27-81-18-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

If you replace the APPU, fully retract the slats (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).
NOTE :

An APPU is self-locking and you can install it when the flap/slat system is not at zero, if:
. you are to install the same APPU and its position is not changed
. there is no movement of the flap/slat system during the time the APPU is removed.

(2)

Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat
control-lever.

(3)

Remove the safety collar from the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

Subtask 27-81-18-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-81-18-010-050-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

(2)

4.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position:

(a)

FOR 31CV (POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)

below zone 510

(b)

FOR 32CV (POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)

below zone 610.

Remove the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 31CV (POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)

remove 522UB

(b)

FOR 32CV (POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)

remove 622UB.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-18-991-00100-A - Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit 31CV (32CV))

AES

27-81-18 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-81-18-020-050-A
A.

Remove the Assymetry-Position Pick-Off Unit

CAUTION :

AES

MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU DISCONNECT
THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

(1)

Disconnect the plug (3) from the connector A and the plug (4) from the connector B.

(2)

Install CAP - BLANKING on the plugs (3) and (4) and the connectors A and B.

(3)

Hold the APPU (5), remove the bolts (6) and the washers (7), then disengage and remove the APPU
(5).

(4)

Remove the screw (1) the washer (2) and disconnect the bonding strap (13).

(5)

Install a TIE WRAP (8) behind the locking plate (11) to lock the APPU (5) in position.

27-81-18 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

522UB
(622UB)

A
A

STA14057/RIB 26

STA14459/RIB 27

FALSE RIB
DRIVING GEAR
ZERO MARK

FIXED
POINTER

DRIVESHAFT
SPLINES

CONNECTOR A
3

D
13
FIXED
POINTER

DRIVING GEAR
ZERO MARK

1
2
4
CONNECTOR B

12

FALSE
RIB

5
31CV
(32CV)

11

10

VIEWING
WINDOW

8
6
LOCATING
DOWEL
HOUSING
KEYWAY

FIXED ZERC
MARK

DRIVE SHAFT
ZERO MARK

9
N_MM_278118_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-18-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit 31CV (32CV)

27-81-18 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-81-18-400-001-A
Installation of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 31CV, 32CV
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

No specific

B.

WARNING NOTICE(S)
Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 31CV(POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)

522UB
FOR FIN 32CV(POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)
622UB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

(Ref. Fig. 27-81-18-991-00100-A - Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit 31CV (32CV))

AES

27-81-18 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-81-18-941-056-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the slat system.

Subtask 27-81-18-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are fully retracted, if the APPU is a replacement.

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed
on the flap/slat control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the applicable access panel is removed:

. for the left wing, panel 522UB
. for the right wing, panel 622UB.

Subtask 27-81-18-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-18-991-00100-A - Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit 31CV (32CV))
Subtask 27-81-18-420-051-A
A.

AES

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Use a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-026) to clean:
. the interface of the APPU (5)
. the adaptor plate (12)
. the bolts (6)
. the washers (7).

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

Examine the APPU (5) and the interface of the adaptor plate (12) for damage, cracks and corrosion.

(5)

If you install a new APPU (5) make sure that:

. the zero marks in the viewing window align with their applicable fixed pointers (Detail D)
. the zero marks on the drive shaft (10) and the APPU (5) align with each other (Detail C).

27-81-18 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-81-18-420-052-B
B.

Installation of the Assymetry-Postion Pick-Off Unit (APPU)

CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THAT THE SYSTEM IS IN ITS ZERO DEGREE POSITION BEFORE YOU
INSTALL THE APPU.
A NEW APPU IS SUPPLIED LOCKED IN THE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ZERO
POSITION.

(1)

Remove the tie-wrap (8) from behind the locking plate (11).

(2)

Install the bonding strap (13) with the washer (2) and the screw (1) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(3)

Install the APPU:

CAUTION :

DO NOT USE THE INSTALLATION BOLTS TO ENGAGE THE APPU DRIVE IN THE
COUPLING. IF YOU DO, THIS WILL CAUSE:
THE COUPLING TO DISCONNECT
DAMAGE TO THE SPLINES
DAMAGE TO THE APPU.

(a)

Position the APPU (5) on the adaptor plate (12). Make sure that the housing keyway and the key
in the adaptor plate (12) align correctly.

(b)

Engage the APPU drive shaft (10) in the splines of the bellows coupling (9).

(c)

Use hand pressure and carefully push the APPU (5) fully into the adaptor plate (12). Hold the
APPU (5) in this position and install the washers (7) and the bolts (6).

(d)

TORQUE the bolts (6) to between 0.78 and 0.96 M.DAN (69.03 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

(4)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (6) and the washers
(7).

(5)

Remove the blanking caps from the plugs (3) and (4) and the connectors A and B.

(6)

Electrically connect the APPU:

CAUTION :

(a)

REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

Connect the plug (3) to the connector A and the plug (4) to the connector B.

(7)

Make sure that the slat movement area is clear of tools, materials and equipment.

(8)

Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) from the flap/slat
control-lever.

Subtask 27-81-18-865-052-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-81-18 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-81-18-710-050-A
D.

Operational Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the slat system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-81-18-410-050-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the safety collar on circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

(3)

Install the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 31CV (POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)

install 522UB

(b)

FOR 32CV (POSITION PICK OFF UNIT)

install 622UB.

Subtask 27-81-18-942-051-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-81-18 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

POSITION PICK - OFF UNIT - FEED BACK (FPPU) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-81-19-000-001-A
Removal of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 28CV
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

CAP - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

TIE WRAP

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-80-00-866-005-A

DESIGNATION
Retracting the Slats on the Ground

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-81-19-991-00100-A - Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-81-19-010-050-A
A.

Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

Subtask 27-81-19-860-050-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the opening of the main door
of the main gear.

(2)

Make sure that the slats are in the fully retracted position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

27-81-19 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-81-19-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-19-991-00100-A - Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit)
Subtask 27-81-19-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit

NOTE :

AES

Do not remove the Feed Back Position Pick-off Unit when the Pressure-off Brakes are removed from
the Power Control Unit.

(1)

Remove the electrical connectors 28CV-A and 28CV-B from the Feed Back Position Pick-off Unit
(FPPU).

(2)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(3)

Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2).

(4)

Remove the FPPU carefully from the gearbox.

(5)

Put a TIE WRAP (3) behind the locking plate to prevent the retraction of the locking plate.

27-81-19 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
3

Z734

Z744
CONNECTORS

LOCKING
PLATE

FR43
FR42

D
A

FEEDBACK POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT

28CV

28CVB

28CVA

DRIVE GEAR
ZERO MARK

INPUT SHAFT
ZERO MARK

FIXED POINTER

FIXED POINTER

ORANGE ZERO INDICATOR

FIXED ZERO
MARK
N_MM_278119_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-19-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit

27-81-19 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-81-19-400-001-A
Installation of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 28CV
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 05-054
C.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
ZINC POWDER

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-80-00-866-005-A

DESIGNATION
Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

32-12-00-010-001-A
Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-19-991-00100-A - Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-81-19-860-051-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the main doors of the main gear are open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at the opening of
the main door of the main gear.

(3)

Make sure that the slats are in the retracted position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A) because a new
FPPU is delivered locked in its zero position.

27-81-19 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-81-19-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-19-991-00100-A - Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit)
Subtask 27-81-19-860-052-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Remove the sealing compound from the flange of the replacement FPPU.

(4)

Clean the anodic contact areas on the FPPU and the gearbox.

(5)

Coat the areas with a mixture of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) and SPECIAL
MATERIALS (Material No: 05-054) in the ratio of 58 to 42 by weight.

(6)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) the threads of the screws (1).

Subtask 27-81-19-420-050-A
B.

AES

Installation of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit

(1)

Make sure that all zero marks on the FPPU are aligned.

(2)

Remove the tie-wrap (3).

(3)

Install the FPPU carefully on the gearbox.

(4)

Install the screws (1) and the washers (2).

(5)

TORQUE the screws (1) to between 0.87 and 0.96 M.DAN (76.99 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

(6)

Do a bonding test between the main bonding point of the power control unit and the FPPU flange. The
resistance must not be more than 20 milliohms.

(7)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(8)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(9)

Connect the electrical connectors 28CV-A and 28CV-B to the FPPU.

27-81-19 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-81-19-865-052-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-81-19-710-050-A
D.
5.

Do the operational test of the slat system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-81-19-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Remove the access platform(s).

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(3)

Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-81-19 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ADAPTOR PLATE - PPU - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-81-42-000-001-A
Removal of the PPU Adaptor Plate
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6048CM, 6098CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6048CM(SLAT APPU ADAPTER)

522UB
FOR FIN 6098CM(SLAT APPU ADAPTER)
622UB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-80-00-866-005-A

DESIGNATION
Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-81-18-000-001-A

Removal of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit

(Ref. Fig. 27-81-42-991-00100-A - Position Pick-Off Unit Adaptor-Plate 6048CM(6098CM))

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-81-42-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

AES

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

27-81-42 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.

Subtask 27-81-42-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed
on the flap/slat control lever on the panel 114VU.

(3)

Remove the safety collar from the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

Subtask 27-81-42-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-81-42-010-050-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

(2)

4.

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position:

(a)

FOR 6048CM (SLAT APPU ADAPTER)

below zone 510

(b)

FOR 6098CM (SLAT APPU ADAPTER)

below zone 610.

Remove the access panels:

(a)

FOR 6048CM (SLAT APPU ADAPTER)

remove 522UB

(b)

FOR 6098CM (SLAT APPU ADAPTER)

remove 622UB.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-42-991-00100-A - Position Pick-Off Unit Adaptor-Plate 6048CM(6098CM))
Subtask 27-81-42-020-051-A
A.

AES

Removal of the PPU Adaptor Plate

(1)

Remove the Asymmetry-Position Pick-off Unit (APPU) (Ref. TASK 27-81-18-000-001-A).

(2)

Remove the retaining ring (7) and the pin (5).

(3)

Loosen the screws (2) and turn the cover plate (3) counterclockwise to get access to the nuts (4).

(4)

Remove the nuts (4) from the bolts (8).

(5)

Hold the slat torque-shaft and remove the PPU adaptor plate (1) together with the cover plate (3).

(6)

Remove the bolts (8) and the locking ring (6).

27-81-42 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

522UB
(622UB)

A
B

STA14057/RIB 26

STA14459/RIB 27

SLAT
TORQUESHAFT
8
6
3

7
6048CM
(6098CM)

A
1

FRONT SPAR

POSITION PICKOFF
UNIT (REF ONLY)

N_MM_278142_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-42-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Position Pick-Off Unit Adaptor-Plate 6048CM(6098CM)

27-81-42 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-81-42-400-001-A
Installation of the PPU Adaptor Plate
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6048CM, 6098CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-022
Material No: 05-002C
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-80-00-866-005-A

DESIGNATION
Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-81-18-400-001-A

Installation of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit

(Ref. Fig. 27-81-42-991-00100-A - Position Pick-Off Unit Adaptor-Plate 6048CM(6098CM))

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-81-42-941-056-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

AES

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

27-81-42 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in positon to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat
controls.

Subtask 27-81-42-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed
on the flap/slat control lever on the panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) is in position:

(4)

(a)

FOR 6048CM (SLAT APPU ADAPTER)

below zone 510

(b)

FOR 6098CM (SLAT APPU ADAPTER)

below zone 610.

Make sure that the applicable access panel is removed:

(a)

FOR 6048CM (SLAT APPU ADAPTER)

remove 522UB

(b)

FOR 6098CM (SLAT APPU ADAPTER)

remove 622UB.

Subtask 27-81-42-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-42-991-00100-A - Position Pick-Off Unit Adaptor-Plate 6048CM(6098CM))
Subtask 27-81-42-420-051-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

(1)

Use a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-026) to clean the interface of the structure and the PPU adaptor plate (1).

(2)

Examine the interface of the structure and the PPU adaptor plate (1) for damage, cracks and corrosion.

27-81-42 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 27-81-42-420-052-A
B.

5.

Installation of the PPU Adaptor

(1)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the interface of the
structure and the PPU adaptor plate (1).

(2)

Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002C) to the interface of the structure and
the locking ring (6).

(3)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the splines on the slat torque-shaft.

(4)

Put the PPU adaptor plate (1) and the locking ring (6) in the correct position on the structure and the
torque shaft.

(5)

Install the bolts (8) and the nuts (4).

(6)

Install the pin (5) and safety it with the retaining ring (7).

(7)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the nuts (4) and the heads of
the bolts (8).

(8)

Turn the cover plate (3) clockwise to cover the nuts (4) then tighten the screws (2).

(9)

Install the APPU (Ref. TASK 27-81-18-400-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-81-42-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 6048CM (SLAT APPU ADAPTER)

install 522UB

(b)

FOR 6098CM (SLAT APPU ADAPTER)

install 622UB.

Subtask 27-81-42-942-051-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-81-42 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

BRAKE - WING TIP (WTB) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-81-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Slat Wing-Tip Brake
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 35CV, 36CV
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

PLUG - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 35CV(WING TIP BRAKE)

522QB, 522SB, 522UB
FOR FIN 36CV(WING TIP BRAKE)
622QB, 622SB, 622UB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-45-000-006-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

AES

27-81-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-14-00-614-001-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

(Ref. Fig. 27-81-51-991-00100-B - Slat Wing-Tip Brake)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-51-991-00100-B - Slat Wing-Tip Brake)
Subtask 27-81-51-941-052-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-81-51-010-050-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position below the applicable zone 522(622).

(2)

Remove the applicable access panels:

(a)

FOR 35CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

remove 522QB, 522SB 522UB

(b)

FOR 36CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

remove 622QB, 622SB 622UB.

Subtask 27-81-51-860-052-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Make sure that the slats are retracted fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed.

(3)

Install a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on the inboard and the
outboard torque shafts (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(4)

Make sure that the Blue and the Green hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-003-A) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A).

(5)

Depressurize the Blue and the Green hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(6)

Remove the safety collar from the CB 9CV and the CB 11CV.

Subtask 27-81-51-865-050-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-81-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-51-991-00100-B - Slat Wing-Tip Brake)
Subtask 27-81-51-020-052-B
A.

Removal of the Slat Wing-Tip Brake

(1)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (7) and (10).

(2)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(3)

Disconnect the hydraulic lines (13), (16), (21) and (26).

(4)

Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(5)

Remove the nut (6), the washer (5), the bolt (4) and the bonding strap (2) from the T-piece (3).

(6)

At the inboard side of the wing-tip brake (1), remove the nuts (19) and the bolts (20).
CAUTION :

(a)

AES

DO NOT MOVE THE TORQUE SHAFT TOO FAR SIDEWAYS. IT WILL CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE UNIVERSAL JOINT.

Move the flanges of the torque shaft apart and remove the universal joint from the wing-tip brake
(1). If the flanges will not move apart suffiently, remove the middle part of the torque shaft (Ref.
TASK 27-84-45-000-006-A).
1

For the LH wing:

. FIN 6042CM (inboard of the wing-tip brake)
. FIN 6044CM (outboard of the wing-tip brake).

For the RH wing:

. FIN 6092CM (inboard of the wing-tip brake)
. FIN 6094CM (outboard of the wing-tip brake).

(7)

Hold the wing-tip brake (1) and remove the nuts (17).

(8)

Remove the wing-tip brake (1).

(9)

If you are to install a new wing-tip brake (1):

(a)

Retain the following items:

. the adapters (12), (15), (22) and (27).
. the T-piece (3) and its attachment bolts.

(b)

Discard the related O-rings (11), (14), (23) and (28).

27-81-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
1

522SB
(622SB)

A
B

STA12870/RIB 24
4

2
7

10

B
6

27

26

28
A

11

9
14

24

20

13

15

25

16

23

22

21

12

18

17

19

N_MM_278151_4_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-51-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Slat Wing-Tip Brake

27-81-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-81-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Slat Wing-Tip Brake
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
CAUTION :

DO NOT LET THE MLG DOOR TOUCH THE BOTTOM WING SURFACE. THIS WILL PREVENT
DAMAGE.

FIN 35CV, 36CV

1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 04-022
Material No: 05-020
Material No: 09-001
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
FLUOROCARBON RELEASE AGENT
SEALANTS
FUEL TANK SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 35CV(WING TIP BRAKE)

AES

27-81-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

522QB, 522SB, 522UB

FOR FIN 36CV(WING TIP BRAKE)
622QB, 622SB, 622UB
D.

Expendable Parts

14

FIG.ITEM
O-ring

IPC-CSN
27-84-05-58-070

23

O-ring

27-84-05-58-070

28

O-ring

29-11-05-05-060

11

O-ring

29-12-05-24-060

E.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

20-28-00-912-004-A

Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and

Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-81-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Wing-Tip Brake and the Pressure-Off Brake

27-84-45-400-007-A
29-10-00-863-001-A

Installation of the Torque Shafts

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

(Ref. Fig. 27-81-51-991-00100-B - Slat Wing-Tip Brake)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-51-991-00100-B - Slat Wing-Tip Brake)
Subtask 27-81-51-941-061-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is/are in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat
controls.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

27-81-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-81-51-860-055-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) is below the applicable access panel.

(2)

Make sure that the applicable access panels have been removed:
(a)

FOR 35CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

panels 522QB, 522SB, 522UB

(b)

FOR 36CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

panels 622QB, 622SB, 622UB.

(3)

Make sure that the slats are retracted fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(4)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed.

(5)

Make sure that the Blue and Green hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003A) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the Blue and Green hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001A).

(7)

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed on the
inboard and outboard torque shafts (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

Subtask 27-81-51-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-51-991-00100-B - Slat Wing-Tip Brake)
Subtask 27-81-51-420-054-B
A.

Preparation for Installation

CAUTION :

AES

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4)

If you install a new WTB:

. lubricate the new O-rings (11), (14), (23) and (28) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No:
02-003) .

(5)

Install the adaptors (12), (15), (22) and (27) as follows:

(a)

Remove the blanking plugs at the positions (24) and (25). Discard the related O-rings.

(b)

Make sure that the blanking plugs (8) and (9) are safetied.

(c)

Install the new O-rings as follows:

27-81-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.
.
.

(IPC-CSN
(IPC-CSN
(IPC-CSN
(IPC-CSN

29-12-05-24) O-ring
27-84-05-58) O-ring
27-84-05-58) O-ring
29-11-05-05) O-ring

(11)
(14)
(23)
(28)

on
on
on
on

the
the
the
the

adaptor
adaptor
adaptor
adaptor

(12)
(15)
(22)
(27).

(d)

Install the adaptors (12), (15), (22) and (27) at their related position on the wing-tip brake (1).

(e)

Install the T-piece (3) on the wing-tip brake (1).

(6)

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) and a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) to clean the internal splines of the wing-tip brake.

(7)

Do one of the steps that follow:

CAUTION :

(a)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to:

. the spline surfaces
. the splines of the universal joints.
.

(b)

DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.

or

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to:

. the spline surfaces
. the splines of the universal joints.

(8)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the mating
face of the wing-tip brake (1).

(9)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-020) to the mating face of the structure (for easy
removal of the wing-tip brake (1)).

Subtask 27-81-51-420-053-C
B.

Installation of the Slat Wing-Tip Brake

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

(1)

Hold the wing-tip brake (1) near to its installed position. Attach the bonding strap (2) with the bolt (4),
the washer (5) and the nut (6) to the bonding point (3) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(2)

Put the wing-tip brake (1) in position on the inboard face of the rib. Make sure that the locating stud is
engaged.

(3)

Hold the wing-tip brake (1) and install the nuts (17).

(4)

TORQUE the nuts (17) to between 0.5 and 0.55 M.DAN (44.25 and 48.67 LBF.IN).

(5)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-001) to the nuts (17) and the locating stud.

(6)

Install the universal joint (18) in the wing-tip brake so that the bolt holes in the flanges are aligned.

27-81-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

Install the bolts (20) and the nuts (19).

(8)

TORQUE the nuts (19) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(9)

If you removed the middle part of the torque shaft, install it (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-007-A):
(a)

For the LH wing:

. 6042CM (inboard of the wing-tip brake)
. 6044CM (outboard of the wing-tip brake).

(b)

For the RH wing:

. 6092CM (inboard of the wing-tip brake)
. 6094CM (outboard of the wing-tip brake).

(10) Make sure that you cannot see the groove on the splines of the universal joints.
(11) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:
. the nuts (19), the bolts (20) and the studs on the the wing-tip brake (1)
. the flanges of the universal joint (18) and the torque shaft.
(12) Remove the blanking plugs from the hydraulic lines.
(13) Make sure that the ends of the hydraulic lines are clean and in the correct condition.
(14) Lubricate the coupling nuts on the hydraulic lines (13), (16), (21) and (26) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No: 02-003) .
(15) Connect the hydraulic lines (13), (16), (21) and (26) to the wing-tip brake (1) and tighten the coupling
nuts.
(16) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (7) and (10).
(17) Make sure that the electrical connectors (7) and (10) are clean and in the correct condition.
(18) Connect the electrical connectors (7) and (10) to the wing-tip brake (1).
(19) Connect the bonding strap (2) to the T-piece (3) with the bolt (4), the washer (5) and the nut (6) (Ref.
TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
Subtask 27-81-51-860-054-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Fill the Blue and the Green Hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK
12-12-29-611-002-A).

(2)

Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) from the flap/slat
control lever.

(3)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from each torque shaft
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

Subtask 27-81-51-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

FIN
P19

LOCATION

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-81-51-480-050-A
E.

Installation of Support Equipment

(1)

AES

Install the safety collar on the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

27-81-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-81-51-863-050-A
F.

Pressurize the Hydraulic System

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT
OF HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(1)

Pressurize the Blue and the Green Hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A-01) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A).
NOTE :

The hydraulic supplies to the wing-tip brake are bled automatically.

Subtask 27-81-51-790-050-A
G.

Test
CAUTION :

MAKE SURE THE POWER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM IS COMPLETE BEFORE YOU DO A

PREPARATION FOR TEST OR A TEST.

(1)

Examine the wing-tip brake and the related hydraulic connections for leaks.

(2)

Do an operational test of the slats wing-tip brake (Ref. TASK 27-81-00-710-001-A).

(3)

Do a leak check on the slats wing-tip brake:

. examine the four witness drain holes in the wing-tip brake for leaks.
NOTE :

5.

This area is not pressurized during normal operation, so leaks will only show after the operational
test.

Close-up
Subtask 27-81-51-410-050-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the access panels:

(a)

FOR 35CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

install 522QB 522SB 522UB

(b)

FOR 36CV (WING TIP BRAKE)

install 622QB 622SB 622UB.

Subtask 27-81-51-942-050-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-81-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-81-51-000-004-A
Removal of the Solenoid Valve from the Slat Wing-Tip Brake (WTB)
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

PLUG - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

522SB, 622SB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-80-00-866-005-A

DESIGNATION
Retracting the Slats on the Ground

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

(Ref. Fig. 27-81-51-991-00200-B - Solenoid Valve - Slat WTB)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-51-991-00200-B - Solenoid Valve - Slat WTB)
Subtask 27-81-51-941-058-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

27-81-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-81-51-010-052-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) below the applicable zone 522(622).

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel:

.

for the solenoid valve (7) on 35CV remove 522SB

for the solenoid valve (7) on 36CV remove 622SB.

Subtask 27-81-51-860-053-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are retracted fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the Blue and the Green hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-003-A) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A).

(4)

Depressurize the Blue and the Green hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(5)

Remove the safety collar from the CB 9CV and the CB 11CV.

Subtask 27-81-51-865-053-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-51-991-00200-B - Solenoid Valve - Slat WTB)
Subtask 27-81-51-020-051-B
A.

AES

Removal of the Solenoid Valve from the Slat Wing-Tip Brake (WTB)
(1)

Remove the screws (9).

(2)

Use one of the screws (9) in the hole (8) to help you to remove the solenoid valve (7).

(3)

Remove the screw (9) from the hole (8).

(4)

Remove and discard the O-rings (1), (3), (5) and (6), and the back-up rings (2) and (4), from the
solenoid valve (7).

(5)

Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

27-81-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
522SB
(622SB)

35 CVA (36 CVA)

STA12870/RIB 24

BLUE HYD SYSTEM

1

4
6

5
7
35 CVB (36 CVB)
GREEN HYD
SYSTEM

B
9

TOP

INBOARD

WING TIP BRAKE

(REF ONLY)

N_MM_278151_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-81-51-991-00200-B SHEET 1

Solenoid Valve - Slat WTB

27-81-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-81-51-400-002-A
Installation of the Solenoid Valve to the Slat Wing-Tip Brake (WTB)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

522SB, 622SB
D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
5

O-ring

IPC-CSN
27-51-51-01-040

6
4
2

O-ring
back-up ring
back-up ring

27-51-51-01-050
27-51-51-01-060
27-51-51-01-070

O-ring

27-51-51-01-080

O-ring

27-51-51-01-090

AES

DESIGNATION

27-81-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-81-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Wing-Tip Brake and the Pressure-Off Brake

29-10-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

(Ref. Fig. 27-81-51-991-00200-B - Solenoid Valve - Slat WTB)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-81-51-941-062-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

Subtask 27-81-51-860-057-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) is below the applicable zone 522(622).

(2)

Make sure that the applicable access panel has been removed:
. for the solenoid valve (7) on 35CV, remove 522SB
. for the solenoid valve (7) on 36CV, remove 622SB.

(3)

Make sure that the slats are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(4)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(5)

Make sure that the Blue and Green hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003A) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the Blue and the Green hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

Subtask 27-81-51-865-054-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

121VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-81-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-51-991-00200-B - Solenoid Valve - Slat WTB)
Subtask 27-81-51-420-055-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Lubricate the new O-rings (1), (3), (5) and (6), and the back-up rings (2) and (4), with HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) .

(5)

Remove the blanking plugs from the solenoid valve (7) and the interface of the wing tip brake.

(6)

Apply a thin layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) at the interface of the
solenoid valve (7) and the manifold.

(7)

Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to all of the bolts and nuts.

Subtask 27-81-51-420-051-B
B.

Installation of the Solenoid Valve to the Slat Wing-Tip Brake (WTB)

(1)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-51-51-01) O-ring (5) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-51-51-01) O-ring (6) on
the solenoid valve (7).

(2)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-51-51-01) back-up ring (4) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-51-51-01) O-ring (3)
on the solenoid valve (7). Make sure that the curve on the face of the back-up ring (4) is against the Oring (3).

(3)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-51-51-01) back-up ring (2) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-51-51-01) O-ring (1)
on the solenoid valve (7). Make sure that the curve on the face of the back-up ring (2) is against the Oring (1).

(4)

Install the solenoid valve (7) on the wing tip brake.

NOTE :

AES

Solenoid valves 903A0000-01 removed from the PCU valve block (Ref. 27-54-53 and 27-84-53)
must not be installed on the wing-tip brake.

(5)

Install the screws (9).

(6)

TORQUE the screws (9) to between 0.25 and 0.27 M.DAN (22.12 and 23.89 LBF.IN).

27-81-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-81-51-860-056-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Fill the Blue and the Green hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK
12-12-29-611-002-A).

(2)

Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) from the flap/slat
control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-81-51-865-055-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

FIN
P19

LOCATION

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-81-51-420-056-A
E.

Install the Safety Collar

(1)

Install the safety collar on the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

Subtask 27-81-51-863-051-A
F.

Pressurize the Hydraulic Systems

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT
OF HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(1)

Pressurize the Blue and the Green hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A-01) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A).

Subtask 27-81-51-790-052-A
G.

5.

Test
(1)

Examine the solenoid valve (7) and the interface of the solenoid valve (7) and the wing tip brake, for
leaks.

(2)

Do an operational test of the slats wing-tip brake (Ref. TASK 27-81-00-710-001-A).

(3)

Do the leak check again.

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-81-51-991-00200-B - Solenoid Valve - Slat WTB)
Subtask 27-81-51-410-051-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panel:

.

for the solenoid valve (7) on 35CV install 522SB

for the solenoid valve (7) on 36CV install 622SB.

27-81-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-81-51-942-051-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-81-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SLATS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.

General
A hydromechanical Power Control Unit (PCU) in the aircraft fuselage supplies mechanical power to the slat
transmission system. The PCU has two hydraulic motors. Each motor has a Pressure-Off Brake (POB) and a valve
block, which is electrically controlled.
Torque shafts and gearboxes in the fuselage and the wings transmit the mechanical power from the slat PCU to the
actuators, which move the slats. There are two actuators for each slat. The actuators are installed on the aircraft
structure.
Torque limiters in the transmission system and in the actuators make sure that the load applied to the structure is
not too high.
Wing tip brakes give asymmetry and runaway protection (Ref. 27-81-00-00).

AES

27-84-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-12300-A - Slat System - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-12400-A - Steady Bearings and Torque Shafts - Component Location)
FIN

6001CM
6002CM
6003CM
6004CM
6005CM
6006CM
6007CM
6008CM
6009CM
6010CM
6011CM
6012CM
6013CM
6014CM
6015CM
6016CM
6017CM
6018CM
6019CM
6020CM
6021CM
6022CM
6023CM
6024CM
6025CM
6026CM
6027CM
6028CM
6029CM
6030CM
6031CM
6032CM
6033CM
6034CM
6035CM
6036CM
6037CM
6038CM

AES

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
SLAT-PCU
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX 19 DEG
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT T GEARBOX
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT STEADY BEARING
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT STEADY BEARING
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT STEADY BEARING
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT STEADY BEARING
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT STEADY BEARING
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT STEADY BEARING
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT STEADY BEARING
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT

PANEL

ZONE ACCESS
DOOR
147
191
191KB
191
191KB
191
191BB
191
191BB
191
191BB
192
191LB
191
191EB
191
191BT
191
191BT
191
191BT
521
521AB
521
521CB
521
521CB
521
521EB
521
521EB
521
521EB
521
521EB
521
521EB
521
521EB
521
521EB
521
521AT
521
522AB
521
521AT
522
522AB
522
522AB
522
522AB
522
522AB
522
522CB
522
522CB
522
522CB
522
522EB
522
522FB
522
521HB
522
522KB
522
522LB
522
522NB
522
522NB

27-84-00 PB001

ATA REF.
27-84-51
27-84-45
27-84-41
27-84-45
27-84-42
27-84-45
27-84-44
27-84-45
27-84-43
27-84-45
27-84-43
27-84-45
27-84-48
27-84-45
27-84-48
27-84-45
27-84-44
27-84-45
27-84-44
27-84-45
27-84-44
27-84-45
27-84-44
27-84-45
27-84-44
27-84-45
27-84-49
27-84-45
27-84-49
27-84-45
27-84-44
27-84-45
27-84-49
27-84-45
27-84-49
27-84-45
27-84-49
27-84-45

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIN
6039CM
6040CM
6041CM
6042CM
6044CM
6045CM
6046CM
6056CM
6057CM
6058CM
6059CM
6060CM
6061CM
6062CM
6063CM
6064CM
6065CM
6066CM
6067CM
6068CM
6069CM
6070CM
6071CM
6072CM
6073CM
6074CM
6075CM
6076CM
6077CM
6078CM
6079CM
6080CM
6081CM
6082CM
6083CM
6084CM
6085CM
6086CM
6087CM
6088CM
6089CM
6090CM
6091CM

AES

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B
SHAFT ASSY
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT STEADY BEARING
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT STEADY BEARING
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT STEADY BEARING
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT STEADY BEARING
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT STEADY BEARING
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT STEADY BEARING
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT STEADY BEARING
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B
SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B

PANEL

ZONE ACCESS
DOOR
522
522QB
522
522QB
522
522SB
522
522SB
522
522UB
522
522UB
522
522UB
192
191EB
192
192LB
192
192EB
192
192BT
192
192BT
192
192BT
621
621AB
621
621CB
621
621CB
621
621EB
621
621EB
621
621EB
621
621EB
621
621EB
621
621EB
621
621EB
621
621AT
621
622AB
621
621AT
622
622AB
622
622AB
622
622AB
622
622AB
622
622CB
622
622CB
622
622EB
622
622EB
622
622FB
622
621HB
622
622KB
622
622LB
622
622NB
622
622NB
622
622QB
622
622QB
622
622SB

27-84-00 PB001

ATA REF.
27-84-49
27-84-45
27-84-49
27-84-45
27-84-45
27-84-49
27-84-45
27-84-45
27-84-44
27-84-45
27-84-43
27-84-45
27-84-43
27-84-45
27-84-48
27-84-45
27-84-48
27-84-45
27-84-44
27-84-45
27-84-44
27-84-45
27-84-44
27-84-45
27-84-44
27-84-45
27-84-44
27-84-45
27-84-49
27-84-45
27-84-49
27-84-45
27-84-44
27-84-45
27-84-49
27-84-45
27-84-49
27-84-45
27-84-49
27-84-45
27-84-49
27-84-45
27-84-49

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIN
6092CM
6094CM
6095CM
6096CM

AES

FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
SLAT
SLAT
SLAT
SLAT

XMSN TORQUE SHAFT

XMSN TORQUE SHAFT
ACTUATOR TYPE B
XMSN TORQUE SHAFT

PANEL

ZONE ACCESS
DOOR
622
622SB
622
622UB
622
622UB
622
622UB

27-84-00 PB001

ATA REF.
27-84-45
27-84-45
27-84-49
27-84-45

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

System Description
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-13700-A - PCU Hydraulic System - Schematic)
A.

Hydraulic Actuation
Two of
. the
. the
. the

the three hydraulic systems supply fluid pressure through a priority valve to the PCU:
BLUE hydraulic system supplies valve block 25CV
GREEN hydraulic system supplies valve block 26CV
priority valves are set when the pressure drops below 140 bar (2030 psi).

Each valve block controls the flow of hydraulic fluid to the related hydraulic motor and its POB.
Each POB stops and holds the output shaft of the related hydraulic motor when:
. the solenoids of the related valve block are de-energized because of a normal PCU shutdown sequence
. there is not enough pressure in the related hydraulic system
. one of the failures given in (Ref. 27-81-00-00) occurs.
A differential gearbox connects the output shafts of the hydraulic motors and transmits their torque to the
power transmission system. If a POB engages and holds its motor, the remaining motor moves the transmission
system at half speed but at full torque.
B.

Power Transmission
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-12300-A - Slat System - Component Location)
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-14400-A - Actuator - Typical Installation)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-14400-B - Actuator - Typical Installation)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-14500-B - Slat and Track Fairing-Operation)
The slat transmission system includes:
. torque shafts in the fuselage and wings
. a 19 degree bevel gearbox which changes the direction in which the drive is aligned
. a T-gearbox which changes the direction in which the drive is aligned through 90 degrees. This gives an
output to each wing
. two 63.5 degree bevel gearboxes at each wing root. These gearboxes move the drive from below wing level
to the wing leading edge
. ten rotary actuators (two per slat) in each wing.
The torque shafts transmit power from the PCU to the gearboxes and actuators. Universal joints connect the
torque shafts and steady bearings support them.
Each input gearbox has a torque limiter which operates in the two directions (extend/retract). Each torque
limiter has a lock-out torque value set as necessary for its location. The torque limiters protect the wing
structure and the actuators from a torque overload which could occur by a slat transmission failure. A
mechanical indicator on each actuator latches if a lock-out occurs. You can set the indicator again when the
aircraft is on the ground.

AES

27-84-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Attachment of the actuators is to housings. Bolts attach the housings to the structure at tracks 2, 3 and 5 thru
12.
Each actuator moves its related track through a pinion. The actuator output shaft moves the pinion which
engages with a gear rack. Bolts attach the gear rack to the track. The tracks operate in vertical-load rollers and
side-load rollers. The tracks retract through holes in the front spar into sealed containers. The sealed containers
make a projection into the fuel tanks.
Tracks 1 and 4 are made almost the same as the moved tracks but without the gear rack. They are to prevent
that slat 1 falls away if there is a slat attachment failure.

AES

27-84-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Power Supply
Not Applicable

AES

27-84-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
5.

Interface
Not Applicable

AES

27-84-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
6.

Component Description
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-18000-B - Power Control Unit)
A.

Power Control Unit (6001CM)

(1) Description
The slat PCU is a hydromechanical unit. The main body, which is a case, contains a differential gearbox.
The Line Replaceable Units (LRUs) of the PCU are as follows:
. two hydraulic motors
. two Pressure-Off Brakes (POB)
. two valve blocks
. six solenoid valves
. two inlet filters
. one Feedback Position Pick-off Unit (FPPU)
. one Instrumentation Position Pick-off Unit (IPPU).
(a) Hydraulic Motor
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-18100-B - Hydraulic Motor)
Each multi-piston hydraulic motor receives hydraulic pressure from a valve block. The output shaft of
the motor is connected to a POB. Hydraulic fluid lubricates the motor. The cylinders of the motor are
connected to two ports, referred to as the extend and retract ports.
When the valve block supplies hydraulic fluid to the extend port, the motor moves in the direction
necessary to extend the slats. When hydraulic pressure is supplied to the retract port, the motor moves
in the opposite direction and the slats retract.
(b) Pressure-Off Brake (POB)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-18200-B - Pressure-Off Brake)
A POB is attached to each hydraulic motor. It holds the output shaft of the hydraulic motor when:
. the hydraulic motors do not operate
. the related hydraulic system does not supply sufficient hydraulic power
. the WTB stops the slat transmission system because of some system failures.
The POB has a multiple friction-disk pack. Splines connect the stators to the POB casing and the
rotors to the shaft in the center of the POB. Springs hold the friction disks together. When hydraulic
pressure is applied to the POB, the friction disks are disengaged (against the pressure of the springs).
To remove the POB, you must remove the related hydraulic motor first.
(c) Valve Block
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-18300-B - Valve Block)
The slat PCU has two valve blocks which are electrically controlled. Each valve block controls the flow
of hydraulic fluid to its related hydraulic motor and POB.

AES

27-84-00 PB001

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The Linear Variable Differential Transducer (LVDT) is installed on one end of the valve block. The
LVDT monitors the position of the control valve. Installed on the valve block opposite the LVDT are
two directional solenoid valves and one POB solenoid valve. The directional solenoid valves operate as
the extend or the retract solenoid valves. The POB solenoid valve operates as the brake solenoid valve.
The valve blocks are interchangeable with those fitted to the flap PCU. Removal of the valve blocks is
possible without removal of the PCU from the aircraft.
The primary components of a valve block are:
. a main control valve
. an inlet filter
. five restrictors
. two check valves
. a pressure port
. a return port
. an electrical connector.
(d) Solenoid Valve
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-18300-B - Valve Block)
The solenoid valves of the PCU are the same as and interchangeable with each other and those on the
Wing Tip Brake (WTB). Their removal is possible without the removal of the valve blocks from the
PCU.
(e) Filter
The inlet filter is installed at the pressure port. Its removal is possible without the removal of the valve
block from the PCU.
(f) Position Pick-Off Units
Two PPUs are installed in the slat PCU:
. the Instrumentation PPU (IPPU) (Ref. 27-85-00-00)
. the Feedback PPU (FPPU) (Ref. 27-81-00-00).
They are the same as the Asymmetry PPU (APPU) (Ref. 27-81-00-00) installed in the transmission
system at each wing tip. All PPUs are interchangeable.
An intermediate gear transmits the movement from the differential gearbox to the IPPU and the
FPPU.
Removal of the PPUs is possible without the removal of the PCU from the aircraft.
(g) Differential Gearbox
The differential gearbox contains a reduction and differential gear. The reduction and differential gear
transmits the movement from the hydraulic motors through the PCU output bevel gear to the flap
transmission system. The casing of the differential gearbox also contains the intermediate gear which
transmits the movement to the IPPU and the FPPU. On the differential gearbox casing are primary
and secondary load points for the attachment of the PCU to the aircraft structure.
(2) Operation

AES

27-84-00 PB001

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The Slat/Flap Control Computers (SFCC1 and SFCC2) (Ref. 27-81-00-00) control the PCU solenoid valves.
The POB, extend and retract solenoid valves, when energized, permit pressure fluid flow:
. to the POB
. to the chambers at each end of the control valve.
When the spool of the control valve moves away from the neutral position, the hydraulic system of the
aircraft is connected to the related motor as follows:
. the direction of the valve spool movement controls the direction of the motor rotation
. the quantity of the valve spool movement controls the speed at which the motor turns.
During normal operation, the valve blocks and the motors operate at the same time. They operate at the
same time in the static, full speed or low speed modes.
(a) Static Mode
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-18800-B - PCU Operation - Static Mode)
In
.
.
.
.

the static mode:

there is no electrical power at all three solenoid valves
the centering effect of the springs holds the control valve in the neutral position
the lands on the valve spool seal the main pressure and return lines
the chambers at each end of the valve and the line to the POB are open to return. The return is
through the solenoid valves.

(b) Normal Startup Sequence

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-18900-B - PCU Operation - Normal Startup Sequence)
During the normal startup sequence:
. the SFCC energizes one of the directional (extend or retract) solenoid valves
. the applicable end of the control valve gets fluid pressure
. the valve spool moves in response to the increased fluid pressure at its applicable end
. the LVDT sends a signal to the SFCC to indicate a movement of the valve spool
. the movement of the valve spool causes the POB solenoid valve to get fluid pressure
. when the valve spool reaches the pressure on point, the SFCC energizes the POB solenoid valve
to release the POB
. the hydraulic motor receives fluid flow and starts to turn the transmission
. with the valve spool fully moved, the motor gets the maximum available fluid flow and turns at full
speed.
(c) Normal Shutdown Sequence
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-19000-B - PCU Operation - Normal Shutdown Sequence)
During the normal shutdown sequence:
. electrical power is removed from the drive-direction solenoid when the flaps are 6.69 deg. (FPPU)
away from the set position.
. the opposite direction solenoid is energized at this time.
. full hydraulic system pressure moves the spool towards the center position. Restrictors control the
speed of this movement of the spool.
. the drive-direction solenoid is now energized again when the spool gets to the Low Speed
operation position. Spring pressure now moves the spool, at a slower speed, towards the center
position. A restriction of hydraulic fluid into the pressure-line upstream of the solenoid valve now
controls the speed of movement of the spool.

AES

27-84-00 PB001

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.
.
.

the motor now operates at Low Speed because of the decreased size of the pressure and
pressure-return connections.
electrical power is removed from the drive-direction solenoid and the POB solenoid valve when the
flaps are 0.177 deg. (FPPU) away from the set position.
when the LVDT indicates that the valve spool is 1.5 mm from the center position the SFCC
removes power from the opposite direction solenoid valve.
the valve spool moves to the center position and stops.

(d) Pressure Maintaining Function

Emergency or standby hydraulic power has a limited flow capacity. At a time of operation with
emergency or standby hydraulic power, it is necessary to prevent a sudden decrease in supply pressure.
A sudden decrease in supply pressure can occur because of too much demand by the flap system. This
could cause an application of the POB at any time.
The force and the rate of the spring, together with the port area/valve movement property, give the
function that maintains the pressure of the valve. As the supply pressure decreases, the valve closes
slowly. This reduces the flowrate to the motor and thus the workload on the pump. This prevents the
workload of the slat system to cause a sudden decrease of the supply pressure.
(e) Single System Operation
The loss of the hydraulic pressure to one of the two motors causes the POB to apply and hold the
motor output shaft. This locks one half of the differential gearbox. The serviceable motor then gives
sufficient output torque at half speed, at the gearbox output shaft.
B.

Bevel Gearbox, 19 degree (6003CM)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-19400-A - Bevel Gearbox, 19 degree)
The bevel gearbox has a ratio of 1:1. The input and output shafts have reversed lip seals which make sure that
unwanted material does not get into the gearbox. The gearbox is filled with grease. There are inspection plugs
through which you can examine the lubricant.

C.

Tee Gearbox (6005CM)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-19900-A - T-Gearbox)
The T-gearbox has a ratio of 1:1. Bearings, seals and the procedures for lubrication and inspection are almost
the same as those used on the 19 degree bevel gearbox.

D. Bevel Gearbox, 63.5 degree (6009CM/6059CM, 6011CM/6061CM)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-20400-A - Bevel Gearbox, 63.5 degree)
The four 63.5 degree bevel gearboxes have a 1:1 ratio and are the same. Bearings, seals and the procedure for
lubrication and inspection are almost the same as those used on the 19 degree bevel gearbox.
E.

Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-20900-A - Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings - Details)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-20900-B - Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings - Details)

AES

27-84-00 PB001

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The torque shafts are made of stainless steel. They have end fittings, which are welded. The end fittings have a
flange for a bolted joint or splines for a sliding end connection. Bolts attach universal joints and splined movable
joints to the flanges where necessary. The universal joints permit large angular changes of alignment and the
splined movable joints allow small angular changes of alignment.
Each shaft has at least one sliding end connection. The external part of the sliding end connection has an
indicator groove. It shows when the engagement of the external and internal parts is below a minimum.
Steady bearings, which support the torque shafts, are attached to the structure with bolts.
** On A/C ALL
F.

Actuator

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-21400-A - Actuators - Sectional View)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-21400-B - Actuators - Sectional View)
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-21500-A - Torque Limiter)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-21500-B - Torque Limiter)
There are two types of actuator in each wing. Those on tracks 2 and 3 are larger in diameter and include more
gearing than the other actuators. The assembly and operation is almost the same for all actuators.
Each actuator includes:
. a cylindrical casing
. a through shaft
. a bidirectional torque limiter with latching indicator
. a sun gear
. a power output stage. (This includes a compound differential planetary arrangement of six planets,
supported by rings)
. an output shaft which engages the track drive pinion.
The large diameter actuator has a first-stage reduction gear between the sun gear and the power output stage.
The differential ratio across the power output stage provides the high torque/low speed operation of the
actuators.
Grease fills the actuators for life-time lubrication. It is not possible to lubricate at regular times. Collected
moisture drains through bleed holes in the casing. Pivoted cover plates over the bleed holes make sure that
unwanted material does not get into the actuator. The cover plates turn to permit the removal of grease from
the bleed holes. This helps the collected moisture to drain.
The torque limiter has:
. a ball ramp device with input and output members
. a friction disc pack spline-mounted to release too much torque through the gearbox casing into the aircraft
structure
. a spring pack that is set to a limit of a minimum of 120% of the maximum torque for operation
. an indicator which a spring clip usually keeps in the retracted position.
The torque limiter stops the transmission of too much torque into the output. It also makes sure that the
indication of torque peaks, which momentarily engage and release the torque limiter, does not occur.
AES

27-84-00 PB001

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
(1) Operation
Power input to the actuator through-shaft moves the sun gear through the torque limiter.
In the small diameter actuator, the sun gear transmits power directly to the power output stage. The power
is then transmitted to the output shaft.
In the large diameter actuator, the sun gear moves the power output stage through the first-stage reduction
gear.
When the torque necessary at the actuator output shaft is more than the load value of the torque limiter
spring:
. the output member of the ball ramp moves slowly, which causes the balls to move up the ramp
. the output member moves axially against spring A into the clearance in the friction disc pack
. as input torque increases, brake friction in the friction disc pack sends too much input torque through
the gearbox casing into the aircraft structure. This limits the output torque
. more increase in input torque causes more axial movement of the output member against spring B
. as spring B compresses, the brake friction in the friction disc pack makes sure that the input shaft
does not turn
. the indicator extends to show that lock-out torque has occurred.
The indication of the lock-out torque occurs only:
. when hydraulic-power-given torque is released through the gearbox casing into the aircraft structure
because of too much load downstream.
The system can be set again by operation in the opposite direction. The indicator stays extended until it is
cancelled manually.
G.

Tracks
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-14500-B - Slat and Track Fairing-Operation)
The circular-arc tracks are machined from steel and move in grease-lubricated vertical-load and side-load rollers.
Attached to the forward face of the front spar are two ribs, one inboard and one outboard of the track.
Attached to the ribs are the rollers.
The tracks retract through holes in the front spar into sealed containers. The sealed containers make a
projection into the fuel tanks.
At each end of each moved track is a fixed stop. On retraction, the forward stops prevent damage to the track
containers, slat and leading edge structure. The stops on the rear of the track prevent that the slat falls from
the wing when the transmission system is disconnected. Engagement of the stops does not occur during normal
operation.
The tracks are of inverted-U section. Tracks 2, 3 and 5 thru 12 have a steel gear rack bolted in the track
channel. The gear rack engages with a pinion. Bearings between the track ribs support the pinion. The actuator
output shaft moves the pinion.
When tracks 1 and 4 are made, they can have spacers installed in the inverted-U channel. This is to get the
correct tolerance. The number of spacers can be between zero and four.

AES

27-84-00 PB001

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
7.

Operation/Control and Indicating

(Ref.
(Ref.
(Ref.
(Ref.
A.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

27-84-00-13700-A
27-84-00-18300-B
27-84-00-18900-B
27-84-00-19000-B

PCU Hydraulic System - Schematic)

Valve Block)
PCU Operation - Normal Startup Sequence)
PCU Operation - Normal Shutdown Sequence)

Hydraulic Actuation
The SFCC1 controls the valve block of the BLUE hydraulic system and the related motor on the PCU. The
SFCC2 controls the valve block of the GREEN hydraulic system and the related motor.
NOTE :

The operation of the valve block of the BLUE hydraulic system and the related motor is given. The
operation of the valve block of the GREEN hydraulic system and the related motor is the same.

NOTE :

The operation of the valve block is almost the same for the extension and retraction of the slats. The
extend and retract solenoid valves control the direction of the movement of the hydraulic motor.

(1) Slat Extension (Retraction)

(a) When the SFCC1 receives a command to extend (retract) the slats, it energizes the extend (retract)
solenoid valve of the PCU valve block.
(b) The energized extend (retract) solenoid valve lets hydraulic fluid flow to one end of the spool of the
PCU control valve (referred to as the control valve spool).
(c) The control valve spool moves from the neutral position and lets hydraulic fluid flow to:
. the POB solenoid valve
. the extend (retract) side of the motor.
(d) SFCC1 energizes the POB solenoid valve:
. the POB releases
. the motor moves the differential gearbox in the low-speed mode
. the slats extend (retract).
(e) As the slats get near to the specified position:
. the SFCC1 energizes the extend (retract) solenoid valve (all three solenoid valves are now
energized)
. the two ends of the control valve spool receive fluid pressure
. equal hydraulic forces occur on the control valve spool
. the springs move the valve spool in the direction of the neutral position
. a restriction of fluid flow to the motor occurs
. a reduction of the rate of slat travel occurs.
(f) When the slats get to the specified position:
. the SFCC1 de-energizes all three solenoid valves
. the control valve spool moves to the neutral position
. fluid flow to the motor stops
. the POB comes on.
(g) The slats stay locked by the POB until the next movement is specified.
B.

AES

Power Transmission

27-84-00 PB001

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
The outputs of the PCU hydraulic motor move the differential gearbox. The differential gearbox decreases the
speed of rotation and connects the two drives into a single output. A torque shaft transmits power from the
differential gearbox to the 19 degree bevel gearbox. A second torque shaft continues the drive to the input gear
of the T-gearbox. In the T-gearbox the direction in which the drive is aligned is changed through 90 degrees.
The change of direction is by a single transverse output shaft moved through 1:1 bevel gearing by the gearbox
input.
Downstream of the T-gearbox, the operation of the transmission system is the same for each wing. Only one
wing system is specified.
Torque shafts from the T-gearbox transmit the drive to the lower of two 63.5 degree bevel gearboxes. The 63.5
degree bevel gearboxes are installed at the wing root between RIB 1 and the fuselage. A single torque shaft
connects the two 63.5 degree gearboxes.
The 63.5 degree gearboxes transmit the movement from below the center wing box into the wing leading edge.
The movement is transmitted without a decrease in speed. From the upper 63.5 degree gearbox more torque
shafts continue the movement through the ten rotary actuators. The movement stops at the APPU (Ref.
27-81-00) in the wing tip.
When the torque shaft turns, it moves all the gearboxes and the input shafts of the rotary actuators. The
movement at the gearboxes and rotary actuators occurs at the same time and at the same speed. The rotary
actuators give the necessary torque and speed decrease to move the slats at the specified rate.

AES

27-84-00 PB001

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
8.

Bite
Not Applicable

AES

27-84-00 PB001

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

ACTUATOR
6029CM
(6079CM)
ACTUATOR
6037CM
(6087CM)

ACTUATOR
6033CM
(6083CM)

ACTUATOR
6039CM
(6089CM)
SLAT 2

ACTUATOR
6045CM
(6095CM)
ASYMMETRY
POSITION
PICKOFF
UNIT

SLAT 3

WING TIP
BRAKE

SLAT 4

SLAT 5

ACTUATOR
6035CM
(6085CM)
ACTUATOR
6041CM
(6091CM)

N_MM_278400_0_ABM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Slat System - Component Location

27-84-00 PB001

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

BEVEL GEARBOX
63.5 DEG
6011CM (6061CM)

BEVEL GEARBOX
63.5 DEG
6009CM (6059CM)

TEE GEARBOX
6005CM

ACTUATOR
6015CM
(6055CM)

ACTUATOR
6027CM
(6077CM)
SLAT 1
BEVEL GEARBOX
19DEG 6003CM
ACTUATOR
6013CM
(6063CM)
POWER CONTROL
UNIT 6001CM
SLAT 2

N_MM_278400_0_ABM0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-12300-A SHEET 2

Slat System - Component Location

27-84-00 PB001

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

STEADY
BEARINGS

6031CM
(6081CM)

A
6028CM
(6078CM)
6030CM
(6080CM)
6032CM
(6082CM)
6036CM
(6086CM)

6040CM
(6090CM)
6034CM
(6084CM)
6042CM
(6092CM)

6038CM
(6088CM)

TORQUE SHAFTS

6044CM
(6094CM)
6046CM
(6096CM)

N_MM_278400_0_AFM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-12400-A SHEET 1

Steady Bearings and Torque Shafts - Component Location

27-84-00 PB001

Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

STEADY
BEARINGS

6007CM
6057CM

6018CM

TEE
GEARBOX

6068CM
6019CM
6069CM
6021CM

6017CM
6067CM

6071CM

6023CM
6073CM
6025CM

6012CM

6075CM

6062CM
6014CM
6016CM

6064CM

6008CM

6004CM

6058CM
6006CM

TORQUE
SHAFTS

BEVEL
GEARBOX

6056CM
6002CM

6066CM
6020CM
6024CM

PCU

6070CM

6074CM
6026CM
6076CM

6022CM
6072CM

TORQUE SHAFTS

B
BEVEL GEARBOX
6010CM
6060CM

BEVEL GEARBOX

N_MM_278400_0_AFM0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-12400-A SHEET 2

Steady Bearings and Torque Shafts - Component Location

27-84-00 PB001

Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

GREEN SYSTEM

BLUE SYSTEM

TRANSMISSION

TO FLAP SYSTEM
(275000)
(REF. 275000)

SLAT/FLAP
CONTROL COMPUTER 1

SLAT/FLAP
CONTROL COMPUTER 2

VALVE BLOCK
(25 CV)

VALVE BLOCK
(26 CV)

DIFFERENTIAL
GEARBOX

PRESSUREOFF
BRAKE

PRESSUREOFF
BRAKE

POWER CONTROL UNIT (6001CM)

PRESSURE
RETURN

N_MM_278400_0_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-13700-A SHEET 1

PCU Hydraulic System - Schematic

27-84-00 PB001

Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

Z522(622)

TRACK RIB
ACTUATOR
Z521(621)

FRONT
SPAR

TORQUE
LIMITER
INDICATOR

SIDE LOAD
ROLLER

TRACK
GEAR
RACK

ACTUATOR
HOUSING

VERTICAL
LOAD ROLLER

TRACK RIB

BEARING
PINION
N_MM_278400_0_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-14400-A SHEET 1

Actuator - Typical Installation

27-84-00 PB001

Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

Z 5 2 2( 6 2 2 )

A
TRACK
RIB

Z 5 2 1( 6 2 1 )

FRONT
SPAR

TYPICAL TRACKS 2, 3
AND 5 THRU 12

ACTUATOR
TORQUE
LIMITER
INDICATOR
TRACK
GEAR
RACK

VENT
COVER
PLATE
ACTUATOR
HOUSING

VERTICAL
LOAD ROLLER
BEARING
PINION
TRACK RIB
N_MM_278400_0_AGN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-14400-B SHEET 1

Actuator - Typical Installation

27-84-00 PB001

Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z 5 2 2( 6 2 2 )

GEAR
RACK

Z 5 2 1( 6 2 1 )

FRONT
SPAR

TRACK

STOP
SLAT

ROLLERS
PINION
(NOT APPLICABLE
TRACK 1 AND 4)

SEALED
CAN

STOP
NOTE: LH SIDE SHOWN
RH SIDE MIRROR IMAGE

N_MM_278400_0_AJP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-14500-B SHEET 1

Slat and Track Fairing-Operation

27-84-00 PB001

Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
Z147/148

A
SEAL DRAIN
INSTRUMENTION
ELCTRICAL POSITION
MOTOR
CONNECTOR PICKOFF
UNIT
FEEDBACK
POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT

CASE
DRAIN

DIFFERENTIAL
GEARBOX
TORQUE SHAFT
(6002 CM)

PRESSURE OFF
BRAKE

LINEAR
VARIABLE
DIFFERENTIAL
TRANSDUCER

TRANSFER
TUBE

ENABLE
(BRAKE)
SOLENOID
CONTROL
VALVE
BLUE
RETURN
BLUE
PRESSURE

VALVE
BLOCK

RETRACT
SOLENOID

CASE
DRAIN

EXTEND
SOLENOID

FILTER

GREEN
RETURN
GREEN
SOLENOID

N_MM_278400_0_ALP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-18000-B SHEET 1

Power Control Unit

27-84-00 PB001

Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

HYDRAULIC MOTOR

MOTOR BODY

PORTS

N_MM_278400_0_AQP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-18100-B SHEET 1

Hydraulic Motor

27-84-00 PB001

Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

PRESSUREOFF BRAKE

A
MULTIPLE DISC PACK

SPRING

SECTION

BB
BRAKE
PISTON

CASING

HYDRAULIC
PRESSURE

N_MM_278400_0_ASP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-18200-B SHEET 1

Pressure-Off Brake

27-84-00 PB001

Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

FW

A
BRAKE CONNECTION
MOTOR CONNECTION
RETURN PORT
MAIN CONTROL VALVE
LINEAR
VARIABLE
DIFFERENTIAL
TRANSDUCER

ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

B
PRESSURE PORT

B
ENABLE (BRAKE) SOLENOID
EXTEND SOLENOID VALVE
FILTER

RETRACT SOLENOID VALVE

N_MM_278400_0_AUP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-18300-B SHEET 1

Valve Block

27-84-00 PB001

Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

RETRACT
SOLENOID
(DEENERGIZED)

EXTEND
SOLENOID
(DEENERGIZED)

PRESSURE OFF
BRAKE SOLENOID
(DEENERGIZED)

CHECK
VALVE

TO PRESSURE
OFF BRAKE

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
RESTRICTOR

RESTRICTOR

LINEAR
VARIABLE
DIFFERENTIAL
TRANSDUCER
CONTROL
VALVE
SPRINGS

CONTROL
VALVE
SPOOL
MOTOR

PRESSURE

RETURN

FILTER

N_MM_278400_0_AWP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-18800-B SHEET 1

PCU Operation - Static Mode

27-84-00 PB001

Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

RETRACT
SOLENOID
(DEENERGIZED)

EXTEND
SOLENOID
(ENERGIZED)

PRESSURE OFF
BRAKE SOLENOID
(ENERGIZED)

CHECK
VALVE

TO PRESSURE
OFF BRAKE

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
RESTRICTOR

RESTRICTOR

LINEAR
VARIABLE
DIFFERENTIAL
TRANSDUCER
CONTROL
VALVE
SPRINGS

CONTROL
VALVE
SPOOL
MOTOR

PRESSURE

RETURN

FILTER

N_MM_278400_0_AYP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-18900-B SHEET 1

PCU Operation - Normal Startup Sequence

27-84-00 PB001

Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

RETRACT
SOLENOID
(ENERGIZED)

EXTEND
SOLENOID
(ENERGIZED)

PRESSURE OFF
BRAKE SOLENOID
(ENERGIZED)

CHECK
VALVE

TO PRESSURE
OFF BRAKE

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
RESTRICTOR

RESTRICTOR

LINEAR
VARIABLE
DIFFERENTIAL
TRANSDUCER
CONTROL
VALVE
SPRINGS

CONTROL
VALVE
SPOOL
MOTOR

PRESSURE

RETURN

FILTER

N_MM_278400_0_BAP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-19000-B SHEET 1

PCU Operation - Normal Shutdown Sequence

27-84-00 PB001

Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

LIP SEAL

BEVEL GEARBOX
19DEG. (6003CM)

BEARINGS

INSPECTION
PLUG

N_MM_278400_0_BCM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-19400-A SHEET 1

Bevel Gearbox, 19 degree

27-84-00 PB001

Page 33
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

T GEARBOX
6005CM
INSPECTION
PLUG

N_MM_278400_0_BEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-19900-A SHEET 1

T-Gearbox

27-84-00 PB001

Page 34
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A

BEVEL GEARBOX
6011CM (6061CM)

BEVEL GEARBOX
6009CM (6059CM)

N_MM_278400_0_BGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-20400-A SHEET 1

Bevel Gearbox, 63.5 degree

27-84-00 PB001

Page 35
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

A
FORWARD

TEE
GEARBOX

A
TRACK 1
ACTUATOR
TYPE A

F
TRACK 3

E
CONTINUED
ON SHEET 2

FR36

TRACK 2

BEVEL
GEARBOX
19 DEG.

BEVEL
GEARBOX
63.5 DEG.

FR42

RIB 1

E
AIRCRAFT
C/L

BEVEL
GEARBOX
63.5 DEG.

POWER
CONTROL UNIT

LEGEND
TORQUE SHAFT ASSEMBLY

UNIVERSAL JOINT

TORQUE SHAFT

FLEXIBLE JOINT

STEADY BEARING ASSEMBLY

MOVABLE

BOLTED JOINT

FIXED
N_MM_278400_0_BPM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-20900-A SHEET 1

Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings - Details

27-84-00 PB001

Page 36
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

C
TRACK 4

ACTUATOR
TYPE B

F
TRACK 5

ACTUATOR
TYPE B

M
TRACK 6

FROM
SHEET 1

TRACK 7

ACTUATOR
TYPE B

F
F

TRACK 8
M
TRACK 9

F
F

E
E
F

ACTUATOR
TYPE B

ACTUATOR
TYPE B

WING TIP
BRAKE

TRACK 10

ACTUATOR
TYPE B

TRACK 11

F
TRACK 12
F

ASSYMETRY POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT

E
D

N_MM_278400_0_BPM0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-20900-A SHEET 2

Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings - Details

27-84-00 PB001

Page 37
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

L
ARTICULATING
SPLINE JOINT
ASSEMBLY

UNIVERSAL JOINT
ASSEMBLY

L
F

TYPICAL
ARTICULATING
SPLINE JOINT
ASSEMBLY

INDICATOR
GROOVE
PIN

SPRING
CLIP

K
G
PIN

STEADY BEARING
ASSEMBLY

SPRING
CLIP
UNIVERSAL JOINT
ASSEMBLY

UNIVERSAL JOINT
ASSEMBLY

H
J

STEADY BEARING
ASSEMBLY

STEADY BEARING
ASSEMBLY

UNIVERSAL JOINT
ASSEMBLY

N_MM_278400_0_BPM0_03_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-20900-A SHEET 3

Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings - Details

27-84-00 PB001

Page 38
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

A
FORWARD

TEE
BOX

A
TRACK 1
ACTUATOR
TYPE A

F
TRACK 3

E
CONTINUED
ON SHEET 2

FR36

TRACK 2

BEVEL
GEARBOX
19 DEG.

BEVEL
GEARBOX
63.5 DEG.

FR42

RIB 1

E
AIRCRAFT
C/L

BEVEL
GEARBOX
63.5 DEG.

POWER
CONTROL UNIT

LEGEND
TORQUE SHAFT ASSEMBLY

UNIVERSAL JOINT

TORQUE SHAFT

FLEXIBLE JOINT

STEADY BEARING ASSEMBLY

MOVABLE

BOLTED JOINT

FIXED
N_MM_278400_0_BPN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-20900-B SHEET 1

Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings - Details

27-84-00 PB001

Page 39
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

C
TRACK 4

ACTUATOR
TYPE B

F
TRACK 5

M
M

ACTUATOR
TYPE B

M
TRACK 6

FROM
SHEET 1

TRACK 7

ACTUATOR
TYPE B

F
F

TRACK 8
M
TRACK 9

F
F

E
E
F

ACTUATOR
TYPE B

ACTUATOR
TYPE B

WING TIP
BRAKE

TRACK 10

ACTUATOR
TYPE B

TRACK 11

F
TRACK 12
F

ASSYMETRY POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT

E
D

N_MM_278400_0_BPN0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-20900-B SHEET 2

Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings - Details

27-84-00 PB001

Page 40
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

L
ARTICULATING
SPLINE JOINT
ASSEMBLY

UNIVERSAL JOINT
ASSEMBLY

L
F

TYPICAL
ARTICULATING
SPLINE JOINT
ASSEMBLY

INDICATOR
GROOVE
PIN

SPRING
CLIP

K
G
PIN

STEADY BEARING
ASSEMBLY

SPRING
CLIP
UNIVERSAL JOINT
ASSEMBLY

UNIVERSAL JOINT
ASSEMBLY

H
J

STEADY BEARING
ASSEMBLY

STEADY BEARING
ASSEMBLY

UNIVERSAL JOINT
ASSEMBLY

N_MM_278400_0_BPN0_03_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-20900-B SHEET 3

Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings - Details

27-84-00 PB001

Page 41
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
TRACKS 2 AND 3

OUTPUT
SHAFT

PLANET
GEAR

SUPPORT
RING

TORQUE
LIMITER
FRICTION
DISC PAD

STAR GEAR
(1st STAGE
REDUCTION)

POWER OUTPUT
STAGE

BALL
RAMP

SPRING
CLIP
INDICATOR

THROUGH
SHAFT

SPRING
B

A
SUN
GEAR
AIRCRAFT
MOUNTING
FLANGE

VENT
COVER
PLATE

TRACKS 5 THRU 12

SPRING
A

INPUT
MEMBER

TORQUE
LIMITER
FRICTION
DISC PACK

POWER OUTPUT
STAGE
SUPPORT
RING

OUTPUT
MEMBER

PLANET
GEAR

OUTPUT
SHAFT

BALL
RAMP

SPRING
CLIP

SPRING
B

THROUGH
SHAFT

SUN
GEAR
AIRCRAFT
MOUNTING
FLANGE

INDICATOR

OUTPUT
MEMBER

SPRING
A

INPUT
MEMBER
N_MM_278400_0_BLM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-21400-A SHEET 1

Actuators - Sectional View

27-84-00 PB001

Page 42
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
TRACKS 2 AND 3
ROTATING RING GEAR
(OUTPUT GEAR)

SPLINED ADAPTOR

FIXED RING GEAR

BALL BEARING

PLANET GEARS
SUN GEAR

OUTPUT
SHAFT

THROUGH
SHAFT
AIRCRAFT
MOUNTING
FLANGE
POWER OUTPUT STAGE
PLANET GEARS

TRACKS 5 THRU 12

BALL
BEARING

ROTATING
RING GEAR
(OUTPUT GEAR)

BALL BEARING

TORQUE
LIMITER
ASSEMBLY
FIXED
RING GEAR
PLANET
GEARS

SPLINED
ADAPTOR

SUN GEAR

BALL BEARING

OUTPUT
SHAFT
THROUGH
SHAFT
AIRCRAFT
MOUNTING
FLANGE

POWER OUTPUT STAGE

PLANET GEARS

N_MM_278400_0_BLN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-21400-B SHEET 1

Actuators - Sectional View

27-84-00 PB001

Page 43
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
BALL RAMP
OUTPUT MEMBER
BALL RAMP
INPUT MEMBER

INPUT
MEMBER

OUTPUT
MEMBER

NORMAL RUNNING
CONDITION

INDICATOR

SPRING "A"

B
INPUT
RAMP

AXIAL
DISPLACEMENT

RAMP
FRICTION
DISC PACK

ACTIVATED
CONDITION
SPRING "B"

N_MM_278400_0_BNM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-21500-A SHEET 1

Torque Limiter

27-84-00 PB001

Page 44
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
INDICATOR LEVER
(LOCKOUT INDICATOR)
TRACKS 2 AND 3
BALL RAMPOUTPUT MEMBER

PIN (TO MOVE

THE LOCKOUT
INDICATOR)

BALL RAMPINPUT MEMBER

INPUT

SPRING A
TRACKS 5 THRU 12
SPRING B
BALL RAMP
OUTPUT MEMBER
INDICATOR LEVER
(LOCKOUT INDICATOR)
BALL RAMP
INPUT MEMBER

PIN (TO MOVE

THE LOCKOUT
INDICATOR)

SPRING A

SPRING B
INPUT
N_MM_278400_0_BNN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-21500-B SHEET 1

Torque Limiter

27-84-00 PB001

Page 45
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SLATS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER TRANSMISSION ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Slat System
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

29-10-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002-A

Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

31-60-00-860-001-A

EIS Start Procedure

AES

27-84-00 PB501

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-00-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons that the slat system is in operation.

Subtask 27-84-00-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002-A).

(3)

Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(4)

Pressurize the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-00-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-84-00-865-052-A
D.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-84-00 PB501

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-84-00-710-050-B
A.

Operational Test of the Slat System

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring

(a)

(2)

Set the ECAM system to ON (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

Do this test:

ACTION
1.On the center pedestal on the panel 114VU:
. move the slat and flap control lever to the position 1
and then to the position 2. Stop at each notch until
the slats are in their new position.

RESULT
.

the slats move to the set position.

.
.

On the ECAM upper DU:

the slat position bar moves to the set position
the new position of the lever and the travel direction of
the slats are shown.

the slats do not move.

.
.

On the ECAM upper DU:

the slat position bar does not move
the new position of the lever is shown as above.

the slats move to the set position.

.
.

On the ECAM upper DU:

the slat position bar moves to the set position
the new position of the lever and the travel direction of
the slats are shown.

the slats move to the set position.

2.On the panel 114VU:

.

move the slat and flap control lever to the position 3.

3.On the panel 114VU:

. move the slat and flap control lever to the position
FULL.

4.On the panel 114VU:

.

move the slat and flap control lever back to the

position 3.

On the ECAM upper DU:

the slat position bar moves to the set position
the new position of the lever and the travel direction of
the slats are shown
no warnings related to the slat system are shown.

the slats do not move.

.
.

On the ECAM upper DU:

the slat position bar does not move
the new position of the lever is shown.

.
.

5.On the panel 114VU:

. move the slat and flap control lever back to the
position 2.

6.On the panel 114VU:

AES

27-84-00 PB501

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
move the slat and flap control lever back to the
positions 1 and 0. Stop at each notch until the slats
are in their new position.

.
.
.
5.

RESULT
the slats move to the set position.
On the ECAM upper DU:
the slat position bar moves to the set position
the new position of the lever and the travel direction of
the slats are shown
no warnings related to the slat system are shown.

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-00-860-053-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002-A).

(2)

Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

Depressurize the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A).

(4)

Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).

(5)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-84-00-865-051-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

6CV

FIN
B07

LOCATION

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

Subtask 27-84-00-942-050-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-00 PB501

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SLATS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER TRANSMISSION INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-00-200-001-A
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Slat Transmission System
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-84-00-01-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF TRANSMISSION ASSY

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

FLASHLIGHT
MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003

AES

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

27-84-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

191BB, 191BT, 192BT, 192FB,

521BT, 522AB, 522CB, 522FB,
522JB, 522KB, 522LB, 522NB,
522QB, 522SB, 522UB, 621BT,
622AB, 622CB, 622FB, 622JB,
622KB, 622LB, 622NB, 622QB,
622SB, 622UB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-80-00-866-004-A

DESIGNATION
Extending the Slats on the Ground

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

32-00-00-481-001-A

Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gears

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-991-00700-A - Slat Transmission - Access Panels)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-991-00100-A - Slat System - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-991-00200-A - Steady Bearings and Torque Shafts - Component Location)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-991-00700-A - Slat Transmission - Access Panels)
Subtask 27-84-00-941-051-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001A).

(2)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

(4)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(5)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the MLG doors.

Subtask 27-84-00-860-056-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Extend the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever.

27-84-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(4)

Depressurize the applicable hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-00-865-053-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-00-010-051-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Open the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is installed on each MLG door actuating
cylinder.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE below the applicable wing.

(4)

Open the applicable access panels:

. for the left wing, open 191BB 191BT 521BT 522AB 522CB 522FB 522JB 522KB 522LB 522NB
522QB 522SB 522UB
. for the right wing, open 192BT 192FB 621BT 622AB 622CB 622FB 622JB 622KB 622LB 622NB
622QB 622SB 622UB.

(5)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in the applicable MLG bay.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-991-00100-A - Slat System - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-991-00200-A - Steady Bearings and Torque Shafts - Component Location)
Subtask 27-84-00-110-050-A
A.

Preparation for Inspection

(1)

Clean the component to be inspected with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003)
made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

Subtask 27-84-00-210-050-A
B.

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Slat Transmission System

(1)

AES

Examine the Power Control Unit (PCU):

(a)

Make sure that the PCU is installed correctly.

(b)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE and examine the external
surfaces of the PCU for:
. cracks
. corrosion
. signs of leakage
. satisfactory surface protection.

(c)

Make sure that the Line Replacement Units (LRU) are correctly installed. The LRUs are the:
. two valve blocks
. two inlet filters
. six solenoid valves

27-84-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.
.
.
(2)

(3)

(4)

Examine the Torque Shaft Assemblies:

(a)

Make sure that the torque shaft assemblies are correctly installed and that the spring clip safeties
the pin correctly.

(b)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine the torque shafts and
input joints for:
. distortion
. dents
. cracks
. corrosion
. satisfactory surface protection.

(c)

Make sure that the connections between the torque shafts and input joints are tight.

(d)

Do an inspection of the flange bolts for corrosion protection. If the corrosion protection is
unsatisfactory, apply a new layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) .

Examine the Steady Bearing Assemblies:

(a)

Make sure that the steady bearing assemblies are correctly installed.

(b)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine the steady bearing
assemblies for:
. cracks
. corrosion
. satisfactory surface protection.

Examine the Gearbox Assemblies:

NOTE :

(5)

The gearbox assemblies are units filled with grease and are not hermetically sealed units. It is
normal for this grease to have some oil separation. The external surfaces of the gearbox
assemblies may be moist with this separated oil as they are not sealed units. However, any
separated oil in the unit that touches the grease will be changed back during operation. The oil
separation will decrease during in-service operation until the lubricant is in a condition that is
stable. This is normal and will not cause damage to the unit.

(a)

Make sure that the gearbox assemblies are correctly installed.

(b)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE and examine the outer sides of
the gearbox assemblies for:
. cracks
. corrosion
. signs of leakage
. satisfactory surface protection.

Examine the actuator assemblies:

NOTE :

(a)

AES

two hydraulic motors

two Pressure-Off Brakes
Feedback Position Pick-off Unit
Instrumentation Position Pick-off Unit.

The actuators are vented units filled with grease. It is normal for this grease to have some oil
separation. The external surfaces of the actuator assemblies may be moist with this oil as they
are not a hermetically sealed unit. However, any oil separation in the unit that touches the
grease will be changed back during in-service operation and the lubricant is in a condition that is
stable. This is normal and will not cause damage to the unit.

Make sure that each actuator is correctly installed.

27-84-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5.

(b)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine the external surfaces
of the actuators for:
. cracks
. corrosion
. signs of leakage
. satisfactory surface protection.

(c)

Make sure that the torque limiter indicator has not operated.

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-00-410-050-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the applicable access panel:

. for the left wing, close 191BB 191BT 521BT 522AB 522CB 522FB 522JB 522KB 522LB 522NB
522QB 522SB 522UB
. for the right wing, close 192BT 192FB 621BT 622AB 622CB 622FB 622JB 622KB 622LB 622NB
622QB 622SB 622UB.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-00-865-054-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-00-866-051-A
C.

Retract the Slats

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
slat/flap control lever.

(2)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

Subtask 27-84-00-942-053-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A

RIB 6
521BT
(621BT)

B
C LEFT HAND
D RIGHT HAND
FR34

192BT

FR36

B
522UB
(622UB)
522SB
(622SB)
522QB
(622QB)
RIB 22
522NB
(622NB)
522LB
(622LB)

192FB

522KB
(622KB)
522FB
(622FB)

RIB 15
RIB 13
522JB
(622JB)

FR34
191BT

522CB
(622CB)

FR36

522AB
(622AB)
RIB 8

191BB
FW

D
N_MM_278400_6_AKM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-991-00700-A SHEET 1

Slat Transmission - Access Panels

27-84-00 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
BEVEL GEARBOX
19 DEG 6003CM

POWER CONTROL
UNIT 6001CM

TEE GEARBOX
6005CM

A
A

BEVEL GEARBOX
63.5 DEG
6009CM(6059CM)
BEVEL GEARBOX
63.5 DEG
6011CM(6061CM)

SLAT 1

ACTUATOR
6013CM
(6063CM)
ACTUATOR
6015CM
(6065CM)

ACTUATOR
6027CM
(6077CM)

SLAT 2

ACTUATOR
6029CM
(6079CM)
ACTUATOR
6033CM
(6083CM)

SLAT 3

ACTUATOR
6035CM
(6085CM)
ACTUATOR
6037CM
(6087CM)

SLAT 4

ACTUATOR
6039CM
(6089CM)

WING TIP
BRAKE

ACTUATOR
6041CM
(6091CM)

SLAT 5

ACTUATOR
6045CM
(6095CM)

ASYMMERTY
POSITION PICKOFF
UNIT
N_MM_278400_6_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Slat System - Component Location

27-84-00 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
TORQUE
SHAFTS
BEVEL
PCU
GEARBOX
6004CM
6002CM

TEE
GEARBOX
6007CM
(6057CM)

6010CM
(6060CM)

6006CM
(6056CM)
6008CM
(6058CM)

BEVEL
GEARBOX

BEVEL
GEARBOX

6012CM
(6062CM)
6014CM
(6064CM)
6016CM
(6066CM)
6017CM
6018CM
(6067CM)
(6068CM) 6020CM
(6072CM)
6019CM
6022CM
(6069CM)
STEADY
(6072CM)
6021CM
BEARINGS
6024CM
(6021CM)
(6074CM)
6023CM
6026CM
(6073CM)
(6076CM)
6025CM
(6075CM)
6028CM
(6078CM)

TORQUE
SHAFTS

6030CM
(6080CM)
6031CM
(6081CM)

6032CM
(6082CM)
6034CM
(6084CM)
6036CM
(6086CM)
6038CM
(6088CM)

6040CM
(6090CM)
6042CM
(6092CM)
6044CM
(6094CM)
6046CM
(6096CM)

N_MM_278400_6_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Steady Bearings and Torque Shafts - Component Location

27-84-00 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-00-210-001-A
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Slat Track Rollers, the Pinions and the Curved Rack Gears (As Far As Visible)
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-84-68-02-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF SLAT TRACKS, ROLLER BEARINGS, PINION BEARINGS AND CURVED RACK
GEARS - AS VISIBLE.

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

FLASHLIGHT

No specific

AR

MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

521AB, 521CB, 521EB, 522AB,

522CB, 522FB, 522KB, 522LB,
522NB, 522QB, 522SB, 522UB,
621AB, 621CB, 621EB, 622AB,
622CB, 622FB, 622KB, 622LB,
622NB, 622QB, 622SB, 622UB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-22-27-640-006-A

DESIGNATION
Lubrication of all Slat Track Rollers, Pinion Bearings, Pinions and Rack Teeth

27-50-00-866-008-A

Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

AES

27-84-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-008-A-01

DESIGNATION
Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A

Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

27-50-00-866-009-A-01

Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

27-80-00-866-004-A

Extending the Slats on the Ground

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-68-350-003-A

Repair of Damaged Flanks of the Teeth of the Slat Track Pinions and Gear
Racks
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-991-00800-A - Slat Tracks - Component Access)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-991-00300-A - Slat Gear - Racks and Pinions)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-991-00300-B - Slat Gear - Racks and Pinions)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-991-00800-A - Slat Tracks - Component Access)
Subtask 27-84-00-941-056-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-00-866-052-A
B.

Flight Control Surface Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008-A-01).

(2)

Extend the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

(3)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever.

Subtask 27-84-00-865-055-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-00-010-054-A
D.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the wing.

(2)

Open the applicable access panel:

. for the left wing, open 521AB 521CB 521EB 522AB 522CB 522FB 522KB 522LB 522NB 522QB
522SB 522UB
. for the right wing, open 621AB 621CB 621EB 622AB 622CB 622FB 622KB 622LB 622NB 622QB
622SB 622UB.

27-84-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-991-00300-A - Slat Gear - Racks and Pinions)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-991-00300-B - Slat Gear - Racks and Pinions)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-00-110-051-A
A.

Clean the Components

(1)

Clean these items:

. the gear racks
. the track pinions
. the track side-load rollers
. the track vertical-load rollers
with LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-026) and let them dry.

Subtask 27-84-00-210-051-A
B.

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Slat Track Rollers, the Pinions and the Curved Rack Gears
(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

AES

Examine the Track Vertical-Load Rollers and the Track Side-Load Rollers:
(a)

Make sure that the rollers are correctly installed.

(b)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE and examine the rollers for:
. cracks
. scores
. corrosion
. satisfactory surface protection.

Examine the Track Pinions:

(a)

Make sure that the pinions are correctly installed.

(b)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE and examine the pinions for:
. cracks
. scores
. corrosion
. satisfactory surface protection.

Examine the Gear Racks:

(a)

Make sure that the gear racks are correctly installed.

(b)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE and examine the gear racks for:
. cracks
. scores
. corrosion
. satisfactory surface protection.

If you find damage to the teeth of the track pinions or the gear racks, do the repair procedure (Ref.
TASK 27-84-68-350-003-A).

27-84-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-00-640-050-A
C.

Lubricate Items After Inspection

(1)

5.

When the inspection is complete, lubricate the items that follow:

. the gear racks
. the track pinions
. the track side-load rollers
. the track vertical-load rollers
(Ref. TASK 12-22-27-640-006-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-00-410-055-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the applicable access panels:

. for the left wing, close 521AB 521CB 521EB 522AB 522CB 522FB 522KB 522LB 522NB 522QB
522SB 522UB
. for the right wing, close 621AB 621CB 621EB 622AB 622CB 622FB 622KB 622LB 622NB 622QB
622SB 622UB.

Subtask 27-84-00-865-056-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-00-866-053-A
C.

Flight Control Surface Configuration

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(3)

Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).

Subtask 27-84-00-942-058-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

522UB
(622UB)

522SB
(622SB)
522QB
(622QB)

STA11664/RIB 22

522NB
(622NB)
522LB
(622LB)
522KB
(622KB)

STA8268/RIB 15

522FB
(622FB)
STA7316/RIB 13
522CB
(622CB)

522AB
(622AB)
STA4067/RIB 8

521EB
(621EB)

STA1406/RIB 3

521CB
(621CB)
521AB
(621AB)

N_MM_278400_6_ALN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-991-00800-A SHEET 1

Slat Tracks - Component Access

27-84-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

Z522
(Z622)

Z521
(Z621)

EXAMPLE

GEAR
RACK

SIDE LOAD
ROLLER
ACTUATOR
VERTICAL
LOAD ROLLER
NOTE:
1

CLEANING AND INSPECTION AREA

1
PINION

N_MM_278400_6_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Slat Gear - Racks and Pinions

27-84-00 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

Z522
(Z622)

A
Z521
(Z621)

EXAMPLE

GEAR
RACK

SIDE LOAD
ROLLER

ACTUATOR

VERTICAL
LOAD ROLLER
1
PINION
NOTE:
1

CLEANING AND INSPECTION AREA

N_MM_278400_6_AEN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-991-00300-B SHEET 1

Slat Gear - Racks and Pinions

27-84-00 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-00-210-002-A
Check of Slat Transmission Shaft Integrity Including Inspection of Seal Witness Drains
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 27-81-00-04-)
CHECK OF SLATS TRANSMISSION SHAFTING INTEGRITY, INCLUDING INSPECTION OF SEAL WITNESS
DRAINS
NOTE :

2.

If you do this task together with MPD-TASK 278100-03, do MPD-TASK 278100-03 first.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

FLASHLIGHT

No specific

AR

MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

98D27803500001

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003

AES

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

27-84-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

191EB, 191KB, 192EB, 192KB,

521AT, 521BT, 521CB, 521EB,
521GB, 521HB, 522AB, 522CB,
522EB, 522FB, 522JB, 522KB,
522LB, 522NB, 522QB, 522SB,
522UB, 621AT, 621BT, 621CB,
621EB, 621GB, 621HB, 622AB,
622CB, 622EB, 622FB, 622JB,
622KB, 622LB, 622NB, 622QB,
622SB, 622UB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-81-51-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Slat Wing-Tip Brake

27-81-51-400-001-A

Installation of the Slat Wing-Tip Brake

32-00-00-481-001-A

Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gears

32-12-00-010-001-A
Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-991-00400-A - Slat Transmission - Access Panels)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-991-00500-A - Torque Shaft - Steady Bearing Typical Installation)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-991-00600-B - Wing Tip Brakes - Seal Witness Drains)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-00-941-054-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the slat/flap
control lever.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat system.

(4)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(5)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear doors.

(6)

Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001A).

Subtask 27-84-00-020-050-A
B.

Remove the Safety Collar

(1)

Remove the safety collar from the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

Subtask 27-84-00-865-057-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN
5CV

LOCATION
B06

27-84-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

FIN
P19

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-84-00-010-053-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Open the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is installed on each MLG door actuating
cylinder.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in the applicable MLG bay.

(4)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position below the applicable zone 521(621) and
522(622).

(5)

Open the applicable access panels:

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-991-00400-A - Slat Transmission - Access Panels)
. for the left wing, open 191EB 191KB 521AT 521CB 521EB 521GB 521HB 522AB 522CB 522EB,
522FB 522LB 522NB 522QB 522SB 522UB, 521BT 522KB 522JB
. for the right wing, open 192EB 192KB 621AT 621CB 621EB 621GB 621HB 622AB 622CB 622EB,
622FB 622LB 622NB 622QB 622SB 622UB, 621BT 622KB 622JB.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-991-00500-A - Torque Shaft - Steady Bearing Typical Installation)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-00-991-00600-B - Wing Tip Brakes - Seal Witness Drains)
Subtask 27-84-00-110-052-A
A.

Clean the Components

(1)

Clean the component to be inspected with a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with solvent CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

Subtask 27-84-00-210-052-A
B.

Check the Integrity of the Slat Transmission System and Inspection of the Seal Witness Drains of the Wing
Tip Brakes
(1)

Examine the Torque Shaft Assemblies:

(a)

(2)

AES

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE and examine the outer sides of
the torque shaft assemblies for:
. cracks
. signs of distortion
. signs of damage.

Examine the Torque Shaft Flanges:

(a)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE and examine the outer sides of
the torque shaft flanges and their joints for:
. cracks
. signs of distortion
. signs of damage.

(b)

Do an inspection of the flange bolts for corrosion protection. If the corrosion protection is
unsatisfactory, apply a new layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) .

27-84-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Examine the Steady Bearings:

(a)

(4)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE and examine the outer sides of
the steady bearings and their structural interfaces for:
. cracks
. signs of distortion
. signs of damage.

Examine the WTB:

(a)

Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE and examine the outer sides of
the WTB at the seal witness drains.

(b)

The area around the seal witness drains is permitted to be wet with oil. But, if a drop of hydraulic
fluid is found, replace the WTB (Ref. TASK 27-81-51-000-001-A), (Ref. TASK 27-81-51-400-001A).

NOTE :
5.

The area near the seal witness drains, which is wet with oil, must be cleaned.

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-00-410-057-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the applicable access panels:

. for the left wing, close 191EB 191KB 521AT 521CB 521EB 521GB 521HB 522AB 522CB 522EB,
522FB 522LB 522NB 522QB 522SB 522UB, 521BT 522KB 522JB
. for the right wing, close 192EB 192KB 621AT 621CB 621EB 621GB 621HB 622AB 622CB 622EB,
622FB 622LB 622NB 622QB 622SB 622UB, 621BT 622KB 622JB.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-00-865-058-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-84-00-420-050-A
C.

Install the Safety Collar

(1)

Install the safety collar on the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

Subtask 27-84-00-942-057-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

27-84-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
521AT
(UNDER SLAT)
RIB 6
521BT
(621BT)

C LEFT HAND
D RIGHT HAND
FR34

FR36

522UB
(622UB)
522SB
(622SB)
522QB
(622QB)
RIB 22
192EB

522KB
(622KB)

522JB
(622JB)
RIB 15

522FB
(622FB)

192KB

RIB 13

522EB
(622EB)

FR34

522CB
(622CB)

FR36

521HB
(621HB)

191EB

522NB
(622NB)
522LB
(622LB)

522AB
(622AB)
RIB 8
521GB
(621GB)

521EB
(621EB)
521CB
(621CB)

191KB
N_MM_278400_6_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Slat Transmission - Access Panels

27-84-00 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

TORQUE SHAFT

STEADY BEARING

FLANGE

N_MM_278400_6_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Torque Shaft - Steady Bearing Typical Installation

27-84-00 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
STA1287/RIB 24
Z522( Z622 )

A
B

B
WING TIP BRAKE
35CV (36CV)

SEAL WITNESS DRAINS

SEAL WITNESS DRAINS

DRAIN PLUG

N_MM_278400_6_ALP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-00-991-00600-B SHEET 1

Wing Tip Brakes - Seal Witness Drains

27-84-00 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-00-210-003-A
Operational Test of Wingtip Brakes/Pressure-Off Brakes, Followed by Check of Transmission Shafting Integrity and
Inspection of Seal Witness Drains
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6002CM, 6004CM, 6006CM, 6008CM, 6010CM, 6012CM, 6014CM, 6016CM, 6018CM, 6020CM, 6022CM, 6024CM,
6026CM, 6028CM, 6030CM, 6032CM, 6034CM, 6036CM, 6038CM, 6040CM, 6042CM, 6044CM, 6046CM, 6056CM,
6058CM, 6060CM, 6062CM, 6064CM, 6066CM, 6068CM, 6070CM, 6072CM, 6074CM, 6076CM, 6078CM, 6080CM,
6082CM, 6084CM, 6086CM, 6088CM, 6090CM, 6092CM, 6094CM, 6096CM, 6007CM, 6017CM, 6019CM, 6021CM,
6023CM, 6025CM, 6031CM, 6057CM, 6067CM, 6069CM, 6071CM, 6073CM, 6075CM, 6081CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803500001

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
191BB, 191BT, 191EB, 191KB,
192BT, 192CT, 192EB, 192FB,
192KB, 521AB, 521CB, 521EB,
521GB, 521HB, 522AB, 522CB,
522EB, 522FB, 522JB, 522KB,
522LB, 522NB, 522QB, 522SB,
522UB, 621AB, 621CB, 621EB,
621GB, 621HB, 622AB, 622CB,
622EB, 622FB, 622JB, 622KB,
622LB, 622NB, 622QB, 622SB,
622UB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

AES

27-84-00 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A-02

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-81-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Wing-Tip Brake and the Pressure-Off Brake

27-84-00-210-002-A
29-10-00-863-001-A

Check of Slat Transmission Shaft Integrity Including Inspection of Seal Witness

Drains
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

27-81-51-000-001-A

Removal of the Slat Wing-Tip Brake (for corrective action)

27-81-51-400-001-A

Installation of the Slat Wing-Tip Brake (for corrective action)

FOR FIN 6002CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

FOR FIN 6004CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
27-84-45-000-001-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

27-84-45-400-002-A

Installation of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

FOR FIN 6006CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

FOR FIN 6056CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
27-84-45-000-002-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

27-84-45-400-003-A

Installation of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

FOR FIN 6007CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)

FOR FIN 6057CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)
27-84-44-000-001-A

Removal of the Steady Bearing (for corrective action)

27-84-44-400-001-A

Installation of the Steady Bearing (for corrective action)

FOR FIN 6008CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

FOR FIN 6058CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
27-84-45-000-003-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

27-84-45-400-004-A

Installation of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

FOR FIN 6010CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

FOR FIN 6060CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
27-84-45-000-004-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

27-84-45-400-005-A

Installation of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

FOR FIN 6012CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

FOR FIN 6062CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
27-84-45-000-005-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

27-84-45-400-006-A

Installation of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

FOR FIN 6014CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

AES

27-84-00 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
FOR FIN 6028CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

DESIGNATION

FOR FIN 6036CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

FOR FIN 6038CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
FOR FIN 6040CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
FOR FIN 6042CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
FOR FIN 6044CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
FOR FIN 6064CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
FOR FIN 6078CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
FOR FIN 6086CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
FOR FIN 6088CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
FOR FIN 6090CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
FOR FIN 6092CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
FOR FIN 6094CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
27-54-45-000-006-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

27-84-45-400-007-A

Installation of the Torque Shafts (for corrective action)

FOR FIN 6016CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

FOR FIN 6020CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
FOR FIN 6026CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
FOR FIN 6030CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
FOR FIN 6066CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
FOR FIN 6070CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
FOR FIN 6076CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
FOR FIN 6080CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
27-84-45-000-007-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts (for corrective action)

27-84-45-400-008-A

Installation of the Torque Shafts (for corrective action)

FOR FIN 6017CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)

FOR FIN 6019CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)
FOR FIN 6067CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)
FOR FIN 6069CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)
27-84-44-000-002-A

Removal of the Steady Bearings (for corrective action)

27-84-44-400-002-A

Installation of the Steady Bearings (for corrective action)

FOR FIN 6018CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

FOR FIN 6068CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
27-84-45-000-008-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

27-84-45-400-009-A

Installation of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

FOR FIN 6021CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)

FOR FIN 6071CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)
27-84-44-000-003-A

AES

Removal of the Steady Bearing (for corrective action)

27-84-00 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-84-44-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Steady Bearing (for corrective action)

FOR FIN 6022CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

FOR FIN 6072CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
27-84-45-000-009-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

27-84-45-400-010-A

Installation of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

FOR FIN 6023CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)

FOR FIN 6073CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)
27-84-44-000-004-A

Removal of the Steady Bearing (for corrective action)

27-84-44-400-004-A

Installation of the Steady Bearing (for corrective action)

FOR FIN 6024CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

FOR FIN 6074CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
27-84-45-000-010-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

27-84-45-400-011-A

Installation of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

FOR FIN 6025CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)

FOR FIN 6075CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)
27-84-44-000-005-A

Removal of the Steady Bearing (for corrective action)

27-84-44-400-005-A

Installation of the Steady Bearing (for corrective action)

FOR FIN 6031CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)

FOR FIN 6081CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)
27-84-44-000-006-A

Removal of the Steady Bearing (for corrective action)

27-84-44-400-006-A

Installation of the Steady Bearing (for corrective action)

FOR FIN 6032CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

FOR FIN 6082CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
27-84-45-000-011-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

27-84-45-400-012-A

Installation of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

FOR FIN 6034CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

FOR FIN 6084CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
27-84-45-000-012-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

27-84-45-400-013-A

Installation of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

FOR FIN 6046CM(SHAFT ASSY)

FOR FIN 6096CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
27-84-45-000-013-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

27-84-45-400-014-A

Installation of the Torque Shaft (for corrective action)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-00-941-058-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

AES

Put the safety barriers in position.

27-84-00 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the slat/flap
control lever.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat system.

Subtask 27-84-00-860-054-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A).

(3)

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002-A).

Subtask 27-84-00-010-055-A
C.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable zone
521(621) and 522(622).

(2)

Open the applicable access panels:

. for the left wing, open 191BB 191BT 191EB 191KB 521AB 521CB 521EB 521GB 521HB 522AB
522CB 522EB 522FB 522JB 522KB 522LB 522NB 522QB 522SB 522UB
. for the right wing, open 192BT 192CT 192EB 192FB 192KB 621AB 621CB 621EB 621GB 621HB
622AB 622CB 622EB 622FB 622JB 622KB 622LB 622NB 622QB 622SB 622UB.

Procedure
Subtask 27-84-00-210-053-A
A.

Operational Test of Wingtip Brakes/Pressure-Off Brakes, Followed by Check of Transmission Shafting

Integrity and Inspection of Seal Witness Drains
(1)

Do an operational test of the wing-tip brake and the pressure-off brake (Ref. TASK 27-81-00-710-001A).

(2)

Do the trouble-shooting of the system and do the applicable correction(s) (Ref. TSM 27). Use the Fault
Symptom(s) as entry into the Trouble Shooting Manual (TSM).

(3)

Do a check of the integrity of the slat transmission system and inspection of the seal witness drains of
the wing-tip brakes (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-210-002-A).

(4)

Replace the Defective Components of the Slat Transmission System.

(a)

AES

Replace the applicable torque shafts:

1

FOR 6002CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6004CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT)
(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-002-A)

FOR 6006CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6056CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT)
(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-002-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-003-A)

FOR 6008CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6058CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT)
(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-003-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-004-A)

27-84-00 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

FOR 6010CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6060CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT)
(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-004-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-005-A)

FOR 6012CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6062CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT)
(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-005-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-006-A)

FOR 6014CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6064CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT), 6028CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6078CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT), 6036CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6086CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT), 6038CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6088CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT), 6040CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6090CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT), 6042CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6092CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT), 6044CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6094CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT)
(Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-006-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-007-A)

FOR 6016CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6066CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT), 6020CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6070CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT), 6026CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6076CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT), 6030CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6080CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT)
(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-007-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-008-A)

FOR 6018CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6068CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT)
(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-008-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-009-A)

FOR 6022CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6072CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT)
(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-009-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-010-A)

10

FOR 6024CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6074CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT)
(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-010-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-011-A)

11

FOR 6032CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6082CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT)
(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-011-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-012-A)

12

FOR 6034CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT), 6084CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE
SHAFT)
(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-012-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-013-A)

13

FOR 6046CM (SHAFT ASSY), 6096CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-013-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-014-A).

27-84-00 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

(c)
5.

Replace the applicable steady bearing:

1

FOR 6007CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING), 6057CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

(Ref. TASK 27-84-44-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-400-001-A)

FOR 6017CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING), 6067CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING), 6019CM
(SLAT STEADY BEARING), 6069CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)
(Ref. TASK 27-84-44-000-002-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-400-002-A)

FOR 6021CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING), 6071CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

(Ref. TASK 27-84-44-000-003-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-400-003-A)

FOR 6023CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING), 6073CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

(Ref. TASK 27-84-44-000-004-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-400-004-A)

FOR 6025CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING), 6075CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

(Ref. TASK 27-84-44-000-005-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-400-005-A)

FOR 6031CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING), 6081CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

(Ref. TASK 27-84-44-000-006-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-400-006-A).

Replace the applicable wing-tip brake 35CV(36CV) (Ref. TASK 27-81-51-000-001-A) and (Ref.
TASK 27-81-51-400-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-00-860-055-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

(2)

De-pressurize the Yellow and Blue Hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-003-A).

(3)

De-pressurize the Green Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-00-410-056-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the applicable access panels:

. for the left wing, close 191BB 191BT 191EB 191KB 521AB 521CB 521EB 521GB 521HB 522AB
522CB 522EB 522FB 522JB 522KB 522LB 522NB 522QB 522SB 522UB
. for the right wing, close 192BT 192CT 192EB 192FB 192KB 621AB 621CB 621EB 621GB 621HB
622AB 622CB 622EB 622FB 622JB 622KB 622LB 622NB 622QB 622SB 622UB.

Subtask 27-84-00-942-061-A
C.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

27-84-00 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-00 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

GEARBOX - BEVEL 19 DEG - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Bevel Gearbox
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 6003CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

191KB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
21-52-22-000-001-A
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Fan Plenum Chamber 10HM5 .
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-41-991-00100-A - 19 Degree Bevel Gearbox)

AES

27-84-41 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-41-866-050-A
A.

Retraction of the Slats

(1)

Retract the slats to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

Subtask 27-84-41-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-41-860-050-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Make sure that the Green and Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(4)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to lock the left slat
transmission.

(5)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to lock the right slat
transmission.

Subtask 27-84-41-010-050-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Remove the access panel 191KB.

(2)

Remove the heat exchanger unit 10HM4 together with the fan plenum chamber 10HM5 (Ref. TASK
21-52-22-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-41-991-00100-A - 19 Degree Bevel Gearbox)
Subtask 27-84-41-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Bevel Gearbox

(1)

(2)

Disconnect the torque shaft 6004CM (13) as follows:

(a)

Remove the nuts (11) and the bolts (12) which connect the torque shaft (13) to the input
universal joint (10) of the bevel gearbox (1).

(b)

Disconnect the torque shaft (13) from the input universal joint (10).

(c)

Remove the input universal joint (10) from the bevel gearbox (1).

Disconnect the torque shaft 6002CM (7) as follows:

(a)

AES

Remove the nuts (5) and the bolts (6) which connect the torque shaft (7) to the input universal
joint (4) of the bevel gearbox (1).

27-84-41 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(b)

Disconnect the torque shaft (7) from the input universal joint (4).

(c)

Remove the input universal joint (4) from the bevel gearbox (1).

(3)

Hold the bevel gearbox (1) so that it can not fall.

(4)

Remove the bolts (16) and the washers (17) which attach the bevel gearbox (1) to the support bracket.

(5)

Remove the bevel gearbox (1).

27-84-41 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z734

Z744

FR39

191KB
FR36

A
6

5
1
4

16

17

10

11
12
13

N_MM_278441_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-41-991-00100-A SHEET 1

19 Degree Bevel Gearbox

27-84-41 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Bevel Gearbox
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
FIN 6003CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)
Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 05-005
Material No: 09-013

AES

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
CORROSION PREVENTIVE
SEALANTS
SEALANT-BRUSH CONSISTENCY (OBSOLETE)

27-84-41 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-002
Material No: 16-021
C.

DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHT SPIRIT)
STRUCTURE PAINTS
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

191KB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

21-52-22-400-001-A
27-00-00-080-002-A

Installation of the Fan Plenum Chamber 10HM5

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-41-991-00100-A - 19 Degree Bevel Gearbox)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-41-860-052-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are in the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at the opening of
the main door of the main gear.

(4)

Make sure that the Green and Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(6)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed to
lock the left slat transmission.

(7)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed to
lock the right slat transmission.

27-84-41 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-41-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-41-991-00100-A - 19 Degree Bevel Gearbox)
NOTE :

The gearbox is a unit filled with grease and is not a hermetically sealed unit. It is normal for this grease to
have some oil separation. The external surface of the gearbox may be moist with this separated oil as it is not
a sealed unit. However, any separated oil in the unit that touches the grease will be changed back during
operation. The oil separation will decrease during in-service operation until the lubricant is in a condition that
is stable. This is normal and will not cause damage to the unit.

Subtask 27-84-41-910-051-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

To install the same gearbox, clean the splined surfaces of the connections with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-002) .

(2)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the face of the bevel gearbox (1) which touches the support
bracket.

Subtask 27-84-41-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Bevel Gearbox

(1)

Put the bevel gearbox (1) in position on the support bracket.

(2)

Attach the bevel gearbox (1) to the support bracket with the bolts (16) and the washers (17).

(3)

At the bonding point continue as follows (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):

(a)

Seal bolt (16) with SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) .

(b)

Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) (dyed blue) to the bonding point.

(4)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the bolt heads (16).

(5)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the splines of the input universal joints (4), (10).

(6)

Engage the input universal joints (4), (10) of the bevel gearbox (1) in the bevel gearbox inputs.

(7)

Install the torque shaft 6002CM (7) as follows:

(a)

Put the torque shaft (7) in position.

(b)

Make sure that the flange holes of the torque shaft (7) are in line with the flange holes of the
input universal joint (4).

(c)

If the flange holes of the torque shaft are not in line with the flange holes of the input universal
joint (4), continue as follows:

(d)

AES

Remove the input universal joint (4).

Turn the input universal joint (4) by the number of splines necessary to put it in line.

Install the input universal joint (4).

Install the bolts (6) to connect the torque shaft (7) to the input universal joint (4).

27-84-41 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(e)

Install the nuts (5) on the bolts (6).

(f)

Examine the assembly of the input universal joint (10) as follows:

(g)

Measure dimension X. Dimension X must be a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.).

Make sure that you can not see the indicator groove.

If you can see the indicator groove continue as follows:

1

(8)

Measure all the related torque shafts, universal joints and gearboxes and refer to LIEBHERR
technical data.

(h)

TORQUE the nuts (5) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(i)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the bolts (6) and the nuts (5).

Install the torque shaft 6004CM (13) as follows:

(a)

Put the torque shaft (13) in position.

(b)

Make sure that the flange holes of torque shaft (13) are in line with the flange holes of the input
universal joint (10).

(c)

If the flange holes of the torque shaft (13) are not in line with the flange holes of the input
universal joint (10), continue as follows:
1

Remove the input universal joint (10).

Turn the input universal joint (10) by the number of splines necessary to put it in line.

Install the input universal joint (10).

(d)

Install the bolts (12) to connect the torque shaft (13) to the input universal joint (10).

(e)

Install the nuts (11) on the bolts (12).

(f)

Examine the assembly of the input universal joint (10) as follows:

(g)

Measure dimension X. Dimension X must be a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.).

Make sure that you can not see the indicator groove.

If you can see the indicator groove continue as follows:

1

Measure all the related torque shafts, universal joints and gearboxes and refer to LIEBHERR
technical data.

(h)

TORQUE the nuts (11) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(i)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the bolts (12) and the nuts (11).

Subtask 27-84-41-860-051-A
C.

AES

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the right slat
transmission.

(2)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the left slat
transmission.

(3)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A) from the slat/flap control lever.

(4)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(5)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-84-41 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-41-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-41-710-050-A
E.
5.

Do the operational test of the Slat System. (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A)

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-41-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Install the fan plenum chamber 10HM5 together with the heat exchanger 10HM4 (Ref. TASK
21-52-22-400-001-A).

(2)

Install the access panel 191KB.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-84-41 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

GEARBOX - TEE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-42-000-001-A
Removal of the Tee Gearbox
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 6005CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

191BB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-42-991-00100-A - Tee Gearbox (Sheet 1))
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-42-991-00200-A - Tee Gearbox (Sheet 2))

AES

27-84-42 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-42-866-050-A
A.

Retraction of the Slats

(1)

Retract the slats to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

Subtask 27-84-42-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL

SYS1/2/115VAC

21HH

W22

122VU

AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL

SYS1/2/28VDC

23HH

W21

122VU

AIR COND/PACK TEMP CTL

SYS2/2/28VDC

24HH

Y21

122VU

AIR COND/PACK TEMP CTL

SYS2/2/115VAC

22HH

Y20

Subtask 27-84-42-860-050-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

Depressurize the Green and Blue hydraulic systems and put them in the maintenance configuration (Ref.
TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(4)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to lock the left slat
transmission.

(5)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to lock the right slat
transmission.

Subtask 27-84-42-010-050-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-42-991-00100-A - Tee Gearbox (Sheet 1))
(1)

Remove the access panel 191BB.

(2)

Disconnect the V-clamp (4).

(3)

Disconnect the clamp (2).

(4)

Remove the bellows (3), the clamp (2) and the V-clamp (4).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-42-991-00200-A - Tee Gearbox (Sheet 2))

AES

27-84-42 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-42-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Tee Gearbox

(1)

(2)

(3)

AES

Disconnect the torque shaft 6004CM (9) as follows:

(a)

Remove the nuts (7) and the bolts (8) which connect the torque shaft (9) to the input universal
joint (6) of the tee gearbox (1).

(b)

Disconnect the torque shaft (9) from the input universal joint (6).

Disconnect the torque shaft 6006CM (26) as follows:

(a)

Remove the nuts (7) and the bolts (8) which connect the torque shaft (26) to the left input
universal joint (22) of the tee gearbox (1).

(b)

Disconnect the torque shaft (26) from the left input universal joint (22).

(c)

Remove the left input universal joint (22) from the tee gearbox (1).

Remove the tee gearbox (1) as follows:

(a)

Hold the tee gearbox (1) so that it can not fall.

(b)

Remove the bolts (18) and the washers (19) which attach the tee gearbox (1) to the support
bracket.

(c)

Carefully move the tee gearbox (1) away from the input universal joint (15) and remove the tee
gearbox (1).

(d)

Move the spring (5) and remove the pin (10).

(e)

Remove the input universal joint (6) from the tee gearbox (1).

27-84-42 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

191BB

FR36

A
2

N_MM_278442_4_AAMA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-42-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Tee Gearbox (Sheet 1)

27-84-42 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

STA1590/FR36
191BB

B
26

7
22

6
5

10

15

19
18

C
X

N_MM_278442_4_AAMM_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-42-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Tee Gearbox (Sheet 2)

27-84-42 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-42-400-001-A
Installation of the Tee Gearbox
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
FIN 6005CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)
Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 05-005
Material No: 09-013

AES

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
CORROSION PREVENTIVE
SEALANTS
SEALANT-BRUSH CONSISTENCY (OBSOLETE)

27-84-42 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-002
Material No: 16-021
C.

DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHT SPIRIT)
STRUCTURE PAINTS
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

191BB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-00-00-080-002-A

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-42-991-00200-A - Tee Gearbox (Sheet 2))
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-42-991-00100-A - Tee Gearbox (Sheet 1))
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-42-860-052-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are in the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at the opening of
the main door of the main gear.

(4)

Make sure that the Green and Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(6)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed to
lock the left slat transmission.

(7)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed to
lock the right slat transmission.

27-84-42 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-42-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL

SYS1/2/115VAC

21HH

W22

122VU

AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL

SYS1/2/28VDC

23HH

W21

122VU

AIR COND/PACK TEMP CTL

SYS2/2/28VDC

24HH

Y21

122VU

AIR COND/PACK TEMP CTL

SYS2/2/115VAC

22HH

Y20

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-42-991-00200-A - Tee Gearbox (Sheet 2))
NOTE :

The gearbox is a unit filled with grease and is not a hermetically sealed unit. It is normal for this grease to
have some oil separation. The external surface of the gearbox may be moist with this separated oil as it is not
a sealed unit. However, any separated oil in the unit that touches the grease will be changed back during
operation. The oil separation will decrease during in-service operation until the lubricant is in a condition that
is stable. This is normal and will not cause damage to the unit.

Subtask 27-84-42-910-050-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

To install the same gearbox, clean the splined surfaces of the connections with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-002) .

(2)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the face of the tee gearbox 6005CM (1) which touches the
support bracket.

(3)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the splines of the input universal joint (6).

Subtask 27-84-42-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Tee Gearbox

(1)

(2)

Install the input universal joint (6) as follows:

(a)

Engage the input universal joint (6) of the tee gearbox (1) in the tee gearbox input.

(b)

Install the pin (10).

(c)

Safety the pin (10) with the spring (5).

Connect the torque shaft 6004CM (9) as follows:

(a)

Put the tee gearbox (1) in position.

(b)

Make sure that the flange holes of the torque shaft (9) are in line with the flange holes of the
input universal joint (6).

(c)

If the flange holes of the torque shaft (9) are not in line with the flange holes of the input
universal joint (6), continue as follows:
1

AES

Turn the input universal joint (6) as necessary to put it in line.

27-84-42 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d)

Install the bolts (8) to connect the torque shaft (9) to the input universal joint (6).

(e)

Install the nuts (7) on the bolts (8).

(f)

TORQUE the nuts (7) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(g)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the bolts (8) and the nuts (7).

(3)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the splines of the right input universal joint (15).

(4)

Engage the right input universal joint (15) of tee gearbox (1) in the right input of the tee gearbox (1).

(5)

Put the tee gearbox (1) in position on the support bracket.

(6)

Attach the tee gearbox (1) to the support bracket with the bolts (18) and the washers (19).

(7)

At the bonding point continue as follows (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):

(a)

Seal bolt (18) with SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) .

(b)

Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) (dyed blue) to the bonding point.

(8)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the bolt heads (18).

(9)

Examine the assembly of the input universal joint (15) as follows:

(a)

Measure dimension X. Dimension X must be a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.).

(b)

Make sure that you can not see the indicator groove.

(10) If you can see the indictor groove continue as follows:

(a)

Measure all the related torque shafts, universal joints and gearboxes and refer to LIEBHERR
technical data.

(11) Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the splines of the left input universal joint (22).
(12) Engage the left input universal joint (22) of tee gearbox (1) in the left input of the tee gearbox.
(13) Install the torque shaft 6006CM (26) as follows:
(a)

Put the torque shaft (26) in position.

(b)

Make sure that the flange holes of the torque shaft (26) are in line with the flange holes of the
input universal joint (22).

(c)

If the flange holes of the torque shaft (26) are not in line with the flange holes of the input
universal joint (22), continue as follows:
1

Remove the input universal joint (22).

Turn the input universal joint (22) by the number of splines necessary to put it in line.

Install the input universal joint (22).

(d)

Install the bolts (8) to connect the torque shaft (26) to the input universal joint (22).

(e)

Install the nuts (7) on the bolts (8).

(f)

Examine the assembly of the input universal joint (22) as follows:

(g)

Measure dimension X. Dimension X must be a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.).

Make sure that you can not see the indicator groove.

If you can see the indicator groove continue as follows:

1

(h)

AES

Measure all the related torque shafts, universal joints and gearboxes and refer to LIEBHERR
technical data.

TORQUE the nuts (8) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

27-84-42 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(i)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the bolts (8) and the nuts (7).

Subtask 27-84-42-860-051-A
C.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the right slat
transmission.

(2)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the left slat
transmission.

(3)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A) from the slat/flap control lever.

(4)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(5)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-84-42-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-42-710-050-A
E.
5.

Do the operational test of the slat system, (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-42-991-00100-A - Tee Gearbox (Sheet 1))
Subtask 27-84-42-410-050-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Install the bellows (3) as follows:

(a)

(2)

Install the V-clamp (4), the bellows (3) and the clamp (2).

TORQUE the V-clamp (4) to 0.55 M.DAN (48.67 LBF.IN).

(a)

TORQUE the clamp (2) to 0.28 M.DAN (24.78 LBF.IN).

(3)

Install the access panel 191BB.

(4)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(5)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-84-42-865-053-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

122VU

DESIGNATION
AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL
SYS1/2/115VAC

FIN

LOCATION

21HH

W22

122VU

AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL

SYS1/2/28VDC

23HH

W21

122VU

AIR COND/PACK TEMP CTL

SYS2/2/28VDC

24HH

Y21

AES

27-84-42 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL
122VU

AES

DESIGNATION
AIR COND/PACK TEMP CTL
SYS2/2/115VAC

FIN
22HH

LOCATION
Y20

27-84-42 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

GEARBOX - BEVEL 63.5 DEG - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-43-000-001-A
Removal of the Bevel Gearbox 63.5 Deg
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
NOTE :

The removal procedure for the 63.5 degree bevel gearboxes 6009CM/6011CM is specified. The procedure for the
63.5 degree bevel gearboxes (6059CM/6061CM) is almost the same. If there are differences in the procedures they
are specified.

FIN 6009CM, 6011CM, 6059CM, 6061CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6009CM(SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX)

FOR FIN 6011CM(SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX)
191BT, 191CT
FOR FIN 6059CM(SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX)
FOR FIN 6061CM(SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX)
192BT, 192CT

AES

27-84-43 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-43-991-00100-A - 63.5 Degree Bevel Gearbox)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-43-866-050-A
A.

Retraction of the Slats

(1)

Retract the slats to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

Subtask 27-84-43-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-43-010-051-A
C.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position.

(2)

FOR 6009CM (SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX), 6011CM (SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX)

below access panels 191BT, 191CT.

(3)

FOR 6059CM (SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX), 6061CM (SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX)

(4)

Remove the applicable access panels:

(a)

FOR 6009CM (SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX), 6011CM (SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX)

remove 191BT 191CT.

(b)

FOR 6059CM (SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX), 6061CM (SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX)

remove 192BT 192CT. below access panels 192BT, 192CT.

Subtask 27-84-43-860-050-A
D.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the Green and Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(3)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to lock the slat
transmission:
(a)

AES

FOR 6009CM (SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX), 6011CM (SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX)

lock the left slat transmission system,

27-84-43 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)
4.

FOR 6059CM (SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX), 6061CM (SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX)

lock the right slat transmission system.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-43-991-00100-A - 63.5 Degree Bevel Gearbox)
Subtask 27-84-43-020-051-A
A.

Removal of the Bevel Gearbox

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

Disconnect the torque shaft 6012CM (6062CM) (5) as follows:

(a)

Remove the nuts (4) and the bolts (3) which connect the torque shaft (5) to the input splined
joint (2) of the bevel gearbox 6011CM (6061CM) (1).

(b)

Disconnect the torque shaft (5) from the input splined joint (2).

(c)

Remove the input splined joint (2) from the bevel gearbox (1).

Disconnect the torque shaft 6010CM (6060CM) (12) as follows:

(a)

Remove the nuts (4) and the bolts (3) which connect the torque shaft (12) to the input splined
joints (8),(13) of the bevel gearboxes 6009CM (6059CM) (14) and 6011CM (6061CM) (1).

(b)

Disconnect the torque shaft (12) from the input splined joints (13),(8).

Remove the input splined joint (8) from the bevel gearbox (1), as follows:
(a)

Remove the pin (6) and the spring (7).

(b)

Remove the input splined joint (8) from the bevel gearbox (1).

Remove the bevel gearbox 6011CM (6061CM) (1) as follows:

(a)

Hold the bevel gearbox (1) so that it can not fall.

(b)

Remove the bolts (10) and the washers (9) which attach the bevel gearbox (1) to the support
bracket.

(c)

Remove the bevel gearbox (1).

(5)

Remove the input splined joint (13) from the bevel gearbox 6009CM (6059CM) (14).

(6)

Disconnect the torque shaft 6008CM (6058CM) (18) as follows:

(7)

(a)

Remove the nuts (4) and the bolts (3) which connect the torque shaft (18) to the input universal
joint (17) of the bevel gearbox (14).

(b)

Disconnect the torque shaft (18) from the input universal joint (17).

Remove the input universal joint (17) from the bevel gearbox (14) as follows:
(a)

Remove the pin (6) and the spring (7).

(b)

Remove the input universal joint (17) from the bevel gearbox (14).

(8)

Hold the bevel gearbox (14) so that it can not fall.

(9)

Remove the bolts (10) and the washers (9) which attach the bevel gearbox (14) to the support bracket.

(10) Remove the bevel gearbox (14).

AES

27-84-43 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

2
3

FR36
4

191CT/192CT
191BT/192BT

7
6
5
8

18

12

3
9
10

10
17

9
4
13

C
3

D
14
6061CM

6011CM
6

DOWEL

B
6009CM

TYPICAL
6059CM

TYPICAL

BONDING POINT POSITIONS

N_MM_278443_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-43-991-00100-A SHEET 1

63.5 Degree Bevel Gearbox

27-84-43 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-43-400-001-A
Installation of the Bevel Gearbox 63.5 Deg
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
NOTE :

The installation procedure for the 63.5 degree bevel gearboxes 6009CM/6011CM is specified. The procedure for
the 63.5 degree bevel gearboxes 6059CM/6061CM is almost the same. If there are differences in the procedures
they are specified.

FIN 6009CM, 6011CM, 6059CM, 6061CM

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)
Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018

AES

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE

27-84-43 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-005
Material No: 09-013
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-002
Material No: 16-003
Material No: 16-021
C.

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
CORROSION PREVENTIVE
SEALANTS
SEALANT-BRUSH CONSISTENCY (OBSOLETE)
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHT SPIRIT)
STRUCTURE PAINTS
STRUCTURE PAINTS
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6009CM(SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX)

FOR FIN 6011CM(SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX)
191BT, 191CT
FOR FIN 6059CM(SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX)
FOR FIN 6061CM(SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX)
192BT, 192CT
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-002-A
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws in the
Tanks
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-00-00-080-002-A

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-43-991-00100-A - 63.5 Degree Bevel Gearbox)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-43-860-052-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are in the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

27-84-43 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at the opening of
the main door of the main gear.

(4)

Make sure that the Green and Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(6)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed to
lock the left slat transmission.

(7)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed to
lock the right slat transmission.

Subtask 27-84-43-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-43-991-00100-A - 63.5 Degree Bevel Gearbox)
NOTE :

The gearbox is a unit filled with grease and is not a hermetically sealed unit. It is normal for this grease to
have some oil separation. The external surface of the gearbox may be moist with this separated oil as it is not
a sealed unit. However, any separated oil in the unit that touches the grease will be changed back during
operation. The oil separation will decrease during in-service operation until the lubricant is in a condition that
is stable. This is normal and will not cause damage to the unit.

Subtask 27-84-43-910-051-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

To install the same gearbox, clean the splined surfaces of the connections with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-002) .

(2)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the face of the bevel gearbox 6009CM (6059CM) (14)
which touches the support bracket.

Subtask 27-84-43-420-051-A
B.

Installation of the Bevel Gearbox

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Put the bevel gearbox (14) in position on the support bracket.

(4)

Attach the bevel gearbox (14) to the support bracket with the bolts (10) and the washers (9).

(5)

TORQUE the bolts (10) to between 0.78 and 0.96 M.DAN (69.03 and 84.96 LBF.IN)

(6)

At the bonding point continue as follows (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A):

(7)

AES

(a)

Seal the bolt (10) with SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) .

(b)

Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) (dyed blue) to the bonding point.

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the heads of the bolts (10).

27-84-43 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8)

Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the splines of the input universal joint (17).

(9)

Install the input universal joint (17) as follows:

(a)

Engage the input universal joint (17) of the bevel gearbox (14) in the bevel gearbox input.

(b)

Install the pin (6).

(c)

Safety the pin (6) with the spring (7).

(10) Install the torque shaft 6008CM (6058CM) (18) as follows:

(a)

Put the torque shaft (18) in position.

(b)

Make sure that the flange holes of the torque shaft (18) are in line with the flange holes of the
input universal joint (17).

(c)

If the flange holes of the torque shaft (18) are not in line with the flange holes of the input
universal joint (17), continue as follows:
1

Turn the input universal joint (17) as necessary to put it in line.

(d)

Install the bolts (3) to connect the torque shaft (18) to the input universal joint (17).

(e)

Install the nuts (4) on the bolts (3).

(f)

TORQUE the nuts (4) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(g)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the bolts (3) and the nuts (4).

(11) Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the splines of the input splined joint (13).
(12) Engage the input splined joint (13) of the bevel gearbox (14) in the bevel gearbox input.
(13) Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the face of the bevel gearbox 6011CM (6061CM) (1) which
touches the support bracket.
(14) Put the bevel gearbox (1) in position on the support bracket.
(15) Attach the bevel gearbox (1) to the support bracket with the bolts (10) and the nuts (9).
(16) TORQUE the bolts (10) to between 0.78 and 0.96 M.DAN (69.03 and 84.96 LBF.IN).
(17) At the bonding point continue as follows (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-002-A):
(a)

Seal the bolt (10) with SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) .

(b)

Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-003) (dyed blue) to the bonding point.

(18) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the heads of the bolts (10).
(19) Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the splines of the input splined joint (8).
(20) Install the input splined joint (8) as follows:
(a)

Engage the input splined joint (8) of the bevel gearbox (1) in the bevel gearbox input.

(b)

Install the pin (6).

(c)

Safety the pin (6) with the spring (7).

(21) Install the torque shaft 6010CM (6060CM) (12) as follows:

AES

(a)

Put the torque shaft (12) in position.

(b)

Install the bolts (3) to connect the torque shaft (12) to the input splined joint (8).

(c)

Install the nuts (4) on the bolts (3).

(d)

Make sure that the flange holes of the torque shaft (12) are in line with the flange holes of the
input splined joint (13).

27-84-43 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(e)

If the flange holes of the torque shaft (12) are not in line with the flange holes of the input
splined joint (13), continue as follows:
1

Remove the nuts (4) and the bolts (3) which connect the torque shaft (12) to the input
splined joint (8).

Disconnect the torque shaft (12) from the input splined joints (13),(8).

Remove the input splined joint (13).

Turn the input splined joint (13) by the number of splines necessary to put it in line.

Install the input splined joint (13).

Put the torque shaft (12) in position.

Install the bolts (3) to connect the torque shaft (12) to the input splined joint (8).

Install the nuts (4) on the bolts (3).

(f)

TORQUE the nuts (4) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(g)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the bolts (3) and the nuts (4).

(h)

Install the bolts (3) to connect the torque shaft (12) to the input splined joint (13).

(i)

Install the nuts (4) on the bolts (3).

(j)

Examine the assembly of the input splined joint (13) as follows:

(k)

(l)

Measure dimension X. Dimension X must be a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.).

Make sure that you can not see the indicator groove.

If you can see the indicator groove continue as follows:

1

Measure all the related torque shaft, universal joints and gearboxes and refer to LIEBHERR
technical data.

TORQUE the nuts (4) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the bolts (3) and the nuts (4).

(22) Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the splines of the input universal joint (2).
(23) Engage the input universal joint (2) of the bevel gearbox (1) in the bevel gearbox input.
(24) Install the torque shaft 6012CM (6062CM) (5) as follows:

AES

(a)

Put the torque shaft (5) in position.

(b)

Make sure that the flange holes of the torque shaft (5) are in line with the flange holes of the
input universal joint (2).

(c)

If the flange holes of the torque shaft (5) are not in line with the flange holes of the input
universal joint (2), continue as follows:
1

Remove the input universal joint (2).

Turn the input universal joint (2) by the number of splines necessary to put it in line.

Install the input universal joint (2).

(d)

Install the bolts (3) to connect the torque shaft (5) to the input universal joint (2).

(e)

Install the nuts (4) on the bolts (3).

(f)

Examine the assembly of the input universal joint (2) as follows:

1

Measure dimension X. Dimension X must be a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.).

Make sure that you can not see the indicator groove.

27-84-43 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(g)

If you can see the indicator groove continue as follows:

1

Measure all the related torque shafts, universal joints and gearboxes and refer to LIEBHERR
technical data.

(h)

TORQUE the nuts (4) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(i)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the bolts (3) and the nuts (4).

Subtask 27-84-43-860-051-A
C.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001)

(a)

FOR 6059CM (SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX), 6061CM (SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX)

from the right slat transmission.

(b)

FOR 6009CM (SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX), 6011CM (SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX)

from the left slat transmission.

(2)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A) from the slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-84-43-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-43-710-050-A
E.
5.

Do the operational test of the slat system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-43-410-050-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

(2)

AES

Install the applicable access panels:

(a)

FOR 6009CM (SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX), 6011CM (SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX)

install 191BT 191CT.

(b)

FOR 6059CM (SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX), 6061CM (SLAT BEVEL GEARBOX)

install 192BT 192CT.

Remove the access platform(s).

27-84-43 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

STEADY BEARING ASSY - TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-44-000-001-A
Removal of the Steady Bearing
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6007CM, 6057CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-84-45-000-002-A
32-12-00-010-001-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-44-941-056-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear doors.

27-84-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
slat/flap control lever.

Subtask 27-84-44-865-062-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-44-010-052-A
C.

Get Access
(1)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable torque
shaft.

(2)

Open the main gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) in on the applicable main gear door
actuator.

(4)

Remove the applicable torque shaft (6) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-002-A):

(5)
4.

(a)

FOR 6007CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6006CM

(b)

FOR 6057CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6056CM.

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is on the
applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-44-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Steady Bearing FIN 6007CM (6057CM)

(1)

Remove the bolts (3) and the nuts (1).

(2)

Remove the steady bearing (5) from the torque shaft (4) and the steady bearing bracket (2).

27-84-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
FR 36

FR 35

6007CM
(6057CM)

191LB
(192LB)

TRACK 1
521EB
(621EB)

TRACK 2

TRACK 3
TRACK 4

10HM
(11HM)
INBOARD

6017CM
(6067CM)

6019CM
(6069CM)
6021CM
521GB (6071CM)
(621GB)
6023CM
(6073CM)
6025CM
(6075CM)
522AB
(622AB)

B
C

D
E
TRACK 5

522CB
(622CB)

TRACK 6

6031CM
(6081CM)

522EB
(622EB)

TRACK 7

A
2

6
3

4
N_MM_278444_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-44-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission

27-84-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-44-400-001-A
Installation of the Steady Bearing
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6007CM, 6057CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

27-84-45-400-003-A

Installation of the Torque Shaft

32-12-00-010-001-A
32-12-00-410-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

Close the Main Gear Doors after Access

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-44-941-062-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat
controls.

27-84-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear
doors.

(4)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
slat/flap control lever.

Subtask 27-84-44-865-050-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-44-860-050-A
C.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position below the
applicable torque shaft.

(2)

Make sure that the main gear doors are open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable main gear door
actuator.

(4)

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A) as follows:
. on the torque shaft inboard of the removed component
. on the torque shaft outboard of the removed component.

Procedure
Subtask 27-84-44-420-056-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

(1)

Use a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-026) to clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to:
. the mating faces of the steady bearing (5) and the steady bearing bracket (2)
. the shanks of the bolts (3).

27-84-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-44-420-057-A
B.

Installation of the Steady Bearing FIN 6007CM (6057CM)

(1)

Attach the steady bearing (5) to the torque shaft (4) and the steady bearing bracket (2) with the bolts
(3) and the nuts (1).

(2)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (1)
. the bolts (3)
. the flange of the steady bearing (5).

(3)

Install the applicable torque shaft (6) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-003-A):

(a)

FOR 6007CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft FIN 6006CM

(b)

FOR 6057CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft FIN 6056CM.

Subtask 27-84-44-710-050-A
C.

Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the slat power-transmission system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-44-865-063-A
A.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-44-410-052-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-44-942-050-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-44-000-002-A
Removal of the Steady Bearings
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6017CM, 6019CM, 6067CM, 6069CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-84-45-000-007-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00200-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00200-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-44-941-057-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

(3)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
slat/flap control lever.

27-84-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-44-865-064-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-44-010-053-A
C.

Get Access
(1)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable torque
shaft.

(2)

Remove the applicable torque shaft (20) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-007-A):

(3)
4.

(a)

FOR 6017CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6016CM

(b)

FOR 6019CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6020CM

(c)

FOR 6067CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6066CM

(d)

FOR 6069CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6070CM.

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is on the
applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00200-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-44-020-051-A
A.

Removal of the Steady Bearing

(1)

AES

Remove the bolts (16), then remove the steady bearing (19) from the torque shaft (18) and the nose rib
(17).

27-84-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
16

38

B
TYPICAL
17

39
20

43
40

42

19

C
41

21

18
22

26

23
24

32

E
25

33

37
34

27
28
35
31

36
30

29

N_MM_278444_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-44-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission

27-84-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-44-400-002-A
Installation of the Steady Bearings
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6017CM, 6019CM, 6067CM, 6069CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

27-84-45-000-008-A
27-84-45-400-008-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Installation of the Torque Shafts

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-44-941-063-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat
controls.

(3)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
slat/flap control lever.

27-84-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-44-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the access platform is in position below the applicable torque shaft.

(2)

Make sure that the applicable torque shaft (20) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-008-A) has been removed:

(3)

(a)

FOR 6017CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6016CM

(b)

FOR 6019CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6020CM

(c)

FOR 6067CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6066CM

(d)

FOR 6069CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6070CM.

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A) as follows:
. on the torque shaft inboard of the removed component
. on the torque shaft outboard of the removed component.

Subtask 27-84-44-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-84-44-420-058-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

(1)

Use a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-026) to clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to:
. the mating faces of the steady bearing (19) and the nose rib (17)

27-84-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.

the shanks of the bolts (16).

Subtask 27-84-44-420-060-A
B.

Installation of the Steady Bearings

(1)

Attach the steady bearing (19) to the torque shaft (18) and the nose rib (17) with the bolts (16).

(2)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (16) and the flange of
the steady bearing (19).

Subtask 27-84-44-410-055-A
C.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable torque shaft (20) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-008-A):

(a)

FOR 6017CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft FIN 6016CM

(b)

FOR 6019CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft FIN 6020CM

(c)

FOR 6067CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft FIN 6066CM

(d)

FOR 6069CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft FIN 6070CM.

Subtask 27-84-44-710-051-A
D.

Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the slat power-transmission system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-44-865-065-A
A.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-44-942-051-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-44-000-003-A
Removal of the Steady Bearing
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6021CM, 6071CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6021CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)

521GB
FOR FIN 6071CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)
621GB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-84-45-000-007-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00200-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00200-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-44-941-060-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

AES

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

27-84-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

(3)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
flap/slat control lever.

Subtask 27-84-44-865-066-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-44-010-050-A
C.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable access
panel.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel:

(3)

(4)
4.

(a)

FOR 6021CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove 521GB

(b)

FOR 6071CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove 621GB.

Remove the applicable torque shaft (26) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-007-A):

(a)

FOR 6021CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6020CM

(b)

FOR 6071CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6070CM.

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is on the
applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00200-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-44-020-052-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Steady Bearing FIN 6021CM (6071CM)

(1)

Remove the nuts (24) and the bolts (21).

(2)

Remove the steady bearing (22) from the torque shaft (25) and the nose rib (23).

27-84-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-44-400-003-A
Installation of the Steady Bearing
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6021CM, 6071CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6021CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)

521GB
FOR FIN 6071CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)
621GB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

27-84-45-400-008-A

Installation of the Torque Shafts

AES

27-84-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-44-941-064-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat
controls.

Subtask 27-84-44-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the access platform is in position below the applicable torque shaft.

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the applicable torque shaft (26) is removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-008-A):

(4)

(5)

(a)

FOR 6021CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6020CM

(b)

FOR 6071CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6070CM.

Make sure that the applicable access panel(s) have been removed:
(a)

FOR 6021CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove 521GB

(b)

FOR 6071CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove 621GB.

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A) as follows:
. on the torque shaft inboard of the removed component
. on the torque shaft outboard of the removed component.

Subtask 27-84-44-865-052-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-84-44-420-061-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.

AES

27-84-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Use a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-026) to clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to:
. the mating faces of the steady bearing (22) and the nose rib (23)
. the shanks of the bolts (21).

Subtask 27-84-44-420-062-A
B.

Installation of the Steady Bearing FIN 6021CM (6071CM)

(1)

Attach the steady bearing (22) to the torque shaft (25) and the nose rib (23) with the bolts (21) and
the nuts (24).

(2)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the bolts (21)
. the nuts (24)
. the flange of the steady bearing (22).

Subtask 27-84-44-865-055-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-44-410-050-A
D.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable torque shaft (26) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-008-A):

(3)

AES

(a)

FOR 6021CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft FIN 6020CM

(b)

FOR 6071CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft FIN 6070CM.

Install the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 6021CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

install 521GB

(b)

FOR 6071CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

install 621GB.

27-84-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-44-865-056-A
E.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-44-710-052-A
F.

Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the slat power-transmission system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-44-942-052-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-44 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-44-000-004-A
Removal of the Steady Bearing
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6023CM, 6073CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-84-45-000-009-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00200-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00200-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-44-941-058-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

(3)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
slat/flap control lever.

27-84-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-44-865-067-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-44-010-054-A
C.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable zone 521
(621).

(2)

Remove the applicable access panels 521AT (621AT).

(3)

Remove the applicable torque shaft (31) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-009-A):

(4)

4.

(a)

FOR 6023CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6022CM

(b)

FOR 6073CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6072CM.

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable component
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable component.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00200-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-44-020-053-A
A.

Removal of the Steady Bearing FIN 6023CM (6073CM)

(1)

AES

Remove the bolts (27), then remove the steady bearing (30) from the torque shaft (29) and the steady
bearing bracket (28).

27-84-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-44-400-004-A
Installation of the Steady Bearing
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6023CM, 6073CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

27-84-45-400-010-A

Installation of the Torque Shaft

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-44-941-065-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat
controls.

(3)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
flap/slat control lever.

27-84-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-44-860-053-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the access platform is in position below the applicable zone 521 (621).

(2)

Make sure that the applicable access panel 521AT (621AT) is removed.

(3)

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A) as follows:
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable component
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable component.

Subtask 27-84-44-865-053-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-84-44-420-063-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Use a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-026) to clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to:
. the mating faces of the steady bearing (30) and the steady bearing bracket (28)
. the shanks of the bolts (27).

Subtask 27-84-44-420-064-A
B.

AES

Installation of the Steady Bearing FIN 6023CM (6073CM)

(1)

Attach the steady bearing (30) to the torque shaft (29) and the steady bearing bracket (28) with the
bolts (27).

(2)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (27) and the flange of
the steady bearing (30).

27-84-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-44-410-053-A
C.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable torque shaft (31) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-010-A):

(3)

(a)

FOR 6023CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft FIN 6022CM

(b)

FOR 6073CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft FIN 6072CM.

Install the applicable access panels 521AT (621AT).

Subtask 27-84-44-865-060-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-44-710-053-A
E.

Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the slat power-transmission system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-44-942-053-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-44-000-005-A
Removal of the Steady Bearing
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6025CM, 6075CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-84-45-000-007-A
27-84-45-000-010-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

Removal of the Torque Shaft

57-41-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00200-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00200-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-44-941-059-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

(3)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
slat/flap control lever.

27-84-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-44-865-068-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-44-010-055-A
C.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable access
panels.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel 521EB, 522AB, 522CB (621EB, 622AB, 622CB) (Ref. TASK
57-41-37-000-004-A).

(3)

Remove the applicable torque shaft (37) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-010-A):

(4)

(5)
4.

(a)

FOR 6025CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6024CM

(b)

FOR 6075CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6074CM.

Remove the applicable torque shaft (34) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-007-A):

(a)

FOR 6025CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6026CM

(b)

FOR 6075CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6076CM.

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is on the
applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00200-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-44-020-054-A
A.

Removal of the Steady Bearing FIN 6025CM (6075CM)

(1)

AES

Remove the bolts (33), then remove the anti-flailing cap (32) and the steady bearing (35) from the nose
rib (36).

27-84-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-44-400-005-A
Installation of the Steady Bearing
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6025CM, 6075CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

27-84-45-000-007-A
27-84-45-000-010-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

Removal of the Torque Shaft

27-84-45-400-008-A
27-84-45-400-011-A
57-41-37-000-004-A
57-41-37-400-002-A

Installation of the Torque Shafts

Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels
Installation of the Pressure-Relief Panels

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-44-941-066-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

AES

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

27-84-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat
controls.

(3)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
flap/slat control lever.

Subtask 27-84-44-860-054-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the adjustable access platform is below the applicable access panel.

(2)

Make sure that the applicable access panel is removed 521EB, 522AB, 522CB (621EB, 622AB, 622CB)
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-004-A).

(3)

Make sure that the applicable torque shaft (37) has been removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-010-A):

(4)

(5)

(a)

FOR 6025CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6024CM

(b)

FOR 6075CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft 6074CM.

Make sure that the applicable torque shaft (34) has been removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-007-A):
(a)

FOR 6025CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6026CM

(b)

FOR 6075CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft 6076CM.

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A) as follows:
. on the torque shaft inboard of the removed component
. on the torque shaft outboard of the removed component.

Subtask 27-84-44-865-054-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-84-44-420-065-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

27-84-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Use a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-026) to clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to:
. the mating faces of the steady bearing (35) and the nose rib (36)
. the shanks of the bolts (33).

Subtask 27-84-44-420-066-A
B.

Installation of the Steady Bearing FIN 6025CM (6075CM)

(1)

Use the bolts (33) to attach the steady bearing (35) and the anti-flailing cap (32) to the nose rib (36).

(2)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (33) and the flange of
the steady bearing (35).

Subtask 27-84-44-410-054-A
C.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable torque shaft (37) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-011-A):

(3)

(4)

(a)

FOR 6025CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft FIN 6024CM

(b)

FOR 6075CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft FIN 6074CM.

Install the applicable torque shaft (34) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-008-A):

(a)

FOR 6025CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft FIN 6026CM

(b)

FOR 6075CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft FIN 6076CM.

Install the applicable access panels 521EB, 522AB, 522CB (621EB, 622CB, 622EB) (Ref. TASK
57-41-37-400-002-A).

Subtask 27-84-44-865-061-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-44-710-054-A
E.

Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the slat power-transmission system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-44-942-054-A
A.

Removal of Equipment
(1)

AES

Remove the safety barriers.

27-84-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-44 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-44-000-006-A
Removal of the Steady Bearing
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6031CM, 6081CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6031CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)

522EB
FOR FIN 6081CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)
622EB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-84-45-000-007-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00200-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00100-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00200-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-44-941-061-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

AES

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

27-84-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

(3)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
slat/flap control lever.

Subtask 27-84-44-865-069-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-44-010-051-A
C.

Get Access
(1)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable zone 522
(622).

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel:

(3)

(4)
4.

(a)

FOR 6031CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove 522EB

(b)

FOR 6081CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove 622EB.

Remove the applicable torque shaft (43) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-007-A):

(a)

FOR 6031CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6030CM

(b)

FOR 6081CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6080CM.

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is on the
applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-44-991-00200-A - Steady Bearings - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-44-020-055-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Steady Bearing FIN 6031CM (6081CM)

(1)

Remove the bolts (38) and the nuts (40).

(2)

Remove the steady bearing (42) from the torque shaft (41) and the nose rib (39).

27-84-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-44-400-006-A
Installation of the Steady Bearing
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6031CM, 6081CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6031CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)

522EB
FOR FIN 6081CM(SLAT STEADY BEARING)
622EB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

27-84-45-400-008-A

Installation of the Torque Shafts

AES

27-84-44 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-44-941-067-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat
controls.

(3)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
flap/slat control lever.

Subtask 27-84-44-860-055-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the adjustable access platform is below the applicable zone 522 (622).

(2)

Make sure that the applicable access panel 522EB (622EB) is removed.

(3)

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A) as follows:
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable component
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable component.

Subtask 27-84-44-865-057-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-84-44-420-067-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

(1)

Use a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) maede moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-026) to clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to:
. the mating faces of the steady bearing (42) and the nose rib (39)
. the shanks of the bolts (38).

27-84-44 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-44-420-069-A
B.

Installation of the Steady Bearing FIN 6031CM (6081CM)

(1)

Attach the steady bearing (42) to the torque shaft (41) and the nose rib (39) with the bolts (38) and
the nuts (40).

(2)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the bolts (38)
. the nuts (40)
. the flange of the steady bearing (42).

(3)

Install the applicable torque shaft (43) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-008-A):

(a)

FOR 6031CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft FIN 6030CM

(b)

FOR 6081CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

install the torque shaft FIN 6080CM.

Subtask 27-84-44-865-059-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-44-710-055-A
D.

Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the slat power-transmission system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-44-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 6031CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

install 522EB

(b)

FOR 6081CM (SLAT STEADY BEARING)

install 622EB.

Subtask 27-84-44-942-055-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-44 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TORQUE SHAFT ASSY - TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-000-001-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6002CM, 6004CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803500001

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

B.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
21-52-41-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Air Conditioning Pack

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-941-071-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear doors.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-064-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-010-050-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Open the main gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable main gear door
actuator.

(3)

Remove the air conditioning pack 10HM (Ref. TASK 21-52-41-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Torque Shafts 6002CM/6004CM

(1)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on the torque shaft
6006CM(6056CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(2)

Remove the nuts (2), the bolts (4) and the shaft (3).

(3)

Remove the universal joint (1).

(4)

Remove the retaining ring (6), the pin (7) and the universal joint (5).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
6004CM
M

GEARBOX

6002CM
M

6010CM
(6060CM)

6006CM
(6056CM)

M
M

6008CM
(6058CM)
521AB
(621AB)

191EB
(192EB)

INBOARD

6014CM
(6064CM)

6012CM
(6062CM)
TRACK 1

6014CM
(6064CM)

TRACK 2
521CB
(621CB)

B
G

M
M

521EB
(621EB)

TRACK 3
TRACK 4

522AT (UNDER SLAT)

(622AT)

TRACK 5

6030CM
(6080CM)

TRACK 6

B
C

522CB
(622CB)

522FB
(622FB)

522KB
(622KB)

6032CM
(6082CM)

522EB
(622EB)

6034CM
(6084CM)

TRACK 7

522HB
(622HB)

522JB
(622JB)
TRACK 8

6036CM
(6086CM)

522LB
(622LB)

6038CM
(6088CM)

TRACK 9
522NB
(622NB)

A
522QB
(622QB)

6040CM
(6090CM)

TRACK 10

A
522SB
(622SB)

TRACK 11

A
A
NOTE:

M = MOVABLE JOINT

6024CM
(6074CM)

521AT
(621AT)
(UNDER SLAT)

6028CM
(6078CM)

522AB
(622AB)

6026CM
(6076CM)

6022CM
(6072CM)

6024CM
(6074CM)

521GB
(621GB)

521HB
(621HB)

6016CM
(6066CM)
6018CM
(6068CM)
6020CM
(6070CM)

TRACK 12
522UB
(622UB)

6042CM
(6092CM)
6044CM
(6094CM)

M
M
M

6046CM
(6096CM)

H
N_MM_278445_4_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-45-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission

27-84-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
REF ONLY
2

A
3
SHAFT
(REF ONLY)

TYPICAL

TYPICAL

6
9
4
11
(REF ONLY)
2
12

10
SHAFT
(REF ONLY)
11
10

13
SHAFT
(REF ONLY)

C
18

14
17

TYPICAL
6.5mm MIN

DIMENSION
A

MAKE SURE THAT YOU CANNOT

SEE THE SPLINE ENGAGEMENT
GROOVE.

15
16

N_MM_278445_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-45-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission

27-84-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-400-002-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6002CM, 6004CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

No specific

B.

WARNING NOTICE(S)
Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
21-52-41-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Air Conditioning Pack

21-52-41-400-001-A

Installation of the Air Conditioning Pack

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

32-12-00-010-001-A
Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-941-058-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear
doors.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed
on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed on
the torque shaft 6006CM(6056CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(4)

Make sure that the MLG doors are open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable MLG door actuator.

(6)

Make sure that the air conditioning pack 10HM is removed (Ref. TASK 21-52-41-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-45-865-058-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-420-064-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

Subtask 27-84-45-420-065-A
B.

AES

Installation of the Torque Shaft 6002CM(6004CM)

(1)

Put the retaining ring (6) on the shaft (3).

(2)

Install the universal joint (5) and attach it with the pin (7) and the retaining ring (6).

(3)

Install the universal joint (1).

(4)

Install the shaft (3) and attach it with the bolts (4) and the nuts (2).

(5)

TORQUE the nuts (2) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (2)
. the bolts (4)
. the flanges of the universal joints (1) and (5)
. the flanges of the shaft (3).

(7)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the torque shaft
6006CM(6056CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

Subtask 27-84-45-210-051-A
C.

Dimensional/Visual Checks
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(1)

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-059-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-710-050-A
E.

Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the slat power-transmission system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A). Make
sure that the rotation of the torque shafts does not cause damage.

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-45-410-050-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Install the air conditioning pack 10HM (Ref. TASK 21-52-41-400-001-A).

(2)

Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-45-942-050-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-000-002-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6006CM, 6056CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803500001

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

B.

DESIGNATION

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

191BB, 192FB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

32-12-00-010-001-A
53-35-13-000-002-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

Removal of the Quick-Release Access Panels from the Belly Fairing Structure

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-941-072-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear doors.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-065-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-051-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-010-051-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Open the applicable main gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable main gear door
actuator.

(3)

Remove the applicable access panels 191BB 192FB (Ref. TASK 53-35-13-000-002-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-020-051-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Torque Shafts 6006CM(6056CM)

(1)

Install a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK

27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable component
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable component.

(2)

Remove the nuts (10), the bolts (11) and the shaft (9).

(3)

Remove the universal joint (8).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-400-003-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6006CM, 6056CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

No specific
2

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

WARNING NOTICE(S)
Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27504030001
B.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

191BB, 192FB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

32-12-00-410-001-A
53-35-13-000-002-A

Close the Main Gear Doors after Access

Removal of the Quick-Release Access Panels from the Belly Fairing Structure

53-35-13-400-002-A

Installation of the Quick-Release Access Panels on the Belly Fairing Structure

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-941-059-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear
doors.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the MLG doors are open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable MLG door actuator.

(3)

Make sure that the applicable access panel 191BB, 192FB is removed (Ref. TASK 53-35-13-000-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the slats are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(5)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed
on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(6)

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the removed component
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the removed component.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-060-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-420-066-A
A.

AES

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-420-067-A
B.

Installation of the Torque Shaft 6006CM(6056CM)

(1)

Install the universal joint (8).

(2)

Install the shaft (9) and attach it with the bolts (11) and the nuts (10).

(3)

TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(4)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (10)
. the bolts (11)
. the flange of the universal joint (8)
. the flanges of the shaft (9).

(5)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A):
. from the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable component
. from the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable component.

Subtask 27-84-45-210-054-A
C.

Dimensional/Visual Checks
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(1)

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-062-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-710-051-A
E.

5.

Test
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Do an operational test of the slat power-transmission system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A). Make
sure that the rotation of the torque shafts does not cause damage.

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-45-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Install the applicable access panels 191BB 192FB (Ref. TASK 53-35-13-400-002-A).

(2)

Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-45-942-051-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

AES

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-000-003-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6008CM, 6058CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803500001

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

B.

DESIGNATION

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

191BB, 192FB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-44-000-001-A

Removal of the Steady Bearing

53-35-13-000-002-A

Removal of the Quick-Release Access Panels from the Belly Fairing Structure

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-941-073-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-860-066-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-097-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-010-060-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Remove the access panels 191BB 192FB (Ref. TASK 53-35-13-000-002-A).

(2)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on a torque shaft, indoard of the applicable component
. on a torque shaft, outboard of the applicable component.

(3)

Remove the applicable steady bearing (15) (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-000-001-A):

(a)

FOR 6008CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove the steady bearing FIN 6007CM

(b)

FOR 6058CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove the steady bearing FIN 6057CM.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-020-052-A
A.

Removal of the Torque Shafts FIN 6008CM(6058CM)

(1)

AES

Remove the retaining ring (18), the pin (12) and then the universal joint (13).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-400-004-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6008CM, 6058CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

No specific
2

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

WARNING NOTICE(S)
Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27504030001
B.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

191BB, 192FB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-44-000-001-A

Removal of the Steady Bearing

27-84-44-400-001-A

Installation of the Steady Bearing

53-35-13-000-002-A

Removal of the Quick-Release Access Panels from the Belly Fairing Structure

53-35-13-400-002-A

Installation of the Quick-Release Access Panels on the Belly Fairing Structure

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-941-060-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-053-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are retracted fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed
on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable component
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable component.

(4)

Make sure that the applicable steady bearing (15) is removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-000-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the applicable access panel 191BB, 192FB is removed (Ref. TASK 53-35-13-000-002-A).

Subtask 27-84-45-865-063-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-420-068-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

Subtask 27-84-45-420-069-A
B.

AES

Installation of the Torque Shaft 6008CM(6058CM)

(1)

Put the retaining ring (18) in position over the shaft (14).

(2)

Install the universal joint (13) and attach it with the pin (12) and the retaining ring (18).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Install the shaft (14) and attach it with the bolts (17) and the nuts (16).

(4)

TORQUE the nuts (16) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(5)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (16)
. the bolts (17)
. the flange of the universal joint (13)
. the flange of the shaft (14).

(6)

Install the applicable steady bearing (15) (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-400-001-A):

(a)

FOR 6008CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install the steady bearing 6007CM

(b)

FOR 6058CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install the steady bearing 6057CM.

(7)

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

(8)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A):
. from the torque shaft inboard of the applicable component
. from the torque shaft outboard of the applicable component.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-098-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-710-058-A
D.

Test
(1)

5.

The operational test of the slat power-transmission system is contained in the installation of the steady
bearing (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-400-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-45-410-060-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the access panels 191BB 192FB (Ref. TASK 53-35-13-400-002-A).

Subtask 27-84-45-942-052-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-000-004-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6010CM, 6060CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803500001

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6010CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

191CT, 521AB
FOR FIN 6060CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
192CT, 621AB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
FOR FIN 6060CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
53-35-11-000-001-A

Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

57-41-37-000-004-A

Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-941-052-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

(3)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear doors.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-067-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-052-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-010-052-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Open the main gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) in on the applicable main gear door
actuator.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below zones 191, 192.

(4)

Remove the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 6010CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 191CT and 521AB

(b)

FOR 6060CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 192CT and 621AB
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-004-A) and (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-020-053-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Torque Shafts 6010CM(6060CM)

(1)

Install a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK

27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable component
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable component.

(2)

Remove the nuts (4), the bolts (2) and the shaft (3).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(3)

Remove the universal joint (1).

(4)

Remove the retaining ring (6), the pin (7) and the universal joint (5).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-400-005-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6010CM, 6060CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27504030001
B.

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6010CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

191BT, 521AB
FOR FIN 6060CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
192BT, 621AB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
53-35-11-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

57-41-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
FOR FIN 6060CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
53-35-11-400-001-A

Installation of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

57-41-37-400-002-A

Installation of the Pressure-Relief Panels

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-941-061-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear
doors.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-054-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are retracted fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed
on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable component
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable component.

(4)

Make sure that the MLG doors are open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable MLG door actuator.

(6)

Make sure that the access platform is in position below the applicable zone 191, 192.

(7)

Make sure that the applicable access panels 191BT, 192BT, 521AB, 621AB have been removed (Ref.
TASK 57-41-37-000-004-A) and (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-45-865-064-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-420-070-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

Subtask 27-84-45-420-071-A
B.

Installation of the Torque Shaft 6010CM(6060CM)

(1)

Put the retaining ring (6) on the shaft (3).

(2)

Install the universal joint (5) and attach it with the pin (7) and the retaining ring (6).

(3)

Install the universal joint (1).

(4)

Install the shaft (3) and attach it with the bolts (2) and the nuts (4).

(5)

TORQUE the nuts (4) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(6)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (4)
. the bolts (2)
. the flanges of the universal joints (1) and (5)
. the flanges of the shaft (3).

(7)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-400-003-A):
. from the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable component
. from the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable component.

Subtask 27-84-45-210-058-A
C.

Dimensional/Visual Check
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(1)

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-065-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-710-052-A
E.

Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the slat power-transmission system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A). Make
sure that the rotation of the torque shafts does not cause damage.

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-865-066-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-410-052-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panels:

(a)

FOR 6010CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 191BT and 521AB

(b)

FOR 6060CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 192BT and 621AB
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-002-A) and (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-45-865-067-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-942-053-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-000-005-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6012CM, 6062CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803500001

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6012CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

191BT, 521AB, 521BB, 521CB
FOR FIN 6062CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
192BT, 621AB, 621BB, 621CB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
FOR FIN 6062CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
53-35-11-000-001-A

Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

57-41-37-000-004-A
57-41-37-000-005-A

Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels

Removal of the NACA Duct Panel

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-941-053-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-068-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-053-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-010-053-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below zones 191, 192.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panels:

(a)

FOR 6012CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 521AB 521CB and 521BB 191BT

(b)

FOR 6062CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 621AB 621CB and 621BB 192BT
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-004-A), (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-005-A) and (Ref. TASK
53-35-11-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-020-054-A
A.

Removal of the Torque Shafts 6012CM(6062CM)

(1)

Install a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK

27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable component
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable component.

(2)

Remove the nuts (36) and (38), the bolts (37) and (39) and then the shaft (29). If applicable, remove
the spacers.

(3)

Remove the nuts (32), the bolts (31) and the shaft (30).
NOTE :

AES

Spacers between the universal joint (35), the shaft (30) and the shaft (29) adjust the length of
the transmission. It is possible that there are none or more than one installed.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(4)

Remove the universal joint (28).

(5)

Remove the retaining ring (34), the pin (33) and the universal joint (35).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

D
E
TYPICAL

28

43

SHAFT
(REF ONLY)

42

(REF ONLY)

29
41
30

39

31

40

32

38

48

37

SHAFT
(REF ONLY)

36

35

49
52

50

34
SHAFT
(REF ONLY)

33

51
SHAFT
(REF ONLY)

52

H
51

47

PIN
(REF ONLY)

44

G
45

RETAINING
RING
(REF ONLY)

46

N_MM_278445_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-45-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission

27-84-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-400-006-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6012CM, 6062CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27504030001
B.

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6012CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

191BT, 521AB, 521BB, 521CB
FOR FIN 6062CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
192BT, 621AB, 621BB, 621CB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
FOR FIN 6062CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
53-35-11-000-001-A

Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

53-35-11-400-001-A

Installation of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings

57-41-37-000-004-A
57-41-37-000-005-A
57-41-37-400-002-A
57-41-37-400-005-A

Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels

Removal of the NACA Duct Panel
Installation of the Pressure-Relief Panels
Installation of the NACA Duct Panel

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-941-062-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-055-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are retracted fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed
on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft inboard of the applicable component
. on the torque shaft outboard of the applicable component.

(4)

Make sure that the access platform is below the applicable zone 191, 192.

(5)

Make sure that the applicable access panels have been removed:
(a)

FOR 6012CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panels 521AB, 521CB and 521BB, 191BT

(b)

FOR 6062CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panels 621AB, 621CB and 621BB, 192BT
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-004-A), (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-005-A) and (Ref. TASK
53-35-11-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-45-865-068-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-420-072-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

Subtask 27-84-45-420-054-A
B.

Installation of the Torque Shaft 6012CM(6062CM)

(1)

Put the retaining ring (34) in position over the shaft (29).

(2)

Install the universal joint (35) and attach it with the pin (33) and the retaining ring (34).

(3)

Install the universal joint (28) so that it is against the shoulder of the gear box.

(4)

Attach the shaft (29) to the universal joint (28) with the bolts (39) and the nuts (38).

(5)

Install the shaft (30) and attach it to the shaft (29) with the bolts (37) and the nuts (36).

Subtask 27-84-45-220-053-A
C.

Dimensional Checks
(1)

Measure the dimension between the flanges of the shaft (30) and the universal joint (35):
(a)

If the dimension is less than 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) or more than 23.5 mm (0.9252 in.), tell the
Design Authority.

(b)

If the dimension is between 6.6 mm (0.2598 in.) and 13.25 mm (0.5217 in.), do not install a
spacer.

(c)

If the dimension is between 13.26 mm (0.5220 in.) and 16.75 mm (0.6594 in.), install a spacer 3.5
mm (0.1378 in.) thick between the flanges of the shaft (30) and the universal joint (35).

(d)

If the dimension is between 16.76 mm (0.6598 in.) and 23.5 mm (0.9252 in.), remove the nuts
(36), the bolts (37) and the shaft (30).

(e)

Install two spacers, each one 3.5 mm (0.1378 in.) thick:

. one between the flanges of the shaft (30) and the universal joint (35)
. one between the flanges of the shaft (29) and the shaft (30).

Subtask 27-84-45-420-073-A
D.

AES

Continue with the Installation Procedure

(1)

Install the shaft (30) and attach it to the shaft (29) with the bolts (37) and the nuts (36).

(2)

Attach the shaft (30) to the universal joint (35) with the bolts (31) and the nuts (32).

(3)

TORQUE the nuts (32), (36) and (38) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(4)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (32), (36) and (38)
. the bolts (31), (37) and (39)
. the flanges of the universal joints (28) and (35)
. the flanges of the shafts (29) and (30).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A):
. from the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable component
. from the torque shaft, outboard of the removed component.

Subtask 27-84-45-210-061-A
E.

Dimensional/Visual Checks
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(1)

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-069-A
F.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-710-053-A
G.

Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the slat power-transmission system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A). Make
sure that the rotation of the torque shafts does not cause damage.

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-865-070-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-410-053-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panels:

(a)

FOR 6012CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 521AB 521BB 521CB and 191BT

(b)

FOR 6062CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 621AB 621BB 621CB and 192BT
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-002-A), (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-005-A) and (Ref. TASK
53-35-11-400-001-A).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-865-071-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-942-054-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-000-006-A
Removal of the Torque Shafts
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6014CM, 6028CM, 6036CM, 6038CM, 6040CM, 6042CM, 6044CM, 6064CM, 6078CM, 6086CM, 6088CM, 6090CM,
6092CM, 6094CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803500001

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6014CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

521CB, 521EB
FOR FIN 6028CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
522AB, 522CB
FOR FIN 6036CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
522LB, 522NB
FOR FIN 6038CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
522NB, 522QB
FOR FIN 6040CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
522QB, 522SB
FOR FIN 6042CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
522SB
FOR FIN 6044CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
522UB
FOR FIN 6064CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

621CB, 621EB
FOR FIN 6078CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
622AB, 622CB
FOR FIN 6086CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
622LB, 622NB
FOR FIN 6088CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
622NB, 622QB
FOR FIN 6090CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
622QB, 622SB
FOR FIN 6092CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
622SB
FOR FIN 6094CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
622UB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
FOR FIN 6094CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
57-41-37-000-004-A
57-41-37-000-006-A
3.

Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels

Removal of the Access Panels

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-941-054-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-069-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-054-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

AES

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN
5CV

LOCATION
B06

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

121VU

FIN
7CV

LOCATION
R21

Subtask 27-84-45-010-054-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position below the applicable access panel.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel(s):

(a)

FOR 6014CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 521CB 521EB

(b)

FOR 6028CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 522AB 522CB

(c)

FOR 6036CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 522LB 522NB

(d)

FOR 6038CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 522NB 522QB

(e)

FOR 6040CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 522QB 522SB

(f)

FOR 6042CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 522SB

(g)

FOR 6044CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 522UB

(h)

FOR 6064CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 621CB 621EB

(i)

FOR 6078CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 622AB 622CB

(j)

FOR 6086CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 622LB 622NB

(k)

FOR 6088CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 622NB 622QB

(l)

FOR 6090CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 622QB 622SB

(m) FOR 6092CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 622SB
(n)

4.

FOR 6094CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 622UB
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-004-A) and (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-006-A) .

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-020-055-A
A.

Removal of the Torque Shafts

(1)

AES

Install a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK

27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable component

27-84-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.

AES

on the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable component.

(2)

Remove the nuts (2), the bolts (4) and the shaft (3).

(3)

Remove the universal joint (1).

(4)

Remove the retaining ring (6), the pin (7) and the universal joint (5).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-400-007-A
Installation of the Torque Shafts
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6014CM, 6028CM, 6036CM, 6038CM, 6040CM, 6042CM, 6044CM, 6064CM, 6078CM, 6086CM, 6088CM, 6090CM,
6092CM, 6094CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27504030001
B.

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6014CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

521CB, 521EB
FOR FIN 6028CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
522AB, 522CB
FOR FIN 6036CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
522LB, 522NB
FOR FIN 6038CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
522NB, 522QB
FOR FIN 6040CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
522QB, 522SB

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6042CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

522SB
FOR FIN 6044CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
522UB
FOR FIN 6064CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
621CB, 621EB
FOR FIN 6078CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
622AB, 622CB
FOR FIN 6086CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
622LB, 622NB
FOR FIN 6088CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
622NB, 622QB
FOR FIN 6090CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
622QB, 622SB
FOR FIN 6092CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
622SB
FOR FIN 6094CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
622UB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
FOR FIN 6094CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
57-41-37-000-004-A
57-41-37-000-006-A
57-41-37-400-002-A
57-41-37-400-006-A
3.

Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels

Removal of the Access Panels
Installation of the Pressure-Relief Panels
Installation of the Access Panels

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-941-063-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-056-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

AES

Make sure that the slats are retracted fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed
on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft, inboard of of the applicable component
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable component.

(4)

Make sure that the adjustable access platform is in position below the applicable access panel.

(5)

Make sure that the applicable access panels have been removed:
(a)

FOR 6014CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panels 521CB 521EB

(b)

FOR 6028CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panels 522AB 522CB

(c)

FOR 6036CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panels 522LB 522NB

(d)

FOR 6038CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panels 522NB 522QB

(e)

FOR 6040CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panels 522QB 522SB

(f)

FOR 6042CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panel 522SB

(g)

FOR 6044CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panels 522UB

(h)

FOR 6064CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panels 621CB 621EB

(i)

FOR 6078CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panels 622AB 622CB

(j)

FOR 6086CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panels 622LB 622NB

(k)

FOR 6088CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panels 622NB 622QB

(l)

FOR 6090CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panels 622QB 622SB

(m) FOR 6092CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panel 622SB
(n)

FOR 6094CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panel 622UB
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-004-A) and (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-006-A).

Subtask 27-84-45-865-072-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-84-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-420-074-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interfaces and/or the adjacent areas with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

Subtask 27-84-45-420-075-A
B.

Installation of the Torque Shafts

(1)

Put the retaining ring (6) in position over the shaft (3).

(2)

Install the universal joint (5) and attach it with the pin (7) and the retaining ring (6).

(3)

Install the universal joint (1).

(4)

Install the shaft (3) and attach it with the bolts (4) and the nuts (2).

(5)

TORQUE the nuts (2) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(6)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (2)
. the bolts (4)
. the flanges of the universal joints (1) and (5)
. the flanges of the shaft (3).

(7)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-400-003-A):
. from torque shaft, inboard of the applicable component
. from the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable component.

Subtask 27-84-45-210-064-A
C.

Dimensional/Visual Checks
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(1)

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-073-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-84-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-710-054-A
E.

Test
CAUTION :

(1)
5.

MAKE SURE THE POWER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM IS COMPLETE BEFORE YOU DO A

PREPARATION FOR TEST OR A TEST.

Do an operational test of the slat power-transmission system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A). Make
sure that the rotation of the torque shafts does not cause damage.

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-865-074-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-410-054-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panel(s):

(a)

FOR 6014CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 521CB 521EB

(b)

FOR 6028CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 522AB 522CB

(c)

FOR 6036CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 522LB 522NB

(d)

FOR 6038CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 522NB 522QB

(e)

FOR 6040CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 522QB 522SB

(f)

FOR 6042CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 522SB

(g)

FOR 6044CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 522UB

(h)

FOR 6064CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 621CB 621EB

(i)

FOR 6078CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 622AB 622CB

(j)

FOR 6086CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 622LB 622NB

(k)

FOR 6088CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 622NB 622QB

27-84-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(l)

FOR 6090CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 622QB 622SB

(m) FOR 6092CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 622SB
(n)

FOR 6094CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 622UB
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-002-A) and (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-006-A).

Subtask 27-84-45-865-075-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-942-055-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-000-007-A
Removal of the Torque Shafts
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6016CM, 6020CM, 6026CM, 6030CM, 6066CM, 6070CM, 6076CM, 6080CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803500001

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6016CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

521EB
FOR FIN 6020CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
521EB
FOR FIN 6026CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
522AB
FOR FIN 6030CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
522CB
FOR FIN 6066CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
621EB
FOR FIN 6070CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
621EB
FOR FIN 6076CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
622AB
FOR FIN 6080CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
622CB

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
FOR FIN 6080CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
57-41-37-000-004-A
3.

Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-941-055-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-070-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-055-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-010-055-A
D.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable access
panel.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 6016CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 521EB

(b)

FOR 6020CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 521EB

(c)

FOR 6026CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 522AB

(d)

FOR 6030CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 522CB

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

4.

(e)

FOR 6066CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 621EB

(f)

FOR 6070CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 621EB

(g)

FOR 6076CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 622AB

(h)

FOR 6080CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 622CB
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-004-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-020-056-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Torque Shafts

(1)

Install a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK

27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable component
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable component.

(2)

Remove the nuts (10), the bolts (11) and then the shaft (9).

(3)

Remove the universal joint (8).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-400-008-A
Installation of the Torque Shafts
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6016CM, 6020CM, 6026CM, 6030CM, 6066CM, 6070CM, 6076CM, 6080CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27504030001
B.

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6016CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

521EB
FOR FIN 6020CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
521EB
FOR FIN 6026CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
522AB
FOR FIN 6030CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
522CB
FOR FIN 6066CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
621EB
FOR FIN 6070CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

621EB
FOR FIN 6076CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
622AB
FOR FIN 6080CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
622CB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
FOR FIN 6080CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
57-41-37-000-004-A
57-41-37-400-002-A
3.

Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels

Installation of the Pressure-Relief Panels

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-941-064-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-057-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are retracted fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed
on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable components
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable components.

(4)

Make sure that the adjustable access platform is in position below the applicable access panel.

(5)

Make sure that the applicable access panel has been removed:
(a)

FOR 6016CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panel 521EB

(b)

FOR 6020CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panel 521EB

(c)

FOR 6026CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panel 522AB

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d)

FOR 6030CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panel 522CB

(e)

FOR 6066CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panel 621EB

(f)

FOR 6070CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panel 621EB

(g)

FOR 6076CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panel 622AB

(h)

FOR 6080CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panel 622CB
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-004-A).

Subtask 27-84-45-865-076-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-420-076-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

Subtask 27-84-45-420-077-A
B.

AES

Installation of the Torque Shafts

(1)

Install the universal joint (8).

(2)

Install the shaft (9) and attach it with the bolts (11) and the nuts (10).

(3)

TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(4)

Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (10)
. the bolts (11)
. the flange of the universal joint (8)
. the flanges of the shaft (9).

(5)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A):
. from the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable component
. from the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable component.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-210-067-A
C.

Dimensional/Visual Checks
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(1)

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-077-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-710-055-A
E.

Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the slat power-transmission system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A). Make
sure that the rotation of the torque shafts does not cause damage.

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-865-078-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-410-055-A
B.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 6016CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 521EB

(b)

FOR 6020CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 521EB

(c)

FOR 6026CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 522AB

(d)

FOR 6030CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 522CB

(e)

FOR 6066CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 621EB

(f)

FOR 6070CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 621EB

27-84-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(g)

FOR 6076CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 622AB

(h)

FOR 6080CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 622CB
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-002-A).

Subtask 27-84-45-865-079-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-942-056-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-000-008-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6018CM, 6068CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803500001

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

521EB, 521GB, 621EB, 621GB

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-44-000-002-A

Removal of the Steady Bearings

57-41-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels
57-41-37-000-010-A
Removal of the Access Panel
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-941-070-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-071-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-099-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-010-061-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position below the applicable access panels 521EB
621EB.

(2)

Remove the applicable access panels:

. for 6016CM(6066CM), remove 521EB 621EB (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-004-A)
. for 6020CM(6070CM), remove 521GB 621GB (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-010-A) .

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-020-063-A
A.

Preparation for Removal

(1)

Install a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK

27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable component
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable component.

(2)

Remove the applicable steady bearing (44) (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-000-002-A):

(a)

FOR 6018CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove the steady bearing 6017CM

(b)

FOR 6068CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove the steady bearing 6067CM.

Subtask 27-84-45-020-057-A
B.

Removal of the Torque Shafts 6018CM(6068CM)

(1)

AES

Hold the steady bearing (46) and remove the shaft (45).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

AES

Remove the applicable steady bearing:

(a)

FOR 6018CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 6019CM

(b)

FOR 6068CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 6069CM.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-400-009-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6018CM, 6068CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

521EB, 521GB, 621EB, 621GB

D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-44-000-002-A

Removal of the Steady Bearings

27-84-44-400-002-A

Installation of the Steady Bearings

57-41-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels
57-41-37-000-010-A
Removal of the Access Panel
57-41-37-400-002-A
Installation of the Pressure-Relief Panels
57-41-37-400-010-A
Installation of the Access Panel
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-941-065-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-058-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are retracted fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is attached
to the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable component
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable component.

(4)

Make sure that the aircraft is in the same configuration as at the end of the removal task.

(5)

Make sure that the access platform is in position below the applicable access panel 521EB(621EB).

(6)

Make sure that the applicable access panels have been removed:
. for 6016CM(6066CM), panels 521EB 621EB (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-004-A)
. for 6020CM(6070CM), panels 521GB 621GB (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-010-A).

(7)

Make sure that the applicable steady bearing has been removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-000-002-A).

Subtask 27-84-45-865-080-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-420-078-A
A.

AES

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-420-058-A
B.

Installation of the Torque Shafts

(1)

(2)

Install the shaft (45) in the steady bearing (46) and install the applicable steady bearing (46) (Ref.
TASK 27-84-44-400-002-A):
(a)

FOR 6018CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install the steady bearing 6017CM

(b)

FOR 6068CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install the steady bearing 6067CM.

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A):
. from the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable component
. from the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable component.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-100-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-710-059-A
D.

Test
(1)

5.

The operational test of the slat power-transmission system is contained in the installation of the steady
bearing (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-000-002-A).

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-410-061-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the access panels:

. for 6016CM, install 521EB 621EB (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-002-A)
. for 6020CM, install 521GB 621GB and (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-010-A).

Subtask 27-84-45-942-057-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-000-009-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6022CM, 6072CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6022CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

521AT
FOR FIN 6072CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
621AT
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-80-00-866-004-A

DESIGNATION
Extending the Slats on the Ground

27-84-44-000-003-A

Removal of the Steady Bearing

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-941-076-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

AES

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-101-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-860-050-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Extend the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Remove the applicable steady bearing (43) (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-000-003-A):

(a)

FOR 6022CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove the steady bearing FIN 6021CM

(b)

FOR 6072CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove the steady bearing FIN 6071CM.

Subtask 27-84-45-010-056-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable access panel
521AT (621AT).

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 6022CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 521AT

(b)

FOR 6072CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 621AT.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-020-058-A
A.

Removal of the Torque Shafts 6022CM(6072CM)

(1)

AES

Remove the nuts (40), the bolts (41) and the shaft (42).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-400-010-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6022CM, 6072CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6022CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

521AT
FOR FIN 6072CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
621AT
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-004-A

Extending the Slats on the Ground

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

27-84-44-000-003-A

Removal of the Steady Bearing

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-84-44-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Steady Bearing

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-941-066-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-059-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are extended fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on to
the flap/slat control lever.

(3)

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft inboard of the applicable component
. on the torque shaft outboard of the applicable component.

(4)

Make sure that the access platform is in position below the applicable access panel 521AT(621AT).

(5)

Make sure that the applicable access panels 521AT(621AT) are removed.

(6)

Make sure that the applicable steady bearings have been removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-000-003-A).

Subtask 27-84-45-865-081-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-420-079-A
A.

AES

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-420-080-A
B.

Installation of the Torque Shaft 6022CM(6072CM)

(1)

Install the shaft (42) and attach it with the bolts (41) and the nuts (40).

(2)

TORQUE the nuts (40) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(3)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (40)
. the bolts (41)
. the flange of the shaft (42).

(4)

Install the applicable steady bearing (43) (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-400-003-A):

(5)

(a)

FOR 6022CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install the steady bearing 6021CM

(b)

FOR 6072CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install the steady bearing 6071CM.

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

Subtask 27-84-45-710-060-A
C.

Test
(1)

5.

The an operational test of the slat power-transmission system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A) is
contained in the installation of the steady bearing (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-000-003-A).

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-866-052-A
A.

Extend the Flaps

(1)

Make sure that the slats are extended fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

Subtask 27-84-45-865-082-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-410-056-A
C.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 6022CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 521AT

(b)

FOR 6072CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 621AT.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-865-083-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-866-053-A
E.

Retract the Slats

(1)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

Subtask 27-84-45-942-058-A
F.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-000-010-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6024CM, 6074CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6024CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

521HB, 522AB, 522AT
FOR FIN 6074CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
621HB, 622AB, 622AT
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-004-A

Extending the Slats on the Ground

57-41-37-000-003-A
Removal of the Access Panel
57-41-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-941-056-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-072-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Extend the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-056-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-010-057-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the zone 522(622).

(2)

Remove the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-003-A), (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-004A):
(a)

FOR 6024CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 522AT 522AB 521HB

(b)

FOR 6074CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 622AT 622AB 621HB.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-020-059-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Torque Shafts 6024CM (6074CM)

(1)

Install a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK

27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable components
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable components.

(2)

Remove the nuts (51), the bolts (52) and the shaft (49).

(3)

Remove the shafts (48) and (50).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-400-011-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6024CM, 6074CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27504030001
B.

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6024CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

521HB, 522AB, 522AT
FOR FIN 6074CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
621HB, 622AB, 622AT
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-004-A

Extending the Slats on the Ground

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-84-00-710-001-A

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Slat System

57-41-37-000-003-A
Removal of the Access Panel
57-41-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels
57-41-37-400-002-A
Installation of the Pressure-Relief Panels
57-41-37-400-003-A
Installation of the Access Panel
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-941-067-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-060-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are extended fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the access platform is in position below the applicable zone 522(622).

(4)

Make sure that the applicable access panels have been removed (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-003-A), (Ref.
TASK 57-41-37-000-004-A):

(5)

(a)

FOR 6024CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panels 522AT, 522AB, 521HB

(b)

FOR 6074CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panels 622AT, 622AB, 621HB.

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the removed component
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the removed component.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-084-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-420-081-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

Subtask 27-84-45-420-082-A
B.

Installation of the Torque Shaft 6024CM(6074CM)

(1)

Install the shafts (48) and (50).

(2)

Install the shaft (49) and attach it with the bolts (52) and the nuts (51).

(3)

TORQUE the nuts (51) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(4)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (51)
. the bolts (52)
. the flanges of the shafts (48), (49) and (50).

(5)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A):
. from the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable component
. from the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable component.

Subtask 27-84-45-220-057-A
C.

Dimensional/Visual Checks
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(1)

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-085-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-710-056-A
E.

Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the slat power-transmission system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A). Make
sure that the rotation of the torque shafts does not cause damage.

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-866-054-A
A.

Extend the Slats

(1)

Make sure that the slats are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

Subtask 27-84-45-865-086-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-410-057-A
C.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-003-A), (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-002-A):
(a)

FOR 6024CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 522AT 522AB 521HB

(b)

FOR 6074CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 622AT 622AB 621HB.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-087-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-866-055-A
E.

Retract the Slats

(1)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

Subtask 27-84-45-942-059-A
F.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-000-011-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6032CM, 6082CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6032CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

522FB
FOR FIN 6082CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
622FB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-44-000-006-A

Removal of the Steady Bearing

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-941-074-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-073-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-102-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-010-058-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable access
panel 522FB(622FB).

(2)

Remove the applicable steady bearing (15) (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-000-006-A):

(3)

4.

(a)

FOR 6032CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove the steady bearing FIN 6031CM

(b)

FOR 6082CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove the steady bearing FIN 6081CM.

Remove the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 6032CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 522FB

(b)

FOR 6082CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 622FB.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-020-060-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Torque Shafts 6032CM(6082CM)

(1)

Install a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK

27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable components
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable components.

(2)

Remove the nuts (16), the bolts (17) and the shaft (14).

(3)

Remove the retaining ring (18), the pin (12) and the universal joint (13).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-400-012-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6032CM, 6082CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27504030001
B.

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6032CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

522FB
FOR FIN 6082CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
622FB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-44-000-006-A

Removal of the Steady Bearing

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-84-44-400-004-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Steady Bearing

27-84-44-400-006-A

Installation of the Steady Bearing

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-941-068-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-061-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the access platform is in position below the applicable access panel 522FB(622FB).

(2)

Make sure that the applicable access panel 522FB(622FB) is removed.

(3)

Make sure that the applicable steady bearing has been removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-000-006-A).

(4)

Make sure that the slats are retracted fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(5)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed
on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(6)

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the removed component
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the removed component.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-088-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-420-083-A
A.

AES

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-420-084-A
B.

Installation of the Torque Shaft 6032CM(6082CM)

(1)

Put the retaining ring (18) in position over the shaft (14).

(2)

Install the universal joint (13) and attach it with the pin (12) and the retaining ring (18).

(3)

Install the shaft (14) and attach it with the bolts (17) and the nuts (16).

(4)

TORQUE the nuts (16) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(5)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (16)
. the bolts (17)
. the flange of the universal joint (13)
. the flange of the shaft (14).

(6)

Install the applicable steady bearing (15) (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-400-006-A):

(a)

FOR 6032CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install the steady bearing 6031CM

(b)

FOR 6082CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install the steady bearing 6081CM.

(7)

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

(8)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A):
. from the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable components
. from the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable components.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-103-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-710-061-A
D.

Test
(1)

5.

The operational test of the slat power transmission system is contained in the installation of the steady
bearing (Ref. TASK 27-84-44-400-004-A).

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-865-089-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-84-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-410-058-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panel:

(a)

FOR 6032CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 522FB

(b)

FOR 6082CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 622FB.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-090-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-942-060-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-000-012-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6034CM, 6084CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6034CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

522FB, 522HB, 522JB, 522KB
FOR FIN 6084CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
622FB, 622HB, 622JB, 622KB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-941-057-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-074-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-057-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-010-059-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable access
panel:

(2)

Remove the applicable access panels:

(a)

FOR 6034CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 522FB 522HB 522JB 522KB

(b)

FOR 6084CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

remove 622FB 622HB 622JB 622KB.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-020-061-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Torque Shafts 6034CM(6084CM)

(1)

Install a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK

27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the applicable components
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the applicable components.

(2)

Remove the nuts (36) and (38), the bolts (37) and (39) and the shaft (29).

(3)

Remove the nuts (32), the bolts (31) and then the shaft (30).

(4)

Remove the universal joint (28).

(5)

Remove the retaining ring (34), the pin (33) and the universal joint (35).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-400-013-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6034CM, 6084CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27504030001
B.

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

FOR FIN 6034CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

522FB, 522HB, 522JB, 522KB
FOR FIN 6084CM(SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)
622FB, 622HB, 622JB, 622KB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

AES

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-941-069-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-062-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the access platform is in position below the applicable access panel.

(2)

Make sure that the applicable access panels have been removed:
(a)

FOR 6034CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panels 522FB, 522HB, 522JB, 522KB

(b)

FOR 6084CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

panels 622FB, 622HB, 622JB, 622KB.

(3)

Make sure that the slats are retracted fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(4)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(5)

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A):
. on the torque shaft, inboard of the removed component
. on the torque shaft, outboard of the removed component.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-091-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-420-085-A
A.

AES

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-420-086-A
B.

Installation of the Torque Shaft 6034CM(6084CM)

(1)

Install the universal joint (28).

(2)

Install the universal joint (35) and attach it with the pin (33) and the retaining ring (34).

(3)

Install the shaft (29) and attach it with the bolts (39) and the nuts (38).

(4)

Install the shaft (30) and attach it with the bolts (31) and (37) and the nuts (32) and (36).

(5)

TORQUE the nuts (32), (36) and (38) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).

(6)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to:

. the nuts (32), (36) and (38)
. the bolts (31), (37) and (39)
. the flanges of the universal joints (28) and (35)
. the flanges of the shafts (29) and (30).

(7)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A):
. from the torque shaft, inboard of the removed components
. from the torque shaft, outboard of the removed components.

Subtask 27-84-45-210-076-A
C.

Dimensional/Visual Checks
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(1)

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-092-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-710-057-A
E.

Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the slat power transmission system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A). Make
sure that the rotation of the torque shafts does not cause damage.

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-865-093-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-84-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-410-059-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panels:

(a)

FOR 6034CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 522FB 522HB 522JB 522KB

(b)

FOR 6084CM (SLAT XMSN TORQUE SHAFT)

install 622FB 622HB 622JB 622KB.

Subtask 27-84-45-865-094-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-942-061-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-000-013-A
Removal of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6046CM, 6096CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-80-00-866-005-A

DESIGNATION
Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-81-42-000-001-A

Removal of the PPU Adaptor Plate

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-941-075-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-075-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-865-104-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-010-062-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable zone 522
(622).

(2)

Remove the PPU adaptor plate (Ref. TASK 27-81-42-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00300-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-020-062-A
A.

Removal of the Torque Shaft 6046CM (6096CM)

(1)

AES

Remove the shaft (47).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-45-400-014-A
Installation of the Torque Shaft
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6046CM, 6096CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-81-42-000-001-A
27-81-42-400-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the PPU Adaptor Plate
Installation of the PPU Adaptor Plate

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00100-B - Torque shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-941-077-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-45-860-063-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the access platform is in position below the applicable zone 522(622).

(2)

Make sure that the adapter plate of the PPU has been removed (Ref. TASK 27-81-42-000-001-A).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-45-865-095-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-45-991-00200-A - Torque Shafts - Slat Power Transmission)
Subtask 27-84-45-420-087-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and /or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the torque shaft splines.

Subtask 27-84-45-420-063-A
B.

Installation of the Torque Shaft 6046CM(6069CM)

(1)

Install the shaft (47).

(2)

Install the PPU adaptor plate (Ref. TASK 27-81-42-400-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that:

. you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
. the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable joint.

Subtask 27-84-45-710-062-A
C.

Test
(1)

5.

The operational test of the slat power-transmission system is contained in the installation of the PPU
adaptor plate (Ref. TASK 27-81-42-400-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-45-865-096-A
A.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-45-942-062-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-84-45 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

AES

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-45 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACTUATOR ASSY - TYPE A - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-48-000-001-A
Removal of the Type A Actuators
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6013CM, 6015CM, 6063CM, 6065CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803500001
98D27804006000

1
2

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

TOOL-ALIGNMENT AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 2 AND 3)

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-45-000-005-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

27-84-45-000-006-A
27-84-45-000-007-A
27-84-48-400-001-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

Removal of the Torque Shafts
Installation of the Type A Actuators

AES

27-84-48 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
31-32-00-860-006-A

DESIGNATION
Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-48-991-00100-A - Type A Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-48-991-00100-B - Type A Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-48-991-00100-A - Type A Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-48-991-00100-B - Type A Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-48-941-051-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-48-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat
control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-84-48-740-050-A
C.

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(3)

Do a check of the slat PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control lever position 0 on the MCDU as
follows:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu page 1.

2.Push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu page 2.

3.Push (in) the line key (2L) SYSTEM DATA SLT>.

the MCDU shows the SLAT SYSTEM DATA submenu.

4.Push (in) the line key (1L) <PPU.

the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).

AES

27-84-48 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
5.Write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)
shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT >
to get a print-out of the screen.

NOTE :

RESULT

These angles, shown at removal, will be used as

a datum. They will let you compare the APPU
and the FPPU angles after the installation of the
actuator (Ref. TASK 27-84-48-400-001-A).

6.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the CFDS
menu page is shown.
7.De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
Subtask 27-84-48-865-051-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-48-010-050-A
E.

Get Access
(1)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE below the applicable torque shaft.

(2)

Remove the applicable torque shaft (1):

(a)

(b)

(3)

AES

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-005-A)

1

FOR 6013CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6012CM

FOR 6063CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6062CM.

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-007-A)

1

FOR 6015CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6016CM

FOR 6065CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6066CM.

Remove the applicable torque shaft (3) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-006-A):

(a)

FOR 6013CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6014CM

(b)

FOR 6015CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6014CM

(c)

FOR 6063CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6064CM

27-84-48 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d)
(4)

4.

FOR 6065CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6064CM.

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A) as follows:
. on the torque shaft inboard of the removed component
. on the torque shaft ouboard of the removed component.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-48-991-00100-A - Type A Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-48-991-00100-B - Type A Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-48-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Type A Actuator

(1)

Hold the actuator (2) and remove the bolts (4) and the washers (5). Remove the actuator (2).

(2)

If you remove the two actuators (2) from the slat, install a TOOL-ALIGNMENT AND LOCKING (SLAT
TRACKS 2 AND 3) (98D27804006000) in each pinion after each actuator (2) is removed. This will
prevent movement of the slat.

27-84-48 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
521CB (621CB)
521EB (621EB)

A
A

TRACK 1
6013CM
(6063CM)
TRACK 2
6015CM
(6065CM)

B
B
TRACK 3
TRACK 4

B
TYPICAL

OUTPUT SPLINES
4
5
N_MM_278448_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-48-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Type A Actuators - Slat Power Transmission

27-84-48 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
521CB (621CB)
521EB (621EB)

A
TRACK 1

6013CM
(6063CM)

TRACK 2
6015CM
(6065CM)

B
TRACK 3
TRACK 4

B
TYPICAL

OUTPUT
SPLINES

5
4
N_MM_278448_4_AAN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-48-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Type A Actuators - Slat Power Transmission

27-84-48 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-48-400-001-A
Installation of the Type A Actuators
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6013CM, 6015CM, 6063CM, 6065CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27804012000

GAGE-RIGGING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

27-84-45-000-005-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

AES

27-84-48 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-84-45-000-006-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

DESIGNATION

27-84-45-000-007-A
27-84-45-400-006-A
27-84-45-400-007-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

Installation of the Torque Shaft
Installation of the Torque Shafts

27-84-45-400-008-A
27-84-48-000-001-A

Installation of the Torque Shafts

Removal of the Type A Actuators

27-84-48-400-001-A

Installation of the Type A Actuators

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-48-991-00100-A - Type A Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-48-991-00100-B - Type A Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-48-991-00100-A - Type A Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-48-991-00100-B - Type A Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-48-941-052-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat
controls.

Subtask 27-84-48-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are retracted fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed
on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the applicable torque shaft (1) has been removed:
(a)

(b)

AES

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-005-A)

1

FOR 6013CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

the torque shaft 6012CM

FOR 6063CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

the torque shaft 6062CM.

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-007-A)

1

FOR 6015CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

the torque shaft 6016CM

FOR 6065CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

the torque shaft 6066CM.

27-84-48 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Make sure that the applicable torque shaft (3) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-006-A) has been removed:
(a)

FOR 6013CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

the torque shaft 6014CM

(b)

FOR 6015CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

the torque shaft 6014CM

(c)

FOR 6063CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

the torque shaft 6064CM

(d)

FOR 6065CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

the torque shaft 6064CM.

(5)

If the two actuators (2) have been removed from the slat, make sure that the TOOL-ALIGNMENT
AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 2 AND 3) (98D27804006000) is installed in each pinion.

(6)

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A) as follows:
. on the torque shaft inboard of the removed component
. on the torque shaft outboard of the removed component.

Subtask 27-84-48-865-050-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-48-991-00100-A - Type A Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-48-991-00100-B - Type A Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
NOTE :

The slat actuators are vented units filled with grease. It is normal for this grease to have some oil separation.
The external surfaces of the actuators can be moist with this grease as they are not hermetically sealed units.
But separated oil in the units that touches the grease will be changed back during operation. The oil
separation will decrease during in-service operation until the lubricant is in a condition that is stable. This is
normal and will not cause damage to the units.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-48-420-051-A
A.

AES

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the actuator output splines.

27-84-48 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

If two TOOL-ALIGNMENT AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 2 AND 3) (98D27804006000) are

installed, remove one TOOL-ALIGNMENT AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 2 AND 3)
(98D27804006000) and install the applicable actuator before you remove the other TOOL-ALIGNMENT
AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 2 AND 3) (98D27804006000).

Subtask 27-84-48-420-052-A
B.

Installation of the Type A Actuators 6013CM(6063CM)/6015CM(6065CM)

(1)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shanks
of the bolts (4).

(2)

Install the actuator (2) with the washers (5) and the bolts (4).

(3)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the washers (5) and the bolts
(4).

Subtask 27-84-48-820-051-A
C.

Dimensional Check
(1)

To make sure that the track has not moved, put the GAGE-RIGGING (98D27804012000) between the
track stop and the lower forward roller.

(2)

Make sure that the GAGE-RIGGING (98D27804012000) contacts the track stop and the lower forward
roller.

(3)

If it is necessary to adjust the slat, turn the actuator drive in the applicable direction.

Subtask 27-84-48-410-050-A
D.

Close Access
(1)

Install the applicable torque shaft (1):

(a)

(b)

(2)

AES

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-006-A)

1

FOR 6013CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

install the torque shaft 6012CM

FOR 6063CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

install the torque shaft 6062CM.

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-008-A)

1

FOR 6015CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

install the torque shaft 6016CM

FOR 6065CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

install the torque shaft 6066CM.

Install the applicable torque shaft (3) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-007-A):

(a)

FOR 6013CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

install the torque shaft 6014CM

(b)

FOR 6015CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

install the torque shaft 6014CM

(c)

FOR 6063CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

install the torque shaft 6064CM

(d)

FOR 6065CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE A)

install the torque shaft 6064CM.

27-84-48 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-48-865-052-A
E.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-48-740-051-A
F.

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(3)

Do a check of the slat PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control lever position 0 on the MCDU as
follows:
ACTION

RESULT

1.On the MCDU:

. push (in) the line key < SFCC 1

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu page 1.

2.Push (in) the NEXT PAGE button

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu page 2.

3.Push (in) the line key (2L) SYSTEM DATA SLT>

the MCDU shows the SLAT SYSTEM DATA submenu.

4.Push (in) the line key (1L) <PPU

the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).

5.Write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)

shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT >
to get a print-out of the screen.
6.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the CFDS
menu page is shown.
7.De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
Subtask 27-84-48-820-050-A
G.

Adjustment After BITE Test

(1)

Compare the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg) with those that were recorded before the actuator was
removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-48-000-001-A). Make sure that:
. at position 0, the APPU/FPPU angles agree by 0.9 deg
. at positions 1,2,3 and FULL, the APPU/FPPU angles agree by 1.3 deg
. the LH APPU and the RH APPU angles agree by 0.45 deg.

(2)

If the APPU/FPU angles are not in the specified limit:

(a)

Disconnect the torque shaft outboard of the actuator (Ref. TASK 27-84-48-000-001-A).

(b)

Turn the torque shaft in the applicable direction until the APPU and the FPU angles (deg) are in
the specified limit.
NOTE :

(c)

AES

A turn of the torque shaft by one spline is equal to 0.11 deg. of the PPU angle.

Connect the torque shaft outboard of the actuator (Ref. TASK 27-84-48-400-001-A).

27-84-48 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-48-710-050-A
H.

Test
(1)

5.

Do the operational test of the slat power-transmission system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-48-942-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-48 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACTUATOR ASSY - TYPE B - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-49-000-001-A
Removal of the Type B Actuators
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6027CM, 6029CM, 6035CM, 6039CM, 6045CM, 6077CM, 6079CM, 6085CM, 6089CM, 6095CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803500001
98D27804007000

1
2

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

TOOL-ALIGNMENT AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 5 TO 12)

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-45-000-006-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

27-84-45-000-007-A
27-84-45-000-012-A
27-84-45-000-013-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

Removal of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shaft

AES

27-84-49 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-84-48-400-001-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Type A Actuators

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-A - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-B - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-A - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-B - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-49-941-052-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-49-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the slat/flap
control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-84-49-740-050-A
C.

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(3)

Do a check of the slat PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control lever position 0 on the MCDU as
follows:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu page 1.

2.Push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu page 2.

3.Push (in) the line key (2L) SYSTEM DATA SLT>.

the MCDU shows the SLAT SYSTEM DATA submenu.

4.Push (in) the line key (1L) <PPU.

the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).

AES

27-84-49 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
5.Write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)
shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT >
to get a print-out of the screen.

NOTE :

RESULT

These angles, shown at removal, will be used as

a datum. They will let you compare the APPU
and the FPPU angles after the installation of the
actuator (Ref. TASK 27-84-48-400-001-A).

6.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the CFDS
menu page is shown.
7.De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
Subtask 27-84-49-865-054-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-49-010-051-A
E.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE below the applicable torque shaft.

(2)

Remove the applicable torque shaft (3) (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-006-A):

(a)

FOR 6027CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6028CM

(b)

FOR 6029CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6028CM

(c)

FOR 6035CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6036CM

(d)

FOR 6039CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6038CM

(e)

FOR 6045CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6044CM

(f)

FOR 6077CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6078CM

(g)

FOR 6079CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6078CM

(h)

FOR 6085CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6086CM

27-84-49 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(3)

(i)

FOR 6089CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6088CM

(j)

FOR 6095CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6094CM.

Remove the applicable torque shaft (6):

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(4)

4.

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-007-A)

1

FOR 6027CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6026CM

FOR 6029CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6030CM

FOR 6077CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6076CM

FOR 6079CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6080CM.

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-012-A)

1

FOR 6035CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6034CM

FOR 6085CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6084CM.

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-006-A)

1

FOR 6039CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6040CM

FOR 6089CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6090CM.

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-013-A)

1

FOR 6045CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6046CM

FOR 6095CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6096CM.

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-400-003-A) is installed as follows:
. on the torque shaft inboard of the removed component
. on the torque shaft outboard of the removed components.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-A - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-B - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)

AES

27-84-49 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-49-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Type B Actuators

(1)

Hold the actuator (7) and remove the bolts (9) and the washers (8). Remove the actuator (7).

(2)

If you remove both actuators from a slat, install a TOOL-ALIGNMENT AND LOCKING (SLAT
TRACKS 5 TO 12) (98D27804007000) in each pinnion after each actuator (7) is removed or the slat
will extend.

27-84-49 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
1

A
REF ONLY

TYPICAL VIEW SEEN

FROM THE FRONT

TRACK 1
TRACK 2

2
TRACK 3
TRACK 4

6026CM
(6076CM)

REF
ONLY

B
522AB
(622AB)

TRACK 5

6027CM
(6077CM)

522CB
(622CB)

522FB
(622FB)

TRACK 7
522HB
(622HB)

522KB
(622KB)
522LB
(622LB)

TYPICAL VIEW SEEN

FROM THE FRONT

6033CM
(6083CM)

6035CM

A(6085CM)

TRACK 8
522NB
(622NB)

522QB
(622QB)
TRACK 10
522SB
(622SB)

6037CM
(6087CM)

TRACK 9

OUTPUT SPLINES

6029CM
(6079CM)

TRACK 6

6039CM
(6089CM)

A
B

TRACK 11

TRACK 12

6041CM
(6091CM)
6045CM
(6095CM)

522UB
(622UB)
9

NOTE : F = FIXED JOINT HELD IN

POSITION BY A PIN AND
RETAINING RING

8
6
7
OUTPUT
SPLINES

N_MM_278449_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-49-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission

27-84-49 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

REF ONLY

TRACK 1

A
1

TRACK 2

A TYPICAL VIEW SEEN

FROM THE FRONT

TRACK 3

6026CM
(6076CM)

TRACK 4

REF
ONLY

522AB
(622AB)

6027CM
(6077CM)
TRACK 5

522CB
(622CB)

TRACK 6

6029CM
(6079CM)

522FB
(622FB)

6033CM
(6083CM)

F
TRACK 7

522HB
(622HB)

B
TYPICAL VIEW SEEN
FROM THE FRONT

522KB
(622KB)
522LB
(622LB)

OUTPUT
SPLINES

6035CM
(6085CM)

TRACK 8
522NB
(622NB)

6037CM
(6087CM)

TRACK 9

522QB
(622QB)

6039CM
(6089CM)

TRACK 10
522SB
(622SB)

6041CM
(6091CM)

F
TRACK 11

TRACK 12 F

B
6045CM
(6095CM)

522UB
(622UB)

9
8

OUTPUT
SPLINES
N_MM_278449_4_AAN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-49-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission

27-84-49 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-49-400-001-A
Installation of the Type B Actuators
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6027CM, 6029CM, 6035CM, 6039CM, 6045CM, 6077CM, 6079CM, 6085CM, 6089CM, 6095CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27804012000

GAGE-RIGGING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

27-84-45-000-006-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

27-84-45-000-007-A
27-84-45-000-012-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

Removal of the Torque Shaft

AES

27-84-49 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-84-45-000-013-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

DESIGNATION

27-84-45-400-007-A
27-84-45-400-008-A
27-84-45-400-013-A

Installation of the Torque Shafts

Installation of the Torque Shafts
Installation of the Torque Shaft

27-84-45-400-014-A
27-84-48-000-001-A

Installation of the Torque Shaft

Removal of the Type A Actuators

27-84-49-000-001-A

Removal of the Type B Actuators

27-84-49-400-001-A

Installation of the Type B Actuators

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-A - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-B - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-A - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-B - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-49-941-054-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat
controls.

Subtask 27-84-49-860-052-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are retracted fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed
on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the adjustable access platform is below the applicable torque shaft.

(4)

Make sure that the applicable torque shaft (3) is removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-006-A):
(a)

FOR 6027CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6028CM

(b)

FOR 6029CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6028CM

(c)

FOR 6035CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6036CM

(d)

FOR 6039CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6038CM

27-84-49 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(5)

(e)

FOR 6045CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6044CM

(f)

FOR 6077CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6078CM

(g)

FOR 6079CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6078CM

(h)

FOR 6085CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6086CM

(i)

FOR 6089CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6088CM

(j)

FOR 6095CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6094CM.

Make sure that the applicable torque shaft (6) is removed:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

AES

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-007-A)

1

FOR 6027CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6026CM

FOR 6029CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6030CM

FOR 6077CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6076CM

FOR 6079CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6080CM.

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-012-A)

1

FOR 6035CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6034CM

FOR 6085CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6084CM.

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-006-A)

1

FOR 6039CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6040CM

FOR 6089CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6090CM.

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-013-A)

1

FOR 6045CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6046CM

FOR 6095CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6096CM.

(6)

If the two actuators (2) have been removed from the slat, make sure that the TOOL-ALIGNMENT
AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 2 AND 3) (98D27804006000) is installed in each pinion.

(7)

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A) as follows:
. on the torque shaft inboard of the removed component
. on the torque shaft outboard of the removed component.

27-84-49 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-49-865-050-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-A - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-B - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
NOTE :

The slat actuators are vented units filled with grease. It is normal for this grease to have some oil separation.
The external surfaces of the slat actuators may be moist with this separated oil as they are not hermetically
sealed units. However, any separated oil in the units that touches the grease will be changed back during
operation. The oil separation will decrease during in-service operation until the lubricant is in a condition that
is stable. This is normal and will not cause damage to the units.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-49-420-052-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the actuator output splines.

(5)

If the TOOL-ALIGNMENT AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 5 TO 12) (98D27804007000) are

installed, remove one TOOL-ALIGNMENT AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 5 TO 12)
(98D27804007000) and install the applicable actuator before you remove the other TOOL-ALIGNMENT
AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 5 TO 12) (98D27804007000).

Subtask 27-84-49-420-050-B
B.

Installation of the Type B Actuators

(1)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) to the shanks
of the bolts (9).

(2)

Install the actuator (7) and attach it with the washers (8) and the bolts (9).

(3)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the washers (8) and the bolts
(9).

Subtask 27-84-49-820-051-A
C.

Dimensional Check
(1)

AES

To make sure that the track has not moved, put the GAGE-RIGGING (98D27804012000) between the
track stop and the lower forward roller.

27-84-49 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Make sure that the rigging gage touches the track stop and the lower forward roller.

(3)

If necessary, turn the actuator drive to adjust the slat.

Subtask 27-84-49-410-051-A
D.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable torque shaft (3):

(a)

(3)

FOR 6027CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6028CM

FOR 6029CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6028CM

FOR 6035CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6036CM

FOR 6039CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6038CM

FOR 6045CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6044CM

FOR 6077CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6078CM

FOR 6079CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6078CM

FOR 6085CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6086CM

FOR 6089CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6088CM

10

FOR 6095CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6094CM.

Install the applicable torque shaft (6):

(a)

(b)

AES

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-007-A)

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-008-A)

1

FOR 6027CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6026CM

FOR 6029CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6030CM

FOR 6077CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6076CM

FOR 6079CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6080CM.

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-013-A)

1

FOR 6035CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6034CM

FOR 6085CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6084CM.

27-84-49 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

(d)

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-007-A)

1

FOR 6039CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6040CM

FOR 6089CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6090CM.

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-014-A)

1

FOR 6045CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6046CM

FOR 6095CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6096CM.

Subtask 27-84-49-865-056-A
E.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-49-740-051-A
F.

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(3)

Do a check of the slat PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control lever position 0 on the MCDU as
follows:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu page 1.

2.Push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu page 2.

3.Push (in) the line key (2L) SYSTEM DATA SLT>.

the MCDU shows the SLAT SYSTEM DATA submenu.

4.Push (in) the line key (1L) <PPU.

the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).

5.Write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)

shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT >
to get a print-out of the screen.
6.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the CFDS
menu page is shown.
7.De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

AES

27-84-49 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-49-820-050-A
G.

Adjustment After BITE Test

(1)

Compare the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg) with those that were written down (or printed) before
the actuator was removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-48-000-001-A):
. make sure that the FPPU removal and installation angle values agree by 0.1 deg.
. make sure that the APPU removal and installation angle values agree by 0.1 deg.
. make sure that the APPU/FPPU angles (deg) agree by 1.3 deg.
. make sure that the LH APPU and the RH APPU angles agree by 0.45 deg.

(2)

If the APPU/FPU angles are not in the specified limit:

(a)

Disconnect the torque shaft outboard of the actuator (Ref. TASK 27-84-49-000-001-A).

(b)

Turn the torque shaft in the applicable direction until the APPU and the FPU angles (deg) are in
the specified limit.
NOTE :

(c)

A turn of the torque shaft by one spline is equal to 0.11 deg. of the PPU angle.

Connect the torque shaft outboard of the actuator (Ref. TASK 27-84-49-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-49-710-050-A
H.

Test
(1)

5.

Do the operational test of the slat power-transmission system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-49-942-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-49 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-49-000-002-A
Removal of the Type B Actuators
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6033CM, 6037CM, 6041CM, 6083CM, 6087CM, 6091CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803500001
98D27804007000

1
2

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

TOOL-ALIGNMENT AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 5 TO 12)

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-45-000-006-A
27-84-45-000-011-A
27-84-45-000-012-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

Removal of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Torque Shaft

27-84-48-400-001-A

Installation of the Type A Actuators

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-A - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)

AES

27-84-49 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-B - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-A - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-B - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-49-941-053-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-49-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the slat/flap
control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-84-49-740-053-A
C.

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(3)

Do a check of the slat PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control lever position 0 on the MCDU as
follows:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu page 1.

2.Push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu page 2.

3.Push (in) the line key (2L) SYSTEM DATA SLT>.

the MCDU shows the SLAT SYSTEM DATA submenu.

4.Push (in) the line key (1L) <PPU.

the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).

AES

27-84-49 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
5.Write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)
shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT >
to get a print-out of the screen.

NOTE :

RESULT

These angles, shown at removal, will be used as

a datum. They will let you compare the APPU
and the FPPU angles after the installation of the
actuator (Ref. TASK 27-84-48-400-001-A).

6.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the CFDS
menu page is shown.
7.De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
Subtask 27-84-49-865-055-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-49-010-052-A
E.

Get Access
(1)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable torque
shaft.

(2)

Remove the applicable torque shaft (3):

(a)

(b)

AES

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-006-A)

1

FOR 6037CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6036CM

FOR 6041CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6040CM

FOR 6087CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6086CM

FOR 6091CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6090CM.

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-011-A)

1

FOR 6033CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6032CM

FOR 6083CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6082CM.

27-84-49 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Remove the applicable torque shaft (1):

(a)

(b)

(4)

4.

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-012-A)

1

FOR 6033CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6034CM

FOR 6083CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6084CM.

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-006-A)

1

FOR 6037CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6038CM

FOR 6041CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6042CM

FOR 6087CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6088CM

FOR 6091CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

remove the torque shaft FIN 6092CM.

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A) as follows:
. on the torque shaft inboard of the removed component
. on the torque shaft outboard of the removed component.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-A - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-B - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-49-020-051-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Type B Actuators

(1)

Hold the actuator (2) and remove the bolts (4) and the washers (5). Remove the actuator (2).

(2)

If you remove both actuators from a slat, install a TOOL-ALIGNMENT AND LOCKING (SLAT
TRACKS 5 TO 12) (98D27804007000) in each pinnion after each actuator (2) is removed or the slat
will extend.

27-84-49 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-49-400-002-A
Installation of the Type B Actuators
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 6033CM, 6037CM, 6041CM, 6083CM, 6087CM, 6091CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27804012000

GAGE-RIGGING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

27-84-45-000-006-A

Removal of the Torque Shafts

AES

27-84-49 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-84-45-000-011-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

DESIGNATION

27-84-45-000-012-A
27-84-45-400-006-A
27-84-45-400-007-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Installation of the Torque Shaft
Installation of the Torque Shafts

27-84-45-400-012-A
27-84-48-000-001-A

Installation of the Torque Shaft

Removal of the Type A Actuators

27-84-49-000-002-A

Removal of the Type B Actuators

27-84-49-400-002-A

Installation of the Type B Actuators

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-A - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-B - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
3.

Job Set-up

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-A - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-B - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-49-941-055-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat
controls.

Subtask 27-84-49-860-053-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are retracted fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed
on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Make sure that the adjustable access platform is below the applicable torque shaft.

(4)

Make sure that the applicable torque shaft (3) is removed:

(a)

AES

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-006-A)

1

FOR 6037CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6036CM

FOR 6041CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6040CM

FOR 6087CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6086CM

27-84-49 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FOR 6091CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)
the torque shaft 6090CM.

4
(b)

(5)

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-011-A)

1

FOR 6033CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6032CM

FOR 6083CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shafts 6082CM and 6086CM.

Make sure that the applicable torque shaft (1) is removed:

(a)

(b)

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-012-A)

1

FOR 6033CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6034CM

FOR 6083CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6032CM

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-006-A)

1

FOR 6037CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6090CM

FOR 6041CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6042CM

FOR 6087CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6032CM

FOR 6091CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

the torque shaft 6082CM.

(6)

If the two actuators (2) have been removed from the slat, make sure that the TOOL-ALIGNMENT
AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 2 AND 3) (98D27804006000) is installed in each pinion.

(7)

Make sure that a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A) as follows:
. on the torque shaft inboard of the removed component
. on the torque shaft outboard of the removed component.

Subtask 27-84-49-865-053-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-A - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-49-991-00100-B - Type B Actuators - Slat Power Transmission)

AES

27-84-49 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE :

The slat actuators are vented units filled with grease. It is normal for this grease to have some oil separation.
The external surfaces of the slat actuators may be moist with this separated oil as they are not hermetically
sealed units. However, any separated oil in the units that touches the grease will be changed back during
operation. The oil separation will decrease during in-service operation until the lubricant is in a condition that
is stable. This is normal and will not cause damage to the units.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-49-420-053-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the actuator output splines.

(5)

If the TOOL-ALIGNMENT AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 5 TO 12) (98D27804007000) are

installed, remove one TOOL-ALIGNMENT AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 5 TO 12)
(98D27804007000) and install the applicable actuator before you remove the other TOOL-ALIGNMENT
AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 5 TO 12) (98D27804007000).

Subtask 27-84-49-420-051-B
B.

Installation of the Type B Actuators

(1)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shanks
of the bolts (4).

(2)

Install the actuator (2) and attach it with the bolts (4) and the washers (5).

(3)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (4) and the washers
(5).

Subtask 27-84-49-820-053-A
C.

Dimensional Check
(1)

To make sure that the track has not moved, put the GAGE-RIGGING (98D27804012000) between the
track stop and the lower forward roller.

(2)

Make sure that the rigging gage contacts the track stop and the lower forward roller.

(3)

If necessary, turn the actuator drive to adjust the slat.

Subtask 27-84-49-410-052-A
D.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable torque shaft (3):

(a)

AES

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-007-A)

1

FOR 6037CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6036CM

FOR 6041CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6040CM

FOR 6087CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6086CM

27-84-49 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4
(b)

(3)

FOR 6091CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6090CM.

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-012-A)

1

FOR 6033CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6032CM

FOR 6083CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6082CM.

Install the applicable torque shaft (1):

(a)

(b)

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-012-A)

1

FOR 6033CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6034CM

FOR 6083CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6084CM.

(Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-006-A)

1

FOR 6037CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6038CM

FOR 6041CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6042CM

FOR 6087CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6088CM

FOR 6091CM (SLAT ACTUATOR TYPE B)

install the torque shaft 6092CM.

Subtask 27-84-49-865-057-A
E.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-49-740-054-A
F.

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(1)

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

(2)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(3)

Do a check of the slat PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control lever position 0 on the MCDU as
follows:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. push (in) the line key < SFCC 1.

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu page 1.

2.Push (in) the NEXT PAGE button.

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu page 2.

3.Push (in) the line key (2L) SYSTEM DATA SLT>.

the MCDU shows the SLAT SYSTEM DATA submenu.

AES

27-84-49 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
4.Push (in) the line key (1L) <PPU.

RESULT
the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).

5.Write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)

shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT >
to get a print-out of the screen.
6.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the CFDS
menu page is shown.
7.De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
Subtask 27-84-49-820-052-A
G.

Adjustment After BITE Test

(1)

Compare the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg) with those that were written down (or printed) before
the actuator was removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-48-000-001-A):
. make sure that the FPPU removal and installation angle values agree by 0.1 deg.
. make sure that the APPU removal and installation angle values agree by 0.1 deg.
. make sure that the APPU/FPPU angles (deg) agree by 1.3 deg.
. make sure that the LH APPU and the RH APPU angles agree by 0.45 deg.

(2)

If the APPU/FPU angles are not in the specified limit:

(a)

Disconnect the torque shaft outboard of the actuator (Ref. TASK 27-84-49-000-002-A).

(b)

Turn the torque shaft in the applicable direction until the APPU and the FPU angles (deg) are in
the specified limit.
NOTE :

(c)

A turn of the torque shaft by one spline is equal to 0.11 deg. of the PPU angle.

Connect the torque shaft outboard of the actuator (Ref. TASK 27-84-49-400-002-A).

Subtask 27-84-49-710-051-A
H.

Test
(1)

5.

Do the operational test of the slat power-transmission system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-49-942-051-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-49 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CONTROL UNIT - POWER (PCU) (SLATS) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Power Control Unit of the Slat System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 6001CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

AR
1

CAP - BLANKING
CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

PLUG - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

AES

27-84-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
32-12-00-010-001-A

DESIGNATION
Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-51-991-00100-B - Power Control Unit)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-51-991-00200-B - PCU-Slats Electrical and Hydraulic Connections)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-51-866-050-A
A.

Retraction of the Slats

(1)

Retract the slats to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

Subtask 27-84-51-740-050-A
B.

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(1)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display Unit
(MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(2)

Do a check of the slat PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control lever position 0 on the MCDU as
follows:

ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. push (in) the line key < SFCC 1

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu page 1.

2.Push (in) the NEXT PAGE button

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu page 2.

3.Push (in) the line key (2L) SYSTEM DATA SLT>

the MCDU shows the SLAT SYSTEM DATA submenu.

4.Push (in) the line key (1L) <PPU

the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).

5.Record the values and use them as a datum to compare

the data of the PPUs after the installation of the PCU.
6.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the CFDS
menu page is shown.
Subtask 27-84-51-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-51-010-050-A
D.

Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-51-860-050-A
E.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration. (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(2)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001A).

27-84-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

4.

(3)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(4)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the main gear main door
opening.

(5)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to lock the left slat
transmission outboard of the bevel gearbox 6011CM (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(6)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to lock the right slat
transmission outboard of the bevel gearbox 6061CM (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(7)

Put a CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT in position below the Power Control Unit
(PCU) (1).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-51-991-00100-B - Power Control Unit)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-51-991-00200-B - PCU-Slats Electrical and Hydraulic Connections)
Subtask 27-84-51-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Power Control Unit

CAUTION :

(1)

(2)

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE
SECOND WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION
TOO MUCH.

Disconnect the torque shaft 6002CM (11) as follows:

(a)

Move the spring (15) and remove the pin (14).

(b)

Remove the nuts (13) and the bolts (12) which connect the torque shaft (11) to the input
universal joint (10) of the PCU (1).

(c)

Disconnect the torque shaft (11) from the input universal joint (10).

(d)

Remove the input universal joint (10) from the PCU (1).

Prepare the PCU (1) for removal as follows:

(a)

Disconnect the hydraulic lines (50).

(b)

Remove the tie wraps (41) and disconnect the seal drain lines (40).

(c)

Disconnect the case drain lines (59) and (60).

(d)

Install CAP - BLANKING on the open line ends (50).

(e)

Install the PLUG - BLANKING in the ports of the PCU (1).

(f)

Disconnect the electrical connectors 26CV-A, 28CV-A, 28CV-B, 25CV-A, 4CN-B and 4CN-A.

(g)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(h)

Disconnect the electrical leads from the clamps which connect them to the PCU (1).

(i)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (20).

(j)

Remove the nut (18) and the washer (19) from the bolt (16) which connects the PCU (1) to the
attachment rod assembly (22).

(k)

Remove the nut (18) and the washer (19) from the bolt (26) which connects the PCU (1) to the
adjustable rod assembly (23).

(l)

Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the nut (6).

(m) Remove the nut (6), the washer (5) and the bolt (28).

AES

27-84-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(3)

(n)

Remove the nut (4) and the washer (3) from the attachment bolt (27).

(o)

Remove the screw (7), the washer (8) and the bonding jumper (9).

Hold the PCU (1) so that it can not fall.

NOTE :

AES

The PCU weighs approximately 20 kg (44.0924 lb).

(4)

Remove the bolt (16) and the bush (17) from the attachment rod assembly (22).

(5)

Remove the bolt (26) and the bush (25) from the adjustable rod assembly (23).

(6)

Remove the attachment bolt (27) and the bush (2).

(7)

Remove the PCU (1).

27-84-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
BEVEL
GEARBOX
Z734

29

13

Z744

12
6

FR43

11

4
3
2

11
7

10

8
9

12

13
14
15

16
17
19

18

18

20
19
20

22

23

27
25
28

26

N_MM_278451_4_AAPA_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-51-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Power Control Unit

27-84-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
Z734

41
Z744

40

FR43

4CNA

4CNB

60

50
25CVA
50
28CVA

28CVB

26CVA
59

50

50

N_MM_278451_4_AAPM_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-51-991-00200-B SHEET 1

PCU-Slats Electrical and Hydraulic Connections

27-84-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Power Control Unit of the Slat System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
FIN 6001CM
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

1
AR

CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT

TIE WRAP

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003

AES

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE

27-84-51 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-018
Material No: 05-005
Material No: 09-013

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
CORROSION PREVENTIVE
SEALANTS
SEALANT-BRUSH CONSISTENCY (OBSOLETE)

Material No: 11-002

CLEANING AGENTS
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHT SPIRIT)

Material No: 16-021

STRUCTURE PAINTS
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Material No: 19-010

C.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
20

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-84-03-06-100

cotter pin
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

20-28-00-912-004-A

Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and

Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-00-00-080-002-A

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-81-00-820-001-A

Manual Adjustment of the Position Pick-Off Units

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-001-A
29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-51-991-00100-B - Power Control Unit)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-51-991-00200-B - PCU-Slats Electrical and Hydraulic Connections)

AES

27-84-51 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-51-860-052-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are in the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at the opening of
the main door of the main gear.

(4)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(7)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed to
lock the left slat transmission (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(8)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed to
lock the right slat transmission (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(9)

Make sure that a CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT is in position below the Power
Control Unit (PCU) (1).

Subtask 27-84-51-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-51-991-00100-B - Power Control Unit)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-51-991-00200-B - PCU-Slats Electrical and Hydraulic Connections)
Subtask 27-84-51-910-050-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

To install the same Power Control Unit (PCU), clean the splined surfaces of the connections with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-002) .

(2)

Clean the mounting bushes and make sure that they are in a good condition.

Subtask 27-84-51-420-051-C
B.

Installation of the Power Control Unit (9)

CAUTION :

AES

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE
SECOND WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION
TOO MUCH.

27-84-51 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION :

YOU MUST INSTALL HYDRAULIC TUBES WITH HYDRAULIC FLUID AS LUBRICANT.

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Put the PCU (1) in position.

(4)

Install the bush (2) and the attachment bolt (27).

(5)

Attach the PCU (1) to the attachment rod assembly (22) with the bush (17) and the bolt (16).

(6)

Attach the PCU (1) to the adjustable rod assembly (23) with the bush (25) and the bolt (26).

(7)

Install the washer (3) and the nut (4) on the attachment bolt (27).

(8)

TORQUE the nut (4) to between 2.4 and 2.7 M.DAN (17.70 and 19.91 LBF.FT).

(9)

Install the bolt (28) through the attachment bolt (27).

(10) Install the washer (5) and the nut (6) on the bolt (28).
(11) TORQUE the nut (6) to between 0.6 and 0.7 M.DAN (53.10 and 61.95 LBF.IN).
(12) Safety the nut (6) with lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .
(13) Install the washer (19) and the nut (18) on the bolt (16) at the attachment rod assembly (22).
(14) TORQUE the nut (18) to between 1.95 and 2.2 M.DAN (14.38 and 16.22 LBF.FT).
(15) Safety the nut (18) with the (IPC-CSN 27-84-03-06) cotter pin (20) .
(16) Install the washer (19) and the nut (18) on the bolt (26) at the adjustable rod assembly (23).
(17) TORQUE the nut (18) to between 1.95 and 2.2 M.DAN (14.38 and 16.22 LBF.FT).
(18) Safety the nut (18) with the (IPC-CSN 27-84-03-06) cotter pin (20) .
(19) At the bonding point continue as follows:
(a)

Put the bonding jumper (9) in position.

(b)

Attach the bonding jumper (9) with the washer (8) and the screw (7) (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004-A).

(c)

Seal the screw (7) with SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) .

(d)

Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) (dyed blue) to the bonding point.

(20) Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-018) to the splines of the input universal joint (10).
(21) Engage the input universal joint (10) in the input of the PCU (1).
(22) Make sure that you can install the pin (14). If not, turn the universal joint by the necessary number of
splines.
(23) Install the pin (14) and safety it with the spring (15).
(24) Install the torque shaft 6002CM (11) as follows:
(25) Put the torque shaft (11) in position.
(26) Make sure that the flange holes of the torque shaft (11) are in line with the flange holes of the input
universal joint (10).
(27) If the flange holes of the torque shaft (11) are not in line with the flange holes of the input universal
joint (10), continue as follows:
(a)

AES

Remove the torque shaft (11) from the bevel gearbox.

27-84-51 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

Turn the input universal joint (29) by the number of splines necessary to align the flange halves of
the universal joint (10) and the torque shaft (11).
NOTE :

If you can not align the flange halves remove the nuts (13) and the bolts (12) and turn
the universal joint (29) and the torque shaft (11) as necessary. Install the bolts (12) and
nuts (13) as written below.

(28) Install the bolts (12) to connect the torque shaft (11) to the input universal joint (10).
(29) Install the nuts (13) on the bolts (12).
(30) TORQUE the nuts (13) to between 1.02 and 1.24 M.DAN (90.27 and 109.73 LBF.IN).
(31) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005) to the nuts (13) and the bolts (12).
(32) Install the pin (14).
(33) Safety the pin (14) with the spring (15).
(34) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(35) Connect the electrical connectors 4CN-A, 4CN-B, 25CV-A, 28CV-B, 28CV-A, and 26CV-A.
(36) Install the clamps which attach the electrical leads to the PCU (1).
(37) Remove the blanking caps from the line ends (50).
(38) Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.
(39) Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the threads of the line end fittings.
(40) Remove the blanking plugs from the ports of the PCU (1).
(41) Connect the hydraulic lines (50) to the PCU (1).
(42) TORQUE the union nuts of the hydraulic lines (50) to between 5.4 and 5.9 M.DAN (39.82 and 43.51
LBF.FT).
(43) Connect the case drain lines (59) and (60) .
(44) TORQUE the union nuts of the case drain lines (59) and (60) to between 1.5 and 1.7 M.DAN (11.06
and 12.54 LBF.FT).
(45) Connect the seal drain lines (40) and attach them with the TIE WRAP (41).
Subtask 27-84-51-860-051-A
C.

AES

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the right slat
transmission (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(2)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the left slat
transmission (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(3)

Pressurize the reservoirs of the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the level of the fluid in the reservoirs is correct. Add fluid as necessary (Ref. TASK
12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(5)

Pressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A), (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(6)

Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A) from the slat/flap control lever.

(7)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(8)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-84-51 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-51-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-51-710-050-A
E.

Test
(1)

Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(a)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose Control Display
Unit (MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

(b)

Do a check of the slat PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control lever position 0 on the MCDU as
follows:
ACTION

RESULT

1.On the MCDU:

. push (in) the line key < SFCC 1

On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu page 1.

2.Push (in) the NEXT PAGE button

the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu page 2.

3.Push (in) the line key (2L) SYSTEM DATA SLT>

the MCDU shows the SLAT SYSTEM DATA submenu.

4.Push (in) the line key (1L) <PPU

the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).

5.Compare the values with the values before the removal

of the PCU. If the values do not agree, do the adjustment
of the applicable position pick-off unit (Ref. TASK
27-81-00-820-001-A).
6.Push the line key < RETURN frequently until the CFDS
menu page is shown.

5.

(2)

Do the operational test of the slat system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that there are no leaks and that no fluid comes out of the seal drain lines (41).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-51-860-053-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the level of the fluid in the relevant hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(2)

Remove the container from below the PCU (1).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-84-51-410-050-A
B.

AES

Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-84-51 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

BRAKE - PRESSURE OFF, SLATS PCU REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-52-000-001-A
Removal of the Pressure-Off Brake of the Slat Power Control Unit
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

PLUG - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-52-991-00100-B - Pressure-Off Brake)

AES

27-84-52 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-52-866-050-A
A.

Retraction of the Slats

(1)

Retract the slats to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

Subtask 27-84-52-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-52-010-050-A
C.

Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-52-860-050-A
D.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the opening of the main door
of the main gear.

(2)

Make sure that the Green and Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Blue and the Green hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001A).

(4)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(5)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to lock the left slat
transmission.

(6)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to lock the right slat
transmission.

(7)

Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) in position below the Power Control Unit (PCU) (1).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-52-991-00100-B - Pressure-Off Brake)
Subtask 27-84-52-020-050-A
CAUTION :

A.

Removal of the Pressure-Off Brake

NOTE :

AES

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE SECOND
WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.

The removal procedure for the pressure-off brake at the valve block 25CV is given. The removal
procedure for the pressure-off brake at the valve block 26CV is almost the same. The differences in the
procedures are given.

27-84-52 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

(2)

AES

Remove the pressure-off brake (POB) (41) together with the hydraulic motor (7) and the block
assembly (23) from the differential gearbox (40).
(a)

Disconnect and remove the hydraulic lines (11) from the valve block assembly (23).

(b)

Remove and discard the tie wrap (9) and disconnect the seal drain line (10).

(c)

Disconnect and remove the case drain line (8) from the hydraulic motor (7).

(d)

Install the blanking caps on the open line ends (8),(10),(11).

(e)

Install the PLUG - BLANKING in the ports of the PCU (1).

(f)

Disconnect the electrical connector (22) from the valve block assembly (23).

(g)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors and receptacles.

(h)

Support the POB (41), the hydraulic motor (7) and the valve block assembly (23).

(i)

Remove the bolts (3) and the washers (2).

(j)

Remove the nuts (24) and the washers (25) from the studs (42).

(k)

Remove the POB (41) together with the hydraulic motor (7) and the valve block assembly (23).

Remove the POB (41) from the hydraulic motor (7) and the valve block assembly (23).
(a)

Remove the bolts (6) and the washers (5).

(b)

Carefully remove the hydraulic motor (7) and the POB (41) from the transfer tubes (14),(33) on
the valve block assembly (23).

(c)

Remove and discard the O-ring (4).

(3)

Remove and discard the O-rings (13),(20), the back-up rings (12),(15) and the locking rings (21) from
the transfer tubes (14).

(4)

Remove and discard the O-rings (32),(35), the back-up rings (31),(34) and the locking ring (30) from
the transfer tube (33).

27-84-52 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
1

A
Z734

Z744

B
FR43

40

B
41

2
3
4

34
35

42

34

33
31

21

31
32
9

8
30

15
10

11
14

25

20 15

24

11

23

13

14

22

12

12

N_MM_278452_4_AAP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-52-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Pressure-Off Brake

27-84-52 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-52-400-001-A
Installation of the Pressure-Off Brake of the Slat Power Control Unit
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

TIE WRAP

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 05-054
Material No: 06-001
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003

AES

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
ZINC POWDER
LUBRICANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

27-84-52 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Expendable Parts

4
21
12
15

FIG.ITEM
O-ring
locking rings
back-up rings
back-up rings

IPC-CSN
27-84-51-01-070
27-84-51-01-140
27-84-51-01-150
27-84-51-01-150

13

O-rings

27-84-51-01-160

20
30
31
34

O-rings
locking ring
back-up rings
back-up rings

27-84-51-01-160
27-84-51-01-180
27-84-51-01-190
27-84-51-01-190

32

O-rings

27-84-51-01-200

35

O-rings

27-84-51-01-200

D.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

27-00-00-080-002-A

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-52-991-00100-B - Pressure-Off Brake)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-52-991-00200-A - Pressure-Off Brake - Removal of Storage Parts)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-52-860-053-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are in the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at the opening of
the main door of the main gear.

(4)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

27-84-52 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(7)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed to
lock the left slat transmission.

(8)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed to
lock the right slat transmission.

(9)

Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position below the Power Control Unit (PCU) (1).

Subtask 27-84-52-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-52-991-00100-B - Pressure-Off Brake)
Subtask 27-84-52-910-052-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

(1)

Use a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and the CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to fully remove the anti-corrosion compound from:
. the mating faces of the POB
. the mating face of the hydraulic motor
. the mating face of the PCU.

(2)

Prepare a small quantity of a mixture of:

. 58 % of the zinc chromate putty SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) and
. 42 % of the zinc powder SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-054) .

(3)

Apply a quantity of the prepared mixture to:

. the mating faces of the POB
. the mating face of the hydraulic motor
. the mating face of the PCU.

(4)

Apply the LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-001) to the splined surfaces.

(5)

If installed, remove the screw, the protection cap and the packing from the replacement pressure-off
brake.
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-52-991-00200-A - Pressure-Off Brake - Removal of Storage Parts)

27-84-52 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-52-420-050-A
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH
A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

YOU MUST INSTALL HYDRAULIC TUBES WITH HYDRAULIC FLUID AS LUBRICANT.

CAUTION :

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE SECOND
WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.

B.

Installation of the Pressure-Off Brake

NOTE :

The installation procedure for the pressure-off brake at the valve block 25CV is given. The installation
procedure for the pressure-off brake at the valve block 26CV is almost the same. The differences in the
procedures are given.

(1)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up rings (12) , (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up rings (15)
and the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings (13) , (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings (20) and the new
(IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) locking rings (21) on the transfer tubes (14).

(2)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-ring (4) to the POB (41).

(3)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up rings (31) , (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up rings (34) ,
the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings (32) , (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings (35) and the new (IPCCSN 27-84-51-01) locking ring (30) on the transfer tube (33).

(4)

Install the transfer tubes (14),(33) in the valve block assembly (23).

(5)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the bolts (6).

(6)

Carefully install the hydraulic motor (7) on the transfer tubes (14) of the valve block assembly (23).

(7)

Carefully install the POB (41) on the transfer tube (33) of the valve block assembly (23).

(8)

Attach the POB (41) to the hydraulic motor (7) with the washers (5) and the bolts (6).

(9)

TORQUE the bolts (6) to between 0.87 and 0.96 M.DAN (76.99 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

(10) Install the POB (41), the hydraulic motor (7) and the valve block assembly (23).

AES

(a)

Install the POB (41), the hydraulic motor (7) and the valve block assembly (23) together to the
differential gearbox (40).

(b)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the studs (42) and to the
threads of the bolts (3).

(c)

Attach the POB (41) and the valve block assembly (23) to the differential gearbox (40) with:
. the washers (2),
. the bolts (3),
. the washers (25).

(d)

TORQUE the bolts (3) and the nuts (24) to between 1.40 and 1.54 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.36
LBF.FT).

27-84-52 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Connect the hydraulic lines.
(a)

Remove the blanking caps and the blanking plugs from the line ends (8),(10),(11) and from the
PCU (1).

(b)

Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.

(c)

Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the threads of the line end-fittings.

(d)

Connect the case drain line (8).

(e)

TORQUE the union nut of the case drain line (8) to between 1.5 and 1.7 M.DAN (11.06 and
12.54 LBF.FT).

(f)

Connect the seal drain line (10) and attach it with the new TIE WRAP (9).

(g)

Connect the hydraulic lines (11).

(h)

TORQUE the union nuts of the hydraulic lines (11) to between 5.4 and 5.9 M.DAN (39.82 and
43.51 LBF.FT).

(12) Connect the electrical connector.

(a)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector (22).

(b)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(c)

Connect the electrical connector (22) to the valve block assembly (23).

Subtask 27-84-52-860-051-A
C.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the right slat
transmission.

(2)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the left slat
transmission.

(3)

Pressurize the resevoirs of the Blue and the Green hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the level of the fluid in the relevant hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(5)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A) from the slat/flap control lever.

(6)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(7)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-84-52-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-52-710-050-A
E.

AES

Test
(1)

Do the operational test of the slat system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that there are no leaks and that no fluid comes out of the seal drain line (25).

27-84-52 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-52-860-052-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the level of the fluid in the relevant hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(2)

Remove the container from below the PCU (1).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-84-52-410-050-A
B.

AES

Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-84-52 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

PRESSUREOFF BRAKE

PACKING
PROTECTION CAP
SCREW

N_MM_278452_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-52-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Pressure-Off Brake - Removal of Storage Parts

27-84-52 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

VALVE BLOCK - SLAT PCU - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-53-000-001-A
Removal of the Valve Blocks of the Power Control Unit (Slat)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
NOTE :

The removal procedure for the valve block 25CV is given. The removal procedure for the valve block 26CV is
almost the same. The differences in the procedures are given.

FIN 25CV, 26CV

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

PLUG - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-001-A

AES

27-84-53 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
32-12-00-010-001-A

DESIGNATION
Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-53-991-00100-B - Valve Block)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-53-866-050-A
A.

Retraction of the Slats

(1)

Retract the slats to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

Subtask 27-84-53-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-53-010-050-A
C.

Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-53-860-050-A
D.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the opening of the main door
of the main gear.

(2)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized and put it in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001A).

(4)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(5)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to lock the left slat
transmission outboard of the bevel gearbox 6011CM (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(6)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to lock the right slat
transmission outboard of the bevel gearbox 6061CM (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(7)

Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) in position below the Power Control Unit (PCU) (1).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-53-991-00100-B - Valve Block)

AES

27-84-53 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-53-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Valve Block

CAUTION :

(1)

(2)

(3)

AES

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE
SECOND WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION
TOO MUCH.

You must remove the valve block assembly (23) together with the hydraulic motor (7) and the pressure
off brake (POB) (41) from the differential gearbox (40).
(a)

Disconnect the hydraulic lines (11).

(b)

Remove and discard the tie wrap (9) and disconnect the seal drain line (10).

(c)

Disconnect the case drain line (8).

(d)

Install the CAP - BLANKING on the open line ends (8),(9),(10).

(e)

Install the PLUG - BLANKING in the ports of the PCU (1).

(f)

Disconnect the electrical connector (22) from the valve block assembly (23).

(g)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(h)

Remove the bolts (3) and the washers (2).

(i)

Support the POB (41), the valve block assembly (23) and the hydraulic motor (7).

(j)

Remove the nuts (24) and the washers (25) from the studs (42).

(k)

Remove the valve block assembly (23) together with the POB (41) and the hydraulic motor (7).

Remove the valve block assembly (23) from the POB (41) and the hydraulic motor (7).
(a)

Remove the bolts (6) and the washer (5) from the hydraulic motor (7).

(b)

Carefully remove the hydraulic motor (7) from the POB (41) and from the transfer tubes (14) on
the valve block assembly (23).

(c)

Remove and discard the O-ring (4).

(d)

Carefully remove the POB from the transfer tube (33) on the valve block assembly (23).

Remove the transfer tubes (14),(33) from the valve block assembly (23).
(a)

Remove and discard the O-rings (13),(35) and the back-up rings (12),(34) from the transfer tubes
(14),(33).

(b)

Remove and discard the locking rings (21),(30) which safety the transfer tubes (14),(33).

(c)

Remove the transfer tubes (14),(33) from the valve block assembly (23).

(d)

Remove and discard the back-up rings (15),(31) and the O-rings (20),(32) from the transfer tubes
(14),(33).

27-84-53 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
1

Z734

Z744

B
FR43

40

B
41

2
3
4

34
35

42

34

33
31

21

31
32
9

8
30

15
10

11
14

25

20 15

24

11

23

13

14

22

12

12

N_MM_278453_4_AAP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-53-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Valve Block

27-84-53 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-53-400-001-A
Installation of the Valve Blocks of the Power Control Unit (Slat)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
NOTE :

The installation procedure for the valve block 25CV is given. The installation procedure for the valve block 26CV is
almost the same. The differences in the procedures are given.

FIN 25CV, 26CV

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

1
AR

CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT

TIE WRAP

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 05-054
Material No: 06-001
Material No: 11-026

AES

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
ZINC POWDER
LUBRICANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE

27-84-53 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Expendable Parts

4
30
12
15

FIG.ITEM
O-ring
locking rings
back-up rings
back-up rings

IPC-CSN
27-84-51-01-070
27-84-51-01-140
27-84-51-01-150
27-84-51-01-150

13

O-rings

27-84-51-01-160

20
21
31
34

O-rings
locking rings
back-up ring
back-up ring

27-84-51-01-160
27-84-51-01-180
27-84-51-01-190
27-84-51-01-190

32

O-rings

27-84-51-01-200

35

O-rings

27-84-51-01-200

D.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

27-00-00-080-002-A

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-53-991-00100-B - Valve Block)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-53-860-055-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are in the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at the opening of
the main door of the main gear.

(4)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

27-84-53 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(7)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed to
lock the left slat transmission.

(8)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed to
lock the right slat transmission.

(9)

Make sure that a CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT is in position below the Power
Control Unit (PCU) (1).

Subtask 27-84-53-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-53-991-00100-B - Valve Block)
Subtask 27-84-53-860-054-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) and fully remove the anti-corrosion compound from:
. the contact surface of the hydraulic motor,
. the contact surfaces of the POB,
. the contact surface of the PCU.

(4)

Prepare a small quantity of a mixture of 58 % SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) and 42 %
SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-054) .

(5)

Apply a quantity of the prepared mixture to:

. the contact surface of the hydraulic motor,
. the contact surfaces of the POB,
. the contact surface of the PCU.

(6)

Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-001) to the splined surfaces.

(7)

Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the O-rings (4),(13),(20),(32),(35).

27-84-53 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-53-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Valve Block

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE
SECOND WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION
TOO MUCH.

CAUTION :

YOU MUST INSTALL HYDRAULIC TUBES WITH HYDRAULIC FLUID AS LUBRICANT.

(1)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up rings (12) , (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up rings (15)
and the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings (13) , (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings (20) on the transfer
tubes (14).

(2)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-ring (4) on the POB (41).

(3)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings (32) , (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings (35) the new
(IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up ring (31) , (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up ring (34) on the transfer
tube (33).

(4)

Put the end of the transfer tubes (33), (14) with the back-up rings (15), (31) and the O-rings (20), (32)
in their related holes in the valve block assembly (23).

(5)

Safety the transfer tubes (14), (33) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) locking rings (21) / (IPC-CSN
27-84-51-01) locking rings (30)

(6)

Install the valve block assembly (23) with the hydraulic motor (7) and the POB (41).
NOTE :

(7)

AES

You must install the valve block assembly (23) together with the POB (41) and the hydraulic
motor (7).

(a)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the bolts (6).

(b)

Carefully install the hydraulic motor (7) on the transfer tubes (14) of the valve block assembly
(23).

(c)

Carefully install the POB (41) on the transfer tube (33).

(d)

Attach the POB (41) to the hydraulic motor (7) with the washers (5) and the bolts (6).

(e)

TORQUE the bolts (6) to between 0.87 and 0.96 M.DAN (76.99 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

Install the valve block assembly (23) with the POB (41) and the hydraulic motor (7).
(a)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the studs (42) and to the
threads of the bolts (3).

(b)

Install the valve block assembly (23), the hydraulic motor (7) and the POB (41) together to the
differential gearbox (40).

27-84-53 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

Attach the POB (41), the hydraulic motor (7) and the valve block assembly (23) to the
differential gearbox (40) with:
. the washers (2),
. the bolts (3),
. the washers (25),
. the nuts (24).

(d)

TORQUE the bolts (3) and the nuts (24) to between 1.40 and 1.54 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.36
LBF.FT).

(8)

Do
.
.
.

a bonding test between the main bonding point of the power control unit and the:
POB flange,
hydraulic motor flange,
valve block assembly flange.
The resistance must not be more than 20 milliohms.

(9)

Connect the hydraulic lines.

(a)

Remove the blanking caps from the line ends (8),(10),(11).

(b)

Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.

(c)

Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the threads of the line end-fittings.

(d)

Remove the blanking plugs from the PCU (1).

(e)

Connect the seal drain line (10) and attach it with the new TIE WRAP (9).

(f)

Connect the case drain line (8).

(g)

TORQUE the union nut of the case drain line (8) to between 1.5 and 1.7 M.DAN (11.06 and
12.54 LBF.FT).

(h)

Connect the hydraulic lines (11).

(i)

TORQUE the union nuts of the hydraulic lines (11) to between 5.4 and 5.9 M.DAN (39.82 and
43.51 LBF.FT).

(10) Connect the electrical connector (22).

(a)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (22).

(b)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(c)

Connect the electrical connector (22) to the valve block assembly (23).

Subtask 27-84-53-860-053-A
C.

AES

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the right slat
transmission (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(2)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the left slat
transmission (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(3)

Pressurize the reservoirs of the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the level of fluid in the relevant hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(5)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A) from the slat/flap control lever.

(6)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(7)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-84-53 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-53-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-53-710-050-A
E.

5.

Test
(1)

Do the operational test of the slat system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that there are no leaks and that no fluid comes out of the seal drain line.

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-53-860-056-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the level of the fluid in the relevant hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(2)

Remove the container from below the PCU (1).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-84-53-410-050-A
B.

AES

Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-84-53 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-53-000-002-A
Removal of the Solenoid Valves of the Power Control Unit (Slat)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
NOTE :

1.

The removal procedure for the retract solenoid valve of the valve block 25CV is given. The removal procedure for
the extend solenoid valve, the brake solenoid valve and the solenoid valves of the valve block 26CV are almost the
same. The differences in the procedures are given.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-53-991-00200-B - Solenoid Valve)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-53-866-051-A
A.

AES

Retraction of the Slats

(1)

Retract the slats to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

27-84-53 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-53-865-053-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-53-010-051-A
C.

Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-53-860-051-A
D.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the opening of the main door
of the main gear.

(2)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration. (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001A).

(4)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(5)

Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) in position below the valve block (12).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-53-991-00200-B - Solenoid Valve)
Subtask 27-84-53-020-051-B
A.

Removal of the Solenoid Valve

CAUTION :

AES

DO NOT INSTALL THE REMOVED SOLENOID VALVES WITH THE PARTNUMBER

903A0000-01 ON THE WING TIP BRAKE. THIS CAN CAUSE MALFUNCTION OF THE WING
TIP BRAKE.

(1)

Remove the bolts (4) and the washers (5).

(2)

Install one of the bolts (4) in hole A in the solenoid valve (1).

(3)

Use this bolt and carefully remove the solenoid valve (1) from the valve block (12).

(4)

Remove the bolt (4) from the hole in the solenoid valve (1).

(5)

Remove and discard the O-rings (9),(10),(15),(16) and the back-up rings (7),(6) from the solenoid valve
(1).

27-84-53 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
Z734

Z744

FR43
Z147/148

B
VALVE BLOCK
25CV

VALVE BLOCK
26CV

ENABLE (BRAKE)
SOLENOID VALVE
12

EXTEND
SOLENOID
VALVE
9

RETRACT
SOLENOID
VALVE

10
16
7
15
6

HOLE "A"
5
4

N_MM_278453_4_ACP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-53-991-00200-B SHEET 1

Solenoid Valve

27-84-53 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-53-400-002-A
Installation of the Solenoid Valves of the Power Control Unit (Slat)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
NOTE :

1.

The installation procedure for the retract solenoid valve of the valve block 25CV is specified. The installation
procedure for the extend solenoid valve, the brake solenoid valve and the solenoid valves of the valve block 26CV
are almost the same. If there are differences in the procedures, they are specified.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27803000000
B.

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003
C.

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
10

O-ring

IPC-CSN
27-84-53-01-100

9
7
6

O-ring
back-up ring
back-up ring

27-84-53-01-110
27-84-53-01-120
27-84-53-01-130

16

O-ring

27-84-53-01-140

15

O-ring

27-84-53-01-150

AES

DESIGNATION

27-84-53 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

27-00-00-080-002-A

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-53-991-00200-B - Solenoid Valve)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-53-860-057-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are in the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at the opening of
the main door of the main gear.

(4)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(7)

Make sure that a CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT is in position below the Power
Control Unit (PCU) (1).

Subtask 27-84-53-865-054-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-53-991-00200-B - Solenoid Valve)

AES

27-84-53 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-53-420-051-A
A.

Installation of the Solenoid Valve.

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-53-01) back-up ring (6)
, the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-53-01) back-up ring (7) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-53-01) O-ring (9) .

(4)

Install the new back-up rings (6),(7) and the new O-rings (9).

(5)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-53-01) O-ring (10) , the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-53-01) O-ring (15) and
the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-53-01) O-ring (16) on the solenoid valve (1).

(6)

Carefully install the solenoid valve (1) to the valve block (12).

(7)

Install the washers (5) and the bolts (4).

(8)

TORQUE the bolts (4) to between 0.25 and 0.27 M.DAN (22.12 and 23.89 LBF.IN).

Subtask 27-84-53-860-059-A
B.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Pressurize the reservoirs of the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that the level of the fluid in the relevant hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A), (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(3)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A) from the slat/flap control lever.

(4)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(5)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-84-53-865-055-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-53-710-051-A
D.

5.

Test
(1)

Do the operational test of the slat system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Examine the solenoid valve and make sure that there are no leaks.

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-53-860-058-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the level of the fluid in the relevant hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A), (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(2)

Remove the container from below the valve block (12).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-84-53 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-53-410-051-A
B.

AES

Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-84-53 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-53-000-003-A
Removal of the Filters of the Valve Blocks
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
NOTE :
1.

The removal procedure for the filter of the valve block 26CV is specified. The removal procedure for the filter of
the valve block 25CV is almost the same. If there are differences in the procedures, they are specified.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-53-991-00300-B - Filter)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-53-865-056-A
A.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-84-53 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-53-010-052-A
B.

Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-53-860-052-A
C.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

(2)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the opening of the main gear
main door.

(3)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenace configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(4)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001A).

(5)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic

(6)

Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) in position below the valve block (1).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-53-991-00300-B - Filter)
Subtask 27-84-53-020-052-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Filter.

(1)

Cut, remove and discard the lockwire.

(2)

Remove the filter (3) from the valve block (1).

(3)

Remove and discard the O-ring (2) from the filter (3).

27-84-53 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
FR43

Z734

A
Z744

A
Z147/148

VALVE BLOCK
1

25CV

VALVE BLOCK
26CV

N_MM_278453_4_AEP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-53-991-00300-B SHEET 1

Filter

27-84-53 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-53-400-003-A
Installation of the Filters of the Valve Blocks
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
NOTE :
1.

The installation procedure for the filter of the valve block 26CV is specified. The installation procedure for the filter
of the valve block 25CV is almost the same. If there are differences in the procedures, they are specified.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27803000000
B.

No specific

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel dia 0.6 mm (0.24 in.)

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
2

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003

C.

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-84-53-01-060

O-ring
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

27-00-00-080-002-A

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

AES

27-84-53 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

DESIGNATION
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

32-12-00-410-001-A

Close the Main Gear Doors after Access

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-53-860-061-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

(2)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at the opening of
the main door of the main gear.

(3)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the the reservoirs of the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref.
TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(6)

Make sure that a CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT is in position below the Power
Control Unit (PCU) (1).

Subtask 27-84-53-865-057-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-84-53-420-052-A
A.

AES

Installation of the Filter

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-53-01) O-ring (2) and
to the threads of the filter (3).

(4)

Install the new O-ring (2) on the filter (3).

(5)

Install the filter (3) complete with the O-ring (2) in the valve block (1).

(6)

Torque the filter (3) to between 4.0 and 4.5 M.DAN (29.50 and 33.19 LBF.FT).

(7)

Safety the filter (3) with the lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel dia 0.6 mm (0.24 in.).

27-84-53 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-53-860-063-A
B.

Prepraration for the Test

(1)

Pressurize the reservoirs of the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that the level of the fluid in the relevant hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(3)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A) from the slat/flap control lever.

(4)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(5)

Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 27-84-53-865-058-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-53-710-052-A
D.

5.

Test
(1)

Do the operational test of the slat system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Examine the filter (3) and make sure that there are no leaks.

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-53-860-062-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the level of the fluid in the relevant hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(2)

Remove the container from below the valve block (1).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-84-53-410-052-A
B.

AES

Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-84-53 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

MOTOR - HYDRAULIC, SLAT PCU - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-54-000-001-A
Removal of the Hydraulic Motor of the Slat Power Control Unit with the Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve Block
Assembly
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-54-000-002-A

Removal of the Hydraulic Motor of the Slat Power Control Unit without the
Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve Block Assembly

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-54-991-00100-B - Hydraulic Motor)

AES

27-84-54 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-54-866-050-A
A.

Retraction of the Slats

(1)

Retract the slats to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

Subtask 27-84-54-865-052-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-54-010-050-A
C.

Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-54-860-050-A
D.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the opening of the main door
of the main gear.

(2)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized and put it in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001A).

(4)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(5)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to lock the left slat
transmission.

(6)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to lock the right slat
transmission.

(7)

Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) in position below the Power Control Unit (PCU) (1).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-54-991-00100-B - Hydraulic Motor)
Subtask 27-84-54-020-050-A
CAUTION :

A.

Removal of the Hydraulic Motor

NOTE :

AES

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE SECOND
WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.

The removal procedure for the hydraulic motor which is attached to the valve block 25CV is given. The
removal procedure for the hydraulic motor which is attached to the valve block 26CV is almost the
same. The differences in the procedures are given in the steps that follow.

27-84-54 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

(2)

AES

This procedure gives the removal procedure of the hydraulic motor (7) with the pressure-off brake
(POB) (41) and the valve block assembly (23) from the differential gear box (40). If it is necessary to
remove only the hydraulic motor (7), refer to (Ref. TASK 27-84-54-000-002-A).
(a)

Disconnect the case drain line (8) from the hydraulic motor (7).

(b)

Disconnect the hydraulic lines (11) from the valve block assembly (23).

(c)

Remove the tie wrap (9) and disconnect the seal drain line (10) from the POB (41).

(d)

Install the CAP - BLANKING on the open line ends (8),(10),(11).

(e)

Install the blanking plugs in the ports of the PCU (1).

(f)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (22) from the valve block assembly (23).

(g)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (22) and receptacles.

(h)

Remove the bolts (3) and the washers (2).

(i)

Support the hydraulic motor (7), the POB (41) and the valve block assembly (23).

(j)

Remove the nuts (24) and the washers (25) from the studs (42).

(k)

Remove the hydraulic motor (7) with the POB (41) and the valve block assembly (23).

Remove the hydraulic motor (7) from the valve block assembly (23) and the POB (41).
(a)

Remove the bolts (6) and the washers (5).

(b)

Carefully remove the hydraulic motor (7) from the POB (41) and from the transfer tubes (14) on
the valve block assembly (23).

(c)

Remove and discard the O-ring (4).

(d)

Carefully remove the POB (41) from the transfer tube (33).

(3)

Remove and discard the O-rings (13),(35) and the back-up rings (12),(34) from the transfer tubes (11).

(4)

Remove and discard the (21),(30) from the transfer tubes (14),(33).

(5)

Remove the transfer tubes (14),(33) from the valve block assembly (23).

(6)

Remove and discard the back-up rings (15),(31) and the O-rings (20),(32) from the transfer tubes
(14),(33).

27-84-54 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
Z734

B
Z744

FR43

40

B
41

2
3
4

34
35

42

34

33
31

21

31
32
9

8
30

15
10

11
14

25

20 15

24

11

23

13

14

22

12

12

N_MM_278454_4_AAP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-54-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Hydraulic Motor

27-84-54 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-54-400-001-A
Installation of the Hydraulic Motor of the Slat Power Control Unit with the Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve Block
Assembly
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

CONTAINER 20 L (5,3 USGAL) - OIL RESISTANT

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 05-054
Material No: 06-001A
Material No: 11-026
C.

AES

HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
ZINC POWDER
LUBRICANTS
SOLID FILM LUBRICANT AIR DRYING
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
4
21

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
O-ring
locking rings

IPC-CSN
27-84-51-01-070
27-84-51-01-140

27-84-54 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

12
15

FIG.ITEM
back-up rings
back-up rings

IPC-CSN
27-84-51-01-150
27-84-51-01-150

13

O-rings

27-84-51-01-160

20
30
31
34

O-rings
locking rings
back-up rings
back-up rings

27-84-51-01-160
27-84-51-01-180
27-84-51-01-190
27-84-51-01-190

32

O-rings

27-84-51-01-200

35

O-rings

27-84-51-01-200

D.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

27-00-00-080-002-A

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

27-84-54-400-002-A

Installation of the Hydraulic Motor of the Slat Power Control Unit without the
Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve Block Assembly

29-00-00-864-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-001-A
29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-54-991-00100-B - Hydraulic Motor)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-54-860-053-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are in the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at the opening of
the main door of the main gear.

(4)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

27-84-54 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(7)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed to
lock the left slat transmission.

(8)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed to
lock the right slat transmission.

(9)

Make sure that a is in position below the Power Control Unit (PCU) (1). CONTAINER 20 L (5,3
USGAL) - OIL RESISTANT

Subtask 27-84-54-865-050-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-54-991-00100-B - Hydraulic Motor)
Subtask 27-84-54-910-052-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

AES

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) and fully remove the anti-corrosion compound from:
. the contact faces of the POB (41),
. the contact face of the hydraulic motor (7),
. the contact face of the PCU (1).

(4)

Prepare a small quantity of a mixture of 58 % SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) and 42 %
SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-054) .

(5)

Apply a quantity of the prepared mixture to:

. the contact faces of the POB (41),
. the contact face of the hydraulic motor (7),
. the contact face of the PCU (1).

(6)

Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-001A) to the splined surfaces.

27-84-54 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-54-420-051-A
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH
A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

YOU MUST INSTALL HYDRAULIC TUBES WITH HYDRAULIC FLUID AS LUBRICANT.

CAUTION :

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE SECOND
WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.

B.

Installation of the Hydraulic Motor

NOTE :

(1)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up rings (12) , (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up rings (15)
and the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings (13) , (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings (20) on the transfer
tubes (14).

(2)

Install the (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-ring (4) to the POB (41).

(3)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up rings (31) , (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up rings (34)
and the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings (32) , (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings (35) on the transfer
tube (33).

(4)

Put the transfer tubes (14),(33) in their related holes in the valve block assembly (23).

(5)

Safety the transfer tubes (14),(33) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) locking rings (21) and the
(IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) locking rings (30) .

(6)

This procedure gives the installation procedure of the hydraulic motor (7) with the POB (41) and the
valve block assembly (23) to the differential gear box (40). If it is necessary to install only the hydraulic
motor (7), refer to (Ref. TASK 27-84-54-400-002-A).

(7)

Install the hydraulic motor (7) with the POB (41) on the valve block assembly (23).

(8)

(a)

Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the bolts (6).

(b)

Carefully install the hydraulic motor (7) on the transfer tubes (14) on the valve block assembly
(23).

(c)

Carefully install the POB (41) on the transfer tube (33).

(d)

Attach the hydraulic motor (7) to the POB (41) with the washers (5) and the bolts (6).

(e)

TORQUE the bolts (6) to between 0.87 and 0.96 M.DAN (76.99 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

Install the hydraulic motor (7) with the POB (41) and the valve block assembly (23).
(a)

AES

The installation procedure for the hydraulic motor which is attached to the valve block 25CV is given.
The installation procedure for the hydraulic motor which is attached to the valve block 26CV is almost
the same. The differences in the procedures are given in the worksteps that follow.

Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the studs (42) and to
the threads of the bolts (3).

27-84-54 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(9)

(b)

Install the hydraulic motor (7), the POB (41) and the valve block assembly (23) to the differential
gearbox (40).

(c)

Attach the POB (41) and the valve block assembly (23) to the differential gearbox (40) with:
. the washers (2)
. the bolts (3)
. the washers (25)
. the nuts (24).

(d)

TORQUE the bolts (3) and the nuts (24) to between 1.40 and 1.54 M.DAN (10.32 and 11.36
LBF.FT).

Do
.
.
.

a bonding test between the main bonding point of the power control unit and the:
POB flange
hydraulic motor flange
valve block assembly flange.
The resistance must not be more than 20 milliohms.

(10) Connect the hydraulic lines.

(a)

Remove the blanking caps from the line ends (8),(10),(11).

(b)

Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.

(c)

Apply the HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the threads of the line end-fittings.

(d)

Remove the blanking plugs from the PCU (1).

(e)

Connect the case drain line (8) to the hydraulic motor (7).

(f)

TORQUE the union nut of the case drain line (8) to between 1.5 and 1.7 M.DAN (11.06 and
12.54 LBF.FT).

(g)

Connect the seal drain line (10) with the new tie wrap (9) to the POB (11).

(h)

Connect the hydraulic lines (11).

(i)

TORQUE the union nuts of the hydraulic lines (11) to between 5.4 and 5.9 M.DAN (39.82 and
43.51 LBF.FT).

(11) Connect the electrical connector (22).

(a)

Remove the blanking cap from the electrical connector (22).

(b)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(c)

Connect the electrical connector (22) to the valve block assembly (23).

Subtask 27-84-54-860-051-A
C.

AES

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the right slat
transmission.

(2)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the left slat
transmission.

(3)

Pressurize the reservoirs of the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

(4)

Pressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(5)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A) from the slat/flap control lever.

(6)

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-84-54 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-84-54-865-051-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-54-710-050-A
E.

5.

Test
(1)

Do the operational test of the slat system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that there are no leaks and that no fluid comes out of the seal drain line (14).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-54-860-052-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the level of fluid in the relevant hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(2)

Remove the container from below the PCU (1).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-84-54-410-050-A
B.

AES

Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-84-54 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-54-000-002-A
Removal of the Hydraulic Motor of the Slat Power Control Unit without the Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve Block
Assembly
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific

No specific

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

CAP - BLANKING

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

29-00-00-864-001-A
29-14-00-614-001-A

Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before

Maintenance Action
Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-54-991-00200-B - Hydraulic Motor)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-54-866-051-A
A.

Retraction of the Slats

(1)

Retract the slats to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

Subtask 27-84-54-865-053-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-54-010-051-A
C.

AES

Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

27-84-54 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-54-860-054-A
D.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the main door of the main gear.

(2)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized and put in the maintenance
configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001A).

(4)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(5)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to lock the left slat
transmission.

(6)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to lock the right slat
transmission.

(7)

Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) in position below the hydraulic motor (5).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-54-991-00200-B - Hydraulic Motor)
Subtask 27-84-54-020-051-A
CAUTION :

A.

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE SECOND
WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.

Removal of the Hydraulic Motor

NOTE :

AES

The removal procedure for the hydraulic motor which is attached to the valve block 25CV is given. The
removal procedure for the hydraulic motor which is attached to the valve block 26CV is almost the
same. The differences in the procedures are given in the steps that follow.

(1)

Disconnect the case drain line (4) from the hydraulic motor (5).

(2)

Install the CAP - BLANKING on the open line ends (4).

(3)

Remove the bolts (3) and the washers (2).

(4)

Carefully remove the hydraulic motor (5) from the POB (9) and from the transfer tubes (8).

(5)

Remove and discard the O-ring (1).

(6)

Remove and discard the O-rings (7) and the back-up rings (6) from the transfer tubes (8).

27-84-54 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z734

Z744

FR43

B
1

2
3

6
7
6

5
N_MM_278454_4_ACP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-54-991-00200-B SHEET 1

Hydraulic Motor

27-84-54 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-54-400-002-A
Installation of the Hydraulic Motor of the Slat Power Control Unit without the Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve Block
Assembly
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

No specific

CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 05-054
Material No: 06-001A
Material No: 11-026
C.

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
ZINC POWDER
LUBRICANTS
SOLID FILM LUBRICANT AIR DRYING
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE

Expendable Parts

1
6

FIG.ITEM
O-ring
back-up rings

IPC-CSN
27-84-51-01-070
27-84-51-01-150

O-rings

27-84-51-01-160

D.

DESIGNATION

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
12-12-29-611-001-A

DESIGNATION
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002-A

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

27-00-00-080-002-A

Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-00-00-480-002-A

Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

AES

27-84-54 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-00-00-864-001-A
29-10-00-863-001-A

DESIGNATION
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-54-991-00200-B - Hydraulic Motor)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-54-860-055-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are in the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A) on the slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the opening of the main door of
the main gear.

(4)

Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic
systems.

(7)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed to
lock the left slat transmission.

(8)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed to
lock the right slat transmission.

(9)

Make sure that a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) is in position below the hydraulic motor (5).

Subtask 27-84-54-865-054-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-54-991-00200-B - Hydraulic Motor)

AES

27-84-54 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-54-910-053-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Use the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) and fully remove the anti-corrosion compound
from:
. the mating face of the POB (9)
. the mating face of the hydraulic motor (5).

(4)

Prepare a small quantity of a mixture of 58 % of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) and
42 % of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-054) .

(5)

Apply a quantity of the prepared mixture to:

. the mating face of the POB (9)
. the mating face of the hydraulic motor (5).

(6)

Apply the LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-001A) to the splined surfaces.

Subtask 27-84-54-420-052-A
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH
A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

YOU MUST INSTALL HYDRAULIC TUBES WITH HYDRAULIC FLUID AS LUBRICANT.

CAUTION :

USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU

DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE SECOND
WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.

B.

Installation of the Hydraulic Motor

NOTE :

AES

The installation procedure for the hydraulic motor which is attached to the valve block 25CV is given.
The installation procedure for the hydraulic motor which is attached to the valve block 26CV is almost
the same. The differences in the procedures are given in the steps that follow.

27-84-54 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) back-up rings (6) and the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-rings
(7) on the transfer tubes (8).

(2)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-51-01) O-ring (1) on the POB (9).
(a)

Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the bolts (3).

(b)

Engage the splines on the shaft of the POB (9) with those in the hydraulic motor (5).

(c)

Carefully install the hydraulic motor (5) on the transfer tubes (8) on the Pressure-Off Brake
(POB) (9).

(d)

Attach the hydraulic motor (5) to the POB (9) with the washers (2) and the bolts (3).

(e)

TORQUE the bolts (3) to between 0.87 and 0.96 M.DAN (76.99 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

(3)

Do
.
.
.

a bonding test between the main bonding point of the power control unit and the:
POB flange
hydraulic motor flange
valve block assembly flange.
The resistance must not be more than 20 milliohms.

(4)

Connect the hydraulic lines.

(a)

Remove the blanking caps from the line ends (4).

(b)

Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.

(c)

Apply the HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No: 02-003) to the threads of the line end-fittings.

(d)

Remove the blanking plugs from the hydraulic motor (5).

(e)

Connect the case drain line (4) to the hydraulic motor (5).

(f)

TORQUE the union nut of the case drain line (4) to between 1.5 and 1.7 M.DAN (11.06 and
12.54 LBF.FT).

(g)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

Subtask 27-84-54-860-056-A
C.

AES

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the right slat
transmission.

(2)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) from the left slat
transmission.

(3)

Pressurize the reservoirs of the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

(4)

Pressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(5)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK
27-00-00-080-002-A) from the slat/flap control lever.

(6)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(7)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-84-54 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-54-865-055-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-54-710-051-A
E.

5.

Test
(1)

Do the operational test of the slat system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that there are no leaks.

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-54-860-057-A
A.

Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)

Make sure that the level of fluid in the relevant hydraulic reservoir is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002-A).

(2)

Remove the container from below the hydraulic motor (5).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-84-54-410-051-A
B.

AES

Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-84-54 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TRACK - SLAT 1 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-61-000-001-A
Removal of the Slat Tracks 1 thru 4
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27804014000

TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (TRACKS 1, 2, 3, AND 4)

B.

DESIGNATION

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

521AB, 521BB, 521CB, 521EB,

621AB, 621BB, 621CB, 621EB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-84-48-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Type A Actuators

27-84-63-000-001-A
27-84-69-000-001-A

Removal of the No. 1 Slat

Removal of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

57-41-37-000-004-A
Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels
57-41-37-000-005-A
Removal of the NACA Duct Panel
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00100-A - No. 1 Slat - Location and Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00100-A - No. 1 Slat - Location and Detail)
Subtask 27-84-61-941-055-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

AES

Put the safety barriers in position.

27-84-61 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-61-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the flap and
slat control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-84-61-865-060-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-84-61-010-052-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Remove the applicable closing plate(s) (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-000-001-A).

(2)

Remove the Slat 1 (Ref. TASK 27-84-63-000-001-A).

(3)

Remove the applicable access panels:

. for the left wing, remove the panels 521AB 521BB 521CB 521EB
. for the right wing, remove the panels 621AB 621BB 621CB 621EB
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-004-A) and (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-005-A).

(4)

For the tracks 2 and 3, remove the applicable actuator (Ref. TASK 27-84-48-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00100-A - No. 1 Slat - Location and Detail)
Subtask 27-84-61-020-053-A
A.

Removal of the Slat Tracks 1 thru 4

NOTE :

AES

When slat tracks 1 and 4 are made it can be necessary to install spacers in the main channel. This is to
get the correct tolerance. The number of spacers installed in a track can be between zero and four. If
spacers are installed, do not remove them when you remove the track.

(1)

Install the TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (TRACKS 1, 2, 3, AND 4) (98D27804014000) (2) through the
guide (3) on the applicable track (1):
. on the LH wing, install the TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (2) on the inboard side of the track
. on the RH wing, install the TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (2) on the outboard side of the track.

(2)

Push the TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (2) against the rear stop (4) to disengage it from the track stop.

(3)

Pull the track (1) from its installed position and remove it.

(4)

Remove the TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (TRACKS 1, 2, 3, AND 4) (98D27804014000) (2) from the
track (1).

27-84-61 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z511(611)
521AB
(621AB)

521BB
(621BB)

521CB
(621CB)

TRACK 1

521EB
(621EB)
TRACK 2
TRACK 3
TRACK 4

TRACK 1

TRACK 2

A
B
TRACK 3

D
TRACK 4

C
B

No 1 SLAT

C
D

1
2
3

N_MM_278461_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-61-991-00100-A SHEET 1

No. 1 Slat - Location and Detail

27-84-61 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-61-400-004-A
Installation of the Slat Tracks 1 thru 4
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR GAGE - SPRING

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27804014000

TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (TRACKS 1, 2, 3, AND 4)

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 04-024
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-005
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. GREASE FOR FLAP & SLAT MECHANISM
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

521AB, 521BB, 521CB, 521EB,

621AB, 621BB, 621CB, 621EB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-869-002-A
20-28-00-912-001-A

AES

DESIGNATION
Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values
Electrical Bonding of Components with Rivets

27-84-61 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-84-48-000-001-A

Removal of the Type A Actuators

27-84-48-400-001-A

Installation of the Type A Actuators

27-84-63-000-001-A
27-84-68-400-001-A

Removal of the No. 1 Slat

Installation of the Slat-Track Pinion Assembly

27-84-69-000-001-A

Removal of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

27-84-69-400-001-A

Installation of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

32-00-00-481-001-A

Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gears

57-41-37-000-004-A
57-41-37-000-005-A
57-41-37-400-002-A
57-41-37-400-005-A
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00300-D - Side

Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels

Removal of the NACA Duct Panel
Installation of the Pressure-Relief Panels
Installation of the NACA Duct Panel
Roller and Vertical Roller - Location and Detail)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00400-A - Slat-Track Clearances)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00200-A - Slat-Track End-Stop - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00200-B - Slat-Track End-Stop - Location and Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-61-941-058-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001A).

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-61-860-054-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Make sure that the applicable closing plates have been removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-000-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the Slat 1 has been removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-63-000-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the applicable access panels are removed:

. for the left wing, 521AB 521BB 521CB 521EB
. for the right wing, 621AB 621BB 621CB 621EB
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-004-A) and (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-005-A).

(5)

For the tracks 2 and 3, make sure that the applicable actuator has been removed (Ref. TASK
27-84-48-000-001-A).

27-84-61 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-61-865-063-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00300-D - Side Roller and Vertical Roller - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00400-A - Slat-Track Clearances)
Subtask 27-84-61-280-051-A
A.

Pre Installation Checks

NOTE :

When slat tracks 1 and 4 are made it can be necessary to install spacers in the main channel. This is to
get the correct tolerance. The number of spacers installed in a track can be between zero and four.

(1)

Do a friction check on the applicable pinion(s) with a GAGE - SPRING (Ref. TASK 27-84-68-400-001A).

(2)

For track 1, prepare the track for electrical bonding (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-61-420-063-A
B.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 27-84-61-420-067-C
C.

Installation of the Slat Tracks 1 thru 4

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00300-D - Side Roller and Vertical Roller - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00400-A - Slat-Track Clearances)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

AES

Put the TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (TRACKS 1, 2, 3, AND 4) (98D27804014000) (2) through the guide
(3) on the applicable track (1):
. on the LH wing, install the TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (2) on the inboard side of the track
. on the RH wing, install the TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (2) on the outboard side of the track.

27-84-61 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Push and hold the rear stop (4) away from its locked position. Install the track (1) into its correct
location.

(3)

Release the rear stop (4) and make sure that it is correctly engaged in its locked position.

(4)

Remove the TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (TRACKS 1, 2, 3, AND 4) (98D27804014000) (2) from the
track (1).

(5)

For track 1, do the electrical bonding test (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002-A).

(6)

Do a check of the position of the side-rollers at the track:

(a)

(7)

Move the applicable track (1) through its full range of travel and make sure that:
. for tracks 1, 2 and 3, the side-rollers (25) touch the track (1) at some point of its travel
. the points that touch do not stop the smooth travel of the track (1)
. for track 4, the forward side-rollers (25) have a clearance (DIM. X) of between 1.25 mm
(0.0492 in.) and 1.45 mm (0.0571 in.) at their nearest point to the track (1).

If necessary, adjust the non-datum side-rollers (25):

NOTE :

The non-datum side-rollers are those installed on the:

. outboard rib for the left wing
. inboard rib for the right wing.

(a)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (26).

(b)

Remove the bolts (26), the side-roller(s) (25) and the shims (27).

(c)

Adjust the thickness of the shims (27):

. to reduce the friction, increase the thickness of the shims (27) as necessary
. to make the side-rollers (25) touch the track (1) at some point of its travel, decrease the
thickness of the shims (27) as necessary.

(d)

On the track 1, prepare the side-rollers (25) for electrical bonding (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004A).

(e)

On the tracks 2, 3 and 4, apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or
COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the side-rollers (25) and the shims (27).

(f)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the
shanks of the bolts (26).

(g)

Put the shims (27) and the side-rollers (25) in position and install them with the bolts (26).

(h)

Do the procedure again, as necessary, until the adjustment of the side-roller(s) (25) is correct.

(8)

Safety the bolts (26) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010)
.

(9)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (26) and the shims
(27).

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-84-61-220-105-B
D.

Positional Check of the Top, Forward Vertical-Roller at the Track

(1)

AES

Move the applicable track (1) through its full range of travel and make sure that:
. the smooth travel of the track (1) is not stopped by points that touch between the track (1) and
the vertical roller (32)
. the DIM. Z between the track (1) and the top, forward, vertical-roller (32) is not more than 0.20
mm (0.0079 in.).

27-84-61 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-61-820-067-C
E.

Adjustment of the Top, Forward Vertical-Roller

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00300-D - Side Roller and Vertical Roller - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00400-A - Slat-Track Clearances)
(1)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (28).

(2)

Remove the bolts (28), the locking ring (29) and the locking plate (30).

(3)

If necessary, adjust the top, forward, vertical-roller (32).

(a)

Turn the eccentric bush (31) until the top, forward, vertical-roller (32) touches the track (1).

(b)

Move the track (1) through its full range of travel. Stop the track (1) at the point of maximum
load between the track (1) and the top, forward, vertical-roller (32).

(c)

Turn the eccentric bush (31) to get a clearance of less than 0.38 mm (0.0150 in.).

(d)

Move the track (1) through its full range of travel and make sure that the maximum clearance
between the track (1) and the top, forward, vertical-roller (32) is not more than 0.20 mm (0.0079
in.).

(e)

Do the procedure again, as necessary, until the adjustment of the top, forward, vertical-roller (32)
is correct.

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-84-61-220-105-C
D.

Positional Check of the Top, Forward Vertical-Roller at the Track

(1)

Move the applicable track (1) through its full range of travel and make sure that:
. the smooth travel of the track (1) is not stopped by points that touch between the track (1) and
the vertical roller (32)
. the DIM. Z between the track (1) and the top, forward, vertical-roller (32) is not more than 0.25
mm (0.0098 in.).

Subtask 27-84-61-820-067-E
E.

AES

Adjustment of the Top, Forward Vertical-Roller

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00300-D - Side Roller and Vertical Roller - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00400-A - Slat-Track Clearances)
(1)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (28).

(2)

Remove the bolts (28), the locking ring (29) and the locking plate (30).

(3)

If necessary, adjust the top, forward, vertical-roller (32).

(a)

Turn the eccentric bush (31) until the top, forward, vertical-roller (32) touches the track (1).

(b)

Move the track (1) through its full range of travel. Stop the track (1) at the point of maximum
load between the track (1) and the top, forward, vertical-roller (32).

(c)

Turn the eccentric bush (31) to get a clearance of less than 0.04 mm (0.0016 in.).

(d)

Move the track (1) through its full range of travel and make sure that the maximum clearance
between the track (1) and the top, forward, vertical-roller (32) is not more than 0.25 mm (0.0098
in.).

(e)

Do the procedure again, as necessary, until the adjustment of the top, forward, vertical-roller (32)
is correct.

27-84-61 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-61-420-064-D
F.

Continuation of the Installation Procedure

(1)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shank
of the bolt (28).

(2)

Install the locking plate (30) and the locking ring (29) with the bolt (28).

(3)

Safety the bolt (28) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

(4)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolt (28), the locking ring
(29) and the locking plate (30).

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-84-61-220-104-C
G.

Friction Check of the Position of the Top, Aft Vertical-Roller at the Track
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00300-D - Side Roller and Vertical Roller - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00400-A - Slat-Track Clearances)
(1)

Attach a GAGE - SPRING to the applicable track (1).

NOTE :

During this check keep the spring gage in the line-of-travel of the track (1).

(2)

Use the spring gage to move the track (1) from its fully extended position to the fully retracted position.
Monitor the spring gage and make a record of the maximum value shown.

(3)

Use the spring gage to extend the track (1) to its fully extended position:
. if the spring gage pulls the track (1), make a record of the maximum value shown
. if the track (1) extends by its weight and the spring gage holds it back, make a record of the
minimum value shown.

(4)

Calculate the friction load as follows:

. for two maximum values, the friction load is the sum of the two values
. for one maximum value and one minimum value, the friction load is the difference of the two values.

(5)

With the track (1) held against the two, top, vertical-rollers (32), move the track (1) through its full
range of travel. Make sure that where the bottom, aft, vertical-roller (32) and the track (1) do not
touch, the clearance (DIM. Y) is not more than 0.20 mm (0.0079 in.).

(6)

Adjust the top, aft, vertical-roller (32), if:

. the friction load is more than 6.22 daN (13.9831 lbf) and/or
. the clearance is more than 0.20 mm (0.0079 in.).

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-84-61-220-104-E
G.

Friction Check of the Position of the Top, Aft Vertical-Roller at the Track
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00300-D - Side Roller and Vertical Roller - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00400-A - Slat-Track Clearances)
(1)

Attach a GAGE - SPRING to the applicable track (1).

NOTE :

AES

During this check keep the spring gage in the line-of-travel of the track (1).

(2)

Use the spring gage to move the track (1) from its fully extended position to the fully retracted position.
Monitor the spring gage and make a record of the maximum value shown.

(3)

Use the spring gage to extend the track (1) to its fully extended position:
. if the spring gage pulls the track (1), make a record of the maximum value shown

27-84-61 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.

if the track (1) extends by its weight and the spring gage holds it back, make a record of the
minimum value shown.

(4)

Calculate the friction load as follows:

. for two maximum values, the friction load is the sum of the two values
. for one maximum value and one minimum value, the friction load is the difference of the two values.

(5)

With the track (1) held against the two, top, vertical-rollers (32), move the track (1) through its full
range of travel. Make sure that where the bottom, aft, vertical-roller (32) and the track (1) do not
touch, the clearance (DIM. Y) is not more than 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.).

(6)

Adjust the top, aft, vertical-roller (32), if:

. the friction load is more than 6.2 daN (13.9382 lbf) and/or
. the clearance is more than 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-61-820-070-D
H.

Adjustment of the Top, Aft Vertical-Roller

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00300-D - Side Roller and Vertical Roller - Location and Detail)
(1)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolt (28).

(2)

Remove the bolt (28), the locking ring (29) and the locking plate (30).

(3)

Move the applicable track (1) through its full range of travel.

(4)

Adjust the eccentric bush (31) until the top, aft, vertical roller (32) touches the track (1) at its highest
point.

(5)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shank
of the bolt (28).

(6)

Install the locking plate (30) and the locking ring (29) with the bolt (28).

(7)

Safety the bolt (28) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

(8)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-005) to the bolt (28), the locking ring
(29) and the locking plate (30).

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-84-61-820-072-C
J.

AES

Adjustment of the Front Stop

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00200-A - Slat-Track End-Stop - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00300-D - Side Roller and Vertical Roller - Location and Detail)
(1)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (15) and the applicable stop (14).

(2)

Remove the bolts (15) and the applicable front stop (14).

(3)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shanks
of the bolts (15).

(4)

Loosely assemble the applicable stop (14) with the bolts (15).

(5)

Put and hold the track (1) in its fully retracted position.

(6)

Put the front stop (14) in position so that it is parallel with the bottom, forward, vertical-roller (32) and
tighten the bolts (15).

(7)

Safety the bolts (15) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010)
.

(8)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (15).

27-84-61 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-84-61-820-072-D
J.

Adjustment of the Front Stop (Tracks 2 thru 4)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00200-B - Slat-Track End-Stop - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00300-D - Side Roller and Vertical Roller - Location and Detail)
(1)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (15) and the applicable stop (14).

(2)

Remove the bolts (15) and the applicable front stop (14).

(3)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shanks
of the bolts (15).

(4)

Loosely assemble the applicable stop (14) with the bolts (15).

(5)

Put and hold the track (1) in its fully retracted position.

(6)

Put the front stop (14) in position so that it is parallel with the bottom, forward, vertical-roller (32) and
tighten the bolts (15).

(7)

Safety the bolts (15) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010)
.

(8)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (15).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-61-640-062-A
K.

Lubrication
(1)

5.

Lubricate the side-rollers (25) and the top and bottom, vertical-rollers (33) with COMMON GREASES
(Material No: 04-024) or COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) .

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-61-410-058-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

For the tracks 2 and 3, install the actuators (Ref. TASK 27-84-48-400-001-A).

(3)

Install the applicable access panels:

. for the left wing, install the panels 521AB 521BB 521CB 521EB
. for the right wing, install the panels 621AB 621BB 621CB 621EB
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-002-A) and (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-005-A).

(4)

Install the applicable closing plate(s) (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-61-942-056-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-61 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

TRACK 1 CONFIGURATION SHOWN

VIEW ON L.H. OUTBOARD RIB
LOOKING INBOARD.
TRACKS 2 AND 3 ALMOST THE SAME.

E
F

E
E

EXAMPLE
INSTALLATION

25

26

F
EXAMPLE
INSTALLATION

32
27

31
30

28

29

1
N_MM_278461_4_BGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-61-991-00300-D SHEET 1

Side Roller and Vertical Roller - Location and Detail

27-84-61 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

TRACK 4

H
G
SECTION

J J
DIM. X

DIM. X TRACK 4 ONLY.

DIM. Y AND DIM. Z TRACKS 1 THRU 4.

J
E
F

DIM. Y

N_MM_278461_4_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-61-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Slat-Track Clearances

27-84-61 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

14
15

CLOSING PLATE
(REF ONLY)

14
15

CLOSING PLATE
(REF ONLY)

N_MM_278461_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-61-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Slat-Track End-Stop - Location and Detail

27-84-61 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

14
15

CLOSING PLATE
(REF ONLY)

TRACKS 2 THRU 4

D
TRACK 1

14
15

1
CLOSING PLATE
(REF ONLY)

CLOSING PLATE
(REF ONLY)
N_MM_278461_4_ACT0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-61-991-00200-B SHEET 1

Slat-Track End-Stop - Location and Detail

27-84-61 PB401

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-61-000-002-A
Removal of the Side-Rollers - Slat Tracks 1 thru 4
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

DESIGNATION

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

521AB, 521BB, 521CB, 521EB,

621AB, 621BB, 621CB, 621EB
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-84-48-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Type A Actuators

27-84-61-000-001-A
27-84-63-000-001-A
57-41-37-000-004-A
57-41-37-000-005-A
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00300-D - Side

Removal of the Slat Tracks 1 thru 4

Removal of the No. 1 Slat
Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels
Removal of the NACA Duct Panel
Roller and Vertical Roller - Location and Detail)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00400-A - Slat-Track Clearances)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00300-D - Side Roller and Vertical Roller - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00400-A - Slat-Track Clearances)
Subtask 27-84-61-941-056-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

27-84-61 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-61-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
flap and slat control lever on panel 114VU.

Subtask 27-84-61-865-061-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-84-61-010-053-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

Remove the Slat 1 (Ref. TASK 27-84-63-000-001-A).

(2)

Remove the applicable access panels:

. for the left wing, remove the panels 521AB 521BB 521CB 521EB
. for the right wing, remove the panels 621AB 621BB 621CB 621EB
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-004-A) and (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-005-A).

(3)

For the tracks 2 and 3, remove the applicable actuators (Ref. TASK 27-84-48-000-001-A).

(4)

When it is necessary to remove all the side-rollers (25), remove the applicable track (2) (Ref. TASK
27-84-61-000-001-A).
NOTE :

4.

To replace two or more side-rollers from opposite sides of the track, you must remove all of the
side-rollers. Keep the serviceable side-rollers and their related shims together for the installation.
To replace side-rollers at the same side of the track, remove only the side-rollers you are to
replace.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00300-D - Side Roller and Vertical Roller - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00400-A - Slat-Track Clearances)
Subtask 27-84-61-020-054-B
A.

AES

Removal of the Side-Rollers - Slat Tracks 1 thru 4

(1)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the applicable bolts (26).

(2)

Remove the bolts (26), the applicable side-rollers (25) and the shims (27).

27-84-61 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-61-400-003-A
Installation of the Side-Rollers - Slat Tracks 1 thru 4
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
1
MICROMETER - EXTERNAL

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27804021000

GAUGE-SLAT TRACK SETTING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 04-024
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-010
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. GREASE FOR FLAP & SLAT MECHANISM
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

ZONE DESCRIPTION

521AB, 521BB, 521CB, 521EB,

621AB, 621BB, 621CB, 621EB
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-869-002-A

AES

DESIGNATION
Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values

27-84-61 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-84-48-000-001-A

Removal of the Type A Actuators

27-84-48-400-001-A

Installation of the Type A Actuators

27-84-61-000-001-A
27-84-61-400-004-A
27-84-63-400-002-A
32-00-00-481-001-A

Removal of the Slat Tracks 1 thru 4

Installation of the Slat Tracks 1 thru 4
Installation of the No. 1 Slat
Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gears

57-41-37-000-004-A
57-41-37-000-005-A
57-41-37-400-002-A
57-41-37-400-005-A
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00300-D - Side

Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels

Removal of the NACA Duct Panel
Installation of the Pressure-Relief Panels
Installation of the NACA Duct Panel
Roller and Vertical Roller - Location and Detail)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00500-A - Slat-Track Rigging Tools)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-61-941-057-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001A).

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position.

(4)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed.

Subtask 27-84-61-860-055-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the applicable access panels have been removed:
. for the left wing, 521AB 521BB 521CB 521EB
. for the right wing, 621AB 621BB 621CB 621EB
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-004-A) and (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-005-A).

(2)

For track 2 and 3, make sure that the applicable actuators have been removed (Ref. TASK
27-84-48-000-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the applicable track has been removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-61-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-61-865-062-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-84-61 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
Subtask 27-84-61-820-061-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00300-D - Side Roller and Vertical Roller - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00500-A - Slat-Track Rigging Tools)
(1)

Use the GAUGE-SLAT TRACK SETTING (98D27804021000) to set the track datum:
NOTE :
(a)

This procedure is necessary when all the side rollers are removed.

Install the applicable setting track (44). (For the track 4, install the slip gage (43) between the
setting track (44) and the rubbing block on the datum rib).
NOTE :

(2)

The slip gage will give the necessary clearance of between 1.25 mm (0.0492 in.) and 1.45
mm (0.0571 in.) at the track 4 forward side-roller.

(b)

Install and lock the two clamp assemblies (45) at the location of the non-datum side-rollers:
. turn the thumb screws (46) equally until they stop.

(c)

Install the gage assembly (47) with the washers (27) and the bolts (26) at the the location of the
aft datum side-roller:
. turn the torque screw (49) on the gage assembly (47) until it stops, and lock it in position
with the thumb screw (48).

(d)

Do the procedure again for the forward datum side-roller.

Calculate the thickness of the datum side-roller shims (28):

NOTE :

This procedure is necessary when all the side rollers are removed.

(a)

Remove the bolts (26), the washers (27) and the gage assembly (47) from the location of the aft
datum side-roller.

(b)

Set the micrometer (51) on the gage block (53) to zero.

(c)

Install the gage assembly (47) on the gage block (53) and lock it in position with the clamps (50).

(d)

Move the micrometer (51) in the gage block (53) until it touches the gage assembly (47) and lock
it in this position with the screw (52).

(e)

Remove the gage assembly (47) from the gage block (53).

(f)

Install the serviceable datum side-roller (25) on the gage block (53) and lock it in position with
the clamps (50).

(g)

Adjust the micrometer (51) until it touches the datum side-roller (25). Make a record of the
dimension shown on the micrometer (51).

(h)

Use an MICROMETER - EXTERNAL and assemble the shims (28), until their thickness agrees
with the dimension you have just calculated.

(i)

Remove the aft datum side-roller (25) from the gage block (53).

(j)

Keep the aft datum side-roller (25) and its shims (28) together.

(k)

Do the procedure again for the forward datum side-roller.

(l)

Remove the clamp assembly (43) and the setting track (44).

(m) For track 1, prepare the aft datum side-roller (25) for electrical bonding (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004-A).

AES

27-84-61 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-61-420-068-C
B.

Installation of the Datum Side-Rollers

(1)

For tracks 2, 3 and 4 apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON
GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the interface of the aft datum side-rollers (25) and the shims (27).

(2)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shanks
of the bolts (26).

(3)

Put the necessary thickness of shims (27) and the aft datum side-roller (25) in position.

(4)

Install the aft datum side-roller (25) and the shims (27) and the bolts (26).

(5)

Safety the bolts (26) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010)
.

(6)

Do the procedure again for the front datum side-roller (25).

(7)

If removed, install the applicable slat track (2) (Ref. TASK 27-84-61-400-004-A).

(8)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (26) and the shims
(27).

Subtask 27-84-61-420-062-B
C.

Installation of One Side-Roller or a Pair on the Same Side

(1)

For track 1, prepare the side-roller(s) (25) for electrical bonding (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(2)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shanks
of the bolts (26).

(3)

Put the shims (27) and the side-roller(s) (25) in position.

(4)

Install the bolts (26).

Subtask 27-84-61-820-073-C
D.

AES

Adjustment and Check of the Side Rollers

(1)

Move the applicable track (1) through its full range of travel and make sure that:
. for tracks 1, 2 and 3, the side-roller(s) (25) touch the track (1) at some point of its travel
. the points that touch do not stop the smooth travel of the track (1)
. for track 4, the forward side-roller(s) (25) have a clearance (DIM. X) of between 1.25 mm (0.0492
in.) and 1.45 mm (0.0571 in.) at their nearest point to the track (1).

(2)

Adjust the side-rollers:

(a)

Remove the bolts (26), the side-roller(s) (25) and the shims (27).

(b)

Adjust the thickness of the shims (27) as follows:

. to reduce the friction, increase thickness of the shims (27) as necessary
. to make the side-roller(s) (25) touch the track (1) at some point of its travel, decrease the
thickness of the shims (27) as necessary.

(c)

Install the side-roller(s) (25) and the shims (27) with the bolts (26).

(d)

Do the procedure again, as necessary, until the adjustment of the side-roller(s) (25) is correct.

(3)

Safety the bolts (26) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010)
.

(4)

For track 1, do the electrical bonding test (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002-A).

(5)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (26) and the shims
(27).

27-84-61 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-61-410-057-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

For the tracks 2 and 3, install the actuators (Ref. TASK 27-84-48-400-001-A).

(3)

Install the Slat 1 (Ref. TASK 27-84-63-400-002-A).

(4)

Install the applicable access panels:

. for the left wing, install the panels 521AB 521BB 521CB 521EB
. for the right wing, install the panels 621AB 621BB 621CB 621EB
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-002-A) and (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-005-A).

Subtask 27-84-61-942-055-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-61 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

43

44

45
46

51

52

53
49
48
47

50

50

N_MM_278461_4_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-61-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Slat-Track Rigging Tools

27-84-61 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TRACK - SLAT 1 - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-61-200-001-A
Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Tracks 1 Thru 4
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 04-024
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. GREASE FOR FLAP & SLAT MECHANISM

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-84-61-000-001-A
27-84-61-400-004-A
27-84-63-000-001-A
27-84-63-400-002-A
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00700-A - Slat

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Slat Tracks 1 thru 4
Installation of the Slat Tracks 1 thru 4
Removal of the No. 1 Slat
Installation of the No. 1 Slat
No. 1, Tracks 1 and 2 - Attachment Details)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00700-B - Slat No. 1, Tracks 1 and 2 - Attachment Details)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00800-A - Slat No. 1, Tracks 3 and 4 - Attachment Details)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-61-941-059-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

AES

Put the safety barriers in position.

27-84-61 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-61-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00700-A - Slat No. 1, Tracks 1 and 2 - Attachment Details)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00700-B - Slat No. 1, Tracks 1 and 2 - Attachment Details)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00800-A - Slat No. 1, Tracks 3 and 4 - Attachment Details)
(1)

Remove the No. 1 Slat (Ref. TASK 27-84-63-000-001-A).

(2)

Remove the applicable Slat track (Ref. TASK 27-84-61-000-001-A).

(3)

For the Slat tracks 1 and 2:

(a)

Remove the nut (7), the washer (6) and the bolt (9).

(b)

Remove the nut (16), the washer (15) and the bolt (32).

(c)

Remove the nut (29), the locking plate (30), the nut (20), the washers (18) and (19), the bolt
(28) and the eccentric bush (27).

(d)

Remove the links (4) and (10) and the bolt (31).

(e)

Remove the adjustment link (22).

NOTE :

(4)

For the Slat tracks 3 and 4:

(a)

Remove the nut (15), the locking plate (16), the nut (8), the washer (7), the bolt (14) and the
eccentric bush (13).

(b)

Remove the links (4) and (18) and the bolt (17).
NOTE :

4.

The bolts (1) and (33) and their related nuts and washers were removed when the Slat
No. 1 was removed.

The bolts (1) and (20) were removed when the Slat No. 1 was removed.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00700-A - Slat No. 1, Tracks 1 and 2 - Attachment Details)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00800-A - Slat No. 1, Tracks 3 and 4 - Attachment Details)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00700-B - Slat No. 1, Tracks 1 and 2 - Attachment Details)

AES

27-84-61 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-61-220-052-A
A.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.009

MAX
19.030

MIN
18.977

OD 1

0.7484

0.7492

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7471
0.0270

0.0690

0.1330

0.0011

0.0027

0.0052

19.057

19.078

19.110

ID 2

0.7503

0.7511

0.7524

Subtask 27-84-61-220-053-A
B.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.009

MAX
19.030

MIN
18.993

OD 1

0.7484

0.7492

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7478
0.0070

0.0410

0.0730

0.0003

0.0016

0.0029

19.037

19.050

19.066

ID 3

0.7495

0.7500

0.7506

27-84-61 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-61-220-054-A
C.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.009

MAX
19.030

MIN
18.977

OD 9

0.7484

0.7492

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7471
0.0270

0.0690

0.1330

0.0011

0.0027

0.0052

19.057

19.078

19.110

ID 5

0.7503

0.7511

0.7524

Subtask 27-84-61-220-055-A
D.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.009

MAX
19.030

MIN
18.993

OD 9

0.7484

0.7492

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7478
0.0070

0.0410

0.0730

0.0003

0.0016

0.0029

19.037

19.050

19.066

ID 8

0.7495

0.7500

0.7506

27-84-61 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-61-220-056-A
E.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.009

MAX
19.030

MIN
18.977

OD 33

0.7484

0.7492

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7471
0.0270

0.0690

0.1330

0.0011

0.0027

0.0052

19.057

19.078

19.110

ID 11

0.7503

0.7511

0.7524

Subtask 27-84-61-220-057-A
F.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.009

MAX
19.030

MIN
18.993

OD 33

0.7484

0.7492

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7478
0.0070

0.0410

0.0730

0.0003

0.0016

0.0029

19.037

19.050

19.066

ID 12

0.7495

0.7500

0.7506

27-84-61 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-61-220-058-A
G.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.009

MAX
19.030

MIN
18.977

OD 32

0.7484

0.7492

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7471
0.0270

0.0690

0.1330

0.0011

0.0027

0.0052

19.057

19.078

19.110

ID 14

0.7503

0.7511

0.7524

Subtask 27-84-61-220-059-A
H.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.009

MAX
19.030

MIN
18.993

OD 32

0.7484

0.7492

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7478
0.0070

0.0410

0.0730

0.0003

0.0016

0.0029

19.037

19.050

19.066

ID 13

0.7495

0.7500

0.7506

27-84-61 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-61-220-060-A
J.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
17.966

MAX
17.984

MIN
17.943

OD 28

0.7073

0.7080

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7064
0.0160

0.0520

0.0980

0.0006

0.0020

0.0039

18.000

18.018

18.041

ID 17

0.7087

0.7094

0.7103

Subtask 27-84-61-220-061-A
K.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.189

MAX
22.210

MIN
22.176

OD 25

0.8736

0.8744

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8731
0.0020

0.0360

0.0620

0.0001

0.0014

0.0024

22.212

22.225

22.238

ID 21

0.8745

0.8750

0.8755

27-84-61 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-61-220-062-A
L.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
25.959

MAX
25.980

MIN
25.932

OD 26

1.0220

1.0228

MIN

MAX

MAX

1.0209
0.0200

0.0620

0.1160

0.0008

0.0024

0.0046

26.000

26.021

26.048

ID 23

1.0236

1.0244

1.0255

Subtask 27-84-61-220-063-A
M.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
17.966

MAX
17.984

MIN
17.943

OD 28

0.7073

0.7080

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7064
0.0160

0.0520

0.0980

0.0006

0.0020

0.0039

18.000

18.018

18.041

ID 24

0.7087

0.7094

0.7103

27-84-61 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-61-220-064-A
N.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.009

MAX
19.030

MIN
18.977

OD 1

0.7484

0.7492

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7471
0.0270

0.0690

0.1330

0.0011

0.0027

0.0052

19.057

19.078

19.110

ID 2

0.7503

0.7511

0.7524

Subtask 27-84-61-220-065-A
P.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.009

MAX
19.030

MIN
18.993

OD 1

0.7484

0.7492

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7478
0.0070

0.0410

0.0730

0.0003

0.0016

0.0029

19.037

19.050

19.066

ID 3

0.7495

0.7500

0.7506

27-84-61 PB601

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-61-220-066-A
Q.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
17.966

MAX
17.984

MIN
17.939

OD 14

0.7073

0.7080

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7063
0.0220

0.0580

0.1120

0.0009

0.0023

0.0044

18.006

18.024

18.051

ID 6

0.7089

0.7096

0.7107

Subtask 27-84-61-220-067-A
R.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.189

MAX
22.210

MIN
22.176

OD 11

0.8736

0.8744

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.8731
0.0020

0.0360

0.0620

0.0001

0.0014

0.0024

22.212

22.225

22.238

ID 5

0.8745

0.8750

0.8755

27-84-61 PB601

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-61-220-068-A
S.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
25.959

MAX
25.980

MIN
25.927

OD 12

1.0220

1.0228

MIN

MAX

MAX

1.0207
0.0270

0.0690

0.1330

0.0011

0.0027

0.0052

26.007

26.028

26.060

ID 9

1.0239

1.0247

1.0260

Subtask 27-84-61-220-069-A
T.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
17.966

MAX
17.984

MIN
17.943

OD 14

0.7073

0.7080

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7064
0.0160

0.0520

0.0980

0.0006

0.0020

0.0039

18.000

18.018

18.041

ID 10

0.7087

0.7094

0.7103

27-84-61 PB601

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-61-220-070-A
U.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.009

MAX
19.030

MIN
18.978

OD 20

0.7484

0.7492

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7472
0.0200

0.0740

0.1360

0.0008

0.0029

0.0054

19.050

19.083

19.114

ID 23

0.7500

0.7513

0.7525

Subtask 27-84-61-220-071-A
V.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
22.959

MAX
22.980

MIN
22.932

OD 23

0.9039

0.9047

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.9028
0.0200

0.0620

0.1160

0.0008

0.0024

0.0046

23.000

23.021

23.048

ID 19

0.9055

0.9063

0.9074

27-84-61 PB601

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-61-220-072-A
W.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.009

MAX
19.030

MIN
18.993

OD 20

0.7484

0.7492

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7478
0.0070

0.0410

0.0730

0.0003

0.0016

0.0029

19.037

19.050

19.066

ID 22

0.7495

0.7500

0.7506

Subtask 27-84-61-220-073-A
X.

Dimensional Check of the Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings, Track 1 thru 4

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

5.

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
19.009

MAX
19.030

MIN
18.982

OD 20

0.7484

0.7492

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7473
0.0200

0.0620

0.1160

0.0008

0.0024

0.0046

19.050

19.071

19.098

ID 21

0.7500

0.7508

0.7519

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-61-640-057-A
A.

AES

Application of Special Materials

27-84-61 PB601

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00700-A - Slat No. 1, Tracks 1 and 2 - Attachment Details)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00700-B - Slat No. 1, Tracks 1 and 2 - Attachment Details)
(1)

For the Slat tracks 1 and 2, apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON
GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to:
. the bolts (9), (28), (31) and (32)
. the eccentric bush (27)
. the bushes (17) and (23)
. the bearings (8), (13) and (21).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-61-420-065-A
B.

For the Slat tracks 1 and 2, Installation:

(1)

Install the bolt (31), the adjustment link (22), the links (4) and (10), the eccentric bush (27), the bolt
(28), the washers (18) and (19) and the nut (20). Tighten the nut (20) with your hand (this will be
safetied when the Slat No. 1 is installed).

(2)

Install the bolt (32), the washer (15) and the nut (16). Tighten the nut (16) with your hand (this will
be safetied when the Slat No. 1 is installed).

(3)

Install the bolt (9), the washer (6) and the nut (7). Tighten the nut (7) with your hand (this will be
safetied when the Slat No. 1 is installed).
NOTE :

The bolts (1) and (33) and their related nuts and washers will be correctly installed when the
Slat No. 1 is installed.

Subtask 27-84-61-640-058-A
C.

Application of Special Materials

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00800-A - Slat No. 1, Tracks 3 and 4 - Attachment Details)
(1)

For the Slat tracks 3 and 4, apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) or COMMON
GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to:
. the bolts (14) and (17)
. the eccentric bush (13)
. the bearing (5).

Subtask 27-84-61-420-066-A
D.

For the Slat Tracks 3 and 4, Installation:

(1)

Put the bolt (17) in the link (18) and install the links (4) and (18).

(2)

Install the eccentric bush (13), the bolt (14), the washer (7) and the nut (8). Tighten the nut (8) with
your hand (this will be safetied when the Slat No. 1 is installed).
NOTE :

The bolts (1) and (20) and their related nuts and washers will be correctly installed when the
Slat No. 1 is installed.

(3)

Install the applicable Slat track (Ref. TASK 27-84-61-400-004-A).

(4)

Install the No. 1 Slat (Ref. TASK 27-84-63-400-002-A).

Subtask 27-84-61-942-057-A
E.

Removal of Equipment
(1)

AES

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

27-84-61 PB601

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AES

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-61 PB601

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
Z511
(Z611)

REF
ONLY

TRACK 1
TRACK 2

10

3
4
5

SLAT 1 TRACK 1 AND 2

C
12
11

11

REF ONLY

10
32

29

33

13

14

4
14
15

30

16
31
17

18
19
20

28

27

26

25 24

21
23

22
N_MM_278461_6_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-61-991-00700-A SHEET 1

Slat No. 1, Tracks 1 and 2 - Attachment Details

27-84-61 PB601

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Z511
(Z611)

REF
ONLY

TRACK 1

TRACK 2
10

A
SLAT 1 TRACK 1
8
9

A
SLAT 1 TRACK 2

C
12
11

11

C
32

33

REF
ONLY

10
14

13

14
15

29

16

30
31
17

18

21
28

27

FIGURE 27-84-61-991-00700-B SHEET 1

Slat No. 1, Tracks 1 and 2 - Attachment Details

20

26 25 24
23

AES

19

22
N_MM_278461_6_AAT0_01_00

27-84-61 PB601

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3

Z511
(Z611)

REF
ONLY

A
4
5

18

TRACK 4

16

15

TRACK 3

17
6

14

13

12

11

10

A
C

SLAT 1 TRACK 3 AND 4

REF
ONLY
23

19

22

21
20

N_MM_278461_6_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-61-991-00800-A SHEET 1

Slat No. 1, Tracks 3 and 4 - Attachment Details

27-84-61 PB601

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-61-200-002-A
Check of Slat 1 Trailing Edge Backlash
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-80-00-866-004-A

DESIGNATION
Extending the Slats on the Ground

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00900-A - Slat 1 - Trailing Edge Backlash)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00900-B - Slat 1 - Trailing Edge Backlash)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-61-941-054-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

(2)

Put the safety barriers in position.

Subtask 27-84-61-860-053-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Extend the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the work area.

27-84-61 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00900-A - Slat 1 - Trailing Edge Backlash)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-61-991-00900-B - Slat 1 - Trailing Edge Backlash)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-61-220-102-A
A.

Check of the Slat 1 Trailing Edge Backlash

(1)

(2)

5.

For dimension X, at Tracks 1 thru 4, to check the slat knuckle bearings backlash:
(a)

Push the upper trailing edge of the slat down with a hand force of 25 kg (55.1156 lb). Put the
load at each track position, at the trailing edge of the slat. Measure and write down the dimension
X.

(b)

Pull the upper trailing edge of the slat up with a hand force of 25 kg (55.1156 lb). Put the load at
each track position, at the trailing edge of the slat. Measure and write down the dimension X
again.

(c)

Subtract the smaller dimension X from the larger dimension X to give you the surface-attachment
spherical-bearing backlash. The difference between the two dimensions, that you wrote down,
must be no more than 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.).

For dimension Y (tracks 2 and 3), to check the slat track drive system backlash:
(a)

Push the applicable track with a hand force of 25 kg (55.1156 lb) aft. Measure and write down
the dimension Y.

(b)

Pull the applicable track with a hand force of 25 kg (55.1156 lb) forward. Measure and write
down the dimension Y again.

(c)

Subtract the smaller dimension Y from the larger dimension Y to give you the rotaryactuator/transmission-shafts backlash. The difference between the two dimensions, that you wrote
down, must be no more than 3.0 mm (0.1181 in.).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-61-860-057-A
A.

Aircraft Configuration
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

Subtask 27-84-61-942-054-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-84-61 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

AES

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-61 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

SLAT 1
EXAMPLE FOR DIM X, TRACKS 1 THRU 4
DIM Y, TRACKS 2 AND 3

DIM Y

DIM X

N_MM_278461_6_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-61-991-00900-A SHEET 1

Slat 1 - Trailing Edge Backlash

27-84-61 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
SLAT 1

EXAMPLE FOR DIM X, TRACK 1

DIM X

EXAMPLE FOR DIM X TRACKS 2 THRU 4

DIM Y TRACKS 2 AND 3

DIM Y

DIM X

N_MM_278461_6_ALT0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-61-991-00900-B SHEET 1

Slat 1 - Trailing Edge Backlash

27-84-61 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TRACK - SLAT 2, 3, 4, 5 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-62-000-001-A
Removal of the Slat Tracks 5 thru 12
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27804015000

TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (TRACKS 5, 6, 7, AND 8)

98D27804016000

TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (TRACKS 9, 10, 11, AND 12)

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-84-49-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Type B Actuators

27-84-49-000-002-A

Removal of the Type B Actuators

27-84-64-000-001-A
27-84-65-000-001-A
27-84-66-000-001-A
27-84-67-000-001-A
27-84-69-000-001-A

Removal
Removal
Removal
Removal
Removal

of
of
of
of
of

the
the
the
the
the

No. 2 Slat
No. 3 Slat
No. 4 Slat
No. 5 Slat
Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00100-A - Slat Tracks 5 thru 12 - Location and Detail)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-62-941-053-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S)S in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

27-84-62 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-62-010-050-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the applicable zone 510 or 610.

(2)

Remove the applicable closing plate(s) (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-000-001-A).

(3)

Remove the applicable slat:

. for the tracks 5 and 6 (Ref. TASK 27-84-64-000-001-A)
. for the tracks 7 and 8 (Ref. TASK 27-84-65-000-001-A)
. for the tracks 9 and 10 (Ref. TASK 27-84-66-000-001-A)
. for the tracks 11 and 12 (Ref. TASK 27-84-67-000-001-A).

(4)

Remove the applicable actuators:

. for the tracks 5, 6, 8, 10 and 12 (Ref. TASK 27-84-49-000-001-A)
. for the tracks 7, 9, and 11 (Ref. TASK 27-84-49-000-002-A).

(5)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
slat/flap control lever.

Subtask 27-84-62-865-053-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00100-A - Slat Tracks 5 thru 12 - Location and Detail)
Subtask 27-84-62-020-053-A
A.

Removal of the Slat Tracks 5 thru 12

(1)

Install the applicable TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (1) through the guide (4) on the side of the track (2).
Install the backstop tool on the inboard side on the LH wing and on the outboard side on the RH wing:
. for the tracks 5 thru 8 install the TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (TRACKS 5, 6, 7, AND 8)
(98D27804015000)
. for the tracks 9 thru 12 install the TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (TRACKS 9, 10, 11, AND 12)
(98D27804016000).
NOTE :

AES

For the RH wing track 7, install the backstop tool on the inboard side.

(2)

Push the applicable slat backstop tool (1) against the rearstop (3) to disengage it from the track stop.
Pull the track (2) from its installed position and remove it.

(3)

Remove the applicable TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (1) from the track (2).

27-84-62 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
522UB
(622UB)

SLAT 2

TRACK 12

SLAT 3
522SB
(622SB)

SLAT 4

TRACK 11

SLAT 5
522QB
(622QB)

TRACK 10
522NB
(622NB)
TRACK 9
522LB
(622LB)

522KB
(622KB)

TRACK 8

522HB
(622HB)

TRACK 7
522FB
(622FB)
TRACK 6
522CB
(622CB)
TRACK 5

522AB
(622AB)

N_MM_278462_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-62-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Slat Tracks 5 thru 12 - Location and Detail

27-84-62 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-62-400-001-A
Installation of the Slat Tracks 5 thru 12
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27804015000

TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (TRACKS 5, 6, 7, AND 8)

98D27804016000

TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (TRACKS 9, 10, 11, AND 12)

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-024
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. GREASE FOR FLAP & SLAT MECHANISM
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-869-002-A
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-84-49-000-001-A

Removal of the Type B Actuators

27-84-49-000-002-A

Removal of the Type B Actuators

27-84-49-400-001-A

Installation of the Type B Actuators

27-84-49-400-002-A

Installation of the Type B Actuators

27-84-64-000-001-A

Removal of the No. 2 Slat

AES

27-84-62 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-84-64-400-002-A
27-84-65-000-001-A
27-84-65-400-002-A
27-84-66-000-001-A
27-84-66-400-002-A
27-84-67-000-001-A
27-84-67-400-002-A
27-84-68-400-001-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the No. 2 Slat
Removal of the No. 3 Slat
Installation of the No. 3 Slat
Removal of the No. 4 Slat
Installation of the No. 4 Slat
Removal of the No. 5 Slat
Installation of the No. 5 Slat
Installation of the Slat-Track Pinion Assembly

27-84-69-000-001-A

Removal of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

27-84-69-400-001-A

Installation of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

32-00-00-481-001-A

Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gears

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00100-A - Slat Tracks 5 thru 12 - Location and Detail)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00200-D - Side Rollers and Vertical Rollers - Detail and Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00300-A - Slat-Track Rigging-Dimensions)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00700-A - Slat-Track End-Stop - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00700-B - Slat-Track End-Stop - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01700-A - Slat Tracks 5 and 9 - Clearance Dimensions)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-62-941-055-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001A).

(3)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat
controls.

(4)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed
on the flap/slat control lever.

Subtask 27-84-62-865-050-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-62-860-051-A
C.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is below the applicable zone 510
or 610.

(2)

Make sure that the applicable closing plates have been removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-000-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the applicable slats have been removed:

. for the slat tracks 5 and 6 (Ref. TASK 27-84-64-000-001-A)

27-84-62 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.
.
(4)

4.

for the slat tracks 7 and 8 (Ref. TASK 27-84-65-000-001-A)

for the slat tracks 9 and 10 (Ref. TASK 27-84-66-000-001-A)
for the slat tracks 11 and 12 (Ref. TASK 27-84-67-000-001-A).

Make sure that the applicable actuators have been removed:

. for the slat tracks 5, 6, 8, 10 and 12 (Ref. TASK 27-84-49-000-001-A)
. for the slat tracks 7, 9 and 11 (Ref. TASK 27-84-49-000-002-A).

Procedure
Subtask 27-84-62-420-056-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Do a friction check on the applicable pinion(s) (Ref. TASK 27-84-68-400-001-A).

(5)

For the tracks 5 and 11, prepare the track for electrical bonding (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

Subtask 27-84-62-420-050-A
B.

Installation of the Slat Tracks 5 thru 12

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00100-A - Slat Tracks 5 thru 12 - Location and Detail)
(1)

Install the applicable TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (1) through the guide (4), on the side of the track (2).
Install the backstop tool on the inboard side on the LH wing and on the outboard side on the RH wing:
. for the tracks 5 thru 8 use the TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (TRACKS 5, 6, 7, AND 8)
(98D27804015000)
. for the tracks 9 thru 12 use the TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (TRACKS 9, 10, 11, AND 12)
(98D27804016000).
NOTE :

For the RH wing track 7, install the backstop tool on the inboard side.

(2)

Push and hold the rear stop (3) away from its locked position. Install the track (2) into its correct
location.

(3)

Release the rear stop (3) and make sure that it is correctly engaged in its locked position.

(4)

Remove the applicable TOOL-BACKSTOP SLAT (1).

(5)

For the track(s) 5 and 11, do the electrical bonding test (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002-A).

(6)

Do a check of the position of the side rollers.

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00200-D - Side Rollers and Vertical Rollers - Detail and Location)
(a)

Move the applicable track (2) through its full range of travel and make sure that:
. the side-rollers (20) touch the track (2) at some point of its travel
. the points that touch do not stop the smooth travel of the track (2).

Subtask 27-84-62-820-051-B
C.

Adjustment of the Non-datum Side Rollers

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00200-D - Side Rollers and Vertical Rollers - Detail and Location)
NOTE :

(1)

AES

The non-datum side-rollers are those installed on the:

. outboard rib for the left wing
. inboard rib for the right wing.

For tracks 8 and 11, where applicable, remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (21).

27-84-62 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Remove the bolts (21), the washers (22), the side rollers (20) and the shims (23).

(3)

Adjust the thickness of the shims (23) as follows:

. to reduce the friction, increase the thickness of the shims (23) as necessary
. to make sure that the side-rollers (20) touch the track (2) at some point of its travel, decrease the
thickness of the shims (23) as necessary.

(4)

On the tracks 5 and 11, prepare the side-rollers (20) for electrical bonding (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004-A).

(5)

On the tracks 6 thru 10 and 12, apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) on
the side-rollers (20) and the shims (23).

(6)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shanks
of the bolts (21).

(7)

Put the shims (23) and the side-rollers (20) in position.

(8)

Install the shims (23) and the side-rollers (20) with the washers (22) and the bolts (21).

(9)

Do the procedure again, as necessary, until the adjustment of the side-roller(s) (20), is correct.

(10) For tracks 8 and 11, where applicable, safety the bolts (21) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL
ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .
(11) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (21), the washers (22)
and the shims (23).
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-84-62-220-144-A
D.

Check the Position of the Top, Forward and Vertical Roller

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00300-A - Slat-Track Rigging-Dimensions)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00200-D - Side Rollers and Vertical Rollers - Detail and Location)
(1)

Move the applicable track (2) through its full range of travel and make sure that:
. the smooth travel of the track (2) is not stopped by high points that touch between the track (2)
and the vertical roller (15)
. the dimension Z between the track (2) and the top, forward, vertical-roller (15) is never more
than 0.20 mm (0.0079 in.).

(2)

With the track (2) held against the two, top, vertical-rollers (15), move the track (2) through its full
range of travel. Make sure that where the bottom, aft, vertical-roller (15) and the track (2) do not
touch, the clearance is not more than 0.20 mm (0.0079 in.).

(3)

Adjust the top, aft, vertical-roller (15) if:

. the friction load is more than 6.22 daN (13.9831 lbf)
and/or
. the clearance is more than 0.20 mm (0.0079 in.).

Subtask 27-84-62-820-052-C
E.

AES

Adjustment of the Top, Forward and Vertical Roller

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00200-D - Side Rollers and Vertical Rollers - Detail and Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00300-A - Slat-Track Rigging-Dimensions)
(1)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolt (19).

(2)

Remove the bolt (19), the locking ring (18) and the locking plate (17).

(3)

Turn the eccentric bush (16) until the top, forward, vertical-roller (15) touches the track (2).

27-84-62 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Move the track (2) through its full range of travel. Stop the track (2) at the point of maximum load
between the track (2) and the top, forward, vertical-roller (15). Then turn the eccentric bush (16) to
get a clearance of less than 0.038 mm (0.0015 in.) between the track (2) and the vertical roller (15)
(Dim Z).

(5)

Move the track (2) through its full range of travel. Make sure that the maximum clearance between the
track (2) and the top, forward, vertical-roller (15) is never more than 0.20 mm (0.0079 in.).

(6)

Do the procedure again, as necessary, until the adjustment of the top, forward, vertical-roller (15) is
correct.

(7)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shank
of the bolt (19).

(8)

Install the locking plate (17) and the locking ring (18) with the bolt (19).

(9)

Safety the bolt (19) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

(10) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the locking plate (17), the
locking ring (18) and the bolt (19).
Subtask 27-84-62-220-145-A
F.

Check of the Position of the Top, Aft and Vertical Roller

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00200-D - Side Rollers and Vertical Rollers - Detail and Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00300-A - Slat-Track Rigging-Dimensions)
(1)

Do this friction load check and make sure that the friction load is not more than 6.22 daN (13.9831
lbf):
(a)

Attach a spring gage to the applicable track (2).

NOTE :

During this check keep the spring gage in the line-of-travel of the track (2).

(b)

Use the spring gage to move the track (2) from its fully extended position to fully retracted
position. Monitor the spring gage and make a note of the maximum value shown.

(c)

Use the spring gage to extend the track (2) to its fully extended position:
. if the spring gage pulls the track (2), write down the maximum value shown
. if the track (2) extends by its weight and the spring gage holds it back, write down the
minimum value shown.

(d)

Calculate the friction load as follows:

. for two maximum values, the friction load is the sum of the two values
. for one maximum value and one minimum value, the friction load is the difference of the two
values.

(2)

With the track (2) held against the two, top, vertical-rollers (19), move the track (2) through its full
range of travel. Make sure that where the bottom, aft, vertical-roller and the track (2) do not touch, the
clearance is not more than 0.20 mm (0.0079 in.).

(3)

Adjust the top, aft, vertical-roller (15) if:

. the friction load is more than 6.22 daN (13.9831 lbf)
and/or
. the clearance is more than 0.20 mm (0.0079 in.) (Dim Y).

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-84-62-220-144-B
D.

AES

Check the Position of the Top, Forward and Vertical Roller

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00300-A - Slat-Track Rigging-Dimensions)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00200-D - Side Rollers and Vertical Rollers - Detail and Location)

27-84-62 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Move the applicable track (2) through its full range of travel and make sure that:
. the smooth travel of the track (2) is not stopped by high points that touch between the track (2)
and the vertical roller (15)
. the dimension Z between the track (2) and the top, forward, vertical-roller (15) is never more
than 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.).

(2)

With the track (2) held against the two, top, vertical-rollers (15), move the track (2) through its full
range of travel. Make sure that where the bottom, aft, vertical-roller (15) and the track (2) do not
touch, the clearance is not more than 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.).

(3)

Adjust the top, aft, vertical-roller (15) if:

. the friction load is more than 6.5 daN (14.6126 lbf)
and/or
. the clearance is more than 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.).

Subtask 27-84-62-820-052-E
E.

Adjustment of the Top, Forward and Vertical Roller

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00200-D - Side Rollers and Vertical Rollers - Detail and Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00300-A - Slat-Track Rigging-Dimensions)
(1)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolt (19).

(2)

Remove the bolt (19), the locking ring (18) and the locking plate (17).

(3)

Turn the eccentric bush (16) until the top, forward, vertical-roller (15) touches the track (2).

(4)

Move the track (2) through its full range of travel. Stop the track (2) at the point of maximum load
between the track (2) and the top, forward, vertical-roller (15). Then turn the eccentric bush (16) to
get a clearance of less than 0.038 mm (0.0015 in.) between the track (2) and the vertical roller (15)
(Dim Z).

(5)

Move the track (2) through its full range of travel. Make sure that the maximum clearance between the
track (2) and the top, forward, vertical-roller (15) is never more than 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.).

(6)

Do the procedure again, as necessary, until the adjustment of the top, forward, vertical-roller (15) is
correct.

(7)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shank
of the bolt (19).

(8)

Install the locking plate (17) and the locking ring (18) with the bolt (19).

(9)

Safety the bolt (19) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

(10) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the locking plate (17), the
locking ring (18) and the bolt (19).
Subtask 27-84-62-220-145-B
F.

Check of the Position of the Top, Aft and Vertical Roller

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00200-D - Side Rollers and Vertical Rollers - Detail and Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00300-A - Slat-Track Rigging-Dimensions)
(1)

Do this friction load check and make sure that the friction load is not more than 6.5 daN (14.6126 lbf):
(a)

Attach a spring gage to the applicable track (2).

NOTE :

(b)

AES

During this check keep the spring gage in the line-of-travel of the track (2).

Use the spring gage to move the track (2) from its fully extended position to fully retracted
position. Monitor the spring gage and make a note of the maximum value shown.

27-84-62 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

Use the spring gage to extend the track (2) to its fully extended position:
. if the spring gage pulls the track (2), write down the maximum value shown
. if the track (2) extends by its weight and the spring gage holds it back, write down the
minimum value shown.

(d)

Calculate the friction load as follows:

. for two maximum values, the friction load is the sum of the two values
. for one maximum value and one minimum value, the friction load is the difference of the two
values.

(2)

With the track (2) held against the two, top, vertical-rollers (19), move the track (2) through its full
range of travel. Make sure that where the bottom, aft, vertical-roller and the track (2) do not touch, the
clearance is not more than 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.).

(3)

Adjust the top, aft, vertical-roller (15) if:

. the friction load is more than 6.5 daN (14.6126 lbf)
and/or
. the clearance is more than 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) (Dim Y).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-62-820-054-C
G.

Adjustment of the Top, Aft and Vertical Roller

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00200-D - Side Rollers and Vertical Rollers - Detail and Location)
(1)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolt (19).

(2)

Remove the bolt (19), the locking ring (18) and the locking plate (17).

(3)

Move the applicable track (2) through its full range of travel. Adjust the eccentric bush (16) until the
top, aft, vertical-roller (15) touches the track (2) at its highest point.

(4)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shank
of the bolt (19).

(5)

Install the locking plate (17) and the locking ring (18) with the bolt (19).

(6)

Safety the bolt (19) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

(7)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the locking plate (17), the
locking ring (18) and the bolt (19).

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-84-62-820-055-B
H.

AES

Adjustment of the Front Stop

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00700-A - Slat-Track End-Stop - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00200-D - Side Rollers and Vertical Rollers - Detail and Location)
(1)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the applicable bolts (55).

(2)

If applicable, on tracks 5 and 11 only, loosen the nut (56).

(3)

Remove the bolts (55) and the applicable front stop (54).

(4)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shanks
of the bolts (55).

(5)

Loosely assemble the applicable front stop (54) with the bolts (55).

(6)

For tracks 5 and 11, prepare the slat track (2) for electrical bonding (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(7)

Put and hold the track (2) in its fully retracted position.

27-84-62 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8)

Put the front stop (54) in position so that it is parallel with the bottom, forward, vertical-roller (15).

(9)

Tighten the bolts (55).

(10) If applicable, on tracks 5 and 11 only, tighten the nut (56).

(11) Safety the bolts (55) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010)
.
(12) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (55) and the nut (56).
(13) For tracks 5 and 11, do the electrical bonding test (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002-A).
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-84-62-820-055-C
H.

Adjustment of the Front Stop (Tracks 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 12)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00700-B - Slat-Track End-Stop - Location and Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00200-D - Side Rollers and Vertical Rollers - Detail and Location)
(1)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the applicable bolts (55).

(2)

Remove the bolts (55) and the applicable front stop (54).

(3)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shanks
of the bolts (55).

(4)

Loosely assemble the applicable front stop (54) with the bolts (55).

(5)

For tracks 5 and 11, prepare the slat track (2) for electrical bonding (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

(6)

Put and hold the track (2) in its fully retracted position.

(7)

Put the front stop (54) in position so that it is parallel with the bottom, forward, vertical-roller (15).

(8)

Tighten the bolts (55).

(9)

Safety the bolts (55) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010)
.

(10) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (55).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-62-220-143-A
J.

Check of the clearance at the track(s) 5 and 9.

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01700-A - Slat Tracks 5 and 9 - Clearance Dimensions)
(1)

Do a check of the clearance at the track (5) and 9:

(a)

5.

Measure the DIM. X (between the slat track arm and the closing rib structure), this must be a
minimum of 0.5 mm (0.0197 in.).

Close-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00200-D - Side Rollers and Vertical Rollers - Detail and Location)
Subtask 27-84-62-640-050-A
A.

Lubrication
(1)

AES

Lubricate the side-rollers (20) and the top and the bottom vertical-rollers (15) with COMMON
GREASES (Material No: 04-024) .

27-84-62 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-62-410-050-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable actuators:

. for track 5, 6, 8, 10 and 12 (Ref. TASK 27-84-49-400-001-A)
. for tracks 7, 9 and 11 (Ref. TASK 27-84-49-400-002-A).

(3)

Install the applicable slat:

. for tracks 5 and 6 (Ref. TASK 27-84-64-400-002-A)
. for tracks 7 and 8 (Ref. TASK 27-84-65-400-002-A)
. for tracks 9 and 10 (Ref. TASK 27-84-66-400-002-A)
. for tracks 11 and 12 (Ref. TASK 27-84-67-400-002-A).

(4)

Install the applicable closing plate(s) (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-62-865-054-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-62-942-050-A
D.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-62 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
B
A
B
EXAMPLE FOR ALL
TRACK POSITIONS
VIEW ON RIB 5.
LOOKING INBOARD.
OTHER RIBS ALMOST
THE SAME

NOTE DATUM ROLLERS ARE:

LH WING INBOARD RIB
RH WING OUTBOARD RIB
16
2

17
19

18

20

20
22

B
21

23
THIS CONFIGURATION
AT TRACK 11 FORWARD AND
REAR ROLLERS AND TRACK 12
FORWARD ROLLERS ONLY

21
23
THIS CONFIGURATION
AT TRACKS 5 THRU 10
FORWARD AND REAR
ROLLERS AND TRACK 12
REAR ROLLERS ONLY

22

N_MM_278462_4_BEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-62-991-00200-D SHEET 1

Side Rollers and Vertical Rollers - Detail and Location

27-84-62 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

TOP AFT
VERTICAL ROLLER
15
TOP FORWARD
VERTICAL ROLLER
15

15
BOTTOM AFT
VERTICAL ROLLER

15
BOTTOM FORWARD
VERTICAL ROLLER

N_MM_278462_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-62-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Slat-Track Rigging-Dimensions

27-84-62 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

A
A

BONDING LEAD
(TRACKS 5 AND 11
ONLY)
54
55

CLOSING PLATE
(REF ONLY)

56

N_MM_278462_4_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-62-991-00700-A SHEET 1

Slat-Track End-Stop - Location and Detail

27-84-62 PB401

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

SLAT TRACK

TRACKS 5 AND 11

TRACKS 6,7,8,9,10 AND 12

CLOSING PLATE
(REF ONLY)
2

54
55

CLOSING PLATE
(REF ONLY)

N_MM_278462_4_AJT0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-62-991-00700-B SHEET 1

Slat-Track End-Stop - Location and Detail

27-84-62 PB401

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A

TRACKS 5 AND 9 ONLY

SECTION

B B

DIM. X

DIM. X

N_MM_278462_4_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-62-991-01700-A SHEET 1

Slat Tracks 5 and 9 - Clearance Dimensions

27-84-62 PB401

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-62-000-002-A
Removal of the Side Rollers - Slat Tracks 5 thru 12
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-84-49-000-001-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Type B Actuators

27-84-49-000-002-A

Removal of the Type B Actuators

27-84-61-000-001-A
27-84-64-000-001-A
27-84-65-000-001-A
27-84-66-000-001-A
27-84-67-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00200-D - Side

Removal of the Slat Tracks 1 thru 4

Removal of the No. 2 Slat
Removal of the No. 3 Slat
Removal of the No. 4 Slat
Removal of the No. 5 Slat
Rollers and Vertical Rollers - Detail and Location)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00200-D - Side Rollers and Vertical Rollers - Detail and Location)
Subtask 27-84-62-941-054-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

(3)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
slat/flap control lever.

27-84-62 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-62-865-052-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-62-010-051-A
C.

Get Access
(1)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the applicable zone 510 or 610.

(2)

Remove the applicable slat:

. for track 5 and 6 side-rollers (Ref. TASK 27-84-64-000-001-A)
. for track 7 and 8 side-rollers (Ref. TASK 27-84-65-000-001-A)
. for track 9 and 10 side-rollers (Ref. TASK 27-84-66-000-001-A)
. for track 11 and 12 side-rollers (Ref. TASK 27-84-67-000-001-A).

(3)

Remove the applicable actuators:

. for tracks 5, 6, 8, 10 and 12 (Ref. TASK 27-84-49-000-001-A)
. for tracks 7, 9 and 11 (Ref. TASK 27-84-49-000-002-A).

(4)

When it is necessary to remove all the side-rollers (20), remove the applicable track (2) (Ref. TASK
27-84-61-000-001-A).
NOTE :

(5)
4.

To replace two or more side-rollers from opposite sides of the track, you must remove all the
side-rollers. Keep the serviceable side-rollers and their related shims together for the installation.
To replace side-rollers at the same side of the track, remove only the side-rollers you are to
replace.

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
slat/flap control lever.

Procedure
Subtask 27-84-62-020-051-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Side Rollers - Slat Tracks 5 thru 12

(1)

For tracks 8 and 11, where applicable, remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (21).

(2)

Remove the bolts (21), the washers (22), the applicable side-roller(s) (20) and the shims (23).

27-84-62 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-62-400-002-A
Installation of the Side Rollers - Slat Tracks 5 thru 12
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

MICROMETER - EXTERNAL

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27804021000

GAUGE-SLAT TRACK SETTING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-024
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
C.

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. GREASE FOR FLAP & SLAT MECHANISM
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-869-002-A
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

27-84-49-000-001-A

Removal of the Type B Actuators

27-84-49-000-002-A

Removal of the Type B Actuators

27-84-49-400-001-A

Installation of the Type B Actuators

27-84-49-400-002-A

Installation of the Type B Actuators

27-84-61-000-002-A

Removal of the Side-Rollers - Slat Tracks 1 thru 4

AES

27-84-62 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-84-62-400-001-A
27-84-64-000-001-A
27-84-64-400-002-A
27-84-65-000-001-A
27-84-65-400-002-A
27-84-66-000-001-A
27-84-66-400-002-A
27-84-67-000-001-A
27-84-67-400-002-A
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00200-D - Side

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Slat Tracks 5 thru 12
Removal of the No. 2 Slat
Installation of the No. 2 Slat
Removal of the No. 3 Slat
Installation of the No. 3 Slat
Removal of the No. 4 Slat
Installation of the No. 4 Slat
Removal of the No. 5 Slat
Installation of the No. 5 Slat
Rollers and Vertical Rollers - Detail and Location)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00400-A - Slat Track 5 thru 12 - Zero Datum Tool)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-62-941-056-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat
controls.

(3)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
slat/flap control lever.

Subtask 27-84-62-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-62-860-052-A
C.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is below the applicable zone 510
or 610.

(2)

Make sure that the applicable slats have been removed:

. for track 5 and 6 side-rollers (Ref. TASK 27-84-64-000-001-A)
. for track 7 and 8 side-rollers (Ref. TASK 27-84-65-000-001-A)
. for track 9 and 10 side-rollers (Ref. TASK 27-84-66-000-001-A)
. for track 11 and 12 side-rollers (Ref. TASK 27-84-67-000-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the applicable actuators have been removed:

. for tracks 5, 6, 8, 10 and 12 (Ref. TASK 27-84-49-000-001-A)
. for tracks 7, 9 and 11 (Ref. TASK 27-84-49-000-002-A).

(4)

Make sure that the applicable side rollers have been removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-61-000-002-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00200-D - Side Rollers and Vertical Rollers - Detail and Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00400-A - Slat Track 5 thru 12 - Zero Datum Tool)

AES

27-84-62 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-62-420-057-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Set the Track Datum use the GAUGE-SLAT TRACK SETTING (98D27804021000) as follows:
NOTE :

(5)

(a)

Install the applicable setting track (35).

(b)

Install and lock the two clamp assemblies (36) at the locations of the non-datum side-rollers.

(c)

Turn the thumb screws (37) equally until they stop.

(d)

Install the gage assembly (40) with the washers (22) and the bolts (21) at the location of the aft
datum side-roller.

(e)

Turn the torque screw (38) on the gage assembly (40) until it stops. Lock it in position with the
thumb screw (39).

To calculate the thickness of the datum side-roller shims (23):

NOTE :

(6)

This procedure is only necessary where all the side rollers are removed.

This procedure is only necessary where all the side rollers are removed.

(a)

Remove the bolts (21), the washers (22) and the gage assembly (40) from the location of the aft
datum side-roller.

(b)

Set the micrometer (42) on the gage block (44) to zero.

(c)

Install the gage assembly (40) on the gage block (44) and lock it in position with the clamps (41).

(d)

Move the micrometer (42) in the gage block (44) until it touches the gage assembly (40). Lock
the micrometer (42) in position with the screw (43).

(e)

Remove the gage assembly (40) from the gage block (44).

(f)

Install the serviceable datum side-roller (20) on the gage block (44) and lock it in position with
the clamps (41).

(g)

Adjust the micrometer (42) until it touches the datum side-roller (20). Write down the dimension
shown on the micrometer (42).

(h)

Use an MICROMETER - EXTERNAL to calculate the dimensions for the shims (23) from the
data written down.

(i)

Remove the datum side-roller (20) from the gage block (44).

(j)

Keep the side-roller (20) and its shims (23) together.

(k)

Do the procedure again for the forward datum side-roller.

Remove the clamp assemblies (36) and the setting track (35).

Subtask 27-84-62-420-051-B
B.

Installation of the Datum Side-Rollers

NOTE :
(1)

AES

This procedure is only necessary where all the side-rollers are removed.

For tracks 5 and 11, prepare the aft datum side-roller (20) for electrical bonding (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004-A).

27-84-62 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

For tracks 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 12, apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) to
the interface of the datum side-rollers (20) and the shims (23).

(3)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shanks
of the bolts (21).

(4)

Put the necessary thickness of shims (23) and the aft datum side-roller (20) in position.

(5)

Install the shims (23) and the aft datum side-roller (20) with the washers (22) and the bolts (21).

(6)

For tracks 8 and 11, where applicable, safety the bolts (21) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL
ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

(7)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (21), the washers (22)
and the shims (23).

(8)

Do the procedure again for the front datum side-roller (20).

(9)

If removed, install the applicable slat track (2) (Ref. TASK 27-84-62-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-62-420-052-A
C.

Installation of One Side-Roller or a Pair on the Same Side

(1)

For tracks 5 and 11, prepare the side-roller(s) (20) for electrical bonding (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004A).

(2)

For tracks 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 12, apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) to
the interface of the side-roller(s) (20) and the shims (23).

(3)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the shanks
of the bolts (21).

(4)

Put the shims (23) and the side-roller(s) (20) in position.

(5)

Install the shims (23) and the side roller(s) (20) with the washers (22) and the bolts (21).

Subtask 27-84-62-820-059-A
D.

AES

Adjustment of the Side Rollers

(1)

Move the applicable track (2) through its full range of travel and make sure that:
. the side-roller(s) (20) touch the track (2) at some point of its travel
. the points that touch do not stop the smooth travel of the track (2).

(2)

To adjust the side-roller(s):

(a)

Remove the bolts (21), the washers (22), the side-roller(s) (20) and the shims (23).

(b)

Adjust the thickness of the shims (23):

. to reduce the friction, increase the thickness of the shims (23)
. to make sure that the side-roller(s) (20) touch the track (2) at some point of its travel,
decrease the thickness of the shims (23) as necessary.

(3)

Install the shims (23) and the side-rollers (20) with the washers (22) and bolts (21).

(4)

Do the procedure again, as necessary, until the side-roller(s) (20) adjustment is correct.

(5)

For tracks 8 and 11, where applicable, safety the bolts (21) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL
ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

(6)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (21), the washers (22)
and the shims (23).

27-84-62 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-62-912-057-A
E.

Electrical Bonding Test

(1)

5.

For track 5 and 11, do the electrical bonding test (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-62-410-051-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable actuators:

. for tracks 5, 6, 8, 10 and 12 (Ref. TASK 27-84-49-400-001-A)
. for tracks 7, 9 and 11 (Ref. TASK 27-84-49-400-002-A).

(3)

Install the applicable slat:

. for tracks 5 and 6 (Ref. TASK 27-84-64-400-002-A)
. for tracks 7 and 8 (Ref. TASK 27-84-65-400-002-A)
. for tracks 9 and 10 (Ref. TASK 27-84-66-400-002-A)
. for tracks 11 and 12 (Ref. TASK 27-84-67-400-002-A).

Subtask 27-84-62-865-055-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-62-942-051-A
C.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-62 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

35

36
37

42

43

44

38
39
40

41

41

N_MM_278462_4_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-62-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Slat Track 5 thru 12 - Zero Datum Tool

27-84-62 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TRACK - SLAT 2, 3, 4, 5 - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-62-200-001-A
Dimensional Check of the Slat-To-Track Attachment Fittings, Tracks 5 Thru 12
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

B.

WARNING NOTICE(S)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-024
C.

DESIGNATION

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. GREASE FOR FLAP & SLAT MECHANISM

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-84-62-000-001-A
27-84-62-400-001-A
27-84-64-000-001-A
27-84-64-400-002-A
27-84-65-000-001-A
27-84-65-400-002-A
27-84-66-000-001-A
27-84-66-400-002-A
27-84-67-000-001-A
27-84-67-400-002-A
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00800-A - Slat

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Slat Tracks 5 thru 12
Installation of the Slat Tracks 5 thru 12
Removal of the No. 2 Slat
Installation of the No. 2 Slat
Removal of the No. 3 Slat
Installation of the No. 3 Slat
Removal of the No. 4 Slat
Installation of the No. 4 Slat
Removal of the No. 5 Slat
Installation of the No. 5 Slat
2, Track 5 - Attachment Details)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00800-B - Slat 2, Track 5 - Attachment Details)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00900-A - Slat 2, Track 6 - Attachment Details)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01000-A - Slat 3, Track 7 - Attachment Details)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01100-A - Slat 3, Track 8 - Attachment Details)

AES

27-84-62 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01200-A - Slat 4, Track 9 - Attachment Details)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01300-A - Slat 4, Track 10 - Attachment Details)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01400-A - Slat 5, Track 11 - Attachment Details)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01400-B - Slat 5, Track 11 - Attachment Details)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01500-A - Slat 5, Track 12 - Attachment Details)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-62-941-052-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-62-010-052-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Remove the applicable Slat:

. for the Slat tracks 5 and 6, remove the Slat No. 2 (Ref. TASK 27-84-64-000-001-A)
. for the Slat tracks 7 and 8, remove the Slat No. 3 (Ref. TASK 27-84-65-000-001-A)
. for the Slat tracks 9 and 10, remove the Slat No. 4 (Ref. TASK 27-84-66-000-001-A)
. for the Slat tracks 11 and 12, remove the Slat No. 5 (Ref. TASK 27-84-67-000-001-A).

(2)

Remove the applicable Slat track (Ref. TASK 27-84-62-000-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is on the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(4)

For the Slat track 5, remove:

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00800-A - Slat 2, Track 5 - Attachment Details)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00800-B - Slat 2, Track 5 - Attachment Details)
(a)

the nut (16), the locking plate (17), the nut (7), the washer (6), the bolt (15) and the eccentric
bush (14).

(b)

the links (8) and (10) and the bolt (18).

NOTE :

(5)

The bolts (1) and (19) and their related nuts and washers were removed when the Slat
No. 2 was removed.

For the Slat track 6, remove:

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00900-A - Slat 2, Track 6 - Attachment Details)

AES

(a)

the nuts (15), the washers (14), the bolts (18) and the two links (16).

(b)

the nut (21), the locking plate (19), the nut (13), the washer (12), the bolt (4) and the eccentric
bush (5).

27-84-62 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

the links (9) and (11) and the bolt (20).

NOTE :

(6)

For the Slat track 7, remove:

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01000-A - Slat 3, Track 7 - Attachment Details)
(a)

the nut (10), the locking plate (11), the nut (4), the washer (5), the bolt (15) and the eccentric
bush (6).

(b)

the links (14) and (21) and the bolt (12).

NOTE :

(7)

(a)

the nuts (17), the washers (16), the bolts (20) and the two links (18).

(b)

the nut (9), the locking plate (10), the nut (15), the washer (14), the bolt (4) and the eccentric
bush (5).

(c)

the links (13) and (21) and the bolt (11).

The bolts (3) and their related nuts and washers were removed when the Slat No. 3 was
removed.

For the Slat track 9, remove:

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01200-A - Slat 4, Track 9 - Attachment Details)
(a)

the nut (14), the locking plate (15), the nut (4), the washer (5), the bolt (13) and the eccentric
bush (12).

(b)

the links (6) and (8) and the bolt (16).

NOTE :

(9)

The bolts (3) and (16) and their related nuts and washers were removed when the Slat
No. 3 was removed.

For the Slat track 8, remove:

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01100-A - Slat 3, Track 8 - Attachment Details)

NOTE :
(8)

The bolts (3) and their related nuts and washers were removed when the Slat No. 2 was
removed.

The bolts (1) and (17) and their related nuts and washers were removed when the Slat
No. 4 was removed.

For the Slat track 10, remove:

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01300-A - Slat 4, Track 10 - Attachment Details)
(a)

the nuts (17), the washers (16), the bolts (20) and the two links (18).

(b)

the nut (9), the locking plate (10), the nut (15), the washer (14), the bolt (4) and the eccentric
bush (5).

(c)

the links (13) and (21) and the bolt (11).

NOTE :

The bolts (3) and their related nuts and washers were removed when the Slat No. 4 was
removed.

(10) For the Slat track 11, remove:

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01400-A - Slat 5, Track 11 - Attachment Details)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01400-B - Slat 5, Track 11 - Attachment Details)
(a)

AES

the nut (10), the locking plate (9), the nut (5), the washer (6), the bolt (12) and the eccentric
bush (11).

27-84-62 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

the links (4) and (16) and the bolt (8).

NOTE :

The bolts (1) and (20) and their related nuts and washers were removed when the Slat
No. 5 was removed.

(11) For the Slat track 12, remove:

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01500-A - Slat 5, Track 12 - Attachment Details)
(a)

the nut (11), the washer (10) and the bolt (30).

(b)

the nut (14), the washer (13), the bolt (29) and the links (8) and (31).

(c)

the nut (26), the locking plate (27), the nut (16), the washer (17), the bolt (25) and the eccentric
bush (24).

(d)

the links (18) and (20) and the bolt (28).

NOTE :

4.

The bolts (5) and (6) and their related nuts and washers were removed when the Slat No.
5 was removed.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00800-A - Slat 2, Track 5 - Attachment Details)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01400-A - Slat 5, Track 11 - Attachment Details)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00900-A - Slat 2, Track 6 - Attachment Details)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01000-A - Slat 3, Track 7 - Attachment Details)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01100-A - Slat 3, Track 8 - Attachment Details)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01200-A - Slat 4, Track 9 - Attachment Details)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01300-A - Slat 4, Track 10 - Attachment Details)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01500-A - Slat 5, Track 12 - Attachment Details)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00800-B - Slat 2, Track 5 - Attachment Details)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01400-B - Slat 5, Track 11 - Attachment Details)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-62-220-051-A
A.

Dimensional Check of Slat 2, Track 5

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.639

OD 1

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4976
0.0220

0.0580

0.1120

0.0009

0.0023

0.0044

12.706

12.724

12.751

ID 2

0.5002

0.5009

0.5020

Subtask 27-84-62-220-052-A
B.

Dimensional Check of Slat 2, Track 5

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.653

OD 1

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4981
0.0030

0.0340

0.0600

0.0001

0.0013

0.0024

12.687

12.700

12.713

ID 3

0.4995

0.5000

0.5005

Subtask 27-84-62-220-053-A
C.

Dimensional Check of Slat 2, Track 5

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.966

MAX
15.984

MIN
15.943

OD 5

0.6286

0.6293

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6277
0.0160

0.0520

0.0980

0.0006

0.0020

0.0039

16.000

16.018

16.041

ID 4

0.6299

0.6306

0.6315

Subtask 27-84-62-220-054-A
D.

Dimensional Check of Slat 2, Track 5

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.640

OD 19

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4976
0.0160

0.0610

0.1130

0.0006

0.0024

0.0044

12.700

12.727

12.753

ID 5

0.5000

0.5011

0.5021

Subtask 27-84-62-220-055-A
E.

Dimensional Check of Slat 2, Track 5

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.653

OD 19

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4981
0.0030

0.0340

0.0600

0.0001

0.0013

0.0024

12.687

12.700

12.713

ID 21

0.4995

0.5000

0.5005

Subtask 27-84-62-220-056-A
F.

Dimensional Check of Slat 2, Track 5

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.643

OD 19

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4978
0.0160

0.0520

0.0980

0.0006

0.0020

0.0039

12.700

12.718

12.741

ID 20

0.5000

0.5007

0.5016

Subtask 27-84-62-220-057-A
G.

Dimensional Check of Slat 2, Track 5

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.639

OD 15

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4976
0.0220

0.0580

0.1120

0.0009

0.0023

0.0044

12.706

12.724

12.751

ID 8

0.5002

0.5009

0.5020

Subtask 27-84-62-220-058-A
H.

Dimensional Check of Slat 2, Track 5

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.836

MAX
15.854

MIN
15.820

OD 12

0.6235

0.6242

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6228
0.0080

0.0390

0.0710

0.0003

0.0015

0.0028

15.862

15.875

15.891

ID 9

0.6245

0.6250

0.6256

Subtask 27-84-62-220-059-A
J.

Dimensional Check of Slat 2, Track 5

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
18.959

MAX
18.980

MIN
18.927

OD 13

0.7464

0.7472

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7452
0.0270

0.0690

0.1330

0.0011

0.0027

0.0052

19.007

19.028

19.060

ID 10

0.7483

0.7491

0.7504

Subtask 27-84-62-220-060-A
K.

Dimensional Check of Slat 2, Track 5

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.643

OD 15

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4978
0.0160

0.0520

0.0980

0.0006

0.0020

0.0039

12.700

12.718

12.741

ID 11

0.5000

0.5007

0.5016

Subtask 27-84-62-220-061-A
L.

Dimensional Check of Slat 2, Track 6

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.639

OD 3

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4976
0.0220

0.0580

0.1120

0.0009

0.0023

0.0044

12.706

12.724

12.751

ID 1

0.5002

0.5009

0.5020

Subtask 27-84-62-220-062-A
M.

Dimensional Check of Slat 2, Track 6

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.653

OD 3

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4981
0.0030

0.0340

0.0600

0.0001

0.0013

0.0024

12.687

12.700

12.713

ID 2

0.4995

0.5000

0.5005

Subtask 27-84-62-220-063-A
N.

Dimensional Check of Slat 2, Track 6

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.639

OD 18

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4976
0.0220

0.0580

0.1120

0.0009

0.0023

0.0044

12.706

12.724

12.751

ID 16

0.5002

0.5009

0.5020

Subtask 27-84-62-220-064-A
P.

Dimensional Check of Slat 2, Track 6

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.653

OD 18

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4981
0.0030

0.0340

0.0600

0.0001

0.0013

0.0024

12.687

12.700

12.713

ID 17

0.4995

0.5000

0.5005

Subtask 27-84-62-220-065-A
Q.

Dimensional Check of Slat 2, Track 6

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.639

OD 4

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4976
0.0220

0.0580

0.1120

0.0009

0.0023

0.0044

12.706

12.724

12.751

ID 11

0.5002

0.5009

0.5020

Subtask 27-84-62-220-066-A
R.

Dimensional Check of Slat 2, Track 6

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.836

MAX
15.854

MIN
15.820

OD 7

0.6235

0.6242

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6228
0.0080

0.0390

0.0710

0.0003

0.0015

0.0028

15.862

15.875

15.891

ID 10

0.6245

0.6250

0.6256

Subtask 27-84-62-220-067-A
S.

Dimensional Check of Slat 2, Track 6

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
18.959

MAX
18.980

MIN
18.927

OD 6

0.7464

0.7472

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7452
0.0270

0.0690

0.1330

0.0011

0.0027

0.0052

19.007

19.028

19.060

ID 9

0.7483

0.7491

0.7504

Subtask 27-84-62-220-068-A
T.

Dimensional Check of Slat 2, Track 6

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.643

OD 4

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4978
0.0160

0.0520

0.0980

0.0006

0.0020

0.0039

12.700

12.718

12.741

ID 8

0.5000

0.5007

0.5016

Subtask 27-84-62-220-069-A
U.

Dimensional Check of Slat 3, Track 7

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions.

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.639

OD 3

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4976
0.0220

0.0580

0.1120

0.0009

0.0023

0.0044

12.706

12.724

12.751

ID 1

0.5002

0.5009

0.5020

Subtask 27-84-62-220-070-A
V.

Dimensional Check of Slat 3, Track 7

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.653

OD 3

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4981
0.0030

0.0340

0.0600

0.0001

0.0013

0.0024

12.687

12.700

12.713

ID 2

0.4995

0.5000

0.5005

Subtask 27-84-62-220-071-A
W.

Dimensional Check of Slat 3, Track 7

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.966

MAX
15.984

MIN
15.943

OD 20

0.6286

0.6293

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6277
0.0160

0.0520

0.0980

0.0006

0.0020

0.0039

16.000

16.018

16.041

ID 19

0.6299

0.6306

0.6315

Subtask 27-84-62-220-072-A
X.

Dimensional Check of Slat 3, Track 7

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.640

OD 16

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4976
0.0160

0.0610

0.1130

0.0006

0.0024

0.0044

12.700

12.727

12.753

ID 20

0.5000

0.5011

0.5021

Subtask 27-84-62-220-073-A
Y.

Dimensional Check of Slat 3, Track 7

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.653

OD 16

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4981
0.0030

0.0340

0.0600

0.0001

0.0013

0.0024

12.687

12.700

12.713

ID 18

0.4995

0.5000

0.5005

Subtask 27-84-62-220-074-A
AA. Dimensional Check of Slat 3, Track 7
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.643

OD 16

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4978
0.0160

0.0520

0.0980

0.0006

0.0020

0.0039

12.700

12.718

12.741

ID 17

0.5000

0.5007

0.5016

Subtask 27-84-62-220-075-A
AB. Dimensional Check of Slat 3, Track 7
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.639

OD 15

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4976
0.0220

0.0580

0.1120

0.0009

0.0023

0.0044

12.706

12.724

12.751

ID 14

0.5002

0.5009

0.5020

Subtask 27-84-62-220-076-A
AC. Dimensional Check of Slat 3, Track 7
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.643

OD 15

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4978
0.0160

0.0520

0.0980

0.0006

0.0020

0.0039

12.700

12.718

12.741

ID 9

0.5000

0.5007

0.5016

Subtask 27-84-62-220-077-A
AD. Dimensional Check of Slat 3, Track 7
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.836

MAX
15.854

MIN
15.820

OD 8

0.6235

0.6242

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6228
0.0080

0.0390

0.0710

0.0003

0.0015

0.0028

15.862

15.875

15.891

ID 13

0.6245

0.6250

0.6256

Subtask 27-84-62-220-078-A
AE.

Dimensional Check of Slat 3, Track 7

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
18.959

MAX
18.980

MIN
18.927

OD 7

0.7464

0.7472

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7452
0.0270

0.0690

0.1330

0.0011

0.0027

0.0052

19.007

19.028

19.060

ID 21

0.7483

0.7491

0.7504

Subtask 27-84-62-220-079-A
AF.

Dimensional Check of Slat 3, Track 8

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions.

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.639

OD 3

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4976
0.0220

0.0580

0.1120

0.0009

0.0023

0.0044

12.706

12.724

12.751

ID 2

0.5002

0.5009

0.5020

Subtask 27-84-62-220-080-A
AG. Dimensional Check of Slat 3, Track 8
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.653

OD 3

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4981
0.0030

0.0340

0.0600

0.0001

0.0013

0.0024

12.687

12.700

12.713

ID 1

0.4995

0.5000

0.5005

Subtask 27-84-62-220-081-A
AH. Dimensional Check of Slat 3, Track 8
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.639

OD 20

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4976
0.0220

0.0580

0.1120

0.0009

0.0023

0.0044

12.706

12.724

12.751

ID 18

0.5002

0.5009

0.5020

Subtask 27-84-62-220-082-A
AJ.

Dimensional Check of Slat 3, Track 8

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.653

OD 20

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4981
0.0030

0.0340

0.0600

0.0001

0.0013

0.0024

12.687

12.700

12.713

ID 19

0.4995

0.5000

0.5005

Subtask 27-84-62-220-083-A
AK. Dimensional Check of Slat 3, Track 8
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.639

OD 4

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4976
0.0220

0.0580

0.1120

0.0009

0.0023

0.0044

12.706

12.724

12.751

ID 13

0.5002

0.5009

0.5020

Subtask 27-84-62-220-084-A
AL.

Dimensional Check of Slat 3, Track 8

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.836

MAX
15.854

MIN
15.820

OD 7

0.6235

0.6242

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6228
0.0080

0.0390

0.0710

0.0003

0.0015

0.0028

15.862

15.875

15.891

ID 12

0.6245

0.6250

0.6256

Subtask 27-84-62-220-085-A
AM. Dimensional Check of Slat 3, Track 8
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
18.959

MAX
18.980

MIN
18.927

OD 6

0.7464

0.7472

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7452
0.0270

0.0690

0.1330

0.0011

0.0027

0.0052

19.007

19.028

19.060

ID 21

0.7483

0.7491

0.7504

Subtask 27-84-62-220-086-A
AN. Dimensional Check of Slat 3, Track 8
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.643

OD 4

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4978
0.0160

0.0520

0.0980

0.0006

0.0020

0.0039

12.700

12.718

12.741

ID 8

0.5000

0.5007

0.5016

Subtask 27-84-62-220-087-A
AP. Dimensional Check of Slat 4, Track 9
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.639

OD 1

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4976
0.0220

0.0580

0.1120

0.0009

0.0023

0.0044

12.706

12.724

12.751

ID 2

0.5002

0.5009

0.5020

Subtask 27-84-62-220-088-A
AQ. Dimensional Check of Slat 4, Track 9
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.653

OD 1

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4981
0.0030

0.0340

0.0600

0.0001

0.0013

0.0024

12.687

12.700

12.713

ID 3

0.4995

0.5000

0.5005

Subtask 27-84-62-220-089-A
AR. Dimensional Check of Slat 4, Track 9
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.966

MAX
15.984

MIN
15.943

OD 21

0.6286

0.6293

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6277
0.0160

0.0520

0.0980

0.0006

0.0020

0.0039

16.000

16.018

16.041

ID 20

0.6299

0.6306

0.6315

Subtask 27-84-62-220-090-A
AS.

Dimensional Check of Slat 4, Track 9

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.640

OD 17

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4976
0.0160

0.0610

0.1130

0.0006

0.0024

0.0044

12.700

12.727

12.753

ID 21

0.5000

0.5011

0.5021

Subtask 27-84-62-220-091-A
AT. Dimensional Check of Slat 4, Track 9
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.653

OD 17

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4981
0.0030

0.0340

0.0600

0.0001

0.0013

0.0024

12.687

12.700

12.713

ID 19

0.4995

0.5000

0.5005

Subtask 27-84-62-220-092-A
AU. Dimensional Check of Slat 4, Track 9
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.643

OD 17

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4978
0.0160

0.0520

0.0980

0.0006

0.0020

0.0039

12.700

12.718

12.741

ID 18

0.5000

0.5007

0.5016

Subtask 27-84-62-220-093-A
AV. Dimensional Check of Slat 4, Track 9
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.639

OD 13

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4976
0.0220

0.0580

0.1120

0.0009

0.0023

0.0044

12.706

12.724

12.751

ID 6

0.5002

0.5009

0.5020

Subtask 27-84-62-220-094-A
AW. Dimensional Check of Slat 4, Track 9
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.836

MAX
15.854

MIN
15.820

OD 10

0.6235

0.6242

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6228
0.0080

0.0390

0.0710

0.0003

0.0015

0.0028

15.862

15.875

15.891

ID 7

0.6245

0.6250

0.6256

Subtask 27-84-62-220-095-A
AX. Dimensional Check of Slat 4, Track 9
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
18.959

MAX
18.980

MIN
18.927

OD 11

0.7464

0.7472

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7452
0.0270

0.0690

0.1330

0.0011

0.0027

0.0052

19.007

19.028

19.060

ID 8

0.7483

0.7491

0.7504

Subtask 27-84-62-220-096-A
AY. Dimensional Check of Slat 4, Track 9
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.643

OD 13

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4978
0.0160

0.0520

0.0980

0.0006

0.0020

0.0039

12.700

12.718

12.741

ID 9

0.5000

0.5007

0.5016

Subtask 27-84-62-220-097-A
BA. Dimensional Check of Slat 4, Track 10
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.639

OD 3

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4976
0.0220

0.0580

0.1120

0.0009

0.0023

0.0044

12.706

12.724

12.751

ID 1

0.5002

0.5009

0.5020

Subtask 27-84-62-220-098-A
BB. Dimensional Check of Slat 4, Track 10
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.653

OD 3

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4981
0.0030

0.0340

0.0600

0.0001

0.0013

0.0024

12.687

12.700

12.713

ID 2

0.4995

0.5000

0.5005

Subtask 27-84-62-220-099-A
BC. Dimensional Check of Slat 4, Track 10
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.639

OD 20

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4976
0.0220

0.0580

0.1120

0.0009

0.0023

0.0044

12.706

12.724

12.751

ID 18

0.5002

0.5009

0.5020

Subtask 27-84-62-220-100-A
BD. Dimensional Check of Slat 4, Track 10
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.653

OD 20

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4981
0.0030

0.0340

0.0600

0.0001

0.0013

0.0024

12.687

12.700

12.713

ID 19

0.4995

0.5000

0.5005

Subtask 27-84-62-220-101-A
BE.

Dimensional Check of Slat 4, Track 10

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.639

OD 4

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4976
0.0220

0.0580

0.1120

0.0009

0.0023

0.0044

12.706

12.724

12.751

ID 13

0.5002

0.5009

0.5020

Subtask 27-84-62-220-102-A
BF.

Dimensional Check of Slat 4, Track 10

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.836

MAX
15.854

MIN
15.820

OD 7

0.6235

0.6242

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6228
0.0080

0.0390

0.0710

0.0003

0.0015

0.0028

15.862

15.875

15.891

ID 12

0.6245

0.6250

0.6256

Subtask 27-84-62-220-103-A
BG. Dimensional Check of Slat 4, Track 10
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
18.959

MAX
18.980

MIN
18.927

OD 6

0.7464

0.7472

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.7452
0.0270

0.0690

0.1330

0.0011

0.0027

0.0052

19.007

19.028

19.060

ID 21

0.7483

0.7491

0.7504

Subtask 27-84-62-220-104-A
BH. Dimensional Check of Slat 4, Track 10
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.643

OD 4

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4978
0.0160

0.0520

0.0980

0.0006

0.0020

0.0039

12.700

12.718

12.741

ID 8

0.5000

0.5007

0.5016

Subtask 27-84-62-220-105-A
BJ.

Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 11

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
9.497

MAX
9.512

OD 1

0.3739

0.3745

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
9.472

MAX

0.3729
0.0230

0.0530

0.1080

0.0009

0.0021

0.0043

9.535

9.550

9.580

ID 2

0.3754

0.3760

0.3772

Subtask 27-84-62-220-106-A
BK. Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 11
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
9.497

MAX
9.512

OD 1

0.3739

0.3745

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
9.488

MAX

0.3735
0.0000

0.0280

0.0460

0.0000

0.0011

0.0018

9.512

9.525

9.534

ID 3

0.3745

0.3750

0.3754

Subtask 27-84-62-220-107-A
BL.

Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 11

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
9.497

MAX
9.512

OD 12

0.3739

0.3745

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
9.472

MAX

0.3729
0.0230

0.0530

0.1030

0.0009

0.0021

0.0041

9.535

9.550

9.575

ID 4

0.3754

0.3760

0.3770

Subtask 27-84-62-220-108-A
BM. Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 11
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.653

OD 14

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4981
0.0030

0.0340

0.0600

0.0001

0.0013

0.0024

12.687

12.700

12.713

ID 7

0.4995

0.5000

0.5005

Subtask 27-84-62-220-109-A
BN. Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 11
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 33
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.966

MAX
15.984

MIN
15.939

OD 13

0.6286

0.6293

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6275
0.0220

0.0580

0.1120

0.0009

0.0023

0.0044

16.006

16.024

16.051

ID 16

0.6302

0.6309

0.6319

Subtask 27-84-62-220-110-A
BP. Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 11
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
9.497

MAX
9.512

OD 12

0.3739

0.3745

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
9.478

MAX

0.3731
0.0130

0.0430

0.0810

0.0005

0.0017

0.0032

9.525

9.540

9.559

ID 15

0.3750

0.3756

0.3763

Subtask 27-84-62-220-111-A
BQ. Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 11
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 34
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.466

MAX
12.484

MIN
12.443

OD 17

0.4908

0.4915

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4899
0.0160

0.0520

0.0980

0.0006

0.0020

0.0039

12.500

12.518

12.541

ID 18

0.4921

0.4928

0.4937

Subtask 27-84-62-220-112-A
BR. Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 11
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
9.497

MAX
9.512

OD 20

0.3739

0.3745

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
9.473

MAX

0.3730
0.0180

0.0550

0.1030

0.0007

0.0022

0.0041

9.530

9.552

9.576

ID 17

0.3752

0.3761

0.3770

Subtask 27-84-62-220-113-A
BS.

Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 11

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 35
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
9.497

MAX
9.512

OD 20

0.3739

0.3745

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
9.489

MAX

0.3736
0.0000

0.0280

0.0440

0.0000

0.0011

0.0017

9.512

9.525

9.533

ID 21

0.3745

0.3750

0.3753

Subtask 27-84-62-220-114-A
BT. Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 11
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
9.497

MAX
9.512

OD 20

0.3739

0.3745

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
9.478

MAX

0.3731
0.0130

0.0430

0.0810

0.0005

0.0017

0.0032

9.525

9.540

9.559

ID 19

0.3750

0.3756

0.3763

Subtask 27-84-62-220-115-A
BU. Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 12
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 36
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
11.079

MAX
11.097

MIN
11.062

OD 6

0.4362

0.4369

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4355
-0.0010

0.0350

0.0690

0.0000

0.0014

0.0027

11.096

11.114

11.131

ID 2

0.4369

0.4376

0.4382

Subtask 27-84-62-220-116-A
BV. Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 12
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
11.079

MAX
11.097

MIN
11.067

OD 6

0.4362

0.4369

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4357
0.0030

0.0340

0.0580

0.0001

0.0013

0.0023

11.100

11.113

11.125

ID 1

0.4370

0.4375

0.4380

Subtask 27-84-62-220-117-A
BW. Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 12
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 37
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
9.497

MAX
9.512

OD 5

0.3739

0.3745

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
9.472

MAX

0.3729
0.0230

0.0530

0.1030

0.0009

0.0021

0.0041

9.535

9.550

9.575

ID 3

0.3754

0.3760

0.3770

Subtask 27-84-62-220-118-A
BX. Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 12
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
9.497

MAX
9.512

OD 5

0.3739

0.3745

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
9.488

MAX

0.3735
0.0000

0.0280

0.0460

0.0000

0.0011

0.0018

9.512

9.525

9.534

ID 4

0.3745

0.3750

0.3754

Subtask 27-84-62-220-119-A
BY. Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 12
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 38
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
9.497

MAX
9.512

OD 30

0.3739

0.3745

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
9.472

MAX

0.3729
0.0230

0.0530

0.1030

0.0009

0.0021

0.0041

9.535

9.550

9.575

ID 9

0.3754

0.3760

0.3770

Subtask 27-84-62-220-120-A
CA. Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 12
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
9.497

MAX
9.512

OD 30

0.3739

0.3745

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
9.488

MAX

0.3735
0.0000

0.0280

0.0460

0.0000

0.0011

0.0018

9.512

9.525

9.534

ID 7

0.3745

0.3750

0.3754

Subtask 27-84-62-220-121-A
CB. Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 12
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 39
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
11.079

MAX
11.097

MIN
11.062

OD 29

0.4362

0.4369

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4355
-0.0010

0.0350

0.0690

0.0000

0.0014

0.0027

11.096

11.114

11.131

ID 12

0.4369

0.4376

0.4382

Subtask 27-84-62-220-122-A
CC.

Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 12

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
11.079

MAX
11.097

MIN
11.064

OD 29

0.4362

0.4369

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4356
0.0030

0.0410

0.0710

0.0001

0.0016

0.0028

11.100

11.120

11.135

ID 15

0.4370

0.4378

0.4384

Subtask 27-84-62-220-123-A
CD. Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 12
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 40
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
9.497

MAX
9.512

OD 25

0.3739

0.3745

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
9.472

MAX

0.3729
0.0230

0.0530

0.1030

0.0009

0.0021

0.0041

9.535

9.550

9.575

ID 18

0.3754

0.3760

0.3770

Subtask 27-84-62-220-124-A
CE.

Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 12

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
12.666

MAX
12.684

MIN
12.653

OD 22

0.4987

0.4994

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.4981
0.0030

0.0340

0.0600

0.0001

0.0013

0.0024

12.687

12.700

12.713

ID 19

0.4995

0.5000

0.5005

Subtask 27-84-62-220-125-A
CF.

Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 12

(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

AES

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 41
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FIG. DETAIL AND
ITEM N

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)

MIN
15.966

MAX
15.984

MIN
15.939

OD 23

0.6286

0.6293

MIN

MAX

MAX

0.6275
0.0220

0.0580

0.1120

0.0009

0.0023

0.0044

16.006

16.024

16.051

ID 20

0.6302

0.6309

0.6319

Subtask 27-84-62-220-126-A
CG. Dimensional Check of Slat 5, Track 12
(1)

Fits and clearance dimensions

NOTE :

FIG. DETAIL AND

ITEM N

5.

The limits on the chrome-plated surfaces only apply when there is a layer of chrome on the
bearing surfaces.

ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS

DIMENSION MM (IN)
ASSEMBLY
CLEARANCE MM (IN)

MIN
9.497

MAX
9.512

OD 25

0.3739

0.3745

MIN

MAX

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS

DIMENSION
MAX ALLOWS
LIMITS MM (IN)
CLEAR MM (IN)
MIN
9.478

MAX

0.3731
0.0130

0.0430

0.0810

0.0005

0.0017

0.0032

9.525

9.540

9.559

ID 21

0.3750

0.3756

0.3763

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-62-410-053-A
A.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(2)

For the Slat track 5,

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00800-A - Slat 2, Track 5 - Attachment Details)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00800-B - Slat 2, Track 5 - Attachment Details)
apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) to:
. the bolts (15) and (18)
. the eccentric bush (14)

AES

27-84-62 PB601

Page 42
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
(3)

the bearing (9).

For the Slat track 5

(a)

Put the bolt (18) in the link (10) and install the links (8) and (10).

(b)

Install the eccentric bush (14), the bolt (15), the washer (6) and the nut (7). Tighten the nut (7)
with your hand (this will be safetied when the Slat No. 2 is installed).
NOTE :

(4)

The bolts (1) and (19) and their related nuts and washers will be correctly installed when
the Slat No. 2 is installed.

For the Slat track 6,

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-00900-A - Slat 2, Track 6 - Attachment Details)
apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) to:
. the bolts (4), (18) and (20)
. the eccentric bush (5)
. the bearings (10) and (17).

(5)

For the Slat track 6

(a)

Put the bolt (20) in the link (9) and install the links (9) and (11).

(b)

Install the eccentric bush (5), the bolt (4), the washer (12) and the nut (13). Tighten the nut
(13) with your hand (this will be safetied when the Slat No. 2 is installed).

(c)

Install the two links (16), the bolts (18), the washers (14) and the nuts (15). Tighten the nuts
(15) with your hand (these will be safetied when the Slat No. 2 is installed).
NOTE :

(6)

For the Slat track 7,

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01000-A - Slat 3, Track 7 - Attachment Details)
apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) to:
. the bolts (12) and (15)
. the eccentric bush (6)
. the bearing (13).

(7)

For the Slat track 7

(a)

Put the bolt (12) in the link (21) and install the links (14) and (21).

(b)

Install the eccentric bush (6), the bolt (15), the washer (5) and the nut (4). Tighten the nut (4)
with your hand (this will be safetied when the Slat No. 3 is installed).
NOTE :

The bolts (3) and (16) and their related nuts and washers will be correctly installed when
the Slat No. 3 is installed.

(8)

For the Slat track 8,

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01100-A - Slat 3, Track 8 - Attachment Details)
apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) to:
. the bolts (4), (11) and (20)
. the eccentric bush (5)
. the bearings (12) and (19).

(9)

For the Slat track 8

(a)

AES

The bolts (3) and their related nuts and washers will be correctly installed when the Slat
No. 2 is installed.

Put the bolt (11) in the link (21) and install the links (13) and (21).

27-84-62 PB601

Page 43
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

Install the eccentric bush (5), the bolt (4), the washer (14) and the nut (15). Tighten the nut
(15) with your hand (this will be safetied when the Slat No. 3 is installed).

(c)

Install the two links (18), the bolts (20), the washers (16) and the nuts (17). Tighten the nuts
(17) with your hand (these will be safetied when the Slat No. 3 is installed).
NOTE :

The bolts (3) and their related nuts and washers will be correctly installed when the Slat
No. 3 is installed.

(10) For the Slat track 9,

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01200-A - Slat 4, Track 9 - Attachment Details)
apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) to:
. the bolts (13) and (16)
. the eccentric bush (12)
. the bearing (7).
(11) For the Slat track 9
(a)

Put the bolt (16) in the link (8) and install the links (6) and (8).

(b)

Install the eccentric bush (12), the bolt (13), the washer (5) and the nut (4). Tighten the nut (4)
with your hand (this will be safetied when the Slat No. 4 is installed).
NOTE :

The bolts (1) and (17) and their related nuts and washers will be correctly installed when
the Slat No. 4 is installed.

(12) For the Slat track 10,

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01300-A - Slat 4, Track 10 - Attachment Details)
apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) to:
. the bolts (4), (11) and (20)
. the eccentric bush (5)
. the bearings (12) and (19).
(13) For the Slat track 10
(a)

Put the bolt (11) in the link (21) and install the links (13) and (21).

(b)

Install the eccentric bush (5), the bolt (4), the washer (14) and the nut (15). Tighten the nut
(15) with your hand (this will be safetied when the Slat No. 4 is installed).

(c)

Install the two links (18), the bolts (20), the washers (16) and the nuts (17). Tighten the nuts
(17) with your hand (these will be safetied when the Slat No. 4 is installed).
NOTE :

The bolts (3) and their related nuts and washers will be correctly installed when the Slat
No. 4 is installed.

(14) For the Slat track 11,

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01400-A - Slat 5, Track 11 - Attachment Details)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01400-B - Slat 5, Track 11 - Attachment Details)
apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) to:
. the bolts (8) and (12)
. the eccentric bush (11)
. the bearing (7).
(15) For the Slat track 11
(a)

AES

Put the bolt (8) in the link (16) and install the links (4) and (16).

27-84-62 PB601

Page 44
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

Install the eccentric bush (11), the bolt (12), the washer (6) and the nut (5). Tighten the nut (5)
with your hand (this will be safetied when the Slat No. 5 is installed).
NOTE :

The bolts (1) and (20) and their related nuts and washers will be correctly installed when
the Slat No. 5 is installed.

(16) For the Slat track 12,

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01500-A - Slat 5, Track 12 - Attachment Details)
apply a layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-024) to:
. the bolts (25), (28), (29) and (30)
. the eccentric bush (24)
. the bearings (7), (15) and (19).
(17) For the Slat track 12
(a)

Put the bolt (28) in the link (20) and install the links (18) and (20).

(b)

Install the eccentric bush (24), the bolt (25), the washer (17) and the nut (16). Tighten the nut
(16) with your hand (this will be safetied when the Slat No. 5 is installed).

(c)

Install the links (8) and (31), the bolt (29), the washer (13) and the nut (14).

(d)

Install the bolt (30), the washer (10) and the nut (11). Tighten the nuts (14) and (11) with your
hand (these will be safetied when the Slat No. 5 is installed).
NOTE :

The bolts (5) and (6) and their related nuts and washers will be correctly installed when
the Slat No. 5 is installed.

(18) Install the applicable Slat track (Ref. TASK 27-84-62-400-001-A).

(19) Install the applicable Slat:
. for Slat tracks 5 and 6, install Slat No. 2 (Ref. TASK 27-84-64-400-002-A)
. for Slat tracks 7 and 8, install Slat No. 3 (Ref. TASK 27-84-65-400-002-A)
. for Slat tracks 9 and 10, install Slat No. 4 (Ref. TASK 27-84-66-400-002-A)
. for Slat tracks 11 and 12, install Slat No. 5 (Ref. TASK 27-84-67-400-002-A).
Subtask 27-84-62-942-053-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 45
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

Z512
(Z612)

REF ONLY
TRACK 5

A
SLAT 2 TRACK 5

B
C

REF ONLY
5
6

7
8
9

21

18
10

20
17
19
16

11
12
13
14

15

N_MM_278462_6_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-62-991-00800-A SHEET 1

Slat 2, Track 5 - Attachment Details

27-84-62 PB601

Page 46
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
Z512
(Z612)

TRACK 5

A
SLAT 2 TRACK 5

B
REF ONLY
6

5
4

C
7

8
9

21

REF ONLY

18
10
20
17
19

16

11
12
13
14

15

N_MM_278462_6_AAT0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-62-991-00800-B SHEET 1

Slat 2, Track 5 - Attachment Details

27-84-62 PB601

Page 47
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z512
(Z612)

REF
ONLY

A
1
TRACK 6

A
B

SLAT 2 TRACK 6

18
5
6
21
7
8

18
16

16

9
19
20

17

17

10
16
11

16
12

14
15

15

14

13
N_MM_278462_6_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-62-991-00900-A SHEET 1

Slat 2, Track 6 - Attachment Details

27-84-62 PB601

Page 48
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z513
(Z613)

B
A

REF
ONLY

TRACK 7

A
SLAT 3 TRACK 7

C
5
6
7

REF ONLY

8
19

20

21

10
11
12
13

18
17

16

14

15

N_MM_278462_6_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-62-991-01000-A SHEET 1

Slat 3, Track 7 - Attachment Details

27-84-62 PB601

Page 49
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Z513
(Z613)

REF
ONLY

A
2

TRACK 8

A
B

SLAT 3 TRACK 8

20
5
6
7
8

20

9
10

21

18

18

19

11

19

12
18

18

13
14

16
17

17

16

15
N_MM_278462_6_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-62-991-01100-A SHEET 1

Slat 3, Track 8 - Attachment Details

27-84-62 PB601

Page 50
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
Z514
(Z614)
1

2
REF
ONLY

TRACK 9

A
SLAT 4 TRACK 9

C
4
REF ONLY
20

21

5
6
7

19
18

16
8
15

17

14

9
10
11
12

13

N_MM_278462_6_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-62-991-01200-A SHEET 1

Slat 4, Track 9 - Attachment Details

27-84-62 PB601

Page 51
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
REF
ONLY

1
Z514
(Z614)

A
1

TRACK 10

A
B
SLAT 4 TRACK 10

C
C

20
5
6
7
8

20

9
10

21

18

18

19

11

19

12
18

18

13
14

16
17

17

16

15
N_MM_278462_6_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-62-991-01300-A SHEET 1

Slat 4, Track 10 - Attachment Details

27-84-62 PB601

Page 52
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

Z515
(Z615)

3
1

REF
ONLY

A
13 14 15

12

16

4
TRACK 11

11
10 9

SLAT 5 TRACK 11

C
REF
ONLY
17
18

21

19
20

N_MM_278462_6_ANM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-62-991-01400-A SHEET 1

Slat 5, Track 11 - Attachment Details

27-84-62 PB601

Page 53
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

Z515
(Z615)

A
A

TRACK 11

SLAT 5 TRACK 11

B
2
3
1

13

12

REF ONLY

16
14 15

REF ONLY

17
18

11
19

21

7 6 5
10 9 8

20

N_MM_278462_6_ANT0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-62-991-01400-B SHEET 1

Slat 5, Track 11 - Attachment Details

27-84-62 PB601

Page 54
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
REF
ONLY

Z515
(Z615)

3
4

A
2

TRACK 12
6

A
B

SLAT 5 TRACK 12

C
11

12

13 14

15

16

17

10

18

9
8
7

19

31
27
9

28
20

12

21
30

22

29

23
24
26

25

N_MM_278462_6_AQM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-62-991-01500-A SHEET 1

Slat 5, Track 12 - Attachment Details

27-84-62 PB601

Page 55
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-62-200-002-A
Check of Slat 2, 3, 4 and 5 Trailing Edge Backlash
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-80-00-866-004-A

DESIGNATION
Extending the Slats on the Ground

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01600-A - Slat 2, 3, 4 and 5 - Trailing Edge Backlash)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01600-B - Slat 2, 3, 4 and 5 - Trailing Edge Backlash)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-62-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-62-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

(1)

Extend the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the slat/flap control lever.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the work area.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01600-A - Slat 2, 3, 4 and 5 - Trailing Edge Backlash)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-62-991-01600-B - Slat 2, 3, 4 and 5 - Trailing Edge Backlash)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-62-220-142-A
A.

Check of Slat 2, 3, 4 and 5 Trailing Edge Backlash

(1)

(2)

5.

For dimension X, to check the slat knuckle bearings backlash:

(a)

Push the upper trailing edge of the slat down with a hand force of 25 kg (55.1156 lb). Put the
load, at each track position, at the trailing edge of the slat. Measure and write down the
dimension X.

(b)

Pull the upper trailing edge of the slat up with a hand force of 25 kg (55.1156 lb). Put the load,
at each track position, at the trailing edge of the slat. Measure and write down the dimension X
again.

(c)

Subtract the smaller dimension X from the larger dimension X to give you the surface-attachment
spherical-bearing backlash. The difference between the two dimensions, that you wrote down,
must be no more than 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).

For dimension Y (tracks 5 thru 12), to check the slat track drive system backlash:
(a)

Push the applicable track with a hand force of 25 kg (55.1156 lb) aft. Measure and write down
the dimension Y.

(b)

Pull the applicable track with a hand force of 25 kg (55.1156 lb) forward. Measure and write
down the dimension Y again.

(c)

Subtract the smaller dimension Y from the larger dimension Y to give you the rotaryactuator/transmission-shafts backlash. The difference between the two dimensions, that you wrote
down, must be no more than 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-62-860-054-A
A.

Aircraft Configuration
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

Subtask 27-84-62-942-052-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

27-84-62 PB601

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

AES

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-62 PB601

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

SLAT 5
SLAT 4
SLAT 3
SLAT 2

EXAMPLE FOR
TRACKS 5 THRU 12

DIM Y

DIM X

N_MM_278462_6_ASM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-62-991-01600-A SHEET 1

Slat 2, 3, 4 and 5 - Trailing Edge Backlash

27-84-62 PB601

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

SLAT 2
SLAT 3
SLAT 4
SLAT 5

DIM Y
EXAMPLE FOR TRACK 5
DIM X

EXAMPLE FOR TRACKS 6 THRU 12

DIM Y

DIM X

N_MM_278462_6_AST0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-62-991-01600-B SHEET 1

Slat 2, 3, 4 and 5 - Trailing Edge Backlash

27-84-62 PB601

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SLAT 1 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-63-000-001-A
Removal of the No. 1 Slat
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

SUPPORT STRUCTURE - SLAT

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific
98D27803500001
98D27804001000

AR
1
1

WRENCH - PNEUMATIC
TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER
ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

510
610
522NB, 622NB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
LEFT WING SLATS
RIGHT WING SLATS

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

AES

27-84-63 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-80-00-000-001-A

Removal of the Hoisting Sling

DESIGNATION

27-80-00-400-001-A

Installation of the Hoisting Sling

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-45-000-004-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

27-84-69-000-001-A

Removal of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

57-41-37-000-006-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 1 and 2 Slat Tracks)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00100-B - Slat No. 1 - Location and General Configuration)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the Nos 3 and 4 Slat Tracks)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00200-B - Slat Attachment at the No. 1 and 2 Slat Tracks)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00800-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 3 and 4 Slat Tracks - Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-63-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Fully retract the slats (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(3)

Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat
control lever on panel 114VU.

(4)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-63-860-054-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

(2)

On the MCDU:
(a)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

ACTION
1.On MCDU:
. push the line key for <SFCC1

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC1 menu page 1.

2.Push the NEXT PAGE button

.

the MCDU shows the SFCC1 menu page 2.

the MCDU shows the slat SYSTEM DATA submenu.

the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).

3.Push the line key (2L) SYSTEM DATA SLT>

4.Push the line key (1L) <PPU
5.Write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)
shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT >
to get a print out of the screen.
(3)

AES

De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).

27-84-63 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Remove the safety collar from the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

Subtask 27-84-63-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-84-63-010-051-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the zone 510(610).

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-006-A):

. for the left wing, remove 522NB
. for the right wing, remove 622NB.

(3)

Remove the applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-004-A):

. for the left wing, remove FIN 6010CM
. for the right wing, remove FIN 6060CM.

(4)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(5)

Install the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) and a WRENCH - PNEUMATIC
or a wrench and socket on the applicable bevel gearbox:
. for the left wing, use FIN 6010CM
. for the right wing, use FIN 6060CM.
NOTE :

This will let you operate the slats manually.

(6)

Manually extend the slats to the fully extended position.

(7)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(8)

Remove the slat track closing plates (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-63-480-051-A
E.

Installation of Support Equipment

(1)

4.

Install the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-400-001-A).

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 1 and 2 Slat Tracks)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00100-B - Slat No. 1 - Location and General Configuration)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the Nos 3 and 4 Slat Tracks)

AES

27-84-63 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00200-B - Slat Attachment at the No. 1 and 2 Slat Tracks)
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-84-63-020-051-A
A.

Removal of the No. 1 Slat

(1)

Lift the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) sufficiently, until it has the weight of the slat.

(2)

Disconnect the slat-to-track bonding lead at the No. 1 Slat Track:

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE
AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT
OR BLIND YOU.

(3)

(a)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolt (8).

(b)

Remove the nut (1) and the bonding strap (2) from the bolt (8) but do not remove the bolt (8).
Install the nut (1) on the bolt (8).

At the No. 1, 2, 3 and 4 slat tracks:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (5) from the nuts (18), (19), (20) and (42).

(b)

Loosen the nuts (18), (19), (20) and (42) but do not remove them.

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (5) from the nuts (4), (6), (31) and (32).

(d)

Remove the items that follow:

. the nuts (4), (6), (31) and (32)
. the washers (3), (7), (30) and (33)
. the bolts (16), (17), (39) and (41)
. the bush (34).

(e)

Make sure that when the nut (32) is removed, the head of the bolt (39) is in contact with the
web of the lug. If not, damage can occur to the anti-rotation.
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00800-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 3 and 4 Slat Tracks - Detail)

(4)

Lift the slat ( 41 kg (90.3895 lb)) from the slat tracks.

(5)

Move the slat with the hoist and lower it onto the SUPPORT STRUCTURE - SLAT.

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-84-63-020-051-B
A.

Removal of the No. 1 Slat

(1)

Lift the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) sufficiently, until it has the weight of the slat.

(2)

Disconnect the slat-to-track bonding lead at the No. 1 Slat Track:

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE
AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT
OR BLIND YOU.

AES

(a)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolt (8).

(b)

Remove the nut (1) and the bonding strap (2) from the bolt (8) but do not remove the bolt (8).
Install the nut (1) on the bolt (8).

27-84-63 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

(4)

(5)

At the No. 1 slat track:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (5) from the nuts (18), (19), and (20).

(b)

Loosen the nuts (18), (19), and (20) but do not remove them.

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (5) from the nuts (4) and (6).

(d)

Remove the items that follow:

. the nuts (4) and (6)
. the washers (3) and (7)
. the bolts (16) and (17).

At the No. 2 slat track:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (4) from the nuts (17), (18), and (19).

(b)

Loosen the nuts (17), (18), and (19) but do not remove them.

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (4) from the nuts (3) and (5).

(d)

Remove:
. the nuts (3) and (5)
. the washers (2) and (6)
. the bolts (15) and (16).

At the No. 3 and 4 slat tracks:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (5) from the nuts (42).

(b)

Loosen the nuts (42) but do not remove them.

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (5) from the nuts (31) and (32).

(d)

Remove:
. the nuts (31) and (32)
. the washers (30) and (33)
. the bolts (39) and (41)
. the bush (34).

(e)

Make sure that when the nut (32) is removed, the head of the bolt (39) is in contact with the
web of the lug. If not, damage can occur to the anti-rotation.
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00800-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 3 and 4 Slat Tracks - Detail)

(6)

Lift the slat ( 41 kg (90.3895 lb)) from the slat tracks.

(7)

Move the slat with the hoist and lower it onto the SUPPORT STRUCTURE - SLAT.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-63-860-053-A
B.

Removal of Support Equipment

(1)

AES

If you are to install a new slat, remove the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK
27-80-00-000-001-A).

27-84-63 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

5 6

D
C

TRACK 1 SHOWN
TRACK 2 ALMOST
THE SAME

20

18

19 5

SLAT TRACK
LINKS
1
17

BONDING STRAP
(TRACK 1 ONLY)
2

16

15

14
13

12
11
1

10

8
7
9
5

NOTE:
1

THE ECCENTRIC BUSHING IS INSTALLED ONLY FROM THE LEFT HAND SIDE ON ALL SLAT TRACK LINKS
N_MM_278463_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-63-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Slat Attachment at the No. 1 and 2 Slat Tracks

27-84-63 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
STA10729/RIB20
STA9235/RIB17

SLAT N1

522NB
622NB

A
N1
SLAT
TRACK

N3
SLAT
TRACK

N2
SLAT
TRACK

LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL

N2
N4
SLAT
SLAT
TRACK

N3
SLAT

N9
SLAT
TRACK

N4
SLAT
N5
SLAT

C C

N1
SLAT

B
F
T

SECTION

BB

EXAMPLE
PLUG SHOWN IN THE
FLIGHT POSITION

HOISTING LUGS

HOISTING LUG SHOWN IN

THE LIFT POSITION

N_MM_278463_4_BAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-63-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Slat No. 1 - Location and General Configuration

27-84-63 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

F
TRACK 3 SHOWN
TRACK 4 ALMOST
THE SAME
39

SLAT TRACK
LINKS
37

41
40
38

G
5

31

31

30

36

35
34

5
33
32

42 5

32 5

NOTE:
1

AES

THE ECCENTRIC BUSHING IS INSTALLED ONLY FROM THE LEFT HAND SIDE ON ALL SLAT TRACK LINKS
N_MM_278463_4_AEM0_01_01

FIGURE 27-84-63-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Slat Attachment at the Nos 3 and 4 Slat Tracks

27-84-63 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

5 6

D
C

TRACK 1
20

18

19 5

SLAT TRACK
LINKS
1
2

17
16

15
3
14

13
12
11
1

10

9
5

NOTE:
1

THE ECCENTRIC BUSHING IS INSTALLED ONLY FROM THE LEFT HAND SIDE ON ALL SLAT TRACK LINKS
N_MM_278463_4_ACT0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-63-991-00200-B SHEET 1

Slat Attachment at the No. 1 and 2 Slat Tracks

27-84-63 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

4 5

D
C

TRACK 2
19

17

18 4

SLAT TRACK
LINKS
1
16
15

14
2
13
12

11
10
1 9

8
4

NOTE:
1

THE ECCENTRIC BUSHING IS INSTALLED ONLY FROM THE LEFT HAND SIDE ON ALL SLAT TRACK LINKS
N_MM_278463_4_ACT0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-63-991-00200-B SHEET 2

Slat Attachment at the No. 1 and 2 Slat Tracks

27-84-63 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SECTION

AA
33

DIM L
32

DIM L

34

TRACK

DIM L
39

N_MM_278463_4_ACC0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-63-991-00800-A SHEET 1

Slat Attachment at the No. 3 and 4 Slat Tracks - Detail

27-84-63 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-63-400-002-A
Installation of the No. 1 Slat
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

AR

WRENCH - PNEUMATIC

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

98D27804001000

ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)

98D27804009001
98D27804011000
98D27804020001

1
1
1

SLATS - SLING
BAR-TURNING
BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-047
Material No: 09-001
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010

AES

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
ANTI COR. COMP. (HIGH TEMP. SEALNT)
SEALANTS
FUEL TANK SEALANT
SEALANTS
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

27-84-63 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

510
610
522NB, 622NB
D.

LEFT WING SLATS

RIGHT WING SLATS

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
5

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-84-61-01-010

cotter pins

** On A/C 005-099
4

cotter pins

27-84-61-02-010

** On A/C 003-004
5
5
5

cotter pins
cotter pins
cotter pins
E.

27-84-61-02-010
27-84-61-03-010
27-84-61-04-010

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

24-42-00-861-001-A

Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-000-001-A

Removal of the Hoisting Sling

27-80-00-400-001-A

Installation of the Hoisting Sling

27-80-00-866-004-A

Extending the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

27-84-45-000-004-A
27-84-45-400-005-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Installation of the Torque Shaft

27-84-69-000-001-A

Removal of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

27-84-69-400-001-A

Installation of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

57-41-37-000-006-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-41-37-400-006-A
Installation of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00500-B - Slat Rigging - Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00100-B - Slat No. 1 - Location and General Configuration)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 1 and 2 Slat Tracks)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the Nos 3 and 4 Slat Tracks)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00200-B - Slat Attachment at the No. 1 and 2 Slat Tracks)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00400-A - Slat Rigging - Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00800-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 3 and 4 Slat Tracks - Detail)

AES

27-84-63 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-63-941-053-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat
controls.

** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-84-63-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is below the applicable zone
510(610).

(2)

Make sure that the applicable access panel has been removed (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-006-A):
. for the left wing, panel 522NB
. for the right wing, panel 622NB.

(3)

Make sure that the slats are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

(4)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(5)

Make sure that the slat track closing plates (9) and (35) (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-000-001-A) are removed.

(6)

Make sure that the applicable torque shaft has been removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-004-A).

(7)

Make sure that the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) is installed on the
applicable bevel gearbox.

(8)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed
outboard of the removed torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-84-63-860-051-B
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is below the applicable zone
510(610):

(2)

Make sure that the applicable access panel has been removed (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-006-A):
. for the left wing, panel 522NB
. for the right wing, panel 622NB.

(3)

Make sure that the slats are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

(4)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(5)

For the No. 1 slat track:

(a)

(6)

For the No. 2 slat track:

(a)

AES

Make sure that the slat track closing plate (9) (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-000-001-A) is removed.
Make sure that the slat track closing plate (8) (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-000-001-A) is removed.

27-84-63 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

For the No. 3 and 4 slat tracks:

(a)

Make sure that the slat track closing plate (35) (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-000-001-A) is removed.

(8)

Make sure that the applicable torque shaft has been removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-004-A).

(9)

Make sure that the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) is installed on the
applicable bevel gearbox.

(10) Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed
outboard of the removed torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-63-865-053-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-84-63-420-051-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00500-B
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00100-B
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00200-A
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00300-A

Slat
Slat
Slat
Slat

Rigging - Detail)
No. 1 - Location and General Configuration)
Attachment at the No. 1 and 2 Slat Tracks)
Attachment at the Nos 3 and 4 Slat Tracks)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Clean the recess area of bolts using solvent and air dry.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

AES

(3)

Apply putty MASTINOX D40 SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-047) to the recess area of the
bolts (51) and (54).

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5)

Install the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-400-001-A).

27-84-63 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Loosen the bolts (51) and (54) and push the seals (52) and (55) into the slat to the limit of their
adjustment.
NOTE :

This will give a clearance between the seals (52) and (55) and the wing structure during the slat
rigging procedure.

(7)

Tighten the bolts (51) and (54) with your hand.

(8)

At the No. 1, 2, 3 and 4 slat tracks remove:

. the nuts (14) and (40)
. the locking plates (13) and (38).

Subtask 27-84-63-420-052-C
B.

Installation of the No. 1 Slat

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00100-B - Slat No. 1 - Location and General Configuration)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 1 and 2 Slat Tracks)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the Nos 3 and 4 Slat Tracks)
(1)

Lift the slat into position.

(2)

At the No. 1, 2, 3 and 4 slat tracks:

(a)

Clean the recess area of bolts using solvent and air dry.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(b)

Apply putty MASTINOX D40 SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-047) to the recess of the
bolts (16), (17), (19) and (41).

(c)

Install the bush (34) and attach the slat to the slat tracks and the slat tracks links with:
. the bolts (16), (17), (39) and (41)
. the washers (3), (7), (30) and (33)
. the nuts (4), (6), (31) and (32).
NOTE :

AES

If necessary, turn the eccentric bushes (10) and (36) to help install the bolts (16), (17),
(39) and (41).

(d)

TORQUE the nuts (4), (6), (18) and (20) to between 4.2 and 4.8 M.DAN (30.97 and 35.40
LBF.FT).

(e)

TORQUE the nut (31) to between 6.6 and 7.6 M.DAN (48.67 and 56.05 LBF.FT).

(f)

TORQUE the nut (32) to between 3.0 and 3.7 M.DAN (22.12 and 27.29 LBF.FT).

(g)

Make sure that the head of the bolt shoulder (39), the lower surface of the nut (32) and the
washer (33) are in contact with the surface of the track rib, the washer (33) and the sliding bush
(34).

(h)

Measure the dimension L and make sure this dimension is less than 0.08 mm.
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00800-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 3 and 4 Slat Tracks - Detail)

(i)

Safety the nuts (4), (6), (18), (20), (31) and (32) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-61-01) cotter
pins (5) at the No. 1 slat track, (IPC-CSN 27-84-61-02) cotter pins (5) at the No. 2 slat track,
(IPC-CSN 27-84-61-03) cotter pins (5) at the No. 3 slat track and (IPC-CSN 27-84-61-04) cotter
pins (5) at the No. 4 slat track.
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00400-A - Slat Rigging - Detail)

(j)

Do not torque or safety the nuts (19) and (42).

27-84-63 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Remove the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-000-001-A).

(4)

You must adjust the upper trailing-edge of the slat to its maximum height, related to the fixed leadingedge. To adjust the height, turn the eccentric bushes (10) and (36) at the No. 1, 2, 3 and 4 slat tracks.

Subtask 27-84-63-820-055-B
C.

Adjustment of the Slat

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00100-B
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00200-A
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00300-A
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00400-A

Slat
Slat
Slat
Slat

No. 1 - Location and General Configuration)

Attachment at the No. 1 and 2 Slat Tracks)
Attachment at the Nos 3 and 4 Slat Tracks)
Rigging - Detail)

(1)

Install the BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING (98D27804020001) at the No. 9 slat track.

(2)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(3)

Use the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) to retract the slats until they are
approximately 50.8 mm (2.0000 in.) +/- 6.35 mm (0.2500 in.) from the BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING
(98D27804020001).

(4)

Use the BAR-TURNING (98D27804011000) to slowly retract the slats until the BLOCK-SLAT
GAPPING (98D27804020001) touches the bottom roller at the No. 9 slat track.

(5)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(6)

Adjust the eccentric bushes (10) and (36) at the No. 1, 2, 3 and 4 slat tracks to get dimension J. Refer
to the table that follows.

NOTE :
TRACK NO.

Measure dimension J above the applicable slat track.

DIMENSION J

4.75 mm (0.187 in.)

MAXIMUM ADJUSTMENT BECAUSE OF LOCKING PLATE

INSTALLATION
+ 0.25 mm (0.01 in.) - 0.25 mm (0.01 in.)

5.00 mm (0.196 in.)

+ 0.25 mm (0.01 in.) - 0.25 mm (0.01 in.)

6.50 mm (0.255 in.)

+ 0.25 mm (0.01 in.) - 0.25 mm (0.01 in.)

7.00 mm (0.275 in.)

+ 0.25 mm (0.01 in.) - 0.25 mm (0.01 in.)

(7)

Install the locking plates (13) and (38) and the nuts (14) and (40).

(8)

TORQUE the nuts (19) and (42) to between 4.2 and 4.8 M.DAN (30.97 and 35.40 LBF.FT).

(9)

Safety the nuts (19) and (42) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-61-01) cotter pins (5) , at the No. 1 slat
track, (IPC-CSN 27-84-61-02) cotter pins (5) at the No. 2 slat track, (IPC-CSN 27-84-61-03) cotter
pins (5) at the No. 3 slat track and (IPC-CSN 27-84-61-04) cotter pins (5) at the No. 4 slat track.

(10) Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).
(11) Use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000)
to fully extend the slats.
(12) Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

AES

27-84-63 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(13) Apply special materials:
WARNING : THE SEALANT IS CLASSIFIED AS A DANGEROUS MATERIAL WHICH CAN CAUSE
INJURY OR ILLNESS IF IT IS NOT CORRECTLY USED. BEFORE YOU USE THIS
PRODUCT, READ THE APPLICABLE MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL DATA SAFETY
SHEET AND OBEY THE SAFETY AND HEALTH PRECAUTIONS.
(a)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-001) to:

. the nuts (4), (6), (18), (19), (20), (31), (32) and (42)
. the bolt heads (11), (12), (15), (16), (17), (37), (39) and (41)
. the locking plates (13) and (38).

(14) Remove the BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING (98D27804020001) from the No. 9 slat track.
(15) Install and adjust the closing plates (9) and (35) (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-400-001-A).
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-84-63-420-051-B
A.

Preparation for Installation

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00500-B
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00100-B
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00200-B
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00300-A

Slat
Slat
Slat
Slat

Rigging - Detail)
No. 1 - Location and General Configuration)
Attachment at the No. 1 and 2 Slat Tracks)
Attachment at the Nos 3 and 4 Slat Tracks)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Clean the recess area of bolts using solvent and air dry.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(3)

Apply putty MASTINOX D40 SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-047) to the recess area of the
bolts (51) and (54).

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5)

Install the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-400-001-A).

(6)

Loosen the bolts (51) and (54) and push the seals (52) and (55) into the slat to the limit of their
adjustment.
NOTE :

AES

This will give a clearance between the seals (52) and (55) and the wing structure during the slat
rigging procedure.

(7)

Tighten the bolts (51) and (54) with your hand.

(8)

At the No. 1 slat track remove:

. the nut (14)
. the locking plate (13).

(9)

At the No. 2 slat track remove:

. the nut (13)
. the locking plate (12).

27-84-63 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) At the No. 3 and 4 slat tracks remove:
. the nut (40)
. the locking plate (38).
Subtask 27-84-63-420-052-B
B.

Installation of the No. 1 Slat

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00100-B - Slat No. 1 - Location and General Configuration)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00200-B - Slat Attachment at the No. 1 and 2 Slat Tracks)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the Nos 3 and 4 Slat Tracks)
(1)

Lift the slat into position.

(2)

At the No. 1 slat track:

(a)

Clean the recess area of bolts using solvent and air dry.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(b)

Apply putty MASTINOX D40 SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-047) to the recess area of
the bolts (16) and (17).

(c)

Attach the slat to the slat tracks and the slat tracks links with:
. the bolts (16) and (17)
. the washers (3) and (7)
. the nuts (4) and (6).
NOTE :

(3)

(d)

TORQUE the nuts (4), (6), (18) and (20) to between 4.2 and 4.8 M.DAN (30.97 and 35.40
LBF.FT).

(e)

Safety the nuts (4), (6), (18) and (20) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-61-01) cotter pins (5) .
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00400-A - Slat Rigging - Detail)

(f)

Do not torque or safety the nut (19).

At the No. 2 slat track:

(a)

Attach the slat to the slat tracks and the slat tracks links with:
. the bolts (15) and (16)
. the washers (2) and (6)
. the nuts (3) and (5).
NOTE :

(4)

If necessary, turn the eccentric bushes (9) to help install the bolts (15) and (16).

(b)

TORQUE the nuts (3), (5), (17) and (19) to between 4.2 and 4.8 M.DAN (30.97 and 35.40
LBF.FT).

(c)

Safety the nuts (3), (5), (17) and (19) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-61-02) cotter pins (4) .
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00400-A - Slat Rigging - Detail)

(d)

Do not torque or safety the nut (18).

At the No. 3 and 4 slat tracks:

CAUTION :

AES

If necessary, turn the eccentric bush (10) to help install the bolts (16) and (17).

MAKE SURE THAT THE APPLICABLE TYPE OF SLAT TRACK LINKS IS INSTALLED
(ON TRACKS 1 AND 2) WHEN YOU REPLACE THE SLAT.

27-84-63 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a)

Install the bush (34) and attach the slat to the slat tracks and the slat tracks links with:
. the bolts (39) and (41)
. the washers (30) and (33)
. the nuts (31) and (32).
NOTE :

If necessary, turn the eccentric bushes (36) to help install the bolts (39) and (41).

(b)

TORQUE the nut (31) to between 6.6 and 7.6 M.DAN (48.67 and 56.05 LBF.FT).

(c)

TORQUE the nut (32) to between 3.0 and 3.7 M.DAN (22.12 and 27.29 LBF.FT).

(d)

Make sure that the head of the bolt shoulder (39), the lower surface of the nut (32) and the
washer (33) are in contact with the surface of the track rib, the washer (33) and the sliding bush
(34).

(e)

Measure the dimension L and make sure this dimension is less than 0.08 mm.
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00800-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 3 and 4 Slat Tracks - Detail)

(f)

Safety the nuts (31) and (32) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-61-03) cotter pins (5) at the No. 3
slat track and (IPC-CSN 27-84-61-04) cotter pins (5) at the N0. 4 slat track.
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00400-A - Slat Rigging - Detail)

(g)

Do not torque or safety the nut (42).

(5)

Remove the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-000-001-A).

(6)

You must adjust the upper trailing-edge of the slat to its maximum height, related to the fixed leadingedge. To adjust the height, turn the eccentric bushes (9), (10) and (36) at the No. 1, 2, 3 and 4 slat
tracks.

Subtask 27-84-63-820-055-C
C.

Adjustment of the Slat

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00100-B
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00200-B
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00300-A
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00400-A

Slat
Slat
Slat
Slat

No. 1 - Location and General Configuration)

Attachment at the No. 1 and 2 Slat Tracks)
Attachment at the Nos 3 and 4 Slat Tracks)
Rigging - Detail)

(1)

Install the BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING (98D27804020001) at the No. 9 slat track.

(2)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(3)

Use the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) to retract the slats until they are
approximately 50.8 mm (2.0000 in.) +/- 6.35 mm (0.2500 in.) from the BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING
(98D27804020001).

(4)

Use the BAR-TURNING (98D27804011000) to slowly retract the slats until the BLOCK-SLAT
GAPPING (98D27804020001) touches the bottom roller at the No. 9 slat track.

(5)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(6)

At the No. 1, 3 and 4 slat tracks:

(a)

Adjust the eccentric bushes (10) and (36) to get dimension J. Refer to the table that follows.

NOTE :

AES

Measure dimension J above the applicable slat track.

27-84-63 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TRACK NO.

DIMENSION J

4.75 mm (0.187 in.)

MAXIMUM ADJUSTMENT BECAUSE OF LOCKING PLATE

INSTALLATION
+ 0.25 mm (0.01 in.) - 0.25 mm (0.01 in.)

6.50 mm (0.255 in.)

+ 0.25 mm (0.01 in.) - 0.25 mm (0.01 in.)

7.00 mm (0.275 in.)

+ 0.25 mm (0.01 in.) - 0.25 mm (0.01 in.)

(b)

Install the locking plates (13) and (38) and the nuts (14) and (40).

(c)

TORQUE the nuts (19) and (42) to between 4.2 and 4.8 M.DAN (30.97 and 35.40 LBF.FT).

(d)

Safety the nuts (19) and (42) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-61-01) cotter pins (5) at the No. 1
slat track, (IPC-CSN 27-84-61-03) cotter pins (5) at the No. 3 slat track and (IPC-CSN
27-84-61-04) cotter pins (5) at the No. 4 slat track.

(e)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed

outboard of the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(f)

Use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)
(98D27804001000) to fully extend the slats.

(g)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the
removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(h)

Apply special materials:

WARNING : THE SEALANT IS CLASSIFIED AS A DANGEROUS MATERIAL WHICH CAN
CAUSE INJURY OR ILLNESS IF IT IS NOT CORRECTLY USED. BEFORE YOU USE
THIS PRODUCT, READ THE APPLICABLE MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL
DATA SAFETY SHEET AND OBEY THE SAFETY AND HEALTH PRECAUTIONS.
1

(7)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-001) to:

. the nuts (4), (6), (18), (19), (20), (31), (32) and (42)
. the bolt heads (11), (12), (15), (16), (17), (37), (39) and (41)
. the locking plates (13) and (38).

(i)

Remove the BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING (98D27804020001) from the No. 9 slat track.

(j)

Install and adjust the closing plates (9) and (35) (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-400-001-A).

At the No. 2 slat track:

(a)

Adjust the eccentric bush (9) to get dimension J. Refer to the table that follows.

NOTE :
TRACK NO.
2

AES

Measure dimension J above the applicable slat track.

DIMENSION J
5.00 mm (0.196 in.)

MAXIMUM ADJUSTMENT BECAUSE OF LOCKING PLATE

INSTALLATION
+ 0.25 mm (0.01 in.) - 0.25 mm (0.01 in.)

(b)

Install the locking plate (12) and the nut (13).

(c)

TORQUE the nut (18) to between 4.2 and 4.8 M.DAN (30.97 and 35.40 LBF.FT).

(d)

Safety the nut (18) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-61-02) cotter pin (4) at the No. 2 slat track.

(e)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed

outboard of the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

27-84-63 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(f)

Use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)
(98D27804001000) to fully extend the slats.

(g)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the
removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(h)

Apply special materials:

WARNING : THE SEALANT IS CLASSIFIED AS A DANGEROUS MATERIAL WHICH CAN
CAUSE INJURY OR ILLNESS IF IT IS NOT CORRECTLY USED. BEFORE YOU USE
THIS PRODUCT, READ THE APPLICABLE MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL
DATA SAFETY SHEET AND OBEY THE SAFETY AND HEALTH PRECAUTIONS.
1

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-001) to:

. the nuts (3), (5), (17), (18) and (19)
. the bolt heads (10), (11), (14), (15) and (16)
. the locking plate (12).

(i)

Remove the BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING (98D27804020000) from the No. 9 slat track.

(j)

Install and adjust the closing plate (8) (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-400-001-A).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-63-820-059-B
D.

Adjustment of the Seals after Installation of a New Slat

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00500-B - Slat Rigging - Detail)
(1)

Remove the screws (51) and (54), the washers (53), the support assembly (56) and the seals (52) and
(55).

WARNING : THE SEALANT IS CLASSIFIED AS A DANGEROUS MATERIAL WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY
OR ILLNESS IF IT IS NOT CORRECTLY USED. BEFORE YOU USE THIS PRODUCT, READ
THE APPLICABLE MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL DATA SAFETY SHEET AND OBEY THE
SAFETY AND HEALTH PRECAUTIONS.
(2)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) to the screws (51) and (54).

(3)

While the sealant is still wet, install the seals (52) and (55) and the support assemblies (53) and (56)
with the screws (51) and (54) and the washers (53). Tighten the screws (51) and (54) by hand.

(4)

Adjust the seal (52) to touch the wing root over its full length.

(5)

Adjust the seal (55) until the Dim S is 2 mm (0.0787 in.) +- 0.5 mm (0.0197 in.) over its full length.

(6)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(7)

Use the pneumatic wrench and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) to
slowly manually retract the slats to the zero position.

(8)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), outboard of the
removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(9)

Make sure that the seal (52) touches the wing root over its full length.

(10) Make sure that there is still a clearance between the seal (55) and the pylon structure over its full
length.
(11) If the position of the seal(s) (52) and/or (55) is not correct, do the adjustment procedure again.

AES

27-84-63 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(12) When the adjustment is correct, remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)
(98D27504030001), installed outboard of the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A).
(13) Use the pneumatic wrench and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) to
manually extend the slats to the fully extended position.
(14) Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).
(15) Fully tighten the screws (51) and (54).
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-84-63-420-053-A
E.

Connection of the Slat-To-Track Bonding Strap

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 1 and 2 Slat Tracks)
(1)

Attach the bonding strap (2) with the bolt (8) and the nut (1) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(2)

Safety the bolts (8) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-84-63-420-053-B
E.

Connection of the Slat-To-Track Bonding Strap (Track 1)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-63-991-00200-B - Slat Attachment at the No. 1 and 2 Slat Tracks)
(1)

Attach the bonding strap (2) with the bolt (8) and the nut (1) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE
AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT
OR BLIND YOU.
(a)

Safety the bolts (8) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-63-860-052-A
F.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Use the pneumatic wrench and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) to
manually retract the slats to the zero position.

(2)

Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

(3)

On the MCDU display, make sure that the PPU DATA page is shown (to monitor the slats PPU
position).

(4)

If necessary, use the pneumatic wrench and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)
(98D27804001000) to move the slat drive shaft until the PPU data shows the same values as recorded
in Para. 3.B.:
. the FPPU angle value must agree +/- 0.1 deg.
. the APPU angle value must agree +/- 0.1 deg.

27-84-63 PB401

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.

the FPPU and APPU angles must agree +/- 1.3 deg.
the LH APPU and the RH APPU angles must agree +/- 0.45 deg.

(5)

De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).

(6)

Remove the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) and the WRENCH PNEUMATIC from the slat drive shaft.

(7)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

Subtask 27-84-63-865-054-A
G.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-84-63-410-053-A
H.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the safety collar on the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

(3)

Install the applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-005-A):

. for the left wing, install FIN 6010CM
. for the right wing, install FIN 6060CM.

(4)

Install the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-006-A):

. for the left wing, install 522NB
. for the right wing, install 622NB.

Subtask 27-84-63-710-051-A
J.

Test
(1)

5.

The operational test of the slat system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A), was done during the
installation of the torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-63-942-053-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
slat/flap control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-63 PB401

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
SECTION

S S

53

51

52

SECTION

T T
54

DIM S

55
56

PYLON
STRUCTURE

N_MM_278463_4_ANM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-63-991-00500-B SHEET 1

Slat Rigging - Detail

27-84-63 PB401

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SECTION

KK
SLAT UPPER
TRAILINGEDGE
DIM J

SLAT GAPPING
BLOCK

N_MM_278463_4_AGM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-84-63-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Slat Rigging - Detail

27-84-63 PB401

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SLAT 2 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-64-000-001-A
Removal of the No. 2 Slat
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific
No specific

AR
1

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

SUPPORT STRUCTURE - SLAT

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific
98D27803500001
98D27804001000

1
1
1

WRENCH - PNEUMATIC
TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER
ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

510
610
522NB, 622NB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
LEFT WING SLATS
RIGHT WING SLATS

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

AES

27-84-64 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-80-00-000-001-A

Removal of the Hoisting Sling

DESIGNATION

27-80-00-400-001-A

Installation of the Hoisting Sling

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-45-000-004-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

27-84-69-000-001-A

Removal of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

57-41-37-000-006-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 6 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00200-B - Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00100-B - Slat No. 2 - Location and General Configuration)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00700-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track - Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-64-941-051-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Fully retract the slats (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(3)

Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat
control lever on panel 114VU.

(4)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-64-860-053-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

(2)

On the MCDU:
(a)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

ACTION
1.On MCDU:
. push the line key for <SFCC1

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC1 menu page 1.

2.Push the NEXT PAGE button

.

the MCDU shows the SFCC1 menu page 2.

the MCDU shows the slat SYSTEM DATA submenu.

the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).

3.Push the line key (2L) SYSTEM DATA SLT>

4.Push the line key (1L) <PPU
5.Write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)
shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT >
to get a print out of the screen.
(3)

AES

De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).

27-84-64 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

Remove the safety collar from the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

Subtask 27-84-64-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-84-64-010-051-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the zone 510(610).

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-006-A):

. for the left wing, remove 522NB
. for the right wing, remove 622NB.

(3)

Remove the applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-004-A):

. for the left wing remove FIN 6010CM
. for the right wing remove FIN 6060CM.

(4)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(5)

Use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000)
to fully extend the slats.

(6)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6101CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(7)

Remove the slat closing plate (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-000-001-A).

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 6 Slat Track)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00200-B - Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track)

AES

27-84-64 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-84-64-020-051-A
A.

Removal of the No. 2 Slat

(1)

Disconnect the slat-to-track bonding strap at the No. 5 slat track:

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE
AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT
OR BLIND YOU.

(2)

(a)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (19).

(b)

Remove the nut (16) and the bonding strap (17) from the bolt (19), but do not remove the bolt.
Install the nut (16) on the bolt (19).

Disconnect the slat-to-slat interfaces:

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00100-B - Slat No. 2 - Location and General Configuration)
(a)

Remove the nut (4) and the bolt (6) then move the bonding strap (5) away from the bonding tag.

(b)

Remove the screws (1) and the stops (3).

(c)

Remove the weather seal (2).

(3)

Install the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-400-001-A).

(4)

Lift the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) sufficiently, until it has the weight of the slat.

(5)

At the Nos. 5 and 6 slat tracks:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (23) from the nuts (32), (47), (55) and (56).

(b)

Loosen the nuts (32), (47), (55) and (56), but do not remove them.

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (23) from the nuts (22), (24), (49) and (51).

(d)

Remove the items that follow:

. the nuts (22), (24), (49) and (51)
. the washers (21), (25), (48) and (50)
. the bolts (27), (30), (41) and (42)
. the bush (26).
NOTE :

(e)

The bush (26) is a part of the slat track and the slat track linkage assembly.

Make sure that when the nut (24) is removed, the head of the bolt (27) is in contact with the
web of the lug. If not, damage can occur to the anti-rotation.
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00700-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track - Detail)

(6)

Lift the slat ( 30 kg (66.1387 lb)) from the slat tracks.

(7)

Move the slat with the hoist and lower it onto the SUPPORT STRUCTURE - SLAT.

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-84-64-020-051-B
A.

Removal of the No. 2 Slat

(1)

Disconnect the slat-to-track bonding strap at the No. 5 slat track:

(a)

(2)

AES

Remove the nut (16) and the bonding strap (17) from the bolt (19), but do not remove the bolt.
Install the nut (16) on the bolt (19).

Disconnect the slat-to-slat interfaces:

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00100-B - Slat No. 2 - Location and General Configuration)

27-84-64 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a)

Remove the nut (4) and the bolt (6) then move the bonding strap (5) away from the bonding tag.

(b)

Remove the screws (1) and the stops (3).

(c)

Remove the weather seal (2).

(3)

Install the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-400-001-A).

(4)

Lift the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) sufficiently, until it has the weight of the slat.

(5)

At the Nos. 5 and 6 slat tracks:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (23) from the nuts (32), (47), (55) and (56).

(b)

Loosen the nuts (32), (47), (55) and (56), but do not remove them.

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (23) from the nuts (22), (24), (49) and (51).

(d)

Remove the items that follow:

. the nuts (22), (24), (49) and (51)
. the washers (21), (25), (48) and (50)
. the bolts (27), (30), (41) and (42)
. the bush (26).
NOTE :

(e)

The bush (26) is a part of the slat track and the slat track linkage assembly.

Make sure that when the nut (24) is removed, the head of the bolt (27) is in contact with the
web of the lug. If not, damage can occur to the anti-rotation.
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00700-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track - Detail)

(6)

Lift the slat ( 30 kg (66.1387 lb)) from the slat tracks.

(7)

Move the slat with the hoist and lower it onto the SUPPORT STRUCTURE - SLAT.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-64-942-050-A
B.

Removal of Equipment
(1)

AES

If you are to install a new slat, remove the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK
27-80-00-000-001-A).

27-84-64 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

D
NO. 5
SLAT TRACK
16

17

30
19

29

31

18

19
27

SLAT TRACK
LINK
21
28

22

20
23

23

26
25
24

22

23

23

32 23

24 23

N_MM_278464_4_ACM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-84-64-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track

27-84-64 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SLAT
TRACK
LINK
41 42

NO.6
SLAT
TRACK

43 44

SLAT
TRACK
LINK

45
46
48
49

47

54
53

52
23

23
50
51

23

H
23
51
49
23

23

47

56
23

55
23

N_MM_278464_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-64-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Slat Attachment at the No. 6 Slat Track

27-84-64 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

D
NO. 5
SLAT TRACK
16

17

30
19
29

31

18

27

SLAT TRACK
LINK

21

28

22

20

23

23
26
25
24

23

22

23

32 23

24 23

N_MM_278464_4_ACT0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-84-64-991-00200-B SHEET 1

Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track

27-84-64 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
STA 9235/RIB 17

PLUG SHOWN IN THE

FLIGHT POSITION

522NB(622NB)
STA 10729/
RIB 20

A
HOISTING LUG SHOWN
IN THE TOLIFT POSITION

NO.5 SLAT
TRACK

Y
Y

NO.3 SLAT
NO.6 SLAT
TRACK

NO.9 SLAT
TRACK

K
G

NO.4 SLAT
NO.5 SLAT

NO.2 SLAT

HOISTING
LUGS

K
1

No.3 SLAT

C
6

No.4 SLAT
BONDING
TAG

EXAMPLE VIEW TO
SHOW THE INTERFACE
OF TWO SLATS

N_MM_278464_4_BAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-64-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Slat No. 2 - Location and General Configuration

27-84-64 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A

SECTION

AA
25

DIM S

DIM S

24

26

TRACK

DIM S
27

N_MM_278464_4_ACC0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-64-991-00700-A SHEET 1

Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track - Detail

27-84-64 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-64-400-002-A
Installation of the No. 2 Slat
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

WRENCH - PNEUMATIC

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27804001000

ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)

98D27804009001
98D27804011000
98D27804020001

1
1
1

SLATS - SLING
BAR-TURNING
BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-047
Material No: 09-001
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003

AES

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
ANTI COR. COMP. (HIGH TEMP. SEALNT)
SEALANTS
FUEL TANK SEALANT
SEALANTS
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

27-84-64 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
** On A/C 003-004
Material No: 19-010
No specific
C.

DESIGNATION
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
lockwire, corrosion resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032 in) dia

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

510
610
522NB, 622NB
D.

LEFT WING SLATS

RIGHT WING SLATS

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
23
23

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-84-62-01-010
27-84-62-02-010

cotter pins
cotter pins
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

24-42-00-861-001-A

Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-000-001-A

Removal of the Hoisting Sling

27-80-00-400-001-A

Installation of the Hoisting Sling

27-80-00-866-004-A

Extending the Slats on the Ground

27-80-00-866-007-A
27-80-00-866-008-A
27-84-00-710-001-A

Manual Extension of the Slats

Manual Retraction of the Slats
Operational Test of the Slat System

27-84-45-000-004-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

27-84-45-400-005-A
27-84-69-000-001-A

Installation of the Torque Shaft

Removal of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

27-84-69-400-001-A

Installation of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

57-41-37-000-006-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-41-37-400-006-A
Installation of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00100-B - Slat No. 2 - Location and General Configuration)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00200-B - Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 6 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00400-A - Slat Rigging Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00500-B - Slat Rigging Detail)

AES

27-84-64 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00700-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track - Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-64-941-053-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-64-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is in position below the
applicable zone 510(610).

(2)

Make sure that the applicable access panel has been removed (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-006-A):
. for the left wing, 522NB
. for the right wing, 622NB.

(3)

Make sure that the slats are extended fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

(4)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(5)

Make sure that the applicable slat track closing-plate has been removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-000-001A).

(6)

Make sure that the applicable torque shaft has been removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-004-A):
. for the left wing, FIN 6010CM
. for the right wing, FIN 6060CM.

(7)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed
outboard of the removed torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

Subtask 27-84-64-865-053-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-84-64-420-051-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00100-B - Slat No. 2 - Location and General Configuration)
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track)
** On A/C 005-099

AES

27-84-64 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00200-B - Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 6 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00400-A - Slat Rigging Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00500-B - Slat Rigging Detail)
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

Clean the component interface and or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Clean the recess area of bolts using solvent and air dry.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(3)

Apply putty MASTINOX D40 SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-047) to the recess area of the
bolts (80).

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5)

Install the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-400-001-A).

(6)

Loosen the bolts (80) and push the seal (81) into the slat to the limit of its adjustment.
NOTE :

(7)

This will give the clearance between the seal (81) and the pylon structure during the slat rigging
procedure.

Tighten the bolts (80) with your hand.

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(8)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the stop-bolt (67) (if applicable).

(9)

Remove the stop-bolt (67) and the washers (68) and (69), from the hold-down bracket (70). Keep the
washers (68) and (69).

(10) Install the stop-bolt (67) in the hold-down bracket (70). Tighten the stop-bolt (67) with your hand.
(11) Remove the nuts (29) and (44) and the locking plates (28) and (43).
Subtask 27-84-64-420-052-A
B.

Installation of the No. 2 Slat

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00100-B - Slat No. 2 - Location and General Configuration)
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00200-B - Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 6 Slat Track)

AES

27-84-64 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Lift the slat into position.

(2)

At the Nos. 5 and 6 slat tracks:

(a)

Clean the recess area of bolts using solvent and air dry.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(b)

Apply putty MASTINOX D40 SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-047) to the recess area of
the bolts (27), (30), (41) and (42).

(c)

Install the bush (26) in the slat.

(d)

Attach the slat to the slat tracks, and the slat track links with:
. the bolts (27), (30), (41) and (42)
. the washers (21), (25), (48) and (50)
. the nuts (22), (24), (49) and (51).
NOTE :

If necessary, turn the eccentric bushes (31) and (46) to install the bolts (27), (30), (41)
and (42).

(e)

TORQUE the nuts (22), (49), (51), (55) and (56) to between 1.95 and 2.2 M.DAN (14.38 and
16.22 LBF.FT).

(f)

TORQUE the nut (24) to between 1.5 and 1.8 M.DAN (11.06 and 13.27 LBF.FT).

(g)

Make sure that the head of the bolt shoulder (27), the lower surface of the nut (24) and the
washer (25) are in contact with the surface of the track rib, the washer (25) and the sliding bush
(26).

(h)

Measure the dimension S and make sure this dimension is less than 0.08 mm (0.0031 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00700-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track - Detail)

(i)

Safety the nuts (22), (24), (49), (51), (55) and (56) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-62-01) cotter
pins (23) at the No. 5 slat track and (IPC-CSN 27-84-62-02) cotter pins (23) at the No. 6 slat
track.

(j)

Do not torque or safety the nuts (32) and (47).

(3)

Remove the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-000-001-A).

(4)

You must adjust the upper trailing-edge of the slat to its maximum height, related to the fixed leadingedge. To adjust the height, turn the eccentric bushes (31) and (46) on the No. 5 and 6 slat tracks.

Subtask 27-84-64-820-055-A
C.

Adjustment of the Slat

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00100-B - Slat No. 2 - Location and General Configuration)
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00200-B - Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 6 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00400-A - Slat Rigging Detail)
(1)

AES

Install the BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING (98D27804020001) at the No. 9 slat track.

27-84-64 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(3)

Use the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) to retract the slats until they are
approximately 50.8 mm (2.0000 in.) +/- 6.35 mm (0.2500 in.) from the BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING
(98D27804020001).

(4)

Use the BAR-TURNING (98D27804011000) to slowly retract the slats until the BLOCK-SLAT
GAPPING (98D27804020001) touches the bottom roller at the No. 9 slat track.

(5)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(6)

Adjust the eccentric bushes (31) and (46) at the No. 5 and 6 slat tracks to get dimension L. Refer to
the table that follows.
NOTE :

Measure dimension L above the applicable slat track.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------! TRACK !
DIMENSION L
!
MAXIMUM ADJUSTMENT BECAUSE OF
!
!
NOS. !
!
LOCKING PLATE INSTALLATION
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! 5 and 6 ! 4.00 mm (0.1575 in.) ! +0.25 mm (0.01 in.) -0.25 mm (0.01 in.) !
------------------------------------------------------------------------------(7)

Install the locking plates (28) and (43) and the nuts (29) and (44).

(8)

TORQUE the nuts (32) and (47) to between 1.95 and 2.2 M.DAN (14.38 and 16.22 LBF.FT).

(9)

Safety the nuts (32) and (47) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-62-01) cotter pins (23) at the No. 5 slat
track and (IPC-CSN 27-84-62-02) cotter pins (23) at the No. 6 slat track.

(10) Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).
(11) Use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000)
to fully extend the slats.
(12) Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).
(13) Apply special materials:
WARNING : THE SEALANT IS CLASSIFIED AS A DANGEROUS MATERIAL WHICH CAN CAUSE
INJURY OR ILLNESS IF IT IS NOT CORRECTLY USED. BEFORE YOU USE THIS
PRODUCT, READ THE APPLICABLE MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL DATA SAFETY
SHEET AND OBEY THE SAFETY AND HEALTH PRECAUTIONS.
(a)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-001) to:

. the nuts (22), (24), (32), (47), (49), (51), (55) and (56)
. the bolt heads (18), (27), (30), (41), (42), (45), (53) and (54)
. the locking plates (28) and (43).

(14) Remove the BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING (98D27804020001) from the No. 9 slat track.
Subtask 27-84-64-820-056-A
D.

AES

Adjustment of the Stop-Bolt

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00400-A - Slat Rigging Detail)

27-84-64 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Examine the hold-down pad-head for wear. The maximum wear limit is 1 mm (0.0394 in.) or an overall
head thickness of 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.). Replace the hold-down pad if the head is worn more than these
specified limits.

(2)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(3)

Use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000)
to fully retract the slats.

(4)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(5)

Turn the stop-bolt (67) until it touches the hold-down pad.

(6)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(7)

Use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000)
to fully extend the slats.

(8)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(9)

Measure the dimension Q under the head of the stop-bolt (67).

(10) Remove the stop-bolt (67).

(11) The value of dimension R is between 0.37 mm (0.0146 in.) and 0.42 mm (0.0165 in.). Subtract the
dimension R from the dimension Q. The difference is the total thickness of the washers (68) and the
washer (69) that you must install.
(12) Install the washers (68) and (69) to give the correct dimension R.
(13) Install and tighten the stop-bolt (67).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(14) Safety the stop-bolt (67) to the hold-down bracket (70) with lockwire, corrosion resistant steel 0.8 mm
(0.032 in) dia.
(15) Install the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-006-A):
. for the left wing install, 522NB
. for the right wing install, 622NB.
(16) Install the slat closing plate (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-400-001-A).
(17) Remove the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-006-A):
. for the left wing remove, 522NB
. for the right wing remove, 622NB.
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-84-64-420-053-A
E.

AES

Continue with the Installation Procedure

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00100-B - Slat No. 2 - Location and General Configuration)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track)

27-84-64 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

(2)

Slat-to-Slat interface connection

(a)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed

outboard of the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(b)

Manually extend the slats to the fully extended position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-007-A).

(c)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the
removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(d)

Install the weather seal (2). Make sure that the end of the weather seal is aligned with the slat
lower trailing-edge.

(e)

Install the stops (3) and attach them with the screws (1).

(f)

Attach the bonding strap (5) with the bolt (6) and the nut (4) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

Slat-to-track bonding strap connection

(a)

Attach the bonding strap (17) with the bolt (19) and the nut (16) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004A).

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE
AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT
OR BLIND YOU.
(b)

Safety the bolts (19) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-84-64-420-053-B
E.

Continue with the Installation Procedure

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00100-B - Slat No. 2 - Location and General Configuration)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00200-B - Slat Attachment at the No. 5 Slat Track)
(1)

(2)

Slat-to-Slat interface connection

(a)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed

outboard of the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(b)

Manually extend the slats to the fully extended position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-007-A).

(c)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the
removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(d)

Install the weather seal (2). Make sure that the end of the weather seal is aligned with the slat
lower trailing-edge.

(e)

Install the stops (3) and attach them with the screws (1).

(f)

Attach the bonding strap (5) with the bolt (6) and the nut (4) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

Slat-to-track bonding strap connection

(a)

Attach the bonding strap (17) with the bolt (19) and the nut (16) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004A).

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-64-820-058-A
F.

AES

Seal Adjustment after Installation of a New Slat

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-64-991-00500-B - Slat Rigging Detail)

27-84-64 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Remove the screws (80), the support assembly (82) and the seal (81).

WARNING : THE SEALANT IS CLASSIFIED AS A DANGEROUS MATERIAL WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY
OR ILLNESS IF IT IS NOT CORRECTLY USED. BEFORE YOU USE THIS PRODUCT, READ
THE APPLICABLE MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL DATA SAFETY SHEET AND OBEY THE
SAFETY AND HEALTH PRECAUTIONS.
(2)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) to the screws (80).

(3)

While the sealant is still wet, install the seal (81) and the support assembly (82) with the screws (80).
Tighten the screws (80) by hand.

(4)

Adjust the seal (81) to touch the pylon structure over its full length.

(5)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(6)

Slowly, manually retract the slats to the fully retracted position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-008-A).

(7)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(8)

Look at the seal (81) to make sure that it touches the pylon structure over its full length.

(9)

If the seal (81) does not touch the pylon structure over its full length, do the adjustment procedure
again.

(10) When the adjustment is correct, remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)
(98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A), installed outboard of the removed torque shaft
FIN 6010CM(6060CM).
(11) Manually extend the slats to the fully extended position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-007-A).
(12) Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).
(13) Fully tighten the screws (80).
Subtask 27-84-64-860-052-A
G.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000)
to fully retract the slats to the zero position.

(2)

Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

(3)

On the MCDU display, make sure that the PPU DATA page is shown (to monitor the slats PPU
position).

(4)

If necessary, use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)
(98D27804001000) to move the slat drive shaft until the PPU data shows the same values as recorded
in Para. 3.B.:
. the FPPU angle value must agree +/- 0.1 deg.
. the APPU angle value must agree +/- 0.1 deg.
. the FPPU and APPU angles must agree +/- 1.3 deg.
. the LH APPU and the RH APPU angles must agree +/- 0.45 deg.

(5)

De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).

(6)

Remove the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000)
from the slat drive shaft.

27-84-64 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A), installed outboard of the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM).

Subtask 27-84-64-865-054-A
H.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-84-64-410-053-A
J.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the safety collar on the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

(3)

Install the applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-005-A):

. for the left wing, install FIN 6010CM
. for the right wing, install FIN 6060CM.

(4)

Install the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-006-A):

. for the left wing install, 522NB
. for the right wing install, 622NB.

Subtask 27-84-64-710-051-A
K.

Test
(1)

5.

The operational test of the slat system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A), was done during the
installation of the torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-64-942-053-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-64 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
SECTION

KK
SLAT UPPER
TRAILINGEDGE

DIM L

P
SLAT GAPPING
BLOCK

67
68

69
70

Q
AFTER ADJUSTMENT
HOLD DOWN
PAD

Q
BEFORE ADJUSTMENT
HOLD DOWN
PAD

DIM R

70

67
DIM Q

70

67
N_MM_278464_4_AGM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-84-64-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Slat Rigging Detail

27-84-64 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SECTION

Y
80

81
82
PYLON
STRUCTURE

SLAT 2

N_MM_278464_4_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-64-991-00500-B SHEET 1

Slat Rigging Detail

27-84-64 PB401

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SLAT 3 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-65-000-001-A
Removal of the No. 3 Slat
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

COVER - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

SUPPORT STRUCTURE - FLAP

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

AR

WRENCH - PNEUMATIC

98D27803500001
98D27804001000

1
1

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

510
610
522NB, 622NB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
LEFT WING SLATS
RIGHT WING SLATS

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

AES

27-84-65 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-000-001-A

Removal of the Hoisting Sling

27-80-00-400-001-A

Installation of the Hoisting Sling

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-45-000-004-A
27-84-69-000-001-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Removal of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

30-11-41-000-001-A

Removal of the Telescopic Duct

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

57-41-37-000-006-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-65-991-00100-B - Slat-to-Slat Interface - Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-65-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 7 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-65-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 8 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-65-991-00700-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 7 Slat Track - Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-65-991-00100-B - Slat-to-Slat Interface - Location)
Subtask 27-84-65-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Fully retract the slats (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(3)

Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat
control lever on panel 114VU.

(4)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-65-860-054-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

(2)

On the MCDU:
(a)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

ACTION
1.On MCDU:
. push the line key for <SFCC1

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC1 menu page 1.

2.Push the NEXT PAGE button

.

the MCDU shows the SFCC1 menu page 2.

the MCDU shows the slat SYSTEM DATA submenu.

the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).

3.Push the line key (2L) SYSTEM DATA SLT>

4.Push the line key (1L) <PPU

AES

27-84-65 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
5.Write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)
shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT >
to get a print out of the screen.

RESULT

(3)

De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).

(4)

Remove the safety collar from the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

Subtask 27-84-65-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-84-65-010-051-A
D.

Get Access
(1)

Put the adjustable ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the zone
510(610).

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-006-A):

. for the left wing, remove 522NB
. for the right wing, remove 622NB.

(3)

Remove the applicable telescopic duct (Ref. TASK 30-11-41-000-001-A).

(4)

Remove the applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-004-A):

. for the left wing remove FIN 6010CM
. for the right wing remove FIN 6060CM.

(5)

Install the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) and a WRENCH - PNEUMATIC
on the applicable bevel gearbox:
. for the left wing, use FIN 6010CM
. for the right wing, use FIN 6060CM.
This will let you operate the slats manually.

(6)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(7)

Manually extend the slats to the fully extended position.

(8)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(9)

Remove the slat closing plate (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-65-480-051-A
E.

Installation of Support Equipment

(1)

AES

Install the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-400-001-A).

27-84-65 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-65-991-00100-B - Slat-to-Slat Interface - Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-65-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 7 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-65-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 8 Slat Track)
Subtask 27-84-65-020-051-A
A.

Removal of the No. 3 Slat

(1)

Lift the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) sufficiently, until it has the weight of the slat.

(2)

At the interface of the Nos. 2 and 3 slats and the Nos. 3 and 4 slats:

(3)

(4)

(a)

Remove the nut (6), the bolt (9) and the washer (8) then move the bonding strap (7) away from
the bonding tag.

(b)

Remove the screws (1) and the stops (3).

(c)

Remove the weather seal (2).

At the interface of the Nos. 3 and 4 slats only:

(a)

Loosen the clamps (5) and then remove the flexible tube (4) and the clamps (5).

(b)

Install COVER - BLANKING on the open ends of the anti-icing ducts.

At the Nos. 7 and 8 slat tracks:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (18) from the nuts (29), (46), (54) and (55).

(b)

Loosen the nuts (29), (46), (54) and (55) but do not remove them.

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (18) from the nuts (22), (26), (48) and (50).

(d)

Remove:
. the nuts (22), (26), (48) and (50)
. the washers (23), (27), (47) and (49)
. the bolts (19), (24), (40) and (41)
. the bush (17).
NOTE :

(e)

The bush (17) is a part of the slat track and the slat track linkage assembly.

Make sure that when the nut (22) is removed, the head of the bolt (24) is in contact with the
web of the lug. If not, damage can occur to the anti-rotation.
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-65-991-00700-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 7 Slat Track - Detail)

(5)

Lift the slat from the slat tracks.

(6)

Move the slat with the hoist and lower it onto the SUPPORT STRUCTURE - FLAP.

Subtask 27-84-65-860-053-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

AES

If you are to install a new slat, remove the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK
27-80-00-000-001-A).

27-84-65 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
STA 9235/RIB 17

B
522NB(622NB)

PLUG SHOWN IN THE

FLIGHT POSITION

STA 10729/
RIB 20

A
HOISTING LUG SHOWN
IN THE TOLIFT POSITION

NO.2 SLAT
NO.7 SLAT
TRACK

NO.3 SLAT
NO.8 SLAT
TRACK

NO.9 SLAT
TRACK
NO.4 SLAT

NO.5 SLAT

N
D

HOISTING
LUGS

K
1

C
9
8
2

7
BONDING
TAG

6
ANTI
ICING
DUCT
3

EXAMPLE VIEW TO
SHOW THE INTERFACE
OF TWO SLATS

N_MM_278465_4_BAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-65-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Slat-to-Slat Interface - Location

27-84-65 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

D
18
20

E
19

21
29

NO.7 SLAT
TRACK

SLAT TRACK
LINK

18

28

27
26

22

23
17

25
18
24

30
19

29 18

22

18

N_MM_278465_4_ACM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-84-65-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Slat Attachment at the No. 7 Slat Track

27-84-65 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SLAT
TRACK
LINK

40

NO.8
SLAT
TRACK

41 42 43

SLAT
TRACK
LINK

44
45
47
48

46

53
52

H
18

51
49
50

18

48
18 50

18
54

55
46
18

18

18
N_MM_278465_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-65-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Slat Attachment at the No. 8 Slat Track

27-84-65 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SECTION

AA
23

DIM S
22

DIM S

17

TRACK

DIM S
24

N_MM_278465_4_ACC0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-65-991-00700-A SHEET 1

Slat Attachment at the No. 7 Slat Track - Detail

27-84-65 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-65-400-002-A
Installation of the No. 3 Slat
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

WRENCH - PNEUMATIC

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27804001000

ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)

98D27804009001
98D27804011000
98D27804020001

1
1
1

SLATS - SLING
BAR-TURNING
BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-047
Material No: 09-001
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010

AES

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
ANTI COR. COMP. (HIGH TEMP. SEALNT)
SEALANTS
FUEL TANK SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

27-84-65 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

510
610
522NB, 622NB
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
LEFT WING SLATS
RIGHT WING SLATS

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
18
18

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-84-62-03-010
27-84-62-04-010

cotter pins
cotter pins
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-000-001-A

Removal of the Hoisting Sling

27-80-00-400-001-A

Installation of the Hoisting Sling

27-80-00-866-004-A

Extending the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

27-84-45-000-004-A
27-84-45-400-005-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Installation of the Torque Shaft

27-84-69-400-001-A

Installation of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

30-11-41-000-001-A
30-11-41-400-001-A

Removal of the Telescopic Duct

Installation of the Telescopic Duct

57-41-37-000-006-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-41-37-400-006-A
Installation of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-65-991-00100-B - Slat-to-Slat Interface - Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-65-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 7 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-65-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 8 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-65-991-00400-A - Slat Rigging - Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-65-991-00700-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 7 Slat Track - Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-65-941-052-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat
controls.

27-84-65 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-65-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is in position below the
applicable zone 510(610).

(2)

Make sure that the applicable access panel has been removed: (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-006-A):
. for the left wing, remove 522NB
. for the right wing, remove 622NB.

(3)

Make sure that the applicable telescopic duct has been removed (Ref. TASK 30-11-41-000-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the slats are extended fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

(5)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(6)

Make sure that the safety collar is removed from circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

(7)

Make sure that the applicable torque shaft has been removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-004-A).

(8)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is on the
applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

Subtask 27-84-65-865-053-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-65-991-00100-B - Slat-to-Slat Interface - Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-65-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 7 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-65-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 8 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-65-991-00400-A - Slat Rigging - Detail)
Subtask 27-84-65-420-051-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Clean the recess area of bolts using solvent and air dry.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

AES

27-84-65 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Apply putty MASTINOX D40 SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-047) to the recess area of the
stop-bolt (65).

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(5)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the stop-bolt (65) (if applicable).

(6)

Remove the stop-bolt (65) and the washers (66) and (67) from the hold-down bracket (68). Keep the
washers (66) and (67).

(7)

Install the stop-bolt (65) in the hold-down bracket (68). Tighten the stop-bolt (65) with your hand.

(8)

Remove the nuts (20) and (43) and the locking plates (21) and (42).

(9)

Install the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-65-420-052-A
B.

Installation of the No. 3 Slat

(1)

Lift the slat into position.

(2)

At the No. 7 and 8 slat tracks:

(a)

Clean the recess area of bolts using solvent and air dry.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(b)

Apply putty MASTINOX D40 SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-047) to the recess area of
the bolts (19), (24), (40) and (41).

(c)

Install the bush (17) in the slat.

(d)

Attach the slat to the slat tracks, and the slat track links with:
. the bolts (19), (24), (40) and (41)
. the washers (23), (27), (47) and (49)
. the nuts (22), (26), (48) and (50).
NOTE :

AES

If necessary, turn the eccentric bushes (28) and (45) to install the bolts (20), (24), (40)
and (41).

(e)

TORQUE the nuts (26), (48), (50), (54) and (55) to between 1.92 and 2.2 M.DAN (14.16 and
16.22 LBF.FT).

(f)

TORQUE the nut (22) to between 1.5 and 1.8 M.DAN (11.06 and 13.27 LBF.FT).

(g)

Make sure that the head of the bolt shoulder (24), the lower surface of the nut (22) and the
washer (23) are in contact with the surface of the track rib, the washer (23) and the sliding bush
(17).

(h)

Measure the dimension S and make sure this dimension is less than 0.08 mm.
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-65-991-00700-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 7 Slat Track - Detail)

(i)

Safety the nuts (22), (26), (48), (50), (54) and (55) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-62-03) cotter
pins (18) at the No. 7 slat track and (IPC-CSN 27-84-62-04) cotter pins (18) at the No. 8 slat
track.

27-84-65 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(j)

Do not torque or safety the nuts (29) and (46).

(3)

Remove the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-000-001-A).

(4)

You must adjust the upper trailing-edge of the slat to its maximum height related to the fixed leadingedge. To adjust the height, turn the eccentric bushes (28) and (45) on the No. 7 and 8 slat tracks.

Subtask 27-84-65-820-055-A
C.

Adjustment of the Slat

(1)

Install the BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING (98D27804020001) at the No. 9 slat track.

(2)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(3)

Use the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) to retract the slats until they are
50.8 mm (2.0000 in.) +/- 6.35 mm (0.2500 in.) from the BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING (98D27804020001).

(4)

Use the BAR-TURNING (98D27804011000) to slowly, retract the slats until the BLOCK-SLAT
GAPPING (98D27804020001) touches the bottom roller at the No. 9 slat track.

(5)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(6)

Adjust the eccentric bushes (28) and (45) at the No. 7 and 8 slat tracks to get dimension L. Refer to
the table that follows.
NOTE :

Measure the dimension L above the applicable slat track.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------! TRACK
!
DIMENSION L
!
MAXIMUM ADJUSTMENT BECAUSE OF
!
!
NOS.
!
!
LOCKING PLATE INSTALLATION
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! 7 AND 8 ! 4.00 mm (0.1574 in.) ! + 0.25 mm (0.01 in.) - 0.25 mm (0.01 in.) !
------------------------------------------------------------------------------(7)

Install the locking plates (21) and (42) and the nuts (20) and (43).

(8)

TORQUE the nuts (29) and (46) to between 1.95 and 2.2 M.DAN (14.38 and 16.22 LBF.FT) (detail E
and H).

(9)

Safety the nuts (29) and (46) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-62-03) cotter pins (18) at the No. 7 slat
track and (IPC-CSN 27-84-62-04) cotter pins (18) at the N0. 8 slat track.

(10) Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).
(11) Use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000)
to fully extend the slats.
(12) Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).
WARNING : THE SEALANT IS CLASSIFIED AS A DANGEROUS MATERIAL WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY
OR ILLNESS IF IT IS NOT CORRECTLY USED. BEFORE YOU USE THIS PRODUCT, READ
THE APPLICABLE MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL DATA SAFETY SHEET AND OBEY THE
SAFETY AND HEALTH PRECAUTIONS.
(13) Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-001) to:
. the nuts (22), (26), (29), (46), (48), (50), (54) and (55)
. the bolt heads (19), (24), (30), (40), (41), (44), (52) and (53)

AES

27-84-65 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.

the locking plates (21) and (42).

(14) Remove the BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING (98D27804020001) from the No. 9 slat track.
Subtask 27-84-65-820-056-A
D.

Adjustment of the Stop-Bolt

(1)

Examine the hold-down pad-head for wear. The maximum wear limit is 1.0 mm (0.0394 in.) or an
overall head thickness of 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.). Replace the hold-down pad if the head is worn more than
these specified limits.

(2)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(3)

Use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000)
to fully retract the slats.

(4)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(5)

Turn the stop-bolt (65) until it touches the hold-down pad.

(6)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(7)

Use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000)
to fully extend the slats.

(8)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(9)

Measure the dimension Q under the head of the stop-bolt (65).

(10) Remove the stop-bolt (65).

(11) The value of dimension R is between 0.2 mm (0.0079 in.) and 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.). Subtract the
dimension R from the dimension Q. The difference is the total thickness of the washers (66) and the
washer (67) that you must install.
(12) Install the washers (66) and (67) to give the correct dimension R.
(13) Install and tighten the stop-bolt (65).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(14) Safety the stop-bolt (65) to the hold-down bracket (68) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED
0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .
(15) Install the slat closing plate (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-400-001-A).
Subtask 27-84-65-820-058-A
E.

AES

Slat-to-Slat Interface Adjustment

(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(2)

Use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000)
to fully extend the slats.

(3)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

27-84-65 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

(5)

At the interface of the Nos. 3 and 4 slats only:

(a)

Remove the blanking-covers from the anti-icing ducts.

(b)

Install the flexible tube (4) with the clamps (5).

At the interface of the Nos. 2 and 3 slats and the Nos. 3 and 4 slats:
(a)

Install the weather seal (2). Make sure that the end of the weather seal is aligned with the slat
lower-trailing-edge.

(b)

Install the stops (3) and attach them with the screws (1).

(c)

Attach the bonding strap (7) with the bolt (9), the washer (8) and the nut (6) (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004-A).

Subtask 27-84-65-860-052-A
F.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Install the applicable telescopic duct (Ref. TASK 30-11-41-400-001-A).

(2)

Use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000)
to fully retract the slats.

(3)

Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).

(4)

On the MCDU display, make sure that the PPU DATA page is shown (to monitor the slats PPU
position).

(5)

If necessary, use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)
(98D27804001000) to move the slat drive shaft until the PPU data shows the same values as recorded
in Para. 3.B.:
. the FPPU angle value must agree +/- 0.1 deg.
. the APPU angle value must agree +/- 0.1 deg.
. the FPPU and APPU angles must agree +/- 1.3 deg.
. the LH APPU and the RH APPU angles must agree +/- 0.45 deg.

(6)

Install the applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-005-A):

. for the left wing, install FIN 6010CM
. for the right wing, install FIN 6060CM.

(7)

De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).

(8)

Remove the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)
(98D27804001000) from the slat drive shaft.

(9)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

Subtask 27-84-65-865-054-A
G.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-84-65 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-65-480-050-A
H.

Installation of Support Equipment

(1)

Install the safety collar on the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

Subtask 27-84-65-410-054-A
J.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-006-A):

. for the left wing install 522NB
. for the right wing install 622NB.

Subtask 27-84-65-710-051-A
K.

Test
(1)

5.

The operational test of the slat system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A), was done during the
installation of the torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-65-942-053-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-65 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
SECTION

KK
SLAT UPPER
TRAILINGEDGE

DIM L

N
SLAT GAPPING
BLOCK

65

66

67
68

P
AFTER ADJUSTMENT
HOLD DOWN
PAD

P
BEFORE ADJUSTMENT
HOLD DOWN
PAD

DIM R

68

65
DIM Q

68

65
N_MM_278465_4_AGM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-84-65-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Slat Rigging - Detail

27-84-65 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SLAT 4 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-66-000-001-A
Removal of the No. 4 Slat
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

COVER - BLANKING, HYDRAULIC RESISTANT

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

SUPPORT STRUCTURE - FLAP

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

AR

WRENCH - PNEUMATIC

98D27803500001
98D27804001000

1
1

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)

98D27804009001

SLATS - SLING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

510
610
522NB, 622NB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
LEFT WING SLATS
RIGHT WING SLATS

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

AES

27-84-66 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-000-001-A

Removal of the Hoisting Sling

27-80-00-400-001-A

Installation of the Hoisting Sling

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-45-000-004-A
27-84-69-000-001-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Removal of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

57-41-37-000-006-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-66-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 9 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-66-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the N0. 10 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-66-991-00100-B - Slat No. 4 - Location and General Configuration)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-66-991-00700-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 9 Slat Track - Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-66-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Fully retract the slats (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(3)

Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat
control lever on panel 114VU.

(4)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-66-860-054-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

(2)

On the MCDU:
(a)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

ACTION
1.On MCDU:
. push the line key for <SFCC1

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC1 menu page 1.

2.Push the NEXT PAGE button

.

the MCDU shows the SFCC1 menu page 2.

the MCDU shows the slat SYSTEM DATA submenu.

the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).

3.Push the line key (2L) SYSTEM DATA SLT>

4.Push the line key (1L) <PPU
5.Write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)
shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT >
to get a print out of the screen.

AES

27-84-66 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).

(4)

Remove the safety collar from the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

Subtask 27-84-66-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-84-66-010-051-A
D.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the zone 510(610):

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-006-A):

. for the left wing remove 522NB
. for the right wing remove 622NB.

(3)

Remove the applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-004-A):

. for the left wing remove FIN 6010CM
. for the right wing remove FIN 6060CM
. for the left wing, use FIN 6010CM
. for the right wing, use FIN 6060CM.
This will let you to operate the slats manually.

(4)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(5)

Use the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) and a WRENCH - PNEUMATIC
to fully extend the slats.

(6)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(7)

Remove the slat closing plate (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-000-001-A).

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-66-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 9 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-66-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the N0. 10 Slat Track)
Subtask 27-84-66-020-051-A
A.

Removal of the No. 4 Slat

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-66-991-00100-B - Slat No. 4 - Location and General Configuration)
(1)

AES

At the interface of the Nos. 3 and 4 slats and the Nos. 4 and 5 slats:
(a)

Remove the nut (6) the bolt (9) and the washer (8) then move the bonding strap (7) away from
the bonding tag.

(b)

Remove the screws (1) and the stops (3).

(c)

Remove the weather seal (2).

27-84-66 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d)

Loosen the clamps (5) and then remove the flexible tube (4) and the clamps (5).

(e)

Install COVER - BLANKING, HYDRAULIC RESISTANT on the open ends of the anti-icing ducts.

(2)

Install the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-400-001-A).

(3)

Lift the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) sufficiently, until it has the weight of the slat

(4)

At the Nos. 9 and 10 slat tracks:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (25) from the nuts (31), (45), (53) and (54).

(b)

Loosen the nuts (31), (45), (53) and (54), but do not remove them.

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (25) from the nuts (24), (27), (47) and (49).

(d)

Remove:
. the nuts (24), (27), (47) and (49)
. the washers (23), (26), (46) and (48)
. the bolts (20), (30), (39) and (40)
. the bush (29).
NOTE :

(e)

The bush (29) is a part of the slat track and the slat track linkage assembly.

Make sure that when the nut (27) is removed, the head of the bolt (30) is in contact with the
web of the lug. If not, damage can occur to the anti-rotation.
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-66-991-00700-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 9 Slat Track - Detail)

(5)

Lift the slat (24.8 kg (54.67 lb)) from the slat tracks.

(6)

Move the slat with the hoist and lower it onto the SUPPORT STRUCTURE - FLAP.

Subtask 27-84-66-860-053-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

AES

If you are to install a new slat, remove the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK
27-80-00-000-001-A).

27-84-66 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

D
NO. 9
SLAT TRACK

SLAT TRACK
LINK

20

F
19

22

21

30

23
18

24

E
28

25

29
26
27

E
25
24

25

25

31 25

27

N_MM_278466_4_ACM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-84-66-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Slat Attachment at the No. 9 Slat Track

27-84-66 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SLAT TRACK
LINKS

G
SLAT TRACK 10

39
40

41 42

43

44
45
46

47

50
52

48
49

51

25
SLAT TRACK
(REF ONLY)
25
49

47
25

45

54
25

53
25

25
N_MM_278466_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-66-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Slat Attachment at the N0. 10 Slat Track

27-84-66 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
STA 9235/RIB 17

PLUG SHOWN IN THE

FLIGHT POSITION

522NB(622NB)
STA 10729/
RIB 20

A
HOISTING LUG SHOWN
IN THE TOLIFT POSITION

NO.2 SLAT

NO.3 SLAT
NO.9 SLAT
TRACK

NO.10 SLAT
TRACK

NO.4 SLAT
NO.5 SLAT

HOISTING
LUGS

P
K G

C
8

7
BONDING
TAG

6
ANTIICING
DUCT
3

EXAMPLE VIEW TO
SHOW THE INTERFACE
OF TWO SLATS

N_MM_278466_4_BAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-66-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Slat No. 4 - Location and General Configuration

27-84-66 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SECTION

AA
26

DIM T
27

DIM T

29

TRACK

DIM T
30

N_MM_278466_4_ACC0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-66-991-00700-A SHEET 1

Slat Attachment at the No. 9 Slat Track - Detail

27-84-66 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-66-400-002-A
Installation of the No. 4 Slat
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

WRENCH - PNEUMATIC

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27804001000

ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)

98D27804009001
98D27804011000
98D27804020001

1
1
1

SLATS - SLING
BAR-TURNING
BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-047
Material No: 09-001
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010

AES

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
ANTI COR. COMP. (HIGH TEMP. SEALNT)
SEALANTS
FUEL TANK SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

27-84-66 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

510
610
522NB, 622NB
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
LEFT WING SLATS
RIGHT WING SLATS

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
25
25

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-84-62-06-010
27-84-62-07-010

cotter pins
cotter pins
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

24-42-00-861-001-A

Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-000-001-A

Removal of the Hoisting Sling

27-80-00-400-001-A

Installation of the Hoisting Sling

27-80-00-866-004-A

Extending the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

27-84-45-000-004-A
27-84-45-400-005-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Installation of the Torque Shaft

27-84-69-000-001-A

Removal of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

27-84-69-400-001-A

Installation of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

57-41-37-000-006-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-41-37-400-006-A
Installation of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-66-991-00100-B - Slat No. 4 - Location and General Configuration)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-66-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 9 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-66-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the N0. 10 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-66-991-00400-A - Slat Rigging - Detail.)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-66-991-00700-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 9 Slat Track - Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-66-941-053-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slats.

27-84-66 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-66-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is in position below the
applicable zone 510(610).

(2)

Make sure that the applicable access panel has been removed (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-006-A):
. for the left wing, remove 522NB
. for the right wing, remove 622NB.

(3)

Make sure that the slats are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

(4)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(5)

Make sure that the safety collar is removed from the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

(6)

Make sure that the applicable torque shaft has been removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-004-A).

(7)

Make sure that the slat closing plate has been removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-66-865-053-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-66-991-00100-B - Slat No. 4 - Location and General Configuration)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-66-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 9 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-66-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the N0. 10 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-66-991-00400-A - Slat Rigging - Detail.)
Subtask 27-84-66-560-050-A
A.

Preparation of a Replacement Component

(1)

Install the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-66-420-051-A
B.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Clean the recess area of bolts using solvent and air dry.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.

AES

27-84-66 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(3)

Apply putty MASTINOX D40 SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-047) to the recess area of the
stop-bolt (63).

(4)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(5)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(6)

If applicable, remove and discard the lockwire from the stop-bolt (63).

(7)

Remove the stop-bolt (63) and the washers (64) and (65), from the hold-down bracket (66). Keep the
washers (64) and (65).

(8)

Install the stop-bolt (63) in the hold down bracket (66). Tighten the stop-bolt (63) with your hand.

(9)

Remove the nuts (19) and (42) and the locking plates (18) and (41).

Subtask 27-84-66-420-052-A
C.

Installation of the No. 4 Slat

(1)

Lift the slat into position.

(2)

At the Nos. 9 and 10 slat tracks:

(a)

Clean the recess area of bolts using solvent and air dry.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(b)

Apply putty MASTINOX D40 SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-047) to the recess area of
the bolts (20), (30), (39) and (40).

(c)

Install the bush (29) in the slat.

(d)

Attach the slat to the slat tracks and the slat tracks links with:
. the bolts (20), (30), (39) and (40)
. the washers (23), (26), (46) and (48)
. the nuts (24), (27), (47) and (49).
NOTE :

AES

If necessary, turn the eccentric bushes (22) and (44) as necessary to install the bolts (20),
(30), (39) and (40).

(e)

TORQUE the nuts (24), (47), (49), (53) and (54) to between 1.95 and 2.2 M.DAN (14.38 and
16.22 LBF.FT).

(f)

TORQUE the nut (27) to between 1.5 and 1.8 M.DAN (11.06 and 13.27 LBF.FT).

(g)

Make sure that the head of the bolt shoulder (30), the lower surface of the nut (27) and the
washer (26) are in contact with the surface of the track rib, the washer (26) and the sliding bush
(29).

(h)

Measure the dimension T and make sure this dimension is less than 0.08 mm.
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-66-991-00700-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 9 Slat Track - Detail)

27-84-66 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(i)

Safety the nuts (24), (27), (47), (49), (53) and (54) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-62-06) cotter
pins (25) at the No. 9 slat track and (IPC-CSN 27-84-62-07) cotter pins (25) at the No. 10 slat
track.

(j)

Do not torque or safety the nuts (31) and (45).

(3)

Remove the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-000-001-A).

(4)

Adjust the upper trailing-edge of the slat to its maximum height, related to the fixed leading-edge.

(5)

To adjust the height, turn the eccentric bushes (22) and (44) at the No. 9 and 10 slat tracks.

Subtask 27-84-66-820-055-A
D.

Adjustment of the Slat

(1)

Install the BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING (98D27804020001) at the No. 9 slat track.

(2)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(3)

Use the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) to retract the slats until they are
approximately 50.80 mm (2.0000 in.) +/- 6.35 mm (0.2500 in.) from the BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING
(98D27804020001).

(4)

Use the BAR-TURNING (98D27804011000) to slowly, retract the slats until the BLOCK-SLAT
GAPPING (98D27804020001) touches the bottom roller at the No. 9 slat track.

(5)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(6)

Adjust the eccentric bushes (22) and (44) at the No. 9 and 10 slat tracks to get dimension L. Refer to
the table that follows.
NOTE :

Measure the dimension L above the applicable slat track.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------! TRACK !
DIMENSION L
! MAXIMUM ADJUSTMENT BECAUSE OF
!
!
NOS. !
!
LOCKING PLATE INSTALLATION
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
9
! 4.00 mm (0.1575 in.) ! +0.25 mm (0.01 in.) -0.25 mm (0.01 in.) !
!
10
! 3.50 mm (0.1377 in.) ! +0.25 mm (0.01 in.) -0.25 mm (0.01 in.) !
------------------------------------------------------------------------------(7)

Install the locking plates (18) and (41) and the nuts (19) and (42).

(8)

TORQUE the nuts (31) and (45) to between 1.95 and 2.2 M.DAN (14.38 and 16.22 LBF.FT).

(9)

Safety the nuts (31) and (45) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-62-06) cotter pins (25) at the No. 9 slat
track and (IPC-CSN 27-84-62-07) cotter pins (25) at the No. 10 slat track.

(10) Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM (FIN 6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).
(11) Use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000)
to fully extend the slats.
(12) Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), outboard of the
removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

AES

27-84-66 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(13) Apply special materials:
WARNING : THE SEALANT IS CLASSIFIED AS A DANGEROUS MATERIAL WHICH CAN CAUSE
INJURY OR ILLNESS IF IT IS NOT CORRECTLY USED. BEFORE YOU USE THIS
PRODUCT, READ THE APPLICABLE MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL DATA SAFETY
SHEET AND OBEY THE SAFETY AND HEALTH PRECAUTIONS.
(a)

Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-001) to:

. the nuts (24), (27), (31), (47), (49), (53), (54) and (45)
. the bolt heads (20), (21), (30), (39), (40), (43), (51) and (52)
. the locking plates (18) and (41).

(14) Remove the BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING (98D27804020001) from the No. 9 slat track.
Subtask 27-84-66-820-056-A
E.

Adjustment of the Stop-Bolt

(1)

Examine the hold-down pad-head for wear. The maximum wear limit is 1.0 mm (0.0394 in.) or an
overall head thickness of 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.). Replace the hold-down pad if the head is worn more than
these specified limits.

(2)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(3)

Use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000)
to fully retract the slats.

(4)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(5)

Turn the stop-bolt (63) until it touches the hold-down pad.

(6)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(7)

Use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000)
to fully extend the slats.

(8)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(9)

Measure the dimension R under the head of the stop-bolt (63).

(10) Remove the stop-bolt (63).

(11) The value of dimension S is between 0.2 mm (0.0079 in.) and 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.). Subtract the
dimension S from the dimension R. The difference is the total thickness of the washers (64) and the
washer (65) that you must install.
(12) Install the washers (64) and (65) to give the correct dimension S.
(13) Install and tighten the stop-bolt (63).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(14) Safety the stop-bolt (63) to the hold-down bracket (66) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED
0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .
(15) Install the slat closing plate (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-400-001-A).

AES

27-84-66 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-66-820-058-A
F.

Slat-to-Slat Interface Adjustment

(1)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(2)

Use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000)
to fully extend the slats.

(3)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(4)

At the interface of the Nos. 3 and 4 slats and the Nos. 4 and 5 slats:
(a)

Remove the blanking-covers from the anti-icing ducts.

(b)

Install the flexible tubes (4) with the clamps (5).

(c)

Install the weather seal (2). Make sure that the end of the weather seal (2) is aligned with the slat
lower trailing-edge.

(d)

Install the stops (3) and attach them with the screws (1).

(e)

Attach the bonding strap (7) to the bonding tag with the bolt (9), the washer (8) and the nut (6)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).

Subtask 27-84-66-860-052-A
G.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000)
to fully retract the slats to the zero position.

(2)

Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

(3)

On the MCDU display, make sure that the PPU DATA page is shown (to monitor the slats PPU
position).

(4)

If necessary, use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)
(98D27804001000) to move the slat drive shaft until the PPU data (on the MCDU) shows the same
values as recorded in Para. 3.B.:
. the FPPU angle value must agree +/- 0.1 deg.
. the APPU angle value must agree +/- 0.1 deg.
. the FPPU and APPU angle values must agree +/- 1.3 deg.
. the LH APPU and the RH APPU angles must agree +/- 0.45 deg.

(5)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

Subtask 27-84-66-865-054-A
H.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-84-66 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-66-410-053-A
J.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the safety collar on the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

(3)

Install the applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-005-A):

. for the left wing, install FIN 6010CM
. for the right wing, install FIN 6060CM.

(4)

Install the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-006-A):

. for the left wing, install 522NB
. for the right wing, install 622NB.

Subtask 27-84-66-710-051-A
K.

Test
(1)

5.

The operational test of the slat system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A), was done during the
installation of the torque shaft FIN 6010CM (6060CM).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-66-942-053-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-66 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
SECTION

KK
SLAT UPPER
TRAILINGEDGE

DIM L

P
SLAT GAPPING
BLOCK

63
64

65
66

Q
AFTER ADJUSTMENT
HOLD DOWN
PAD

Q
BEFORE ADJUSTMENT
HOLD DOWN
PAD

DIM S

66

63
DIM R

66

63
N_MM_278466_4_AGM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-84-66-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Slat Rigging - Detail.

27-84-66 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SLAT 5 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-67-000-001-A
Removal of the No. 5 Slat
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

COVER - BLANKING, HYDRAULIC RESISTANT

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

SUPPORT STRUCTURE - FLAP

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

AR

WRENCH - PNEUMATIC

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27804001000

ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)

98D27804009001

SLATS - SLING

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

510
610
522NB, 622NB
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
LEFT WING SLATS
RIGHT WING SLATS

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

AES

27-84-67 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
27-50-00-000-003-A

DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-000-001-A

Removal of the Hoisting Sling

27-80-00-400-001-A

Installation of the Hoisting Sling

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-45-000-004-A
27-84-69-000-001-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Removal of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

31-32-00-860-006-A

Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL Page

57-41-37-000-006-A
Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00100-B - Slat-to-Slat Interface - Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 11 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 12 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00200-C - Slat Attachment at the No. 11 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00700-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 11 Slat Track - Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00100-B - Slat-to-Slat Interface - Location)
Subtask 27-84-67-941-050-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the safety barriers in position.

(2)

Fully retract the slats (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(3)

Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat
control lever on panel 114VU.

(4)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-67-860-054-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

(2)

On the MCDU:
(a)

Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006-A).

ACTION
1.On MCDU:
. push the line key for <SFCC1

RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the MCDU shows the SFCC1 menu page 1.

2.Push the NEXT PAGE button

.

the MCDU shows the SFCC1 menu page 2.

the MCDU shows the slat SYSTEM DATA submenu.

the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).

3.Push the line key (2L) SYSTEM DATA SLT>

4.Push the line key (1L) <PPU

AES

27-84-67 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
5.Write down the APPU and the FPPU angles (deg)
shown on the display or push (in) the line key PRINT >
to get a print out of the screen.

RESULT

(3)

De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).

(4)

Remove the safety collar from the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

Subtask 27-84-67-010-050-A
C.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE below the zone 510(610):

(2)

Remove the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-006-A):

. for the left wing, remove 522NB
. for the right wing, remove 622NB.

(3)

Remove the applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-004-A):

. for the left wing remove FIN 6010CM
. for the right wing remove FIN 6060CM.

(4)

Install the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) and a WRENCH - PNEUMATIC
on the bevel gearbox:
. for the left wing, use FIN 6010CM
. for the right wing, use FIN 6060CM.
This will let you operate the slats manually.

(5)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(6)

Manually extend the slats to the fully extended position.

(7)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(8)

Remove the slat closing plate (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-67-865-050-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-84-67-480-051-A
E.

Installation of the Support Equipment

(1)

4.

Install the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-400-001-A).

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004

AES

27-84-67 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 11 Slat Track)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00100-B - Slat-to-Slat Interface - Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 12 Slat Track)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00200-C - Slat Attachment at the No. 11 Slat Track)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-67-020-051-B
A.

Removal of the No. 5 Slat

(1)

Lift the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001), until it has the weight of the slat.

(2)

Disconnect the slat-to-track bonding strap at No. 11 slat track:

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE
AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT
OR BLIND YOU.

(3)

(4)

(a)

Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolt (24).

(b)

Remove the nut (19) the washer (20) and the bonding strap (21) from the bolt (24) but do not
remove the bolt (24).

(c)

Install the washer (20) and the nut (19) on the bolt (24).

Disconnect the slat-to-slat interface:

(a)

Remove the nut (6), the bolt (9) and the washer (8) then move the bonding strap (7) away from
the bonding tag.

(b)

Remove the screws (1) and the stops (3).

(c)

Remove the weather seal (2).

(d)

Loosen the clamps (5) and then remove the flexible tube (4) and the clamps (5).

(e)

Install COVER - BLANKING, HYDRAULIC RESISTANT on the open ends of the anti-icing ducts.

At the Nos. 11 and 12 slat tracks:

(a)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (27) from the nuts (35), (47), (46) and (45).

(b)

Loosen the nuts (35), (47), (46) and (45), but do not remove them.

(c)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (27) from the nuts (26), (31), (43) and (44).

(d)

Remove the items that follow:

. the nuts (26), (31), (43) and (44)
. the washers (25), (30), (51) and (52)
. the bolts (18), (32), (48) and (56)
. the bush (29).
NOTE :

(e)

(5)

AES

The bush (29) is a part of the slat track and the slat track linkage assembly.

Make sure that when the nut (31) is removed, the head of the bolt (32) is in contact with the
web of the lug. If not damage can occur to the anti-rotation.
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00700-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 11 Slat Track - Detail)

Lift the slat ( 30 kg (66.1387 lb)) from the slat tracks.

27-84-67 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Move the slat with the hoist and lower it onto the SUPPORT STRUCTURE - FLAP.

Subtask 27-84-67-860-053-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
CAUTION :

(1)

AES

MAKE SURE THAT THE SLAT TRACK LINKS DO NOT TOUCH THE WING, IF YOU
RETRACT THE SLAT SYSTEM AFTER A SLAT HAS BEEN REMOVED.

If you are to install a new slat, remove the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK
27-80-00-000-001-A).

27-84-67 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

STA 9235/RIB 17

HOISTING LUG SHOWN

IN THE FLIGHT POSITION

522NB(622NB)
STA 10729/
RIB 20

A
HOISTING LUG SHOWN
IN THE TOLIFT POSITION

NO.2 SLAT

B
NO.3 SLAT
TRACK 9
NO.4 SLAT

HOISTING
LUGS

NO.5 SLAT

K
C

D P

H X

1
NO.5 SLAT

9
NO.4 SLAT

8
2

7
BONDING
TAG

6
ANTI
ICING
DUCT
3

EXAMPLE VIEW TO
SHOW THE INTERFACE
OF TWO SLATS

N_MM_278467_4_BAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-67-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Slat-to-Slat Interface - Location

27-84-67 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

NO.11 SLAT
TRACK

19
20
21
18

22

24

23

SLAT TRACK
LINKS

34
32

25

33

26

E
28
27

29
30
31

E
26

27
27

27
35

27

31

N_MM_278467_4_ACM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-84-67-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Slat Attachment at the No. 11 Slat Track

27-84-67 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
SLAT TRACK
(REF)

43

27

SLAT
TRACK 12
44
27

45
27
48

49

47 27 46 27
58

50
27
57

51
56

43

SLAT TRACK
LINKS
55

54

52
44
53

27

N_MM_278467_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-67-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Slat Attachment at the No. 12 Slat Track

27-84-67 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

NO.11 SLAT
TRACK

19
20
21
18

22

24

23

SLAT TRACK
LINKS

34
32

25

33

26

E
28
27

29
30
31

E
26
27

27

27
35

27

31

N_MM_278467_4_ACT0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-84-67-991-00200-C SHEET 1

Slat Attachment at the No. 11 Slat Track

27-84-67 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SECTION

AA
30

DIM S

DIM S

31

29

TRACK

DIM S
32

N_MM_278467_4_ACC0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-67-991-00700-A SHEET 1

Slat Attachment at the No. 11 Slat Track - Detail

27-84-67 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-67-400-002-A
Installation of the No. 5 Slat
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

WRENCH - PNEUMATIC

No specific

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27504030001

LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

98D27804009001

SLATS - SLING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-047

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
ANTI COR. COMP. (HIGH TEMP. SEALNT)

Material No: 09-001

SEALANTS
FUEL TANK SEALANT
SEALANTS
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

Material No: 09-016

Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010

AES

27-84-67 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

510
610
522NB, 622NB
D.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
LEFT WING SLATS
RIGHT WING SLATS

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
27
27

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-84-62-07-010
27-84-62-08-010

cotter pins
cotter pins
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-

24-42-00-861-001-A

Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power

24-42-00-862-001-A

De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

27-50-00-000-003-A

Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-50-00-400-003-A

Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-000-001-A

Removal of the Hoisting Sling

27-80-00-400-001-A

Installation of the Hoisting Sling

27-80-00-866-004-A

Extending the Slats on the Ground

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

27-84-45-000-004-A
27-84-45-400-005-A
27-84-69-000-001-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Installation of the Torque Shaft
Removal of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

27-84-69-400-001-A

Installation of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

57-41-37-000-006-A
Removal of the Access Panels
57-41-37-400-006-A
Installation of the Access Panels
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 11 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00100-B - Slat-to-Slat Interface - Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 12 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00400-A - Slat Rigging - Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00500-A - Slat Rigging - Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00200-C - Slat Attachment at the No. 11 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00700-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 11 Slat Track - Detail)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-67-941-051-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

AES

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

27-84-67 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-67-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is in position below the
applicable zone 510(610):

(2)

Make sure that the applicable access panel has been removed (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-006-A):
. for the left wing, remove 522NB
. for the right wing, remove 622NB.

(3)

Make sure that the slats are extended fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

(4)

Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(5)

Make sure that the safety collar is removed from the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

(6)

Make sure that the applicable torque shaft has been removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-004-A).

(7)

Make sure that the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) and a WRENCH PNEUMATIC are on the applicable bevel gearbox.

(8)

Make sure that the slat closing plate has been removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-84-67-865-053-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00200-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 11 Slat Track)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00100-B - Slat-to-Slat Interface - Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00300-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 12 Slat Track)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00400-A - Slat Rigging - Detail)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00500-A - Slat Rigging - Detail)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00200-C - Slat Attachment at the No. 11 Slat Track)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-67-560-050-A
A.

Preparation for a Replacement Component

(1)

AES

Install the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-400-001-A).

27-84-67 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-67-420-051-B
B.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(4)

Loosen the screws (83) and push the seal (85) into the slat to the limit of its adjustment.
NOTE :

(5)

This will give the clearance between the seal (85) and the pylon structure during the slat rigging
procedure.

Tighten the screws (83) with your hand.

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(6)

If applicable, remove and discard the lockwire from the stop-bolt (70).

(7)

Remove the stop-bolt (70) and the washers (71) and (72), from the hold-down bracket (73). Keep the
washers (71) and (72).

(8)

Install the stop-bolt (70) in the hold-down bracket (73). Tighten the stop-bolt (70) with your hand.

(9)

Remove the nuts (34) and (58) and the locking plates (33) and (57).

Subtask 27-84-67-420-052-B
C.

Installation of the No. 5 Slat

(1)

Lift the slat into position.

(2)

At the Nos. 11 and 12 slat tracks:

(a)

Clean the recess area of bolts using solvent and air dry.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

AES

(b)

Apply putty MASTINOX D40 SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-047) to the recess area of
the bolts (18), (32), (48) and (56).

(c)

Remove the blanking-covers from the ends of the anti-icing ducts.

(d)

Connect the flexible tube (4) with the clamp (5) to one of the slat-to-slat interface connection
side.

(e)

Install the bush (29) in the slat.

(f)

Attach the slat to the slat tracks and the slat track links with:
. the bolts (18), (32), (48) and (56)
. the washers (25), (30), (51) and (52)
. the nuts (26), (31), (43) and (44).

27-84-67 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE :

If necessary, turn the eccentric bushes (23) and (50) to install the bolts (18), (32), (48)
and (56).

(g)

Connect the flexible tube (4) with the clamp (5) to the other side of the slat-to-slat interface
connection.

(h)

TORQUE the nuts (26), (43) and (45) to between 1.20 and 1.35 M.DAN (106.19 and 119.47
LBF.IN).

(i)

TORQUE the nut (31) to between 0.60 and 0.80 M.DAN (53.10 and 70.80 LBF.IN).

(j)

Make sure that the head of the bolt shoulder (32), the lower surface of the nut (31) and the
washer (30) are in contact with the surface of the track rib, the washer (30) and the sliding bush
(29).

(k)

Measure the dimension S and make sure this dimension is less than 0.08 mm.
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00700-A - Slat Attachment at the No. 11 Slat Track - Detail)

(l)

TORQUE the nuts (44), and (46) to between 1.50 and 1.70 M.DAN (11.06 and 12.54 LBF.FT).

(m) Safety the nuts (26), (31), (43), (44), (45) and (46) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-62-07) cotter
pins (27) for the No. 11 slat track and (IPC-CSN 27-84-62-08) cotter pins (27) for the No. 12 slat
track.
(n)

Do not torque or safety the nuts (35) and (47).

(3)

Remove the SLATS - SLING (98D27804009001) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-000-001-A).

(4)

Adjust the upper trailing-edge of the slat to its maximum height, related to the fixed leading-edge.

(5)

To adjust the height, turn the eccentric bushes (23) and (50) on the No. 11 and 12 tracks.

Subtask 27-84-67-820-057-B
D.

Adjustment of the Slat

(1)

Install the BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING (98D27804020001) at the No. 9 slat track.

(2)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(3)

Use the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) to retract the slats until they are
approximately 50.8 mm (2.0000 in.) +/- 6.35 mm (0.2500 in.) from the BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING
(98D27804020001).

(4)

Use the BAR-TURNING (98D27804011000) to slowly, retract the slats until the BLOCK-SLAT
GAPPING (98D27804020001) touches the bottom roller at the No. 9 slat track.
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-67-991-00400-A - Slat Rigging - Detail)

(5)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(6)

Adjust the eccentric bushes (23) and (50) at the No. 11 and 12 slat tracks to get the dimension L.
Refer to the table that follows:
NOTE :

Measure the dimension L above the applicable slat track.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
TRACK
!
DIMENSION L
!
MAXIMUM ADJUSTMENT BECAUSE OF
!
!
NOS.
!
!
LOCKING PLATE INSTALLATION
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! 11 and 12 ! 2.75 mm (0.1082 in.) ! + 0.25 mm (0.01 in.) - 0.25 mm (0.01 in.)!
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AES

27-84-67 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7)

Install the locking plates (33) and (57) and the nuts (34) and (58).

(8)

TORQUE the nuts (35) and (47) to between 1.20 and 1.35 M.DAN (106.19 and 119.47 LBF.IN).

(9)

Safety the nuts (35) and (47) with the new (IPC-CSN 27-84-62-07) cotter pins (27) for the No. 11 slat
track and (IPC-CSN 27-84-62-08) cotter pins (27) for the No. 12 slat track.

(10) Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).
(11) Manually extend the slats to the fully extended position.
(12) Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).
WARNING : THE SEALANT IS CLASSIFIED AS A DANGEROUS MATERIAL WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY
OR ILLNESS IF IT IS NOT CORRECTLY USED. BEFORE YOU USE THIS PRODUCT, READ
THE APPLICABLE MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL DATA SAFETY SHEET AND OBEY THE
SAFETY AND HEALTH PRECAUTIONS.
(13) Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-001) to:
. the nuts (26), (31), (35), (43), (44), (45), (46) and (47)
. the bolt heads (18), (22), (32), (48), (49), (54), (55) and (56)
. the locking plates (33) and (57).
(14) Remove the BLOCK-SLAT GAPPING (98D27804020001) from the No. 9 slat track.
Subtask 27-84-67-820-058-A
E.

Adjustment of the Stop-Bolt

(1)

Examine the hold-down pad-head for wear. The maximum wear limit is 1 mm (0.0394 in.) or an overall
head thickness of 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.). Replace the hold-down pad if the head is worn more than these
specified limits.

(2)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(3)

Manually retract the slats to the datum zero position.

(4)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(5)

Turn the stop-bolt (70) until it touches the hold-down pad (73).

(6)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(7)

Manually extend the slats to the fully extended position.

(8)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(9)

Measure the dimension Q under the head of the stop-bolt (70).

(10) Remove the stop-bolt (70).

(11) The value of dimension R is between 0.20 mm (0.0079 in.) and 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.). Subtract the
dimension R from the dimension Q. The difference is the total thickness of the washers (71) and the
washer (72) that you must install.
(12) Install the washers (71) and (72) to give the correct dimension R.
(13) Install and tighten the stop-bolt (70).

AES

27-84-67 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
(14) Safety the stop-bolt (70) to the hold-down bracket (73) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED
0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .
(15) Install the slat closing plate (Ref. TASK 27-84-69-400-001-A).
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 27-84-67-420-053-B
F.

Continue with the Installation Procedure

(1)

(2)

At the slat-to-slat interface connection:

(a)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed

outboard of the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(b)

Manually extend the slats to the fully extended position.

(c)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the
removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(d)

Install the weather seal (2). Make sure that the end of the weather seal is aligned with the slat
lower trailing-edge.

(e)

Install the stops (3) and attach them with the screws (1).

(f)

Attach the bonding strap (7) with the bolt (9), the washer (8) and the nut (6) (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004-A).

At the slat-to-track interface connection:

(a)

Remove the nut (19) and the washer (20) from the bolt (24).

(b)

Install the bonding strap (21), the washer (20) and the nut (19) on the bolt (24) (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004-A).

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(c)

Safety the bolts (24) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 27-84-67-420-053-C
F.

Continue with the Installation Procedure

(1)

AES

At the slat-to-slat interface connection:

(a)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed

outboard of the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(b)

Manually extend the slats to the fully extended position.

(c)

Remove the blanking covers and connect the flexible tube (4) with the clamps (5).

(d)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the
removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

27-84-67 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(2)

(e)

Install the weather seal (2). Make sure that the end of the weather seal is aligned with the slat
lower trailing-edge.

(f)

Install the stops (3) and attach them with the screws (1).

(g)

Attach the bonding strap (7) with the bolt (9), the washer (8) and the nut (6) (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004-A).

At the slat-to-track interface connection:

(a)

Remove the nut (19) and the washer (20) from the bolt (24).

(b)

Install the bonding strap (21), the washer (20) and the nut (19) on the bolt (24) (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004-A).

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE
AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT
OR BLIND YOU.
(c)

Safety the bolts (24) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-67-820-060-A
G.

Seal Adjustment after Adjustment of a New Slat

(1)

Remove the screws (83), the support assembly (84) and the seal (85).

WARNING : THE SEALANT IS CLASSIFIED AS A DANGEROUS MATERIAL WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY
OR ILLNESS IF IT IS NOT CORRECTLY USED. BEFORE YOU USE THIS PRODUCT, READ
THE APPLICABLE MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL DATA SAFETY SHEET AND OBEY THE
SAFETY AND HEALTH PRECAUTIONS.
(2)

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) to the screws (83).

(3)

While the sealant is still wet, install the seal (85) and the support assembly (84) with the screws (83).
Tighten the screws by hand.

(4)

Adjust the seal (85) to touch the wing tip structure over its full length.

(5)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

(6)

Slowly, manually retract the slats to the fully retracted position.

(7)

Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(8)

Look at the seal (85) to make sure that it touches the wing tip structure over its full length.

(9)

If the seal (85) does not touch the wing tip structure over its full length, do the adjustment again.

(10) When the adjustment is correct, remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)
(98D27504030001) installed outboard of the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-000-003-A).
(11) Manually extend the slats to the fully extended position.
(12) Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) outboard of the removed
torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).
(13) Fully tighten the screws (83).

AES

27-84-67 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-67-860-052-A
H.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000)
to fully retract the slats to the zero position.

(2)

Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).

(3)

On the MCDU display, make sure that the PPU DATA page is shown (to monitor the slats PPU
position).

(4)

If necessary, use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)
(98D27804001000) to move the slat drive shaft until the PPU data (on the MCDU) shows the same
values as recorded in Para. 3.B.:
. the FPPU angle value must agree +/- 0.1 deg.
. the APPU angle value must agree +/- 0.1 deg.
. the FPPU and APPU angles must agree +/- 1.3 deg.
. the LH APPU and the RH APPU angles must agree +/- 0.45 deg.

(5)

De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).

(6)

Remove the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)
(98D27804001000) from the slat drive shaft.

(7)

Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001), installed outboard of
the removed torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003-A).

Subtask 27-84-67-865-054-A
J.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

FIN
B06

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-84-67-410-053-A
K.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the safety collars on the circuit breakers 9CV and 11CV.

(3)

Install the applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-005-A)

. for the left wing, install FIN 6010CM
. for the right wing, install FIN 6060CM.

Subtask 27-84-67-866-063-A
L.

Move the Slats

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

AES

27-84-67 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Extend the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

Subtask 27-84-67-410-054-A
M.

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-006-A):

. for the left wing install 522NB
. for the right wing install 622NB.

Subtask 27-84-67-866-064-A
N.

Move the Slats

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

Subtask 27-84-67-710-051-A
P.

Test
(1)

5.

The operational test of the slat system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A), was done during the
installation of the torque shaft FIN 6010CM(6060CM).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-67-942-052-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(4)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(5)

Remove the access platform(s).

(6)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-67 PB401

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
SECTION

KK
SLAT UPPER
TRAILINGEDGE

DIM L

N
SLAT GAPPING
BLOCK

70
71

72
73

P
AFTER ADJUSTMENT
HOLD DOWN
PAD

P
BEFORE ADJUSTMENT
HOLD DOWN
PAD

DIM R

73

70
DIM Q

73

70
N_MM_278467_4_AGM0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-84-67-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Slat Rigging - Detail

27-84-67 PB401

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SECTION

X
83

84
85

SLAT 5

WING TIP

N_MM_278467_4_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-67-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Slat Rigging - Detail

27-84-67 PB401

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PINION ASSEMBLY - SLAT TRACKS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-68-000-001-A
Removal of the Slat-Track Pinion Assembly
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

STRAP - SAFETY

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803500001
98D27804019000

1
1

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

BEAM SUPPORT-SLATS 3, 4 AND 5

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-80-00-866-005-A

DESIGNATION
Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-48-000-001-A

Removal of the Type A Actuators

27-84-49-000-002-A

Removal of the Type B Actuators

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-68-991-00100-B - Slat-Track Pinion Assembly - Location and Detail)

3.

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-68-991-00100-B - Slat-Track Pinion Assembly - Location and Detail)
Subtask 27-84-68-941-055-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

27-84-68 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-68-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1)

Make sure that the slats are retracted (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat
control-lever.

Subtask 27-84-68-481-050-A
C.

Installation of Safety Devices

(1)

Install the applicable safety devices:

.
.

for slats 1 and 2, attach a STRAP - SAFETY to the ditching lugs on the wing
for slats 3, 4 and 5, install the BEAM SUPPORT-SLATS 3, 4 AND 5 (98D27804019000).

Subtask 27-84-68-865-050-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-68-941-054-A
E.

Get Access
(1)

4.

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE below the applicable slat.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-68-991-00100-B - Slat-Track Pinion Assembly - Location and Detail)
Subtask 27-84-68-020-050-B
A.

Removal of the Slat-Track Pinion Assembly

NOTE :
(1)

Remove the applicable actuator (Ref. TASK 27-84-48-000-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-84-49-000-002-A):
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

AES

Pinion assemblies are not installed in slat tracks 1 and 4.

for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for

track
track
track
track
track
track
track
track
track
track

2 pinion, remove 6013CM (6063CM)

3 pinion, remove 6015CM (6065CM)
5 pinion, remove 6027CM (6077CM)
6 pinion, remove 6029CM (6079CM)
7 pinion, remove 6033CM (6083CM)
8 pinion, remove 6035CM (6085CM)
9 pinion, remove 6037CM (6087CM)
10 pinion, remove 6039CM (6089CM)
11 pinion, remove 6041CM (6091CM)
12 pinion, remove 6045CM (6095CM).

27-84-68 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

For slat tracks 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 12:

(a)

For slat track 5, 6 and 8 only:

1

Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (3).

Remove the bolts (3) and the bracket (4).

(b)

Remove the bolts (1) and the actuator housing (2).

(c)

Remove the bolts (7) and the end cover (8).

(d)

Remove together, the bearing (5) and the pinion assembly (6).

(e)

Remove the bearing (5) from the pinion assembly (6).

NOTE :

(3)

For slat tracks 10 and 11:

(a)

Remove the bolts (19), the washers (20) and the actuator housing (21).

(b)

Remove the bolts (24), the washers (25) and the end cover (26).

(c)

Remove together, the bearing (22) and the pinion assembly (23).

(d)

Remove the bearing (22) from the pinion assembly (23).

NOTE :

AES

The pinion assembly (6) and bearing (5) can be installed with the bearing on the inboard
or outboard side. Record the initial position of the pinion assembly (6) before removal.

The pinion assembly (23) and bearing (22) can be installed with the bearing on the
inboard or outboard side. Record the initial position of the pinion assembly (23) before
removal.

27-84-68 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
TRACK 1

TRACK 2

TRACK 3
TRACK 4

C
TRACK 5

A
TRACK 6

522FB(622FB)
TRACK 7

C
TRACK 8

522LB(622LB)
522NB(622NB)
TRACK 9

522QB(622QB)
TRACK 10

522SB(622SB)
TRACK 11

TRACK 12
522UB(622UB)

N_MM_278468_4_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-68-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Slat-Track Pinion Assembly - Location and Detail

27-84-68 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
1

LOWER
FORWARD
ROLLER
(REF)
TRACK

TORQUE
SHAFT

E
ACTUATOR
(REF)

FRONT
SPAR

TRACK
RIB

3
6
OUTBOARD

5
4

B
PINION
PIN

GREASER
7
6
5

8
NOTE: COMPONENTS 3 AND 4 ARE ONLY
FITTED TO SLAT TRACK 6.
N_MM_278468_4_ALM0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-68-991-00100-B SHEET 2

Slat-Track Pinion Assembly - Location and Detail

27-84-68 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

LOWER
FORWARD
ROLLER
(REF)
TRACK
1

C
TORQUE
SHAFT

E
ACTUATOR
(REF)
FRONT
SPAR

TRACK
RIB

FW

INBOARD
4

NOTE :

COMPONENTS 3 AND 4
ARE ONLY FITTED TO
SLAT TRACKS 5 AND 8.

N_MM_278468_4_ALM0_03_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-68-991-00100-B SHEET 3

Slat-Track Pinion Assembly - Location and Detail

27-84-68 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
20
TRACK
19

LOWER
FORWARD
ROLLER
(REF)

21

TORQUE
SHAFT

F
ACTUATOR
(REF)

FRONT
SPAR

TRACK
RIB
23
22

OUTBOARD

D
PINION
PIN

GREASER
24
23
22
26

25

N_MM_278468_4_ALM0_04_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-68-991-00100-B SHEET 4

Slat-Track Pinion Assembly - Location and Detail

27-84-68 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-68-400-001-A
Installation of the Slat-Track Pinion Assembly
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

STRAP - SAFETY

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803500001
98D27804006000

1
1

TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

TOOL-ALIGNMENT AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 2 AND 3)

98D27804007000

TOOL-ALIGNMENT AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 5 TO 12)

98D27804019000

BEAM SUPPORT-SLATS 3, 4 AND 5

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 04-022
Material No: 04-024
Material No: 05-063
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 15-007
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010

AES

DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. GREASE FOR FLAP & SLAT MECHANISM
SPECIAL MATERIALS
NEVERSEEZ NICKEL SPECIAL GRADE
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

27-84-68 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-80-00-866-005-A

DESIGNATION
Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

27-84-48-400-001-A

Installation of the Type A Actuators

27-84-49-400-002-A

Installation of the Type B Actuators

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-68-991-00100-B - Slat-Track Pinion Assembly - Location and Detail)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-68-941-056-A
A.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

Subtask 27-84-68-860-051-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) is below the applicable slat.

(2)

Make sure that the slats are retracted (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(3)

Make sure that the applicable slat is held safely in position:

.
.

(4)

for slats 1 and 2, held in position with a STRAP - SAFETY

for slats 3, 4 and 5, held in position with the BEAM SUPPORT-SLATS 3, 4 AND 5
(98D27804019000).

Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed
on the flap/slat control-lever.

Subtask 27-84-68-865-051-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-68-991-00100-B - Slat-Track Pinion Assembly - Location and Detail)
Subtask 27-84-68-420-054-B
A.

AES

Preparation for Installation

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

(3)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

27-84-68 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)

For the slat tracks 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 12:

(a)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the interface of the actuator
housing (2) and the rib.

(b)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-063) to the internal splines of the pinion assembly
(6) and the interface of the pinion assembly (6) and the bearing (5).

(c)

Use a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No: 11-026) to clean:
. the pinion assembly (6)
. the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(d)

Install the bearing (5) on the pinion assembly (6) as follows:

(e)
(5)

Align the pinion pin on the pinion assembly (6) with the fork on the bearing (5).

Push the pinion assembly (6) and the bearing (5) together. Make sure that the pinion pin
engages with the fork on the bearing (5).

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the
shanks of the bolts (1) and (7).

For the slat tracks 10 and 11:

(a)

Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the interface of the actuator
housing (21) and the rib.

(b)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-063) to the internal splines of the pinion assembly
(23) and the interface of the pinion assembly (23) and the bearing (22).

(c)

Use a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No: 11-026) to clean:
. the pinion assembly (23)
. the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(d)

Install the bearing (22) on the pinion assembly (23) as follows:

(e)

Align the pinion pin on the pinion assembly (23) with the fork on the bearing (22).

Push the pinion assembly (23) and the bearing (22) together. Make sure that the pinion pin
engages with the fork on the bearing (22).

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the
shanks of the bolts (19) and (24).

Subtask 27-84-68-420-052-B
B.

Installation of the Slat-Track Pinion-Assembly

(1)

For slat tracks 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 12:

(a)

Put the pinion assembly (6), together with the bearing (5), in position between the track ribs.
Make sure that:
. the pinion assembly (6) engages with the slat track
. the greasers are aligned so that persons can get access to them.

NOTE :

(b)

AES

It is recommended that a used pinion assembly (6) and bearing (5) are installed in their
initial position. A new pinion assembly (6) can be installed with the bearing (5) on the
inboard or outboard side.

Install the end cover (8) with the bolts (7). Tighten the bolts (7) with your hand.

27-84-68 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c)

Install the actuator housing (2) with the bolts (1). Tighten the bolts (1) with your hand.

(d)

To align the pinion assembly (6) correctly:

.
.

(2)

for slat track 2 and 3, install the TOOL-ALIGNMENT AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 2
AND 3) (98D27804006000) on the flange of the actuator housing (2)
for slat tracks 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 12, install the TOOL-ALIGNMENT AND LOCKING (SLAT
TRACKS 5 TO 12) (98D27804007000) on the flange of the actuator housing (2).

(e)

Tighten the bolts (1) and (7) in a diagonal sequence.

(f)

Remove the TOOL-ALIGNMENT AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 2 AND 3) (98D27804006000)

and/or the TOOL-ALIGNMENT AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 5 TO 12) (98D27804007000).

For slat tracks 10 and 11:

(a)

Put the pinion assembly (23), together with the bearing (22), in position between the track ribs.
Make sure that:
. the pinion assembly (23) engages with the slat track
. the greasers are aligned so that persons can get access to them.

NOTE :

It is recommended that a used pinion assembly (23) and bearing (22) are installed in their
initial position. A new pinion assembly (23) can be installed with the bearing (22) on the
inboard or outboard side.

(b)

Install the end cover (26) with the bolts (24) and the washers (25). Tighten the bolts (24) with
your hand.

(c)

Install the actuator housing (21) with the bolts (19) and the washers (20). Tighten the bolts (19)
with your hand.

(d)

To align the pinion assembly (23) correctly, install the TOOL-ALIGNMENT AND LOCKING
(SLAT TRACKS 5 TO 12) (98D27804007000) on the flange of the actuator housing (21).

(e)

Tighten the bolts (19) and (24) in a diagonal sequence.

(f)

Remove the TOOL-ALIGNMENT AND LOCKING (SLAT TRACKS 5 TO 12) (98D27804007000).

Subtask 27-84-68-420-053-D
C.

Continue with the Installation Procedure

(1)

AES

For slat tracks 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 12:

(a)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) on and around the bolts (1)
and (7), and the related bushes and nutplates.

(b)

Lubricate the greasers on the pinion assembly (6) with COMMON GREASES (Material No:
04-024) or COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) .

(c)

For slat track 5, 6 and 8 only:

1

Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to
the shanks of the bolts (3).

Install the bracket (4) and the bolts (3).

Tighten the bolts (3).

Safety the bolts (3) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material
No: 19-010) .

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) to the bolts (3).

27-84-68 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

For slat tracks 10 and 11:

(a)

Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-007) on and around the bolts (19)
and (24), the washers (20) and (25) and the related nutplates.

(b)

Lubricate the greasers on the pinion assembly (23) with COMMON GREASES (Material No:
04-024) or COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) .

(3)

Remove the STRAP - SAFETY from the applicable slats 1 and 2.

(4)

Remove the BEAM SUPPORT-SLATS 3, 4 AND 5 (98D27804019000) from the applicable slat.

(5)

Install the applicable actuator (Ref. TASK 27-84-48-400-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 27-84-49-400-002-A):
. for track 2 pinion, install 6013CM (6063CM)
. for track 3 pinion, install 6015CM (6065CM)
. for track 5 pinion, install 6027CM (6077CM)
. for track 6 pinion, install 6029CM (6079CM)
. for track 7 pinion, install 6033CM (6083CM)
. for track 8 pinion, install 6035CM (6085CM)
. for track 9 pinion, install 6037CM (6087CM)
. for track 10 pinion, install 6039CM (6089CM)
. for track 11 pinion, install 6041CM (6091CM)
. for track 12 pinion, install 6045CM (6095CM).

Subtask 27-84-68-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-68-710-050-A
E.

Test
(1)

5.

Do an operational test of the slat system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-68-942-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Remove the safety barriers.

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(5)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-68 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PINION ASSEMBLY - SLAT TRACKS - REPAIRS

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-68-350-003-A
Repair of Damaged Flanks of the Teeth of the Slat Track Pinions and Gear Racks
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION :

1.

DO THIS PROCEDURE IN A HANGAR IF THERE ARE WIND GUSTS. WIND GUSTS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE LINKAGE WHEN THE RIGGING PINS ARE IN POSITION ON THE RUDDER
CONTROL.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

No specific

BRUSH - NON METALLIC

No specific

HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F)

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

PAPER - MASKING
TAPE - MASKING

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27803000000

LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

AES

27-84-68 PB801

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 03-001
Material No: 04-022

COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
CORROSION REMOVER
LUBRICANTS
SOLID FILM LUBRICANT AIR DRYING
LUBRICANTS
SOLID FILM LUBRICANT AIR DRYING
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Material No: 05-006

Material No: 05-006A
Material No: 06-001A
Material No: 06-001B
Material No: 11-003
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
OILS
MINERAL OIL (LOW TEMP)

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-80-00-866-004-A

DESIGNATION
Extending the Slats on the Ground

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-61-200-002-A

Check of Slat 1 Trailing Edge Backlash

27-84-62-200-002-A

Check of Slat 2, 3, 4 and 5 Trailing Edge Backlash

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-68-991-00700-A - Classification of Damage and Repair Chart)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-68-860-058-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the slats in the extended position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate the
flap/slat controls.

(3)

Attach the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) to the flap/slat
control lever on the panel 114VU.

(4)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position below the applicable slat track pinion or gear
rack.

Subtask 27-84-68-865-059-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-84-68 PB801

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-68-991-00700-A - Classification of Damage and Repair Chart)
Subtask 27-84-68-350-052-A
A.

Repair of the Damaged Flanks of the Teeth of the Slat Track Pinions and Gear Racks
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST OBEY THE
OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
(1)

Carefully clean the repair area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) or the CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) and a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .

(2)

Apply PAPER - MASKING and TAPE - MASKING to the area adjacent to the repair.

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST OBEY THE
OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
(3)

Apply a layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-006A) to the damaged area.
(a)

Make sure that the color of the surface of the repair area changes to grey-black after
approximately 10 minutes.

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST OBEY
THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
(b)

If necessary, apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-006) again.

(c)

Clean the repair area with water and a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .

(d)

Dry the repair area with a HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F).

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST OBEY THE
OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
(4)

Apply a thin layer of the LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-001A) or the LUBRICANTS (Material No:
06-001B) to the repair area.
(a)

Apply the lubricant as a spray. Do this at a distance of 300 mm (11.8110 in.) from the repair
area.

(b)

Apply the lubricant to all of the surface. Make sure there are no bare areas.

(c)

Apply a constant thickness of the lubricant. The recommended thickness is between 0.005 mm
(0.0002 in.) and 0.015 mm (0.0006 in.).

(d)

Let the layer become dry:

1

for the LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-001B) wait a minimum of 6 hours at room
temperature before you continue

for the LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-001A) wait a minimum of 2 hours at room
temperature, or 10 minutes at 100 deg.F (37.78 deg.C) before you continue.

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST OBEY THE
OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.

AES

27-84-68 PB801

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

Apply a layer of the OILS (Material No: 03-001) to the repair area.

(6)

Use a BRUSH - NON METALLIC and apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022)
to the teeth of the slat track pinion and/or gear rack.

Subtask 27-84-68-220-053-A
B.

5.

Do the check of the backlash between the slat track pinions and the gear racks:
. for slat 1 trailing edge backlash (Ref. TASK 27-84-61-200-002-A)
. for slats 2, 3, 4 and 5 (Ref. TASK 27-84-62-200-002-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-68-865-060-A
A.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

FIN

LOCATION

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-84-68-860-059-A
B.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

(1)

Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever on the panel 114VU.

(2)

Retract the slats (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(3)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

(5)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-84-68 PB801

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z522(622)

Z521(621)
GEAR
RACK

FLANK

FLANK

ACTUATOR

PINION
N_MM_278468_8_AQM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-68-991-00700-A SHEET 1

Classification of Damage and Repair Chart

27-84-68 PB801

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

DO THE VISUAL INSPECTION

OF EACH FLANK

APPLY THE GREASE MAT. NO.

04022 TO THE TEETH OF THE
PINION AND THE GEAR RACK.
REFER TO THE WORKSTEP
4. A. (6) OF THE REPAIR
PROCEDURE.

NO

DO THE REPAIR PROCEDURE

WORKSTEPS 4. A. (1) THRU
(6) AND 4. B.

DO YOU FIND PITS ?

YES

YES

IS THE
AREA OF PITS 70%
OF THE FULL AREA OF THE
FLANK OF THE PINION OR
GEAR RACK
TOOTH?

YES

NO

DO THE REPAIR PROCEDURE

WORKSTEPS 4. A. (1) THRU (6).

YES

IS THE
AREA OF PITS 50%
OF THE FULL AREA OF THE
FLANK OF THE TOOTH THAT
FOLLOWS AND/OR
THE TOOTH
BEFORE ?
NO

IS THE
AREA OF PITS 10%
OF THE FULL AREA OF THE
FLANK OF THE PINION OR
GEAR RACK
TOOTH?

IS THE
AREA OF PITS 50%
OF THE FULL AREA OF THE
FLANK OF THE TOOTH THAT
FOLLOWS AND/OR
THE TOOTH
BEFORE ?

NO
OR
APPLY THE OIL MAT. NO. 03001
AND THE GREASE MAT. NO.
04022 TO THE TEETH OF
THE PINION AND THE
GEAR RACK. REFER TO THE
WORKSTEPS 4. A. (5) AND (6)
OF THE REPAIR PROCEDURE.

YES

PROTECT THE AREA OF PITS

HAS THE
TOOTH THAT
FOLLOWS AND/OR THE
TOOTH BEFORE
NO PITS ?

YES

YES

DO THE REPAIR PROCEDURE

WORKSTEPS 4. A. (1) THRU
(6) AND 4. B.

N_MM_278468_8_AQM0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-68-991-00700-A SHEET 2

Classification of Damage and Repair Chart

27-84-68 PB801

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CLOSING PLATES - SLAT TRACKS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-69-000-001-A
Removal of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific
98D27803500001
98D27804001000

AR
1
1

WRENCH - PNEUMATIC
TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER
ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-005-A

Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-45-000-004-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-69-991-00300-A - Installation of the Drive Adaptor - Slat Drive Mechanism.)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-69-991-00100-B - Closing Plates for Tracks 1 thru 12 - Detail and Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-69-991-00100-C - Closing Plates for Tracks 1 thru 12 - Detail and Location)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-69-941-052-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

(2)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat controls.

27-84-69 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-69-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

(2)

Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat
control lever.

Subtask 27-84-69-010-050-A
C.

4.

Get Access
(1)

Remove the applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-004-A):

. for the left wing, remove (FIN 6010CM)
. for the right wing, remove (FIN 6060CM).

(2)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is installed on
the applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(3)

Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) at the applicable slat track.

(4)

Install the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) and a WRENCH - PNEUMATIC
on the applicable gearbox :
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-69-991-00300-A - Installation of the Drive Adaptor - Slat Drive Mechanism.)
. for the left wing, use (FIN 6011CM)
. for the right wing, use (FIN 6061CM).

(5)

Use the pneumatic wrench to slowly extend the slats.

Procedure

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-69-991-00100-B - Closing Plates for Tracks 1 thru 12 - Detail and Location)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-69-991-00100-C - Closing Plates for Tracks 1 thru 12 - Detail and Location)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-69-020-050-B
A.

Removal of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12

(1)

Remove the screws (5), the nut strips (1), the spacers (3), the washers (2) and the closing plate (4).
NOTE :

AES

Identify
. the
. the
. the
. the
. the

with its related slat track each set of:

spacers (3)
washers (2)
nut strips (1)
screws (5)
closing plate (4).

27-84-69 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
A
A
A
A
A
A

SLAT ACTUATOR

TORQUE RATCHET

N_MM_278469_4_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-69-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Installation of the Drive Adaptor - Slat Drive Mechanism.

27-84-69 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
TRACK 1

TRACK 2

TRACK 5
TRACK 7

TRACK 3
TRACK 4
Z511
(Z611)

Z512
(Z612)

TRACK 6
Z513
(Z613)
Z514
(Z614)
TRACK 8

TRACK 9
TRACK 10
TRACK 11
TRACK 12
Z515
(Z615)

USUAL FOR ALL

TRACK POSITIONS

N_MM_278469_4_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-69-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Closing Plates for Tracks 1 thru 12 - Detail and Location

27-84-69 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
(Z611)
Z511

TRACK 1
TRACK 2
TRACK 3
TRACK 4
(Z612)
Z512
(Z613)
Z513
(Z614)
Z514
(Z615)
Z515

2
3

N_MM_278469_4_AJT0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-69-991-00100-C SHEET 1

Closing Plates for Tracks 1 thru 12 - Detail and Location

27-84-69 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
(Z611)
Z511

TRACK 5
(Z612)
Z512
(Z613)
Z513
(Z614)
Z514

TRACK 11
(Z615)
Z515

2
3

N_MM_278469_4_AJT0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-69-991-00100-C SHEET 2

Closing Plates for Tracks 1 thru 12 - Detail and Location

27-84-69 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099
(Z611)
Z511
(Z612)
Z512
TRACK 6
TRACK 7
(Z613)
Z513
TRACK 8

(Z614)
Z514
(Z615)
Z515
TRACK 12

2
3

N_MM_278469_4_AJT0_03_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-69-991-00100-C SHEET 3

Closing Plates for Tracks 1 thru 12 - Detail and Location

27-84-69 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-84-69-400-001-A
Installation of the Closing Plates for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

SAFETY BARRIER(S)

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

No specific

AR

WRENCH - PNEUMATIC

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 07-003

DESIGNATION
LACQUERS
ABRASION RESISTANT COATING PTFE POLYUR.)

Material No: 11-026

CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH

Material No: 19-003

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-50-00-400-003-A

DESIGNATION
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)

27-80-00-866-004-A

Extending the Slats on the Ground

27-84-45-000-004-A
27-84-45-400-005-A

Removal of the Torque Shaft

Installation of the Torque Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-69-991-00200-B - Closing Plates - Tolerances)

(Ref. Fig. 27-84-69-991-00200-C - Closing Plates - Tolerances)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-69-991-00100-B - Closing Plates for Tracks 1 thru 12 - Detail and Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-69-991-00100-C - Closing Plates for Tracks 1 thru 12 - Detail and Location)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-84-69-941-053-A
A.

AES

Safety Precautions
(1)

Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S)S are in position.

(2)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat
controls.

27-84-69 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-84-69-860-052-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) is installed on the
flap/slat control lever.

(2)

Make sure that the slats are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004-A).

(3)

Make sure that the applicable torque shafts have been removed (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-000-004-A).

(4)

Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) is on the
applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003-A).

(5)

Make sure that the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) is on the applicable
gearbox.

(6)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is in position below the
applicable slat track.

Subtask 27-84-69-865-050-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND
MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-84-69-420-052-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.

Subtask 27-84-69-420-050-B
B.

Installation of the Closing Plates

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-69-991-00200-B - Closing Plates - Tolerances)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-69-991-00200-C - Closing Plates - Tolerances)

AES

27-84-69 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-69-991-00100-B - Closing Plates for Tracks 1 thru 12 - Detail and Location)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-84-69-991-00100-C - Closing Plates for Tracks 1 thru 12 - Detail and Location)
(1)

(2)

Install the closing plate (4) as follows:

(a)

Put the screws (5) through their related closing plate (4).

(b)

Put the spacers (3) and the washers (2) on their related screws (5).

(c)

Put the closing plate (4) in position.

(d)

Hand tighten the screws (5) to the nut strips (1).

(e)

Use the WRENCH - PNEUMATIC and slowly retract the slats to the datum zero position.

(f)

Adjust the closing plate (4) with the screws (5) so that the DIM Z is between 0.25 mm (0.01
in.) and 0.5 mm (0.02 in.).

Apply the paint as follows:

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(a)

Use the pneumatic wrench and extend the slats to the fully extended position.

(b)

Apply a layer of LACQUERS (Material No: 07-003) that agrees with the external colour scheme
to the slat track closing plate (4).
Where the closing plate (4) makes an overlap with the leading edge surface, the structure paint
must make an overlap of 18 mm (0.71 in.).

(c)

Let the paint dry, (approximately 24hrs at room temperature).

NOTE :

Let the structure paint dry before you retract the slats.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 27-84-69-860-051-A
C.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Use the pneumatic wrench and socket and put the slats in the 0 deg. position.

(2)

Remove the pneumatic wrench, or the wrench and socket, and the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND
FLAP) (98D27804001000) from the bevel gearbox.

Subtask 27-84-69-410-051-A
D.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-84-45-400-005-A):

. for the left wing, install (FIN 6010CM)
. for the right wing, install (FIN 6060CM).

27-84-69 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-84-69-866-054-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the slats are in the fully retracted position.

(2)

Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) from the flap/slat
control lever.

Subtask 27-84-69-942-050-A
B.

AES

Removal of Equipment
(1)

Remove the safety barriers.

(2)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(3)

Remove the access platform(s).

(4)

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

27-84-69 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-004

FWD

CONTACT POINT AT THE

FORWARD EDGE OF THE
CLOSING PLATE

SLAT

N
Z

WING LEADING
EDGE STRUCTURE

CLOSING PLATE
AFT EDGE OF THE
CLOSING PLATE
SECTION

N N

Z
N_MM_278469_4_AGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-69-991-00200-B SHEET 1

Closing Plates - Tolerances

27-84-69 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

FWD

CONTACT POINT AT THE

FORWARD EDGE OF THE
CLOSING PLATE

TRACK 1

SLAT

N
Z

WING LEADING
EDGE STRUCTURE

CLOSING PLATE
AFT EDGE OF THE
CLOSING PLATE
SECTION

N N

Z
N_MM_278469_4_AGT0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-69-991-00200-C SHEET 1

Closing Plates - Tolerances

27-84-69 PB401

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

CONTACT POINT AT THE

FORWARD EDGE OF THE
CLOSING PLATE

TRACK 5

SLAT

N
Z

WING LEADING
EDGE STRUCTURE

CLOSING PLATE
AFT EDGE OF THE
CLOSING PLATE
SECTION

N N

Z
N_MM_278469_4_AGT0_02_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-69-991-00200-C SHEET 2

Closing Plates - Tolerances

27-84-69 PB401

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

FWD

CONTACT POINT AT THE

FORWARD EDGE OF THE
CLOSING PLATE

TRACK 11

SLAT

N
Z

WING LEADING
EDGE STRUCTURE

CLOSING PLATE
AFT EDGE OF THE
CLOSING PLATE
SECTION

N N

Z
N_MM_278469_4_AGT0_03_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-69-991-00200-C SHEET 3

Closing Plates - Tolerances

27-84-69 PB401

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 005-099

FWD

CONTACT POINT AT THE

FORWARD EDGE OF THE
CLOSING PLATE

TRACKS 2,3,4,6,7,
8,9,10, AND 12

SLAT

N
Z

WING LEADING
EDGE STRUCTURE

CLOSING PLATE
AFT EDGE OF THE
CLOSING PLATE
SECTION

N N

Z
N_MM_278469_4_AGT0_04_00

AES

FIGURE 27-84-69-991-00200-C SHEET 4

Closing Plates - Tolerances

27-84-69 PB401

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SLATS POSITION INDICATING - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.

General
The upper display unit of the Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring (ECAM) system shows the slat position. The
display unit shows the slat position together with the flap position and the direction of their movement. A full
description of the flap position indicating data is given in (Ref. 27-55-00-00).
The Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit (IPPU) 4CN monitors the movement of the mechanical transmission
system. It thus monitors the operation and position of the slats.

AES

27-85-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location

(Ref. Fig. 27-85-00-12300-B - Component Location)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
I
FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
I PANELIZONEIACCESS I
ATA
I
I
I
I DOOR I
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------6001CM
POWER CONTROL UNIT
148 734
27-84-51
4CN
INSTRUMENTATION POSITION PICK-OFF
147/ 734/
27-85-11
UNIT (IPPU)
148 744

AES

27-85-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

System Description
(Ref. Fig. 27-85-00-13600-A - Indication of the Slat Positions)
The IPPU is attached to the slat Power Control Unit (PCU). An intermediate gear transmits the movement from the
output shaft of the differential gearbox to the IPPU. The IPPU sends the slat position data to the Flight Warning
Computers (FWC1, FWC2) (Ref. AMM 31-53-00-00) . The FWCs send the data to the Electronic Instrument
System (EIS). The EIS shows the position of the slats on the upper display unit of the ECAM system.
The upper display unit uses the shape of a wing to show the slat and flap positions. A grey symbol shows the fixed
center section of the wing. Green indications show the correct position of the slats and flaps. When the slats and
flaps are fully retracted, the green symbols are shown on the two sides of the center section of the wing.
White points show the position of the slats on the display. The white points are not shown when the slats and flaps
are fully retracted (clean configuration). The indication S, which is usually green, shows the slat part of the display.
The indication is not shown when the aircraft is in the clean configuration.
The upper display unit also shows:
. the position of the flap and slat control lever
. the position of the slat surfaces
. the direction and limit of the slat surface movement
. when the slat alpha-lock/speed baulk-function is in operation
. when the slat locking function is engaged
. when a system failure has occurred.

AES

27-85-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Power Supply
(Ref. Fig. 27-85-00-15000-A - Slat Position Indicating - Schematic)
431XP ESS BUS and 231XP BUS 2 supply 26V AC:
. 431XP ESS BUS supplies circuit breaker 1CN
. 231XP BUS 2 supplies circuit breaker 2CN
. 1CN supplies 26V AC to IPPU connector A
. 2CN supplies 26V AC to IPPU connector B.

AES

27-85-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
5.

Interface
Not Applicable

AES

27-85-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
6.

Component Description
A.

Instrumentation Position Pickoff-Unit (IPPU) 4CN

The IPPU has:
. a splined input shaft
. a spring-loaded locking plate
. reduction gears
. a reduction gear housing
. two synchro transmitters which operate independently
. a synchro cover
. an electrical connector assembly
. a cover plate.
When the IPPU is removed, the spring-loaded locking plate holds the splined input shaft from the removed
IPPU. When the IPPU is installed, the mount of the IPPU pushes the locking plate away from the shaft splines.
The input shaft moves the reduction gears which are in the reduction gear housing. The reduction gears turn the
two synchro transmitters which are below the synchro cover.
The electrical connector assembly is installed on the reduction gear housing. The electrical connector assembly
has two connectors, one for each synchro transmitter. The connectors are identified as A and B. The cover plate
is installed over an opening in the reduction gear housing. There is a window in the cover plate to monitor
adjustment of the IPPU to zero.
The IPPU is the same as the Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit (FPPU) and a full description is given in (Ref.
27-81-00-00).

AES

27-85-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
7.

Operation/Control and Indicating

(Ref. Fig. 27-85-00-13600-A - Indication of the Slat Positions)
(Ref. Fig. 27-85-00-15000-A - Slat Position Indicating - Schematic)
When the slats move, the upper ECAM display unit (Ref. 31-66-00-00-13) shows:
. the FLAP indication in cyan
. the position indication of the flap and slat control lever as 0, 1 (1 + F when the flap auto-command function is
engaged), 2, 3 or FULL in cyan
. the correct slat position by green triangles
. the new slat position by blue triangles.
When the slats reach their new position:
. the FLAP indication changes from cyan to white.
. the position indication of the flap and slat control lever changes from cyan to green.
. the blue triangles of the slat position go out of view.
If the slats/flaps do not move freely, the FLAP indication changes from cyan to amber.
A.

Slat Protection
(1) Slat Lock
If the Wing Tip Brakes (WTB) lock the slat transmission systems (for example in an asymmetry condition
(Ref. 27-81-00)):
. the white S indication changes to amber
. the slat index changes to amber
. an amber S-LOCKED message comes on above the set position indication.
(2) Alpha-Lock/Speed Baulk
The Alpha-Lock/Speed Baulk function prevents the retraction of the slats when the aircraft is operating
outside specified flight parameters (Ref. 27-81-00-00). If the flap and slat position lever is moved to the 0
position and the function operates (for example if the Corrected Angle of Attack (CAoA) is too large or the
Computed Air Speed (CAS) is too low):
. the flap index stays green and moves to the retracted position if it is not already in this position
. the cyan selected position point on the flap side of the wing display goes off if it is on
. the green slat index stays at position 1 and flashes, the cyan position selected point stays on
. the cyan 0 set position indication under the grey wing center-section stays on
. a green flashing A-LOCK message comes on at the slat side of the indication.
(3) System Failure
If the SFCCs send a failure message to the EIS, or the System Data Acquisition Concentrators (SDAC1 and
SDAC2)
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 31-1141 FOR A/C 003-004
EMB SB 31-1155 FOR A/C 003-004
EMB SB 31-1257 FOR A/C 004-008
EMB SB 31-1267 FOR A/C 004-005 007-007
EMB SB 31-1300 FOR A/C 004-005 007-007
(Ref. 31-54-00-00-01) send a SFCC failure message:
. the white S indication changes to amber
. the green slat index changes to amber.

AES

27-85-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
B.

No Data at the Data Management Computer (DMC) Input

(1) No Position Data
When no valid positional data is available for the slats at the DMC input:
. the green index of the related slat system goes out
. two amber crosses come on at the slat side of the display
. the cyan lever position indication comes on
. the cyan dot which indicates the lever configuration comes on.
(2) No Configuration Indication
When no valid configuration data is available from the DMC two amber crosses replace the lever position
indicator.

AES

27-85-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
8.

Bite
Not Applicable

AES

27-85-00 PB001

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z147/148

CONNECTOR A

IPPU 4CN

CONNECTOR B

POWER CONTROL
UNOT 6001CM

N_MM_278500_0_ABM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-85-00-12300-B SHEET 1

Component Location

27-85-00 PB001

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

81.5

N1

81.5

FLX 84.6

92.5
2300

FLAP
INDICATION

FOB 189000 kg

N1
670

35 C

665
N2
FF
KG/H

S
92.5
2350

FLAP

CORRECT
POSITION

FULL
NEW
POSITION

SEAT BELTS
NO SMOKING

CTR TK FEEDG

FLAP LEVER
POSITION
STS

N_MM_278500_0_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-85-00-13600-A SHEET 1

Indication of the Slat Positions

27-85-00 PB001

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

275500
26
X
Z
Y

431 XP
1CN
A

4CN

26 VAC

D
E
C

SLAT
IPPU
B

231 XP
2CN

VAC REFERENCE SYSTEM 1

SLAT POSITION SYNCHRO
INPUT SYSTEM 1
FWC 1

X
Z
Y
26

SLAT POSITION SYNCHRO

INPUT SYSTEM 2
VAC REFERENCE SYSTEM 2

26

VAC REFERENCE SYSTEM 1

A
B
D
E
C

X
Z
Y
X
Z
Y
26

26 VAC

SLAT POSITION SYNCHRO

INPUT SYSTEM 1
FWC 2
SLAT POSITION SYNCHRO
INPUT SYSTEM 2
VAC REFERENCE SYSTEM 2

275500

N_MM_278500_0_AEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-85-00-15000-A SHEET 1

Slat Position Indicating - Schematic

27-85-00 PB001

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

POSITION PICK-OFF UNIT - INSTRUMENTATION (IPPU) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-85-11-000-001-A
Removal of the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 4CN
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific
No specific

AR
AR

CAP - BLANKING
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

TIE WRAP

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-80-00-866-005-A

DESIGNATION
Retracting the Slats on the Ground

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-85-11-991-00100-A - Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-85-11-010-050-A
A.

Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

Subtask 27-85-11-860-050-A
B.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the opening of the main
doors of the main gear.

(2)

Make sure that the slats are in the fully retracted position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A).

27-85-11 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-85-11-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

1CN

B12

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2

2CN

P16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-85-11-991-00100-A - Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit)
Subtask 27-85-11-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit

NOTE :

AES

Do not remove the Instrumentation Position Pick-off Unit when the Pressure-off Brakes are removed
from the Power Control Unit.

(1)

Remove the electrical connectors 4CN-A and 4CN-B from the Instrumentation Position Pick-off Unit
(IPPU).

(2)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(3)

Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2).

(4)

Remove the IPPU carefully from the gearbox.

(5)

Put a TIE WRAP (3) behind the locking plate to prevent retraction of the locking plate.

27-85-11 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
3

Z734

Z744
CONNECTORS

FR43
1

LOCKING
PLATE

FR42

INSTRUMENTATION POSITION
PICKOFF UNIT 4CN
4CNA

4CNB

ORANGE ZERO INDICATOR

DRIVE GEAR ZERO MARK

FIXED POINTER

INPUT SHAFT
ZERO MARK
FIXED POINTER
FIXED ZERO
MARK
N_MM_278511_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-85-11-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit

27-85-11 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-85-11-400-001-A
Installation of the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
FIN 4CN
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 05-054
C.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
ZINC POWDER

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-80-00-866-005-A

DESIGNATION
Retracting the Slats on the Ground

27-84-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Slat System

32-12-00-010-001-A
32-12-00-410-001-A
34-13-00-710-007-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
Operational Test of the Overspeed Warnings in the Slats/Flaps and Landing
Gear Extended (VFE/VLE) Configuration

(Ref. Fig. 27-85-11-991-00100-A - Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-85-11-860-051-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the main doors of the main gear are open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(2)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at the opening of
the main door of the main gear.

27-85-11 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Make sure that the slats are in the retracted position (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005-A) because a new
IPPU is delivered locked in its zero position.

Subtask 27-85-11-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1

FIN

LOCATION

1CN

B12

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2

2CN

P16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

4.

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-85-11-991-00100-A - Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit)
Subtask 27-85-11-860-052-A
A.

Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Remove the sealing compound from the flange of the replacement IPPU.

(4)

Clean the anodic contact areas on the IPPU and the gearbox.

(5)

Coat the areas with a mixture of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) and SPECIAL
MATERIALS (Material No: 05-054) in the ratio of 58 to 42 by weight.

(6)

Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the screws (1).

Subtask 27-85-11-420-050-A
B.

AES

Installation of the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit

(1)

Make sure that all zero marks on the IPPU are aligned.

(2)

Remove the tie-wrap (3).

(3)

Install the IPPU carefully on the gearbox.

(4)

Install the screws (1) and the washers (2).

(5)

TORQUE the screws (1) to between 0.87 and 0.96 M.DAN (76.99 and 84.96 LBF.IN).

(6)

Do a bonding test between the main bonding point of the power control unit and the IPPU flange. The
resistance must not be more than 20 milliohms.

(7)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

27-85-11 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(9)

Connect the electrical connectors 4CN-A and 4CN-B to the IPPU.

Subtask 27-85-11-865-052-A
C.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1

49VU

FIN

LOCATION

1CN

B12

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2

2CN

P16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

Subtask 27-85-11-710-050-A
D.

5.

Operational Tests
(1)

Do the operational test of the slat system (Ref. TASK 27-84-00-710-001-A).

(2)

Do the operational test of the overspeed warnings in the slats/flaps and landing gear extended
(VFE/VLE) configuration (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-710-007-A).

Close-up
Subtask 27-85-11-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Remove the access platform(s).

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(3)

Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001-A).

27-85-11 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ELECTRICAL FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM (EFCS) - DESCRIPTION

AND OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.

General
(Ref. Fig. 27-90-00-11200-D - EFCS General (A320))
The electrical flight control system (EFCS) is built around two types of digital computers :
. 2 ELACs (Elevator and Aileron Computers).
. 3 SECs (Spoiler and Elevator Computers).
These computers generate the surface deflection orders which correspond to the pilot orders and perform control of
these surfaces through the electrically-controlled servocontrols.
These orders are monitored.
Another type of computer is provided :
. 2 FCDCs (Flight Control Data Concentrator)
They isolate the ELACs and the SECs from the other A/C systems and are used for maintenance tasks and data
concentration.
The electrical flight control system (EFCS) performs several functions:
. pitch control
. lateral control
. speedbrake function
. ground spoiler function
The electrical flight control system uses the three A/C hydraulic systems.
In case of complete loss of electrical supply, the A/C remains controleable through the rudder mechanical control
and THS mechanical control.

AES

27-90-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location

** On A/C 003-005
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
I
FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
I PANELIZONEIACCESS I
ATA
I
I
I
I DOOR I
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------33CE1
SERVO CTL-L AILERON, INBD G
575
27-14-51
33CE2
SERVO CTL-R AILERON, INBD G
675
27-14-51
33CE3
SERVO CTL-L AILERON, OUTBD B
575
27-14-51
33CE4
SERVO CTL-R AILERON, OUTBD B
675
27-14-51
31CE1
SERVO CTL - SPLR1, L G
574
27-64-51
31CE2
SERVO CTL - SPLR1, R G
674
27-64-51
31CE3
SERVO CTL - SPLR2, L Y
582
27-64-51
31CE4
SERVO CTL - SPLR2, R Y
682
27-64-51
31CE5
SERVO CTL - SPLR3, L B
583
27-64-51
31CE6
SERVO CTL - SPLR3, R B
683
27-64-51
31CE7
SERVO CTL - SPLR4, L Y
584
27-64-52
31CE8
SERVO CTL - SPLR4, R Y
684
27-64-52
31CE9
SERVO CTL - SPLR5, L G
585
27-64-52
31CE10
SERVO CTL - SPLR5, R G
685
27-64-52
9CE
ACTUATOR - THS
311
27-44-51
34CE1
SERVO CTL-L ELEVATOR, INBD G
345
27-34-51
34CE2
SERVO CTL-R ELEVATOR, INBD Y
335
27-34-51
34CE3
SERVO CTL-L ELEVATOR, OUTBD B
345
27-34-51
34CE4
SERVO CTL-R ELEVATOR, OUTBD B
335
27-34-51
2CE1
ELAC-1
83VU
127
27-93-34
2CE2
ELAC-2
84VU
128
27-93-34
3CE1
FCDC-1
83VU
127
27-95-34
3CE2
FCDC-2
84VU
128
27-95-34
1CE1
SEC-1
83VU
127
27-94-34
1CE2
SEC-2
84VU
128
27-94-34
1CC1
FAC-1
83VU
127
22-66-34
1CC2
FAC-2
84VU
128
22-66-34
4CE1
SSTU - ROLL CTL, CAPT
193VU
211
27-92-41
4CE2
SSTU - ROLL CTL, F/O
182VU
212
27-92-41
4CE3
SSTU - PITCH CTL, CAPT
193VU
211
27-92-41
4CE4
SSTU - PITCH CTL, F/O
182VU
212
27-92-41
7CE
XDCR UNIT - SPD BRK CTL
11VU
210
27-92-14
25CE1
XDCR UNIT - PEDAL POS, L
121
27-92-15
25CE2
XDCR UNIT - PEDAL POS, R
122
27-92-15
49CE1
XDCR UNIT - ELEVATOR POS, L
49CE2
XDCR UNIT - ELEVATOR POS, R
2CC
XDCR UNIT - YAW DAMPER POS
325
42WV
XDCR UNIT - RUDDER POS
325
12CE1
ACCLRM-1
131
27-92-16
12CE2
ACCLRM-2
132
27-92-16
12CE3
ACCLRM-3
131
27-92-16
12CE4
ACCLRM-4
132
27-92-16
10CE1
PRESS SW - HYD
140
27-92-17

AES

27-90-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
10CE2
10CE3
8KS1
8KS2

PRESS SW
PRESS SW
CTL UNIT
CTL UNIT

HYD
HYD
THROTTLE, ENG 1
THROTTLE, ENG 2

140
140
210
210

27-92-17
27-92-17
7373-

** On A/C 006-099
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
I
FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
I PANELIZONEIACCESS I
ATA
I
I
I
I DOOR I
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------33CE1
SERVO CTL-L AILERON, INBD G
575
27-14-51
33CE2
SERVO CTL-R AILERON, INBD G
675
27-14-51
33CE3
SERVO CTL-L AILERON, OUTBD B
575
27-14-51
33CE4
SERVO CTL-R AILERON, OUTBD B
675
27-14-51
31CE1
SERVO CTL - SPLR1, L G
574
27-64-51
31CE2
SERVO CTL - SPLR1, R G
674
27-64-51
31CE3
SERVO CTL - SPLR2, L Y
582
27-64-51
31CE4
SERVO CTL - SPLR2, R Y
682
27-64-51
31CE5
SERVO CTL - SPLR3, L B
583
27-64-51
31CE6
SERVO CTL - SPLR3, R B
683
27-64-51
31CE7
SERVO CTL - SPLR4, L Y
584
27-64-52
31CE8
SERVO CTL - SPLR4, R Y
684
27-64-52
31CE9
SERVO CTL - SPLR5, L G
585
27-64-52
31CE10
SERVO CTL - SPLR5, R G
685
27-64-52
9CE
ACTUATOR - THS
311
27-44-51
34CE1
SERVO CTL-L ELEVATOR, INBD G
345
27-34-51
34CE2
SERVO CTL-R ELEVATOR, INBD Y
335
27-34-51
34CE3
SERVO CTL-L ELEVATOR, OUTBD B
345
27-34-51
34CE4
SERVO CTL-R ELEVATOR, OUTBD B
335
27-34-51
2CE1
ELAC-1
83VU
127
27-93-34
2CE2
ELAC-2
84VU
128
27-93-34
3CE1
FCDC-1
83VU
127
27-95-34
3CE2
FCDC-2
84VU
128
27-95-34
1CE1
SEC-1
83VU
127
27-94-34
1CE2
SEC-2
84VU
128
27-94-34
1CC1
FAC-1
83VU
127
22-66-34
1CC2
FAC-2
84VU
128
22-66-34
4CE1
SSTU - ROLL CTL, CAPT
193VU
211
27-92-41
4CE2
SSTU - ROLL CTL, F/O
182VU
212
27-92-41
4CE3
SSTU - PITCH CTL, CAPT
193VU
211
27-92-41
4CE4
SSTU - PITCH CTL, F/O
182VU
212
27-92-41
7CE
XDCR UNIT - SPD BRK CTL
11VU
210
27-92-14
25CE1
XDCR UNIT - PEDAL POS, L
121
27-92-15
25CE2
XDCR UNIT - PEDAL POS, R
122
27-92-15
49CE1
XDCR UNIT - ELEVATOR POS, L
49CE2
XDCR UNIT - ELEVATOR POS, R
2CC
XDCR UNIT - YAW DAMPER POS
325
42WV
XDCR UNIT - RUDDER POS
325
12CE1
ACCLRM-1
131
27-92-16
12CE2
ACCLRM-2
132
27-92-16
12CE3
ACCLRM-3
131
27-92-16
12CE4
ACCLRM-4
132
27-92-16
10CE1
PRESS SW - HYD
140
27-92-17

AES

27-90-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
10CE2
10CE3
8KS1
8KS2
74CE

AES

PRESS SW - HYD
PRESS SW - HYD
CTL UNIT - THROTTLE, ENG 1
CTL UNIT - THROTTLE, ENG 2
FTU - RUDDER PEDAL

140
140
210
210
121

27-92-17
27-92-17
737327-92-27

27-90-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

System Description
The Electrical Flight Control System (EFCS) performs several functions :
(Ref. Fig. 27-90-00-13800-B - EFCS Architecture)
A.

AES

Flight Control Surfaces

(Ref. Fig. 27-90-00-13800-B - EFCS Architecture)
There is 1 aileron and 5 spoilers on each wing. The roll control is ensured by:
. the 2 ailerons
. the 4 outboard spoilers on each wing.
The spoilers 2, 3 and 4 of each wing ensure the speedbrake function.
All the spoilers ensure the ground spoiler function.
The pitch control is ensured by:
the 2 elevator control surfaces, each one actuated by 2 servocontrols.
1 trimmable horizontal stabilizer (THS) actuated by an electrohydraulic actuator.
The yaw control is ensured by the rudder which is actuated by 3 servocontrols mechanically controlled and
simultaneously active.

27-90-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
4.

Power Supply
A.

Hydraulic Power Supply

(Ref. Fig. 27-90-00-15200-B - Flight Control Hydraulic Power Supply)
There are three independent hydraulic systems:
. the Blue system pressurized by an electric pump.
. the Green system pressurized by a pump driven by the left engine.
. the Yellow system pressurized by a pump driven by the right engine.
On the ground, an electric pump can pressurize directly the Yellow system.
A reversible power transfer unit (PTU) can pressurize the Yellow or Green system from the other system.
A ram air turbine (RAT) can pressurize the Blue system in the event of an ultimate-emergency electrical
supply.

B.

Electrical Power Supply

(1) General
Schematic diagram
(Ref. Fig. 27-90-00-15700-A - Electrical Power Supply (General))
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 27-90-00-15600-A - Electrical Power Supply (EFCS))
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-90-00-15600-C - Electrical Power Supply (EFCS))
The main power supply system has two generators. Each one is located on one engine . A third generator,
of equivalent power and driven by the APU can be used on the ground or in flight to replace a main
generator.
In normal configuration, each main generator supplies its side which has:
. a three-phase 400 Hz 115VAC main busbar
. a transformer rectifier unit (TRU)
. a 28VDC main busbar.
The two sides are completely separated.
The AC and DC essential busbars are connected to the side 1.
If a main generator fails, an automatic switching facility enables the simultaneous supply of the two main
AC busbars by the other main generator.
However, the TRUs keep the two DC sides isolated.
If a main TRU fails, the essential DC busbars are automatically isolated from the rest of the DC network
and are supplied by the AC busbar 1XP through a third TRU.
The main DC busbars are simultaneously connected together and supplied through the remaining TRU.
If the AC busbar 2XP is failed, the sequence is the same.
If the AC busbar 1XP is failed, the DC and AC essential busbars will be connected to the side 2 after action
of the crew.
In the event of a power supply loss on the two sides (standby power configuration) :
. the RAT extension command is generated
. the AC and DC essential busbars are immediately supplied by the batteries.
. after 7s the AC and DC essential busbars are supplied by the standby generator.
The RAT extension can be manually controlled.
** On A/C ALL
(2) Interface with the EFCS
The ELAC1 and the SEC1 are supplied from a DC essential busbar (4PP for the ELAC1 and SEC1), the
battery 1 taking over instantaneously through a dedicated diode device (Power Supply Decoupling Unit)
when the voltage level drops below the battery output voltage.
(Ref. Fig. 27-90-00-15900-A - ELAC 1 and SEC 1 Power Supplies - Principle)

AES

27-90-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A relay ensures the battery supply line breaking on the ground 30s after the second engine is shut down.
(after the third hydraulic pressure drop down).
The ELAC2, and the THS motor 1 are normally supplied from a DC normal busbar 2PP.
In case of loss of this busbar (particularly after loss of both main generation channels, or after a double
main TRU failure),these supplies are automatically switched over to the battery 2 by means of two relays,
for a fixed period of 30s.
(Ref. Fig. 27-90-00-16000-B - ELAC 2 Power Supply - Principle)
These relays are automatically re-energized if later on the Blue hydraulic pressure to falls, and during the
landing phase as soon as the nose landing gear is extended.
On each of these four supply lines must be added the solenoid valves associated with the computer and one
of the four accelerometers, with the following distribution:
------------------------------------!
COMPUTER
!
ACCELEROMETER
!
!---------------!-------------------!
!
ELAC 1
!
1
!
!
SEC 1
!
2
!
!
ELAC 2
!
3
!
!
SEC 2
!
4
!
------------------------------------The SEC 2, SEC 3, the THS electric motor 3, and the FCDC 2 are supplied from the DC normal busbar
2PP. The THS electric motor 2 is supplied from the DC essential busbar 4PP. The FCDC 1 is supplied
from the DC essential busbar 8PP.

AES

27-90-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
5.

Functions Performed in Normal Configuration

This section briefly describes the functions of the electrical flight controls in normal mode, i.e without failures which
cause law degradation.
A.

Pitch Control
(1) General
The C* law is the fundamental mode of manual pitch control.
The law generates a load factor demand from the position of the side stick and the inertial feedbacks.
Protection against excessive load factor, Mach or speed or angle of attack pitch attitude are also provided.
(2) Pitch control law
(Ref. Fig. 27-90-00-17600-A - Flight Control Laws)
Three phases are considered:
. flight,
. flare,
. ground.
These phases are determined by the computers and consolidated by the information below :
. radioaltimeter altitude,
. R and L L/G compressed signals from the LGCIUs,
. Pitch attitude from the ADIRS,
. wheel speed and spoiler activation from the SECs.
(a) Flight law
(Ref. Fig. 27-90-00-17500-A - Flight Normal Law)
The C* law is activated. It combines the elevator control and the THS controls (AUTOTRIM
function).
It generates a load factor demand as a function of the position of the side sticks and inertial feedbacks.
The gains depend on the speed (Vc) and center of gravity.
The main characteristics of the C* law are:
. load factor demand,
. inclusion of the AUTOTRIM function,
. compensation of the lateral attitude up to 33,
. A/C response independent from the speed, weight and center of gravity.
The maximum surface deflection controlled by the computers are:
Elevator deflection: +15, -30 deg
THS deflection: +3.5, -11 deg.
(b) Flare law
(Ref. Fig. 27-90-00-17800-A - Flare Normal Law)
This law generates a longitudinal attitude value as a function of the side stick demand, Nz feedbacks
and pitch rate. The gains are function of the speed (Vc) and center of gravity.
The purpose of this law is to restore the behaviour of a conventional aircraft down to the ground.
(c) Ground law
The side stick outputs directly control the surface position.
Elevator kinematics on ground:
. ELACs on , 2 or 3 ADIRUs on and SECs off.
* If Vc < 70 kts, the deflection is + 15, - 30.
* If Vc > 70 kts, the deflection is + 15, - 20.
. ELACs on , ADIRUs off and SECs off.
* Fixed Vc = 80 kts, the deflection is + 15, - 20.
. SECs on and ELACs off, the deflection is + 15, - 30.

AES

27-90-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3) THS control
The elevator orders are progressively transferred to the THS through a low-speed integrator to decrease the
drag. This is the AUTOTRIM function. The THS movement is inhibited:
. under 50 ft in manual mode (100 ft in AP mode),
. when the high-speed and Mach protection is active,
. in case of manual action on the hand wheel,
. when the load factor is lower than 0.5 g,
. in case of abnormal condition law.
The THS movement is limited in up direction:
. when the alpha protection is active,
. when the load factor is higher than 1.25g,
. when the bank angle is above 33 deg,
. in case of low speed protection (alternate law).
(4) Protections
(a) Alpha (A0A) protection
In the normal law, when an angle-of-attack threshold is reached (ALPHA PROT), the C* law is
replaced by an alpha protection law.
In this case, an angle-of-attack value, proportional to the side stick position, is calculated.
The ALPHA PROT value is associated to a null order of the side stick.
The ALPHA MAX value is associated to a full nose-up order of the side stick.
This protection is de-activated by a pitch-down side stick order.
(b) High-speed protection
If a Vc or Mach threshold is reached, a positive load factor demand is added to the C* law.
This positive load factor demand is proportional to the difference between the actual Vc or Mach and
the related threshold.
This value is limited and decreases the pilots authority in nose down direction.
This protection is active from takeoff to landing.
(c) Longitudinal attitude protection
Pilot pitch-up commands are reduced linearly from a factor of 1 (theta max - 5) to zero at (theta
max and above). Similarly, pitch-down commands are factored from 1 at (theta min + 5) to zero at
(theta min and below). Pitch attitude feedback is phased in outside (theta min/theta max).
theta max = 30 at conf. 0 to 3
theta max = 25 in full.
(d) Load factor limitation
A maneuver protection is introduced in the C* law and restricts the load factor within the limits below
:
. clean configuration : - 1 g, + 2.5 g, (CONF 0 - CONF 1)
. flaps extended : 0, + 2g. (CONF 1+F, 2, 3, F)
(5) Operation in normal conditions
The pitch laws are activated as described in the table below.
Pitch Normal Law
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
NORMAL LAW
!
!
!
!
PHASE
!TRANSITION!---------------------------!
!
!
!
!
! GROUND ! FLARE ! C* LAW !
THS
!
A0A
!
!
!
!
LAW
! LAW !
! COMMAND !PROTECTION !
!---------------!----------!----------!-------!--------!----------!-----------!
! GROUND
!
!
YES
!
!
!
0
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! FINAL
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! MANUAL !
!

AES

27-90-00 PB001

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
!
!Take off !
!
!
!
! SETTING !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! FLIGHT
! FLIGHT ! SMOOTHLY !
!SMOOTHLY! AUTOTRIM ! AUTHORIZED!
!
!
!
AND
! WASHED !
!INTRODU-!
WHEN
! 1s AFTER !
!
!
!Theta > 8! OUT OVER !
!CED OVER! z > 50 ft! FLIGHT
!
!
!
!
!
5s
!
!
5s
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! BEFORE
! z < 50ft !
! YES !
! INHIBITED!
!
! LANDING
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!Landing !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! GROUND
! GROUND !
YES
!
!
!
0
!
!
!
!
! CONFIRMED!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
5s AND !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!Theta <
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
2.5
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! GO AROUND
!
!
! YES !
! FROZEN !
!
! BELOW
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! 50 ft
! z > 50ft !
!
!SMOOTHLY!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!RESTORED!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!OVER 5s !
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------B.

Lateral Control
(1) General
The normal law for the lateral control includes the roll and yaw axis control.
The ailerons and the spoilers 2, 3, 4 and 5 are the roll control surfaces. The main characteristics of the
lateral control law are as follows:
. side stick movement in roll processed as a roll rate demand,
. turn coordination automatically ensured,
. lateral attitude limitation provided.
(2) Lateral normal law
Two phases must be considered:
. flight,
. ground.
The ground law is activated 0.5s after landing with longitudinal attitude lower than 8.
The flight law is activated 0.5s after take-off with longitudinal attitude higher than 8.
(a) Flight law
The side stick movement in roll controls a roll rate in which the gains are function of Vc and of the
configuration. The maximum roll rate is 15/s.
The characteristics of the roll law are:
. in turn configuration, lateral attitude maintained up to 32 with side stick at zero,
. lateral attitude limited to 67 for full side stick deflection,
. automatic turn coordination,
. Dutch roll damping,
. minimization of sideslip.

AES

27-90-00 PB001

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Ground law
All feedbacks are inhibited. The side stick movement directly controls the roll control surfaces (ailerons
and spoilers).
The rudder is mechanically controlled by the pedals with the yaw damper function always active.
(3) Roll control surface Kinematics
Full authority of surfaces is:
. + or - 25 deg for the ailerons,
. maximum deflection of 35 deg for the spoilers.
The spoilers 2, 3, 4 and 5 use the same deflection; from configuration 0 to configuration 3, a threshold
is included to minimize the drag.
A 5 deg downward deflection of the ailerons (droop) is active when the flaps are extended. This
position is identified by an index on the AIL scale of the ECAM F/CTL page (Ref 31-51).
. The aileron droop function is ensured by each ELAC.
. The aileron droop function is active on ground or in flight when the flaps are extended; in that case, a
5 deg downward deflection of the ailerons is ordered by the ELAC1 (or by the ELAC2 if it is active on
the control of the ailerons).
. The aileron droop function is available as long as one ELAC is able to control the ailerons.
. The ailerons are normally controlled by the ELAC1 through the left Blue and the right Green servocontrols (active mode). The ELAC2 is in stand-by, and the associated servo-controls are in damping
mode.
In case of ELAC1 failure, the control of the ailerons is automatically transferred to the ELAC2 which
becomes active through the left Green and right Blue servo-controls; in that case, the servo-controls
dedicated to the ELAC1 revert to the damping mode.
In case of double ELAC failure, or Blue and Green hydraulic low pressure, all ailerons servo-controls are
in the damping mode.
(4) Rudder control
The pedals mechanically control the rudder position. The maximum rudder deflection is plus or minus 25
limited by the TLU. The trim authority is plus or minus 20 and its deflection rate is 1/s.
The yaw orders from the roll normal law are sent to the yaw damper servo-actuators and added to the
servocontrol mechanical input.
Authority of these orders is given in the table below:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
! Less than or !
!
!
!
! V Cas (kts)
! equal to 160 !
200
!
300
!
380
!
!----------------!--------------!--------------!---------------!--------------!
!
!
plus
!
plus
!
plus
!
plus
!
!
!
or
!
or
!
or
!
or
!
!
!
minus
!
minus
!
minus
!
minus
!
! Max. authority !
20.8
!
10.8
!
4.8
!
2.7
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------The limitation of the rudder maximum deflection is given in the table below:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! V Cas (kts)
! Less than
!
200
!
240
!
320
!
380
!
!
!
160
!
!
!
!
!
!----------------!--------------!-----------!-----------!-----------!---------!
!
!
plus
!
plus
!
plus
!
plus
! plus
!
!
!
or
!
or
!
or
!
or
!
or
!
!
!
minus
!
minus
!
minus
!
minus
! minus !
! Max. authority !
25
!
14.5
!
8.8
!
4.8
!
3.4 !
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AES

27-90-00 PB001

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Operation in normal conditions
The lateral laws are activated as described in the table.
Activation of flight/ground laws in lateral
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
NORMAL LAW
!
!
!
PHASE
! TRANSITION !-----------------------------!
DISPLAY ON
!
!
!
! GROUND LAW ! FLIGHT LAW !
PFD
!
!---------------!------------!--------------!--------------!------------------!
!
GROUND
!
!
YES
!
! LATERAL
!
!
!
!
! DECREASED
!
! LOAD FACTOR
!
!
!
!
! AUTHORITY
!
!
!
!
!
!
! WITH INCREA-!
!
!
!
!
!
! SED SPEED
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! TAKE
!
! YAW DAMPING !
!
!
!
! OFF
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
FLIGHT
! FLIGHT AND ! WASHED OUT ! PHASED IN
! SIDE SLIP
!
!
!
! Theta > 8 ! OVER 0.5s
! OVER 0.5s
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! LANDING !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
GROUND
! GROUND
! PHASED IN
! PHASED OUT ! LATERAL LOAD
!
!
!
! OVER 0.5s
! OVER 0.5s
! FACTOR
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! YAW DAMPING !
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------C.

Speedbrake Function
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1121 FOR A/C 003-003
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-90-00-19100-A - Speedbrake Order Generation)
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1121 FOR A/C 003-003
(1) General
The speedbrake function is ensured by the spoilers 2, 3 and 4 and the associated SECs.
The speedbrake deflection order is dependent upon the speedbrake control lever position.
Extension of the spoilers 2 is half the extension of the spoilers 3 and 4.
The speedbrake order is combined with roll orders.
In flight, when the aircraft speed is more than 315 knots or Mach 0.75 with the autopilot engaged, the
speedbrake retraction rate decreases (approximately 25 seconds are necessary to retract the speedbrakes
from FULL to IN).
(2) Speedbrake order
The speedbrake order comes from the order received from the speedbrake lever received by the SEC.
The speedbrake control order is inhibited:
. if the monitoring of the speedbrake control transducer unit has detected a failure (by means of the
transducer unit range monitoring or COM/MON comparison),
. if the alpha protection is active,
. if in FULL configuration,
. in case of single elevator configuration,

AES

27-90-00 PB001

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
. in case of loss of the Blue and Green hydraulic pressures.
. if at least one throttle lever is above MCT (Maximum Continous Thrust) or
. if full back stick associated with pitch altitude protection,
The deflection rate is limited to 5/sec.
In order to do the test of the spoiler 1 on the ground, a 6 extension of the spoiler 1 is possible with the
speedbrake control lever.
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-90-00-20400-A - Logic Conditions for Spoiler 1 Extension on the ground)
D. Ground Spoiler Function
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1121 FOR A/C 003-003
(1) General
The ground spoiler function is ensured by all the spoilers.
The surface deflection is 50 deg with an extension rate of 20 deg/s (in autopilot or manual mode).
(2) Activation of the ground spoiler function.
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 27-90-00-19900-E - Ground Spoiler Activation)
The activation of the ground spoiler function is dependent upon:
. the function preselection, or one throttle lever at reverse
. the two engines at low rate
. wheel speed information (of both main gears)
. the main landing gear wheel rotation more than 72kts
NOTE :

Condition on wheel speed is inhibited after GND/FLT transition.

The condition is rearmed if wheel rotation stops.
Consequently after an A/C bounce (A/C airborne):
- the spoilers remain extended with thrust lever at idle
- the spoilers retract if thrust is increased above idle (GA), and extend again after the next touch
down.
. elevator pre command at the extension of the ground spoilers (manual only)
. the both main landing gears compressed while the altitude less than 6ft
The preselection is made with the speedbrake control lever. The lever position must be lower
than - 2 deg.
This preselection can also be made through the selection of reverse thrust on both throttle
control levers, or only one throttle control lever with the other control lever in position less than
20 deg.
The two throttle levers at low rate information is given when the position of the two throttle
control levers is less than 20 deg.

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 27-1121 FOR A/C 003-003
(3) Partial lift dumping
This function, elaborated in the SECs, is actived at reverse selector if only one main landing gear is
depressed. The spoilers 1 thru 5 are partially deflected in order to impact the second gear and consequently
to activate the ground spoiler function.

AES

27-90-00 PB001

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
E.

Normal Configuration
(1) Computers
Each computer is active as follows:
. ELAC 2:
normal law in pitch with associated protections
elevator control
control of THS electric motor No. 1.
. ELAC 1:
normal law in lateral
aileron control.
. SEC1, 2 and 3:
control of their related spoilers from the orders from the normal lateral law of the ELAC 1
speedbrake function,
ground spoilers.
The FAC1 controls the rudder with the yaw damper servo-actuator 1 from the orders elaborated in the
ELAC 1.
(2) Servocontrols
(a) Elevators
Each elevator can be actuated by two different servocontrols.
In normal operation, one servocontrol per surface is active, the other is in the damping mode.
On the left elevator, the Green servocontrol is active.
On the right elevator, the Yellow servocontrol is active.
On the two elevators, the Blue servocontrols are in damping mode.
(b) THS actuator
The THS can be actuated by three different electric motors.
In normal operation, the electric motor No. 1 controls the two hydraulic motors respectively supplied
by the Green and Yellow systems. The ELAC 1 performs a ground setting through the electric motor
No. 2.
(c) Ailerons
Each aileron can be actuated by two different servocontrols. In normal operation, one servocontrol per
aileron is active, the other is in damping mode. On the left aileron, the Blue servocontrol is active.
On the right aileron, the Green servocontrol is active.
The servocontrols, controlled by the ELAC 2, Green on the left side and Blue on the right side are in
the damping mode.

AES

27-90-00 PB001

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
6.

Functional Reconfiguration
The functions available in normal configuration can be degraded depending on the failures which may affect the
system. The resulting functional reconfigurations depend on:
. the level of redundancy of the external information necessary for the normal laws,
. predetermined functional status,
. inclusion of laws in the computers.
A.

Law Reconfiguration
(1) Pitch control
(a) Alternate law
When the information necessary for the normal law can no longer be consolidated, the alternate law is
activated.
This law can also be activated after certain system failures.
The basic idea is to reduce the authority of the parameters required for the law, while keeping the
main characteristics of the normal law.
The gains are now dependent upon the configuration.
The pitch rate is limited to 5/s.
The flare law is replaced by the direct law upon landing gear extension.
The longitudinal attitude protection is no longer activated. The alpha protection is replaced by a lowspeed protection when Vc becomes lower than a threshold (Vc PROT) a negative load factor demand
is added to the pilot command.
The high-speed and Mach protection is included as for the normal law, except for decreasing of pilot
nose down authority.
(b) Direct law
When the information required for the C* law is no longer valid or upon landing gear extension when
the alternate law is active, the direct law in pitch is activated.
The side stick movement directly controls the elevator position.
The THS is mechanically controlled from the trim control wheel.
No protection is included.
(c) Mechanical control
When the electrical flight controls are lost, the THS is mechanically controlled from the trim control
wheel.
The elevators are centered.
(2) Lateral control
After the loss of the normal pitch law or after certain system failures, the direct lateral law is activated.
The side stick movements directly control the position of the ailerons and the spoilers 4 and 5.
In the event of loss of these surfaces, reconfigurations are introduced to keep a sufficient roll rate:
. if the two ailerons are no longer available, the spoilers 2 and 3 become active in direct law,
. if the spoilers 4 are no longer available, the spoilers 3 become active.
After the loss of the normal lateral law, the yaw alternate law activated in the FACs ensures the Dutch-roll
damping function.
(3) Abnormal condition law
If the main aircraft parameters (Theta, phi., Vc, M, alpha) exceed predetermined limits, the abnormal
condition law is activated i.e.:
. in pitch control, the alternate law is active without autotrim,
. in lateral control, the direct law is active,
. the rudder control is mechanical.

AES

27-90-00 PB001

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
If the aircraft returns to level flight (0.9 g < Nz lower than or = to 1.2 g) during 18s, the autotrim
function is again active and the alternate law for the rudder control is active. There is no reversion to direct
law when landing gear is extended.
B.

Law Distribution in the Computers

The distribution of the laws in the computers is as follows:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
COMPUTER
!
LAW
!
CONTROL
!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
! - PITCH NORMAL LAW
! - 2 ELEVATORS
!
!
! - PITCH ALTERNATE LAW
! - 1 THS MOTOR
!
!
ELAC
! - PITCH DIRECT LAW
! - 2 AILERONS
!
!
! - LATERAL DIRECT LAW
!
!
!----------------------!---------------------------!--------------------------!
!
SEC
! - PITCH ALTERNATE LAW
! - 2 PAIRS OF SPOILERS
!
!
! - PITCH DIRECT LAW
! - 2 ELEVATORS
!
!
! - LATERAL DIRECT LAW
! - 1 THS MOTOR
!
!----------------------!---------------------------!--------------------------!
!
FAC
! - YAW ALTERNATE LAW
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------C.

Functional Statuses
The various functional statuses possible are:
. normal law status: the normal laws are active in pitch and lateral control,
. alternate law status: the laws, alternate in pitch and direct in lateral are active,
. direct law status: the direct laws are active in pitch and lateral control.
Upon loss of all the EFCS control laws, standby mechanical controls in pitch and yaw are possible.

D. Logic of Transition between Different Statuses

The purpose of this logic is, after failure, to force law degradations in a computer and take into account the
functional statuses then possible in all the computers.
The normal law status can only be authorized when:
. the ELAC having priority in lateral meets the requirements for engagement of the lateral normal laws,
. the ELAC having priority in pitch meets the requirements for engagement of the pitch and lateral normal
laws.
If one ELAC with priority on one axis no longer meets the requirements for the normal law, the alternate law
status is adopted.
If the computer which has priority in pitch does not meet the requirements for engagement of the alternate law,
the direct law status is adopted.

AES

27-90-00 PB001

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
7.

System Reconfiguration Logic

A computer is engaged on one axis if:
. it has priority,
. it has the capability to ensure control on this axis.
This capability is related to:
. its status,
. the status of its servoloops,
. the status of the hydraulic systems,
. the status of the external sensors.
A.

Switching Logics
The switching logics are as follows:
. pitch control ELAC 2 ------> ELAC 1 ------> SEC 2 ------> SEC 1,
. lateral control ELAC 1 ----> ELAC 2.
For this switching logic, discrete links are included from each computer to the lower level computers.
These links are:
. looped,
. permanently monitored.

B.

Conditions Related to the Computer Status

The EFCS computers can operate normally when:
. the engagement pushbutton switch is pressed,
. the self-test results are satisfactory.

C.

Conditions Related to Servoloops

All the failures detected by the servoloop monitorings are self-held until the next computer reset through action
on the pushbutton switch or power supply rise.
(1) Pitch servoloop
An ELAC can be engaged in pitch if its 3 pitch servoloops are valid.
An SEC can be engaged in pitch if one of the surface servoloops is valid.
An elevator servoloop is declared valid by a computer if the result of the monitorings below is satisfactory:
. monitoring of the servovalve current,
. monitoring of the servovalve selector valve,
. monitoring of the position of the servovalve spool valve,
. monitoring of the servocontrol position transducers,
. monitoring of the mode selector valve,
. monitoring of the mode selector valve position,
. automatic tests launched at the third hydraulic rise.
A THS servoloop is declared valid by a computer if the result of the monitorings below is satisfactory:
. monitoring of the servomotor current,
. monitoring of the THS position,
. monitoring of the THS position transducers.
. automatic test results:
monitoring of the relay ensuring cutoff of the electric motor,
(2) Aileron servoloops
An ELAC can be engaged in lateral if at least one of the two aileron servoloops is valid.
If the ELAC 1 can only drive one aileron, the ELAC 2 drives the other aileron from the order computed by
the ELAC 1.
An aileron servoloop is declared valid when the result of the monitorings below is satisfactory:
. monitoring of the servovalve current,
. monitoring of the servovalve failures,

AES

27-90-00 PB001

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.
.

monitoring of the servocontrol position transducer,

monitoring of the discrete links between ELAC 1 and ELAC 2 (performed in the ELAC 1 only).
result of automatic (launched or third hydraulic rise) test:
monitoring of the mode selector valve transducer ,
monitoring of the servocontrol modes.

(3) Spoiler servoloops

A SEC can be engaged on a pair of spoilers when the two servoloops are validated.
The servoloops of a pair of spoilers are validated when:
. the result of the monitorings below is satisfactory:
monitoring of position transducers,
monitoring of servovalve currents,
monitoring of positions.
D. Conditions Related to Hydraulic Systems
The ELAC 2 can drive in pitch if the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are available or upon a dual hydraulic
failure, including the Blue system.
The ELAC 1 can drive in pitch if the Blue hydraulic supply is available.
In lateral, a servoloop can only be validated if the related hydraulic power source is available.
E.

AES

Conditions Related to Sensor Status

. In pitch
The ELAC 2 loses priority upon failure:
. of one of the eight side-stick transducer units related to it,
. of the two accelerometers related to it (in normal electrical condition)
. of one pedal-position transducer unit,
. of 2 radio-altimeters (only detected by the ELAC 2).
The ELAC 1 loses priority in pitch upon failure of one of the 8 side stick transducer units which are related to it:
. In lateral
The ELAC 1 loses priority upon failure:
. of one of the 8 side stick transducer units,
. of one pedal-position transducer unit.
The ELAC 2 has no longer priority upon failure of one of the eight side-stick transducer units.

27-90-00 PB001

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
8.

Miscellaneous Logics
A.

Priority between Side-Sticks logic

** On A/C ALL
PRE SB 27-1113 FOR A/C 003-008
The CAPT and F/O stick orders are algebraically added.
The takeover and priority pushbutton switch on the side stick is used to take over and to disconnect the auto
pilot.
The takeover and priority logic is described below:
. the last pilot who presses the pushbutton switch takes over and cancels the order from the other pilot.
If the pilot releases the P/BSW within the 30s which follow the takeover, his priority is cancelled.
If the pilot releases the P/BSW more than 30s after his takeover, he keeps his takeover.
This takeover can be cancelled through action on the P/BSW of any side stick.
Indications related to takeover:
a red light comes on in front of the pilot who has lost priority,
a green light comes on in front of the pilot who has priority as long as the stick which has not priority is not
at zero.
** On A/C
POST SB 27-1113 FOR A/C 003-008
The CAPT and F/O stick orders are algebraically added.
The takeover and priority pushbutton switch on the side stick is used to take over and to disconnect the auto
pilot.
The takeover and priority logic is described below:
. the last pilot who presses the pushbutton switch takes over and cancels the order from the other pilot.
If the pilot releases the P/BSW within the 30s which follow the takeover, his priority is cancelled.
If the pilot releases the P/BSW more than 30s after his takeover, he keeps his takeover.
This takeover can be cancelled through action on the P/BSW of any side stick.
Indications related to takeover:
a red light comes on in front of the pilot who has lost priority,
a green light comes on in front of the pilot who has priority as long as the stick which has not priority is not
at zero.
In case of simultaneous action on Captain and First Officer side sticks, the green CAPT and F/O legends
located on SIDE STICK PRIORITY/CAPT and SIDE STICK PRIORITY F/O (130, 131VU) flash at the
same time.

** On A/C ALL
B.

AES

Elevator-Servocontrol Simultaneous-Pressurization Logic

the four servocontrols can be simultaneously active (the two servo controls which are normally in damping mode
become active in addition to the two normally active ones) in the cases below:
. elevator demand amplitude greater than a threshold function of Vc,
. in flare law or landing direct law if the deflection demand is greater than 30/s
. in case of undetermined mode detection (not in active, not in damping).
The three possible configurations are:
when the ELAC2 has priority
. ELAC 2 commands the active mode to the other servocontrol which is controlled by the ELAC 1,
. ELAC 2 commands the active mode to the other servocontrol which is controlled by the SEC 1,
when the ELAC1 has priority
. ELAC 1 commands the active mode to the other servocontrol which is controlled by the SEC 2,
When the four servocontrols become active, the surface deflection rate can reach 50/s.
When SEC 2 has priority

27-90-00 PB001

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
C.

SEC 2 commands the active mode to the other servocontrol which is controlled by the SEC 1.

Elevator Oscillation Detection

The ELACs include a function to monitor specific oscillations of elevator surfaces in order to protect the aircraft
structure.
If this system is activated the elevator deflection is limited to few tenths of a degree around zero and both
servocontrols are simultaneously pressurized (on one surface only) when speed is above 170 kts. Full authority is
progressively restored from 170 kts to 150 kts. If the protection is activated it remains latched until next ELAC
long autotest (ELAC low hydraulic reset).

D. Detection of a Manual Action on the Pitch-Trim Control Wheel

If the pilot acts on the pitch-trim control wheel he forces the position commanded to the THS. (Electrical
control is overriden by the mechanical control).
The electrical control has again priority as soon as the pilot releases the control wheel.
NOTE :

AES

In direct law, in normal law, in alternate law and in autotrim the THS is manually controlled.

E.

THS Ground-Setting Logic

5s after landing the ELAC 1 set the THS in the 0 position.
The priority logic for the ground setting function is as follows:
E1 ------> E2 ------> S2 ------> S1.

F.

Flight/Ground Logic computed in the ELACs

(Ref. Fig. 27-90-00-29000-A - Flight/Ground Logic ELAC)
The Ground information is validated:
. if both main landing gears are seen compressed (left LGCIU1 and left LGCIU2 and right LGCIU1 and right
LGCIU2),
or
. if at least two of above four information are seen compressed and radio altimeter information (consolidated
data) is lower than 50 ft,
or
. if the ground spoilers are extended from at least 2 SECs.

27-90-00 PB001

Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

AES
SLATS

AILERON

FLY BY WIRE
ELEVATORS
AILERONS
ROLL SPOILERS
THS
SLATS AND FLAPS
SPEED BRAKES/GROUND SPOILERS
TRIM (YAW AND ROLL)

FLAPS

GROUND SPOILERS

SPEEDBRAKES

HYDRAULIC ACTUATION OF ALL SURFACES

FIGURE 27-90-00-11200-D SHEET 1

EFCS General (A320)

ROLL SPOILERS

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL
STABILIZER

ELEVATOR

RUDDER

MECHANICAL CONTROL
RUDDER
THS
(TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL
STABILIZER)

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C ALL

N_MM_279000_0_AAM1_01_00

27-90-00 PB001

Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

AES

FIGURE 27-90-00-13800-B SHEET 1

EFCS Architecture
2
SEC]

G
2

COMPUTERS EFCS

2
2

LELEVATOR

MECHANICAL
TRIM

2
Y

27-90-00 PB001
SEC1

1
1

THS ACTUATOR

NORM
CONTROL
3

2
2

RUDDER
PEDALS

RUDDER
SURFACE

2 [ELAC

2 FLIGHT AUGMENTATION COMPUTERS

FAC1

RAILERON

1
[SEC

YAM DAMPER
ACTUATOR

FAC 2

FAC 1

1 [ELAC
1 [SEC

SPOILER
3

RELEVATOR

2
Y

3 SPOILER ELEVATOR COMPUTERS

SPEED BRAKE

ROLL

ELAC] 1
SEC] 1

SPOILER
3

SPEED BRAKE

GNDSPLR

2 ELEVATOR AILERON COMPUTERS

ELAC1

B:BLUE SYSTEM
G:GREEN SYSTEM
Y:YELLOW SYSTEM

HYDRAULIC

ELAC] 1

LAILERON

ROLL

GNDSPLR

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C ALL

N_MM_279000_0_ABN0_01_00

Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

AES

FIGURE 27-90-00-15200-B SHEET 1

Flight Control Hydraulic Power Supply
PRESSURE SWITCH

PRESSURE TRANSMITT

CSM/G

SLATS

FLAPS L & R WTB

SLATS L & R WTB

L & R ELEVATOR

RUDDER

L & R SPOILER 3

L & R AILERON

LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVE
S

RAT
70L/mn
PUMP 1
140 L/mn

27-90-00 PB001
NOSE WHEEL
STEERING

LANDING GEAR

SLATS

FLAPS

WHEELS BRAKES

REVERSE ENG 1

FLAPS R WTB

SLATS L & R WTB

YAW DAMPER

THS

L. ELEVATOR

RUDDER

L & R SPEED
BRAKE 1

L & R SPOILER 5

L & R AILERON

MAIN
ACC.

PRIORITY
VALVE
P

GREEN
RESERVOIR

LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVE
S

25 L/mn

MAIN
ACC.

PRIORITY
VALVE
P

BLUE
RESERVOIR

PTU

PRIORITY
VALVE

MAIN
ACC.

PUMP 2
140L/mn

25 L/mn

WHEELS BRAKES

CARGO DOORS

REVERSE ENG 2

FLAPS L WTB

YAW DAMPER

THS

R ELEVATOR

RUDDER

L & R SPOILER 4

L & R SPOILER 2

LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVE

FLAPS

YELLOW
RESERVOIR
HAND
PUMP

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C ALL

N_MM_279000_0_AJN0_01_00

Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 003-005
401PP
28VDC
ESS BUS

15CE1 C/B
FLT CTL/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

12CE1
ACCLRM1
THS MOT2

19CE2 C/B
FLT CTL/THS ACTR/MOT2

2CE1
ELAC1

21CE1 C/B
FLT CTL/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

12CE2
ACCLRM2

801PP
28VDC
SHED
ESS BUS

20CE1 C/B
FLT CTL/FCDC1/SPLY

703PP
28VDC
HOT
BUS

22CE C/B
FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY/SPLY

FLIGHT

GROUND

16CE1 C/B
FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY/SPLY

FLIGHT

GROUND

NORM

STBY

NORM

STBY

202PP
28VDC
BUS2

15CE2 C/B
FLT CTL/NORM/SPLY

3CE1
FCDC1

1CE1
SEC1

12CE3
ACCLRM3
2CE2
ELAC2

19CE1 C/B
FLT CTL/THS ACTR/MOT1

THS MOT1
704PP
28VDC
HOT
BUS
204PP
28VDC
BUS2

16CE2 C/B
FLT CTL/ELAC2 THS/STBY/SPLY

12CE4
ACCLRM4
1CE2
SEC2

21CE2 C/B
FLT CTL/SEC2/SPLY
1CE3
SEC3

21CE3 C/B
FLT CTL/SEC3/SPLY
20CE2 C/B
FLT CTL/FCDC2/SPLY

3CE2
FCDC2

THS MOT3
19CE3 C/B
FLT CTL/THS ACTR/MOT3
N_MM_279000_0_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-90-00-15600-A SHEET 1

Electrical Power Supply (EFCS)

27-90-00 PB001

Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 006-099
401PP
28VDC
ESS BUS

15CE1 C/B
FLT CTL/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

12CE1
ACCLRM1
THS MOT2

19CE2 C/B
FLT CTL/THS ACTR/MOT2

2CE1
ELAC1

21CE1 C/B
FLT CTL/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

12CE2
ACCLRM2

801PP
28VDC
SHED
ESS BUS

20CE1 C/B
FLT CTL/FCDC1/SPLY

703PP
28VDC
HOT
BUS

22CE C/B
FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY/SPLY

FLIGHT

GROUND

16CE1 C/B
FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY/SPLY

FLIGHT

GROUND

NORM

STBY

NORM

STBY

202PP
28VDC
BUS2

15CE2 C/B
FLT CTL/NORM/SPLY

3CE1
FCDC1

1CE1
SEC1

12CE3
ACCLRM3
2CE2
ELAC2

19CE1 C/B
FLT CTL/THS ACTR/MOT1

THS MOT1
704PP
28VDC
HOT
BUS
204PP
28VDC
BUS2

16CE2 C/B
FLT CTL/ELAC2 THS/STBY/SPLY

12CE4
ACCLRM4
1CE2
SEC2

21CE2 C/B
FLT CTL/SEC2/SPLY
1CE3
SEC3

21CE3 C/B
FLT CTL/SEC3/SPLY
20CE2 C/B
FLT CTL/FCDC2/SPLY

3CE2
FCDC2

THS MOT3
19CE3 C/B
FLT CTL/THS ACTR/MOT3
103PP
28VDC
BUS1

75CE C/B
FLT CTL/RUDDER FTU

74CE
FTU
N_MM_279000_0_ACF0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-90-00-15600-C SHEET 1

Electrical Power Supply (EFCS)

27-90-00 PB001

Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
DC11PP
AC11XP

TR1

FMGC1

TR1 CNTOR

PRESS TRANS B.G.Y

STAT1 DEICING
STAT3 DEICING

ND CAPT
TAT1 DEICING
PITOT3 DEICING

1
CFDIU
2

ADIRU 3

701PP HOT BUS 1

AOA3 DEICING
GLC1
GEN 1

BTC1

AOA3 RESOL.

DMC3

BSCU1
RA1

GCU

DC33PP

AOA1 RESOL.

ESS AC TIE CNTOR

BAT1 CNTOR

BAT1

BAT2 CNTOR

BAT2

DC TIE
CNTOR 1

PITOT DEICING

FAC1 SENSOR

GEN 2

BTC2

TAT2 DEICING

PITOT2 DEICING

ADIRU 1

PFD CAPT
AC ESS4XP

8XP AC SHED ESS

AOA2 DEICING

GCU

AOA1 DEICING

ACCLRM3

AOA2 RESOL.
APU
GEN

RA2

GLC3

ADIRU 2

ELAC2

GCU

S
SFCC2
F

FWC2

EPLC

THS MOT1

DC22PP

DMC2

702PP
HOT BUS 2

ACCLRM1

BSCU2
DU ECAM LOWER
EXT
PWR

PFD F/O

TR2

SEC2

TR2 CNTOR

SEC3

GPCU

212XP
214XP
AC
GND/FLT

AC22XP

LGCIU2

6PP
DC
GND/FLT

ESS TR

ESS TR
CNTOR

FIGURE 27-90-00-15700-A SHEET 1

Electrical Power Supply (General)

FMGC2
STAT2
DEICING

STAT INV
CNTOR

901XP
AC STAT INV
ESS DC TIE
CNTOR

FAC1
LGCIU1

FCDC1
8PP DC SHED ESS

SFCC1

S
F

THS MOT2
DC ESS4PP

GCU

AES

ACCLRM2

FAC2

BLUE PUMP

AC ESS BUS
EMER CNTOR

SEC1

FCDC2

STATIC
INVERTER

GLC4

ELAC1

ACCLRM4

THS MOT3

ND F/O

EMER
GEN
(C/SMG)

GND

GLC2

DU ECAM UPPER

GND

FAC2 SENSOR

FLT

DC TIE
CNTOR 2

FWC1

FLT

DMC1

27-90-00 PB001

Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

N_MM_279000_0_ACP0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-90-00-15900-A SHEET 1

ELAC 1 and SEC 1 Power Supplies - Principle

703 PP
28VDC
HOT BUS 22CE1 C/B
FLT CTL/SEC1
STBY/SPLY

401 PP
28VDC
ESS BUS 21CE1 C/B
FLT CTL/SEC1
NORMAL/SPLY

703 PP
28VDC
HOT BUS 16CE1 C/B
FLT CTL/
ELAC1/
STBY/
SPLY

401PP
28VDC
ESS BUS 15CE1 C/B
FLT CTL/
ELAC1/
NORMAL/SPLY

45CE PSDU
SEC1 SPLY

37CE RLY
SEC1 BATT SPLY BREAKING

35CE1 RLY
ELAC1 BATT
SPLY BREAKING

43CE PSDU
ELAC1 SPLY

1CE1 SEC1

GREEN PRESSURE ON
YELLOW PRESSURE ON
BLUE PRESSURE ON
DELAY AT OPENING
30s

COMPUTER
POWER
SUPPLY

2CE1 ELAC1

GREEN PRESSURE ON
YELLOW PRESSURE ON
BLUE PRESSURE ON
DELAY AT OPENING
30s

COMPUTER
POWER
SUPPLY

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C ALL

N_MM_279000_0_AEM0_01_00

27-90-00 PB001

Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

AES

FIGURE 27-90-00-16000-B SHEET 1

ELAC 2 Power Supply - Principle

27-90-00 PB001
ANNUNCIATOR
LIGHT ELAC 2

OFF

FAULT

K30 RELAYS
ELAC 2 COM & MON

BATT2

7.5A
16CE2

7.5A
15CE2

5A
19CE1

202PP

44CE

40CE2

37CE

35CE

46CE

48CE

RELAYS CLOSED AS LONG AS

ONE HYD. PRESSURE IS HIGH.
AND OPENED 30s AFTER
THE LAST ONE FALLS

53CE

DELAY AT CLOSING
250ms

DELAY AT CLOSING
250ms

ELAC2

50CE
DELAY AT CLOSING
30sec

3PH

ELAC 1

DSI 53
RATE LIMIT

SEC 1

DSI 3
RATE LIMIT

GSM/G TEST
ON GROUND

LGCIU 1

NLG NOT
LOCKED UP

DSI 53
RATE LIMIT

COMPUTER
POWER SUPPLY

10CE1
BLUE HYB PRESS SW

THS MOT1
SUPPLY

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C ALL

N_MM_279000_0_AGP0_01_00

Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PROTECTIONS
NZ, HIGHT SPEED
AOA, ATTITUDE

LONGITUDINAL
STICK IMPUT

NZ DEMAND

AOA DEMAND

C* LAW

AOA LAW

FLIGHT NORMAL LOW

AUTO
TRIM

ELEVATOR

STABILIZER

** On A/C ALL

N_MM_279000_0_ANM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-90-00-17500-A SHEET 1

Flight Normal Law

27-90-00 PB001

Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FLIGHT

GROUND LAW

GROUND

FLIGHT NORMAL
LAW

NORMAL CONDITIONS

FLIGHT CONTROL LAWS

50ft

FLARE

FLARE
NORMAL LAW

GROUND

GROUND LAW

** On A/C ALL

N_MM_279000_0_ANN0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-90-00-17600-A SHEET 1

Flight Control Laws

27-90-00 PB001

Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

STABILIZER POSITION
FROZEN
PITCH ATTITUDE
LAW
PITCH ATTITUDE
INCREMENT

FLARE NORMAL LAW

ELEVATOR

** On A/C ALL

N_MM_279000_0_APM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-90-00-17800-A SHEET 1

Flare Normal Law

27-90-00 PB001

Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

AES
COM
MON

FIGURE 27-90-00-19100-A SHEET 1

Speedbrake Order Generation
INHIBITION OF
SPEED BRAKE
ALPHA PROT OR
FULL CONFIG
ORDER

XDCR UNIT
MONG

COMPARATOR

INHIBITION OF
SPEED BRAKE
ALPHA PROT OR
FULL CONFIG
ORDER

XDCR UNIT
MONG

COMPARATOR

COMP
A
B

RLIM
5 DEG/S

COMP
A
B

RLIM
5 DEG/S

SPEED BRAKE LEVER VALIDATION

SPEED BRAKE LEVER VALIDATION

SPOILER 3 & 4
ORDER

SPOILER 2
ORDER

GROUND SPOILER
ARMING

SPEED BRAKE ORDER

1
2

MON

COM

SPOILER 3 & 4
ORDER

SPOILER 2
ORDER

GROUND SPOILER
ARMING

SPEED BRAKE ORDER

1
2

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C ALL

N_MM_279000_0_ATM0_01_00

27-90-00 PB001

Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

AES

FIGURE 27-90-00-19900-E SHEET 1

Ground Spoiler Activation
6ft

PLD SELECTION

MON UNIT

COM UNIT

PLD

GIS

10

50

PLD ACTIVATED

27-90-00 PB001
GROUND SPOILER ACTIVATION

SAME LOGIC THAN IN COM UNIT

WITH WHEEL SPEED FROM
RIGHT L/G.

BOTH MAIN LANDING GEAR

"NOT PRESSED" TO AT LEAST
ONE MAIN LANDING GEAR "PRESSED"

ALL THRUST LEVERS LOWER

OR AT IDLE POSITION

RADIO ALTITUDE

G/S SELECTION

INHIBITION BETWEEN LIFT OFF (BGND 0)

AND RETURN OF WHEELSPEED BELOW 23kts
OR TOUCHDOWN (BGND 1)

72kts

6ft

AT LEAST ONE THROTTLE

LEVER ON REVERSE

WHEEL SPEED
(LEFT L/G)

RADIO ALTITUDE

BOTH MAIN LANDING GEARS

"NOT PRESSED" TO "PRESSED"

ALL THRUST LEVERS LOWER

OR AT IDLE POSITION

AT LEAST ONE THROTTLE

LEVER ON REVERSE

GROUND SPOILERS ARMED

SPOILER
DEFLECTION

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C ALL

GROUND SPOILERS OUT

N_MM_279000_0_EVM0_01_00

Page 33
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

WHEEL SPEED

6 Kts

VC=0
SEC OK AND ENGAGED

SPL1 EXTENSION
CONDITION
UPON SPD BRK
LEVER ORDER

BOTH LGCIU OK

L/H M.L.G COMPRESSED

R/H M.L.G COMPRESSED

ALT

10 Fts

N_MM_279000_0_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-90-00-20400-A SHEET 1

Logic Conditions for Spoiler 1 Extension on the ground

27-90-00 PB001

Page 34
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

AES

FIGURE 27-90-00-29000-A SHEET 1

Flight/Ground Logic ELAC

27-90-00 PB001
IN ELAC 2

IN ELAC 1

SECI = SEC1
SECJ = SEC3

SECI = SEC1
SECJ = SEC2

GROUND SPOILERS EXTENDED FROM SECI

GROUND SPOILERS EXTENDED FROM SECJ

50FT

L L/G COMPRESSED
R L/G COMPRESSED

LGCIU2

ALTITUDE

L L/G COMPRESSED
R L/G COMPRESSED

LGCIU1

GROUND

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

** On A/C ALL

N_MM_279000_0_BAM0_01_00

Page 35
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CONTROL INPUTS INTERFACE AND POWER SUPPLY DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.

General
To accomplish the computations of laws and control loops, the flight controls computers use data from following
components:
. 2 side stick controllers used for pitch and roll manual control (ELAC and SEC)
. 1 speedbrake control transducer unit used for SPD-BRK function and GND-SPLR function preselection (SEC).
. 6 transducer units used:
. one for yaw damper jacks position monitoring (FAC)
. one for rudder position detection for surface position indication on ECAM CRT
. two for rudder pedal position indication to deliver this information to ELACs
. two for elevator control
. 6 pressure switches used for monitoring the pressure in the three hydraulic systems (Ref. ATA 29) (ELAC and
SEC).
. 3 pressure transducers used for monitoring of the hydraulic system pressure (ELAC).
. 2 throttle control units. Then components-delivered signals to the FADECs for engine control and to the SECs
for ground spoiler function.

AES

27-92-00 PB001

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
2.

Component Location

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-12300-A - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-12800-A - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-12400-A - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-12500-A - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-12900-A - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-12600-A - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-12700-A - Component Location)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
I
FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
I PANELIZONEIACCESS I
ATA
I
I
I
I DOOR I
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------4CE1
SSTU-ROLL CTL, CAPT
193VU 211
27-92-41
4CE2
SSTU-ROLL CTL, F/O
182VU 212
27-92-41
4CE3
SSTU-PITCH CTL, CAPT
193VU 211
27-92-41
4CE4
SSTU-PITCH CTL, F/O
182VU 212
27-92-41
7CE
XDCR UNIT-SPD BRK CTL
11VU 210
27-92-14
25CE1
XDCR UNIT-PEDAL POS, L
121
27-92-15
25CE2
XDCR UNIT-PEDAL POS, R
122
27-92-15
2CC
XCDR UNIT-YAW DAMPER POS
325
27-26-17
42WV
XDCR UNIT-RUDDER POS
325
27-25-17
49CE1
XDCR UNIT-ELEVATOR POS,L
27-92-13
49CE2
XDCR UNIT-ELEVATOR POS,R
27-92-13
12CE1
ACCLRM-1
131
27-92-16
12CE2
ACCLRM-2
132
27-92-16
12CE3
ACCLRM-3
131
27-92-16
12CE4
ACCLRM-4
132
27-92-16
10CE1
PRESSURE SWITCH-HYDRAULIC
140
27-92-17
10CE2
PRESSURE SWITCH-HYDRAULIC
140
27-92-17
10CE3
PRESSURE SWITCH-HYDRAULIC
140
27-92-17
8KS1
CTL UNIT-THROTTLE, ENG 1
210
73-92-19
8KS2
CTL UNIT-THROTTLE, ENG 2
210
73-92-19
23CE1
ANN-SIDE STICK PRIORITY, CAPT
131VU 211
27-92-00
23CE2
ANN-SIDE STICK PRIORITY, F/O
130VU 212
27-92-00
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-12300-A - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-12800-A - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-12400-A - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-12500-A - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-12900-A - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-12600-A - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-12700-A - Component Location)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
I
FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
I PANELIZONEIACCESS I
ATA
I
I
I
I DOOR I
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------4CE1
SSTU-ROLL CTL, CAPT
193VU 211
27-92-41

AES

27-92-00 PB001

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4CE2
4CE3
4CE4
7CE
25CE1
25CE2
2CC
42WV
49CE1
49CE2
12CE1
12CE2
12CE3
12CE4
10CE1
10CE2
10CE3
8KS1
8KS2
23CE1
23CE2
74CE

AES

SSTU-ROLL CTL, F/O

SSTU-PITCH CTL, CAPT
SSTU-PITCH CTL, F/O
XDCR UNIT-SPD BRK CTL
XDCR UNIT-PEDAL POS, L
XDCR UNIT-PEDAL POS, R
XCDR UNIT-YAW DAMPER POS
XDCR UNIT-RUDDER POS
XDCR UNIT-ELEVATOR POS,L
XDCR UNIT-ELEVATOR POS,R
ACCLRM-1
ACCLRM-2
ACCLRM-3
ACCLRM-4
PRESSURE SWITCH-HYDRAULIC
PRESSURE SWITCH-HYDRAULIC
PRESSURE SWITCH-HYDRAULIC
CTL UNIT-THROTTLE, ENG 1
CTL UNIT-THROTTLE, ENG 2
ANN-SIDE STICK PRIORITY, CAPT
ANN-SIDE STICK PRIORITY, F/O
FORCE TRANSDUCER UNIT

182VU
193VU
182VU
11VU

131VU
130VU

212
211
212
210
121
122
325
325

131
132
131
132
140
140
140
210
210
211
212
121

27-92-41
27-92-41
27-92-41
27-92-14
27-92-15
27-92-15
27-26-17
27-25-17
27-92-13
27-92-13
27-92-16
27-92-16
27-92-16
27-92-16
27-92-17
27-92-17
27-92-17
73-92-19
73-92-19
27-92-00
27-92-00
27-92-27

27-92-00 PB001

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
3.

Operation
A.

Side Stick Controller

(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-14600-C - Side Stick Controller)
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-14700-B - Side Stick Transducer Unit Internal Wiring)
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-14800-A - Side Stick Immobilized In A/P Mode (Principle))
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-14900-A - Side Stick Assembly)
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-15000-A - Side Stick Transducer Unit)
Two side stick controllers are used for pitch and roll manual control one on the captain lateral console, another
one on the first officer lateral console.
The two side sticks are electrically coupled.
The arm rest is fixed on the seat.
General concept is a fail safe concept i.e. mainly that a single failure provides:
. Neither total loss of artificial feel
. Nor undetected uncontrolled pilot order.
The hand grip includes 2 switches:
. A/P disconnect pushbutton is used for:
A/P disconnection in A/P mode
Priority logic between sticks in manual mode
. Push-to-talk button.
The red light of the ANN-SIDE STICK PRIORITY, CAPT (23CE1) or ANN-SIDE STICK PRIORITY, F/O
(23CE2) comes on in front of the pilot who has lost the priority.
The green light of the ANN-SIDE STICK PRIORITY, CAPT (23CE1) or ANN-SIDE STICK PRIORITY, F/O
(23CE2) comes on in front of the pilot who has priority as long as the side stick which has not priority is not a
zero.
In case of simultaneous action on CAPT and F/O side sticks, the green lights of ANN-SIDE STICK PRIORITY,
CAPT (23CE1) and ANN-SIDE STICK PRIORITY, F/O (23CE2) flash at the same time.
Space provision is provided for mounting of a datum-adjust button (used in A/P mode).
The side stick includes:
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-14600-C - Side Stick Controller)
. a hand grip
. a protection boot
. two axes
. two spring rods for pitch artificial feel
. two springs for roll artificial feel.
. two transducer units ; one for roll, the other one for pitch
. one solenoid to introduce ; in AP mode, a higher threshold to move the side stick out of the zero position.
(1) Transducer units associated to side stick controllers
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-15000-A - Side Stick Transducer Unit)
. Two identical transducer units are associated to each controller one for roll control, another one for
pitch control.
. Four sets of 3 plastic track potentiometers are fitted in each unit.
The design is fail safe from the mechanical inputs (two input levers) to the input drive of each
potentiometer set. The purpose of this design is to avoid the loss of the mechanical drive of more than
one potentiometer set subsequent to a single mechanical failure.
. The gear ratio between unit input and potentiometer sets is 3.
The unit mid stroke position is accurately determined by a rigging pin between input levers and the
body. The potentiometers are rigged to mid stroke for this input lever position in the unit manufacturer
facilities.

AES

27-92-00 PB001

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Then no electrical rigging is needed when a transducer unit is replaced. The hand grip being maintained
to zero by artificial feel threshold and the unit input being fixed to mid stroke by the pin, the length of
the two input rods is adjusted to connect each of them to the corresponding input lever.
The rigging pin is removed after mechanical connection is achieved.
Ten potentiometers are used in each transducer unit used for roll control, one potentiometer being
associated to each COM and each MON unit of the 2 ELACs and 3 SECs. The COM and MON units
of each computer do not use potentiometers of the same group.
Only 8 potentiometers, 2 in each group, are used in each transducer unit used for pitch control.
They are associated to the two ELACs and to SEC 1 and 2. The COM and MON units of each
computer use potentiometers of the same group.
Each potentiometer track power supply is achieved by the associated computer unit.
The position signal is delivered between the sliding contact and the mid point of the track.
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-14700-B - Side Stick Transducer Unit Internal Wiring)
For the internal wiring of the SSTU.
B.

Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit

(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-15400-A - Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit)
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-15500-A - Transducer Unit Internal Wiring)
The speedbrake control is achieved through a specific unit located on the aft left part of the center pedestal.
This unit is also used for ground spoiler function pre-selection.
The control lever zero position is locked in maximum forward position and the lever is moved in aft direction to
extend speedbrakes. It is necessary to push the handle to move the lever out of the zero position.
. Ground spoiler preselection is achieved from zero position by pulling the handle (a slight lever forward
position is then induced due to the special mechanical design).
. The input lever drives one end of a fail safe axis which has a friction brake at the other end to provide an
artificial feel and to freeze the lever position when it is out of the zero selection.
. A duplicate system is used to drive two sets of 3 plastic track potentiometers with a gear ratio of 3.
The mechanical design is such that a single mechanical failure is not able to cause simultaneous loss of the
two potentiometer drives or to disconnect input lever and to forbid in the same time the brake to freeze the
position.
NOTE :

C.

AES

- The COM unit of each SEC computer is connected to one potentiometer of one set, the MON unit
being connected to a potentiometer of the other set.
- Electrical characteristics of the potentiometers are the same as for potentiometers fitted in the side
stick control unit.
- Potentiometers are rigged to mid stroke position for selector lever in zero position.

Transducer Unit
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-15900-B - Rudder Mechanical Control)
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-16000-A - Transducer Unit)
Two types of transducer unit are used:
. The first type is fitted with 2 RVDTs energized by 26V 400Hz.
. The second type is fitted with 2 RVDTs energized by 7V 1953Hz.
Two transducer units of the first type are used:
. One for feedback information for yaw damper actuator position monitoring.
. One for rudder position detection for surface position indication on ECAM CRT (in this case only one of the
two transducers is used).
Four transducer units of the second type are used .
Two for rudder pedal position,and two for elevator position for indication, to deliver this information to ELACs.
. Each unit includes:
One input lever with stops to limit the stroke.
Two THOMSON RVDT transducers.
. A rigging pin to immobilize the lever in the zero position : it is associated to a spring box to disengage it
when it is no longer pushed.

27-92-00 PB001

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Two connecting plugs each one dedicated to one transducer.
Each transducer is driven by the input lever through a homocinetic joint with a gear ratio of 1.
D. Accelerometer
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-16400-A - Accelerometer)
Vertical acceleration values are needed for pitch control laws computation and also for load alleviation function.
Four specific accelerometers are fitted in the fuselage for this purpose.
. The accelerometer is servo-accelerometer type.
. Each of them receives + 28VDC and delivers on four separate outputs an analog signal representative of the
vertical acceleration referenced to the aircraft body.
. Each output is connected to a COM or MON unit of an ELAC or SEC.
** On A/C 006-099
E.

FTU (74CE)
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-16500-A - FTU)
. The force transducer unit is used to measure pilots forces applied on the pedals. This information is not
used in flight control system but transmitted to the FCDC to be recorded by the Digital Flight Data
Recorder.
.

The load cell detects the buckling of the rod generated by the pilot-induced loads applied to the rudder
pedals. It then sends a corresponding signal to the electronic card for digital conversion and encoding. The
resulting signal is sent to the FCDC.
The rod can be adjusting by means of a micrometric system (see detail A).

** On A/C ALL

AES

F.

Hydraulic Pressure Switches (10CE1, 10CE2, 10CE3)

(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-17200-A - Hydraulic Pressure Switch)
The three identical hydraulic pressure switches feed the ELAC 1, 2 and SEC 1, 2 3 with information about the
pressurized or non-pressurized status of the Green, Blue and Yellow hydraulic systems.
The pressure switch is cylindrical with a hydraulic connection at one end and an electrical connector receptable
at the other end.
The switch assembly is made of two main sections, the hydraulic part and the electrical part. The hydraulic part
contains a hydraulically-operated piston which moves a diaphragm. The diaphragm forms the seal between the
hydraulic and electrical parts of the switch.
The movement of the diaphragm is transferred to a piston which moves a pressure plate. The pressure plate
touches a disk spring which is connected to the switch actuator. The switch actuator touches the switching
element. The switching element itself is a sub-miniature microswitch.
The switch assembly is made so that a click of the disk spring operates the switching element. Thus, the switch
always operates at the same pressure and there is no variation because of contact wear or vibration.
The nominal pressure detected is 100 +5 bar or -5 bar (1450.3770 +72.5189 psi or -72.5189 psi).

G.

Throttle Control Unit

(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-18000-A - Throttle Control Unit)
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-18100-A - Throttle Control Levers)
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-18200-A - R Throttle Control Unit - Wiring Diagram)
One throttle control unit is associated to each throttle control lever.
These components send electrical signals function of the throttle input lever position to the FADECs for engine
control and also to the SECs they give for GND SPLR function:
. idle position when autothrust system is not engaged.
. reverse selection.
The throttle control unit includes:
. an input lever with stops for stroke limitation.
. two resolvers for engine control, electrically connected to the relevant FADEC.
. two sets of three plastic track potentiometers electrically connected to the SECs.

27-92-00 PB001

Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
.
.
.

.
.
.

AES

A duplicate drive system for transducers.

Four electrical plugs.
The input lever zero position is accurately determined by a rigging pin between input lever and body.
The potentiometers are rigged to mid stroke and resolvers to zero for this input lever position which
corresponds to idle selection.
The design is such that no single mechanical failure is able to cause the loss of the two potentiometer sets
without loss of resolver drive.
Potentiometer sets are the same as those fitted in SPD BRK control transducer unit and in side stick
transducer unit.
Each SEC control and monitoring unit receives signals from two potentiometers of the same unit, one of
each set of potentiometer (to enable detection of a potentiometer drive rupture).
Electrical characteristics of potentiometers are monitored by SECs as previously described for the other
potentiometers.
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-18100-A - Throttle Control Levers)
This figure shows mechanical liaison between the control unit and throttle levers on the center pedestal.
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-00-18200-A - R Throttle Control Unit - Wiring Diagram)

27-92-00 PB001

Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

C
TRANSDUCER
UNITS

4CE1,4CE3
4CE2,4CE4
SIDE STICK
TRANSDUCER UNIT
N_MM_279200_0_AAB0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Component Location

27-92-00 PB001

Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
B

D
TRANSDUCER UNIT
25CE1, 25CE2 PEDAL POS.
2cc YAW DAMPER POS.
42WV RUDDER POS.

D
D
D

N_MM_279200_0_AAC0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-12400-A SHEET 1

Component Location

27-92-00 PB001

Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
A

D
B
C

D
A
C

R ELEVATOR

L ELEVATOR

C
TRANSDUCER UNIT
25CE1,25CE2 PEDAL POS.
49CE1,49CE2 ELEV.POS.

N_MM_279200_0_AMM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-12500-A SHEET 1

Component Location

27-92-00 PB001

Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
B

GND
RET

SPEED
BRAKE

1/2

FULL

RET

1/2

FULL

7CE
SPD.BRK.CTL.
TRANSDUCER UNIT

8KS1 8KS2
THROTTLE
CONTROL UNIT
N_MM_279200_0_AAD0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-12600-A SHEET 1

Component Location

27-92-00 PB001

Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z130

12CE1
12CE4

Z140

10CE1

10CE2

10CE3

12CE2

12CE3

FR31
FR32

PRESSURE SWITCH
HYDRAULIC

C
12CE1

12CE2

12CE3

12CE4
BLUE HYDRAULICS
COMPT
GREEN HYDRAULICS
COMPT

YELLOW HYDRAULICS
COMPT

D
E

ACCELEROMETER
N_MM_279200_0_AAE0_01_01

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-12700-A SHEET 1

Component Location

27-92-00 PB001

Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

B
130VU
CHRONO

130VU
CHRONO

MASTER

MASTER

WARN

WARN
SIDE STICK PRIORITY

SIDE STICK PRIORITY

CAPT

F/O

MASTER
CAUT

MASTER

ANNSIDE STICK PRIORITY / CAPT

23CE1

CAUT

ANNSIDE STICK PRIORITY / F/O

23CE2

N_MM_279200_0_AAG0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-12800-A SHEET 1

Component Location

27-92-00 PB001

Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

TRANSDUCER UNIT
2cc YAW DAMPER POS.
42WV RUDDER POS.

B
B

N_MM_279200_0_ANM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-12900-A SHEET 1

Component Location

27-92-00 PB001

Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

HAND GRIP

DAMPER

DAMPER

PITCH ARTIFICIAL FEEL

TRANSDUCER UNITS

N_MM_279200_0_ADM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-14600-C SHEET 1

Side Stick Controller

27-92-00 PB001

Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

COMMAND UNIT

MONITOR UNIT

CONNECTOR : A

CONNECTOR : B

ELAC 1

1
2
3
4

1
2
3
4

ELAC 1

SEC 1

10
11
12
13

10
11
12
13

SEC 1

SPARE

19
20
21
22

19
20
21
22

SPARE

ELAC 2

6
7
8
9

6
7
8
9

ELAC 2

SEC 2

15
16
17
18

15
16
17
18

SEC 2

SEC 3

23
24
25
26

23
24
25
26

SEC 3

14

(FOR ROLL AXIS ONLY)

(FOR ROLL AXIS ONLY)

SIDE STICK TRANSDUCER UNIT INTERNAL WIRING

N_MM_279200_0_BGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-14700-B SHEET 1

Side Stick Transducer Unit Internal Wiring

27-92-00 PB001

Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

ROLL ARTIFICIAL SPRING FEEL

ROLL DAMPER

STICK LOCKS

ROLL TRANSDUCER UNIT

PITCH ARTIFICIAL SPRING FEEL

STICKLOCK SOLENOID
BALANCE WEIGHT

PITCH TRANSDUCER UNIT

PITCH DAMPER

N_MM_279200_0_AJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-14800-A SHEET 1

Side Stick Immobilized In A/P Mode (Principle)

27-92-00 PB001

Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

HAND GRIP

RIGGING
& LOCKING PIN

ARTIFICIAL FEEL

RIGGING
PIN

RIGGING
PIN
TRANSDUCER
UNITS

N_MM_279200_0_AKM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-14900-A SHEET 1

Side Stick Assembly

27-92-00 PB001

Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

CONNECTOR B
CONNECTOR A

INPUT LEVERS

RINGGING PIN

N_MM_279200_0_ALM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-15000-A SHEET 1

Side Stick Transducer Unit

27-92-00 PB001

Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

GND SMRS ARMED

RET
SPEED
BRAKE

1/2

FULL

RET

1/2

FULL

N_MM_279200_0_BAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-15400-A SHEET 1

Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit

27-92-00 PB001

Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
POSITION 1

SEC 1 COM

POSITION 7

SEC 3 COM

SEC 2 COM

LIGHTED PLATE +
CONNECTION

SEC 1 MON

SEC 3 MON

POSITION 1

A
B
N
P
G
H
J
T
E

CONNECTOR : A

A
B
C
D
E
F

CONNECTOR : C

F
E
D
C
B
A

CONNECTOR : D

E
T
J
H
G
P
N
B
A

CONNECTOR : B

SEC 2 MON

POSITION 7

N_MM_279200_0_BCM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-15500-A SHEET 1

Transducer Unit Internal Wiring

27-92-00 PB001

Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

SERVO CONTROL

CENTERING SPRING ROD

TRAVEL LIMITATION UNIT

RACK ASSEMBLY
STOPS
RVDT BOX

PIN HOLE

BELLCRANK
PIN HOLE
PIN
HOLES

SOLENOID
TENSION REGULATOR
ARTIFICIAL FEEL SPRING ROD
TRIM SCREWJACK

YAW DAMPER TRANSDUCER UNIT

TRIM ACTUATOR
PIN HOLE
YAW DAMPER ACTUATOR (CHAP.22)

YAW DAMPER
RETURN SPRING ROD

TRANSDUCER UNIT

PIN HOLE
N_MM_279200_0_CBM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-15900-B SHEET 1

Rudder Mechanical Control

27-92-00 PB001

Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

INPUT LEVER

CONNECTORS

RINGGING PIN

N_MM_279200_0_CJM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-16000-A SHEET 1

Transducer Unit

27-92-00 PB001

Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

CONNECTOR

N_MM_279200_0_DAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-16400-A SHEET 1

Accelerometer

27-92-00 PB001

Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C 006-099
+12V

12V
LOAD
CELL

+5V
0V
28V

CELL FAULT

INTERNAL
SUPPLY

RELAY
SUPPLY

CONNECTOR

B
A
SUPPLY FAULT

D
E

TRANSMITTER
ARINC
429

OUTPUT
ARINC 429

ENCODING
ARINC
429

CONVERTER
ANALOGUE/DIGITAL

ELECTRONIC CARD

B
SECTION

AA

SECTION

BB
LOAD CELL

CONNECTOR

ELECTRONIC CARD
N_MM_279200_0_AAA0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-16500-A SHEET 1

FTU

27-92-00 PB001

Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

DISC
SPRING

DIAPHRAGM

HYDRAULIC
PORT

SWITCH ACTUATOR

PISTON
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR

PRESSURE
PLATE

SWITCHING
ELEMENT

C
B
P

N_MM_279200_0_EAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-17200-A SHEET 1

Hydraulic Pressure Switch

27-92-00 PB001

Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

INPUT LEVER

RIGGING PIN

CONNECTORS

N_MM_279200_0_GAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-18000-A SHEET 1

Throttle Control Unit

27-92-00 PB001

Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
MAX
CONTINUOUS
+ 35

MAX
CLIMB + 25 FIT
0
IDLE
6

MAX
TAKE OFF
+ 45

FULL REVERSE
20

MECHANICAL STOP

TCU ARTIFICIAL FEEL

UNIT AXIS
FFT (FRICTION POINT)

TO
SEC

(2 x 3)
POTENTIOMETER
TO FLT CTL

TO FADEC

COS
SIN

SIN
COS

8KS1 (8KS2) THROTTLE

CTL UNIT TLA
ENG 1 (ENG 2)

TO FADEC
N_MM_279200_0_GEM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-18100-A SHEET 1

Throttle Control Levers

27-92-00 PB001

Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

TO FADEC

TO SEC COMPUTERS

S1
S3
S2
S4
R3
R1

R1
R3
S4
S2
S3
S1

TO SEC COMPUTERS

TO FADEC

N_MM_279200_0_GGM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-00-18200-A SHEET 1

R Throttle Control Unit - Wiring Diagram

27-92-00 PB001

Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CONTROL INPUTS INTERFACE AND POWER SUPPLY DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-92-00-040-003-A
Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE

ACCESS

TEST

SPECIFIC
TOOLS

MHR

E/T

NB MEN

MMEL 27-92-02A
1.

Reason for the Job

MMEL 27-92-02A
Ground Spoiler Control System (FAA only)

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

78-31-00-710-041-A

Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System with the CFDS

78-31-00-710-041-A-01

Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser without the CFDS and Engine not
Running

78-31-00-710-041-A-02

Operational test of the Thrust Reverser without the CFDS and Engine Running

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-92-00-861-052-A
A.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-92-00-865-052-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-92-00 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

FIN
Q19

LOCATION

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-92-00-860-054-A
C.

4.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

On the FLT CTL panel 23VU:

. make sure that the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this pushbutton switch, the
FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(2)

On the FLT CTL panel 24VU:

. make sure that the FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switches are pushed (on
these pushbutton switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

Procedure
Subtask 27-92-00-710-052-B
A.

5.

Do the operational test of the thrust reverser system (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-041-A) or (Ref. TASK
78-31-00-710-041-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-041-A-02)

Close-up
Subtask 27-92-00-862-051-A
A.

AES

Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)

Make an applicable entry in the logbook.

(2)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-92-00 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TRANSDUCER UNIT - ELEVATOR POSITION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-92-13-000-001-A
Removal of the Elevator Position Transducer-Unit
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
CAUTION :

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF CARBONFIBER
REINFORCED PLASTIC.

FIN 49CE1, 49CE2

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98D27903500000

PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-10-00-863-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

AES

27-92-13 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-10-00-863-003-A-01

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-92-13-991-00100-A - Elevator-Servocontrol Position Transducer Unit)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-92-13-860-051-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the elevators and the trimmable horizontal stabilizer controls are set to the neutral
position.

(2)

Engange ELAC 2

Subtask 27-92-13-860-050-A
B.

Pressurize Hydraulic Systems

(1)

Pressurize the Green, Yellow, and Blue hydraulic systems. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-002-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01)

Subtask 27-92-13-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-92-13-481-050-A
D.

Install Locking Devices

(1)

Put the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) in the CAPT and F/O side stick controllers.

Subtask 27-92-13-941-050-A
E.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.

(2)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zones 334 and/or 344.

Subtask 27-92-13-020-050-A
F.

Access
(1)

4.

Open the horizontal stabilizer trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A).
For 49 CE1 remove panels 334BT and 334DB
For 49 CE2 remove panels 344BT and 344DB

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-13-991-00100-A - Elevator-Servocontrol Position Transducer Unit)

AES

27-92-13 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-92-13-020-052-A
A.

Disconnect the Bonding Strap and the Electrical Connectors

(1)

Disconnect the bonding strap from the control rod.

(2)

Remove the nut (11), the washer (10), and the bolt (8). Disconnect the bonding strap (9).

(3)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (3) from the receptacles (2).

(4)

Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

Subtask 27-92-13-020-051-A
B.

Removal of the Elevator Position Transducer

(1)

Make sure that the rigging pin can be inserted in the elevator position transducer
NOTE :

AES

The rigging pin is part of the position transducer

(2)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (14).

(3)

Remove the nut (13), the washer (12), the bolt (5) and the bush (6) which attach the control rod (7)
to the elevator position transducer (1).

(4)

Remove the control rod (7) from the elevator position transducer (1).

(5)

Remove the bolts (24) and the washers (25) which attach the mounting bracket (15) to its supports.

(6)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (18) and (22).

(7)

Remove the nuts (17), the washers (16) and the lower attaching bolts (4).

(8)

Remove the nut (21), the washer (20) and the upper attaching bolt (19).

(9)

Remove the elevator position transducer (1) from the mounting bracket (15).

27-92-13 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z340
HINGE ARM 2

B
Z330

HINGE ARM 2
24
23

17
18

16

19

B
20

21

22

49CE1
49CE2

15
5
6
3

24
4

23
12

RIGGING
PIN

13

9
8

14

11

10

N_MM_279213_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-13-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Elevator-Servocontrol Position Transducer Unit

27-92-13 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-92-13-400-001-A
Installation of the Elevator Position Transducer-Unit
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A FALL CAN
INJURE OR KILL YOU.
CAUTION :

DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF CARBONFIBER
REINFORCED PLASTIC.

FIN 49CE1, 49CE2

1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY

DESIGNATION
Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

98D27903500000

PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 16-003
Material No: 19-010
C.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
14
18
22

DESIGNATION
cotter pin
cotter pin
cotter pin

D.

IPC-CSN
27-92-13-01-050
27-92-13-01-050
27-92-13-01-050

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-34-00-710-001-A

AES

DESIGNATION
STRUCTURE PAINTS
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA

DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation

27-92-13 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
29-10-00-863-001-A

DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-002-A

Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-003-A

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply

29-10-00-863-003-A-01

Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

55-13-11-000-001-A

Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

55-13-11-400-001-A

Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

(Ref. Fig. 27-92-13-991-00100-A - Elevator-Servocontrol Position Transducer Unit)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-92-13-860-052-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the elevators and the trimmable horizontal stabilizer controls are set to the neutral
position.

(2)

Make sure that the hydraulic systems are pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A), (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-002-A), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A) or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).

(3)

Make sure that the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) is in the CAPT and F/O side stick
controllers.

(4)

Make sure that the warning notices are in the flight compartment to tell persons not to operate the
flight controls.

(5)

Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons not to operate the hydraulic systems.

(6)

Make sure that the access platforms are in position at zone 334 and/or zone 344.

(7)

Make sure that the horizontal stabilizer trailing edge access panels 334BT,334DB and/or 344BT,344DB
are open (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001-A).

Subtask 27-92-13-865-054-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
Subtask 27-92-13-420-050-A
A.

Installation of the Elevator Position Transducer

(Ref. Fig. 27-92-13-991-00100-A - Elevator-Servocontrol Position Transducer Unit)
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND
DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.

AES

27-92-13 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Hold the mounting bracket (15) and put the elevator position transducer (1) in position.

(2)

Install the upper attachment bolt (19) thru the mounting bracket (15) and the elevator position
transducer (1) and install the washer (20) and the nut (21).

(3)

Tighten the nut (21) and safety with (IPC-CSN 27-92-13-01) cotter pin (22)

(4)

Install the lower attachment bolts (4) thru the elevator position transducer (1) and the mounting
bracket (15) and install the washers (16) and the nuts (17).

(5)

Tighten the nuts (17) and safety with (IPC-CSN 27-92-13-01) cotter pin (18) .

(6)

Install the mounting bracket (15) to its supports with the washers (25) and the bolts (24).

(7)

Put the control rod (7) in position on the elevator position transducer (1).

(8)

Insert the rigging pin into the elevator position transducer (1).
NOTE :

(9)

The rigging pin is part of the elevator position transducer.

Install the bush (6).

(10) Install the bolt (5). If the bolt cannot be installed easily, adjust the length of the control rod (7) as
follows:
(a)

Release the locking nut and the locking washer.

(b)

Adjust the control rod eye-end. Make sure that the eye-end is in safety.

(c)

Engage the locking washer. Tighten the locking nut and safety with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL
ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

(11) Install the bolt (5), the washer (12) and the nut (13).
(12) Torque the nut (13) to between 0.5 and 0.6 M.DAN (44.25 and 53.10 LBF.IN) and safety with (IPCCSN 27-92-13-01) cotter pin (14) .
Subtask 27-92-13-420-052-A
B.

5.

Connection of the electrical connectors and the bonding straps

(1)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (3) and receptacles (2).

(2)

Connect the electrical connectors (3) to the receptacles (2).

(3)

Connect the bonding strap (9) with the bolt (8), the washer (10) and the nut (11).

(4)

Apply a coat of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-003) to the bonding connection.

Close-up
Subtask 27-92-13-410-050-A
A.

Visual Inspection
(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

Subtask 27-92-13-010-050-A
B.

Close Access
(1)

Close the trailing edge access panels 334BT,334DB and/or 344BT,344DB. (Ref. TASK
55-13-11-400-001-A).

Subtask 27-92-13-942-050-A
C.

Remove Ground Equipment

(1)

AES

Remove the warning notice(s).

27-92-13 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 27-92-13-081-050-A
D.

Remove Locking Devices

(1)

Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from the CAPT and F/O side stick
controllers.

Subtask 27-92-13-865-053-A
E.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

Subtask 27-92-13-720-050-A
F.

Operational Test
(1)

AES

Do an operational test of the elevator and hydraulic actuation (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-710-001-A).

27-92-13 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LEVER - SPEED BRAKE CONTROL ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-92-14-000-001-A
Removal of the Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
CAUTION :

TO PREVENT POSSIBLE CROSS-CONNECTION OF THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS, MAKE SURE

THAT PLUGS AND RECEPTACLES ARE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED.

FIN 7CE
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210
822

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-92-14-000-002-A

Removal of the Lighted Plate

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-24-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION

(Ref. Fig. 27-92-14-991-00100-A - Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit)

AES

27-92-14 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-92-14-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the SPEED BRAKE control lever is in the RET position.

(2)

Make sure that hydraulic systems are depressurized

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A)

Subtask 27-92-14-010-050-A
B.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.

(2)

Open the access door 822.

(3)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 27-92-14-865-050-A
C.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

122VU

LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL

AND/PED

4LF

Y04

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-14-991-00100-A - Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit)
Subtask 27-92-14-020-050-A
A.

Removal of the Speed Brake control unit

(1)

Remove the Lighted Plate.

(a)

AES

(Ref. TASK 27-92-14-000-002-A)

(2)

Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2).

(3)

Lift the unit (3).

(4)

Disconnect the connectors (4), (5), (6) and (7).

(5)

Remove the unit (3).

(6)

Put CAP - BLANKING on the connectors (4), (5), (6), (7) and on the connectors of the unit (3).

27-92-14 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

GND
RET

SPEED
BRAKE

1/2

FULL

RET

1/2

FULL

B
1
2

7CE

4
7

N_MM_279214_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-14-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit

27-92-14 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-92-14-400-001-A
Installation of the Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
CAUTION :

WHEN YOU CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS, MAKE SURE THAT YOU CONNECT EACH
PLUG TO THE CORRECT RECEPTACLE (USE THE IDENTIFICATION MARKS).

FIN 7CE
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210
822

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
27-92-14-400-002-A

Installation of the Lighted Plate

27-94-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Spoiler Elevator Computer 3 (SEC 3)

27-94-00-710-002-A

Operational Test of the Spoiler Elevator Computer 1 (SEC 1)

27-94-00-710-003-A

Operational Test of the Spoiler Elevator Computer 2 (SEC 2)

29-10-00-864-003-A

Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-24-00-864-001-A

DESIGNATION

(Ref. Fig. 27-92-14-991-00100-A - Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit)

3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-92-14-860-051-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

AES

Make sure that hydraulic systems are depressurized

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

27-92-14 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access door
822.

(3)

Make sure that the access door 822 is open.

(4)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. make sure that the protective cover is removed.

Subtask 27-92-14-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

122VU

LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL

AND/PED

4LF

Y04

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-14-991-00100-A - Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit)
Subtask 27-92-14-420-050-A
A.

Installation of the Speed Brake Lever Control

(1)

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3)

Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (4), (5), (6), (7) and from the connectors of the unit.

(4)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(5)

Connect the connectors (4), (5), (6), (7) to the unit (3).

(6)

Put the unit (3) in position.

(7)

Install the washers (2) and the screws (1) and tighten.

(8)

Install the Lighted Plate.

(a)

(Ref. TASK 27-92-14-400-002-A)

Subtask 27-92-14-865-052-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

122VU

LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL

AND/PED

4LF

Y04

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-92-14 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-92-14-710-050-A
C.

Test
(1)

(2)

Do this Test.
(a)

Make sure that the SPEED BRAKE control lever is free to move along its travel.

(b)

Make sure that each hard point agrees with the position mark on the unit.

(c)

Make sure that it is possible to do the GND SPLRS ARMED preselection.

(d)

Put again the lever in the RET position.

Operational Test
(a)

Do the operational test of the SEC system (Ref. TASK 27-94-00-710-001-A), (Ref. TASK
27-94-00-710-002-A) and (Ref. TASK 27-94-00-710-003-A).
NOTE :

5.

Move the SPEED BRAKE control lever over full travel and make sure that no failure
indication is shown on the ECAM display unit.

Close-up
Subtask 27-92-14-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2)

Tighten the two screws.

(3)

Close the access door 822.

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-92-14 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-92-14-000-002-A
Removal of the Lighted Plate
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210
822

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-10-00-864-003-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-24-00-864-001-A

(Ref. Fig. 27-92-14-991-00200-A - Lighted Plate of the Speed Brake Control Lever)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-92-14-860-052-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the SPEED BRAKE control lever is in the RET position.

(2)

Make sure that hydraulic systems are depressurized

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A)

Subtask 27-92-14-010-051-A
B.

AES

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.

(2)

Open the access door 822.

(3)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

27-92-14 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-92-14-865-053-A
C.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

122VU

LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL

AND/PED

4LF

Y04

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-14-991-00200-A - Lighted Plate of the Speed Brake Control Lever)
Subtask 27-92-14-020-052-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Lighted Plate

(1)

Remove the slot headed screw (11).

(2)

Remove the handle (10) and the O-ring (15).

(3)

Remove the screws (12)

(4)

Remove the lighted plate (13)

27-92-14 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

GND
RET

SPEED
BRAKE

RET

1/2

1/2

FULL

FULL

B
10
11

15

14
12

13

N_MM_279214_4_ACM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-14-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Lighted Plate of the Speed Brake Control Lever

27-92-14 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-92-14-400-002-A
Installation of the Lighted Plate
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1.

Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 08-007

C.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

DESIGNATION
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
THREADLOCKER/SEALANT

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

210
822

ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD

D.

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
15

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-92-14-01-030

O-ring
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-10-00-864-003-A

DESIGNATION
Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-23-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

29-24-00-864-001-A

(Ref. Fig. 27-92-14-991-00200-A - Lighted Plate of the Speed Brake Control Lever)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-92-14-860-053-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the SPEED BRAKE control lever is in the RET position.

(2)

Make sure that hydraulic systems are depressurized

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).

27-92-14 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access door
822.

(4)

Make sure that the access door 822 is open.

(5)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. make sure that the protective cover is removed.

Subtask 27-92-14-865-054-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

122VU

LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL

AND/PED

4LF

Y04

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-14-991-00200-A - Lighted Plate of the Speed Brake Control Lever)
Subtask 27-92-14-420-052-A
A.

Installation of the Lighted Plate

(1)

Put the lighted plate (13) in position on the unit

(2)

Install the screws (12).

(3)

Install the new (IPC-CSN 27-92-14-01) O-ring (15) on the lever (14).

(4)

Install the handle (10).

(5)

Install the slot headed screw (11) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-007) .

Subtask 27-92-14-865-055-A
B.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

FIN
B08

LOCATION

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

122VU

LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL

AND/PED

4LF

Y04

Subtask 27-92-14-210-051-A
C.

AES

Do this test
(1)

Make sure that the speedbrake control lever is free to move along its travel.

(2)

Make sure that each hard point agrees with the position mark on the unit.

(3)

Make sure that it is possible to do the GND SPLRS ARMED preselection.

27-92-14 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4)
5.

Put again the lever in the RET position.

Close-up
Subtask 27-92-14-410-051-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2)

Tighten the two screws.

(3)

Close the access door 822.

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

27-92-14 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TRANSDUCER UNIT - PEDAL POSITION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-92-15-000-001-A
Removal of the Pedal Position Transducer Unit
FIN 25CE1, 25CE2
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98A27901002000

PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

121
122
811, 822
C.

ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-15-991-00100-A - Pedal Position Transducer Unit)
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-15-991-00100-A - Pedal Position Transducer Unit)
Subtask 27-92-15-860-050-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to operate the pedals.

(2)

On the panel 110VU, put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to use the rudder trim.

(3)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 811.

(4)

Open the access door 811.

(5)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.

(6)

Open the access door 822.

(7)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

27-92-15 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8)

Put the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (19) in position on the yaw and
braking bellcranks.

Subtask 27-92-15-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-15-991-00100-A - Pedal Position Transducer Unit)
Subtask 27-92-15-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Transducer Unit

(1)

Disconnect the electrical connectors (13) and (14) from the transducer unit (12).

(2)

Put CAP - BLANKING on the electrical connectors (13) and (14) and on the electrical connectors of
the transducer unit (12).

(3)

Remove and discard the cotter pin (8) remove the nut (7) and the washer (6).

(4)

Remove the bolt (2) and disconnect the rod (5).

(5)

Remove and discard the cotter pins (16) remove the nuts (15) and the washers (17).

(6)

Remove the bolts (1) and remove the transducer unit (12).

27-92-15 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

A
19

811

FR13
19

FR1

B
25CE2

25CE1
15

16

18

17

14
2

13
3
4
5
6

12

7
11
RIGGING PIN

10
9

N_MM_279215_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-15-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Pedal Position Transducer Unit

27-92-15 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-92-15-400-001-A
Installation of the Pedal Position Transducer Unit
FIN 25CE1, 25CE2
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

WARNING NOTICE(S)

98A27901002000

PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL

B.

Consumable Materials
REFERENCE

No specific
C.

DESIGNATION
Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

121
122
811, 822
D.

AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
8
16

ZONE DESCRIPTION

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-21-01-01-010
27-92-01-01-010

cotter pin
cotter pin
E.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

27-24-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation

(Ref. Fig. 27-92-15-991-00100-A - Pedal Position Transducer Unit)

AES

27-92-15 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-92-15-860-051-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to operate the pedals is in position.

(2)

On the panel 110VU, make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to use
the rudder trim.

(3)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access door
811.

(4)

Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

(5)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access door
822.

(6)

Make sure that the access door 822 is open.

(7)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. make sure that the protective cover is removed.

(8)

Make sure that the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (19) is in position on the
yaw and braking bellcranks.

Subtask 27-92-15-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-15-991-00100-A - Pedal Position Transducer Unit)
Subtask 27-92-15-420-050-A
A.

Installation of the Transducer Unit

(1)

Install the transducer unit (12) on its support (18) and install the bolts (1).

(2)

Install the washers (17), install and tighten the nuts (15) and safety with the new (IPC-CSN
27-92-01-01) cotter pin (16) .

(3)

Install the rod (5), install the bolt (2), the washer (6), the nut (7) and tighten safety with the new
(IPC-CSN 27-21-01-01) cotter pin (8) .

CAUTION :

(4)

Push in and hold the pin (11) to lock the input lever of the transducer unit (12) in the zero position.
NOTE :

AES

BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE RIGGING PIN ON THE TRANSDUCER UNIT.
DO NOT USE FORCE TO ENGAGE THE RIGGING PIN IN THE TRANSDUCER UNIT. IF YOU
USE FORCE, THE RIGGING PIN WILL NOT DISENGAGE FREELY AND DAMAGE TO THE
TRANSDUCER UNIT CAN OCCUR.

The pin (11) is a part of the transducer unit (12).

27-92-15 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5)

If you cannot engage the pin (11) freely, adjust the length of the body (3) as follows:
(a)

Cut and remove the lockwires.

(b)

Loosen the nuts (3) and (10) and disengage the lockwashers (4) and (9).

(c)

Adjust the length of the rod (5) until you can engage the bolt (2).

(d)

Engage the lockwashers (4) and (9). Tighten the nuts (3) and (10) and safety them with
Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

(e)

Make sure that you can remove and install freely the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL
(98A27901002000) (19) on the yaw/brake bellcranks. If you cannot, adjust the length of the rod
(5) again. Install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (19) on the
yaw/brake bellcranks.

(6)

Release the pin (11) and make sure that it disengages freely.

(7)

Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (13) and (14).

(8)

Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.

(9)

Connect the electrical connectors (13) and (14) to the transducer unit (12).

Subtask 27-92-15-820-050-A
B.

Preparation for the Test

(1)

Remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (19).

(2)

Make sure that the pin (11) is disengaged from the input lever of the transducer unit (12)

Subtask 27-92-15-861-050-A
C.

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

Subtask 27-92-15-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

FIN

LOCATION

15CE1

B11

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-92-15-865-053-A
E.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-92-15 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PANEL

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

121VU

PTR/SPLY

6TW

J21

121VU

CFDS/TEST PLUG/2

10TW

J20

121VU

CFDS/TEST PLUG/1

9TW

J19

121VU

CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY

2TW

J18

121VU

CFDS/CFDIU/BACK/UP

8TW

J17

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

121VU

AUTO FLT/STICK/LOCK

13CA

N16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-92-15-710-050-C
F.

Test
(1)

On the overhead panel 23VU make sure that:

. The FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches are pushed (on these pushbutton
switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(2)

On the overhead panel 24VU make sure that:

. The FLT CTL/ELAC 2, FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switches are pushed (on
these pushbutton switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(3)

Do this test: .

ACTION
RESULT
1.On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, push the MCDU The MCDU shows the MCDU MENU page.
MENU mode key.
2.Push the line key adjacent to the CFDS indication.

The MCDU shows the CFDS MENU page.

3.Push the line key adjacent to the SYSTEM

REPORT/TEST indication.

The MCDU shows the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page.

4.Push the line key adjacent to the F/CTL indication.

The MCDU shows the F/CTL page.

5.Push the line key adjacent to the EFCS 1 indication.

The MCDU shows the EFCS 1 page.

6.Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND SCAN

indication.
7.Push the line key adjacent to the START GROUND
SCAN indication and wait two minutes.
8.Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND SCAN
STOP indication.
9.Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND REPORT
indication.

The MCDU shows the EFCS 1 GROUND SCAN page.

10.On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the

RETURN indication until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.

The MCDU shows the MCDU MENU page.

(4)

AES

Make sure that the MCDU shows no fault of the transducer

units (25CE1,25CE2).

Do the operational test of the rudder hydraulic actuation (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001-A).

27-92-15 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5.

Close-up
Subtask 27-92-15-410-050-A
A.

AES

Close Access
(1)

Remove the warning notice(s).

(2)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(3)

Close the access door 811.

(4)

Remove the access platform(s).

(5)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-92-15 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACCELEROMETER - FLIGHT CONTROL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-92-16-000-001-A
Removal of the Flight Control Accelerometer
FIN 12CE1, 12CE2, 12CE3, 12CE4
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

No specific

AR

CAP - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

B.

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

131
132
822, 825
FOR FIN 12CE1(ACCLRM-1)

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FORWARD CARGO COMPARTMENT
FORWARD CARGO COMPARTMENT

FOR FIN 12CE3(ACCLRM-3)

131MW
FOR FIN 12CE2(ACCLRM-2)
FOR FIN 12CE4(ACCLRM-4)
132MW
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-16-991-00100-A - Flight Control Accelerometer)
3.

DESIGNATION

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-92-16-010-050-A
A.

Get Access
(1)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 825.

(2)

Open the access door 825.

(3)

Remove the sidewall panel :

(a)

AES

FOR 12CE1 (ACCLRM-1), 12CE3 (ACCLRM-3)

131MW

27-92-16 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b)

FOR 12CE2 (ACCLRM-2), 12CE4 (ACCLRM-4)

132MW

(4)

Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.

(5)

Open the access door 822

(6)

At the battery power center 105VU:

. loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.

Subtask 27-92-16-865-050-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
FOR FIN 12CE1
49VU
105VU
FOR FIN 12CE2
49VU
105VU
FOR FIN 12CE3
105VU
121VU
FOR FIN 12CE4
121VU
4.

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-16-991-00100-A - Flight Control Accelerometer)
Subtask 27-92-16-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Flight Control Accelerometer

(1)

Disconnect the electrical connector (3) from the accelerometer (1).

(2)

Put CAP - BLANKING on the electrical connectors (3) and (6).

(3)

Remove the screws (5) and the washers (4).

(4)

Remove the accelerometer (1).

27-92-16 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z825

12CE3
12CE1
12CE4

12CE2

B
B
FR31
FR32
6
5
1
4

B
2

N_MM_279216_4_AAM0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-16-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Flight Control Accelerometer

27-92-16 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-92-16-400-001-A
Installation of the Flight Control Accelerometer
FIN 12CE1, 12CE2, 12CE3, 12CE4
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
B.

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS

131
132
822, 825
FOR FIN 12CE1(ACCLRM-1)

ZONE DESCRIPTION
FORWARD CARGO COMPARTMENT
FORWARD CARGO COMPARTMENT

FOR FIN 12CE3(ACCLRM-3)

131MW
FOR FIN 12CE2(ACCLRM-2)
FOR FIN 12CE4(ACCLRM-4)
132MW
C.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A

DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power

24-41-00-861-002-A-01

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

24-41-00-861-002-A-02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

24-41-00-862-002-A-01

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

24-41-00-862-002-A-02

De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

31-21-00-750-002-A
Procedure to set the Clock
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-16-991-00100-A - Flight Control Accelerometer)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-92-16-860-051-A
A.

AES

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access door
825.

(2)

Make sure that the access door 825 is open.

27-92-16 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3)

Make sure that the sidewall panel is removed:

(a)

FOR 12CE1 (ACCLRM-1), 12CE3 (ACCLRM-3)

131MW

(b)

FOR 12CE2 (ACCLRM-2), 12CE4 (ACCLRM-4)

132MW

(4)

Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access door
825.

(5)

Make sure that the access door 822 is open.

(6)

On the battery power center 105VU:

. make sure that the protective cover is removed.

Subtask 27-92-16-865-051-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

PANEL
FOR FIN 12CE1
49VU
105VU
FOR FIN 12CE2
49VU
105VU
FOR FIN 12CE3
105VU
121VU
FOR FIN 12CE4
121VU
4.

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-16-991-00100-A - Flight Control Accelerometer)
Subtask 27-92-16-860-050-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

Subtask 27-92-16-420-051-A
B.

Installation of the Flight Control Accelerometer

(1)

Install the accelerometer (1) on its mount (2).

(2)

Install the washers (4), the screws (5) and tighten them.

(3)

Remove the blanking cap from the electrical connector (3).

(4)

Connect the electrical connector (3) to the accelerometer (1).

Subtask 27-92-16-861-050-A
C.

AES

Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).

27-92-16 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Subtask 27-92-16-865-052-A
D.

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
FOR FIN 12CE1
49VU
105VU
FOR FIN 12CE2
49VU
105VU
FOR FIN 12CE3
105VU
121VU
FOR FIN 12CE4
121VU

DESIGNATION

FIN

LOCATION

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

Subtask 27-92-16-865-053-A
E.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1

1CN

B12

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY

20CE1

B10

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2

19CE2

B09

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

6CV

B07

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1

5CV

B06

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC

5CC1

B04

49VU

AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC

14CC1

B03

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

105VU

FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY

22CE

B01

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

5PB2

D02

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

5PB1

D01

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY

12PB2

E02

105VU

ELEC/HOT BUS/701PP SPLY

12PB1

E01

121VU

PTR/SPLY

6TW

J21

121VU

CFDS/TEST PLUG/2

10TW

J20

121VU

CFDS/TEST PLUG/1

9TW

J19

121VU

CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY

2TW

J18

121VU

CFDS/CFDIU/BACK/UP

8TW

J17

AES

FIN

LOCATION

27-92-16 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

121VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND

15CC

FIN
M20

LOCATION

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC

5CC2

M19

121VU

AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC

14CC2

M18

121VU

AUTO FLT/RUDDER/ARTF/FEEL

14CA

N17

121VU

AUTO FLT/STICK/LOCK

13CA

N16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2

12CV

P20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2

11CV

P19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2

2CN

P16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2

8CV

Q21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY

20CE2

Q20

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY

21CE3

Q19

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY

21CE2

Q18

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3

19CE3

Q17

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1

19CE1

Q16

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2

7CV

R21

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1

10CV

S07

122VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1

9CV

S06

Subtask 27-92-16-860-052-A
F.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

On the overhead panel 23VU make sure that :

. The FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches are pushed (on these pushbutton
switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

(2)

On the overhead panel 24VU make sure that :

. The FLT CTL/ELAC 2, FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switches are pushed (on
these pushbutton switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

Subtask 27-92-16-710-050-C
G.

Do this test :

ACTION
RESULT
1.On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, push the MCDU The MCDU shows the MCDU MENU page.
MENU mode key.
2.Push the line key adjacent to the the CFDS indication.

The MCDU shows the CFDS MENU page.

3.Push the line key adjacent to the SYSTEM

REPORT/TEST indication.

The MCDU shows the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page.

4.Push the line key adjacent to the F/CTL indication.

The MCDU shows the F/CTL page.

5.Push the line key adjacent to the EFCS 1 indication.

The MCDU shows the EFCS 1 page.

6.Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND SCAN

indication.

The MCDU shows the EFCS 1 GROUND SCAN page.

AES

27-92-16 PB401

Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACTION
7.Push the line key adjacent to the START GROUND
SCAN indication and wait two minutes.
8.Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND SCAN
STOP indication.
9.Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND REPORT
indication.
10.On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the
RETURN indication until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.
5.

RESULT

Make sure that the MCDU shows no accelerometers

(12CE1,12CE2,12CE3,12CE4) failure message.
The MCDU shows the MCDU MENU page.

Close-up
Subtask 27-92-16-410-050-A
A.

Close Access
NOTE :

AES

If necessary, adjust the clock (Ref. TASK 31-21-00-750-002-A).

(1)

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.

(2)

Install the sidewall panel:

(a)

FOR 12CE1 (ACCLRM-1), 12CE3 (ACCLRM-3)

131MW

(b)

FOR 12CE2 (ACCLRM-2), 12CE4 (ACCLRM-4)

132MW

(3)

Close the access door 825.

(4)

Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(5)

Tighten the two screws.

(6)

Close the access door 822.

(7)

Remove the access platform(s).

(8)

De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).

27-92-16 PB401

Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PRESSURE SWITCH - HYDRAULIC, FLIGHT CONTROL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 27-92-17-000-001-A
Removal of the Flight Control Pressure Switch
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
FIN 10CE2
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
1
CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT
AR PLUG - BLANKING

No specific

AR

SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

WARNING NOTICE(S)

B.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
29-00-00-864-001-A
29-00-00-910-002-A

DESIGNATION
Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration before
Maintenance Action
Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-23-00-860-001-A

Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

32-12-00-010-001-A

Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

(Ref. Fig. 27-92-17-991-00100-D - Flight Control Pressure Switches of the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-92-17-010-050-A
A.

Open one main door of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

Subtask 27-92-17-860-050-A
B.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

AES

27-92-17 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001-A).

(3)

Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001-A).

(4)

Disconnect the isolation coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001-A).

Subtask 27-92-17-941-050-A
C.

Safety Precautions
(1)

Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system:
. In the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
. On the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.

(2)

Put the CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT in position below the flight control pressure
switch to collect hydraulic fluid.

Subtask 27-92-17-865-050-A
D.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-17-991-00100-D - Flight Control Pressure Switches of the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems)
Subtask 27-92-17-020-050-A
A.

AES

Removal of the Flight Control Pressure Switch 10CE2

(1)

Disconnect the electrical connector (1).

(2)

Put a CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connector (1).

(3)

Remove the nut (5), the washer (6), the screw (8), the bonding strap (7) and the clamp (9) from the
flight control pressure switch (2).

(4)

Cut and remove the lockwire.

(5)

Loosen the flight control pressure switch (2) and remove it together with the packing (3) from the
manifold (4).

(6)

Discard the packing.

(7)

Install the PLUG - BLANKING in the open ports.

27-92-17 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL

Z147(148)
FR44
FR41

FR42

Z196BB

C
7
8 6
9
1

2
10CE2
10CE3

HP MANIFOLD OF THE
YELLOW HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
SHOWN

N_MM_279217_4_AAS0_01_00

AES

FIGURE 27-92-17-991-00100-D SHEET 1

Flight Control Pressure Switches of the Green and Yellow
Hydraulic Systems

27-92-17 PB401

Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
** On A/C ALL
Task 27-92-17-400-001-A
Installation of the Flight Control Pressure Switch
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE
YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
FIN 10CE2
1.

Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2.

Job Set-up Information

A.

Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

REFERENCE
No specific
No specific

QTY
DESIGNATION
1
CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT
AR SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

No specific

No specific

B.

Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)

Consumable Materials

REFERENCE
Material No: 02-003
No specific
C.

DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, 0.8 mm (0.032 in.)

Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM
3

WARNING NOTICE(S)

DESIGNATION

IPC-CSN
27-92-03-01-020

packing
D.

Referenced Information

REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-002-A
27-96-00-710-011-A

DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws in the
Tanks
Operational Test after Removal/Installation of the Pressure Switches

29-00-00-910-002-A

Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

29-10-00-863-001-A

Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-001-A

Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-14-00-614-001-A

Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

29-14-00-614-002-A

Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Connector

29-23-00-860-001-A

Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

29-23-00-860-002-A

Connection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

AES

27-92-17 PB401

Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REFERENCE
32-12-00-010-001-A

DESIGNATION
Open the Main Gear Doors for Access

32-12-00-410-001-A
Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-17-991-00100-D - Flight Control Pressure Switches of the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems)
3.

Job Set-up
Subtask 27-92-17-860-055-A
A.

Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)

Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002-A).

(2)

Make sure that one door of the main gear is open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001-A).

(3)

Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001-A).

(4)

Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001-A).

(5)

Make sure that the isolation coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) is disconnected (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001-A).

(6)

Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green
hydraulic system:
. In the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel.
. On the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.

(7)

Make sure that the CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT is in position below the flight
control pressure switch to collect hydraulic fluid.

Subtask 27-92-17-865-056-A
B.

Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL

49VU

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

B11

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

4.

FIN

LOCATION

Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 27-92-17-991-00100-D - Flight Control Pressure Switches of the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems)
Subtask 27-92-17-420-050-A
A.

AES

Installation of the Flight Control Pressure Switch 10CE2

(1)

Lubricate the new (IPC-CSN 27-92-03-01) packing (3) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No:
02-003) .

(2)

Remove the blanking plugs from the ports of the manifold.

(3)

Put the new packing (3) in position on the flight control pressure switch (2).

(4)

Install the flight control pressure switch (2) in the manifold (4) and TORQUE it to between 3.186 and
3.470 M.DAN (23.50 and 25.59 LBF.FT).

(5)

Safety the flight control pressure switch (2) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).

27-92-17 PB401

Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6)

Install the clamp (9), the bonding strap (7), the screw (8), the washer (6) and the nut (5) at the flight
control pressure switch (2) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-002-A).

(7)

Remove the blanking cap from the electrical connector (1).

(8)

Connect the electrical connector (1).

Subtask 27-92-17-865-053-A
B.

Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU

PANEL

DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY

15CE1

FIN
B11

LOCATION

49VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY

21CE1

B08

105VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY

16CE2

A02

105VU

FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY

16CE1

A01

121VU

FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY

15CE2

R20

Subtask 27-92-17-710-050-A
C.

5.

Test
(1)

Pressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002-A).

(2)

Pressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001-A).

(3)

Do a test of the pressure switch 10CE2 (Ref. TASK 27-96-00-710-011-A).

(4